33 files changed, 68689 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/44776-0.txt b/44776-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4c42fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12864 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44776 ***
+
+Transcriber's Note
+
+This version of the text is unable to reproduce certain typographic
+features. Italics are delimited with the '_' character as _italic_.
+The 'oe' ligature is rendered as separate characters. Words printed
+using "small capitals" are shifted to all upper-case. The 'oe'
+ligature is given here as separate characters.
+
+There are various fonts employed. These are indicated, usually,
+simply by indenting those passages.
+
+Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended.
+
+Illustrations cannot be reproduced here, but the approximate position
+of each is indicated as: [Illustration: <caption>].
+
+The few footnotes are repositioned at the end of the paragraph or
+quotation where they are referenced. They have been numbered
+consecutively (1-13).
+
+Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.
+
+
+
+
+                             CATLIN'S NOTES
+
+                                   OF
+
+                   EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE
+                               IN EUROPE,
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.
+
+                               VOLUME I.
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+                               ADVENTURES
+
+                                 OF THE
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS
+
+                                   IN
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;
+
+                             BEING NOTES OF
+
+              EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,
+
+                            BY GEO. CATLIN.
+
+
+                            IN TWO VOLUMES.
+
+                                VOL. I.
+
+                       With numerous Engravings.
+
+                         _THIRD EDITION._
+
+
+                                LONDON:
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.
+
+                                 1852.
+
+
+
+                                PREFACE.
+
+
+The reader of this book, being supposed to have read my former work,
+in two volumes, and to have got some account from them, of the
+eight years of my life spent amongst the wild Indians of the "_Far
+West_," in the forests of America, knows enough of me by this time
+to begin familiarly upon the subject before us, and to accompany me
+through a brief summary of the scenes of eight years spent amidst the
+civilization and refinements of the "_Far East_." After having made an
+exhibition of my Indian Collection for a short time, in the cities of
+New York, Boston, and Philadelphia, in the United States, I crossed
+the Atlantic with it--not with the fear of losing my scalp, which I
+sometimes entertained when entering the Indian wilderness--and entirely
+without the expectation of meeting with excitements or novelties enough
+to induce me to commit the sin of writing another book; and the thought
+of doing it would never have entered my head, had not another of those
+untoward accidents, which have directed nearly all the important moves
+of my life, placed in my possession the materials for the following
+pages, which I have thought too curious to be withheld from the world.
+
+After I had been more than four years in England, making an exhibition
+of my collection, and endeavouring, by my lectures in various parts
+of the kingdom, to inform the English people of the true character
+and condition of the North American Indians, and to awaken a proper
+sympathy for them, three different parties of Indians made their
+appearance, at different dates, in England, for the purpose of
+exhibiting themselves and their native modes to the enlightened world,
+their conductors and themselves stimulated by the hope of gain by their
+exertions.
+
+These parties successively, on their arrival, (knowing my history
+and views, which I had made known to most of the American tribes,)
+repaired to my Indian Collection, in which they felt themselves at
+home, surrounded as they were by the portraits of their own chiefs and
+braves, and those of their enemies, whom they easily recognised upon
+the walls. They at once chose the middle of my Exhibition Hall as the
+appropriate place for their operations, and myself as the expounder
+of their mysteries and amusements; and, the public seeming so well
+pleased with the fitness of these mutual illustrations, I undertook
+the management of their exhibitions, and conducted the three different
+parties through the countries and scenes described in the following
+pages.
+
+In justice to _me_, it should here be known to the reader, that I did
+not bring either of these parties to Europe; but, meeting them in the
+country, where they had come avowedly for the purpose of making money,
+(an enterprise as lawful and as unobjectionable, for aught that I
+can see, at least, as that of an actor upon the boards of a foreign
+stage,) I considered my countenance and aid as calculated to promote
+their views; and I therefore justified myself in the undertaking, as
+some return to them for the hospitality and kindness I had received
+at the hands of the various tribes of Indians I had visited in the
+wildernesses of America.
+
+In putting forth these notes, I sincerely hope that I may give no
+offence to any one, by endeavouring to afford amusement to the reader,
+and to impart useful instruction to those who are curious to learn the
+true character of the Indians, from a literal description of their
+interviews with the fashionable world, and their views and opinions of
+the modes of civilized life.
+
+These scenes have afforded me the most happy opportunity of seeing the
+_rest_ of Indian character (after a residence of eight years amongst
+them in their native countries), and of enabling me to give to the
+world what I was not able to do in my former work, for the want of an
+opportunity of witnessing the effects which the exhibition of all the
+ingenious works of civilized art, and the free intercourse and exchange
+of opinions with the most refined and enlightened society, would have
+upon their untutored minds. The reader will therefore see, that I am
+offering this as _another Indian book_, and intending it mostly for
+those who have read my former work, and who, I believe, will admit,
+that in it I have advanced much further towards the completion of a
+full delineation of their native character.
+
+I shall doubtless be pardoned for the unavoidable want of system and
+arrangement that sometimes appears in minuting down the incidents of
+these interviews--for recording many of the most trivial opinions and
+criticisms of the Indians upon civilized modes, and also the odd and
+amusing (as well as grave) notions of the civilized world, upon Indian
+manners and appearance, which have got into my note-book, and which I
+consider it would be a pity to withhold.
+
+I have occasionally stepped a little out of the way, also, to advance
+my own opinion upon passing scenes and events; drawing occasional
+deductions, by contrasting savage with civilized life (the modes of the
+"Far West" with those of the "Far East"); and, as what I have written,
+I offer as matter of history, without intending to injure any one, I do
+not see why I should ask pardon for any possible offence that may be
+given to the reader, who can only be offended by imagining what never
+was meant.
+
+During the series of lectures which I had been giving in various parts
+of England, and in my own country, wherein I had been contending for
+the moral and religious elevation of the Indian character, many of my
+hearers have believed that I had probably been led to over-estimate
+it, from the fact that I had beheld it in the wilderness, where there
+was nothing better to contrast it with. But I venture to say, that
+hundreds and thousands who read this book, and who became familiar with
+these wild people whilst in the enlightened world, and in the centre
+of fashion, where white man was shaking the poor Indian by the hand,
+and watching for his embarrassment while he was drawing scintillations
+from him, as the flint draws fire from the steel, will agree with me
+that the North American Indian rises highest in the estimation of his
+fellow-men, when he is by the side of those who have the advantage of
+him by their education, and nothing else.
+
+Contemplated or seen, roaming in his native wilds, with his rude
+weapons, lurking after game or his enemy, he is looked upon by most
+of the world as a sort of wild beast; but when, with all his rudeness
+and wildness, he stands amongst his fellow-men to be scanned in the
+brilliant blaze of the Levée into which he has been suddenly thrown,
+the dignified, the undaunted (and even courteous) gentleman, he there
+gains his strongest admirers, and the most fastidious are willing to
+assign him a high place in the scale of human beings.
+
+Into many such positions were these three parties of the denizens of
+the American forest thrown, during their visits to the capitals and
+provincial towns of England, Scotland, Ireland, France, and Belgium;
+and as I was by their side, their interpreter, at the hospitable
+boards, the Soirées and Levées to which they were invited by the
+gentry, the nobility, and crowned heads of the three kingdoms, I
+consider it due to them, and no injustice to the world, to record the
+scenes and anecdotes I have witnessed in those hospitable and friendly
+efforts of enlightened and religious people, to elicit the true native
+feelings of, and to commune with, their benighted fellow-men.
+
+                                                    THE AUTHOR.
+
+
+
+
+                          CONTENTS OF VOL. 1.
+
+
+                               CHAPTER I.
+
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839--Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins--Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean--A ship dismasted and in
+      distress--The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved--The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog--"My
+      man Daniel"--Sailor's nose taken off by grizly bear--Dr.
+      Madden--Terrible gale--Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears--Alarm on deck--"Bears out of their cage"--Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches--A _supposed_ bear enters
+      the cabin!--Great excitement--The explanation--The gale
+      subsides--Amusing mistake--The Author in the steerage--Two
+      eccentric characters--Arrival in Liverpool                  Page 1
+
+                              CHAPTER II.
+
+  Howling of the grizly Bears--Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks--Scuffle for luggage--Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel--Landing the grizly bears--Author's journey to
+      London--Ibbotson's Hotel--First sally into the streets--First
+      impressions of London--Adventure in the fog and mud--Amusing
+      occurrence in the street--Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets--Ingenious mode of begging--Rich shops--No pigs
+      in the streets--Soot and smoke of London--Author returns
+      to Liverpool--Daniel's trouble with the bears--Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly bears through the
+      Customs--Arrival in London with Collection and bears--Daniel
+      in difficulty--Howling of bears passing through the
+      Tunnel--The "King of New York," and "King Jefferson"            12
+
+                              CHAPTER III.
+
+  Letters of introduction--Driving a friend's horse and
+      chaise--Amusing accidents--English driving--"Turn to the
+      _right_, as the law directs"--A turn to the _left_--A fresh
+      difficulty--Egyptian Hall--Lease for three years--Arrangement
+      of Collection--Bears sold and removed to Regent's Park
+      Zoological Gardens--Their fates                                 28
+
+                              CHAPTER IV.
+
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition--Description of
+      it--The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray--Collection opened to
+      private view--Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray--Distinguished
+      visitors--Mr. Murray's explanations--Kind reception by the
+      Public and the Press--Kind friends--Fatigue of explaining
+      and answering questions--Curious remedy proposed by a
+      friend--Pleasures and pains of a friendly and fashionable
+      dinner                                                          34
+
+                               CHAPTER V.
+
+  Author's illness from overtalking in his Collection--Daniel's
+      illness from the same cause--Character of Daniel--His
+      labour-saving plan for answering one hundred questions--His
+      disappointment--Daniel travels to Ireland for his
+      health--Author prepares to publish his Notes of Travel
+      amongst the Indians--John Murray (publisher)--His reasons
+      for not publishing the Author's work--His friendly
+      advice--Author's book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall--Illustrious subscribers--Thomas Moore--Critical notices
+      in London papers                                                45
+
+                              CHAPTER VI.
+
+  The Author's wife and two children arrive in the
+      British Queen, from New York--First appreciation of
+      London--Sight-seeing--Author lectures in the Royal
+      Institution--Suggests a _Museum of Mankind_--Great
+      applause--Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution--The "_Museum of History_"--Author lectures
+      in the other literary and scientific institutions of
+      London--Author dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and
+      with the Royal Geological Society--Mrs. Catlin's travels in
+      the "Far West"--Her welcome, and kind friends in London          60
+
+                              CHAPTER VII.
+
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society--The Duke of
+      Richmond presides--His Grace's compliment to the Author
+      and his country--Sir David Wilkie--His compliment to the
+      Author--Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the
+      Caledonian Ball (Almack's) in Indian costumes--Their
+      rehearsal--Dressing and painting--Entering the ball--Alarm
+      of ladies--Mr. Murray's infinite amusement (_incognito_)
+      amongst his friends--War-dance and war-whoops--Great
+      applause--Bouquets of flowers--Scalp-dance--Brooches
+      and bracelets presented to the chiefs--Trinkets
+      returned--Perspiration carries off the paint, and Mr. Murray
+      recognised--Amusement of his friends--The "Indians" return
+      to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning--Their amusing
+      appearance                                                      66
+
+
+                             CHAPTER VIII.
+
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest
+      visit the Collection--His Royal Highness the (little)
+      Duc de Brabant visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr.
+      Murray--The Author presents him an Indian pipe and pair of
+      mocassins--Visit of His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to
+      the Collection--His noble sympathy for the Indians--He smokes
+      an Indian pipe under the wigwam--The Author takes breakfast
+      with the Duke of Sussex in Kensington Palace--The Duke's
+      dress and appearance--John Hunter, the Indian traveller--The
+      Duke's inquiries about him--Monsieur Duponceau--Visit to
+      the Bank of England--To Buckingham Palace--To Windsor
+      Castle--Author visits the Polish Ball with several friends in
+      Indian costumes                                                 79
+
+                              CHAPTER IX.
+
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms--Daniel's
+      difficulty with an artist making copies--Takes his
+      sketch-book from him--Tableaux vivans commenced--List of the
+      groups--Hon. Mr. Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the
+      Due de Brabant--The Author presented to Her Majesty and His
+      Royal Highness Prince Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray--Indian
+      Collection removed to Liverpool--Biennial exhibition of
+      Mechanics' Institution--22,000 children admitted free to the
+      Indian Collection in one week--The Indian tableaux vivans in
+      the provincial towns for six months--Collection opened in
+      Sheffield--In Manchester--Nine Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in
+      charge of Mr. Rankin--His proposal to the Author                90
+
+                               CHAPTER X.
+
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians--The Author
+      pays them a visit--Is recognised by them--Arrangement
+      with Mr. Rankin--Crowds around their hotel--First visit
+      of the Ojibbeways to the Author's Collection--Their
+      surprise--Council held under the wigwam--Indians agree to
+      drink no spirituous liquors--The old Chiefs speech to the
+      Author--Names of the Indians--Their portraits--Description of
+      each--Cadotte, the interpreter                                 103
+
+                              CHAPTER XI.
+
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall--They refuse
+      wine--Distress of the kind and accommodating
+      landlord--Indians' first _drive_ about the town of
+      Manchester--Their curious remarks--Saw some white people
+      drunk--Many women holding on to men's arms and apparently
+      not sick--Saw much smoke--Vast many poor people--Indians
+      commence dancing in the Author's Collection--Effects of the
+      war-dance and war-whoop upon the audience--Various amusements
+      of the evening--A rich present to the old Boy-Chief--And
+      his speech--Numerous presents made--Immense crowd and
+      excitement--Indians visit a great woollen-factory--Casts
+      made from their heads by a phrenologist--Visit to Orrell's
+      cotton-mill at Stockport--Their opinions of it--The party
+      kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and lady                     111
+
+                              CHAPTER XII.
+
+  Indians on the housetops--Great alarm--Curious excitement--People
+      proposing to "take them" with ropes--Railway to London--The
+      "Iron-horse"--"The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink"--Arrive in London--Alarm of the landlady--Visit from
+      the Hon. Mr. Murray--Interview with His Royal Highness the
+      Duke of Cambridge--Old Chief's speech--War-dance--The Duke
+      gives them ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco--Indians
+      ride about the city in an "omnibus and four"--Remarks on what
+      they saw--The smoke--"Prairies on fire"--Lascars sweeping
+      the streets--Visit from the Reverend Mr. S.--Impatience to
+      see the Queen--Great medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty's
+      consent--Curious ceremony--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter comes
+      in--The Queen's appointment to see them--Great rejoicing       123
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XIII.
+
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen--Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter--Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert--Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray--The waiting-room--The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery--Their reception--Introductions and
+      conversations--Indians give the war-dance--A smoke--The
+      old Chief's speech to the Queen--Pipe-dance--Her
+      Majesty and the Prince retire--Indians at a feast
+      in the waiting-room--Drinking the Queen's health in
+      Champagne--Indians call it "_Chickabobboo_"--Story of
+      _Chickabobboo_, and great amusement--Indians return
+      to London--Evening-gossip about the Queen and her
+      _Chickabobboo_--First evening of the Indians in Egyptian
+      Hall--Great excitement--Alarm--Tremendous applause--Old
+      Chiefs speech--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter to the old Chief,
+      enclosing £20 from the Queen and other presents--Speech of
+      the War-chief--Pipe-dance--Shaking hands--Curious questions
+      by the audience--Ale allowed to the Indians at dinner and
+      after supper--Their rejoicing--They call it _Chickabobboo_    134
+
+                              CHAPTER XIV.
+
+  Rev. Mr. S---- and friend visit the Indians again--A day
+      appointed for a _talk_ about religion--Indians go to
+      the Thames Tunnel--Give the medicine-dance (wabeno)
+      under it--Kind treatment there, and _Chickabobboo_--The
+      exhibition--Egyptian Hall--Debate about the propriety of the
+      Indians dancing to make money--Great crowd--Woman screaming
+      and lifted on to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards
+      called the "_jolly fat_ dame")--She gives Cadotte a
+      beautiful bracelet--Her admiration of Cadotte--Evening
+      gossip after their exhibition--The amusements of the
+      evening and sights of the day--A clergyman asks an
+      interview with the Indians and gets offended--Exhibition
+      rooms at night--Great crowd--The "jolly fat dame" in full
+      dress--She talks with Cadotte--Indians meet the Rev. Mr.
+      S---- and friend by appointment--Old Chief's speech to
+      them--Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee's speech--Reverend gentlemen thank
+      them and take leave                                            150
+
+                              CHAPTER XV.
+
+  Exhibition rooms--Great crowd--The "jolly fat dame"--Her
+      interview with Cadotte--She gives presents to all the
+      Indians--Excitement in the crowd--Women kissing the
+      Indians--Red paint on their faces and dresses--Old
+      Chief's dream and feast of thanksgiving--An annual
+      ceremony--Curious forms observed--Indians invited to
+      the St. George's archery-ground--They shoot for a gold
+      medal--They dine with the members of the club--The "jolly
+      fat dame" and Cadotte--She takes him to his lodgings in her
+      carriage--Cadotte (or the "Strong-wind") gets sick--Is in
+      love with another!--Daniel unfolds the secret to her--Her
+      distress--She goes to the country--The "jolly fat dame"
+      returns--Cadotte's engagement to marry--Rankin promotes the
+      marriage--The Author disapproves of it                         167
+
+                              CHAPTER XVI.
+
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns--Exhibition advertised to close--the wedding in
+      St. Martin's church--Great excitement--Its object--Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses--Rankin advertises
+      "the beautiful and interesting bride" to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians' exhibitions--Public disgust and
+      indignation--Condemned by the Press--Rankin begins his
+      exhibition--Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians' rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service--Rankin leaves London
+      with the Indians---Author getting out his large work--The
+      Indian portfolio--The "jolly fat dame" makes a visit to
+      Daniel in the exhibition rooms--A long dialogue--Illustrious
+      subscribers to the Author's large work--Emperor of Russia
+      and Duke of Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor--The
+      Emperor presents the Author a gold box--Author takes out a
+      patent for "disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save
+      lives on vessels sinking or burning at sea"                    185
+
+  APPENDIX.
+
+
+  APPENDIX--A.
+
+  Opinions of the Press                                         Page 205
+
+
+  APPENDIX--B.
+
+  Museum of History                                                  246
+
+
+  A Descriptive Catalogue of Catlin's Indian Collection              248
+
+
+
+
+                       CATLIN'S NOTES IN EUROPE,
+
+                             _&c. &c._
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER I.
+
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly Bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839--Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins--Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean--A ship dismasted and in
+      distress--The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved--The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog--"My
+      man Daniel"--Sailor's nose taken off by grizly bear--Dr.
+      Madden--Terrible gale--Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears--Alarm on deck--"Bears out of their cage"--Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches--A _supposed_ Bear enters
+      the cabin!--Great excitement--The explanation--The gale
+      subsides--Amusing mistake--The Author in the steerage--Two
+      eccentric characters--Arrival in Liverpool.
+
+
+In the fall of the year 1839 I embarked at New York on board of the
+packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins, for Liverpool, with my Indian
+collection; having received a very friendly letter of advice from
+the Hon. C. A. Murray, master of Her Majesty's household, who had
+formerly been a fellow-traveller with me on the Mississippi and other
+rivers in America; and who, on his return to London, had kindly made
+a conditional arrangement for my collection in the Egyptian Hall, in
+Piccadilly.
+
+Mr. George Adlard, an Englishman, residing in the city of New York, had
+also exerted a friendly influence for me in procuring an order from
+the Lords of Her Majesty's Treasury for passing my collection into the
+kingdom free from the customary duties; and under these auspices I was
+launched upon the wide ocean, with eight tons freight, consisting of
+600 portraits and other paintings which I had made in my sojourn of
+eight years in the prairies and Rocky Mountains of America--several
+thousands of Indian articles, costumes, weapons, &c., with all of which
+I intended to convey to the English people an accurate account of the
+appearance and condition of the North American tribes of Indians.[1]
+
+On board also, as a part of my heavy collection, and as a further
+illustration of the rude inhabitants of the "_Far West_" I had, in
+a huge iron cage, two _grizly bears_, from the Rocky Mountains;
+forming not only the heaviest and most awkward part of my freight, but
+altogether the most troublesome, as will be seen hereafter.
+
+The wind was kind to us, and soon drove us across the Atlantic, without
+more than an incident or two worth recording, which I had minuted
+down as follows:--About the middle of the ocean, and in the midst
+of a four or five days' heavy gale, we came suddenly upon a ship,
+partly dismasted, with signals of distress flying, and water-logged,
+rolling about at the mercy of the merciless waves. We rounded-to with
+great danger to our own craft, and, during the early part of the
+night, succeeded, with much difficulty, in taking off the captain
+and crew of twenty-eight men, just before she went down. This was a
+common occurrence, however, and needs no further notice, other than
+of a feature or two which struck me as new. When the poor, jaded,
+and water-soaked fellows were all safely landed on the deck of our
+vessel, they laid down upon their faces and devoutly thanked God for
+their deliverance; and last of all that was lifted on board from their
+jolly-boat was their keg of rum, the only thing which they had brought
+with them when they deserted the ship. "This," good Captain Collins
+said, "you will not want now, my boys," and he cast it into the sea.
+
+ [1] If the reader has forgotten to read the Preface, it will take
+     him but a moment to run his eye over it, and by turning back to
+     it he will find it an useful key to what follows.--_Author._
+
+Captain James, a bland and good-natured Scotsman, commander of the
+Scotia, the unfortunate vessel, was invited by Captain Collins to the
+cabin of the Roscius, and into his state-room, where he was soon put
+into a suit of dry and warm clothes, and afterwards seated at the
+table; where, suddenly, a sullen resistance to food, and contemplative
+tears rolling over his cheeks, showed his rough shell to contain a
+heart that was worthy of the fondest affections of a dear wife and
+sweet little ones--none of which was he blessed with, if I recollect
+aright. But when his grief found utterance, he exclaimed, "My God! I
+have left my poor dog tied to the mast of my old craft. There he is,
+poor fellow! When we took to the jolly-boat I never thought of my poor
+Pompey!"
+
+The briny tears seemed to burn this veteran's hardened features as they
+ran over his cheeks; and hunger and fatigue, and all gave way to them
+and grief, until sleep had dried them up, and taken the edge from his
+anguished mind.
+
+The next morning, his recital of the affectionate deeds of the life of
+his faithful dog, "who had made eighteen voyages across the Atlantic
+with him, and who would always indicate land a-head by his nose sooner
+than the sailors could discern it from the mast-head--whom he had,
+in kindness, lashed to the mast for his safety, and in carelessness
+abandoned to his unavoidable fate," brought tears of pity in my own
+eyes. Poor man! he often wept for his faithful dog--and I as often
+wept for him, on our way from the middle of the ocean to Liverpool. We
+were, at this time, still in the midst of the terrible gale, which was
+increasing in its fury, and had already become quite too much for the
+tastes and the stomachs of the _grizlies_--a few words more of whom
+must go into this chapter.
+
+These two awkward voyageurs from the base of the Rocky Mountains, which
+I had reared from cubs, and fed for more than four years--for whose
+roughness in clawing and "chawing" I had paid for half a dozen cages
+which they had demolished and escaped from, and the prices of as many
+dogs "used up" in retaking them, had now grown to the enormous size
+of eight or ten hundred pounds each; requiring a cage of iron so large
+that it could not be packed amongst the ship's cargo below, but must
+needs occupy a considerable space on the deck, in the form and size
+somewhat of a small house.
+
+The front of this cage was formed of huge iron bars, kindly indulging
+the bruins to amuse themselves with a peep at what was progressing
+on deck, whilst it afforded the sailors and steerage passengers
+the amusement of looking and commenting upon the physiognomy and
+man[oe]uvres of these rude specimens from the wilderness of America.
+This huge cage, with its inmates, had ridden into and partly through
+the gale with us, when the bears became subjects of more violent
+interest and excitement than we had as yet anticipated or could
+have wished. What had taken (and was taking) place amongst the sick
+and frightened group of passengers during this roaring, whistling,
+thrashing, and dashing gale, was common-place, and has been a thousand
+times described; but the sea-sickness, and rage, and fury of these
+two grizly denizens of the deep ravines and rocky crags of the Rocky
+Mountains, were subjects as fresh as they were frightful and appalling
+to the terrified crew and passengers who were about them, and therefore
+deserve a passing comment.
+
+The immediate guardian of these animals was a faithful man by the name
+of Daniel Kavanagh, who had for several years been in my employment
+as curator of my collection, and designed to accompany me in my tour
+through England. This man has occupied a conspicuous place in my
+affairs in Europe, and much will be said of him in the following pages,
+and the familiar and brief cognomen of "Daniel" or "Dan" applied to
+him. On embarking with this man and his troublesome pets at New York, I
+had fully explained to Captain Collins their ferocious, and deceitful,
+and intractable nature, who had consequently issued his orders to all
+of his crew and to the steerage passengers not to venture within their
+reach, or to trifle with them. Notwithstanding all this precaution,
+curiosity, that beautiful trait of human nature, which often becomes
+irresistible in long voyages, and able to turn the claws of the Devil
+himself into the soft and tapering fingers of a Venus or a Daphne,
+got the better of the idle hours of the sailors, who were amusing
+themselves and the passengers, in front of the iron bars, by believing
+that they were wearing off by a sort of charm the rough asperities of
+their grizly and grim passengers by shaking their paws, and squaring
+and fending off the awkward sweeps occasionally made at them by the
+huge paw of the _she_ bear, which she could effectually make by lying
+down and running her right arm quite out between the iron bars. On one
+of these (now grown to be amusing) occasions, one of the sailors was
+"squared off" before the cage, inviting her grizly majesty to a sort
+of set-to, when she (seemingly aware of the nature of the challenge)
+gradually extended her arm and her huge paw a little and a little
+further out of her cage, with her eyes capriciously closed until it was
+out to its fullest extent, when she made a side-lick at his head, and
+an exceedingly awkward one for the sailor to parry. It was lucky for
+him, poor fellow, that he partly dodged it; though as her paw passed
+in front of his face, one of her claws carried away entirely his nose,
+leaving it fallen down and hanging over his mouth, suspended merely by
+a small piece of skin or gristle, by which alone he could claim it.
+
+Here was a sudden check to the familiarity with the bears; the results
+of which were, a renewal of the orders of non-intercourse from Captain
+Collins, and a marked coolness between the sailors and steerage
+passengers and the grizlies during the remainder of the voyage.
+
+The sailor was committed to the care of Dr. Madden, in the cabin, the
+distinguished traveller in Africa and the West Indies, and now one of
+our esteemed fellow-passengers, who skilfully replaced and arranged his
+nose with stitches and splints, and attended to it during the voyage.
+The poor fellow continued to swear vengeance on the bears when they
+should reach the land; but I believe that when they were landed in
+Liverpool, his nose was not sufficiently secure to favour his design.
+This unlucky affair had happened some days previous to the gale which I
+have begun to describe; and with the unsociable and cold reserve with
+which they were subsequently treated by all on board (visited only at
+stated periods by their old, but not yet confiding friend Daniel, who
+brought them their daily allowance), they had, as I have mentioned,
+become partakers and sufferers with us in the pangs and fears of the
+hurricane that was sweeping over the vessel and the sea about us.
+
+The third day of the gale became the most alarming, and the night of
+that day closing in upon us, seemed like the gloomy shroud amidst
+the hurrying winds and the cracking spars, that was to cover us in
+death. Until this day, though swinging (and now and then jumping) from
+mountains to mountains of waves, the ship and the elements mingled
+our fears with amusement. When, however, this day's light was gone,
+curiosity's feast was finished, and fear was no longer chained under
+our feet--we had reached the climax of danger, and terror seemed to
+have seized and reigned through every part of the ship. The bears, in
+contemplative or other vein, had been mute; but at this gloomy hour,
+seeming to have lost all patience, added, at first their piteous
+howlings, and then their horrid growls, to the whistling of the winds;
+and next, the gnashing of their teeth, and their furious lurches, and
+bolts, and blows against the sides of their cage, to the cracking of
+spars and roaring of the tempest! Curiosity again, in desperate minds,
+was resuscitated, and taking in its insatiable draughts even in the
+midst of this jarring and discordant medley of darkness--of dashing
+foam, of cracking masts, and of howlings and growlings and raging of
+grizly bears; for when the lightnings flashed, men (and even women)
+were seen crawling and hanging about the deck, as if to see if they
+could discover the death that was ready with his weapons drawn to
+destroy them.
+
+The captain had twenty times ordered all below, but to no purpose,
+until in the indiscriminate confusion of his crew and the passengers,
+in the jet blackness of the gale, when his ship was in danger, and our
+lives, his trumpet announced that "the bears were on deck!"
+
+"Good God!" was exclaimed and echoed from one end of the ship's deck to
+the other; "the grizly bears are out! down with the hatches--down the
+hatches!" The scrambling that here took place to reach the cabins below
+can only be justly known to each actor who performed his part in his
+own way; and of these there were many. Some descended headlong, some
+sidewise, and others rolled down; and every one with a ghastly glance
+back upon the one behind him, as a grizly bear, of course, that was to
+begin his "chawing" the next moment.
+
+When the scrambling was all over, and the hatches all safe, all in the
+cabin were obliged to smile for a moment, even in the midst of the
+alarm, at the queer position and man[oe]uvres of a plump little Irish
+woman who had slipped down the wrong hatchway by accident, and left her
+"other half" to spend a night of celibacy, and of awful forebodings,
+in the steerage, where she would have gone, but to which her own
+discretion as well as the united voices of the cabin passengers decided
+her not to attempt to make her way over the deck during the night.
+
+The passengers, both fore and aft, were now all snugly housed for
+the rest of the night, and the captain's smothered voice through his
+trumpet, to his hands aloft, and the stamping of the men on deck, while
+handling the ropes and shifting the sails, were all caught by our open
+ears, and at once construed into assaults and dreadful conflicts with
+the grizly bears on deck.
+
+In the midst of these conjectures some one of the passengers screamed
+and sprang from near the stairway entering the cabin, when it was
+discovered, to the thrilling amazement of all, that one of the bears
+had pawed open the hatchway, and was descending into the cabin! The
+ladies' salon, beyond the cabin, was the refuge to which the instant
+rush was making, when the always good and musical sound of the
+captain's voice was recognized. "Why! you don't think I'm a grizly
+bear, do you?" The good fellow! he didn't intend to frighten anybody.
+He had just raised the hatch and came down to get a little breath and
+a "drop to drink." He is as unlike to a grizly bear as any one else in
+the world, both in looks and in disposition; but he happened to have on
+for the occasion a black oil-cloth hood or cap, which was tied under
+the chin; and a jacket covered with long fur on the outside, making his
+figure (which was of goodly size, and which just filled the gangway),
+with a little of the lively imagination belonging to such moments, look
+the counterpart of a grizly bear. "Where's Catlin?" said he; "damn the
+bears!" "Are they out?" cried the passengers all together. "Out?--yes;
+they have eaten one man already, and another was knocked overboard
+with a handspike; he was mistaken for one of the bears. We are all in
+a mess on deck--it's so dark we can't see each other--the men are all
+aloft in the rigging. Steward! give me a glass of brandy-and-water--the
+ship must be managed, and I must go on deck. Keep close below here, and
+keep the hatches down, for the bruins are sick of the scene, and pawing
+about for a burrow in the ground, and will have the hatches up in a
+moment if you don't look to them. Where's Catlin?" "We don't know," was
+the reply from many mouths; "he is not in the cabin."
+
+"Will, here, Misther Captain, yer honour, I'll till ye," said a poor
+fellow, who in the general fright and flight had tumbled himself by
+accident into the cabin, and observed sullen silence until the present
+moment; "I'll jist till ye--I saw Misther Cathlin (I sippose he's the
+jintleman that owns the bastes) and his mon Dan (for I've known Dan for
+these many a long year in ould Amiriky, and I now he has chargin o' the
+bears on board); I saw the two, God bliss them, when the bastes was
+about gettin their hinder parts out of the cage, stannin on the side
+jisth before 'em, Misther Cathlin with his double-barrel gun, and his
+mon Dan pointin at 'em in the face, with a pistol in each hand; and
+this was jist whin I heard they were outh, and I jimped down here jist
+in the wrong place, as I am after observin when it is too late, and I
+hope there is no offence to your honour."
+
+"Catlin's gone then," said the captain; "he is swallowed!"
+
+The captain was at his post again, the hatches closed, and in the midst
+of dozing, and praying, and singing (and occasionally the hideous
+howlings of the grizlies whenever a wave made a breach over the deck
+of the vessel) was passed away that night of alarm and despair, until
+the rays of the morning's sun having chased away the mist and assuaged
+the fury of the storm, had brought all hands together on the deck, and
+in the midst of them the cheerful face of our good captain; and in
+their huge cage, which had been driven from one side of the deck to the
+other, but now adjusted, sitting upon their haunches, with the most
+jaded and humiliating looks imaginable, as they gazed between their
+iron bars, their two grizly majesties, who had hurt nobody during the
+night, nor in all probability had meditated anything worse or more
+sinful than an escape, if possible, from the imprisonment and danger
+they considered themselves unfortunately in.
+
+In the general alarm and scramble on deck in the forepart of the night,
+the total darkness having been such that it was impossible to tell
+whether the bears were out of their cage or not, and quite impossible
+to make one's way to the quarter-deck, unaccustomed to the shapes of
+things to be passed over, "Misther Cathlin" had dropped himself into
+the steerage as the nearest refuge, just before the hatch was fastened
+down for the night. Any place, and anything under deck at that time,
+was acceptable; and even at so perilous a moment, and amidst such
+alarming apprehensions, I drew a fund of amusement from the scenes
+and conversations around me. The circumstance of sixty passengers,
+men, women, and children, being stowed into so small a compass, and
+to so familiar an acquaintance, would have been alone, and under
+different circumstances, a subject of curious interest for a stranger
+so suddenly to be introduced to; but to be dropped into the midst of
+such a group in the middle of the night, in the thickest of a raging
+tempest, and the hour of danger, when some were in bed--some upon their
+knees at their prayers--others making the most of the few remaining
+drops of brandy they had brought with them, and others were playing at
+cards and enjoying their jokes, and all together just rescued from the
+jaws and the claws of the bears over their heads, was one of no common
+occurrence, and worthy at least of a few passing remarks.
+
+The wailings of the poor fellow whose wife had got into the cabin were
+incessant, and not much inferior to the howlings of the grizlies on
+deck. She had been put into my berth, and I had had the privilege of
+"turning in" with her disconsolate husband, if I had seen fit to have
+done so, or if his writhings and contortions had not taken up full
+twice the space allotted to him. It was known and told to him by some
+of his comrades, that they saw his wife go into the cabin, and that she
+was safe. "Yis," said he, "but I'm unasy, I'm not asy about her, d'ye
+see; I don't fale asy as she's there, God knows where, along with those
+jintlemen."
+
+Amongst the passengers in this part of the vessel I at once found
+myself alongside of at least two very eccentric characters. The one, I
+afterwards learned, was familiarly called by the passengers "the little
+Irishman in black," and the other "the half-Englishman, or broken-down
+swell."
+
+The first of these two eccentrics was a squatty little gentleman of
+about four feet nine inches elevation, and between two and three feet
+breadth of beam, with a wrinkled face and excessively sharp features.
+To be all in black he showed no signs of a shirt, though he was
+decently clad, but in black from head to foot, being in mourning, as
+he said, for "his son who had emigratin to Amiriky fifteen years sin,
+and livin there jist long enough to become a _native_, had died and
+leaven of a fortin, which he had been over to sittle up and receivin,
+with which he was recrossin the ocean to his native country." He
+said he wished to be rispectable and dacent, havin received 12,000
+dollars; and as he thought the dacent thing was in "payin," now-a-days,
+he had paid for a berth in the cabin, but preferred to ride in the
+steerage. He made and found much amusement in that part of the vessel
+with his congenial spirits, and seemed peculiarly happy in the close
+communication with the other oddity of the steerage, whom I have said
+the passengers called the half-Englishman, or broken-down swell, who,
+I learned from my man Daniel, had laid in three barrels of old English
+porter, in bottles, when leaving the city of New York, and the last of
+which they were now opening and making the whole company merry with,
+as a sort of thanksgiving on their lucky escape from the grizly bears,
+who they firmly believed held possession of everything on the vessel
+outside of the hatchway.
+
+This eccentric and droll, but good-natured gentleman, with the aid of
+porter made much amusement in the steerage, even in the hour of alarm;
+and though I did not at that time know his calibre, or exactly what to
+make of him, I afterwards learned that he was an English cockney who
+had been on a tour through the States, and was now on his way back to
+his fatherland. He had many amusing notions and anecdotes to relate of
+the Yankees, and in his good-natured mellowness told a very good one of
+himself, much to the amusement of the Yankees on board, and the little
+Irishman in black, and my man Daniel. He said that "the greatest luxury
+he found in New York were the hoisters, and much as he liked them he
+had eaten them for two years before he had learned whether they were
+spelled with a haitch or a ho." Much valuable time would be lost to the
+reader if I were to chain him down to the rest of the incidents that
+happened between the middle of the ocean and Liverpool; and I meet him
+there at the beginning of my next chapter.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER II.
+
+  Howling of the grizly Bears--Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks--Scuffle for luggage--Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel--Landing the grizly Bears--Author's journey to
+      London--Ibbotson's Hotel--First sally into the streets--First
+      impressions of London--Adventure in the fog and mud--Amusing
+      occurrence in the street--Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets--Ingenious mode of begging--Rich shops--No pigs
+      in the streets--Soot and smoke of London--Author returns
+      to Liverpool--Daniel's trouble with the Bears--Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly Bears through the
+      Customs--Arrival in London with Collection and Bears--Daniel
+      in difficulty--Howling of Bears passing through the
+      Tunnel--The "King of New York," and "King Jefferson."
+
+
+On nearing the docks at Liverpool, not only all the passengers of the
+ship, but all the inhabitants of the hills and dales about, and the
+shores, were apprised of our approach to the harbour by the bellowing
+and howling of the grizlies, who were undoubtedly excited to this sort
+of _Te Deum_ for their safe deliverance and approach to _terra firma_,
+which they had got a sight (and probably a smell) of.
+
+The arrival of the Roscius on that occasion was of course a conspicuous
+one, and well announced; and we entered the dock amidst an unusual
+uproar and crowd of spectators. After the usual manner, the passengers
+were soon ashore, and our luggage examined, leaving freight and grizly
+bears on board, to be removed the next morning. From the moment of
+landing on the wharf to the Custom-house, and from that to the hotel
+where I took lodgings, I was obliged to "fend off," almost with foot
+and with fist, the ragamuffins who beset me on every side; and in
+front, in the rear, and on the right and the left, assailed me with
+importunities to be allowed to carry my luggage. In the medley of
+voices and confusion I could scarcely tell myself to which of these
+poor fellows I had committed my boxes; and no doubt this (to them)
+delightful confusion and uncertainty encouraged a number of them to
+keep close company with my luggage until it arrived at the Grecian
+Hotel. When it was all safely landed in the hall, I asked the lad who
+stood foremost and had brought my luggage in his cart, how much was to
+pay for bringing it up? "Ho, Sir, hi leaves it to your generosity, Sir,
+has you are a gentleman, Sir; hit's been a werry eavy load, Sir."
+
+I was somewhat amused with the simple fellow's careless and easy
+manner, and handed him eighteen pence, thinking it a reasonable
+compensation for bringing two small trunks and a carpet-bag; but
+he instantly assumed a different aspect, and refused to take the
+money, saying that no gentleman would think of giving him less than
+half-a-crown for such a load as he had brought. I soon settled with and
+dismissed him by giving him two shillings; and as he departed, and I
+was about entering the coffee-room, another of his ragged fraternity
+touched my elbow, when I asked him what he wanted. "Wo, Sir, your
+luggage there--" "But I have paid for my luggage--I paid the man you
+see going out there." "Yes, Sir; but then you sees, hi elped im put
+it hon; hand I elped im along with it, hand it's werry ard, Sir, hif
+Ise not to be paid has well as im." I paid the poor fellow a sixpence
+for his ingenuity; and as he left, a third one stepped up, of whom I
+inquired, "What do _you_ want?" "Why, Sir, your luggage, you know,
+there--I am very sorry, Sir, to see you pay that worthless rascal
+what's just going out there--I am indeed sorry, Sir--he did nothing,
+but was hol the time hin our way--hit urts me, Sir, to see a gentleman
+throw is money away upon sich vagabonds, for it's hundoubtedly ard
+earned, like the few shillings we poor fellows get." "Well, my good
+fellow, what do you want of me?" "Ho, Sir, hit's honly for the cart,
+Sir--you will settle with me for the cart, Sir, hif you please--that
+first chap you paid ad my cart, hand I'll be bound you ave paid im
+twice has much has you hought." "Well, to make short," said I, "here,
+take this sixpence for your cart, and be off." I was thus brief, for I
+saw two or three others edging and siding up in the passage towards me,
+whom I recollected to have seen escorting my luggage, and I retreated
+into the coffee-room as suddenly as possible, and stated the case to
+one of the waiters, who promised to manage the rest of the affair.
+
+I was thus very comfortable for the night, having no further annoyance
+or real excitement until the next morning after breakfast, when it
+became necessary to disembark the grizly bears. My other heavy freight
+had gone to Her Majesty's Custom-house, and all the passengers from
+the cabin and steerage had gone to comfortable quarters, leaving the
+two deck passengers, the grizlies, in great impatience, and as yet
+undisposed of. My man Daniel had been on the move at an early hour, and
+had fortunately made an arrangement with a simple and unsuspecting old
+lady in the absence of her "good man," to allow the cage to be placed
+in a small yard adjoining her house, and within the same inclosure,
+which had a substantial pavement of round stones.
+
+This arrangement for a few days promised to be an advantageous one for
+each party. Daniel was to have free access and egress for the purpose
+of giving them their food, and the price proposed to the good woman was
+met as a liberal reward for the reception of any living beings that
+she could imagine, however large, that could come within her idea of
+the dimensions of a cage. Daniel had told her that they were two huge
+bears; and in his reply to inquiries, assured her that they were not
+harmless by any means, but that the enormous strength of their cage
+prevented them from doing any mischief.
+
+The kind old lady agreed, for so much per day, to allow the cage to
+stand in her yard, by the side of her house, at least until her husband
+returned. With much excitement and some growling about the docks and
+the wharf, they were swung off from the vessel, and, being placed on a
+"float," were conveyed to, and quietly lodged and fed in, the retired
+yard of the good woman, when the gate was shut, and they fell into a
+long and profound sleep.
+
+The grizly bears being thus comfortably and safely quartered in the
+immediate charge of my man Daniel, who had taken an apartment near
+them, and my collection being lodged in the Custom-house, I started by
+the railway for London to effect the necessary arrangements for their
+next move. I had rested in and left Liverpool in the midst of rain, and
+fog, and mud, and seen little else of it; and on my way to London I
+saw little or nothing of the beautiful country I was passing through,
+travelling the whole distance in the night. The luxurious carriage in
+which I was seated, however, braced up and embraced on all sides by
+deep cushions; the grandeur of the immense stations I was occasionally
+passing under; the elegance and comfort of the cafés and restaurants I
+was stumbling into with half-sealed eyes, with hundreds of others in
+the middle of the night, with the fat, and rotund, and ruddy appearance
+of the night-capped fellow-travellers around me, impressed me at once
+with the conviction that I was in the midst of a world of comforts and
+luxuries that had been long studied and refined upon.
+
+I opened my eyes at daylight at the terminus in the City of London,
+but could see little of it, as I was driven to Ibbotson's Hotel, in
+Vere-street, through one of the dense fogs peculiar to the metropolis
+and to the season of the year in which I had entered it. To a foreigner
+entering London at that season, the first striking impression is the
+blackness and gloom that everywhere shrouds all that is about him. It
+is in his hotel--in his bed-chamber--his dining-room, and if he sallies
+out into the street it is there even worse; and added to it dampness,
+and fog, and mud, all of which, together, are strong inducements for
+him to return to his lodgings, and adopt them as comfortable, and as a
+luxury.
+
+I am speaking now of the elements which the Almighty alone can control,
+and which only we strangers first see, as the surface of things, when
+we enter a foreign land, and before our letters of introduction, or
+the kind invitations of strangers, have led us into the participation
+of the hospitable and refined comforts prepared and enjoyed by the
+ingenuity of enlightened man, within. These I soon found were all
+around me, in the midst of this gloom; and a deep sense of gratitude
+will often induce me to allude to them again in the future pages of
+this work.
+
+My breakfast and a clean face were the first necessary things
+accomplished at my hotel, and next to them was my first sally into
+the streets of the great metropolis, to inhale the pleasure of first
+impressions, and in my rambles to get a glance at the outer walls
+and the position of the famous Egyptian Hall, which I have already
+said my kind friend the Hon. C. A. Murray had conditionally secured,
+as the locale of my future operations. It is quite unnecessary,
+and quite impossible also, for me to describe the route I pursued
+through the mud and the fog in search of the Hall. Its direction had
+been pointed out to me at my start, and something like the distance
+explained, which, to an accustomed woodsman like myself, seemed a
+better guarantee of success than the names of a dozen streets and
+turnings, &c.; and I had "leaned off" on the point of compass, as
+I thought, without any light of the sun to keep me to my bearings,
+until I thought myself near its vicinity, and at a proper position to
+make some inquiry for its whereabouts. I ran against a young man at
+the moment (or, rather, he ran against me, as he darted across the
+street to the pavement, with a black bag under his arm), whom I felt
+fully at liberty to accost; and to my inquiry for the Egyptian Hall,
+he very civilly and kindly directed me in the following manner, with
+his hand pointing down the street in the opposite direction to the one
+in which I was travelling:--"Go to the _bottom_, d'ye see, sir, and
+you are at the _top_, of Piccadilly; you then pass the third turning
+to the left, and you will see the hexibition of the uge hox; that hox
+is in the Hegyptian All, and ee _his_ a wapper, sure enough!" By this
+kind fellow's graphic direction I was soon in the Hall, got a glance
+of it and "the fat ox," and then commenced my first peregrination,
+amidst the mazes of fog and mud, through the Strand, Fleet-street,
+and Cheapside; the names of which had rung in my ears from my early
+boyhood, and which the sort of charm they had wrought there had created
+an impatient desire to see.
+
+I succeeded quite well in wending my way down the Haymarket, the
+Strand, and Fleet-street, slipping and sliding through the mud, until I
+was in front or in the rear (I could not tell which) of the noble St.
+Paul's, whose black and gloomy walls, at the apparent risk of breaking
+my neck, I could follow up with my eye, until they were lost in the
+murky cloud of fog that floated around them. I walked quite round it,
+by which I became duly impressed with its magnitude below, necessarily
+leaving my conjectures as to its elevation, for future observations
+through a clearer atmosphere.
+
+I then commenced to retrace my steps, when a slight tap upon my
+shoulder brought me around to look upon a droll and quizzical-looking
+fellow, who very obsequiously proceeded (as he pointed to the collar
+of my cloak, the lining of which, it seems, had got a little exposed),
+"The lining of your cloak, sir; hit don't look very well for a
+gentleman, sir; hexcuse me, hif you please, sir." "Certainly," said
+I; "I am much obliged to you," as I adjusted it and passed on. In my
+jogging along for some distance after this rencontre, and while my
+eyes were intent upon the mud, where I was selecting the places for
+my footsteps, I observed a figure that was keeping me close company
+by my side, and, on taking a fairer look at him, found the same droll
+character still at my elbow, when I turned around and inquired of him,
+"What now?" "Ho, sir, your cloak, you know, sir; hit didn't look well,
+for a gentleman like you, sir. Your pardon, sir; ha sixpence, hif you
+please, sir." I stopped and gave the poor fellow a sixpence for his
+ingenuity, and jogged on.
+
+The sagacity of this stratager in rags had detected the foreigner or
+stranger in me at first sight, as I learned in a few moments, in
+the following amusing way. I had proceeded but a few rods from the
+place where I had given him his sixpence and parted company with him,
+when, crossing an intersecting street, I was met by a pitiable object
+hobbling on one leg, and the other twisted around his hip, in an
+unnatural way, with a broom in one hand, and the other extended towards
+me in the most beseeching manner, and his face drawn into a triangular
+shape, as he was bitterly weeping. I saw the poor fellow's occupation
+was that of sweeping the crossing under my feet, and a sixpence that
+I slipped into his hand so relaxed the muscles of his face, by this
+time, that I at once recognised in him the adjuster of the lining of my
+cloak; but I had no remedy, and no other emotion, at the instant, than
+that of amusement, with some admiration of his adroitness, and again
+passed on.
+
+Casting my eyes before me I observed another poor fellow, at the
+crossing of another street, plying his broom to the mud very nimbly (or
+rather passing it over, just above the top of the mud), whilst his eye
+was fixed intently upon me, whom he had no doubt seen patronizing the
+lad whom I had passed. I dodged this poor fellow by crossing the street
+to the right, and as I approached the opposite pavement I fell into the
+hands of a young woman in rags, who placed herself before me in the
+most beseeching attitude, holding on her arm a half-clad and sickly
+babe, which she was pinching on one of its legs to make it cry, whilst
+she supplicated me for aid. I listened to her pitiable lamentations a
+moment, and in reproaching her for her cruelty in exposing the life of
+her little infant for the purpose of extorting alms, I asked her why
+she did not make her husband take care of her and her child? "Oh, my
+kind sir," said she, "I give you my honour I've got no husband; I have
+no good opinion of those husbands." "Then I am glad you have informed
+me," said I; "you belong to a class of women whom I will not give to."
+"Oh, but, kind sir, you mistake me; I am not a bad woman--I am _not_
+a bad woman--I assure you! I am a decent woman, and God knows it:
+the child is not mine; it is only one that I hires, and I's obliged
+to pay eighteen pence a day for it; which is as true as God's holy
+writ; that's what it is." "Then," said I, "you are a wretch, to keep
+that innocent little thing here in the cold; and, instead of alms, you
+deserve to be handed over to the police." She gave me many hard names
+as I was stepping into a cab which I had beckoned up and directed to
+drive me to Ibbotson's Hotel, in Vere-street.
+
+"Where, sir?" asked the cab-driver as he mounted his seat. "Vy, sir,
+didn't you ear the gentleman?" said a man with a large bronze medal
+hanging on his breast, who had one hand on the door; "drive im to
+Hibbotson's Otel, Were-street, Hoxford-street." "Who are you?" said I,
+as we were moving off, and he held the door open with one hand and his
+hat raised with the other; "what do you want?"
+
+"I'm the vaterman, sir; you'll recollect the vaterman?" "Yes, I'll
+not forget you in a long time." So I shut the door without giving the
+poor man his ha'penny, not knowing the usual custom yet, and too much
+pressed for time to learn it at that moment.
+
+I observed, in passing several equestrian and other statues in the
+streets, that they were all black; which seemed curious; and also,
+in every street, I saw what was new to me, and not to be seen in
+the streets of the American cities--meat-shops and fishmongers
+indiscriminately mingled along the same side-walks with dry
+goods--hosiers, china, and hardware--and fancy shops; and also
+performed the whole route, outward and homeward, without having seen
+a solitary pig ploughing the gutters, as we too familiarly meet them
+in many of the American cities, though the gutters, much of the way,
+would seem to have offered a tolerably rich field for their geological
+researches.
+
+I met with evidences enough, however, that I was not out of the land of
+pigs, though they were not seen promenading or ploughing the streets.
+I passed several shops, all open in front, where poor piggies were
+displayed in a much less independent way--hanging by their hind legs
+at full length, and the blood dripping from their noses upon the
+sills of the shops and pavements, to amuse the eyes of the silken and
+dazzling throng that was squeezing and brushing along by them; and
+whilst I easily decided which was the most cruel to the poor brutes, I
+was much at a loss to decide which mode was calculated to be the most
+shocking to the nerves that would be weak enough to be offended by
+either.
+
+I was thus at the end of my first day's rambles in London, without at
+present recollecting any other occurrences worthy of note, excepting
+a little annoyance I had felt by discovering with my left eye, while
+walking in the street, something like a small black spot on the side
+of my nose, which, by endeavouring many times to remove by the brush
+of my hand across it, I had evidently greatly enlarged, and which,
+when I returned, I examined and found to have been at first, in all
+probability, a speck of soot which had alighted there, and by passing
+my hand over it had, as in other instances, on other parts of my face,
+mashed it down and given it somewhat the shape and tail of a comet, or
+the train of a falling star, though differing materially in brilliancy
+and colour.
+
+I used the rest of this gloomy day in obtaining from the Lords of
+the Treasury the proper order for passing my collection through the
+Customs, which has been before mentioned, arranging my letters of
+credit, &c., and returned by the evening's train to Liverpool, to join
+my collection again, and Daniel and the grizly bears.
+
+On my return to that city I found poor Daniel in a sad dilemma with
+the old lady about the bears, and the whole neighbourhood under a high
+excitement, and in great alarm for their safety. The bears had been
+landed in the briefest manner possible; exempted from the usual course
+that almost everything else takes through the Queen's warehouse; and,
+though relieved from the taxes of the customs, I soon found that I had
+duties of a different character accumulating that required my attention
+in another quarter. The agreement made by the old lady with Daniel to
+keep them in her yard for so much per day, and for as long a time as he
+required, had been based upon the express and very judicious condition
+that they were to do no harm. From the moment of their landing they
+had kept up an almost incessant howling, so Rocky-Mountain-ish and so
+totally unlike any attempts at music ever heard in the country before,
+that it attracted a crowd night and day about the old lady's door, that
+almost defeated all attempts at ingress and egress. A little vanity,
+however, which she still possessed, enabled her to put up with the
+inconvenience, which she was turning to good account, and counting
+good luck, until it was ascertained, to her great amazement as well as
+alarm, that the bears were passing their huge paws out of the cage,
+between the iron bars, and lifting up the round stones of her pavement
+for the pleasure of once more getting their nails into the dirt, their
+favourite element, and which they had for a long time lost sight of.
+
+In their unceasing pursuit of this amusement, by night and by day,
+they had made a sad metamorphosis of the old lady's pavement, as, with
+the strength of their united paws, they had drawn the cage around to
+different parts of the yard, totally unpaving as they went along. At
+the time of the poor old lady's bitterest and most vehement complaint,
+they were making their move in the direction of her humble tenement,
+the walls of which were exceedingly slight; and her alarm became
+insupportable. The ignorant crowd outside of the inclosure, who could
+get but a partial view of their operations now and then, had formed
+the most marvellous ideas of these monsters, from the report current
+amongst them that they were eating the paving-stones; and had taken the
+most decided and well-founded alarm from the fact that the bears had
+actually hurled some of the paving-stones quite over the wall amongst
+their heads, which were calling back an increased shower of stones and
+other missiles, adding fresh rage and fears to the growling of the
+bears, which altogether was threatening results of a more disastrous
+kind.
+
+In this state of affairs I was very justly appealed to by the old lady
+for redress and a remedy, for it was quite evident that the condition
+of her agreement with Daniel had been broken, as the bears were now
+decidedly doing much harm to her premises; destroying all her rest,
+and (as she said) "her appetite and her right mind;" and I agreed
+that it was my duty, as soon as possible, to comply with her urgent
+request that they should be removed. She insisted on its being done
+that day, as "it was quite impossible to pass another night in her
+own bed, when there was such howling and groaning and grunting in
+her yard, by the side of her house." Daniel took my directions and
+immediately went through the town in search of other quarters for
+them, and was to attend to their moving whilst I was to spend the day
+in the Custom-house, attending to the examination of my collection of
+600 paintings and many thousand Indian costumes, weapons and other
+curiosities, which were to be closely inspected and inventoried, for
+duties.
+
+Immersed in this mystery of difficulties and vexations at the customs
+during the day, I had lost sight of Daniel and his pets until I was
+free at night, when I was assailed with a more doleful tale than ever
+about the bears. Troubles were gathering on all sides. Poor Daniel
+had positively arranged in several places for them, but when "their
+characters were asked from their last places," he met defeat in every
+case, and was obliged to meet, at last, the increased plaints of his
+old landlady, whose rage and ranting were now quite beyond control.
+She had made complaint to the police, of whom a _posse_ had been sent
+to see to their removal. Daniel in the mean time had dodged them, and
+was smiling amidst the crowd at the amusing idea of their laying hold
+of them, or of even going into the yard to them. The police reported
+on the utter impossibility of removing them to any other part of the
+town, their "character" having been so thoroughly published already to
+all parts; and it was advised, to the utter discomfiture of the old
+lady, that it would be best for them to remain there until they should
+be removed to London, and that I should pay for all damages. The poor
+old lady afterwards had a final interview with Daniel in the crowd,
+when she very judiciously resolved that if the bears did not move, _she
+must_--which she did that night, and placed Daniel in her bed, as the
+guardian of her property and of his pets, until the third or fourth
+day afterwards, when they were moved to the railway, and by it (night
+and day, catching what glimpses they could of the country they were
+serenading with their howls and growls as they passed through it under
+their tarpaulin) they were conveyed to the great metropolis.
+
+Owing to the multiplicity of articles to be examined and inventoried
+in the customs, and the great embarrassment of the clerics in writing
+down their Indian names, my labours were protracted there to much
+tediousness; but when all was brought to a close by their proposing,
+most judiciously, to count the number of curiosities instead of wasting
+paper and time and paralysing my jaws by pronouncing half a dozen times
+over, and syllable by syllable, their Indian names, my collection of
+eight tons weight was all on the road and soon at the Euston station in
+London, where we again recognised the mournful cries of the grizlies,
+who had arrived the night before.
+
+On arriving at the station, I found Daniel at a small inn in the
+vicinity, where he seemed highly excited by some unpleasant altercation
+he had had with the landlord and inmates of the house, growing out of
+national and political prejudices, which had most probably been too
+strongly advanced on both sides. Daniel had suddenly raised a great
+excitement in the neighbourhood by his arrival with the grizly bears,
+whose occasional howlings had attracted crowds of people, curious to
+know the nature of the strange arrival; and all inquirers about the
+station being referred to their keeper, who was at the inn, brought
+Daniel and his patience into notoriety at once.
+
+Daniel (_Plate No. 2_) is an Irishman, who emigrated to the United
+States some twenty years since, and, by dint of his industry and hard
+labour, had met with success in acquiring an humble independence, and
+had formed the most undoubted attachment to the Government and its
+institutions; and, from his reading, and conversation with the world,
+had informed himself tolerably well in political matters, which he was
+always ready to discuss; and being rather of a hasty and irascible
+temperament, he often got into debates of that nature, that led him
+into danger of unpleasant results. It was in the midst of one of
+these that I found him at the inn, surrounded by at least a hundred
+labouring men and idlers from the streets, who had been drawn around
+him at first, as I have said, to get some information of the bears,
+but who had changed their theme, and were now besieging him on all
+sides, to combat him on some political dogma he had advanced relative
+to his favourite and adopted country, the United States; or to taunt
+him with slaunts at his native country, all of which, with his native
+wit, he was ready to meet with ability, until, as he afterwards told
+me, "they were showered upon him so rapidly, and from so many quarters
+at once, that it became quite impossible to answer them, and that the
+stupid ignorance and impertinence of some of them had worn out all
+his patience, and irritated him to that degree, that I must excuse
+him for the excitement I had found him under when I arrived." With
+much difficulty I rescued him from the crowd that had enclosed him,
+and, retiring to a private room, after matters of business had been
+arranged, he gave me the following account of the difficulties he had
+just been in, and of the incidents of his journey from Liverpool to
+London with the bears.
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 2.]
+
+At Liverpool he had had great difficulty in getting permission to
+travel by the luggage train, to keep company with the bears, the
+necessity of which he urged in vain, until he represented that, unless
+he was with them to feed them, their howlings and other terrific noises
+and ravings would frighten their hands all out of the stations, and
+even add probabilities to their breaking loose from the cage in
+which they were confined, to feed upon the human flesh around them, and
+of which they were peculiarly fond. Upon these representations, he was
+allowed the privilege of a narrow space, to stand or to sit, in the
+corner of one of the luggage-trains, and thus bore the bears company
+all the way.
+
+When they entered the first tunnel on their way, they raised a hideous
+howl, which they continued until they were through it, which might
+have been from a feeling of pleasure, recognizing in it something of
+the character of the delightful gloominess of their own subterranean
+abodes; or their outcries might have been from a feeling of dread or
+fear from those narrow and damp caverns, too much for their delicate
+tastes and constitutions. This, however, is matter for the bears to
+decide. At Birmingham, where they rested on the truck for the greater
+part of a day, their notification to the town had called vast crowds
+of spectators around them; and though their tarpaulin prevented them
+from being seen, many, very many, drew marvellous accounts of them
+from one another, and from the flying reports which had reached them
+several days before from Liverpool, of "two huge monsters imported from
+the Rocky Mountains, that had scales like alligators, with long spears
+of real flint at the ends of their tails; that they made nothing of
+eating paving-stones when they were hungry, and that in Liverpool they
+had escaped, and were travelling to the north, and demolishing all the
+inhabitants of Lancashire as they went along," &c. Their occasional
+howls and growls, with, once in a while, a momentary display of one
+of their huge paws, exhibited from under the tarpaulin, riveted the
+conviction of the gaping multitude as to the terror and danger of these
+animals, while it put at rest all apprehensions as to their being at
+large and overrunning the country. Poor Daniel had to stand between
+the crowd and his pets, to save them from the peltings and insults
+of the crowd, and at the same time, to muster every talent he had at
+natural history, to answer the strange queries and theories that were
+raised about them. He was assailed on every side with questions as
+to the appearance and habits of the animals, and at last, about "the
+other animals," as they called them, "running on two legs, in America;"
+for many of them, from his representations, had come fresh from the
+coal-pits and factories, with ideas that Americans were a sort of
+savages, and that savages, they had understood, were "a sort of wild
+beastises, and living on raw meat." These conjectures and queries were
+answered amusingly for them, by Daniel; and, after he had a little
+enlightened them by the information he gave them, their conversation
+took a sort of political turn, which, I have before said, he was prone
+to run into; and thus, luckily, the time was whiled away, without any
+_set-to_ to bother the bears and himself, which he had seen evidently
+preparing, until the whistle announced them and him on their way again
+for the metropolis.
+
+The next morning he found himself and the bears safe landed at the
+terminus in London, where I have already said that I found him and
+released him from a medley of difficulties he had worked himself into.
+
+The keeper of the inn had himself been the first to provoke poor
+Daniel, but when he found it for his interest, and advised a different
+course, he endeavoured to turn his criticisms into good nature, and
+had taken sides with him. Daniel, very amusingly however, describes
+his remarks as so excessively ignorant, that they excited his mirth
+more than anger, and he repeated several of them in the following
+manner:--He first provoked Daniel by inquiring "who his master was,
+and where he was at that time." Daniel replied to him, somewhat to his
+surprise, "I have no master, Sir; I live in a country, thank God, where
+we are our own masters. My 'boss' (if you will have it that way) is a
+Mr. Catlin, who I expect here in a few hours." Finding that Daniel and
+the bears were from America, of which country he had heard some vague
+accounts, he very innocently enquired who was the King in America at
+that time, apologizing, that by the treacherousness of his memory he
+had lost the run of them. Daniel told him that they had no king in
+America. He then said "he well recollected when the old fellow died,
+but he had equally forgotten the name of the Queen; he recollected to
+have read of the King of New York." Daniel soon put his recollection
+right, and in doing so had given umbrage to the poor man, which led to
+the long and excited political debate with which I found Daniel so much
+exasperated when I arrived.
+
+Daniel had, in the beginning of this affair, explained to the
+bystanders around him the difference between a King and a President,
+and then had provoked his landlord by amusingly and pleasantly
+repeating the anecdote of "King Jefferson" (which is current in
+America) in reply to his questions about the "King of New York;" and in
+the following manner:--
+
+"During the presidency of Thomas Jefferson, who lived in the city of
+Washington, two poor emigrants from the county of Cork, in my own
+country, made their way to America in a vessel which landed them in
+Philadelphia; they got ashore, and as they were taking their first
+stroll through the streets in the 'land of liberty and equality,'
+without a shilling in their pockets, they began to 'sing out' 'Huzza
+for King George!' This of course excited too much opposition to last
+long in the streets of a republican city, and a gentleman very kindly
+stopped the poor fellows, and to their great surprise informed them
+that he feared they would get into difficulty if they continued to
+huzza for the king, as King George was not the king of the country they
+were now in. He informed them that Mr. Jefferson was the great man in
+America--that he was President of the United States, and that it would
+not do for them to huzza for King George. They thanked him, and as
+they proceeded on they increased the volume of their voices in huzzas
+for 'King Jefferson!--huzza for King Jefferson!' This soon excited the
+attention of the police, who silenced their bawling by 'putting them in
+the jug!'"
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER III.
+
+  Letters of introduction--Driving a friend's horse and chaise--Amusing
+      accidents--English driving--"Turn to the _right_, as the law
+      directs"--A turn to the _left_--A fresh difficulty--Egyptian
+      Hall--Lease for three years--Arrangement of collection--Bears sold
+      and removed to Regent's Park Zoological Gardens--Their fates.
+
+
+Having landed all my effects safely at the terminus in London, the
+next thing was the final _locale_; and to decide on this, my letters
+of introduction, or a part of them at least, should be delivered; and
+for this and other dodgings about through the city for a few days,
+the first gentleman to whom I delivered a letter had the kindness to
+insist on my using his horse and chaise during certain portions of the
+day, when he did not use them himself. This was the kindest thing that
+he could have done for me, and I shall never forget the obligation he
+laid me under by doing so. His footman, who accompanied me, relieved me
+from all anxiety about the horse, which was a noble animal; and my long
+errands through the mud were most delightfully abridged.
+
+As the fatalities of life seem to bring us more or less trouble in
+every step we take in it, I had mine, even in this new and independent
+arrangement. In my first dash through the streets with all the
+confidence and tact I had acquired from my boyhood in driving a
+similar vehicle in my own country, I was suddenly in the midst of
+fresh misfortune by "turning to the right, as the law directs" (the
+regulation and custom of the United States), which brought my horse
+into the most frightful collision with a pair that were driven by a
+gentleman, and who had reined in the same direction under the English
+custom of "turn to the left."
+
+This affair was not only one of imminent danger of harm, which we had
+all luckily escaped, but one of exceeding mortification to me from the
+circumstances which immediately followed.
+
+The extreme care and skill in driving, with the fine training of horses
+in England (of which we have little idea in the United States), render
+accidents in the streets of London so exceedingly rare, that when
+they do occur they immediately attract an immense crowd, and into the
+midst of such an one was I thrown by the unfortunate accident which my
+ignorance rather than carelessness had just been the cause of.
+
+By the violence of the concussion I had been landed in the street, and
+the gentleman, to whose harness I had done some injury, was suddenly
+in front of me with his whip in his hand; and in the hearing of the
+crowd that was hovering around, in the most excited manner, demanding
+of me what I meant by driving against him in that awkward manner, and
+threatening to hold me responsible for damages done by not turning the
+right way, whilst I felt every disposition to answer his questions
+respectfully, as I saw the injury was all on his side. I still felt
+that a little tenacity was allowable on my side; and I almost as
+peremptorily demanded of him why he did not rein to the right, as the
+law requires:--"Rein to the right!" said he, "who the devil ever heard
+of such a thing as turning to the right? Where are you from, I should
+like to know?" "I am from a country, sir, where the law directs all
+vehicles to 'turn to the right.'" "What country is that, I should like
+to know?" "North America, sir." "Ha! just about what I should have
+thought, sir:--I suppose I shall get pay for my coupling-lines about
+the time the States pay interest." "Most likely," said I, as we were
+mutually taking our seats, amidst the sullen remarks that I heard in
+various parts of the crowd as I was driving off--"There's a Yankee
+for you!--ee's a rum-looking fellow, ha?--There's a Repudiator for
+you"--"I'll be bound--" &c., &c., &c.
+
+I drove off from this scene with some satisfaction that I had learned
+so important a fact at so little expense, and steered my way very
+safely amidst the thousands of vehicles of various sorts that I was
+passing and meeting, in which time I was very pleasantly receiving
+a brief lecture on the subject from my good-natured and very civil
+footman, who was behind me; in which (having silently learned in the
+disaster we had just witnessed that I was from a foreign country) he
+took especial pains to explain to me that "in Hengland it's holays
+the abit to turn to the left." Just at that moment I found myself in
+a fresh difficulty, and some danger also, by one wheel of my chaise
+grinding against the curbstone, and a huge omnibus in full press
+against us, and driving us on to the pavement, where it had at that
+moment stopped and fastened us, whilst discharging a passenger. I
+demanded of the driver, a sullen-looking fellow, half covered with
+an apron or boot which protected him from the weather in front, and
+something like a feather-bed and bolsters tied around his neck and
+chin, and half concealing his bloated face, what he meant by reining
+in upon me in that way, and crowding me upon the pavement? to which
+he grumly replied as he snapped his whip, "I should like to know what
+business you have in there?" "Never mind," said I, "I shall go ahead."
+"No you woan't--ain't you old enough to know which side of a carriage
+to pass?" At that moment the conductor of the omnibus cried out "All
+right!" which was echoed by a policeman who had taken my horse by the
+bit. I was somewhat relieved, though a little surprised, at the verdict
+given by the conductor and the policeman at the same instant, that
+"all" (or both), as I at that moment understood it, "were right." I
+sat still of course till the omnibus had left us, nearly crushed, but
+luckily not damaged, when I said to my footman, "Why, what does this
+mean?--what do you call the 'left side' in this country, I should like
+to know?" To this he very distinctly as well as amusingly explained,
+that the invariable custom in England is when _meeting_ a vehicle,
+to turn to the _left_, and when _passing_, to turn to the _right_.
+But why did the policeman and the conductor say we were both right or
+"all right?" "Why, sir, you know wen the homnibus olds up to land a
+gent or a lady, or to take em hin, it would be wery hawkard to drive
+off wen the lady ad one leg hin the bus and the other hout; so wen
+they are both hout or both hin, and all right, the conductor ollows
+out 'Holl right!' and the bus goes hon, d'ye see, sir?" "Ah, yes, I
+thank you, Jerry, I understand it now." I was then growing wiser every
+moment amongst the incidents that were occasionally taking place in my
+drives with the goodnatured footman and his fine horse, which I used
+for several days, much to my satisfaction and amusement, without other
+accident or incident worth the reader's valuable time.
+
+I called upon my kind friend the Hon. C. A. Murray, at his office in
+Buckingham Palace, where I was received with all that frankness and
+sincerity peculiar to him; and, with his kind aid, and that of Charles
+D. Archibald, Esq., of York Terrace, to whom I am also much indebted,
+the arrangements were soon made for my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took on a lease, for three years, at a rent of 550_l._ per
+annum.
+
+My collection was soon in it, and preparing for its exhibition, while
+the grizly bears were still howling at the Euston station, impatient
+for a more congenial place for their future residence. It was quite
+impossible to give them any portion of the premises I had contracted
+for in the Egyptian Hall, and the quarters ultimately procured for
+them being expensive, and the anxieties and responsibilities for
+them daily increasing upon me as they were growing stronger and more
+vicious in their dispositions, it was decided that they should be
+offered for sale, and disposed of as soon as possible. For this
+purpose I addressed letters to the proprietors of zoological gardens
+in Liverpool, in Dublin, and Edinburgh, and several other towns, and
+received, in reply from most of them, the answer that they already had
+them in their gardens, and that they were so complete a drug in England
+that they were of little value. One proprietor assured me that he had
+recently been obliged to shoot two that he had in his gardens, in
+consequence of mischief they were doing to people visiting the grounds,
+and to the animals in the gardens.
+
+My reply to several of these gentlemen was, that since the death of
+the famous old grizly bear, that had died a few months before in
+Regent's-park, it was quite certain that there had not been one in
+the kingdom until the arrival of these, "and that if either of those
+gentlemen would produce me another living grizly bear, at that time, in
+the kingdom, I would freely give him my pair." This seemed, however, to
+have little weight with the proprietors of wild beasts; but I at length
+disposed of them for about the same price that I had given for them
+four years before, when they were not much larger than my foot (for the
+sum of 125_l._); and they went to the Zoological Gardens, Regent's Park.
+
+A word or two more of them and the reader will have done with the
+grizlies, who had been much obliged to me, no doubt, for four years'
+maintenance, and for a sight of the beauties of the ocean, and as much
+of the land of comforts and refinements as they were allowed to see
+through the bars of their cage, while they were travelling from the
+rude wilds of the Rocky Mountains to the great metropolis, the seat and
+centre of civilization and refinement. As in their new abode they were
+allowed more scope and better attendance, it was reasonable to suppose
+that their lives would have been prolonged, and their comfort promoted;
+but such did not prove to be the case. From the continual crowds about
+them, to which they had the greatest repugnance, they seemed daily to
+pine, until one of them died of exceeding disgust (unless a better
+cause can be assigned), and the other with similar symptoms, added to
+loneliness perhaps, and despair, in a few months afterwards.
+
+Thus ended the career of the grizly bears, and I really believe there
+were no tears shed for them, unless they were tears of joy, for they
+seemed to extend their acquaintance only to add to the list of their
+enemies, wherever they went.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER IV.
+
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition--Description of
+      it--The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray--Collection opened to
+      private view--Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray--Distinguished
+      visitors--Mr. Murray's explanations--Kind reception by the Public
+      and the Press--Kind friends--Fatigue of explaining and answering
+      questions--Curious remedy proposed by a friend--Pleasures and
+      pains of a friendly and fashionable dinner.
+
+
+My business now, and all my energies, were concentrated at the Egyptian
+Hall, where my collection was arranged upon the walls. The main hall
+was of immense length, and contained upon its walls 600 portraits and
+other paintings which I had made during eight years' travels amongst
+forty-eight of the remotest and wildest tribes of Indians in America,
+and also many thousands of articles of their manufacture, consisting
+of costumes, weapons, &c. &c., forming together a pictorial history
+of those tribes, which I had been ambitious to preserve as a record
+of them, to be perpetuated long after their extinction. In the middle
+of the room I had erected also a wigwam (or lodge) brought from the
+country of the Crows, at the base of the Rocky Mountains, made of
+some twenty or more buffalo skins, beautifully dressed and curiously
+ornamented and embroidered with porcupine quills.
+
+My friend the Honourable C. A. Murray, with several others, had now
+announced my collection open to their numerous friends and such others
+as they chose to invite during the three first days when it was
+submitted to their private view, and by whom it was most of the time
+filled; and being kindly presented to most of them, my unsentimental
+and unintellectual life in the atmosphere of railroads and grizly bears
+was suddenly changed to a cheering flood of soul and intellect which
+greeted me in every part of my room, and soon showed me the way to the
+recessed world of luxury, refinements, and comforts of London, which
+not even the imagination of those who merely stroll through the streets
+can by any possibility reach.
+
+During this private view I found entered in my book the names of very
+many of the nobility, and others of the most distinguished people
+of the kingdom. My friend Mr. Murray was constantly present, and
+introduced me to very many of them, who had the kindness to leave
+their addresses and invite me to their noble mansions, where I soon
+appreciated the elegance, the true hospitality and refinement of
+English life. Amongst the most conspicuous of those who visited my
+rooms on this occasion were H. R. H. the Duke of Cambridge, the Duke
+and Duchess of Sutherland, the Duke and Duchess of Buccleuch, Duke of
+Devonshire, Duke of Wellington, the Bishop of London, the Bishop of
+Norwich, Sir Robert and Lady Peel, Lord Grosvenor, Lord Lennox, Duke
+of Richmond, Duke of Rutland, Duke of Buckingham, Countess-Dowager of
+Dunmore, Countess-Dowager of Ashburnham, Earl of Falmouth, Earl of
+Dunmore, Lord Monteagle, Lord Ashley, Earl of Burlington, Sir James and
+Lady Clark, Sir Augustus d'Este, Sir Francis Head, and many others of
+the nobility, with most of the editors of the press, and many private
+literary and scientific gentlemen, of whose kindness to me while in
+London I shall have occasion to speak in other parts of this work.
+
+The kindness of my friend Mr. Murray on this occasion can never
+be forgotten by me. He pointed out to my illustrious visitors the
+principal chiefs and warriors of the various tribes, with many of whom
+he was personally acquainted; explaining their costumes, weapons,
+&c., with all of which his rambles in the Indian countries beyond the
+Mississippi and Missouri had made him quite familiar. He led Duchesses,
+Countesses, and Ladies in succession upon his arm, into the wigwam
+of buffalo-hides, where he descanted, to the great satisfaction and
+amusement of his friends, upon the curious modes of Indian life into
+which he had been initiated, and which he had long shared with these
+simple people, whilst he resided with them under roofs of buffalo-hides
+(like the one now over their heads) on the vast plains and prairies of
+the wilds of America.
+
+This was evidently an opportunity affording him great satisfaction, of
+illustrating to his friends the styles of primitive life which he had
+witnessed in America, whilst his explanations and descriptions were
+exceedingly entertaining and amusing to them, and at the same time the
+strongest corroboration of the fidelity with which I had made them, and
+therefore the best recommendation of them and me to the consideration
+of the English community.
+
+He was fully employed, as he led alternately the Duchess of Sutherland
+(with her lovely daughters by her side), and the Duchess of Buccleuch
+on his arm, and a numerous group around him, while he commented upon
+the features and disposition of his old friend _Wee-ta-ra-sha-ro_, who
+had taken him under his immediate protection and saved his life from
+the designs of some young men who had laid their plans to destroy him
+when in the country of the Pawnees.
+
+He explained to them and the Bishops of London and Norwich, who were
+following in the wake of the ladies and giving ear, the religious
+ceremony of the Indians, their modes of warfare, of hunting, and
+throwing the lasso in catching the wild horse. He showed them the
+Indian cradles in which the squaws carry their pappooses, slung on
+their backs. He took in his hands the lasso, and illustrated the mode
+of throwing it, with which he was familiar. He took also in his hands
+their war-clubs, their tomahawks and scalping knives, and then the
+scalps from the heads of enemies slain in battle, and ably explained
+them all. With these he made lasting and thrilling impressions; but
+with more satisfaction to himself, and to the fair and tender Graces,
+whose sylph-like gracefulness formed a halo of loveliness around
+him, he pointed to my paintings of the ever verdant and enamelled
+prairies--to the very copses and lawns through which, with his
+unerring rifle, he had stalked the timid antelope or the stately elk
+and shaggy bison, and, after quieting his raving stomach with their
+broiled delicacies, he had straightened his wearied limbs upon his
+spread buffalo robe, and, with the long, waving grass and bowing lilies
+stooping over his head, he had reflected upon London, upon Palaces and
+friends, as he had glided into that sweet forgetfulness that belongs
+peculiarly to the wearied huntsman, whose rifle has catered for his
+stomach, and whose quiet conscience starts him not at the rustling of
+the sweetened winds that are gently breezing over him.
+
+_I_ was also constantly engaged with surrounding groups, who
+were anxious to know the meaning and moral of this strange and
+unintelligible collection, while my man Daniel, with his rod in his
+hand, was enlightening another party at the end of the room, by
+pointing out the leading personages of the various tribes, explaining
+their costumes, weapons, &c., and answering the thousand questions
+which were put to him, and which several years of familiarity with the
+subject had abundantly qualified him to do.
+
+Thus passed my first interview with the English aristocracy. I was in
+the midst and the best of it; and by it, on all sides, was met with
+the kindliest feelings and condescension, while I received compliments
+from all (in the most undoubted sincerity) for the successful efforts I
+had thus made to perpetuate the records of an abused and dying race of
+human beings.
+
+The reception that myself and my works met on these days, amongst
+the highest critics, the most refined and elevated of the world, was
+beyond description pleasurable to me, as I had arrived a stranger in a
+foreign land, where I had risked everything upon the value that should
+be set upon my labours; and that, where I had been told that national
+prejudices would labour to defeat me. My life had been a tissue of
+risks and chances, and I resolved to hazard again; and I am now pleased
+(and bound) to acknowledge that I was frankly met with the most
+unprejudiced and congenial feelings; and, even more than that, with a
+settled and genuine sympathy for the benighted people whom my works
+were representing, and a disposition to reward my labours by kind and
+unexpected invitations to the hospitable boards of those who fill the
+highest and most enviable stations in life.
+
+To this general feeling it affords me pleasure to respond in general
+terms, in this place; and I shall have occasion, in other parts of this
+work, to return my personal thanks for such spontaneous kindness, which
+my lasting gratitude will make it my duty to allude to.
+
+The editors of the leading literary and scientific journals of London,
+and of the daily newspapers, were chiefly there, and with their very
+friendly and complimentary notices of my collection, with the usual
+announcements by advertisements, I opened it for the inspection of the
+public on the first day of February, 1840.[2]
+
+ [2] The reader, by referring to Appendix A of this volume, will see
+     the comments of the Press on this Collection, in _England_,
+     _France_, and the _United States_.
+
+Its commencement was flattering, from the numbers and high
+respectability of my visitors, and I was pleased, from day to day, to
+meet the faces and friendly greetings of those whom I had seen there at
+the private view.
+
+I was pleased also with the freedom which is granted to exhibitions in
+London, leaving them entirely independent of tithing or taxation, as
+well as of licences to be obtained from the police, as is the case in
+France and some other countries. Under such auspices I very pleasantly
+commenced, with a rent of 550_l._ per annum, and continued it with
+reasonable success for the space of four years. The vicissitudes and
+incidents of that time it is not the object of this work to detail;
+but I shall connect the links of my narrative better, and, I trust, do
+no injustice to my readers, by reciting a few of the incidents that
+transpired in that time: and, while I am doing so, endeavouring to do
+the justice which gratitude prompts, to those persons whose kindness
+has laid me under peculiar obligations.
+
+Amongst those kind friends I must be allowed at present to mention
+the names of the Hon. C. A. Murray, Sir Augustus d'Este, Charles D.
+Archibald, Esq., Sir James Clark, Sir Thomas Phillips, Mr. Petty
+Vaughan, Dr. Hodgkin, Capt. Shippard, Sir Francis Head, Lord Monteagle,
+John Murray, A. M. Perkins, and Sir David Wilkie; and there were many
+others with these who were very frequently at my rooms; and for their
+friendly and constant efforts to promote my interest they have my
+sincerest thanks.
+
+Several of these gentlemen, and others, whose visits were so frequent
+to my rooms, having formed an acquaintance with the Indians in their
+own country, or, from feelings of sympathy for them, taken so deep an
+interest in the subject, relieved me much of my time from the fatiguing
+task which I had adopted of explaining around the rooms such subjects
+as I considered most curious and instructive, and of answering the
+thousands of questions which were naturally put in every part of the
+room for information on so novel and exciting a theme.
+
+I had entered upon this, at first, not as a task but an amusement,
+from which I drew great pleasure whilst I was entertaining my visitors
+and cultivating their pleasing acquaintance. From an over desire and
+effort on my part to explain the peculiar and curious modes of those
+wild people, and from a determination on the part of my visitors to get
+these explanations from my own lips (although I had my man Daniel and
+several others constantly in the rooms for the same purpose), I was
+held in my exhibition rooms almost daily from morning until night.
+
+My men were able to explain the meaning of everything in the
+collection, but this did not satisfy the public whilst I was present.
+All inquired for me: "Where's Mr. Catlin? he's the Lion; his collection
+is wonderful; but I would give more to see him than all the rest." "He
+is yonder, Madam, at the farther end of the room, where you see a
+crowd of people around him."
+
+I was generally in the midst of a crowd, who were densely packed around
+me; moving about the rooms whilst, with a rod in my hand to point
+with, I was lecturing or answering the numerous questions which were
+naturally put relative to these strange people and their modes. To
+lecture or to explain all day, following the current of one's thoughts,
+would have been a thing feasible, though fatiguing; but to stand upon
+one's feet and all day long to answer to interrogations, and many of
+those fifty times over, to different parties who were successively
+taking me in tow, I soon found was far more fatiguing than my travels
+and labours in the Indian wilderness; and I at length (at a much later
+period than my friends and my physician advised) gradually withdrew
+from the scene and this suicidal course, just before it might have been
+too late to have saved anything useful of me.
+
+I followed the advice of my physician by going to my rooms at stated
+hours, but soon departed from it by failing to leave them with
+punctuality, and take recreation in the open air. The partial change I
+had adopted, however, was of advantage to me--talking part of the day
+and breaking off and leaving my men to do the talking for the other
+half.
+
+Like most adventurers in wilderness life I was fond of describing
+what I had seen; and, having the works of several years around me, in
+their crude and unfinished condition, spread before the criticising
+world, and difficult to be appreciated, I was doubly stimulated to be
+in the collection, and with all the breath I could spare, to add to
+the information which the visitors to my rooms were seeking for. Under
+these conflicting feelings I struggled to keep away from my rooms, and
+did so for a part of the day, and that, as I soon found, only to meet a
+more numerous and impatient group when I re-entered.
+
+All of the above-mentioned kind friends, and many others, repeatedly
+called to impress upon me the necessity of leaving my exhibition to my
+men, "to save my lungs--to save my life," as they said. Some snatched
+me away from the crowd, and in the purest kindness hurled me through
+the streets in their carriages, still _yelling_ answers to their
+numerous questions as we were passing over the noisy pavements; and
+then at their kind and festive boards, to which I had been brought as
+places of refuge and repose, I was, for an instance, presented as--"My
+dear, this is Mr. Catlin! (_Plate No. 3, next page._)--Mother, you have
+heard of Mr. Catlin?--Cousins Lucy and Fanny, here's the celebrated Mr.
+Catlin you have heard me speak of so often. Poor fellow! I have dragged
+him away from his exhibition, where they are talking him to death--he
+_must_ have _repose_--and here we can entertain and amuse him. Here, my
+little chicks--come here all of you--here's Mr. Catlin!--here's the man
+who has been so long among the wild Indians! he will tell you a great
+many curious stories about them. Where's sister Ellen, and Betty?" "Oh,
+they are in the garden with Mr. S. and his son, who has just returned
+from New Zealand." "Good, good; run for them, run for them, quick! Send
+the carriage for aunt W----n as swift as possible, and don't let her
+fail to stop on the way and bring Lady R----e: you know how fond she is
+of the Indian character--she was three years, you know, in Canada--and
+the poem she is now writing on the Indians! What a treat this will be
+to her! Won't it be delightful to see her and Mr. Catlin come together?
+She told me the other day she had a thousand questions she wished to
+put to Mr. Catlin--how interesting! Have the dinner up at _six_--no,
+say at _seven_; it will give us the more time for conversation, and
+for Professor D., the phrenologist, to get here, and whom I have
+invited--he's always behind the time--and this treat will be so rich to
+him--I would not miss him for anything in the world."
+
+My lecturing lungs and stomach being under a running engagement for
+dinner at three o'clock, the sound of "_six_"--then, "no, _seven_,"
+with the words "Indian poem," "phrenologist," &c., produced a most
+rebellious and faltering sensation in my chest; the one entirely
+exhausted from its customary exertions until three o'clock, and the
+other, at that moment, completely in a state of collapse. The difficult
+trials I had lived through with the latter, however, in my wild
+adventures in the Indian wilderness, and the more recent proofs in the
+Egyptian Hall, of the elasticity of the other, inspired me with courage
+to enter upon the ordeal that was before me, and (even in distress)
+justly to appreciate what was so kindly preparing for me.
+
+I here instantly forgot my troubles as the party entered from the
+gardens, when I was thus presented by my good friend:--"Ellen, my dear,
+and Betty, here's Mr. Catlin; and, Mr. S----n, I have the extreme
+pleasure of presenting to your acquaintance the famous Mr. Catlin,
+whose name and whose works are familiar to you: and now, Catlin, my
+dear fellow, I introduce you to Mr. J. S., the son of the gentleman
+with whom I have just made you acquainted. Mr. J. S. has just returned
+from amongst the natives of New Zealand, where he has spent three or
+four years; and your descriptions of all the modes and customs of
+the North American Indians, compared with his accounts of the New
+Zealanders, will be so rich a treat to us!----But, Catlin, you look
+pale! Are you not well? You look so fagged!" "Yes, yes; I am well."
+"Oh, that plagued exhibition of yours--it will be the death of you! You
+must keep away from it, or you will talk yourself to death there! My
+good friends, come, take seats! Catlin, my dear fellow, come, join us
+in a glass of good old sherry--it will give you an appetite for your
+dinner--Is it to your liking?" "I thank you, it is very fine." "Will
+you take another?" "No, I am much obliged to you." "My dear, look at
+the clock--what time is it?" "Quarter past five." "Ah, well, I didn't
+think it was so late--be sure to have the dinner up at seven--do you
+hear?"
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 3.]
+
+Oh, Time and Paper! I will not tax you with the pains of kindness I
+was at that moment entering upon--I, who had been for eight years
+eating at the simple Indians' hospitable boards, where eating and
+talking are seldom done together; or taking my solitary meals, cooked
+by my own hand; where I had no one to talk with--but will leave it to
+Imagination's exhaustless colours, which, for a harmless pastime, will
+paint the pleasures, perhaps, of the dragging hours of my lifetime that
+I sighed through from that until twelve o'clock at night (the last
+half-hour of which I had stood upon my feet, with my hat in my hand,
+taking affectionate leave, with, "My dear, charming Sir, you can't tell
+how happy we have all been--your accounts have been so interesting!
+You _must_ come another evening and dine with us, and we will have
+Mr. G. and Mr. and Mrs. L----n; they will be so impatient to hear you
+tell all you have told us. Good night!--_good_ night!--we shall all
+be in a party at your exhibition to-morrow at an early hour, at ten
+o'clock--mind, don't forget the hour--and it will be so delightful to
+hear you explain everything in your collection, which my dear husband
+has seen so often, and says are so curious and interesting. Poor
+fellow! he is quite knocked up--he has been up all day, and constantly
+talking, and was so completely worn out that he went off to bed an hour
+ago--you will know how to excuse him. We ladies can often entertain our
+friends long after _his_ powers of conversation are fagged out. Good
+night--good night, my dear Sir--farewell!"
+
+Thus and at that hour I took leave, when the busses and cabs were all
+still, and I had, from necessity, a solitary walk of three miles to
+my lodgings; and before I laid my head on my pillow, from an equal
+necessity, to feed my poor stomach with some substitute for _dinner_,
+which had been in abundance before my eyes, but which the constant
+exercise of my lungs had prevented me from eating. Such a rendezvous
+as had been appointed for ten o'clock the next day, and by so fair and
+so kind a lady, even the rough politeness of a savage would have held
+sacred.
+
+At twelve o'clock on the following morning, and when I had nearly
+finished my descriptions of Indian modes to the ladies, my kind friend
+who had taken me to his house the day before, and having a little
+overslept himself on that morning had taken a late breakfast at eleven,
+entered the rooms with three or four of his friends, and quite rapidly
+addressed his wife in the following manner:--"Come now, my dear, you
+and your party have kept poor Catlin talking and answering questions
+quite long enough; you will kill him if you don't let him rest once in
+a while. See how pale the poor man is. Go off and get home as quick as
+possible. See all this crowd waiting around to talk him to death when
+you are done with him. I have brought Mr. C., the famous mineralogist,
+and the two Mr. N.'s, the geologists, to whom I want him to explain
+the mineralogy and geology of those boundless regions, of the Missouri
+and Rocky Mountains, and I was to have had the famous botanist, Mr.
+D. S--, but he may come by and by; and after we have done here, I am
+going to take him, that he may have a little relaxation and repose, to
+the British Museum, which he has not seen yet, and to the Geological
+Society's rooms; and after that, I have got for him an invitation
+to dine with the Reverend Mr. O., who will have several reverend
+gentlemen, and the famous Miss E. and Mrs. W., who you know are all so
+anxious to learn about the Indians' religion and modes of worship." I
+was then introduced to my friend's three or four companions, but a few
+moments after was reminded, by one of my men, of an engagement which
+took me off for the remainder of that day.
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER V.
+
+  Author's illness from overtalking in his collection--Daniel's illness
+      from the same cause--Character of Daniel--His labour-saving plan
+      for answering one hundred questions--His disappointment--Daniel
+      travels to Ireland for his health--Author prepares to publish his
+      Notes of Travel amongst the Indians--John Murray (publisher)--His
+      reasons for not publishing the Author's work--His friendly
+      advice--Author's book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall--Illustrious subscribers--Thomas Moore--Critical notices in
+      London papers.
+
+
+In this manner passed the time from day to day, from week to week,
+and from month to month; and as I was daily growing richer, I was
+daily growing poorer--_i. e._ I was day by day losing my flesh, not
+from the usual cause, the want of enough to eat, but from derangement
+of the lungs and the stomach, both often overworked, with a constant
+excitement and anxiety of the mind, the seat of which was not far
+distant.
+
+I endeavoured, however, and gradually succeeded in dividing my time
+and my thoughts, giving a proper proportion to the public in my rooms,
+a portion to my friends, and (as it was then becoming a matter of
+necessity for the preparation of my notes of eight years' travel,
+which were soon to be published) decidedly the greater part to myself,
+leaving my exhibition mostly to the management of my men, of whom I had
+several, and all familiar enough with the meaning of everything in the
+collection to give a lucid description of its contents.
+
+As I was gradually receding from the exhibition, the arduous duties
+began to thicken more strongly upon my man Daniel, of whom I have
+before often spoken. He had been longest associated with me and
+my collection, and having it more by heart than the rest, was the
+foremost man in illustrating it, of which he had been curator for
+seven or eight years. I have before mentioned that he was of a quick
+and irascible disposition, exceedingly tenacious of national feelings,
+and those national prejudices mostly in favour of the country I said
+he had some twenty years since adopted--the United States. Though he
+was quick-tempered and violent in his prejudices, there was always the
+redeeming trait at the end, that his anger was soon over, and there was
+good nature and civility at the bottom.
+
+Though I had often complaints made to me of the want of politeness
+or of the rudeness of my man Daniel, I generally found that they
+were instances where he had been provoked to it by some unnecessary
+allusions to the vices of his own country, or by some objections to
+his political opinions relative to the institutions of the United
+States, upon which subjects he holds himself exceedingly punctilious
+and very well prepared for debate. With whatever foibles he has, I
+have found him invariably and strictly an honest man; and many of his
+highest offences alleged to have been given to the public in my rooms,
+were given strictly in obedience to my orders for the support of the
+regulations of my exhibition, or for the protection of my property
+and the advancement of my interest. To those who entered my rooms
+respectfully for information, he was civil and communicative, and all
+such drew valuable information from him, and many became attached to
+him. His lungs were now labouring for me, while mine were getting a
+little rest; and from morning to night of every day he was conducting
+individuals and parties around the rooms, pointing out and explaining
+the leading peculiarities of the museum, and answering the thousand
+questions that were asked by all classes of society relative to the
+looks, the modes, and habits of the Indians--the countries they lived
+in--and also of Mr. Catlin, the proprietor and collector of the museum,
+whom all were anxious to see, and many of whom had been led to believe
+was himself an Indian.
+
+In my own answering of these questions, many of which were natural to
+be raised on so new and exciting a subject, I was often amused, and
+as often surprised at the novelty and ignorance of many of them, even
+amongst a polite and well-clad and apparently well-educated class of
+people. Many of the questions, which only excited a smile with me,
+elicited broad laughter from Daniel, which he could not help, and
+having laughed, could not well avoid expressing his surprise at, and
+his detection of, which gave umbrage, and sometimes was another cause
+of difficulties that he occasionally though seldom got into.
+
+I observed, after a while, that the same causes which had affected me
+were emaciating him, and he finally told me that he was talking his
+lungs out--and that he could not bear it much longer at the rate he
+was going on. The questions which were constantly put to him in the
+room were so much of a sort, or class, that there was little variety or
+novelty in them to please or excite him; almost every person putting
+the same; much the greater part of them being general, and therefore
+irksome to him, as they were often asked a hundred or more times in
+the day and as often answered. He came to me one evening, seemingly
+much relieved from the painful prospect he had been suffering under,
+and which was still before him, by the hope that I would adopt a plan
+he had hit upon for obviating much of the difficulty, and of saving
+his lungs for the explanations of questions which might be casual, and
+not exactly reduced to rule. He said he had ascertained that there
+were about 100 questions which were commonplace--were put (and in the
+same way precisely) by the greater part of people who came in, and had
+time to ask them; and that 50 of those, at least, were asked 100 times
+per day, the answering of which took the greater part of his time and
+the best part of his strength, which he thought might be reserved for
+giving more useful information, while these 100 questions, the most of
+which were extremely simple or silly, and of little importance to be
+known, might be disposed of by a printed table of answers placed around
+the rooms for every one to read as they walked, without the loss of
+time and fatigue consequent upon the usual mode of asking and answering
+questions. Though I could not consent to adopt his mode, yet I was
+amused at its ingenuity; and I give here but a small part of his list,
+which commenced and ran thus:--
+
+  "The Indians have _no beards at all_, only may be one in twenty or
+  so."
+
+  "The Indians _don't_ shave--they pull it out, when they have any
+  beard."
+
+  "Virtuous?--Yes. I should say they are quite as much so as the
+  whites, if the whites would keep away from them and let them alone."
+
+  "Ah, as amorous?--No. Mr. Catlin says they have not the spices of
+  life and the imaginations to set them on, or I'll venture they would
+  be quite as bad as the whites."
+
+  "The Indians in _America are not_ cannibals. Mr. Catlin says there is
+  no such thing."
+
+  "No, there are no tribes that go entirely naked; they are all very
+  decent."
+
+  "The Indians _don't_ eat raw meat, they cook it more than the whites
+  do."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin was amongst the Indians eight years, and was never killed
+  during that time."
+
+  "The scalp is a patch of the skin and hair taken from the top of the
+  head by a warrior when he kills his enemy in battle."
+
+  "No, they don't scalp the living--it is not a scalp to count if the
+  man is alive."
+
+  "They _sometimes_ eat a great deal, to be sure, but generally not so
+  much as white people."
+
+  "They _do_ get drunk sometimes, but white people sell them rum and
+  make them so, therefore I don't think we ought to call them drunkards
+  exactly."
+
+  "The Indians all get married--some have a number of wives."
+
+  "Yes, they seem as fond of their wives as any people I ever saw."
+
+  "The Indians never injured Mr. Catlin in any way."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin _didn't_ live on 'raw meat;' he was one time eighteen
+  months with nothing but meat to eat, but it was well cooked."
+
+  "The Indians know _nothing about salt_--they don't use it at all."
+
+  "Reason! yes; why, do you think they are wild beasts? to be sure they
+  reason as well as we do."
+
+  "They _are_ thieves, sometimes; but I don't think they thieve so
+  often as white people do."
+
+  "The Indians _do_ lend their wives sometimes to white men, but it is
+  only their old superannuated ones, who are put aside to hard labour,
+  so it is a sort of kindness all around, and I don't see that there is
+  much harm in it."
+
+  "The Indians all have their religion, they all worship the Great
+  Spirit."
+
+  "They are _treacherous_, to be sure, towards their enemies only, and
+  I'll be whipped if the white people an't just as bad."
+
+  "The Indians _are cruel_, there's no mistake about that; but it is
+  only to their enemies."
+
+  "Sale? there _won't be_ any sale; Mr. Catlin don't intend to sell his
+  collection in this country."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin _is not_ an Indian."
+
+  "No, he has _no_ Indian blood in him."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin speaks the English language very well."
+
+  "The Indians _don't raise_ tea."
+
+  "They _never eat_ the scalps."
+
+  "The Indians that Mr. Catlin saw are not _near_ Chusan, they are
+  3,000 miles from there, they are in America."
+
+  "You _can't come overland_ from America."
+
+  "A scalping-knife is _any_ large knife that an Indian takes a scalp
+  with."
+
+  "A prairie is a meadow."
+
+  "The Indians speak _their own_ language."
+
+  "A pappoose is an Indian baby while it is carried in the cradle."
+
+  "A prairie bluff is a hill that is covered with grass."
+
+  "The Rocky Mountains are in _America_, between New York and the
+  Pacific Ocean, and _not_ in the _Indies_ at all."
+
+  "A snag is a large tree that is lying in the river, its roots fast in
+  the mud at the bottom, and its trunk at the top, pointing down the
+  stream."
+
+  "Sawyers _are not_ alligators."
+
+  "An alligator is a sort of crocodile."
+
+  "The Chesapeake didn't take the Shannon, it was the Shannon that took
+  the Chesapeake."
+
+  "The Americans are _white_, the same colour exactly as the English,
+  and speak the same language, only they speak it a great deal better,
+  in general."
+
+  "A stump is the but-end and roots of a tree standing in the ground
+  after the tree is chopped down."
+
+  "It _is_ true that all Indian women stay away from their husbands
+  the seven days of their illness, and I think they are the decentest
+  people of the two for doing it."
+
+  "A squaw is an _Indian woman_ who is married."
+
+  "The _Calumet_ is a pipe of peace."
+
+  "Horns on a chief's head-dress have _no bad_ meaning."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin _is not_ a repudiator," &c., &c.
+
+And thus went on poor Daniel's list to the number of about 100
+commonplace questions which he had hoped to have disposed of by a sort
+of steam operation; but finding that they must all continue to be
+"done by hand," as before, he returned to his post, which, from his
+disappointment in his unrealized hopes, seemed to drag more heavily
+than ever upon him, and so rapidly to wear him down that he was obliged
+to plan a tour to his own native land of Erin, where he went for
+some weeks, to restore his lungs and his strength. His labour-saving
+suggestion might have been a very convenient one for me in his absence,
+but it was dispensed with, and he was soon back at his post, recruited
+and assuming the command again, whilst I was busy in advancing the
+material for my forthcoming work.
+
+The Notes of my Eight Years' Travels amongst Forty-eight different
+Tribes of Indians in America, to be illustrated with more than 300
+steel plate illustrations, were nearly ready to be put to press; and I
+called on my good friend John Murray, in Albemarle Street, believing
+that he would be glad to publish them for me. To my surprise he
+objected to them (but without seeing my manuscript), for two reasons
+which he at once alleged: first, because he was afraid of the great
+number of illustrations to be embodied in the work, and secondly for
+(certainly) the most unfashionable reason, that "he loved me too much!"
+I had brought a letter of introduction to him from his old friend
+Washington Irving; and from the deep interest Mr. Murray had taken
+in my collection and the history and prospects of the poor Indians,
+my rooms (which were near his dwelling-house) were his almost daily
+resort, and I a weekly guest at his hospitable board, where I always
+met gentlemen of eminence connected with literature and art. Good and
+generous old man! he therefore "loved me too much" to share with me
+the profits of a work which he said should all belong to me for my
+hard labour and the risks of my life I had run in procuring it; and
+as the means of enlarging those profits he advised me to publish it
+myself. "I would advise you," said he, "as one of your best friends, to
+publish your own book; and I am sure you will make a handsome profit
+by it. Being an artist yourself, and able to make the drawings for
+your 300 illustrations, which for me would require a very great outlay
+to artists to produce them, and having in your exhibition-room the
+opportunity of receiving subscriptions for your work, which I could
+not do, it will be quite an easy thing for you to take names enough to
+cover all the expenses of getting it up, which at once will place you
+on safe ground; and if the work should be well received by Mr. Dilke
+and others of the critical world, it will insure you a handsome reward
+for your labours, and exceedingly please your sincere friend, John
+Murray."
+
+This disinterested frankness endeared me to that good man to his last
+days, and his advice, which I followed, resulted, as he had predicted,
+to my benefit. My subscription list my kind friend the Hon. C. A.
+Murray had in a few days commenced, with the subscriptions of
+
+                  HER MOST GRACIOUS MAJESTY THE QUEEN,
+
+                        H. R. H. PRINCE ALBERT,
+
+                     HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN DOWAGER,
+
+                     H. R. H. THE DUCHESS OF KENT,
+
+                 HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF THE BELGIANS,
+
+                    H. M. THE QUEEN OF THE BELGIANS,
+
+                 HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE DUKE OF SUSSEX,
+
+                    H. R. H. LEOPOLD DUC DE BRABANT,
+
+After which soon followed a complimentary list of the nobility and
+gentry, together with the leading institutions of the kingdom.
+
+My work was published by myself, at the Egyptian Hall, and the only
+fears which my good friend John Murray had expressed for me were
+all dispersed by the favourable announcements by Mr. Dilke, of the
+Athenæum, and the editors of other literary journals, from which it
+will be seen that the subjoined notices are but very brief extracts.
+
+It may not be improper also here to remark, that for all the Royal
+copies subscribed for above, the Hon. C. A. Murray was ordered to
+remit me double the amount of the price of the work; and that, on a
+subsequent occasion, when my dear wife and myself were guests at the
+dinner table of John Murray, he said to his old friend Thomas Moore,
+who was by our side, "That wild man by the side of you there, Mr.
+Catlin, who has spent enough of his life amongst the wild Indians
+(sleeping on the ground and eating raw buffalo meat) to make you and
+I as grey as badgers, and who has not yet a grey hair in his head,
+applied to me about a year ago to publish his Notes. I was then--for
+the first time in my life--too honest for my own interest, as well as
+that of an author; and I advised him to publish it himself, as the
+surest way of making something out of it. My wife here will tell you
+that I have read every word of it through, heavy as it is, and she
+knows it is the only book that I have read quite through in the last
+five years. And I tell Mr. Catlin now, in your presence, that I shall
+regret as long as I live that I did not publish that work for him; for
+as sincerely as I advised him, I could have promoted his interest by so
+doing, and would have done so, had I known what was in the work when he
+proposed it to me."
+
+The reader will pardon me for inserting here the critical notices which
+follow:--
+
+                   EDINBURGH REVIEW. _Fifteen pages._
+
+  "Living with them as one of themselves; having no trading purposes to
+  serve; exciting no enmity by the well-meant but suspicious preaching
+  of a new religion, Mr. Catlin went on with his rifle and his pencil,
+  sketching and noting whatever he saw worthy of record; and wisely
+  abandoning all search for the ancient history of a people who knew
+  no writing, he confined his labours to the depicting exactly what
+  he saw, and that only. Notes and sketches were transmitted, as
+  occasion served, to New York, and the collected results now appear,
+  partly in a gallery which has been for some time exhibited in
+  London, containing some five hundred pictures of Indian personages
+  and scenes, drawn upon the spot, with specimens of their dress and
+  manufactures, their arts and arms; and partly, as just stated, of the
+  volumes under our hands, which display engravings of most of those
+  specimens and pictures, accompanied by a narrative, written in a very
+  pleasant, homely style, of his walks and wanderings in the '_Far
+  West_.'
+
+  "The reader will find a compensation in the vigour of the narrative,
+  which, like a diary, conveys the vivid impressions of the moment,
+  instead of being chilled and tamed down into a more studied
+  composition. Such as the work is, we strongly recommend it to the
+  perusal of all who wish to make themselves acquainted with a singular
+  race of men and system of manners, fast disappearing from the face of
+  the earth; and which have nowhere else been so fully, curiously, and
+  graphically described."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                  WESTMINSTER REVIEW. _Twelve pages._
+
+  "This is a remarkable book, written by an extraordinary man. A work
+  valuable in the highest degree for its novel and curious information
+  about one of the most neglected and least understood branches of
+  the human family. Mr. Catlin, without any pretension to talent in
+  authorship, has yet produced a book which will live as a record
+  when the efforts of men of much higher genius have been forgotten.
+  Every one in London has seen Mr. Catlin's unique gallery, and his
+  attractive exhibition of living models at the Egyptian Hall; we
+  cannot too strongly recommend them to our country friends. And here
+  we take our leave of a work over which we have lingered with much
+  pleasure, strongly recommending it to the reader, and hoping its
+  extensive sale will amply repay Mr. Catlin for the great outlay he
+  must have incurred."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+              DUBLIN UNIVERSITY MAGAZINE. _Fifteen pages._
+
+  "Mr. Catlin's book is one of the most interesting which we have
+  perused on the subject of the Indians. His pencil has preserved the
+  features of races which in a few years will have disappeared; and
+  his faithful and accurate observations may be considered as the
+  storehouse from whence future writers on such topics will extract
+  their most authentic statements."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+      TAIT'S EDINBURGH MAGAZINE. _Two Notices, Twenty-two pages._
+
+  "This is altogether an _unique_ work. It may be considered as a
+  _Catalogue Raisonnée_ of the numerous objects of art and curiosity
+  which Mr. Catlin has collected in the course of his wanderings,
+  and arranged in his Indian Gallery. The narrative of Mr. Catlin's
+  personal adventures during the wandering years in which he was thus
+  engaged, forms a work as unique in literature, as his collection of
+  original portraits and curiosities is rare in art.
+
+  "Many curious traits of character and pictures of manners are
+  exhibited in these large and closely-printed volumes, which will
+  remain an interesting record of the Homeric age and race of North
+  America, when, save a few wild traditions and scattered relics, and
+  a few of the musical and sonorous Indian names of lakes, rivers, and
+  hunting grounds, every other trace of the red man will have perished
+  on that vast continent."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+   LITERARY GAZETTE, _London_. _Three Notices, Twenty-five Columns._
+
+  "_Catlin's Book on the North American Indians._--An _unique_ work!
+  A work of extraordinary interest and value. Mr. Catlin is _the_
+  Historian of the Red Races of mankind; of a past world, or at least
+  of a world fast passing away, and leaving hardly a trace or wreck
+  behind. We need not recommend it to the world, for it recommends
+  itself, beyond our praise."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+        ATHENÆUM, _London_. _Four Notices, Thirty-one Columns._
+
+  "The public have fully confirmed the opinion we formerly pronounced
+  on Catlin's Indian gallery, as the most interesting exhibition which,
+  in our recollection, had been opened in London. The production of the
+  _work_ will, therefore, be most acceptable to those who have seen the
+  exhibition, as serving to refresh their memories; to those who have
+  not, as helping to explain that of which they have heard so much; to
+  all as a pleasant narrative of adventure, and a circumstantial and
+  detailed history of the manners and customs of an interesting people,
+  whose fate is sealed, whose days are numbered, whose extinction is
+  certain. The Americans should make much of Mr. Catlin for the sake
+  of by-gone days, which his books, portraits, and collections will
+  present to their grandchildren."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          ART UNION, _London_.
+
+  "We have rarely examined a work at once so interesting and so useful
+  as this; the publication of which is, in truth, a benefit conferred
+  upon the world; for it is a record of things rapidly passing away,
+  and the accurate traces of which are likely to be lost within a
+  brief time after they have been discovered. As a contribution to
+  the history of mankind, these volumes will be of rare value long
+  after the last of the persecuted races are with 'the Great Spirit,'
+  and they may even have some _present_ effect; for they cannot fail
+  to enlist the best sympathies of humanity on the side of a most
+  singular people. The book is exceedingly simple in its style; it is
+  the production of a man of benevolent mind, kindly affections, and
+  sensitive heart, as well as of keen perceptions and sound judgment.
+  If we attempted to do justice to its merits, we should fill a
+  _number_ of our work instead of a _column_ of it; we must content
+  ourselves with recommending its perusal to all who covet knowledge
+  or desire amusement;--no library in the kingdom should be without a
+  copy."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+             TIMES, _London_. _One Notice, Three Columns._
+
+ "The reflection is almost insupportable to a humane mind, that the
+ indigenous races of America, comprising numerous distinct nations,
+ the original proprietors of that vast continent, are probably doomed
+ to entire extermination--a fate which has already befallen a large
+ portion of the red tribes. It is still more painful to think that this
+ should be the effect of the spread of the civilized races, who thus
+ become the agents of a wholesale destruction of their fellow-men. If
+ these melancholy truths were capable of aggravation, it may be found
+ in the dreadful fact that the process of destruction is not left
+ to the slow operation of invisible and insensible causes, but is
+ hastened by expedients devised for that express end by civilized men,
+ the tribes being stimulated or compelled to the destruction of each
+ other, or provided with the means of destroying themselves.
+
+ "Mr. Catlin, the author of the work which has suggested these
+ observations, has had better opportunities for studying the character
+ of the North American Indians than most travellers since the early
+ French writers.
+
+ "Mr. Catlin is an American, a native of Wyoming, and the publisher of
+ his own work, at the Egyptian Hall."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      MORNING CHRONICLE, _London_.
+
+  "As a work intended merely for general amusement, and independently
+  of the higher object to which it is devoted, Mr. Catlin's book will
+  be found exceedingly interesting. The salient or rugged points of its
+  style have not been smoothed down by any literary journeyman. Mr.
+  Catlin ventures alone and unaided before the public. What he has seen
+  in the prairie, and noted down in its solitude, he sends forth, with
+  all the wildness and freshness of nature about it. This, together
+  with his free and easy conversational style, plentifully sprinkled
+  with Americanisms, gives a peculiar charm to his descriptions, which
+  are not merely animated or life-like, but _life_ itself. The reader
+  is made to believe himself in the desert, or lying among friendly
+  Indians in the wigwam, or hurried along in the excitement of the
+  chase. He is constantly surrounded by the figures of the red man, and
+  hears the rustle of their feathers, or the dash of their half-tamed
+  steeds as they bound by him.
+
+  "The work is ornamented with hundreds of engravings, taken from
+  original pictures drawn by Mr. Catlin, of the persons, manners,
+  customs, and scenes that he met with in his wanderings. They give
+  an additional value to those volumes which are published, as the
+  title-page informs us, by Mr. Catlin himself, at the Egyptian Hall.
+  We wish him all the success to which his candour no less than his
+  talents fully entitle him."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       MORNING HERALD, _London_.
+
+  "In the two ample volumes just published, and illustrated with more
+  than 300 plates, Mr. Catlin has given to the world a lasting and
+  invaluable memorial of the doomed race of the Red Man, which, after
+  having from immemorial time held the unmolested tenancy of an entire
+  continent, is now but too obviously hurried on to utter extinction.
+  Mr. Catlin's literary matter resembles his drawings; it has all the
+  freshness of the sketch from nature. Through both he brings us into
+  companionship with the red man, as if careering with him over the
+  boundless plains, the primeval forests of his hunting grounds in the
+  far West, or in the vicinity of his temporary village settlements,
+  witnessing his athletic games, his strange, fantastic dances, and his
+  spontaneous endurance of those revolting tortures by which he evinces
+  his unflinching stoicism."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        MORNING POST, _London_.
+
+  "Upwards of three hundred very well executed etchings from the
+  paintings, drawn by Mr. Catlin, adorn these volumes, and offer to the
+  eye one of the most complete museums of an almost unknown people that
+  ever was given to the public. The style of the narrative is diffuse,
+  inartificial, and abounding in Yankeeisms; but it is earnest, honest,
+  and unpretending; and contains most undoubted and varied information
+  relative to the red savage of America, fresh from the wilds, and
+  unembittered by border hostility or unfounded prejudice. These
+  volumes are handsomely printed, and 'brought out,' in all respects,
+  with much care and taste."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                  SPECTATOR, _London_. _Five Columns._
+
+  "The illustrative plates of these volumes are numbering upwards
+  of three hundred subjects--landscapes, hunting scenes, Indian
+  ceremonies, and portraits form a remarkable feature, and possess a
+  permanent interest as graphic records. They are outline etchings
+  from the author's paintings, and are admirable for the distinct
+  and lively manner in which the characteristics of the scenes and
+  persons are portrayed: what is called a _style of art_ would have
+  been impertinent, and might have tended to falsify. Mr. Catlin, in
+  his homely, but spirited manner, seizes upon the most distinguishing
+  points of his subjects by dint of understanding their value, and
+  every touch has significance and force: hence the number of details
+  and the extent of view embraced in these small and slight sketches,
+  hence their animation and reality."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+           ATLAS, _London_. _Three Notices, Twelve Columns._
+
+  "This publication may be regarded as the most valuable accession to
+  the history of the fast perishing races of the aboriginal world that
+  has ever been collected by a single individual. The descriptions it
+  contains are minute and full, and possess the advantage of being
+  wonderfully tested by the long experience of the writer, and verified
+  by the concurrent testimonials of many individuals intimately
+  acquainted with the scenes and races delineated. The engravings,
+  which are liberal to an unprecedented extent, cannot be too highly
+  praised for their utility as illustrations. To the readers who have
+  never had an opportunity of visiting Mr. Catlin's gallery, these
+  engravings will form for them quite a museum of Indian curiosities
+  in themselves; while to those already familiar with the actual
+  specimens, they will serve as useful and agreeable souvenirs. But we
+  chiefly approve and recommend this work to universal circulation for
+  the sake of the pure and noble philanthropy by which it is everywhere
+  inspired. As the advocate of the oppressed Indian, now vanishing
+  before the white man on the soil of his fathers, Mr. Catlin deserves
+  the unmixed thanks of the Christian world. His volumes are full of
+  stimulants to benevolent exertion, and bear the strongest testimony
+  to the character of the races for whose preservation he pleads." #/
+
+                               ----*----
+                   UNITED SERVICE GAZETTE, _London_.
+
+  "Mr. Catlin is one of the most remarkable men of the age. Every one
+  who has visited his singularly interesting gallery at the Egyptian
+  Hall, must have been struck by his remarkable intelligence on every
+  subject connected with the North American Indians; but of its extent,
+  as well as of his extraordinary enthusiasm and thirst for adventure,
+  we had formed no idea until we had perused these volumes. In the
+  present _blazé_ condition of English literature, in which hardly any
+  work is published that is not founded more or less on other volumes
+  which have preceded it, until authorship has dwindled to little more
+  than the art of emptying one vessel into another, it is refreshing to
+  come across a book which, like the one before us, is equally novel
+  in subject, manner, and execution, and which may be pronounced,
+  without hyperbole, one of the most original productions which have
+  issued from the press for many years. It is wholly impossible, in the
+  compass of a newspaper notice, either to analyze or afford even a
+  tolerable idea of the contents of such a book; and for the present,
+  at least, we must limit ourselves altogether to the first volume."
+
+                             ----*----
+                    CALEDONIAN MERCURY, _Edinburgh_.
+
+  "_Mr. Catlin's Lectures on the North-American Indians._--We have much
+  pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+  well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity
+  and effect of Mr. Catlin's interesting and instructive exhibition:--
+
+                                 'Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.
+
+    'Dear Sir,--I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures
+    at the Waterloo-rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian
+    character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian
+    manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I
+    had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries where
+    I had been; and for twenty years' peregrinations in those parts,
+    from Montreal to the Great Slave River, north, and from the shores
+    of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of the
+    Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities of
+    seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+    pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+    which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+    afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.
+
+                           'I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,
+                                                 'JOHN HALDANE.
+    '_To George Catlin, Esq._'
+
+  "The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by
+  a gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson's
+  Bay Company, dated York Factory, Hudson's Bay, 10th December, 1842:--
+  #/
+
+    'Should you happen to fall in with Catlin's Letters on the North
+    American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+    the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+    those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin's sketches are true
+    to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+    character.'"
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                    THE WORLD OF FASHION, _London_.
+
+  "We venture to affirm of Mr. Catlin's book, which can be said of very
+  few others, that it is impossible to open it at any page, and not
+  continue its perusal with unmingled satisfaction. It has too the rare
+  quality of being written by a man who says nothing but that which
+  he knows, who describes nothing but that which he has seen. We feel
+  while reading the book as in the society of a man of extraordinary
+  observation, of great talent, of wonderful accomplishments; and most
+  cordially and earnestly do we recommend this invaluable book to the
+  patronage of the public generally, and to the perusal of our readers
+  in particular."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       WEEKLY DISPATCH, _London_.
+
+  "A person might well be startled and frightened at the appearance of
+  two such large volumes as these on only the manners, customs, and
+  condition of the North American Indians, a race of savages now almost
+  extinct. With all this complaint against the immense bulk of a book,
+  moreover, on such a subject, we are bound to confess that not only is
+  it the least wearisome of large books that we have for a long time
+  seen, but that it is at least one of the most amusing and animating
+  amongst even the condensed publications that for a considerable
+  period have been submitted to our perusal and judgment, and we can
+  confidently recommend it to our readers."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+       CHAMBERS'S EDINBURGH JOURNAL. _Two Notices, Four Columns._
+
+  "Of all the works yet published on the subject of the aboriginal
+  inhabitants of North America, no one, it seems to us, can be compared
+  in point of accuracy and extent of research with that of Mr. Catlin.
+  In the course of eight years he traversed North America almost from
+  end to end, saw and mixed with forty-eight Indian tribes, composing
+  a large portion of the two millions of red people yet in existence,
+  examined personally into all their peculiarities, and, finally,
+  accumulated a noble gallery of portraits, and a rich museum of
+  curiosities, calculated to form at once a lasting monument to himself
+  and an invaluable record of Indian persons, manners, and habiliments.
+
+  "Mr. Catlin, combining all the qualities of the traveller,
+  artist, and historian, merits no sparing notice. His two volumes,
+  large octavo, and closely printed, are full of most interesting
+  matter, and contain, besides, upwards of three hundred beautiful
+  illustrations, engraved from the original paintings."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        "Légation des Etats-Unis, Paris, Dec. 8th, 1841.
+
+  "Dear Sir,--No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable
+  fidelity of your drawings and book, which I have lately received.
+  They are equally spirited and accurate; they are true to nature.
+  Things that _are_, are not sacrificed, as they too often are by the
+  painter, to things as in his judgment they should be.
+
+  "During eighteen years of my life I was superintendent of Indian
+  affairs in the north-western territory of the United States; and
+  during more than five I was Secretary of War, to which department
+  belongs the general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians
+  thoroughly; I have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses,
+  villages, and hunting grounds; I have fought with them and against
+  them; and I have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession
+  with them. I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a
+  good right to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings;
+  among them I recognize many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I
+  am struck with the vivid representations of them and their customs,
+  of their peculiar features and of their costumes. Unfortunately they
+  are receding before the advancing tide of our population, and are
+  probably destined, at no distant day, wholly to disappear; but your
+  collection will preserve them, as far as human art can do, and will
+  form the most perfect monument of an extinguished race that the world
+  has ever seen.
+
+                                                   "LEWIS CASS.
+  "_To Geo. Catlin._"
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VI.
+
+  The Author's wife and two children arrive in the British Queen, from
+      New York--First appreciation of London--Sight-seeing--Author
+      lectures in the Royal Institution--Suggests a _Museum of
+      Mankind_--Great applause--Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution--The "_Museum of History_"--Author lectures in the
+      other literary and scientific institutions of London--Author
+      dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and with the Royal
+      Geological Society--Mrs. Catlin's travels in the "Far West"--Her
+      welcome, and kind friends in London.
+
+
+My work being published under the flattering auspices explained in the
+foregoing pages, and now in the hands of the reading public, attracted
+additional numbers of visitors to my Rooms, greatly increasing the
+labours of poor Daniel, and calling also for more of my time and
+attention, which I could now better devote to it. My old friends were
+calling to congratulate me on the success of my book, and strangers
+to form an acquaintance with me and offer me the civilities of their
+houses.
+
+Though every part of these calls upon my time, either in the labours
+of my exhibition or in the society of friends, was pleasing and
+gratifying to me, yet it became necessary for my health to evade a part
+of these excitements on either hand, and I subsequently endeavoured,
+by a limited indulgence in the pleasures of society, and a moderate
+endurance of the excitements and fatigue of my Rooms, to save my life;
+throwing the cares and labours of the exhibition, as much as possible,
+upon the broader shoulders and stronger lungs of Daniel and his
+assistants.
+
+I felt now as if I had a sort of citizenship in London, and began
+to think of seeing its "sights;" and from this time may date the
+commencement of my real appreciation of the elegances and comforts of
+London, its hospitalities, and the genuine English character.
+
+It was an opportune moment, also, for the arrival of my dear wife and
+her two infant children, for whom I had written to New York, and who
+were just landing from the British Queen, in London, to share the kind
+attentions and compliments that were being paid to me, and also for
+seeing with me the sights and curiosities of the metropolis.
+
+About this time I was highly complimented by an invitation to deliver
+a lecture in the Royal Institution, Albemarle-street. The venerable
+members of that institution were nearly all present, and every seat
+was filled. I had, on the occasion, several living figures, dressed in
+Indian costumes, with weapons in hand, as well as many of my paintings
+exhibited on my easel, as illustrations; and I was highly gratified
+with the attention and repeated applause, convincing me that the
+subject and myself were kindly received.
+
+I endeavoured, in the compass of an evening's lecture, to give as
+comprehensive a view as I could of the motives which had led me into
+the Indian countries--of the time I had spent in them--of the extent
+and nature of the collection I had made--of the condition and numbers
+of the various tribes, and of their personal appearance and habits of
+life, which I illustrated by my numerous paintings, and by the curious
+manufactures of their own hands. I endeavoured also to delineate
+their true native character, as I had found it in its most primitive
+condition--and to explain the principal causes that have been, and
+still are, leading to their rapid declension.
+
+I took advantage of this occasion likewise to introduce a subject
+which had been for many years my favourite theme, which had constantly
+stimulated me through my toils in the Indian country, and which, as
+I was the first to propose in my own country, I believe I was the
+first to suggest on this side of the Atlantic--a MUSEUM of
+MANKIND. A shout of enthusiastic applause burst from every
+part of the Hall when the subject was named, and rounds of applause
+followed every sentence when I proceeded to say, that in the toils
+and dangers of my remotest travels in the wilderness I had been
+strengthened and nerved by the hope and the belief, that if I lived to
+finish my studies and to return with my collection, I should be able
+to show to the world the plan upon which a Museum could be formed, to
+contain and perpetuate the looks and manners and history of all the
+declining and vanishing races of man, and that my collection would
+ultimately form the basis of such an institution.
+
+I agreed with all the world as to the great interest and value of their
+noble collections of beasts, and birds, and reptiles, of fossils, of
+minerals, of fishes, of insects, and of plants, all of which can be
+gathered hundreds of years hence as well as at the present time; and
+I believed that all of the reasoning world who would give the subject
+a moment's thought, would agree with _me_, that there was one museum
+yet to be made, far transcending in interest and value all others
+yet designed, and which must needs be made soon, or it will be for
+ever lost--a museum containing the familiar looks, the manufactures,
+history, and records of all the remnants of the declining races of our
+fellow-men.
+
+It occurred to me, and I said it then, that Great Britain has more
+than thirty colonies in different quarters of the globe, in which the
+numbers of civilized men are increasing, and the native tribes are
+wasting away--that the march of civilization is everywhere, as it is in
+America, a war of extermination, and that of our own species. For the
+occupation of a new country, the first enemy that must fall is _man_,
+and his like cannot be transplanted from any other quarter of the
+globe. Our war is not with beasts or with birds: the grizly bear, the
+lion, and the tiger are allowed to live. Our weapons are not employed
+against them: we do not give them whiskey, and rum, and the small pox,
+nor the bayonet; they are allowed to live and thrive upon our soil, and
+yet their skins are of great value in our museums; but to complete a
+title, man, our fellow-man, the noblest work of God, with thoughts,
+with sentiments and sympathies like our own, must be extinguished; and
+he dies on his own soil, unchronicled and unknown (save to the ruthless
+hands that have slain him, and would bury his history with his body in
+oblivion), when not even his _skin_ has a place assigned it amongst
+those of the beasts and birds of his country.
+
+From England, from France, and the United States, government vessels,
+in this age of colonization, are floating to every part of the globe,
+and in them, artists and men of science could easily be conveyed to
+every race, and their collections returned free of expense, were there
+an institution formed and ready to receive and perpetuate the results
+of their labours.
+
+I believed that the time had arrived for the creation of such an
+institution, and that well-directed efforts to bring it into existence
+would have the admiration and countenance of all the philanthropic
+world.
+
+There was but one expression of feeling from every part of the hall at
+the close of these remarks, and every voice seemed to say "Yes--the
+noble philanthropy of this Christian and enlightened and enlightening
+age calls for it, and it must be done before it is too late."[3]
+
+ [3] The noble and unaided efforts of my best of friends, Captain
+     Shippard, to bring into existence such an institution, are, I
+     believe, too well known and appreciated by the English public to
+     require more of me here, than barely to refer to his beautifully
+     illustrated lectures on the "_Arabians_" and the "_Ruined
+     Cities of America_;" and whilst wishing all success to his
+     noble enterprise, I beg to refer the reader to Appendix B for a
+     synopsis of his design.
+
+A few days after my lecture was delivered, I received with much
+satisfaction from the secretary of the institution the following
+communication, which the reader will allow me the vanity of inserting
+here:--
+
+  "Sir,--I have the honour to return you the thanks of the members
+  of the _Royal Institution of Great Britain_ for your interesting
+  account of your residence and adventures among the native tribes of
+  North American Indians, with notices of their social condition,
+  customs, mysteries, and modes of warfare--communicated at the weekly
+  meeting of the members on Friday, the 14th February.
+
+                        "I am, Sir, your very obedient Servant,
+
+                            "EDWARD R. DANIELL, _Secretary_.
+
+ "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Invitations from the other literary and scientific institutions of
+London afforded me the opportunity of repeating my lectures in most of
+their halls, where I was uniformly received with applause, which was
+also a source of much gratification to me. These interviews suddenly
+and delightfully led me into the society of literary and scientific
+men, and also into the noble collections and libraries under their
+superintendence. I was here at once ushered, as it were, into a
+new world--a new atmosphere--and in it was met and welcomed every
+where with the utmost cordiality and kindness; libraries, museums,
+laboratories, and lectures were free to me; and not only the private
+tables of the advocates of science, but their public tables in their
+banqueting halls, prepared a seat for me.
+
+Thus were my labours being requited; and I was happy in the conviction
+that the claims of the poor Indians were being heard in the right
+tribunal, and that I was their advocate at the true source from which
+emanated most of the great and moral influences that govern and improve
+the world.
+
+I was invited to the annual dinners of the Royal Geographical,
+Geological, and Historical Societies; and in responding to the
+compliments paid me at all of them, in proposing my health and the
+prosperity of my country, I was delighted to find that my advocacy
+of the rights of the poor Indian, and my scheme for a _Museum_ of
+_Mankind_, were met and sanctioned with rounds of enthusiastic applause.
+
+I have mentioned that my dear wife with her two children had arrived
+from New York, and the pleasures and endearments of my own little
+fireside, now transplanted into a foreign land, were stealing away
+their part of my time, which, with the necessary attention to the
+kind civilities being paid us, our sight-seeing, our dinings-out,
+our drives, and my attendance in my rooms and lectures at night, was
+curiously divided and engrossed.
+
+The advent of my dear Clara, with her two babes, was like the coming
+of the warm and gentle breezes of spring--she who, though delicate
+and tender, had been, during the three last years of my rambles in
+the Indian wilds, my indefatigable companion--She who had traced and
+retraced with me the winding mazes of the mighty Mississippi, the
+Missouri, the Ohio, and the Arkansas--and with the lightness of the
+bounding antelopes that dwell upon their shores, had darted over their
+grassy banks and their green carpeted and enamelled slopes, and plucked
+their loveliest flowers--she who had also traced with me the shores
+of the great lakes of the north, and inhaled the glowing sweetness of
+Florida's lovely coast--and had kept her journal of thirteen thousand
+miles of wild rambles with her husband, and since her return to the
+land of her birth had blessed him in the richness of gift with two
+children, was now by his side (as I have said, like the coming of
+spring), to cheer him with the familiar sweet smiles and sounds in
+which he never knew guile.[4]
+
+ [4] The reader will pardon these expressions, and others of a
+     similar nature that may occasionally occur, for they apply to
+     one who now rests with the silent dead, as will be explained in
+     future pages of this work.
+
+Thanks to the kind friends who took her fair hand and bade her
+welcome--for they were many, and ready to contribute to her happiness,
+which filled (at that moment at least) the cup of our mutual enjoyment.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VII.
+
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society--The Duke of
+      Richmond presides--His Grace's compliment to the Author
+      and his country--Sir David Wilkie--His compliment to the
+      Author--Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the Caledonian
+      Ball (Almack's) in Indian costumes--Their rehearsal--Dressing
+      and painting--Entering the ball--Alarm of ladies--Mr.
+      Murray's infinite amusement (_incognito_) amongst his
+      friends--War-dance and war-whoops--Great applause--Bouquets of
+      flowers--Scalp-dance--Brooches and bracelets presented to the
+      chiefs-Trinkets returned--Perspiration carries off the paint, and
+      Mr. Murray recognised--Amusement of his friends--The "Indians"
+      return to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning--Their amusing
+      appearance.
+
+
+Among the many very friendly invitations extended to me about this
+time, there was one which I cannot omit to notice in this place.--I
+was invited to take a seat at the _Royal Highland Society's_ annual
+dinner, at which his Grace the Duke of Richmond presided. The name of
+this society explains its character, and most of the guests at the
+table were in full highland dress, with their kilts, and with the
+badges and plaids of their peculiar clans. The scene was altogether a
+very picturesque one, and I observed that their chiefs wore the eagle's
+quills for the same purpose and in the same manner that the Indians do;
+but I did not see any of them painted red, as the Indians paint them,
+to adorn their heads as symbols of war when they are going to battle.
+
+The banqueting hall was beautifully arranged, and two of Her Majesty's
+pipers from the Palace, in the most gorgeous Highland dress, were
+perambulating the table "in full blast" whilst we were eating.
+
+The Duke of Richmond, who is an easy, affable, and entirely
+unostentatious man, and the best president at a convivial table
+that I ever saw, offered the customary healths, of--the Queen--the
+Prince--the Duke, &c., which were drunk with the usual enthusiasm, and
+after that proceeded to pay his ingenious and judicious compliments to
+individuals at the table, by alluding, in the most concise and amusing
+manner, to their exploits or other merits, and then proposed their
+healths.
+
+After we had all joined in the uproar of--Hip, hip, hips,--with one
+foot on our chairs and the other on the table, in a number of such
+cases, he arose and said--
+
+  "Gentlemen, I now rise quite confident of your approbation of the
+  sentiment I am to propose, and the sentiments I am to offer. The
+  nations of the earth, like the individuals in the different branches
+  of a great family, stand in certain degrees of relationship towards
+  each other; and as those degrees of consanguinity are more or less
+  remote, so are the friendships and attachments of those nations for
+  each other. Now, gentlemen, as an individual component part of one of
+  the great nations of that great national family, I feel proud to say,
+  that there are two of that family so closely related, not only in
+  commercial interests, but by blood, as almost to identify them in an
+  unity of existence.--The relationship that I speak of, gentlemen (and
+  which I believe will be familiar to many of you, as married men), is
+  that of parent and child."
+
+At this period commenced a tremendous cheering, and all eyes seemed
+to be in a rotary motion, endeavouring to fix upon the representative
+of that nearly related country on whom the next responsibility was to
+fall. His Grace proceeded:--
+
+  "Gentlemen, the term parent and child I have used to express the
+  endearments of one stage of domestic relations; but there is
+  another which lessens not the tie, but carries with it the respect
+  that children do not win--I would call it father and son (_immense
+  cheering_). I perceive, gentlemen, that you all understand me, and
+  are preparing for the sentiment I am to offer; but I would remark,
+  that when a distinguished individual from one of those nearly related
+  countries pays a visit to the other, common courtesy demands that
+  he should be treated with kindness and respect. If that individual,
+  gentlemen, be one who, by the force and energy of his own mind, has
+  struck out and accomplished any great undertaking for the advancement
+  of science, or the benefit of mankind, he is a philanthropist,
+  a public benefactor, and entitled to our highest admiration
+  (_cheering_).
+
+  "Gentlemen, I have the satisfaction of informing you that there is at
+  our table an individual whose name when I mention it will be familiar
+  to most of you; who, contemplating several millions of human beings
+  in his own country sinking into oblivion before the destructive
+  influences of civilization, had the energy of character, the courage
+  and philanthropy, to throw himself, unprotected and unaided, into the
+  midst of them, with his brushes and his pen, endeavouring to preserve
+  for future ages their familiar looks, and all that appertained to
+  their native modes and history. In this noble enterprise, gentlemen,
+  this individual laboured eight years of his life; and having with
+  incessant toil and hazard visited most of the native tribes of North
+  America, he has brought home and to our city a collection (which
+  I trust you have all seen) of vast interest and value, which does
+  great honour to his name, and entitles him to our highest admiration
+  and esteem. I now propose, gentlemen, the health of Mr. Catlin, and
+  success to the great country that gave him birth!"
+
+Whilst these compliments were applying to my country only, I was fully
+confident there was some one of my countrymen present better able than
+myself to respond to them; but when they became personal, and all eyes
+were fixed upon me, I saw there was no alternative, and that I must
+reply, as well as I could, to the unexpected compliment thus paid me
+and answered to with a bumper and many rounds of applause, every guest
+at the table, as before, with one foot on his chair and the other on
+the edge of the table. An awful pause for a moment, while my name was
+echoed from every part of the room, brought me upon my feet, and I
+replied: but I never shall recollect exactly how. I believe, however,
+that I explained the views with which I had visited the Indian tribes,
+and what I had done; and put in a few words, as well as I could, for my
+country.
+
+His Grace next rose, and, after the most chaste and eloquent eulogium
+upon his works and his character, proposed the health of Sir David
+Wilkie, who, to my great surprise and unspeakable satisfaction, I found
+was sitting by my side and the next to my elbow. His health was drunk
+with great enthusiasm, and after he had responded to the compliment he
+begged to be allowed to express to his Grace and the gentlemen present
+the very great satisfaction he had felt in being able to join in the
+expression of thanks to so distinguished a gentleman as Mr. Catlin, and
+whom it afforded him great pleasure to find was by his side. He stated
+that he had been many times in my exhibition rooms, but without the
+good luck to have met me there. He commented at great length upon the
+importance and value of the collection; and, while he was according to
+me great credit for the boldness and originality of the design, he took
+especial pains to compliment me for the execution of my paintings, many
+of which, he said, as works of art, justly entitled me to the hands of
+artists in this country, and he was proud to begin by offering me his,
+in good fellowship, which he did, and raised me from my seat as he said
+it.
+
+This was sanctioned by a round of applause, and as he resumed his seat
+I was left upon my feet, and bound again to reply, which I did as well
+as I could.
+
+The reader can more easily imagine than I can describe, how gratifying
+to me was such a mode of acquaintance with so distinguished and so
+worthy a man as Sir David Wilkie, at whose elbow I was now placed, and,
+for the most part of the evening, in familiar conversation.
+
+The pipers played, the wine flowed, many good songs were sung; a
+Highland dance was spiritedly flung by M'Ian, M'Donald, and several
+others, in Highland costume. An Indian song and the war-whoop were
+called for, and given--and with other good fellowship and fun this
+splendid affair was finished.
+
+I was at this time devoting certain hours of the day to visitors in my
+Rooms, and I found my kind friend C. A. Murray almost daily bringing
+ladies of rank and fashion upon his arm, to take a peep into the
+mysteries of savage life, which he was so well prepared to explain to
+them, and to illustrate by my numerous paintings and works of Indian
+manufacture.
+
+I met him here one day, however, on my entering, where he had been
+for some time waiting without acting the beau, for any one, which was
+quite an unusual thing. He called me aside, and told me there was a
+chance for us to make _a sensation_ if I felt disposed to join him
+in it, and to make a great deal of amusement for others as well as a
+dish of fun for ourselves--this was, to assume the Indian costume
+and throw ourselves into the Caledonian ball, which was to be given
+at Almack's that evening, and for which he had procured the tickets.
+For the information of those who never have seen one of those annual
+balls, I will briefly say that they are decidedly the most brilliant
+and splendid affairs that can be seen in London--presenting the most
+gorgeous display of costumes and diamonds that the world can exhibit,
+short of royalty itself. It was but for Mr. Murray to propose--the
+finest costumes were taken from the Walls of my Room--weapons,
+head-dresses, scalping-knives, scalps, &c.--and placed in one of the
+chambers of the Egyptian Hall: and three o'clock was the hour appointed
+for Mr. Murray to meet me again, to fit us with our respective dresses,
+and go through a sort of rehearsal in our songs, dances, &c., which we
+might be called upon to enact during the evening, and in which it would
+be a great pity for us Indian knowing ones to make any mistake.
+
+Mr. Murray was punctual at the hour of three; and having proposed that
+my nephew, Burr Catlin, a young man of 21 years and then living with
+me, should be of the party, we entered the dressing-room, and were soon
+suited with our respective dresses and took our weapons in hand. My
+nephew, Burr, being six feet two inches, with a bold and Indian outline
+of face, was arrayed in a Sioux dress; and it was instantly agreed that
+he should be put forward as the Big Sioux--the Great Chief Wan-ne-ton.
+He happened to wear the identical head-dress of that distinguished
+chief, which was made of war-eagle's quills and ermine skins. He was to
+hold himself entirely mute upon his dignity, according to the customs
+of the country. I was dressed as a warrior of the _Sac_ tribe, with
+head ornaments of red and white quills of the war-eagle, denoting,
+according to the custom of the country, my readiness for war or for
+peace. Mr. Murray had chosen a dress less rich, and more light and easy
+to act in, and a head-dress that was made much like a wig of long black
+hair spreading over his shoulders and falling down nearly to the calves
+of his legs, surmounted by a solitary eagle's quill--giving himself
+more the appearance of a "Bois Brûlé," as they are termed on the Indian
+frontiers of America--a race of half-castes, who are generally used as
+interpreters, speaking a little French and some "Americaine" (as they
+call the English language). These curious personages are generally the
+spokesmen for all parties of Indians travelling abroad or delegations
+to neighbouring tribes. This character exactly suited Mr. Murray, as
+he spoke the French and the German, and also a little of two or three
+Indian tongues; and, in the position of an interpreter for the party,
+he would be the vehicle of communication between the two chiefs and his
+numerous friends and relations, both ladies and gentlemen, whom he was
+to meet in every part of the Rooms.
+
+The least discerning will easily see that he was most ingeniously
+laying his plans for a great deal of amusement; and if my readers could
+have seen the manner in which he was dressed out and metamorphosed for
+the occasion, they would have insured him, at a low premium, fun enough
+on that evening to have lasted him for a week. Having arrayed our
+persons in the respective costumes we had agreed upon, and arranged the
+different characters which we were to sustain, I took the Indian drum
+or tambour in my hand, and to the music of that and the chief's rattle,
+and our combined voices in concert in an Indian song, we practised the
+war-dance and scalp-dance of the Sioux, until we agreed that we could
+"do them" beyond (at least) the reach of civilized criticisms, in
+case we should be called upon to dance, which it was agreed should be
+at first met as a condescension that the chiefs could not submit to,
+but which it was understood we should yield to if the measure was to
+be very strenuously urged. Matters being thus arranged, we adjourned
+until nine o'clock, when we were to meet again, and make our final
+preparations for our début in the ballroom.
+
+At nine we were drawing on our buckskin leggings, and mocassins fringed
+with scalp-locks and ornamented with porcupine quills of various
+dyes; our shirts or tuniques were also of deerskins richly ornamented,
+and their sleeves fringed, like the leggings, with locks of the hair
+of Indian victims slain in battle. We painted our faces and hands
+of a copper colour, in close imitation of the colour of the Indian,
+and over and across that, to make the illusion more complete, gave
+occasional bold daubs of vermilion and green or black paint, so that,
+with our heavy and richly garnished robes of the buffalo, thrown over
+our shoulders and trailing on the floor as we walked, with tomahawks
+and scalping knives in our belts, our shields of buffalo hides on our
+arms, with our quivers slung and our bows and arrows clenched in our
+hands, we were prepared for the sensation we were in a few minutes
+to make. We stood and smiled at each others' faces a few moments in
+curious anticipation, practising over each other's names, which we had
+almost forgotten to take. And having decided that the great chief was
+_Wan-ne-ton_, that the warrior's name was _Na-see-us-kuk_, and that of
+the interpreter _Pah-ti-coo-chee_, we seated ourselves in a carriage,
+and in three minutes were being ushered through the crowded halls
+leading to the splendid and brilliant array, into the midst of which a
+long Indian step or two more placed us!
+
+There was a little cruelty in the suddenness of our approach, and a
+simultaneous yell which we gave, innocently mistaking the effect it
+might have upon the nerves of ladies standing near us, several of whom,
+on catching the sound and then the sight of us, gave sudden shrieks far
+more piercing and startling than the savage war-whoop that had been
+sounded over their shoulders. By this time we formed the centre of
+attraction in the room, and we stood in so dense a crowd to be gazed
+at, that nothing could be scanned of us lower down than our chins and
+shoulders. The big Sioux chief, however, who was a head taller than
+the crowd around him, flourishing his enormous head-dress of eagle's
+quills, was quietly rolling his eagle eyes around over the multitude,
+who were getting so satisfactory a view of him that it eased us a
+little from the rush that otherwise would have been upon us.
+
+We had made our entry into this world of fashion and splendour entirely
+unexpected by any one, and of course unknown to all. Here was truly
+a splendid field for my friend Mr. Murray, and the time for his
+operations had now arrived. All questions (and there were many, and
+in various languages) put to the big chief or the warrior were, by
+the understanding, answered only by frowns; and the interrogations
+referred to _Pah-ti-coo-chee_, the interpreter. This brought him at
+once into great demand, and he replied at first in Indian, and then
+strained a few distorted words of French and German into his replies,
+by which he made himself partially understood. Lords and ladies, dukes
+and duchesses, and princes and princesses of his acquaintance were in
+the room, and now gazing at his copper colour, bedaubed with red and
+black paint, and patiently listening to and endeavouring to translate
+his garbled French and German and Indian for some description of the
+grand personages he had in tow, without dreaming of the honourable
+gentleman upon whose visage they were actually looking. From a custom
+of the Prairie country, which he had wisely thought of, he carried a
+rifle-bullet in his mouth whilst he was talking, and his voice was thus
+as much a stranger as his face.
+
+Amongst the gazers on, and those who questioned him, were many of his
+most familiar friends; and even his own brother, the Earl of Dunmore,
+drew some marvellous tales from him before he made himself known, which
+he did at last to him and a few others of his friends, that he might
+the better crack the good jokes he had come to enjoy.
+
+The crowd, by this time, had completely wedged us in, so that there was
+no apparent possibility of moving from our position, yet it was not a
+crowd that was insupportable: it was, at least for a while, a pleasure
+to be thus invested, as we were, by silks and satins, by necklaces
+of diamonds and necks as fair as alabaster, by gold lace, and
+golden epaulettes, chapeaux and small swords; but the weight of our
+bison robes at length brought us to the expedient that our ingenious
+interpreter put forth, which gained us temporary relief, and gave us
+locomotive powers by which we could show ourselves at full length, and
+occasionally escape investigations when they became too close for our
+good friend or ourselves.
+
+It was a lucky thought of our interpreter, which he divulged to some of
+his confidential friends much to our advantage, that the paints which
+the Indians used were indelible colours, and he regretted to learn that
+some of the ladies had injured their costly dresses by being in too
+close contact with us. And again he feared that some of the scalp-locks
+on the dresses of the chief and the warrior were not quite dry, as they
+were fresh from the country where they had just been at war with the
+Sacs and Foxes. This had a delightful effect, and we were not again in
+danger of suffocation, though the space we had to move in was limited
+enough during the rest of the night for our warm dresses and our
+enormous buffalo robes.
+
+The introductions I had on that night, to lords and ladies, and to
+dukes and duchesses, as _Na-see-us-huk_, a famous warrior of the Sacs,
+and my nephew, as _Wan-ne-ton_, the great Sioux Chief, were honours
+certainly that he or I could never have aspired to under any other
+names; and our misfortune was, that their duration was necessarily as
+brief as the names and titles we had assumed.
+
+In the midst of this truly magnificent scene, where our interpreter
+was introducing us as two dignified personages from the base of the
+Rocky Mountains, and enjoying his own fun with his friends as he moved
+around, and after a set of quadrilles had finished, it was announced
+through the rooms that the Indians were going to give the War Dance!
+
+This of course raised a new excitement, and the crowd thickened, until
+at length a red rope or cord was passed around us three about as
+high as our waists. The bystanders were desired to take hold of this
+and walk back, which they did in all directions until a large space
+was opened for us, and we were left standing in the centre. We found
+ourselves there in full display in front of the ladies patronesses of
+the ball, who were seated upon a platform, elevated several feet above
+the level of the floor, and who, it was stated to us, had expressed a
+desire to see the Indians dance.
+
+Alas! poor Murray, he had then an off-hand use to make of his mongrel
+dialect, which seemed to embarrass him very much, and which he had
+found he got along with much better in the crowd. We were also
+pledged to hesitate about our dignity in case we were asked to dance,
+which here made a dialogue in Indian language indispensable, giving
+our interpreter fresh alarm; nevertheless, with enough of the same
+determination and firmness left that used to decide him to dash through
+the turbid rivers of the prairie, or to face the menacing savages that
+he met in the wilderness, he resolved to go through with it, and the
+Indian dialogue that he opened with me was never doubted, I believe,
+for it was never criticised. The objections raised by the chief and his
+warrior were translated in tolerable French (with the bullet accent),
+to their ladyships and the audience around us. The dignity of a Sioux
+Chief could not be lowered by such a condescension, and the dance could
+not be made without him. "Good Mr. _Pah-ti-coo-chee_," said her Grace
+the Duchess of ---- (who was the presiding patroness on the occasion),
+in excellent French, "do, I beg of you, do prevail on that fine old
+fellow to gratify us with a dance--don't let him look so distressed
+about it--tell him that he has just been looking on to see some of
+the greatest chiefs in our country dance, and he must not think it
+degrading to show us the mode in which the Indians dance; I dare say it
+is very fine. Oh, dear, what shall we do? they are fine-looking men--I
+wish I could speak to them--I dare say they know Charles A. Murray,--he
+was in their country--I have read his book. Where's Murray? he ought to
+be here to-night; I am sure he knows them. Do you know Murray, my good
+fellows? Ah, no, they don't understand French, though."
+
+Our interpreter smiled, and the Sioux chief and the Sac warrior came
+very near the misfortune also. The arguments of the duchess were
+translated to the chief and the warrior with great difficulty, when,
+after a few moments of silence, they began to put off their robes,
+which were very deliberately folded up and laid aside, to the great
+gratification of the ladies patronesses and the rest of the crowd.
+
+By three dancers the war dance of the Sioux is given with considerable
+effect, and we were now ready to "go into it." The drum, which until
+this moment had been slung on Mr. Murray's back, was taken into my
+hands, the chief took his rattle in one hand and his war-club in the
+other, while the interpreter's shield skilfully manoeuvred over his
+left shoulder and his tomahawk brandished in his right hand, which,
+with the shrill sounds of the war-song and the war-whoop, altogether
+suddenly opened a new era in the musical and dancing sphere of Almack's.
+
+When it was done, the whole house rung with applause; bouquets of
+flowers were showered upon us, and many compliments were paid us by the
+most bewitching young ladies, but which, unfortunately for us, we could
+not understand. The crowd now thickened around us to shake hands with
+us and lavish their praises upon us; and among them a lovely little
+creature, whose neck seemed forged from a bouquet of white lilies, who
+was supported on the arm of an officer, with her languishing soft blue
+eyes, and breath sweeter than that of the antelope that jostles the
+first dew-drops of the morning from the violets of the prairie, was
+beseeching me to allow her to adjust on my wrist a magnificent bracelet
+which she had taken from her own lovely arm, and for which she wished
+only, as she made me understand by signs, a small scalp-lock from the
+seams of my leggings. To play our parts well it was necessary, for
+the time being, to do as an Indian warrior would do--I tore off the
+scalp-lock and gave it to her, and when her fair hands had adjusted
+the precious trinket on my wrist, I raised the leathern shirt a little
+higher on my arm and showed her the colour of my skin. This unfolded a
+secret to her which compelled me to speak, and I said to her and her
+guardian, "Pray don't expose us; let us have our fun. Your precious
+trinket I will restore to you in a little time." This was answered
+with the sweetest of smiles, and, as my joke was thus ended, I turned
+round and found the ring prepared again for another dance. Fair hands
+had been lavish upon the other two Indians, who were already decorated
+with several keepsakes of beautiful and precious workmanship. The
+scalp-dance now commenced, and as I had brought with me a real scalp,
+according to the custom of a warrior, we gave it the full effect and
+fury of such scenes as they are acted in the wilderness. We entered
+upon this unfortunate affair with our prizes displayed in the fullest
+exultation, and no doubt might have gained many more but for the
+unforeseen misfortune which our over exertions to please and astonish
+had innocently brought upon us. The warmth of the rooms at this hour
+had become almost insupportable, and, in the midst of it, our violent
+exertions, under the heat of our Indian dresses, had produced a flow
+of perspiration which had carried away the paint in streaks from our
+foreheads to our chins, making us simple studies for the ethnologist,
+if any there were present, and easy of solution. Poor Murray! he
+had supplied himself with a red handkerchief, which he had often
+pressed upon his face, the consequence of which was--and it was funny
+enough--that his nose and his chin, and the other prominent points of
+his face, had all become white, long before he had finished his fun or
+been willing to acknowledge our true character and caste.
+
+However, he had much merriment in receiving the cheerful
+congratulations of his friends (who now recognised him once more as the
+Honourable C. A. Murray), and in introducing my nephew and myself in
+our real names to many of his friends, we distributed scalp-locks and
+feathers to all the fair hands whose trinkets we held and restored;
+and after partaking of the good things that were in store for us, and
+looking and laughing at our white-washed faces in the mirrors, we made
+our way to the front door as the first step towards a retreat to the
+Egyptian Hall. We waited in vain full half an hour for a vehicle, such
+was the rush of carriages at the door. The only alternative seemed
+to be to take to our legs, and once resolved, we dashed out into the
+street, and made our way in the best manner we could. It was now past
+sunrise and raining in torrents, as it had been during the whole
+night. We wended our way as fast as possible through the mud, with our
+white and beautiful mocassins, and painted robes; and the reader must
+excuse me here, and imagine, if he can, how we three looked when we
+arrived at the door of the Egyptian Hall, with the gang of boys and
+ragamuffins assembled around us, which the cry of "Indians, Indians!"
+had collected as we passed through the streets. The poor porter, who
+had waited up for us all night, happened _luckily to be_ ready for our
+ring; and thus, fortunately, we were soon safely withdrawn from the
+crowd assembling, to gaze and grin at each other, and deliberately and
+leisurely to scour ourselves back again to our original characters.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER VIII.
+
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest visit
+      the Collection--His Royal Highness the (little) Duc de Brabant
+      visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr. Murray--The Author
+      presents him an Indian pipe and pair of mocassins--Visit of His
+      Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to the Collection--His noble
+      sympathy for the Indians--He smokes an Indian pipe under the
+      wigwam--The Author takes breakfast with the Duke of Sussex in
+      Kensington Palace--The Duke's dress and appearance--John Hunter,
+      the Indian traveller--The Duke's inquiries about him--Monsieur
+      Duponceau--Visit to the Bank of England--To Buckingham Palace--To
+      Windsor Castle--Author visits the Polish Ball with several
+      friends in Indian costumes.
+
+
+Among the distinguished visitors to my rooms about this time were their
+Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg, and Prince Ernest, the father and
+brother of Prince Albert, at that time on a visit to the Queen and the
+Prince. They were accompanied by Mr. Murray, who took great pains to
+explain the collection to the Duke, who took me by the hand when he
+left the room, and told me I deserved the friendship of all countries
+for what I had done, and pronounced it "a noble collection." His second
+visit was made to it a few days after, when he was also accompanied by
+Mr. Murray, and remained in the rooms until it was quite dark.
+
+His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant, the infant son of the King of
+the Belgians, on a visit to the Queen, was also brought in by Mr.
+Murray. He was an intelligent lad, nine or ten years of age, and was
+pleased with a miniature Indian pipe which I presented to him, and also
+a small pair of Indian mocassins suitable for his age.
+
+His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex, though in feeble health, paid
+my collection his first visit. It was his wish, from the state that he
+was in, to meet me alone "in an Indian Council," as he called it. My
+first interview with him lasted for an hour or more, when he told me
+that if his strength would have permitted it, he could have been amused
+the whole day. To this fine old venerable man my highest admiration
+clung: he expressed the deepest sympathy for the Indians, and seemed to
+have formed a more general and correct idea of them and their condition
+than any person I had met in the kingdom. When he left my rooms he
+took me by both hands and thanked me for the rich treat I had afforded
+him, and assured me that for the benefits I was rendering to society,
+and the justice I was doing to the poor Indians, I should be sure to
+meet my reward in the world to come, and that he hoped I would also be
+recompensed in this.
+
+The Duke of Sussex was a great amateur of pipes and good smoking, and
+took much interest in the hundreds of different designs and shapes
+of the carved pipes in my exhibition. He was curious to know what
+the Indians smoked, and I showed him their tobacco, a quantity of
+which I had brought with me. The Indians prepare it from the inner
+bark of the red willow, and when dried and ready for smoking, call
+it "k'nick-k'neck." I prepared and lit a pipe of it for His Royal
+Highness to smoke, with which he took a seat under the middle of the
+Indian wigwam, where our conversation was held at the moment; and as
+he drew the delicious fumes through the long and garnished stem which
+passed between his knees, with its polished bowl, carved in the red
+pipe stone, resting on the floor, he presented for a few moments the
+finished personification of beatitude and enjoyment. He pronounced
+the flavour delicious, wanting only a little more strength, which he
+thought the addition of tobacco would give it.
+
+I told him that the Indians were always in the habit of mingling
+tobacco with it when they could afford to buy it: "Good fellows (said
+he), they know what is good--their tastes are as good as ours are."
+After he had finished his pipe, and we were moving towards the front
+door, the moment before taking leave of me as I have mentioned above,
+he asked me if I ever knew _John Hunter_, who wrote a work on the
+Indians of America, to which I replied in the affirmative. He seemed
+much pleased in learning this fact, and said to me, "You see what a
+feeble wreck I am at present; my strength is gone, and I must leave
+you; but you will take your breakfast with me at Kensington Palace
+to-morrow morning: I am all alone. I am too ill to see the world;
+they cannot find the way to me: but I will see _you_, and take great
+pleasure in your society. Your name will be made known to the servants
+at the back entrance to the palace."
+
+The next morning, at the hour named, found me at the door of the
+palace, where my name was recognised, and I at once was ushered into
+the apartment of the Duke, where I found him in his arm-chair, wrapped
+in his morning gown of white flannel, and his head covered with a cap
+of black velvet richly embroidered with gold. He rose and took me by
+the hand in the most cordial manner, and instantly led me to another
+part of the room, in front of a portrait hanging on the wall.--"There,"
+said he, "do you know that face?" "Very well," said I; "that is the
+portrait of John Hunter; it is an admirable likeness, and looks to me
+like a picture by one of our American artists. If I had met it anywhere
+else but in this country I should have said it was by Harding, one of
+our most valued portrait painters." "Well," said he, "you know _that_
+portrait too, do you?" "Very well--that is his Royal Highness the Duke
+of Sussex." "Well," said the Duke, "now I will tell you, they were both
+painted by Mr. Harding. Harding is a great favourite of mine, and a
+very clever artist."
+
+I at this moment presented to the Duke the Indian pipe, through which
+he had smoked the day before, and also an Indian tobacco-pouch, filled
+with the k'nick-k'neck (or Indian tobacco) with which he had been so
+much pleased.
+
+He thanked me for the present, which he assured me delighted him
+very much; and, after showing me a great variety of curious and most
+ingenious pipes from various countries, we took our seats alone at the
+breakfast table. In the course of our conversation, which ran upon
+pipes--upon Indians and Indian countries, his Royal Highness said he
+had reasons for asking me if I had known Hunter, and should feel most
+happy if he found in me a person who had been acquainted with his
+history. He said he had known Hunter familiarly while he was in London,
+and had entertained him in his palace, and thought a great deal of him.
+He had thought his life a most extraordinary one, well entitling him to
+the attentions that were paid to him here--that he had been entertained
+and amused by his narrations of Indian life, and that he had made him
+several presents, amongst which was a very valuable watch, and had had
+his portrait painted, which he highly valued. He said he had learned,
+with deep regret, since Hunter had left here, that a learned French
+gentleman in Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, and some others, had held
+him up to the public, through the journals, as an impostor, and his
+narrations as fabulous. "This to me," said the Duke, "you can easily
+see, has been a subject of much pain (as I took more pains to introduce
+him and his works in this country than any one else), and it explains
+to you the cause of my anxiety to learn something more of his true
+history."
+
+I replied to his Royal Highness that I had been equally pained by
+hearing such reports in circulation in my own country, and that my
+acquaintance with Hunter had not been familiar enough to enable me
+wholly to refute them, I stated that I had been introduced to Mr.
+Hunter in New Orleans, where he was well known to many, and that I had
+met him in two or three other parts of the United States, and since
+reading his work I had visited many of the Indian villages, in which
+he lived, and had conversed with chiefs and others named in his work,
+who spoke familiarly of him. I felt assured, therefore, that he had
+spent the Indian life that he describes in his work; and yet that he
+might have had the indiscretion to have made some misrepresentations
+attributed to him, I was not able positively to deny. His work, as
+far as it treats on the manners and customs of the American Indians,
+and which could not have been written or dictated by any other than
+a person who had lived that familiar life with them, is decidedly
+the most descriptive and best work yet published on their every-day
+domestic habits and superstitions; and, of itself, goes a great way, in
+my opinion, to establish the fact that his early life was identified
+with that of the Indians.
+
+I stated that I believed his character had been cruelly and unjustly
+libelled, and that I had the peculiar satisfaction of believing that I
+had justly defended it, and given the merited rebuke at the fountain of
+all his misfortunes, which I described as follows:--
+
+"On my return from an eight years' residence amongst the remotest
+tribes of Indians in America, and paying a visit to my old friends in
+the city of Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, of whom your Royal Highness
+has spoken, an old and very learned gentleman, and deeply skilled
+in the various languages of America, and who was then preparing a
+very elaborate work on the subject, invited me to meet several of
+his friends at his table to breakfast; which I did. He was at this
+time nearly blind and very deaf, and still eagerly grasping at every
+traveller and trapper from the Indian country, for some new leaf to his
+book, or some new word to his vocabularies, instead of going himself to
+the Indian fireside, the true (and in fact the only) school in which to
+learn and write their language.
+
+"After our breakfast was finished and our coffee-cups removed, this
+learned M. Duponceau opened his note-book upon the table and began
+in this way,--'My dear Sir (addressing himself to me), I am so
+delighted with such an opportunity--I am told that you have visited
+some forty or fifty tribes of Indians, and many of them speaking
+different languages. You have undoubtedly in eight years learned to
+speak fluently; and I shall draw from you such a valuable addition
+to my great work--what a treat this will be, gentlemen, ha? Now you
+see I have written out some two or three hundred words, for which you
+will give me the Blackfoot, the Mandan, the Pawnee Pict, &c. You have
+been amongst all these tribes?' 'Yes.' The old gentleman here took a
+pinch of snuff and then said, 'In this identical place, and on this
+very table, it was, gentlemen, that I detected the imposture of that
+rascal Hunter! Do you know that fellow, Mr. Catlin?' 'Yes, I have seen
+him.' 'Well,' said he, 'I was the first to detect him;--I published
+him to the world and put a stop to his impostures. I invited him to
+take breakfast with me as I have invited you, and in this same book
+wrote down the Indian translation of a list of words and sentences
+that I had prepared, as he gave them to me; and the next day when I
+invited him again, he gave me for one-third at least of those words
+a different translation. I asked for the translation of a number of
+words in languages that were familiar to me, and which he told me he
+understood, and he gave them in words of other tribes. I now discovered
+his ignorance, and at once pronounced him an impostor, and closed my
+book.'
+
+"'And now,' said I, 'M. Duponceau, lest you should make yourself and me
+a great deal of trouble, and call _me_ an impostor also, I will feel
+much obliged if you will close your book again; for I am quite sure
+I should prove myself under your examination just as ignorant as Mr.
+Hunter, and subject myself to the same reproach which is following him
+through the world, emanating from so high an authority. Mr. Hunter
+and myself did not go into the Indian countries to study the Indian
+languages, nor do we come into the civilized world to publish them,
+and to be made responsible for errors in writing them. I can well
+understand how Mr. Hunter gave you, to a certain extent, a different
+version on different days; he, like myself, having learned a little
+of fifteen or twenty different languages, would necessarily be at a
+loss, with many of his Indian words, to know what tribe they belong
+to; and our partial knowledge of so many tongues involves us at once
+in a difficulty not unlike the confusion at Babel, and disqualifies
+his responses or mine, as authority for such works as I hope you are
+preparing for the world. With these views (though I profess to be the
+property of the world, and ready and pleased to communicate anything
+that I have distinctly learned of the Indians and their modes), I must
+beg to decline giving you the translation of a single word; and at the
+same time to express a hope that you may verbally, or in the valuable
+works which you are soon to bequeath to posterity, leave a repentant
+word at least, to remove the censure which you say you were the first
+to cast upon Hunter, and which is calculated to follow him to the
+grave.'"
+
+His Royal Highness was much interested and somewhat amused by this
+narrative, and agreed with me, that such men as M. Duponceau, and
+others, to whom the world is to look for a full and correct account of
+the Indian languages of America, should go themselves to the wigwams
+of the Indians, and there, in their respective tribes, open the books
+in which to record their various vocabularies, rather than sit at home
+and trust to the ignorant jargon that can be caught from the trapper
+and the trader and the casual tourists who make flying visits through
+the Indian countries. He related to me many curious anecdotes of poor
+Hunter, and as I left him enjoying his k'nick-k'neck through his Indian
+pipe, he said to me, "Your name, sir, will be familiar at my door, and
+I shall be delighted to see you again at the same hour, whenever you
+feel disposed to come."
+
+Amidst the many avocations that were now demanding and engrossing the
+most of my time, I was still able, by an effort, to allot certain
+portions of the day to the pleasures that are found in the domestic
+circles of wives and little ones, and nowhere else; and with them spent
+the happiest moments of my life, notwithstanding the attentions of the
+world and the efforts to make my enjoyment complete. With my dear Clara
+I took my strolls and my rides to see what was amusing or instructive
+in the great metropolis, and we saw much that amused and still more
+that astonished us. Through the kindness of our untiring friend Mr.
+Murray, we got access to the palaces of St. James and Buckingham, and
+to the public and private rooms of Windsor Castle; we saw the "five
+tons' weight of gold plate" that are said to enrich that noble palace,
+and which but few eyes are allowed to gaze upon.
+
+We visited the Royal Mint, the Tower, the noble mansions of the Dukes
+of Sutherland and Devonshire, and the Bank of England. I was surprised
+that we were allowed to pass through every part of this wonderful
+sanctuary of gold and silver, and still more so that a guide should
+stand ready to conduct us through all its numerous ramifications, and
+as he passed along from room to room, from office to office, and from
+vault to vault, to hear him lecture upon everything we passed, as if
+they feared we might not appreciate it in all its parts. It has been
+many times described and needs no further comment here, except an
+occurrence in one of the vaults which deserves a current notice. The
+Honourable Charles Fenton Mercer, of Virginia, was among our companions
+on the occasion, and as we were shown into this apartment, which I
+think was called a vault, though it was a large square room with the
+light of a dome over it, the gentleman having charge of it within
+received us in the most courteous manner, and as if it were a public
+exhibition which we had paid our shilling to see, he led us around the
+room and with his keys opened the iron safes which were all sunk in
+the walls, with double doors of iron, and showed us the amount of gold
+and notes contained in them, and on opening one that was filled with
+packages of Bank of England notes, he took a bundle of them some ten
+or twelve inches in diameter, and smilingly placing it in the hands of
+my wife, asked her if she had any idea how much money she was holding.
+Her rough guess was a very moderate one: she was so much excited and
+so recently from New York, that she had forgotten pounds sterling, and
+replied "Perhaps a thousand _dollars_;" when he turned it the other
+side up and referred us to the label upon it--"two millions of pounds!"
+He then took out another parcel of equal size, and placing that on
+the top of it said to her, "Now, madam, you have four millions." Poor
+thing! she looked pale as she handed it back, saying, "Ah, well, I
+am glad it is not mine." The kind and gentlemanly attention shown to
+us, and the pains taken to explain everything as we passed along,
+were unexpected, and even a mystery in politeness which was beyond my
+comprehension. We were conducted from this room to the arched vaults,
+where we traced for a long distance the narrow aisles to the right
+and the left and to the north and the south, through phalanxes of
+wheelbarrows loaded with bars of silver and of gold, and all with their
+heads one way, seemed ready for a subterraneous crusade in case of
+necessity.
+
+We returned from this half-day's work, fatigued, and almost sorry that
+we had seen so much of the "shining dust" which our hands are labouring
+so hard through life to earn a pittance of.
+
+There were several Americans with us on this day's expedition, and all
+agreed that we drew more pleasure from the gentlemanly politeness we
+met in the Bank of England than we did from its wonderful system (which
+was all explained to us), and from its golden riches which were all
+laid open to our view.
+
+Our fatigue, when we got home, seemed enough for one day; but as it
+happened on that day, our sight-seeing was only begun; for it had been
+arranged that we were to go to the Polish ball at the Mansion House on
+that evening, and what was to make it a double task, it was arranged
+that we should all go, some five or six of us, in Indian costumes.
+My Indian wardrobe was therefore laid under heavy contributions for
+that night. My nephew Burr and myself were dressed as chiefs, and two
+or three more of my friends were arrayed as warriors. My dear little
+_Christian_ Clara, whose sphere it was not, and who never wore an
+Indian dress or painted her fair face before, becoming inspired with a
+wish to see the splendour of the scene, proposed to assume the dress
+of an Indian woman and follow me through the mazes of that night as an
+Indian squaw follows her lord on such occasions. I selected for her
+one of the prettiest and most beautifully ornamented women's dresses,
+which was made of the fine white skin of the mountain sheep; and with
+her hair spread over her back, and her face and her arms painted to
+the colour of a squaw, and her neck and ears loaded with the usual
+profusion of beads and other ornaments, and her fan of the eagle's tail
+in her hand, she sidled along with us amidst the glare and splendour,
+and buzz and din of the happy throng we were soon in the midst of,
+and dragging our awkward shields and quivers and heavy buffalo robes
+through, as well as we could. We took good care not to dance on that
+occasion, so we kept the paint on our faces, and by understanding
+no questions, answered none, and passed off with everybody as _real
+Indians_. We went resolved to gratify our eyes, but to give no
+gratification to others besides what they could take to themselves by
+looking at us. Our interpreter was true to his promise: he made out
+his own descriptions for us, and assured all who inquired, that we
+could not speak a word of English. French, German, Russian, and Italian
+were all tried in vain upon us; and as they turned away, one after
+another, from us, they exclaimed, "What a pity! how unfortunate the
+poor things can't speak English! how interesting it would be to talk
+with them! that's a noble-looking fellow, that big chief; egad, he is
+six feet and a half. I'll be bound that fellow has taken many a scalp.
+That's a nice-looking little squaw: upon my word, if she had a white
+skin she would be rather pretty!" and a thousand such remarks, as the
+reader can imagine, while we were wending our tedious way through the
+bewildering mazes of this endless throng. The task for my poor Clara
+soon became more than she had anticipated before entering the room,
+and was growing too much for her delicate frame to bear: she had not
+thought of the constant gaze of thousands she was to stand in every
+moment of the evening; and another discipline (which she knew must
+be strictly adhered to, to act out the character she was supporting,
+and which had not occurred to her before she had commenced upon the
+toils of the evening) made her part a difficult one to act--that was
+the necessity of following in the wake of all the party of men when we
+were in motion, the place assigned to Indian women on the march rather
+than by the side or on the arms of their husbands. This, in the street
+or in the wilderness or anywhere else would have been tolerable, she
+said, but in her present condition was insupportable. The idea was so
+ridiculous to her, to be the last of a party of Indians (who always
+walk in single file) so far behind her husband, and then the crowd
+closing in upon her and in danger of crushing her to death. We soon
+however were so lucky as to find a flight of several broad steps which
+led to a side room, but now closed, which furnished us comfortable
+seats above the crowd, which we took good care to hold until our
+curiosity was all gratified, and we were ready to return home. Our
+interpreter, in answer to all inquiries as to the locale of these
+strange foreigners, mentioned the Egyptian Hall; and for weeks after,
+Daniel testified to the increase of our receipts, and bore sad evidence
+too of the trouble he had in explaining the difficulty of showing to
+his visiters the "real Indians." After having satiated our curiosity,
+and several of the youngest of the party having received some very
+pretty trinkets and other presents that had been forced upon them, we
+made our way home in good season to enjoy the joke, and part of a good
+night's rest.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER IX.
+
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms--Daniel's
+      difficulty with an artist making copies--Takes his sketch-book
+      from him--Tableaux vivans commenced--List of the groups--Hon. Mr.
+      Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant--The
+      Author presented to Her Majesty and His Royal Highness Prince
+      Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray--Indian Collection removed to
+      Liverpool--Biennial exhibition of Mechanics' Institution--22,000
+      children admitted free to the Indian Collection in one
+      week--The Indian tableaux vivans in the provincial towns for
+      six months--Collection opened in Sheffield--In Manchester--Nine
+      Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in charge of Mr. Rankin--His proposal
+      to the author.
+
+
+Poor Daniel in the exhibition-rooms! I mentioned in the preceding
+chapter that our appearance at the Polish ball had greatly increased
+the number of shillings, but, at the same time, it was, as he
+said, doing great injury to the Collection, as people paid their
+shillings expecting to see the real Indians, and then, finding their
+error, revenged themselves upon poor Daniel by calling him and
+the whole concern hard names, and in various ways provoking him.
+Politics--Caste--Slavery--Truck-system--Poor-houses--Repeal--Oregon--and
+Repudiation were the exciting topics--all of which he was able and
+ready to discuss; and the kind of visitors I just now mentioned, under
+their disappointment at the rooms, were prepared to annoy him on these
+topics, and irritate him to such a degree that it made his duties
+doubly hard to him and their visits less pleasant to themselves than
+they would otherwise have been.
+
+He had other things that annoyed him, amongst which were the constant
+efforts by artists and amateurs to make copies in the room for
+paintings and designs, which they somehow seemed to fancy. After
+having risked my life and spent my little fortune in the wilderness
+to procure such exciting and such original studies, and bring them to
+England, I did not consider it fair that these gentlemen should step
+into my rooms just when they had an hour of leisure, and industry
+enough to use it, and copy whatever they could most easily convert into
+cash.
+
+So many of these attempts had been made, that I was obliged to post a
+printed notice around the walls, that "_No copying was allowed in the
+rooms._"
+
+This had the desired effect with many, but there were some to whom
+the temptation was so great, that Daniel was obliged to refer them
+to the printed regulations; and one or two others for whom this was
+not enough, and who seemed to think that, in my absence, Daniel's
+authority was rather in imagination than any thing else; and when he
+had requested them to desist, they had given him the finish to their
+provocations by replying to him, that he was of no account--that if
+his _master_ ordered them to stop they would do so, but not for him.
+One of these customers had troubled him very much for several days,
+and it was evidently affecting his spirits, and even his health, for
+he was growing pale and ghastly under the excitement. He said he had
+repeatedly taken the printed regulation and placed it before him, and
+he was at last told to "Go to the devil with it." He told me this
+man had some object in view, for he came every night, and sketched
+very rapidly, and made very exact copies; and he said to me, "If you
+don't see fit to come in and turn him out of the room to-night, I
+shall lay hold of him, for your own interest. I hate to do it, for
+he looks like a gentleman, though he don't act like one, and that's
+enough; and if you don't stop him, Mr. Catlin, I will." "That's right,"
+said I, "Daniel. You have charge of the rooms, and your regulations,
+and of course it is your duty to stop him; and I am responsible for
+any damage you may do in putting an end to it." I was at that time
+occupying apartments opposite to the Egyptian Hall in Piccadilly, and
+on that night observing the lamps burning at a much later hour than
+usual, was induced to step in to learn the cause. As I was passing
+through the Hall, and about to enter the exhibition-room, I heard a few
+half-stifled and hasty words, and then something like a struggle; and
+next, I heard distinctly Daniel's voice, in rather a stifled mood:--"No
+you won't. If you get that leg through, the deil a bit o' good will it
+do ye; for I'll be shot if you ever pass your neck any farther through
+this door until you give it up!"
+
+"Let go of my collar, then!"
+
+"No, I'll be blathered if I do that! I've got a good hold now, and I
+might not get it again. Lay down the book and I'll let you go, and not
+before."
+
+"What business is it of yours? come, I should like to know; you are
+only a door-keeper." "That's what I am, you've got it right; and I'll
+show you, my boy, that I can _keep_ a door, too."
+
+I stood back during this conversation, easily understanding what the
+difficulty was, as I had a partial view of them, but was unobserved, as
+I was standing in the dark.
+
+It seems that Daniel's friend the copyist had been as usual at work
+most of the evening, making sketches, and Daniel had allowed him to
+work, resolving to appropriate all his sketches at a haul, as he should
+be leaving the room. The gentleman had been intensely engaged, and not
+having been interrupted as usual, had kept at his work for half an hour
+or so after all visitors had left the room, and a full blaze of gas
+was burning at my expense and for his benefit. All these circumstances
+ripened Daniel's taste for laying an embargo on him; and when he had
+closed his book, and was about to take leave, he found Daniel standing
+with his back towards the door, which was open. On endeavouring to
+pass, Daniel civilly stopped him, and told him he should expect him on
+that evening to leave his sketch-book with him before he passed out.
+The gentleman seemed dreadfully insulted by such a suggestion, saying
+that he had paid for his admission and had the same right to be in
+the room or to go out that _he_ had; to which Daniel at once assented,
+saying he had not the slightest objection to his going out; "but," said
+he, "if that book goes out, it will be because you are a stronger man
+than I am."
+
+At this crisis the artist had made a rush for the door, and Daniel
+had fastened his left hand into his cravat and shirt collar, whilst
+he had a similar grip upon Daniel with one hand, and his sketch-book
+in the other, when I discovered them on my approach to the rooms. How
+long they had been in this amusing predicament I was not yet able to
+ascertain; but as Daniel, who is of a quick and rather violent temper,
+was speaking quite cool and deliberate, I presumed they must have stood
+there at least long enough for his first excitement to have cooled off,
+which could not possibly have been effected in a few moments.
+
+Immediately after their last dialogue that I had heard when approaching
+them, there commenced another scene of grunting, and sighing, and
+shoving about, that lasted for some minutes, when all was still again.
+The gentleman, however, broke silence at length, but in a very low and
+placid voice: "Why, you are a very curious fellow; I don't see why this
+thing should make you so wrathy. The pictures are not yours--come,
+don't clinch me so tight there, if you please." "I don't hurt you--I
+told you I didn't wish to hurt you; if you talk about my bein 'wrathy,'
+you don't know what you are talkin about--and the pictures I know are
+not mine; but my employer expects me to guard his property, and you may
+be sure I'll do it. If you had taken my advice two or three days ago
+it would have saved you all this fuss, and half an hour's time that we
+have been standing in the door." Another scuffle and struggle ensued
+here, and after much grunting, the gentleman exclaimed, "You have the
+advantage of me, for you have both hands to work with and I have only
+one! If it were not for the book I could upset you, damned quick!" Upon
+which Daniel made a grand lunge at the book, which he snatched from his
+hand, and exultingly exclaimed, "There! I'll take the book, and let
+you try with both hands--and now, if you touch a finger to me again,
+I'll lather you within an inch of your life. If your cloth be ever so
+much better than mine, you have behaved like anything but a gentleman;
+and as I told you in the beginning, if ever you carry this book out at
+that door you will do it over my dead body." At that instant he turned
+off the gas, giving the gentleman a good opportunity to depart in total
+silence, and for me to dodge him, as he passed by, and to withdraw
+myself, to enjoy Daniel's account of the affair, which was amusingly
+given, as he handed me the sketch-book the next morning.
+
+Daniel's health and spirits improved very sensibly after this affair,
+and his duties were somewhat lightened about this time, though I
+added much to my own labours, by closing the exhibition at night,
+and giving my lectures on three evenings of the week in an adjoining
+hall, illustrating them with _tableaux vivans_, produced by twenty
+living figures in Indian costumes, forming groups of their ceremonies,
+domestic scenes, and warfare. These were got up and presented with much
+labour to myself, and gave great satisfaction; as by them I furnished
+so vivid and life-like an illustration of Indian life as I had seen it
+in the wilderness.
+
+For these tableaux I had chosen my men for some striking Indian
+character in their faces or figures, or action, and my women were
+personated by round-faced boys, who, when the women's dresses were on
+them, and long wigs of horses' hair spreading over their shoulders,
+and the faces and hands of all painted to the Indian colour, made
+the most complete illusion that could be conceived. I had furnished
+each with his little toilet of colours, &c., and instructions how to
+paint the face before a mirror, and how to arrange their dresses; and
+then, with almost infinite labour, had drilled them through the Indian
+mode of walking with their "toes in," of using their weapons of war
+and the chase, and of giving their various dances, songs, and the
+war-whoop; and I have no hesitation in saying, that when I had brought
+this difficult mode to its greatest perfection, I had succeeded in
+presenting the most faithful and general representation of Indian life
+that was ever brought before the civilized world. Many of these scenes
+were enlivened by action, and by the various instruments of music used
+by the Indians, added to their songs, and the war-whoop, giving a
+thrilling spirit to them, whilst they furnished scenes for the painter,
+of the most picturesque character, as will be easily imagined from the
+subjoined programme of them as announced at the time.
+
+
+
+
+                           CATLIN'S LECTURES
+
+                                  WITH
+
+         _TABLEAUX VIVANS_ ON THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS,
+
+                                   AT
+
+                 THE EGYPTIAN HALL, PICCADILLY, LONDON.
+
+                    PROGRAMME FOR THE FIRST EVENING.
+
+
+                              WAR SCENES.
+
+  No. 1.--_Group of Warriors and Braves, in Full Dress_, reclining
+  around a fire, regaling themselves with the pipe and a dish of
+  _pemican_. In the midst of their banquet the chief enters in full
+  dress; the pipe is lighted for him--he smokes it in sadness, and
+  breaks up the party by announcing that an enemy is at hand--that a
+  number of their men have been scalped whilst hunting the buffalo, and
+  they must prepare for war.
+
+  No. 2.--_Warriors Enlisting_, by "smoking through the reddened
+  stem." The chief sends "_runners_" (or _criers_) through the tribe
+  with a pipe, the stem of which is painted red; the crier solicits
+  for recruits, and every young man who consents to smoke through the
+  reddened stem which is extended to him, is considered a volunteer to
+  go to war.
+
+  No. 3.--_War Dance._ The ceremony of "_swearing in_" the warriors,
+  who take the most solemn oath by dancing to, and striking the
+  "reddened post" with their war-clubs.
+
+  No. 4.--_Foot War-Party on the March_, ("Indian file,") armed with
+  shields, bows, quivers, and lances--the chief of the party, as is
+  generally the case, going to war in full dress.
+
+  No. 5.--_War-Party encamped at Night_, asleep under their buffalo
+  robes, with sentinels on the watch. The _alarm in camp_ is given, and
+  the warriors roused to arms.
+
+  No. 6.--_War-Party in Council_, consulting with their chief as to the
+  best and most effective way of attacking their enemies, who are close
+  at hand.
+
+  No. 7.--_Skulking_, or advancing cautiously upon the enemy to take
+  them by surprise--a common mode and merit in war among the North
+  American Indians.
+
+  No. 8.--_Battle and Scalping_; showing the frightful appearance of
+  Indian warfare, and the mode of taking the scalp.
+
+  No. 9.--_Scalp Dance_, in celebration of a victory; the women, in the
+  centre of the group, holding up the scalps on little sticks, and the
+  warriors dancing around them, brandishing their weapons, and yelling
+  in the most frightful manner.
+
+  No. 10.--_Treaty of Peace._ The chiefs and warriors of the two
+  hostile tribes in the act of solemnizing the treaty of peace, by
+  smoking mutually through the calumet, or pipe of peace, which is
+  ornamented with eagles' quills; the calumet resting in front of the
+  group.
+
+  No. 11.--_Pipe-of-Peace Dance_, by the warriors, with the pipes
+  of peace, or calumets, in their hands, after the treaty has been
+  concluded. This picturesque scene will be represented by the warriors
+  all joining in the dance, uniting their voices with the beat of the
+  Indian drum, and sounding the frightful war-whoop.
+
+                   PROGRAMME FOR THE SECOND EVENING.
+
+                            DOMESTIC SCENES.
+
+  No. 1.--_The Blackfoot Doctor, or Mystery-man_, endeavouring to cure
+  his dying patient by the operation of his mysteries and songs of
+  incantation.
+
+  No. 2.--_Mr. Catlin at his Easel, in the Mandan Village_, painting
+  the portrait of _Mah-to-toh-pa_, a celebrated Mandan chief. The
+  costumes of the chief and the painter the same that were worn on the
+  occasion.
+
+  No. 3.--_An Indian Wedding._ The chief, who is father of the girl, is
+  seated in the middle of the group, receiving the presents which are
+  laid at his feet by the young man, who (when the presents accumulate
+  to what the father deems an equivalent) receives the consent of the
+  parent, and the hand of the girl, whom he leads off; and as she is
+  the daughter of a chief, and admired by the young men, they are
+  bestowing on her many presents.
+
+  No. 4.--_Pocahontas rescuing Captain John Smith, an English Officer._
+  "It had been decided in council, over which _Pow-ha-tan_ presided,
+  that Captain John Smith should be put to death, by having his head
+  placed on a large stone, and his brains beaten out by two warriors
+  armed with huge painted clubs. His executioners were standing with
+  their clubs raised over him, and in the very instant for giving the
+  fatal blow, when _Pocahontas_, the chief's favourite daughter, then
+  about thirteen years old, threw herself with folded arms over the
+  head of the captain, who was instantly ordered by the chief to be
+  released."
+
+  No. 5.--_Wrestling._ A favourite amusement among many of the tribes.
+  For these scenes, several distinguished young men are selected
+  on each side, and the goods bet being placed in the care of the
+  stakeholders, the wrestling commences at a signal given, and the
+  stakes go to the party who count the greatest number of men remaining
+  on their feet.
+
+  No. 6.--_Ball Play._ The most beautiful and exciting of all Indian
+  games. This game is often played by several hundreds on a side. The
+  group represents the players leaping into the air, and struggling to
+  catch the ball as it is descending, in their ball-sticks.
+
+  No. 7.--_Game of Tchung-kee._ The favourite play of the Mandans, and
+  used by them as their principal gambling game.
+
+  No. 8.--_The Night Dance of the Seminolees._ A ceremony peculiar to
+  this tribe, in which the young men assemble and dance round the fire
+  after the chiefs have retired to rest, gradually stamping it out with
+  their feet, and singing a song of thanksgiving to the Great Spirit;
+  after which they wrap themselves in their robes and retire to rest.
+
+One will easily see that this opened a new field of amusement and
+excitement for my old friends, who were now nightly present, with their
+companions, and approving with rounds of applause. Amongst these was
+my untiring friend Mr. Murray, who, among the distinguished personages
+whom he introduced, made a second visit with the little Leopold, Duc
+de Brabant, whom he brought in his arms from his carriage. His Royal
+Highness, as the curtain rose and I stepped forward to give a brief
+lecture, seemed not a little disappointed, by the speech that he
+suddenly made--"Why, that is not an Indian, that is Mr. Catlin, who
+gave me the Indian pipe and the mocassins." However, a few moments more
+brought forth red faces, and songs and yelps that seemed more sensibly
+to affect his Royal Highness's nerves, and at which Mr. Murray removed
+with him to a more distant part of the room, from which point he looked
+on with apparent delight.
+
+About this time an incident of my Transatlantic life occurred, to which
+I shall ever recur with great satisfaction:--there was, standing in my
+exhibition-room, an elaborate model of the _Falls of Niagara_, which
+I had made from an accurate survey of that grand scene some thirteen
+years before; and, in compliment for the accuracy and execution of
+which, a handsome silver medal had been struck, and presented to me by
+the American Institute in New York, at one of its annual exhibitions,
+where it had been exposed to public view. The Hon. Mr. Murray, whose
+familiarity with that sublime scene had enabled him to judge of the
+fidelity of the model, upon which he was often looking, with his
+friends, with intense interest, by his representations to Her Majesty
+and the Prince had excited in them a desire to see it; and he called
+upon me one morning to inform me that Her Majesty would be pleased to
+have me bring it to Windsor Castle the next day at one o'clock, at
+which hour I should be received.
+
+The reader may imagine what pleasure this unexpected and unmerited
+honour gave me, and also to my dear Clara, who was in the habit of
+sharing with me the pleasures of many compliments, in the forms of
+which she could not join me.
+
+I was at Windsor the next morning, with the model, and having placed
+and arranged it in Her Majesty's drawing-room, I took Mr. Murray's
+arm at the appointed hour of one o'clock, and, as we entered the
+drawing-room, we observed Her Majesty and His Royal Highness entering
+at the opposite door. We met by the side of the model--where I was
+presented, and received in the most gracious and kind manner. Her
+Majesty expressed a wish that I should point out and explain the
+principal features of the scene; which, with the vivid descriptions
+which Mr. Murray also gave, of going under the Horse-Shoe Fall, &c.,
+seemed to convey a very satisfactory idea to Her Majesty and the
+Prince; they asked many questions about the characters and effects of
+this sublime scene, and also of the Indians, for whose rights they said
+they well knew I was the advocate, and retired, thanking me for the
+amusement and instruction I had afforded them.
+
+Several months after this passed on in the usual routine of my business
+and amusements (my collection open during the days and my lectures
+and tableaux given at night) without incidents worth reciting, when
+I received an invitation from the Mechanics' Institute at Liverpool
+to unite my Indian collection to their biennial fair or exhibition,
+which was to be on a scale of great magnificence. They very liberally
+proposed to extend the dimensions of their buildings for the occasion,
+and I consented to join them with my whole collection for two months.
+My lease had expired at the Egyptian Hall, and my collection was soon
+on its way to Liverpool.
+
+I was received with great kindness in that town, and my collection for
+the two months gained me great applause and some pecuniary benefit.
+During its stay there I kept several men in Indian costumes constantly
+in it, and twice a day gave a short lecture in the room, explaining the
+costumes and many of the leading traits of the Indian character, sung
+an Indian song, and gave the frightful war-whoop.
+
+There were here, as in London, many pleasing incidents and events for
+which I cannot venture a leaf in this book, with the exception of one,
+which I cannot forbear to mention. During the last week of their noble
+exhibition, the children from all the charitable and other schools were
+admitted free, and in battalions and phalanxes they were passed through
+my room, as many hundreds at a time as could stand upon the floor,
+to hear the lectures (shaped to suit their infant minds), and then
+the deafening war-whoop raised by my men in Indian paint and Indian
+arms, which drove many of the little creatures with alarm under the
+tables and benches, from which they were pulled out by their feet; and
+the list that we kept showed us the number of 22,000 of these little
+urchins, who, free of expense, saw my collection, and having heard me
+lecture, went home, sounding the war-whoop in various parts of the town.
+
+At the close of this exhibition I selected the necessary collection
+of costumes, weapons, &c. for my lectures and tableaux, and calling
+together my old disciplined troop from the City of London, I commenced
+a tour to the provincial towns of the kingdom, leaving my collection
+of paintings behind. My career was then rapid, and its changes sudden,
+and all my industry and energies were called into action--with twenty
+men on my hands, and an average expense of twelve pounds per day.
+This scheme I pushed with all the energy I could, and in the space
+of six months visited, with varied success, the towns of _Chester_,
+_Manchester_, _Leamington_, _Rugby_, _Stratford-on-Avon_, _Cheltenham_,
+_Sheffield_, _Leeds_, _York_, _Hull_, _Edinburgh_, _Glasgow_,
+_Paisley_, _Greenock_, _Belfast_, and _Dublin_. In all these towns I
+was received with kindness, and formed many attachments which I shall
+endeavour to cherish all my days. The incidents of such a tour can
+easily be imagined to have been varied and curious, and very many of
+them were exceedingly entertaining, but must be omitted in this place.
+On my return I was strongly urged by several friends in Manchester to
+open my whole collection of paintings, &c. in that town a while before
+leaving for the United States, for which I was then on the eve of
+embarking. I consented to this invitation, and, a hall being prepared
+for its reception, I removed it and my family there for a stay of two
+or three months.
+
+The collection was soon arranged and on exhibition, and I found
+myself and my dear wife in the atmosphere (though of smoke) of kind
+friends who used their best endeavours to make our stay comfortable
+and pleasant. The strangers who sought our acquaintance and offered us
+their genuine hospitality were many, and will have our grateful thanks
+while we live.
+
+My exhibition had been tolerably successful, and, strange and
+unexpected, like most of the turning points in my life, during the very
+week that I had advertised it as "positively the last in the kingdom,
+previous to embarking for New York," an event suddenly occurred which
+brought me back to the metropolis, to the chief towns of the kingdom,
+to France and to Belgium; and eventually led me through the accidents
+and incidents which are to form the rest and the most curious part of
+this work, upon which the reader will now enter with me.
+
+The first intimation of the cause which was to change the shape of my
+affairs was suggested to me in the following letter:--
+
+  "Sir,--Though a stranger to you, I take the liberty of addressing
+  this letter to you, believing that its contents will show you a
+  way of promoting your own interest, or at least be the means of my
+  obtaining some useful advice from you.
+
+  "I have a party of nine Ojibbeway Indians, on the way, and about
+  at this time to be landed at Liverpool, that I am bringing over on
+  speculation; and, having been in London some weeks without having
+  made any suitable arrangements for them, I have thought best to
+  propose some arrangement with you that may promote our mutual
+  interests. If you think of anything you could do in that way, or any
+  advice you can give me, I shall be most happy to hear from you by
+  return of post.
+
+  "Several persons in London conducting exhibitions have told me that
+  they will do nothing unless they are under your management.
+
+                                 "I remain, yours, very truly,
+                                                 "ARTHUR RANKIN.
+
+"_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+To this letter I answered as follows:--
+
+  "Sir,--I received your letter of the 4th, this morning, and hasten
+  to reply. It will be directly opposite to my present arrangements
+  if I enter into any new engagements such as you propose, as all
+  my preparations are now made to embark for New York in the course
+  of a fortnight from this time. I have always been opposed to the
+  plan of bringing Indians abroad on speculation; but as they are
+  in the country, I shall, as the friend of the Indians under all
+  circumstances, feel an anxiety to promote their views and success
+  in any way I can. I could not, at all events, undertake to make any
+  arrangement with you until I see what kind of a party they are; and
+  at all events, as you will have to meet them at Liverpool, you had
+  better call on me in Manchester, when we can better understand each
+  other's views.
+
+                                    "I remain, yours, &c.
+
+                                            "GEO. CATLIN.
+  "_To A. Rankin, Esq._"
+
+On the third day after the posting of this letter Mr. Rankin arrived
+in Manchester, and called upon me in my exhibition-rooms. After a
+little conversation with him, and without entering into any agreement,
+I advised him to lose no time in proceeding to Liverpool to receive
+them when they landed; and he took leave with the understanding that
+he would bring them to Manchester as soon as they arrived. The next
+evening, just after it was dark, my door-keeper, who was not yet in the
+secret, came running in and announced that there was a "homnibus at the
+door quite full of orrible looking folks, and ee really believed they
+were hindians!" At that moment Daniel whispered to me--"The Ojibbeways
+are here, and they are a pretty black-looking set of fellows: I think
+they will do." I saw them a moment in the bus, and sent Daniel with
+them to aid Mr. Rankin in procuring them suitable lodgings. A crowd
+followed the bus as it passed off, and the cry of--"Indians! real
+Indians!" was started in Manchester, which soon rung through the
+kingdom, as will be related.
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER X.
+
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians--The Author pays
+      them a visit--Is recognised by them--Arrangement with Mr.
+      Rankin--Crowds around their hotel--First visit of the Ojibbeways
+      to the Author's Collection--Their surprise--Council held under
+      the wigwam--Indians agree to drink no spirituous liquors--The
+      old Chief's speech to the Author--Names of the Indians--Their
+      portraits--Description of each--Cadotte, the interpreter.
+
+
+At the beginning of this chapter the reader turns a new leaf, or, opens
+a new book. He learns here the causes that begat this book, and I hope
+will find fresh excitement enough, just at the right time, to encourage
+him to go through it with me. He finds me turning here upon a pivot--my
+character changed and my occupation; travelling over old ground, and
+looking up old friends, of whom I had taken final leave, and who had
+thought me, ere this, safely landed on my own native shores.
+
+The Ojibbeways were here; a party of nine wild Indians, from the
+back-woods of America. "Real Indians!" the "Ob-jub-be-ways," or
+"Hob-jub-be-ways," as the name was first echoed through Manchester--and
+had gone into lodgings for the night, which Daniel had procured with
+some difficulty. He drove to the door of an hotel, and inquired of
+the landlord if he could entertain a party of nine Indians for the
+night and perhaps for a few days. "O yes, certainly; bring them in.
+Porter, see to their luggage." They were in his hall in a moment,
+having thoughtlessly sounded a yell of exultation as they landed on the
+pavement, and being wrapped in their robes, with their bows and arrows
+and tomahawks in their hands--as Indians are sure to be seen when
+entering a strange place--the landlord, taking a glance at them as he
+passed out, called out to Daniel, "What the devil is all this? I can't
+take in these folks; you must load them up again. You told me they were
+Indians." "Well! they are," said Daniel. "No, they're not; they're wild
+men, and they look more like the devil than anything else. Every lodger
+would leave my house before morning. They've frightened the cook and my
+women folks already into fits.--Load them up as quick as you please."
+Daniel got them "on board" again, and drove to another hotel, which was
+just being opened to the public, and with a new landlord, with whom he
+had a slight acquaintance. Here he was more successful, and, advising
+the Indians to keep quiet, had got them in comfortably and without much
+excitement. This very good and accommodating man, whose name I am sorry
+I have forgotten, being anxious to get his house and his name a little
+notoriety, seemed delighted at the thought of his house being the
+rendezvous of the Indians; and, upon Daniel's representations that they
+were a civil and harmless set of people, his family and himself all did
+the most they could to accommodate and entertain them.
+
+Daniel told him that they would make a great noise in Manchester, and
+as they would be the "lions" of the day, and visited by the greatest
+people in town, the clergy and all, it would be a feather in his cap,
+and make his hotel more known in three days than it would otherwise be
+in three years. This had pleased the new landlord exceedingly, and he
+made Daniel agree that Mr. Catlin, in announcing their arrival in the
+papers, should say that they had taken lodgings at his house, which he
+thought would do him great service. The good man's wish was complied
+with the next morning, but there was scarcely any need of it, for the
+crowd that was already gathered and gathering around his new hotel,
+were certain to publish it to every part of the town in a very little
+time.
+
+After they had been landed a while, and just when they were all seated
+around a long table and devouring the beef-steaks prepared for them, I
+made my way with great difficulty through the crowds that were jammed
+about the door and climbing to look into the windows, and entered the
+room, to take the first look at them.
+
+As I stepped into the room I uttered their customary ejaculation of
+"_How! how! how!_"--to which they all responded; and rising from their
+seats, shook hands with me, knowing from my manner of addressing them
+who I was, or at least that I was familiar with Indians. I requested
+them to finish their suppers: and whilst conversing with Mr. Rankin I
+learned, from giving ear to their conversation, that one of the young
+men of the party had seen me whilst I was painting the portraits of
+chiefs at a Grand Council held at Mackinaw a few years before, and was
+coming forward to claim acquaintance with me. He finished his meal
+a little sooner than the rest, and made a dart across the room and
+offered me his hand, with a "_How! how! how! ketch-e-wah!_" and then
+telling me, with the aid of the interpreter, that he knew me--that he
+was at Mackinaw at the Great Council, when I painted the portraits of
+Gitch-e-gaw-ga-osh, and On-daig, and Ga-zaw-que-dung, and others; and
+I recollected his face very well, which seemed excessively pleasing to
+him.
+
+The poor fellows were exceedingly fatigued and jaded; and after a few
+minutes' conversation I left them, advising them to lie quiet for two
+or three days until they were rested and recruited after the fatigues
+of their long and boisterous voyage. Mr. Rankin, with the aid of my man
+Daniel, settled all the arrangements for this, and the next morning I
+met Mr. Rankin with a view to some arrangement for their exhibition in
+my collection, which was then open in the Exchange Rooms. He seemed
+alarmed about the prospects of their exhibition, from what had been
+told him in London, and proposed that I should take them off his hands
+by paying him 100_l._ per month.
+
+I instantly stated my objections to such an arrangement, that by
+doing so I should be assuming all the responsibilities for them
+while abroad; and as I had always been opposed to bringing Indians
+abroad on that account, as well as from other reasons, I should be
+unwilling to use them in any way that should release him from the
+responsibilities he had assumed in bringing them to this country. And
+I then said, "I will propose what I feel quite sure will be more for
+your pecuniary interest, and more satisfactory to my own feelings, and
+it is the only way in which I will be interested in their exhibition;
+for under such an arrangement both the Indians and the exhibition
+will be sure of having our mutual and united efforts, which they will
+stand in need of to ensure the success that I hope they may meet. I
+will agree to make my Indian collection the place for their exhibition
+(the appropriateness of which will do away all the objections that
+would in many places be raised to their dancing), and to conduct their
+exhibition in the best way I can, giving my lectures on them and their
+modes, sharing equally with you all expenses and all receipts from this
+day to the time they shall leave the kingdom, expecting you to give
+your whole attention to the travelling and care of the Indians while
+they are not in the exhibition-rooms."
+
+To this proposition, which never was more than a verbal one, he at
+once agreed, and our arrangements were accordingly being made for the
+commencement of their dances, &c., in my exhibition-rooms. During the
+few days of interval between their arrival and the commencement of
+their exhibition, several editors of the leading journals, with other
+distinguished visitors to them, had examined them, and, being much
+pleased with their appearance, excited the public curiosity to see
+them, to an impatient degree; and the streets in the vicinity of their
+hotel became so completely besieged, that a strong party of police was
+necessary to keep back the crowds, who could only now and then get a
+glimpse of an eye and a nose of the Indians peeping out between the
+curtains of their windows.
+
+Their first airing in Manchester was a drive in an omnibus, to my
+exhibition-rooms, which they had long wished to see. The mayor of the
+city, with the editors of the _Guardian_ and several other gentlemen,
+had been invited there to see the first effect it would have upon them.
+It proved to be a very curious scene. As they entered the hall, the
+portraits of several hundreds of the chiefs and warriors of their own
+tribe and of their enemies were hanging on the walls and staring at
+them from all directions, and wigwams, and costumes and weapons of all
+constructions around them: they set up the most frightful yells and
+made the whole neighbourhood ring with their howlings; they advanced
+to the portraits of their friends and offered them their hands; and at
+their enemies, whom they occasionally recognised, they brandished their
+tomahawks or drew their bows as they sounded the war-whoop.
+
+This scene was truly exciting, and after our distinguished visitors had
+left the rooms, I spread some robes upon the floor, upon which we sat,
+and lighting an Indian pipe, opened our first council by saying:--
+
+  "My Friends, I am glad to see you, and to offer you my hand in
+  friendship. You see by the paintings around you, of your friends and
+  of your enemies, that I am no stranger to Indians--and that I am
+  their friend. I am very happy to see you in my room, and all well
+  after crossing the great ocean. Your friend here, Mr. Rankin, tells
+  me you have come to this country to give your dances, &c.; and he has
+  proposed that I should manage your exhibition, and have your dances
+  all given in my rooms. This I have agreed to do, provided it meets
+  your approbation."
+
+To which they all instantly ejaculated "_How, how, how!_" which is
+always an affirmative, literally meaning yes. When meeting a friend,
+it is the first salutation, meaning "How goes it?" or "How do you do?"
+and pronounced at the ends of sentences, when any one is speaking,
+implies assent, or approbation, as "hear, hear!" is used in the English
+language.
+
+  "My good Friends, I have agreed to this on two conditions: the first,
+  that it shall please you; and the second, that you will pledge your
+  words to me that you will keep yourselves all the time sober, and
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in the country. I make
+  this condition because I know that the Indians are generally fond
+  of strong drink, which wicked white men carry into their country
+  and teach them to use. I know that the Indians often drink it to
+  excess, not knowing in their country the sin of doing so. I know
+  that the people in England detest drunkards, and they have an idea
+  that all Indians are drunkards; and that if you drink and get drunk
+  in this country, it will ruin all your prospects, and you will go
+  home poor and despised. ('_How, how, how!_') You are a good-looking
+  and well-behaved set of men, and I have no fears of any difficulties
+  if you will keep sober. The English people are the friends of the
+  Indians, and you will make many friends if you take and keep my
+  advice.
+
+  "I will ask but one solemn promise of you, and that is, that you will
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in this country, and your
+  friend Mr. Rankin will perfectly justify me in this. ('_How, how,
+  how!_')
+
+  "If you will keep sober, you shall have plenty of good tobacco to
+  smoke and roast beef to eat, and there is no doubt that I will get
+  you permission to see the Queen."
+
+To this the old chief (Ah-quee-we-zaints, the boy chief) arose and
+replied:--
+
+  "My Friend, I give you my hand. The Great Spirit has been kind to us
+  in keeping his eye upon us all in crossing the salt lake, and we are
+  thanking Him that we are all here safe and in good health. We had
+  heard much of you when in our own country, where all the Indians know
+  you, and we are now happy to meet you. ('_How, how!_')
+
+  "My Friend, we are here like children in this strange country, and we
+  shall feel happy and not afraid if you will be our father--the Great
+  Spirit has put good counsel into your mouth, and we will follow it.
+  ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "We all know the dangers of fire-water; we have all been fond of it,
+  and have been taught to drink it. We have been told that the Great
+  Spirit sent it to us because he loved us--but we have learned that
+  this is not true.
+
+  "We have learned that the English people do not drink it--they are
+  wise; and we will all pledge our words to you in this council that we
+  will not drink it while we are in this country, and we are ready to
+  put our names on a paper. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+  "My Friends," said I, "I don't require your names on a paper; I am
+  satisfied; if you were white men, perhaps I might--but no Indian
+  who ever gave me his word has deceived me. I will take your names on
+  paper, however, for another purpose, that I may know how to call you,
+  how to introduce you, and to have your arrival properly announced in
+  the newspapers." ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 4.]
+
+Their names were then taken as follows, and the business of our first
+council being finished, it broke up. (_See Plate No. 4._)
+
+    1. Ah-quee-we-zaints (the Boy Chief).
+
+    2. Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be (the Driving Cloud), war-chief.
+
+    3. Wee-nish-ka-wee-be (the Flying Gull).
+
+    4. Sah-mah (Tobacco).
+
+    5. Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee (Moonlight Night).
+
+    6. Not-een-a-akm (Strong Wind), interpreter.
+
+    7. Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua, woman.
+
+    8. Nib-nab-ee-qua, girl.
+
+    9. Ne-bet-neuh-qua, woman.
+
+After a stroll of an hour or so about my rooms, where they were
+inexpressibly amused with my numerous paintings, &c., they were driven
+awhile about the town, and landed at their hotel, where the crowd
+had become so general and so dense, that it was almost impossible
+to approach it. The partial glance that the public got of their red
+faces and wild dresses on this day, as they were moving through the
+streets, and passing to and from the carriage, increased the cry of
+"Ob-jubbeways!" in every part of the city, and established the fact as
+certain, that "_real Indians_" had made their appearance in Manchester.
+
+It should be known to the reader by this time that this party were
+from the northern shore of Lake Huron, in Canada; therefore her
+Majesty's subjects, and part of one of the most numerous tribes in
+North America, inhabiting the shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the
+Woods, and Lake Huron, numbering some 15,000 or 20,000, and usually
+(in civilized parlance) called Chippeways, a mere _refinement_ upon
+their native name, O-jib-be-way. The appearance of these wild folks so
+suddenly in the streets of Manchester was well calculated to raise an
+excitement and the most intense curiosity. They were all clad in skins
+of their own dressing, their head-dresses of eagles' quills and wild
+turkeys' feathers; their faces daubed and streaked with vermilion and
+black and green paint. They were armed with their war-clubs, bows and
+quivers, and tomahawks and scalping knives, just as they roam through
+the woods in their country; and their yells and war-whoops, which were
+occasionally sounded in the streets at some sudden occurrence that
+attracted their attention, gave a new excitement amid the smoke and
+din of Manchester. The leading man of this party, _Ah-quee-we-zaints_
+(the boy chief), was an excellent old man, of seventy-five years,
+with an intelligent and benignant countenance, and had been somewhat
+distinguished as a warrior in his younger days.
+
+The next of consequence (_Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be_, the driving cloud),
+and called the war-chief (though I believe, not a chief), was a
+remarkably fine man of thirty-five years of age, and had distinguished
+himself as a warrior in several battles in the war of 1812, having been
+engaged in the British lines, and in those engagements had been several
+times severely wounded, and of which he still carried and exhibited the
+most frightful scars.
+
+_Sah-mah_ (tobacco) and _Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee_ (moonlight night)
+were two fine young men, denoted warriors, having their wives with
+them; _Wee-nish-ka-wee-be_ (the flying gull) was a sort of doctor
+or necromancer to the party, and a young fellow of much drollery
+and wit. The Strong Wind, the interpreter, whose familiar name was
+_Cadotte_, was a half-caste, a young man of fine personal appearance
+and address, and the son of a Frenchman of that name who had long been
+an interpreter for the English factories in those regions.
+
+By the patient and accommodating disposition of this young man, any
+conversation was easily held with these people; and through him, the
+interchange of feelings between the civilized world and these rude and
+curious people, which will appear in the subsequent chapters of this
+book, was principally effected.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XI.
+
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall--They refuse wine--Distress
+      of the kind and accommodating landlord--Indians' first _drive_
+      about the town of Manchester--Their curious remarks--Saw
+      some white people drunk--Many women holding on to men's
+      arms and apparently not sick--Saw much smoke--Vast many
+      poor people--Indians commence dancing in the Author's
+      Collection--Effects of the war-dance and war-whoop upon
+      the audience--Various amusements of the evening--A rich
+      present to the old Boy-Chief--And his speech--Numerous
+      presents made--Immense crowd and excitement--Indians visit
+      a great woollen-factory--Casts made from their heads by a
+      phrenologist--Visit to Orrell's cotton-mill at Stockport--Their
+      opinions of it--The party kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and
+      lady.
+
+
+The Indians having had a few days' rest, having made their first
+visit to my rooms, and settled all the preliminaries for their future
+operations, were now ready to step forth amongst the strange sights
+that were open and ready for their inspection in the new world that
+they had entered, all of which was yet before them.
+
+The world's civilities towards them commenced in an invitation from
+the Mayor of Manchester to visit the Town-Hall, and they dressed and
+painted and armed for the occasion, not asking who the mayor was, or
+how near he might be in rank to the Queen herself, whom it was their
+greatest ambition to see; but upon the supposition, of course, that
+they were going to see a "great chief," as they called him.
+
+They were moved through the streets in an omnibus, accompanied by Mr.
+Rankin, and I met them at the door of the hall, and conducted them
+to the presence of the mayor, whom they recognised, and were not a
+little surprised to find was one of the gentlemen to whom they had
+been introduced the day before. They were then presented by the mayor
+to his lady, and a select party of ladies and gentlemen who had been
+invited to see them. By these they were received with much kindness,
+and after having been shown the various rooms, &c., were led into the
+mayor's court, then in session, where they stood a few minutes, and
+finding that all proceedings were stopped, and all eyes upon them while
+there, I beckoned to them to retire.
+
+Various refreshments were prepared for them, to which they returned,
+and whilst the lady mayoress and ladies and gentlemen were proposing
+their health in wine which was poured out for them, they were surprised
+to receive smiles and thanks from the Indians as they refused to
+partake of it. To the inquiries raised for the cause of their refusing
+to drink, Mr. Rankin explained that they were under a solemn pledge
+not to drink spirituous liquors while in England, which was applauded
+by all present, and they received many presents in consequence of this
+information, which was the beginning of encouragement to keep their
+promise of sobriety and total abstinence.
+
+After leaving the town-hall, Mr. Rankin got into the omnibus with them,
+and during a drive of half an hour or so, giving them a passing glance
+at the principal streets of Manchester and its suburbs, they returned
+to their hotel.
+
+This excursion was calculated, of course, to bring around their hotel
+its thousands and even tens of thousands of the excitable and excited
+idlers that an extraordinary "turn out" had at that time thrown into
+the streets; and in endeavouring to pay them my customary visit that
+night, I was obliged to follow in the wake of a number of police, who
+had the greatest difficulty in making their way through the mass.
+
+The object of my visit to them was to talk, as usual, upon the events
+of the day, and of our future operations. The first "_talk_" I had,
+however, was with the kind and good-natured landlord, who said that
+he had now got notoriety enough--he didn't think his house would
+be forgotten; and was exceedingly obliged to me, and was pleased
+with the Indians, who gave him no trouble; alleging that they were
+ten times more civil and well-behaved than the people night and day
+crowded around his house. "It seemed to him as if the _savages_ were
+all outside of his house and the gentlemen inside. His house, which
+was fresh painted but a few days, and not dry, was 'all done up,' as
+high as they could reach and climb, and must be done over again; and
+his windows were broken and window-shutters torn from their hinges;
+and it was impossible for him to keep them any longer without great
+damage to his interest, and he hoped I would provide some other place
+for them as soon as possible." It happened much to my satisfaction
+that I had already prepared an apartment for them in the Exchange
+Buildings, adjoining to the exhibition-rooms, which were elevated high
+above the gaze of the crowd, and to which they were to be removed the
+next morning. This gave the good man much relief, and he said he could
+manage to live through that night.
+
+The conversation of the Indians that evening, while they were passing
+their pipe round and making their comments upon what they had seen, was
+exceedingly curious, and deserves to be recorded. They expressed great
+satisfaction at the kind manner in which they had been entertained
+by the mayor, understanding that he was the head man of the town of
+Manchester--"chief of that village," as they called him; "they saw him
+and his squaw, and many other beautiful squaws, all drinking; and they
+saw many people through the windows, and in the doors, as they passed
+along the streets, who were drinking; and they saw several persons in
+the streets who were quite drunk, and two or three lying down in the
+streets, like pigs; and they thought the people of Manchester loved
+much to drink liquor. They saw a great deal of smoke, and thought the
+prairies were on fire; they saw many fine-looking squaws walking in the
+streets, and some of them holding on to men's arms, and didn't look
+sick neither. They saw a great many large houses, which it seemed as
+if nobody lived in. They saw a great many people in the streets, who
+appeared very poor, and looked as if they had nothing to eat. They had
+seen many thousands, and almost all looked so poor that they thought it
+would do no good for us to stay in Manchester."
+
+I explained to them the extraordinary cause that had recently thrown
+so many thousands of poor people into the streets; that Manchester was
+one of the richest towns in the world; that the immense houses they
+had seen, and apparently shut up, were the great factories in which
+these thousands of poor people worked, but were now stopped, and their
+working people were running about the streets in vast numbers; that
+the immense crowd gathered around their hotel, from day to day, were
+of that class; that the wealthy people were very many, but that their
+dwellings were mostly a little out of town; and that their business men
+were principally shut up in their offices and factories, attending to
+their business whilst the idle people were running about the streets.
+
+Such was a little of the gossip after their first visit and drive about
+the town--and the next morning, at an early hour, they were removed to
+their new lodgings in the Exchange Buildings, and the kind landlord
+effectually, though very gradually, relieved from the nuisance he had
+had around his house for some days past.
+
+On the same evening, by our announcements, they were to make their
+first appearance in my exhibition, and at an early hour the Rooms were
+filled, and we were obliged to close the doors. I had erected a strong
+platform in the middle of my room, on which the Indians were to give
+their dances, and having removed all seats from the room, every part of
+the floor was covered as densely as it was possible for men and women
+to be grouped together. Into the midst of this mass the party dashed
+in Indian file, with shield and bow and quiver slung--with war-clubs
+and tomahawks in hand, as they sounded the frightful war-whoop and were
+endeavouring to reach the platform. The frightened crowd, with screams
+and yells as frightful nearly as those of the Indians, gave way, and
+they soon had a free passage to the platform, upon which they leaped,
+without looking for the flight of steps prepared for them, and were
+at full length before the staring, gaping multitude. Mr. Rankin was
+by their side, and in a moment I was there also, to commence upon the
+new duties devolving on me under our recent arrangement. They were in
+a moment seated, and were passing their pipe around, while I was, by a
+brief lecture, introducing them, and the modes they were to illustrate,
+to the audience.
+
+I described the country and the tribe they belonged to, and the objects
+for which they had crossed the Atlantic; and also expressed to the
+audience the happy opportunity it was affording me of corroborating the
+many assertions I had been heretofore making relative to the looks and
+modes of those people, many of which I was fully aware were difficult
+of comprehension. Having done this, I should leave the Indians to
+entertain the audience with such of their dances and other amusements
+as they might decide upon, and endeavour to stand by and explain each
+amusement as they gave it, feeling abundantly able to do so from a
+residence of eight years amongst the various tribes in America.
+
+There was a shout of applause at the close of my remarks, and the
+most impatient anxiety evinced on all sides to see the commencement
+of the curious tricks which were just ready to be introduced. At this
+moment, with a sudden yell, the men all sprung upon their feet; their
+weapons brandished and their buffalo robes thrown back, while the women
+and children seated themselves at the end of the platform. Another
+shrill yell of the war-whoop, with the flourish of their weapons,
+and the Medicine-man or Doctor commenced with tambour (or drum), and
+his voice, upon the war-song; and they were all off in the dance.[5]
+At the first rest, when they suddenly stopped, there was but one
+mingled roar of applause, which showed to the poor fellows that they
+had made "a hit," and were to be received with great kindness and
+interest. This stimulated them to finish it with spirit; and when it
+was done, and they were seated a few moments to rest, hundreds were
+ambitious to crowd up to them and offer them their hands. It was with
+great difficulty that I could get the audience quiet enough to hear
+my explanations of the war-dance--its meaning, and the objects and
+character of the war-whoop which they had just heard. I gained the
+patience of the crowd by promising them a number of dances and other
+amusements, all of which I would render instructive by my explanations,
+and afford all, in the remotest parts of the room, an opportunity to
+shake hands with the Indians when their amusements were finished.
+
+ [5] All American Indians are poor in musical instruments, the
+     principal of which, and the "heel inspiring" one, is the drum or
+     tambour. This is rudely, but ingeniously made, by straining a
+     piece of raw hide over a hoop or over the head of a sort of keg,
+     generally made by excavating the inner part of a log of wood,
+     leaving a thin rim around its side. In the bottom of this they
+     always have a quantity of water, which sends out a remarkably
+     rich and liquid tone. Besides this, they use several kinds of
+     rattles and whistles--some of which are for mystery purposes,
+     and others merely for the pleasing and exciting effects they
+     produce in their dances.
+
+After my explanations and their pipe were finished, they arose and gave
+the _Wa-be-no_ dance, as they call it. _Wa-be-no_, in the Ojibbeway
+language, means mystery, and their mystery-dance is one of their
+choicest dances, only given at some occasion of their mystery-feasts,
+or for the accomplishment of some mysterious design. This dance is
+amusing and grotesque, and made much merriment amongst the audience.
+I explained the meaning of this also, and they afterwards gave some
+surprising illustrations of the mode of catching and throwing the ball
+in their favourite game of ball-play, with their ball-sticks in their
+hands. The astonishing quickness and certainty with which they throw
+and catch the ball in their rackets elicited immense applause; and
+after this they gave the "_scalp-dance_," which is given when a party
+returns from war, having brought home scalps taken from their enemies'
+heads, and preserved as trophies by the victors. In this dance the
+women, occupying the centre, hold up the scalps, attached to the tops
+of little poles, while men who have come from war dance around in a
+circle, brandishing their weapons, gnashing their teeth, and yelling
+the war-whoop at the highest key of their voices. At the close of
+this terrifying dance, which seemed to come just up to the anxiety of
+the excited audience, there was a tremendous roar of applause, and,
+in the midst of the uproar, an old gentleman took from his pocket a
+beautifully chased silver tobacco-box, and handing it to me, desired
+me to give it to the old chief, and tell him to carry his tobacco in
+it. I handed it to the old man, and, as he had seen the hand that gave
+it, he sprang upon his feet, as if he were but a boy, and reaching
+out his hand, grasped, over the heads of the audience, the hand of
+the venerable old gentleman, who told him "he was happy to see him,
+and to make him a little present to recollect him by." The old chief
+straightened up and squared himself upon the platform, throwing his
+buffalo robe over his left shoulder and passing it forward under his
+right arm and into his left hand; and with the most benignant smile
+(as he turned his box a moment under his eye, and passed it into his
+left hand) commenced--"My friends, though I am old I thank the Great
+Spirit for giving me strength to say a few words to you. He has allowed
+me to live many years, and I believe it is because I thank him for all
+his gifts. His eye was upon us when we were on the great salt lake,
+and he has brought us here safe, for which we all are thankful. He
+has directed you all to come here this night and to be so kind to us,
+for we had done nothing to make you come. We have long heard of the
+_Sag-a-noshes_,[6] and we have been anxious to come and see them. We
+have fought for them and with them, and our fathers and brothers have
+bled for them. There are many of the _Sag-a-noshes_ amongst us, and
+we love them. The Great Spirit has smiled upon our undertaking, and he
+has guided the hand of my brother to make me this present. My friends,
+my heart is warm and I am thankful. We have now done our dancing and
+singing, and we offer you our hands in friendship." At this there was
+a rush towards the platform from every part of the room to shake the
+hands of the Indians, who had seated themselves on the front of the
+platform for the purpose.
+
+ [6] Englishmen.
+
+These greetings for half an hour or so were exceedingly warm; and to
+make them more impressive, several persons deposited in their hands
+valuable trinkets and money, which they received with thanks. Thus
+ended the first night's exhibition of the amusements of the Ojibbeways;
+and it was quite impossible to bring it entirely to a close (such was
+the avidity with which the visitors were seeking to handle and examine
+every part of their costumes, their tomahawks, and scalping-knives,
+&c.) until the Indians took leave and retired to their private room.
+And even then there was almost an equal difficulty while I was in the
+exhibition-room, for crowds were gathering around me to know what they
+ate--whether they ate their meat raw--whether they were cannibals--what
+I brought them over for--whether they were easy to manage, &c.--until
+I gradually edged along towards the door, through which I suddenly
+slipped, when I had got completely out of breath, leaving the group to
+fall upon poor Daniel, who was lecturing in another part of the room.
+
+Our first night's labour had taken us until eleven o'clock; and as I
+was wending my way home to my lodgings, I could hear the war-whoop
+squeaking and echoing in the streets in every part of the town.
+
+On the following morning, at the very friendly invitation of the
+proprietor of an extensive woollen-factory in the vicinity of Bury, and
+who had sent a carriage with four horses for them, the whole party paid
+a visit to his extensive mills and to his mansion, where they partook
+of breakfast with him, and returned in great glee and spirits, each
+one bearing a magnificent blanket of various colours, presented to them
+by his generous hand.
+
+The second night of their exhibition went off much like the first: the
+room was filled long before they made their appearance; and in the roar
+and confusion of applause at the end of their amusements, there was a
+cry from the end of the room, "Let some of them come this way--we can't
+get near them--we can't tell whether they are in their own skins or in
+fleshings." And another hallooed out "Let that handsome little fellow
+come here (alluding to _Samah_, who was a very fine-looking young man);
+here is a lady who wants to kiss him!"
+
+This being interpreted to him, he leaped into and through the crowd (as
+he would dash into the river that he was to ford), and had his naked
+arms around her neck and kissed her before there was any time for an
+explanation. The excitement and screaming and laughing amongst the
+women in that part of the room made kissing fashionable, and every one
+who laid her hand upon his arm or his naked shoulders (and those not a
+few) got a kiss, gave a scream, and presented him a brooch, a ring, or
+some other keepsake, and went home with a streak of red paint on her
+face, and perhaps with one or two of black or green upon her dress.
+The gallant little fellow squeezed himself through this dense crowd,
+kissing old and young as he went, and returned to the platform, from
+which he held up and displayed his trophies with much satisfaction.
+
+I felt it my duty to reprimand him for his rudeness, and told him it
+was not fashionable in such crowds to kiss the ladies; to which he
+replied, that "he knew what he was about--the white ladies are very
+pretty and very sweet, and I gave my kisses only where they were asked
+for." The response all over the house was that "he had done right; good
+little fellow, he has done no harm."--A voice, "No, no harm, indeed;
+I'll kiss him again if he will come down, charming little fellow!"--He
+was in the act of leaping off, when Cadotte, the interpreter, seized
+him by the arm and turned him back. The hour was come for closing, and
+the Indians moved off to their lodgings. The events of that day and
+evening furnished the Indians with rich materials for gossip, and I
+retired to their chambers to smoke a pipe of k'nick-k'neck with them,
+and join in the pleasures of their conversation. They had many fine
+presents to display, and some of these valuable, being taken from arms
+and necks and fingers, in the moments of enthusiasm, and given to the
+Indians. The little gallant _Samah_ had been the most successful in
+this way, and also had received all the kisses of the pretty women. I
+have already mentioned that he had his wife with him. They were joking
+her about this affair, and she coolly said she did not care about it;
+"for the more kisses he gets from pretty women, the more presents I
+get, for he loves me enough to give them all to me." There was much
+commenting also on the great factory they had been to see in the
+morning, and on the gentleman's kindness in presenting the blankets,
+which they had now paraded and were examining and showing.
+
+They were exulting much in their happiness and success, and were still
+expressing fears that, by jumping and yelling, and making so much noise
+in Manchester, they might give dissatisfaction to the Queen, who would
+not feel so well disposed to see them. They asked for my opinion on the
+subject; I told them to have no fears, the Queen would certainly be
+glad to see them.
+
+I was waited on about this time by Mr. Bally, a gentleman of great
+eminence and skill in the science of phrenology, and who has one of
+the richest collections of casts from nature, in the world. Mr. Bally
+is one of the most rapid and skilful men in the operation of casting
+from the living face, and was extremely anxious to procure casts from
+the Ojibbeways; and, to a gentleman of so much worth to science, as
+well as for his amiable and gentle disposition, I felt bound to lend my
+best efforts in gaining for him the privilege. I had much difficulty to
+overcome their superstitions; but, by assuring them that they were to
+be done as a present to me, and by their seeing the operation performed
+on one of my men, I succeeded in gaining their consent, and they were
+all taken with great success. They were a present to my collection;
+and a copy of them in the noble collection of Mr. Bally will, I hope,
+continue to be subjects of interest and value.
+
+Kindnesses and attentions were now showering upon the Ojibbeways from
+all directions in Manchester; and amongst them many kind invitations,
+which it was impossible for them to comply with. They were invited to
+visit the mills of various kinds; and, amongst those that they went to,
+I must record a few words of the one they were most pleased with, and
+which they will talk the longest about.
+
+I had received an invitation to bring them to Stockport, to examine the
+cotton-mill of Mr. Orrell, which is probably one of the finest in the
+kingdom, and availed myself of his kindness, by making a visit to it
+with them. With his customary politeness, he showed us through it, and
+explained it in all its parts, so that the Indians, as well as myself,
+were able to appreciate its magnitude and its ingenious construction.
+
+Upon this giant machine the Indians looked in perfect amazement;
+though it is a studied part of their earliest education not to exhibit
+surprise or emotion at anything, however mysterious or incomprehensible
+it may be. There was enough, however, in the symmetry of this wonderful
+construction, when in full operation, to overcome the rules of any
+education that would subdue the natural impulses of astonishment and
+admiration. They made no remarks, nor did they ask any questions, but
+listened closely to all the explanations; and, in their conversations
+for weeks afterwards, admitted their bewildering astonishment at so
+wonderful a work of human invention.
+
+After viewing, in all its parts, this stupendous work, we were shown
+through the not less ingenious bleaching-mills of Mr. Hollins; and
+then, in the kindest manner, conducted under his hospitable roof,
+where his charming lady and lovely little ones united in their efforts
+to make us welcome and happy. The cloth was spread, and the luxuries of
+their house all heaped upon the table,--the substantials of life, and
+then its spices. It seemed cruel to see these poor fellows devouring
+the one, and rejecting the other--denying and denied the luxuries
+that _we_ could not refuse, when our friends proposed to drink to our
+healths and our happiness. They were happy, however, and, good fellows,
+enjoyed what they partook, and we returned, wishing our kind-hearted
+friends, Mr. Hollins and his lady, many, many happy days.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XII.
+
+  Indians on the housetops--Great alarm--Curious excitement--People
+      proposing to "take them" with ropes--Railway to London--The
+      "Iron-horse"--"The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink"--Arrive in London--Alarm of the landlady--Visit from the
+      Hon. Mr. Murray--Interview with His Royal Highness the Duke of
+      Cambridge--Old Chief's speech--War-dance--The Duke gives them
+      ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco--Indians ride about the
+      city in an "omnibus and four"--Remarks on what they saw--The
+      smoke--"Prairies on fire"--Lascars sweeping the streets--Visit
+      from the Reverend Mr. S.--Impatience to see the Queen--Great
+      medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty's consent--Curious
+      ceremony--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter comes in--The Queen's
+      appointment to see them--Great rejoicing.
+
+
+On our return from Stockport we found two reverend gentlemen, who
+had been waiting nearly all day for an interview with the Indians
+(which had been appointed, but forgotten), to talk upon the subject of
+religion. They had come several miles, and seemed somewhat vexed, as
+night was near approaching, and the old chief told them that they were
+going to London in a few days, and should be very busy in the meantime;
+and again, that they were expecting to see the Queen, and would rather
+wait until after they had seen her Majesty. They had learned, also,
+that London was the _great city_ of England, and thought that anything
+of that kind had better be deferred until they were in London, and the
+subject was therefore postponed.
+
+The exhibitions at night were progressing much as I have above
+described--the hall invariably full, and the Indians, as well as the
+public, had their own amusement in the room, and also amusing themes
+for conversation after retiring to their own quarters.
+
+In the midst of our success and of their amusement and enjoyment, an
+occurrence took place that was near getting us into difficulty, as it
+raised a great excitement in the neighbourhood and no little alarm to
+many old women and little children.
+
+As I was leaving my exhibition-rooms one morning, I met, to my great
+surprise, an immense crowd of people assembled in front, and the
+streets almost completely barricaded with the numbers that were rapidly
+gathering, and all eyes elevated towards the roof of my building. I
+asked the first person I met what was the matter?--supposing that the
+house was on fire--to which he replied, "I believes, sir, that the
+Hob-jib-be-ways has got loose; I knows that some on em is hout, for I
+seed one on em runnin hover the tops of the ouses, and they'l ave a ard
+matter to catch em, hin my hopinion, sir."
+
+It seems that the poor fellows had found a passage leading from their
+rooms out upon the roof of the house, and that, while several of them
+had been strolling out there for fresh air, and taking a look over the
+town, a crowd had gathered in the street to look at them, and amongst
+the most ignorant of that crowd the rumour had become current that they
+"had broke loose, and people were engaged in endeavouring to take them."
+
+I started back to my room as fast as I could, and to the top of
+the house, to call them down, and stop the gathering that was in
+rapid progress in the streets. When I got on the roof, I was as
+much surprised at the numbers of people assembled on the tops of
+the adjoining houses, as I had been at the numbers assembled in the
+streets. The report was there also current, and general, that they had
+"broke out," and great preparations were being made on the adjoining
+roofs, with ropes and poles, &c., to "take them," if possible, before
+any harm could be done. About the time I had got amongst them, and
+was inviting them down, several of the police made their appearance
+by my side, and ordered them immediately into their room, and told
+me that in the excited state of the town, with their mills all out,
+such a thing was endangering the peace; for it brought a mob of many
+thousands together, which would be sure not to disperse without doing
+some mischief. I was ordered by the police to keep them thereafter in
+the rooms, and not to allow them to show themselves at the windows,
+so great were their fears of a riot in the streets, if there was the
+least thing to set it in motion. As an evidence of the necessity of
+such rigour, this affair of about fifteen minutes' standing had already
+brought ten or fifteen thousand people together, and a large body of
+the police had been ordered on to the ground, having the greatest
+difficulty during the day to get rid of the crowd.
+
+Mr. Rankin, about this time, was getting alarming apprehensions that
+our delay in Manchester was calculated to affect our prospect of going
+before the Queen, and at his urgent request I announced our last night
+in Manchester, after an exhibition of ten days. On the last night,
+as on each of the preceding ones, the room was quite full, and even
+so many were necessarily forbidden entrance, that they began a most
+ruinous warfare on the door from the outside, and to such a degree,
+that I was obliged to put the entrance to my premises in charge of
+the police, for protection. We were now prepared to move off to the
+metropolis, and I showed to Mr. Rankin, by his share of the profits of
+ten days, that he had already received more than he would have got in
+two months by the plan he had proposed, to hire the party to me for
+100_l._ per month.
+
+This seemed to please him very much, and we moved off pleasantly on
+our way to London, leaving the ungratified curiosity that remained in
+Manchester until a future occasion, when we might return again.
+
+For our passage to London we had chartered a second-class carriage to
+ourselves, and in it had a great deal of amusement and merriment on
+the way. The novelty of the mode of travelling and the rapidity at
+which we were going raised the spirits of the Indians to a high degree,
+and they sang their favourite songs, and even gave their dances, as
+they passed along. Their curiosity had been excited to know how the
+train was propelled or drawn, and at the first station I stepped out
+with them, and forward to the locomotive, where I explained the power
+which pulled us along. They at once instituted for the engine, the
+appellation of the "Iron-horse;" and, at our next stopping-place, which
+was one where the engine was taking in water, they all leaped out "_to
+see the Iron-horse drink_."
+
+Their songs and yells set at least a thousand dogs barking and howling
+on the way, and as we came under the station at Birmingham, called up
+a fat old gentleman, who opened our door and very knowingly exclaimed,
+"What the devil have you got here? some more of them damned grisly
+bears, have you?" He was soon merged in the crowd that gathered
+around us, and, with doors closed, the Indians sat out patiently the
+interval, until we were under weigh again. Arrived at the Euston
+station, in London, an omnibus conveyed them suddenly to apartments
+in George-street, which had been prepared for them. They were highly
+excited when they entered their rooms, talking about the Queen, whom
+they believed had just passed in her carriage, from seeing two footmen
+with gold-laced hats and red breeches and white stockings, standing up
+and riding on a carriage behind, with large gold-headed canes in their
+hands: it proved, however, to have been the carriage of Lady S----n,
+familiarly known in that neighbourhood; and the poor fellows seemed
+wofully disappointed at this information.
+
+The good landlady, who took a glance of them as they came in, was
+becoming alarmed at the bargain she had made for the rooms, and came
+to Mr. Rankin, expressing her fears that the arrangement would never
+answer for her, as "she did not expect such wild, black-looking savages
+from the Indies." Mr. Rankin assured her that they were quite harmless,
+and much more of gentlemen than many white men she might get in her
+house, and he would be responsible for all damage that they would ever
+do to her property, even if she left the whole of it unsecured by
+lock and key. So she said she would venture to try them for a week,
+and see how they behaved. They were now in the midst of the great city
+of London, which they had been so anxious to see; and, upon putting
+their heads out of the windows to take a first peep, the smoke was so
+dense that they could see but a few rods, when they declared that the
+"prairies must be on fire again."
+
+Daniel was, at this time, remaining in Manchester to take down and
+bring on my collection, which it was agreed should be re-opened in
+London. I was busy effecting a new arrangement for the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took for six months, and in a few days my collection was being
+replaced upon its walls.
+
+The first visitor who came to see the party, and to wish them success
+in London, was my excellent friend the Hon. C. A. Murray, who was much
+pleased with them, and learning their desire to gain an audience of
+Her Majesty, he proposed, as the surest way to bring it about, that
+his Royal Highness the Duke of Cambridge should have an interview with
+them first, and then it would be easy to get Her Majesty to see them.
+This plan was agreed to, and the next day Mr. Murray addressed me a
+note, saying that the Duke would meet them the next morning in the
+Queen's drawing-room, Hanover-square Concert-rooms. I immediately made
+the arrangement with the proprietor of the rooms, and at the appointed
+hour the next morning was there with them, and met His Royal Highness
+the Duke of Cambridge, with the Hon. Mr. Murray and Baron Knesebeck, in
+attendance. The Duke met them in the most familiar and cordial manner,
+offering them his hand, and smoking the Indian pipe with them. He
+conversed a great deal with them through their interpreter, Cadotte;
+and, after closely examining their costumes, weapons, &c., took a
+seat to see them dance. They amused him with the war-dance and the
+_Wa-be-no_ dance, giving several songs and the war-whoop; after which
+they seated themselves on the floor, and after a few minutes' rest,
+having passed the pipe around, the old chief arose and said--
+
+  "Father, we are glad to see you and to take your hand; we know that
+  you are uncle to our _great mother_ the Queen, and we are happy to
+  see you. ('_How, how, how!_') We thank the Great Spirit for this; he
+  has kept us in good health and safe over the great salt lake, and
+  His eye is on us now, we know, or we should not see our great father
+  this day. We are poor, ignorant children, and yet we hope the Queen,
+  your niece, will be willing to see us, when our hearts will be happy.
+  ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "Father, my years, you see, are nearly spent. I have carried my
+  weapons and hunted for your enemies many years, and my warriors here
+  have many wounds they received in fighting for the Sag-a-noshes.
+  ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "I have no more words to say at present. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+His Royal Highness graciously received the old Chief's speech, and then
+examined the wounds pointed out on the body of the War Chief; after
+which he replied to the old man--
+
+  "My friends, I meet you here to-day with great pleasure, and I
+  thank the Great Spirit also, that He has guarded you and kept you
+  safe over the ocean. I hope your visit to England may be pleasant
+  and profitable to you, and that you may all get back safe to your
+  children. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends, I will make known your wishes to the Queen, and I think
+  you will see her. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+The Duke most kindly took leave of them, presenting to the old chief
+ten sovereigns, which he divided equally among the number, and sent
+them on the following day ten pounds of the choicest smoking tobacco.
+On leaving the Rooms he also thanked me for the treat I had afforded
+him, and said, "Oh, the good fellows! yes, the Queen will see them."
+
+The announcement of the arrival of the Ojibbeways which had been made
+in the public papers, and the notice also of their interview with the
+Duke of Cambridge, were now gaining them a notoriety with the public;
+and amongst my personal friends, was announcing that I had returned to
+London, which altogether brought me a flood of applicants for private
+interviews with them. We had resolved not to make any exhibition
+of their modes to the public, until after they had seen the Queen,
+and the month that we remained idle, and waiting for her Majesty's
+command, was rendered tedious and troublesome from the above causes.
+We were daily and hourly importuned for permissions to see them, which
+were in part granted, until it became quite necessary that I should
+absent myself from them, leaving instructions at the door that no
+communication could be had with them at present. Mr. Rankin during this
+time stayed constantly with them, and I occasionally spent an evening
+of gossip and smoked a pipe with them. We made use of most of the time
+in endeavouring to show them as much of the great city as possible,
+driving them out in a bus during the day, and several times taking them
+into the country to spend a day running over the fields for the benefit
+of their health.
+
+After one of their first drives about the City, when they had been
+passed through Regent Street, the Strand, Cheapside, Oxford Street
+and Holborn, I spent the evening in a talk with them in their rooms,
+and was exceedingly amused with the shrewdness of their remarks upon
+what they had seen. They had considered the "prairies still on fire,"
+from the quantity of smoke they met; one of the women had undertaken
+to count the number of carriages they passed, but was obliged to give
+it up; "saw a great many fine houses, but nobody in the windows: saw
+many men with a large board on the back, and another on the breast,
+walking in the street--supposed it was some kind of punishment; saw men
+carrying bags of coal, their hats on wrong side before; saw fine ladies
+and gentlemen riding in the middle of the streets in carriages, but
+a great many poor and ragged people on the sides of the roads; saw a
+great many men and women drinking in shops where they saw great barrels
+and hogsheads; saw several drunk in the streets. They had passed two
+_Indians_ in the street with brooms, sweeping away the mud; they saw
+them hold out their hands to people going by, as if they were begging
+for money: they saw many other poor people begging, some with brooms
+in their hands and others with little babies in their arms, who looked
+as if they were hungry for food to eat." They had much to say about the
+two Indians they had passed. "It could not be that white people would
+dress and paint themselves like Indians in order to beg money, and
+they could not see how Indians would consent to stand in the streets
+and sweep the mud away in order to beg for money." They appealed to me
+to know whether they were really Indians, and I said "Yes; they are
+natives from the East Indies, called Lascars. They are naturally, most
+probably like yourselves, too proud to work or to beg; but they have
+been left by some cruel fate, to earn their living in the streets of
+London, or to starve to death, and, poor fellows, they have preferred
+begging to starvation." The Indians seemed much affected by the
+degradation that these poor fellows were driven to, and resolved that
+they would carry some money with them when they went out, to throw to
+them.
+
+I had about this time several communications from the Reverend Mr.
+S----, who was desirous, if possible, to have an interview with the
+Indians for the purpose of learning from them what notions they had of
+religion, if any; and to endeavour to open their minds to a knowledge
+of the Christian religion, which it was the wish of himself and many
+others of his friends to teach to them for their eternal welfare. I
+at once wrote to those reverend gentlemen and assured them that their
+kind endeavours would be aided in every possible way by Mr. Rankin and
+myself; and I appointed an hour at once, when they could converse with
+the Indians on the subject. Their visit was made at the hour appointed,
+and the conversation was held in my presence. The reverend gentlemen
+most kindly and humanely greeted the Indians on their safe arrival
+in this country, where they were glad to meet them as brothers. They
+called upon them not in any way to interfere with their amusements
+or objects for which they had come to England, but to wish them all
+success, and at the same time to learn from them whether as poor
+children of the forests they had been kept in the dark, and out of the
+light of the true Christian religion, which it was their desire to make
+known to their minds. The old chief had lit his pipe in the meantime,
+and having taken a few moments to smoke it out, after the reverend
+gentleman had stopped, said (without rising up to speak) that he was
+much pleased to see them, and shake hands with them, for he knew their
+views were good and friendly. He said that they had heard something
+about the white man's religion in the wilderness where he lived, but
+they had thought it too difficult for them to understand. He said he
+was much obliged to them for offering to explain it at this time, but
+that they would take a little time to think of it first; and as they
+had not yet seen the Queen, they thought it best to do no more about it
+at present.
+
+Poor fellows, they were daily asking for reports from the Palace,
+becoming impatient for the permission to see her Majesty. They had
+waited so long that they were beginning to think that their application
+had failed, and they were becoming dispirited and desponding.
+
+I said to them one morning, "Now, my good fellows, don't despair--you
+have not tried what you can do yourselves yet; in your own country,
+if you wish it to rain, you have _Rain-makers_ who can make it rain;
+if you wish it to stop raining, you have _Rain-stoppers_, who cook
+up a grand medicine feast and cause it to stop raining. If buffalos
+are scarce, your medicine-men can make them come: why not 'put on the
+Big Kettle,' and see what you can do in the present dilemma?--You
+have your _Medicine-man_ with you, and your _Medicine-drum_ and your
+_Shi-she-quoi_ (mystery rattle); you are all prepared; go to work--you
+will certainly do no harm, and I fully believe you will bring it about."
+
+As I was leaving the room their interpreter overtook me, and said that
+the medicine man wanted the money to buy five fat ducks--that they had
+resolved on having a _medicine feast_ that afternoon, and that they
+would expect me to be of the party to partake of it.
+
+I came in at the hour appointed, and found them all with their
+faces painted black on one side and red on the other (their mode of
+ornamenting when they supplicate the Great or other Spirit for any gift
+or favour), and prepared to take their seats at the feast, which was
+then smoking, on the floor in the adjoining room. Buffalo robes were
+spread upon the floor, on which we were seated, when the following
+dialogue took place between their kind (and now no longer terrified)
+landlady and the interpreter Cadotte:--"Why," said she (as she was
+completing the last arrangement for our feast upon the floor), "you
+have left no room for the women, poor things." "Women!" said Cadotte,
+"why, do you suppose that women can eat at a _medicine feast_?" "Why
+not?" said the landlady, "are they not as good as the men? They are
+a nice set of women, and that little girl is a dear little creature.
+I cooked the ducks as much for them as I did for you, and I think it
+would be cruel not to invite them to eat with you; you are no better
+now than you were this morning; they ate with you then. If I had known
+this, I would have kept one of the ducks for them." "Devil a bit!" said
+Cadotte, "do you know what _medicine_ is?" "No, I don't suppose I do;
+but there are the three women all crying now in the other room, poor
+creatures." "And there they are _obliged_ to cry while we are in a
+_medicine feast_, or we have no luck." "Oh, dear me, what a strange set
+of beings!" said the old lady, as she returned to the kitchen, "I won't
+interfere with them; they must take their own way."
+
+With closed doors we went through all the peculiar solemnities of this
+feast; and, having devoured all the ducks, leaving "none for the poor
+women," the medicine man took about a quarter of an hour to recite a
+sort of prayer or thanks to the Great Spirit, which, from the extreme
+rapidity with which he repeated it, I supposed to be some established
+form peculiar to such occasions. After this, and while the last pipe
+was passing around, my man Daniel (in pursuance of my previous
+instructions) entered the room, and delivered to me a large letter,
+which he said he thought was from Mr. Murray, as it had the household
+stamp upon it. The most impatient excitement prevailed until I broke
+the seal and read as follows:--
+
+                                   "Buckingham Palace, Thursday morning.
+
+  "Dear Sir,--I have great pleasure in informing you that Her Majesty
+  has expressed a desire to see the party of Ojibbeway Indians; and has
+  appointed Thursday next, at two o'clock, as the hour when she will
+  receive you with the party, in the Waterloo Gallery, Windsor Castle.
+  I pray that you will be punctual at the hour, and I will meet you at
+  the threshold, rendering all the facilities that may be in my power.
+
+                                     "Yours, sincerely,
+                                        "C. A. MURRAY,
+                                "_Master of H. M. Household._
+  "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+The reader can readily imagine what was the _pleasure_ of these poor
+people when they heard this letter read; but it would be difficult to
+know what were their feelings of _surprise_, that the efficacy of their
+_medicine_ should have brought it in at that opportune moment. The
+reader will also suppose, what their superstition prevented them from
+ever imagining, that this letter was in my pocket several hours before
+the ducks were bought, and therefore cost me about twenty shillings.
+
+A pipe was here lit by the old chief, and passed around, and smoked to
+the kind _Spirit_ they had successfully invoked, and with it all the
+anxieties of this day passed away.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XIII.
+
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen--Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter--Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert--Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray--The waiting-room--The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery--Their reception--Introductions and
+      conversations--Indians give the war-dance--A smoke--The
+      old Chief's speech to the Queen--Pipe-dance--Her Majesty
+      and the Prince retire--Indians at a feast in the
+      waiting-room--Drinking the Queen's health in Champagne--Indians
+      call it "_Chickabobboo_"--Story of _Chickabobboo_, and great
+      amusement--Indians return to London--Evening-gossip about
+      the Queen and her _Chickabobboo_--First evening of the
+      Indians in Egyptian Hall--Great excitement--Alarm--Tremendous
+      applause--Old Chief's speech--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter
+      to the old Chief, enclosing £20 from the Queen and other
+      presents--Speech of the War-chief--Pipe-dance--Shaking
+      hands--Curious questions by the audience--Ale allowed to the
+      Indians at dinner and after supper--Their rejoicing--They call
+      it _Chickabobboo_.
+
+
+A new chapter commenced here with the Indians, as it commences with
+my book. All "omnibus drives" were postponed for the present; all
+communications with the world entirely interdicted; and all was bustle
+and preparation for the grand event which was to "cap the climax"
+of their highest ambition--the point to which they had looked ever
+since they had started, and beyond which, it is not probable, their
+contemplations had as yet visibly painted anything.
+
+Colours, and ribbons, and beads, of the richest hues, were called for,
+and procured from various parts of the city; and both night and day,
+all, men and women, were constantly engaged in adding brilliancy and
+richness of colour to their costumes.
+
+The old chief was painting the stem of his pipe of peace (or calumet)
+sky-blue, emblematical of the feelings they carried in their breasts;
+and decorating it also with blue and red ribbons, as a suitable gift
+to royalty. The little girl, _Nib-nab-e-qua_, was crying, as she
+embroidered with red and white porcupine-quills, fearing that her new
+mocassins would not look so brilliant as she had sometimes made them.
+Her mother was arranging black mourning plumes in the cradle in which
+her infant had died, and which, by the custom of the country, she was
+obliged yet to carry on her back. The War-chief was repainting his
+shield, and arranging his scalps on a little hoop, to give proper
+effect to the scalp-dance. The _Medicine-man_ was preparing his
+_wa-be-no_ drum. _Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee_ was stringing beads with his
+wife; and _Sah-mah_ was brightening his tomahawk and his scalping-knife
+for a glittering effect in the war-dance. Cadotte, during this time,
+was parading before the mirror, examining, arranging, and rearranging
+the ostrich-plumes in his cap, and the fit of a laced frock he had just
+had made; and (I had almost forgotten myself) I was anxiously awaiting
+the arrival of a new coat I had ordered at my tailor's for the occasion.
+
+On the morning appointed, all were satisfactorily prepared, and, being
+seated in an omnibus posted with four horses, we were on our way, and
+soon after that arrived at the gates of Windsor Castle. Descending from
+the carriage, the poor old chief, whose eyes were getting a little dim
+with age, was completely nonplused at beholding the magnificent figure
+(in scarlet and gold lace and powdered wig) of (his apparent Majesty)
+Sykes, the well-known porter of the palace, who had him by the elbow,
+and was conducting him and his heavy paraphernalia towards the door.
+The good old chief turned round and gave him his hand, not knowing as
+yet what to say, as they had none of them contemplated anything so
+brilliant and dazzling, short of Majesty itself. He was at this moment,
+however, saved from committing himself or bestowing his pipe of peace
+by the sudden approach of several others of the household in liveries
+equally splendid, who conducted us into the hall, at which moment we
+met our friend the Honourable Mr. Murray, whom we followed to the
+waiting-room adjoining to the Waterloo Gallery, in which our reception
+was to take place. Here we were seated, and awaited the anxious moment
+when it was to be announced that her Majesty was ready to see us.
+
+The Indians were here parading before the large and splendid mirrors
+and adjusting their feathers and ornaments, and suggesting many
+surmises about the long table which was dressed out in the room where
+we were, and which they supposed was the place where the Queen and
+all her officers about her took their dinners. This, as the sequel
+will show, was a very great error, as it was preparing for another and
+entirely different purpose.
+
+After waiting half an hour or so, an officer in full dress came into
+the room and informed us that the Queen was in the adjoining room,
+and ready to receive us, and showed us the way. There was a moment of
+jingling and rattling of trinkets as the Indians were throwing on their
+robes and gathering up their weapons; and when they responded to my
+question "if they were all ready?"--by their "_how! how! how!_" I led
+the way, and they followed into the Waterloo Gallery. They were now all
+at full length before her Majesty and the Prince, who most graciously
+received them. (_Plate No. 5._) The Queen arose from a sofa in the
+middle of the room, having her Majesty the Queen Dowager and H. R. H.
+the Duchess of Kent by her side; and advancing towards the Indians, was
+joined by H. R. H. Prince Albert and the Hon. Mr. Murray. Her Majesty
+desired that the interpreter and myself should advance nearer to her,
+and at her request I introduced each individually by their appropriate
+names, explaining their costumes, weapons, &c. Her Majesty beckoned the
+little girl up to her, and held her some time by both hands, evidently
+much pleased with her appearance, and also the woman with the cradle
+on her back, in whom she seemed to take much interest. She asked many
+questions, as well as the Prince, relative to their costumes, modes,
+&c., and they then took their seats on the sofa to witness the
+dances which the Indians had come prepared to give.
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 5.]
+
+The Indians were at this time seated in a circle on the floor, when
+the _Medicine-man_ gradually commenced tapping on his drum and singing
+in a low tone. In a few moments the house jarred with the leap of the
+War-chief, who was upon his feet, and after him all the party, in the
+din of the war-dance. (_Plate No. 6._)
+
+This dance finished, they were again seated on the floor, when the old
+chief, seventy-five years of age, having lighted his pipe and passed it
+around, arose and made the following address to her Majesty:--[7]
+
+  "Great Mother--I have been very sorrowful since I left my home, but
+  the Great Spirit has brought us all safe over the great waters, and
+  my heart will now be glad that we can see your face. We are now happy.
+
+  "These are all the words I have to say. My words are few, for I am
+  not very well to-day. The other chief will tell you what I intended
+  to say."
+
+ [7] The poor old chief met with a sudden embarrassment at this
+     moment that he had not thought of, and was not prepared
+     consequently to know how to proceed. He had, according to the
+     custom of his country, prepared and brought with him a beautiful
+     calumet or pipe of peace to present, and on rising to make his
+     speech (the moment when it is customary to present it) it for
+     the first time occurred to him that he was about to present it
+     to a woman, the impropriety of which was evident to him. He
+     thought of the Prince, but as the pipe of peace can only be
+     given to the highest in power, he had another misgiving; and,
+     unlike to orators in the Indian countries, continued to hold it
+     in his hand while he was speaking, and brought it away with him.
+
+The War-chief then rose, and in a very energetic manner made the
+following speech, which was also literally interpreted to her Majesty:--
+
+  "Great Mother--The Great Spirit has been kind to us, your children,
+  in protecting us on our long journey here. And we are now happy that
+  we are allowed to see your face. It makes our hearts glad to see
+  the faces of so many Saganoshes (English) in this country, and all
+  wearing such pleasant looks. We think the people here must be very
+  happy.
+
+  "Mother--We have been often told that there was a great fire in this
+  country--that its light shone across the great water; and we see now
+  where this great light arises. We believe that it shines from this
+  great wigwam to all the world.
+
+  "Mother--We have seen many strange things since we came to this
+  country. We see that your wigwams are large, and the light that is in
+  them is bright. Our wigwams are small, and our light is not strong.
+  We are not rich, but yet we have plenty of food to eat.
+
+  "Mother--Myself and my friends here are your friends--your children.
+  We have used our weapons against your enemies. And for many years we
+  have received liberal presents from this country, which have made us
+  quite happy and comfortable in our wigwams.
+
+  "Mother--The chief who has just spoken, and myself, have fought and
+  bled by the side of the greatest warrior who ever lived--Tecumseh.
+
+  "Mother--Our hearts are glad at what we have this day seen--that we
+  have been allowed to see your face. And when we get home our words
+  will be listened to in the councils of our nation.
+
+  "This is all I have to say."
+
+After his speech the War-chief resumed his seat upon the floor; and as
+her Majesty could not be supposed to reply to his speech, she called
+upon the Prince, who thanked them for the amusement they had afforded
+her Majesty, who felt a deep interest in their welfare, and thankful to
+the old chief for the noble and religious sentiments expressed in his
+remarks.
+
+After this the Indians rose and gave their favourite, the PIPE
+DANCE, which seemed to afford much amusement to the Royal party.
+The Queen and the Prince then graciously bowed and took leave, thanking
+them, through the interpreter, for the amusement they had afforded
+them. The Indians at the same moment shouldered their robes and
+retired, sounding their war-whoop to the amusement of the servants of
+the household, who had assembled to the amount of some hundreds in the
+galleries of the hall.
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 6.]
+
+They were now in the waiting-room again, where, to their surprise
+(and no little satisfaction), they found that the table they had seen
+so splendidly arranged was intended for their own entertainment, and
+was now ready for the "set-to." Mr. Murray announced it as ready, and
+we all went to work. Mr. Rankin, who had been seated in the gallery
+during the presentation, having joined the party, had now taken
+his seat with them at the table. With his usual kindness, Mr. Murray
+insisted on carving the roast-beef and helping them around, and next in
+drinking the Queen's health, which is customary at all public dinners.
+For this the first bottle of champagne was opened; and when the cork
+flew and the wine was pouring into glasses, the Indians pronounced
+the word "_Chick-a-bob-boo!_" and had a great laugh. A foaming glass
+of it was set before each Indian; and when it was proposed to drink
+to Her Majesty's health, they all refused. I explained to Mr. Murray
+the promise they were under to drink no spirituous liquor while in the
+kingdom. Mr. Murray applauded their noble resolution, but said at the
+same time that this was not _spirituous liquor_--it was a light wine,
+and could not hurt them; and it would be the only time they could
+ever drink to Her Majesty so properly, and Her Majesty's health could
+not be refused by Her Majesty's subjects. When again urged they still
+refused, saying "We no drink--can't drink." They seemed however to be
+referring it to me, as all eyes were alternately upon me and upon their
+glasses, when I said to them--"Yes, my good fellows, drink; it will
+not hurt you. The promise you have made to Mr. Rankin and myself will
+not be broken--it did not contemplate a case like this, where it is
+necessary to drink the Queen's health. And again, this is _champagne_,
+and not _spirituous liquor_, which you have solemnly promised to
+avoid."--"_How! how! how!_" they all responded, and with great delight
+all joined in "health to the Queen!" And as each glass was emptied
+to the bottom, they smacked their lips, again pronouncing the word
+"_Chick-a-bob-boo! Chick-a-bob-boo!_" with a roar of laughter among
+themselves.
+
+Mr. Murray and I becoming anxious to know the meaning of
+_chick-a-bob-boo_, it was agreed that the War-chief (who had a dry but
+amusing way of relating an anecdote) should give us the etymology of
+the word _chick-a-bob-boo_, which they said was manufactured but a few
+years since in their country. The old Boy-chief, who was not a stranger
+to _chick-a-bob-boo_, nor to good jokes, said that the "War-chief
+couldn't tell a story well unless his lips were kept moist;" and he
+proposed that we should drink Mr. Murray's health before he commenced.
+So the champagne was poured again, and, the Hon. Mr. Murray's health
+being drank, the War-chief proceeded by saying--that "Only a few years
+since, when the white men were bringing so much rum and whiskey into
+the little village where he lives, that it was making them all sick,
+and killing a great many, the chiefs decided in council that they would
+tomahawk every keg of whiskey the white men should bring in; and it had
+the effect of keeping them away, and their people, who had been drunk
+and sick, were getting well.
+
+"Not long after that," continued he, "a little old man with red hair,
+who used to bring us bags of apples, got in the way of bringing in one
+end of his bag a great many bottles filled with something that looked
+much like whiskey, but which, when we smelled it, and tasted it, we
+found was not _fire-water_, and it was much liked by the chiefs and
+all; for they found, he said, it was good, and would not make Indians
+drunk. He sold much of this to the Indians, and came very often; and
+when he had carried it a great way on his horse, and in the sun, it
+sometimes became very impatient to get out of the bottles; and it
+was very amusing to see the little old man turn a crooked wire into
+the bottle to pull out the stopper, when one was holding a cup ready
+to catch it. As he would twist the wire in, it would go _chee--e--_;
+and when he poured it out, it would say, _pop-poo, pop-poo_.[8] This
+amused the women and children very much, and they called it at first
+_chee-pop-poo_, and since, _chick-a-bob-boo_. And this the old man with
+red hair told us at last was nothing but the juice of apples, though we
+found it very good; and yet it has made some very drunk."
+
+ [8] This word must be _whispered_, as the War-chief gave it, and not
+     _spoken_, to be appreciated--after the mode of Indians in their
+     imitations, or exclamations of surprise.
+
+This story of the War-chief amused Mr. Murray very much, and he ordered
+one of the waiters to "twist the crooked wire" into the neck of another
+bottle or two of the _chick-a-bob-boo_ and "pull out the little
+stoppers," for he was going to propose that we all drink to the health
+of Prince Albert, who could never be neglected when her Majesty's
+health was drunk. This was done with enthusiasm; and the old chief
+soon proposed to drink Mr. Rankin's health, and my health, which were
+attended to; and he at length thought of the fat porter in scarlet and
+gold lace, whom he had passed at the door, and who at this moment, with
+several others in gold lace and powdered hair, were gathering around
+the table to take a glass or two of _chick-a-bob-boo_ with them. This
+happened at a good time, and Mr. Rankin commenced the anecdote of the
+old chief having mistaken the porter Sykes for Prince Albert just as
+Mr. Murray and I withdrew from the room to proceed to town.
+
+I visited the Indians in their rooms that evening, and found them in
+good spirits, having been well pleased by her Majesty's kind reception,
+and also delighted with the _chick-a-bob-boo_, and the liberal
+construction that had been put upon their sacred engagement "not to
+drink spirituous liquors." Mr. Rankin gave me an amusing account of the
+old chief's second interview with the porter Sykes, and their manner
+of taking leave when they were parting to meet no more. "Their pipes,"
+he said, "were lit when they took their omnibus to return, and their
+joyful songs and choruses made it a _travelling music-box_ the whole
+way to town."
+
+I had come upon them at the moment when they were taking their
+coffee--a habit they had got into as one of the last things before
+going to bed. When they finished their coffee they lit the pipe, and
+there were many comments from different parts of the room upon what
+they had seen during the day. The Queen was of course the engrossing
+theme for their thoughts and their remarks; and though so well pleased
+with her kindness to them, they were evidently disappointed in her
+personal appearance and dress. Her Majesty was attired in a simple and
+unadorned dress of black, and wore apparently no ornaments whatever
+at the time of their presentation, affording the poor fellows nothing
+either in her stature or costume to answer to the fancied figure of
+majesty which they had naturally formed in their minds, and were
+convinced they were going to see. They had, on first entering the
+room, taken the Duchess of Kent for the Queen, and said they were not
+apprised of their error until they heard me address the Queen as "Her
+Majesty."
+
+They were advancing many curious ideas (over the pipe) as to the
+government of the greatest and richest country in the world being in
+the hands of a woman, and she no larger than many of the Indian girls
+at the age of twelve or thirteen years. I explained to them the manner
+in which she was entitled to the crown, and also how little a king or
+queen has actually to do in the government of such a country; that it
+is chiefly done by her ministers, who are always about her, and men
+of the greatest talents, and able to advise her. And the old chief,
+who had been listening attentively to me, as he was puffing away at
+his pipe, said, he was inclined to think it was the best thing for the
+country. "I am not sure," said he, "but it is the safest way; for if
+this country had a king instead of a queen, he might be ambitious as a
+great warrior, and lead the country into war with other nations: now,
+under her government there is peace, and the country is happy."
+
+Many jokes were passed upon the old chief for having mistaken the
+porter Sykes for Prince Albert, and for having brought his pipe of
+peace back, having been afraid to present it. They had many remarks
+to make also upon the little girl whom her Majesty took by the hand;
+they told her she turned pale, and they were afraid she would grow up
+a white woman. They now, for the first time, thought of the Queen's
+little children, and wondered they had not seen them: they thought they
+ought, at least, to have seen the Prince of Wales. Daniel, they said,
+had long since told them how old he was, and that he was to be the
+next king of England. He had also read to them his long names, which
+had pleased them very much, which they never could recollect, but would
+have written down.
+
+The conversation again, and for some time, ran upon the deliciousness
+of her Majesty's chickabobboo, and also upon the presents which they
+had imagined would have been made to them, and which I assured them
+they might feel quite easy about, as they would come in due time
+according to the custom. So were they whiling away the evening of this
+memorable day, and I left them.
+
+The grand point having been made, their visit to the Queen, the Indians
+seemed in good spirits to meet the greetings of the public, amongst
+whom the daily paragraphs in the papers, and their occasional drives
+through the streets, had excited the most intense curiosity. The place
+for their operations was prepared for them in the Egyptian Hall; and
+in the midst of my Indian collection, as in Manchester, a platform was
+erected on which their dances and other amusements were to be given.
+
+Having been without any exciting occupation for more than a month, in
+daily anticipation of their visit to the Queen, the Indians had become,
+as well as the public, impatient for the opening of their exhibition,
+which seemed requisite for their amusement as well as necessary for
+their accustomed bodily exercise.
+
+Their first evening's amusements being announced, the large room of the
+Egyptian Hall was filled at an early hour, and the Indians received
+with a roar of applause as they entered and advanced upon the platform.
+I came on by their side, and after they had seated themselves upon the
+platform, entered upon my duty, that of explaining to the audience
+who these people were, whence they came, and what were their objects
+in visiting this country. I also introduced each one personally by
+his name, to the audience, and briefly described their costumes,
+weapons, &c., and they were then left to commence as they chose, with
+their dances and other amusements. Indian looks and Indian costumes,
+&c., were supposed to have been pretty well understood before this,
+by most of the audience, who had studied them at their leisure in my
+rooms on former occasions; but Indian dances and Indian yells, and the
+war-whoop, had been from necessity postponed and unappreciated until
+the present moment, when the sudden yell and scream of the whole party
+(as they sprang upon their feet) announced the war-dance as having
+commenced. The drum was beating, rattles were shaking, war-clubs and
+tomahawks and spears were brandishing over their heads, and all their
+voices were shouting (in time with the beat of the drum and the stamps
+of their feet) the frightful war-song!
+
+With the exception of some two or three women (whose nerves were not
+quite firm enough for these excitements, and who screamed quite as
+loud as the Indians did, as they were making a rush for the door) the
+audience stood amazed and delighted with the wildness and newness of
+the scene that was passing before them; and, at the close of the dance,
+united in a round of applause, which seemed to please the Indians as
+much as seeing the Queen.
+
+Like all actors, they were vain of their appearance, and proud of
+applause, and (rather luckily for them, and unlike the painful
+excitements that fall to the lot of most actors' lives) they were sure
+of the applause which sympathy brings, and exempt from that censure
+which often falls heavily upon those whose acting the audience is able
+to criticise.
+
+According to their custom, after the war-dance was finished, the
+Indians seated themselves upon the platform and lit their long pipe,
+which they were almost constantly smoking. This pipe was filled with
+their own native tobacco (k'nick-k'neck), and passed around from one
+to the other for a few whiffs, according to the usage of all the
+American tribes. I took this opportunity of explaining to the audience
+the meaning of the war-dance, the war-whoop, &c., and whilst I was up,
+was so overwhelmed with questions (all of which I felt disposed to
+answer) that I found it exceedingly difficult to sit down again. These
+questions were put for the purpose of gaining information which it was
+my wish to give; and having patiently answered a number of them, I
+stated to the audience that I believed the explanations I should throw
+out in the course of the evening in my own way, would answer nearly
+every question that they would be disposed to put, and I begged they
+would allow me as much time and opportunity to give them as possible.
+This was responded to by acclamation all around the room, and the
+exhibition proceeded by the Indians wishing me to announce that they
+were to give the _wa-be-no_ (or mystery) dance. This eccentric and
+droll dance caused much merriment among the audience, and gained them
+hearty applause again; after which, they being seated as usual, with
+the pipe passing around, I proceeded with my explanation, which done,
+I was requested by the interpreter to announce that the old chief had
+something which he wished to say to the audience, and was going to make
+a speech. There was a great expression of satisfaction at this, evinced
+among the crowd, which seemed to give fire to the eye, and youth to the
+visage of the old man as he rose and said,--
+
+  "My friends--It makes our hearts glad when we hear your feet stamp
+  upon the floor, for we know then that you are pleased, and not
+  angry." (Great applause.)
+
+The old man then straightened himself up in the attitude of an orator,
+and, throwing his buffalo robe over his shoulder, and extending his
+right arm over the heads of his audience, he proceeded:--
+
+  "My friends and brothers--These young men and women and myself have
+  come a great way to see you, and to see our GREAT MOTHER THE
+  QUEEN. The Great Spirit has been kind to us, for we are all
+  well, and we have seen her face. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends--We know that the Saganoshes in our country all come from
+  this place; they are our friends there, and we think they will not
+  be our enemies here. ('_How, how, how!_' and immense applause, with
+  'Hear, hear, hear,' from the audience.)
+
+  "My friends--You see I am old, and my words are few; some of my
+  younger men may talk longer than I can. I hope our noise is not too
+  great. ('No, no,' from every part of the room: 'The more noise the
+  better, my good fellows.')
+
+  "Brothers--My young men will finish their dances in a little while,
+  when we will be glad to give you our hands." ("_How, how, how!_"
+  great applause, and "Hear, hear.")
+
+The venerable old man then resumed his seat; and at that moment, as
+the pipe was preparing, Daniel was making his way through the crowd,
+with one hand raised above the heads of the audience, conveying a large
+square letter, which he was endeavouring to hand to me. On opening the
+letter and reading, I found it was from the Honourable Mr. Murray, and,
+with permission of the audience, I read thus:--
+
+  "Dear Sir,--I have great pleasure to inform you that I am instructed
+  by Her Majesty to transmit to you the enclosed 20_l._ note to be
+  given to the Ojibbeway chiefs; and also to say that Her Majesty
+  has instructed me to order to be made, as soon as possible, an
+  entire piece of plaid, of Her Majesty's colours, which is also to
+  be presented to them in her name, as an evidence of Her Majesty's
+  friendship for them, and solicitude for their welfare. I have
+  transmitted the order for the plaid, and as soon as it can be
+  prepared I shall send it to them.
+
+                          "I have the honour to be,
+                                      dear Sir, yours, &c. &c.
+                                           "CHAS. AUG. MURRAY,
+              "_Master of Her Majesty's Household, Buckingham Palace._
+
+  "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+ */
+
+The reading of this letter called forth a round of applause, which the
+Indians did not seem to understand until its contents were interpreted
+to them by Cadotte, when they received the bank-note with a yell or
+two, and then gathered around it to examine it, and to make out, if
+they could, how it could be a present of 20_l._, or (in American
+currency, which they were a little more familiar with) 100 dollars.
+That they might better appreciate it, however, I sent Daniel to the
+door with it, who in a few moments brought back twenty sovereigns,
+which were placed in the chief's hand, and, being better understood,
+were soon divided equally, and put into the pouches which were
+attached to their belts.
+
+The War-chief (who was not much of an orator, and always seemed
+embarrassed when he spoke) then rose, and advanced to the front of the
+platform to offer his acknowledgments. He held his long pipe to his
+lips, and, drawing several deep breaths of smoke to his lungs, and
+pouring it out through his nostrils, at length began:--
+
+  "My friends--I can't speak--I never speak. (Great applause, and he
+  smoked again.)
+
+  "My friends--My heart and my tongue were never made to live together.
+  (Roar of applause, and '_How, how, how!_') Our chief is old, and his
+  words few: he has told you that the Great Spirit has been kind to us,
+  and that we have seen the face of our Great Mother the Queen. We have
+  all thanked the Great Spirit for this, and we all wish to thank our
+  Great Mother now for the presents she has sent us. She is not here,
+  and we can't thank her; but we see these presents pass through your
+  hands, and we wish to thank you. ('_How, how, how!_' and 'Hear.')
+
+  "Brothers--I have no more to say, but I shall be glad in a little
+  time to offer you my hand." ("_How, how, how!_" and applause.)
+
+The audience were now prepared, and the Indians also, for the
+_pipe-dance_, one of the most spirited and picturesque of their dances,
+and which they gave with great effect. It was then announced that the
+Indians would seat themselves on the front of the platform, where
+all the visitors who desired it might have an opportunity to advance
+and shake hands with them. This afforded the visitors a gratifying
+opportunity of getting nearer to them, and disposed many to be liberal
+to them, who gave them money and trinkets to a considerable amount.
+
+Thus passed their first night of exhibition in London. The audience
+gradually drew off, and the Indians, at length seeing a space through
+which they could pass, gathered up their weapons, &c., and retired to
+their private rooms, leaving Daniel to answer to, and explain, all
+the curious surmises and questions that had been raised in the minds
+of the audience during the evening, and not explained; amongst whom
+(he told me the next day) there were at least a dozen who wished to
+know "in what way the Indians were _taken_--whether with a lasso or
+in a sort of pit," as they had heard of their taking wild oxen, &c.
+Half a dozen inquired what part of the Indies they were from; twenty
+or more "whether Cooper's descriptions of the Red Indians were true;"
+several "whether they eat the scalps;" and one desired to be informed
+"if it was actually necessary to cross the ocean to get to America,
+or whether it was not attached to the mainland." Several ladies were
+waiting to inquire "whether the Indians actually had no beards;" and
+a great number of women after these, some of whom lingered patiently
+until all other questions had been answered, begged to know "whether
+the interpreter and the handsome little fellow _Sah-mah_ were married."
+
+Mr. Rankin and myself, as usual, went into the Indians' apartments to
+smoke a pipe with them after the fatigues of the evening were over, and
+we found the poor fellows in an unusually pleasant humour, counting
+over and showing the money and trinkets which they had received from
+the visitors, and also the money sent by the Queen, which, to be
+divided more exactly _per capita_ (their mode of dividing presents),
+they had got changed into silver.
+
+Their high excitement and exhilaration convinced us that it was the
+very sort of life they required to lead to secure their health; and
+their remarks upon the incidents that had transpired in the room, as
+well as things they discovered in the crowd, were exceedingly amusing
+and caused them a great deal of merriment whilst they were repeating
+them over. In the midst of all this they often uttered the exciting
+word _Chickabobboo_; and it occurred to Mr. Rankin and myself as a
+suitable occasion to explain to them that we had no objection to
+their having each a glass of ale at their dinner, and also after the
+exceeding fatigues of their dances at night. We told them "that, in
+binding them in the promise they had made, and so far kept, it never
+entered our heads that they were not to be allowed an occasional
+glass of wine or ale--luxuries of which nearly all the good people
+of England, ladies as well as gentlemen, and even divines, partook in
+a moderate way. We believed that they would use as much discretion in
+taking those things as English fashionable people did, and felt quite
+sure they would keep their promise with us. I told them that this ale
+which I had just mentioned was a very fine drink, and we thought that,
+though it was not quite as good as the Queen's _chickabobboo_, yet they
+would like it, and that a glass of it at dinner, and also after their
+night's fatigues, would give them strength and be of service to them.
+I told them also that we had just sent for a jug of it (at that moment
+coming in), that they might try it, and see whether they liked it."
+"_How, how, how!_" resounded through the whole house; and each, as he
+emptied his glass, shouted "_Chickabobboo! chickabobboo! ne-she-sheen!
+ne-she-sheen!_" (good, good). So we agreed that, if on the next
+morning they should pronounce its effects to be pleasing, they should
+be allowed a similar quantity every day at dinner, and also at night,
+instead of the strong coffee they were accustomed to drink before going
+to bed.
+
+We then left them; and thus finished our first day's labours and
+excitements at the Egyptian Hall.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XIV.
+
+  Rev. Mr. S---- and friend visit the Indians again--A day appointed
+      for a _talk_ about religion--Indians go to the Thames
+      Tunnel--Give the medicine-dance (wabeno) under it--Kind
+      treatment there, and _Chickabobboo_--The exhibition--Egyptian
+      Hall--Debate about the propriety of the Indians dancing
+      to make money--Great crowd--Woman screaming and lifted on
+      to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards called the "_jolly
+      fat_ dame")--She gives Cadotte a beautiful bracelet--Her
+      admiration of Cadotte--Evening gossip after their
+      exhibition--The amusements of the evening and sights of the
+      day--A clergyman asks an interview with the Indians and gets
+      offended--Exhibition rooms at night--Great crowd--The "jolly
+      fat dame" in full dress--She talks with Cadotte--Indians meet
+      the Rev. Mr. S---- and friend by appointment--Old Chief's
+      speech to them--Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee's speech--Reverend
+      gentlemen thank them and take leave.
+
+
+The morning after their first interview with the public at the Egyptian
+Hall having been deemed a proper time for a visit to them, the Rev. Mr.
+S---- and a friend called on me with a view to a further conversation
+with them on the subject of religion, which had been postponed at
+their request until after they had seen the Queen, which honour they
+had now had. I spoke to the chiefs about it, and they said, "It is
+very difficult now, for we have not time. Mr. Rankin has gone for the
+carriage, and we are just going out to ride, but you can bring them in."
+
+The old chief received them very kindly, and gave them seats, when the
+Rev. Mr. S---- addressed them through the interpreter in the most kind
+and winning manner. "My friends, I have been delighted to see by the
+papers that your Great Mother the Queen has graciously received you
+and made you some valuable presents; and I hope the time is come now
+when your minds are at ease, and we can have some conversation on that
+great and important subject that I proposed the other day."
+
+The old man was at that moment painting his face with vermilion and
+bear's grease, as he sat on the floor with a small looking-glass
+between his knees, and the palms of both hands covered with his red
+paint, which he was plastering over his face, and impressing on his
+naked arms and shoulders. He was not in a condition or mood to make a
+speech, or to hold a long talk; but he replied in a few words: "You
+see, my friends, that it is impossible to talk long now, for my young
+men, like myself, are all dressing and painting to take our ride,
+which we take every morning at ten. We are going now to the show of
+wild beasts, and we can't wait long; if we do, we may not see them."
+The reverend gentleman very pleasantly and patiently said to him, that
+he did not wish to take up any of their time when they had amusements
+or exercise to attend to; but he hoped they would keep the subject in
+mind, and give them some leisure hour when they could listen to him;
+and proposed the next day at twelve o'clock. The old man said, "No; at
+twelve they were to give their exhibition, which was, after that day,
+to be given in the day and evening also."--"Well, at two?"--"At two we
+dine."--"Well, what do you do after dinner?"--"Sleep."--"Not all the
+afternoon?"--"Pretty much."--"Well, in the morning, at eight?"--"_In
+bed_ at eight."--"What time do you breakfast?"--"About nine."--"Well,
+then, say ten?"--"Well, ten."--"To-morrow?"--"No, next day." The
+reverend gentleman then said, "Well, my good friends, we will come and
+see you the day after to-morrow, at ten; and we hope you will think of
+this important subject in the mean time." The chief said, "He would
+be glad to see them, as he had promised; but they had so much to see
+and to think of, that it was not probable they could have much time to
+think about it; and as the Queen didn't say anything to them about it,
+they hadn't given it any thought since they last met."
+
+The Indians took their customary omnibus drive-- not on this morning,
+as the old chief anticipated, to the menagerie, but to the Thames
+Tunnel and London Bridge. To these they were accompanied by Mr. Rankin,
+and looked upon them both as the wondrous works of white men's hands,
+which they could not comprehend. When they entered the Tunnel, and were
+told that they were under the middle of the Thames, and that the great
+ships were riding over their heads, they stood in utter astonishment,
+with their hands over their mouths (denoting silence), and said nothing
+until they came out. They called it the "_Great Medicine Cave_," and
+gave the medicine (or _wa-be-no_) dance at the entrance of it. Mr.
+Rankin made a speech here to the thousands assembled, which I believe
+was never recorded. They were met with much kindness at that place,
+where they received some fine presents, and were treated, they said, to
+some very good _chickabobboo_.
+
+The scene at the Egyptian Hall on this evening was again very exciting,
+the Hall being as full as it could pack, and the Indians in great glee,
+which insured much amusement. I accompanied the Indians on to the
+platform as before, and, as usual, introduced them to the audience,
+and explained the objects for which they had come to this country,
+&c.: they then proceeded with their amusements by giving a dance,
+accompanied by their customary yells and the war-whoop, which was
+followed by thundering applause. They then seated themselves and smoked
+their pipes, while I explained the nature and object of the dance they
+had just given. While I was thus engaged, some decided opposition to
+the nature of the exhibition manifested itself, which might well exist
+in the minds of persons unacquainted with the relative position in
+which these Indians and myself stood; and which objections I felt quite
+willing to meet at that moment.
+
+The first interruption that I met with was from a man who had taken his
+position in front of me, and whom I had seen several times endeavouring
+to obtain a hearing. He at length took an opportunity when he could be
+distinctly heard, and addressed me thus:--"Do you think it right, Sir,
+to bring those poor ignorant people here to dance for money?" There was
+a cry of "Put him out! put him out!" but as soon as I could restore
+silence I said, "No, my friends, don't put him out; I wish to answer
+such questions." At that moment another rose in an opposite part of the
+room, and said--
+
+  "I think it is degrading to those poor people to be brought here,
+  Sir, to be shown like wild beasts, for the purpose of making money;
+  and I think, more than that,--that it is degrading to _you_, Sir, to
+  bring them here for such a purpose; and the sooner it is stopped the
+  better."
+
+The audience, at my request, had held silence until this speech was
+finished, when there was a general cry of "Turn him out! turn him out!
+Shame! shame!" &c.
+
+I waited as patiently as I could until silence was restored, when I was
+enabled to get every ear in the house to listen to me; and I then said--
+
+  "My friends, I beg that there may be no more disposition to turn
+  any one out, for, if I can be heard a few moments, I will save all
+  further trouble, and, I venture to say, make those two gentlemen as
+  good friends to the Indians, and to myself, as any in the room. The
+  questions which they have naturally put are perfectly fair questions,
+  and such as I am anxious everywhere to answer to. The position in
+  which I stand at present is not, I grant, ostensibly, the one in
+  which my former professions would place me. I have been several years
+  known to the British public, from my labours and my professions, as
+  an advocate for the character and the rights of American Indians.
+  This position I have taken, and still claim, from a residence of
+  eight years amongst the various tribes where I have travelled, at
+  great expense, and hazard to my life, acquainting myself with their
+  true native dispositions, whilst I was collecting the memorials of
+  these abused and dying people, which you see at this time hanging
+  around us. In the eight years of my life which I have devoted to this
+  subject, I have preserved more historical evidences of these people,
+  and done more justice to their character, than any man living; and on
+  these grounds I demand at least the presumption that I am acting a
+  friendly part towards them, who have in their own country treated me
+  with genuine hospitality. (Hear, hear! and immense applause.)
+
+  "My friends, we come now to the facts, which it is my duty to
+  mention, and which I presume those two gentlemen are not acquainted
+  with. In the first place, I did not bring these people to this
+  country, but have always been opposed to such parties going to a
+  foreign country for such an object.[9] These Indians are men, with
+  reasoning faculties and shrewdness like to our own, and they have
+  deliberately entered into a written agreement with the person who
+  has the charge of them, and who is now in the room, to come to this
+  country, stimulated by the ambition of seeing Her Majesty the Queen,
+  whose lawful subjects they are, and make, if possible, by their
+  humble and honest exertions, a little money to carry home to their
+  children. (Immense applause.)
+
+  "These people are the avowed friends of the English in their own
+  country, and several of them are here to show the frightful wounds
+  they received in fighting Her Majesty's battles in the war of 1812.
+  (Applause, and Hear!)
+
+  "When they arrived, their first object was to see my collection,
+  which is known (at least by report) to almost every Indian to the
+  Pacific coast; and when they were in it, they decided that there was
+  the appropriate place for their dances, &c., and insisted upon my
+  conducting their exhibitions. By this it is seen that I met these
+  persons in this country; and in the belief that my countenance and
+  aid would render them subjects of greater interest, and therefore
+  promote their views, I have undertaken to stand by them as their
+  friend and advocate--not as wild beasts, but as men (though perhaps
+  'degraded,' as civilized actors degrade themselves on foreign boards)
+  labouring in an honest vocation, amid a world of strangers, wiser and
+  shrewder than themselves, for the means of feeding their wives and
+  little children. (Hear, hear, hear.)
+
+  "These people are here at an enormous expense, and the gentleman to
+  whom they have intrusted themselves has a tremendous responsibility
+  on his hands, for he must return them safe home, at his own expense,
+  after sharing the receipts of the expedition with them. They are
+  free men, and not slaves; and in a free country like this, who will
+  have the cruelty to say to them, 'Stop your vocation, and go to the
+  streets, like the poor Lascars, with brooms in your hands;' or the
+  kindness to say, 'Quit your dancing, and we will pay your expenses to
+  the shores of Lake Huron, and give you money to buy blankets and food
+  for your wives and little children'? (Hear, hear! and applause.)
+
+  "As for 'degradation,' I only hope, my friends, that I may always
+  live as free from it as I consider myself whilst by my exertions
+  I am promoting the honest views of these simple and unoffending
+  people; and for the name and honour of civilization I only wish that
+  the thousands of the enlightened world who are led into the Indian
+  countries by the passion to make money, would make it in as honest
+  a way, and as free from degradation, as the one in which these poor
+  fellows are labouring here to make a little." (Cheers and immense
+  applause, and cries of "No reply, no reply!")
+
+ [9] On a subject of so much importance to me, I deem proof
+     admissible and necessary, and therefore offer to the reader the
+     following letter from the former Secretary at War, Mr. Poinsett,
+     to whom I had written on the subject of an expedition, fitting
+     out in the United States, for such a purpose, several years
+     since:--
+
+     My dear Sir,                Washington City, October 19th, 1839.
+
+     I received your letter of the 11th instant, and am much obliged
+     to you for the information of the contemplated speculations with
+     Indians in foreign countries. I have taken precautions to defeat
+     all such enterprises, and will prosecute the speculators, and
+     saddle them with heavy costs, instead of gains, if I can detect
+     them. I consider such proceedings are calculated to degrade the
+     Red Man, and certainly not to exalt the whites engaged in them.
+
+                                       With great regard,
+                                            Yours very truly,
+
+     _To Geo. Catlin, Esq._     J. R. POINSETT, Sec. at War.
+
+     A few days after I received the above letter an order was issued
+     from the department of war to all the surveyors of Atlantic ports,
+     prohibiting Indians from being shipped to England, or other
+     foreign countries, for the purposes of exhibitions, without the
+     consent of the Government of the country.
+
+My two opponents by this time had lowered their heads and were lost
+sight of amidst the crowd, and no other objections were heard from
+them; and the poor Indians, who had enjoyed a good pipe in the mean
+time, without knowing the nature of our debate, were rested and
+prepared for their next dance. The audience at this time were all
+standing, and wedged together, as it were, in every part of the
+room; and amongst such a crowd, so closely packed, there were many
+occurrences in the course of the evening which afforded much amusement
+to the Indians, who were overlooking the whole of it from their
+platform. The screams of one woman, who announced that "she should
+faint unless she could get out," stopped all proceedings for a few
+moments. It was decided on all hands to be impossible for her to reach
+the door; and, being near the platform, she was at length lifted on
+to it by the joint aid of the Indians and those below, and she then
+took a conspicuous seat, as she supposed, for the rest of the evening.
+Another now hallooed for help and fresh air, and, not being so near
+the platform, was told that it was entirely impossible to get out,
+unless she was lifted over the heads of the crowd. "Never mind," said
+she, "I must go!" So she was raised by many hands, amidst a roar of
+laughter and fun, every one over whose head she was passed, being
+quite willing and ready to lend a hand, with a "Lay hold here! pass
+her along," &c. The "jolly fat dame" (as she was afterwards called),
+who had escaped from the surges and squeezes of the mass below, now
+comfortably seated on the edge of the platform, and briskly plying
+her pocket-handkerchief by way of fan, began to imagine her condition
+in no way improved, inasmuch as her back was towards her friends the
+Indians, and her jolly red face, of necessity, under the intense
+glare of the chandelier, and exposed to the gaze of the audience,
+who she imagined were passing their criticisms on her "good looks."
+(_Plate_ No. 7.) More and more annoyed every moment at the idea that
+her ruddy face was growing redder and redder as it was just in the
+focus of all eyes in the room, and at the instant thought also that
+(considering she was only coming into a crowd) her stays had been left
+off, and her new poplin dress, with lace frill in front, not prudent
+to wear, she had silently and unadvisedly resolved upon resuming her
+old position, and with that view unceremoniously launched herself,
+feet foremost, amongst the crowd of gentlemen below. Owing to several
+circumstances--the density of the crowd, her rotund and unwedge-like
+form, &c.,--there was an insurmountable difficulty (which she probably
+had not anticipated) in bringing down with her feet to the floor, or
+anywhere in that direction, the voluminous paraphernalia with which
+she was circumvested. This state of semi-suspension (her toes merely
+occasionally feeling the floor) became instantly alarming to her, as
+well as conspicuous and amusing to the Indians and the audience; and
+whilst she was imploring one party in the name of Heaven to lift, and
+the other to pull, the strong and muscular arms of the interpreter,
+Cadotte, gracefully raised her out of the abyss below, and, leading
+her across to the back part of the platform, gave her a comfortable
+seat, squatted behind, and in the shadow of the Indian group, amongst
+shields and war-clubs, and other implements used by the Indians in
+their various amusements.
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 7.]
+
+All was mirth and amusement during the remainder of the evening; and
+the last position of the "jolly fat dame" (who it would seem had
+strolled in on the occasion alone) proved exceedingly gratifying to
+her, as it afforded her an opportunity of a few words of conversation
+now and then with Cadotte, and of bestowing upon him a very splendid
+bracelet which she took from her own arm, saying, as she gave it,
+"Look here; you will always know me in a crowd, for on my left arm I
+have the fellow to it, and I will always wear it for your sake, that
+you may not lose sight of me." This gush of kindness had suffused the
+uninvaded soul of this simple and fresh-grown young man, and, when the
+exhibition had closed, gained her the kindness of his strong grip again
+in easing her down upon the floor. His backwoods gallantry could not
+allow her to wander about alone and uninstructed, and he glided down
+from the platform on his soft mocassined feet, and, with his eagle and
+ostrich plumes waving six feet and a half from the floor, was strolling
+around by her side as the audience were withdrawing from the room,
+and enlightening her by his descriptions of the paintings and Indian
+curiosities covering the walls of the Hall.
+
+The Indians in the mean time had shaken hands with the audience, and
+received many fine presents, and having gathered their robes and
+their weapons, and Mr. Rankin having announced to Cadotte that "the
+carriage was ready," the poor fellow turned upon his heel and said, "I
+am obliged to go." "I am so sorry," she exclaimed; "but look ye, can
+you read?" "Yes, ma'am." "But can you read writing?" "Yes, a little."
+"Oh, well, never mind, I'm going to be here every night--oh! it is so
+charming to me! Good night, good night!"
+
+The Indians were now off to their lodgings, and the greater part of
+the audience also, leaving poor Daniel, as usual, in the midst of
+some dozen or two of the most inquisitive and knowledge seeking and
+devouring, to answer the accustomed routine of inquiries reserved for
+this (to them) most profitable part of the exhibition.
+
+He was assuring the crowd around him that "these people were _not_
+taken with a lasso, nor were they taken in a pit (as some had
+conjectured), but that they had _come in_ of their own accord," &c. He
+was also showing the _real lasso_, and explaining that it was only a
+cord with a noose at the end of it, which the Indians throw over the
+wild horses' necks to catch them, and not "a _net_ or a _hammock_,"
+to both of which he pointed, and which it seems many had mistook for
+lassoes.
+
+He had also commented upon several _real scalps_ which he had taken
+down and was holding in his hand, saying, "Gentlemen, what nonsense to
+talk about Indians eating the scalps! You see the scalp is nothing but
+a small piece of the skin from the top of the head, with the hair on
+it, and dried as hard as a bit of sole-leather: there couldn't be any
+pleasure in eating a thing of that sort."
+
+About this time the "jolly fat dame," having edged up in his vicinity,
+touched Daniel on the shoulder, and at her nod and wink he followed her
+to the other side of the room, when she said, "Well, you know _me_,
+don't you, Daniel?" "Yes, madam, I recollect you very well; you used
+to come here, some months ago, very often, to see the collection and
+the tableaux." "Well, now," said she, "look here: those shoats there
+will worry you to death; I'd let them alone; they'll go in a minute.
+Ah, what a delightful scene this has been to-night! The _real Indians_
+after all! what I never expected to see. I never was so happy and so
+much delighted before--oh, dear me! they are _such fine_ fellows! I
+shall be here every night. I can't keep away. How happy they seem! they
+are clever--ah, that they are! I venture to say they are very clever
+men. That Interpreter!--what's his name? for I have forgotten." "His
+name is Cadotte, madam." "Ah, yes; stop a moment till I write it down,
+lest I should forget. I don't like to forget things--I can't say that I
+like to forget. How do you say? Cado--with two t's, or one?" "I believe
+it is spelt with two t's, madam." "Yes, I dare say--_Cadotte!_--now I
+have it! Well, it is wonderful! What a fine-looking fellow that Cadotte
+is--ha!--what a tremendous powerful man! Oh, law me! he made nothing
+of taking me up there. I suppose you saw him?" "No, madam, I was
+'tending door; but I heard of it." "Why, bless me! I was no more than
+a pocket-handkerchief to him as he lifted me on to the platform; and
+you see I'm not a thing for the wind to blow away--oh dear!--and what a
+tremendous hand he has! I never saw the like. When he took hold of my
+arm it seemed as if he could have crushed it in a moment. I am sure he
+is six feet and a half high." "No, not quite that, madam, but pretty
+near it." "Well, really he is a giant, almost; and yet I am sure he is
+young--not over 20 I am quite sure!" "No, madam, he is but just turned
+18 I believe." "Oh, charming! and how wonderful! But you are jesting,
+Daniel?" "No, madam, I may be mistaken, but I believe I am right."
+"He can't be married yet?" "Oh, no, you may be sure of that--I don't
+suppose he ever thought of a woman yet." "Bless me!--ah, well!--did you
+see the present I made him, Daniel?" "No, madam, I have not." "Look
+there! I gave him the fellow to that. He'll recollect me, won't he?
+I took it off, and tried to buckle it on his wrist myself; but, law
+me, what a tremendous arm he has got! it wouldn't go much more than
+half way around! I thought _I_ had a pretty lusty arm, Daniel?--feel
+it--clasp it round--take hold higher up--up there--I never wear
+sleeves!--that's lusty, is'nt it?" "Yes, by jolly!" said Daniel, as
+he was making a careful estimate of it; "that's a stout arm, madam."
+"Well, mine is a baby's arm to that 'boy's,' as you call him. Ah, well,
+Daniel, I am taking up your time, and I must go. I shall be here every
+night, I assure you; and you will always let me in early? You see I
+am not half dressed to-night. I want to get as near that corner of the
+platform as possible when I come." "I understand." "Good night!" "Good
+night! madam."
+
+At this moment, or a moment after, Daniel closed the door upon the
+last remaining visitors, and I stepped out from behind a green curtain
+at one end of the platform, forming a little retreat into which I was
+in the habit of withdrawing myself to avoid the crowd at the close of
+the exhibition. Owing to this little accident, therefore, the reader
+is in possession of the above ejaculatory conversation between the
+"jolly fat lady" and Daniel; for as, in taking him to the "other side
+of the room," she had most fortunately placed her back within a few
+inches of the screen that was before me, bringing poor Daniel's eye to
+mine directly over her shoulder, I was enabled to record, _verbatim et
+literatim_ (which it might have puzzled poor Daniel to have done from
+recollection, after the excitement of her jolly fat arm), precisely all
+that was said and done on the occasion, as above related.
+
+"Why," said I, "Daniel, that lady seems to be quite 'taken' with
+Cadotte." "Taken! she's more than that--she's dead _in love_ with
+him. I'll be shot if ever I saw the like in my life--the woman is
+perfectly mad after him--and she's the same lady that used to come to
+the _tableaux_ so often when you gave them in the Egyptian Hall, and
+was repeatedly asking (as you'll recollect I told you) whether you were
+actually married; and when I told her you were, she wouldn't believe
+it. She's the same identical woman. I knew her in a moment, for I have
+talked hours with her in the exhibition rooms; and didn't you hear her
+call me Daniel when she spoke to me to-night? She appears to be quite
+a lady. She used to come in quite a respectable carriage; and I'll
+venture to say it has been standing at the door all the evening, and
+I'll be shot but it will be there every night for a fortnight to come."
+
+"Well, it is quite a curious case; but let us treat her respectfully,
+and with politeness, on all occasions." "Oh, yes, certainly; she is
+very civil and polite, and you may be sure, Mr. Catlin, that she will
+receive no other treatment from me."
+
+Under an agreement with Mr. Rankin and the Indians to meet them at
+their lodgings after the exhibition, I repaired to their rooms,
+and found them just finishing their beefsteaks and their jug of
+_chickabobboo_. They were all in a merry humour, talking over the
+curious scenes they had witnessed in the crowd. They said they thought
+the Englishwomen loved to be squeezed in a crowd, for there were a
+great many there, and they seemed to be very happy and goodnatured.
+They were sure that they saw several persons quite drunk in the room,
+and also believed that many of the ladies there must have been drinking
+_chickabobboo_. They had several hearty laughs about the poor woman
+who was passed over the people's heads; and also about the "jolly fat
+dame," who was lifted on to the platform by Cadotte; and they teazed
+him a long time with their jokes about her, and the beautiful present
+he had received from her, and which they had seen her a long time
+trying to fasten on to his arm.
+
+Their jokes, which they were thus innocently enjoying, and their
+_chickabobbo_, seemed to make them cheerful and happy; and I returned
+home, myself pleased, and went to bed.
+
+My desk was now becoming loaded with communications relative to the
+Ojibbeway Indians, with more inquiries about their domestic habits and
+warfare than I could possibly find time to answer, and more invitations
+to dinners and parties than they could attend to; and on the next
+day, amongst numerous applications for private interviews, were two
+notes from reverend gentlemen, wishing opportunities to converse with
+them. To them I answered that I should feel much satisfaction in
+affording them every opportunity and every facility in my power, and I
+recommended that they should come the next day at ten o'clock, when the
+Indians were, by appointment, to meet several clergymen to converse
+upon the subject of religion. One of those reverend gentlemen replied
+to my note, saying, that "he should prefer a different audience from
+that which I had named, and should feel as if I had acted entirely up
+to the professions of my first note if I would use my endeavours to
+obtain it;" to which I answered that "my only reason for recommending
+that occasion was, that, as they had already had several short
+interviews with clergymen, and had fixed upon that morning for a final
+interview, I thought it probable it would be the only opportunity he
+could have of hearing them state their religious belief." I never
+received any further communication from this reverend gentleman, nor
+did he attend the meeting named; and if I gave him any offence, it was
+done while I was giving him what I thought to be the most friendly
+advice.
+
+The next night of their exhibition at the Egyptian Hall passed off much
+like the preceding one; the Hall was crowded, and in the midst of the
+crowd, at the end of the platform (as she had desired it), appeared the
+"_jolly fat dame_" in _full_ dress, and fully equipped and prepared for
+any emergency. She was in her "_stays_" and her _poplin_ and _lace_,
+and loaded with trinkets; and although it was now the middle of winter,
+that she might not suffer quite so much as she had done the night
+before, she had brought a large fan, which the heat of the room and its
+excitements made it necessary to keep constantly in motion. Daniel had
+placed her where she could get some support by leaning on the platform,
+and once in a while whisper a word to Cadotte, whose beautifully
+embroidered mocassins were near to her nose when he leant forward to
+listen to her, with the eagle plumes and ostrich feathers of his cap
+falling gracefully down over her shoulders. She looked altogether more
+lovely and "killing" that night than on the first; and, while she kept
+more cool and considerate, was not lessening the progress which her
+fascinations were making upon the heart of poor Cadotte, nor curtailing
+the draughts of admiration which she was taking in at every breath she
+inhaled, and at every glance that she had of his manly and herculean
+figure as it moved before her.
+
+What transpired in the bosom and the brain of this fair dame during the
+evening, none but herself can exactly know; but, from the lustre of her
+eyes, and the pleasure beaming from every part of her jolly face, it
+was evident that peace and happiness, for the time, reigned within.
+
+The dances and other amusements of the evening pleased all of the
+audience well, and the "jolly fat dame" _supremely_. The Indians
+returned to their apartments, and delighted themselves by counting
+over their money and trinkets, with which they were well pleased, and
+drinking their _chickabobboo_.
+
+The next morning at ten o'clock, the hour appointed, the Rev. Mr. S----
+and friend called, and were conducted by me to the Indians' apartments.
+They were met with cordiality by the Indians and by Mr. Rankin; and
+when the kind and reverend gentleman reminded them of the promise made
+him for that morning, they all responded "_How, how, how!_"
+
+They then, at the order of the chief, all spread their robes upon the
+floor, upon which they took their seats, and at once were in _council_.
+
+The reverend gentleman then, in a tone and a manner the most winning,
+and calculated to impress upon them the sincerity of his views, told
+them "he was aware that they were religious, that they all worshipped
+the Great Spirit, but that he did not exactly know in what way; that
+he did not come here to tell them anything to give them offence, but
+with the hope of learning something more of their belief and modes of
+worship, of which he confessed he was ignorant, and also of explaining
+to them what he and the other divines in the civilized world believed
+to be the best, if not the only true religion." (Here the old chief
+lighted his pipe, which he commenced smoking.)
+
+The reverend gentleman then explained, in the briefest manner possible,
+and in the mode the best calculated for their understanding (and which
+was literally interpreted them), the system of the Christian religion
+and the mode of redemption.
+
+When the reverend gentleman had finished his remarks, the old chief
+filled his pipe again, and, sitting with his eyes cast down until he
+had smoked it partly out, he handed it to the War-chief, and (instead
+of rising, as an Indian does to speak on any other subject) the old man
+rested his elbows on his knees and answered as follows:--[10]
+
+  "My friends--We feel thankful for the information and advice which
+  you come to give us, for we know that you are good men and sincere,
+  and that we are like children, and stand in need of advice.
+
+  "We have listened to your words, and have no fault to find with them.
+  We have heard the same words in our own country, where there have
+  been many white people to speak them, and our ears have never been
+  shut against them.
+
+  "We have tried to understand white man's religion, but we cannot--it
+  is _medicine_ to us, and we think we have no need of it. _Our_
+  religion is simple, and the Great Spirit who gave it to us has
+  taught us all how to understand it. We believe that the Great Spirit
+  made our religion for us, and white man's religion for white men.
+  Their sins we believe are much greater than ours, and perhaps the
+  Great Spirit has thought it best therefore to give them a different
+  religion.
+
+  "Some white men have come to our country, and told us that if we did
+  not take up white man's religion, and give up our own, we should all
+  be lost. Now we don't believe that; and we think those are bad or
+  blind men.
+
+  "My friends--We know that the Great Spirit made the red men to dwell
+  in the forests, and white men to live in green fields and in fine
+  houses; and we believe that we shall live separate in the world to
+  come. The best that we expect or want in a future state is a clear
+  sky and beautiful hunting-grounds, where we expect to meet the
+  friends whom we loved; and we believe that if we speak the truth
+  we shall go there. This we think might not suit white people, and
+  therefore we believe that their religion is best for them.
+
+  "If we follow the religion of our fathers we shall meet them again:
+  if we follow a different religion we are not sure of it.
+
+  "My friends--We are here but a few, and we are a great way from our
+  homes, and we shall have but little time to waste in talking on this
+  subject. When a few white men come into our country to make money,
+  we don't ask them to take up our religion. We are here away from our
+  wives and children to try to get some money for them, and there are
+  many things we can take home to them of much more use than white
+  man's religion. Give us guns and ammunition, that we can kill food
+  for them, and protect them from our enemies, and keep whisky and rum
+  sellers out of our country.
+
+  "My friends--We love you, and give you our hands; but we wish to
+  follow the religion of our fathers, and would rather not talk any
+  more on the subject." (_'How, how, how!'_)
+
+ [10] The numerous conversations held on the subjects of religion
+     and education with the three different parties of Indians,
+     in various parts of England, as well as on the continent, I
+     consider form one of the most interesting features of this work;
+     and as I have been present at them all, I have taken down all
+     the Indians' remarks on those occasions, and I have inserted
+     them in all cases in this book as I wrote them from their lips,
+     and not in any case from recollection.--AUTHOR.
+
+When the old man had thus closed his remarks, _Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee_
+took the pipe and puffed away a few minutes as hard as he could, when
+he spoke as follows:--
+
+  "My friends--The words of our chief, which you have just heard, are
+  good--they are the words of nearly all of our nation. Some of the
+  Ojibbeways say that the words of the white people are the best; but
+  we believe that they have two tongues.
+
+  "My friends--A few years ago a _black-coat_ came amongst us in the
+  town where I live, and told us the same words as you have spoken this
+  morning. He said that the religion of the white men was the only
+  good religion; and some began to believe him, and after a while a
+  great many believed him; and then he wanted us to help build him a
+  house; and we did so. We lifted very hard at the logs to put up his
+  house, and when it was done many sent their children to him to learn
+  to read, and some girls got so as to read the 'good book,' and their
+  fathers were very proud of it; and at last one of these girls had a
+  baby, and not long after it another had a baby, and the _black-coat_
+  then ran away, and we have never seen him since. My friends, we don't
+  think this right. I believe there is another _black-coat_ now in the
+  same house. Some of the Indians send their boys there to learn to
+  read, but they dare not let their girls go.
+
+  "My friends, this is all I have to say." (_'How, how, how!'_)
+
+The reverend gentlemen kindly thanked the Indians for their patience,
+and, telling me that it would be cruel and useless, under their present
+circumstances, to question them longer, thanked Mr. Rankin and myself
+for the kind assistance we had rendered them, and retired, leaving with
+them as a present several very handsome Bibles. As I was leaving the
+room I heard the old chief complaining that talking made his lips very
+dry, and Mr. Rankin ordered for them a jug of _chickabobboo_.[11]
+
+ [11] The minds of the Indians had been so much engrossed for several
+     days with the subject of religion, that the inventive powers
+     of the little _Sah-mah_ (Tobacco) had been at work; and when I
+     called on them the next morning one of them handed me his ideas,
+     as he had put them on paper with a lead pencil, and I give them
+     to the reader (Plate No. 8) as near as my own hand could copy
+     them from his original sketch now in my portfolio. If the reader
+     can understand the lines, he will learn from it something of the
+     state of the arts in the Indian country, as well as their native
+     propensity to burlesque.
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 8.]
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XV.
+
+  Exhibition rooms--Great crowd--The "jolly fat dame"--Her
+      interview with Cadotte--She gives presents to all the
+      Indians--Excitement in the crowd--Women kissing the
+      Indians--Red paint on their faces and dresses--Old Chief's
+      dream and feast of thanksgiving--An annual ceremony--Curious
+      forms observed--Indians invited to the St. George's
+      archery-ground--They shoot for a gold medal--They dine with
+      the members of the club--The "jolly fat dame" and Cadotte--She
+      takes him to his lodgings in her carriage--Cadotte (or the
+      "Strong-wind") gets sick--Is in love with another!--Daniel
+      unfolds the secret to her--Her distress--She goes to the
+      country--The "jolly fat dame" returns--Cadotte's engagement to
+      marry--Rankin promotes the marriage--The Author disapproves of
+      it.
+
+
+The reader will easily imagine the position of the Indians at this time
+to have been a very pleasant and satisfactory one to themselves--all in
+good health; having seen and pleased the Queen; having met the public
+several times in the great city of London, where their Hall was crowded
+every night, and was likely to continue so; where everybody applauded,
+and many bestowed on them presents in trinkets and money; with plenty
+of roast beef, and withal indulged in their _chickabobboo_. The old
+chief had finished his talks on religion, and Cadotte was in the
+delightful state of incubation under the genial warmth of the wing of
+the jolly fat dame.
+
+The Hall on this evening was as overflowing as on the previous nights.
+The "jolly fat dame" had been the first one at the door, and, by
+the power of her smiles upon Daniel's gallantry, she had passed in
+before the hour for admitting the public. This had most luckily (and
+_bewitchingly_, as she did not expect it) allowed her a delightful
+_tête-à-tête_ of a few minutes with Cadotte, who happened to be
+sauntering about in the half-lighted hall of the exhibition, while the
+Indians were in an ante-chamber, putting on their streaks of paint, and
+arranging their locks of hair and ornaments for the evening. Lucky,
+lucky hour! What passed there in these few minutes nobody knows. _One
+thing_, however, we may presume, _did pass_ in that short time. Upon
+Daniel's authority she had a letter in her hand when she entered, and
+which was never identified on her person afterwards, though a similar
+one poor Cadotte was seen poring over for several subsequent days, at
+odd spells, like a child at its task in its spelling-book. As she was
+first in, she took her old position, which had afforded her so much
+pleasure the evening before. As her heart was more smitten, her hand
+became more liberal: she had come this night loaded with presents, and
+dealt them out without stint to the whole party. As each one received
+his brooch, or his pin, or his guard-chain, he held it up and gave a
+yell, which made the good lady's kindnesses subjects of notoriety; and
+we believed, and _feared_ also, that her vanity was such, that, to make
+the most of the occasion, she drew upon some of the most costly of the
+ornaments that adorned her own ample person. During the excitement
+thus produced by the distribution of her trinkets, some female in the
+midst of the crowd held up and displayed a beautiful bracelet "for the
+first one who should get to it." Three or four of the young fellows,
+with their naked shoulders and arms, leaped with the rapidity almost
+of lightning into the screaming mass. The little _Sah-mah_, who was
+the _beau-ideal_ of Indian beauty among them, bore off the prize. As
+there was not the same inducement for retracing their steps, and they
+were in the midst of strong inducements to stay in the crowd, it became
+exceedingly difficult to get them back, and to resume the amusements of
+the evening. Many ladies were offering them their hands and trinkets:
+some were kissing them, and every kiss called forth the war-whoop (as
+they called it, "a _scalp_"). The women commenced it as _Sah-mah_ had
+dashed into the crowd; and as he was wending his way back, finding it
+had pleased so well, he took every lady's hand that was laid upon his
+naked arm or his shoulder as a challenge, and he said that he kissed
+every woman that he passed. This may or may not be true; but one thing
+is certain, that many there were in the room that evening who went home
+to their husbands and mothers with streaks of red and black paint upon
+their cheeks, which nothing short of soap and water could remove. And,
+curious to relate, when the amusements were finished, and the audience
+nearly withdrawn, and the "jolly fat dame" was strolling about the
+room, she met her two maids, to whom she had given their shillings,
+and told them to "go and see the Indians." These two buxom young girls
+had been in the midst of the crowd, and, both of them having met with
+the accident I have mentioned above, the good-natured fat lady glowed
+into a roar of laughter as she vociferated, "Why, girls, you husseys,
+you have been kissing those Indians! Bless me, what a pretty figure you
+cut! why, your faces are all covered with red paint!" "And _your_ face,
+mistress! Look here! all one side of your face, and on your neck! Oh,
+look at your beautiful new lace!" And _it was even so_; but _how_ it
+happened, or where, or in what part of the excitement, or by whom, is
+yet to be learned.
+
+Leaving these excitements for a while, which were now become of nightly
+occurrence, we come to one of a different character and of curious
+interest. It is impossible for me to recollect the day, but it was
+about this time, the old chief related to Mr. Rankin a dream which he
+had had the night before, which made it incumbent upon them to make a
+feast, and of course necessary for Mr. Rankin and myself to furnish all
+the requisite materials for it.
+
+In his dream (or "vision," as he seemed disposed to call it) he said
+the Great Spirit appeared to him, and told him that he had kept his
+eye upon them, and guarded and protected them across the great ocean,
+according to their prayers, which he had heard; that he had watched
+them so far in this country; that they had been successful in seeing
+their Great Mother the Queen, and that they were now all happy and
+doing well. But in order to insure a continuance of these blessings,
+and to make their voyage back across the ocean pleasant and safe,
+it now became necessary that they should show their thankfulness to
+the Great Spirit in giving their great annual Feast of Thanksgiving,
+which is customary in their country at the season when their maize is
+gathered and their dried meat is laid in and secured for their winter's
+food.
+
+This injunction, he said, was laid upon him thus, and he could not from
+any cause whatever neglect to attend to it; if he did, he should feel
+assured of meeting the displeasure of the Great Spirit, and they should
+all feel at once distressed about the uncertainty of their lives on
+their way back. This Feast of Thanksgiving must be given the next day,
+and they should wish us to procure for them a whole goat, or a sheep,
+and said that it must be a _male_, and that they would require a place
+large enough to cook it without breaking a bone in its body, according
+to the custom of their country.
+
+The request of this good old man was of course granted with great
+pleasure; and Mr. Rankin, in a short time, returned from the market
+with the sheep, which, on close inspection, seemed to please them; and
+a large chamber in the Egyptian Hall, which Mr. Clark, the curator
+of the building, had placed at their service, was decided on as the
+place where the feast should be prepared and partaken of. Mr. Clark
+and his wife, who are kind and Christian people, afforded them all
+the facilities for cooking, and rendered them every aid they could in
+preparing their feast; and the next day, at the hour appointed, it was
+announced to Mr. Rankin and myself that the "feast was ready, and that
+we were expected to partake of it with them."
+
+When we entered the room we found the feast arranged on the floor,
+in the centre of the large hall, and smoking, and the men all seated
+around it on buffalo robes; and the only two guests besides ourselves,
+my man Daniel and Mr. Clark, who were also seated. Two robes were
+placed for Mr. Rankin and myself, and we took our seats upon them.
+The three women of the party came in after we were all arranged, and,
+spreading their robes, seated themselves in another group at a little
+distance from us. A short time before the feast was ready, they sent
+Cadotte to me to request that I would buy for them a small cup of
+whisky, which was to be partaken of, "not as _drink_ for the _belly_,
+but as drink for the _spirit_," which by the custom of their country
+was absolutely necessary to the holding of their Feast of Thanksgiving.
+In this they were also, of course, indulged; and when we were seated,
+we found the whisky standing in front of the medicine-man in a small
+pewter mug.
+
+Everything now being in readiness, the pipe was lit by the war-chief,
+who rose up with it, and, presenting its stem towards the _north_ and
+the _south_, the _east_ and the _west_, and then upwards to the Great
+Spirit, and then to the earth, smoked through it himself a few breaths,
+and then, walking around, held it to the lips of each one of the party
+(the women excepted), who smoked a whiff or two through it; after which
+he made a short and apparently vehement appeal to the Great Spirit
+to _bless_ the food we were then to partake of. When he had taken
+his seat, the medicine-man took his _wa-be-no_ (_medicine-drum_) and
+commenced beating on it as he accompanied its taps with a _medicine_
+song to the Great Spirit. When the song was finished he arose, and,
+shaking a rattle (_she-shee-quoin_) in his left hand, and singing at
+the same time, he handed the cup of whisky around to the lips of each
+guest, all of whom tasted of it; it was then passed to the women, who
+also tasted it, and returned it to its former position but partially
+emptied.
+
+The War-chief then rose upon his feet, and, drawing his large knife
+from his belt, plunged the thumb and fore finger of his left hand
+into the sockets of the sheep's eyes, by which he raised the head as
+he severed it from the body with his knife, and held it as high as he
+could reach. At this moment he returned his knife to its scabbard,
+and, seizing the _she-shee-quoin_ (or rattle) in his right hand, he
+commenced to sing a most eccentric song as he shook his rattle in one
+hand and brandished the sheep's head in the other, and danced quite
+round the circle between the feast and the guests, going so slow as to
+require some eight or ten minutes to get round. Having got round to his
+seat, he gave a frightful yell, and, raising the sheep's head to his
+mouth, bit off a piece of it, and again danced until he had swallowed
+it. He then laid the head and the rattle at the feet of another, who
+sprang upon his feet, and, taking the sheep's head and the rattle,
+performed the same manoeuvre, and so did a second and a third, and so
+on until each male of the party had performed his part. After this, the
+flesh was carved from the bones by the War-chief, and placed before us,
+of which we all partook. Parts of it were also carried to the women,
+and after a little time the greater part of the flesh of the carcase
+had disappeared.
+
+It is worthy of remark, also, that at this strange feast there was
+nothing offered but the flesh of the sheep; but which was cooked in a
+manner that would have pleased the taste of an epicure.
+
+When the eating was done, the war-chief took the rattle in his hand,
+and, lightly shaking it as a sort of accompaniment, took at least a
+quarter of an hour to repeat a long prayer, or return of thanks, to
+the Great Spirit, which was spoken (or rather _sung_ than _spoken_)
+in a very remarkable and rapid manner. After this the pipe was lit,
+and, having been some three or four times passed around, the feast was
+finished, and we took leave.
+
+I leave this strange affair (having described it as nearly as I
+possibly could) for the comments of the curious, who may have more
+time than I can justly devote to it at this moment, barely observing
+that the old chief, after this, seemed quite contented and happy that
+he had acted in conformity to the sacred injunction of the Great
+Spirit, and strictly adhered, though in a foreign country, to one of
+the established and indispensable customs of his race; for which, and
+for another cogent reason (that "his lips were getting very dry after
+eating so much"), he thought we would be willing (as of course we were)
+to let Daniel go for a jug of _chickabobboo_.
+
+The whole party now seemed to be completely happy, and in the midst
+of enjoyment. They were excited and amused every night in their
+exhibitions, which afforded them wholesome exercise; and during the
+days they took their drives through the city and into the country,
+and beheld the sights of the great metropolis, or reclined around
+their rooms on their buffalo robes, enjoying their pipes and counting
+their money, of which they had received some thirty or forty pounds,
+presented to them in the room at various times, independent of that
+received from her Majesty, and their wages, and trinkets, and other
+presents.
+
+Of their drives, one of the most exciting and interesting that they
+had or could have in London was about this time, when her Majesty
+rode in state to the opening of Parliament. They were driven through
+the immense concourse of people assembled on the line and along
+Parliament-street, and conducted to a position reserved for them on
+the roof of St. Mary's chapel, near Westminster Abbey. From this
+elevated position they had a splendid bird's-eye view of the crowd
+below, and the progress of the Queen's state carriage, as it rolled
+along on its massive wheels of gold, and drawn by eight cream-coloured
+horses. So grand a pageant filled their rude, uncultivated minds
+with the strangest conjectures, which were subjects for several
+evenings' curious gossip. And what seemed to please them most of all
+the incidents of the day was, as they said, "that her Majesty and the
+Prince both most certainly looked up from their golden carriage to see
+them on the top of the church."
+
+They were also most kindly invited by the members of the St. George's
+Archery Club to witness their bow-and-arrow shooting on one of their
+prize-days. This was calculated to engage their closest attention; and
+at night they returned home in great glee. They had been treated with
+the greatest kindness by the gentlemen of that club. They had put up
+a gold medal for the Indians to shoot for, which was won by _Sah-mah_
+(Tobacco), and other prizes were taken by others of the party.[12] The
+first shot made by the young man who bore off the golden prize was
+said to have been one of the most extraordinary ever made on their
+grounds; but in their subsequent shooting they fell a great way short
+of it, and also of that of the young gentlemen belonging to the club.
+After the shooting of the Indians, and also of the members of the club,
+contending for their valuable prizes, the Indians were invited to their
+table, where a sumptuous dinner was partaken of. Many toasts were
+drunk, and many speeches made; and, to their agreeable surprise, as
+they said, they had plenty of the _Queen's chickabobboo_!
+
+ [12] It was stated in some of the papers of the day that the Indian
+     won the golden prize from the members of the club, which was not
+     the case. It was put up, most liberally, by the young men of the
+     society for the Indians to shoot for among themselves, and won
+     in this way, not from the members of the club.
+
+     There are no Indians in North America who can equal the shooting
+     of these young gentlemen, who practise much this beautiful and
+     manly exercise. I have often, at their kind invitations, visited
+     their grounds, and I have had the opportunity of seeing the
+     shooting amongst most of the American tribes. The Indian tribes
+     who use the bow and arrow at the present time are mostly the
+     Prairie tribes, who are mounted, and, from their horses' backs,
+     at full speed, throw their arrows but a very few paces, and use
+     a short bow of two feet or two feet and a half in length, and
+     therefore never practise at the target at the distance of one or
+     two hundred yards. Their skill and power, however, in that mode
+     of using the bow is almost inconceivable, and might puzzle the
+     best archers in England or in the world to equal.
+
+They continued their amusements nightly, much in the same way as I have
+above described, with full houses and similar excitements, all of which
+and their effects we will imagine, as I pass over a week or two of
+them without other notice than merely to say that the "jolly fat dame"
+still continued to visit them, as she had promised, and nightly to
+strengthen the spell she seemed to be working upon the heart of poor
+Cadotte. She was elegant, but rather fat. She rode in a good carriage.
+She bestowed her presents liberally, and on all; and insisted the whole
+time that "it was the most interesting exhibition she ever saw," and
+that "Cadotte was almost a giant!" "She could not keep away, nor could
+she keep the Indians out of her mind." All were inquiring who she could
+be, and nobody could tell. She had delivered three or four letters into
+Cadotte's hand in the time; and, though "her carriage could put him
+down at his door quite easy," she had driven him home but one night,
+and then he was landed quite quick and quite safe. The Indians talked
+and joked much about her, but Cadotte said little. He was young, and
+his youth had had a giant growth in the timid shade of the woods. He
+was strong; but he knew not the strength that was in him, for he had
+not tried it. He was like a mountain torrent--dammed up but to burst
+its barriers and overflow. The glow of this fair dame upon him was a
+sunshine that he had never felt, and, like the snow under a summer's
+sun, he was about to have melted away. In the simplicity of his native
+ambition, he had never aspired to anything brighter than his own
+colour; and few were dreaming till just now that the warrior Cupid was
+throwing his fatal arrows across the line. Nor did those who suspected
+them (or even _saw_ them), from the source that has been named, know
+more than half of the shafts that were launched at the _"Strong-wind"_
+at this time, nor appreciate more than half the perplexities that were
+wearing away his body and his mind. _He_ knew them, poor fellow, and
+had _felt_ them for some time; but the world saw no symptom of them
+until his treatment of this fair dame on one night set them inquiring,
+when they found that she, with her little _archer_, was not alone in
+the field.
+
+Reader, we are now entering upon a drama that requires an abler pen
+than mine, which has been used only to record the dry realities of
+Indian life, stripped of the delicious admixture which is sometimes
+presented when Cupid and civilization open their way into it.
+
+I regret exceedingly that I cannot do justice to the subject that is
+now before us; but, knowing the facts, I will simply give them, and not
+aspire to the _picture_, which the reader's imagination will better
+paint than my black lead can possibly draw.
+
+On the unlucky evening above alluded to the "jolly fat dame" had made
+her appearance at the rooms half an hour before the doors were to open;
+and, with Daniel's usual indulgence, she passed into the room, in the
+hope, as she said, to have a few words with the Indians, and shake
+hands with them all, and bid the good fellows good by, as she was going
+into the country for a few days. She loitered around the room until it
+began to fill with its visitors for the evening, without the good luck
+to meet the "_Strong-wind_," as she had been in the habit of doing,
+before the chandelier was in full blaze, and while the Indians were
+in their adjoining room, putting on their paint and ornaments. This
+disappointment, for reasons that she probably understood better than
+we can, seemed to embarrass her very much, and most likely, even at
+that early stage, carried forebodings of troubles that were "brewing."
+In the embarrassment of these painful moments, not being able to spend
+the evening in the exhibition, as usual, but under the necessity of
+returning to pack her things and complete her preparations for her
+journey, she was retreating towards the door as fast as the audience
+filled in in front, determined to hold a position in the passage
+where she could shake hands with the Indians as they passed in, and
+drop a little billet into the hands of the "_Strong-wind_," which, if
+received, was intended only to stop a sort of palpitation there would
+be in the side of her breast, in case she should have gone off to the
+country without informing the "_Strong-wind_" of it, and that she was
+to return again in a very few days.
+
+Unlucky device! The Indians all passed by, excepting the "_Strong
+Wind_," and, as each one shook her hand, he saluted her with a yelp
+and a smile. All this was gratifying to her, but added to the evident
+fever that was now coming on her. She paced the hall forward and back
+for some time, living yet (and thriving) upon the hope at that moment
+raised in her mind, that he ("noble fellow!") was hanging back in
+order to have a moment of bliss alone with her in the hall, after the
+gazing visitors had all passed by. This hope sustained her a while,
+and she many times more walked the length of the passage, but in vain.
+At this moment the sound of the drum and the echoing of the war-whoop
+through the hall announced their exhibition as commenced; and the
+liberal dame, advancing to the door, and standing on tiptoe, that she
+might take a peep once more at the good fellows over the heads of the
+audience, beheld, to her great astonishment, the noble figure of the
+"_Strong-wind_," swinging his tomahawk, as he was leading the dance!
+Unhappy dame! the room was closely stowed, and not the possibility left
+of her getting half way to her old stand by the end of the platform, if
+she tried.
+
+This dilemma was most awful. The thought of actually "going off to the
+country, as she had promised, for several days, without the chance to
+say even good bye, or to shake hands, was too bad,--it was cruel!" She
+went to the door to see Daniel, and said, "Well, this is very curious;
+I wanted to have seen Cadotte for a moment before I went away, and I
+can't stay to-night. I shook hands with all the rest as they went in,
+but I did not see Cadotte. I don't understand it." "Why," said Daniel,
+"the poor fellow is not here to-night; he's getting sick: he was here
+when you first came in, but he _shot out_ a few moments afterwards,
+and told me to tell you, if you came, that he was too unwell to be
+here to-night. He is looking very pale and losing flesh very fast, and
+his appetite is going. He has only danced once or twice in the last
+week." "Poor fellow! I am sorry. What a pity if he should get sick! I
+don't see what they would do without him; he is worth more than the
+whole party besides. He's a fine young man. What an immense fellow he
+is! Did you examine his hand? What a grip he has got--ha! I _may_ not
+go to-morrow, but if I _do_, it will only be for a few days. I have
+_promised_ to go, and you know it is wrong to break promises, Daniel.
+If anything should prevent me from going to-morrow I shall certainly be
+here again to-morrow night. Poor fellow! I _hope_ he won't get sick: I
+think a little ride in the country would do him good. Mr. Catlin ought
+to send him into the country for a while. That's what he should do,
+shouldn't he? I won't stand here too long, Daniel; it's rather a cold
+place: so good night."
+
+It _was_ a _fact_ that the "_Strong Wind_" was getting sick; and a
+fact also that Daniel thought he had gone home, as he told the good
+lady; and two other facts followed the next day--the one was, that the
+journey to the country was not made that morning; and the other, that
+the "jolly fat dame" was at the Hall at an early hour of the evening
+as usual. Her visit was carefully timed, so as to allow her a little
+time for gossip with Daniel at the door, and to subject her to the
+delightful possibility of accidentally meeting the "_Strong Wind_" as
+she had sometimes done, in the half-lighted hall.
+
+"You see, Daniel, that I didn't get off this morning; and when I am
+in London I cannot keep away from those curious fellows, the Indians.
+They are here, I suppose, before this?" "Yes, madam, they have just
+come in in their bus." "Well, how is Cadotte? he is _my_ favourite, you
+know." "Well," said Daniel, "I don't think he's any better: I believe
+there is but one thing that will cure him." "Bless me, you don't say
+so! What do you think is the matter with him?" "Why, I think he is in
+love, madam; and I don't believe there is anything under heaven else
+that ails him." "Oh! now, but you _don't think_ so, do you, really?" "I
+do, indeed, madam; and I don't wonder at it, for there are charms that
+are lavished upon him that are enough to----" "Oh! come, come, now,
+Daniel, don't give us any of your dry compliments. He's a fine man,
+certainly--that I _know_, and I should be sorry if he should get sick.
+He will be in the exhibition, I suppose, to-night?" "No, madam, I saw
+him a few minutes since, and he had lain down on his buffalo robe on
+the floor, and I heard him tell Mr. Rankin that he should not go into
+the room to-night; that he did not feel well enough." "So, you cruel
+man, you think the poor fellow is in love, do you?" "I am _sure_ of
+it, madam: in the next house to where the Indians lodge there is one
+of the most beautiful black-eyed little girls that I have seen since I
+have been in London, and, by putting her head out of the back window to
+look at the Indians, and by playing in the back yard, she long since
+showed to everybody who saw her that she was fascinated with Cadotte.
+She used to kiss her hand to him, and throw him bouquets of flowers,
+and, at last, letters." "Pshaw!" "It's true! And, finally, she and her
+sisters got in the habit of coming in to see the Indians, and, at last,
+the father, and mother, and brother; and they all became attached to
+Cadotte, and invited him to their house to take tea with them and spend
+the evenings; and he has at last become so perfectly smitten with the
+girl that he is getting sick: that is the reason why he is not at the
+Hall more than three evenings in the week; he spends his evenings with
+her, and often don't get home before twelve and one o'clock." "Oh,
+but you shock me, you _shock_ me, Daniel--but I don't _believe_ it--I
+_can't believe_ it--he _couldn't_ be _led away_ in that silly manner--I
+_don't believe a word of it_. You say he is in the dressing-room?"
+"Yes, madam, I know he is there." "You don't think he'll come into
+the exhibition-room to-night?" "No, I know he will not." "You don't
+think he would come out a minute? I can't stay to-night, and I shall
+certainly go in the morning. I _must_ go--you _don't think_ he would
+come out?" "I don't know, madam; I will ask him if you wish." "Well,
+_do_, Daniel; come, that's a good fellow--or, stop!--look here--just
+hand him this note; it is merely to say good bye: give it to him, and
+only tell him I am here, will you, and going out of town to-morrow
+morning?"
+
+Daniel took in the note to the "_Strong Wind_," who was lying on
+his robe, and in a minute returned with the note and this awful
+message:--"Tell her she _may_ go out of town--I don't wish to see her."
+This was as much of his ungallant message as Daniel could venture to
+bear to the good lady, though the "_Strong Wind_" continued to say,
+"Take the note back to her: she is making too free with me, and all
+the people see it. She wants a husband too bad, and I hope she will
+soon get one." Daniel returned the note, and apologized for being
+the bearer of such a message to her; but he said, as he had carried
+her message to Cadotte, he felt bound to bring his message back.
+"Certainly, certainly," said she; "I can't blame you, Daniel; but this
+is strange--all this is strange to me; it's quite incomprehensible, I
+assure you. The crowd is coming in, I see, Daniel; and I can't possibly
+be here through the evening, I'll be here as soon as I come back. Good
+night."
+
+One can easily imagine how the peace of the bosom of this good-natured
+unoffending lady was broken up by the abrupt way of the "_Strong
+Wind_," and how unhappy might have been the few days she was to
+spend in the country, and which she could not then fail to do, as
+she had made a promise to friends, that she could not break. By her
+absence from the exhibition-room for a week or more, it was evident
+that she was accomplishing her visit to the country; and, though her
+little _archer_ was unemployed in her absence, it would seem as if
+the very show of so many bows and arrows in the great city of London
+had suddenly called into existence, or into service, a reinforcement
+of those little marksmen, who were concentrating their forces about
+this time, and seemed to be all aiming their shafts at the breast of
+the "_Strong Wind_." There were several fair damsels who nightly paid
+their shillings, and took their positions near the platform, in a less
+conspicuous way, though not less known to the "_Strong Wind_," than
+our friend who had "gone for a while to the country." From the fair
+hands of these he had received, unobserved, many precious and sly
+gifts, and amongst them several little billets of the most sentimental
+nature, containing enclosures of beautiful little stanzas, and cards of
+address, &c.
+
+Among this jealous group of inveterate gazers and admirers was always,
+though most coy and least noticed, the sweet little "black-eyed maiden"
+of whom I have said Daniel gave some account to the good lady who has
+gone to the country, as having "kissed her hand and thrown bouquets of
+flowers" to the "_Strong Wind_" from the back windows of her father's
+house in George-street. The whole soul of the "_Strong Wind_," which,
+until now, had been unchained and as free as the mountain breeze, was
+completely enveloped in the soft and silken web which the languishing
+black eyes, the cherry and pulpy lips, and rosy cheeks of this
+devouring little maid had spun and entwined about it. He trembled
+when he straightened his tall and elegant figure above the platform,
+not that he was before the gazing world, but because _her_ soft black
+eyes were upon him. His voice faltered and his throat was not clear
+when he brandished his glistening tomahawk and sounded the shrill
+war-whoop. This was not that the ears of hundreds, but that the ears of
+ONE, were open to catch the sound.
+
+His heart was now free, for a few days at least, from the dangers of
+the first siege, the guns of which for the time were all silent. The
+glances of his eyes and his occasional smiles were less scrupulously
+watched; and now and then they could be welcomed by sweet returns. He
+had now but one _real_ enemy in the field, and _his_ shafts, though
+they went to his inmost soul, were every one of them welcome messengers
+of peace and love.
+
+Thus besieged, thus pierced and transfixed, the "_Strong Wind_" did
+as much as he could to continue his natural existence, to eat his
+accustomed meals, and to act his customary parts in the dance; but
+efforts all seemed in vain. The sweet and balmy-sleep that had
+been the pleasure of his untaught youth had fled; roast beef and
+plum-puddings, his favourite bits, had ceased to please him; sighs and
+long breaths had taken all the place of peaceful and equal respiration;
+the paleness of his face showed there was trouble within; his noble
+frame and giant strength were giving way; and save the devouring
+pleasure that was consuming him, nothing was acceptable to him but
+seclusion and his occasional mugs of _chickabobboo_.
+
+All things at the Egyptian Hall went on as usual for several days,
+the Indians giving their nightly entertainments, but without the
+aid of the "_Strong Wind_," and consequently without the presence
+of the "languishing little black eyes" that used to be seen peeping
+over the corner of the platform. The reader (who has heard already
+that the "_Strong Wind_" loved to ride home with this sweet little
+creature--that he took his dishes of tea in her father's house, which
+was next door--and that he often stayed there until twelve and one
+o'clock at night) can easily understand how the time now passed with
+the "_Strong Wind_," and how hopeless were to be the chances of the
+good dame who had "gone to the country but for a few days, where she
+had promised to go, but from which she was soon to return." The reader
+who is old enough will easily understand also why the "_Strong Wind_"
+grew pale; how it was that everything ceased to taste good--beautiful
+things to look pretty; and why I had to translate, as well as I could,
+the speeches of the Indians, who now had no better interpreter.
+
+The exhibition-room continued to be filled night after night without
+the presence of the "_Strong Wind_;" and at length, on one of these
+occasions, the "jolly fat dame," who had gone to the country for a
+few days, presented herself at the door as usual before the audience
+had assembled. She was admitted by Daniel's kindness; and as she got
+into the passage, the party of Indians came in from their omnibus,
+and, passing her, gave her their hands, and as they passed on each
+one gave a hideous yell. She seemed delighted at this, and, turning to
+Daniel, said, "Oh, did you hear the poor fellows rejoicing? they are
+delighted to see me back again." "Why, madam," said Daniel, "that was
+the _war-whoop_; and when that is given, the tomahawk always follows."
+She seemed a little startled at this; "But," said she, "the good
+fellows, I have lots of fine presents here for them to-night; I can
+make it all right with them I think. But I don't see Cadotte--I hope
+he's not sick--he's a splendid fellow--I have not seen a man like him
+in all my travels in the country, and I have been a great way. I have a
+nice present for him, d'ye see?--is'nt that a fine brooch? I know he'll
+like it." "But I fear you are too late, madam--I believe it is all over
+with him." "What! you don't mean to say that he is dead?" "No, he's not
+dead, but he's nearly as bad--he don't come here at all--he don't eat
+or drink--he's pining away for that pretty little girl I told you of.
+It's been all her doing: the foolish girl fell in love with him, and is
+determined to have him, and I believe he will marry her." "Oh, pshaw!
+fie on it! I don't believe a word of it;--they will get over it all in
+a day or two." The kind lady after this took her position in the Hall
+as usual, and during the exhibition smiled on all the group, and dealt
+out her presents to them, and went home as usual well pleased.
+
+Most curiously, all this affair of Cadotte's and the sweet-mouthed,
+black-eyed little girl, had passed unnoticed by me, and I had of course
+entirely mistaken his malady, having sent my physician to attend him.
+His symptoms and the nature of his disease were consequently fully
+understood by examinations of the patient and others who had watched
+closely all the appearances from the commencement of his attack.
+Getting thus a full report of the case, I held a conversation with Mr.
+Rankin, who at once told me that it had been well understood by him
+for some time, and that Cadotte had asked for his consent to marry
+the young lady, and that he had frankly given it to him. I told him
+I thought such a step should be taken with great caution, for the
+young lady was an exceedingly pretty and interesting girl, and, I had
+learned, of a respectable family, and certainly no step whatever should
+be taken in the affair by him or me without the strictest respect to
+their feelings and wishes. He replied that the mother and sisters were
+in favour of the marriage, and had been the promoters of it from the
+beginning; that the father was opposed to it, but he thought that all
+together would bring him over. I told him that I did not know either
+the father or the mother, but that, as long as there was an objection
+to it on the part of the father, I thought it would be cruel to do
+anything to promote it; and that, much as I thought of Cadotte, I did
+not feel authorized to countenance an union of that kind, which would
+result in his spending his life in London, where his caste and colour
+would always be against him, and defeat the happiness of his life; or
+she must follow him to the wilderness of America, to be totally lost to
+the society of her family, and to lead a life of semi-barbarism, which
+would in all probability be filled with excitements enough for a while,
+but must result in her distress and misery at last. To these remarks
+his replies were very short, evidently having made up his mind to let
+them raise an excitement in London if they wished, and (as I afterwards
+learned) if he could possibly bring it about.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XVI.
+
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns--Exhibition advertised to close--The wedding in
+      St. Martin's church--Great excitement--Its object--Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses--Rankin advertises
+      "the beautiful and interesting bride" to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians' exhibitions--Public disgust and
+      indignation--Condemned by the Press--Rankin begins his
+      exhibition--Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians' rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service--Rankin leaves London with
+      the Indians--Author getting out his large work--The Indian
+      portfolio--The "jolly fat dame" makes a visit to Daniel in the
+      exhibition rooms--A long dialogue--Illustrious subscribers
+      to the Author's large work--Emperor of Russia and Duke of
+      Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor--The Emperor
+      presents the Author a gold box--Author takes out a patent for
+      "disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save lives on
+      vessels sinking or burning at sea."
+
+
+At the commencement of this chapter we find the Indians still
+proceeding with their amusements at the Egyptian
+Hall, riding out during the day for fresh air and to see the city, and
+enjoying their roast beef and _chickabobboo_; the interpreter laid up,
+as described, and Mr. Rankin labouring to promote, and preparing for,
+an event that was to give greater notoriety to himself and his party,
+and ensure more splendid success through the kingdom, as the sequel
+will show.
+
+My opposition to his views in promoting the marriage of this love-sick
+pair afforded him the suitable occasion of calling on me one morning
+and advising me of a course which "he had been, he said, recommended
+by many of his friends to pursue, which was, that (as he had now heard
+me lecture on the modes of the Indians until the subject had become
+sufficiently familiar to him to enable him to give the lectures well
+enough himself) he could promote his own interest much better by
+taking the Indians to the provincial towns, meeting all the expenses,
+and taking all the receipts, instead of sharing with a second person,
+which his friends thought was a great pity he should any longer do."
+He represented that by such a course he could afford to do better by
+the Indians, and he thought it would be decidedly for the interest of
+both, and he had resolved to do it. I said to him that it was, to be
+sure, a resolve which he could easily make, as we were under no other
+than a verbal agreement, and entirely confidential, so that, if his
+interest urged it sufficiently strong, there was no doubt that he could
+do as he pleased, and that, under any circumstances, I should have but
+one anxiety, and that would be for the welfare of the Indians under
+his charge. I had so far done all I could to introduce them and him
+properly. I had added my collection to their exhibition, to give it
+additional interest. I had devoted my best efforts in lecturing on them
+and their customs, and had succeeded (after lying still with them for
+a month in London) in getting for them an audience of the Queen. By
+these means I had rendered him and them a service, for which I wanted
+no other return than the assurance that, wherever he went with them, he
+should take good care of and protect them.
+
+He said he had made up his mind to take them on his own hands in that
+manner after an exhibition for ten days longer in the Egyptian Hall,
+when he was to leave London on a tour to the provincial towns; and
+he wished me to advertise these exhibitions positively to close on a
+certain day. I then informed him that I should do so, and should freely
+yield to his proposition to sever in the manner he had proposed, on
+account of the accomplishment of the marriage, which he had assured me
+was just at hand, and in the responsibility of which I was determined
+to take no part. This I told him was an argument sufficiently strong,
+without further comment, to incline me to meet his proposition without
+the slightest objection.
+
+I therefore advertised, as he had suggested, that the Indians could
+only be seen in London that number of days; and from night to night
+announced the same thing from the platform when giving my lecture;
+and to the last day, at his request, stated that the Indians were
+positively to leave London at that time. The next morning after we
+had made this final close, and I had announced it as such to the
+audience, advertisements appeared in the papers that "he had rented
+the adjoining room to Mr. Catlin's, and on the same floor, for two
+months--a much finer room, where ladies and others would be much better
+accommodated; where the lectures in future would be given by Mr.
+Rankin, _himself_, who had _lived all his life among the Indians_." And
+in his advertisements, a few days after, he had the imprudence to state
+that "_hereafter the beautiful and interesting bride of the 'Strong
+Wind,' the interpreter, will make her appearance on the platform with
+the Indians, and preside at the piano_."
+
+This extraordinary advertisement, which of course was after the
+consummation of the marriage, was inserted in all the London daily
+journals, and was at once a key to all the absurd and disgusting
+efforts that had been used to create an excitement on the occasion of
+the wedding. It had been carefully announced that the wedding was to
+take place at a certain hour in the day in St. Martin's church, that
+ten thousand people might be waiting there for a chance to see the
+novel spectacle of a beautiful London girl married to an Indian from
+the wilds of America, and then to trumpet it through the city and
+through the land where they were going, that the shillings might the
+more abundantly pour in for a sight of the extraordinary pair that
+were united in St. Martin's church in London, and the "beautiful and
+interesting bride who was to preside at the piano" while the Indians
+danced.
+
+To make this affair more exciting, and its disgusting humbug more
+complete, several omnibuses and coaches, drawn by four-in-hand,
+were employed to convey the "beautiful and interesting bride" and
+bridegroom, and Mr. Rankin and his attendants, through the streets
+to and from the church where the ceremony took place. Each of these
+splendid affairs was decorated with evergreens, ribands, &c.; and on
+their tops, bands of music playing through the streets, and other
+attendants, covered with belts and ribands, waving flags of various and
+brilliant colours. These carriages were directed to be driven through
+the principal thoroughfares of London, that the excitement and hubbub
+might be the more complete, and that the greater number of shillings
+might be turned into the exhibition-room.
+
+The scheme, as a business one, was not without some ingenuity, but,
+most unluckily for its projector, it did not exactly succeed. There
+was too much sagacity in the London people and the London press not to
+detect the object of the scheme, and too much good taste to countenance
+and patronise it. The result was, and deservedly so, that it was
+condemned by the press, and the project and its projectors held up to
+public view in the light that they deserved.
+
+The next day after his advertisement that "the beautiful and
+interesting bride was to appear and preside at the piano," he put forth
+another advertisement, stating that the bride _would not_ appear, as
+announced the day before, owing to objections raised by some of her
+friends, &c. These friends were nearly all the press in London, as well
+as her father and her husband, who had never been consulted on the
+subject, who were indignant at the step he had taken, and ordered him
+to countermand his advertisement.
+
+He then commenced his exhibition of the Indians in his new quarters,
+and under the new auspices, necessarily without the additional
+attraction of the new and beautiful bride, and also without the aid of
+his interpreter Cadotte, whom he had turned out of his employment, and
+to whom he had refused admission to the house to see his fellow Indians
+or to hold any communication with them. Cadotte was thus driven to his
+father-in-law's house, where he took up his residence, and Mr. Rankin
+proceeded with his exhibitions, himself lecturing on their customs and
+_interpreting_ their speeches to the audience, and all the various
+communications of the audiences and the public to them, wherever they
+went, without knowing five words of their language.
+
+The extraordinary announcement which he had put in the papers of the
+appearance of the "beautiful and interesting bride upon the platform"
+had drawn a great crowd together at his first exhibition under the
+new arrangement, and, from the odd mixture of people it had brought
+together, begat some very amusing incidents worth recording. On
+ascending the platform for his first lecture, amidst a room densely
+packed, chiefly with working men and working women, whose application
+to their tasks during the day had prevented them from getting a glimpse
+of the beautiful bride of the "_Strong Wind_," and had now handed in
+their hard-earned shillings, he soon found himself in the midst of
+difficulties which it would seem that he had not anticipated.
+
+In such a city as London there are always enough who do not read the
+_contradictions_ of announcements (with those who won't believe them
+if they do read them) to fill a room; and of such was his room chiefly
+filled on this occasion--all impatient to see the beautiful bride of
+the Indian, and full of expectation, though his second advertisement
+had announced that "she would not appear." One can easily imagine the
+difficulties with which he was surrounded, and the perplexing materials
+with which he was about to contend in presenting himself as the
+expounder of Indian modes, and that in the absence of the "beautiful
+bride."
+
+Curiosity to hear him give his first lecture on the customs of the
+Indians, "who had spent all his life amongst them," led me into the
+crowd, where I caught the following amusing incidents, which are given
+as nearly as I could hear them amidst the confusion that soon took
+place. Mr. Rankin had proceeded but a few sentences in his elucidations
+when a voice from a distant part of the room called out, "Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin!" "Well," inquired the lecturer, "what's wanted of Mr. Rankin?"
+"Why, Sir, Mr. Rankin is advertised to lecture, and we expect to hear
+him." "My name is Rankin--I am Mr. Rankin, Sir." "No, you are not Mr.
+Rankin neither: why do you tell us that nonsense? Come now, _Arthur_;
+you know me, old fellow: don't set yourself up for Mr. Rankin here;
+you'll get yourself into trouble if you do." (Uproar, and cries of
+"Turn him out, turn him out.") The voice continues, "Mr. Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin! what has lived all his life with the Indians!" (Uproar.) "I
+am Mr. Rankin, Sir: what do you want?" "You are _not_ Mr. Rankin; are
+Mr. Arthur Jones, or was so when I knew you in New York." (Cries of
+"Turn him out--shame, shame! the bride, the bride!" and hisses.) The
+lecturer here advanced to the front of the platform and endeavoured
+to frown the crowd into silence, but got nothing in return but "The
+bride, the bride!" and hisses from various quarters. One of the men
+in his employment unluckily at that moment seized hold of a little
+square-shouldered working-man, standing just before me, who was
+hissing, and was hauling him towards the door. The little man gathered
+himself up, and brought his antagonist to a halt before he was half way
+to the door. While grasping each other by the collar, the little man,
+who was nearly lost sight of in the crowd, demanded the cause of this
+violence on his person. "Why, Sir, you was hissing the lecturer, and I
+was ordered to put you out of the room--that was all."
+
+"So I did iss im, Sir, hand I'll iss again, hif I choose----ands hoff!
+hif you please!" "You must go out, Sir." "Hout, Sir! [in a tremendous
+voice.] I'll hax this haudience hif I am to go hout, or whether they
+would prefer to ear the hobservations I hintend to make." There was a
+general uproar here for a few moments, and the friends of the little
+man seemed to predominate as they were gathering around him, and the
+cry of "Hands off!" freed him from the difficulties with which he had
+been beset, and encouraged him to demand an audience for a moment,
+which was carried by acclamation all around the room. By stepping on to
+the end of a bench near by, he become conspicuous above the heads of
+the audience, and continued:--
+
+  "Ladies hand Gentlemen, I opes I ave your haprobation?" (Shouts of
+  approbation from all parts of the room; the Indians seated on the
+  platform, and Mr. Rankin allowing the little working gentleman to
+  proceed.)
+
+  "My friends, I am a poor and to speak, and I did not hanticipate an
+  event hov this sort. I came ere, like the rest of you, an ard-working
+  man, to spend my shilling, hand for wot? To be umbugged, gentlemen?
+  (Great applause.) To be oaxed, gentlemen? I calls it an impudent
+  oax! I olds in my and the adwertisement of that gentleman haxing us
+  to pay our shillings to see the bride of the Hindian wot was married
+  yesterday; and we are now told that she is not to be ere, and that
+  this is ol nothink.--I say it is _somethink_, gentlemen. (Great
+  applause.) Wen it was said that this couldn't be elped, I issed im,
+  and ee _hought_ to be issed, for I saw we was oaxed: I was then
+  dragged by the andkerchief in a wiolent manner, but I hescaped unurt,
+  and I am thankful that my woice can now be eard.
+
+  "Hif this gentleman is really Mr. Rankin, or hif ee is not, its hol
+  the same--wot's the hods? he as inwited us ere, to inale the ot
+  hatmosphere of the Hegyptian All, to see the 'beautiful bride,' oom
+  ee as been hinstrumental in leading up to the halter of Ymen, after
+  making a great ubbub about it; and I esitate not to pronounce it
+  an underanded business, that umbles a man in my hestimation, and I
+  think it would ave been better for im to ave ushed up the wole think
+  holtogether. (Applause.)
+
+  "Gentlemen, I am appy to see that I ave your haprobation. Wen I
+  look around me, I see that you are all working men like myself, and
+  able to hunderstand me. You all know it's werry ard to be oaxed out
+  of our shillings--wen prowisions is igh--wen work is scarce--wen
+  we ave little to heat, and hobliged to lie hidle." (Applause, and
+  Hear, hear.) A voice. "Mr. Rankin! Mr. Rankin!" A hundred voices!
+  "The bride! the bride!--Turn him out!--Bagh!--The Indians! the
+  Indians!--The workee! hear him out!--Mr. Rankin!--The Indians! the
+  Indians! Police! the police!--Turn him out!--The bride! the bride!
+  the bride! the bride!" &c. &c.
+
+In the midst of all the din and confusion which it seemed now
+impossible to suppress, the sudden expedient of Mr. Rankin succeeded,
+and was probably the only one that could have done it. He thought of
+his Indians, who were quietly seated on the platform, and prepared for
+the war-dance; and the signal given, and "Sound trumpets, sound!" they
+all sprang upon their feet and soon drowned the din and confusion in
+the screams and yells of the war-dance.
+
+By the time the brandishing of tomahawks and spears and war-clubs and
+scalping-knives of this noisy affair was done, the attention of the
+visitors had become so much engrossed with the spirit and novelty of
+the scene, that they seemed generally disposed to dispense peaceably
+with the expected treat of seeing the beautiful bride, and were quiet.
+The little pugnacious working-man, however, arose again, as soon as
+silence was restored, to resume his speech; and, asking "if he should
+go hon," the response from every part of the house was, "No! no!" to
+which he pertinaciously replied, "Well, then, I'll go ome, and see if I
+can hearn hanother shilling in the place hov the one I ave given to see
+those ill-looking wild hanimals, the Hindians."
+
+The reader can easily understand why Mr. Rankin's stay with the Indians
+in London after this was very short. Of his career and theirs in the
+provincial towns, other historians will probably give some account,
+and I refer the reader to them, being unable to give more than a very
+imperfect account of it myself.
+
+This sudden break-up of our establishment at the Egyptian Hall, just at
+the commencement of the fashionable season, when considerable outlay
+had been made, and the receipts daily increasing, was disastrous to
+all parties, and particularly so to me, who had the Hall, at a heavy
+rent, for three months longer, left on my hands. The excitement of
+the exhibition being thus removed, my Indian collection, which had
+already been three years in the same building, scarcely drew visitors
+enough to meet its expenses, and I left its management entirely to my
+faithful man Daniel, while I devoted my time, in an adjoining room, to
+getting out my second book, shortly after published at the Egyptian
+Hall--a large illustrated work, entitled '_Catlin's Hunting Scenes
+and Amusements of the North American Indians_.' Several months being
+necessary for the completion of this work, I resolved to hold my
+collection in the Hall, as it was, until the expiration of my lease,
+and then pack it up and return to the United States.
+
+I was then, for a while, free again from the yells and stamps of the
+Indians, and the excitements and anxieties attending their exhibitions;
+and my exhibition room became a quiet and pleasant salon in which
+to meet my friends, who frequently called, and I found were glad to
+see me, even though I had no Indians with me. My work was advancing
+fast, and I devoted my whole time to it, excepting when old friends
+or persons of distinction called, when I endeavoured to be with them,
+leaving the management of the room and entertainment of visitors
+mostly to Daniel, who by this time was a perfect key to everything
+in the room, provided he was turned the right way. He had all sorts
+of visitors however--those who came for useful information, and
+others merely to hear the war-whoop, and see the war-dance, supposing
+the Indians to be still there. These, feeling provoked at their
+disappointment, often took revenge on poor Daniel, by torturing him
+with questions about the Yankees, repeal, &c., which would lead at last
+to most exciting discussions on slavery, poor-laws and poorhouses,
+United States Bank, national debt, annexation, wars in Afghanistan,
+the Oregon question, the income-tax, and repudiation. As I have before
+said, Daniel, with a strong mind, and well fortified with the facts
+and dates relative to these subjects, was quite able to surprise his
+assailants with his information on all these points, and of course to
+provoke them in return. The consequence was that these debates often
+ran too high, and, as soon as they arrived at a pitch of indiscretion,
+I generally heard something of them in the adjoining room, and, leaving
+my work, showed myself in the exhibition, which brought them to an
+amicable issue.
+
+There were others, again, who came to talk and learn more about the
+Indians, whom they knew had gone away. Among such was one day the
+"jolly fat dame," who stepped in merely to have a little chat with
+Daniel; and, as will be seen, she was lucky in finding him alone, and
+just in the humour to talk with her. There happened to be no cart
+or carriage passing at the moment, to prevent me from healing her
+melodious voice, as she entered, and rolled along, with her parasol
+swinging in her hand.--"Well, Daniel" (who happened to be at the
+farther end of the room), "I am so lucky to find you all alone for
+once, for you always have such a possee around you! Daniel, you know
+you and I have always agreed very well." "Yes, madam, I don't know
+why you and I should have a falling-out." "Ah, well, we'll drop that,
+Daniel--I believe I'll take a chair, I am so fatigued with those plaguy
+stairs. Well, oh, but what a wonderful collection this is--Ha? what a
+curiosity that man is--Mr. Catlin, I mean--what a life he _has_ led, to
+be sure! Don't you think he has been married to some of those little
+squaws? I'll be bound he has." "No, madam, I should doubt whether he
+has. I think Mr. Catlin went into the Indian country, determined to
+make this collection and to immortalize himself; and I have many a time
+heard him say that he resolved never to get into any difficulty with
+them about their women; and I think it was one reason why he succeeded,
+and was everywhere treated with friendship." "Ah, well! may be so. But,
+look ye, Daniel; that's been a sad affair with poor Cadotte, has it
+not? what a foolish man, ha!"
+
+"Why, I don't see that it was so foolish on his part as on that of the
+girl."
+
+"Oh, tush! but she's a silly little thing. She's pretty enough; but
+what's that to such a man as Cadotte? She's no substance. He's a giant,
+almost--what a grip!--I never felt the like in my life! Ah, well, I am
+sorry--I felt quite an interest in Cadotte."
+
+"I feel more sorry for the foolish girl," said Daniel, "for falling in
+love with him--it was all her doing--she would have him, and wouldn't
+take 'No' for an answer. I never saw the like in my life. She seemed
+crazy for him; and they both cried like children about it for weeks,
+and he was good for nothing else. She has got him now; and, as I said
+before, I pity her, for she don't know what country she is going to,
+nor what society she will have instead of that of her parents, and
+sisters, and friends in London. The girl don't know what she will come
+to, and therefore I pity her."
+
+"Well, _I_ don't pity her a bit. Ah, yes, I am sorry she has been so
+silly; but I pity _him_ the most. I care nothing about her; or--that
+is--she ought to know better; but she's, as I told you, a silly little
+thing. Ah, well, I have only been one night to see them since they left
+Mr. Catlin. What a foolish thing that was! It will be the ruin of them
+all. I am afraid they will come to want, poor things! I have only been
+there one night! Cadotte was not there."
+
+"No, madam, he won't join them any more. Rankin has turned him out of
+the house, and out of his employ, because he wouldn't let his wife
+appear in the exhibition and play the piano, as he had advertised."
+
+"Noble fellow! I like him for that. Isn't that a fine spirit? I knew he
+had it. But that little silly thing, she can't play. What do the public
+care about a foolish girl's playing upon the piano?--Ridiculous! Well,
+they have all gone, I suppose?"
+
+"All but Cadotte and his wife, madam; they have not gone."
+
+"What! you don't say so? Cadotte has not gone?"
+
+"No; they are living together with the girl's father. Rankin has left
+him, without anything but his wife, to get home to his own country in
+the best way he can."
+
+"Well, there's a brute for you; is'nt he--that Rankin? I always hated
+his looks, d'ye see. Not gone, ha? What is he to do here? Will he stay
+in London? Can't Mr. Catlin do something for him? He'd be just a good
+hand now, to help you here, Daniel--to explain: you can't always be
+here--there should be two of you. He comes here occasionally?"
+
+"Oh, yes, he's here every day."
+
+"Well, look ye, Daniel, I'll call again and see Mr. Catlin about it.
+Something should be done. Mr. Catlin is a good fellow I know. I want a
+long talk with him; he shall know my whole mind on this affair. I can't
+stay now--I must go; but what a pity--ha, Daniel! Good day."
+
+"Good day."
+
+She was very near discovering me as she turned round and passed my
+door; but Daniel smiled after she had gone out, and said he was quite
+sure she had not seen me, as he had kept her conversation directed to
+him, so that she should not turn her face round suddenly on me.
+
+I was sorry that I had overheard this dialogue; but, as it had fallen
+thus into my possession, I resolved to make the most prudent use of it,
+believing it to contain the sum total of all she wished to say in her
+"long talk" with me; and I directed Daniel, when she should call to see
+me, to announce me "out of town," and himself to engross all that she
+had to say, saving me from entering again upon an unpleasant subject,
+which I considered now at an end.
+
+Thus continued my labours and Daniel's, each one in his department, for
+three months or more after the Indians had left, by which time my large
+work was ready for publication (like the first one, "to be published by
+the Author, at the Egyptian Hall, price five guineas in printed tints,
+and eight guineas coloured), with a subscription-list headed by the
+illustrious names of--
+
+                  HER GRACIOUS MAJESTY THE QUEEN,
+                  LOUIS PHILIPPE, KING OF THE FRENCH,
+                         THE EMPEROR OF RUSSIA,
+                       THE KING OF THE BELGIANS,
+                     H.R.H. THE DUKE OF CAMBRIDGE,
+               AND MANY OF THE NOBILITY OF ENGLAND.
+
+The Emperor of Russia was at this time paying his visit to the Queen
+of England; and my dear wife and myself took the occasion of the
+grand pageant when the Emperor, with Prince Albert and the Duke of
+Wellington, reviewed 10,000 troops at Windsor, to obtain a view of his
+Imperial Majesty, which we did during the review, and, still more to
+our satisfaction, after it was over, from behind the post of the gate
+opening into the great park, where we had stationed ourselves, and
+where his Imperial Majesty passed within reach of us. When the Emperor
+and suite had passed by, I suddenly perceived in the passing throng J.
+W. Webb, Esq., editor of the 'New York Inquirer,' and endeavoured, but
+unsuccessfully, to overtake him.
+
+A few days after this, the Honourable Mr. Murray was kind enough to
+deliver to the Emperor the copy of my work subscribed for by his
+Majesty; and, in a few weeks after that, sent me the following very
+flattering communication:--
+
+                                    "Buckingham Palace, June 14th, 1844.
+
+  "Dear Sir,
+
+  "The Emperor of Russia, having inspected your PORTFOLIO OF
+  INDIAN HUNTING AND OTHER SCENES, was so much pleased with their
+  spirit and execution, that he desired Count Orloff to send me a
+  gold snuff-box, to be presented to you as a mark of his Majesty's
+  gratification derived from the efforts of your pencil.
+
+  "I acquit myself of this agreeable commission by sending you herewith
+  a Russian box of gold and blue enamel, set in pearls, which will, I
+  trust, prove to you a gratifying reminiscence of the Emperor's visit
+  to England.
+
+                                  "I am, my dear Sir,
+                                       "Very faithfully yours,
+                                                         "C. A. MURRAY.
+
+  "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+This most gratifying testimony of the Emperor's satisfaction with my
+work was unexpected by me; and future pages will show that I received
+evidences equally flattering from their Majesties the King of the
+French and the King of the Belgians.
+
+My large work being now published in London, and, like my former one,
+kindly noticed and highly approved by the press, I felt as if my
+labours in England were coming near to a close; and, having a little
+leisure, I was drawing my little children (of whom I now had four)
+nearer to me than ever, and with my dear Clara was endeavouring to
+see the remainder of the sights of London before our departure for
+our native land. This desired event was yet to be delayed a little,
+however, by a circumstance that I must here narrate, not to leave the
+reader in the dark as to the curious incidents and impulses of this
+transatlantic part of my chequered life.
+
+About this period occurred an unparalleled destruction of life at sea:
+the "Solway" and other noble vessels striking on sunken rocks, and
+going down in smooth water in sight of land, and hundreds of human
+beings sinking with them to eternity. Human invention, roused by human
+sympathy, was everywhere labouring to devise means for the preservation
+of life in such cases; and my brain, like the brains of hundreds of
+others, was busy in the same cause, when a plan suddenly suggested
+itself, which appeared more practicable the more I contemplated it. I
+deliberated on it much, and threw in my own way all the arguments I
+could possibly raise against it; and amongst them, as the strongest,
+the blind and deaf enthusiasm, which leads too many inventors to ruin.
+No objections that I then raised or can yet raise, however, have
+created in my mind a doubt of the feasibility of my plan, or of its
+immense and never-ending importance to the human race. And, as the
+sequel will show, I give the following information concerning it to
+the world, not on my own account, but for those who may possibly be
+benefited by it, or whom it may in any way concern.
+
+On mature deliberation I decided, like other inventors, to avail myself
+of a patent for my discovery; and, with that view, called upon a
+patent-agent, who had been recommended to me by the highest authority.
+On stating to him the object of my visit, I was invited to a private
+room, where he stated that it was necessary that he should hear a
+distinct description of my invention before he could tell whether it
+was new, and whether it was a fitting subject of a patent. I replied
+as follows:--"I believe, Sir, that there is but one effectual way of
+saving the lives of the greater number of persons on board steamers
+and other vessels sinking or burning at sea, and that an invention
+applicable, for such a purpose, to all vessels (as there is never to be
+an end to the increase of vessels and exposure of life on the ocean)
+would be of the greatest importance to mankind, and would most richly
+repay the inventor. A plan has suggested itself to me which I think
+will have this effect; and if, after hearing it explained, you should
+decide that it is new and of sufficient consideration, I beg you to
+procure me a patent for it as soon as it can be obtained."
+
+I then proceeded--"The patent I should ask for would be for
+'_disengaging and floating quarter-decks of steamers and other
+vessels for the purpose of saving human lives at sea_.' These I would
+propose to build of solid timber or other material, resting upon and
+answering all the purposes of quarter-decks; and, in case of the
+sinking of a vessel, to be disengaged by means which I would set forth
+in the specification, and capable of floating, as rafts, with all
+the passengers and crew upon them. These rafts might easily be made
+of sufficient strength to resist the force of the most violent sea;
+and their shape being such as to prevent them from capsizing, there
+would be little difficulty in preserving life for many days upon them.
+They might be made to contain within them waterproof cases of sheet
+iron or tin, to carry provisions and liquors, and also rockets for
+signals, valuable papers, money, &c.; and, when driven on shore, would
+float safely over a reef, where vessels and life-boats go to pieces
+and the greatest loss of life generally takes place. In case of a
+vessel on fire at sea, when it should be found that all exertions to
+extinguish the flames were unavailing, all hands might retreat to the
+quarter-deck, and the vessel be scuttled and sunk by slinging a gun
+and firing a shot through her bottom, or by other means; and as she
+goes down the flames of course are extinguished, and her passengers and
+crew, and valuables, might be saved on the raft, as I have described."
+
+When I had thus explained the nature of my invention, I asked the agent
+whether he considered it new, and fit to be patented, to which he at
+once replied, "You may rely on it, Sir, it is entirely new: nothing of
+the kind has been patented; and it is a subject for which I think I can
+get you what we call a 'clean patent.'" Upon this I at once authorized
+him to proceed and procure the patent in the quickest manner possible,
+saying that the money required for it should be ready as fast as he
+should call for it. After this, and in further conversation about it,
+he said, "I think remarkably well of the invention, and, though I am
+not in the habit of giving encouragement to my employers, I say to you,
+frankly, that I believe that when we have obtained the patent, the
+Admiralty will buy it out of your hands and give it for the benefit of
+the world at large."
+
+Being thus authorized, he proceeded, and the patent was obtained in
+the space of two months, and for which I paid him the sum of 130_l._
+After I had received my patent, I met a friend, Mr. R----, to whom I
+explained the nature of my invention; and, when I had got through, he
+asked me who had been my agent in the business, and I told him; to
+which he replied that it was very strange, as he believed that a friend
+of his, a Captain Oldmixon, had procured a patent, in London, for a
+similar thing, some five or six years before. He said he was quite
+confident that it was the same thing, for he had heard him say a great
+deal about it, and recollected his having advertised and performed an
+experiment on a vessel in the river below the city; and advised me to
+call on my agent and put the question to him. I did so, and he referred
+to the published lists of patents for ten or twelve years back, and
+assured me that no such name was on the list of patentees, and that I
+might rest satisfied that no such patent had ever been taken out.
+
+I then returned to my friend Mr. R----, and informed him of this,
+telling him that he _must_ be mistaken. To which he replied, "No; since
+you have been absent I have recollected more. I have found the address
+of Captain Oldmixon's attorney who procured the patent for him, which I
+give you; and I wish you would call on him, and he will correct me if I
+am wrong."
+
+I took the address and called on the attorney, whom I found in his
+office. I asked him if he had taken out a patent for Captain Oldmixon
+five or six years ago, and he replied that he had. I asked him if he
+would be kind enough to tell me the nature of it, and he instantly
+replied that it was for "disengaging and floating quarter-decks for
+saving life." I then asked him if he had completed his patent by
+putting in his specification, and he replied that he had, and that if I
+would ask for it in a registry of patents in Chancery-lane I could see
+it. I then inquired if it had been published in the manner that the law
+requires, and he assured me it had. He further stated that he had been
+for several years, and still was, engaged with it for Captain Oldmixon
+before the Committee on Shipwrecks, with a prospect of getting the
+Admiralty to take it up. With this information I returned immediately
+to my agent, and, having explained it to him, he accompanied me to
+the registry in Chancery-lane, where, on being asked if they had the
+specification of a patent in the name of Captain Oldmixon, one of the
+clerks instantly replied "Yes," and unrolled it upon the counter.
+
+I read it over, and, finding it almost word for word like my own, and
+the invention exactly the same, I said to my agent, "I have nothing
+more to say or to do, but to go home and attend to my business." Nor
+have I ever taken further pains about it. My agent, at a subsequent
+period, wrote me a letter, expressing his regret that such a thing
+should have happened, and enclosing a 10_l._ note, the amount, he said,
+of his fees; stating that the rest had all been paid into different
+offices, for which there was no remedy.
+
+I have mentioned the above circumstance, as forming one of the many
+instances of ill luck that have been curiously mixed with the incidents
+of my life; and also to show the world how much circumspection and
+caution are necessary in guarding one's interest, even amidst the
+well-regulated rules and formalities of this great and glorious country.
+
+Captain Oldmixon has my hearty wishes for the success of his invention;
+and I hope that my allusion to it in the above manner will do him no
+injury, but may be the cause of turning the attention of the world
+towards it as a means of benefiting the human race.
+
+I have informed the reader already that, just before completing the
+above adventure, the Ojibbeways having left London, and my large work
+being published to the world, I was turning my eyes to my native
+country again, where, with my little ones and my collection, I was
+preparing to go; but even this _was not to be_ as we had designed it,
+for it was announced, just then, that another party of fourteen Indians
+had arrived in Liverpool, and were on their way to the metropolis!
+Life has its chapters, like the chapters of a book; and our days are
+like the leaves we turn in reading it. We peruse one page ignorant of
+what is contained in the next; and, as the chapters of life are often
+suddenly cut short, so this chapter of my book must end here; and the
+reader will start with me afresh, in a second volume, which commences
+with a new enterprise.
+
+
+
+
+                               APPENDIX.
+
+
+
+
+                            APPENDIX.--(A.)
+
+                         OPINIONS OF THE PRESS
+
+                                   ON
+
+                 CATLIN'S NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN MUSEUM.
+
+
+    The following are a few of the very numerous eulogiums which the
+    Press has passed upon the merits of this Collection, in England,
+    France, and the United States, where it has been exhibited.
+
+
+                             LONDON PRESS.
+
+
+                         THE QUARTERLY REVIEW.
+
+Mr. Catlin's object in visiting England with his Indian Gallery, it
+would seem, is to sell his collection to our Government, and we most
+sincerely hope that his reliance on the magnanimity of the British
+people will not be disappointed. As a man of science, of enterprise,
+and of true philanthropy, he is justly entitled to be considered as a
+citizen of the world; and, although he reflects especial honour upon
+the intelligent nation to which he is so proud to declare that he owes
+his birth, yet, for that very reason, we are confident, a generous
+feeling will universally exist to receive him with liberality here.
+
+But, leaving the worthy artist's own interests completely out of the
+question, and in the cause of science casting aside all party feeling,
+we submit to Lord Melbourne, to Sir Robert Peel, to Lord Lansdowne,
+to Sir R. Inglis, and to all who are deservedly distinguished among
+us as the liberal patrons of the fine arts, that Mr. Catlin's Indian
+collection is worthy to be retained in this country as the record of
+a race of our fellow-creatures whom we shall very shortly have swept
+from the face of the globe. Before that catastrophe shall have arrived,
+it is true, a few of our countrymen may occasionally travel among
+them; but it cannot be expected that any artist of note should again
+voluntarily reside among them for seven years, as competent as Mr.
+Catlin, whose slight, active, sinewy frame has peculiarly fitted him
+for the physical difficulties attendant upon such an exertion.
+
+Considering the melancholy fate which has befallen the Indian race, and
+which overhangs the remnant of these victims to our power, it would
+surely be discreditable that the civilized world should, with heartless
+apathy, decline to preserve and to transmit to posterity Mr. Catlin's
+graphic delineation of them; and if any nation on earth should evince a
+desire to preserve such a lasting monument, there can be no doubt that
+there exists none better entitled to do so than the British people; for
+with feelings of melancholy satisfaction, we do not hesitate to assert
+that throughout our possessions on the continent of America, we have,
+from the first moment of our acquaintance with them to the present
+hour, invariably maintained their rights, and at a very great expense
+have honestly continued to pay them their annual presents, for which
+we have received from them, in times of war as well as of peace, the
+most unequivocal marks of their indelible gratitude. Their respect for
+our flag is unsullied by a reproach--their attachment to our sovereign
+is second only in their breasts to the veneration with which they
+regard their "Great Spirit"--while the names of Lord Dalhousie, of
+Sir Peregrine Maitland, and of Sir John Colborne, who for many years
+respectively acted towards them as their father and as their friend,
+will be affectionately repeated by them in our colonies until the
+Indian heart has ceased to beat there, and until the Red Man's language
+has ceased to vibrate in the British "wilderness of this world."
+Although European diseases, and the introduction of ardent spirits,
+have produced the lamentable effects we have described, and although
+as a nation we are not faultless, yet we may fairly assert and proudly
+feel that the English government has at least made every possible
+exertion to do its duty towards the Indians; and that there has existed
+no colonial secretary of state who has not evinced that anxiety to
+befriend them which, it is our duty to say, particularly characterized
+the administration of the amiable and humane Lord Glenelg.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         THE LITERARY GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall._--We have now to announce
+the opening of this exhibition, from visits to which every class of
+the community, old as well as young, will reap much instruction and
+gratification. Having recently described, from an American journal, Mr.
+Catlin's seven or eight years' sojourn among the red races of North
+America, we need now only say that his representation of them, their
+country, their costumes, their sports, their religious ceremonies,
+and in short their manners and customs, so as to enable us to form a
+complete idea of them, is deserving of the utmost praise. There are
+above 500 subjects in these spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child's
+rattle; and everything belonging to the various Indian tribes are
+before the spectator in their actual condition and integrity. There
+are, besides, a multitude of portraits of the leading warriors, &c.
+&c., and other pictures of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting;
+and the whole supplying by far the most ample and accurate history of
+them that has ever been published to the world. No book of travels
+can approach these realities; and after all we had read of the red
+men, we confess we are astonished at the many new and important points
+connected with them which this Gallery impressed upon us. We saw more
+distinctly the links of resemblance between them and other early and
+distant people; and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of
+matters affecting the progress of mankind all over the earth, and alike
+illustrated by similitudes and dissimilitudes. Indeed the philosophical
+inquirer will be delighted with this exhibition, whilst the curious
+child of seven years of age will enjoy it with present amusement and
+lasting instruction.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE ATHENÆUM.
+
+_The Indian Gallery._--This is the collection mentioned heretofore by
+our American correspondent (No. 609), and a most interesting one it is.
+It contains more than 300 portraits of distinguished Indians, men and
+women of different tribes, all painted from life; and in many instances
+the identical dress, weapons, &c. are exhibited which they wore when
+their portraits were taken; and 200 other paintings, representing
+Indian customs, games, hunting-scenes, religious ceremonies, dances,
+villages, and said to contain above 3000 figures: in brief, it is a
+pictorial history of this interesting and fast-perishing race. It
+includes, too, a series of views of the Indian country; and we have
+seen nothing more curious than some of the scenes on the Upper Missouri
+and Mississippi, the general accuracy of which is beyond question. Mr.
+Catlin has spent seven years in wandering among the various tribes,
+for the sole purpose of perfecting this collection. As he observes,
+"it has been gathered, and every painting has been made from nature,
+by my own hand; and that, too, when I have been paddling my canoe or
+leading my packhorse over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of
+life. The world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them as they have been intended, as true and fac-simile traces
+of individual and historical facts, and forgive me for their present
+unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art."
+
+The value of this collection is increased by the fact that the red men
+are fast perishing, and will probably, before many years have passed,
+be an extinct race. If proof of this were wanting, we have it in the
+facts recorded in the catalogue, of the devastation which the smallpox
+has lately spread among them. Of one tribe, the hospitable and friendly
+Mandans, as Mr. Catlin calls them, 2000 in number when he visited
+them and painted their pictures, living in two permanent villages on
+the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi, not
+one now exists! In 1837 the smallpox broke out among them, and only
+thirty-five were left alive; these were subsequently destroyed by a
+hostile tribe, which took possession of their villages: and thus,
+within a few months, the race became extinct--not a human being is
+believed to have escaped.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE ART-UNION.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Indian Gallery._--Circumstances have hitherto prevented
+our noticing this most admirable exhibition; but we have examined it
+in all its parts with very minute attention, and have been highly
+gratified, as well as much informed, by doing so. Mr. Catlin's
+collection is by no means to be classed among the ephemeral amusements
+of the day; it is a work of deep and permanent interest. Perceiving
+that the rapid destruction of the aboriginal tribes by war, disease,
+and the baneful influence of spirituous liquors, would soon cause all
+traces of the red men to be lost, Mr. Catlin determined on proceeding
+through their still untrodden wildernesses, for the purpose of gaining
+an intimate acquaintance with their manners and customs, and of
+procuring an exact delineation of their persons, features, ceremonies,
+&c., all which he has faithfully and perfectly accomplished at no
+small hazard of life and limb. It was not a common mind that could
+have conceived so bold a project, nor is he a common man who has so
+thoroughly accomplished it.
+
+The arms, dresses, domestic implements, &c. &c. collected by the
+industry of this most energetic of explorers are precisely as they
+have been manufactured and used by their Indian owners, and form
+a collection which every succeeding year will render more and
+more valuable. The portraits of distinguished warriors, &c., the
+representations of religious ceremonies, war-dances, buffalo-hunts,
+&c. &c., are depicted by Mr. Catlin himself, and that with a force and
+evident truth that bring the whole detail of Indian life in eloquent
+reality before the eyes of the spectator. We have no hesitation in
+saying that this gallery supplies the most effective and valuable means
+for acquiring an exact acquaintance with the great American continent
+that has ever been offered to the hunger and thirst after knowledge,
+go prevailing a characteristic of the age. Mr. Catlin is about to
+publish the details of his eight years' sojourn among the interesting
+people with whom his portraitures have made us so familiar; and we
+have no doubt that this work will render the stores of information he
+has opened to us in his gallery entire and complete. As works of art
+their merit depends chiefly on their accuracy, of which no doubt can be
+entertained.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          LA BELLE ASSEMBLÉE.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Gallery of North American Indians._--Of all the
+exhibitions that have been brought forward for the amusement of the
+public, we must give this of Mr. Catlin the preference in every point
+of view; it possesses not only present but future interest, for perhaps
+not many generations may flourish and fade before nearly the whole of
+the aboriginal tribes will be wholly extirpated. Wherever the imprint
+of the white man's foot has flattened the grass of the prairie, it may
+be looked upon as an ominous token to the unsuspecting native. The
+broad lands of the owners of the soil are daily passing into the hands
+of the stranger, and desolation comes where lowly comfort dwelt.
+
+As historical records, these pictures, from the faithful pencil of Mr.
+Catlin, are invaluable, inasmuch as they may be considered, in all
+probability, the last and almost the only authentic remains of ancient
+tribes, that are slowly but surely leaving nothing but a name behind.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                               THE TIMES.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's North American Indian Gallery._--A very curious
+exhibition is opened in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly. It consists
+of above 500 portraits, landscapes, views of combats, religious
+ceremonies, costumes, and many other things illustrative of the
+manners and customs, and modes of living and of battle, &c. of the
+different tribes of North American Indians. Some of these pictures
+are exceedingly interesting, and form a vast field for the researches
+of the antiquary, the naturalist, and the philosopher. The numerous
+portraits are full of character; they exhibit an almost endless variety
+of feature, though all bearing a generical resemblance to each other.
+The views of combats are very full of spirit, and exhibit modes of
+warfare and destruction horribly illustrative of savage life. The
+method of attacking buffaloes and other monsters of the plains and
+forests are all interesting; the puny process of a fox-chace sinks into
+insignificance when compared with the tremendous excitement occasioned
+by the grappling of a bear or the butting of a bison. These scenes are
+all accurately depicted, not in the finished style of modern art, but
+with a vigour and fidelity of outline, which arises from the painter
+having actually beheld what he transmits to canvas. The most curious
+portion of this exhibition is, however, the representations of the
+horrible religious ceremonies of several of the Indian tribes, and
+the probationary trials of those who aspire to be the leaders amongst
+them. These representations disclose the most abhorrent and execrable
+cruelties. They show to what atrocities human nature can arrive where
+the presence of religious knowledge is not interposed to prevent its
+career. The exhibition also contains tents, weapons, dresses, &c.
+of the various tribes visited by Mr. Catlin. These are curious, but
+of secondary importance. The catalogue, which is to be had at the
+exhibition-room, is a very interesting _brochure_, and will afford a
+great deal of novel but important information.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           MORNING CHRONICLE.
+
+_The Aboriginal Tribes of North America._--A pictorial exhibition of a
+singularly interesting description has just been opened in the Egyptian
+Hall, Piccadilly. It consists of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and
+other representations of the persons, manners, and customs of the North
+American Indians, painted by Mr. Catlin, an American artist, during
+eight years' travel amongst their various tribes.
+
+On Monday a numerous assemblage, comprising many distinguished
+members of the fashionable as well as the literary world, visited
+this extraordinary collection, and listened with the utmost curiosity
+and interest to the details and explanations given by Mr. Catlin in
+illustration of some of its most remarkable objects.
+
+Mr. Catlin modestly apologizes for the unfinished character of his
+pictures, considered as works of art. They are sketches rapidly and
+roughly executed, as might be expected from the circumstances under
+which they were made: but they are freely drawn with a strong tone of
+colour; and being drawn and coloured immediately from nature, there
+is a graphic truthfulness about them which places, as it were, the
+very objects themselves before the eye of the spectator, and fills
+the imagination with images of these ancient lords of the western
+continent, now reduced to scattered remnants and fast disappearing
+from the earth, a thousand times more distinct and vivid than could be
+produced by volumes of description.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE MORNING POST.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This is a very extraordinary collection,
+consisting of an immense number of portraits, landscapes, costumes,
+and representations of the manners and customs of the North American
+Indians, among whom the artist-collector travelled for eight years,
+extending his researches through forty-eight tribes, the majority of
+whom speak different languages. The long room on the groundfloor of
+the Egyptian Hall is covered from the roof to the floor, and nearly
+the floor itself, by some thousands of specimens, real as well as
+pictorial, of these interesting races, many of whom are now, alas!
+nearly extinguished, under the civilizing influences of fire-water,
+smallpox, and the exterminating policy of the government of the United
+States, in which treachery has recently played a counterpart to the
+most gratuitous despotism. "I have seen them in their own villages,"
+says Mr. Catlin, "have carried my canvas and colours the whole way, and
+painted my portraits, &c. from the life, as they now stand and are seen
+in the gallery."
+
+The collection contains 310 portraits of distinguished men and women
+of the different tribes in the British, United States, and Mexican
+territories; and 200 other paintings descriptive of river, mountain,
+forest, and prairie scenes; the village games, festivals, and peculiar
+customs and superstitions of the natives, exhibiting in all above 3000
+figures; all, Mr. Catlin assures us, were taken from nature, and all by
+his own hand! a truly Herculean undertaking, and evidently sustained
+by an enthusiastic spirit, as well as a share of unconquerable
+perseverance, such as falls to the lot of few artists in any country to
+boast of.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE MORNING POST.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This valuable collection of portraits,
+landscapes, scenes from savage life, weapons, costumes, and an endless
+variety of illustrations of Indian life, real as well as pictorial,
+continues to attract crowds of spectators. We are happy to find our
+prediction fully borne out by fact, that the exhibition only required
+to be fully made known to the public to be properly appreciated. The
+most pleasing attention is paid by Mr. Catlin and his assistants
+to gratify the curiosity of visitors, to point out to notice the
+peculiarities of the various subjects through which they wander, and
+to explain everything which strikes the eye and attracts the observer
+to inquire into its use or meaning. During our visit on Saturday
+the company were startled by a yell, and shortly afterwards by the
+appearance of a stately chief of the Crow Indians stalking silently
+through the room, armed to the teeth and painted to the temples,
+wrapped up in a buffalo robe, on which all his battles were depicted,
+and wearing a tasteful coronet of war-eagle's quills. This personation
+was volunteered by the nephew of Mr. Catlin, who has seen the red
+man in his native wilds, and presents the most proud and picturesque
+similitude that can be conceived of the savage warrior. His war-whoop,
+his warlike appearance and dignified movements seem to impress the
+assemblage more strikingly with a feeling of the character of the
+North American Indian than all the other evidences which crowded the
+walls. Subsequently he appeared in another splendid costume, worn by
+the braves of the Mandan tribe, also remarkable for its costly and
+magnificent head-dress, in which we see "the horns of power" assume a
+conspicuous place. The crowds that gathered around him on each occasion
+were so dense that Mr. Catlin could scarcely find space to explain the
+particulars of the costumes; but we are glad to find he is preparing
+a central stage where all may enjoy a full and fair sight of "the
+Red Man" as he issues from his wigwam, clad in the peculiar robe and
+ornaments of his tribe, to fight, hunt, smoke, or join in the dances,
+festivals, and amusements peculiar to each nation.
+
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.
+
+_Indian Knowledge of English Affairs._--Mr. Catlin, in one of his
+lectures on the manners and customs of the North American Indians,
+during the last week, related a very curious occurrence, which excited
+a great deal of surprise and some considerable mirth amongst his highly
+respectable and numerous audience. Whilst speaking of the great and
+warlike tribe of Sioux or Dahcotas, of 40,000 or 50,000, he stated
+that many of this tribe, as well as of several others, although living
+entirely in the territory of the United States, and several hundred
+miles south of her Majesty's possessions, were found cherishing a
+lasting friendship for the English, whom they denominate Saganosh. And
+in very many instances they are to be seen wearing about their necks
+large silver medals, with the portrait of George III. in bold relief
+upon them. These medals were given to them as badges of merit during
+the last war with the United States, when these warriors were employed
+in the British service.
+
+The lecturer said that whenever the word Saganosh was used, it seemed
+to rouse them at once; that on several occasions when Englishmen had
+been in his company as fellow-travellers, they had marked attentions
+paid them by these Indians as Saganoshes. And on one occasion,
+in one of his last rambles in that country, where he had painted
+several portraits in a small village of Dahcotas, the chief of the
+band positively refused to sit, alleging as his objection that the
+Pale-faces, who were not to be trusted, might do some injury to his
+portrait, and his health or his life might be affected by it. The
+painter, as he was about to saddle his horse for his departure, told
+the Indian that he was a Saganosh, and was going across the Big Salt
+Lake, and was very sorry that he could not carry the picture of so
+distinguished a man. At this intelligence the Indian advanced, and
+after a hearty grip of the hand, very carefully and deliberately
+withdrew from his bosom, and next to his naked breast, a large silver
+medal, and turning his face to the painter, pronounced with great
+vehemence and emphasis the word Sag-a-nosh! The artist, supposing that
+he had thus gained his point with the Indian Sagamore, was making
+preparation to proceed with his work, when the Indian still firmly
+denied him the privilege--holding up the face of his Majesty (which had
+got a superlative brightness by having been worn for years against his
+naked breast), he made this singular and significant speech:--"When you
+cross the Big Salt Lake, tell my Great Father that you saw his face,
+and it was bright!" To this the painter replied, "I can never see your
+Great Father, he is dead!" The poor Indian recoiled in silence, and
+returning his medal to his bosom, entered his wigwam, at a few paces
+distant, where he seated himself amidst his family around his fire, and
+deliberately lighting his pipe, passed it around in silence.
+
+When it was smoked out he told them the news he had heard, and in a
+few moments returned to the traveller again, who was preparing with
+his party to mount their horses, and inquired whether the Saganoshes
+had no chief. The artist replied in the affirmative, saying that the
+present chief of the Saganoshes is a young and very beautiful woman.
+The Sagamore expressed great surprise and some incredulity at this
+unaccountable information; and being fully assured by the companions of
+the artist that his assertion was true, the Indian returned again quite
+hastily to his wigwam, called his own and the neighbouring families
+into his presence, lit and smoked another pipe, and then communicated
+the intelligence to them, to their great surprise and amusement; after
+which he walked out to the party about to start off, and advancing to
+the painter (or Great Medicine, as they called him) with a sarcastic
+smile on his face, in due form, and with much grace and effect, he
+carefully withdrew again from his bosom the polished silver medal, and
+turning the face of it to the painter, said, "Tell my Great Mother
+that you saw our Great Father, and that we keep his face bright!"
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.
+
+_North American Indians._--An exhibition has been opened consisting
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, implements of war, articles of
+commerce, and a variety of curiosities, illustrating the manners,
+habits, and customs of forty-eight different tribes of the North
+American Indians. The collection, which must prove highly interesting
+to all who take an interest in the various modes of life existing among
+our fellow-creatures in the different states and stages of savage life,
+or comparative civilization, consists of 310 portraits of distinguished
+men and women of the different Indian tribes, and 200 other paintings
+descriptive of Indian countries, villages, sports, and pastimes; the
+whole of which were painted by Mr. Catlin during a residence of eight
+years among the different tribes. An additional interest is given to
+the paintings by the various implements used by the natives, such as
+bows, arrows, tomahawks, and scalping knives. There are even human
+scalps, which illustrate one of the paintings representing the scalp
+dance, in which the victors of one tribe exhibit, in one of their war
+dances, the scalps of another whom they have vanquished. Among the
+most spirited of the paintings, as works of art, may be enumerated
+those of the voluntarily inflicted torments to which some of the tribes
+subject themselves as proofs of their courage; those of the buffalo
+hunts, buffalo fights, and of the prairies, which are all highly
+characteristic productions. In speaking of the different items of
+interest in this exhibition, Mr. Catlin and the cicerone should not be
+forgotten, as they amuse the visitors with many of those interesting
+personal anecdotes which travellers always abound in.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE SPECTATOR.
+
+Catlin's Indian Gallery, at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, is a museum
+of the various tribes of North American Indians.
+
+Mr. Catlin is an enterprising American artist, who has devoted eight
+years to the delineation of scenes and persons, and the collection
+of objects to form a permanent record of the characteristic features
+and customs of the different tribes of Indians in North America,
+now fast becoming extinct by the combined operation of smallpox,
+spirit-drinking, and war. The walls of a room 106 feet in length are
+entirely covered with portraits of Indian men, women, and children, in
+their respective costumes, some small whole-lengths, others busts the
+life-size, to the number of 310; and 200 views of landscape scenery,
+native villages, games, customs, and hunting-scenes, all painted on the
+spot. Besides the pictures, the dresses worn by several tribes, and a
+numerous collection of weapons, pipes, ornaments, &c., are arranged
+round the room; and in the centre is set up a wigwam of the "Crow"
+tribe, a conical tent twenty-five feet high, made of buffalo-skins,
+dressed and painted, supported by thirty poles meeting at the top, and
+capable of sheltering eighty persons.
+
+To attempt anything like a detailed description of the contents of such
+a museum would require a volume; to characterize it generally in our
+limited space is difficult. It would require hours of attentive study
+to become fully acquainted with the multifarious articles. The several
+tribes are distinguished in the catalogue: the dresses are all so
+fantastic, and the physiognomies so varied, that it would be difficult
+to class them.
+
+The dances and other amusements appear anything but gamesome; and the
+religious ceremonies of the Mandans, of which there are four scenes,
+are horrible in the extreme. It is their annual custom to assemble
+the young men in the "Medicine" or "Mystery" Lodge--the medicine-men
+are a sort of mixture of the doctor, priest, and sorcerer--and after
+being starved for four days and nights, they are tortured in the most
+cruel manner to test their powers of endurance. The animal character,
+sharpened and sometimes ennobled by the influence of moral qualities,
+is strongly expressed in all the heads.
+
+The scenery on the Missouri and Mississippi is remarkable for the
+mixture of beauty and desolation, and an appearance of cultivation in
+the wildest parts. Mr. Catlin's views bear the impress of fidelity
+that belongs to pictures painted on the spot; and their freshness and
+characteristic spirit more than atone for any defects of execution.
+The scenes of buffalo-hunting are full of movement and energy; and the
+groups of Indians are sketched with so much life and action, that the
+scene appears to pass before you. Numerous certificates attest the
+accuracy of the portraits and views. The robes and the tent covering
+exhibit come curious specimens of the pictorial skill of the Indians,
+which reminds one of the Egyptian and Mexican paintings; the outline
+being strongly defined, and with attention to the characteristic
+points. The dresses are very tastefully decorated with beads, feathers,
+and skins; and the pipes, war-clubs, lances, bows, quivers, and shields
+are profusely ornamented: the cradles are really beautiful.
+
+Mr. Catlin is about to publish an account of his expedition, in which
+the various objects in his museum will be more fully explained than in
+the catalogue; previously to which he intends giving a sort of lecture
+in the room descriptive of the people. In the mean time, a visit to
+this "Indian gallery" will give a more lively and distinct idea of the
+aborigines of North America, than a whole course of reading.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE CONSERVATIVE JOURNAL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This is, we believe, the first time that
+the British public have had a fair opportunity, upon an extensive
+scale, of making themselves acquainted with the personal appearance of
+the various tribes of North American Indians, once constituting the
+noblest race of savages that are mentioned in history, but of late
+years sinking into all the depravity which the wicked race of white
+traders has inflicted on them. These manly natives of the woods and
+prairies of America, "the red men," as they are properly denominated,
+are sinking fast in character, and gradually fading from human
+existence, through the sordid and base traffic of the "pale-faces,"
+who drive an infamous trade by bartering the execrable "fire-waters"
+(rum and whisky) amongst these children of the wood, for the furs and
+other produce of their hunting expeditions. Once these vile poisons
+are swallowed by the aborigines, they lose all their manly and martial
+energies, become sottish, feeble, and enervated in mind and body, and
+appear as if conscious of their self-debasement.
+
+With respect to the subjects of exhibition, they are chiefly portraits
+of the most noted chiefs of the various tribes that formerly roamed
+at large over the vast territory of which they were the natural
+proprietors. There are also some of the females of note and others in
+early life, who display attractions of feature and expression which
+would not discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs
+of greatest notoriety here is the celebrated chief "Black Hawk," on
+whose keen eye and determined brow "no compromise" is plainly written
+by the hand of nature. The eldest and second sons of this chief are
+here also, and are worthy of the sire from whom they sprung. There
+are also several other distinguished warriors of this tribe, which is
+denominated the Sacs (Sauskies). There also are distinguished chiefs
+and warriors of the following nations: the Konzas, Osages, Camanchees,
+Pawneepicts, Sioux, Missouries, Mandans, Black Feet, A's-sin-ne-boins,
+Delawares, Choctaws, Cherokees, &c., amounting to some hundred
+portraits; besides views of fine scenery, buffalo-hunting, war and
+other dances; a variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a wigwam, &c.
+We hope soon to give a few interesting details.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                                 ATLAS.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall._--A room 106 feet in length
+and of proportionate breadth and height, is occupied exclusively with
+this most interesting exhibition. Its pictorial portion consists of a
+vast series of portraits of the chiefs, the braves, the medicine-men,
+and squaws of the numerous tribes and nations of Indians--the
+aborigines of North America. Another lengthened series consists of
+landscape views of scenery, the rivers, mountains, and prairies--the
+homes and hunting-grounds of the Red Men. Illustrations of manners
+and customs, including some of the most curious and valuable portions
+of the gallery, form a third series of pictures, and these efforts of
+the pencil extend to upwards of 500. They are not offered as specimens
+of the art, although in that light they are by no means unworthy of
+attention, but as a pictorial history of nations about to be swept by
+the tide of civilization from the surface of the earth. As these bold
+sketches were executed in the wigwam, in the tent, in the steam-boat,
+in the forest, in the canoe, in storm and sunshine, amid strife and
+smoke, and every possible variety of interruption and annoyance, their
+existence is a miracle, and the artist may be proud of the fire and
+spirit, the truth and energy, yes, and the freedom and power with which
+he has, under such circumstances conveyed to canvas the vivid impress
+of the ancient nobles of the forest and the prairie.
+
+In eight years Mr. Catlin visited 48 tribes, including 300,000 Indians;
+has painted 310 portraits from life, and all the scenic accounts we
+have noticed. For the sake of the pictures, of the exhibition itself,
+which is intensely interesting, and yet more for the important lesson
+it teaches, we earnestly recommend the Indian Gallery to the attention
+of the reader.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE BRITANNIA.
+
+_Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly._--The suite of apartments composing
+this unique building has been opened for the exhibition of Catlin's
+Gallery of North American Indians, which comprises a museum of the
+various articles used in domestic life and in war by the aborigines
+who inhabit the Texas and adjoining country. Besides the articles
+of dress and ornament, the instruments of chace and warfare, the
+walls of the apartment are hung with a collection of 500 paintings,
+which represent the figures of living Indian chiefs, their battles,
+festivities, and domestic habits, as well as the scenery of the country
+in the "far west," and the animals which inhabit it, being a faithful
+representation of those distant regions.
+
+At the farther end of the room is a wigwam of buffalo-hide, pitched
+in the manner in which the natives arrange it; namely, in the form
+of a tent, but somewhat more conical. The owner of this interesting
+exhibition, Mr. Catlin, spent several years among the Pawnee, Sioux,
+Crow, and other tribes, for the purpose of taking accurate delineations
+of the noble races of Indians who still wander through the extensive
+prairies in all their primary freedom and independence. The exhibition
+will amuse the mere lounger as much as it will interest the curious and
+reflecting.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         EAST INDIA CHRONICLE.
+
+_North American Indians._--Of late years Cooper's American novels, and
+various works of travels; and, more recently, the Hon. Mr. Murray's
+and Captain Marryat's attractive volumes, have deeply interested us
+respecting the Red Indians of North America, their derivation, manners,
+customs, &c. Mr. Catlin, however, who has devoted eight years of his
+life to these miscalled savage people, who are now rapidly fading
+away from the face of the earth, sad victims of oppression, European
+vice and European disease, is enlightening us still further upon the
+subject. He has opened an exhibition at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+in which are assembled (all of his own painting) about 500 portraits
+of Indian chiefs, warriors, squaws, &c.; landscapes and other scenes,
+illustrating their warlike and religious ceremonies, their customs,
+dances, buffalo hunts, &c. The portraits, many of them valuable even
+as works of art, excite a strong and vivid interest from the almost
+exhaustless variety and force of character which they display. Many
+of the heads are bold and highly intellectual, and remarkable for
+their phrenological developments. Several of the young squaws, too,
+have considerable pretensions to beauty, with abundance of archness,
+vivacity, and good humour. Then again there is an immense collection
+of their weapons, pipes, musical instruments, dresses, &c.; amongst
+them a child's cradle, or whatever it may be termed, in which the women
+carry their children at their backs. It is impossible for persons of
+any age to find themselves otherwise than instructed and gratified by
+this exhibition. Besides what we have mentioned, Mr. Catlin lectures
+thrice a week in the evening, with the assistance of living figures for
+additional illustrations.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE JOHN BULL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--Mr. Catlin is an American artist, who,
+after eight years' toilsome travel, during which he visited forty-eight
+tribes of the aborigines of his native land, and traversed many
+thousands of miles, appearing to have crossed in nearly every direction
+the vast plains which lie between the semi-civilized border and the
+Rocky Mountains, has succeeded in forming a collection which he truly
+terms "unique," and which ought to be so secured by the purchase of
+some Government or other, as to be rendered what he fondly calls it,
+"imperishable." He thus explains the motives which induced him to
+undertake this labour:--"Having some years since become fully convinced
+of the rapid decline and certain extinction of the numerous tribes of
+the North American Indians, and seeing also the vast importance and
+value which a full pictorial history of these interesting but dying
+people might be to future ages, I set out alone, unaided and unadvised,
+resolved (if my life should be spared), by the aid of my brush and
+my pen, to rescue from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and
+customs as the industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could
+accomplish, and set them up in a gallery, unique and imperishable, for
+the use and benefit of future ages."
+
+A proof of the utility of his undertaking is the fact that one of the
+most singularly interesting tribes which he visited, the Mandans, who
+numbered 2000 souls in 1834, have been since wholly destroyed, not
+a remnant of their race left--name, and line, and language utterly
+extinct. Of the other tribes, too, many thousands have perished
+since the period of his visit by the smallpox, which deadly disease
+sweeps them off by wholesale; by the ardent spirits, still deadlier,
+introduced among them by the traders, and by war. The red man seems
+doomed to inevitable destruction; and despite the philanthropist, no
+long period of time, it is to be feared, will elapse before he will
+exist only by the aid of the "brush and pen."
+
+Mr. Catlin has made 310 portraits of distinguished individuals of the
+various tribes, and 200 other paintings illustrative of their manners,
+games, religious and other customs, as well as portraying some of
+the most remarkable scenery of the prairies and wilderness. They are
+roughly executed, but are the more valuable as being evidently faithful
+transcripts from the life. They occupy the entire of the large room of
+the Egyptian Hall, covering the walls on either side, whilst in the
+centre a long table is covered with Indian habiliments and weapons,
+which likewise hang with bears' and other skins in profusion from the
+ceiling, whilst the whole is crowned by a wigwam, a veritable wigwam,
+brought from the foot of the Rocky Mountains. Will or can any one with
+a spark of curiosity, not to name enthusiasm, in his composition,
+begrudge a shilling for the sight?
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE COURT JOURNAL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We must confess that, after the many
+failures of exhibitions analogous to this, we did not go to it prepared
+either to be pleased or to glean from it any novelty of information;
+but we were most agreeably disappointed, and can assure our readers
+that a more attractive exercise for the mind could not well have been
+devised. We may, without hesitation, describe this immense collection
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and representations of manners and
+customs, as embracing a view of all the North American Indian tribes
+(resident in the British and Mexican territories, and those of the
+United States) now unexterminated! Out of the entire nations swept away
+by whiskey, smallpox, and the aggressions of the whites, about 300,000
+souls remain; and of these the numbers become every year more and more
+reduced, so that ultimately we may calculate with certainty that they
+will
+
+          "Leave not a wreck behind."
+
+Under this impression Mr. Catlin has done well and wisely to "devote
+more than eight years of his life to the accomplishment of so great a
+design" as that of creating their pictorial history.
+
+Mr. Catlin states that every painting has been made from nature, and
+by his own hand, many of them in the intervals of paddling a canoe, or
+leading a packhorse through trackless wilds, at the hazard of his life;
+that he has visited these people in their own villages, and painted
+their portraits (certificated by the United States authorities) on the
+spot.
+
+The room in which this exhibition takes place is on the ground-floor
+of the Egyptian Hall, and is 106 feet in length. In the centre is a
+very handsome "Crow lodge or wigwam," brought from the foot of the
+Rocky Mountains. It is made of buffalo-skins garnished and painted.
+The pine-poles are thirty in number, and the interior will hold eighty
+persons. On a table near this tent are lances, calumets, tomahawks,
+scalping-knives, and scalps; and above, men's and women's dresses,
+bows, spears, shields, moccasins, war-clubs, drums, &c. Around are
+hung the numerous paintings in oil, comprising portraits, landscapes,
+ceremonies, games, manual occupations, hunting excursions, councils,
+and feasts.
+
+The portraits are very characteristic, the men being for the most
+part tidy, with one or two striking exceptions, and the young women
+remarkably handsome. The landscapes are clearly painted, and the
+ceremonies are very amusing in some instances and very horrible in
+others. Those which please us most are the hunting and travelling
+sketches, and one or two of "the fury of the fight!" For instance, No.
+486, "Bogard, Batiste, and I, chasing a herd of buffalo in high grass,
+on a Missouri bottom," is one of the most spirited things that can be
+imagined; and so also is No. 471, "A Camanchee warrior lancing an Osage
+at full speed."
+
+The great merit of these oil sketches is their manifest correctness,
+not to a line or the mere making out of a horse's head or some portion
+of dress, but to the action and the scene. Not only the portraits, but
+the landscapes and groups, have a certificate of identity.
+
+We recommend to all the "Descriptive Catalogue," which is very amusing,
+and is necessary to the elucidation of customs and localities. At the
+private view to which we were invited on Tuesday there was a very
+numerous assemblage of persons of distinction.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           NEW COURT GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This interesting exhibition consists
+chiefly of portraits of the most distinguished warriors and chiefs of
+the various tribes, besides views of fine scenery, buffalo hunting, war
+and other dances; a vast variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a
+wigwam, &c. The collection also contains some of the females of note,
+who display attractions of feature and expression which would not
+discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs of greatest
+notoriety here is the celebrated chief "Black Hawk." The eldest and
+second sons of this chief are here also, and are worthy of the sire
+from whom they sprung. There are several other distinguished warriors
+of this tribe and others, amounting to some hundred portraits. We can
+strongly recommend our readers to attend; they will then, for the first
+time, become acquainted with the real manners and customs of these
+"before-misrepresented people," who are fast sinking from the face of
+the earth.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        LONDON SATURDAY JOURNAL.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Indian Gallery._--In visiting it, indeed, the town-bred
+admirer of the freedom and grandeur of "savage life" might find
+somewhat, at first sight, to feed his sentimental fancies. Round the
+room, on the walls, are portraits of Indians, remarkable specimens
+of the true animal man; arrayed in their holiday dresses, tricked
+out in all the variety of savage fancy, and many of them as evidently
+and consciously "sitting for their portraits," as the most pedantic
+and affected superficialist of civilization. With these we have many
+glimpses of the scenery and state of existence connected with "life
+in the wilds." The far stretching prairie; the noble river and its
+"reaches," and "bluffs," and waterfloods; the shaggy bison, whose
+tremendous aspect makes him fearful, even in the stillness of a
+picture; the more terrible grisly bear; the Indian "at home," and the
+the Indian "abroad," with stirring hunting scenes, enough to rouse
+one's blood, and to make an unfledged adventurer long to dash away, and
+try one's skill and courage in an encounter with horned monsters, or
+even that "ugly creature" before whom the "strongest bull goes down."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         KIDD'S LONDON JOURNAL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall._--By a visit to this
+exhibition, every class of the community, old as well as young, will
+derive much instruction and gratification. Mr. Catlin's representation
+of the red races of North America, their country, their costumes,
+their sports, their religious ceremonies, and, in short, their manners
+and customs, so as to enable us to form a complete idea of them, is
+deserving of the utmost praise. There are above 500 subjects in these
+spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child's rattle; and everything
+belonging to the various Indian tribes are before the spectator in
+their actual condition and integrity. There are, besides, a multitude
+of portraits of the leading warriors, &c., &c., and other pictures
+of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting; the whole supplying
+by far the most ample and accurate history of them that has ever
+been published to the world. No book of travels can approach these
+realities; and after all we had read of the red men, we confess we
+are astonished at the many new and important points connected with
+them which this gallery impressed upon us. We saw more distinctly the
+links of resemblance between them and other early and distant people;
+and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of matters affecting
+the progress of mankind all over the earth, alike illustrated by
+similitudes and dissimilitudes.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          SCOTSMAN--EDINBURGH.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Lectures on the North American Indians._--Numbers of
+fashionable persons still continue to attend the Rotunda to inspect
+the varied curiosities belonging to this interesting tribe. We have
+much pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity and
+effect of Mr. Catlin's interesting and instructive exhibition:--
+
+                                 "Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.
+  "DEAR SIR,--I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your
+  lectures at the Waterloo Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the
+  Indian character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native
+  Indian manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view,
+  scenes I had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries
+  where I had been; and for twenty years' peregrinations in those
+  parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave River north, and from the
+  shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of
+  the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities
+  of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+  pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+  which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+  afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.
+
+                     "I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,
+                                                "JOHN HALDANE."
+  "To George Catlin, Esq."
+
+The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson's Bay
+Company, dated New York Factory, Hudson's Bay, 10th December, 1842:--
+
+  "Should you happen to fall in with 'Catlin's Letters on the North
+  American Indians,' I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin's sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character."
+
+
+                          UNITED STATES PRESS.
+
+
+                       THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--The conception and plan of this gallery
+are in a high degree ingenious and philosophical. While it seems to
+the careless victor to be only a very animated representation of
+some of the most striking incidents in Indian life, it is in fact so
+contrived as to contain an intelligent and profound exposition of all
+that characterizes the savage in mind, in memory, and in manners; a
+revelation of the form and qualities of his understanding, of the
+shape and temper of his passions, of his religious impressions and the
+traditions which have given them their hue, and of the mingled ferocity
+and fun, barbarity and _bonhomie_, which streak his character. These
+are the matters that are brought out by a study of these pictures;
+and they show, on the part of the originator of this museum, a
+comprehension and reach of understanding which of themselves merit the
+name of genius. The execution is as happy as the purpose is judicious.
+No artist in this country possesses a readier or more graphic pencil;
+perhaps no one, since Hogarth, has had in so high a degree the faculty
+of seizing at a moment the true impression of a scene before his eyes,
+and transferring it to the canvas. And as a refined and finished
+portrait-painter, his large picture of Osceola alone sets him on a
+level with the most accomplished professors in any part of the States,
+and shows what eminence and what emolument might have been achieved
+by him had he devoted himself to that narrower branch of his art. The
+great and unshared merit of these sketches lies in the circumstance
+that there is nothing either in the grouping or the detail in anywise
+imaginary, but that every scene which his collection contains was
+copied by him from life, while the original was before him. Of the
+tribes thus represented, some have already, in the interval since these
+drawings, been entirely swept away from the earth, and it is plain that
+others, who escape that fate, will, as they are more nearly approached
+by the whites, lose much that is distinctive in their character and
+habits, and in a few, probably a very few years, the only memorial of
+the bravery, the sufferings, the toils, sports, customs, dresses, and
+decorations of the Indians, will be Catlin's Gallery.
+
+We feel great pride in stating that Mr. Catlin is a native of
+Pennsylvania. His birthplace, we are informed, is the valley of the
+Wyoming. There, probably, he acquired that fondness for the free wild
+life of the huntsman and forester that has led him so far from the
+tame continuance of cities, and has made the privations of that remote
+existence tolerable. There, too, he must have imbibed in early youth
+that love of the chace, and that sympathy with its noble excitements,
+which has made him out of sight the best exhibitor of the sports of
+the West that ever yet employed pen or pencil in illustration of the
+magnificent diversions that gave a dash of sublimity to the occupation
+of those dwellers by the sources of the Father of Waters. We, too, have
+seen something of that stirring Western life, and have had a taste of
+its delights and dangers, though we pretend not to a tithe of the lore
+here brought out. We know, perhaps, enough to judge of what is well
+done in this department, and we can testify strongly to the prodigious
+superiority of Mr. Catlin in the conception of the hunting-scenes,
+in the appreciation and selection of its strongest points and most
+interesting moments, and in the vigour and power with which the whole
+is presented, over Mr. Irving. Mr. Irving's style is, at all times,
+nicer and more fastidious than suits our taste; certainly it is too
+dainty to be capable of expressing the roughness and energy of those
+exhibitions. It may be that we ought not to have Indian life at all,
+but if we are to have it, let us have something of the heartiness
+and strength which make it what it is, and let there be some harmony
+between the subject and the manner. In Irving's dialect there are no
+terms for the utterance of what is most peculiar on those occasions;
+the harp-like gentleness of his tones and regularity of his pauses
+cannot present the hurry, helter-skelter dash and drive of those
+impetuous onsets and those breathless contests. His descriptions of
+the buffalo-hunt remind us of Finden's engraving of a ragged peasant,
+wherein the ravelled coat seems fringed with lace, and the cap seems
+tasselled with flakes of the ermine. Catlin brings forward the scene in
+all the rudeness and the raciness of reality.
+
+Upon the whole, Mr. Catlin has accomplished a work which will for ever
+associate his name in the highest rank of honour, with a subject that
+will interest the civilized world every year more and more through all
+coming time. We have learned with great regret that he will certainly
+take his museum to England in the course of a few weeks. We know too
+well how it will be valued there, to imagine that it will ever be
+permitted to come back.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We cannot notice this collection too often.
+It is one of those productions which illustrate, in an eminent degree,
+the observation of Playfair, that when the proper time has arrived
+for some great work to be performed, some individual is raised up by
+Providence whose position and character and capacity precisely fit him
+for accomplishing the design. For reasons that will be appreciated
+by the philosopher, the philanthropist, and the theologian, as well
+as considerations that address themselves to the curiosity of the
+man of general knowledge, it was particularly desirable that a full
+and authentic record should be given to the world of the national
+characteristics of a race whose history is so peculiar, whose condition
+is so curious, and whose speedy extinguishment is so certain, as
+those of the North American Indians. Accordingly, when it is plain
+that the moment has arrived beyond which the portraiture of their
+state cannot any longer be delayed, if it would be known that they
+are in that native predicament which has been in nowise modified by
+European intercourse, a man appears whose birth in a spot of which
+the traditions are so strongly interfused with the memory of the
+Indian (the Wyoming Valley), has caused his imagination to be deeply
+impressed, even from his earliest youth, by the character and actions
+of this people; who is endowed by nature with the hand and eye of
+a painter, and who passes through a professional education which
+advances his talent to the skill of an accomplished artist, and who has
+inherited a fortitude of spirit, an elevation of purpose, and a vigour
+of limb, which render him competent to encounter the dangers, the
+discouragements, and the difficulties which of necessity lie along the
+path to the object in question. The man is willing to devote the best
+years of his life to the task of working out a great picture of those
+tribes of savages which are separated by 2000 miles from the farthest
+settlement of his nation.
+
+One of the most remarkable tribes which has yet been found on this
+continent was that of the Mandans. They were more advanced in the
+knowledge of domestic comforts, and were distinguished for more
+intelligence and a higher sense of honour than any of their brethren.
+They possessed certain very extraordinary and interesting annual
+religious celebrations, which were in part a commemoration of the
+Deluge, and contained, amongst other things, an allusion to the twig
+which the dove brought back from Noah to the earth. Mr. Catlin was the
+first white man who was ever admitted to inspect these ceremonies in
+the sacred hall in which they were performed for four days. He made
+several large and very copious paintings of the scenes which were
+presented to him; and he sketched almost all that was striking in the
+character of this tribe. The next year the whole of this nation was
+swept away by the smallpox; not an individual man, woman, or child
+survives; and the world possesses no other knowledge of this people or
+their traditions than is contained in these pictures in the gallery of
+Catlin. Fortunately they present us with as full and satisfactory a
+representation as could be desired.
+
+We believe that all who have visited this collection have formed but
+one opinion as to its interest and excellence. We would remind our
+readers that this gallery will remain open for their inspection but a
+short time longer before its final removal to England.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Gallery of Indian Paintings._--We congratulate our
+citizens on the opportunity they have now presented to them of
+witnessing the results of Mr. Catlin's labours and travels among the
+tribes of Aborigines inhabiting the Rocky Mountains and the prairies
+of "the far West." Mr. Catlin spent many years among these tribes, at
+the imminent risk of his life, and at an incalculable cost of comfort,
+solely with the view of taking likenesses and sketches from life and
+nature, and of representing these "children of the forest" in their own
+peculiar costumes, and as he found them in their own native wilds.
+
+Of the accuracy of his likenesses we have the most undoubted testimony;
+and of the sketches of scenery, dances, hunting parties, &c., we may
+venture to say they are graphic, bold, and free. We know of nothing
+from which one who has never seen the Indian in his untamed character
+can derive so accurate a knowledge of these fast-disappearing natives
+of the soil as from this gallery.
+
+We would throw in a word in favour of the young--let them by all means
+see this gallery.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                   THE PHILADELPHIA WEEKLY MESSENGER.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--Mr. Catlin's gallery of Indian pictures
+and curiosities has recently been opened at the Arcade for the
+inspection of the citizens of Philadelphia. In common with other
+lovers of amusement, we have visited this collection, and have found
+that it fully justifies whatever has been said by those who visited
+it in Boston and New York, and described it as the most surprising,
+entertaining, and instructive exhibition which the efforts of American
+genius have ever brought before the country....
+
+In this stage of human knowledge Catlin resolved to devote the labours
+of his life to exploring the condition, customs, character, and conduct
+of this people, and to bring home a record of their being, which should
+be to the world a possession for ever. He has fulfilled this purpose.
+He has lifted the veil on which was written "ignorance," and he has
+shown to his countrymen the peculiarities of a life which is competent
+to instruct philosophy with conclusions that it has never dreamt of,
+and entertain curiosity beyond the compass of the wildest fables.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                     THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING POST.
+
+The subjects of Mr. Catlin's pencil, his histories and delineations,
+are of a noble race. The Camanchees, the Mandans, the Pawnees, the
+Blackfeet, Sioux, Crows, Assiniboins, Omahaws, &c. &c., who have not
+yet sunk beneath the withering associations of white people, who on
+their native prairies stalk with noble pride and independence, who
+manufacture their own dresses from the skins of the mountain sheep
+and buffalo, and use their spears, bows and arrows, in preference to
+fire-arms, and with courtly pride and hospitality welcomed the artist,
+and honoured him for his talents of delineation, as a nobleman of
+nature, infinitely superior to the mercenary race of traders and Indian
+agents, who plunder and cheat them when opportunity offers.
+
+The Indian is truly fortunate in having so faithful and industrious
+a champion, historian, and painter as Mr. Catlin, who will no doubt
+rescue their name from the mass of trading libellers that have so long
+corrupted and then slandered them. With a remarkable assiduity and
+perseverance he has devoted many years of his life, and much pecuniary
+means, in preparing a magnificent collection of their dresses,
+instruments, ornaments, portraits, &c. For ourselves, we anticipate
+one of the most original and curious works that has been issued from
+the press for many years, for Mr. Catlin has struck out a new path to
+fame and fortune, and while he leaves a memorial of the true Indian
+uncorrupted native character, he makes a lasting name for himself.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE NEW YORK EVENING STAR.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We would remind those who have not yet
+visited this extraordinary collection, that it will be closed after the
+lapse of a single week, and that it will never again be exhibited in
+America. There will never be presented to our citizens an opportunity
+of inspecting one of the most remarkable and entertaining works that
+the genius and labour of an individual has created in this age and
+country; and those who neglect this occasion of examining this most
+curious monument of talent and enterprise will have missed for ever one
+of the noblest spectacles at which patriotism can refresh its pride,
+or reason can inform its curiosity. Mr. Catlin has received permission
+from the English Chancellor of the Exchequer to import his museum into
+England free from duty, a saving to him of about two thousand dollars.
+He will sail for that country in the course of the summer, and the
+indifference of America will have surrendered to her rival what the
+labour of an American had created for herself.
+
+In our opinion nothing could redound more to the patriotism, national
+pride, and honour of our country, than the purchase by Congress of
+this rare collection of aboriginal curiosities, to enrich a national
+museum at Washington. Such an object is by no means unworthy the
+attention of the nation; and as in the lapse of a few more years all
+traces of this interesting people will have passed away, or but a small
+remnant of them remain in their wilderness asylum almost beyond the
+ken of civilized man, such a depository of the relics peculiar to this
+wonderful people would possess an interest which would be immeasurably
+enhanced when their existence as a nation was for ever blotted out, as
+from present indications it inevitably must be. Located at the capital,
+members of Congress and public-spirited citizens of the far West
+could from time to time contribute to the common stock, until, in the
+course of a few years, a national museum of Indian curiosities would
+be formed to perpetuate their manners, customs, and costumes, that
+would be a monument to the taste and public spirit of the nation to the
+latest generation. The facilities possessed by the Government for the
+successful prosecution of so noble a design commends it forcibly to the
+consideration of Congress. And as it is not yet too late, we trust, to
+secure the co-operation of Mr. Catlin in furtherance of an object so
+congenial with his views, and which would at the same time ensure him
+a just reward for his enthusiastic devotion to this noble enterprise,
+without being compelled to seek it in a foreign land, we would fain
+hope that his stay among us would be prolonged until measures were
+taken to call the attention of Congress to the subject. Should this
+suggestion be favourably received, and it be found that the engagements
+of Mr. Catlin do not preclude its being carried out, we trust the
+project will enlist warmly the interest of our public-spirited and
+patriotic citizens at an early day.
+
+We have already spoken once or twice at some length of the value and
+interest of this exhibition. It addresses itself to the feelings of the
+rudest observer, and engages the imagination of the idlest visitor,
+by revealing, with amazing copiousness, the whole interior life and
+customs of a people singular and striking beyond the speculations
+of romance, and so separated by position, by distrust, and enmity,
+that no one has ever before seen what this man has sketched. To the
+philosopher, the philanthropist, the moralist, and the man of science,
+it presents matter equally attractive and important, in those higher
+regards with which they are conversant, with that which amuses the
+fancy of the rude. By all it will be found a storehouse of wonders,
+which will surprise the mind in present observation, and gratify the
+thoughts in all future recollection.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--I am grieved to see that this noble product
+of American genius is in a few days to leave its native soil, without
+any effective efforts having been made to ensure its permanent return.
+
+I did hope that individual disposition would be matured into common
+action, and that at any price a treasure so honourably, so peculiarly
+American, would be kept from passing into European hands.
+
+Is it _yet_ too late to avert such a result? Cannot we yet prevent such
+a spot upon our city's bright escutcheon?
+
+With what feelings will our descendants enter some department of the
+British Museum, or some _Palais_ or _Musée_ in the city of Bourbons,
+to see a treasure thus surrendered by their fathers? Can they boast
+of Catlin's _powers_ as a national glory? Others can point to the
+possession of the _fruits_ of them as our national disgrace.
+
+Whether in justice or in wrong, our treatment of the Indian nations has
+been a reproach to us through the world. Let it not be in a stranger's
+power to show how noble and how elevated a race we are thus accused of
+having injured.
+
+Let it not be said that while America has extirpated them from
+existence, France or England has preserved the only memorial of what
+they were.
+
+It is at all events yet in the power of each to _visit_ the collection
+in his own country. Let no man who bears the honoured name of an
+American fail to do so. He has no idea of what the rude forefathers
+of his forests were. He has never had Indian existence in its varied
+forms presented to him in such life-like reality, never before so much
+relating to this people so systematically brought together. In the
+labours of Catlin's hand and in the achievements of his pencil, we and
+our descendants must now look for the history of our national ancestry.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         THE AMERICAN SENTINEL.
+
+_Catlin's Gallery._--Mr. Catlin's extraordinary exhibition of Indian
+curiosities and paintings will be closed, as we learn from his
+advertisement, in the course of a few days. This is the last exhibition
+that will be made of this wonderful collection in the United States, as
+it will be taken to England at once and there be disposed of. We trust
+that every one who has a spark of rational curiosity or national pride
+will visit a work which, above every other that we are acquainted with,
+is fitted to gratify both.
+
+We do not think that, all the circumstances being taken together,
+there has been produced in this age any work more wonderful or more
+valuable. The hardy enterprise of the forest-born adventurer must unite
+with the tact and skill a very accomplished diplomatist to carry a man
+through the scenes which Catlin has visited; and the observation of a
+philosophical genius must be joined to the ready skill of a thoroughly
+furnished artist, to bring back from those scenes of savage life such
+illustrations as Catlin now presents. This age will send forth no such
+man; and should such appear at any future period, he will be too late
+for the performance of this task.
+
+This museum possesses in itself more to amaze and delight than any work
+to which we can point. The very spirit of savage existence is unsphered
+before us as we contemplate these graphic sketches. We feel the freedom
+and enthusiasm which mark the life of the hunter and the warrior of
+the west, fascinating above all the attractions of civilized being. We
+are pleased, astonished, charmed by the variety and strangeness of the
+spectacles brought before us.
+
+No parent should suffer himself to feel that he has done justice to his
+children until he has taken them to view this gallery, which will never
+again be open to their inspection. No citizen should suffer it to leave
+the country until he has fully possessed himself of all that it reveals
+respecting the aborigines of his country.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Views of the Far West._--There can be no mistake or
+exaggeration in pronouncing the exhibition of these views of the
+scenery and natural history of the western country the most important
+and interesting object for public attention which has ever been offered
+to the eastern division of the United States.
+
+It has been with a fascinating degree of feeling and adventure that
+Mr. Catlin has gone over the immense plains of the west, and employed
+himself with pallet and pencil among all the scenes he could select
+of landscape and natural history, and with the western natives, and
+to sketch people, views, and objects which have formed so much of its
+distinctive character, by which he may rescue and retain the almost
+incredible appearances and habits of a race of men and animals now fast
+disappearing in the march of civilization, upon the remembrance and
+record of history.
+
+The collection of Portraits, made of upwards of 300 persons, forms
+a representation from forty-eight Indian nations, chiefly between
+the settled part of our country and the Rocky Mountains, among which
+are the Sacs, Osage, Pawnee, Camanchee, Sioux, Mandans, Blackfeet,
+Shawnee, Cher-o-kee, Seneca, and Seminoles; and of these, the portraits
+of Osceola, Micanopeah, Keokuk, Black Hawk, Io-way, Red Jacket,
+Co-ee-ha-jo, King Philip, John Ross, with several of their wives and
+children, will always be prominent in the references of American
+history.
+
+In addition to these important objects of personal consideration, the
+peculiar and correct representations and appearances of the general
+western country are prominent, and are all of a highly novel and
+beautiful character.
+
+The views of rivers, towns, settlements, mountains, prairies, and
+waterfalls, and animals, are generally those which have never been
+before presented to us. They have been taken in upwards of 200 oil
+paintings coloured to nature, and consist of the most important
+localities reaching to the Rocky Mountains, finished on the spot
+with a fidelity of delineation and picturesque effect which would
+be creditable to an artist of very high attainments with all the
+"appliances and means" afforded by the best accommodation and leisure.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                   THE PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY COURIER.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--In a late number we took notice of the
+vast and wonderful assemblage of pictures and curiosities by which
+Mr. Catlin has contrived to bring before our eyes the fullness of the
+life of the Western Indians. We would again urge upon our citizens, as
+Americans, and as valuing curious information and refined pleasure, to
+give this gallery a visit. There is not in our land, nor in any part of
+Europe which we have visited, anything of the kind more extraordinary
+or more interesting. The galleries illustrative of national character
+and antiquities which are to be found in London, Paris, Florence, and
+other cities, have been collected by the power of great kings; and
+the outlay of immense treasure, and the apparatus of negotiations,
+and special ministers, and resident consuls, and agents innumerable,
+have been requisite to their completion. This is the work of a single
+individual, a man without fortune and without patronage, who created it
+with his own mind and hand, without aid and even against countenance;
+and who sustained the lonely toils of eight years in a region fearful
+and forbidding beyond the conceptions of civilized life, in order to
+present his countrymen with a work which he knew they would one day
+value as the most remarkable thing they owned, and which he was assured
+that no spirit and no skill but his own could accomplish. He may point
+to his magnificent collection, which now receives the admiration
+of every eye, and may say with honest pride, "Alone I did it!" But
+without the abatement of a reference to the circumstances of the case
+and without any qualification of any sort, we declare that if this
+museum is less gorgeous and less stately than those imperial galleries
+which give fame even to the capitals of England and France, it is not
+less instructive or entertaining than the greatest of them. Of the
+enterprise, the free genius, the noble self-dependence, the stern
+endurance, and indomitable perseverance which our republican system
+glories in inspiring and cherishing, there is no nobler, and there will
+be no more abiding monument, than Catlin's Indian Gallery.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY NEWS.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We have visited it repeatedly, and have
+studied its contents with close attention, as the best exposition of
+savage character and life that has ever been given to the world; and
+the result of our impressions is, that whether we regard the historical
+and philosophic value of this museum, its strangeness and interest as
+matter of entertainment, or the wonderful toil and difficulty that
+must have attended its formation, there is not in our country a work
+more honourable to its author, or more deserving of the esteem and
+admiration of the community. The hardships of Indian existence are
+brought before us with a bold effect; the few refinements by which
+it is comforted are impressively presented; the labours by which it
+is sustained are shown; and the romance which makes it charming is
+brilliantly and copiously exhibited. The gallery is a complete and
+fascinating panorama of savage life; and all who have the smallest
+interest in the wild and stirring existence of the Indian hunter should
+hasten to contemplate this splendid picture. No man has tasted these
+scenes of daring and peril with half the sympathy and understanding of
+Mr. Catlin; and neither in the delicate touches of Irving, nor the more
+vigorous drawings of Hoffman, is there anything like the intelligence
+and interest of these animated sketches. Whoever would know to what
+sounds of glee and exultation the northern forests, even at this hour,
+are echoing, or with what spectacles of merriment or toil the flatness
+of the prairie is enlivened, must view and ponder over this collection.
+
+Mr. Catlin intends to remove this museum to England very soon, and from
+that country it will probably never return. This, therefore, is the
+last opportunity which Americans will have of ever inspecting this most
+curious assemblage. We exhort every one who is a lover either of rare
+entertainment or strange knowledge to lose no time in visiting this
+gallery.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                     THE AMERICAN DAILY ADVERTISER.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--The collection embraces a wonderful extent
+and variety of national history, likewise an exact and discriminating
+range throughout the different tribes. They are all classed with the
+method and arrangement of a philosopher, developed and associated with
+the vivacity of a dramatist, and personated, defined, and coloured with
+the eye and hand of a painter. Rarely, indeed, would one man be found
+who could do all this; still more rarely a man, who to these various
+offices and talents would add the courage, the patience, and the taste
+to become an eye-witness of his subjects, and above all, would possess
+the industry and the veracity to represent them to others, and thus to
+command credibility and admiration.
+
+I hope my fellow-citizens will give this exhibition their repeated
+attention. They will find in it much more than has ever been combined
+before. It will greatly abridge their labours in reading, nay, it
+will tell them what books do not teach; and it will impress upon
+their senses and upon their memories the living portraits of a race,
+distinguished by inextinguishable ardour, unbounded ingenuity, and
+indomitable determination--a race now fast eluding the projects of
+the politician, the researches of the curious, and soon to cease from
+demanding even the sympathies of the humane and conscientious.
+
+We learn that Mr. Catlin is soon to embark for England, where
+encouragement is offered to his remarkable talents and energy, and
+we sincerely wish him the rewards due to native genius, exemplary
+diligence, and moral integrity and refinement.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER.
+
+_Catlin's Gallery._--We called the attention of our readers some days
+ago to Catlin's Indian Gallery, now exhibiting in this city. This
+collection is in every respect so remarkable and interesting, that we
+again bring it before the notice of the community.
+
+Mr. Catlin visited nearly fifty different tribes of Indians, and
+resided familiarly among them for several years. He made their habits
+and character his exclusive study. With the eye of a poet, the
+judgment of a man of rare sagacity, and the hand of an accomplished
+artist, he saw and scrutinized, and sketched the forms, the feats,
+the entire style of life of the varied nations with whom he had made
+his home. The general features of this strange and most interesting
+people are presented to us in this collection with a copiousness
+and variety which could only be attained by one who had devoted the
+enthusiasm of years to a task, to which he had, in the first instance,
+brought extraordinary talents. Whatever met his watchful glance that
+was striking or peculiar in the religious ceremonies, the warlike
+demonstrations, the festive celebrations of peace and leisure, the
+separate acts and social habits of the wanderers of the distant wilds
+of the west, was instantly transferred to his canvas, and fixed in
+living colours on the very spot where the scene was shown. Accordingly
+we have here illustrations of the mode in which almost every thing,
+which is common or curious, usual or occasional, among the tribes
+is performed. The chace, which there has no meaner object than the
+"stately buffalo," is before us in full and numerous portraiture; the
+rousing of the herd in the centre of some endless prairie, the reckless
+vehemence of the pursuit by the wild horse and the wilder hunter, the
+mad dashing of the fearless sportsman into the midst of the monstrous
+throng, with nothing but bow and knife; the unhorsing of some, who roll
+trampled under foot, and of others who are tossed high into the air;
+the final capture and death of the huge victim of the sport, all these
+are presented to us in the freshness and freedom of the very scenes
+themselves of this magnificent excitement. Then there are dances
+of an art and an intricacy that might instruct Almack's itself; the
+bear dance, in which, clothed in skins, they imitate the postures and
+movements of that animal; the buffalo dance, in which they are masked
+in the skulls which they have taken in the hunt; the eagle dance, which
+mimics the attitude of that bird; the dance on the snow in peculiar
+shoes; and the numerous dances of war. Then we have bold and admirable
+sketches of the scenery of the prairies and the hills 2000 miles above
+St. Louis, presenting a richness and brilliance of verdure of which the
+Atlantic resident has never formed a conception. In short, it would
+be difficult to point out a single particular in which the sketches
+of this ardent and able painter do not furnish the fullest and most
+valuable information about the western continent and its inhabitants.
+There are portraits, likewise, of all the remarkable persons whom the
+artist encountered in his rambles, painted on the spot, in their actual
+dresses and natural positions, certified as rigidly accurate, in every
+instance, by officers of the United States, who were present at the
+time.
+
+But sketches are not all that this unique collection consists of.
+There is a large number of the dresses of the chiefs and women, rich
+and curious to a very great degree, implements of war and of social
+life--articles by which friendship is promoted and leisure is amused.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                   PHILADELPHIA HERALD AND SENTINEL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery_ is one of the most curious and interesting
+collections ever brought before the public. The portraits of the chiefs
+and warriors constitute perhaps the least striking portion of the
+gallery; although the natural freedom and boldness of the attitudes,
+and the life-like variety and expression of the countenances,
+caught with a rare felicity by the accomplished artist, render them
+immeasurably superior in attraction and value to anything of that kind
+ever before presented to the community. They were all sketched on the
+spots of their residence, and in the characteristic attire of their
+tribes; and the certificates of different United States officers,
+attached to the back of each picture, testify to the accuracy and
+completeness of each individual portraiture. The largest and by far the
+most engaging and peculiar part of the collection, consists of sketches
+of groups occupied in the various games, sports, and diversions, by
+which the monotony of savage life is amused.
+
+Mr. Catlin visited forty-eight different tribes, and was domesticated
+amongst them for eight years; and whenever any spectacle of merriment,
+or business, or religion was got up, the painter drew apart from the
+company, and producing the canvas which was always in readiness, seized
+with an Hogarthian quickness and spirit the outlines and the impression
+of the scene before him, and has perpetuated for the gratification
+of posterity the faithful and vivid likenesses of some of the most
+extraordinary acts and incidents which the history of man can exhibit.
+Sketched with a distinctness and a particularity which indicate an
+uncommon degree of talent and skill on the part of the artist, we
+find among these paintings almost everything that is characteristic
+in the life and conduct of the Indian: the energetic dance, marked
+by a science and a significance, unknown to the amusements of more
+cultivated nations,--the hunt of the buffalo, with its impressive
+incidents of danger and daring--the religious rite--the military
+council--the game--the fight--the voluntary torture by which the
+"Stoic of the woods" displays his hardihood of nerve and spirit--and
+the grotesque gaiety which marks the occasional mirthfulness of a
+nature usually so much restrained. All these are brought before us
+with a fidelity of delineation attested by the certificates of the
+most competent and reputable witnesses, and animation and interest
+acknowledged by all who have approached them.
+
+This collection is not only unique, as it concerns the particular
+people whose state and character it illustrates; but, as throwing light
+upon a grade and condition of the human race of which little has ever
+been known, it possesses an importance novel and unparticipated: for it
+has never happened, in the history of the world, that a savage people
+has been approached and depicted with this intelligent completeness.
+He who would learn what are the dispositions and the faculties which
+belong to the mind and heart of man, in the mere rudeness of his
+natural state, will find more satisfactory sources of information in
+this Indian gallery than in the fullest descriptions of travellers or
+the astutest schemes of metaphysicians.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--It is a remarkable circumstance, and one
+very characteristic of the energy of this age, that the same year
+and almost the same month should have witnessed the completion of
+three independent collections, each of which, after its way, gives
+us a complete portraiture of the nation to which it refers. What
+Mr. Dunn's figures have accomplished for China, and Mr. Wilkinson's
+drawings have done for Egypt, Mr. Catlin's paintings have performed for
+the Indian tribes. The first of these has excited the admiration of
+America, the second has won the applause of Europe; if the last is less
+brilliant than the one, it is more lively than the other, and it is
+not less complete than either. It is not merely a minute and thorough
+description of a nation whose situation and history render everything
+that relates to it in the highest degree curious and personal to
+Americans, but it addresses itself to the admiration and instruction
+of every philosophic mind as an encyclopædia picture of the savage
+state. While no histories present us with such copious information of
+the characteristics of those particular tribes, which are intimately
+and eternally connected with our annals, no speculative treatises
+contain anything like the knowledge here garnered of the qualities and
+attributes of that condition which is called the state of nature. The
+eye of childhood and the mind of age are alike astonished and informed
+by the spectacles here strikingly presented by this unrivalled work.
+
+Mr. Catlin is a native of Pennsylvania, and has therefore peculiar
+claims upon the attention of Philadelphians. We know and are persuaded
+that when this Museum, after the very few days allotted to its
+continuance here, is closed and removed for ever from our land, it will
+be a matter of deep and permanent regret to all who now fail to visit
+it, that they have lost the sight.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                     THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING STAR.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This interesting museum of curiosities,
+collected by Mr. Catlin, during a residence of more than eight years
+among forty tribes of Indians, and of sketches painted by him,
+illustrative of their habits and customs, is now exhibited at the
+Arcade in this city. It is an eloquent and illustrious witness of
+the genius, disinterestedness, and toil of the person who brought it
+together. Those productions of Mr. Catlin's pencil, which were given
+to the world many years since, evinced his ability to rank, at some
+day, with the first artists of this country; but instead of devoting
+himself to those lucrative branches of his profession, which would
+have gained him a sure return of wealth, he resolved, at the bidding
+of an enthusiasm, perhaps inspired by the legends of his native valley
+of Wyoming, to dedicate his life to the great and generous purpose of
+presenting to his countrymen a satisfactory portraiture of a nation
+which had so interesting a connexion with their own history, and
+whose condition has always produced so strong an impression upon the
+imagination of Americans. Alone and unsupported, save by a dauntless
+spirit, he turned towards the western forests to seek the Indian in his
+boundless home.
+
+          "The general garden, where all steps may roam,
+          Whose nature owns a nation for her child,
+          Exulting in the enjoyment of the wild."
+
+The perils of more than a Ulyssean voyage were encountered before the
+artist could feel that his object was accomplished, and before he would
+permit himself to return to his family and friends.
+
+We have devoted much time and a close attention to the sketches which
+Mr. Catlin has brought back; and we are convinced that, severe as were
+the labours and privations to which he was subject, they were less
+than the value of this collection. Whoever will study the numerous and
+varied representations here given of savage life, and will reflect how
+complete a picture is presented of a most peculiar and unknown race,
+will be persuaded, we think, that no greater accession has been made
+to the sum of human knowledge and human entertainment, in this age and
+country, than is produced by this Museum. The philosophy of Indian
+character is revealed with curious distinctness by one portion of
+the paintings, while another class presents the picturesque of that
+existence with singular spirit. Many striking suggestions for the
+history of civility, and many valuable metaphysical considerations, are
+prompted by a survey of these illustrations of the intelligence and
+the instincts of this people; and any man who would taste the poetry
+of this wild life, will find enough to satisfy him in the animated
+exhibitions of the hunt, the march, and the fight, which are here
+brought before his eyes. In Mr. Irving's very graphic descriptions
+of the amusements of the prairie, there is nothing half so bold and
+stirring as the noble pictures which here bring the adventures of the
+buffalo-hunt before us, or the terrors of the fight with the grisly
+bear.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE PENNSYLVANIAN.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We alluded briefly a few days since
+to Catlin's Indian Gallery, now open in the saloon at the Arcade,
+and we again call attention to it as one of the most gratifying
+exhibitions of the day, to all who feel the slightest interest in the
+aborigines of our country, or desire to become acquainted with the
+topographical features of the great western wild. This collection
+is the result of years of toil and privation, sustained by a rare
+and commendable enthusiasm. Mr. Catlin, who is an artist of much
+ability, and is likewise in other respects well fitted for the task
+which he voluntarily assumed, devoted himself to a study of the
+Indian character, and steadily followed out his great object for a
+considerable length of time. He has visited many of the tribes who yet
+roam in their native wildness, and he became as it were domesticated
+among them to study their habits and dispositions, encountering all
+the perils and privations which necessarily attend an enterprise of
+this nature. In the course of his rambles, he made paintings of every
+thing calculated to give a vivid impression to others of the persons,
+events, and scenes which fell under his notice, and the result is a
+magnificent collection of portraits and views of the most interesting
+character, made still more attractive by an immense variety of Indian
+dresses, arms, and utensils of many kinds, which, with the illustrative
+scenes, give a clear idea of aboriginal characteristics, and form a
+pleasing evidence of the results which can be achieved by the untiring
+perseverance of a single man. Mr. Catlin has in this way made a
+contribution to American history which must gain for him an enduring
+fame. It should form the nucleus of a national museum, that posterity
+may have some relics of a people doomed to speedy destruction, as much
+by their own inflexible nature as by the rolling tide of civilization.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We could scarcely recommend a more pleasing
+and instructive collection than this to the notice of the community.
+It is what only a Catlin, with his enthusiasm and perseverance, could
+have accomplished. To him the study of nature is most appropriate in
+her great hall or cathedral:--
+
+          "That vast cathedral, boundless as our wonder,
+            Whose quenchless lamps the sun and moon supply;
+          Its choir the winds and waves; its organ thunder;
+                          Its dome the sky."
+
+The boundless woods have been his home, and dwellers of the wilderness
+the sitters for his art. So far as Indian life is concerned, the reader
+will find a little of every thing in Catlin's gallery; not of faces
+merely, but of grand western life and scene.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                               THE WORLD.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--I visited this collection with expectations
+very highly excited by the strong and renewed expressions of admiration
+which it had received from the press in New York and Boston; but my
+anticipations had fallen below the reality in degree as much as they
+had differed from it in kind. I had supposed that it was merely an
+assemblage of the portraits of distinguished Indian chieftains, instead
+of being, as we find that it is, a very complete and curious tableau
+of the life and habits of the strange and interesting races which once
+inhabited the soil we now possess. Mr. Catlin's advertisement does no
+justice to the character of his collection. He does not state himself.
+He is a person of lofty genius and disinterested ambition, and he has
+abhorred to tarnish the purity of his self-respect by even claiming his
+own.
+
+Mr. Catlin spent eight years in the most intimate intercourse with the
+tribes which occupy the territory lying 2000 miles above St. Louis.
+His only purpose in visiting these remote and secluded nations was
+to transfer to his canvas faithful representations of those scenes
+of conduct which were most characteristic of that people, and those
+personal traits which would best transmit the memory of the savage
+to times which would no longer witness his existence. This design
+he fulfilled by copying on the spot pictures of the sports, fights,
+business, and religious ceremonies which passed before his sight; and
+the gallery which he now opens to the community, revives before the
+gaze of refinement, the whole condition and qualities of the wild
+and far-roaming occupants of the prairies and forests. An attentive
+examination of his museum has led us to the opinion that this is one
+of the most striking triumphs that the pencil has ever achieved; for
+while the brush of Lawrence preserves the likeness of an individual,
+that of Catlin has perpetuated the portraits of a nation. Let every
+American visit this exhibition; let every one who would be informed or
+entertained give it his protracted study. The more it is examined the
+more it will gratify.
+
+
+                             FRENCH PRESS.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      CONSTITUTIONNEL du 22 Juin.
+
+Le musée Catlin est une des collections les plus curieuses qu'on ait
+vues à Paris, tant à cause du caractère naïf de la peinture, qu'à cause
+de l'originalité des sujets qu'elle représente.
+
+M. Catlin a donc rapporté de son voyage aux Montagnes Rocheuses quatre
+à cinq cents toiles, portraits ou paysages, tous peints d'après
+nature. Parmi ces portraits, il y a des figures d'une beauté, d'une
+élégance superbes. Il y a des profils, le croirait-on, qui rappellent
+le type grec ou l'Antinoüs. Bien plus, dans les scènes de danse ou
+de combat, dans les fêtes ou les assemblées de tribus, on remarque
+tres souvent des personnages dont la pose, l'attitude, le geste,
+ressemblent tout-à-fait à l'antique. Cela n'est pas, d'ailleurs, si
+surprenant pour qui veut réflechir au caractère de la beauté antique.
+Qu'est-ce donc qui distingue l'art grec entre tous les arts? n'est-ce
+pas la simplicité et le naturel? Les artistes grecs avaient le bonheur
+de trouver d'abord autour d'eux toutes les conditions premières de
+race, de climat, de civilisation, qui favorisent le développement
+de la beauté; et secondement, ils laissaient faire la nature et ne
+torturaient jamais le mouvement de leur modèle. Il n'y a dans toute la
+statuaire grecque que cinq ou six poses peut-être qui sont le type de
+tous les autres mouvemens. Les hommes rapprochés de la nature ne se
+tortillent pas comme les civilisés. Le calme est d'ordre naturel; et
+c'est là un des premiers élémens de la beauté antique qu'on retrouve
+dans la _beauté sauvage_.
+
+Les paysagistes pourraient bien aussi étudier avec profit la peinture
+facile et vraie de M. Catlin qui n'est pourtant initié à aucun des
+procédés scabreux de l'art civilisé. M. Catlin peint tranquillement du
+premier coup, en mettant un ton juste et franc à côté d'un autre, et il
+ne paraît pas qu'il revienne jamais ni par glacis ni par empâtement.
+Mais son sentiment est si vif et en quelque sorte si sincère, son
+exécution si naïve et si spontanée, que l'effet, vu juste, est rendu
+juste. Il a fait ainsi des ciels d'une transparence et d'une lumière
+bien difficile à obtenir, même pour les praticiens les plus habiles
+des lointains d'une finesse rare et bien balancés entre la terre et
+le ciel. En présence de cette nature toute nouvelle, de ces formes
+singulières du pays, de cette couleur du ciel et des arbres, si
+originale, un peintre de profession se serait bien tourmenté pour
+exprimer toutes ces belles choses, et il y aurait sans doute mis
+beaucoup trop de ses préjugés et de sa personnalité civilisée. Il est
+très heureux que M. Catlin ait été seulement assez peintre pour faire
+tout bonnement sur la toile ce qu'il voyait, sans parti pris d'avance
+et sans convention européenne. Nous avons ainsi des steppes dont nous
+ne nous faisions pas une image, des buffles prodigieux, des chasses
+fantastiques, et une foule d'aspects et de scènes plus intéressantes
+l'une que l'autre. Ici, c'est un marais vert tendre, entouré d'arbres
+sveltes et légers. Là, c'est la plaine infinie avec ses grandes herbes
+mouvantes comme les vagues d'une mer sans repos, et l'on aperçoit une
+course diabolique de quelques animaux dont on a peine à distinguer
+la forme et qui fendent l'immensité. C'est un buffle poursuivi par un
+cavalier penché sur la crinière de son cheval sauvage; mais au-dessus
+des herbes profondes, on ne voit que les épaules bossues du buffle
+et les oreilles dressées du cheval. Quel drame! Où vont-ils? où
+s'arrêteront-ils? Quelques autres tableaux présentent les aventures
+de la navigation et de la guerre, des chasses où les hommes, couverts
+de peaux de loup, s'avancent à quatre pattes pour surprendre les
+buffles, où les chevaux sauvages sont enveloppés de lacets perfides,
+des cérémonies religieuses où de volontaires martyrs se font pendre et
+torturer en l'honneur du Grand Esprit.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       LE CHARIVARI, Paris, 1845.
+
+Il y avait là une magnifique collection, un musée rare, que dis-je?
+unique et précieux, amassé à grands frais, à grand' peine, par un
+artiste passionné et patient, par M. Catlin, voyageur aussi intrépide
+que peintre naïf et que sincère historien. Ce musée est à la fois une
+collection d'objets d'art et un recueil de notes scientifiques sur une
+classe d'hommes qui diminue de jour en jour devant les empiètemens de
+la civilisation, et qui dans cinquante ans aura complètement disparu du
+globe. C'est le portrait aussi fidèle que possible, le daguerréotype
+d'un monde qu'on ne retrouvera plus, et le gouvernement l'a laissé
+partir, l'a laissé perdre; il n'a pas même senti la nécessité de
+l'acquérir. Il n'a fait ni une offre ni un prix à l'artiste qu'il eût
+récompensé ainsi qu'il devait l'être de dix ans d'études et d'efforts.
+Tout le monde y aurait gagné: le peintre qui craint devoir éparpiller
+un jour le résultat de tant de peines et de travaux, eût été heureux
+de le voir conservé, concentré, consacré à jamais, en lieu sûr, à la
+science et à l'art.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      L'OBSERVATEUR, Oct. 9, 1845.
+
+_Le Musée-Indien de M. Catlin._--Lorsque la civilisation recule partout
+les bornes de son horison et resserre dans un étroit espace les
+peuplades nomades et sauvages qui se refusent au joug de la domination
+européenne, ce n'est pas sans un certain intérêt qu'on visite le Musée
+Indien de M. Catlin. En voyant la collection du célèbre touriste,
+l'esprit se refuse à croire que ce soit là l'oeuvre d'un seul homme.
+Et cependant, rien n'est plus vrai. Explorateur hardi, M. Catlin a
+passé huit années de sa vie à parcourir les Montagnes Rocheuses et
+les parties les plus reculées de l'Amérique septentrionale; artiste
+enthousiaste, il a bravé les dangers, supporté les fatigues et les
+privations de toutes sortes pour mener à bonne fin son audacieuse
+entreprise. Il a visité les Indiens dans leurs wig-wams; il les a
+suivis dans leurs chasses; il a étudié leurs moeurs, leurs coutumes,
+ne se laissant arrêter par aucun obstacle, tenant quelquefois son
+pinceau d'une main, tandis qu'il conduisait son canot de l'autre.
+Aussi, ne nous montrerons nous pas d'une grande sévérité à l'égard de
+ses tableaux; ce n'est, pour la plupart, que des esquisses faites à
+grands traits et dont le mérite consiste dans la vérité des costumes
+et des sites et dans la ressemblance parfaite des portraits, ainsi
+que l'attestent les certificats les plus flatteurs délivrés au hardi
+voyageur, sur les lieux mêmes, par des personnes dont la véracité et la
+compétence ne sauraient être mises en doute.
+
+La collection que M. Catlin a rapportée de ses excursions est d'autant
+plus curieuse qu'elle est unique en son genre. Elle se compose de plus
+de cinq cents tableaux représentant des portraits, des paysages, et des
+scènes de moeurs qui sont comme une histoire descriptive de ces races
+primitives, que la guerre et la chasse déciment chaque jour, et qui
+disparaîtront sans doute bientôt de la surface du globe.
+
+Quant à M. Catlin, nous devrons à ses explorations et à sa collection
+de ne pas voir tomber dans l'oubli les moeurs, les costumes, et
+la physionomie de ces races, qui dans quelques siècles n'existeront
+peut-être plus qu'à l'état de souvenir.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          MONITEUR DE L'ARMÉE.
+
+M. Catlin, c'est le nom de cet artiste plein de résolution et de
+persévérance, a passé huit années au milieu des villages Indiens et sur
+la prairie; il a connu tous les chefs des tribus et les guerriers les
+plus renommés; il a assisté aux chasses dangereuses, aux jeux aminés
+et quelquefois sanglans des sauvages; il a observé leurs coutumes et
+leurs superstitions; il a recueilli leurs traditions orales, et tout
+ce qu'il a vu, sous les yeux des Indiens, ses hôtes, et souvent au
+péril de sa vie, il l'a représenté sur la toile, écrivant ainsi d'après
+nature toute l'histoire de populations que la guerre, et surtout les
+liqueurs fortes et la petite vérole, font décroitre d'année en année
+dans une progression si rapide, que l'on peut prévoir que d'ici à
+cinquante ans, la civilisation les pressant d'ailleurs et les refoulant
+vers les montagnes, il ne restera peut-être plus d'elles que de très
+petits groupes ou des individus isolés destinés à disparaître bientôt
+de la terre. Les peaux ronges ne pouvant laisser aucune trace durable
+de leur passage sur le globe,--car si quelques tribus out des cabanes
+de terre, aucune n'a élevé de monumens qui puissent témoigner de leur
+existence auprès des générations à venir--les résultats que M. Catlin a
+si heureusement obtenus dans une entreprise si hasardeuse ne sauraient
+être trop appréciés par les amis de la science, les ethnographes et les
+artistes.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          QUOTIDIENNE, Paris.
+
+M. Catlin est un peintre plein de conscience et de talent, et un
+voyageur aussi intrépide qu'intelligent, qui a passé huit ans de sa vie
+à explorer les tribus sauvages du nord de l'Amérique et les rives du
+Missouri. Les efforts et les travaux de cet Américain méritent qu'on
+les examine avec attention, et qu'on les recommande à l'appréciation
+des artistes et des savans.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                            GALIGNANI, 1845.
+
+_The Catlin Museum._--The utter strangeness of this remarkable
+exhibition--displaying, it may be said, a living _tableau_ of the
+customs and habitudes of a race who, while the march of time has
+been effecting the most extraordinary changes in the great family
+of mankind, still remain in a primitive state of nature--at first
+misunderstood by the Parisian public, has now become an object of
+general and intense curiosity. Mr. Catlin's collection of the arms
+and utensils of the various tribes, with their wigwams, the identical
+habitations which have ere now sheltered them from the tempest in the
+depths of some North American forest, they carry back the mind, as it
+were, to the infancy of the human species, "when wild in woods the
+noble savage ran." The illusion, for it nearly amounts to that, is
+wonderfully aided by an examination of Catlin's sketches, taken upon
+the spot, and often in the midst of the dangers he has depicted with
+spirited fidelity. These paintings, boldly and rapidly thrown off,
+are illustrative of every phase of savage existence. We have to thank
+Mr. Catlin for an insight into the lives and history of this most
+interesting race, which has all the charms of the wildest romance, but
+which books can never supply.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           GAZETTE DE FRANCE.
+
+Grace à M. Catlin, l'anéantissement de ces intéressantes peuplades
+n'est plus possible: leurs moeurs, leurs coutumes, leurs usages,
+seront sans doute de sa part l'objet d'un travail consciencieux et
+approfondi, en même temps que ces pinceaux conserveront les traits
+et la physionomie de ces Peaux Rouges, que déjà le célèbre romancier
+Américain nous avait fait connaître. Non content d'avoir transporté en
+Europe les armes, les costumes, les tentes, et tous les instrumens qui
+servent à l'usage des Indiens, et qui forment un singulier contraste
+avec notre civilisation, M. Catlin a voulu que des monumens plus
+durables conservassent le souvenir de ces sauvages de l'Amérique
+du Nord; il a dessiné lui-même les portraits des Indiens les plus
+remarquables, leurs danses, leur manière de fare la chasse, et leurs
+expéditions guerrières.
+
+On ne peut assez admirer comment un homme a pu tracer tant de figures
+et de paysages, pris sur les lieux mêmes, dans des courses souvent
+très longues et très fatigantes. C'est là un prodige de la science.
+Assis au milieu des sauvages, M. Catlin employait son temps à retracer
+sur la toile tout ce qu'il voyait. Aussi peut-on être assuré d'avoir
+sous les yeux la représentation exacte des costumes des sauvages
+du Nouveau-Monde. Si quelques-uns de ces portraits ne sont pas des
+oeuvres d'art, du moins les savans leur doivent-ils l'histoire
+d'une tribu sauvage, détruite entièrement par les ravages de la
+petite-vérole. Sans M. Catlin, on ne saurait plus maintenant si elle a
+existé, et son pinceau l'a sauvée de l'oubli.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                            L'ILLUSTRATION.
+
+La présence à Paris des Indiens Y-o-Ways donne de l'àpropos au compte
+rendu suivant d'un voyage chez les Indiens de l'Amérique du Nord,
+voyage dû à M. Geo. Catlin, auquel un séjour de huit années parmi ces
+diverses peuplades a permis de s'initier d'une manière complète a
+leurs moeurs et à leurs habitudes. Dans un livre plein d'intérêt,
+de faits curieux, de révélations si extraordinaires qu'on croit rêver
+en les lisant, il a consigné les résultats de ses investigations et
+des observations qu'il a recueillies sur une race d'hommes qui va
+s'éteignant de jour en jour, et dont, sur l'affirmation de l'auteur,
+il ne restera plus vestiges d'ici à peu d'années. Au charme de
+ces récits, M. Geo. Catlin a ajouté des dessins d'une scrupuleuse
+exactitude, des portraits des principaux chefs de tribus, dans leurs
+riches costumes que nous aurons occasion de décrire, des paysages d'un
+effet saisissant, des esquisses de jeux, de chasses, de cérémonies
+religieuses, de combats, etc., etc. On peut donc dire que le livre
+de M. Catlin est écrit aussi bien pour les hommes sérieux que pour
+les grands enfants qui aiment tent les images, comme nous avouons les
+aimer, et qui s'amuseront de la bizarrerie des costumes de tous ces
+bons sauvages.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                            REVUE DE PARIS.
+
+_Galerie Indienne de M. Catlin._--La salle Valentino, transformée en
+une sorte de Musée Indien, au moyen des cinq à six cents peintures
+et esquisses, exécutées toutes, d'après nature, par M. Catlin, cet
+énergique et courageux voyageur, durant une pérégrination de huit
+années, à travers l'immense territoire qui s'étend des Montagnes
+Rocheuses aux derniers établissemens Américains ou Mexicains,--cette
+salle offrait déjà un spectacle fort intéressant. M. Catlin a visité,
+en bravant mille obstacles et souvent au péril de sa vie, quarante-huit
+des tribus qui résident dans la prairie, où elles vivent dans un état
+de guerre perpétuel. Installé sous le wigwam de l'Indien Corbeau ou
+du Mandan, dans la cabane du Chérokee ou de l'Ariccara, il a exécuté
+chacun des tableaux de cette immense collection ayant la nature
+sous les yeux; aussi les présente-t-il au public plutôt comme des
+_fac-similes_ identiques de la vie Indienne que comme des oeuvres
+d'art. Ces _fac-similes_ sont on ne peut plus expressifs et curieux.
+
+La collection des peintures de M. Catlin se compose de trois cent dix
+portraits de chefs Indiens et de personnages de distinction, hommes ou
+femmes de différentes tribus, et de deux cents esquisses représentant
+les sites les plus remarquables des contrées qu'il a visitées, les
+danses et les cérémonies des peuplades qui les habitent, et des scènes
+de guerre et de chasse. C'est donc à la fois une représentation fidèle
+de la physionomie du pays et des moeurs et coutumes de ses habitans,
+représentation d'autant plus précieuse qu'elle a pour objet une race
+qui s'éteint (_dying people_), et qui s'éteint avec une rapidité qui
+tient du prodige.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                  MONITEUR INDUSTRIEL, Nov. 16, 1845.
+
+Parmi tous les voyageurs qui ont exploré l'Amérique du Nord, aucun
+ne s'est occupé des races Indiennes autant que M. Catlin. Presque
+seul dans un canot d'écorce, il a suivi tout le cours du Missouri, et
+pendant huit années il en a parcouru en tous sens l'immense bassin,
+s'en allant de tribu en tribu, comme autrefois Hérodote, le père
+de l'histoire, s'en allait de ville en ville, de région en région,
+s'enquérant des moeurs, des traditions et des idées des populations
+lointaines.
+
+M. Catlin est encore dans la force de l'âge, mais ses traits pâlis
+portent l'empreinte d'une vie déjà longuement et péniblement éprouvée.
+Son abord est froidement poli, son visage sévère et pensif, comme celui
+d'un homme qui a vu beaucoup de choses. Toute sa personne révèle une
+indomptable énergie. En public, il parle l'Anglais avec une remarquable
+puissance; il y a dans son accentuation quelque chose du magnifique
+enthousiasme d'un poète.
+
+Le grand ouvrage de M. Catlin est un beau monument élevé à la science;
+il faut espérer qu'on songera à en donner une traduction Française.
+Chemin fesant, M. Catlin a dessiné et peint une étrange collection de
+vues, de scènes naturelles, de portraits d'indigènes et de scènes de
+moeurs. Cette nombreuse collection de toiles doit nécessairement
+se sentir de la rapidité forcée du travail, et des circonstances
+difficiles d'exécution où s'est trouvé l'artiste dans un voyage à
+travers les déserts de l'Ouest. On demeure, au contraire, étonné que le
+courageux explorateur ait pu mettre dans de telles peintures autant de
+mouvement et de vérité. Ici, c'est un troupeau de bisons surpris par
+des chasseurs qui se traînent en rampant, couverts de peaux trompeuses;
+là, c'est un guerrier à cheval, poursuivant son ennemi dans une
+course, sans hyperbole, vraiment échevelée; plus loin, c'est une danse
+frénétique, excitation à la volupté ou au carnage; ou bien des scènes
+de tortures qui semblent copiées dans l'enfer.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+             INDEPENDANCE, BRUSSELS, JAN. 4, 1846.
+
+ _Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the
+     North American Indians_, by G. Catlin (Lettres et Notes sur les
+     Moeurs, les Coutumes, et l'Etat Social des Indiens du Nord
+     de l'Amérique, par George Catlin). 2 vol. ornés de plusieurs
+     centaines de planches.
+
+Fils d'un homme de loi, élevé lui-même pour figurer au barreau, devenu
+enfin avocat, M. Catlin aimait trop le grand air et les voyages pour
+se laisser claquemurer dans l'antre de la chicane. Deux passions
+d'ailleurs se partageaient sa vie: la pêche et la peinture. Quand
+il n'était pas au bord d'une rivière, il était devant une toile, et
+vice-versâ. Il apprit la peinture sans maître, y devint habile après
+trois ou quatre ans d'études, et se demandait à quel but il dévouerait
+son existence, et l'esprit un peu enthousiaste qui l'animait,
+lorsqu'arrivèrent à Washington, des pays bien loin à l'Ouest, une
+douzaine d'Indiens au port noble et majestueux, accoutrés de leurs
+vêtements bizarres, mais pittoresques, la tête ornée de leur casque,
+le bras chargé de leur bouclier, le corps ceint de la tunique de peau
+d'antilope, les épaules couvertes du manteau de buffle.
+
+Ces braves gens firent l'admiration des gamins et du beau monde de
+Washington et donnèrent beaucoup à réfléchir à notre peintre. Il se
+dit que les vêtements de la civilisation ne servaient pas seulement à
+voiler, mais à gâter la grâce et la beauté naturelles, que l'homme non
+garrotté dans les liens de l'art, devait offrir à l'artiste le plus
+magnifique modèle, et que l'histoire et les coutumes des peuplades
+sauvages étaient des sujets dignes d'occuper la vie d'un homme.
+
+Ces réflexions étaient à peine achevées que M. Catlin prit son parti.
+Il consulta bien pour la forme quelques amis qui essayèrent de le
+détourner de son projet; ils lui représentèrent les dangers auxquels
+il allait s'exposer, les fatigues inouïes qu'il aurait à supporter
+et bien d'autres arguments auxquels il fut insensible. M. Catlin fit
+ses paquets qui n'étaient pas lourds, et qui se composaient de toiles
+roulées, de brosses, de couleurs, de papier et de crayons; il mit
+sa carabine en bandouliere; et le bâton blanc à la main il partit
+pour l'Ouest en quête d'aventures, de Peaux-Rouges, de buffles et de
+prairies.
+
+Mais au train dont marchent les Yankees, il avait long à aller avant
+d'atteindre les vastes solitudes où sont encore disséminées les
+peuplades sauvages. La civilisation le poursuivait partout; là où
+il espérait voyager en canot, il était forcé de prendre le bateau à
+vapeur; là où il se croyait au milieu des sauvages, il se trouvait
+avec des compatriotes; l'Ouest, but de son voyage, semblait le fuir à
+mesure qu'il en approchait. Il maudissait les pionniers qui avec leur
+bêche et leur marteau ont implanté la civilisation dans les parties
+les plus reculées de l'Amérique, et il désespérait de rencontrer les
+Peaux-Rouges qui devenaient un mythe pour lui, lorsqu'il tomba au
+milieu d'un village Mandan. Sa joie fut un peu calmée en apercevant
+que la civilisation avait encore passé par là sous la forme d'un agent
+de la compagnie des fourrures du Missouri. Mais il restait assez de
+sauvagerie dans la localité pour le satisfaire provisoirement. Quand
+il eut bien vu et bien observé, quand il eut bien fumé le calumet de
+paix; bien vécu sur un quartier de buffle braisé, bien dormi sous le
+wigwam hospitalier, et "pourtraicté" le chef Mandan, revêtu de son
+grand costume de guerre, depuis les cornes de buffle dont il s'orne le
+front jusqu'à ses mocassins brodés de paille, y compris la longue bande
+de plumes d'aigle qui descend depuis le derrière de la tête jusqu'aux
+talons, M. Catlin reprit sa course vers les regions inconnues, en
+s'arrêtant en route chaque fois qu'un site ou quelques aventures ou des
+figures d'Indiens fournissaient des sujets à son pinceau.
+
+M. Catlin est resté huit ans en voyage; il a visité quarante-huit
+tribus dont la population totale s'élevaient à plusieurs centaines
+de mille individus. Il a rapporté chez lui 350 portraits à l'huile
+d'Indiens, 200 tableaux représentant des vues de leurs villages, leurs
+wigwams, leurs jeux, et leurs cérémonies religieuses, leurs danses,
+leurs chasses, des paysages admirables, et enfin une nombreuse et
+très-curieuse collection de leurs costumes et vêtements, et d'autres
+objets de leur fabrique, depuis une de leurs maisons jusqu'à de petits
+riens qui leur servent de jouets.
+
+Toute cette collection avec les portraits et les tableaux figurent
+au Louvre où le Roi Louis-Philippe leur a fait donner une place. La
+galerie Indienne de l'Amérique du Nord, de M. Catlin, est bien connue
+et montre le résultat auquel peut arriver un homme entreprenant,
+patient et ferme qu'inspirent le goût de l'art et une certaine dose
+d'enthousiasme.
+
+C'est l'histoire de cet intéressant voyage que M. Catlin a écrite dans
+une série de lettres au nombre de 58, et accompagnées de 310 gravures
+au trait et de cartes géographiques. Ces lettres étaient écrites sur
+les lieux et envoyées par des Indiens jusqu'aux bureaus de postes
+placés par cette maudite civilisation jusqu'aux frontières les plus
+reculées de l'Ouest.
+
+Peu de livres ont plus d'intérêt que celui de M. Catlin. On lit cet
+ouvrage avec le plaisir que l'on prendrait à la lecture d'un bon roman,
+s'il y avait encore de bons romans pour servir de point de comparaison.
+On suit M. Catlin dans ses courses vagabondes, on aime avec lui ces
+Indiens qu'il a toujours trouvés francs et hospitaliers, généreux
+et dignes. Ces Indiens si méconnus ont, quoique sauvages, toutes
+les qualités qui distinguent l'épicier le plus civilisé de la rue
+Saint-Denis, caporal de la garde nationale; comme celui-ci, ils sont
+bons pères, bons époux, amis dévoués; la seule différence entr'eux,
+c'est qu'ils ne payent pas très-exactement leurs contributions par
+la raison qu'on ne leur en demande pas, et qu'ils ne montent pas
+assidument leur garde, par l'autre raison qu'on ne connaît pas les
+guérites dans ce pays.
+
+Une Odyssée de huit ans a fait apprécier à M. Catlin les mérites et les
+vertus des sauvages; et, après avoir lu son livre, j'ai fini par croire
+avec Jean-Jacques Rousseau que l'homme, tel que nous avons le malheur
+de le connaître, est un animal dépravé par la civilisation.
+
+Rien de plus touchant que l'apologie des Indiens faite par M. Catlin,
+dans sa neuvième lettre; partout où il peut mettre en saillie la
+noblesse de leur caractère, M. Catlin le fait avec bonheur; il se
+souvient du bon temps passé au milieu d'eux, des marques d'affection
+qu'ils lui out données, et il les venge du mépris que les civilisés
+déversent sur ces pauvres et braves gens, contents de leur sort, sans
+regret du passé, sans souci de l'avenir, sans autres lois que celles de
+l'honneur qui est tout puissant chez eux.
+
+Tous ceux qui ont lu les admirables romans de Cooper retrouvent dans
+l'ouvrage de M. Catlin les scènes, mais cette fois vraies, animées,
+vivantes, décrites avec tant de talent par le fécond romancier
+Américain. M. Catlin a décrit aussi l'embrâsement des prairies, et
+pouvait dire: _Quorum pars magna fui_; car il ne dut qu'à la vitesse de
+son "pony" Indien d'échapper à la flamme immense qui courait sur lui
+avec plus de rapidité qu'une locomotive lancée à fond de train. J'étais
+en sûreté, dit-il, que je tremblais encore. Une autre fois, plus de
+2000 buffles se jettent à l'eau pour atteindre le canot dans lequel
+il nageait, et c'est à grand'peine qu'il se sauve et que le canot ne
+chavire pas, soulevé par le dos d'un de ces animaux; une autre fois
+encore, il se rencontre nez à nez avec une ourse grise accompagnée de
+ses deux petits, bête énorme de la taille d'un rhinocéros et qui vous
+dépèce un homme en un tour de main, à l'aide de ses ongles longs d'un
+décimètre et larges à la base de cinq centimètres pour finir par la
+pointe la plus aiguë.
+
+Un des plus agréables épisodes de ce voyage, c'est la rencontre que
+fait M. Catlin, dans un immense désert et au détour d'un bois, d'un
+trappeur Canadien qui sifflait entre ses lèvres un vaudeville Français
+du temps de Louis XIV. et se mit à entrer en conversation avec M.
+Catlin, moyennant un langage dans lequel le Français, l'Anglais et
+l'Indien entraient chacun pour un tiers. L'honnête Baptiste, descendant
+d'un de ces hommes que les racoleurs allaient _presser_ sur le quai
+de la Ferraille pour en faire des colons _volontaires_ destinés à
+peupler le Canada, devint le compagnon de voyage de M. Catlin, le
+Vendredi dévoué de ce nouveau Robinson de terre ferme, et n'est pas le
+personnage le moins intéressant de la relation.
+
+M. Catlin, indépendamment de son mérite d'écrivain et de dessinateur,
+aura celui d'avoir donné l'histoire la plus complète des moeurs de
+ces peuplades que la civilisation balaye devant elle et qu'elle tue
+avec de l'eau-de-vie et la variole. Ces peuplades, autrefois maîtresses
+du grand continent du nord de l'Amérique, s'éteignent rapidement;
+leur mémoire s'éteindrait même si de hardis voyageurs n'allaient pas
+recueillir parmi elles les renseignements qui peuvent la préserver
+de l'oubli. Au nombre de ces voyageurs il faut citer au premier rang
+l'honorable M. Catlin, qui a rectifié bien des idées erronnées et fait
+connaître bien des faits jusqu'ici ignorés.
+
+
+
+
+                             APPENDIX--(B).
+
+                           MUSEUM OF HISTORY.
+
+                        _Established 1844._
+
+
+This institution is intended to illustrate the History of Man by means
+of popular Lectures, aided and enforced by scenery, maps, and national
+costumes, adding every scenic attraction to the higher views of
+instruction, and combining art, history, philology, and geography; the
+audience, as it were, being thus transported to the sites themselves.
+
+It is also in contemplation to add _gradually_, as funds shall
+accumulate--
+
+     1. Models and coloured portraits of the races of man.
+
+     2. A gallery of architectural models.
+
+     3. A cabinet of coins and inscriptions.
+
+     4. Collection of views and drawings.
+
+     5. Collection of objects illustrative of the arts, sciences,
+     navigation, commerce, agriculture, amusements, and domestic
+     economy of ancient and modern nations.
+
+     6. Specimens of manufactures.
+
+     7. A library and reading-room, to contain the principal British
+     and foreign periodicals and newspapers, and without distinction of
+     party; as also the latest publications on subjects connected with
+     the objects of the institution.
+
+The transactions of the institution will be published.
+
+Illustrated lectures will be given on ancient and modern history, as
+also on New Zealand and Australia, embracing the modern settlements,
+and their capabilities for the colonist or emigrant.
+
+Amongst the illustrated lectures to be given will be the following:--
+
+          On the Grecians.
+          On the Byzantines.
+          On the Modern Greeks.
+          On the Egyptians.
+          On the Arabians.
+          On the Romans.
+          On Russia and Siberia.
+          On New Zealand.
+          On Japan.
+          On the Ruined Cities of America.
+
+With the aid of transparent maps (on a scale never before attempted)
+the spectator can follow the historian or traveller step by step, and
+with the advantages and beauties of scenery combined, is enabled to
+locate, classify, define, and retain the knowledge thus acquired.
+
+The scenery and machinery have been so constructed, that whilst one
+series is used in London, others may be speedily sent to Edinburgh and
+elsewhere, where branch societies will be formed.
+
+The management of the institution to be vested in a council elected by
+the subscribers, two of whom to retire annually, who may however be
+eligible for re-election.
+
+
+                            TERMS.
+
+For permanently reserved places at the lectures, five guineas per annum.
+
+Ordinary subscribers, two guineas per annum.
+
+Authors, artists, ladies, members of learned societies, and foreigners,
+one guinea per annum.
+
+Ambassadors, foreign ministers, consuls, and secretaries of learned
+societies _only_ can become honorary members.
+
+Admission to the public, two shillings for reserved places at the
+lectures; one shilling for ordinary visitors.
+
+Subscribers to possess the right to be present at all lectures.
+
+Subscribers to meet annually.
+
+Trustees and auditors to be chosen by the subscribers.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+All communications may be addressed to W. H. SHIPPARD, Esq.,
+Turnham Green.
+
+  _Museum of History,
+           28th April, 1845._
+
+
+
+
+                        A DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE
+                                   OF
+                      CATLIN'S INDIAN COLLECTION;
+
+                               CONTAINING
+                 PORTRAITS, LANDSCAPES, COSTUMES, ETC.,
+
+                                  AND
+               REPRESENTATIONS OF THE MANNERS AND CUSTOMS
+                     OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS.
+
+             COLLECTED AND PAINTED ENTIRELY BY MR. CATLIN,
+ DURING EIGHT YEARS' TRAVEL AMONGST FORTY-EIGHT TRIBES, MOSTLY SPEAKING
+                          DIFFERENT LANGUAGES.
+
+_Exhibited three years, with great success, in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+                              London._
+
+
+I wish to inform the visitors to my Collection that, having some
+years since become fully convinced of the rapid decline and certain
+extinction of the numerous tribes of the North American Indians;
+and seeing also the vast importance and value which a full _pictorial
+history_ of these interesting but dying people might be to future
+ages--I sat out alone, unaided and unadvised, resolved (if my life
+should be spared), by the aid of my brush and my pen, to rescue
+from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and customs as the
+industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could accomplish,
+and set them up in a _Gallery unique and imperishable_, for the use
+and benefit of future ages.
+
+I devoted eight years of my life exclusively to the accomplishment
+of my design, and that with more than expected success.
+
+I visited with great difficulty, and some hazard to life, forty-eight
+tribes (residing within the United States, British, and
+Mexican Territories), containing about half a million of souls. I
+have seen them in their own villages, have carried my canvas and
+colours the whole way, and painted my portraits, &c., from the life,
+as they now stand and are seen in the Gallery.
+
+The collection contains (besides an immense number of costumes
+and other manufactures) near six hundred paintings, 350 of which
+are _Portraits_ of distinguished men and women of the different
+tribes, and 250 _other Paintings_, descriptive of _Indian Countries_,
+their _Villages_, _Games_, and _Customs_; containing in all above 3000
+figures.
+
+As this immense collection has been gathered, and _every painting
+has been made from nature_, BY MY OWN HAND--and that too
+when I have been paddling my canoe, or leading my pack-horse
+over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of my life--the
+world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them, as they have been intended, as _true and fac-simile
+traces of individual life and historical facts_, and forgive me for
+their present unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art.
+
+                                                   GEO. CATLIN.
+
+
+
+
+                           INDIAN PORTRAITS.
+
+
+                             CERTIFICATES.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+I hereby certify that the persons whose signatures are affixed to the certificates
+used below, by Mr. Catlin, are officers in the service of the United States,
+as herein set forth: and that their opinions of the accuracy of the likenesses, and
+correctness of the views, &c., exhibited by him in his "Indian Gallery," are
+entitled to full credit,
+
+                  J. E. POINSETT, Secretary of War, Washington.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+With regard to the gentlemen whose names are affixed to certificates
+below, I am fully warranted in saying, that no individuals have had
+better opportunities of acquiring a knowledge of the persons, habits,
+costumes, and sports of the Indian tribes, or possess stronger claims
+upon the public confidence in the statements they make respecting the
+correctness of delineations, &c., of Mr. Catlin's "Indian Gallery;" and
+I may add my own testimony, with regard to many of those Indians whom
+I have seen, and whose likenesses are in the collection, and sketched
+with fidelity and correctness.
+
+      C. A. HARRIS, Commissioner of Indian Affairs, Washington.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+I have seen Mr. Catlin's collection of Portraits of Indians, many of
+which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence; and, as far
+as they have included Indians of my acquaintance, the _likenesses_
+are easily recognised, bearing the most striking resemblance to the
+originals, as well as faithful representations of their costumes.
+
+         W. CLARK, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, St. Louis.
+                               ----*----
+
+I have examined Mr. Catlin's collection of the Upper Missouri Indians
+to the Rocky Mountains, all of which I am acquainted with, and indeed
+most of them were painted when I was present, and I do not hesitate to
+pronounce them correct likenesses, and readily to be recognised. And
+I consider the _costumes_, as painted by him, to be the _only correct
+representations_ I have ever seen.
+
+                                 JOHN F. A. SANFORD,
+
+                 U. SS. Indian Agent for Mandans, Rickarees, Minatarees,
+                      Crows, Knisteneaux, Assinneboins, Blackfeet, &c.
+                               ----*----
+
+Having examined Mr. Catlin's collection of Portraits of Indians of the
+Missouri and Rocky Mountains, I have no hesitation in pronouncing them,
+so far as I am acquainted with the individuals, to be the best I have
+ever seen, both as regards the expression of countenance and the exact
+and complete manner in which the costume has been painted by him.
+
+                       J. L. BEAN, S. Agent for Indian Affairs.
+                               ----*----
+
+I have been for many years past in familiar acquaintance with the
+Indian tribes of the Upper Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, and
+also with the landscape and other scenes represented in Mr. Catlin's
+collection, and it gives me great pleasure to assure the world that, on
+looking them over, I found the likenesses of my old friends easily to
+be recognised, and his sketches of Manners and Customs to be portrayed
+with singular truth and correctness.
+
+                  J. PILCHER, Agent for Upper Missouri Indians.
+                               ----*----
+
+It gives me great pleasure in being enabled to add my name to the list
+of those who have spontaneously expressed their approbation of Mr.
+Catlin's collection of Indian Paintings. His collection of materials
+places it in his power to throw much light on the Indian character;
+and his portraits, so far as I have seen them, are drawn with great
+fidelity as to character and likeness.
+
+          H. SCHOOLCRAFT, Indian Agent for Wisconsin Territory.
+                               ----*----
+
+Having lived and dealt with the Black feet Indians for five years
+past, I was enabled to recognise _every one_ of the portraits of those
+people, and of the Crows also, which Mr. Catlin has in his collection,
+from the faithful likenesses they bore to the originals.
+
+_St. Louis_, 1835.
+                                                       J. E. BRAZEAU.
+                               ----*----
+
+Having spent sixteen years in the continual acquaintance with the
+Indians of the several tribes of the Missouri represented in Mr.
+Catlin's Gallery of Indian Paintings, I was enabled to judge of the
+correctness of the likenesses, and I _instantly recognised every one of
+them_, when I looked them over, from the striking resemblance they bore
+to the originals; so also of the landscapes on the Missouri.
+
+                                                HONORE PICOTTE.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+The portraits in the possession of Mr. Catlin of Pawnee Picts, Kioways,
+Camanches, Wecos, and Osages, were painted by him _from life_, when
+on a tour to their country with the United States Dragoons. The
+_likenesses_ are good, very easily to be recognised, and the _costumes_
+faithfully represented.
+
+                                        HENRY DODGE, Col. of Drag.
+                                        R. H. MASON, Major of ditto.
+                                        D. HUNTER, Capt. of ditto.
+                                        D. PERKINS, Capt. of Drag.
+                                        M. DUNCAN, ditto.
+                                        T. B. WHEELOCK, Lieut, ditto.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+We have seen Mr. Catlin's Portraits of Indians east of the Rocky
+Mountains, many of which are familiar to us: the likenesses are easily
+recognised, bearing a strong resemblance to the originals, as well as a
+faithful representation of their costumes.
+
+                                        J. DOUGHERTY, Indian Agent.
+                                        J. GANTT.
+
+_November 27th, 1837._
+
+                               ----*----
+
+We hereby certify that the portraits of the Grand Pawnees, Republican
+Pawnees, Pawnee Loups, Tappage Pawnees, Otoes, Omahaws, and Missouries,
+which are in Mr. Catlin's Indian Gallery, were painted from life by
+Mr. George Catlin, and that the individuals sat to him in the costumes
+precisely in which they are painted.
+
+                J. DOUGHERTY, I. A. for Pawnees, Omahaws, and Otoes.
+                J. GANTT.
+_New York, 1837._
+
+                               ----*----
+
+I have seen Mr. Catlin's collection of Indian Portraits, many of which
+were familiar to me, and painted in my presence at their own villages.
+I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes and
+individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce them
+correct likenesses, and easily recognised; also his sketches of their
+_manners_ and _customs_, I think, are excellent; and the _landscape
+views_ on the Missouri and Mississippi are correct representations.
+
+        K. M'KENZIE, of the Am. Fur Co., Mouth of Yellow Stone.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+We hereby certify that the portraits of Seminoles and Euchees, named in
+this catalogue, were painted by George Catlin, from the life, at Fort
+Moultrie; that the Indians sat or stood in the costumes precisely in
+which they are painted, and that the likenesses are remarkably good.
+
+                              P. MORRISON, Capt. 4th Inft.
+                              J. S. HATHAWAY, 2nd Lieut. 1st Art.
+                              H. WHARTON, 2nd Lieut. 6th Inft.
+                              F. WEEDON, Assistant-Surgeon.
+
+  _Fort Moultrie, Jan. 26, 1838._
+
+                               ----*----
+
+In addition to the above certificates, nearly every portrait has
+inseparably attached to its back an _individual_ certificate, signed by
+Indian agents, officers of the army, or other persons, who were present
+when the picture was painted. The form of these certificates is as
+follows:--
+
+          No. 131, BLACKFOOT, PE-TOH-PE-KISS (THE EAGLE-RIBS).
+
+I hereby certify that this portrait was painted from the life, at Fort
+Union, mouth of Yellow Stone, in the year 1832, by George Catlin, and
+that the Indian sat in the costume in which it is painted.
+
+                JOHN F. A. SANFORD, United States Indian Agent.
+
+                    _Légation des Etats Unis, Paris, Dec. 8, 1841._
+
+DEAR SIR,
+
+No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable fidelity of
+your drawings and book which I have lately received. They are equally
+spirited and accurate--they are true to nature. Things that _are_ are
+not sacrificed, as they too often are by the painter, to things as in
+his judgment they should be.
+
+During eighteen years of my life I was Superintendent of Indian Affairs
+in the north-western territory of the United States; and during more
+than five I was Secretary of War, to which department belongs the
+general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians thoroughly--I
+have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses, villages,
+and hunting-grounds--I have fought with them and against them--and I
+have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession with them.
+I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a good right
+to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings. Among them I
+recognise many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I am struck with
+the vivid representations of them and their customs, of their peculiar
+features, and of their costumes. Unfortunately they are receding before
+the advancing tide of our population, and are probably destined, at no
+distant day, wholly to disappear; but your collection will preserve
+them, as far as human art can do, and will form the most perfect
+monument of an extinguished race that the world has ever seen.
+
+                                                    LEWIS CASS.
+_To George Catlin._
+
+                               ----*----
+                           _Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843._
+DEAR SIR,
+
+I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures at the Waterloo
+Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian character, the
+display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian manners, true to
+the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I had so often witnessed
+in the parts of the Indian countries where I had been; and for twenty
+years' peregrinations in those parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave
+River north, and from the shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky
+Mountains, to the mouth of the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean,
+west, I had opportunities of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition
+have afforded me great pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you
+all that success which you so eminently deserve for the rich treat
+which you have afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific
+metropolis.
+
+                     I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,
+                                                 JOHN HALDANE.
+_To George Catlin, Esq._
+
+The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson's Bay
+Company, dated York Factory, Hudson's Bay, 10th December, 1842:--
+
+  "Should you happen to fall in with Catlin's Letters on the North
+  American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin's sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character."
+
+
+
+
+
+                       CATLIN'S INDIAN COLLECTION
+
+                           INDIAN PORTRAITS.
+
+
+                            SACS (SÁU-KIES).
+
+    A Tribe of Indians residing on the Upper Mississippi and Desmoines
+    rivers. Present number (in 1840) about 5000. The smallpox carried
+    off half their population a few years since; and a considerable
+    number were destroyed in the "Black Hawk War" in 1832-3. This tribe
+    shave the head, leaving only a small tuft of hair on the top, which
+    is called the "scalplock."
+
+[The _acute accent_ is used in the spelling of the Indian names merely
+to denote the emphasis.]
+
+ 1. _Kee-o-kúk_, the Running Fox; present Chief of the Tribe.
+        Shield on his arm and staff of office (sceptre) in his hand;
+        necklace of grisly bear's claws, over the skin of a white
+        wolf, on his neck.
+
+    This man, during the Black Hawk War, kept two-thirds of the
+    warriors of the tribe neutral, and was therefore appointed chief by
+    General Scott, in treaty, with the consent of the nation.
+
+ 2. _Múk-a-tah-mish-o-káh-kaik_, the Black Hawk; in his war dress
+        and paint. Strings of wampum in his ears and on his neck, and
+        his _medicine-bag_ (the skin of the black hawk) on his arm.
+
+    This is the man famed as the conductor of the Black Hawk War.
+    Painted at the close of the war, while he was a prisoner at
+    Jefferson Barracks, in 1832.
+
+ 3. _Náh-se-ús-kuk_, the Whirling Thunder; eldest son of Black
+        Hawk.
+
+    A very handsome man. He distinguished himself in the Black Hawk War.
+
+ 4. _Wa-sáw-me-saw_, the Roaring Thunder; youngest son of Black
+        Hawk.
+
+    Painted while a prisoner of war.
+
+ 5. ( ), wife of Kee-o-kúk (No. 1); in a dress of civilized
+        manufacture, ornamented with silver brooches.
+
+    This woman is the eldest of seven wives whom I saw in his lodge,
+    and, being the mother of his favourite son, the most valued one. To
+    her alone would he allow the distinguished honour of being painted
+    and hung up with the chiefs.
+
+ 6. _Me-sóu-wahk_, the Deer's Hair; the favourite son of
+        Kee-o-kúk, and by him designated to be his successor.
+
+ 7. _Wah-pe-kée-suck_, White Cloud, called the "Prophet;" one of
+        Black Hawk's principal warriors and advisers.
+
+    Was a prisoner of war with Black Hawk, and travelled with him
+    through the Eastern States.
+
+ 8. _Náh-pope_, the Soup; another of Black Hawk's principal
+        advisers; and travelled with him, when he was a prisoner of
+        war, to the Eastern cities.
+
+    He desired to be painted with a white flag in his hand.
+
+ 9. _Ah-móu-a_, the Whale, one of Kee-o-kúk's principal braves;
+        holding a handsome war-club in his hand.
+
+ 10. _Wa-quóth-e-qua_, the Buck's Wife, or Female Deer; the wife
+        of Ah-móu-a.
+
+ 11. _Pash-ee-pa-hó_, the Little Stabbing Chief; holding his staff
+        of office in his hand, shield and pipe.
+
+    A very venerable old man, who has been for many years the first
+    civil chief of the Sacs and Foxes.
+
+ 12. _I-o-wáy_, the Ioway; one of Black Hawk's principal warriors;
+        his body curiously ornamented with his "war-paint."
+
+ 13. _Pam-a-hó_, the Swimmer; one of Black Hawk's warriors.
+
+    Very distinguished.
+
+ 14. _No-kúk-qua_, the Bear's Fat.
+
+ 15. _Pash-ee-pa-hó_, the Little Stabbing Chief (the younger); one
+        of Black Hawk's braves.
+
+ 16. _Wáh-pa-ko-lás-kuk_, the Bear's Track.
+
+
+                                 FOXES.
+
+        On the Desmoines River; present number (in 1840), 1500.
+
+ 17. _Aíh-no-wa_, the Fire; a doctor or _"medicine" man_; one half
+        of his body painted red, and the other yellow.
+
+ 18. _Wée-sheet_, the Sturgeon's Head; one of Black Hawk's
+        principal warriors; his body most singularly ornamented with
+        his _war-paint_.
+
+    This man held a spear in his hand, with which, he assured me, he
+    killed four white men during the war.
+
+ 19, 20, 21. Three in a group; names not known.
+
+
+                                KON-ZAS.
+
+A tribe of 1560 souls, residing on the Konza river, sixty or eighty
+miles west of the Missouri. Uncivilized remains of a powerful and warlike
+tribe. One-half died with the smallpox a few years since. This tribe
+shave the head like the Osages, Sacs, and Foxes.
+
+22. _Shó-me-kós-see_, the Wolf; one of the Chiefs; his head curiously
+ornamented, and numerous strings of wampum on his
+neck.
+
+23. _Jee-hé-o-hó-shah_, He who cannot be thrown down; a warrior.
+
+24. _Wá-hón-ga-shee_, No Fool; a very great fop.
+
+Used half the day in painting his face, preparing to sit for his picture.
+
+25. _Meach-o-shín-gaw_, Little White Bear; a spirited and distinguished
+brave, with a scalping-knife grasped in his hand.
+
+26. _O-rón-gás-see_, the Bear-catcher; a celebrated warrior.
+
+27. _Chésh-oo-hong-ha_, the Man of Good Sense; a handsome
+young warrior; style of his head-dress like the Grecian
+helmet.
+
+28. _Hón-je-a-pút-o_, a woman; wife of O-rón-gás-see.
+
+
+                    O-SÁGE, OR WA-SÁW-SEE.
+
+    A tribe in their primitive state, inhabiting the head-waters of
+    the Arkansas and Neosho or Grand Rivers, 700 miles west of the
+    Mississippi. Present number of the tribe, 5200; residing in three
+    villages; wigwams built of barks and flags, or reeds. The Osages
+    are the tallest men on the continent, the most of them being over
+    six feet in stature, and many of them seven. This tribe shave the
+    head, leaving a small tuft on the top, called the "scalp-lock."
+
+ 29. _Cler-mónt_, ----; first Chief of the tribe; with his
+        war-club in his hand, and his leggins fringed with
+        scalp-locks taken from his enemies' heads.
+
+    This man is the son of an old and celebrated chief of that name,
+    who died a few years since.
+
+ 30. _Wáh-chee-te_, ----; woman and child; wife of Cler-mónt.
+
+ 31. _Tchong-tas-sáb-bee_, the Black Dog; second Chief of the
+        Osages; with his pipe in one hand and tomahawk in the other;
+        head shaved, and ornamented with a crest made of the deer's
+        tail, coloured red.
+
+    This is the largest man in the Osage nation, and blind in his left
+    eye.
+
+ 32. _Tál-lee_,----; an Osage warrior of distinction; with his
+        shield, bow, and quiver.
+
+ 33. _Wa-ho-béck-ee_,----; a brave; said to be the handsomest
+        man in the nation; with a profusion of wampum on
+        his neck, and a fan in his hand made of the eagle's
+        tail. 34. _Mun-ne-pús-kee_, He who is not afraid. }
+        } 35. _Ko-ha-túnk-a_, the Big Crow. } group. } 36.
+        _Nah-cóm-ee-shee_, Man of the Bed. }
+
+    Three distinguished young warriors, who desired to be painted on
+    one canvas.
+
+ 37. _Moi-eén-e-shee_, the Constant Walker.
+
+38. _Wa-másh-ee-sheek_, He who takes away. }
+                                           }
+39. _Wa-chésh-uk_, War.                    } group.
+                                           }
+40. _Mink-chésk_,----.                     }
+
+    Three distinguished young men, full length.
+
+ 41. _Tcha-tó-ga_, Mad Buffalo; bow and quiver on his back.
+
+    This man was tried and convicted for the murder of two white men,
+    under Mr. Adams's administration, and was afterwards pardoned, but
+    is held in disgrace in his tribe since.
+
+ 42. _Wash-ím-pe-shee_, the Madman; a distinguished warrior; full
+        length.
+
+ 43. _Pa-hú-sha_, White Hair; the younger; with lance and quiver.
+        Chief of a band, and rival of Cler-mónt.
+
+ 44. _Shin-ga-wás-sa_, the Handsome Bird; a splendid-looking
+        fellow, six feet eight inches high; with war-club and quiver.
+
+ 45. _Cáh-he-ga-shín-ga_, the Little Chief; full-length, with bow
+        and quiver.
+
+
+                             CA-MÁN-CHEES.
+
+    One of the most powerful and hostile tribes in North America,
+    inhabiting the western parts of Texas and the Mexican provinces,
+    and the south-western part of the territory of the United States
+    near the Rocky Mountains; entirely wild and predatory in their
+    habits; the most expert and effective lancers and horsemen on the
+    continent. Numbering some 25,000 or 30,000; living in skin lodges
+    or wigwams; well mounted on wild horses; continually at war with
+    the Mexicans, Texians, and Indian tribes of the north-west.
+
+ 46. _Eé-shah-kó-nee_, the Bow and Quiver; first Chief of the
+        tribe. Boar's tusk on his breast, and rich shells in his ears.
+
+ 47. _Ta-wáh-que-nah_, the Mountain of Rocks; second Chief of the
+        tribe, and largest man in the nation.
+
+    This man received the United States Regiment of Dragoons with great
+    kindness at his village, which was beautifully situated at the base
+    of a huge spur of the Rocky Mountains: he has decidedly African
+    features, and a beard of two inches in length on his chin.
+
+ 48. _Ish-a-ró-yeh_, He who carries a Wolf; a distinguished
+        brave; so called from the circumstance of his carrying a
+        _medicine-bag_ made of the skin of a wolf: he holds a whip in
+        his hand.
+
+    This man piloted the dragoons to the Camanchee village, and
+    received a handsome rifle from Colonel Dodge for so doing.
+
+ 49. _Kots-o-kó-ro-kó_, the Hair of the Bull's Neck; third grade
+        Chief; shield on his arm and gun in his hand.
+
+ 50. _Is-sa-wáh-tám-ah_, the Wolf tied with Hair; a Chief, third
+        rate: pipe in his hand.
+
+ 51. _His-oo-sán-chees_, the Little Spaniard; a brave of the
+        highest order in his tribe; armed as a warrior, with shield,
+        bow and quiver, lance fourteen feet long, and war-knife.
+
+    This was the first of the Camanchees who daringly left his own
+    war-party and came to the regiment of dragoons, and spoke with
+    our interpreter, inviting us to go to their village. A man of
+    low stature, but of the most remarkable strength and daring
+    courage.--See him approaching the dragoons on horseback, No. 489.
+
+ 52. _Háh-nee_, the Beaver; a warrior of terrible aspect.
+
+ 53-54. Two Camanchee Girls (sisters), showing the wigwam of the
+        Chief, his dogs, and his five children.
+
+
+                    PAW-NEE PÍCTS (['T]OW-EE-AHGE).
+
+    A wild and hostile tribe, numbering about 6000, adjoining the
+    Camanchees on the north. This tribe and the Camanchees are in
+    league with each other, joining in war and in the chase.
+
+ 55. _Wee-tá-ra-shá-ro_,----; head Chief; an old and very
+        venerable man.
+
+    This man embraced Colonel Dodge, and others of the dragoon officers
+    in council, in his village, and otherwise treated them with great
+    kindness, theirs being the first visit ever made to them by white
+    people.
+
+ 56. _Sky-se-ró-ka_,----; second Chief of the tribe.
+
+    A fine-looking and remarkably shrewd and intelligent man.
+
+ 57. _Kid-á-day_,----; a brave of distinction.
+
+ 58. _Káh-kée-tsee_, the Thighs. } } 59. _Shé-de-ah_, Wild Sage. }
+
+    Both of these women were prisoners amongst the Osages; they were
+    purchased by the Indian Commissioner, and sent home to the nation
+    by the dragoons.
+
+ 60. _A[h´]-sho-cole_, Rotten Foot; a noted warrior.
+
+ 61. _A[h´]-re-ka[h´]-na-có-chee_, the Mad Elk; a great warrior.
+
+
+                                KÍ-O-WA.
+
+    Also a wild and predatory tribe of 5000 or 6000, living on the west
+    of the Pawnee Picts and Camanchees, and also in alliance with those
+    warlike and powerful tribes. They inhabit the base of, and extend
+    their wars and hunts through a great extent of the Rocky Mountains:
+    and, like the Camanchees, are expert and wonderful horsemen.
+
+ 62. _Téh-tóot-sah_,----, first Chief.
+
+    This man treated the dragoons with great kindness in his country,
+    and came in with us to Fort Gibson; his hair was very long,
+    extending down as low as his knees, and put up in clubs, and
+    ornamented with silver brooches.
+
+ 63. _Kotz-a-tó-ah_, the Smoked Shield; a distinguished warrior;
+        full-length.
+
+ 64. _Bón-són-gee_, New Fire; Chief of a band; boar's tusk and
+        war-whistle on his breast.
+
+ 65. _Quáy-hám-kay_, the Stone Shell; a brave, and a good specimen
+        of the wild untutored savage.
+
+ 66. _Túnk-aht-óh-ye_ the Thunderer (boy).
+
+ 67. _Wun-pán-to-mee_, the White Weasel (girl).
+
+    This boy and girl, who had been for several years prisoners amongst
+    the Osages, were purchased by the Indian Commissioner; the girl was
+    sent home to her nation by the dragoons, and the boy was killed by
+    a ram the day before we started. They were brother and sister.
+
+
+                                WÉE-CO.
+
+    A small tribe, living near to, and under the protection of, the
+    Pawnee Picts, speaking an unknown language; probably the remnant of
+    a tribe conquered and enslaved by the Pawnee Picts.
+
+ 68. _U'sh-ee-kitz_, He who fights with a Feather. Chief of the
+        tribe.
+
+    This man came into Fort Gibson with the dragoons; he was famous for
+    a custom he observed after all his speeches, of _embracing_ the
+    officers and chiefs in council.
+
+
+                           SIÓUX (DAH-CÓ-TA).
+
+    This is one of the most numerous and powerful tribes at present
+    existing on the continent, numbering, undoubtedly, some 40,000,
+    occupying a vast tract of country on the upper waters of the
+    Mississippi and Missouri rivers, and extending quite to the base of
+    the Rocky Mountains. They live in skin lodges, and move them about
+    the prairies, without any permanent residence. This tribe lost
+    about 8000 by smallpox a few years since.
+
+ 69. _Ha-wón-je-tah_, the One Horn; first Chief of the tribe;
+        _Mee-ne-cow-e-gee_ band, Upper Missouri; hair tied on his
+        head in form of a turban, and filled with glue and red earth,
+        or vermilion.
+
+    The Sioux have forty-one bands; every band has a chief, and this
+    man was head of all: he has been recently killed by a buffalo-bull.
+    #/
+
+ 70. _Wá-nah-de-túnk-ah_, the Big Eagle, or Black Dog;
+        at the Falls of St. Anthony. Chief of the
+        _O-hah-has-ka-toh-y-an-te_, or _Long Avenue_ band.
+
+ 71. _Tchán-dee_, Tobacco; second Chief of the nation, of the
+        _O-gla-la_ band, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 72. _Wán-ee-ton_, ----; Chief of the _Sus-se-ton_ band, Upper
+        Missouri; full-length, in a splendid dress; head-dress of
+        war-eagle's quills and ermine, and painted robe.
+
+    One of the most noted and dignified, as well as graceful chiefs of
+    the Sioux tribe.
+
+ 73. _Tóh-to-wah-kón-da-pee_, the Blue Medicine; a noted
+        "medicine-man," or doctor, at the St. Peter's, of the
+        _Ting-ta-to-ah_ band; with his _medicine_ or mystery drum and
+        rattle in his hands, his looking-glass on his breast, his
+        rattle of antelope's hoofs, and drum of deer-skins.
+
+    These "_medicine-men_" are conjurers as well as physicians,
+    paying their dernier visits to the sick, with their _mysteries_,
+    endeavouring and pretending to cure by a charm.
+
+  74. _Ah-nó-je-nahge_, He who stands on both Sides; and
+
+  75. _We-chúsh-ta-dóo-ta_, the Red Man; the two most distinguished
+     ball-players of the Sioux tribe, in their ball-play dress, with
+     their ball-sticks in their hands.
+
+    In this beautiful and favourite game, each player is adorned with
+    an embroidered belt, and a tail of beautiful quills or horse-hair;
+    the arms, legs, and feet are always naked, and curiously painted.
+    (See two paintings of ball-plays, and further description of the
+    game, under _Amusements_, Nos. 428, 429, 430, and the ball-sticks
+    among the manufactures.)
+
+ 76. _Ka-pés-ka-da_, the Shell; a brave of the _O-gla-la_ band.
+
+ 77. _Táh-zee-keh-dá-cha_, the Torn Belly; a very distinguished
+        brave of the _Yank-ton_ band, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 78. _Wúk-mi-ser_, Corn; a warrior of distinction, of the
+        _Ne-caw-ee-gee_ band.
+
+ 79. _Chá-tee-wah-née-che_, No Heart; a very noted Indian. Chief
+        of the _Wah-ne-watch-to-nee-nah_ band.
+
+ 80. _Ee-áh-sá-pa_, the Black Rock; Chief of the _Nee-caw-wee-gee_
+        band; a very dignified chief, in a beautiful dress, full
+        length, head-dress of eagles' quills and ermine, and horns
+        of the buffalo; lance in his hand, and battles of his life
+        emblazoned on his robe.
+
+ 81. _Wi-lóoh-tah-eeh-tcháh-ta-máh-nee_, the Red Thing that
+        touches in Marching; a young girl; and the daughter of _Black
+        Rock_ (No. 80), by her side--her dress of deer-skin, and
+        ornamented with brass buttons and beads.
+
+ 82. _Toh-kí-e-to_, the Stone with Horns. Chief of the Yank-ton
+        band, and principal orator of the nation; his body curiously
+        tattooed.
+
+ 83. _Mah-tó-rah-rísh-nee-eéh-ée-rah_, the Grisly Bear that runs
+        without Regard; a brave of the _Onc-pah-pa_ band.
+
+ 84. _Mah-tó-che-ga_, the Little Bear; a distinguished brave.
+
+ 85. _Shón-ka_, the Dog; Chief of the _Bad Arrow Points_ band.
+
+ 86. _Táh-téck-a-da-háir_, the Steep Wind; a Brave of the
+        _Ca-za-zhee-ta_ (or Bad Arrow Points) band.
+
+    These three distinguished men were all killed in a private quarrel
+    (while I was in the country), occasioned by my painting only _one
+    half_ of the face of the first (No. 84); ridicule followed, and
+    resort to fire-arms, in which that side of the face which I had
+    left out was blown off in a few moments after I had finished the
+    portrait; and sudden and violent revenge for the offence soon laid
+    the other two in the dust, and imminently endangered my own life.
+    (For a full account of this strange transaction, see Catlin's
+    'Letters and Notes on North American Indians.')
+
+ 87. _Heh-háh-ra-pah_, the Elk's Head; Chief of the
+        _Ee-ta-sip-shov_ band, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 88. _Máh-to-een-náh-pa_, the White Bear that goes out; Chief of
+        the _Black Foot Sioux_ band.
+
+ 89. _Tchón-su-móns-ka_, the Sand Bar; woman of the _Te-ton_ band,
+        with a beautiful head of hair; her dress almost literally
+        covered with brass buttons, which are highly valued by the
+        women, to adorn their dresses.
+
+ 90. _Wá-be-shaw_, the Leaf; Upper Mississippi, Chief of a band,
+        blind in one eye; a very distinguished man, since dead.
+
+ 91. _Shón-ga-tón-ga-chésh-en-day_, the Horse-dung; Chief of a
+        band; a great conjurer and magician.
+
+ 92. _Tah-tón-ga-mó-nee_, the Walking Buffalo; Red Wing's son.
+
+ 93. _Múz-za_, the Iron; St. Peters; a brave of distinction, and a
+        very handsome fellow.
+
+ 94. _Te-o-kún-ko_, the Swift.
+
+    An ill-visaged and ill-natured fellow, though reputed a desperate
+    warrior. #/
+
+
+                                PÚN-CAH.
+
+    A small tribe residing on the west bank of the Missouri River, 900
+    in number, reduced one-half by the smallpox in 1824-5.
+
+ 95. _Shoo-de-gá-cha_, the Smoke; Chief of the Tribe.
+
+    A very philosophical and dignified man.
+
+ 96. _Hee-láh-dee_, the Pure Fountain; wife of Shoo-de-gá-cha (No.
+        95).
+
+ 97. _Hongs-káy-dee_, the Great Chief; son of the Chief.
+
+    This young fellow, about 18 years of age, glowing red with
+    vermilion, signalised himself by marrying _four wives in one day_,
+    whilst I was in his village! He took them all at once to his
+    wigwam, where I saw them, and painted one of them.
+
+ 98. _Mong-shóng-sha_, the Bending Willow; one of the four wives
+        of Hongs-káy-dee (No. 97), about 13 years old, and wrapped in
+        a buffalo robe, prettily garnished.
+
+
+                   PÁW-NEES,--OF THE PLATTE.
+
+    A wild and very warlike tribe of 12,000, occupying the country
+    watered by the river Platte, from the Missouri to the Rocky
+    Mountains. This once very powerful tribe lost one-half of their
+    numbers by the small-pox in 1823: they are entirely distinct from
+    the Pawnee Picts, both in language and customs, and live 1000 miles
+    from them. This tribe shave the head like the Sacs and Foxes.
+
+
+                 FIRST BAND.--GRAND PA´WNEES.
+
+ 99. _Shón-ka-ki-he-ga_, the Horse Chief; head Chief of the tribe.
+
+    This chief, and a number of his braves, visited Washington in 1837.
+
+ 100. _La-dóo-ke-a_, the Buffalo Bull; his _medicine_ or _totem_
+        (the head of a buffalo bull) painted on his face and breast,
+        his bow and arrow in his hands.
+
+ 101. _Ah-sháw-wah-róoks-te_, the Medicine Horse; a brave, or
+        soldier.
+
+              SECOND BAND.--TAP-PA´HGE PA´WNEES.
+
+102. _La-kée-too-wi-rá-sha_, the Little Chief; a great warrior.
+
+103. _Loo-rá-wée-re-coo_, the Bird that goes to War.
+
+               THIRD BAND.--REPUBLICAN PA´WNEES.
+
+ 104. _A´h-sha-la-cóots-ah_, the Mole in the Forehead; Chief of his
+        band; a very distinguished warrior.
+
+ 105. _Lá-shah-le-stáw-hix_, the Man Chief.
+
+ 106. _La-wée-re-coo-re-shaw-wee_, the War Chief.
+
+ 107. _Te-ah´-ke-ra-lée-re-coo_, the Chayenne; a fine-looking
+        fellow, with a pipe in one hand and his whip in the other.
+
+                 FOURTH BAND.--WOLF PA´WNEES.
+
+ 108. _Le-sháw-loo-láh-le-hoo_, the Big Elk; Chief of the band.
+
+ 109. _Lo-lóch-to-hóo-lah_, the Big Chief; a very celebrated man.
+
+ 110. _La-wáh-he-coots-la-sháw-no_, the Brave Chief; impressions of
+        hands painted on his breast.
+
+ 111. _L'har-e-tar-rúshe_, the Ill-natured Man; a great warrior.
+
+
+                               O-MÁ-HAS.
+
+    The remains of a numerous tribe, nearly destroyed by the small-pox
+    in 1823, now living under the protection of the Pawnees: their
+    numbers, about 1500.
+
+ 112. _Man-sha-qúi-ta_, the Little Soldier; a brave.
+
+ 113. _Ki-hó-ga-waw-shú-shee_, the Brave Chief; Chief of the tribe.
+
+ 114. _Om-pah-tón-ga_, the Big Elk; a famous warrior, his tomahawk
+        in his hand, and face painted black, for war.
+
+ 115. _Sháw-da-mon-nee_, There he goes; a brave.
+
+ 116. _Nóm-ba-mon-nee_, the Double Walker; a brave.
+
+
+                               OTE-TOES.
+
+    These are also the remains of a large tribe, two-thirds of which
+    were destroyed by small-pox in 1823: they are neighbours and
+    friends of the Pawnees, numbering about 600.
+
+ 117. _Wah-ro-née-sah_, the Surrounder; Chief of the tribe, quite
+        an old man; his shirt made of the skin of a grisly bear, with
+        the claws on.
+
+ 118. _Nón-je-ning-a_, No Heart; a distinguished brave.
+
+ 119. _No-wáy-ke-súg-gah_, He who Strikes Two at Once. Sketch quite
+        unfinished; beautiful dress, trimmed with a profusion of
+        scalp-locks and eagles' quills; pipe in his hand, and
+        necklace of grisly bears' claws.
+
+ 120. _Ráw-no-way-wóh-krah_, the Loose Pipe-stem; a brave (full
+        length); eagle head-dress, shirt of grisly bear's skin.
+
+ 121. _Wée-ke-rú-law_, He who Exchanges; beautiful pipe in his hand.
+
+
+                             MIS-SÓU-RIES.
+
+    Once a very numerous and powerful nation, occupying the States of
+    Illinois and Indiana. Reduced in wars with Sacs and Foxes, and
+    lastly by the small-pox in 1823; now merged into the Pawnee tribe.
+    Numbers at present, 400; twenty years ago, 18,000.
+
+ 122. _Háw-che-he-súg-ga_, He who kills the Osages; Chief of the
+        tribe; an old man, necklace of grisly bears' claws, and a
+        handsome carved pipe in his hand.
+
+
+                              RÍC-CA-EEES.
+
+    A small but very hostile tribe of 2500, on the west bank of the
+    Missouri, 1600 miles above its junction with the Mississippi;
+    living in one village of earth-covered lodges.
+
+ 123. _Stán-au-pat_, the Bloody Hand; Chief of the tribe. His face
+        painted red with vermilion, scalping-knife in his hand;
+        wearing a beautiful dress.
+
+ 124. _Kah-béck-a_, the Twin; wife of the Chief (No. 123).
+
+ 125. _Pshán-shaw_, the Sweet-scented Grass; a girl of twelve years
+        old, daughter of the Chief (No. 123), full length, in a
+        beautiful dress of the mountain-sheep skin, neatly garnished,
+        and robe of the young buffalo.
+
+ 126. _Páh-too-cá-ra_, He who Strikes; a distinguished brave.
+
+
+                               MAN-DANS,
+   (SEE-PO'HS-KA-NU-MA'H-KA'-KEE,) PEOPLE OF THE PHEASANTS.
+
+    A small tribe of 2000 souls, living in two permanent villages on
+    the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi.
+    Earth-covered lodges; villages fortified by strong piquets,
+    eighteen feet high, and a ditch. [_This friendly and interesting
+    tribe all perished by the small-pox and suicide in 1837 (three
+    years after I lived amongst them), excepting about forty, who have
+    since been destroyed by their enemy, rendering the tribe entirely
+    extinct, and their language lost, in the short space of a few
+    months!_ The disease was carried amongst them by the traders, which
+    destroyed in six months, of different tribes, 25,000!]
+
+ 127. _Ha-na-tá-nu-maúk_, the Wolf Chief; head of the tribe, in
+        a splendid dress, head-dress of raven-quills, and two
+        _calumets_ or pipes of peace in his hand.
+
+ 128. _Máh-to-toh-pa_, the Four Bears; second Chief, but the
+        favourite and popular man of the nation; costume splendid,
+        head-dress of war-eagles' quills and ermine, extending quite
+        to the ground, surmounted by the horns of the buffalo and
+        skin of the magpie.
+
+ 129. _Mah-tó-he-ha_, the Old Bear; a very distinguished brave; but
+        here represented in the character of a _Medicine Man_ or
+        Doctor, with his _medicine_ or _mystery_ pipes in his hands,
+        and foxes' tails tied to his heels, prepared to make his last
+        visit to his patient, to cure him, if possible, by _hocus
+        pocus_ and magic.
+
+ 130. _Mah-táhp-ta-a_, He who rushes through the Middle; a brave,
+        son of the former Chief, called "the Four Men." Necklace of
+        bears' claws.
+
+ 131. _Máh-to-tóh-pa_, the Four Bears; in _undress_, being in
+        mourning, with a few locks of his hair cut off. His hair put
+        up in plaits or slabs, with glue and red paint, a custom of
+        the tribe.
+
+    The scars on his breast, arms, and legs, show that he has
+    several times in his life submitted to the propitiatory tortures
+    represented in four paintings, Nos. 505, 506, 507, 508.
+
+ 132. _Seehk-hée-da_, the Mouse-coloured Feather, or "_White
+        Eyebrows_;" a very noted brave, with a beautiful pipe in his
+        hand; his hair quite yellow.
+
+    This man was killed by the Sioux, and scalped, two years after I
+    painted his portrait: his scalp lies on the table, No. 10.
+
+ 133. _Mi-néek-ee-súnk-te-ka_, the Mink; a beautiful Mandan
+        girl, in mountain-sheep skin dress, ornamented with
+        porcupine-quills, beads, and elk's teeth.
+
+ 134. _Sha-kó-ka_, Mint.
+
+    A very pretty and modest girl, twelve years of age, with _grey
+    hair! peculiar to the Mandans_. This unaccountable peculiarity
+    belongs to the Mandans alone, and about one in twelve, of both
+    sexes and of all ages, have the hair of a bright silvery grey, and
+    exceedingly coarse and harsh, somewhat like a horse's mane.
+
+ 135. _[U']n-ka-hah-hón-shee-kow_, the Long Finger-nails; a brave.
+
+ 136. _Máh-ta[h']p-ta-hah_, the One who rushes through the Middle.
+
+ 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142. _San-ja-ka-kó-koh_, the Deceiving
+        Wolf; and five others, in a group; names not preserved.
+
+
+                               SHI-ENNE.
+
+    A small but very valiant tribe of 3000, neighbours of the Sioux, on
+    the west, between the Black Hills and the Rocky Mountains: a very
+    tall race of men, second in stature to the Osages.
+
+ 143. _Né-hee-ó-ee-wóo-tis_, the Wolf on the Hill; Chief of the
+        tribe; a noble and fine-looking fellow: this man has been
+        known to own 100 horses at one time.
+
+ 144. _Tis-se-wóo-na-tís_, She who bathes her Knees; Wife of the
+        Chief (No. 143); her hair in braid.
+
+
+                       FLAT HEADS, or NEZ PERCÉS.
+
+    On the head-waters of the Columbia, west of the Rocky Mountains.
+
+ 145. _Hee-oh'ks-te-kin_, the Rabbit's Skin Leggins; a brave, in a
+        very beautiful dress.
+
+ 146. _H'co-a-h'co-a-h'cotes-min_, No Horns on his Head; a brave, a
+        very handsome man, in a beautiful dress.
+
+ 147. ( ) Woman and Child; showing the manner in which the heads of
+        the children are flattened.
+
+
+                               CHIN-OOK.
+
+    On the lower parts of the Columbia, near the Pacific Ocean.
+
+ 148. _Hee-doh'ge-ats_, ----; a young man, eighteen years of age.
+
+
+                              BLACK FEET.
+
+    A very warlike and hostile tribe of 50,000, including the _Peagans
+    Cotonnés_ and _Gros-ventres de Prairies_, occupying the head-waters
+    of the Missouri, extending a great way into the British territory
+    on the north, and into the Rocky Mountains on the west. Rather low
+    in stature, broad chested, square shouldered, richly clad, and well
+    armed, living in skin lodges. 12,000 of them destroyed by smallpox
+    within the year 1838!
+
+ 149. _Stu-mick-o-súcks_, the Buffalo's Black Fat; Chief of the
+        tribe, in a splendid costume, richly garnished with
+        porcupine-quills, and fringed with scalp-locks.
+
+ 150. _Eeh-nís-kim_, the Crystal Stone; wife of the Chief (No. 149).
+
+ 151. _In-ne-ó-cose_, the Buffalo's Child; a warrior, full-length,
+        with _medicine-bag_ of otter-skin.
+
+ 152. _Peh-tó-pe-kiss_, the Eagle's Ribs; Chief of the "_Blood
+        Band_," full-length, in splendid dress; head-dress of horns
+        of the buffalo and ermines' tails; lance in his hand and two
+        _medicine-bags_.
+
+ 153. _Mix-ke-móte-skin-na_, the Iron Horn; warrior, in a splendid
+        dress.
+
+ 154. _Pek-no-máh-kan_, He who runs down the Hill.
+
+ 155. _Ah'-kay-ee-píx-en_, the Woman who Strikes Many; full-length;
+        dress of mountain-sheep skin.
+
+ 156. _Méh-tóom_, the Hill.
+
+ 157. _Tcha-dés-sa-ko-máh-pee_, the Bear's Child, with war-club.
+
+ 158. _Wún-nes-tou_, the White Buffalo; a _medicine-man_ or
+        _doctor_, with his _medicine_ or _mystery_ shield.
+
+ 159. _Tcha-aés-ka-ding_, ----; boy, four years old, wearing his
+        robe made of the skin of a racoon: this boy is grandson of
+        the Chief, and is expected to be his successor.
+
+ 160. _Peh-tó-pe-kiss_, the Eagle's Ribs; Chief of the Blood Band;
+        splendid dress.
+
+    This man boasted to me that he had killed eight white men
+    (trappers) in his country; he said that they had repeatedly told
+    the traders that they should not catch the beaver in their country,
+    and if they continued to do it they would kill them.
+
+     161. ( ) ----, a _medicine-man_, or _doctor_, performing his
+     _medicines_ or _mysteries_ over a dying man, with the skin of a
+     yellow bear and other curious articles of dress thrown over him;
+     with his mystery rattle and mystery spear, which, he supposes,
+     possess a supernatural power in the art of healing and curing the
+     sick.
+
+
+                         CROWS (BEL-ANT-SE-A.)
+
+    A tribe of 7000, on the head-waters of the Yellow Stone
+    River, extending their hunts and their wars into the Rocky
+    Mountains--inveterate enemies of the Black Feet; tall, fine-limbed
+    men, graceful and gentlemanly in deportment, and the most richly
+    and tastefully clad of any Indians on the continent. Skin lodges,
+    many of which are tastefully ornamented and painted like the one
+    standing in the room.
+
+ 162. _Cháh-ee-chópes_, the Four Wolves; a Chief, a fine-looking
+        fellow; his hair reaching the ground; his _medicine_
+        (mystery) _bag_ of the skin of the ermine.
+
+    This man was in mourning, having some of his locks cut off.
+
+ 163. _Eé-hée-a-duck-cée-a_, He who ties his Hair before; a man of
+        six feet stature, whose natural hair drags on the ground as
+        he walks.
+
+ 164. _Pa-rís-ka-róo-pa_, the Two Crows; Chief of a band; his hair
+        sweeps the ground; his head-dress made of the eagle's
+        skin entire; he holds in his hand his lance and two
+        _medicine_-bags, the one of his own instituting, the other
+        taken from his enemy, whom he had killed in battle.
+
+ 165. _Hó-ra-tó-a_, ----; a brave, wrapped in his robe, and his
+        hair reaching to the ground; his spear in his hand, and bow
+        and quiver slung.
+
+ 166. _Oó-je-en-á-he-a_, the Woman who lives in the Bear's Den; her
+        hair cut off, she being in mourning.
+
+ 167. _Duhk-gits-o-ó-see_, the Red Bear.
+
+ 168. _Pa-ris-ka-róo-pa_, the Two Crows (the younger), called the
+        "Philosopher."
+
+    A young man distinguished as an orator and wise man, though the
+    character of his face and head would almost appear like a deformity.
+
+ 169. _Bi-éets-ee-cure_, the Very Sweet Man.
+
+ 170. _Ba-da-ah-chón-du_, He who jumps over Every One; on a wild
+        horse, with war-eagle head-dress on his horse's and his own
+        head; with shield, bow, quiver, and lance; his long hair
+        floating in the wind.
+
+
+                              GROS-VENTRES
+
+           (MIN-A-TAR-REES), PEOPLE OF THE WILLOWS.
+
+    A small tribe, near neighbours and friends of the Mandans, speaking
+    the Crow language, and probably have, at a former period, strayed
+    away from them; numbering about 1100.
+
+ 171. _Eh-toh'k-pah-she-pée-shah_, the Black Mocassin; Chief; over
+        a hundred years old; sits in his lodge, smoking a handsome
+        pipe; his arms and ornaments hanging on a post by the side of
+        his bed. (Since dead.)
+
+ 172. _E'e-a-chín-che-a_, the Red Thunder; the son of the Black
+        Mocassin (No. 171), represented in the costume of a warrior.
+
+ 173. _Pa-ris-ka-róo-pa_, the Two Crows; with a handsome shirt,
+        ornamented with ermine, and necklace of grisly bears' claws.
+
+    This man is now the head Chief of the tribe.
+
+ 174. ( ), ----; woman, the wife of the Two Crows (No. 173).
+
+ 175. _Seet-sé-be-a_, the Mid-day Sun; a pretty girl, in
+        mountain-sheep skin dress, and fan of the eagle's tail in her
+        hand.
+
+
+                         CREES (KNIS-TE-NEUX).
+
+    A small tribe of 4000, in _Her Majesty's dominions_, neighbours of
+    the Black Feet, and always at war with them; desperate warriors;
+    small and light in stature. Half of them have recently died of the
+    smallpox since I was amongst them.
+
+ 176. _Eeh-tow-wées-ka-zeet_, He who has Eyes behind him; one of
+        the foremost braves of the tribe, in a handsome dress.
+
+    This man visited Washington with the Indian agent, Major Sanford, a
+    few years since.
+
+ 177. _Tsee-moúnt_, a Great Wonder; woman carrying her Infant in
+        her robe.
+
+ 178. _Tow-ée-ka-wet_, ----; woman.
+
+
+                    AS-SIN-NE-BOINS (STONE BOILERS).
+
+    A tribe of 8000, occupying the country from the mouth of the Yellow
+    Stone River to Lake Winnepeg, in her _British Majesty's dominions_,
+    speaking the Sioux or Dahcota language, ranging about, like them,
+    in skin lodges, and no doubt a severed band of that great nation.
+    4000 of these people destroyed by the smallpox in 1838, since I was
+    amongst them.
+
+ 179. _Wi-jún-jon_, the Pigeon's Egg Head; one of the most
+        distinguished young warriors of the tribe.
+
+    He was taken to Washington in 1832 by Major Sanford, the Indian
+    agent; after he went home he was condemned as a liar, and killed,
+    in consequence of the _incredible stories_ which he told of the
+    whites.--(See him on _his way to, and returning from_, Washington,
+    No. 475.)
+
+ 180. _Chin-cha-pee_, the Fire Bug that creeps; wife of Wi-jún-jon
+        (No. 179); her face painted red, and in her hand a stick,
+        used by the women in those regions for digging the "pomme
+        blanche," or prairie turnip.
+
+ 181. ( ); woman and child, in beautiful skin dresses.
+
+
+                       CHIP-PE-WAYS (OJIBBEWAYS).
+
+A very numerous tribe, of some 15,000 or 20,000, inhabiting a vast tract
+of country on the southern shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the Woods,
+and the Athabasca, extending a great way into the British territory; residing
+in skin and bark lodges.
+
+182. _Sha-có-pay_, the Six; Chief of the Ojibbeways living north
+of the mouth of Yellow Stone River; in a rich dress, with
+his battles emblazoned on it.
+
+183. _Kay-a-gís-gis_, ----; a beautiful young woman pulling
+her hair out of braid.
+
+184. _Háh-je-day-ah'-shee_, the Meeting Birds; a brave, with his
+war-club in his hand.
+
+185. _Kay-ée-qua-da-kúm-ee-gísh-kum_, He who tries the Ground
+with his Foot.
+
+186. _Jú-ah-kís-gaw_, ----; woman, with her child in a
+cradle or "crib."
+
+187. _Cáh-be-múb-bee_, He who sits everywhere; a brave.
+
+188. _O-tá-wah_, the Ottaway; a distinguished warrior.
+
+189. _Ka-bés-hunk_, He who travels everywhere; a desperate
+warrior; his war-club in his left hand and a handsome pipe
+in his right; strikes with his left hand; eight quills in his
+head stand for eight scalps he had taken from the heads of
+the Sioux, his enemies.
+
+190. _Ohj-ká-tchee-kum_, He who walks on the Sea.
+
+191. _Gitch-ee-gáw-ga-osh_, the Point that remains for ever; a
+very old and respectable Chief. (Since dead.)
+
+192. _Gaw-záw que-dung_, He who halloos. Civilized.
+
+193. _O'n-daig_, the Crow; a beau or dandy in full array, called
+by the Ojibbeways, _sha-wiz-zee-shah-go-tay-a_, a _harmless
+man_.
+
+194. _I-an-be-w'ah-dick_, the Male Carabou; a brave, with a war-club
+in his hand.
+
+195. ( ), ----; woman.
+
+
+                              I-RO-QUOIS.
+
+    A small remnant of a tribe who were once very numerous and warlike,
+    inhabiting the northern part of New York; only a few scattered
+    individuals now living, who are merged in the neighbouring tribes.
+
+ 196. _Nót-to-way_, a Chief, a temperate and excellent man, with a
+        beautiful head-dress on.
+
+ 197. _Chée-ah-ká-tchée_, ----; woman, wife of Nót-to-way (No. 196).
+
+
+                               ÓT-TA-WAS.
+
+     A subdued and half-civilized tribe of 5500, speaking the
+     Ojibbeway language, on the eastern shore of Lake Michigan.
+     Agricultural and dissipated.
+
+ 198. _Shin-gós-se-moon_, the Big Sail; a Chief, blind in one eye.
+
+    The effects of whisky and civilization are plainly discernible in
+    this instance.
+
+
+                            WIN-NE-BÁ-GOES.
+
+    A very fierce and warlike tribe, on the western shores of Lake
+    Michigan, greatly reduced of late years by repeated attacks of the
+    smallpox and the dissipated vices of civilized neighbours; number
+    at this time 4400.
+
+ 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206. _Du-cór-re-a_, ----; Chief
+        of the tribe, and his family; a group of eight.
+
+ 207. _Wah-chee-háhs-ka_, the Man who puts all out of Doors, called
+        the "Boxer;" the largest man of the Winnebagoes; war-club in
+        his hand, and rattle-snake skins on his arms.
+
+ 208. _Won-de-tów-a_, the Wonder.
+
+ 209. _Náw-káw_, Wood; formerly the head Chief, with his war-club
+        on his arm. (Dead.)
+
+ 210. _Káw-kaw-ne-chóo-a_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 211. _Wa-kon-chásh-kaw_, He who comes on the Thunder.
+
+ 212. _Naw-naw-páy-ee_, the Soldier.
+
+ 213. _Wah-kón-ze-kaw_, the Snake.
+
+ 214. _Span-e-o-née-kaw_, the Spaniard.
+
+ 215. _Hoo-w'a-ne-kaw_, the Little Elk.
+
+ 216. _No-ak-chóo-she-kaw_, He who breaks the Bushes.
+
+ 217. _Naugh-háigh-hee-kaw_, He who moistens the Wood.
+
+
+                             ME-NÓM-O-NIES.
+
+    Like the Winnebagoes, mostly destroyed by whisky and smallpox, and
+    now numbering about 3500, and in a miserable state of dependence;
+    on the western side of Lake Michigan.
+
+ 218. _Mah-kée-mee-teuv_, the Grisly Bear; Chief of the nation, and
+        chief of a delegation to Washington city in 1829 (since
+        dead); handsome pipe in his hand, and wampum on his neck.
+
+ 219. _Mee-chéet-e-neuh_, the Wounded Bear's Shoulder; wife of the
+        Chief (No. 218).
+
+ 220. _Chee-me-náh-na-quet_, the Great Cloud; son of the Chief (No.
+        218), a great rascal.
+
+ 221. _Ko-mán-i-kin-o-haw_, the Little Whale; a brave, with his
+        _medicine-wand_, his looking-glass, and scissors.
+
+ 222. _Sha-wá-no_, the South; a noted warrior.
+
+ 223. _Másh-kee-wet_, ----; a great beau, or dandy.
+
+ 224. _Pah-shee-náu-shaw_, ----; a warrior.
+
+ 225. _Tcha-káuks-o-ko-máugh_, the Great Chief (boy).
+
+ 226. _Aú nah-kwet-to-hau-páy-o_, the One sitting in the Clouds; a
+        fine boy.
+
+ 227. _Aúh-ka-nah-paw-wáh_, Earth Standing; an old and very valiant
+        warrior.
+
+ 228. _Ko-mán-i-kin_, the Big Wave, called the "Philosopher;" a
+        very old and distinguished Chief.
+
+ 229. _O-ho-páh-sha_, the Small Whoop; a hard-visaged warrior, of
+        most remarkable distinction.
+
+ 230. _Ah-yaw-ne-tah-cár-ron_, ----; a warrior.
+
+ 231. _Au-wáh-shew-kew_, the Female Bear; wife of the above (No.
+        230).
+
+ 232. _Coo-coo-coo_, the Owl; a very old and emaciated Chief; sits
+        smoking a handsome pipe.
+
+ 233. _Wáh-chees_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 234. _Chésh-ko-tong_, He who sings the War-Song.
+
+ 235, 236. Two in a group, names not known; one with his war-club,
+        and the other with his lute at his mouth.
+
+
+                            POT-O-WÁT-O-MIE.
+
+    Once a numerous tribe, now numbering about 2700, reduced by
+    smallpox and whisky--recently removed from the state of Indiana to
+    the western shores of the Missouri: semi-civilized.
+
+ 237. _On-sáw-kie_, the Sac; in the act of praying; his prayer
+        written in characters on a maple stick.
+
+ 238. _Na-pów-sa_, the Bear Travelling in the Night; one of the
+        most influential Chiefs of the tribe.
+
+ 239. _Kée-se_, ----; a woman.
+
+
+                              KÍCK-A-POO.
+
+    On the frontier settlements; semi-civilized; number about 600;
+    greatly reduced by smallpox and whisky.
+
+ 240. _Kee-án-ne-kuk_, the Foremost Man, called the "_Prophet_."
+        Chief of the tribe, in the attitude of prayer.
+
+    This very shrewd fellow engraved on a maple stick, in characters,
+    a prayer which was taught him by a Methodist Missionary; and by
+    introducing it into the hands of every one of his tribe, who are
+    enjoined to read it over every morning and evening as service, has
+    acquired great celebrity and respect in his tribe, as well as a
+    good store of their worldly goods, as he manufactures them all, and
+    gets well paid for them. #/
+
+ 241. _Ah-tón-we-tuck_, the Cock Turkey; repeating his prayer from
+        the stick in his hand, described above.
+
+ 242. _Ma-shée-na_, the Elk's Horns; a Sub-Chief, in the act of
+        prayer, as above described.
+
+ 243. _Ke-chím-qua_, the Big Bear; wampum on his neck, and red flag
+        in his hand, the symbol of war or "blood."
+
+ 244. _A'h-tee-wát-o-mee_, ----; woman, with wampum and silver
+        brooches in profusion on her neck.
+
+ 245. _Shee-náh-wee_, ----.
+
+
+                              KAS-KAS-KIA.
+
+    Once famed, numerous, and warlike, on the frontier, but now reduced
+    to a few individuals by smallpox and whisky.
+
+ 246. _Kee-món-saw_, the Little Chief; Chief; Semi-civilized.
+
+ 247. _Wah-pe-séh-see_, ----; a very aged woman, mother of the
+        above.
+
+
+                                WÉE-AH.
+
+Remnant of a tribe on the frontier; semi-civilized; reduced by whisky
+and disease; present number 200.
+
+248. _Go-to-ków-páh-ah_, He who Stands by Himself; a brave of
+distinction, with his hatchet in his hand.
+
+249. _Wah-pón-jee-a_, the Swan; a warrior; fine-looking fellow,
+with an European countenance.
+
+250. _Wáh-pe-say_, the White.
+
+
+                               PE-O-RI-A.
+
+    Also a small remnant of a tribe on the frontier, reduced by the
+    same causes as above; present number about 200.
+
+ 251. _Pah-mee-ców-ee-tah_, the Man who tracks; a Chief; remarkably
+        fine head.
+
+    This man would never drink whisky.
+
+ 252. _Wap-sha-ka-náh_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 253. _Kee-mo-rá-nia_, No English; a beau; his face curiously
+        painted, and looking-glass in his hand.
+
+
+                             PI-AN-KE-SHAW.
+
+    A frontier tribe, reduced, as _above_; present number 170.
+
+ 254. _Ni-a-có-mo_, to Fix with the Foot; a brave.
+
+ 255. _Men-són-se-ah_, the Left Hand; a fierce-looking warrior,
+        with a stone hatchet in his hand.
+
+
+                                Í-O-WAY.
+
+    A small tribe on the frontier, reduced by smallpox and their
+    enemies; living on the Missouri; number about 1400. Uncivilized
+    fine-looking men.
+
+ 256. _Notch-ee-níng-a_, No Heart, called "White Cloud;" Chief of
+        the tribe; necklace of grisly bears' claws, and shield, bow
+        and arrows in his hand.
+
+ 257. _Pah-ta-cóo-chee_, the Shooting Cedar; a brave, with war-club
+        on his arm.
+
+ 258. _No-o-mún-nee_, He who walks in the Rain; warrior, with his
+        pipe and tobacco-pouch in his hand.
+
+ 259. _W'y-ee-yogh_, the Man of Sense; a brave, with a handsome
+        pipe in his hand, and bears' claw necklace on his neck.
+
+ 260. _Wos-cóm-mun_, the Busy Man; a brave.
+
+ 262. _Mún-ne-o-ye_, ----; woman.
+
+
+                               SEN-E-CAS.
+
+    Near Lake Erie, State of New York. 1200, semi-civilized and
+    agricultural. One of the tribes composing the great compact called
+    the "Six Nations."
+
+ 263. _Red Jacket_, Head Chief of the tribe; full-length, life
+        size, standing on the "Table Rock," Niagara Falls.
+
+    This man was chief for many years, and so remained until his death,
+    in 1831. Perhaps no Indian Sachem has ever lived on our frontier
+    whose name and history are better known, or whose talents have been
+    more generally admitted, than those of Red Jacket: he was, as a
+    savage, very great in _council_ and in _war_.
+
+ 264. (      ), Deep Lake; an old Chief.
+
+ 265. (      ), Round Island; warrior, half-blood.
+
+    A very handsome fellow.
+
+ 266. (      ), Hard Hickory; a very ferocious-looking, but a mild and
+        amiable man.
+
+ 267. (      ), Good Hunter; a warrior.
+
+ 268. (      ), ---- String; a warrior, renowned.
+
+ 269. (      ), Seneca Steele; a great libertine. Hatchet in his hand.
+
+
+                               O-NEI-DA.
+
+    Remnant of a tribe, State of New York, one of the "Six Nations;"
+    present number, 600.
+
+ 270. (      ), Bread; the Chief, half-blood, civilized.
+
+    A fine-looking and an excellent man.
+
+
+                             TUS-KA-RÓ-RA.
+
+    New York, remnant of a numerous tribe, one of the confederacy of
+    the "Six Nations;" present number, 500; semi-civilized.
+
+ 271. _Cú-sick_, ----; son of the Chief. Civilized and
+        Christianized.
+
+    This man is a Baptist preacher, and quite an eloquent man.
+
+
+              MO-HEE-CON-NEU, or "MO-HE-GAN," THE GOOD
+                             CANOEMEN.
+
+    Now living near Green Bay; numbers, 400 or 500; formerly of
+    Massachusetts; a band of the famous tribe of Pequots; now
+    semi-civilized.
+
+ 272. _Ee-tów-o-kaum_, Both Sides of the River; Chief of the tribe,
+        with a psalm-book in one hand, and a cane in the other.
+        _Christianized._
+
+ 273. _Waun-naw-con_, the Dish (John W. Quinney); missionary
+        preacher. _Civilized._
+
+
+                              DEL-A-WARES.
+
+    Remains of a bold, daring, and numerous tribe, formerly of the
+    States of Pennsylvania and Delaware, and the terror of all the
+    eastern tribes. Gradually wasted away by wars, removals, small-pox,
+    and whisky; now living on the western borders of Missouri, and
+    number only 824; lost by small-pox, at different times, 10,000.
+
+ 274. _Bód-a-sin_, ----; the Chief; a distinguished man.
+
+ 275. _Ni-có-man_, the Answer; the second Chief, with bow and
+        arrows in his hand.
+
+ 276. _Non-on-dá-gon_, ----; a Chief, with a ring in his nose. #/
+
+
+                         SHA-WÁ-NO (SHAW-NEE).
+
+    Remains of a numerous tribe, formerly inhabiting part of
+    Pennsylvania, afterwards Ohio, and recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi River. Number at present about 1200; lost one-half by
+    small-pox at different times. Semi-civilized; intemperate.
+
+ 277. _Lay-láw-she-kaw_, He who goes up the River; a very aged man,
+        Chief of the tribe; his ears slit and elongated by wearing
+        weights in them, according to the custom of the tribe, and
+        his hair whitened with age.
+
+ 278. _Ká-te-quaw_, the Female Eagle; a fine-looking girl, daughter
+        of the above Chief.
+
+ 279. _Tea-sqúat-a-way_, the Open Door; called the "Shawnee
+        Prophet," brother of Tecumsch; blind in one eye, holding his
+        _medicine_ or mystery fire in one hand, and his "_sacred
+        string of beans_" in the other; a great _mystery-man_.
+
+ 280. _Pah-te-cóo-saw_, the Straight Man. Semi-civilized.
+
+ 281. _Lay-lóo-ah-pee-ái-shee-kaw_, Grass, Bush, and Blossom. Half
+        civil, and _more than half_ drunk.
+
+ 282. _Cóo-ps-saw-qúay-te_, ----; woman (the Indescribable).
+
+
+                              CHER-O-KEES.
+
+    Formerly of the State of Georgia, recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi to the head-waters of the Arkansas. This tribe are
+    mostly civilized and agriculturists; number, 22,000.
+
+ 283. _John Ross_, a civilized and well-educated man, head Chief of
+        the nation.
+
+ 284. _Túch-ee_, called "Dutch;" first War-chief of the Cherokees;
+        a fine-looking fellow, with a turbaned head.
+
+    I travelled and hunted with this man some months, when he guided
+    the regiment of dragoons to the Camanchee and Pawnee villages: he
+    is a great warrior and a remarkable hunter.
+
+ 285. _Cól-lee_, ----; Chief of a band of the Cherokees. (Since
+        dead.)
+
+ 286. _Téh-ke-néh-kee_, the Black Coat; a Chief, also of
+        considerable standing.
+
+ 287. _Ah-hee-te-wáh-chee_, ----; a very pretty woman, in civilized
+        dress, her hair falling over her shoulders.
+
+
+                          MUS-KÓ-GEE (CREEK).
+
+    Recently removed from Georgia and Alabama to the Arkansas,
+    700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present number, 21,000;
+    semi-civilized and agricultural.
+
+ 288. _Steeh-tcha-kó-me-co_, the Great King, called, "Ben
+        Perryman;" one of the Chiefs of the tribe.
+
+ 289. _Hól-te-mál-te-téz-te-néek-ee_, ----, "Sam Perryman;" brother
+        of the Chief above, and a jolly companionable man.
+
+ 290. _Wat-ál-le-go_, ----, a brave.
+
+ 291. _Hose-put-o-káw-gee_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 292. _Tchow-ee-pút-o-kaw_, ----; woman.
+
+ 293. _Tel-maz-há-za_, ----; a warrior of great distinction.
+
+
+                               CHOC-TAW.
+
+    Recently removed by Government from the States of Georgia and
+    Alabama to the Arkansas, 700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present
+    number, 15,000; semi-civilized.
+
+ 294. _Mó-sho-la-túb-bee_, He who puts out and kills; first Chief
+        of the tribe.
+
+    A gentlemanly-looking man (died recently of small-pox).
+
+ 295. _Kút-tee-o-túb-bee_, How did he kill? A noted brave.
+
+ 296. _Há-tchoo-túc-knee_, the Snapping Turtle; half-bred and
+        well-educated man.
+
+ 297. ----, woman; hair in braid; remarkable expression.
+
+ 298. _Tul-lock-chísh-ko_, He who drinks the Juice of the Stone.
+
+ 299. _Tul-lock-chísh-ko_, Full-length, in the dress and attitude
+        of a ball-player, with ball-sticks in his hand, and tail,
+        made of white horse-hair, attached to his belt.
+
+
+                     SEM-I-NÓ-LEE (RUNAWAY); 3000.
+
+    Occupying the peninsula of Florida; semi-civilized, partly
+    agricultural. The Government have succeeded in removing about
+    one-half of them to the Arkansas, during the last four years, at
+    the expense of 32,000,000 dollars, the lives of 28 or 30 officers,
+    and 600 soldiers.
+
+ 300. _Mick-e-no-páh_, ----; first Chief of the tribe; full-length,
+        sitting cross-legged.
+
+    This man owned 100 negroes when the war broke out, and was raising
+    large and valuable crops of corn and cotton. #/
+
+ 301. _Os-ce-o-lá_, the Black Drink; a warrior of very great
+        distinction.
+
+    Painted only five days before his death, while he was a prisoner
+    of war at Fort Moultrie. This remarkable man, though not a
+    chief, took the lead in the war, and was evidently (at the time
+    he was captured) followed by the chiefs, and looked upon as the
+    _master-spirit_ of the war.
+
+ 302. _Ee-mat-lá_, King Philip; an old man, second Chief.
+
+    Like Osceola, he died while a prisoner, soon after I painted him.
+
+ 303. _Ye-hów-lo-gee_, the Cloud; a Chief who distinguished himself
+        in the war.
+
+ 304. _Co-ee-há-jo_, ----; a Chief, very conspicuous in the present
+        war.
+
+ 305. _Láh-shee_, the Licker; a half-breed warrior, called "Creek
+        Billey."
+
+ 306. _How-ee-dá-hee_; ----. a Seminolee woman.
+
+ 307. ( ) ----; a Seminolee woman.
+
+ 308. _Os-ce-o-lá_, the Black Drink. Full-length, with his rifle
+        in his hand, calico dress, and trinkets, exactly as he was
+        dressed and stood to be painted five days before his death.
+
+
+                                EU-CHEE.
+
+    Remnant of a powerful tribe who once occupied the southern part
+    of the peninsula of Florida, were overrun by the Creeks and
+    Seminolees, the remnant of them merging into the Seminolee tribe,
+    and living with them now as a part of their nation. Present number,
+    150.
+
+ 309. _Etch-ée-fix-e-co_, the Deer without a Heart, called "_Euchee
+        Jack_;" a Chief of considerable renown.
+
+ 310. _Chee-a-ex-e-co_, ----; quite a modest and pretty girl,
+        daughter of the above Chief.
+
+
+
+
+                 LANDSCAPES, SPORTING SCENES, MANNERS,
+                              AND CUSTOMS.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+                             CERTIFICATES.
+
+The Landscapes, Buffalo-hunting Scenes, &c., above mentioned, I have
+seen, and, although it has been thirty years since I travelled over
+that country, yet a considerable number of them I recognised as
+faithful representations, and the remainder of them are so much in the
+peculiar character of that country as to seem entirely familiar to me.
+
+                   WM. CLARK, Superintendent of Indian Affairs.
+
+The Landscape Views on the Missouri, Buffalo Hunts, and other scenes,
+taken by my friend Mr. Catlin, are correct delineations of the scenes
+they profess to represent, as I am perfectly well acquainted with the
+country, having passed through it more than a dozen times. And further
+I know that they were taken on the spot, from nature, as I was present
+when Mr. Catlin visited that country.
+
+                       JOHN F. A. SANFORD, U. SS. Indian Agent.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+
+It gives me great pleasure to be able to pronounce the Landscape Views,
+Views of Hunting, and other scenes taken on the Upper Missouri, by
+Mr. Catlin, to be correct delineations of the scenery they profess to
+represent; and although I was not present when they were taken in the
+field, I was able to identify almost every one between St. Louis and
+the grand bend of the Missouri.
+
+                        J. L. BEAN, S. Agent of Indian Affairs.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+I have seen Mr. Catlin's collection of _Indian Portraits_, many
+of which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence in their
+villages. I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes
+and individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce
+them correct likenesses and easily recognised; also the sketches of
+their _Manners_ and _Customs_ I think are excellent, and the _Landscape
+Views_ on the _Missouri_ and _Mississippi_ are correct representations.
+
+    K. M'KENZIE, of the Am. Fur Company, Mouth of Yellow Stone.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+I have examined a series of paintings by Mr. Catlin, representing
+_Indian Buffalo Hunts, Landscapes, &c._; and from an acquaintance
+of twenty-seven years with such scenes as are represented, I feel
+qualified to judge them, and do unhesitatingly pronounce them good and
+unexaggerated representations.
+
+   JNO. DOUGHERTY, Indian Agent for Pawnees, Omahas, and Otoes.
+
+
+                              LANDSCAPES.
+
+ 311. St. Louis (from the river below, in 1836), a town on the
+        Mississippi, with 25,000 inhabitants.
+
+ 312. View on Upper Mississippi, beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        everywhere covered with a green turf.
+
+ 313. "Bad Axe" battle-ground, where Black Hawk was defeated by
+        General Atkinson, above Prairie du Chien. Indians making
+        defence and swimming the river.
+
+ 314. Chippeways gathering wild rice near the source of St.
+        Peter's; shelling their rice into their bark canoes, by
+        bending it over, and whipping it with sticks.
+
+ 315. View near "Prairie la Crosse," beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 316. "Cap o'lail" (garlic cape), a bold and picturesque promontory
+        on Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 317. Picturesque Bluffs above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 318. "Pike's Tent," the highest bluff on the river, Upper
+        Mississippi.
+
+ 319. View of the "Cornice Rocks," and "Pike's Tent," in distance,
+        750 miles above St. Louis, on Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 320. "Lover's Leap," on Lake Pepin, Upper Mississippi, a rock 500
+        feet high, where an Indian girl threw herself off a few years
+        since, to avoid marrying the man to whom she was given by her
+        father.
+
+ 321. Falls of St. Anthony, 900 miles above St. Louis;
+        perpendicular fall eighteen feel: Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 322. Madame Ferrebault's Prairie from the river above; the author
+        and his companion descending the river in a bark canoe, above
+        Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; beautiful grass-covered
+        bluffs.
+
+ 323. "Little Falls," near the Falls of St. Anthony, on a small
+        stream.
+
+ 324. "La Montaigne que tremps l'Eau," Mississippi, above Prairie
+        du Chien.
+
+ 325. Cassville, below Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; a small
+        village just commenced, in 1835.
+
+ 326. Dubuque, a town in the lead-mining country.
+
+ 327. Galena, a small town on Upper Mississippi, in the lead-mining
+        district.
+
+ 328. Rock Island, United States Garrison, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 329. Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, ditto.
+
+ 330. Dubuque's Grave, ditto.
+
+    Dubuque was the first miner in the lead-mines under the Spanish
+    grant. He built his own sepulchre, and raised a cross over it, on a
+    beautiful bluff, overlooking the river, forty years ago, where it
+    now stands.
+
+ 331. River Bluffs, magnificent view, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 332. Fort Snelling, at the mouth of St. Peter's, U. S. Garrison,
+        seven miles below the Falls of St. Anthony, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 333. Prairie du Chien, 500 miles above St. Louis, Upper
+        Mississippi, United States Garrison.
+
+ 334. Chippeway Village and Dog Feast at the Falls of St. Anthony;
+        lodges built with birch-bark: Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 335. Sioux Village, Lake Calhoun, near Fort Snelling; lodges built
+        with poles.
+
+ 336. "Coteau des Prairies," head-waters of St. Peter's. My
+        companion, Indian guide, and myself encamping at sunset,
+        cooking by our fire, made of buffalo-dung.
+
+ 337. "Pipestone Quarry," on the Coteau des Prairies, 300 miles N.
+        W. from the Falls of St. Anthony, on the divide between the
+        St. Peter's and Missouri.
+
+    The place where the Indians get the stone for all their red pipes.
+    The mineral, _red steatite_, variety differing from any other known
+    locality--wall of solid, compact quartz, grey and rose colour,
+    highly polished as if vitrified; the wall is two miles in length
+    and thirty feet high, with a beautiful cascade leaping from its top
+    into a basin. On the prairie, at the base of the wall, the pipeclay
+    (steatite) is dug up at two and three feet depth. There are seen
+    five immense granite boulders, under which there are two squaws,
+    according to their tradition, who eternally dwell there--the
+    guardian spirits of the place--and must be consulted before the
+    pipestone can be dug up.
+
+ 338. Sault de St. Mary's--Indians catching white fish in the
+        rapids at the outlet of Lake Superior, by dipping their scoop
+        nets.
+
+ 339. Sault de St. Mary's from the Canadian Shore, Lake Superior,
+        showing the United States Garrison in the distance.
+
+ 340. View on the St. Peter's River, twenty miles above Fort
+        Snelling.
+
+ 341. View on the St. Peter's--Sioux Indians pursuing a Stag in
+        their canoes.
+
+ 342. Salt Meadows on the Upper Missouri, and great herds of
+        buffalo--incrustation of salt, which looks like snow.
+
+    Salt water flows over the prairie in the spring, and, evaporating
+    during the summer, leaves the ground covered with muriate as white
+    as snow.
+
+ 343. Pawnee Village in Texas, at the base of a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains--lodges thatched with prairie-grass.
+
+ 344. View on the Canadian, in Texas.
+
+ 345. View of the junction of Red River with the False Washitta, in
+        Texas.
+
+ 346. Camanchee Village, in Texas, showing a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains in the distance--lodges made of buffalo-skins.
+        Women dressing robes and drying meat.
+
+ 347. View on the Wisconsin--Winnebagoes shooting ducks, in bark
+        canoe.
+
+ 348. Lac du Cygne (Swan Lake), near the Coteau des Prairies.
+
+    A famous place, where myriads of white swans lay their eggs and
+    hatch their young. #/
+
+ 349. Beautiful Savannah in the pine-woods of Florida.
+
+    One of thousands of small lakes which have been gradually filled in
+    with vegetation.
+
+ 350. View on Lake St. Croix, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 351. View on the Canadian--Dragoons crossing, 1834.
+
+ 352. Ta-wa-que-nah, or Rocky Mountain, near the Camanchee Village,
+        Texas.
+
+ 353. Camanchee Village, and Dragoons approaching it, showing
+        the hospitable manner in which they were received by the
+        Camanchees. Camanchee warriors all riding out and forming in
+        a line, with a white flag, to receive the Dragoons.
+
+ 354. White Sand Bluffs, on Santa Rosa Island; and Seminoles drying
+        fish, near Pensacola, on the Gulf of Florida.
+
+ 355. View of the "Stone Man Medicine," Coteau des Prairies.
+
+    A human figure of some rods in length, made on the top of a high
+    bluff, by laying flat stones on the grass. A great _mystery_ or
+    _medicine_ place of the Sioux.
+
+ 356. Fort Winnebago, on the head of Fox River, an United States
+        outpost.
+
+ 357. Fort Howard, Green Bay, an U. S. outpost.
+
+ 358. Fort Gibson, Arkansas, an U. S. outpost, 700 miles west of
+        Mississippi river.
+
+ 359. The "Short Tower," Wisconsin.
+
+ 360. Passing the "Grand Chute" with bark canoe, Fox River.
+
+ 361. View of Mackinaw, Lake Michigan, an U. S. outpost.
+
+ 362. View in the "Cross Timbers," where General Leavenworth died
+        on the Mexican borders.
+
+ 363. View on Lower Missouri--alluvial banks falling in, with their
+        huge cotton-woods, forming raft and snags, 600 miles above
+        St. Louis.
+
+ 364. View on Upper Missouri--the "Blackbird's Grave."
+
+    Where "Blackbird," Chief of the Omahas, was buried on his favourite
+    war-horse, which was alive; 1100 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 365. View on Upper Missouri--"Blackbird's Grave," a back view;
+        prairies enamelled with wild flowers.
+
+ 366. View on Upper Missouri--"Brick Kilns," volcanic remains, clay
+        bluffs, 200 feet, supporting large masses of red pumice, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 367. View on Upper Missouri--Foot war-party on the march,
+        beautiful prairie--spies and scouts in advance.
+
+ 368. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Bluffs at sunrising, near
+        mouth of Yellow Stone.
+
+ 369. View on Upper Missouri--Mouth of the Platte; its junction
+        with the Missouri, 900 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 370. View on Upper Missouri--Magnificent Clay Bluffs, 1800 miles
+        above St. Louis; stupendous domes and ramparts, resembling
+        some ancient ruins; streak of coal near the water's edge; and
+        my little canoe, with myself and two men, Bogard and Bàtiste,
+        descending the river.
+
+ 371. View on Upper Missouri--Cabane's trading-house; Fur Company's
+        establishment: 930 miles above St. Louis, showing a great
+        avalanche of the bluffs.
+
+ 372. View on Upper Missouri--View in the Grand Détour, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis. Magnificent clay bluffs, with red
+        pumice-stone resting on their tops, and a party of Indians
+        approaching buffalo.
+
+ 373. View on Upper Missouri--Beautiful Grassy Bluffs, 110 miles
+        above St Louis.
+
+ 374. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Meadows burning, and a party
+        of Indians running from it in grass eight or ten feet high.
+
+    These scenes are terrific and hazardous in the extreme when the
+    wind is blowing a gale.
+
+ 375. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Bluffs burning.
+
+ 376. View on Upper Missouri--"Floyd's Grave," where Lewis and
+        Clarke buried Serjeant Floyd thirty-three years since; a
+        cedar post and sign over the grave.
+
+ 377. View on Upper Missouri--Sioux encamped, dressing
+        buffalo-meat, and robes.
+
+ 378. View on Upper Missouri--"The Tower," 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.
+
+ 379. View on upper Missouri--Distant view of the Mandan Village,
+        1800 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 380. View on Upper Missouri--Picturesque Clay Bluff, 1700 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 381. View on Upper Missouri--"Belle Vue"--Indian Agency of Major
+        Dougherty, 870 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 382. View on Upper Missouri--Beautiful Clay Bluffs, 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 383. View on Upper Missouri--Minatarree Village, earth-covered
+        lodges, on Knife River, 1810 miles above St. Louis. Bàtiste,
+        Bogard, and myself ferried across the river by an Indian
+        woman, in a skin canoe, and Indians bathing in the stream.
+
+ 384. View on Upper Missouri--Fort Pierre, Mouth of Teton
+        River--Fur Company's trading-post, 1200 miles above St.
+        Louis, with 600 lodges of Sioux Indians encamped about it, in
+        skin lodges.
+
+ 385. View on Upper Missouri--Nishnabottana Bluffs, 1070 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 386. View on Upper Missouri--Riccaree Village, with earth-covered
+        lodges, 1600 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 387. View on Upper Missouri--South side of "Buffalo Island,"
+        showing the beautiful buffalo-bush, with its blue leaves, and
+        bending down with fruit.
+
+ 388. View on Upper Missouri--Mouth of Yellow Stone--Fur Company's
+        Fort, their principal post, 2000 miles above St. Louis, and a
+        large party of Knisteneux encamped about it.
+
+ 389. View on Upper Missouri--the "Iron Bluff," 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis, a beautiful subject for a landscape.
+
+ 390. View on Upper Missouri--View in the "Big Bend," 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis; showing the manner in which the conical
+        bluffs on that river are formed; table-lands in distance,
+        rising several hundred feet above the summit level of the
+        prairie.
+
+ 391. View on Upper Missouri--View in the "Big Bend"--magnificent
+        clay bluffs, with high table-land in the distance.
+
+ 392. View on Upper Missouri--Back view of the Mandan Village,
+        showing their mode of depositing their dead, on scaffolds,
+        enveloped in skins, and of preserving and feeding the skulls;
+        1800 miles above St. Louis. Women feeding the skulls of their
+        relatives with dishes of meat.
+
+ 393. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Buffs, 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.
+
+ 394. View on Upper Missouri--"The Three Domes," 15 miles above
+        Mandans. A singular group of clay bluffs, like immense domes,
+        with skylights.
+
+ 395. View on Upper Missouri--the "Square Hills," 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis.
+
+ 396. View on Upper Missouri--River Bluffs and White Wolves in the
+        foreground.
+
+ 397. View on Upper Missouri--Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, above the
+        Puncahs, 1050 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 398. View on Upper Missouri--Look from Floyd's Grave. 1300 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 399. View on Upper Missouri--River Bluffs, 1320 miles above St.
+        Louis.
+
+ 400. View on Upper Missouri--Buffalo herds crossing the river.
+        Bàtiste, Bogard, and I, passing them in our bark canoe, with
+        some danger to our lives. A buffalo scene in their _running
+        season_.
+
+ 401. View on Upper Missouri--Clay Bluffs, 20 miles above the
+        Mandans.
+
+ 402. View on Upper Missouri--Nishnabottana Bluffs.
+
+ 403. View on Upper Missouri--Indians encamping at sunset.
+
+
+                            SPORTING SCENES.
+
+ 404. Buffalo Bull, grazing on the prairie in his native state.
+
+ 405. Buffalo Cow, grazing on the prairie in her native state.
+
+ 406. Wounded Buffalo, strewing his blood over the prairies.
+
+ 407. Dying Buffalo, shot with an arrow, sinking down on his
+        haunches.
+
+ 408. Buffalo Chase--single death; an Indian just drawing his arrow
+        to its head.
+
+ 409. Buffalo Chase--surround; where I saw 300 killed in a few
+        minutes by the Minatarrees, with arrows and lances only.
+
+ 410. Buffalo Chase--numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.
+
+ 411. Buffalo Chase--numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.
+
+ 412. Buffalo Chase--Cow and Calf; the bull protecting by attacking
+        the assailants.
+
+ 413. Buffalo Chase--Bulls making battle with men and horses.
+
+ 414. Buffalo Hunt under the wolf-skin mask.
+
+ 415. Buffalo Chase, Mouth of Yellow Stone; animals dying on the
+        ground passed over; and my man Bàtiste swamped in crossing a
+        creek.
+
+ 416. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes.
+
+ 417. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes; killing them
+        for their robes, in great numbers.
+
+ 418. Attack of the Bear (Grisly); Indians attacking with lances on
+        horseback.
+
+ 419. Antelope Shooting--decoyed up.
+
+ 420. Sioux taking Musk-rats, near the St. Peter's; killing them
+        with spears. Women and dogs encamped.
+
+ 421. Bàtiste and I, running Buffalo; Mouth of Yellow Stone; a
+        frog's leap.
+
+ 422. "My turn now;" Bàtiste and I, and a Buffalo Bull, Upper
+        Missouri.
+
+ 423. Dying Bull in a snow drift.
+
+ 424. Buffalo Bulls fighting, in _running season_, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 425. Buffalo Bulls in their "_wallow_;" origin of the "_fairie
+        circles_" on the prairie.
+
+ 426. Grouse shooting--on the Missouri prairies.
+
+
+                        AMUSEMENTS AND CUSTOMS.
+
+ 427. Ball-play Dance, Choctaw.--Men and women dance around their
+        respective stakes, at intervals, during the night preceding
+        the play--four conjurors sit all night and smoke to the Great
+        Spirit, at the point where the ball is to be started--and
+        stakeholders guard the goods staked.
+
+ 428. Ball-play of the Choctaws--_ball up_--one party painted
+        white; each has two sticks with a web at their ends, in which
+        they catch the ball and throw it--they all have tails of
+        horse-hair or quills attached to their girdles or belts.
+
+    Each party has a limit or bye, beyond which it is their object to
+    force the ball, which, if done, counts them one for game.
+
+ 429. Ball-play--same as 428, excepting that the ball is _down_,
+        which changes the scene.
+
+ 430. Ball-play of the women, Prairie du Chien.--Calicoes and other
+        presents are placed on a pole by the men--the women choose
+        sides and play for them, to the great amusement of the men.
+
+    In this play there are two balls attached to the ends of a string
+    eighteen inches in length: the women have a stick in each hand, on
+    which they catch the string and throw it. #/
+
+ 431. Game of "_Tchung-kee_" of the Mandans, the principal and most
+        valued game of that tribe.
+
+    A beautiful athletic exercise, and one on which they often bet and
+    risk all their personal goods and chattels.
+
+ 432. Horse-Racing, Mandan, on a Race-Course back of the Village,
+        in use on every fair-day.
+
+ 433. Foot-Race, Mandans, on the same ground, and as often run.
+
+ 434. Canoe-Race--Chippeways in Bark Canoes, near the Sault de St.
+        Mary's; an Indian _Regatta_, a thrilling scene.
+
+ 435. Archery of the Mandans.
+
+    The strife is to prove who can get the greatest number of arrows
+    flying in the air at a time, before the first one reaches the
+    ground. The most of these are _portraits_ closely studied from
+    nature. I have seen some of them get eight arrows in the air at one
+    time.
+
+ 436. Dance of the Chiefs, Sioux.
+
+    A very unusual thing, as the dancing is generally left to the young
+    men; given to me expressly as a compliment by the chiefs, that I
+    might make a painting of it.
+
+ 437. Dog Dance, Sioux.
+
+    The dog's liver and heart are taken raw and bleeding, and placed
+    upon a crotch; and, being cut into slips, each man dances up to it,
+    bites off and swallows a piece of it, boasting, at the same time,
+    that he has thus swallowed a piece of the heart of his enemy, whom
+    he has slain in battle.
+
+ 438. Scalp Dance, Sioux--Women in the centre, holding the scalps
+        on poles, and warriors dancing around, brandishing their
+        war-weapons in the most frightful manner, and yelping as loud
+        as they can scream.
+
+ 439. Begging Dance, Sacs and Foxes, danced for the purpose of
+        getting presents from the spectators.
+
+ 440. Buffalo Dance, Mandans, with the mask of the buffalo on.
+
+    Danced to make buffalo come, when they are like to starve for want
+    of food. Song to the Great Spirit, imploring him to send them
+    buffalo, and they will cook the best of it for him.
+
+ 441. Ball-play Dance, Choctaws.
+
+ 442. Dance to the Berdash, Sac and Fox.
+
+    An unaccountable and ludicrous custom amongst the Sacs and Foxes,
+    which admits not of an entire explanation.
+
+ 443. Beggars' Dance, (Sioux,) for presents.
+
+ 444. Dance to the Medicine Bag of the Brave, Sacs and Foxes.
+
+    Warriors returned from battle, with scalps, dance in front of the
+    widow's lodge, whose husband has been killed. They sing to his
+    medicine-bag, which is hung on a bush, and throw presents to the
+    widow.
+
+ 445. Braves' Dance, Boasting, &c., Sioux.
+
+ 446. Green Corn Dance, Minnatarree--Sacrificing the first kettle
+        to the Great Spirit. #/
+
+    Four medicine men, whose bodies are painted with white clay, dance
+    around the kettle until the corn is well boiled; and they then burn
+    it to cinders, as an offering to the Great Spirit. The fire is then
+    destroyed, and _new fire_ created by rubbing two sticks together,
+    with which the corn for their own feast is cooked.
+
+ 447. Bear Dance, Sioux--Preparing for a Bear Hunt--Song to the
+        Great Spirit, praying for success.
+
+ 448. Discovery Dance, Sacs and Foxes--A Pantomime; pretending to
+        discover game, or an enemy.
+
+    A very picturesque and pleasing dance.
+
+ 449. Eagle Dance, Choctaw--Holding the eagle's tail in the hand,
+        and bodies painted white.
+
+    Given in honour of that valiant bird.
+
+ 450. Slave Dance, Sacs and Foxes.
+
+    A society of young men, who volunteer to be slaves for two years,
+    and elect their chief or master; they are then exempt from slavish
+    duties during the remainder of their lives, and are allowed to go
+    on war-parties.
+
+ 451. Snow-shoe Dance, Ojibbeway--danced at the first fall of snow,
+        with snow shoes on the feet.
+
+    Song of thanks to the Great Spirit.
+
+ 452. Brave's Dance, Ojibbeway--bragging and boasting.
+
+ 453. Pipe Dance, Assineboins.
+
+    Each dancer is "_smoked_" by the chief, who sits smoking his pipe,
+    and then _pulled_ up into the dance.
+
+ 454. Straw Dance, Sioux.
+
+    Children made to dance with burning straws tied to their bodies, to
+    make them tough and brave.
+
+ 455. Sham Fight, Mandan Boys--School of practice every morning at
+        sunrise, back of the village--instructed in it by the chiefs
+        and braves.
+
+ 456. Sham Scalp Dance, by the Mandan Boys--danced in the village
+        when they come in, in honour of a sham victory.
+
+ 457. War Dance of the Sioux.
+
+    Each warrior, in turn, jumps through the fire, and then advances
+    shouting and boasting, and taking his oath, as he "strikes the
+    _reddened post_."
+
+ 458. Foot War Party in Council, Mandan.
+
+    Stopping to rest and take a smoke; chief with a war-eagle
+    head-dress on; their shields and weapons lying on the ground behind
+    them.
+
+ 459. Camanchee War Party--the Chief discovering the enemy and
+        urging on his men, at sunrise.
+
+ 460. Religious Ceremony; a Sioux, with splints through his flesh,
+        and his body hanging to a pole, with his medicine-bag in his
+        hand, looks at the sun from its rising to its setting. #/
+
+    A voluntary cruel self-torture, which entitles him to great respect
+    for the remainder of his life, as a _medicine_ or _mystery_ man.
+
+ 461. Dragoons on the March, and a band of Buffalo breaking through
+        their ranks, in Texas, 1835.
+
+ 462. Prairie Dog Village.
+
+    Myriads of these curious little animals sometimes are found in one
+    village, which will extend several miles. The animals are about
+    twice the size of a rat, and not unlike it in appearance and many
+    of their habits. They dig holes in the ground, and the dirt which
+    is thrown up makes a little mound, on which they sit and bark when
+    danger approaches. They feed upon the grass, which is their only
+    food.
+
+ 463. "Smoking Horses," a curious custom of the Sacs and Foxes.
+
+    Foxes, going to war, come to the Sacs, to beg for horses; they sit
+    in a circle and smoke, and the young men ride around them, and
+    cut their shoulders with their whips until the blood runs, then
+    dismount and present a horse.
+
+ 464. Mandans attacking a party of Riccarees, whom they had driven
+        into a ravine, near the Mandan village, where they killed the
+        whole number.
+
+ 465. Chippeways making the portage around the Falls of St.
+        Anthony, with two hundred bark canoes, in 1835.
+
+ 466. Camanchees moving, and Dog Fight--dogs as well as horses drag
+        the lodge-poles with packs upon them.
+
+    These fights generally begin with the dogs, and end in desperate
+    battle; amongst the squaws, to the great amusement of the men.
+
+ 467. White Wolves attacking a Buffalo Bull.
+
+ 468. Ditto, ditto--a parley.
+
+ 469. _My horse "Charley" and I_, at sunrise, near the Neosho, on
+        an extensive prairie, encamping on the grass; my saddle for
+        a pillow, two buffalo-skins for my bed, my gun in my arms;
+        a coffee-pot and tin cup, a fire made of buffalo-dung, and
+        Charley (a Camanchee clay-bank mustang) picketed near me.
+
+    With him alone I crossed the prairie from Fort Gibson, on the
+    Arkansas, to St. Louis, 550 miles.
+
+ 470. _Sioux worshipping at the Red Boulders._ A large boulder and
+        two small ones, bearing some resemblance to a buffalo cow and
+        two calves, painted red by the Indians, and regarded by them
+        with superstitious reverence, near the "Coteau des Prairies."
+
+ 471. _Camanchee Warrior lancing an Osage_, at full speed.
+
+ 472. _Camanchees giving the Arrows to the Medicine Rock._
+
+    A curious superstition of the Camanchees: going to war, they have
+    no faith in their success, unless they pass a celebrated painted
+    rock, where they appease the spirit of war (who resides there), by
+    riding by it at full gallop, and sacrificing their best arrow by
+    throwing it against the side of the ledge.
+
+ 473. _"Bàtiste, Bogard, and I" approaching Buffalo_, on the
+        Missouri.
+
+ 474. _Wi-jun-jon (an Assinneboin Chief), going to and returning
+        from Washington._
+
+    This man was taken to that city in 1832, in a beautiful Indian
+    dress, by Major Sanford, the Indian agent, and returned to his
+    country the next spring, in a Colonel's uniform. He lectured a
+    while to his people on the customs of the whites, when he was
+    denounced by them for telling lies, which he had learned of the
+    whites, and was, by his own people, put to death at the mouth of
+    the Yellow Stone.
+
+ 475. "_Butte de Mort_," Upper Missouri, a great burial-place of
+        the Sioux, called by the French "_Butte de Mort_," Hill of
+        Death.
+
+    Regarded by the Indians with great dread and superstition. There
+    are several thousand buffalo and human skulls, perfectly bleached
+    and curiously arranged about it.
+
+ 476. "_Rain-making_," amongst the Mandans, a very curious custom.
+        Medicine-men performing their mysteries inside of the lodge,
+        and young men volunteer to stand upon the lodge from sunrise
+        until sundown, in turn, commanding it to rain.
+
+    Each one has to hazard the disgrace which attaches (when he
+    descends at sundown) to a fruitless attempt; and he who succeeds
+    acquires a lasting reputation as a _Mystery or Medicine man_. _They
+    never fail to make it rain!_ as this ceremony continues from day to
+    day until rain comes.
+
+ 477. "Smoking the Shield." A young warrior, making his shield,
+        invites his friends to a carouse and a feast, who dance
+        around his shield as it is smoking and hardening over a fire
+        built in the ground.
+
+ 478. "_The Thunder's Nest_" (Nid du Tonnerre), and a party of
+        Indians cautiously approaching it, Coteau des Prairies.
+
+    Tradition of the Sioux is that in this little bunch of bushes the
+    thunders are hatched out by quite a small bird, about as large (say
+    their _Medicine-men_, who profess to have seen it) as the end of a
+    man's thumb. She sits on her eggs, and they hatch out in claps of
+    thunder. No one approaches within several rods of the place.
+
+ 479. _Sac and Fox Indians sailing in canoes_, by holding up their
+        blankets.
+
+ 480. _Grand Tournament of the Camanchees_, and a Sham Fight in a
+        large encampment, on the borders of Texas.
+
+ 481. _Bogard, Bàtiste, and I, travelling_ through a Missouri
+        bottom, grass ten feet high.
+
+ 482. _Band of Sioux_, moving.
+
+ 483. _Bogard, Bàtiste, and I_, descending the Missouri River.
+
+ 484. _Bogard, Bàtiste, and I_, eating our breakfast on a pile of
+        drift wood, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 485. _Medicine Buffalo_ of the Sioux, the figure of a buffalo cut
+        out of the turf on the prairie, and visited by the Indians
+        going on a buffalo-hunt.
+
+ 486. _Bogard, Bàtiste, and I_, chasing a herd of buffalo in high
+        grass, on a Missouri bottom.
+
+ 487. Feats of Horsemanship.
+
+    Camanchees throwing themselves on the side of their horses, while
+    at full speed, to evade their enemies' arrows--a most wonderful
+    feat.
+
+ 488. Camanchee War Party meeting the Dragoons; and one of their
+        bravest men advancing to shake hands with Colonel Dodge, with
+        a piece of white buffalo-skin on the point of his lance. On
+        the Mexican frontier, 1835.
+
+ 489. An Indian Wedding, Assinneboin--young man making presents to
+        the father of the girl.
+
+ 490. Crow at his Toilette, oiling his long hair with bear's grease.
+
+ 491. Crow Lodge, of twenty-five buffalo-skins, beautifully
+        ornamented.
+
+    This splendid lodge, with all its poles and furniture, was brought
+    from the foot of the Rocky Mountains.
+
+ 492. Pawnee Lodge, thatched with prairie grass, in form of a straw
+        beehive.
+
+ 493. Camanchee Lodge, of buffalo-skins.
+
+ 494. Dog Feast, Sioux; a religious feast.
+
+    Given to Mr. Sanford (Indian agent), Mr. Chouteau, Mr. M'Kenzie,
+    and myself, in a Sioux village, 1400 miles above St. Louis, 1833.
+    The only food was dog's meat, and this is the highest honour they
+    can confer on a stranger.
+
+ 495. An Indian Council, Sioux--Chiefs in profound deliberation.
+
+ 496. Camanchee War Party, mounted on wild horses, armed with
+        shields, bows, and lances.
+
+ 497. Scalping, Sioux; showing the mode of taking the scalp.
+
+ 498. Scalping, Mandans--"Conqueror conquered."
+
+    From a story of the Mandans--took place in front of the Mandan
+    village.
+
+ 499. Wild Horses at Play, Texas, of all colours, like a kennel of
+        hounds.
+
+ 500. Throwing the Laso, with a noose, which falls over the horse's
+        neck.
+
+ 501. Breaking down the Wild Horse, with hobbles on his fore feet,
+        and the laso around his under jaw.
+
+ 502. _A Bird's-Eye View_ of the _Mandan_ Village, 1800 miles above
+        St. Louis, on the west bank of the Missouri River.
+
+    The lodges are covered with earth, and so compactly fixed by long
+    use, that men, women, and children recline and play upon their tops
+    in pleasant weather.
+
+    These lodges vary in size from forty to fifty feet in diameter,
+    and are all of a circular form. The village is protected in front
+    by the river, with a bank forty feet high, and on the back part by
+    a piquet of timber set firmly in the ground. Back of the village,
+    on the prairie, are seen the scaffolds on which their dead bodies
+    are laid to decay, being wrapped in several skins of buffalo, and
+    tightly bandaged.
+
+    In the middle of the village is an open area of 150 feet in
+    diameter, in which their public games and festivals are held. In
+    the centre of that is their "Big Canoe," a curb made of planks,
+    which is an object of religious veneration. Over the Medicine
+    (or mystery) Lodge are seen hanging on the tops of poles several
+    sacrifices to the Great Spirit of blue and black cloth, which have
+    been bought at great prices, and there left to hang and decay.
+
+ 503. The _Interior of a Mandan Lodge_, showing the manner in which
+        it is constructed of poles, and covered with dirt. The Chief
+        is seen smoking his pipe, and his family grouped around him.
+
+    At the head of each warrior's bed is seen a post with his ornaments
+    hanging on it, and also his _buffalo-mask_, which every man _keeps
+    to dance_ the buffalo-dance. Some of these lodges contain thirty or
+    forty persons, and the beds are seen extending around the side of
+    the lodge, all with _sacking bottoms_, made of a buffalo-skin, and
+    the frames of the bed covered with dressed skins.
+
+    *** Reader, the hospitable and friendly Mandans, who were about
+    2000 in number when I was amongst them and painted these pictures,
+    have recently been destroyed by the small-pox. It is a melancholy
+    fact, that only thirty-one were left of the number, and these have
+    been destroyed by their enemy, so that their tribe is extinct, and
+    they hold nowhere an existence on earth.
+
+    Nearly twenty of their portraits can be seen on the walls, and
+    several other paintings of their games and amusements.
+
+
+                      MANDAN RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES.
+
+                              CERTIFICATE.
+
+We hereby certify that we witnessed, in company with Mr. Catlin, in
+the Mandan village, the ceremonies represented in the four paintings
+to which this certificate refers, and that he has therein faithfully
+represented those scenes as we saw them transacted, without any
+addition or exaggeration.
+
+                             J. KIP, Agent Amer. Fur Company.
+                             L. CRAWFORD, Clerk.
+                             ABRAHAM BOGARD.
+
+_Mandan Village, July 20th, 1833._
+
+ 504. Interior View of the _Medicine_ (or _Mystery_) Lodge of
+        Mandans, during the first three days of an _Annual Ceremony_.
+
+    This ceremony continues four days and nights in succession, in
+    commemoration of the subsiding of the _flood_; and also for
+    the purpose of conducting all the young men, as they arrive at
+    manhood, through an ordeal of _voluntary torture_, which, when
+    endured, entitles them to the respect of the chiefs, and also to
+    the privileges of going on war-parties, and gaining reputation in
+    war. The floor and sides of the lodge are ornamented with green
+    willow-boughs. The young men who are to do penance, by being
+    tortured, are seen lying around the sides of the lodge, their
+    bodies covered with clay of different colours, and their respective
+    shields and weapons hanging over their heads. In the middle of the
+    lodge lies the old _Medicine-man_, who has charge of the lodge: he
+    cries to the Great Spirit all the time, and watches these young
+    men, who are here to fast and thirst for four days and nights,
+    preparatory to the torture. Behind him, on the floor, is seen a
+    scalping-knife and a bunch of splints, which are to be passed
+    through the flesh; and over their heads are seen also the cords let
+    down from the top of the lodge, with which they are to be hung up
+    by the flesh.
+
+    On the ground, and in front of the picture, are four sacks
+    (containing several gallons each of water), made of the skin of the
+    buffalo's neck, in form of a large tortoise, lying on its back.
+    These are objects of veneration, and have the appearance of great
+    antiquity.
+
+    By the side of them are two _she-she-quoi_, or rattles, which are
+    used, as well as the others, as a part of the music for the dance
+    in the next picture.
+
+ 505. This picture, which is a continuation of the ceremonies, is
+        a representation of the Buffalo Dance, which they call
+        _Bel-lohck-nah-pick_ (the Bull Dance).
+
+    To the strict observance of which they attribute the coming of
+    Buffalo to supply them with food during the season. This scene is
+    exceedingly grotesque, and takes place several times in each day
+    outside the lodge, and around the curb, or "Big Canoe," whilst the
+    young men still remain in the lodge, as seen in the other picture.
+    For this dance, however, the four sacks of water are brought out
+    and beat upon, and the old _medicine-man_ comes out and leans
+    against the "Big Canoe" with his medicine-pipe in his hand, and
+    cries. The principal actors in this scene are eight men dancing
+    the Buffalo Dance, with the skins of buffalo on them, and a bunch
+    of green willows on their backs. There are many other figures,
+    whose offices are very curious and interesting, but which must be
+    left for my _Lectures_ or _Notes_ to describe. The black figure on
+    the left they call _O-kee-hee de_ (the Evil Spirit), who enters
+    the village from the prairie, alarming the women, who cry for
+    assistance, and are relieved by the old _medicine-man_; and the
+    Evil Spirit is at length disarmed of his lance, which is broken by
+    the women, and he is driven by them in disgrace out of the village.
+    The whole nation are present on this occasion as spectators and
+    actors in these strange scenes.
+
+ 506. Represents what they call Pohk-hong (the Cutting Scene). It
+        shows the inside of the Medicine Lodge, the same as is seen
+        in the first picture (505).
+
+    This is on the fourth day of the ceremonies, in the afternoon.
+    A number of the young men are seen reclining and fasting, as in
+    the first picture; others of them have been operated upon by the
+    torturers, and taken out of the lodge; and others yet are seen in
+    the midst of those horrid cruelties. One is seen smiling whilst the
+    knife and the splints are passing through his flesh. One is seen
+    hanging by the splints run through the flesh on his shoulders, and
+    drawn up by men on the top of the lodge. Another is seen hung up by
+    the pectoral muscles, with four buffalo-skulls attached to splints
+    through the flesh on his arms and legs; and each is turned round by
+    another, with a pole, until he faints, and then he is let down. One
+    is seen as he is lowered to the ground; and another, who has been
+    let down and got strength enough to crawl to the front part of the
+    lodge, where he is offering to the Great Spirit the little finger
+    of the left hand, by laying it on a buffalo-skull, where another
+    chops it off with a hatchet. In the right of the picture are all
+    the chiefs and dignitaries of the tribe looking on.
+
+ 507. Represents what they call the "Last Race."
+
+    After they have all been tortured in the lodge in the above manner,
+    they are led out of it with the weights, buffalo-skulls, &c.
+    hanging to their flesh. Around the "Big Canoe" is a circle of young
+    men formed, who hold a wreath of willow-boughs between them, and
+    run round with all possible violence, yelling as loud as they can.
+
+    The young fellows who have been tortured are then led forward,
+    and each one has two athletic and fresh young men (their bodies
+    singularly painted), who step up to him, one on each side, and
+    take him by a leathern strap, tied round the wrist, and run round,
+    outside of the other circle, with all possible speed, forcing him
+    forward till he faints, and then drag him with his face in the dirt
+    until the weights are all disengaged from him, by tearing the flesh
+    out, when they drop him, and he lies (to all appearance a _corpse_)
+    until the Great Spirit gives him strength to rise and walk home to
+    his lodge.
+
+    In this scene also the _medicine-man_ leans against the "Big Canoe"
+    and cries, and all the nation are spectators. Many pages would be
+    required to give to the world a just description of these strange
+    scenes; and they require to be described minutely in all their
+    parts in order to be fully appreciated and understood. (A full
+    account of these in my _Notes and Letters_.)
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+                            NINE OJIBBEWAYS,
+                      WHO VISITED LONDON IN 1845.
+
+ 508. _Ah-quee-we-zaints_, the Boy Chief; a venerable man of 72
+        years.
+
+ 509. _Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be_, the Driving-Cloud; a war-chief.
+
+ 510. _Wee-nish-ka-wee-be_, the Flying Gull; a medicine-man.
+
+ 511. _Sah-mah_, Tobacco.
+
+ 512. _Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee_, the Moonlight Night.
+
+ 513. _Not-een-a-akm_, the Strong Wind.
+
+ 514. _Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua_; a woman.
+
+ 515. _Nib-nab-ee-qua_; a young girl.
+
+ 516. _Ne-bet-neuh-quat_; a woman.
+
+
+                            FOURTEEN IOWAYS,
+             WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.
+
+ 517. _Mew-hew-she-kaw_, the White Cloud; first Chief of the nation.
+
+ 518. _Neu-mon-ya_, the Walking Rain; War-chief.
+
+ 519. _Se-non-ti-yah_, the Blistered Feet; a medicine-man.
+
+ 520. _Wash-ka-mon-ya_, the Fast Dancer; a warrior.
+
+ 521. _Shon-ta-yi-ga_, the Little Wolf; a famous warrior.
+
+ 522. _No-ho-mun-ya_, One who gives no Attention.
+
+ 523. _Wa-ton-ye_, the Foremost Man.
+
+ 524. _Wa-ta-wee-buck-a-na_, the Commanding General.
+
+
+                                 WOMEN.
+
+ 525. _Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma_, the Strutting Pigeon; wife of White Cloud.
+
+ 526. _Ru-ton-wee-me_, Pigeon on the Wing.
+
+ 527. _O-kee-wee-me_, Female Bear that walks on the Back of another.
+
+ 528. _Koon-za-ya-me_, Female War Eagle.
+
+ 529. _Ta-pa-ta~me_, Wisdom; girl.
+
+ 530. _Corsair_; a pappoose.
+
+
+                           TWELVE OJIBBEWAYS,
+             WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.
+
+ 531. _Maun-gua-daus_, a Great Hero; Chief, 41 years old.
+
+ 532. _Say-say-gon_, the Hail Storm; 31 years old.
+
+ 533. _Kee-che-us-sin_, the Strong Rock; 27 years old.
+
+ 534. _Mush-ee-mong_, King of the Loons; 25 years old.
+
+ 535. _Au-nim-muck-kwa-um_, the Tempest Bird; 20 years old.
+
+ 536. _A-wun-ne-wa-be_, the Bird of Thunder; 19 years old.
+
+ 537. _Wa-bud-dick_, the Elk; 18 years old.
+
+ 538. _Ud-je-jock_, the Pelican; 10 years old.
+
+ 539. _Noo-din-no-kay_, the Furious Storm; 4 years old.
+
+ 540. _Min-nis-sin-noo_, a Brave Warrior; 3 years old.
+
+ 541. _Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway_, the Woman of the Upper
+        World; 38 years old.
+
+ 542. Pappoose, born in Salle Valentino, Paris.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+ 543. _Death of the White Buffalo._ A feat of the Mandan Chiefs.
+
+ 544. _A Sioux War Council._ The Chief Waneton speaking, and asking
+        of the head Chief a war-party to go against the Sacs and
+        Foxes.
+
+ 545. _Battle between the Sioux and Sacs and Foxes._ The Sioux
+        Chief killed and scalped on his horse's back. An historical
+        fact.
+
+ 546. _The Death of Ha-wan-je-tah_, the One Horn; head Chief of the
+        Sioux.
+
+    Having been the accidental cause of the death of his only son, he
+    threw himself in the way of a buffalo-bull. (See Catlin's _Notes_,
+    vol. ii., for a full account.)
+
+ 547. _The Long Speech._
+
+    It is an invariable rule amongst Indians, that while any one speaks
+    in council no one can rise. _See-non-ty-a_ (the Blistered Feet), a
+    great _medicine-man_, made his favourite boast, that when he once
+    rose in an Ioway council of war it happened unfortunately for the
+    council that "he began to speak just as it began to snow."
+
+ 548. _Battle of the Buffalo Bulls._
+
+ 549. _Buffaloes crossing a Ravine in a snow-drift._
+
+ 550. _Buffaloes crossing the Missouri on the ice._
+
+ 551. _Grisly Bears attacking a Buffalo Bull._
+
+ 552. _Indians spearing Salmon at Night by Torchlight._
+
+ 553. _Deer-hunting by Moonlight._
+
+ 554. _Deer-hunting by Torchlight, in bark canoes._
+
+ 555. _War Party attacked in their Camp at Night._
+
+
+                  INDIAN CURIOSITIES AND MANUFACTURES.
+
+Amongst this most extensive and valuable collection of them in
+existence, a few of the most remarkable are
+
+
+                        A CROW LODGE, OR WIGWAM.
+
+A very splendid thing, brought from the foot of the Rocky
+Mountains, twenty-five feet in height, made of buffalo-skins, garnished
+and painted. The poles (thirty in number) of pine, cut in
+the Rocky Mountains, have been long in use, were purchased with
+the lodge, and brought the whole distance. This _wigwam_ stands
+in the middle of the gallery, and will shelter eighty or more
+persons.
+
+_Indian Cradles_, for carrying their pappooses. _Lances_, _Calumets_
+or _Pipes of Peace_, _Ordinary Pipes_, _Tomahawks_, _Scalping
+Knives_, and _Scalps_.
+
+A very full and valuable collection of _Men and Women's Dresses_
+from the different tribes, garnished and fringed with scalp-locks
+from their enemies' heads, _Bows_, _Quivers_, _Spears_, _Shields_, _War-Eagle
+and Raven Head-dresses_, _Necklaces_, _Mocassins_, _Belts_,
+_Pouches_, _War-Clubs_, _Robes_, _Mantles_, _Tobacco-Sacks_, _Wampums_,
+_Whistles_, _Rattles_, _Drums_, _Indian Saddles_, _Masks for their
+Mystery Dances_, _&c. &c._
+
+Amongst the immense collection of Indian curiosities, &c., too
+numerous to be described in the catalogue, there are Skulls from
+different tribes, of very great interest; and particularly several
+from the _Flat-heads_, showing perfectly the character of this unaccountable
+custom, and also the Flat-head cradles, illustrating the
+process by which these artificial distortions are produced.
+
+_Indian Cloths_, _Robes_, &c., manufactured by the Indians from
+the mountain sheep's wool, and from wild dogs' hair, beautifully
+spun, coloured, and woven.
+
+
+                             END OF VOL. I.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Notes
+
+Hyphenation of compound words follows the text. If a hyphenation
+occurred on a line or page break, the most common variant was followed.
+Suspect spellings are noted, but are retained. The modern word 'grizzly'
+is spelled as 'grizly' or 'grisly'.
+
+On p. 273, the numbered list of prints is missing #261.
+
+On p. 291, the asterism (three asterisks forming a triangle) is
+represented simply three asterisks.
+
+The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer's errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.
+
+p.  89 visit[e]rs                                   _sic._
+
+p. 135 nonplused                                    _sic._
+
+p. 161 _chickababbo_                                _sic._
+
+p. 185 [t/T]he wedding in St. Martin's church       Corrected.
+
+p. 195 "Oh, yes, he's here every day[,/.]"          Corrected.
+
+p. 196 The Emperor of Russ[s]ia,                    Removed.
+
+p. 213 tribes of the North American Indians[.]      Added.
+
+p. 217 land[s]capes and other scenes                Removed.
+
+p. 219 presented to us[.]                           Added.
+
+p. 252 opportunit[it]ies                            Removed.
+
+p. 255 Mississip[p]i                                Added.
+       leggins                                      _sic._
+
+p. 276 made of whi[l/t]e horse-hair                 Corrected.
+
+p. 278 delineatio[u/n]s                             Inverted.
+       lik[e]nesses                                 Added.
+
+p. 279 [5/3]28. Rock Island                         Corrected.
+
+p. 283  the ["]Big Bend["]                          Added for
+                                                     consistency.
+
+p. 284  Miss[i]ouri                                 Removed.
+
+p. 290  sp[l]endid                                  Added.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. I (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44776 ***
diff --git a/44776-h/44776-h.htm b/44776-h/44776-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ee3312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/44776-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,14445 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium: Volume I, by George Catlin: Volume 1: a Project Gutenberg eBook</title>
+    <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.xlarge { font-size: 300%;  }
+.large { font-size: 200%;   }
+.small { font-size: 95%;    }
+.smaller { font-size: 90%;  }
+.smallest { font-size: 70%; }
+.x-small { font-size: 60%;  }
+.bigger { font-size: 120%;  }
+
+.sansserif { font-family: sans-serif; }
+
+.p2       {margin-top: 2em;}
+
+h1,h2, h3 {
+    text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+.hang {
+    font-size: 90%;
+    padding-left: 0.50in;
+    text-indent: -0.25in;
+    text-align: justify;
+    padding-left: 2em;
+    padding-right: 1em; }
+
+.hang2 {
+    padding-left: 0.50in;
+    text-indent: -0.4in;
+    text-align: justify;
+    padding-left: 2em;
+    padding-right: 1em; }
+
+
+.group {
+    padding-left: 0.50in;
+    text-indent: -0.50in;
+    text-align: justify;
+    padding-left: 2em;
+    padding-right: 1em; }
+
+.caption {font-size: 85%; }
+
+a:link { text-decoration: none; }
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .75em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin: 0.75em auto;
+}
+
+.tight { margin-top: 0em;
+         margin-bottom: 0.25em;
+         text-align: center;
+       }
+
+.padleft5  { padding-left: 5%; }
+.padright5 { padding-right: 5%; }
+.padright10 { padding-right: 10%; }
+
+.multiline {display: inline-block; text-align: left; padding-bottom: 0.25em; vertical-align: top;}
+
+.titlepage70  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:70%;}
+.titlepage90  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:90%;}
+.titlepage120  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:120%;}
+
+.titlepage    {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em;}
+
+.fakesc  { font-size: smaller; text-transform: uppercase; }
+
+.signature    { text-align: right; padding-right: 3%; }
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+    clear: both;
+/*    border-color: #CC6633; */
+}
+
+hr.tb   {width: 35%; }
+hr.chap {width: 65%;
+         page-break-before: always; }
+
+.center   { text-align: center; }
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.quote1  {margin-left: 1em; font-size: 95%; }
+.quote2  {margin-left: 2em; font-size: 90%; }
+
+.decoration {
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 0em;
+    margin-bottom: 0em;
+    text-align: center;
+ }
+
+.figcenter   {
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    text-align: center;
+    }
+
+table {
+    max-width: 40em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+    .pad      {padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em; }
+    .tdr      {text-align: right;}
+    .tdc      {text-align: center; }
+    .bot      {vertical-align: bottom; }
+
+#errata { margin: auto; }
+#errata td { text-align: left; vertical-align: top; }
+
+/* Footnotes */
+.footnotes        { border: dashed 1px; margin-bottom: 5em; }
+
+.footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+
+.footnote .label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+
+.fnanchor {
+    font-size: .8em;
+    text-decoration: none;
+    font-style: normal;
+}
+
+.column-container {
+    clear: both;
+    margin: auto;
+    width:100%;
+}
+
+.column {
+   display: inline-block;
+   text-align: left;
+   vertical-align: top;
+   padding-left: 1em;
+ }
+
+a[title].pagenum { position: absolute; right: 3%; }
+
+a[title].pagenum:after
+{
+    content: attr(title);
+    border: 1px solid silver;
+    display: inline;
+    font-size: x-small;
+    text-align: right;
+    color: #808080;
+    background-color: inherit;
+    font-style: normal;
+    padding: 1px 4px 1px 4px;
+    font-variant: normal;
+    font-weight: normal;
+    text-decoration: none;
+    text-indent: 0;
+    letter-spacing: 0;
+}
+
+/* Poetry */
+.poetry-container { text-align: center; font-size: 85%; }
+.poetry           { display: inline-block; text-align: left; }
+.poetry .line     { margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em; }
+
+.poetry .indent1   { margin-left: 1em; }
+.poetry .indent6   { margin-left: 6em; }
+
+/* Transcriber’s notes */
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+     color: black;
+     font-size:smaller;
+     padding:0.5em;
+     margin-bottom:5em;
+     font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
+
+@media handheld, print
+{
+  div.figcenter {
+    page-break-before: always;
+    page-break-after: always;
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    text-align: center;
+ }
+
+  hr.tb
+   {
+     width: 33%;
+     margin-left: 33%;
+     margin-top: 1em;
+     margin-bottom: 1em;
+   }
+
+  hr.chap
+   {
+     width: 64%;
+     margin-left: 18%;
+     margin-top: 2em;
+     margin-bottom: 2em;
+     page-break-before: always;
+   }
+}
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44776 ***</div>
+
+<div class="transnote">
+
+<p class="titlepage90">Transcriber’s Note</p>
+
+<p>Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended.</p>
+
+<p>The few footnotes are repositioned at the end the text, and have been
+re-numbered consecutively (1-12).</p>
+
+<p>Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="titlepage120">CATLIN’S NOTES</p>
+<p class="titlepage70">OF</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE<br />
+                               IN EUROPE</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">WITH HIS<br />
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg" width="200" height="17" alt="" />
+ <p class="tight">VOLUME I.</p>
+ <img src="images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg" width="200" height="17" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <img src="images/i_frontis.jpg" width="640" height="527" alt="frontispiece" />
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<h1>                           ADVENTURES<br />
+
+                                 OF THE<br />
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS<br />
+
+                                   IN<br />
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;</h1>
+
+<p class="titlepage">BEING NOTES OF<br />
+
+              EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE<br />
+
+                                WITH HIS<br />
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">BY GEO. CATLIN.</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage">IN TWO VOLUMES.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">VOL. I.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">With numerous Engravings.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><em>THIRD EDITION.</em></p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage70">LONDON:<br />
+
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,<br />
+
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage90">1852.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_v" title="v"></a>
+PREFACE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The reader of this book, being supposed to have read my former work,
+in two volumes, and to have got some account from them, of the
+eight years of my life spent amongst the wild Indians of the “<em>Far
+West</em>,” in the forests of America, knows enough of me by this time
+to begin familiarly upon the subject before us, and to accompany me
+through a brief summary of the scenes of eight years spent amidst the
+civilization and refinements of the “<em>Far East</em>.” After having made an
+exhibition of my Indian Collection for a short time, in the cities of
+New York, Boston, and Philadelphia, in the United States, I crossed
+the Atlantic with it&mdash;not with the fear of losing my scalp, which I
+sometimes entertained when entering the Indian wilderness&mdash;and entirely
+without the expectation of meeting with excitements or novelties enough
+to induce me to commit the sin of writing another book; and the thought
+of doing it would never have entered my head, had not another of those
+untoward accidents, which have directed nearly all the important moves
+of my life, placed in my possession the materials for the following
+pages, which I have thought too curious to be withheld from the world.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_vi" title="vi"></a>
+After I had been more than four years in England, making an exhibition
+of my collection, and endeavouring, by my lectures in various parts
+of the kingdom, to inform the English people of the true character
+and condition of the North American Indians, and to awaken a proper
+sympathy for them, three different parties of Indians made their
+appearance, at different dates, in England, for the purpose of
+exhibiting themselves and their native modes to the enlightened world,
+their conductors and themselves stimulated by the hope of gain by their
+exertions.</p>
+
+<p>These parties successively, on their arrival, (knowing my history
+and views, which I had made known to most of the American tribes,)
+repaired to my Indian Collection, in which they felt themselves at
+home, surrounded as they were by the portraits of their own chiefs and
+braves, and those of their enemies, whom they easily recognised upon
+the walls. They at once chose the middle of my Exhibition Hall as the
+appropriate place for their operations, and myself as the expounder
+of their mysteries and amusements; and, the public seeming so well
+pleased with the fitness of these mutual illustrations, I undertook
+the management of their exhibitions, and conducted the three different
+parties through the countries and scenes described in the following
+pages.</p>
+
+<p>In justice to <em>me</em>, it should here be known to the reader, that I did
+not bring either of these parties to Europe; but, meeting them in the
+country, where they had come avowedly for the purpose of making money,
+(an enterprise as lawful and as unobjectionable, for<a class="pagenum" id="Page_vii" title="vii"></a> aught that I
+can see, at least, as that of an actor upon the boards of a foreign
+stage,) I considered my countenance and aid as calculated to promote
+their views; and I therefore justified myself in the undertaking, as
+some return to them for the hospitality and kindness I had received
+at the hands of the various tribes of Indians I had visited in the
+wildernesses of America.</p>
+
+<p>In putting forth these notes, I sincerely hope that I may give no
+offence to any one, by endeavouring to afford amusement to the reader,
+and to impart useful instruction to those who are curious to learn the
+true character of the Indians, from a literal description of their
+interviews with the fashionable world, and their views and opinions of
+the modes of civilized life.</p>
+
+<p>These scenes have afforded me the most happy opportunity of seeing the
+<em>rest</em> of Indian character (after a residence of eight years amongst
+them in their native countries), and of enabling me to give to the
+world what I was not able to do in my former work, for the want of an
+opportunity of witnessing the effects which the exhibition of all the
+ingenious works of civilized art, and the free intercourse and exchange
+of opinions with the most refined and enlightened society, would have
+upon their untutored minds. The reader will therefore see, that I am
+offering this as <em>another Indian book</em>, and intending it mostly for
+those who have read my former work, and who, I believe, will admit,
+that in it I have advanced much further towards the completion of a
+full delineation of their native character.</p>
+
+<p>I shall doubtless be pardoned for the unavoidable<a class="pagenum" id="Page_viii" title="viii"></a> want of system and
+arrangement that sometimes appears in minuting down the incidents of
+these interviews&mdash;for recording many of the most trivial opinions and
+criticisms of the Indians upon civilized modes, and also the odd and
+amusing (as well as grave) notions of the civilized world, upon Indian
+manners and appearance, which have got into my note-book, and which I
+consider it would be a pity to withhold.</p>
+
+<p>I have occasionally stepped a little out of the way, also, to advance
+my own opinion upon passing scenes and events; drawing occasional
+deductions, by contrasting savage with civilized life (the modes of the
+“Far West” with those of the “Far East”); and, as what I have written,
+I offer as matter of history, without intending to injure any one, I do
+not see why I should ask pardon for any possible offence that may be
+given to the reader, who can only be offended by imagining what never
+was meant.</p>
+
+<p>During the series of lectures which I had been giving in various parts
+of England, and in my own country, wherein I had been contending for
+the moral and religious elevation of the Indian character, many of my
+hearers have believed that I had probably been led to over-estimate
+it, from the fact that I had beheld it in the wilderness, where there
+was nothing better to contrast it with. But I venture to say, that
+hundreds and thousands who read this book, and who became familiar with
+these wild people whilst in the enlightened world, and in the centre
+of fashion, where white man was shaking the poor Indian by the hand,
+and watching for his embarrassment while he was drawing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_ix" title="ix"></a> scintillations
+from him, as the flint draws fire from the steel, will agree with me
+that the North American Indian rises highest in the estimation of his
+fellow-men, when he is by the side of those who have the advantage of
+him by their education, and nothing else.</p>
+
+<p>Contemplated or seen, roaming in his native wilds, with his rude
+weapons, lurking after game or his enemy, he is looked upon by most
+of the world as a sort of wild beast; but when, with all his rudeness
+and wildness, he stands amongst his fellow-men to be scanned in the
+brilliant blaze of the Levée into which he has been suddenly thrown,
+the dignified, the undaunted (and even courteous) gentleman, he there
+gains his strongest admirers, and the most fastidious are willing to
+assign him a high place in the scale of human beings.</p>
+
+<p>Into many such positions were these three parties of the denizens of
+the American forest thrown, during their visits to the capitals and
+provincial towns of England, Scotland, Ireland, France, and Belgium;
+and as I was by their side, their interpreter, at the hospitable
+boards, the Soirées and Levées to which they were invited by the
+gentry, the nobility, and crowned heads of the three kingdoms, I
+consider it due to them, and no injustice to the world, to record the
+scenes and anecdotes I have witnessed in those hospitable and friendly
+efforts of enlightened and religious people, to elicit the true native
+feelings of, and to commune with, their benighted fellow-men.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">The Author.</span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xi" title="xi"></a>
+CONTENTS OF VOL. 1.</h2>
+
+
+<table summary="toc">
+<colgroup>
+ <col width="90%" />
+ <col width="10%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER I.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839&mdash;Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins&mdash;Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean&mdash;A ship dismasted and in
+      distress&mdash;The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved&mdash;The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog&mdash;“My
+      man Daniel”&mdash;Sailor’s nose taken off by grizly bear&mdash;Dr.
+      Madden&mdash;Terrible gale&mdash;Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears&mdash;Alarm on deck&mdash;“Bears out of their cage”&mdash;Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches&mdash;A <em>supposed</em> bear enters
+      the cabin!&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;The explanation&mdash;The gale
+      subsides&mdash;Amusing mistake&mdash;The Author in the steerage&mdash;Two
+      eccentric characters&mdash;Arrival in Liverpool</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot">Page <a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER II.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Howling of the grizly Bears&mdash;Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks&mdash;Scuffle for luggage&mdash;Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel&mdash;Landing the grizly bears&mdash;Author’s journey to
+      London&mdash;Ibbotson’s Hotel&mdash;First sally into the streets&mdash;First
+      impressions of London&mdash;Adventure in the fog and mud&mdash;Amusing
+      occurrence in the street&mdash;Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets&mdash;Ingenious mode of begging&mdash;Rich shops&mdash;No pigs
+      in the streets&mdash;Soot and smoke of London&mdash;Author returns
+      to Liverpool&mdash;Daniel’s trouble with the bears&mdash;Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly bears through the
+      Customs&mdash;Arrival in London with Collection and bears&mdash;Daniel
+      in difficulty&mdash;Howling of bears passing through the
+      Tunnel&mdash;The “King of New York,” and “King Jefferson”</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_12">12</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER III.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Letters of introduction&mdash;Driving a friend’s horse and
+      chaise&mdash;Amusing accidents&mdash;English driving&mdash;“Turn to the
+      <em>right</em>, as the law directs”&mdash;A turn to the <em>left</em>&mdash;A fresh
+      difficulty&mdash;Egyptian Hall&mdash;Lease for three years&mdash;Arrangement
+      of Collection&mdash;Bears sold and removed to Regent’s Park
+      Zoological Gardens&mdash;Their fates</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_28">28</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xii" title="xii"></a>CHAPTER IV.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition&mdash;Description of
+      it&mdash;The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray&mdash;Collection opened to
+      private view&mdash;Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Distinguished
+      visitors&mdash;Mr. Murray’s explanations&mdash;Kind reception by the
+      Public and the Press&mdash;Kind friends&mdash;Fatigue of explaining
+      and answering questions&mdash;Curious remedy proposed by a
+      friend&mdash;Pleasures and pains of a friendly and fashionable
+      dinner</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_34">34</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER V.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Author’s illness from overtalking in his Collection&mdash;Daniel’s
+      illness from the same cause&mdash;Character of Daniel&mdash;His
+      labour-saving plan for answering one hundred questions&mdash;His
+      disappointment&mdash;Daniel travels to Ireland for his
+      health&mdash;Author prepares to publish his Notes of Travel
+      amongst the Indians&mdash;John Murray (publisher)&mdash;His reasons
+      for not publishing the Author’s work&mdash;His friendly
+      advice&mdash;Author’s book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Illustrious subscribers&mdash;Thomas Moore&mdash;Critical notices
+      in London papers</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_45">45</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER VI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author’s wife and two children arrive in the
+      British Queen, from New York&mdash;First appreciation of
+      London&mdash;Sight-seeing&mdash;Author lectures in the Royal
+      Institution&mdash;Suggests a <em>Museum of Mankind</em>&mdash;Great
+      applause&mdash;Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution&mdash;The “<em>Museum of History</em>”&mdash;Author lectures
+      in the other literary and scientific institutions of
+      London&mdash;Author dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and
+      with the Royal Geological Society&mdash;Mrs. Catlin’s travels in
+      the “Far West”&mdash;Her welcome, and kind friends in London</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_60">60</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER VII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society&mdash;The Duke of
+      Richmond presides&mdash;His Grace’s compliment to the Author
+      and his country&mdash;Sir David Wilkie&mdash;His compliment to the
+      Author&mdash;Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the
+      Caledonian Ball (Almack’s) in Indian costumes&mdash;Their
+      rehearsal&mdash;Dressing and painting&mdash;Entering the ball&mdash;Alarm
+      of ladies&mdash;Mr. Murray’s infinite amusement (<em>incognito</em>)
+      amongst his friends&mdash;War-dance and war-whoops&mdash;Great
+      applause&mdash;Bouquets of flowers&mdash;Scalp-dance&mdash;Brooches
+      and bracelets presented to the chiefs&mdash;Trinkets
+      returned&mdash;Perspiration carries off the paint, and Mr. Murray
+      recognised&mdash;Amusement of his friends&mdash;The “Indians” return
+      to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning&mdash;Their amusing
+      appearance</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xiii" title="xiii"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest
+      visit the Collection&mdash;His Royal Highness the (little)
+      Duc de Brabant visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr.
+      Murray&mdash;The Author presents him an Indian pipe and pair of
+      mocassins&mdash;Visit of His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to
+      the Collection&mdash;His noble sympathy for the Indians&mdash;He smokes
+      an Indian pipe under the wigwam&mdash;The Author takes breakfast
+      with the Duke of Sussex in Kensington Palace&mdash;The Duke’s
+      dress and appearance&mdash;John Hunter, the Indian traveller&mdash;The
+      Duke’s inquiries about him&mdash;Monsieur Duponceau&mdash;Visit to
+      the Bank of England&mdash;To Buckingham Palace&mdash;To Windsor
+      Castle&mdash;Author visits the Polish Ball with several friends in
+      Indian costumes</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_79">79</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER IX.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms&mdash;Daniel’s
+      difficulty with an artist making copies&mdash;Takes his
+      sketch-book from him&mdash;Tableaux vivans commenced&mdash;List of the
+      groups&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the
+      Due de Brabant&mdash;The Author presented to Her Majesty and His
+      Royal Highness Prince Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Indian
+      Collection removed to Liverpool&mdash;Biennial exhibition of
+      Mechanics’ Institution&mdash;22,000 children admitted free to the
+      Indian Collection in one week&mdash;The Indian tableaux vivans in
+      the provincial towns for six months&mdash;Collection opened in
+      Sheffield&mdash;In Manchester&mdash;Nine Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in
+      charge of Mr. Rankin&mdash;His proposal to the Author</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER X.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians&mdash;The Author
+      pays them a visit&mdash;Is recognised by them&mdash;Arrangement
+      with Mr. Rankin&mdash;Crowds around their hotel&mdash;First visit
+      of the Ojibbeways to the Author’s Collection&mdash;Their
+      surprise&mdash;Council held under the wigwam&mdash;Indians agree to
+      drink no spirituous liquors&mdash;The old Chiefs speech to the
+      Author&mdash;Names of the Indians&mdash;Their portraits&mdash;Description of
+      each&mdash;Cadotte, the interpreter</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_103">103</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall&mdash;They refuse
+      wine&mdash;Distress of the kind and accommodating
+      landlord&mdash;Indians’ first <em>drive</em> about the town of
+      Manchester&mdash;Their curious remarks&mdash;Saw some white people
+      drunk&mdash;Many women holding on to men’s arms and apparently
+      not sick&mdash;Saw much smoke&mdash;Vast many poor people&mdash;Indians
+      commence dancing in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_xiv" title="xiv"></a> the Author’s Collection&mdash;Effects of the
+      war-dance and war-whoop upon the audience&mdash;Various amusements
+      of the evening&mdash;A rich present to the old Boy-Chief&mdash;And
+      his speech&mdash;Numerous presents made&mdash;Immense crowd and
+      excitement&mdash;Indians visit a great woollen-factory&mdash;Casts
+      made from their heads by a phrenologist&mdash;Visit to Orrell’s
+      cotton-mill at Stockport&mdash;Their opinions of it&mdash;The party
+      kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and lady</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_111">111</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Indians on the housetops&mdash;Great alarm&mdash;Curious excitement&mdash;People
+      proposing to “take them” with ropes&mdash;Railway to London&mdash;The
+      “Iron-horse”&mdash;“The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink”&mdash;Arrive in London&mdash;Alarm of the landlady&mdash;Visit from
+      the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Interview with His Royal Highness the
+      Duke of Cambridge&mdash;Old Chief’s speech&mdash;War-dance&mdash;The Duke
+      gives them ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco&mdash;Indians
+      ride about the city in an “omnibus and four”&mdash;Remarks on what
+      they saw&mdash;The smoke&mdash;“Prairies on fire”&mdash;Lascars sweeping
+      the streets&mdash;Visit from the Reverend Mr. S.&mdash;Impatience to
+      see the Queen&mdash;Great medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty’s
+      consent&mdash;Curious ceremony&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray’s letter comes
+      in&mdash;The Queen’s appointment to see them&mdash;Great rejoicing</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_123">123</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XIII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen&mdash;Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter&mdash;Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert&mdash;Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;The waiting-room&mdash;The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery&mdash;Their reception&mdash;Introductions and
+      conversations&mdash;Indians give the war-dance&mdash;A smoke&mdash;The
+      old Chief’s speech to the Queen&mdash;Pipe-dance&mdash;Her
+      Majesty and the Prince retire&mdash;Indians at a feast
+      in the waiting-room&mdash;Drinking the Queen’s health in
+      Champagne&mdash;Indians call it “<em>Chickabobboo</em>”&mdash;Story of
+      <em>Chickabobboo</em>, and great amusement&mdash;Indians return
+      to London&mdash;Evening-gossip about the Queen and her
+      <em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;First evening of the Indians in Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Alarm&mdash;Tremendous applause&mdash;Old
+      Chiefs speech&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray’s letter to the old Chief,
+      enclosing £20 from the Queen and other presents&mdash;Speech of
+      the War-chief&mdash;Pipe-dance&mdash;Shaking hands&mdash;Curious questions
+      by the audience&mdash;Ale allowed to the Indians at dinner and
+      after supper&mdash;Their rejoicing&mdash;They call it <em>Chickabobboo</em></td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_134">134</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XIV.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash; and friend visit the Indians again&mdash;A day
+      appointed for a <em>talk</em> about religion&mdash;Indians go to
+      the Thames Tunnel&mdash;Give the medicine-dance (wabeno)
+      under it&mdash;Kind treatment there, and <em>Chickabobboo</em><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xv" title="xv"></a>&mdash;The
+      exhibition&mdash;Egyptian Hall&mdash;Debate about the propriety of the
+      Indians dancing to make money&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;Woman screaming
+      and lifted on to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards
+      called the “<em>jolly fat</em> dame”)&mdash;She gives Cadotte a
+      beautiful bracelet&mdash;Her admiration of Cadotte&mdash;Evening
+      gossip after their exhibition&mdash;The amusements of the
+      evening and sights of the day&mdash;A clergyman asks an
+      interview with the Indians and gets offended&mdash;Exhibition
+      rooms at night&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” in full
+      dress&mdash;She talks with Cadotte&mdash;Indians meet the Rev. Mr.
+      S&mdash;&mdash; and friend by appointment&mdash;Old Chief’s speech to
+      them&mdash;Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee’s speech&mdash;Reverend gentlemen thank
+      them and take leave</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_150">150</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XV.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Exhibition rooms&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Her
+      interview with Cadotte&mdash;She gives presents to all the
+      Indians&mdash;Excitement in the crowd&mdash;Women kissing the
+      Indians&mdash;Red paint on their faces and dresses&mdash;Old
+      Chief’s dream and feast of thanksgiving&mdash;An annual
+      ceremony&mdash;Curious forms observed&mdash;Indians invited to
+      the St. George’s archery-ground&mdash;They shoot for a gold
+      medal&mdash;They dine with the members of the club&mdash;The “jolly
+      fat dame” and Cadotte&mdash;She takes him to his lodgings in her
+      carriage&mdash;Cadotte (or the “Strong-wind”) gets sick&mdash;Is in
+      love with another!&mdash;Daniel unfolds the secret to her&mdash;Her
+      distress&mdash;She goes to the country&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”
+      returns&mdash;Cadotte’s engagement to marry&mdash;Rankin promotes the
+      marriage&mdash;The Author disapproves of it</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_167">167</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XVI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns&mdash;Exhibition advertised to close&mdash;the wedding in
+      St. Martin’s church&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Its object&mdash;Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses&mdash;Rankin advertises
+      “the beautiful and interesting bride” to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians’ exhibitions&mdash;Public disgust and
+      indignation&mdash;Condemned by the Press&mdash;Rankin begins his
+      exhibition&mdash;Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians’ rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service&mdash;Rankin leaves London
+      with the Indians&mdash;Author getting out his large work&mdash;The
+      Indian portfolio&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” makes a visit to
+      Daniel in the exhibition rooms&mdash;A long dialogue&mdash;Illustrious
+      subscribers to the Author’s large work&mdash;Emperor of Russia
+      and Duke of Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor&mdash;The
+      Emperor presents the Author a gold box&mdash;Author takes out a
+      patent for “disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save
+      lives on vessels sinking or burning at sea”</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_185">185</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xvi" title="xvi"></a>APPENDIX&mdash;A.</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>Opinions of the Press</td>
+     <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_205">205</a></td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">APPENDIX&mdash;B.</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>Museum of History</td><td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_246">246</a></td></tr>
+ <tr><td>A Descriptive Catalogue of Catlin’s Indian Collection</td><td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_248">248</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p class="titlepage">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_1" title="1"></a>
+CATLIN’S NOTES IN EUROPE,<br />
+                             <em>&amp;c. &amp;c.</em></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly Bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839&mdash;Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins&mdash;Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean&mdash;A ship dismasted and in
+      distress&mdash;The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved&mdash;The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog&mdash;“My
+      man Daniel”&mdash;Sailor’s nose taken off by grizly bear&mdash;Dr.
+      Madden&mdash;Terrible gale&mdash;Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears&mdash;Alarm on deck&mdash;“Bears out of their cage”&mdash;Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches&mdash;A <em>supposed</em> Bear enters
+      the cabin!&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;The explanation&mdash;The gale
+      subsides&mdash;Amusing mistake&mdash;The Author in the steerage&mdash;Two
+      eccentric characters&mdash;Arrival in Liverpool.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>In the fall of the year 1839 I embarked at New York on board of the
+packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins, for Liverpool, with my Indian
+collection; having received a very friendly letter of advice from
+the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray, master of Her Majesty’s household, who had
+formerly been a fellow-traveller with me on the Mississippi and other
+rivers in America; and who, on his return to London, had kindly made
+a conditional arrangement for my collection in the Egyptian Hall, in
+Piccadilly.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George Adlard, an Englishman, residing in the city of New York, had
+also exerted a friendly influence for me in procuring an order from
+the Lords of Her Majesty’s Treasury for passing my collection into the
+kingdom free from the customary duties; and under these auspices I was
+launched upon the wide ocean, with eight tons freight, consisting of
+600 portraits and other paintings which I had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_2" title="2"></a> made in my sojourn of
+eight years in the prairies and Rocky Mountains of America&mdash;several
+thousands of Indian articles, costumes, weapons, &amp;c., with all of which
+I intended to convey to the English people an accurate account of the
+appearance and condition of the North American tribes of Indians.<a href="#Footnote_1" id="FNanchor_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p>
+
+<p>On board also, as a part of my heavy collection, and as a further
+illustration of the rude inhabitants of the “<em>Far West</em>” I had, in
+a huge iron cage, two <em>grizly bears</em>, from the Rocky Mountains;
+forming not only the heaviest and most awkward part of my freight, but
+altogether the most troublesome, as will be seen hereafter.</p>
+
+<p>The wind was kind to us, and soon drove us across the Atlantic, without
+more than an incident or two worth recording, which I had minuted
+down as follows:&mdash;About the middle of the ocean, and in the midst
+of a four or five days’ heavy gale, we came suddenly upon a ship,
+partly dismasted, with signals of distress flying, and water-logged,
+rolling about at the mercy of the merciless waves. We rounded-to with
+great danger to our own craft, and, during the early part of the
+night, succeeded, with much difficulty, in taking off the captain
+and crew of twenty-eight men, just before she went down. This was a
+common occurrence, however, and needs no further notice, other than
+of a feature or two which struck me as new. When the poor, jaded,
+and water-soaked fellows were all safely landed on the deck of our
+vessel, they laid down upon their faces and devoutly thanked God for
+their deliverance; and last of all that was lifted on board from their
+jolly-boat was their keg of rum, the only thing which they had brought
+with them when they deserted the ship. “This,” good Captain Collins
+said, “you will not want now, my boys,” and he cast it into the sea.</p>
+
+<p>Captain James, a bland and good-natured Scotsman,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_3" title="3"></a> commander of the
+Scotia, the unfortunate vessel, was invited by Captain Collins to the
+cabin of the Roscius, and into his state-room, where he was soon put
+into a suit of dry and warm clothes, and afterwards seated at the
+table; where, suddenly, a sullen resistance to food, and contemplative
+tears rolling over his cheeks, showed his rough shell to contain a
+heart that was worthy of the fondest affections of a dear wife and
+sweet little ones&mdash;none of which was he blessed with, if I recollect
+aright. But when his grief found utterance, he exclaimed, “My God! I
+have left my poor dog tied to the mast of my old craft. There he is,
+poor fellow! When we took to the jolly-boat I never thought of my poor
+Pompey!”</p>
+
+<p>The briny tears seemed to burn this veteran’s hardened features as they
+ran over his cheeks; and hunger and fatigue, and all gave way to them
+and grief, until sleep had dried them up, and taken the edge from his
+anguished mind.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, his recital of the affectionate deeds of the life of
+his faithful dog, “who had made eighteen voyages across the Atlantic
+with him, and who would always indicate land a-head by his nose sooner
+than the sailors could discern it from the mast-head&mdash;whom he had,
+in kindness, lashed to the mast for his safety, and in carelessness
+abandoned to his unavoidable fate,” brought tears of pity in my own
+eyes. Poor man! he often wept for his faithful dog&mdash;and I as often
+wept for him, on our way from the middle of the ocean to Liverpool. We
+were, at this time, still in the midst of the terrible gale, which was
+increasing in its fury, and had already become quite too much for the
+tastes and the stomachs of the <em>grizlies</em>&mdash;a few words more of whom
+must go into this chapter.</p>
+
+<p>These two awkward voyageurs from the base of the Rocky Mountains, which
+I had reared from cubs, and fed for more than four years&mdash;for whose
+roughness in clawing and “chawing” I had paid for half a dozen cages
+which they had demolished and escaped from, and the prices of as many
+dogs “used up” in retaking them, had now grown to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_4" title="4"></a> enormous size
+of eight or ten hundred pounds each; requiring a cage of iron so large
+that it could not be packed amongst the ship’s cargo below, but must
+needs occupy a considerable space on the deck, in the form and size
+somewhat of a small house.</p>
+
+<p>The front of this cage was formed of huge iron bars, kindly indulging
+the bruins to amuse themselves with a peep at what was progressing
+on deck, whilst it afforded the sailors and steerage passengers
+the amusement of looking and commenting upon the physiognomy and
+manœuvres of these rude specimens from the wilderness of America.
+This huge cage, with its inmates, had ridden into and partly through
+the gale with us, when the bears became subjects of more violent
+interest and excitement than we had as yet anticipated or could
+have wished. What had taken (and was taking) place amongst the sick
+and frightened group of passengers during this roaring, whistling,
+thrashing, and dashing gale, was common-place, and has been a thousand
+times described; but the sea-sickness, and rage, and fury of these
+two grizly denizens of the deep ravines and rocky crags of the Rocky
+Mountains, were subjects as fresh as they were frightful and appalling
+to the terrified crew and passengers who were about them, and therefore
+deserve a passing comment.</p>
+
+<p>The immediate guardian of these animals was a faithful man by the name
+of Daniel Kavanagh, who had for several years been in my employment
+as curator of my collection, and designed to accompany me in my tour
+through England. This man has occupied a conspicuous place in my
+affairs in Europe, and much will be said of him in the following pages,
+and the familiar and brief cognomen of “Daniel” or “Dan” applied to
+him. On embarking with this man and his troublesome pets at New York, I
+had fully explained to Captain Collins their ferocious, and deceitful,
+and intractable nature, who had consequently issued his orders to all
+of his crew and to the steerage passengers not to venture within their
+reach, or to trifle with them. Notwithstanding<a class="pagenum" id="Page_5" title="5"></a> all this precaution,
+curiosity, that beautiful trait of human nature, which often becomes
+irresistible in long voyages, and able to turn the claws of the Devil
+himself into the soft and tapering fingers of a Venus or a Daphne,
+got the better of the idle hours of the sailors, who were amusing
+themselves and the passengers, in front of the iron bars, by believing
+that they were wearing off by a sort of charm the rough asperities of
+their grizly and grim passengers by shaking their paws, and squaring
+and fending off the awkward sweeps occasionally made at them by the
+huge paw of the <em>she</em> bear, which she could effectually make by lying
+down and running her right arm quite out between the iron bars. On one
+of these (now grown to be amusing) occasions, one of the sailors was
+“squared off” before the cage, inviting her grizly majesty to a sort
+of set-to, when she (seemingly aware of the nature of the challenge)
+gradually extended her arm and her huge paw a little and a little
+further out of her cage, with her eyes capriciously closed until it was
+out to its fullest extent, when she made a side-lick at his head, and
+an exceedingly awkward one for the sailor to parry. It was lucky for
+him, poor fellow, that he partly dodged it; though as her paw passed
+in front of his face, one of her claws carried away entirely his nose,
+leaving it fallen down and hanging over his mouth, suspended merely by
+a small piece of skin or gristle, by which alone he could claim it.</p>
+
+<p>Here was a sudden check to the familiarity with the bears; the results
+of which were, a renewal of the orders of non-intercourse from Captain
+Collins, and a marked coolness between the sailors and steerage
+passengers and the grizlies during the remainder of the voyage.</p>
+
+<p>The sailor was committed to the care of Dr. Madden, in the cabin, the
+distinguished traveller in Africa and the West Indies, and now one of
+our esteemed fellow-passengers, who skilfully replaced and arranged his
+nose with stitches and splints, and attended to it during the voyage.
+The poor fellow continued to swear vengeance on the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_6" title="6"></a> bears when they
+should reach the land; but I believe that when they were landed in
+Liverpool, his nose was not sufficiently secure to favour his design.
+This unlucky affair had happened some days previous to the gale which I
+have begun to describe; and with the unsociable and cold reserve with
+which they were subsequently treated by all on board (visited only at
+stated periods by their old, but not yet confiding friend Daniel, who
+brought them their daily allowance), they had, as I have mentioned,
+become partakers and sufferers with us in the pangs and fears of the
+hurricane that was sweeping over the vessel and the sea about us.</p>
+
+<p>The third day of the gale became the most alarming, and the night of
+that day closing in upon us, seemed like the gloomy shroud amidst
+the hurrying winds and the cracking spars, that was to cover us in
+death. Until this day, though swinging (and now and then jumping) from
+mountains to mountains of waves, the ship and the elements mingled
+our fears with amusement. When, however, this day’s light was gone,
+curiosity’s feast was finished, and fear was no longer chained under
+our feet&mdash;we had reached the climax of danger, and terror seemed to
+have seized and reigned through every part of the ship. The bears, in
+contemplative or other vein, had been mute; but at this gloomy hour,
+seeming to have lost all patience, added, at first their piteous
+howlings, and then their horrid growls, to the whistling of the winds;
+and next, the gnashing of their teeth, and their furious lurches, and
+bolts, and blows against the sides of their cage, to the cracking of
+spars and roaring of the tempest! Curiosity again, in desperate minds,
+was resuscitated, and taking in its insatiable draughts even in the
+midst of this jarring and discordant medley of darkness&mdash;of dashing
+foam, of cracking masts, and of howlings and growlings and raging of
+grizly bears; for when the lightnings flashed, men (and even women)
+were seen crawling and hanging about the deck, as if to see if they
+could discover the death that was ready with his weapons drawn to
+destroy them.</p>
+
+<p>The captain had twenty times ordered all below, but to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_7" title="7"></a> no purpose,
+until in the indiscriminate confusion of his crew and the passengers,
+in the jet blackness of the gale, when his ship was in danger, and our
+lives, his trumpet announced that “the bears were on deck!”</p>
+
+<p>“Good God!” was exclaimed and echoed from one end of the ship’s deck to
+the other; “the grizly bears are out! down with the hatches&mdash;down the
+hatches!” The scrambling that here took place to reach the cabins below
+can only be justly known to each actor who performed his part in his
+own way; and of these there were many. Some descended headlong, some
+sidewise, and others rolled down; and every one with a ghastly glance
+back upon the one behind him, as a grizly bear, of course, that was to
+begin his “chawing” the next moment.</p>
+
+<p>When the scrambling was all over, and the hatches all safe, all in the
+cabin were obliged to smile for a moment, even in the midst of the
+alarm, at the queer position and manœuvres of a plump little Irish
+woman who had slipped down the wrong hatchway by accident, and left her
+“other half” to spend a night of celibacy, and of awful forebodings,
+in the steerage, where she would have gone, but to which her own
+discretion as well as the united voices of the cabin passengers decided
+her not to attempt to make her way over the deck during the night.</p>
+
+<p>The passengers, both fore and aft, were now all snugly housed for
+the rest of the night, and the captain’s smothered voice through his
+trumpet, to his hands aloft, and the stamping of the men on deck, while
+handling the ropes and shifting the sails, were all caught by our open
+ears, and at once construed into assaults and dreadful conflicts with
+the grizly bears on deck.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of these conjectures some one of the passengers screamed
+and sprang from near the stairway entering the cabin, when it was
+discovered, to the thrilling amazement of all, that one of the bears
+had pawed open the hatchway, and was descending into the cabin! The
+ladies’ salon, beyond the cabin, was the refuge to which the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_8" title="8"></a> instant
+rush was making, when the always good and musical sound of the
+captain’s voice was recognized. “Why! you don’t think I’m a grizly
+bear, do you?” The good fellow! he didn’t intend to frighten anybody.
+He had just raised the hatch and came down to get a little breath and
+a “drop to drink.” He is as unlike to a grizly bear as any one else in
+the world, both in looks and in disposition; but he happened to have on
+for the occasion a black oil-cloth hood or cap, which was tied under
+the chin; and a jacket covered with long fur on the outside, making his
+figure (which was of goodly size, and which just filled the gangway),
+with a little of the lively imagination belonging to such moments, look
+the counterpart of a grizly bear. “Where’s Catlin?” said he; “damn the
+bears!” “Are they out?” cried the passengers all together. “Out?&mdash;yes;
+they have eaten one man already, and another was knocked overboard
+with a handspike; he was mistaken for one of the bears. We are all in
+a mess on deck&mdash;it’s so dark we can’t see each other&mdash;the men are all
+aloft in the rigging. Steward! give me a glass of brandy-and-water&mdash;the
+ship must be managed, and I must go on deck. Keep close below here, and
+keep the hatches down, for the bruins are sick of the scene, and pawing
+about for a burrow in the ground, and will have the hatches up in a
+moment if you don’t look to them. Where’s Catlin?” “We don’t know,” was
+the reply from many mouths; “he is not in the cabin.”</p>
+
+<p>“Will, here, Misther Captain, yer honour, I’ll till ye,” said a poor
+fellow, who in the general fright and flight had tumbled himself by
+accident into the cabin, and observed sullen silence until the present
+moment;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_9" title="9"></a> “I’ll jist till ye&mdash;I saw Misther Cathlin (I sippose he’s the
+jintleman that owns the bastes) and his mon Dan (for I’ve known Dan for
+these many a long year in ould Amiriky, and I now he has chargin o’ the
+bears on board); I saw the two, God bliss them, when the bastes was
+about gettin their hinder parts out of the cage, stannin on the side
+jisth before ’em, Misther Cathlin with his double-barrel gun, and his
+mon Dan pointin at ’em in the face, with a pistol in each hand; and
+this was jist whin I heard they were outh, and I jimped down here jist
+in the wrong place, as I am after observin when it is too late, and I
+hope there is no offence to your honour.”</p>
+
+<p>“Catlin’s gone then,” said the captain; “he is swallowed!”</p>
+
+<p>The captain was at his post again, the hatches closed, and in the midst
+of dozing, and praying, and singing (and occasionally the hideous
+howlings of the grizlies whenever a wave made a breach over the deck
+of the vessel) was passed away that night of alarm and despair, until
+the rays of the morning’s sun having chased away the mist and assuaged
+the fury of the storm, had brought all hands together on the deck, and
+in the midst of them the cheerful face of our good captain; and in
+their huge cage, which had been driven from one side of the deck to the
+other, but now adjusted, sitting upon their haunches, with the most
+jaded and humiliating looks imaginable, as they gazed between their
+iron bars, their two grizly majesties, who had hurt nobody during the
+night, nor in all probability had meditated anything worse or more
+sinful than an escape, if possible, from the imprisonment and danger
+they considered themselves unfortunately in.</p>
+
+<p>In the general alarm and scramble on deck in the forepart of the night,
+the total darkness having been such that it was impossible to tell
+whether the bears were out of their cage or not, and quite impossible
+to make one’s way to the quarter-deck, unaccustomed to the shapes of
+things to be passed over, “Misther Cathlin” had dropped himself into
+the steerage as the nearest refuge, just before the hatch was fastened
+down for the night. Any place, and anything under deck at that time,
+was acceptable; and even at so perilous a moment, and amidst such
+alarming apprehensions, I drew a fund of amusement from the scenes
+and conversations around me. The circumstance of sixty passengers,
+men, women, and children, being stowed into so small a compass, and
+to so familiar an acquaintance, would have been alone, and under
+different circumstances, a subject of curious<a class="pagenum" id="Page_10" title="10"></a> interest for a stranger
+so suddenly to be introduced to; but to be dropped into the midst of
+such a group in the middle of the night, in the thickest of a raging
+tempest, and the hour of danger, when some were in bed&mdash;some upon their
+knees at their prayers&mdash;others making the most of the few remaining
+drops of brandy they had brought with them, and others were playing at
+cards and enjoying their jokes, and all together just rescued from the
+jaws and the claws of the bears over their heads, was one of no common
+occurrence, and worthy at least of a few passing remarks.</p>
+
+<p>The wailings of the poor fellow whose wife had got into the cabin were
+incessant, and not much inferior to the howlings of the grizlies on
+deck. She had been put into my berth, and I had had the privilege of
+“turning in” with her disconsolate husband, if I had seen fit to have
+done so, or if his writhings and contortions had not taken up full
+twice the space allotted to him. It was known and told to him by some
+of his comrades, that they saw his wife go into the cabin, and that she
+was safe. “Yis,” said he, “but I’m unasy, I’m not asy about her, d’ye
+see; I don’t fale asy as she’s there, God knows where, along with those
+jintlemen.”</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the passengers in this part of the vessel I at once found
+myself alongside of at least two very eccentric characters. The one, I
+afterwards learned, was familiarly called by the passengers “the little
+Irishman in black,” and the other “the half-Englishman, or broken-down
+swell.”</p>
+
+<p>The first of these two eccentrics was a squatty little gentleman of
+about four feet nine inches elevation, and between two and three feet
+breadth of beam, with a wrinkled face and excessively sharp features.
+To be all in black he showed no signs of a shirt, though he was
+decently clad, but in black from head to foot, being in mourning, as
+he said, for “his son who had emigratin to Amiriky fifteen years sin,
+and livin there jist long enough to become a <em>native</em>, had died and
+leaven of a fortin, which he had been over to sittle up and receivin,
+with which he was recrossin the ocean to his native country.” He
+said he wished to be rispec<a class="pagenum" id="Page_11" title="11"></a>table and dacent, havin received 12,000
+dollars; and as he thought the dacent thing was in “payin,” now-a-days,
+he had paid for a berth in the cabin, but preferred to ride in the
+steerage. He made and found much amusement in that part of the vessel
+with his congenial spirits, and seemed peculiarly happy in the close
+communication with the other oddity of the steerage, whom I have said
+the passengers called the half-Englishman, or broken-down swell, who,
+I learned from my man Daniel, had laid in three barrels of old English
+porter, in bottles, when leaving the city of New York, and the last of
+which they were now opening and making the whole company merry with,
+as a sort of thanksgiving on their lucky escape from the grizly bears,
+who they firmly believed held possession of everything on the vessel
+outside of the hatchway.</p>
+
+<p>This eccentric and droll, but good-natured gentleman, with the aid of
+porter made much amusement in the steerage, even in the hour of alarm;
+and though I did not at that time know his calibre, or exactly what to
+make of him, I afterwards learned that he was an English cockney who
+had been on a tour through the States, and was now on his way back to
+his fatherland. He had many amusing notions and anecdotes to relate of
+the Yankees, and in his good-natured mellowness told a very good one of
+himself, much to the amusement of the Yankees on board, and the little
+Irishman in black, and my man Daniel. He said that “the greatest luxury
+he found in New York were the hoisters, and much as he liked them he
+had eaten them for two years before he had learned whether they were
+spelled with a haitch or a ho.” Much valuable time would be lost to the
+reader if I were to chain him down to the rest of the incidents that
+happened between the middle of the ocean and Liverpool; and I meet him
+there at the beginning of my next chapter.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_12" title="12"></a>
+CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Howling of the grizly Bears&mdash;Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks&mdash;Scuffle for luggage&mdash;Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel&mdash;Landing the grizly Bears&mdash;Author’s journey to
+      London&mdash;Ibbotson’s Hotel&mdash;First sally into the streets&mdash;First
+      impressions of London&mdash;Adventure in the fog and mud&mdash;Amusing
+      occurrence in the street&mdash;Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets&mdash;Ingenious mode of begging&mdash;Rich shops&mdash;No pigs
+      in the streets&mdash;Soot and smoke of London&mdash;Author returns
+      to Liverpool&mdash;Daniel’s trouble with the Bears&mdash;Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly Bears through the
+      Customs&mdash;Arrival in London with Collection and Bears&mdash;Daniel
+      in difficulty&mdash;Howling of Bears passing through the
+      Tunnel&mdash;The “King of New York,” and “King Jefferson.”</p>
+
+
+<p>On nearing the docks at Liverpool, not only all the passengers of the
+ship, but all the inhabitants of the hills and dales about, and the
+shores, were apprised of our approach to the harbour by the bellowing
+and howling of the grizlies, who were undoubtedly excited to this sort
+of <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">Te Deum</em> for their safe deliverance and approach to <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">terra firma</em>,
+which they had got a sight (and probably a smell) of.</p>
+
+<p>The arrival of the Roscius on that occasion was of course a conspicuous
+one, and well announced; and we entered the dock amidst an unusual
+uproar and crowd of spectators. After the usual manner, the passengers
+were soon ashore, and our luggage examined, leaving freight and grizly
+bears on board, to be removed the next morning. From the moment of
+landing on the wharf to the Custom-house, and from that to the hotel
+where I took lodgings, I was obliged to “fend off,” almost with foot
+and with fist, the ragamuffins who beset me on every side; and in
+front, in the rear, and on the right and the left, assailed me with
+importunities to be allowed to carry my luggage. In the medley of
+voices and confusion I could scarcely tell myself to which of these<a class="pagenum" id="Page_13" title="13"></a>
+poor fellows I had committed my boxes; and no doubt this (to them)
+delightful confusion and uncertainty encouraged a number of them to
+keep close company with my luggage until it arrived at the Grecian
+Hotel. When it was all safely landed in the hall, I asked the lad who
+stood foremost and had brought my luggage in his cart, how much was to
+pay for bringing it up? “Ho, Sir, hi leaves it to your generosity, Sir,
+has you are a gentleman, Sir; hit’s been a werry eavy load, Sir.”</p>
+
+<p>I was somewhat amused with the simple fellow’s careless and easy
+manner, and handed him eighteen pence, thinking it a reasonable
+compensation for bringing two small trunks and a carpet-bag; but
+he instantly assumed a different aspect, and refused to take the
+money, saying that no gentleman would think of giving him less than
+half-a-crown for such a load as he had brought. I soon settled with and
+dismissed him by giving him two shillings; and as he departed, and I
+was about entering the coffee-room, another of his ragged fraternity
+touched my elbow, when I asked him what he wanted. “Wo, Sir, your
+luggage there&mdash;” “But I have paid for my luggage&mdash;I paid the man you
+see going out there.” “Yes, Sir; but then you sees, hi elped im put
+it hon; hand I elped im along with it, hand it’s werry ard, Sir, hif
+Ise not to be paid has well as im.” I paid the poor fellow a sixpence
+for his ingenuity; and as he left, a third one stepped up, of whom I
+inquired, “What do <em>you</em> want?” “Why, Sir, your luggage, you know,
+there&mdash;I am very sorry, Sir, to see you pay that worthless rascal
+what’s just going out there&mdash;I am indeed sorry, Sir&mdash;he did nothing,
+but was hol the time hin our way&mdash;hit urts me, Sir, to see a gentleman
+throw is money away upon sich vagabonds, for it’s hundoubtedly ard
+earned, like the few shillings we poor fellows get.” “Well, my good
+fellow, what do you want of me?” “Ho, Sir, hit’s honly for the cart,
+Sir&mdash;you will settle with me for the cart, Sir, hif you please&mdash;that
+first chap you paid ad my cart, hand I’ll be bound you ave paid im
+twice has much has you hought.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_14" title="14"></a>” “Well, to make short,” said I, “here,
+take this sixpence for your cart, and be off.” I was thus brief, for I
+saw two or three others edging and siding up in the passage towards me,
+whom I recollected to have seen escorting my luggage, and I retreated
+into the coffee-room as suddenly as possible, and stated the case to
+one of the waiters, who promised to manage the rest of the affair.</p>
+
+<p>I was thus very comfortable for the night, having no further annoyance
+or real excitement until the next morning after breakfast, when it
+became necessary to disembark the grizly bears. My other heavy freight
+had gone to Her Majesty’s Custom-house, and all the passengers from
+the cabin and steerage had gone to comfortable quarters, leaving the
+two deck passengers, the grizlies, in great impatience, and as yet
+undisposed of. My man Daniel had been on the move at an early hour, and
+had fortunately made an arrangement with a simple and unsuspecting old
+lady in the absence of her “good man,” to allow the cage to be placed
+in a small yard adjoining her house, and within the same inclosure,
+which had a substantial pavement of round stones.</p>
+
+<p>This arrangement for a few days promised to be an advantageous one for
+each party. Daniel was to have free access and egress for the purpose
+of giving them their food, and the price proposed to the good woman was
+met as a liberal reward for the reception of any living beings that
+she could imagine, however large, that could come within her idea of
+the dimensions of a cage. Daniel had told her that they were two huge
+bears; and in his reply to inquiries, assured her that they were not
+harmless by any means, but that the enormous strength of their cage
+prevented them from doing any mischief.</p>
+
+<p>The kind old lady agreed, for so much per day, to allow the cage to
+stand in her yard, by the side of her house, at least until her husband
+returned. With much excitement and some growling about the docks and
+the wharf, they were swung off from the vessel, and, being placed on a
+“float,” were conveyed to, and quietly lodged and fed in,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_15" title="15"></a> the retired
+yard of the good woman, when the gate was shut, and they fell into a
+long and profound sleep.</p>
+
+<p>The grizly bears being thus comfortably and safely quartered in the
+immediate charge of my man Daniel, who had taken an apartment near
+them, and my collection being lodged in the Custom-house, I started by
+the railway for London to effect the necessary arrangements for their
+next move. I had rested in and left Liverpool in the midst of rain, and
+fog, and mud, and seen little else of it; and on my way to London I
+saw little or nothing of the beautiful country I was passing through,
+travelling the whole distance in the night. The luxurious carriage in
+which I was seated, however, braced up and embraced on all sides by
+deep cushions; the grandeur of the immense stations I was occasionally
+passing under; the elegance and comfort of the cafés and restaurants I
+was stumbling into with half-sealed eyes, with hundreds of others in
+the middle of the night, with the fat, and rotund, and ruddy appearance
+of the night-capped fellow-travellers around me, impressed me at once
+with the conviction that I was in the midst of a world of comforts and
+luxuries that had been long studied and refined upon.</p>
+
+<p>I opened my eyes at daylight at the terminus in the City of London,
+but could see little of it, as I was driven to Ibbotson’s Hotel, in
+Vere-street, through one of the dense fogs peculiar to the metropolis
+and to the season of the year in which I had entered it. To a foreigner
+entering London at that season, the first striking impression is the
+blackness and gloom that everywhere shrouds all that is about him. It
+is in his hotel&mdash;in his bed-chamber&mdash;his dining-room, and if he sallies
+out into the street it is there even worse; and added to it dampness,
+and fog, and mud, all of which, together, are strong inducements for
+him to return to his lodgings, and adopt them as comfortable, and as a
+luxury.</p>
+
+<p>I am speaking now of the elements which the Almighty alone can control,
+and which only we strangers first see, as the surface of things, when
+we enter a foreign land, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_16" title="16"></a> before our letters of introduction, or
+the kind invitations of strangers, have led us into the participation
+of the hospitable and refined comforts prepared and enjoyed by the
+ingenuity of enlightened man, within. These I soon found were all
+around me, in the midst of this gloom; and a deep sense of gratitude
+will often induce me to allude to them again in the future pages of
+this work.</p>
+
+<p>My breakfast and a clean face were the first necessary things
+accomplished at my hotel, and next to them was my first sally into
+the streets of the great metropolis, to inhale the pleasure of first
+impressions, and in my rambles to get a glance at the outer walls
+and the position of the famous Egyptian Hall, which I have already
+said my kind friend the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray had conditionally secured,
+as the locale of my future operations. It is quite unnecessary,
+and quite impossible also, for me to describe the route I pursued
+through the mud and the fog in search of the Hall. Its direction had
+been pointed out to me at my start, and something like the distance
+explained, which, to an accustomed woodsman like myself, seemed a
+better guarantee of success than the names of a dozen streets and
+turnings, &amp;c.; and I had “leaned off” on the point of compass, as
+I thought, without any light of the sun to keep me to my bearings,
+until I thought myself near its vicinity, and at a proper position to
+make some inquiry for its whereabouts. I ran against a young man at
+the moment (or, rather, he ran against me, as he darted across the
+street to the pavement, with a black bag under his arm), whom I felt
+fully at liberty to accost; and to my inquiry for the Egyptian Hall,
+he very civilly and kindly directed me in the following manner, with
+his hand pointing down the street in the opposite direction to the one
+in which I was travelling:&mdash;“Go to the <em>bottom</em>, d’ye see, sir, and
+you are at the <em>top</em>, of Piccadilly; you then pass the third turning
+to the left, and you will see the hexibition of the uge hox; that hox
+is in the Hegyptian All, and ee <em>his</em> a wapper, sure enough!” By this
+kind fellow’s graphic direction I was soon in the Hall, got a glance
+of it and “the fat ox,” and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_17" title="17"></a> then commenced my first peregrination,
+amidst the mazes of fog and mud, through the Strand, Fleet-street,
+and Cheapside; the names of which had rung in my ears from my early
+boyhood, and which the sort of charm they had wrought there had created
+an impatient desire to see.</p>
+
+<p>I succeeded quite well in wending my way down the Haymarket, the
+Strand, and Fleet-street, slipping and sliding through the mud, until I
+was in front or in the rear (I could not tell which) of the noble St.
+Paul’s, whose black and gloomy walls, at the apparent risk of breaking
+my neck, I could follow up with my eye, until they were lost in the
+murky cloud of fog that floated around them. I walked quite round it,
+by which I became duly impressed with its magnitude below, necessarily
+leaving my conjectures as to its elevation, for future observations
+through a clearer atmosphere.</p>
+
+<p>I then commenced to retrace my steps, when a slight tap upon my
+shoulder brought me around to look upon a droll and quizzical-looking
+fellow, who very obsequiously proceeded (as he pointed to the collar
+of my cloak, the lining of which, it seems, had got a little exposed),
+“The lining of your cloak, sir; hit don’t look very well for a
+gentleman, sir; hexcuse me, hif you please, sir.” “Certainly,” said
+I; “I am much obliged to you,” as I adjusted it and passed on. In my
+jogging along for some distance after this rencontre, and while my
+eyes were intent upon the mud, where I was selecting the places for
+my footsteps, I observed a figure that was keeping me close company
+by my side, and, on taking a fairer look at him, found the same droll
+character still at my elbow, when I turned around and inquired of him,
+“What now?” “Ho, sir, your cloak, you know, sir; hit didn’t look well,
+for a gentleman like you, sir. Your pardon, sir; ha sixpence, hif you
+please, sir.” I stopped and gave the poor fellow a sixpence for his
+ingenuity, and jogged on.</p>
+
+<p>The sagacity of this stratager in rags had detected the foreigner or
+stranger in me at first sight, as I learned in a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_18" title="18"></a> few moments, in
+the following amusing way. I had proceeded but a few rods from the
+place where I had given him his sixpence and parted company with him,
+when, crossing an intersecting street, I was met by a pitiable object
+hobbling on one leg, and the other twisted around his hip, in an
+unnatural way, with a broom in one hand, and the other extended towards
+me in the most beseeching manner, and his face drawn into a triangular
+shape, as he was bitterly weeping. I saw the poor fellow’s occupation
+was that of sweeping the crossing under my feet, and a sixpence that
+I slipped into his hand so relaxed the muscles of his face, by this
+time, that I at once recognised in him the adjuster of the lining of my
+cloak; but I had no remedy, and no other emotion, at the instant, than
+that of amusement, with some admiration of his adroitness, and again
+passed on.</p>
+
+<p>Casting my eyes before me I observed another poor fellow, at the
+crossing of another street, plying his broom to the mud very nimbly (or
+rather passing it over, just above the top of the mud), whilst his eye
+was fixed intently upon me, whom he had no doubt seen patronizing the
+lad whom I had passed. I dodged this poor fellow by crossing the street
+to the right, and as I approached the opposite pavement I fell into the
+hands of a young woman in rags, who placed herself before me in the
+most beseeching attitude, holding on her arm a half-clad and sickly
+babe, which she was pinching on one of its legs to make it cry, whilst
+she supplicated me for aid. I listened to her pitiable lamentations a
+moment, and in reproaching her for her cruelty in exposing the life of
+her little infant for the purpose of extorting alms, I asked her why
+she did not make her husband take care of her and her child? “Oh, my
+kind sir,” said she, “I give you my honour I’ve got no husband; I have
+no good opinion of those husbands.” “Then I am glad you have informed
+me,” said I; “you belong to a class of women whom I will not give to.”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_19" title="19"></a>
+“Oh, but, kind sir, you mistake me; I am not a bad woman&mdash;I am <em>not</em>
+a bad woman&mdash;I assure you! I am a decent woman, and God knows it:
+the child is not mine; it is only one that I hires, and I’s obliged
+to pay eighteen pence a day for it; which is as true as God’s holy
+writ; that’s what it is.” “Then,” said I, “you are a wretch, to keep
+that innocent little thing here in the cold; and, instead of alms, you
+deserve to be handed over to the police.” She gave me many hard names
+as I was stepping into a cab which I had beckoned up and directed to
+drive me to Ibbotson’s Hotel, in Vere-street.</p>
+
+<p>“Where, sir?” asked the cab-driver as he mounted his seat. “Vy, sir,
+didn’t you ear the gentleman?” said a man with a large bronze medal
+hanging on his breast, who had one hand on the door; “drive im to
+Hibbotson’s Otel, Were-street, Hoxford-street.” “Who are you?” said I,
+as we were moving off, and he held the door open with one hand and his
+hat raised with the other; “what do you want?”</p>
+
+<p>“I’m the vaterman, sir; you’ll recollect the vaterman?” “Yes, I’ll
+not forget you in a long time.” So I shut the door without giving the
+poor man his ha’penny, not knowing the usual custom yet, and too much
+pressed for time to learn it at that moment.
+
+I observed, in passing several equestrian and other statues in the
+streets, that they were all black; which seemed curious; and also,
+in every street, I saw what was new to me, and not to be seen in
+the streets of the American cities&mdash;meat-shops and fishmongers
+indiscriminately mingled along the same side-walks with dry
+goods&mdash;hosiers, china, and hardware&mdash;and fancy shops; and also
+performed the whole route, outward and homeward, without having seen
+a solitary pig ploughing the gutters, as we too familiarly meet them
+in many of the American cities, though the gutters, much of the way,
+would seem to have offered a tolerably rich field for their geological
+researches.</p>
+
+<p>I met with evidences enough, however, that I was not out of the land of
+pigs, though they were not seen promenading or ploughing the streets.
+I passed several shops, all open in front, where poor piggies were
+displayed in a much less<a class="pagenum" id="Page_20" title="20"></a> independent way&mdash;hanging by their hind legs
+at full length, and the blood dripping from their noses upon the
+sills of the shops and pavements, to amuse the eyes of the silken and
+dazzling throng that was squeezing and brushing along by them; and
+whilst I easily decided which was the most cruel to the poor brutes, I
+was much at a loss to decide which mode was calculated to be the most
+shocking to the nerves that would be weak enough to be offended by
+either.</p>
+
+<p>I was thus at the end of my first day’s rambles in London, without at
+present recollecting any other occurrences worthy of note, excepting
+a little annoyance I had felt by discovering with my left eye, while
+walking in the street, something like a small black spot on the side
+of my nose, which, by endeavouring many times to remove by the brush
+of my hand across it, I had evidently greatly enlarged, and which,
+when I returned, I examined and found to have been at first, in all
+probability, a speck of soot which had alighted there, and by passing
+my hand over it had, as in other instances, on other parts of my face,
+mashed it down and given it somewhat the shape and tail of a comet, or
+the train of a falling star, though differing materially in brilliancy
+and colour.</p>
+
+<p>I used the rest of this gloomy day in obtaining from the Lords of
+the Treasury the proper order for passing my collection through the
+Customs, which has been before mentioned, arranging my letters of
+credit, &amp;c., and returned by the evening’s train to Liverpool, to join
+my collection again, and Daniel and the grizly bears.</p>
+
+<p>On my return to that city I found poor Daniel in a sad dilemma with
+the old lady about the bears, and the whole neighbourhood under a high
+excitement, and in great alarm for their safety. The bears had been
+landed in the briefest manner possible; exempted from the usual course
+that almost everything else takes through the Queen’s warehouse; and,
+though relieved from the taxes of the customs, I soon found that I had
+duties of a different character accumulating that required my attention
+in another quarter. The agreement made by the old lady with<a class="pagenum" id="Page_21" title="21"></a> Daniel to
+keep them in her yard for so much per day, and for as long a time as he
+required, had been based upon the express and very judicious condition
+that they were to do no harm. From the moment of their landing they
+had kept up an almost incessant howling, so Rocky-Mountain-ish and so
+totally unlike any attempts at music ever heard in the country before,
+that it attracted a crowd night and day about the old lady’s door, that
+almost defeated all attempts at ingress and egress. A little vanity,
+however, which she still possessed, enabled her to put up with the
+inconvenience, which she was turning to good account, and counting
+good luck, until it was ascertained, to her great amazement as well as
+alarm, that the bears were passing their huge paws out of the cage,
+between the iron bars, and lifting up the round stones of her pavement
+for the pleasure of once more getting their nails into the dirt, their
+favourite element, and which they had for a long time lost sight of.</p>
+
+<p>In their unceasing pursuit of this amusement, by night and by day,
+they had made a sad metamorphosis of the old lady’s pavement, as, with
+the strength of their united paws, they had drawn the cage around to
+different parts of the yard, totally unpaving as they went along. At
+the time of the poor old lady’s bitterest and most vehement complaint,
+they were making their move in the direction of her humble tenement,
+the walls of which were exceedingly slight; and her alarm became
+insupportable. The ignorant crowd outside of the inclosure, who could
+get but a partial view of their operations now and then, had formed
+the most marvellous ideas of these monsters, from the report current
+amongst them that they were eating the paving-stones; and had taken the
+most decided and well-founded alarm from the fact that the bears had
+actually hurled some of the paving-stones quite over the wall amongst
+their heads, which were calling back an increased shower of stones and
+other missiles, adding fresh rage and fears to the growling of the
+bears, which altogether was threatening results of a more disastrous
+kind.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_22" title="22"></a>In this state of affairs I was very justly appealed to by the old lady
+for redress and a remedy, for it was quite evident that the condition
+of her agreement with Daniel had been broken, as the bears were now
+decidedly doing much harm to her premises; destroying all her rest,
+and (as she said) “her appetite and her right mind;” and I agreed
+that it was my duty, as soon as possible, to comply with her urgent
+request that they should be removed. She insisted on its being done
+that day, as “it was quite impossible to pass another night in her
+own bed, when there was such howling and groaning and grunting in
+her yard, by the side of her house.” Daniel took my directions and
+immediately went through the town in search of other quarters for
+them, and was to attend to their moving whilst I was to spend the day
+in the Custom-house, attending to the examination of my collection of
+600 paintings and many thousand Indian costumes, weapons and other
+curiosities, which were to be closely inspected and inventoried, for
+duties.</p>
+
+<p>Immersed in this mystery of difficulties and vexations at the customs
+during the day, I had lost sight of Daniel and his pets until I was
+free at night, when I was assailed with a more doleful tale than ever
+about the bears. Troubles were gathering on all sides. Poor Daniel
+had positively arranged in several places for them, but when “their
+characters were asked from their last places,” he met defeat in every
+case, and was obliged to meet, at last, the increased plaints of his
+old landlady, whose rage and ranting were now quite beyond control.
+She had made complaint to the police, of whom a <em>posse</em> had been sent
+to see to their removal. Daniel in the mean time had dodged them, and
+was smiling amidst the crowd at the amusing idea of their laying hold
+of them, or of even going into the yard to them. The police reported
+on the utter impossibility of removing them to any other part of the
+town, their “character” having been so thoroughly published already to
+all parts; and it was advised, to the utter discomfiture of the old
+lady, that it would be best for them to remain<a class="pagenum" id="Page_23" title="23"></a> there until they should
+be removed to London, and that I should pay for all damages. The poor
+old lady afterwards had a final interview with Daniel in the crowd,
+when she very judiciously resolved that if the bears did not move, <em>she
+must</em>&mdash;which she did that night, and placed Daniel in her bed, as the
+guardian of her property and of his pets, until the third or fourth
+day afterwards, when they were moved to the railway, and by it (night
+and day, catching what glimpses they could of the country they were
+serenading with their howls and growls as they passed through it under
+their tarpaulin) they were conveyed to the great metropolis.</p>
+
+<p>Owing to the multiplicity of articles to be examined and inventoried
+in the customs, and the great embarrassment of the clerics in writing
+down their Indian names, my labours were protracted there to much
+tediousness; but when all was brought to a close by their proposing,
+most judiciously, to count the number of curiosities instead of wasting
+paper and time and paralysing my jaws by pronouncing half a dozen times
+over, and syllable by syllable, their Indian names, my collection of
+eight tons weight was all on the road and soon at the Euston station in
+London, where we again recognised the mournful cries of the grizlies,
+who had arrived the night before.</p>
+
+<p>On arriving at the station, I found Daniel at a small inn in the
+vicinity, where he seemed highly excited by some unpleasant altercation
+he had had with the landlord and inmates of the house, growing out of
+national and political prejudices, which had most probably been too
+strongly advanced on both sides. Daniel had suddenly raised a great
+excitement in the neighbourhood by his arrival with the grizly bears,
+whose occasional howlings had attracted crowds of people, curious to
+know the nature of the strange arrival; and all inquirers about the
+station being referred to their keeper, who was at the inn, brought
+Daniel and his patience into notoriety at once.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel (<a href="#Plate_2"><em>Plate No. 2</em></a>) is an Irishman, who emigrated<a class="pagenum" id="Page_24" title="24"></a> to the United
+States some twenty years since, and, by dint of his industry and hard
+labour, had met with success in acquiring an humble independence, and
+had formed the most undoubted attachment to the Government and its
+institutions; and, from his reading, and conversation with the world,
+had informed himself tolerably well in political matters, which he was
+always ready to discuss; and being rather of a hasty and irascible
+temperament, he often got into debates of that nature, that led him
+into danger of unpleasant results. It was in the midst of one of
+these that I found him at the inn, surrounded by at least a hundred
+labouring men and idlers from the streets, who had been drawn around
+him at first, as I have said, to get some information of the bears,
+but who had changed their theme, and were now besieging him on all
+sides, to combat him on some political dogma he had advanced relative
+to his favourite and adopted country, the United States; or to taunt
+him with slaunts at his native country, all of which, with his native
+wit, he was ready to meet with ability, until, as he afterwards told
+me, “they were showered upon him so rapidly, and from so many quarters
+at once, that it became quite impossible to answer them, and that the
+stupid ignorance and impertinence of some of them had worn out all
+his patience, and irritated him to that degree, that I must excuse
+him for the excitement I had found him under when I arrived.” With
+much difficulty I rescued him from the crowd that had enclosed him,
+and, retiring to a private room, after matters of business had been
+arranged, he gave me the following account of the difficulties he had
+just been in, and of the incidents of his journey from Liverpool to
+London with the bears.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_2"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_024fp.jpg" width="500" height="663" alt="Plate 2: Daniel" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 2.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>At Liverpool he had had great difficulty in getting permission to
+travel by the luggage train, to keep company with the bears, the
+necessity of which he urged in vain, until he represented that, unless
+he was with them to feed them, their howlings and other terrific noises
+and ravings would frighten their hands all out of the stations, and
+even add probabilities to their breaking loose from the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_25" title="25"></a> cage in
+which they were confined, to feed upon the human flesh around them, and
+of which they were peculiarly fond. Upon these representations, he was
+allowed the privilege of a narrow space, to stand or to sit, in the
+corner of one of the luggage-trains, and thus bore the bears company
+all the way.</p>
+
+<p>When they entered the first tunnel on their way, they raised a hideous
+howl, which they continued until they were through it, which might
+have been from a feeling of pleasure, recognizing in it something of
+the character of the delightful gloominess of their own subterranean
+abodes; or their outcries might have been from a feeling of dread or
+fear from those narrow and damp caverns, too much for their delicate
+tastes and constitutions. This, however, is matter for the bears to
+decide. At Birmingham, where they rested on the truck for the greater
+part of a day, their notification to the town had called vast crowds
+of spectators around them; and though their tarpaulin prevented them
+from being seen, many, very many, drew marvellous accounts of them
+from one another, and from the flying reports which had reached them
+several days before from Liverpool, of “two huge monsters imported from
+the Rocky Mountains, that had scales like alligators, with long spears
+of real flint at the ends of their tails; that they made nothing of
+eating paving-stones when they were hungry, and that in Liverpool they
+had escaped, and were travelling to the north, and demolishing all the
+inhabitants of Lancashire as they went along,” &amp;c. Their occasional
+howls and growls, with, once in a while, a momentary display of one
+of their huge paws, exhibited from under the tarpaulin, riveted the
+conviction of the gaping multitude as to the terror and danger of these
+animals, while it put at rest all apprehensions as to their being at
+large and overrunning the country. Poor Daniel had to stand between
+the crowd and his pets, to save them from the peltings and insults
+of the crowd, and at the same time, to muster every talent he had at
+natural history, to answer the strange queries and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_26" title="26"></a> theories that were
+raised about them. He was assailed on every side with questions as
+to the appearance and habits of the animals, and at last, about “the
+other animals,” as they called them, “running on two legs, in America;”
+for many of them, from his representations, had come fresh from the
+coal-pits and factories, with ideas that Americans were a sort of
+savages, and that savages, they had understood, were “a sort of wild
+beastises, and living on raw meat.” These conjectures and queries were
+answered amusingly for them, by Daniel; and, after he had a little
+enlightened them by the information he gave them, their conversation
+took a sort of political turn, which, I have before said, he was prone
+to run into; and thus, luckily, the time was whiled away, without any
+<em>set-to</em> to bother the bears and himself, which he had seen evidently
+preparing, until the whistle announced them and him on their way again
+for the metropolis.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning he found himself and the bears safe landed at the
+terminus in London, where I have already said that I found him and
+released him from a medley of difficulties he had worked himself into.</p>
+
+<p>The keeper of the inn had himself been the first to provoke poor
+Daniel, but when he found it for his interest, and advised a different
+course, he endeavoured to turn his criticisms into good nature, and
+had taken sides with him. Daniel, very amusingly however, describes
+his remarks as so excessively ignorant, that they excited his mirth
+more than anger, and he repeated several of them in the following
+manner:&mdash;He first provoked Daniel by inquiring “who his master was,
+and where he was at that time.” Daniel replied to him, somewhat to his
+surprise, “I have no master, Sir; I live in a country, thank God, where
+we are our own masters. My ‘boss’ (if you will have it that way) is a
+Mr. Catlin, who I expect here in a few hours.” Finding that Daniel and
+the bears were from America, of which country he had heard some vague
+accounts, he very innocently enquired who was the King in America at
+that time, apologizing, that by the treacherousness of his memory he<a class="pagenum" id="Page_27" title="27"></a>
+had lost the run of them. Daniel told him that they had no king in
+America. He then said “he well recollected when the old fellow died,
+but he had equally forgotten the name of the Queen; he recollected to
+have read of the King of New York.” Daniel soon put his recollection
+right, and in doing so had given umbrage to the poor man, which led to
+the long and excited political debate with which I found Daniel so much
+exasperated when I arrived.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel had, in the beginning of this affair, explained to the
+bystanders around him the difference between a King and a President,
+and then had provoked his landlord by amusingly and pleasantly
+repeating the anecdote of “King Jefferson” (which is current in
+America) in reply to his questions about the “King of New York;” and in
+the following manner:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“During the presidency of Thomas Jefferson, who lived in the city of
+Washington, two poor emigrants from the county of Cork, in my own
+country, made their way to America in a vessel which landed them in
+Philadelphia; they got ashore, and as they were taking their first
+stroll through the streets in the ‘land of liberty and equality,’
+without a shilling in their pockets, they began to ‘sing out’ ‘Huzza
+for King George!’ This of course excited too much opposition to last
+long in the streets of a republican city, and a gentleman very kindly
+stopped the poor fellows, and to their great surprise informed them
+that he feared they would get into difficulty if they continued to
+huzza for the king, as King George was not the king of the country they
+were now in. He informed them that Mr. Jefferson was the great man in
+America&mdash;that he was President of the United States, and that it would
+not do for them to huzza for King George. They thanked him, and as
+they proceeded on they increased the volume of their voices in huzzas
+for ‘King Jefferson!&mdash;huzza for King Jefferson!’ This soon excited the
+attention of the police, who silenced their bawling by ‘putting them in
+the jug!’”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_28" title="28"></a>
+CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Letters of introduction&mdash;Driving a friend’s horse and chaise&mdash;Amusing
+      accidents&mdash;English driving&mdash;“Turn to the <em>right</em>, as the law
+      directs”&mdash;A turn to the <em>left</em>&mdash;A fresh difficulty&mdash;Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Lease for three years&mdash;Arrangement of collection&mdash;Bears sold
+      and removed to Regent’s Park Zoological Gardens&mdash;Their fates.</p>
+
+
+<p>Having landed all my effects safely at the terminus in London, the
+next thing was the final <em>locale</em>; and to decide on this, my letters
+of introduction, or a part of them at least, should be delivered; and
+for this and other dodgings about through the city for a few days,
+the first gentleman to whom I delivered a letter had the kindness to
+insist on my using his horse and chaise during certain portions of the
+day, when he did not use them himself. This was the kindest thing that
+he could have done for me, and I shall never forget the obligation he
+laid me under by doing so. His footman, who accompanied me, relieved me
+from all anxiety about the horse, which was a noble animal; and my long
+errands through the mud were most delightfully abridged.</p>
+
+<p>As the fatalities of life seem to bring us more or less trouble in
+every step we take in it, I had mine, even in this new and independent
+arrangement. In my first dash through the streets with all the
+confidence and tact I had acquired from my boyhood in driving a
+similar vehicle in my own country, I was suddenly in the midst of
+fresh misfortune by “turning to the right, as the law directs” (the
+regulation and custom of the United States), which brought my horse
+into the most frightful collision with a pair that were driven by a
+gentleman, and who had reined<a class="pagenum" id="Page_29" title="29"></a> in the same direction under the English
+custom of “turn to the left.”</p>
+
+<p>This affair was not only one of imminent danger of harm, which we had
+all luckily escaped, but one of exceeding mortification to me from the
+circumstances which immediately followed.</p>
+
+<p>The extreme care and skill in driving, with the fine training of horses
+in England (of which we have little idea in the United States), render
+accidents in the streets of London so exceedingly rare, that when
+they do occur they immediately attract an immense crowd, and into the
+midst of such an one was I thrown by the unfortunate accident which my
+ignorance rather than carelessness had just been the cause of.</p>
+
+<p>By the violence of the concussion I had been landed in the street, and
+the gentleman, to whose harness I had done some injury, was suddenly
+in front of me with his whip in his hand; and in the hearing of the
+crowd that was hovering around, in the most excited manner, demanding
+of me what I meant by driving against him in that awkward manner, and
+threatening to hold me responsible for damages done by not turning the
+right way, whilst I felt every disposition to answer his questions
+respectfully, as I saw the injury was all on his side. I still felt
+that a little tenacity was allowable on my side; and I almost as
+peremptorily demanded of him why he did not rein to the right, as the
+law requires:&mdash;“Rein to the right!” said he, “who the devil ever heard
+of such a thing as turning to the right? Where are you from, I should
+like to know?” “I am from a country, sir, where the law directs all
+vehicles to ‘turn to the right.’” “What country is that, I should like
+to know?” “North America, sir.” “Ha! just about what I should have
+thought, sir:&mdash;I suppose I shall get pay for my coupling-lines about
+the time the States pay interest.” “Most likely,” said I, as we were
+mutually taking our seats, amidst the sullen remarks that I heard in
+various<a class="pagenum" id="Page_30" title="30"></a> parts of the crowd as I was driving off&mdash;“There’s a Yankee
+for you!&mdash;ee’s a rum-looking fellow, ha?&mdash;There’s a Repudiator for
+you”&mdash;“I’ll be bound&mdash;” &amp;c., &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>I drove off from this scene with some satisfaction that I had learned
+so important a fact at so little expense, and steered my way very
+safely amidst the thousands of vehicles of various sorts that I was
+passing and meeting, in which time I was very pleasantly receiving
+a brief lecture on the subject from my good-natured and very civil
+footman, who was behind me; in which (having silently learned in the
+disaster we had just witnessed that I was from a foreign country) he
+took especial pains to explain to me that “in Hengland it’s holays
+the abit to turn to the left.” Just at that moment I found myself in
+a fresh difficulty, and some danger also, by one wheel of my chaise
+grinding against the curbstone, and a huge omnibus in full press
+against us, and driving us on to the pavement, where it had at that
+moment stopped and fastened us, whilst discharging a passenger. I
+demanded of the driver, a sullen-looking fellow, half covered with
+an apron or boot which protected him from the weather in front, and
+something like a feather-bed and bolsters tied around his neck and
+chin, and half concealing his bloated face, what he meant by reining
+in upon me in that way, and crowding me upon the pavement? to which
+he grumly replied as he snapped his whip, “I should like to know what
+business you have in there?” “Never mind,” said I, “I shall go ahead.”
+“No you woan’t&mdash;ain’t you old enough to know which side of a carriage
+to pass?” At that moment the conductor of the omnibus cried out “All
+right!” which was echoed by a policeman who had taken my horse by the
+bit. I was somewhat relieved, though a little surprised, at the verdict
+given by the conductor and the policeman at the same instant, that
+“all” (or both), as I at that moment understood it, “were right.” I
+sat still of course till the omnibus had left us, nearly crushed, but
+luckily not damaged, when I said to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_31" title="31"></a> my footman, “Why, what does this
+mean?&mdash;what do you call the ‘left side’ in this country, I should like
+to know?” To this he very distinctly as well as amusingly explained,
+that the invariable custom in England is when <em>meeting</em> a vehicle,
+to turn to the <em>left</em>, and when <em>passing</em>, to turn to the <em>right</em>.
+But why did the policeman and the conductor say we were both right or
+“all right?” “Why, sir, you know wen the homnibus olds up to land a
+gent or a lady, or to take em hin, it would be wery hawkard to drive
+off wen the lady ad one leg hin the bus and the other hout; so wen
+they are both hout or both hin, and all right, the conductor ollows
+out ‘Holl right!’ and the bus goes hon, d’ye see, sir?“ “Ah, yes, I
+thank you, Jerry, I understand it now.” I was then growing wiser every
+moment amongst the incidents that were occasionally taking place in my
+drives with the goodnatured footman and his fine horse, which I used
+for several days, much to my satisfaction and amusement, without other
+accident or incident worth the reader’s valuable time.</p>
+
+<p>I called upon my kind friend the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray, at his office in
+Buckingham Palace, where I was received with all that frankness and
+sincerity peculiar to him; and, with his kind aid, and that of Charles
+D. Archibald, Esq., of York Terrace, to whom I am also much indebted,
+the arrangements were soon made for my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took on a lease, for three years, at a rent of 550<em>l.</em> per
+annum.</p>
+
+<p>My collection was soon in it, and preparing for its exhibition, while
+the grizly bears were still howling at the Euston station, impatient
+for a more congenial place for their future residence. It was quite
+impossible to give them any portion of the premises I had contracted
+for in the Egyptian Hall, and the quarters ultimately procured for
+them being expensive, and the anxieties and responsibilities for
+them daily increasing upon me as they were growing stronger and more
+vicious in their dispositions, it was decided that they should be
+offered for sale, and dis<a class="pagenum" id="Page_32" title="32"></a>posed of as soon as possible. For this
+purpose I addressed letters to the proprietors of zoological gardens
+in Liverpool, in Dublin, and Edinburgh, and several other towns, and
+received, in reply from most of them, the answer that they already had
+them in their gardens, and that they were so complete a drug in England
+that they were of little value. One proprietor assured me that he had
+recently been obliged to shoot two that he had in his gardens, in
+consequence of mischief they were doing to people visiting the grounds,
+and to the animals in the gardens.</p>
+
+<p>My reply to several of these gentlemen was, that since the death of
+the famous old grizly bear, that had died a few months before in
+Regent’s-park, it was quite certain that there had not been one in
+the kingdom until the arrival of these, “and that if either of those
+gentlemen would produce me another living grizly bear, at that time, in
+the kingdom, I would freely give him my pair.” This seemed, however, to
+have little weight with the proprietors of wild beasts; but I at length
+disposed of them for about the same price that I had given for them
+four years before, when they were not much larger than my foot (for the
+sum of 125<em>l.</em>); and they went to the Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park.</p>
+
+<p>A word or two more of them and the reader will have done with the
+grizlies, who had been much obliged to me, no doubt, for four years’
+maintenance, and for a sight of the beauties of the ocean, and as much
+of the land of comforts and refinements as they were allowed to see
+through the bars of their cage, while they were travelling from the
+rude wilds of the Rocky Mountains to the great metropolis, the seat and
+centre of civilization and refinement. As in their new abode they were
+allowed more scope and better attendance, it was reasonable to suppose
+that their lives would have been prolonged, and their comfort promoted;
+but such did not prove to be the case. From the continual crowds about
+them, to which they had the greatest repugnance, they seemed daily to
+pine, until one of them died of exceeding disgust (unless a better
+cause can be<a class="pagenum" id="Page_33" title="33"></a> assigned), and the other with similar symptoms, added to
+loneliness perhaps, and despair, in a few months afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>Thus ended the career of the grizly bears, and I really believe there
+were no tears shed for them, unless they were tears of joy, for they
+seemed to extend their acquaintance only to add to the list of their
+enemies, wherever they went.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_34" title="34"></a>
+CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition&mdash;Description of
+      it&mdash;The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray&mdash;Collection opened to
+      private view&mdash;Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Distinguished
+      visitors&mdash;Mr. Murray’s explanations&mdash;Kind reception by the Public
+      and the Press&mdash;Kind friends&mdash;Fatigue of explaining and answering
+      questions&mdash;Curious remedy proposed by a friend&mdash;Pleasures and
+      pains of a friendly and fashionable dinner.</p>
+
+
+<p>My business now, and all my energies, were concentrated at the Egyptian
+Hall, where my collection was arranged upon the walls. The main hall
+was of immense length, and contained upon its walls 600 portraits and
+other paintings which I had made during eight years’ travels amongst
+forty-eight of the remotest and wildest tribes of Indians in America,
+and also many thousands of articles of their manufacture, consisting
+of costumes, weapons, &amp;c. &amp;c., forming together a pictorial history
+of those tribes, which I had been ambitious to preserve as a record
+of them, to be perpetuated long after their extinction. In the middle
+of the room I had erected also a wigwam (or lodge) brought from the
+country of the Crows, at the base of the Rocky Mountains, made of
+some twenty or more buffalo skins, beautifully dressed and curiously
+ornamented and embroidered with porcupine quills.</p>
+
+<p>My friend the Honourable C.&nbsp;A. Murray, with several others, had now
+announced my collection open to their numerous friends and such others
+as they chose to invite during the three first days when it was
+submitted to their private view, and by whom it was most of the time
+filled; and being kindly presented to most of them, my unsentimental
+and unintellectual life in the atmosphere of railroads and grizly bears
+was suddenly changed to a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_35" title="35"></a> cheering flood of soul and intellect which
+greeted me in every part of my room, and soon showed me the way to the
+recessed world of luxury, refinements, and comforts of London, which
+not even the imagination of those who merely stroll through the streets
+can by any possibility reach.</p>
+
+<p>During this private view I found entered in my book the names of very
+many of the nobility, and others of the most distinguished people
+of the kingdom. My friend Mr. Murray was constantly present, and
+introduced me to very many of them, who had the kindness to leave
+their addresses and invite me to their noble mansions, where I soon
+appreciated the elegance, the true hospitality and refinement of
+English life. Amongst the most conspicuous of those who visited my
+rooms on this occasion were H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. the Duke of Cambridge, the Duke
+and Duchess of Sutherland, the Duke and Duchess of Buccleuch, Duke of
+Devonshire, Duke of Wellington, the Bishop of London, the Bishop of
+Norwich, Sir Robert and Lady Peel, Lord Grosvenor, Lord Lennox, Duke
+of Richmond, Duke of Rutland, Duke of Buckingham, Countess-Dowager of
+Dunmore, Countess-Dowager of Ashburnham, Earl of Falmouth, Earl of
+Dunmore, Lord Monteagle, Lord Ashley, Earl of Burlington, Sir James and
+Lady Clark, Sir Augustus d’Este, Sir Francis Head, and many others of
+the nobility, with most of the editors of the press, and many private
+literary and scientific gentlemen, of whose kindness to me while in
+London I shall have occasion to speak in other parts of this work.</p>
+
+<p>The kindness of my friend Mr. Murray on this occasion can never
+be forgotten by me. He pointed out to my illustrious visitors the
+principal chiefs and warriors of the various tribes, with many of whom
+he was personally acquainted; explaining their costumes, weapons,
+&amp;c., with all of which his rambles in the Indian countries beyond the
+Mississippi and Missouri had made him quite familiar. He led Duchesses,
+Countesses, and Ladies in succession upon his arm, into the wigwam
+of buffalo-hides, where he descanted, to the great satisfaction and
+amusement<a class="pagenum" id="Page_36" title="36"></a> of his friends, upon the curious modes of Indian life into
+which he had been initiated, and which he had long shared with these
+simple people, whilst he resided with them under roofs of buffalo-hides
+(like the one now over their heads) on the vast plains and prairies of
+the wilds of America.</p>
+
+<p>This was evidently an opportunity affording him great satisfaction, of
+illustrating to his friends the styles of primitive life which he had
+witnessed in America, whilst his explanations and descriptions were
+exceedingly entertaining and amusing to them, and at the same time the
+strongest corroboration of the fidelity with which I had made them, and
+therefore the best recommendation of them and me to the consideration
+of the English community.</p>
+
+<p>He was fully employed, as he led alternately the Duchess of Sutherland
+(with her lovely daughters by her side), and the Duchess of Buccleuch
+on his arm, and a numerous group around him, while he commented upon
+the features and disposition of his old friend <em>Wee-ta-ra-sha-ro</em>, who
+had taken him under his immediate protection and saved his life from
+the designs of some young men who had laid their plans to destroy him
+when in the country of the Pawnees.</p>
+
+<p>He explained to them and the Bishops of London and Norwich, who were
+following in the wake of the ladies and giving ear, the religious
+ceremony of the Indians, their modes of warfare, of hunting, and
+throwing the lasso in catching the wild horse. He showed them the
+Indian cradles in which the squaws carry their pappooses, slung on
+their backs. He took in his hands the lasso, and illustrated the mode
+of throwing it, with which he was familiar. He took also in his hands
+their war-clubs, their tomahawks and scalping knives, and then the
+scalps from the heads of enemies slain in battle, and ably explained
+them all. With these he made lasting and thrilling impressions; but
+with more satisfaction to himself, and to the fair and tender Graces,
+whose sylph-like gracefulness formed a halo of loveliness around
+him, he pointed to my paintings of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_37" title="37"></a> ever verdant and enamelled
+prairies&mdash;to the very copses and lawns through which, with his
+unerring rifle, he had stalked the timid antelope or the stately elk
+and shaggy bison, and, after quieting his raving stomach with their
+broiled delicacies, he had straightened his wearied limbs upon his
+spread buffalo robe, and, with the long, waving grass and bowing lilies
+stooping over his head, he had reflected upon London, upon Palaces and
+friends, as he had glided into that sweet forgetfulness that belongs
+peculiarly to the wearied huntsman, whose rifle has catered for his
+stomach, and whose quiet conscience starts him not at the rustling of
+the sweetened winds that are gently breezing over him.</p>
+
+<p><em>I</em> was also constantly engaged with surrounding groups, who
+were anxious to know the meaning and moral of this strange and
+unintelligible collection, while my man Daniel, with his rod in his
+hand, was enlightening another party at the end of the room, by
+pointing out the leading personages of the various tribes, explaining
+their costumes, weapons, &amp;c., and answering the thousand questions
+which were put to him, and which several years of familiarity with the
+subject had abundantly qualified him to do.</p>
+
+<p>Thus passed my first interview with the English aristocracy. I was in
+the midst and the best of it; and by it, on all sides, was met with
+the kindliest feelings and condescension, while I received compliments
+from all (in the most undoubted sincerity) for the successful efforts I
+had thus made to perpetuate the records of an abused and dying race of
+human beings.</p>
+
+<p>The reception that myself and my works met on these days, amongst
+the highest critics, the most refined and elevated of the world, was
+beyond description pleasurable to me, as I had arrived a stranger in a
+foreign land, where I had risked everything upon the value that should
+be set upon my labours; and that, where I had been told that national
+prejudices would labour to defeat me. My life had been a tissue of
+risks and chances, and I resolved to hazard again; and I am now pleased
+(and bound) to acknowledge<a class="pagenum" id="Page_38" title="38"></a> that I was frankly met with the most
+unprejudiced and congenial feelings; and, even more than that, with a
+settled and genuine sympathy for the benighted people whom my works
+were representing, and a disposition to reward my labours by kind and
+unexpected invitations to the hospitable boards of those who fill the
+highest and most enviable stations in life.</p>
+
+<p>To this general feeling it affords me pleasure to respond in general
+terms, in this place; and I shall have occasion, in other parts of this
+work, to return my personal thanks for such spontaneous kindness, which
+my lasting gratitude will make it my duty to allude to.</p>
+
+<p>The editors of the leading literary and scientific journals of London,
+and of the daily newspapers, were chiefly there, and with their very
+friendly and complimentary notices of my collection, with the usual
+announcements by advertisements, I opened it for the inspection of the
+public on the first day of February, 1840.<a href="#Footnote_2" id="FNanchor_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>
+
+<p>Its commencement was flattering, from the numbers and high
+respectability of my visitors, and I was pleased, from day to day, to
+meet the faces and friendly greetings of those whom I had seen there at
+the private view.</p>
+
+<p>I was pleased also with the freedom which is granted to exhibitions in
+London, leaving them entirely independent of tithing or taxation, as
+well as of licences to be obtained from the police, as is the case in
+France and some other countries. Under such auspices I very pleasantly
+commenced, with a rent of 550<em>l.</em> per annum, and continued it with
+reasonable success for the space of four years. The vicissitudes and
+incidents of that time it is not the object of this work to detail;
+but I shall connect the links of my narrative better, and, I trust, do
+no injustice to my readers, by reciting a few of the incidents that
+transpired in that<a class="pagenum" id="Page_39" title="39"></a> time: and, while I am doing so, endeavouring to do
+the justice which gratitude prompts, to those persons whose kindness
+has laid me under peculiar obligations.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst those kind friends I must be allowed at present to mention
+the names of the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray, Sir Augustus d’Este, Charles D.
+Archibald, Esq., Sir James Clark, Sir Thomas Phillips, Mr. Petty
+Vaughan, Dr. Hodgkin, Capt. Shippard, Sir Francis Head, Lord Monteagle,
+John Murray, A.&nbsp;M. Perkins, and Sir David Wilkie; and there were many
+others with these who were very frequently at my rooms; and for their
+friendly and constant efforts to promote my interest they have my
+sincerest thanks.</p>
+
+<p>Several of these gentlemen, and others, whose visits were so frequent
+to my rooms, having formed an acquaintance with the Indians in their
+own country, or, from feelings of sympathy for them, taken so deep an
+interest in the subject, relieved me much of my time from the fatiguing
+task which I had adopted of explaining around the rooms such subjects
+as I considered most curious and instructive, and of answering the
+thousands of questions which were naturally put in every part of the
+room for information on so novel and exciting a theme.</p>
+
+<p>I had entered upon this, at first, not as a task but an amusement,
+from which I drew great pleasure whilst I was entertaining my visitors
+and cultivating their pleasing acquaintance. From an over desire and
+effort on my part to explain the peculiar and curious modes of those
+wild people, and from a determination on the part of my visitors to get
+these explanations from my own lips (although I had my man Daniel and
+several others constantly in the rooms for the same purpose), I was
+held in my exhibition rooms almost daily from morning until night.</p>
+
+<p>My men were able to explain the meaning of everything in the
+collection, but this did not satisfy the public whilst I was present.
+All inquired for me: “Where’s Mr. Catlin? he’s the Lion; his collection
+is wonderful; but I would give more to see him than all the rest.”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_40" title="40"></a> “He
+is yonder, Madam, at the farther end of the room, where you see a
+crowd of people around him.”</p>
+
+<p>I was generally in the midst of a crowd, who were densely packed around
+me; moving about the rooms whilst, with a rod in my hand to point
+with, I was lecturing or answering the numerous questions which were
+naturally put relative to these strange people and their modes. To
+lecture or to explain all day, following the current of one’s thoughts,
+would have been a thing feasible, though fatiguing; but to stand upon
+one’s feet and all day long to answer to interrogations, and many of
+those fifty times over, to different parties who were successively
+taking me in tow, I soon found was far more fatiguing than my travels
+and labours in the Indian wilderness; and I at length (at a much later
+period than my friends and my physician advised) gradually withdrew
+from the scene and this suicidal course, just before it might have been
+too late to have saved anything useful of me.</p>
+
+<p>I followed the advice of my physician by going to my rooms at stated
+hours, but soon departed from it by failing to leave them with
+punctuality, and take recreation in the open air. The partial change I
+had adopted, however, was of advantage to me&mdash;talking part of the day
+and breaking off and leaving my men to do the talking for the other
+half.</p>
+
+<p>Like most adventurers in wilderness life I was fond of describing
+what I had seen; and, having the works of several years around me, in
+their crude and unfinished condition, spread before the criticising
+world, and difficult to be appreciated, I was doubly stimulated to be
+in the collection, and with all the breath I could spare, to add to
+the information which the visitors to my rooms were seeking for. Under
+these conflicting feelings I struggled to keep away from my rooms, and
+did so for a part of the day, and that, as I soon found, only to meet a
+more numerous and impatient group when I re-entered.</p>
+
+<p>All of the above-mentioned kind friends, and many others, repeatedly
+called to impress upon me the necessity of leaving my exhibition to my
+men,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_41" title="41"></a> “to save my lungs&mdash;to save my life,” as they said. Some snatched
+me away from the crowd, and in the purest kindness hurled me through
+the streets in their carriages, still <em>yelling</em> answers to their
+numerous questions as we were passing over the noisy pavements; and
+then at their kind and festive boards, to which I had been brought as
+places of refuge and repose, I was, for an instance, presented as&mdash;“My
+dear, this is Mr. Catlin! (<em><a href="#Plate_3">Plate No. 3</a>, next page.</em>)&mdash;Mother, you have
+heard of Mr. Catlin?&mdash;Cousins Lucy and Fanny, here’s the celebrated Mr.
+Catlin you have heard me speak of so often. Poor fellow! I have dragged
+him away from his exhibition, where they are talking him to death&mdash;he
+<em>must</em> have <em>repose</em>&mdash;and here we can entertain and amuse him. Here, my
+little chicks&mdash;come here all of you&mdash;here’s Mr. Catlin!&mdash;here’s the man
+who has been so long among the wild Indians! he will tell you a great
+many curious stories about them. Where’s sister Ellen, and Betty?” “Oh,
+they are in the garden with Mr. S. and his son, who has just returned
+from New Zealand.“ “Good, good; run for them, run for them, quick! Send
+the carriage for aunt W&mdash;&mdash;n as swift as possible, and don’t let her
+fail to stop on the way and bring Lady R&mdash;&mdash;e: you know how fond she is
+of the Indian character&mdash;she was three years, you know, in Canada&mdash;and
+the poem she is now writing on the Indians! What a treat this will be
+to her! Won’t it be delightful to see her and Mr. Catlin come together?
+She told me the other day she had a thousand questions she wished to
+put to Mr. Catlin&mdash;how interesting! Have the dinner up at <em>six</em>&mdash;no,
+say at <em>seven</em>; it will give us the more time for conversation, and
+for Professor D., the phrenologist, to get here, and whom I have
+invited&mdash;he’s always behind the time&mdash;and this treat will be so rich to
+him&mdash;I would not miss him for anything in the world.”</p>
+
+<p>My lecturing lungs and stomach being under a running engagement for
+dinner at three o’clock, the sound of “<em>six</em>”&mdash;then, “no, <em>seven</em>,”
+with the words “Indian poem,” “phrenologist,” &amp;c., produced a most
+rebellious and faltering<a class="pagenum" id="Page_42" title="42"></a> sensation in my chest; the one entirely
+exhausted from its customary exertions until three o’clock, and the
+other, at that moment, completely in a state of collapse. The difficult
+trials I had lived through with the latter, however, in my wild
+adventures in the Indian wilderness, and the more recent proofs in the
+Egyptian Hall, of the elasticity of the other, inspired me with courage
+to enter upon the ordeal that was before me, and (even in distress)
+justly to appreciate what was so kindly preparing for me.</p>
+
+<p>I here instantly forgot my troubles as the party entered from the
+gardens, when I was thus presented by my good friend:&mdash;“Ellen, my dear,
+and Betty, here’s Mr. Catlin; and, Mr. S&mdash;&mdash;n, I have the extreme
+pleasure of presenting to your acquaintance the famous Mr. Catlin,
+whose name and whose works are familiar to you: and now, Catlin, my
+dear fellow, I introduce you to Mr. J.&nbsp;S., the son of the gentleman
+with whom I have just made you acquainted. Mr. J.&nbsp;S. has just returned
+from amongst the natives of New Zealand, where he has spent three or
+four years; and your descriptions of all the modes and customs of
+the North American Indians, compared with his accounts of the New
+Zealanders, will be so rich a treat to us!&mdash;&mdash;But, Catlin, you look
+pale! Are you not well? You look so fagged!” “Yes, yes; I am well.”
+“Oh, that plagued exhibition of yours&mdash;it will be the death of you! You
+must keep away from it, or you will talk yourself to death there! My
+good friends, come, take seats! Catlin, my dear fellow, come, join us
+in a glass of good old sherry&mdash;it will give you an appetite for your
+dinner&mdash;Is it to your liking?” “I thank you, it is very fine.” “Will
+you take another?” “No, I am much obliged to you.” “My dear, look at
+the clock&mdash;what time is it?” “Quarter past five.” “Ah, well, I didn’t
+think it was so late&mdash;be sure to have the dinner up at seven&mdash;do you
+hear?”</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_3"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_042fp.jpg" width="500" height="573" alt="Plate 3: George Catlin" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 3.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Oh, Time and Paper! I will not tax you with the pains of kindness I
+was at that moment entering upon&mdash;I, who had been for eight years
+eating at the simple Indians’ hos<a class="pagenum" id="Page_43" title="43"></a>pitable boards, where eating and
+talking are seldom done together; or taking my solitary meals, cooked
+by my own hand; where I had no one to talk with&mdash;but will leave it to
+Imagination’s exhaustless colours, which, for a harmless pastime, will
+paint the pleasures, perhaps, of the dragging hours of my lifetime that
+I sighed through from that until twelve o’clock at night (the last
+half-hour of which I had stood upon my feet, with my hat in my hand,
+taking affectionate leave, with, “My dear, charming Sir, you can’t tell
+how happy we have all been&mdash;your accounts have been so interesting!
+You <em>must</em> come another evening and dine with us, and we will have
+Mr. G. and Mr. and Mrs. L&mdash;&mdash;n; they will be so impatient to hear you
+tell all you have told us. Good night!&mdash;<em>good</em> night!&mdash;we shall all
+be in a party at your exhibition to-morrow at an early hour, at ten
+o’clock&mdash;mind, don’t forget the hour&mdash;and it will be so delightful to
+hear you explain everything in your collection, which my dear husband
+has seen so often, and says are so curious and interesting. Poor
+fellow! he is quite knocked up&mdash;he has been up all day, and constantly
+talking, and was so completely worn out that he went off to bed an hour
+ago&mdash;you will know how to excuse him. We ladies can often entertain our
+friends long after <em>his</em> powers of conversation are fagged out. Good
+night&mdash;good night, my dear Sir&mdash;farewell!”</p>
+
+<p>Thus and at that hour I took leave, when the busses and cabs were all
+still, and I had, from necessity, a solitary walk of three miles to
+my lodgings; and before I laid my head on my pillow, from an equal
+necessity, to feed my poor stomach with some substitute for <em>dinner</em>,
+which had been in abundance before my eyes, but which the constant
+exercise of my lungs had prevented me from eating. Such a rendezvous
+as had been appointed for ten o’clock the next day, and by so fair and
+so kind a lady, even the rough politeness of a savage would have held
+sacred.</p>
+
+<p>At twelve o’clock on the following morning, and when I had nearly
+finished my descriptions of Indian modes to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_44" title="44"></a> ladies, my kind friend
+who had taken me to his house the day before, and having a little
+overslept himself on that morning had taken a late breakfast at eleven,
+entered the rooms with three or four of his friends, and quite rapidly
+addressed his wife in the following manner:&mdash;“Come now, my dear, you
+and your party have kept poor Catlin talking and answering questions
+quite long enough; you will kill him if you don’t let him rest once in
+a while. See how pale the poor man is. Go off and get home as quick as
+possible. See all this crowd waiting around to talk him to death when
+you are done with him. I have brought Mr. C., the famous mineralogist,
+and the two Mr. N.’s, the geologists, to whom I want him to explain
+the mineralogy and geology of those boundless regions, of the Missouri
+and Rocky Mountains, and I was to have had the famous botanist, Mr.
+D. S&mdash;, but he may come by and by; and after we have done here, I am
+going to take him, that he may have a little relaxation and repose, to
+the British Museum, which he has not seen yet, and to the Geological
+Society’s rooms; and after that, I have got for him an invitation
+to dine with the Reverend Mr. O., who will have several reverend
+gentlemen, and the famous Miss E. and Mrs. W., who you know are all so
+anxious to learn about the Indians’ religion and modes of worship.” I
+was then introduced to my friend’s three or four companions, but a few
+moments after was reminded, by one of my men, of an engagement which
+took me off for the remainder of that day.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_45" title="45"></a>
+CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Author’s illness from overtalking in his collection&mdash;Daniel’s illness
+      from the same cause&mdash;Character of Daniel&mdash;His labour-saving plan
+      for answering one hundred questions&mdash;His disappointment&mdash;Daniel
+      travels to Ireland for his health&mdash;Author prepares to publish his
+      Notes of Travel amongst the Indians&mdash;John Murray (publisher)&mdash;His
+      reasons for not publishing the Author’s work&mdash;His friendly
+      advice&mdash;Author’s book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Illustrious subscribers&mdash;Thomas Moore&mdash;Critical notices in
+      London papers.</p>
+
+
+<p>In this manner passed the time from day to day, from week to week,
+and from month to month; and as I was daily growing richer, I was
+daily growing poorer&mdash;<em>i.&nbsp;e.</em> I was day by day losing my flesh, not
+from the usual cause, the want of enough to eat, but from derangement
+of the lungs and the stomach, both often overworked, with a constant
+excitement and anxiety of the mind, the seat of which was not far
+distant.</p>
+
+<p>I endeavoured, however, and gradually succeeded in dividing my time
+and my thoughts, giving a proper proportion to the public in my rooms,
+a portion to my friends, and (as it was then becoming a matter of
+necessity for the preparation of my notes of eight years’ travel,
+which were soon to be published) decidedly the greater part to myself,
+leaving my exhibition mostly to the management of my men, of whom I had
+several, and all familiar enough with the meaning of everything in the
+collection to give a lucid description of its contents.</p>
+
+<p>As I was gradually receding from the exhibition, the arduous duties
+began to thicken more strongly upon my man Daniel, of whom I have
+before often spoken. He had been longest associated with me and
+my collection, and having it more by heart than the rest, was the
+foremost<a class="pagenum" id="Page_46" title="46"></a> man in illustrating it, of which he had been curator for
+seven or eight years. I have before mentioned that he was of a quick
+and irascible disposition, exceedingly tenacious of national feelings,
+and those national prejudices mostly in favour of the country I said
+he had some twenty years since adopted&mdash;the United States. Though he
+was quick-tempered and violent in his prejudices, there was always the
+redeeming trait at the end, that his anger was soon over, and there was
+good nature and civility at the bottom.</p>
+
+<p>Though I had often complaints made to me of the want of politeness
+or of the rudeness of my man Daniel, I generally found that they
+were instances where he had been provoked to it by some unnecessary
+allusions to the vices of his own country, or by some objections to
+his political opinions relative to the institutions of the United
+States, upon which subjects he holds himself exceedingly punctilious
+and very well prepared for debate. With whatever foibles he has, I
+have found him invariably and strictly an honest man; and many of his
+highest offences alleged to have been given to the public in my rooms,
+were given strictly in obedience to my orders for the support of the
+regulations of my exhibition, or for the protection of my property
+and the advancement of my interest. To those who entered my rooms
+respectfully for information, he was civil and communicative, and all
+such drew valuable information from him, and many became attached to
+him. His lungs were now labouring for me, while mine were getting a
+little rest; and from morning to night of every day he was conducting
+individuals and parties around the rooms, pointing out and explaining
+the leading peculiarities of the museum, and answering the thousand
+questions that were asked by all classes of society relative to the
+looks, the modes, and habits of the Indians&mdash;the countries they lived
+in&mdash;and also of Mr. Catlin, the proprietor and collector of the museum,
+whom all were anxious to see, and many of whom had been led to believe
+was himself an Indian.</p>
+
+<p>In my own answering of these questions, many of which<a class="pagenum" id="Page_47" title="47"></a> were natural to
+be raised on so new and exciting a subject, I was often amused, and
+as often surprised at the novelty and ignorance of many of them, even
+amongst a polite and well-clad and apparently well-educated class of
+people. Many of the questions, which only excited a smile with me,
+elicited broad laughter from Daniel, which he could not help, and
+having laughed, could not well avoid expressing his surprise at, and
+his detection of, which gave umbrage, and sometimes was another cause
+of difficulties that he occasionally though seldom got into.</p>
+
+<p>I observed, after a while, that the same causes which had affected me
+were emaciating him, and he finally told me that he was talking his
+lungs out&mdash;and that he could not bear it much longer at the rate he
+was going on. The questions which were constantly put to him in the
+room were so much of a sort, or class, that there was little variety or
+novelty in them to please or excite him; almost every person putting
+the same; much the greater part of them being general, and therefore
+irksome to him, as they were often asked a hundred or more times in
+the day and as often answered. He came to me one evening, seemingly
+much relieved from the painful prospect he had been suffering under,
+and which was still before him, by the hope that I would adopt a plan
+he had hit upon for obviating much of the difficulty, and of saving
+his lungs for the explanations of questions which might be casual, and
+not exactly reduced to rule. He said he had ascertained that there
+were about 100 questions which were commonplace&mdash;were put (and in the
+same way precisely) by the greater part of people who came in, and had
+time to ask them; and that 50 of those, at least, were asked 100 times
+per day, the answering of which took the greater part of his time and
+the best part of his strength, which he thought might be reserved for
+giving more useful information, while these 100 questions, the most of
+which were extremely simple or silly, and of little importance to be
+known, might be disposed of by a printed table of answers placed around
+the rooms for every one to read as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_48" title="48"></a> they walked, without the loss of
+time and fatigue consequent upon the usual mode of asking and answering
+questions. Though I could not consent to adopt his mode, yet I was
+amused at its ingenuity; and I give here but a small part of his list,
+which commenced and ran thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>“The Indians have <em>no beards at all</em>, only may be one in twenty or
+  so.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>don’t</em> shave&mdash;they pull it out, when they have any
+  beard.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Virtuous?&mdash;Yes. I should say they are quite as much so as the
+  whites, if the whites would keep away from them and let them alone.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Ah, as amorous?&mdash;No. Mr. Catlin says they have not the spices of
+  life and the imaginations to set them on, or I’ll venture they would
+  be quite as bad as the whites.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians in <em>America are not</em> cannibals. Mr. Catlin says there is
+  no such thing.”</p>
+
+  <p>“No, there are no tribes that go entirely naked; they are all very
+  decent.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>don’t</em> eat raw meat, they cook it more than the whites
+  do.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin was amongst the Indians eight years, and was never killed
+  during that time.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The scalp is a patch of the skin and hair taken from the top of the
+  head by a warrior when he kills his enemy in battle.”</p>
+
+  <p>“No, they don’t scalp the living&mdash;it is not a scalp to count if the
+  man is alive.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They <em>sometimes</em> eat a great deal, to be sure, but generally not so
+  much as white people.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They <em>do</em> get drunk sometimes, but white people sell them rum and
+  make them so, therefore I don’t think we ought to call them drunkards
+  exactly.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians all get married&mdash;some have a number of wives.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Yes, they seem as fond of their wives as any people I ever saw.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians never injured Mr. Catlin in any way.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin <em>didn’t</em> live on ‘raw meat;’ he was one time eighteen
+  months with nothing but meat to eat, but it was well cooked.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians know <em>nothing about salt</em>&mdash;they don’t use it at all.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Reason! yes; why, do you think they are wild beasts? to be sure they
+  reason as well as we do.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They <em>are</em> thieves, sometimes; but I don’t think they thieve so
+  often as white people do.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>do</em> lend their wives sometimes to white men, but it is
+  only their old superannuated ones, who are put aside to hard labour,
+  so it is a sort of kindness all around, and I don’t see that there is
+  much harm in it.”</p>
+
+  <p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_49" title="49"></a>
+  “The Indians all have their religion, they all worship the Great
+  Spirit.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They are <em>treacherous</em>, to be sure, towards their enemies only, and
+  I’ll be whipped if the white people an’t just as bad.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>are cruel</em>, there’s no mistake about that; but it is
+  only to their enemies.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Sale? there <em>won’t be</em> any sale; Mr. Catlin don’t intend to sell his
+  collection in this country.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin <em>is not</em> an Indian.”</p>
+
+  <p>“No, he has <em>no</em> Indian blood in him.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin speaks the English language very well.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>don’t raise</em> tea.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They <em>never eat</em> the scalps.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians that Mr. Catlin saw are not <em>near</em> Chusan, they are
+  3,000 miles from there, they are in America.”</p>
+
+  <p>“You <em>can’t come overland</em> from America.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A scalping-knife is <em>any</em> large knife that an Indian takes a scalp
+  with.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A prairie is a meadow.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians speak <em>their own</em> language.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A pappoose is an Indian baby while it is carried in the cradle.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A prairie bluff is a hill that is covered with grass.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Rocky Mountains are in <em>America</em>, between New York and the
+  Pacific Ocean, and <em>not</em> in the <em>Indies</em> at all.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A snag is a large tree that is lying in the river, its roots fast in
+  the mud at the bottom, and its trunk at the top, pointing down the
+  stream.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Sawyers <em>are not</em> alligators.”</p>
+
+  <p>“An alligator is a sort of crocodile.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Chesapeake didn’t take the Shannon, it was the Shannon that took
+  the Chesapeake.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Americans are <em>white</em>, the same colour exactly as the English,
+  and speak the same language, only they speak it a great deal better,
+  in general.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A stump is the but-end and roots of a tree standing in the ground
+  after the tree is chopped down.”</p>
+
+  <p>“It <em>is</em> true that all Indian women stay away from their husbands
+  the seven days of their illness, and I think they are the decentest
+  people of the two for doing it.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A squaw is an <em>Indian woman</em> who is married.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The <em>Calumet</em> is a pipe of peace.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Horns on a chief’s head-dress have <em>no bad</em> meaning.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin <em>is not</em> a repudiator,” &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>And thus went on poor Daniel’s list to the number of about 100
+commonplace questions which he had hoped to have disposed of by a sort
+of steam operation; but finding that they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_50" title="50"></a> must all continue to be
+“done by hand,” as before, he returned to his post, which, from his
+disappointment in his unrealized hopes, seemed to drag more heavily
+than ever upon him, and so rapidly to wear him down that he was obliged
+to plan a tour to his own native land of Erin, where he went for
+some weeks, to restore his lungs and his strength. His labour-saving
+suggestion might have been a very convenient one for me in his absence,
+but it was dispensed with, and he was soon back at his post, recruited
+and assuming the command again, whilst I was busy in advancing the
+material for my forthcoming work.</p>
+
+<p>The Notes of my Eight Years’ Travels amongst Forty-eight different
+Tribes of Indians in America, to be illustrated with more than 300
+steel plate illustrations, were nearly ready to be put to press; and I
+called on my good friend John Murray, in Albemarle Street, believing
+that he would be glad to publish them for me. To my surprise he
+objected to them (but without seeing my manuscript), for two reasons
+which he at once alleged: first, because he was afraid of the great
+number of illustrations to be embodied in the work, and secondly for
+(certainly) the most unfashionable reason, that “he loved me too much!”
+I had brought a letter of introduction to him from his old friend
+Washington Irving; and from the deep interest Mr. Murray had taken
+in my collection and the history and prospects of the poor Indians,
+my rooms (which were near his dwelling-house) were his almost daily
+resort, and I a weekly guest at his hospitable board, where I always
+met gentlemen of eminence connected with literature and art. Good and
+generous old man! he therefore “loved me too much” to share with me
+the profits of a work which he said should all belong to me for my
+hard labour and the risks of my life I had run in procuring it; and
+as the means of enlarging those profits he advised me to publish it
+myself. “I would advise you,” said he,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_51" title="51"></a> “as one of your best friends, to
+publish your own book; and I am sure you will make a handsome profit
+by it. Being an artist yourself, and able to make the drawings for
+your 300 illustrations, which for me would require a very great outlay
+to artists to produce them, and having in your exhibition-room the
+opportunity of receiving subscriptions for your work, which I could
+not do, it will be quite an easy thing for you to take names enough to
+cover all the expenses of getting it up, which at once will place you
+on safe ground; and if the work should be well received by Mr. Dilke
+and others of the critical world, it will insure you a handsome reward
+for your labours, and exceedingly please your sincere friend, John
+Murray.”</p>
+
+<p>This disinterested frankness endeared me to that good man to his last
+days, and his advice, which I followed, resulted, as he had predicted,
+to my benefit. My subscription list my kind friend the Hon. C.&nbsp;A.
+Murray had in a few days commenced, with the subscriptions of</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Her most gracious MAJESTY the QUEEN</span>,<br />
+
+                    <span class="smcap">H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. Prince Albert</span>,<br />
+
+                <span class="smcap">Her Majesty the Queen Dowager</span>,<br />
+
+                 <span class="smcap">H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. the Duchess of Kent</span>,<br />
+
+             <span class="smcap">His Majesty the King of the Belgians</span>,<br />
+
+               <span class="smcap">H.&nbsp;M. the Queen of the Belgians</span>,<br />
+
+            <span class="smcap">His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex</span>,<br />
+
+               <span class="smcap">H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. Leopold Duc de Brabant</span>.
+</p>
+
+<p>After which soon followed a complimentary list of the nobility and
+gentry, together with the leading institutions of the kingdom.</p>
+
+<p>My work was published by myself, at the Egyptian Hall, and the only
+fears which my good friend John Murray had expressed for me were
+all dispersed by the favourable announcements by Mr. Dilke, of the
+Athenæum, and the editors of other literary journals, from which it
+will be seen that the subjoined notices are but very brief extracts.</p>
+
+<p>It may not be improper also here to remark, that for all the Royal
+copies subscribed for above, the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray<a class="pagenum" id="Page_52" title="52"></a> was ordered to
+remit me double the amount of the price of the work; and that, on a
+subsequent occasion, when my dear wife and myself were guests at the
+dinner table of John Murray, he said to his old friend Thomas Moore,
+who was by our side, “That wild man by the side of you there, Mr.
+Catlin, who has spent enough of his life amongst the wild Indians
+(sleeping on the ground and eating raw buffalo meat) to make you and
+I as grey as badgers, and who has not yet a grey hair in his head,
+applied to me about a year ago to publish his Notes. I was then&mdash;for
+the first time in my life&mdash;too honest for my own interest, as well as
+that of an author; and I advised him to publish it himself, as the
+surest way of making something out of it. My wife here will tell you
+that I have read every word of it through, heavy as it is, and she
+knows it is the only book that I have read quite through in the last
+five years. And I tell Mr. Catlin now, in your presence, that I shall
+regret as long as I live that I did not publish that work for him; for
+as sincerely as I advised him, I could have promoted his interest by so
+doing, and would have done so, had I known what was in the work when he
+proposed it to me.”</p>
+
+<p>The reader will pardon me for inserting here the critical notices which
+follow:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Edinburgh Review.</span> <em>Fifteen pages.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p>“Living with them as one of themselves; having no trading purposes to
+  serve; exciting no enmity by the well-meant but suspicious preaching
+  of a new religion, Mr. Catlin went on with his rifle and his pencil,
+  sketching and noting whatever he saw worthy of record; and wisely
+  abandoning all search for the ancient history of a people who knew
+  no writing, he confined his labours to the depicting exactly what
+  he saw, and that only. Notes and sketches were transmitted, as
+  occasion served, to New York, and the collected results now appear,
+  partly in a gallery which has been for some time exhibited in
+  London, containing some five hundred pictures of Indian personages
+  and scenes, drawn upon the spot, with specimens of their dress and
+  manufactures, their arts and arms; and partly, as just stated, of the
+  volumes under our hands, which display engravings of most of those
+  specimens and pictures, accompanied by a narrative, written in a very
+  pleasant, homely style, of his walks and wanderings in the ‘<em>Far
+  West</em>.’</p>
+
+<p>“The reader will find a compensation in the vigour of the narrative,
+  which, like a diary, conveys the vivid impressions of the moment,
+  instead of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_53" title="53"></a> being chilled and tamed down into a more studied
+  composition. Such as the work is, we strongly recommend it to the
+  perusal of all who wish to make themselves acquainted with a singular
+  race of men and system of manners, fast disappearing from the face of
+  the earth; and which have nowhere else been so fully, curiously, and
+  graphically described.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Westminster Review.</span> <em>Twelve pages.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“This is a remarkable book, written by an extraordinary man. A work
+  valuable in the highest degree for its novel and curious information
+  about one of the most neglected and least understood branches of
+  the human family. Mr. Catlin, without any pretension to talent in
+  authorship, has yet produced a book which will live as a record
+  when the efforts of men of much higher genius have been forgotten.
+  Every one in London has seen Mr. Catlin’s unique gallery, and his
+  attractive exhibition of living models at the Egyptian Hall; we
+  cannot too strongly recommend them to our country friends. And here
+  we take our leave of a work over which we have lingered with much
+  pleasure, strongly recommending it to the reader, and hoping its
+  extensive sale will amply repay Mr. Catlin for the great outlay he
+  must have incurred.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Dublin University Magazine.</span> <em>Fifteen pages.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Mr. Catlin’s book is one of the most interesting which we have
+  perused on the subject of the Indians. His pencil has preserved the
+  features of races which in a few years will have disappeared; and
+  his faithful and accurate observations may be considered as the
+  storehouse from whence future writers on such topics will extract
+  their most authentic statements.”</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Tait’s Edinburgh Magazine.</span> <em>Two Notices, Twenty-two pages.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“This is altogether an <em>unique</em> work. It may be considered as a
+  <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Catalogue Raisonnée</em> of the numerous objects of art and curiosity
+  which Mr. Catlin has collected in the course of his wanderings,
+  and arranged in his Indian Gallery. The narrative of Mr. Catlin’s
+  personal adventures during the wandering years in which he was thus
+  engaged, forms a work as unique in literature, as his collection of
+  original portraits and curiosities is rare in art.</p>
+
+<p>“Many curious traits of character and pictures of manners are
+  exhibited in these large and closely-printed volumes, which will
+  remain an interesting record of the Homeric age and race of North
+  America, when, save a few wild traditions and scattered relics, and
+  a few of the musical and sonorous Indian names of lakes, rivers, and
+  hunting grounds, every other trace of the red man will have perished
+  on that vast continent.”</p>
+</div>
+
+ <div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Literary Gazette</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>Three Notices, Twenty-five Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“<em>Catlin’s Book on the North American Indians.</em>&mdash;An <em>unique</em> work!
+  A work of extraordinary interest and value. Mr. Catlin is <em>the</em>
+  Historian of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_54" title="54"></a> the Red Races of mankind; of a past world, or at least
+  of a world fast passing away, and leaving hardly a trace or wreck
+  behind. We need not recommend it to the world, for it recommends
+  itself, beyond our praise.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Athenæum</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>Four Notices, Thirty-one Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“The public have fully confirmed the opinion we formerly pronounced
+  on Catlin’s Indian gallery, as the most interesting exhibition which,
+  in our recollection, had been opened in London. The production of the
+  <em>work</em> will, therefore, be most acceptable to those who have seen the
+  exhibition, as serving to refresh their memories; to those who have
+  not, as helping to explain that of which they have heard so much; to
+  all as a pleasant narrative of adventure, and a circumstantial and
+  detailed history of the manners and customs of an interesting people,
+  whose fate is sealed, whose days are numbered, whose extinction is
+  certain. The Americans should make much of Mr. Catlin for the sake
+  of by-gone days, which his books, portraits, and collections will
+  present to their grandchildren.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Art Union</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“We have rarely examined a work at once so interesting and so useful
+  as this; the publication of which is, in truth, a benefit conferred
+  upon the world; for it is a record of things rapidly passing away,
+  and the accurate traces of which are likely to be lost within a
+  brief time after they have been discovered. As a contribution to
+  the history of mankind, these volumes will be of rare value long
+  after the last of the persecuted races are with ‘the Great Spirit,’
+  and they may even have some <em>present</em> effect; for they cannot fail
+  to enlist the best sympathies of humanity on the side of a most
+  singular people. The book is exceedingly simple in its style; it is
+  the production of a man of benevolent mind, kindly affections, and
+  sensitive heart, as well as of keen perceptions and sound judgment.
+  If we attempted to do justice to its merits, we should fill a
+  <em>number</em> of our work instead of a <em>column</em> of it; we must content
+  ourselves with recommending its perusal to all who covet knowledge
+  or desire amusement;&mdash;no library in the kingdom should be without a
+  copy.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Times</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>One Notice, Three Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“The reflection is almost insupportable to a humane mind, that the
+ indigenous races of America, comprising numerous distinct nations,
+ the original proprietors of that vast continent, are probably doomed
+ to entire extermination&mdash;a fate which has already befallen a large
+ portion of the red tribes. It is still more painful to think that this
+ should be the effect of the spread of the civilized races, who thus
+ become the agents of a wholesale destruction of their fellow-men. If
+ these melancholy truths were capable of aggravation, it may be found
+ in the dreadful fact that the process of destruction is not left
+ to the slow operation of invisible and insensible causes,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_55" title="55"></a> but is
+ hastened by expedients devised for that express end by civilized men,
+ the tribes being stimulated or compelled to the destruction of each
+ other, or provided with the means of destroying themselves.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Catlin, the author of the work which has suggested these
+ observations, has had better opportunities for studying the character
+ of the North American Indians than most travellers since the early
+ French writers.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Catlin is an American, a native of Wyoming, and the publisher of
+ his own work, at the Egyptian Hall.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Morning Chronicle</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“As a work intended merely for general amusement, and independently
+  of the higher object to which it is devoted, Mr. Catlin’s book will
+  be found exceedingly interesting. The salient or rugged points of its
+  style have not been smoothed down by any literary journeyman. Mr.
+  Catlin ventures alone and unaided before the public. What he has seen
+  in the prairie, and noted down in its solitude, he sends forth, with
+  all the wildness and freshness of nature about it. This, together
+  with his free and easy conversational style, plentifully sprinkled
+  with Americanisms, gives a peculiar charm to his descriptions, which
+  are not merely animated or life-like, but <em>life</em> itself. The reader
+  is made to believe himself in the desert, or lying among friendly
+  Indians in the wigwam, or hurried along in the excitement of the
+  chase. He is constantly surrounded by the figures of the red man, and
+  hears the rustle of their feathers, or the dash of their half-tamed
+  steeds as they bound by him.</p>
+
+<p>“The work is ornamented with hundreds of engravings, taken from
+  original pictures drawn by Mr. Catlin, of the persons, manners,
+  customs, and scenes that he met with in his wanderings. They give
+  an additional value to those volumes which are published, as the
+  title-page informs us, by Mr. Catlin himself, at the Egyptian Hall.
+  We wish him all the success to which his candour no less than his
+  talents fully entitle him.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Morning Herald</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_56" title="56"></a>
+<p>“In the two ample volumes just published, and illustrated with more
+  than 300 plates, Mr. Catlin has given to the world a lasting and
+  invaluable memorial of the doomed race of the Red Man, which, after
+  having from immemorial time held the unmolested tenancy of an entire
+  continent, is now but too obviously hurried on to utter extinction.
+  Mr. Catlin’s literary matter resembles his drawings; it has all the
+  freshness of the sketch from nature. Through both he brings us into
+  companionship with the red man, as if careering with him over the
+  boundless plains, the primeval forests of his hunting grounds in the
+  far West, or in the vicinity of his temporary village settlements,
+  witnessing his athletic games, his strange, fantastic dances, and his
+  spontaneous endurance of those revolting tortures by which he evinces
+  his unflinching stoicism.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Morning Post</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Upwards of three hundred very well executed etchings from the
+  paintings, drawn by Mr. Catlin, adorn these volumes, and offer to the
+  eye one of the most complete museums of an almost unknown people that
+  ever was given to the public. The style of the narrative is diffuse,
+  inartificial, and abounding in Yankeeisms; but it is earnest, honest,
+  and unpretending; and contains most undoubted and varied information
+  relative to the red savage of America, fresh from the wilds, and
+  unembittered by border hostility or unfounded prejudice. These
+  volumes are handsomely printed, and ‘brought out,’ in all respects,
+  with much care and taste.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Spectator</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>Five Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“The illustrative plates of these volumes are numbering upwards
+  of three hundred subjects&mdash;landscapes, hunting scenes, Indian
+  ceremonies, and portraits form a remarkable feature, and possess a
+  permanent interest as graphic records. They are outline etchings
+  from the author’s paintings, and are admirable for the distinct
+  and lively manner in which the characteristics of the scenes and
+  persons are portrayed: what is called a <em>style of art</em> would have
+  been impertinent, and might have tended to falsify. Mr. Catlin, in
+  his homely, but spirited manner, seizes upon the most distinguishing
+  points of his subjects by dint of understanding their value, and
+  every touch has significance and force: hence the number of details
+  and the extent of view embraced in these small and slight sketches,
+  hence their animation and reality.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Atlas</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>Three Notices, Twelve Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“This publication may be regarded as the most valuable accession to
+  the history of the fast perishing races of the aboriginal world that
+  has ever been collected by a single individual. The descriptions it
+  contains are minute and full, and possess the advantage of being
+  wonderfully tested by the long experience of the writer, and verified
+  by the concurrent testimonials of many individuals intimately
+  acquainted with the scenes and races delineated. The engravings,
+  which are liberal to an unprecedented extent, cannot be too highly
+  praised for their utility as illustrations. To the readers who have
+  never had an opportunity of visiting Mr. Catlin’s gallery, these
+  engravings will form for them quite a museum of Indian curiosities
+  in themselves; while to those already familiar with the actual
+  specimens, they will serve as useful and agreeable souvenirs. But we
+  chiefly approve and recommend this work to universal circulation for
+  the sake of the pure and noble philanthropy by which it is everywhere
+  inspired. As the advocate of the oppressed Indian, now vanishing
+  before the white man on the soil of his fathers, Mr. Catlin deserves
+  the unmixed thanks of the Christian world. His volumes are full of
+  stimulants to benevolent exertion, and bear the strongest testimony
+  to the character of the races for whose preservation he pleads.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <a class="pagenum" id="Page_57" title="57"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">United Service Gazette</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Mr. Catlin is one of the most remarkable men of the age. Every one
+  who has visited his singularly interesting gallery at the Egyptian
+  Hall, must have been struck by his remarkable intelligence on every
+  subject connected with the North American Indians; but of its extent,
+  as well as of his extraordinary enthusiasm and thirst for adventure,
+  we had formed no idea until we had perused these volumes. In the
+  present <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">blazé</em> condition of English literature, in which hardly any
+  work is published that is not founded more or less on other volumes
+  which have preceded it, until authorship has dwindled to little more
+  than the art of emptying one vessel into another, it is refreshing to
+  come across a book which, like the one before us, is equally novel
+  in subject, manner, and execution, and which may be pronounced,
+  without hyperbole, one of the most original productions which have
+  issued from the press for many years. It is wholly impossible, in the
+  compass of a newspaper notice, either to analyze or afford even a
+  tolerable idea of the contents of such a book; and for the present,
+  at least, we must limit ourselves altogether to the first volume.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Caledonian Mercury</span>, <em>Edinburgh</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“<em>Mr. Catlin’s Lectures on the North-American Indians.</em>&mdash;We have much
+  pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+  well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity
+  and effect of Mr. Catlin’s interesting and instructive exhibition:&mdash;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="signature">‘Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>‘Dear Sir,&mdash;I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures
+    at the Waterloo-rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian
+    character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian
+    manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I
+    had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries where
+    I had been; and for twenty years’ peregrinations in those parts,
+    from Montreal to the Great Slave River, north, and from the shores
+    of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of the
+    Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities of
+    seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+    pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+    which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+    afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">‘I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,<br />
+                     ‘<span class="smcap">John Haldane</span>.</p>
+<p>‘<em>To George Catlin, Esq.</em>’</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by
+  a gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson’s
+  Bay Company, dated York Factory, Hudson’s Bay, 10th December, 1842:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_58" title="58"></a>
+<p>‘Should you happen to fall in with Catlin’s Letters on the North
+    American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+    the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+    those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin’s sketches are true
+    to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+    character.’”</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">The World of Fashion</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“We venture to affirm of Mr. Catlin’s book, which can be said of very
+  few others, that it is impossible to open it at any page, and not
+  continue its perusal with unmingled satisfaction. It has too the rare
+  quality of being written by a man who says nothing but that which
+  he knows, who describes nothing but that which he has seen. We feel
+  while reading the book as in the society of a man of extraordinary
+  observation, of great talent, of wonderful accomplishments; and most
+  cordially and earnestly do we recommend this invaluable book to the
+  patronage of the public generally, and to the perusal of our readers
+  in particular.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Weekly Dispatch</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“A person might well be startled and frightened at the appearance of
+  two such large volumes as these on only the manners, customs, and
+  condition of the North American Indians, a race of savages now almost
+  extinct. With all this complaint against the immense bulk of a book,
+  moreover, on such a subject, we are bound to confess that not only is
+  it the least wearisome of large books that we have for a long time
+  seen, but that it is at least one of the most amusing and animating
+  amongst even the condensed publications that for a considerable
+  period have been submitted to our perusal and judgment, and we can
+  confidently recommend it to our readers.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Chambers’s Edinburgh Journal.</span> <em>Two Notices, Four Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Of all the works yet published on the subject of the aboriginal
+  inhabitants of North America, no one, it seems to us, can be compared
+  in point of accuracy and extent of research with that of Mr. Catlin.
+  In the course of eight years he traversed North America almost from
+  end to end, saw and mixed with forty-eight Indian tribes, composing
+  a large portion of the two millions of red people yet in existence,
+  examined personally into all their peculiarities, and, finally,
+  accumulated a noble gallery of portraits, and a rich museum of
+  curiosities, calculated to form at once a lasting monument to himself
+  and an invaluable record of Indian persons, manners, and habiliments.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Catlin, combining all the qualities of the traveller,
+  artist, and historian, merits no sparing notice. His two volumes,
+  large octavo, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_59" title="59"></a> closely printed, are full of most interesting
+  matter, and contain, besides, upwards of three hundred beautiful
+  illustrations, engraved from the original paintings.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="signature">“Légation des Etats-Unis, Paris, Dec. 8th, 1841.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Dear Sir,&mdash;No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable
+  fidelity of your drawings and book, which I have lately received.
+  They are equally spirited and accurate; they are true to nature.
+  Things that <em>are</em>, are not sacrificed, as they too often are by the
+  painter, to things as in his judgment they should be.</p>
+
+<p>“During eighteen years of my life I was superintendent of Indian
+  affairs in the north-western territory of the United States; and
+  during more than five I was Secretary of War, to which department
+  belongs the general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians
+  thoroughly; I have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses,
+  villages, and hunting grounds; I have fought with them and against
+  them; and I have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession
+  with them. I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a
+  good right to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings;
+  among them I recognize many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I
+  am struck with the vivid representations of them and their customs,
+  of their peculiar features and of their costumes. Unfortunately they
+  are receding before the advancing tide of our population, and are
+  probably destined, at no distant day, wholly to disappear; but your
+  collection will preserve them, as far as human art can do, and will
+  form the most perfect monument of an extinguished race that the world
+  has ever seen.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">“<span class="smcap">Lewis Cass.</span></p>
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_60" title="60"></a>
+CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author’s wife and two children arrive in the British Queen, from
+      New York&mdash;First appreciation of London&mdash;Sight-seeing&mdash;Author
+      lectures in the Royal Institution&mdash;Suggests a <em>Museum of
+      Mankind</em>&mdash;Great applause&mdash;Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution&mdash;The “<em>Museum of History</em>”&mdash;Author lectures in the
+      other literary and scientific institutions of London&mdash;Author
+      dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and with the Royal
+      Geological Society&mdash;Mrs. Catlin’s travels in the “Far West”&mdash;Her
+      welcome, and kind friends in London.</p>
+
+
+<p>My work being published under the flattering auspices explained in the
+foregoing pages, and now in the hands of the reading public, attracted
+additional numbers of visitors to my Rooms, greatly increasing the
+labours of poor Daniel, and calling also for more of my time and
+attention, which I could now better devote to it. My old friends were
+calling to congratulate me on the success of my book, and strangers
+to form an acquaintance with me and offer me the civilities of their
+houses.</p>
+
+<p>Though every part of these calls upon my time, either in the labours
+of my exhibition or in the society of friends, was pleasing and
+gratifying to me, yet it became necessary for my health to evade a part
+of these excitements on either hand, and I subsequently endeavoured,
+by a limited indulgence in the pleasures of society, and a moderate
+endurance of the excitements and fatigue of my Rooms, to save my life;
+throwing the cares and labours of the exhibition, as much as possible,
+upon the broader shoulders and stronger lungs of Daniel and his
+assistants.</p>
+
+<p>I felt now as if I had a sort of citizenship in London, and began
+to think of seeing its “sights;” and from this time may date the
+commencement of my real appre<a class="pagenum" id="Page_61" title="61"></a>ciation of the elegances and comforts of
+London, its hospitalities, and the genuine English character.</p>
+
+<p>It was an opportune moment, also, for the arrival of my dear wife and
+her two infant children, for whom I had written to New York, and who
+were just landing from the British Queen, in London, to share the kind
+attentions and compliments that were being paid to me, and also for
+seeing with me the sights and curiosities of the metropolis.</p>
+
+<p>About this time I was highly complimented by an invitation to deliver
+a lecture in the Royal Institution, Albemarle-street. The venerable
+members of that institution were nearly all present, and every seat
+was filled. I had, on the occasion, several living figures, dressed in
+Indian costumes, with weapons in hand, as well as many of my paintings
+exhibited on my easel, as illustrations; and I was highly gratified
+with the attention and repeated applause, convincing me that the
+subject and myself were kindly received.</p>
+
+<p>I endeavoured, in the compass of an evening’s lecture, to give as
+comprehensive a view as I could of the motives which had led me into
+the Indian countries&mdash;of the time I had spent in them&mdash;of the extent
+and nature of the collection I had made&mdash;of the condition and numbers
+of the various tribes, and of their personal appearance and habits of
+life, which I illustrated by my numerous paintings, and by the curious
+manufactures of their own hands. I endeavoured also to delineate
+their true native character, as I had found it in its most primitive
+condition&mdash;and to explain the principal causes that have been, and
+still are, leading to their rapid declension.</p>
+
+<p>I took advantage of this occasion likewise to introduce a subject
+which had been for many years my favourite theme, which had constantly
+stimulated me through my toils in the Indian country, and which, as
+I was the first to propose in my own country, I believe I was the
+first to suggest on this side of the Atlantic&mdash;a <span class="smcap">Museum</span> of
+<span class="smcap">Mankind</span>. A shout of en<a class="pagenum" id="Page_62" title="62"></a>thusiastic applause burst from every
+part of the Hall when the subject was named, and rounds of applause
+followed every sentence when I proceeded to say, that in the toils
+and dangers of my remotest travels in the wilderness I had been
+strengthened and nerved by the hope and the belief, that if I lived to
+finish my studies and to return with my collection, I should be able
+to show to the world the plan upon which a Museum could be formed, to
+contain and perpetuate the looks and manners and history of all the
+declining and vanishing races of man, and that my collection would
+ultimately form the basis of such an institution.</p>
+
+<p>I agreed with all the world as to the great interest and value of their
+noble collections of beasts, and birds, and reptiles, of fossils, of
+minerals, of fishes, of insects, and of plants, all of which can be
+gathered hundreds of years hence as well as at the present time; and
+I believed that all of the reasoning world who would give the subject
+a moment’s thought, would agree with <em>me</em>, that there was one museum
+yet to be made, far transcending in interest and value all others
+yet designed, and which must needs be made soon, or it will be for
+ever lost&mdash;a museum containing the familiar looks, the manufactures,
+history, and records of all the remnants of the declining races of our
+fellow-men.</p>
+
+<p>It occurred to me, and I said it then, that Great Britain has more
+than thirty colonies in different quarters of the globe, in which the
+numbers of civilized men are increasing, and the native tribes are
+wasting away&mdash;that the march of civilization is everywhere, as it is in
+America, a war of extermination, and that of our own species. For the
+occupation of a new country, the first enemy that must fall is <em>man</em>,
+and his like cannot be transplanted from any other quarter of the
+globe. Our war is not with beasts or with birds: the grizly bear, the
+lion, and the tiger are allowed to live. Our weapons are not employed
+against them: we do not give them whiskey, and rum, and the small pox,
+nor the bayonet; they are allowed to live and thrive upon our soil, and
+yet their skins are of great value<a class="pagenum" id="Page_63" title="63"></a> in our museums; but to complete a
+title, man, our fellow-man, the noblest work of God, with thoughts,
+with sentiments and sympathies like our own, must be extinguished; and
+he dies on his own soil, unchronicled and unknown (save to the ruthless
+hands that have slain him, and would bury his history with his body in
+oblivion), when not even his <em>skin</em> has a place assigned it amongst
+those of the beasts and birds of his country.</p>
+
+<p>From England, from France, and the United States, government vessels,
+in this age of colonization, are floating to every part of the globe,
+and in them, artists and men of science could easily be conveyed to
+every race, and their collections returned free of expense, were there
+an institution formed and ready to receive and perpetuate the results
+of their labours.</p>
+
+<p>I believed that the time had arrived for the creation of such an
+institution, and that well-directed efforts to bring it into existence
+would have the admiration and countenance of all the philanthropic
+world.</p>
+
+<p>There was but one expression of feeling from every part of the hall at
+the close of these remarks, and every voice seemed to say “Yes&mdash;the
+noble philanthropy of this Christian and enlightened and enlightening
+age calls for it, and it must be done before it is too late.”<a href="#Footnote_3" id="FNanchor_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p>
+
+<p>A few days after my lecture was delivered, I received with much
+satisfaction from the secretary of the institution the following
+communication, which the reader will allow me the vanity of inserting
+here:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Sir,&mdash;I have the honour to return you the thanks of the members
+   of the <em>Royal Institution of Great Britain</em> for your interesting
+   account of your residence and adventures among the native tribes of
+   North American<a class="pagenum" id="Page_64" title="64"></a> Indians, with notices of their social condition,
+   customs, mysteries, and modes of warfare&mdash;communicated at the weekly
+   meeting of the members on Friday, the 14th February.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">“I am, Sir, your very obedient Servant,<br />
+                            “<span class="smcap">Edward R. Daniell</span>, <em>Secretary</em>.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>Invitations from the other literary and scientific institutions of
+London afforded me the opportunity of repeating my lectures in most of
+their halls, where I was uniformly received with applause, which was
+also a source of much gratification to me. These interviews suddenly
+and delightfully led me into the society of literary and scientific
+men, and also into the noble collections and libraries under their
+superintendence. I was here at once ushered, as it were, into a
+new world&mdash;a new atmosphere&mdash;and in it was met and welcomed every
+where with the utmost cordiality and kindness; libraries, museums,
+laboratories, and lectures were free to me; and not only the private
+tables of the advocates of science, but their public tables in their
+banqueting halls, prepared a seat for me.</p>
+
+<p>Thus were my labours being requited; and I was happy in the conviction
+that the claims of the poor Indians were being heard in the right
+tribunal, and that I was their advocate at the true source from which
+emanated most of the great and moral influences that govern and improve
+the world.</p>
+
+<p>I was invited to the annual dinners of the Royal Geographical,
+Geological, and Historical Societies; and in responding to the
+compliments paid me at all of them, in proposing my health and the
+prosperity of my country, I was delighted to find that my advocacy
+of the rights of the poor Indian, and my scheme for a <em>Museum</em> of
+<em>Mankind</em>, were met and sanctioned with rounds of enthusiastic applause.</p>
+
+<p>I have mentioned that my dear wife with her two children had arrived
+from New York, and the pleasures and endearments of my own little
+fireside, now transplanted into a foreign land, were stealing away
+their part of my<a class="pagenum" id="Page_65" title="65"></a> time, which, with the necessary attention to the
+kind civilities being paid us, our sight-seeing, our dinings-out,
+our drives, and my attendance in my rooms and lectures at night, was
+curiously divided and engrossed.</p>
+
+<p>The advent of my dear Clara, with her two babes, was like the coming
+of the warm and gentle breezes of spring&mdash;she who, though delicate
+and tender, had been, during the three last years of my rambles in
+the Indian wilds, my indefatigable companion&mdash;She who had traced and
+retraced with me the winding mazes of the mighty Mississippi, the
+Missouri, the Ohio, and the Arkansas&mdash;and with the lightness of the
+bounding antelopes that dwell upon their shores, had darted over their
+grassy banks and their green carpeted and enamelled slopes, and plucked
+their loveliest flowers&mdash;she who had also traced with me the shores
+of the great lakes of the north, and inhaled the glowing sweetness of
+Florida’s lovely coast&mdash;and had kept her journal of thirteen thousand
+miles of wild rambles with her husband, and since her return to the
+land of her birth had blessed him in the richness of gift with two
+children, was now by his side (as I have said, like the coming of
+spring), to cheer him with the familiar sweet smiles and sounds in
+which he never knew guile.<a href="#Footnote_4" id="FNanchor_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p>
+
+<p>Thanks to the kind friends who took her fair hand and bade her
+welcome&mdash;for they were many, and ready to contribute to her happiness,
+which filled (at that moment at least) the cup of our mutual enjoyment.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_66" title="66"></a>
+CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society&mdash;The Duke of
+      Richmond presides&mdash;His Grace’s compliment to the Author
+      and his country&mdash;Sir David Wilkie&mdash;His compliment to the
+      Author&mdash;Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the Caledonian
+      Ball (Almack’s) in Indian costumes&mdash;Their rehearsal&mdash;Dressing
+      and painting&mdash;Entering the ball&mdash;Alarm of ladies&mdash;Mr.
+      Murray’s infinite amusement (<em>incognito</em>) amongst his
+      friends&mdash;War-dance and war-whoops&mdash;Great applause&mdash;Bouquets of
+      flowers&mdash;Scalp-dance&mdash;Brooches and bracelets presented to the
+      chiefs-Trinkets returned&mdash;Perspiration carries off the paint, and
+      Mr. Murray recognised&mdash;Amusement of his friends&mdash;The “Indians”
+      return to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning&mdash;Their amusing
+      appearance.</p>
+
+
+<p>Among the many very friendly invitations extended to me about this
+time, there was one which I cannot omit to notice in this place.&mdash;I
+was invited to take a seat at the <em>Royal Highland Society’s</em> annual
+dinner, at which his Grace the Duke of Richmond presided. The name of
+this society explains its character, and most of the guests at the
+table were in full highland dress, with their kilts, and with the
+badges and plaids of their peculiar clans. The scene was altogether a
+very picturesque one, and I observed that their chiefs wore the eagle’s
+quills for the same purpose and in the same manner that the Indians do;
+but I did not see any of them painted red, as the Indians paint them,
+to adorn their heads as symbols of war when they are going to battle.</p>
+
+<p>The banqueting hall was beautifully arranged, and two of Her Majesty’s
+pipers from the Palace, in the most gorgeous Highland dress, were
+perambulating the table “in full blast” whilst we were eating.</p>
+
+<p>The Duke of Richmond, who is an easy, affable, and entirely
+unostentatious man, and the best president at a convivial table
+that I ever saw, offered the customary healths, of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_67" title="67"></a>&mdash;the Queen&mdash;the
+Prince&mdash;the Duke, &amp;c., which were drunk with the usual enthusiasm, and
+after that proceeded to pay his ingenious and judicious compliments to
+individuals at the table, by alluding, in the most concise and amusing
+manner, to their exploits or other merits, and then proposed their
+healths.</p>
+
+<p>After we had all joined in the uproar of&mdash;Hip, hip, hips,&mdash;with one
+foot on our chairs and the other on the table, in a number of such
+cases, he arose and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Gentlemen, I now rise quite confident of your approbation of the
+  sentiment I am to propose, and the sentiments I am to offer. The
+  nations of the earth, like the individuals in the different branches
+  of a great family, stand in certain degrees of relationship towards
+  each other; and as those degrees of consanguinity are more or less
+  remote, so are the friendships and attachments of those nations for
+  each other. Now, gentlemen, as an individual component part of one of
+  the great nations of that great national family, I feel proud to say,
+  that there are two of that family so closely related, not only in
+  commercial interests, but by blood, as almost to identify them in an
+  unity of existence.&mdash;The relationship that I speak of, gentlemen (and
+  which I believe will be familiar to many of you, as married men), is
+  that of parent and child.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>At this period commenced a tremendous cheering, and all eyes seemed
+to be in a rotary motion, endeavouring to fix upon the representative
+of that nearly related country on whom the next responsibility was to
+fall. His Grace proceeded:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Gentlemen, the term parent and child I have used to express the
+  endearments of one stage of domestic relations; but there is
+  another which lessens not the tie, but carries with it the respect
+  that children do not win&mdash;I would call it father and son (<em>immense
+  cheering</em>). I perceive, gentlemen, that you all understand me, and
+  are preparing for the sentiment I am to offer; but I would remark,
+  that when a distinguished individual from one of those nearly related
+  countries pays a visit to the other, common courtesy demands that
+  he should be treated with kindness and respect. If that individual,
+  gentlemen, be one who, by the force and energy of his own mind, has
+  struck out and accomplished any great undertaking for the advancement
+  of science, or the benefit of mankind, he is a philanthropist,
+  a public benefactor, and entitled to our higest admiration
+  (<em>cheering</em>).</p>
+
+<p>“Gentlemen, I have the satisfaction of informing you that there is at
+  our table an individual whose name when I mention it will be familiar
+  to most of you; who, contemplating several millions of human beings
+  in his own country sinking into oblivion before the destructive
+  influences of civilization,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_68" title="68"></a> had the energy of character, the courage
+  and philanthropy, to throw himself, unprotected and unaided, into the
+  midst of them, with his brushes and his pen, endeavouring to preserve
+  for future ages their familiar looks, and all that appertained to
+  their native modes and history. In this noble enterprise, gentlemen,
+  this individual laboured eight years of his life; and having with
+  incessant toil and hazard visited most of the native tribes of North
+  America, he has brought home and to our city a collection (which
+  I trust you have all seen) of vast interest and value, which does
+  great honour to his name, and entitles him to our highest admiration
+  and esteem. I now propose, gentlemen, the health of Mr. Catlin, and
+  success to the great country that gave him birth!”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Whilst these compliments were applying to my country only, I was fully
+confident there was some one of my countrymen present better able than
+myself to respond to them; but when they became personal, and all eyes
+were fixed upon me, I saw there was no alternative, and that I must
+reply, as well as I could, to the unexpected compliment thus paid me
+and answered to with a bumper and many rounds of applause, every guest
+at the table, as before, with one foot on his chair and the other on
+the edge of the table. An awful pause for a moment, while my name was
+echoed from every part of the room, brought me upon my feet, and I
+replied: but I never shall recollect exactly how. I believe, however,
+that I explained the views with which I had visited the Indian tribes,
+and what I had done; and put in a few words, as well as I could, for my
+country.</p>
+
+<p>His Grace next rose, and, after the most chaste and eloquent eulogium
+upon his works and his character, proposed the health of Sir David
+Wilkie, who, to my great surprise and unspeakable satisfaction, I found
+was sitting by my side and the next to my elbow. His health was drunk
+with great enthusiasm, and after he had responded to the compliment he
+begged to be allowed to express to his Grace and the gentlemen present
+the very great satisfaction he had felt in being able to join in the
+expression of thanks to so distinguished a gentleman as Mr. Catlin, and
+whom it afforded him great pleasure to find was by his side. He stated
+that he had been many times in my exhibition rooms, but with<a class="pagenum" id="Page_69" title="69"></a>out the
+good luck to have met me there. He commented at great length upon the
+importance and value of the collection; and, while he was according to
+me great credit for the boldness and originality of the design, he took
+especial pains to compliment me for the execution of my paintings, many
+of which, he said, as works of art, justly entitled me to the hands of
+artists in this country, and he was proud to begin by offering me his,
+in good fellowship, which he did, and raised me from my seat as he said
+it.</p>
+
+<p>This was sanctioned by a round of applause, and as he resumed his seat
+I was left upon my feet, and bound again to reply, which I did as well
+as I could.</p>
+
+<p>The reader can more easily imagine than I can describe, how gratifying
+to me was such a mode of acquaintance with so distinguished and so
+worthy a man as Sir David Wilkie, at whose elbow I was now placed, and,
+for the most part of the evening, in familiar conversation.</p>
+
+<p>The pipers played, the wine flowed, many good songs were sung; a
+Highland dance was spiritedly flung by M‘Ian, M‘Donald, and several
+others, in Highland costume. An Indian song and the war-whoop were
+called for, and given&mdash;and with other good fellowship and fun this
+splendid affair was finished.</p>
+
+<p>I was at this time devoting certain hours of the day to visitors in my
+Rooms, and I found my kind friend C.&nbsp;A. Murray almost daily bringing
+ladies of rank and fashion upon his arm, to take a peep into the
+mysteries of savage life, which he was so well prepared to explain to
+them, and to illustrate by my numerous paintings and works of Indian
+manufacture.</p>
+
+<p>I met him here one day, however, on my entering, where he had been
+for some time waiting without acting the beau, for any one, which was
+quite an unusual thing. He called me aside, and told me there was a
+chance for us to make <em>a sensation</em> if I felt disposed to join him
+in it, and to make a great deal of amusement for others as well as a
+dish of fun for ourselves&mdash;this was, to assume the Indian costume<a class="pagenum" id="Page_70" title="70"></a>
+and throw ourselves into the Caledonian ball, which was to be given
+at Almack’s that evening, and for which he had procured the tickets.
+For the information of those who never have seen one of those annual
+balls, I will briefly say that they are decidedly the most brilliant
+and splendid affairs that can be seen in London&mdash;presenting the most
+gorgeous display of costumes and diamonds that the world can exhibit,
+short of royalty itself. It was but for Mr. Murray to propose&mdash;the
+finest costumes were taken from the Walls of my Room&mdash;weapons,
+head-dresses, scalping-knives, scalps, &amp;c.&mdash;and placed in one of the
+chambers of the Egyptian Hall: and three o’clock was the hour appointed
+for Mr. Murray to meet me again, to fit us with our respective dresses,
+and go through a sort of rehearsal in our songs, dances, &amp;c., which we
+might be called upon to enact during the evening, and in which it would
+be a great pity for us Indian knowing ones to make any mistake.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Murray was punctual at the hour of three; and having proposed that
+my nephew, Burr Catlin, a young man of 21 years and then living with
+me, should be of the party, we entered the dressing-room, and were soon
+suited with our respective dresses and took our weapons in hand. My
+nephew, Burr, being six feet two inches, with a bold and Indian outline
+of face, was arrayed in a Sioux dress; and it was instantly agreed that
+he should be put forward as the Big Sioux&mdash;the Great Chief Wan-ne-ton.
+He happened to wear the identical head-dress of that distinguished
+chief, which was made of war-eagle’s quills and ermine skins. He was to
+hold himself entirely mute upon his dignity, according to the customs
+of the country. I was dressed as a warrior of the <em>Sac</em> tribe, with
+head ornaments of red and white quills of the war-eagle, denoting,
+according to the custom of the country, my readiness for war or for
+peace. Mr. Murray had chosen a dress less rich, and more light and easy
+to act in, and a head-dress that was made much like a wig of long black
+hair spreading over his shoulders and falling down nearly to the calves
+of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_71" title="71"></a> his legs, surmounted by a solitary eagle’s quill&mdash;giving himself
+more the appearance of a “Bois Brûlé,” as they are termed on the Indian
+frontiers of America&mdash;a race of half-castes, who are generally used as
+interpreters, speaking a little French and some “Americaine” (as they
+call the English language). These curious personages are generally the
+spokesmen for all parties of Indians travelling abroad or delegations
+to neighbouring tribes. This character exactly suited Mr. Murray, as
+he spoke the French and the German, and also a little of two or three
+Indian tongues; and, in the position of an interpreter for the party,
+he would be the vehicle of communication between the two chiefs and his
+numerous friends and relations, both ladies and gentlemen, whom he was
+to meet in every part of the Rooms.</p>
+
+<p>The least discerning will easily see that he was most ingeniously
+laying his plans for a great deal of amusement; and if my readers could
+have seen the manner in which he was dressed out and metamorphosed for
+the occasion, they would have insured him, at a low premium, fun enough
+on that evening to have lasted him for a week. Having arrayed our
+persons in the respective costumes we had agreed upon, and arranged the
+different characters which we were to sustain, I took the Indian drum
+or tambour in my hand, and to the music of that and the chief’s rattle,
+and our combined voices in concert in an Indian song, we practised the
+war-dance and scalp-dance of the Sioux, until we agreed that we could
+“do them” beyond (at least) the reach of civilized criticisms, in
+case we should be called upon to dance, which it was agreed should be
+at first met as a condescension that the chiefs could not submit to,
+but which it was understood we should yield to if the measure was to
+be very strenuously urged. Matters being thus arranged, we adjourned
+until nine o’clock, when we were to meet again, and make our final
+preparations for our début in the ballroom.</p>
+
+<p>At nine we were drawing on our buckskin leggings, and mocassins fringed
+with scalp-locks and ornamented with<a class="pagenum" id="Page_72" title="72"></a> porcupine quills of various
+dyes; our shirts or tuniques were also of deerskins richly ornamented,
+and their sleeves fringed, like the leggings, with locks of the hair
+of Indian victims slain in battle. We painted our faces and hands
+of a copper colour, in close imitation of the colour of the Indian,
+and over and across that, to make the illusion more complete, gave
+occasional bold daubs of vermilion and green or black paint, so that,
+with our heavy and richly garnished robes of the buffalo, thrown over
+our shoulders and trailing on the floor as we walked, with tomahawks
+and scalping knives in our belts, our shields of buffalo hides on our
+arms, with our quivers slung and our bows and arrows clenched in our
+hands, we were prepared for the sensation we were in a few minutes
+to make. We stood and smiled at each others’ faces a few moments in
+curious anticipation, practising over each other’s names, which we had
+almost forgotten to take. And having decided that the great chief was
+<em>Wan-ne-ton</em>, that the warrior’s name was <em>Na-see-us-kuk</em>, and that of
+the interpreter <em>Pah-ti-coo-chee</em>, we seated ourselves in a carriage,
+and in three minutes were being ushered through the crowded halls
+leading to the splendid and brilliant array, into the midst of which a
+long Indian step or two more placed us!</p>
+
+<p>There was a little cruelty in the suddenness of our approach, and a
+simultaneous yell which we gave, innocently mistaking the effect it
+might have upon the nerves of ladies standing near us, several of whom,
+on catching the sound and then the sight of us, gave sudden shrieks far
+more piercing and startling than the savage war-whoop that had been
+sounded over their shoulders. By this time we formed the centre of
+attraction in the room, and we stood in so dense a crowd to be gazed
+at, that nothing could be scanned of us lower down than our chins and
+shoulders. The big Sioux chief, however, who was a head taller than
+the crowd around him, flourishing his enormous head-dress of eagle’s
+quills, was quietly rolling his eagle eyes around over the multitude,
+who were getting so satisfactory a view of him that it eased<a class="pagenum" id="Page_73" title="73"></a> us a
+little from the rush that otherwise would have been upon us.</p>
+
+<p>We had made our entry into this world of fashion and splendour entirely
+unexpected by any one, and of course unknown to all. Here was truly
+a splendid field for my friend Mr. Murray, and the time for his
+operations had now arrived. All questions (and there were many, and
+in various languages) put to the big chief or the warrior were, by
+the understanding, answered only by frowns; and the interrogations
+referred to <em>Pah-ti-coo-chee</em>, the interpreter. This brought him at
+once into great demand, and he replied at first in Indian, and then
+strained a few distorted words of French and German into his replies,
+by which he made himself partially understood. Lords and ladies, dukes
+and duchesses, and princes and princesses of his acquaintance were in
+the room, and now gazing at his copper colour, bedaubed with red and
+black paint, and patiently listening to and endeavouring to translate
+his garbled French and German and Indian for some description of the
+grand personages he had in tow, without dreaming of the honourable
+gentleman upon whose visage they were actually looking. From a custom
+of the Prairie country, which he had wisely thought of, he carried a
+rifle-bullet in his mouth whilst he was talking, and his voice was thus
+as much a stranger as his face.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the gazers on, and those who questioned him, were many of his
+most familiar friends; and even his own brother, the Earl of Dunmore,
+drew some marvellous tales from him before he made himself known, which
+he did at last to him and a few others of his friends, that he might
+the better crack the good jokes he had come to enjoy.</p>
+
+<p>The crowd, by this time, had completely wedged us in, so that there was
+no apparent possibility of moving from our position, yet it was not a
+crowd that was insupportable: it was, at least for a while, a pleasure
+to be thus invested, as we were, by silks and satins, by necklaces
+of diamonds and necks as fair as alabaster, by gold lace, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_74" title="74"></a>
+golden epaulettes, chapeaux and small swords; but the weight of our
+bison robes at length brought us to the expedient that our ingenious
+interpreter put forth, which gained us temporary relief, and gave us
+locomotive powers by which we could show ourselves at full length, and
+occasionally escape investigations when they became too close for our
+good friend or ourselves.</p>
+
+<p>It was a lucky thought of our interpreter, which he divulged to some of
+his confidential friends much to our advantage, that the paints which
+the Indians used were indelible colours, and he regretted to learn that
+some of the ladies had injured their costly dresses by being in too
+close contact with us. And again he feared that some of the scalp-locks
+on the dresses of the chief and the warrior were not quite dry, as they
+were fresh from the country where they had just been at war with the
+Sacs and Foxes. This had a delightful effect, and we were not again in
+danger of suffocation, though the space we had to move in was limited
+enough during the rest of the night for our warm dresses and our
+enormous buffalo robes.</p>
+
+<p>The introductions I had on that night, to lords and ladies, and to
+dukes and duchesses, as <em>Na-see-us-huk</em>, a famous warrior of the Sacs,
+and my nephew, as <em>Wan-ne-ton</em>, the great Sioux Chief, were honours
+certainly that he or I could never have aspired to under any other
+names; and our misfortune was, that their duration was necessarily as
+brief as the names and titles we had assumed.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of this truly magnificent scene, where our interpreter
+was introducing us as two dignified personages from the base of the
+Rocky Mountains, and enjoying his own fun with his friends as he moved
+around, and after a set of quadrilles had finished, it was announced
+through the rooms that the Indians were going to give the War Dance!</p>
+
+<p>This of course raised a new excitement, and the crowd thickened, until
+at length a red rope or cord was passed around us three about as
+high as our waists. The bystanders were desired to take hold of this
+and walk back,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_75" title="75"></a> which they did in all directions until a large space
+was opened for us, and we were left standing in the centre. We found
+ourselves there in full display in front of the ladies patronesses of
+the ball, who were seated upon a platform, elevated several feet above
+the level of the floor, and who, it was stated to us, had expressed a
+desire to see the Indians dance.</p>
+
+<p>Alas! poor Murray, he had then an off-hand use to make of his mongrel
+dialect, which seemed to embarrass him very much, and which he had
+found he got along with much better in the crowd. We were also
+pledged to hesitate about our dignity in case we were asked to dance,
+which here made a dialogue in Indian language indispensable, giving
+our interpreter fresh alarm; nevertheless, with enough of the same
+determination and firmness left that used to decide him to dash through
+the turbid rivers of the prairie, or to face the menacing savages that
+he met in the wilderness, he resolved to go through with it, and the
+Indian dialogue that he opened with me was never doubted, I believe,
+for it was never criticised. The objections raised by the chief and his
+warrior were translated in tolerable French (with the bullet accent),
+to their ladyships and the audience around us. The dignity of a Sioux
+Chief could not be lowered by such a condescension, and the dance could
+not be made without him. “Good Mr. <em>Pah-ti-coo-chee</em>,” said her Grace
+the Duchess of &mdash;&mdash; (who was the presiding patroness on the occasion),
+in excellent French,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_76" title="76"></a> “do, I beg of you, do prevail on that fine old
+fellow to gratify us with a dance&mdash;don’t let him look so distressed
+about it&mdash;tell him that he has just been looking on to see some of
+the greatest chiefs in our country dance, and he must not think it
+degrading to show us the mode in which the Indians dance; I dare say it
+is very fine. Oh, dear, what shall we do? they are fine-looking men&mdash;I
+wish I could speak to them&mdash;I dare say they know Charles A. Murray,&mdash;he
+was in their country&mdash;I have read his book. Where’s Murray? he ought to
+be here to-night; I am sure he knows them. Do you know Murray, my good
+fellows? Ah, no, they don’t understand French, though.”</p>
+
+<p>Our interpreter smiled, and the Sioux chief and the Sac warrior came
+very near the misfortune also. The arguments of the duchess were
+translated to the chief and the warrior with great difficulty, when,
+after a few moments of silence, they began to put off their robes,
+which were very deliberately folded up and laid aside, to the great
+gratification of the ladies patronesses and the rest of the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>By three dancers the war dance of the Sioux is given with considerable
+effect, and we were now ready to “go into it.” The drum, which until
+this moment had been slung on Mr. Murray’s back, was taken into my
+hands, the chief took his rattle in one hand and his war-club in the
+other, while the interpreter’s shield skilfully manœuvred over his
+left shoulder and his tomahawk brandished in his right hand, which,
+with the shrill sounds of the war-song and the war-whoop, altogether
+suddenly opened a new era in the musical and dancing sphere of Almack’s.</p>
+
+<p>When it was done, the whole house rung with applause; bouquets of
+flowers were showered upon us, and many compliments were paid us by the
+most bewitching young ladies, but which, unfortunately for us, we could
+not understand. The crowd now thickened around us to shake hands with
+us and lavish their praises upon us; and among them a lovely little
+creature, whose neck seemed forged from a bouquet of white lilies, who
+was supported on the arm of an officer, with her languishing soft blue
+eyes, and breath sweeter than that of the antelope that jostles the
+first dew-drops of the morning from the violets of the prairie, was
+beseeching me to allow her to adjust on my wrist a magnificent bracelet
+which she had taken from her own lovely arm, and for which she wished
+only, as she made me understand by signs, a small scalp-lock from the
+seams of my leggings. To play our parts well it was necessary, for
+the time being, to do as an Indian warrior would do&mdash;I tore off the
+scalp-lock and gave it to her, and when her<a class="pagenum" id="Page_77" title="77"></a> fair hands had adjusted
+the precious trinket on my wrist, I raised the leathern shirt a little
+higher on my arm and showed her the colour of my skin. This unfolded a
+secret to her which compelled me to speak, and I said to her and her
+guardian, “Pray don’t expose us; let us have our fun. Your precious
+trinket I will restore to you in a little time.” This was answered
+with the sweetest of smiles, and, as my joke was thus ended, I turned
+round and found the ring prepared again for another dance. Fair hands
+had been lavish upon the other two Indians, who were already decorated
+with several keepsakes of beautiful and precious workmanship. The
+scalp-dance now commenced, and as I had brought with me a real scalp,
+according to the custom of a warrior, we gave it the full effect and
+fury of such scenes as they are acted in the wilderness. We entered
+upon this unfortunate affair with our prizes displayed in the fullest
+exultation, and no doubt might have gained many more but for the
+unforeseen misfortune which our over exertions to please and astonish
+had innocently brought upon us. The warmth of the rooms at this hour
+had become almost insupportable, and, in the midst of it, our violent
+exertions, under the heat of our Indian dresses, had produced a flow
+of perspiration which had carried away the paint in streaks from our
+foreheads to our chins, making us simple studies for the ethnologist,
+if any there were present, and easy of solution. Poor Murray! he
+had supplied himself with a red handkerchief, which he had often
+pressed upon his face, the consequence of which was&mdash;and it was funny
+enough&mdash;that his nose and his chin, and the other prominent points of
+his face, had all become white, long before he had finished his fun or
+been willing to acknowledge our true character and caste.</p>
+
+<p>However, he had much merriment in receiving the cheerful
+congratulations of his friends (who now recognised him once more as the
+Honourable C.&nbsp;A. Murray), and in introducing my nephew and myself in
+our real names to many of his friends, we distributed scalp-locks and
+feathers<a class="pagenum" id="Page_78" title="78"></a> to all the fair hands whose trinkets we held and restored;
+and after partaking of the good things that were in store for us, and
+looking and laughing at our white-washed faces in the mirrors, we made
+our way to the front door as the first step towards a retreat to the
+Egyptian Hall. We waited in vain full half an hour for a vehicle, such
+was the rush of carriages at the door. The only alternative seemed
+to be to take to our legs, and once resolved, we dashed out into the
+street, and made our way in the best manner we could. It was now past
+sunrise and raining in torrents, as it had been during the whole
+night. We wended our way as fast as possible through the mud, with our
+white and beautiful mocassins, and painted robes; and the reader must
+excuse me here, and imagine, if he can, how we three looked when we
+arrived at the door of the Egyptian Hall, with the gang of boys and
+ragamuffins assembled around us, which the cry of “Indians, Indians!”
+had collected as we passed through the streets. The poor porter, who
+had waited up for us all night, happened <em>luckily to be</em> ready for our
+ring; and thus, fortunately, we were soon safely withdrawn from the
+crowd assembling, to gaze and grin at each other, and deliberately and
+leisurely to scour ourselves back again to our original characters.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_79" title="79"></a>
+CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest visit
+      the Collection&mdash;His Royal Highness the (little) Duc de Brabant
+      visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;The Author
+      presents him an Indian pipe and pair of mocassins&mdash;Visit of His
+      Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to the Collection&mdash;His noble
+      sympathy for the Indians&mdash;He smokes an Indian pipe under the
+      wigwam&mdash;The Author takes breakfast with the Duke of Sussex in
+      Kensington Palace&mdash;The Duke’s dress and appearance&mdash;John Hunter,
+      the Indian traveller&mdash;The Duke’s inquiries about him&mdash;Monsieur
+      Duponceau&mdash;Visit to the Bank of England&mdash;To Buckingham Palace&mdash;To
+      Windsor Castle&mdash;Author visits the Polish Ball with several
+      friends in Indian costumes.</p>
+
+
+<p>Among the distinguished visitors to my rooms about this time were their
+Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg, and Prince Ernest, the father and
+brother of Prince Albert, at that time on a visit to the Queen and the
+Prince. They were accompanied by Mr. Murray, who took great pains to
+explain the collection to the Duke, who took me by the hand when he
+left the room, and told me I deserved the friendship of all countries
+for what I had done, and pronounced it “a noble collection.” His second
+visit was made to it a few days after, when he was also accompanied by
+Mr. Murray, and remained in the rooms until it was quite dark.</p>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant, the infant son of the King of
+the Belgians, on a visit to the Queen, was also brought in by Mr.
+Murray. He was an intelligent lad, nine or ten years of age, and was
+pleased with a miniature Indian pipe which I presented to him, and also
+a small pair of Indian mocassins suitable for his age.</p>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex, though in feeble<a class="pagenum" id="Page_80" title="80"></a> health, paid
+my collection his first visit. It was his wish, from the state that he
+was in, to meet me alone “in an Indian Council,” as he called it. My
+first interview with him lasted for an hour or more, when he told me
+that if his strength would have permitted it, he could have been amused
+the whole day. To this fine old venerable man my highest admiration
+clung: he expressed the deepest sympathy for the Indians, and seemed to
+have formed a more general and correct idea of them and their condition
+than any person I had met in the kingdom. When he left my rooms he
+took me by both hands and thanked me for the rich treat I had afforded
+him, and assured me that for the benefits I was rendering to society,
+and the justice I was doing to the poor Indians, I should be sure to
+meet my reward in the world to come, and that he hoped I would also be
+recompensed in this.</p>
+
+<p>The Duke of Sussex was a great amateur of pipes and good smoking, and
+took much interest in the hundreds of different designs and shapes
+of the carved pipes in my exhibition. He was curious to know what
+the Indians smoked, and I showed him their tobacco, a quantity of
+which I had brought with me. The Indians prepare it from the inner
+bark of the red willow, and when dried and ready for smoking, call
+it “k’nick-k’neck.” I prepared and lit a pipe of it for His Royal
+Highness to smoke, with which he took a seat under the middle of the
+Indian wigwam, where our conversation was held at the moment; and as
+he drew the delicious fumes through the long and garnished stem which
+passed between his knees, with its polished bowl, carved in the red
+pipe stone, resting on the floor, he presented for a few moments the
+finished personification of beatitude and enjoyment. He pronounced
+the flavour delicious, wanting only a little more strength, which he
+thought the addition of tobacco would give it.</p>
+
+<p>I told him that the Indians were always in the habit of mingling
+tobacco with it when they could afford to buy it:<a class="pagenum" id="Page_81" title="81"></a> “Good fellows (said
+he), they know what is good&mdash;their tastes are as good as ours are.”
+After he had finished his pipe, and we were moving towards the front
+door, the moment before taking leave of me as I have mentioned above,
+he asked me if I ever knew <em>John Hunter</em>, who wrote a work on the
+Indians of America, to which I replied in the affirmative. He seemed
+much pleased in learning this fact, and said to me, “You see what a
+feeble wreck I am at present; my strength is gone, and I must leave
+you; but you will take your breakfast with me at Kensington Palace
+to-morrow morning: I am all alone. I am too ill to see the world;
+they cannot find the way to me: but I will see <em>you</em>, and take great
+pleasure in your society. Your name will be made known to the servants
+at the back entrance to the palace.”</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, at the hour named, found me at the door of the
+palace, where my name was recognised, and I at once was ushered into
+the apartment of the Duke, where I found him in his arm-chair, wrapped
+in his morning gown of white flannel, and his head covered with a cap
+of black velvet richly embroidered with gold. He rose and took me by
+the hand in the most cordial manner, and instantly led me to another
+part of the room, in front of a portrait hanging on the wall.&mdash;“There,”
+said he, “do you know that face?” “Very well,” said I; “that is the
+portrait of John Hunter; it is an admirable likeness, and looks to me
+like a picture by one of our American artists. If I had met it anywhere
+else but in this country I should have said it was by Harding, one of
+our most valued portrait painters.” “Well,” said he, “you know <em>that</em>
+portrait too, do you?” “Very well&mdash;that is his Royal Highness the Duke
+of Sussex.” “Well,” said the Duke, “now I will tell you, they were both
+painted by Mr. Harding. Harding is a great favourite of mine, and a
+very clever artist.”</p>
+
+<p>I at this moment presented to the Duke the Indian pipe, through which
+he had smoked the day before, and also an<a class="pagenum" id="Page_82" title="82"></a> Indian tobacco-pouch, filled
+with the k’nick-k’neck (or Indian tobacco) with which he had been so
+much pleased.</p>
+
+<p>He thanked me for the present, which he assured me delighted him
+very much; and, after showing me a great variety of curious and most
+ingenious pipes from various countries, we took our seats alone at the
+breakfast table. In the course of our conversation, which ran upon
+pipes&mdash;upon Indians and Indian countries, his Royal Highness said he
+had reasons for asking me if I had known Hunter, and should feel most
+happy if he found in me a person who had been acquainted with his
+history. He said he had known Hunter familiarly while he was in London,
+and had entertained him in his palace, and thought a great deal of him.
+He had thought his life a most extraordinary one, well entitling him to
+the attentions that were paid to him here&mdash;that he had been entertained
+and amused by his narrations of Indian life, and that he had made him
+several presents, amongst which was a very valuable watch, and had had
+his portrait painted, which he highly valued. He said he had learned,
+with deep regret, since Hunter had left here, that a learned French
+gentleman in Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, and some others, had held
+him up to the public, through the journals, as an impostor, and his
+narrations as fabulous. “This to me,” said the Duke, “you can easily
+see, has been a subject of much pain (as I took more pains to introduce
+him and his works in this country than any one else), and it explains
+to you the cause of my anxiety to learn something more of his true
+history.”</p>
+
+<p>I replied to his Royal Highness that I had been equally pained by
+hearing such reports in circulation in my own country, and that my
+acquaintance with Hunter had not been familiar enough to enable me
+wholly to refute them, I stated that I had been introduced to Mr.
+Hunter in New Orleans, where he was well known to many, and that I had
+met him in two or three other parts of the United States, and since
+reading his work I had visited many of the Indian<a class="pagenum" id="Page_83" title="83"></a> villages, in which
+he lived, and had conversed with chiefs and others named in his work,
+who spoke familiarly of him. I felt assured, therefore, that he had
+spent the Indian life that he describes in his work; and yet that he
+might have had the indiscretion to have made some misrepresentations
+attributed to him, I was not able positively to deny. His work, as
+far as it treats on the manners and customs of the American Indians,
+and which could not have been written or dictated by any other than
+a person who had lived that familiar life with them, is decidedly
+the most descriptive and best work yet published on their every-day
+domestic habits and superstitions; and, of itself, goes a great way, in
+my opinion, to establish the fact that his early life was identified
+with that of the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>I stated that I believed his character had been cruelly and unjustly
+libelled, and that I had the peculiar satisfaction of believing that I
+had justly defended it, and given the merited rebuke at the fountain of
+all his misfortunes, which I described as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“On my return from an eight years’ residence amongst the remotest
+tribes of Indians in America, and paying a visit to my old friends in
+the city of Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, of whom your Royal Highness
+has spoken, an old and very learned gentleman, and deeply skilled
+in the various languages of America, and who was then preparing a
+very elaborate work on the subject, invited me to meet several of
+his friends at his table to breakfast; which I did. He was at this
+time nearly blind and very deaf, and still eagerly grasping at every
+traveller and trapper from the Indian country, for some new leaf to his
+book, or some new word to his vocabularies, instead of going himself to
+the Indian fireside, the true (and in fact the only) school in which to
+learn and write their language.</p>
+
+<p>“After our breakfast was finished and our coffee-cups removed, this
+learned M. Duponceau opened his note-book upon the table and began
+in this way,&mdash;‘My dear Sir (addressing himself to me), I am so
+delighted with such an<a class="pagenum" id="Page_84" title="84"></a> opportunity&mdash;I am told that you have visited
+some forty or fifty tribes of Indians, and many of them speaking
+different languages. You have undoubtedly in eight years learned to
+speak fluently; and I shall draw from you such a valuable addition
+to my great work&mdash;what a treat this will be, gentlemen, ha? Now you
+see I have written out some two or three hundred words, for which you
+will give me the Blackfoot, the Mandan, the Pawnee Pict, &amp;c. You have
+been amongst all these tribes?’ ‘Yes.’ The old gentleman here took a
+pinch of snuff and then said, ‘In this identical place, and on this
+very table, it was, gentlemen, that I detected the imposture of that
+rascal Hunter! Do you know that fellow, Mr. Catlin?’ ‘Yes, I have seen
+him.’ ‘Well,’ said he, ‘I was the first to detect him;&mdash;I published
+him to the world and put a stop to his impostures. I invited him to
+take breakfast with me as I have invited you, and in this same book
+wrote down the Indian translation of a list of words and sentences
+that I had prepared, as he gave them to me; and the next day when I
+invited him again, he gave me for one-third at least of those words
+a different translation. I asked for the translation of a number of
+words in languages that were familiar to me, and which he told me he
+understood, and he gave them in words of other tribes. I now discovered
+his ignorance, and at once pronounced him an impostor, and closed my
+book.’</p>
+
+<p>“‘And now,’ said I, ‘M. Duponceau, lest you should make yourself and me
+a great deal of trouble, and call <em>me</em> an impostor also, I will feel
+much obliged if you will close your book again; for I am quite sure
+I should prove myself under your examination just as ignorant as Mr.
+Hunter, and subject myself to the same reproach which is following him
+through the world, emanating from so high an authority. Mr. Hunter
+and myself did not go into the Indian countries to study the Indian
+languages, nor do we come into the civilized world to publish them,
+and to be made responsible for errors in writing them. I can well
+under<a class="pagenum" id="Page_85" title="85"></a>stand how Mr. Hunter gave you, to a certain extent, a different
+version on different days; he, like myself, having learned a little
+of fifteen or twenty different languages, would necessarily be at a
+loss, with many of his Indian words, to know what tribe they belong
+to; and our partial knowledge of so many tongues involves us at once
+in a difficulty not unlike the confusion at Babel, and disqualifies
+his responses or mine, as authority for such works as I hope you are
+preparing for the world. With these views (though I profess to be the
+property of the world, and ready and pleased to communicate anything
+that I have distinctly learned of the Indians and their modes), I must
+beg to decline giving you the translation of a single word; and at the
+same time to express a hope that you may verbally, or in the valuable
+works which you are soon to bequeath to posterity, leave a repentant
+word at least, to remove the censure which you say you were the first
+to cast upon Hunter, and which is calculated to follow him to the
+grave.’”</p>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness was much interested and somewhat amused by this
+narrative, and agreed with me, that such men as M. Duponceau, and
+others, to whom the world is to look for a full and correct account of
+the Indian languages of America, should go themselves to the wigwams
+of the Indians, and there, in their respective tribes, open the books
+in which to record their various vocabularies, rather than sit at home
+and trust to the ignorant jargon that can be caught from the trapper
+and the trader and the casual tourists who make flying visits through
+the Indian countries. He related to me many curious anecdotes of poor
+Hunter, and as I left him enjoying his k’nick-k’neck through his Indian
+pipe, he said to me, “Your name, sir, will be familiar at my door, and
+I shall be delighted to see you again at the same hour, whenever you
+feel disposed to come.”</p>
+
+<p>Amidst the many avocations that were now demanding and engrossing the
+most of my time, I was still able, by an effort, to allot certain
+portions of the day to the pleasures<a class="pagenum" id="Page_86" title="86"></a> that are found in the domestic
+circles of wives and little ones, and nowhere else; and with them spent
+the happiest moments of my life, notwithstanding the attentions of the
+world and the efforts to make my enjoyment complete. With my dear Clara
+I took my strolls and my rides to see what was amusing or instructive
+in the great metropolis, and we saw much that amused and still more
+that astonished us. Through the kindness of our untiring friend Mr.
+Murray, we got access to the palaces of St. James and Buckingham, and
+to the public and private rooms of Windsor Castle; we saw the “five
+tons’ weight of gold plate” that are said to enrich that noble palace,
+and which but few eyes are allowed to gaze upon.</p>
+
+<p>We visited the Royal Mint, the Tower, the noble mansions of the Dukes
+of Sutherland and Devonshire, and the Bank of England. I was surprised
+that we were allowed to pass through every part of this wonderful
+sanctuary of gold and silver, and still more so that a guide should
+stand ready to conduct us through all its numerous ramifications, and
+as he passed along from room to room, from office to office, and from
+vault to vault, to hear him lecture upon everything we passed, as if
+they feared we might not appreciate it in all its parts. It has been
+many times described and needs no further comment here, except an
+occurrence in one of the vaults which deserves a current notice. The
+Honourable Charles Fenton Mercer, of Virginia, was among our companions
+on the occasion, and as we were shown into this apartment, which I
+think was called a vault, though it was a large square room with the
+light of a dome over it, the gentleman having charge of it within
+received us in the most courteous manner, and as if it were a public
+exhibition which we had paid our shilling to see, he led us around the
+room and with his keys opened the iron safes which were all sunk in
+the walls, with double doors of iron, and showed us the amount of gold
+and notes contained in them, and on opening one that was filled with
+packages of Bank of England notes, he took a bundle of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_87" title="87"></a> them some ten
+or twelve inches in diameter, and smilingly placing it in the hands of
+my wife, asked her if she had any idea how much money she was holding.
+Her rough guess was a very moderate one: she was so much excited and
+so recently from New York, that she had forgotten pounds sterling, and
+replied “Perhaps a thousand <em>dollars</em>;” when he turned it the other
+side up and referred us to the label upon it&mdash;“two millions of pounds!”
+He then took out another parcel of equal size, and placing that on
+the top of it said to her, “Now, madam, you have four millions.” Poor
+thing! she looked pale as she handed it back, saying, “Ah, well, I
+am glad it is not mine.” The kind and gentlemanly attention shown to
+us, and the pains taken to explain everything as we passed along,
+were unexpected, and even a mystery in politeness which was beyond my
+comprehension. We were conducted from this room to the arched vaults,
+where we traced for a long distance the narrow aisles to the right
+and the left and to the north and the south, through phalanxes of
+wheelbarrows loaded with bars of silver and of gold, and all with their
+heads one way, seemed ready for a subterraneous crusade in case of
+necessity.</p>
+
+<p>We returned from this half-day’s work, fatigued, and almost sorry that
+we had seen so much of the “shining dust” which our hands are labouring
+so hard through life to earn a pittance of.</p>
+
+<p>There were several Americans with us on this day’s expedition, and all
+agreed that we drew more pleasure from the gentlemanly politeness we
+met in the Bank of England than we did from its wonderful system (which
+was all explained to us), and from its golden riches which were all
+laid open to our view.</p>
+
+<p>Our fatigue, when we got home, seemed enough for one day; but as it
+happened on that day, our sight-seeing was only begun; for it had been
+arranged that we were to go to the Polish ball at the Mansion House on
+that evening, and what was to make it a double task, it was arranged
+that we should all go, some five or six of us, in Indian costumes.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_88" title="88"></a>
+My Indian wardrobe was therefore laid under heavy contributions for
+that night. My nephew Burr and myself were dressed as chiefs, and two
+or three more of my friends were arrayed as warriors. My dear little
+<em>Christian</em> Clara, whose sphere it was not, and who never wore an
+Indian dress or painted her fair face before, becoming inspired with a
+wish to see the splendour of the scene, proposed to assume the dress
+of an Indian woman and follow me through the mazes of that night as an
+Indian squaw follows her lord on such occasions. I selected for her
+one of the prettiest and most beautifully ornamented women’s dresses,
+which was made of the fine white skin of the mountain sheep; and with
+her hair spread over her back, and her face and her arms painted to
+the colour of a squaw, and her neck and ears loaded with the usual
+profusion of beads and other ornaments, and her fan of the eagle’s tail
+in her hand, she sidled along with us amidst the glare and splendour,
+and buzz and din of the happy throng we were soon in the midst of,
+and dragging our awkward shields and quivers and heavy buffalo robes
+through, as well as we could. We took good care not to dance on that
+occasion, so we kept the paint on our faces, and by understanding
+no questions, answered none, and passed off with everybody as <em>real
+Indians</em>. We went resolved to gratify our eyes, but to give no
+gratification to others besides what they could take to themselves by
+looking at us. Our interpreter was true to his promise: he made out
+his own descriptions for us, and assured all who inquired, that we
+could not speak a word of English. French, German, Russian, and Italian
+were all tried in vain upon us; and as they turned away, one after
+another, from us, they exclaimed, “What a pity! how unfortunate the
+poor things can’t speak English! how interesting it would be to talk
+with them! that’s a noble-looking fellow, that big chief; egad, he is
+six feet and a half. I’ll be bound that fellow has taken many a scalp.
+That’s a nice-looking little squaw: upon my word, if she had a white
+skin she would be rather pretty!” and a thousand such remarks, as the
+reader can<a class="pagenum" id="Page_89" title="89"></a> imagine, while we were wending our tedious way through the
+bewildering mazes of this endless throng. The task for my poor Clara
+soon became more than she had anticipated before entering the room,
+and was growing too much for her delicate frame to bear: she had not
+thought of the constant gaze of thousands she was to stand in every
+moment of the evening; and another discipline (which she knew must
+be strictly adhered to, to act out the character she was supporting,
+and which had not occurred to her before she had commenced upon the
+toils of the evening) made her part a difficult one to act&mdash;that was
+the necessity of following in the wake of all the party of men when we
+were in motion, the place assigned to Indian women on the march rather
+than by the side or on the arms of their husbands. This, in the street
+or in the wilderness or anywhere else would have been tolerable, she
+said, but in her present condition was insupportable. The idea was so
+ridiculous to her, to be the last of a party of Indians (who always
+walk in single file) so far behind her husband, and then the crowd
+closing in upon her and in danger of crushing her to death. We soon
+however were so lucky as to find a flight of several broad steps which
+led to a side room, but now closed, which furnished us comfortable
+seats above the crowd, which we took good care to hold until our
+curiosity was all gratified, and we were ready to return home. Our
+interpreter, in answer to all inquiries as to the locale of these
+strange foreigners, mentioned the Egyptian Hall; and for weeks after,
+Daniel testified to the increase of our receipts, and bore sad evidence
+too of the trouble he had in explaining the difficulty of showing to
+his visiters the “real Indians.” After having satiated our curiosity,
+and several of the youngest of the party having received some very
+pretty trinkets and other presents that had been forced upon them, we
+made our way home in good season to enjoy the joke, and part of a good
+night’s rest.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_90" title="90"></a>
+CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms&mdash;Daniel’s
+      difficulty with an artist making copies&mdash;Takes his sketch-book
+      from him&mdash;Tableaux vivans commenced&mdash;List of the groups&mdash;Hon. Mr.
+      Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant&mdash;The
+      Author presented to Her Majesty and His Royal Highness Prince
+      Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Indian Collection removed to
+      Liverpool&mdash;Biennial exhibition of Mechanics’ Institution&mdash;22,000
+      children admitted free to the Indian Collection in one
+      week&mdash;The Indian tableaux vivans in the provincial towns for
+      six months&mdash;Collection opened in Sheffield&mdash;In Manchester&mdash;Nine
+      Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in charge of Mr. Rankin&mdash;His proposal
+      to the author.</p>
+
+
+<p>Poor Daniel in the exhibition-rooms! I mentioned in the preceding
+chapter that our appearance at the Polish ball had greatly increased
+the number of shillings, but, at the same time, it was, as he
+said, doing great injury to the Collection, as people paid their
+shillings expecting to see the real Indians, and then, finding their
+error, revenged themselves upon poor Daniel by calling him and
+the whole concern hard names, and in various ways provoking him.
+Politics&mdash;Caste&mdash;Slavery&mdash;Truck-system&mdash;Poor-houses&mdash;Repeal&mdash;Oregon&mdash;and
+Repudiation were the exciting topics&mdash;all of which he was able and
+ready to discuss; and the kind of visitors I just now mentioned, under
+their disappointment at the rooms, were prepared to annoy him on these
+topics, and irritate him to such a degree that it made his duties
+doubly hard to him and their visits less pleasant to themselves than
+they would otherwise have been.</p>
+
+<p>He had other things that annoyed him, amongst which were the constant
+efforts by artists and amateurs to make copies in the room for
+paintings and designs, which they somehow seemed to fancy. After
+having risked my life<a class="pagenum" id="Page_91" title="91"></a> and spent my little fortune in the wilderness
+to procure such exciting and such original studies, and bring them to
+England, I did not consider it fair that these gentlemen should step
+into my rooms just when they had an hour of leisure, and industry
+enough to use it, and copy whatever they could most easily convert into
+cash.</p>
+
+<p>So many of these attempts had been made, that I was obliged to post a
+printed notice around the walls, that “<em>No copying was allowed in the
+rooms.</em>”</p>
+
+<p>This had the desired effect with many, but there were some to whom
+the temptation was so great, that Daniel was obliged to refer them
+to the printed regulations; and one or two others for whom this was
+not enough, and who seemed to think that, in my absence, Daniel’s
+authority was rather in imagination than any thing else; and when he
+had requested them to desist, they had given him the finish to their
+provocations by replying to him, that he was of no account&mdash;that if
+his <em>master</em> ordered them to stop they would do so, but not for him.
+One of these customers had troubled him very much for several days,
+and it was evidently affecting his spirits, and even his health, for
+he was growing pale and ghastly under the excitement. He said he had
+repeatedly taken the printed regulation and placed it before him, and
+he was at last told to “Go to the devil with it.” He told me this
+man had some object in view, for he came every night, and sketched
+very rapidly, and made very exact copies; and he said to me, “If you
+don’t see fit to come in and turn him out of the room to-night, I
+shall lay hold of him, for your own interest. I hate to do it, for
+he looks like a gentleman, though he don’t act like one, and that’s
+enough; and if you don’t stop him, Mr. Catlin, I will.” “That’s right,”
+said I, “Daniel. You have charge of the rooms, and your regulations,
+and of course it is your duty to stop him; and I am responsible for
+any damage you may do in putting an end to it.” I was at that time
+occupying apartments opposite to the Egyptian Hall in Piccadilly, and
+on that night observing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_92" title="92"></a> the lamps burning at a much later hour than
+usual, was induced to step in to learn the cause. As I was passing
+through the Hall, and about to enter the exhibition-room, I heard a few
+half-stifled and hasty words, and then something like a struggle; and
+next, I heard distinctly Daniel’s voice, in rather a stifled mood:&mdash;“No
+you won’t. If you get that leg through, the deil a bit o’ good will it
+do ye; for I’ll be shot if you ever pass your neck any farther through
+this door until you give it up!”</p>
+
+<p>“Let go of my collar, then!”</p>
+
+<p>“No, I’ll be blathered if I do that! I’ve got a good hold now, and I
+might not get it again. Lay down the book and I’ll let you go, and not
+before.”</p>
+
+<p>“What business is it of yours? come, I should like to know; you are
+only a door-keeper.” “That’s what I am, you’ve got it right; and I’ll
+show you, my boy, that I can <em>keep</em> a door, too.”</p>
+
+<p>I stood back during this conversation, easily understanding what the
+difficulty was, as I had a partial view of them, but was unobserved, as
+I was standing in the dark.</p>
+
+<p>It seems that Daniel’s friend the copyist had been as usual at work
+most of the evening, making sketches, and Daniel had allowed him to
+work, resolving to appropriate all his sketches at a haul, as he should
+be leaving the room. The gentleman had been intensely engaged, and not
+having been interrupted as usual, had kept at his work for half an hour
+or so after all visitors had left the room, and a full blaze of gas
+was burning at my expense and for his benefit. All these circumstances
+ripened Daniel’s taste for laying an embargo on him; and when he had
+closed his book, and was about to take leave, he found Daniel standing
+with his back towards the door, which was open. On endeavouring to
+pass, Daniel civilly stopped him, and told him he should expect him on
+that evening to leave his sketch-book with him before he passed out.
+The gentleman seemed dreadfully insulted by such a suggestion, saying
+that he had paid for his admission and had the same<a class="pagenum" id="Page_93" title="93"></a> right to be in
+the room or to go out that <em>he</em> had; to which Daniel at once assented,
+saying he had not the slightest objection to his going out; “but,” said
+he, “if that book goes out, it will be because you are a stronger man
+than I am.”</p>
+
+<p>At this crisis the artist had made a rush for the door, and Daniel
+had fastened his left hand into his cravat and shirt collar, whilst
+he had a similar grip upon Daniel with one hand, and his sketch-book
+in the other, when I discovered them on my approach to the rooms. How
+long they had been in this amusing predicament I was not yet able to
+ascertain; but as Daniel, who is of a quick and rather violent temper,
+was speaking quite cool and deliberate, I presumed they must have stood
+there at least long enough for his first excitement to have cooled off,
+which could not possibly have been effected in a few moments.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately after their last dialogue that I had heard when approaching
+them, there commenced another scene of grunting, and sighing, and
+shoving about, that lasted for some minutes, when all was still again.
+The gentleman, however, broke silence at length, but in a very low and
+placid voice: “Why, you are a very curious fellow; I don’t see why this
+thing should make you so wrathy. The pictures are not yours&mdash;come,
+don’t clinch me so tight there, if you please.” “I don’t hurt you&mdash;I
+told you I didn’t wish to hurt you; if you talk about my bein ‘wrathy,’
+you don’t know what you are talkin about&mdash;and the pictures I know are
+not mine; but my employer expects me to guard his property, and you may
+be sure I’ll do it. If you had taken my advice two or three days ago
+it would have saved you all this fuss, and half an hour’s time that we
+have been standing in the door.” Another scuffle and struggle ensued
+here, and after much grunting, the gentleman exclaimed, “You have the
+advantage of me, for you have both hands to work with and I have only
+one! If it were not for the book I could upset you, damned quick!” Upon
+which Daniel made a grand lunge at the book, which he snatched from his
+hand, and exultingly exclaimed,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_94" title="94"></a> “There! I’ll take the book, and let
+you try with both hands&mdash;and now, if you touch a finger to me again,
+I’ll lather you within an inch of your life. If your cloth be ever so
+much better than mine, you have behaved like anything but a gentleman;
+and as I told you in the beginning, if ever you carry this book out at
+that door you will do it over my dead body.” At that instant he turned
+off the gas, giving the gentleman a good opportunity to depart in total
+silence, and for me to dodge him, as he passed by, and to withdraw
+myself, to enjoy Daniel’s account of the affair, which was amusingly
+given, as he handed me the sketch-book the next morning.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel’s health and spirits improved very sensibly after this affair,
+and his duties were somewhat lightened about this time, though I
+added much to my own labours, by closing the exhibition at night,
+and giving my lectures on three evenings of the week in an adjoining
+hall, illustrating them with <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">tableaux vivans</em>, produced by twenty
+living figures in Indian costumes, forming groups of their ceremonies,
+domestic scenes, and warfare. These were got up and presented with much
+labour to myself, and gave great satisfaction; as by them I furnished
+so vivid and life-like an illustration of Indian life as I had seen it
+in the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>For these tableaux I had chosen my men for some striking Indian
+character in their faces or figures, or action, and my women were
+personated by round-faced boys, who, when the women’s dresses were on
+them, and long wigs of horses’ hair spreading over their shoulders,
+and the faces and hands of all painted to the Indian colour, made
+the most complete illusion that could be conceived. I had furnished
+each with his little toilet of colours, &amp;c., and instructions how to
+paint the face before a mirror, and how to arrange their dresses; and
+then, with almost infinite labour, had drilled them through the Indian
+mode of walking with their “toes in,” of using their weapons of war
+and the chase, and of giving their various dances, songs, and the
+war-whoop;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_95" title="95"></a> and I have no hesitation in saying, that when I had brought
+this difficult mode to its greatest perfection, I had succeeded in
+presenting the most faithful and general representation of Indian life
+that was ever brought before the civilized world. Many of these scenes
+were enlivened by action, and by the various instruments of music used
+by the Indians, added to their songs, and the war-whoop, giving a
+thrilling spirit to them, whilst they furnished scenes for the painter,
+of the most picturesque character, as will be easily imagined from the
+subjoined programme of them as announced at the time.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">CATLIN’S LECTURES<br />
+
+   <span class="smallest">WITH</span><br />
+
+   <span class="smaller"><em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">TABLEAUX VIVANS</em> ON THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS,</span><br />
+
+   <span class="smallest">AT</span><br />
+
+   <span class="smaller">THE EGYPTIAN HALL, PICCADILLY, LONDON.</span></p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">PROGRAMME FOR THE FIRST EVENING.</p>
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+
+<p class="titlepage">WAR SCENES.</p>
+
+<div class="small">
+<p>No. 1.&mdash;<em>Group of Warriors and Braves, in Full Dress</em>, reclining
+  around a fire, regaling themselves with the pipe and a dish of
+  <em>pemican</em>. In the midst of their banquet the chief enters in full
+  dress; the pipe is lighted for him&mdash;he smokes it in sadness, and
+  breaks up the party by announcing that an enemy is at hand&mdash;that a
+  number of their men have been scalped whilst hunting the buffalo, and
+  they must prepare for war.</p>
+
+<p>No. 2.&mdash;<em>Warriors Enlisting</em>, by “smoking through the reddened
+  stem.” The chief sends “<em>runners</em>” (or <em>criers</em>) through the tribe
+  with a pipe, the stem of which is painted red; the crier solicits
+  for recruits, and every young man who consents to smoke through the
+  reddened stem which is extended to him, is considered a volunteer to
+  go to war.</p>
+
+<p>No. 3.&mdash;<em>War Dance.</em> The ceremony of “<em>swearing in</em>” the warriors,
+  who take the most solemn oath by dancing to, and striking the
+  “reddened post” with their war-clubs.</p>
+
+<p>No. 4.&mdash;<em>Foot War-Party on the March</em>, (“Indian file,”) armed with
+  shields, bows, quivers, and lances&mdash;the chief of the party, as is
+  generally the case, going to war in full dress.</p>
+
+<p>No. 5.&mdash;<em>War-Party encamped at Night</em>, asleep under their buffalo<a class="pagenum" id="Page_96" title="96"></a>
+  robes, with sentinels on the watch. The <em>alarm in camp</em> is given, and
+  the warriors roused to arms.</p>
+
+<p>No. 6.&mdash;<em>War-Party in Council</em>, consulting with their chief as to the
+  best and most effective way of attacking their enemies, who are close
+  at hand.</p>
+
+<p>No. 7.&mdash;<em>Skulking</em>, or advancing cautiously upon the enemy to take
+  them by surprise&mdash;a common mode and merit in war among the North
+  American Indians.</p>
+
+<p>No. 8.&mdash;<em>Battle and Scalping</em>; showing the frightful appearance of
+  Indian warfare, and the mode of taking the scalp.</p>
+
+<p>No. 9.&mdash;<em>Scalp Dance</em>, in celebration of a victory; the women, in the
+  centre of the group, holding up the scalps on little sticks, and the
+  warriors dancing around them, brandishing their weapons, and yelling
+  in the most frightful manner.</p>
+
+<p>No. 10.&mdash;<em>Treaty of Peace.</em> The chiefs and warriors of the two
+  hostile tribes in the act of solemnizing the treaty of peace, by
+  smoking mutually through the calumet, or pipe of peace, which is
+  ornamented with eagles’ quills; the calumet resting in front of the
+  group.</p>
+
+<p>No. 11.&mdash;<em>Pipe-of-Peace Dance</em>, by the warriors, with the pipes
+  of peace, or calumets, in their hands, after the treaty has been
+  concluded. This picturesque scene will be represented by the warriors
+  all joining in the dance, uniting their voices with the beat of the
+  Indian drum, and sounding the frightful war-whoop.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">PROGRAMME FOR THE SECOND EVENING.</p>
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p class="titlepage">DOMESTIC SCENES.</p>
+
+<div class="small">
+<p>No. 1.&mdash;<em>The Blackfoot Doctor, or Mystery-man</em>, endeavouring to cure
+  his dying patient by the operation of his mysteries and songs of
+  incantation.</p>
+
+<p>No. 2.&mdash;<em>Mr. Catlin at his Easel, in the Mandan Village</em>, painting
+  the portrait of <em>Mah-to-toh-pa</em>, a celebrated Mandan chief. The
+  costumes of the chief and the painter the same that were worn on the
+  occasion.</p>
+
+<p>No. 3.&mdash;<em>An Indian Wedding.</em> The chief, who is father of the girl, is
+  seated in the middle of the group, receiving the presents which are
+  laid at his feet by the young man, who (when the presents accumulate
+  to what the father deems an equivalent) receives the consent of the
+  parent, and the hand of the girl, whom he leads off; and as she is
+  the daughter of a chief, and admired by the young men, they are
+  bestowing on her many presents.</p>
+
+<p>No. 4.&mdash;<em>Pocahontas rescuing Captain John Smith, an English Officer.</em>
+ “It had been decided in council, over which <em>Pow-ha-tan</em> presided,
+  that Captain John Smith should be put to death, by having his head
+  placed on a large stone, and his brains beaten out by two warriors
+  armed with huge painted clubs. His executioners were standing with
+  their clubs raised over him, and in the very instant for giving the
+  fatal blow, when <em>Pocahontas</em>,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_97" title="97"></a> the chief’s favourite daughter, then
+  about thirteen years old, threw herself with folded arms over the
+  head of the captain, who was instantly ordered by the chief to be
+  released.”</p>
+
+<p>No. 5.&mdash;<em>Wrestling.</em> A favourite amusement among many of the tribes.
+  For these scenes, several distinguished young men are selected
+  on each side, and the goods bet being placed in the care of the
+  stakeholders, the wrestling commences at a signal given, and the
+  stakes go to the party who count the greatest number of men remaining
+  on their feet.</p>
+
+<p>No. 6.&mdash;<em>Ball Play.</em> The most beautiful and exciting of all Indian
+  games. This game is often played by several hundreds on a side. The
+  group represents the players leaping into the air, and struggling to
+  catch the ball as it is descending, in their ball-sticks.</p>
+
+<p>No. 7.&mdash;<em>Game of Tchung-kee.</em> The favourite play of the Mandans, and
+  used by them as their principal gambling game.</p>
+
+<p>No. 8.&mdash;<em>The Night Dance of the Seminolees.</em> A ceremony peculiar to
+  this tribe, in which the young men assemble and dance round the fire
+  after the chiefs have retired to rest, gradually stamping it out with
+  their feet, and singing a song of thanksgiving to the Great Spirit;
+  after which they wrap themselves in their robes and retire to rest.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>One will easily see that this opened a new field of amusement and
+excitement for my old friends, who were now nightly present, with their
+companions, and approving with rounds of applause. Amongst these was
+my untiring friend Mr. Murray, who, among the distinguished personages
+whom he introduced, made a second visit with the little Leopold, Duc
+de Brabant, whom he brought in his arms from his carriage. His Royal
+Highness, as the curtain rose and I stepped forward to give a brief
+lecture, seemed not a little disappointed, by the speech that he
+suddenly made&mdash;“Why, that is not an Indian, that is Mr. Catlin, who
+gave me the Indian pipe and the mocassins.” However, a few moments more
+brought forth red faces, and songs and yelps that seemed more sensibly
+to affect his Royal Highness’s nerves, and at which Mr. Murray removed
+with him to a more distant part of the room, from which point he looked
+on with apparent delight.</p>
+
+<p>About this time an incident of my Transatlantic life occurred, to which
+I shall ever recur with great satisfaction:&mdash;there was, standing in my
+exhibition-room, an elaborate model of the <em>Falls of Niagara</em>, which
+I had made<a class="pagenum" id="Page_98" title="98"></a> from an accurate survey of that grand scene some thirteen
+years before; and, in compliment for the accuracy and execution of
+which, a handsome silver medal had been struck, and presented to me by
+the American Institute in New York, at one of its annual exhibitions,
+where it had been exposed to public view. The Hon. Mr. Murray, whose
+familiarity with that sublime scene had enabled him to judge of the
+fidelity of the model, upon which he was often looking, with his
+friends, with intense interest, by his representations to Her Majesty
+and the Prince had excited in them a desire to see it; and he called
+upon me one morning to inform me that Her Majesty would be pleased to
+have me bring it to Windsor Castle the next day at one o’clock, at
+which hour I should be received.</p>
+
+<p>The reader may imagine what pleasure this unexpected and unmerited
+honour gave me, and also to my dear Clara, who was in the habit of
+sharing with me the pleasures of many compliments, in the forms of
+which she could not join me.</p>
+
+<p>I was at Windsor the next morning, with the model, and having placed
+and arranged it in Her Majesty’s drawing-room, I took Mr. Murray’s
+arm at the appointed hour of one o’clock, and, as we entered the
+drawing-room, we observed Her Majesty and His Royal Highness entering
+at the opposite door. We met by the side of the model&mdash;where I was
+presented, and received in the most gracious and kind manner. Her
+Majesty expressed a wish that I should point out and explain the
+principal features of the scene; which, with the vivid descriptions
+which Mr. Murray also gave, of going under the Horse-Shoe Fall, &amp;c.,
+seemed to convey a very satisfactory idea to Her Majesty and the
+Prince; they asked many questions about the characters and effects of
+this sublime scene, and also of the Indians, for whose rights they said
+they well knew I was the advocate, and retired, thanking me for the
+amusement and instruction I had afforded them.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_99" title="99"></a>
+Several months after this passed on in the usual routine of my business
+and amusements (my collection open during the days and my lectures
+and tableaux given at night) without incidents worth reciting, when
+I received an invitation from the Mechanics’ Institute at Liverpool
+to unite my Indian collection to their biennial fair or exhibition,
+which was to be on a scale of great magnificence. They very liberally
+proposed to extend the dimensions of their buildings for the occasion,
+and I consented to join them with my whole collection for two months.
+My lease had expired at the Egyptian Hall, and my collection was soon
+on its way to Liverpool.</p>
+
+<p>I was received with great kindness in that town, and my collection for
+the two months gained me great applause and some pecuniary benefit.
+During its stay there I kept several men in Indian costumes constantly
+in it, and twice a day gave a short lecture in the room, explaining the
+costumes and many of the leading traits of the Indian character, sung
+an Indian song, and gave the frightful war-whoop.</p>
+
+<p>There were here, as in London, many pleasing incidents and events for
+which I cannot venture a leaf in this book, with the exception of one,
+which I cannot forbear to mention. During the last week of their noble
+exhibition, the children from all the charitable and other schools were
+admitted free, and in battalions and phalanxes they were passed through
+my room, as many hundreds at a time as could stand upon the floor,
+to hear the lectures (shaped to suit their infant minds), and then
+the deafening war-whoop raised by my men in Indian paint and Indian
+arms, which drove many of the little creatures with alarm under the
+tables and benches, from which they were pulled out by their feet; and
+the list that we kept showed us the number of 22,000 of these little
+urchins, who, free of expense, saw my collection, and having heard me
+lecture, went home, sounding the war-whoop in various parts of the town.</p>
+
+<p>At the close of this exhibition I selected the necessary<a class="pagenum" id="Page_100" title="100"></a> collection
+of costumes, weapons, &amp;c. for my lectures and tableaux, and calling
+together my old disciplined troop from the City of London, I commenced
+a tour to the provincial towns of the kingdom, leaving my collection
+of paintings behind. My career was then rapid, and its changes sudden,
+and all my industry and energies were called into action&mdash;with twenty
+men on my hands, and an average expense of twelve pounds per day.
+This scheme I pushed with all the energy I could, and in the space
+of six months visited, with varied success, the towns of <em>Chester</em>,
+<em>Manchester</em>, <em>Leamington</em>, <em>Rugby</em>, <em>Stratford-on-Avon</em>, <em>Cheltenham</em>,
+<em>Sheffield</em>, <em>Leeds</em>, <em>York</em>, <em>Hull</em>, <em>Edinburgh</em>, <em>Glasgow</em>,
+<em>Paisley</em>, <em>Greenock</em>, <em>Belfast</em>, and <em>Dublin</em>. In all these towns I
+was received with kindness, and formed many attachments which I shall
+endeavour to cherish all my days. The incidents of such a tour can
+easily be imagined to have been varied and curious, and very many of
+them were exceedingly entertaining, but must be omitted in this place.
+On my return I was strongly urged by several friends in Manchester to
+open my whole collection of paintings, &amp;c. in that town a while before
+leaving for the United States, for which I was then on the eve of
+embarking. I consented to this invitation, and, a hall being prepared
+for its reception, I removed it and my family there for a stay of two
+or three months.</p>
+
+<p>The collection was soon arranged and on exhibition, and I found
+myself and my dear wife in the atmosphere (though of smoke) of kind
+friends who used their best endeavours to make our stay comfortable
+and pleasant. The strangers who sought our acquaintance and offered us
+their genuine hospitality were many, and will have our grateful thanks
+while we live.</p>
+
+<p>My exhibition had been tolerably successful, and, strange and
+unexpected, like most of the turning points in my life, during the very
+week that I had advertised it as “positively the last in the kingdom,
+previous to embarking for New York,” an event suddenly occurred which
+brought me back to the metropolis, to the chief towns of the kingdom,
+to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_101" title="101"></a> France and to Belgium; and eventually led me through the accidents
+and incidents which are to form the rest and the most curious part of
+this work, upon which the reader will now enter with me.</p>
+
+<p>The first intimation of the cause which was to change the shape of my
+affairs was suggested to me in the following letter:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Sir,&mdash;Though a stranger to you, I take the liberty of addressing
+  this letter to you, believing that its contents will show you a
+  way of promoting your own interest, or at least be the means of my
+  obtaining some useful advice from you.</p>
+
+<p>“I have a party of nine Ojibbeway Indians, on the way, and about
+  at this time to be landed at Liverpool, that I am bringing over on
+  speculation; and, having been in London some weeks without having
+  made any suitable arrangements for them, I have thought best to
+  propose some arrangement with you that may promote our mutual
+  interests. If you think of anything you could do in that way, or any
+  advice you can give me, I shall be most happy to hear from you by
+  return of post.</p>
+
+<p>“Several persons in London conducting exhibitions have told me that
+  they will do nothing unless they are under your management.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright5">“I remain, yours, very truly,</span><br />
+                                                 “<span class="smcap">Arthur Rankin</span>.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>To this letter I answered as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Sir,&mdash;I received your letter of the 4th, this morning, and hasten
+  to reply. It will be directly opposite to my present arrangements
+  if I enter into any new engagements such as you propose, as all
+  my preparations are now made to embark for New York in the course
+  of a fortnight from this time. I have always been opposed to the
+  plan of bringing Indians abroad on speculation; but as they are
+  in the country, I shall, as the friend of the Indians under all
+  circumstances, feel an anxiety to promote their views and success
+  in any way I can. I could not, at all events, undertake to make any
+  arrangement with you until I see what kind of a party they are; and
+  at all events, as you will have to meet them at Liverpool, you had
+  better call on me in Manchester, when we can better understand each
+  other’s views.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright5">“I remain, yours, &amp;c.</span><br />
+                                           “<span class="smcap">Geo. Catlin</span>.</p>
+<p>“<em>To A. Rankin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>On the third day after the posting of this letter Mr. Rankin arrived
+in Manchester, and called upon me in my exhibition-rooms. After a
+little conversation with him, and without entering into any agreement,
+I advised him to lose<a class="pagenum" id="Page_102" title="102"></a> no time in proceeding to Liverpool to receive
+them when they landed; and he took leave with the understanding that
+he would bring them to Manchester as soon as they arrived. The next
+evening, just after it was dark, my door-keeper, who was not yet in the
+secret, came running in and announced that there was a “homnibus at the
+door quite full of orrible looking folks, and ee really believed they
+were hindians!” At that moment Daniel whispered to me&mdash;“The Ojibbeways
+are here, and they are a pretty black-looking set of fellows: I think
+they will do.” I saw them a moment in the bus, and sent Daniel with
+them to aid Mr. Rankin in procuring them suitable lodgings. A crowd
+followed the bus as it passed off, and the cry of&mdash;“Indians! real
+Indians!” was started in Manchester, which soon rung through the
+kingdom, as will be related.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_103" title="103"></a>
+CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians&mdash;The Author pays
+      them a visit&mdash;Is recognised by them&mdash;Arrangement with Mr.
+      Rankin&mdash;Crowds around their hotel&mdash;First visit of the Ojibbeways
+      to the Author’s Collection&mdash;Their surprise&mdash;Council held under
+      the wigwam&mdash;Indians agree to drink no spirituous liquors&mdash;The
+      old Chief’s speech to the Author&mdash;Names of the Indians&mdash;Their
+      portraits&mdash;Description of each&mdash;Cadotte, the interpreter.</p>
+
+
+<p>At the beginning of this chapter the reader turns a new leaf, or, opens
+a new book. He learns here the causes that begat this book, and I hope
+will find fresh excitement enough, just at the right time, to encourage
+him to go through it with me. He finds me turning here upon a pivot&mdash;my
+character changed and my occupation; travelling over old ground, and
+looking up old friends, of whom I had taken final leave, and who had
+thought me, ere this, safely landed on my own native shores.</p>
+
+<p>The Ojibbeways were here; a party of nine wild Indians, from the
+back-woods of America. “Real Indians!” the “Ob-jub-be-ways,” or
+“Hob-jub-be-ways,” as the name was first echoed through Manchester&mdash;and
+had gone into lodgings for the night, which Daniel had procured with
+some difficulty. He drove to the door of an hotel, and inquired of
+the landlord if he could entertain a party of nine Indians for the
+night and perhaps for a few days. “O yes, certainly; bring them in.
+Porter, see to their luggage.” They were in his hall in a moment,
+having thoughtlessly sounded a yell of exultation as they landed on the
+pavement, and being wrapped in their robes, with their bows and arrows
+and tomahawks in their hands&mdash;as Indians are sure to be seen when
+entering a strange place&mdash;the landlord,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_104" title="104"></a> taking a glance at them as he
+passed out, called out to Daniel, “What the devil is all this? I can’t
+take in these folks; you must load them up again. You told me they were
+Indians.” “Well! they are,” said Daniel. “No, they’re not; they’re wild
+men, and they look more like the devil than anything else. Every lodger
+would leave my house before morning. They’ve frightened the cook and my
+women folks already into fits.&mdash;Load them up as quick as you please.”
+Daniel got them “on board” again, and drove to another hotel, which was
+just being opened to the public, and with a new landlord, with whom he
+had a slight acquaintance. Here he was more successful, and, advising
+the Indians to keep quiet, had got them in comfortably and without much
+excitement. This very good and accommodating man, whose name I am sorry
+I have forgotten, being anxious to get his house and his name a little
+notoriety, seemed delighted at the thought of his house being the
+rendezvous of the Indians; and, upon Daniel’s representations that they
+were a civil and harmless set of people, his family and himself all did
+the most they could to accommodate and entertain them.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel told him that they would make a great noise in Manchester, and
+as they would be the “lions” of the day, and visited by the greatest
+people in town, the clergy and all, it would be a feather in his cap,
+and make his hotel more known in three days than it would otherwise be
+in three years. This had pleased the new landlord exceedingly, and he
+made Daniel agree that Mr. Catlin, in announcing their arrival in the
+papers, should say that they had taken lodgings at his house, which he
+thought would do him great service. The good man’s wish was complied
+with the next morning, but there was scarcely any need of it, for the
+crowd that was already gathered and gathering around his new hotel,
+were certain to publish it to every part of the town in a very little
+time.</p>
+
+<p>After they had been landed a while, and just when they were all seated
+around a long table and devouring the beef-<a class="pagenum" id="Page_105" title="105"></a>steaks prepared for them, I
+made my way with great difficulty through the crowds that were jammed
+about the door and climbing to look into the windows, and entered the
+room, to take the first look at them.</p>
+
+<p>As I stepped into the room I uttered their customary ejaculation of
+“<em>How! how! how!</em>”&mdash;to which they all responded; and rising from their
+seats, shook hands with me, knowing from my manner of addressing them
+who I was, or at least that I was familiar with Indians. I requested
+them to finish their suppers: and whilst conversing with Mr. Rankin I
+learned, from giving ear to their conversation, that one of the young
+men of the party had seen me whilst I was painting the portraits of
+chiefs at a Grand Council held at Mackinaw a few years before, and was
+coming forward to claim acquaintance with me. He finished his meal
+a little sooner than the rest, and made a dart across the room and
+offered me his hand, with a “<em>How! how! how! ketch-e-wah!</em>” and then
+telling me, with the aid of the interpreter, that he knew me&mdash;that he
+was at Mackinaw at the Great Council, when I painted the portraits of
+Gitch-e-gaw-ga-osh, and On-daig, and Ga-zaw-que-dung, and others; and
+I recollected his face very well, which seemed excessively pleasing to
+him.</p>
+
+<p>The poor fellows were exceedingly fatigued and jaded; and after a few
+minutes’ conversation I left them, advising them to lie quiet for two
+or three days until they were rested and recruited after the fatigues
+of their long and boisterous voyage. Mr. Rankin, with the aid of my man
+Daniel, settled all the arrangements for this, and the next morning I
+met Mr. Rankin with a view to some arrangement for their exhibition in
+my collection, which was then open in the Exchange Rooms. He seemed
+alarmed about the prospects of their exhibition, from what had been
+told him in London, and proposed that I should take them off his hands
+by paying him 100<em>l.</em> per month.</p>
+
+<p>I instantly stated my objections to such an arrangement, that by
+doing so I should be assuming all the responsibilities<a class="pagenum" id="Page_106" title="106"></a> for them
+while abroad; and as I had always been opposed to bringing Indians
+abroad on that account, as well as from other reasons, I should be
+unwilling to use them in any way that should release him from the
+responsibilities he had assumed in bringing them to this country. And
+I then said, “I will propose what I feel quite sure will be more for
+your pecuniary interest, and more satisfactory to my own feelings, and
+it is the only way in which I will be interested in their exhibition;
+for under such an arrangement both the Indians and the exhibition
+will be sure of having our mutual and united efforts, which they will
+stand in need of to ensure the success that I hope they may meet. I
+will agree to make my Indian collection the place for their exhibition
+(the appropriateness of which will do away all the objections that
+would in many places be raised to their dancing), and to conduct their
+exhibition in the best way I can, giving my lectures on them and their
+modes, sharing equally with you all expenses and all receipts from this
+day to the time they shall leave the kingdom, expecting you to give
+your whole attention to the travelling and care of the Indians while
+they are not in the exhibition-rooms.”</p>
+
+<p>To this proposition, which never was more than a verbal one, he at
+once agreed, and our arrangements were accordingly being made for the
+commencement of their dances, &amp;c., in my exhibition-rooms. During the
+few days of interval between their arrival and the commencement of
+their exhibition, several editors of the leading journals, with other
+distinguished visitors to them, had examined them, and, being much
+pleased with their appearance, excited the public curiosity to see
+them, to an impatient degree; and the streets in the vicinity of their
+hotel became so completely besieged, that a strong party of police was
+necessary to keep back the crowds, who could only now and then get a
+glimpse of an eye and a nose of the Indians peeping out between the
+curtains of their windows.</p>
+
+<p>Their first airing in Manchester was a drive in an omnibus, to my
+exhibition-rooms, which they had long wished to see.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_107" title="107"></a> The mayor of the
+city, with the editors of the <cite>Guardian</cite> and several other gentlemen,
+had been invited there to see the first effect it would have upon them.
+It proved to be a very curious scene. As they entered the hall, the
+portraits of several hundreds of the chiefs and warriors of their own
+tribe and of their enemies were hanging on the walls and staring at
+them from all directions, and wigwams, and costumes and weapons of all
+constructions around them: they set up the most frightful yells and
+made the whole neighbourhood ring with their howlings; they advanced
+to the portraits of their friends and offered them their hands; and at
+their enemies, whom they occasionally recognised, they brandished their
+tomahawks or drew their bows as they sounded the war-whoop.</p>
+
+<p>This scene was truly exciting, and after our distinguished visitors had
+left the rooms, I spread some robes upon the floor, upon which we sat,
+and lighting an Indian pipe, opened our first council by saying:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends, I am glad to see you, and to offer you my hand in
+  friendship. You see by the paintings around you, of your friends and
+  of your enemies, that I am no stranger to Indians&mdash;and that I am
+  their friend. I am very happy to see you in my room, and all well
+  after crossing the great ocean. Your friend here, Mr. Rankin, tells
+  me you have come to this country to give your dances, &amp;c.; and he has
+  proposed that I should manage your exhibition, and have your dances
+  all given in my rooms. This I have agreed to do, provided it meets
+  your approbation.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>To which they all instantly ejaculated “<em>How, how, how!</em>” which is
+always an affirmative, literally meaning yes. When meeting a friend,
+it is the first salutation, meaning “How goes it?” or “How do you do?”
+and pronounced at the ends of sentences, when any one is speaking,
+implies assent, or approbation, as “hear, hear!” is used in the English
+language.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+ <p>“My good Friends, I have agreed to this on two conditions: the first,
+  that it shall please you; and the second, that you will pledge your
+  words to me that you will keep yourselves all the time sober, and
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in the country. I make
+  this condition because I know that the Indians are generally fond
+  of strong drink, which wicked white men carry into their country
+  and teach them to use. I know<a class="pagenum" id="Page_108" title="108"></a>  that the Indians often drink it to
+  excess, not knowing in their country the sin of doing so. I know
+  that the people in England detest drunkards, and they have an idea
+  that all Indians are drunkards; and that if you drink and get drunk
+  in this country, it will ruin all your prospects, and you will go
+  home poor and despised. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’) You are a good-looking
+  and well-behaved set of men, and I have no fears of any difficulties
+  if you will keep sober. The English people are the friends of the
+  Indians, and you will make many friends if you take and keep my
+  advice.
+
+  “I will ask but one solemn promise of you, and that is, that you will
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in this country, and your
+  friend Mr. Rankin will perfectly justify me in this. (‘<em>How, how,
+  how!</em>’)
+
+  “If you will keep sober, you shall have plenty of good tobacco to
+  smoke and roast beef to eat, and there is no doubt that I will get
+  you permission to see the Queen.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>To this the old chief (Ah-quee-we-zaints, the boy chief) arose and
+replied:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friend, I give you my hand. The Great Spirit has been kind to us
+  in keeping his eye upon us all in crossing the salt lake, and we are
+  thanking Him that we are all here safe and in good health. We had
+  heard much of you when in our own country, where all the Indians know
+  you, and we are now happy to meet you. (‘<em>How, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend, we are here like children in this strange country, and we
+  shall feel happy and not afraid if you will be our father&mdash;the Great
+  Spirit has put good counsel into your mouth, and we will follow it.
+  (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“We all know the dangers of fire-water; we have all been fond of it,
+  and have been taught to drink it. We have been told that the Great
+  Spirit sent it to us because he loved us&mdash;but we have learned that
+  this is not true.</p>
+
+<p>“We have learned that the English people do not drink it&mdash;they are
+  wise; and we will all pledge our words to you in this council that we
+  will not drink it while we are in this country, and we are ready to
+  put our names on a paper. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,” said I, “I don’t require your names on a paper; I am
+  satisfied; if you were white men, perhaps I might&mdash;but no Indian
+  who ever gave me his word has deceived me. I will take your names on
+  paper, however, for another purpose, that I may know how to call you,
+  how to introduce you, and to have your arrival properly announced in
+  the newspapers.” (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_4"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_108fp.jpg" width="640" height="359" alt="Plate 4: Ojibbeways group" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 4.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Their names were then taken as follows, and the business of our first
+council being finished, it broke up. (<em>See <a href="#Plate_4">Plate No. 4</a>.</em>)</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+   <p>1. Ah-quee-we-zaints (the Boy Chief).</p>
+
+   <p>2. Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be (the Driving Cloud), war-chief.</p>
+
+   <p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_109" title="109"></a>3. Wee-nish-ka-wee-be (the Flying Gull).</p>
+
+   <p>4. Sah-mah (Tobacco).</p>
+
+   <p>5. Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee (Moonlight Night).</p>
+
+   <p>6. Not-een-a-akm (Strong Wind), interpreter.</p>
+
+   <p>7. Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua, woman.</p>
+
+   <p>8. Nib-nab-ee-qua, girl.</p>
+
+   <p>9. Ne-bet-neuh-qua, woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After a stroll of an hour or so about my rooms, where they were
+inexpressibly amused with my numerous paintings, &amp;c., they were driven
+awhile about the town, and landed at their hotel, where the crowd
+had become so general and so dense, that it was almost impossible
+to approach it. The partial glance that the public got of their red
+faces and wild dresses on this day, as they were moving through the
+streets, and passing to and from the carriage, increased the cry of
+“Ob-jubbeways!” in every part of the city, and established the fact as
+certain, that “<em>real Indians</em>” had made their appearance in Manchester.</p>
+
+<p>It should be known to the reader by this time that this party were
+from the northern shore of Lake Huron, in Canada; therefore her
+Majesty’s subjects, and part of one of the most numerous tribes in
+North America, inhabiting the shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the
+Woods, and Lake Huron, numbering some 15,000 or 20,000, and usually
+(in civilized parlance) called Chippeways, a mere <em>refinement</em> upon
+their native name, O-jib-be-way. The appearance of these wild folks so
+suddenly in the streets of Manchester was well calculated to raise an
+excitement and the most intense curiosity. They were all clad in skins
+of their own dressing, their head-dresses of eagles’ quills and wild
+turkeys’ feathers; their faces daubed and streaked with vermilion and
+black and green paint. They were armed with their war-clubs, bows and
+quivers, and tomahawks and scalping knives, just as they roam through
+the woods in their country; and their yells and war-whoops, which were
+occasionally sounded in the streets at some sudden occurrence that
+attracted their attention, gave a new excitement amid the smoke and
+din of Manchester. The leading man of this<a class="pagenum" id="Page_110" title="110"></a> party, <em>Ah-quee-we-zaints</em>
+(the boy chief), was an excellent old man, of seventy-five years,
+with an intelligent and benignant countenance, and had been somewhat
+distinguished as a warrior in his younger days.</p>
+
+<p>The next of consequence (<em>Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be</em>, the driving cloud),
+and called the war-chief (though I believe, not a chief), was a
+remarkably fine man of thirty-five years of age, and had distinguished
+himself as a warrior in several battles in the war of 1812, having been
+engaged in the British lines, and in those engagements had been several
+times severely wounded, and of which he still carried and exhibited the
+most frightful scars.</p>
+
+<p><em>Sah-mah</em> (tobacco) and <em>Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee</em> (moonlight night)
+were two fine young men, denoted warriors, having their wives with
+them; <em>Wee-nish-ka-wee-be</em> (the flying gull) was a sort of doctor
+or necromancer to the party, and a young fellow of much drollery
+and wit. The Strong Wind, the interpreter, whose familiar name was
+<em>Cadotte</em>, was a half-caste, a young man of fine personal appearance
+and address, and the son of a Frenchman of that name who had long been
+an interpreter for the English factories in those regions.</p>
+
+<p>By the patient and accommodating disposition of this young man, any
+conversation was easily held with these people; and through him, the
+interchange of feelings between the civilized world and these rude and
+curious people, which will appear in the subsequent chapters of this
+book, was principally effected.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_111" title="111"></a>
+CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall&mdash;They refuse wine&mdash;Distress
+      of the kind and accommodating landlord&mdash;Indians’ first <em>drive</em>
+      about the town of Manchester&mdash;Their curious remarks&mdash;Saw
+      some white people drunk&mdash;Many women holding on to men’s
+      arms and apparently not sick&mdash;Saw much smoke&mdash;Vast many
+      poor people&mdash;Indians commence dancing in the Author’s
+      Collection&mdash;Effects of the war-dance and war-whoop upon
+      the audience&mdash;Various amusements of the evening&mdash;A rich
+      present to the old Boy-Chief&mdash;And his speech&mdash;Numerous
+      presents made&mdash;Immense crowd and excitement&mdash;Indians visit
+      a great woollen-factory&mdash;Casts made from their heads by a
+      phrenologist&mdash;Visit to Orrell’s cotton-mill at Stockport&mdash;Their
+      opinions of it&mdash;The party kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and
+      lady.</p>
+
+
+<p>The Indians having had a few days’ rest, having made their first
+visit to my rooms, and settled all the preliminaries for their future
+operations, were now ready to step forth amongst the strange sights
+that were open and ready for their inspection in the new world that
+they had entered, all of which was yet before them.</p>
+
+<p>The world’s civilities towards them commenced in an invitation from
+the Mayor of Manchester to visit the Town-Hall, and they dressed and
+painted and armed for the occasion, not asking who the mayor was, or
+how near he might be in rank to the Queen herself, whom it was their
+greatest ambition to see; but upon the supposition, of course, that
+they were going to see a “great chief,” as they called him.</p>
+
+<p>They were moved through the streets in an omnibus, accompanied by Mr.
+Rankin, and I met them at the door of the hall, and conducted them
+to the presence of the mayor, whom they recognised, and were not a
+little surprised to find was one of the gentlemen to whom they had
+been introduced the day before. They were then presented by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_112" title="112"></a> the mayor
+to his lady, and a select party of ladies and gentlemen who had been
+invited to see them. By these they were received with much kindness,
+and after having been shown the various rooms, &amp;c., were led into the
+mayor’s court, then in session, where they stood a few minutes, and
+finding that all proceedings were stopped, and all eyes upon them while
+there, I beckoned to them to retire.</p>
+
+<p>Various refreshments were prepared for them, to which they returned,
+and whilst the lady mayoress and ladies and gentlemen were proposing
+their health in wine which was poured out for them, they were surprised
+to receive smiles and thanks from the Indians as they refused to
+partake of it. To the inquiries raised for the cause of their refusing
+to drink, Mr. Rankin explained that they were under a solemn pledge
+not to drink spirituous liquors while in England, which was applauded
+by all present, and they received many presents in consequence of this
+information, which was the beginning of encouragement to keep their
+promise of sobriety and total abstinence.</p>
+
+<p>After leaving the town-hall, Mr. Rankin got into the omnibus with them,
+and during a drive of half an hour or so, giving them a passing glance
+at the principal streets of Manchester and its suburbs, they returned
+to their hotel.</p>
+
+<p>This excursion was calculated, of course, to bring around their hotel
+its thousands and even tens of thousands of the excitable and excited
+idlers that an extraordinary “turn out” had at that time thrown into
+the streets; and in endeavouring to pay them my customary visit that
+night, I was obliged to follow in the wake of a number of police, who
+had the greatest difficulty in making their way through the mass.</p>
+
+<p>The object of my visit to them was to talk, as usual, upon the events
+of the day, and of our future operations. The first “<em>talk</em>” I had,
+however, was with the kind and good-natured landlord, who said that
+he had now got notoriety enough&mdash;he didn’t think his house would
+be forgotten; and was exceedingly obliged to me, and was<a class="pagenum" id="Page_113" title="113"></a> pleased
+with the Indians, who gave him no trouble; alleging that they were
+ten times more civil and well-behaved than the people night and day
+crowded around his house. “It seemed to him as if the <em>savages</em> were
+all outside of his house and the gentlemen inside. His house, which
+was fresh painted but a few days, and not dry, was ‘all done up,’ as
+high as they could reach and climb, and must be done over again; and
+his windows were broken and window-shutters torn from their hinges;
+and it was impossible for him to keep them any longer without great
+damage to his interest, and he hoped I would provide some other place
+for them as soon as possible.” It happened much to my satisfaction
+that I had already prepared an apartment for them in the Exchange
+Buildings, adjoining to the exhibition-rooms, which were elevated high
+above the gaze of the crowd, and to which they were to be removed the
+next morning. This gave the good man much relief, and he said he could
+manage to live through that night.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation of the Indians that evening, while they were passing
+their pipe round and making their comments upon what they had seen, was
+exceedingly curious, and deserves to be recorded. They expressed great
+satisfaction at the kind manner in which they had been entertained
+by the mayor, understanding that he was the head man of the town of
+Manchester&mdash;“chief of that village,” as they called him;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_114" title="114"></a> “they saw him
+and his squaw, and many other beautiful squaws, all drinking; and they
+saw many people through the windows, and in the doors, as they passed
+along the streets, who were drinking; and they saw several persons in
+the streets who were quite drunk, and two or three lying down in the
+streets, like pigs; and they thought the people of Manchester loved
+much to drink liquor. They saw a great deal of smoke, and thought the
+prairies were on fire; they saw many fine-looking squaws walking in the
+streets, and some of them holding on to men’s arms, and didn’t look
+sick neither. They saw a great many large houses, which it seemed as
+if nobody lived in. They saw a great many people in the streets, who
+appeared very poor, and looked as if they had nothing to eat. They had
+seen many thousands, and almost all looked so poor that they thought it
+would do no good for us to stay in Manchester.”</p>
+
+<p>I explained to them the extraordinary cause that had recently thrown
+so many thousands of poor people into the streets; that Manchester was
+one of the richest towns in the world; that the immense houses they
+had seen, and apparently shut up, were the great factories in which
+these thousands of poor people worked, but were now stopped, and their
+working people were running about the streets in vast numbers; that
+the immense crowd gathered around their hotel, from day to day, were
+of that class; that the wealthy people were very many, but that their
+dwellings were mostly a little out of town; and that their business men
+were principally shut up in their offices and factories, attending to
+their business whilst the idle people were running about the streets.</p>
+
+<p>Such was a little of the gossip after their first visit and drive about
+the town&mdash;and the next morning, at an early hour, they were removed to
+their new lodgings in the Exchange Buildings, and the kind landlord
+effectually, though very gradually, relieved from the nuisance he had
+had around his house for some days past.</p>
+
+<p>On the same evening, by our announcements, they were to make their
+first appearance in my exhibition, and at an early hour the Rooms were
+filled, and we were obliged to close the doors. I had erected a strong
+platform in the middle of my room, on which the Indians were to give
+their dances, and having removed all seats from the room, every part of
+the floor was covered as densely as it was possible for men and women
+to be grouped together. Into the midst of this mass the party dashed
+in Indian file, with shield and bow and quiver slung&mdash;with war-clubs
+and tomahawks in hand, as they sounded the frightful war-whoop and were
+endeavouring to reach the platform. The frightened crowd, with screams
+and yells as frightful nearly as those of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_115" title="115"></a> Indians, gave way, and
+they soon had a free passage to the platform, upon which they leaped,
+without looking for the flight of steps prepared for them, and were
+at full length before the staring, gaping multitude. Mr. Rankin was
+by their side, and in a moment I was there also, to commence upon the
+new duties devolving on me under our recent arrangement. They were in
+a moment seated, and were passing their pipe around, while I was, by a
+brief lecture, introducing them, and the modes they were to illustrate,
+to the audience.</p>
+
+<p>I described the country and the tribe they belonged to, and the objects
+for which they had crossed the Atlantic; and also expressed to the
+audience the happy opportunity it was affording me of corroborating the
+many assertions I had been heretofore making relative to the looks and
+modes of those people, many of which I was fully aware were difficult
+of comprehension. Having done this, I should leave the Indians to
+entertain the audience with such of their dances and other amusements
+as they might decide upon, and endeavour to stand by and explain each
+amusement as they gave it, feeling abundantly able to do so from a
+residence of eight years amongst the various tribes in America.</p>
+
+<p>There was a shout of applause at the close of my remarks, and the
+most impatient anxiety evinced on all sides to see the commencement
+of the curious tricks which were just ready to be introduced. At this
+moment, with a sudden yell, the men all sprung upon their feet; their
+weapons brandished and their buffalo robes thrown back, while the women
+and children seated themselves at the end of the platform. Another
+shrill yell of the war-whoop, with the flourish of their weapons,
+and the Medicine-man or Doctor commenced with tambour (or drum), and
+his voice, upon the war-song; and they were all off in the dance.<a href="#Footnote_5" id="FNanchor_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a>
+At the first rest, when they suddenly stopped,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_116" title="116"></a> there was but one
+mingled roar of applause, which showed to the poor fellows that they
+had made “a hit,” and were to be received with great kindness and
+interest. This stimulated them to finish it with spirit; and when it
+was done, and they were seated a few moments to rest, hundreds were
+ambitious to crowd up to them and offer them their hands. It was with
+great difficulty that I could get the audience quiet enough to hear
+my explanations of the war-dance&mdash;its meaning, and the objects and
+character of the war-whoop which they had just heard. I gained the
+patience of the crowd by promising them a number of dances and other
+amusements, all of which I would render instructive by my explanations,
+and afford all, in the remotest parts of the room, an opportunity to
+shake hands with the Indians when their amusements were finished.</p>
+
+<p>After my explanations and their pipe were finished, they arose and gave
+the <em>Wa-be-no</em> dance, as they call it. <em>Wa-be-no</em>, in the Ojibbeway
+language, means mystery, and their mystery-dance is one of their
+choicest dances, only given at some occasion of their mystery-feasts,
+or for the accomplishment of some mysterious design. This dance is
+amusing and grotesque, and made much merriment amongst the audience.
+I explained the meaning of this also, and they afterwards gave some
+surprising illustrations of the mode of catching and throwing the ball
+in their favourite game of ball-play, with their ball-sticks in their
+hands. The astonishing quickness and certainty with which they throw
+and catch the ball in their rackets elicited immense applause; and
+after this they gave the “<em>scalp-dance</em>,” which is given when a party
+returns from war, having<a class="pagenum" id="Page_117" title="117"></a> brought home scalps taken from their enemies’
+heads, and preserved as trophies by the victors. In this dance the
+women, occupying the centre, hold up the scalps, attached to the tops
+of little poles, while men who have come from war dance around in a
+circle, brandishing their weapons, gnashing their teeth, and yelling
+the war-whoop at the highest key of their voices. At the close of
+this terrifying dance, which seemed to come just up to the anxiety of
+the excited audience, there was a tremendous roar of applause, and,
+in the midst of the uproar, an old gentleman took from his pocket a
+beautifully chased silver tobacco-box, and handing it to me, desired
+me to give it to the old chief, and tell him to carry his tobacco in
+it. I handed it to the old man, and, as he had seen the hand that gave
+it, he sprang upon his feet, as if he were but a boy, and reaching
+out his hand, grasped, over the heads of the audience, the hand of
+the venerable old gentleman, who told him “he was happy to see him,
+and to make him a little present to recollect him by.” The old chief
+straightened up and squared himself upon the platform, throwing his
+buffalo robe over his left shoulder and passing it forward under his
+right arm and into his left hand; and with the most benignant smile
+(as he turned his box a moment under his eye, and passed it into his
+left hand) commenced&mdash;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_118" title="118"></a>“My friends, though I am old I thank the Great
+Spirit for giving me strength to say a few words to you. He has allowed
+me to live many years, and I believe it is because I thank him for all
+his gifts. His eye was upon us when we were on the great salt lake,
+and he has brought us here safe, for which we all are thankful. He
+has directed you all to come here this night and to be so kind to us,
+for we had done nothing to make you come. We have long heard of the
+<em>Sag-a-noshes</em>,<a href="#Footnote_6" id="FNanchor_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> and we have been anxious to come and see them. We
+have fought for them and with them, and our fathers and brothers have
+bled for them. There are many of the <em>Sag-a-noshes</em> amongst us, and
+we love them. The Great Spirit has smiled upon our undertaking, and he
+has guided the hand of my brother to make me this present. My friends,
+my heart is warm and I am thankful. We have now done our dancing and
+singing, and we offer you our hands in friendship.” At this there was
+a rush towards the platform from every part of the room to shake the
+hands of the Indians, who had seated themselves on the front of the
+platform for the purpose.</p>
+
+<p>These greetings for half an hour or so were exceedingly warm; and to
+make them more impressive, several persons deposited in their hands
+valuable trinkets and money, which they received with thanks. Thus
+ended the first night’s exhibition of the amusements of the Ojibbeways;
+and it was quite impossible to bring it entirely to a close (such was
+the avidity with which the visitors were seeking to handle and examine
+every part of their costumes, their tomahawks, and scalping-knives,
+&amp;c.) until the Indians took leave and retired to their private room.
+And even then there was almost an equal difficulty while I was in the
+exhibition-room, for crowds were gathering around me to know what they
+ate&mdash;whether they ate their meat raw&mdash;whether they were cannibals&mdash;what
+I brought them over for&mdash;whether they were easy to manage, &amp;c.&mdash;until
+I gradually edged along towards the door, through which I suddenly
+slipped, when I had got completely out of breath, leaving the group to
+fall upon poor Daniel, who was lecturing in another part of the room.</p>
+
+<p>Our first night’s labour had taken us until eleven o’clock; and as I
+was wending my way home to my lodgings, I could hear the war-whoop
+squeaking and echoing in the streets in every part of the town.</p>
+
+<p>On the following morning, at the very friendly invitation of the
+proprietor of an extensive woollen-factory in the vicinity of Bury, and
+who had sent a carriage with four horses for them, the whole party paid
+a visit to his extensive mills and to his mansion, where they partook
+of breakfast with him, and returned in great glee and spirits, each<a class="pagenum" id="Page_119" title="119"></a>
+one bearing a magnificent blanket of various colours, presented to them
+by his generous hand.</p>
+
+<p>The second night of their exhibition went off much like the first: the
+room was filled long before they made their appearance; and in the roar
+and confusion of applause at the end of their amusements, there was a
+cry from the end of the room, “Let some of them come this way&mdash;we can’t
+get near them&mdash;we can’t tell whether they are in their own skins or in
+fleshings.” And another hallooed out “Let that handsome little fellow
+come here (alluding to <em>Samah</em>, who was a very fine-looking young man);
+here is a lady who wants to kiss him!”</p>
+
+<p>This being interpreted to him, he leaped into and through the crowd (as
+he would dash into the river that he was to ford), and had his naked
+arms around her neck and kissed her before there was any time for an
+explanation. The excitement and screaming and laughing amongst the
+women in that part of the room made kissing fashionable, and every one
+who laid her hand upon his arm or his naked shoulders (and those not a
+few) got a kiss, gave a scream, and presented him a brooch, a ring, or
+some other keepsake, and went home with a streak of red paint on her
+face, and perhaps with one or two of black or green upon her dress.
+The gallant little fellow squeezed himself through this dense crowd,
+kissing old and young as he went, and returned to the platform, from
+which he held up and displayed his trophies with much satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>I felt it my duty to reprimand him for his rudeness, and told him it
+was not fashionable in such crowds to kiss the ladies; to which he
+replied, that “he knew what he was about&mdash;the white ladies are very
+pretty and very sweet, and I gave my kisses only where they were asked
+for.” The response all over the house was that “he had done right; good
+little fellow, he has done no harm.”&mdash;A voice, “No, no harm, indeed;
+I’ll kiss him again if he will come down, charming little fellow!”&mdash;He
+was in the act of leaping off, when Cadotte, the interpreter, seized
+him by the arm and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_120" title="120"></a> turned him back. The hour was come for closing, and
+the Indians moved off to their lodgings. The events of that day and
+evening furnished the Indians with rich materials for gossip, and I
+retired to their chambers to smoke a pipe of k’nick-k’neck with them,
+and join in the pleasures of their conversation. They had many fine
+presents to display, and some of these valuable, being taken from arms
+and necks and fingers, in the moments of enthusiasm, and given to the
+Indians. The little gallant <em>Samah</em> had been the most successful in
+this way, and also had received all the kisses of the pretty women. I
+have already mentioned that he had his wife with him. They were joking
+her about this affair, and she coolly said she did not care about it;
+“for the more kisses he gets from pretty women, the more presents I
+get, for he loves me enough to give them all to me.” There was much
+commenting also on the great factory they had been to see in the
+morning, and on the gentleman’s kindness in presenting the blankets,
+which they had now paraded and were examining and showing.</p>
+
+<p>They were exulting much in their happiness and success, and were still
+expressing fears that, by jumping and yelling, and making so much noise
+in Manchester, they might give dissatisfaction to the Queen, who would
+not feel so well disposed to see them. They asked for my opinion on the
+subject; I told them to have no fears, the Queen would certainly be
+glad to see them.</p>
+
+<p>I was waited on about this time by Mr. Bally, a gentleman of great
+eminence and skill in the science of phrenology, and who has one of
+the richest collections of casts from nature, in the world. Mr. Bally
+is one of the most rapid and skilful men in the operation of casting
+from the living face, and was extremely anxious to procure casts from
+the Ojibbeways; and, to a gentleman of so much worth to science, as
+well as for his amiable and gentle disposition, I felt bound to lend my
+best efforts in gaining for him the privilege. I had much difficulty to
+overcome their superstitions; but,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_121" title="121"></a> by assuring them that they were to
+be done as a present to me, and by their seeing the operation performed
+on one of my men, I succeeded in gaining their consent, and they were
+all taken with great success. They were a present to my collection;
+and a copy of them in the noble collection of Mr. Bally will, I hope,
+continue to be subjects of interest and value.</p>
+
+<p>Kindnesses and attentions were now showering upon the Ojibbeways from
+all directions in Manchester; and amongst them many kind invitations,
+which it was impossible for them to comply with. They were invited to
+visit the mills of various kinds; and, amongst those that they went to,
+I must record a few words of the one they were most pleased with, and
+which they will talk the longest about.</p>
+
+<p>I had received an invitation to bring them to Stockport, to examine the
+cotton-mill of Mr. Orrell, which is probably one of the finest in the
+kingdom, and availed myself of his kindness, by making a visit to it
+with them. With his customary politeness, he showed us through it, and
+explained it in all its parts, so that the Indians, as well as myself,
+were able to appreciate its magnitude and its ingenious construction.</p>
+
+<p>Upon this giant machine the Indians looked in perfect amazement;
+though it is a studied part of their earliest education not to exhibit
+surprise or emotion at anything, however mysterious or incomprehensible
+it may be. There was enough, however, in the symmetry of this wonderful
+construction, when in full operation, to overcome the rules of any
+education that would subdue the natural impulses of astonishment and
+admiration. They made no remarks, nor did they ask any questions, but
+listened closely to all the explanations; and, in their conversations
+for weeks afterwards, admitted their bewildering astonishment at so
+wonderful a work of human invention.</p>
+
+<p>After viewing, in all its parts, this stupendous work, we were shown
+through the not less ingenious bleaching-mills of Mr. Hollins; and
+then, in the kindest manner, conducted<a class="pagenum" id="Page_122" title="122"></a> under his hospitable roof,
+where his charming lady and lovely little ones united in their efforts
+to make us welcome and happy. The cloth was spread, and the luxuries of
+their house all heaped upon the table,&mdash;the substantials of life, and
+then its spices. It seemed cruel to see these poor fellows devouring
+the one, and rejecting the other&mdash;denying and denied the luxuries
+that <em>we</em> could not refuse, when our friends proposed to drink to our
+healths and our happiness. They were happy, however, and, good fellows,
+enjoyed what they partook, and we returned, wishing our kind-hearted
+friends, Mr. Hollins and his lady, many, many happy days.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_123" title="123"></a>
+CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indians on the housetops&mdash;Great alarm&mdash;Curious excitement&mdash;People
+      proposing to “take them” with ropes&mdash;Railway to London&mdash;The
+      “Iron-horse”&mdash;“The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink”&mdash;Arrive in London&mdash;Alarm of the landlady&mdash;Visit from the
+      Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Interview with His Royal Highness the Duke of
+      Cambridge&mdash;Old Chief’s speech&mdash;War-dance&mdash;The Duke gives them
+      ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco&mdash;Indians ride about the
+      city in an “omnibus and four”&mdash;Remarks on what they saw&mdash;The
+      smoke&mdash;“Prairies on fire”&mdash;Lascars sweeping the streets&mdash;Visit
+      from the Reverend Mr. S.&mdash;Impatience to see the Queen&mdash;Great
+      medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty’s consent&mdash;Curious
+      ceremony&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray’s letter comes in&mdash;The Queen’s
+      appointment to see them&mdash;Great rejoicing.</p>
+
+
+<p>On our return from Stockport we found two reverend gentlemen, who
+had been waiting nearly all day for an interview with the Indians
+(which had been appointed, but forgotten), to talk upon the subject of
+religion. They had come several miles, and seemed somewhat vexed, as
+night was near approaching, and the old chief told them that they were
+going to London in a few days, and should be very busy in the meantime;
+and again, that they were expecting to see the Queen, and would rather
+wait until after they had seen her Majesty. They had learned, also,
+that London was the <em>great city</em> of England, and thought that anything
+of that kind had better be deferred until they were in London, and the
+subject was therefore postponed.</p>
+
+<p>The exhibitions at night were progressing much as I have above
+described&mdash;the hall invariably full, and the Indians, as well as the
+public, had their own amusement in the room, and also amusing themes
+for conversation after retiring to their own quarters.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_124" title="124"></a>
+In the midst of our success and of their amusement and enjoyment, an
+occurrence took place that was near getting us into difficulty, as it
+raised a great excitement in the neighbourhood and no little alarm to
+many old women and little children.</p>
+
+<p>As I was leaving my exhibition-rooms one morning, I met, to my great
+surprise, an immense crowd of people assembled in front, and the
+streets almost completely barricaded with the numbers that were rapidly
+gathering, and all eyes elevated towards the roof of my building. I
+asked the first person I met what was the matter?&mdash;supposing that the
+house was on fire&mdash;to which he replied, “I believes, sir, that the
+Hob-jib-be-ways has got loose; I knows that some on em is hout, for I
+seed one on em runnin hover the tops of the ouses, and they’l ave a ard
+matter to catch em, hin my hopinion, sir.”</p>
+
+<p>It seems that the poor fellows had found a passage leading from their
+rooms out upon the roof of the house, and that, while several of them
+had been strolling out there for fresh air, and taking a look over the
+town, a crowd had gathered in the street to look at them, and amongst
+the most ignorant of that crowd the rumour had become current that they
+“had broke loose, and people were engaged in endeavouring to take them.”</p>
+
+<p>I started back to my room as fast as I could, and to the top of
+the house, to call them down, and stop the gathering that was in
+rapid progress in the streets. When I got on the roof, I was as
+much surprised at the numbers of people assembled on the tops of
+the adjoining houses, as I had been at the numbers assembled in the
+streets. The report was there also current, and general, that they had
+“broke out,” and great preparations were being made on the adjoining
+roofs, with ropes and poles, &amp;c., to “take them,” if possible, before
+any harm could be done. About the time I had got amongst them, and
+was inviting them down, several of the police made their appearance
+by my side, and ordered them immediately into their room, and told
+me that in the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_125" title="125"></a> excited state of the town, with their mills all out,
+such a thing was endangering the peace; for it brought a mob of many
+thousands together, which would be sure not to disperse without doing
+some mischief. I was ordered by the police to keep them thereafter in
+the rooms, and not to allow them to show themselves at the windows,
+so great were their fears of a riot in the streets, if there was the
+least thing to set it in motion. As an evidence of the necessity of
+such rigour, this affair of about fifteen minutes’ standing had already
+brought ten or fifteen thousand people together, and a large body of
+the police had been ordered on to the ground, having the greatest
+difficulty during the day to get rid of the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Rankin, about this time, was getting alarming apprehensions that
+our delay in Manchester was calculated to affect our prospect of going
+before the Queen, and at his urgent request I announced our last night
+in Manchester, after an exhibition of ten days. On the last night,
+as on each of the preceding ones, the room was quite full, and even
+so many were necessarily forbidden entrance, that they began a most
+ruinous warfare on the door from the outside, and to such a degree,
+that I was obliged to put the entrance to my premises in charge of
+the police, for protection. We were now prepared to move off to the
+metropolis, and I showed to Mr. Rankin, by his share of the profits of
+ten days, that he had already received more than he would have got in
+two months by the plan he had proposed, to hire the party to me for
+100<em>l.</em> per month.</p>
+
+<p>This seemed to please him very much, and we moved off pleasantly on
+our way to London, leaving the ungratified curiosity that remained in
+Manchester until a future occasion, when we might return again.</p>
+
+<p>For our passage to London we had chartered a second-class carriage to
+ourselves, and in it had a great deal of amusement and merriment on
+the way. The novelty of the mode of travelling and the rapidity at
+which we were going raised the spirits of the Indians to a high degree,
+and they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_126" title="126"></a> sang their favourite songs, and even gave their dances, as
+they passed along. Their curiosity had been excited to know how the
+train was propelled or drawn, and at the first station I stepped out
+with them, and forward to the locomotive, where I explained the power
+which pulled us along. They at once instituted for the engine, the
+appellation of the “Iron-horse;” and, at our next stopping-place, which
+was one where the engine was taking in water, they all leaped out “<em>to
+see the Iron-horse drink</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>Their songs and yells set at least a thousand dogs barking and howling
+on the way, and as we came under the station at Birmingham, called up
+a fat old gentleman, who opened our door and very knowingly exclaimed,
+“What the devil have you got here? some more of them damned grisly
+bears, have you?” He was soon merged in the crowd that gathered
+around us, and, with doors closed, the Indians sat out patiently the
+interval, until we were under weigh again. Arrived at the Euston
+station, in London, an omnibus conveyed them suddenly to apartments
+in George-street, which had been prepared for them. They were highly
+excited when they entered their rooms, talking about the Queen, whom
+they believed had just passed in her carriage, from seeing two footmen
+with gold-laced hats and red breeches and white stockings, standing up
+and riding on a carriage behind, with large gold-headed canes in their
+hands: it proved, however, to have been the carriage of Lady S&mdash;&mdash;n,
+familiarly known in that neighbourhood; and the poor fellows seemed
+wofully disappointed at this information.</p>
+
+<p>The good landlady, who took a glance of them as they came in, was
+becoming alarmed at the bargain she had made for the rooms, and came
+to Mr. Rankin, expressing her fears that the arrangement would never
+answer for her, as “she did not expect such wild, black-looking savages
+from the Indies.” Mr. Rankin assured her that they were quite harmless,
+and much more of gentlemen than many white men she might get in her
+house, and he would be responsible for all damage that they would ever
+do to her property,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_127" title="127"></a> even if she left the whole of it unsecured by
+lock and key. So she said she would venture to try them for a week,
+and see how they behaved. They were now in the midst of the great city
+of London, which they had been so anxious to see; and, upon putting
+their heads out of the windows to take a first peep, the smoke was so
+dense that they could see but a few rods, when they declared that the
+“prairies must be on fire again.”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel was, at this time, remaining in Manchester to take down and
+bring on my collection, which it was agreed should be re-opened in
+London. I was busy effecting a new arrangement for the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took for six months, and in a few days my collection was being
+replaced upon its walls.</p>
+
+<p>The first visitor who came to see the party, and to wish them success
+in London, was my excellent friend the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray, who was much
+pleased with them, and learning their desire to gain an audience of
+Her Majesty, he proposed, as the surest way to bring it about, that
+his Royal Highness the Duke of Cambridge should have an interview with
+them first, and then it would be easy to get Her Majesty to see them.
+This plan was agreed to, and the next day Mr. Murray addressed me a
+note, saying that the Duke would meet them the next morning in the
+Queen’s drawing-room, Hanover-square Concert-rooms. I immediately made
+the arrangement with the proprietor of the rooms, and at the appointed
+hour the next morning was there with them, and met His Royal Highness
+the Duke of Cambridge, with the Hon. Mr. Murray and Baron Knesebeck, in
+attendance. The Duke met them in the most familiar and cordial manner,
+offering them his hand, and smoking the Indian pipe with them. He
+conversed a great deal with them through their interpreter, Cadotte;
+and, after closely examining their costumes, weapons, &amp;c., took a
+seat to see them dance. They amused him with the war-dance and the
+<em>Wa-be-no</em> dance, giving several songs and the war-whoop; after which
+they seated themselves on the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_128" title="128"></a> floor, and after a few minutes’ rest,
+having passed the pipe around, the old chief arose and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Father, we are glad to see you and to take your hand; we know that
+  you are uncle to our <em>great mother</em> the Queen, and we are happy to
+  see you. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’) We thank the Great Spirit for this; he
+  has kept us in good health and safe over the great salt lake, and
+  His eye is on us now, we know, or we should not see our great father
+  this day. We are poor, ignorant children, and yet we hope the Queen,
+  your niece, will be willing to see us, when our hearts will be happy.
+  (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“Father, my years, you see, are nearly spent. I have carried my
+  weapons and hunted for your enemies many years, and my warriors here
+  have many wounds they received in fighting for the Sag-a-noshes.
+  (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“I have no more words to say at present. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness graciously received the old Chief’s speech, and then
+examined the wounds pointed out on the body of the War Chief; after
+which he replied to the old man&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>“My friends, I meet you here to-day with great pleasure, and I
+  thank the Great Spirit also, that He has guarded you and kept you
+  safe over the ocean. I hope your visit to England may be pleasant
+  and profitable to you, and that you may all get back safe to your
+  children. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, I will make known your wishes to the Queen, and I think
+  you will see her. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Duke most kindly took leave of them, presenting to the old chief
+ten sovereigns, which he divided equally among the number, and sent
+them on the following day ten pounds of the choicest smoking tobacco.
+On leaving the Rooms he also thanked me for the treat I had afforded
+him, and said, “Oh, the good fellows! yes, the Queen will see them.”</p>
+
+<p>The announcement of the arrival of the Ojibbeways which had been made
+in the public papers, and the notice also of their interview with the
+Duke of Cambridge, were now gaining them a notoriety with the public;
+and amongst my personal friends, was announcing that I had returned to
+London, which altogether brought me a flood of applicants for private
+interviews with them. We had resolved not to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_129" title="129"></a> make any exhibition
+of their modes to the public, until after they had seen the Queen,
+and the month that we remained idle, and waiting for her Majesty’s
+command, was rendered tedious and troublesome from the above causes.
+We were daily and hourly importuned for permissions to see them, which
+were in part granted, until it became quite necessary that I should
+absent myself from them, leaving instructions at the door that no
+communication could be had with them at present. Mr. Rankin during this
+time stayed constantly with them, and I occasionally spent an evening
+of gossip and smoked a pipe with them. We made use of most of the time
+in endeavouring to show them as much of the great city as possible,
+driving them out in a bus during the day, and several times taking them
+into the country to spend a day running over the fields for the benefit
+of their health.</p>
+
+<p>After one of their first drives about the City, when they had been
+passed through Regent Street, the Strand, Cheapside, Oxford Street
+and Holborn, I spent the evening in a talk with them in their rooms,
+and was exceedingly amused with the shrewdness of their remarks upon
+what they had seen. They had considered the “prairies still on fire,”
+from the quantity of smoke they met; one of the women had undertaken
+to count the number of carriages they passed, but was obliged to give
+it up;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_130" title="130"></a> “saw a great many fine houses, but nobody in the windows: saw
+many men with a large board on the back, and another on the breast,
+walking in the street&mdash;supposed it was some kind of punishment; saw men
+carrying bags of coal, their hats on wrong side before; saw fine ladies
+and gentlemen riding in the middle of the streets in carriages, but
+a great many poor and ragged people on the sides of the roads; saw a
+great many men and women drinking in shops where they saw great barrels
+and hogsheads; saw several drunk in the streets. They had passed two
+<em>Indians</em> in the street with brooms, sweeping away the mud; they saw
+them hold out their hands to people going by, as if they were begging
+for money: they saw many other poor people begging, some with brooms
+in their hands and others with little babies in their arms, who looked
+as if they were hungry for food to eat.” They had much to say about the
+two Indians they had passed. “It could not be that white people would
+dress and paint themselves like Indians in order to beg money, and
+they could not see how Indians would consent to stand in the streets
+and sweep the mud away in order to beg for money.” They appealed to me
+to know whether they were really Indians, and I said “Yes; they are
+natives from the East Indies, called Lascars. They are naturally, most
+probably like yourselves, too proud to work or to beg; but they have
+been left by some cruel fate, to earn their living in the streets of
+London, or to starve to death, and, poor fellows, they have preferred
+begging to starvation.” The Indians seemed much affected by the
+degradation that these poor fellows were driven to, and resolved that
+they would carry some money with them when they went out, to throw to
+them.</p>
+
+<p>I had about this time several communications from the Reverend Mr.
+S&mdash;&mdash;, who was desirous, if possible, to have an interview with the
+Indians for the purpose of learning from them what notions they had of
+religion, if any; and to endeavour to open their minds to a knowledge
+of the Christian religion, which it was the wish of himself and many
+others of his friends to teach to them for their eternal welfare. I
+at once wrote to those reverend gentlemen and assured them that their
+kind endeavours would be aided in every possible way by Mr. Rankin and
+myself; and I appointed an hour at once, when they could converse with
+the Indians on the subject. Their visit was made at the hour appointed,
+and the conversation was held in my presence. The reverend gentlemen
+most kindly and humanely greeted the Indians on their safe arrival
+in this country, where they were glad to meet them as brothers. They
+called upon them not in any way to interfere with their amusements
+or objects for which they had come to England, but to wish them all
+success, and at the same time to learn from them<a class="pagenum" id="Page_131" title="131"></a> whether as poor
+children of the forests they had been kept in the dark, and out of the
+light of the true Christian religion, which it was their desire to make
+known to their minds. The old chief had lit his pipe in the meantime,
+and having taken a few moments to smoke it out, after the reverend
+gentleman had stopped, said (without rising up to speak) that he was
+much pleased to see them, and shake hands with them, for he knew their
+views were good and friendly. He said that they had heard something
+about the white man’s religion in the wilderness where he lived, but
+they had thought it too difficult for them to understand. He said he
+was much obliged to them for offering to explain it at this time, but
+that they would take a little time to think of it first; and as they
+had not yet seen the Queen, they thought it best to do no more about it
+at present.</p>
+
+<p>Poor fellows, they were daily asking for reports from the Palace,
+becoming impatient for the permission to see her Majesty. They had
+waited so long that they were beginning to think that their application
+had failed, and they were becoming dispirited and desponding.</p>
+
+<p>I said to them one morning, “Now, my good fellows, don’t despair&mdash;you
+have not tried what you can do yourselves yet; in your own country,
+if you wish it to rain, you have <em>Rain-makers</em> who can make it rain;
+if you wish it to stop raining, you have <em>Rain-stoppers</em>, who cook
+up a grand medicine feast and cause it to stop raining. If buffalos
+are scarce, your medicine-men can make them come: why not ‘put on the
+Big Kettle,’ and see what you can do in the present dilemma?&mdash;You
+have your <em>Medicine-man</em> with you, and your <em>Medicine-drum</em> and your
+<em>Shi-she-quoi</em> (mystery rattle); you are all prepared; go to work&mdash;you
+will certainly do no harm, and I fully believe you will bring it about.”</p>
+
+<p>As I was leaving the room their interpreter overtook me, and said that
+the medicine man wanted the money to buy five fat ducks&mdash;that they had
+resolved on having a <em>medicine feast</em> that afternoon, and that they
+would expect me to be of the party to partake of it.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_132" title="132"></a>
+I came in at the hour appointed, and found them all with their
+faces painted black on one side and red on the other (their mode of
+ornamenting when they supplicate the Great or other Spirit for any gift
+or favour), and prepared to take their seats at the feast, which was
+then smoking, on the floor in the adjoining room. Buffalo robes were
+spread upon the floor, on which we were seated, when the following
+dialogue took place between their kind (and now no longer terrified)
+landlady and the interpreter Cadotte:&mdash;“Why,” said she (as she was
+completing the last arrangement for our feast upon the floor), “you
+have left no room for the women, poor things.” “Women!” said Cadotte,
+“why, do you suppose that women can eat at a <em>medicine feast</em>?” “Why
+not?” said the landlady, “are they not as good as the men? They are
+a nice set of women, and that little girl is a dear little creature.
+I cooked the ducks as much for them as I did for you, and I think it
+would be cruel not to invite them to eat with you; you are no better
+now than you were this morning; they ate with you then. If I had known
+this, I would have kept one of the ducks for them.” “Devil a bit!” said
+Cadotte, “do you know what <em>medicine</em> is?” “No, I don’t suppose I do;
+but there are the three women all crying now in the other room, poor
+creatures.” “And there they are <em>obliged</em> to cry while we are in a
+<em>medicine feast</em>, or we have no luck.” “Oh, dear me, what a strange set
+of beings!” said the old lady, as she returned to the kitchen, “I won’t
+interfere with them; they must take their own way.”</p>
+
+<p>With closed doors we went through all the peculiar solemnities of this
+feast; and, having devoured all the ducks, leaving “none for the poor
+women,” the medicine man took about a quarter of an hour to recite a
+sort of prayer or thanks to the Great Spirit, which, from the extreme
+rapidity with which he repeated it, I supposed to be some established
+form peculiar to such occasions. After this, and while the last pipe
+was passing around, my man<a class="pagenum" id="Page_133" title="133"></a> Daniel (in pursuance of my previous
+instructions) entered the room, and delivered to me a large letter,
+which he said he thought was from Mr. Murray, as it had the household
+stamp upon it. The most impatient excitement prevailed until I broke
+the seal and read as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p class="signature">“Buckingham Palace, Thursday morning.</p>
+
+<p>“Dear Sir,&mdash;I have great pleasure in informing you that Her Majesty
+  has expressed a desire to see the party of Ojibbeway Indians; and has
+  appointed Thursday next, at two o’clock, as the hour when she will
+  receive you with the party, in the Waterloo Gallery, Windsor Castle.
+  I pray that you will be punctual at the hour, and I will meet you at
+  the threshold, rendering all the facilities that may be in my power.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright5">“Yours, sincerely,</span><br />
+                                        “<span class="smcap">C.&nbsp;A. Murray</span>,<br />
+                                “<em>Master of H.&nbsp;M. Household.</em></p>
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reader can readily imagine what was the <em>pleasure</em> of these poor
+people when they heard this letter read; but it would be difficult to
+know what were their feelings of <em>surprise</em>, that the efficacy of their
+<em>medicine</em> should have brought it in at that opportune moment. The
+reader will also suppose, what their superstition prevented them from
+ever imagining, that this letter was in my pocket several hours before
+the ducks were bought, and therefore cost me about twenty shillings.</p>
+
+<p>A pipe was here lit by the old chief, and passed around, and smoked to
+the kind <em>Spirit</em> they had successfully invoked, and with it all the
+anxieties of this day passed away.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_134" title="134"></a>
+CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen&mdash;Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter&mdash;Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert&mdash;Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;The waiting-room&mdash;The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery&mdash;Their reception&mdash;Introductions and
+      conversations&mdash;Indians give the war-dance&mdash;A smoke&mdash;The
+      old Chief’s speech to the Queen&mdash;Pipe-dance&mdash;Her Majesty
+      and the Prince retire&mdash;Indians at a feast in the
+      waiting-room&mdash;Drinking the Queen’s health in Champagne&mdash;Indians
+      call it “<em>Chickabobboo</em>”&mdash;Story of <em>Chickabobboo</em>, and great
+      amusement&mdash;Indians return to London&mdash;Evening-gossip about
+      the Queen and her <em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;First evening of the
+      Indians in Egyptian Hall&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Alarm&mdash;Tremendous
+      applause&mdash;Old Chief’s speech&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray’s letter
+      to the old Chief, enclosing £20 from the Queen and other
+      presents&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Pipe-dance&mdash;Shaking
+      hands&mdash;Curious questions by the audience&mdash;Ale allowed to the
+      Indians at dinner and after supper&mdash;Their rejoicing&mdash;They call
+      it <em>Chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+
+<p>A new chapter commenced here with the Indians, as it commences with
+my book. All “omnibus drives” were postponed for the present; all
+communications with the world entirely interdicted; and all was bustle
+and preparation for the grand event which was to “cap the climax”
+of their highest ambition&mdash;the point to which they had looked ever
+since they had started, and beyond which, it is not probable, their
+contemplations had as yet visibly painted anything.</p>
+
+<p>Colours, and ribbons, and beads, of the richest hues, were called for,
+and procured from various parts of the city; and both night and day,
+all, men and women, were constantly engaged in adding brilliancy and
+richness of colour to their costumes.</p>
+
+<p>The old chief was painting the stem of his pipe of peace (or calumet)
+sky-blue, emblematical of the feelings they carried<a class="pagenum" id="Page_135" title="135"></a> in their breasts;
+and decorating it also with blue and red ribbons, as a suitable gift
+to royalty. The little girl, <em>Nib-nab-e-qua</em>, was crying, as she
+embroidered with red and white porcupine-quills, fearing that her new
+mocassins would not look so brilliant as she had sometimes made them.
+Her mother was arranging black mourning plumes in the cradle in which
+her infant had died, and which, by the custom of the country, she was
+obliged yet to carry on her back. The War-chief was repainting his
+shield, and arranging his scalps on a little hoop, to give proper
+effect to the scalp-dance. The <em>Medicine-man</em> was preparing his
+<em>wa-be-no</em> drum. <em>Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee</em> was stringing beads with his
+wife; and <em>Sah-mah</em> was brightening his tomahawk and his scalping-knife
+for a glittering effect in the war-dance. Cadotte, during this time,
+was parading before the mirror, examining, arranging, and rearranging
+the ostrich-plumes in his cap, and the fit of a laced frock he had just
+had made; and (I had almost forgotten myself) I was anxiously awaiting
+the arrival of a new coat I had ordered at my tailor’s for the occasion.</p>
+
+<p>On the morning appointed, all were satisfactorily prepared, and, being
+seated in an omnibus posted with four horses, we were on our way, and
+soon after that arrived at the gates of Windsor Castle. Descending from
+the carriage, the poor old chief, whose eyes were getting a little dim
+with age, was completely nonplused at beholding the magnificent figure
+(in scarlet and gold lace and powdered wig) of (his apparent Majesty)
+Sykes, the well-known porter of the palace, who had him by the elbow,
+and was conducting him and his heavy paraphernalia towards the door.
+The good old chief turned round and gave him his hand, not knowing as
+yet what to say, as they had none of them contemplated anything so
+brilliant and dazzling, short of Majesty itself. He was at this moment,
+however, saved from committing himself or bestowing his pipe of peace
+by the sudden approach of several others of the household in liveries
+equally splendid, who conducted us into the hall, at which moment we
+met our friend the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_136" title="136"></a> Honourable Mr. Murray, whom we followed to the
+waiting-room adjoining to the Waterloo Gallery, in which our reception
+was to take place. Here we were seated, and awaited the anxious moment
+when it was to be announced that her Majesty was ready to see us.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians were here parading before the large and splendid mirrors
+and adjusting their feathers and ornaments, and suggesting many
+surmises about the long table which was dressed out in the room where
+we were, and which they supposed was the place where the Queen and
+all her officers about her took their dinners. This, as the sequel
+will show, was a very great error, as it was preparing for another and
+entirely different purpose.</p>
+
+<p>After waiting half an hour or so, an officer in full dress came into
+the room and informed us that the Queen was in the adjoining room,
+and ready to receive us, and showed us the way. There was a moment of
+jingling and rattling of trinkets as the Indians were throwing on their
+robes and gathering up their weapons; and when they responded to my
+question “if they were all ready?”&mdash;by their “<em>how! how! how!</em>” I led
+the way, and they followed into the Waterloo Gallery. They were now all
+at full length before her Majesty and the Prince, who most graciously
+received them. (<a href="#Plate_5"><em>Plate No. 5.</em></a>) The Queen arose from a sofa in the
+middle of the room, having her Majesty the Queen Dowager and H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H.
+the Duchess of Kent by her side; and advancing towards the Indians, was
+joined by H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. Prince Albert and the Hon. Mr. Murray. Her Majesty
+desired that the interpreter and myself should advance nearer to her,
+and at her request I introduced each individually by their appropriate
+names, explaining their costumes, weapons, &amp;c. Her Majesty beckoned the
+little girl up to her, and held her some time by both hands, evidently
+much pleased with her appearance, and also the woman with the cradle
+on her back, in whom she seemed to take much interest. She asked many
+questions, as well as the Prince, relative to their costumes, modes,
+&amp;c., and they then<a class="pagenum" id="Page_137" title="137"></a> took their seats on the sofa to witness the
+dances which the Indians had come prepared to give.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_5"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_136fp.jpg" width="640" height="402" alt="Plate 5: Indians received by Queen Victoria" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o</sup>. 5.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The Indians were at this time seated in a circle on the floor, when
+the <em>Medicine-man</em> gradually commenced tapping on his drum and singing
+in a low tone. In a few moments the house jarred with the leap of the
+War-chief, who was upon his feet, and after him all the party, in the
+din of the war-dance. (<a href="#Plate_6"><em>Plate</em> No. 6.</a>)</p>
+
+<p>This dance finished, they were again seated on the floor, when the old
+chief, seventy-five years of age, having lighted his pipe and passed it
+around, arose and made the following address to her Majesty:&mdash;<a href="#Footnote_7" id="FNanchor_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>“Great Mother&mdash;I have been very sorrowful since I left my home, but
+  the Great Spirit has brought us all safe over the great waters, and
+  my heart will now be glad that we can see your face. We are now happy.</p>
+
+  <p>“These are all the words I have to say. My words are few, for I am
+  not very well to-day. The other chief will tell you what I intended
+  to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The War-chief then rose, and in a very energetic manner made the
+following speech, which was also literally interpreted to her Majesty:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>“Great Mother&mdash;The Great Spirit has been kind to us, your children,
+  in protecting us on our long journey here. And we are now happy that
+  we are allowed to see your face. It makes our hearts glad to see
+  the faces of so many Saganoshes (English) in this country, and all
+  wearing such pleasant looks. We think the people here must be very
+  happy.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;We have been often told that there was a great fire in this
+  country&mdash;that its light shone across the great water; and we see now
+  where<a class="pagenum" id="Page_138" title="138"></a> this great light arises. We believe that it shines from this
+  great wigwam to all the world.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;We have seen many strange things since we came to this
+  country. We see that your wigwams are large, and the light that is in
+  them is bright. Our wigwams are small, and our light is not strong.
+  We are not rich, but yet we have plenty of food to eat.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;Myself and my friends here are your friends&mdash;your children.
+  We have used our weapons against your enemies. And for many years we
+  have received liberal presents from this country, which have made us
+  quite happy and comfortable in our wigwams.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;The chief who has just spoken, and myself, have fought and
+  bled by the side of the greatest warrior who ever lived&mdash;Tecumseh.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;Our hearts are glad at what we have this day seen&mdash;that we
+  have been allowed to see your face. And when we get home our words
+  will be listened to in the councils of our nation.</p>
+
+  <p>“This is all I have to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After his speech the War-chief resumed his seat upon the floor; and as
+her Majesty could not be supposed to reply to his speech, she called
+upon the Prince, who thanked them for the amusement they had afforded
+her Majesty, who felt a deep interest in their welfare, and thankful to
+the old chief for the noble and religious sentiments expressed in his
+remarks.</p>
+
+<p>After this the Indians rose and gave their favourite, the <span class="smcap">Pipe
+Dance</span>, which seemed to afford much amusement to the Royal party.
+The Queen and the Prince then graciously bowed and took leave, thanking
+them, through the interpreter, for the amusement they had afforded
+them. The Indians at the same moment shouldered their robes and
+retired, sounding their war-whoop to the amusement of the servants of
+the household, who had assembled to the amount of some hundreds in the
+galleries of the hall.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_6"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_138fp.jpg" width="640" height="350" alt="Plate 6: Indians War Dance" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o</sup>. 6.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>They were now in the waiting-room again, where, to their surprise
+(and no little satisfaction), they found that the table they had seen
+so splendidly arranged was intended for their own entertainment, and
+was now ready for the “set-to.” Mr. Murray announced it as ready, and
+we all went to work. Mr. Rankin, who had been seated in the gallery
+during the presentation, having joined the party,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_139" title="139"></a> had now taken
+his seat with them at the table. With his usual kindness, Mr. Murray
+insisted on carving the roast-beef and helping them around, and next in
+drinking the Queen’s health, which is customary at all public dinners.
+For this the first bottle of champagne was opened; and when the cork
+flew and the wine was pouring into glasses, the Indians pronounced
+the word “<em>Chick-a-bob-boo!</em>” and had a great laugh. A foaming glass
+of it was set before each Indian; and when it was proposed to drink
+to Her Majesty’s health, they all refused. I explained to Mr. Murray
+the promise they were under to drink no spirituous liquor while in the
+kingdom. Mr. Murray applauded their noble resolution, but said at the
+same time that this was not <em>spirituous liquor</em>&mdash;it was a light wine,
+and could not hurt them; and it would be the only time they could
+ever drink to Her Majesty so properly, and Her Majesty’s health could
+not be refused by Her Majesty’s subjects. When again urged they still
+refused, saying “We no drink&mdash;can’t drink.” They seemed however to be
+referring it to me, as all eyes were alternately upon me and upon their
+glasses, when I said to them&mdash;“Yes, my good fellows, drink; it will
+not hurt you. The promise you have made to Mr. Rankin and myself will
+not be broken&mdash;it did not contemplate a case like this, where it is
+necessary to drink the Queen’s health. And again, this is <em>champagne</em>,
+and not <em>spirituous liquor</em>, which you have solemnly promised to
+avoid.”&mdash;“<em>How! how! how!</em>” they all responded, and with great delight
+all joined in “health to the Queen!” And as each glass was emptied
+to the bottom, they smacked their lips, again pronouncing the word
+“<em>Chick-a-bob-boo! Chick-a-bob-boo!</em>” with a roar of laughter among
+themselves.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Murray and I becoming anxious to know the meaning of
+<em>chick-a-bob-boo</em>, it was agreed that the War-chief (who had a dry but
+amusing way of relating an anecdote) should give us the etymology of
+the word <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em>, which they said was manufactured but a few
+years since in their country. The old Boy-chief, who was not a stranger
+to <i>chick-a-<a class="pagenum" id="Page_140" title="140"></a>bob-boo</i>, nor to good jokes, said that the “War-chief
+couldn’t tell a story well unless his lips were kept moist;” and he
+proposed that we should drink Mr. Murray’s health before he commenced.
+So the champagne was poured again, and, the Hon. Mr. Murray’s health
+being drank, the War-chief proceeded by saying&mdash;that “Only a few years
+since, when the white men were bringing so much rum and whiskey into
+the little village where he lives, that it was making them all sick,
+and killing a great many, the chiefs decided in council that they would
+tomahawk every keg of whiskey the white men should bring in; and it had
+the effect of keeping them away, and their people, who had been drunk
+and sick, were getting well.</p>
+
+<p>“Not long after that,” continued he, “a little old man with red hair,
+who used to bring us bags of apples, got in the way of bringing in one
+end of his bag a great many bottles filled with something that looked
+much like whiskey, but which, when we smelled it, and tasted it, we
+found was not <em>fire-water</em>, and it was much liked by the chiefs and
+all; for they found, he said, it was good, and would not make Indians
+drunk. He sold much of this to the Indians, and came very often; and
+when he had carried it a great way on his horse, and in the sun, it
+sometimes became very impatient to get out of the bottles; and it
+was very amusing to see the little old man turn a crooked wire into
+the bottle to pull out the stopper, when one was holding a cup ready
+to catch it. As he would twist the wire in, it would go <em>chee&mdash;e&mdash;</em>;
+and when he poured it out, it would say, <em>pop-poo, pop-poo</em>.<a href="#Footnote_8" id="FNanchor_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> This
+amused the women and children very much, and they called it at first
+<em>chee-pop-poo</em>, and since, <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em>. And this the old man with
+red hair told us at last was nothing but the juice of apples, though we
+found it very good; and yet it has made some very drunk.”</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_141" title="141"></a>
+This story of the War-chief amused Mr. Murray very much, and he ordered
+one of the waiters to “twist the crooked wire” into the neck of another
+bottle or two of the <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em> and “pull out the little
+stoppers,” for he was going to propose that we all drink to the health
+of Prince Albert, who could never be neglected when her Majesty’s
+health was drunk. This was done with enthusiasm; and the old chief
+soon proposed to drink Mr. Rankin’s health, and my health, which were
+attended to; and he at length thought of the fat porter in scarlet and
+gold lace, whom he had passed at the door, and who at this moment, with
+several others in gold lace and powdered hair, were gathering around
+the table to take a glass or two of <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em> with them. This
+happened at a good time, and Mr. Rankin commenced the anecdote of the
+old chief having mistaken the porter Sykes for Prince Albert just as
+Mr. Murray and I withdrew from the room to proceed to town.</p>
+
+<p>I visited the Indians in their rooms that evening, and found them in
+good spirits, having been well pleased by her Majesty’s kind reception,
+and also delighted with the <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em>, and the liberal
+construction that had been put upon their sacred engagement “not to
+drink spirituous liquors.” Mr. Rankin gave me an amusing account of the
+old chief’s second interview with the porter Sykes, and their manner
+of taking leave when they were parting to meet no more. “Their pipes,”
+he said, “were lit when they took their omnibus to return, and their
+joyful songs and choruses made it a <em>travelling music-box</em> the whole
+way to town.”</p>
+
+<p>I had come upon them at the moment when they were taking their
+coffee&mdash;a habit they had got into as one of the last things before
+going to bed. When they finished their coffee they lit the pipe, and
+there were many comments from different parts of the room upon what
+they had seen during the day. The Queen was of course the engrossing
+theme for their thoughts and their remarks; and though so well pleased
+with her kindness to them, they were evidently disappointed in her
+personal appearance and dress. Her<a class="pagenum" id="Page_142" title="142"></a> Majesty was attired in a simple and
+unadorned dress of black, and wore apparently no ornaments whatever
+at the time of their presentation, affording the poor fellows nothing
+either in her stature or costume to answer to the fancied figure of
+majesty which they had naturally formed in their minds, and were
+convinced they were going to see. They had, on first entering the
+room, taken the Duchess of Kent for the Queen, and said they were not
+apprised of their error until they heard me address the Queen as “Her
+Majesty.”</p>
+
+<p>They were advancing many curious ideas (over the pipe) as to the
+government of the greatest and richest country in the world being in
+the hands of a woman, and she no larger than many of the Indian girls
+at the age of twelve or thirteen years. I explained to them the manner
+in which she was entitled to the crown, and also how little a king or
+queen has actually to do in the government of such a country; that it
+is chiefly done by her ministers, who are always about her, and men
+of the greatest talents, and able to advise her. And the old chief,
+who had been listening attentively to me, as he was puffing away at
+his pipe, said, he was inclined to think it was the best thing for the
+country. “I am not sure,” said he, “but it is the safest way; for if
+this country had a king instead of a queen, he might be ambitious as a
+great warrior, and lead the country into war with other nations: now,
+under her government there is peace, and the country is happy.”</p>
+
+<p>Many jokes were passed upon the old chief for having mistaken the
+porter Sykes for Prince Albert, and for having brought his pipe of
+peace back, having been afraid to present it. They had many remarks
+to make also upon the little girl whom her Majesty took by the hand;
+they told her she turned pale, and they were afraid she would grow up
+a white woman. They now, for the first time, thought of the Queen’s
+little children, and wondered they had not seen them: they thought they
+ought, at least, to have seen the Prince of Wales. Daniel, they said,
+had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_143" title="143"></a> long since told them how old he was, and that he was to be the
+next king of England. He had also read to them his long names, which
+had pleased them very much, which they never could recollect, but would
+have written down.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation again, and for some time, ran upon the deliciousness
+of her Majesty’s chickabobboo, and also upon the presents which they
+had imagined would have been made to them, and which I assured them
+they might feel quite easy about, as they would come in due time
+according to the custom. So were they whiling away the evening of this
+memorable day, and I left them.</p>
+
+<p>The grand point having been made, their visit to the Queen, the Indians
+seemed in good spirits to meet the greetings of the public, amongst
+whom the daily paragraphs in the papers, and their occasional drives
+through the streets, had excited the most intense curiosity. The place
+for their operations was prepared for them in the Egyptian Hall; and
+in the midst of my Indian collection, as in Manchester, a platform was
+erected on which their dances and other amusements were to be given.</p>
+
+<p>Having been without any exciting occupation for more than a month, in
+daily anticipation of their visit to the Queen, the Indians had become,
+as well as the public, impatient for the opening of their exhibition,
+which seemed requisite for their amusement as well as necessary for
+their accustomed bodily exercise.</p>
+
+<p>Their first evening’s amusements being announced, the large room of the
+Egyptian Hall was filled at an early hour, and the Indians received
+with a roar of applause as they entered and advanced upon the platform.
+I came on by their side, and after they had seated themselves upon the
+platform, entered upon my duty, that of explaining to the audience
+who these people were, whence they came, and what were their objects
+in visiting this country. I also introduced each one personally by
+his name, to the audience, and briefly described their costumes,
+weapons, &amp;c., and they were then left to commence as they chose, with
+their dances<a class="pagenum" id="Page_144" title="144"></a> and other amusements. Indian looks and Indian costumes,
+&amp;c., were supposed to have been pretty well understood before this,
+by most of the audience, who had studied them at their leisure in my
+rooms on former occasions; but Indian dances and Indian yells, and the
+war-whoop, had been from necessity postponed and unappreciated until
+the present moment, when the sudden yell and scream of the whole party
+(as they sprang upon their feet) announced the war-dance as having
+commenced. The drum was beating, rattles were shaking, war-clubs and
+tomahawks and spears were brandishing over their heads, and all their
+voices were shouting (in time with the beat of the drum and the stamps
+of their feet) the frightful war-song!</p>
+
+<p>With the exception of some two or three women (whose nerves were not
+quite firm enough for these excitements, and who screamed quite as
+loud as the Indians did, as they were making a rush for the door) the
+audience stood amazed and delighted with the wildness and newness of
+the scene that was passing before them; and, at the close of the dance,
+united in a round of applause, which seemed to please the Indians as
+much as seeing the Queen.</p>
+
+<p>Like all actors, they were vain of their appearance, and proud of
+applause, and (rather luckily for them, and unlike the painful
+excitements that fall to the lot of most actors’ lives) they were sure
+of the applause which sympathy brings, and exempt from that censure
+which often falls heavily upon those whose acting the audience is able
+to criticise.</p>
+
+<p>According to their custom, after the war-dance was finished, the
+Indians seated themselves upon the platform and lit their long pipe,
+which they were almost constantly smoking. This pipe was filled with
+their own native tobacco (k’nick-k’neck), and passed around from one
+to the other for a few whiffs, according to the usage of all the
+American tribes. I took this opportunity of explaining to the audience
+the meaning of the war-dance, the war-whoop, &amp;c., and whilst I was up,
+was so overwhelmed with questions (all of which<a class="pagenum" id="Page_145" title="145"></a> I felt disposed to
+answer) that I found it exceedingly difficult to sit down again. These
+questions were put for the purpose of gaining information which it was
+my wish to give; and having patiently answered a number of them, I
+stated to the audience that I believed the explanations I should throw
+out in the course of the evening in my own way, would answer nearly
+every question that they would be disposed to put, and I begged they
+would allow me as much time and opportunity to give them as possible.
+This was responded to by acclamation all around the room, and the
+exhibition proceeded by the Indians wishing me to announce that they
+were to give the <em>wa-be-no</em> (or mystery) dance. This eccentric and
+droll dance caused much merriment among the audience, and gained them
+hearty applause again; after which, they being seated as usual, with
+the pipe passing around, I proceeded with my explanation, which done,
+I was requested by the interpreter to announce that the old chief had
+something which he wished to say to the audience, and was going to make
+a speech. There was a great expression of satisfaction at this, evinced
+among the crowd, which seemed to give fire to the eye, and youth to the
+visage of the old man as he rose and said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;It makes our hearts glad when we hear your feet stamp
+  upon the floor, for we know then that you are pleased, and not
+  angry.” (Great applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The old man then straightened himself up in the attitude of an orator,
+and, throwing his buffalo robe over his shoulder, and extending his
+right arm over the heads of his audience, he proceeded:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_146" title="146"></a>
+<p>“My friends and brothers&mdash;These young men and women and myself have
+  come a great way to see you, and to see our <span class="smcap">Great Mother the
+  Queen</span>. The Great Spirit has been kind to us, for we are all
+  well, and we have seen her face. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We know that the Saganoshes in our country all come from
+  this place; they are our friends there, and we think they will not
+  be our enemies here. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ and immense applause, with
+  ‘Hear, hear, hear,’ from the audience.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;You see I am old, and my words are few; some of my
+  younger men may talk longer than I can. I hope our noise is not too
+  great. (‘No, no,’ from every part of the room: ‘The more noise the
+  better, my good fellows.’)</p>
+
+<p>“Brothers&mdash;My young men will finish their dances in a little while,
+  when we will be glad to give you our hands.” (“<em>How, how, how!</em>”
+  great applause, and “Hear, hear.”)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The venerable old man then resumed his seat; and at that moment, as
+the pipe was preparing, Daniel was making his way through the crowd,
+with one hand raised above the heads of the audience, conveying a large
+square letter, which he was endeavouring to hand to me. On opening the
+letter and reading, I found it was from the Honourable Mr. Murray, and,
+with permission of the audience, I read thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Dear Sir,&mdash;I have great pleasure to inform you that I am instructed
+  by Her Majesty to transmit to you the enclosed 20<em>l.</em> note to be
+  given to the Ojibbeway chiefs; and also to say that Her Majesty
+  has instructed me to order to be made, as soon as possible, an
+  entire piece of plaid, of Her Majesty’s colours, which is also to
+  be presented to them in her name, as an evidence of Her Majesty’s
+  friendship for them, and solicitude for their welfare. I have
+  transmitted the order for the plaid, and as soon as it can be
+  prepared I shall send it to them.</p>
+
+  <p class="signature"><span class="padright5">“I have the honour to be, dear Sir, yours, &amp;c. &amp;c.</span><br />
+                                           “<span class="smcap">Chas. Aug. Murray</span>,<br />
+              “<em>Master of Her Majesty’s Household, Buckingham Palace.</em></p>
+  <p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reading of this letter called forth a round of applause, which the
+Indians did not seem to understand until its contents were interpreted
+to them by Cadotte, when they received the bank-note with a yell or
+two, and then gathered around it to examine it, and to make out, if
+they could, how it could be a present of 20<em>l.</em>, or (in American
+currency, which they were a little more familiar with) 100 dollars.
+That they might better appreciate it, however, I sent Daniel to the
+door with it, who in a few moments brought back twenty sovereigns,
+which were placed in the chief’s hand, and, being better understood,
+were soon divided<a class="pagenum" id="Page_147" title="147"></a> equally, and put into the pouches which were
+attached to their belts.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief (who was not much of an orator, and always seemed
+embarrassed when he spoke) then rose, and advanced to the front of the
+platform to offer his acknowledgments. He held his long pipe to his
+lips, and, drawing several deep breaths of smoke to his lungs, and
+pouring it out through his nostrils, at length began:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;I can’t speak&mdash;I never speak. (Great applause, and he
+  smoked again.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;My heart and my tongue were never made to live together.
+  (Roar of applause, and ‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’) Our chief is old, and his
+  words few: he has told you that the Great Spirit has been kind to us,
+  and that we have seen the face of our Great Mother the Queen. We have
+  all thanked the Great Spirit for this, and we all wish to thank our
+  Great Mother now for the presents she has sent us. She is not here,
+  and we can’t thank her; but we see these presents pass through your
+  hands, and we wish to thank you. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ and ‘Hear.’)</p>
+
+<p>“Brothers&mdash;I have no more to say, but I shall be glad in a little
+  time to offer you my hand.” (“<em>How, how, how!</em>” and applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The audience were now prepared, and the Indians also, for the
+<em>pipe-dance</em>, one of the most spirited and picturesque of their dances,
+and which they gave with great effect. It was then announced that the
+Indians would seat themselves on the front of the platform, where
+all the visitors who desired it might have an opportunity to advance
+and shake hands with them. This afforded the visitors a gratifying
+opportunity of getting nearer to them, and disposed many to be liberal
+to them, who gave them money and trinkets to a considerable amount.</p>
+
+<p>Thus passed their first night of exhibition in London. The audience
+gradually drew off, and the Indians, at length seeing a space through
+which they could pass, gathered up their weapons, &amp;c., and retired to
+their private rooms, leaving Daniel to answer to, and explain, all
+the curious surmises and questions that had been raised in the minds
+of the audience during the evening, and not explained; amongst whom
+(he told me the next day) there were at least a dozen<a class="pagenum" id="Page_148" title="148"></a> who wished to
+know “in what way the Indians were <em>taken</em>&mdash;whether with a lasso or
+in a sort of pit,” as they had heard of their taking wild oxen, &amp;c.
+Half a dozen inquired what part of the Indies they were from; twenty
+or more “whether Cooper’s descriptions of the Red Indians were true;”
+several “whether they eat the scalps;” and one desired to be informed
+“if it was actually necessary to cross the ocean to get to America,
+or whether it was not attached to the mainland.” Several ladies were
+waiting to inquire “whether the Indians actually had no beards;” and
+a great number of women after these, some of whom lingered patiently
+until all other questions had been answered, begged to know “whether
+the interpreter and the handsome little fellow <em>Sah-mah</em> were married.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Rankin and myself, as usual, went into the Indians’ apartments to
+smoke a pipe with them after the fatigues of the evening were over, and
+we found the poor fellows in an unusually pleasant humour, counting
+over and showing the money and trinkets which they had received from
+the visitors, and also the money sent by the Queen, which, to be
+divided more exactly <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">per capita</em> (their mode of dividing presents),
+they had got changed into silver.</p>
+
+<p>Their high excitement and exhilaration convinced us that it was the
+very sort of life they required to lead to secure their health; and
+their remarks upon the incidents that had transpired in the room, as
+well as things they discovered in the crowd, were exceedingly amusing
+and caused them a great deal of merriment whilst they were repeating
+them over. In the midst of all this they often uttered the exciting
+word <em>Chickabobboo</em>; and it occurred to Mr. Rankin and myself as a
+suitable occasion to explain to them that we had no objection to
+their having each a glass of ale at their dinner, and also after the
+exceeding fatigues of their dances at night. We told them<a class="pagenum" id="Page_149" title="149"></a> “that, in
+binding them in the promise they had made, and so far kept, it never
+entered our heads that they were not to be allowed an occasional
+glass of wine or ale&mdash;luxuries of which nearly all the good people
+of England, ladies as well as gentlemen, and even divines, partook in
+a moderate way. We believed that they would use as much discretion in
+taking those things as English fashionable people did, and felt quite
+sure they would keep their promise with us. I told them that this ale
+which I had just mentioned was a very fine drink, and we thought that,
+though it was not quite as good as the Queen’s <em>chickabobboo</em>, yet they
+would like it, and that a glass of it at dinner, and also after their
+night’s fatigues, would give them strength and be of service to them.
+I told them also that we had just sent for a jug of it (at that moment
+coming in), that they might try it, and see whether they liked it.”
+“<em>How, how, how!</em>” resounded through the whole house; and each, as he
+emptied his glass, shouted “<em>Chickabobboo! chickabobboo! ne-she-sheen!
+ne-she-sheen!</em>” (good, good). So we agreed that, if on the next
+morning they should pronounce its effects to be pleasing, they should
+be allowed a similar quantity every day at dinner, and also at night,
+instead of the strong coffee they were accustomed to drink before going
+to bed.</p>
+
+<p>We then left them; and thus finished our first day’s labours and
+excitements at the Egyptian Hall.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_150" title="150"></a>
+CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash; and friend visit the Indians again&mdash;A day appointed
+      for a <em>talk</em> about religion&mdash;Indians go to the Thames
+      Tunnel&mdash;Give the medicine-dance (wabeno) under it&mdash;Kind
+      treatment there, and <em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;The exhibition&mdash;Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Debate about the propriety of the Indians dancing
+      to make money&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;Woman screaming and lifted on
+      to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards called the “<em>jolly
+      fat</em> dame”)&mdash;She gives Cadotte a beautiful bracelet&mdash;Her
+      admiration of Cadotte&mdash;Evening gossip after their
+      exhibition&mdash;The amusements of the evening and sights of the
+      day&mdash;A clergyman asks an interview with the Indians and gets
+      offended&mdash;Exhibition rooms at night&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;The “jolly
+      fat dame” in full dress&mdash;She talks with Cadotte&mdash;Indians meet
+      the Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash; and friend by appointment&mdash;Old Chief’s
+      speech to them&mdash;Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee’s speech&mdash;Reverend
+      gentlemen thank them and take leave.</p>
+
+
+<p>The morning after their first interview with the public at the Egyptian
+Hall having been deemed a proper time for a visit to them, the Rev. Mr.
+S&mdash;&mdash; and a friend called on me with a view to a further conversation
+with them on the subject of religion, which had been postponed at
+their request until after they had seen the Queen, which honour they
+had now had. I spoke to the chiefs about it, and they said, “It is
+very difficult now, for we have not time. Mr. Rankin has gone for the
+carriage, and we are just going out to ride, but you can bring them in.”</p>
+
+<p>The old chief received them very kindly, and gave them seats, when the
+Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash; addressed them through the interpreter in the most kind
+and winning manner.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_151" title="151"></a> “My friends, I have been delighted to see by the
+papers that your Great Mother the Queen has graciously received you
+and made you some valuable presents; and I hope the time is come now
+when your minds are at ease, and we can have some conversation on that
+great and important subject that I proposed the other day.”</p>
+
+<p>The old man was at that moment painting his face with vermilion and
+bear’s grease, as he sat on the floor with a small looking-glass
+between his knees, and the palms of both hands covered with his red
+paint, which he was plastering over his face, and impressing on his
+naked arms and shoulders. He was not in a condition or mood to make a
+speech, or to hold a long talk; but he replied in a few words: “You
+see, my friends, that it is impossible to talk long now, for my young
+men, like myself, are all dressing and painting to take our ride,
+which we take every morning at ten. We are going now to the show of
+wild beasts, and we can’t wait long; if we do, we may not see them.”
+The reverend gentleman very pleasantly and patiently said to him, that
+he did not wish to take up any of their time when they had amusements
+or exercise to attend to; but he hoped they would keep the subject in
+mind, and give them some leisure hour when they could listen to him;
+and proposed the next day at twelve o’clock. The old man said, “No; at
+twelve they were to give their exhibition, which was, after that day,
+to be given in the day and evening also.”&mdash;“Well, at two?”&mdash;“At two we
+dine.”&mdash;“Well, what do you do after dinner?”&mdash;“Sleep.”&mdash;“Not all the
+afternoon?”&mdash;“Pretty much.”&mdash;“Well, in the morning, at eight?”&mdash;“<em>In
+bed</em> at eight.”&mdash;“What time do you breakfast?”&mdash;“About nine.”&mdash;“Well,
+then, say ten?”&mdash;“Well, ten.”&mdash;“To-morrow?”&mdash;“No, next day.” The
+reverend gentleman then said, “Well, my good friends, we will come and
+see you the day after to-morrow, at ten; and we hope you will think of
+this important subject in the mean time.” The chief said, “He would
+be glad to see them, as he had promised; but they had so much to see
+and to think of, that it was not probable they could have much time to
+think about it; and as the Queen didn’t say anything to them about it,
+they hadn’t given it any thought since they last met.”</p>
+
+<p>The Indians took their customary omnibus drive<a class="pagenum" id="Page_152" title="152"></a>&mdash; not on this morning,
+as the old chief anticipated, to the menagerie, but to the Thames
+Tunnel and London Bridge. To these they were accompanied by Mr. Rankin,
+and looked upon them both as the wondrous works of white men’s hands,
+which they could not comprehend. When they entered the Tunnel, and were
+told that they were under the middle of the Thames, and that the great
+ships were riding over their heads, they stood in utter astonishment,
+with their hands over their mouths (denoting silence), and said nothing
+until they came out. They called it the “<em>Great Medicine Cave</em>,” and
+gave the medicine (or <em>wa-be-no</em>) dance at the entrance of it. Mr.
+Rankin made a speech here to the thousands assembled, which I believe
+was never recorded. They were met with much kindness at that place,
+where they received some fine presents, and were treated, they said, to
+some very good <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The scene at the Egyptian Hall on this evening was again very exciting,
+the Hall being as full as it could pack, and the Indians in great glee,
+which insured much amusement. I accompanied the Indians on to the
+platform as before, and, as usual, introduced them to the audience,
+and explained the objects for which they had come to this country,
+&amp;c.: they then proceeded with their amusements by giving a dance,
+accompanied by their customary yells and the war-whoop, which was
+followed by thundering applause. They then seated themselves and smoked
+their pipes, while I explained the nature and object of the dance they
+had just given. While I was thus engaged, some decided opposition to
+the nature of the exhibition manifested itself, which might well exist
+in the minds of persons unacquainted with the relative position in
+which these Indians and myself stood; and which objections I felt quite
+willing to meet at that moment.</p>
+
+<p>The first interruption that I met with was from a man who had taken his
+position in front of me, and whom I had seen several times endeavouring
+to obtain a hearing. He at length took an opportunity when he could be
+distinctly<a class="pagenum" id="Page_153" title="153"></a> heard, and addressed me thus:&mdash;“Do you think it right, Sir,
+to bring those poor ignorant people here to dance for money?” There was
+a cry of “Put him out! put him out!” but as soon as I could restore
+silence I said, “No, my friends, don’t put him out; I wish to answer
+such questions.” At that moment another rose in an opposite part of the
+room, and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“I think it is degrading to those poor people to be brought here,
+  Sir, to be shown like wild beasts, for the purpose of making money;
+  and I think, more than that,&mdash;that it is degrading to <em>you</em>, Sir, to
+  bring them here for such a purpose; and the sooner it is stopped the
+  better.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The audience, at my request, had held silence until this speech was
+finished, when there was a general cry of “Turn him out! turn him out!
+Shame! shame!” &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>I waited as patiently as I could until silence was restored, when I was
+enabled to get every ear in the house to listen to me; and I then said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends, I beg that there may be no more disposition to turn
+  any one out, for, if I can be heard a few moments, I will save all
+  further trouble, and, I venture to say, make those two gentlemen as
+  good friends to the Indians, and to myself, as any in the room. The
+  questions which they have naturally put are perfectly fair questions,
+  and such as I am anxious everywhere to answer to. The position in
+  which I stand at present is not, I grant, ostensibly, the one in
+  which my former professions would place me. I have been several years
+  known to the British public, from my labours and my professions, as
+  an advocate for the character and the rights of American Indians.
+  This position I have taken, and still claim, from a residence of
+  eight years amongst the various tribes where I have travelled, at
+  great expense, and hazard to my life, acquainting myself with their
+  true native dispositions, whilst I was collecting the memorials of
+  these abused and dying people, which you see at this time hanging
+  around us. In the eight years of my life which I have devoted to this
+  subject, I have preserved more historical evidences of these people,
+  and done more justice to their character, than any man living; and on
+  these grounds I demand at least the presumption that I am acting a
+  friendly part towards them, who have in their own country treated me
+  with genuine hospitality. (Hear, hear! and immense applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we come now to the facts, which it is my duty to
+  mention, and which I presume those two gentlemen are not acquainted
+  with. In the first place, I did not bring these people to this
+  country, but have<a class="pagenum" id="Page_154" title="154"></a> always been opposed to such parties going to a
+  foreign country for such an object.<a href="#Footnote_9" id="FNanchor_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> These Indians are men, with
+  reasoning faculties and shrewdness like to our own, and they have
+  deliberately entered into a written agreement with the person who
+  has the charge of them, and who is now in the room, to come to this
+  country, stimulated by the ambition of seeing Her Majesty the Queen,
+  whose lawful subjects they are, and make, if possible, by their
+  humble and honest exertions, a little money to carry home to their
+  children. (Immense applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“These people are the avowed friends of the English in their own
+  country, and several of them are here to show the frightful wounds
+  they received in fighting Her Majesty’s battles in the war of 1812.
+  (Applause, and Hear!)</p>
+
+<p>“When they arrived, their first object was to see my collection,
+  which is known (at least by report) to almost every Indian to the
+  Pacific coast; and when they were in it, they decided that there was
+  the appropriate place for their dances, &amp;c., and insisted upon my
+  conducting their exhibitions. By this it is seen that I met these
+  persons in this country; and in the belief that my countenance and
+  aid would render them subjects of greater interest, and therefore
+  promote their views, I have undertaken to stand by them as their
+  friend and advocate&mdash;not as wild beasts, but as men (though perhaps
+  ‘degraded,’ as civilized actors degrade themselves on foreign boards)
+  labouring in an honest vocation, amid a world of strangers, wiser and
+  shrewder<a class="pagenum" id="Page_155" title="155"></a> than themselves, for the means of feeding their wives and
+  little children. (Hear, hear, hear.)</p>
+
+<p>“These people are here at an enormous expense, and the gentleman to
+  whom they have intrusted themselves has a tremendous responsibility
+  on his hands, for he must return them safe home, at his own expense,
+  after sharing the receipts of the expedition with them. They are
+  free men, and not slaves; and in a free country like this, who will
+  have the cruelty to say to them, ‘Stop your vocation, and go to the
+  streets, like the poor Lascars, with brooms in your hands;’ or the
+  kindness to say, ‘Quit your dancing, and we will pay your expenses to
+  the shores of Lake Huron, and give you money to buy blankets and food
+  for your wives and little children’? (Hear, hear! and applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“As for ‘degradation,’ I only hope, my friends, that I may always
+  live as free from it as I consider myself whilst by my exertions
+  I am promoting the honest views of these simple and unoffending
+  people; and for the name and honour of civilization I only wish that
+  the thousands of the enlightened world who are led into the Indian
+  countries by the passion to make money, would make it in as honest
+  a way, and as free from degradation, as the one in which these poor
+  fellows are labouring here to make a little.” (Cheers and immense
+  applause, and cries of “No reply, no reply!”)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>My two opponents by this time had lowered their heads and were lost
+sight of amidst the crowd, and no other objections were heard from
+them; and the poor Indians, who had enjoyed a good pipe in the mean
+time, without knowing the nature of our debate, were rested and
+prepared for their next dance. The audience at this time were all
+standing, and wedged together, as it were, in every part of the
+room; and amongst such a crowd, so closely packed, there were many
+occurrences in the course of the evening which afforded much amusement
+to the Indians, who were overlooking the whole of it from their
+platform. The screams of one woman, who announced that “she should
+faint unless she could get out,” stopped all proceedings for a few
+moments. It was decided on all hands to be impossible for her to reach
+the door; and, being near the platform, she was at length lifted on
+to it by the joint aid of the Indians and those below, and she then
+took a conspicuous seat, as she supposed, for the rest of the evening.
+Another now hallooed for help and fresh air, and, not being so<a class="pagenum" id="Page_156" title="156"></a> near
+the platform, was told that it was entirely impossible to get out,
+unless she was lifted over the heads of the crowd. “Never mind,” said
+she, “I must go!” So she was raised by many hands, amidst a roar of
+laughter and fun, every one over whose head she was passed, being
+quite willing and ready to lend a hand, with a “Lay hold here! pass
+her along,” &amp;c. The “jolly fat dame” (as she was afterwards called),
+who had escaped from the surges and squeezes of the mass below, now
+comfortably seated on the edge of the platform, and briskly plying
+her pocket-handkerchief by way of fan, began to imagine her condition
+in no way improved, inasmuch as her back was towards her friends the
+Indians, and her jolly red face, of necessity, under the intense
+glare of the chandelier, and exposed to the gaze of the audience,
+who she imagined were passing their criticisms on her “good looks.”
+(<a href="#Plate_7"><em>Plate No. 7.</em></a>) More and more annoyed every moment at the idea that
+her ruddy face was growing redder and redder as it was just in the
+focus of all eyes in the room, and at the instant thought also that
+(considering she was only coming into a crowd) her stays had been left
+off, and her new poplin dress, with lace frill in front, not prudent
+to wear, she had silently and unadvisedly resolved upon resuming her
+old position, and with that view unceremoniously launched herself,
+feet foremost, amongst the crowd of gentlemen below. Owing to several
+circumstances&mdash;the density of the crowd, her rotund and unwedge-like
+form, &amp;c.,&mdash;there was an insurmountable difficulty (which she probably
+had not anticipated) in bringing down with her feet to the floor, or
+anywhere in that direction, the voluminous paraphernalia with which
+she was circumvested. This state of semi-suspension (her toes merely
+occasionally feeling the floor) became instantly alarming to her, as
+well as conspicuous and amusing to the Indians and the audience; and
+whilst she was imploring one party in the name of Heaven to lift, and
+the other to pull, the strong and muscular arms of the interpreter,
+Cadotte, gracefully raised her out of the abyss below, and, leading
+her across to the back<a class="pagenum" id="Page_157" title="157"></a> part of the platform, gave her a comfortable
+seat, squatted behind, and in the shadow of the Indian group, amongst
+shields and war-clubs, and other implements used by the Indians in
+their various amusements.</p>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_7"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_156fp.jpg" width="640" height="408" alt="Plate 7: The Jolly Fat Dame" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o</sup>. 7.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>All was mirth and amusement during the remainder of the evening; and
+the last position of the “jolly fat dame” (who it would seem had
+strolled in on the occasion alone) proved exceedingly gratifying to
+her, as it afforded her an opportunity of a few words of conversation
+now and then with Cadotte, and of bestowing upon him a very splendid
+bracelet which she took from her own arm, saying, as she gave it,
+“Look here; you will always know me in a crowd, for on my left arm I
+have the fellow to it, and I will always wear it for your sake, that
+you may not lose sight of me.” This gush of kindness had suffused the
+uninvaded soul of this simple and fresh-grown young man, and, when the
+exhibition had closed, gained her the kindness of his strong grip again
+in easing her down upon the floor. His backwoods gallantry could not
+allow her to wander about alone and uninstructed, and he glided down
+from the platform on his soft mocassined feet, and, with his eagle and
+ostrich plumes waving six feet and a half from the floor, was strolling
+around by her side as the audience were withdrawing from the room,
+and enlightening her by his descriptions of the paintings and Indian
+curiosities covering the walls of the Hall.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians in the mean time had shaken hands with the audience, and
+received many fine presents, and having gathered their robes and
+their weapons, and Mr. Rankin having announced to Cadotte that “the
+carriage was ready,” the poor fellow turned upon his heel and said, “I
+am obliged to go.” “I am so sorry,” she exclaimed; “but look ye, can
+you read?” “Yes, ma’am.” “But can you read writing?” “Yes, a little.”
+“Oh, well, never mind, I’m going to be here every night&mdash;oh! it is so
+charming to me! Good night, good night!”</p>
+
+<p>The Indians were now off to their lodgings, and the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_158" title="158"></a> greater part of
+the audience also, leaving poor Daniel, as usual, in the midst of
+some dozen or two of the most inquisitive and knowledge seeking and
+devouring, to answer the accustomed routine of inquiries reserved for
+this (to them) most profitable part of the exhibition.</p>
+
+<p>He was assuring the crowd around him that “these people were <em>not</em>
+taken with a lasso, nor were they taken in a pit (as some had
+conjectured), but that they had <em>come in</em> of their own accord,” &amp;c. He
+was also showing the <em>real lasso</em>, and explaining that it was only a
+cord with a noose at the end of it, which the Indians throw over the
+wild horses’ necks to catch them, and not “a <em>net</em> or a <em>hammock</em>,”
+to both of which he pointed, and which it seems many had mistook for
+lassoes.</p>
+
+<p>He had also commented upon several <em>real scalps</em> which he had taken
+down and was holding in his hand, saying, “Gentlemen, what nonsense to
+talk about Indians eating the scalps! You see the scalp is nothing but
+a small piece of the skin from the top of the head, with the hair on
+it, and dried as hard as a bit of sole-leather: there couldn’t be any
+pleasure in eating a thing of that sort.”</p>
+
+<p>About this time the “jolly fat dame,” having edged up in his vicinity,
+touched Daniel on the shoulder, and at her nod and wink he followed her
+to the other side of the room, when she said, “Well, you know <em>me</em>,
+don’t you, Daniel?” “Yes, madam, I recollect you very well; you used
+to come here, some months ago, very often, to see the collection and
+the tableaux.“ “Well, now,” said she,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_159" title="159"></a> “look here: those shoats there
+will worry you to death; I’d let them alone; they’ll go in a minute.
+Ah, what a delightful scene this has been to-night! The <em>real Indians</em>
+after all! what I never expected to see. I never was so happy and so
+much delighted before&mdash;oh, dear me! they are <em>such fine</em> fellows! I
+shall be here every night. I can’t keep away. How happy they seem! they
+are clever&mdash;ah, that they are! I venture to say they are very clever
+men. That Interpreter!&mdash;what’s his name? for I have forgotten.” “His
+name is Cadotte, madam.“ “Ah, yes; stop a moment till I write it down,
+lest I should forget. I don’t like to forget things&mdash;I can’t say that I
+like to forget. How do you say? Cado&mdash;with two t’s, or one?” “I believe
+it is spelt with two t’s, madam.“ “Yes, I dare say&mdash;<em>Cadotte!</em>&mdash;now I
+have it! Well, it is wonderful! What a fine-looking fellow that Cadotte
+is&mdash;ha!&mdash;what a tremendous powerful man! Oh, law me! he made nothing
+of taking me up there. I suppose you saw him?” “No, madam, I was
+’tending door; but I heard of it.” “Why, bless me! I was no more than
+a pocket-handkerchief to him as he lifted me on to the platform; and
+you see I’m not a thing for the wind to blow away&mdash;oh dear!&mdash;and what a
+tremendous hand he has! I never saw the like. When he took hold of my
+arm it seemed as if he could have crushed it in a moment. I am sure he
+is six feet and a half high.” “No, not quite that, madam, but pretty
+near it.” “Well, really he is a giant, almost; and yet I am sure he is
+young&mdash;not over 20 I am quite sure!” “No, madam, he is but just turned
+18 I believe.” “Oh, charming! and how wonderful! But you are jesting,
+Daniel?” “No, madam, I may be mistaken, but I believe I am right.”
+“He can’t be married yet?” “Oh, no, you may be sure of that&mdash;I don’t
+suppose he ever thought of a woman yet.” “Bless me!&mdash;ah, well!&mdash;did you
+see the present I made him, Daniel?” “No, madam, I have not.” “Look
+there! I gave him the fellow to that. He’ll recollect me, won’t he?
+I took it off, and tried to buckle it on his wrist myself; but, law
+me, what a tremendous arm he has got! it wouldn’t go much more than
+half way around! I thought <em>I</em> had a pretty lusty arm, Daniel?&mdash;feel
+it&mdash;clasp it round&mdash;take hold higher up&mdash;up there&mdash;I never wear
+sleeves!&mdash;that’s lusty, is’nt it?” “Yes, by jolly!” said Daniel, as
+he was making a careful estimate of it; “that’s a stout arm, madam.”
+“Well, mine is a baby’s arm to that ‘boy’s,’ as you call him. Ah, well,
+Daniel, I am taking up your time, and I must go. I shall be here every
+night, I assure<a class="pagenum" id="Page_160" title="160"></a> you; and you will always let me in early? You see I
+am not half dressed to-night. I want to get as near that corner of the
+platform as possible when I come.” “I understand.” “Good night!” “Good
+night! madam.”</p>
+
+<p>At this moment, or a moment after, Daniel closed the door upon the
+last remaining visitors, and I stepped out from behind a green curtain
+at one end of the platform, forming a little retreat into which I was
+in the habit of withdrawing myself to avoid the crowd at the close of
+the exhibition. Owing to this little accident, therefore, the reader
+is in possession of the above ejaculatory conversation between the
+“jolly fat lady” and Daniel; for as, in taking him to the “other side
+of the room,” she had most fortunately placed her back within a few
+inches of the screen that was before me, bringing poor Daniel’s eye to
+mine directly over her shoulder, I was enabled to record, <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">verbatim et
+literatim</em> (which it might have puzzled poor Daniel to have done from
+recollection, after the excitement of her jolly fat arm), precisely all
+that was said and done on the occasion, as above related.</p>
+
+<p>“Why,” said I, “Daniel, that lady seems to be quite ‘taken’ with
+Cadotte.” “Taken! she’s more than that&mdash;she’s dead <em>in love</em> with
+him. I’ll be shot if ever I saw the like in my life&mdash;the woman is
+perfectly mad after him&mdash;and she’s the same lady that used to come to
+the <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">tableaux</em> so often when you gave them in the Egyptian Hall, and
+was repeatedly asking (as you’ll recollect I told you) whether you were
+actually married; and when I told her you were, she wouldn’t believe
+it. She’s the same identical woman. I knew her in a moment, for I have
+talked hours with her in the exhibition rooms; and didn’t you hear her
+call me Daniel when she spoke to me to-night? She appears to be quite
+a lady. She used to come in quite a respectable carriage; and I’ll
+venture to say it has been standing at the door all the evening, and
+I’ll be shot but it will be there every night for a fortnight to come.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, it is quite a curious case; but let us treat her re<a class="pagenum" id="Page_161" title="161"></a>spectfully,
+and with politeness, on all occasions.” “Oh, yes, certainly; she is
+very civil and polite, and you may be sure, Mr. Catlin, that she will
+receive no other treatment from me.”</p>
+
+<p>Under an agreement with Mr. Rankin and the Indians to meet them at
+their lodgings after the exhibition, I repaired to their rooms,
+and found them just finishing their beefsteaks and their jug of
+<em>chickabobboo</em>. They were all in a merry humour, talking over the
+curious scenes they had witnessed in the crowd. They said they thought
+the Englishwomen loved to be squeezed in a crowd, for there were a
+great many there, and they seemed to be very happy and goodnatured.
+They were sure that they saw several persons quite drunk in the room,
+and also believed that many of the ladies there must have been drinking
+<em>chickabobboo</em>. They had several hearty laughs about the poor woman
+who was passed over the people’s heads; and also about the “jolly fat
+dame,” who was lifted on to the platform by Cadotte; and they teazed
+him a long time with their jokes about her, and the beautiful present
+he had received from her, and which they had seen her a long time
+trying to fasten on to his arm.</p>
+
+<p>Their jokes, which they were thus innocently enjoying, and their
+<em>chickabobbo</em>, seemed to make them cheerful and happy; and I returned
+home, myself pleased, and went to bed.</p>
+
+<p>My desk was now becoming loaded with communications relative to the
+Ojibbeway Indians, with more inquiries about their domestic habits and
+warfare than I could possibly find time to answer, and more invitations
+to dinners and parties than they could attend to; and on the next
+day, amongst numerous applications for private interviews, were two
+notes from reverend gentlemen, wishing opportunities to converse with
+them. To them I answered that I should feel much satisfaction in
+affording them every opportunity and every facility in my power, and I
+recommended that they should come the next day at ten o’clock, when the
+Indians were, by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_162" title="162"></a> appointment, to meet several clergymen to converse
+upon the subject of religion. One of those reverend gentlemen replied
+to my note, saying, that “he should prefer a different audience from
+that which I had named, and should feel as if I had acted entirely up
+to the professions of my first note if I would use my endeavours to
+obtain it;” to which I answered that “my only reason for recommending
+that occasion was, that, as they had already had several short
+interviews with clergymen, and had fixed upon that morning for a final
+interview, I thought it probable it would be the only opportunity he
+could have of hearing them state their religious belief.” I never
+received any further communication from this reverend gentleman, nor
+did he attend the meeting named; and if I gave him any offence, it was
+done while I was giving him what I thought to be the most friendly
+advice.</p>
+
+<p>The next night of their exhibition at the Egyptian Hall passed off much
+like the preceding one; the Hall was crowded, and in the midst of the
+crowd, at the end of the platform (as she had desired it), appeared the
+“<em>jolly fat dame</em>” in <em>full</em> dress, and fully equipped and prepared for
+any emergency. She was in her “<em>stays</em>” and her <em>poplin</em> and <em>lace</em>,
+and loaded with trinkets; and although it was now the middle of winter,
+that she might not suffer quite so much as she had done the night
+before, she had brought a large fan, which the heat of the room and its
+excitements made it necessary to keep constantly in motion. Daniel had
+placed her where she could get some support by leaning on the platform,
+and once in a while whisper a word to Cadotte, whose beautifully
+embroidered mocassins were near to her nose when he leant forward to
+listen to her, with the eagle plumes and ostrich feathers of his cap
+falling gracefully down over her shoulders. She looked altogether more
+lovely and “killing” that night than on the first; and, while she kept
+more cool and considerate, was not lessening the progress which her
+fascinations were making upon the heart of poor Cadotte, nor curtailing
+the draughts of admi<a class="pagenum" id="Page_163" title="163"></a>ration which she was taking in at every breath she
+inhaled, and at every glance that she had of his manly and herculean
+figure as it moved before her.</p>
+
+<p>What transpired in the bosom and the brain of this fair dame during the
+evening, none but herself can exactly know; but, from the lustre of her
+eyes, and the pleasure beaming from every part of her jolly face, it
+was evident that peace and happiness, for the time, reigned within.</p>
+
+<p>The dances and other amusements of the evening pleased all of the
+audience well, and the “jolly fat dame” <em>supremely</em>. The Indians
+returned to their apartments, and delighted themselves by counting
+over their money and trinkets, with which they were well pleased, and
+drinking their <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning at ten o’clock, the hour appointed, the Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash;
+and friend called, and were conducted by me to the Indians’ apartments.
+They were met with cordiality by the Indians and by Mr. Rankin; and
+when the kind and reverend gentleman reminded them of the promise made
+him for that morning, they all responded “<em>How, how, how!</em>”</p>
+
+<p>They then, at the order of the chief, all spread their robes upon the
+floor, upon which they took their seats, and at once were in <em>council</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The reverend gentleman then, in a tone and a manner the most winning,
+and calculated to impress upon them the sincerity of his views, told
+them “he was aware that they were religious, that they all worshipped
+the Great Spirit, but that he did not exactly know in what way; that
+he did not come here to tell them anything to give them offence, but
+with the hope of learning something more of their belief and modes of
+worship, of which he confessed he was ignorant, and also of explaining
+to them what he and the other divines in the civilized world believed
+to be the best, if not the only true religion.” (Here the old chief
+lighted his pipe, which he commenced smoking.)
+
+The reverend gentleman then explained, in the briefest manner possible,
+and in the mode the best calculated for their understanding (and which
+was literally interpreted<a class="pagenum" id="Page_164" title="164"></a> them), the system of the Christian religion
+and the mode of redemption.</p>
+
+<p>When the reverend gentleman had finished his remarks, the old chief
+filled his pipe again, and, sitting with his eyes cast down until he
+had smoked it partly out, he handed it to the War-chief, and (instead
+of rising, as an Indian does to speak on any other subject) the old man
+rested his elbows on his knees and answered as follows:&mdash;<a href="#Footnote_10" id="FNanchor_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We feel thankful for the information and advice which
+  you come to give us, for we know that you are good men and sincere,
+  and that we are like children, and stand in need of advice.</p>
+
+<p>“We have listened to your words, and have no fault to find with them.
+  We have heard the same words in our own country, where there have
+  been many white people to speak them, and our ears have never been
+  shut against them.</p>
+
+<p>“We have tried to understand white man’s religion, but we cannot&mdash;it
+  is <em>medicine</em> to us, and we think we have no need of it. <em>Our</em>
+  religion is simple, and the Great Spirit who gave it to us has
+  taught us all how to understand it. We believe that the Great Spirit
+  made our religion for us, and white man’s religion for white men.
+  Their sins we believe are much greater than ours, and perhaps the
+  Great Spirit has thought it best therefore to give them a different
+  religion.</p>
+
+<p>“Some white men have come to our country, and told us that if we did
+  not take up white man’s religion, and give up our own, we should all
+  be lost. Now we don’t believe that; and we think those are bad or
+  blind men.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We know that the Great Spirit made the red men to dwell
+  in the forests, and white men to live in green fields and in fine
+  houses; and we believe that we shall live separate in the world to
+  come. The best that we expect or want in a future state is a clear
+  sky and beautiful hunting-grounds, where we expect to meet the
+  friends whom we loved; and we believe that if we speak the truth
+  we shall go there. This we think might not suit white people, and
+  therefore we believe that their religion is best for them.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_165" title="165"></a>
+  “If we follow the religion of our fathers we shall meet them again:
+  if we follow a different religion we are not sure of it.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We are here but a few, and we are a great way from our
+  homes, and we shall have but little time to waste in talking on this
+  subject. When a few white men come into our country to make money,
+  we don’t ask them to take up our religion. We are here away from our
+  wives and children to try to get some money for them, and there are
+  many things we can take home to them of much more use than white
+  man’s religion. Give us guns and ammunition, that we can kill food
+  for them, and protect them from our enemies, and keep whisky and rum
+  sellers out of our country.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We love you, and give you our hands; but we wish to
+  follow the religion of our fathers, and would rather not talk any
+  more on the subject.” (<em>‘How, how, how!’</em>)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When the old man had thus closed his remarks, <em>Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee</em>
+took the pipe and puffed away a few minutes as hard as he could, when
+he spoke as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;The words of our chief, which you have just heard, are
+  good&mdash;they are the words of nearly all of our nation. Some of the
+  Ojibbeways say that the words of the white people are the best; but
+  we believe that they have two tongues.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;A few years ago a <em>black-coat</em> came amongst us in the
+  town where I live, and told us the same words as you have spoken this
+  morning. He said that the religion of the white men was the only
+  good religion; and some began to believe him, and after a while a
+  great many believed him; and then he wanted us to help build him a
+  house; and we did so. We lifted very hard at the logs to put up his
+  house, and when it was done many sent their children to him to learn
+  to read, and some girls got so as to read the ‘good book,’ and their
+  fathers were very proud of it; and at last one of these girls had a
+  baby, and not long after it another had a baby, and the <em>black-coat</em>
+  then ran away, and we have never seen him since. My friends, we don’t
+  think this right. I believe there is another <em>black-coat</em> now in the
+  same house. Some of the Indians send their boys there to learn to
+  read, but they dare not let their girls go.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, this is all I have to say.” <em>(‘How, how, how!’)</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reverend gentlemen kindly thanked the Indians for their patience,
+and, telling me that it would be cruel and useless, under their present
+circumstances, to question them longer, thanked Mr. Rankin and myself
+for the kind assistance we had rendered them, and retired, leaving with
+them as a present several very handsome Bibles. As I was leaving<a class="pagenum" id="Page_166" title="166"></a> the
+room I heard the old chief complaining that talking made his lips very
+dry, and Mr. Rankin ordered for them a jug of <em>chickabobboo</em>.<a href="#Footnote_11" id="FNanchor_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_8"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_166fp.jpg" width="640" height="385" alt="Plate 8: Sah-mah's religious ideas" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 8.</div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_167" title="167"></a>
+CHAPTER XV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Exhibition rooms&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Her
+      interview with Cadotte&mdash;She gives presents to all the
+      Indians&mdash;Excitement in the crowd&mdash;Women kissing the
+      Indians&mdash;Red paint on their faces and dresses&mdash;Old Chief’s
+      dream and feast of thanksgiving&mdash;An annual ceremony&mdash;Curious
+      forms observed&mdash;Indians invited to the St. George’s
+      archery-ground&mdash;They shoot for a gold medal&mdash;They dine with
+      the members of the club&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” and Cadotte&mdash;She
+      takes him to his lodgings in her carriage&mdash;Cadotte (or the
+      “Strong-wind”) gets sick&mdash;Is in love with another!&mdash;Daniel
+      unfolds the secret to her&mdash;Her distress&mdash;She goes to the
+      country&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” returns&mdash;Cadotte’s engagement to
+      marry&mdash;Rankin promotes the marriage&mdash;The Author disapproves of
+      it.</p>
+
+
+<p>The reader will easily imagine the position of the Indians at this time
+to have been a very pleasant and satisfactory one to themselves&mdash;all in
+good health; having seen and pleased the Queen; having met the public
+several times in the great city of London, where their Hall was crowded
+every night, and was likely to continue so; where everybody applauded,
+and many bestowed on them presents in trinkets and money; with plenty
+of roast beef, and withal indulged in their <em>chickabobboo</em>. The old
+chief had finished his talks on religion, and Cadotte was in the
+delightful state of incubation under the genial warmth of the wing of
+the jolly fat dame.</p>
+
+<p>The Hall on this evening was as overflowing as on the previous nights.
+The “jolly fat dame” had been the first one at the door, and, by
+the power of her smiles upon Daniel’s gallantry, she had passed in
+before the hour for admitting the public. This had most luckily (and
+<em>bewitchingly</em>, as she did not expect it) allowed her a delightful
+<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">tête-à-tête</em> of a few minutes with Cadotte, who happened to be
+saunter<a class="pagenum" id="Page_168" title="168"></a>ing about in the half-lighted hall of the exhibition, while the
+Indians were in an ante-chamber, putting on their streaks of paint, and
+arranging their locks of hair and ornaments for the evening. Lucky,
+lucky hour! What passed there in these few minutes nobody knows. <em>One
+thing</em>, however, we may presume, <em>did pass</em> in that short time. Upon
+Daniel’s authority she had a letter in her hand when she entered, and
+which was never identified on her person afterwards, though a similar
+one poor Cadotte was seen poring over for several subsequent days, at
+odd spells, like a child at its task in its spelling-book. As she was
+first in, she took her old position, which had afforded her so much
+pleasure the evening before. As her heart was more smitten, her hand
+became more liberal: she had come this night loaded with presents, and
+dealt them out without stint to the whole party. As each one received
+his brooch, or his pin, or his guard-chain, he held it up and gave a
+yell, which made the good lady’s kindnesses subjects of notoriety; and
+we believed, and <em>feared</em> also, that her vanity was such, that, to make
+the most of the occasion, she drew upon some of the most costly of the
+ornaments that adorned her own ample person. During the excitement
+thus produced by the distribution of her trinkets, some female in the
+midst of the crowd held up and displayed a beautiful bracelet “for the
+first one who should get to it.” Three or four of the young fellows,
+with their naked shoulders and arms, leaped with the rapidity almost
+of lightning into the screaming mass. The little <em>Sah-mah</em>, who was
+the <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">beau-ideal</em> of Indian beauty among them, bore off the prize. As
+there was not the same inducement for retracing their steps, and they
+were in the midst of strong inducements to stay in the crowd, it became
+exceedingly difficult to get them back, and to resume the amusements of
+the evening. Many ladies were offering them their hands and trinkets:
+some were kissing them, and every kiss called forth the war-whoop (as
+they called it, “a <em>scalp</em>”). The women commenced it as <em>Sah-mah</em> had
+dashed into the crowd; and as he was wending his way back, finding it<a class="pagenum" id="Page_169" title="169"></a>
+had pleased so well, he took every lady’s hand that was laid upon his
+naked arm or his shoulder as a challenge, and he said that he kissed
+every woman that he passed. This may or may not be true; but one thing
+is certain, that many there were in the room that evening who went home
+to their husbands and mothers with streaks of red and black paint upon
+their cheeks, which nothing short of soap and water could remove. And,
+curious to relate, when the amusements were finished, and the audience
+nearly withdrawn, and the “jolly fat dame” was strolling about the
+room, she met her two maids, to whom she had given their shillings,
+and told them to “go and see the Indians.” These two buxom young girls
+had been in the midst of the crowd, and, both of them having met with
+the accident I have mentioned above, the good-natured fat lady glowed
+into a roar of laughter as she vociferated, “Why, girls, you husseys,
+you have been kissing those Indians! Bless me, what a pretty figure you
+cut! why, your faces are all covered with red paint!” “And <em>your</em> face,
+mistress! Look here! all one side of your face, and on your neck! Oh,
+look at your beautiful new lace!” And <em>it was even so</em>; but <em>how</em> it
+happened, or where, or in what part of the excitement, or by whom, is
+yet to be learned.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving these excitements for a while, which were now become of nightly
+occurrence, we come to one of a different character and of curious
+interest. It is impossible for me to recollect the day, but it was
+about this time, the old chief related to Mr. Rankin a dream which he
+had had the night before, which made it incumbent upon them to make a
+feast, and of course necessary for Mr. Rankin and myself to furnish all
+the requisite materials for it.</p>
+
+<p>In his dream (or “vision,” as he seemed disposed to call it) he said
+the Great Spirit appeared to him, and told him that he had kept his
+eye upon them, and guarded and protected them across the great ocean,
+according to their prayers, which he had heard; that he had watched
+them so far in this country; that they had been successful in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_170" title="170"></a> seeing
+their Great Mother the Queen, and that they were now all happy and
+doing well. But in order to insure a continuance of these blessings,
+and to make their voyage back across the ocean pleasant and safe,
+it now became necessary that they should show their thankfulness to
+the Great Spirit in giving their great annual Feast of Thanksgiving,
+which is customary in their country at the season when their maize is
+gathered and their dried meat is laid in and secured for their winter’s
+food.</p>
+
+<p>This injunction, he said, was laid upon him thus, and he could not from
+any cause whatever neglect to attend to it; if he did, he should feel
+assured of meeting the displeasure of the Great Spirit, and they should
+all feel at once distressed about the uncertainty of their lives on
+their way back. This Feast of Thanksgiving must be given the next day,
+and they should wish us to procure for them a whole goat, or a sheep,
+and said that it must be a <em>male</em>, and that they would require a place
+large enough to cook it without breaking a bone in its body, according
+to the custom of their country.</p>
+
+<p>The request of this good old man was of course granted with great
+pleasure; and Mr. Rankin, in a short time, returned from the market
+with the sheep, which, on close inspection, seemed to please them; and
+a large chamber in the Egyptian Hall, which Mr. Clark, the curator
+of the building, had placed at their service, was decided on as the
+place where the feast should be prepared and partaken of. Mr. Clark
+and his wife, who are kind and Christian people, afforded them all
+the facilities for cooking, and rendered them every aid they could in
+preparing their feast; and the next day, at the hour appointed, it was
+announced to Mr. Rankin and myself that the “feast was ready, and that
+we were expected to partake of it with them.”</p>
+
+<p>When we entered the room we found the feast arranged on the floor,
+in the centre of the large hall, and smoking, and the men all seated
+around it on buffalo robes; and the only two guests besides ourselves,
+my man Daniel and Mr.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_171" title="171"></a> Clark, who were also seated. Two robes were
+placed for Mr. Rankin and myself, and we took our seats upon them.
+The three women of the party came in after we were all arranged, and,
+spreading their robes, seated themselves in another group at a little
+distance from us. A short time before the feast was ready, they sent
+Cadotte to me to request that I would buy for them a small cup of
+whisky, which was to be partaken of, “not as <em>drink</em> for the <em>belly</em>,
+but as drink for the <em>spirit</em>,” which by the custom of their country
+was absolutely necessary to the holding of their Feast of Thanksgiving.
+In this they were also, of course, indulged; and when we were seated,
+we found the whisky standing in front of the medicine-man in a small
+pewter mug.</p>
+
+<p>Everything now being in readiness, the pipe was lit by the war-chief,
+who rose up with it, and, presenting its stem towards the <em>north</em> and
+the <em>south</em>, the <em>east</em> and the <em>west</em>, and then upwards to the Great
+Spirit, and then to the earth, smoked through it himself a few breaths,
+and then, walking around, held it to the lips of each one of the party
+(the women excepted), who smoked a whiff or two through it; after which
+he made a short and apparently vehement appeal to the Great Spirit
+to <em>bless</em> the food we were then to partake of. When he had taken
+his seat, the medicine-man took his <em>wa-be-no</em> (<em>medicine-drum</em>) and
+commenced beating on it as he accompanied its taps with a <em>medicine</em>
+song to the Great Spirit. When the song was finished he arose, and,
+shaking a rattle (<em>she-shee-quoin</em>) in his left hand, and singing at
+the same time, he handed the cup of whisky around to the lips of each
+guest, all of whom tasted of it; it was then passed to the women, who
+also tasted it, and returned it to its former position but partially
+emptied.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief then rose upon his feet, and, drawing his large knife
+from his belt, plunged the thumb and fore finger of his left hand
+into the sockets of the sheep’s eyes, by which he raised the head as
+he severed it from the body with his knife, and held it as high as he
+could reach. At this<a class="pagenum" id="Page_172" title="172"></a> moment he returned his knife to its scabbard,
+and, seizing the <em>she-shee-quoin</em> (or rattle) in his right hand, he
+commenced to sing a most eccentric song as he shook his rattle in one
+hand and brandished the sheep’s head in the other, and danced quite
+round the circle between the feast and the guests, going so slow as to
+require some eight or ten minutes to get round. Having got round to his
+seat, he gave a frightful yell, and, raising the sheep’s head to his
+mouth, bit off a piece of it, and again danced until he had swallowed
+it. He then laid the head and the rattle at the feet of another, who
+sprang upon his feet, and, taking the sheep’s head and the rattle,
+performed the same manœuvre, and so did a second and a third, and so
+on until each male of the party had performed his part. After this, the
+flesh was carved from the bones by the War-chief, and placed before us,
+of which we all partook. Parts of it were also carried to the women,
+and after a little time the greater part of the flesh of the carcase
+had disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>It is worthy of remark, also, that at this strange feast there was
+nothing offered but the flesh of the sheep; but which was cooked in a
+manner that would have pleased the taste of an epicure.</p>
+
+<p>When the eating was done, the war-chief took the rattle in his hand,
+and, lightly shaking it as a sort of accompaniment, took at least a
+quarter of an hour to repeat a long prayer, or return of thanks, to
+the Great Spirit, which was spoken (or rather <em>sung</em> than <em>spoken</em>)
+in a very remarkable and rapid manner. After this the pipe was lit,
+and, having been some three or four times passed around, the feast was
+finished, and we took leave.</p>
+
+<p>I leave this strange affair (having described it as nearly as I
+possibly could) for the comments of the curious, who may have more
+time than I can justly devote to it at this moment, barely observing
+that the old chief, after this, seemed quite contented and happy that
+he had acted in conformity to the sacred injunction of the Great
+Spirit, and strictly adhered, though in a foreign country, to one of
+the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_173" title="173"></a> established and indispensable customs of his race; for which, and
+for another cogent reason (that “his lips were getting very dry after
+eating so much”), he thought we would be willing (as of course we were)
+to let Daniel go for a jug of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The whole party now seemed to be completely happy, and in the midst
+of enjoyment. They were excited and amused every night in their
+exhibitions, which afforded them wholesome exercise; and during the
+days they took their drives through the city and into the country,
+and beheld the sights of the great metropolis, or reclined around
+their rooms on their buffalo robes, enjoying their pipes and counting
+their money, of which they had received some thirty or forty pounds,
+presented to them in the room at various times, independent of that
+received from her Majesty, and their wages, and trinkets, and other
+presents.</p>
+
+<p>Of their drives, one of the most exciting and interesting that they
+had or could have in London was about this time, when her Majesty
+rode in state to the opening of Parliament. They were driven through
+the immense concourse of people assembled on the line and along
+Parliament-street, and conducted to a position reserved for them on
+the roof of St. Mary’s chapel, near Westminster Abbey. From this
+elevated position they had a splendid bird’s-eye view of the crowd
+below, and the progress of the Queen’s state carriage, as it rolled
+along on its massive wheels of gold, and drawn by eight cream-coloured
+horses. So grand a pageant filled their rude, uncultivated minds
+with the strangest conjectures, which were subjects for several
+evenings’ curious gossip. And what seemed to please them most of all
+the incidents of the day was, as they said, “that her Majesty and the
+Prince both most certainly looked up from their golden carriage to see
+them on the top of the church.”</p>
+
+<p>They were also most kindly invited by the members of the St. George’s
+Archery Club to witness their bow-and-arrow shooting on one of their
+prize-days. This was calculated to engage their closest attention; and
+at night they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_174" title="174"></a> returned home in great glee. They had been treated with
+the greatest kindness by the gentlemen of that club. They had put up
+a gold medal for the Indians to shoot for, which was won by <em>Sah-mah</em>
+(Tobacco), and other prizes were taken by others of the party.<a href="#Footnote_12" id="FNanchor_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a> The
+first shot made by the young man who bore off the golden prize was
+said to have been one of the most extraordinary ever made on their
+grounds; but in their subsequent shooting they fell a great way short
+of it, and also of that of the young gentlemen belonging to the club.
+After the shooting of the Indians, and also of the members of the club,
+contending for their valuable prizes, the Indians were invited to their
+table, where a sumptuous dinner was partaken of. Many toasts were
+drunk, and many speeches made; and, to their agreeable surprise, as
+they said, they had plenty of the <em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>!</p>
+
+
+<p>They continued their amusements nightly, much in the same way as I have
+above described, with full houses and similar excitements, all of which
+and their effects we will imagine, as I pass over a week or two of
+them without other notice than merely to say that the “jolly fat dame”
+still continued to visit them, as she had promised, and nightly to
+strengthen the spell she seemed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_175" title="175"></a> to be working upon the heart of poor
+Cadotte. She was elegant, but rather fat. She rode in a good carriage.
+She bestowed her presents liberally, and on all; and insisted the whole
+time that “it was the most interesting exhibition she ever saw,” and
+that “Cadotte was almost a giant!” “She could not keep away, nor could
+she keep the Indians out of her mind.” All were inquiring who she could
+be, and nobody could tell. She had delivered three or four letters into
+Cadotte’s hand in the time; and, though “her carriage could put him
+down at his door quite easy,” she had driven him home but one night,
+and then he was landed quite quick and quite safe. The Indians talked
+and joked much about her, but Cadotte said little. He was young, and
+his youth had had a giant growth in the timid shade of the woods. He
+was strong; but he knew not the strength that was in him, for he had
+not tried it. He was like a mountain torrent&mdash;dammed up but to burst
+its barriers and overflow. The glow of this fair dame upon him was a
+sunshine that he had never felt, and, like the snow under a summer’s
+sun, he was about to have melted away. In the simplicity of his native
+ambition, he had never aspired to anything brighter than his own
+colour; and few were dreaming till just now that the warrior Cupid was
+throwing his fatal arrows across the line. Nor did those who suspected
+them (or even <em>saw</em> them), from the source that has been named, know
+more than half of the shafts that were launched at the <em>“Strong-wind”</em>
+at this time, nor appreciate more than half the perplexities that were
+wearing away his body and his mind. <em>He</em> knew them, poor fellow, and
+had <em>felt</em> them for some time; but the world saw no symptom of them
+until his treatment of this fair dame on one night set them inquiring,
+when they found that she, with her little <em>archer</em>, was not alone in
+the field.</p>
+
+<p>Reader, we are now entering upon a drama that requires an abler pen
+than mine, which has been used only to record the dry realities of
+Indian life, stripped of the delicious<a class="pagenum" id="Page_176" title="176"></a> admixture which is sometimes
+presented when Cupid and civilization open their way into it.</p>
+
+<p>I regret exceedingly that I cannot do justice to the subject that is
+now before us; but, knowing the facts, I will simply give them, and not
+aspire to the <em>picture</em>, which the reader’s imagination will better
+paint than my black lead can possibly draw.</p>
+
+<p>On the unlucky evening above alluded to the “jolly fat dame” had made
+her appearance at the rooms half an hour before the doors were to open;
+and, with Daniel’s usual indulgence, she passed into the room, in the
+hope, as she said, to have a few words with the Indians, and shake
+hands with them all, and bid the good fellows good by, as she was going
+into the country for a few days. She loitered around the room until it
+began to fill with its visitors for the evening, without the good luck
+to meet the “<em>Strong-wind</em>,” as she had been in the habit of doing,
+before the chandelier was in full blaze, and while the Indians were
+in their adjoining room, putting on their paint and ornaments. This
+disappointment, for reasons that she probably understood better than
+we can, seemed to embarrass her very much, and most likely, even at
+that early stage, carried forebodings of troubles that were “brewing.”
+In the embarrassment of these painful moments, not being able to spend
+the evening in the exhibition, as usual, but under the necessity of
+returning to pack her things and complete her preparations for her
+journey, she was retreating towards the door as fast as the audience
+filled in in front, determined to hold a position in the passage
+where she could shake hands with the Indians as they passed in, and
+drop a little billet into the hands of the “<em>Strong-wind</em>,” which, if
+received, was intended only to stop a sort of palpitation there would
+be in the side of her breast, in case she should have gone off to the
+country without informing the “<em>Strong-wind</em>” of it, and that she was
+to return again in a very few days.</p>
+
+<p>Unlucky device! The Indians all passed by, excepting<a class="pagenum" id="Page_177" title="177"></a> the “<em>Strong
+Wind</em>,” and, as each one shook her hand, he saluted her with a yelp
+and a smile. All this was gratifying to her, but added to the evident
+fever that was now coming on her. She paced the hall forward and back
+for some time, living yet (and thriving) upon the hope at that moment
+raised in her mind, that he (“noble fellow!”) was hanging back in
+order to have a moment of bliss alone with her in the hall, after the
+gazing visitors had all passed by. This hope sustained her a while,
+and she many times more walked the length of the passage, but in vain.
+At this moment the sound of the drum and the echoing of the war-whoop
+through the hall announced their exhibition as commenced; and the
+liberal dame, advancing to the door, and standing on tiptoe, that she
+might take a peep once more at the good fellows over the heads of the
+audience, beheld, to her great astonishment, the noble figure of the
+“<em>Strong-wind</em>,” swinging his tomahawk, as he was leading the dance!
+Unhappy dame! the room was closely stowed, and not the possibility left
+of her getting half way to her old stand by the end of the platform, if
+she tried.</p>
+
+<p>This dilemma was most awful. The thought of actually “going off to the
+country, as she had promised, for several days, without the chance to
+say even good bye, or to shake hands, was too bad,&mdash;it was cruel!” She
+went to the door to see Daniel, and said, “Well, this is very curious;
+I wanted to have seen Cadotte for a moment before I went away, and I
+can’t stay to-night. I shook hands with all the rest as they went in,
+but I did not see Cadotte. I don’t understand it.” “Why,” said Daniel,
+“the poor fellow is not here to-night; he’s getting sick: he was here
+when you first came in, but he <em>shot out</em> a few moments afterwards,
+and told me to tell you, if you came, that he was too unwell to be
+here to-night. He is looking very pale and losing flesh very fast, and
+his appetite is going. He has only danced once or twice in the last
+week.”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_178" title="178"></a> “Poor fellow! I am sorry. What a pity if he should get sick! I
+don’t see what they would do without him; he is worth more than the
+whole party besides. He’s a fine young man. What an immense fellow he
+is! Did you examine his hand? What a grip he has got&mdash;ha! I <em>may</em> not
+go to-morrow, but if I <em>do</em>, it will only be for a few days. I have
+<em>promised</em> to go, and you know it is wrong to break promises, Daniel.
+If anything should prevent me from going to-morrow I shall certainly be
+here again to-morrow night. Poor fellow! I <em>hope</em> he won’t get sick: I
+think a little ride in the country would do him good. Mr. Catlin ought
+to send him into the country for a while. That’s what he should do,
+shouldn’t he? I won’t stand here too long, Daniel; it’s rather a cold
+place: so good night.”</p>
+
+<p>It <em>was</em> a <em>fact</em> that the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” was getting sick; and a
+fact also that Daniel thought he had gone home, as he told the good
+lady; and two other facts followed the next day&mdash;the one was, that the
+journey to the country was not made that morning; and the other, that
+the “jolly fat dame” was at the Hall at an early hour of the evening
+as usual. Her visit was carefully timed, so as to allow her a little
+time for gossip with Daniel at the door, and to subject her to the
+delightful possibility of accidentally meeting the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” as
+she had sometimes done, in the half-lighted hall.</p>
+
+<p>“You see, Daniel, that I didn’t get off this morning; and when I am
+in London I cannot keep away from those curious fellows, the Indians.
+They are here, I suppose, before this?” “Yes, madam, they have just
+come in in their bus.” “Well, how is Cadotte? he is <em>my</em> favourite, you
+know.” “Well,” said Daniel, “I don’t think he’s any better: I believe
+there is but one thing that will cure him.” “Bless me, you don’t say
+so! What do you think is the matter with him?” “Why, I think he is in
+love, madam; and I don’t believe there is anything under heaven else
+that ails him.” “Oh! now, but you <em>don’t think</em> so, do you, really?” “I
+do, indeed, madam; and I don’t wonder at it, for there are charms that
+are lavished upon him that are enough to&mdash;&mdash;” “Oh! come, come, now,
+Daniel, don’t give us any of your dry compliments. He’s a fine man,
+certainly&mdash;that<a class="pagenum" id="Page_179" title="179"></a> I <em>know</em>, and I should be sorry if he should get sick.
+He will be in the exhibition, I suppose, to-night?” “No, madam, I saw
+him a few minutes since, and he had lain down on his buffalo robe on
+the floor, and I heard him tell Mr. Rankin that he should not go into
+the room to-night; that he did not feel well enough.” “So, you cruel
+man, you think the poor fellow is in love, do you?” “I am <em>sure</em> of
+it, madam: in the next house to where the Indians lodge there is one
+of the most beautiful black-eyed little girls that I have seen since I
+have been in London, and, by putting her head out of the back window to
+look at the Indians, and by playing in the back yard, she long since
+showed to everybody who saw her that she was fascinated with Cadotte.
+She used to kiss her hand to him, and throw him bouquets of flowers,
+and, at last, letters.” “Pshaw!” “It’s true! And, finally, she and her
+sisters got in the habit of coming in to see the Indians, and, at last,
+the father, and mother, and brother; and they all became attached to
+Cadotte, and invited him to their house to take tea with them and spend
+the evenings; and he has at last become so perfectly smitten with the
+girl that he is getting sick: that is the reason why he is not at the
+Hall more than three evenings in the week; he spends his evenings with
+her, and often don’t get home before twelve and one o’clock.” “Oh,
+but you shock me, you <em>shock</em> me, Daniel&mdash;but I don’t <em>believe</em> it&mdash;I
+<em>can’t believe</em> it&mdash;he <em>couldn’t</em> be <em>led away</em> in that silly manner&mdash;I
+<em>don’t believe a word of it</em>. You say he is in the dressing-room?”
+“Yes, madam, I know he is there.” “You don’t think he’ll come into
+the exhibition-room to-night?” “No, I know he will not.” “You don’t
+think he would come out a minute? I can’t stay to-night, and I shall
+certainly go in the morning. I <em>must</em> go&mdash;you <em>don’t think</em> he would
+come out?” “I don’t know, madam; I will ask him if you wish.” “Well,
+<em>do</em>, Daniel; come, that’s a good fellow&mdash;or, stop!&mdash;look here&mdash;just
+hand him this note; it is merely to say good bye: give it to him, and
+only tell<a class="pagenum" id="Page_180" title="180"></a> him I am here, will you, and going out of town to-morrow
+morning?”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel took in the note to the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” who was lying on
+his robe, and in a minute returned with the note and this awful
+message:&mdash;“Tell her she <em>may</em> go out of town&mdash;I don’t wish to see her.”
+This was as much of his ungallant message as Daniel could venture to
+bear to the good lady, though the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” continued to say,
+“Take the note back to her: she is making too free with me, and all
+the people see it. She wants a husband too bad, and I hope she will
+soon get one.” Daniel returned the note, and apologized for being
+the bearer of such a message to her; but he said, as he had carried
+her message to Cadotte, he felt bound to bring his message back.
+“Certainly, certainly,” said she; “I can’t blame you, Daniel; but this
+is strange&mdash;all this is strange to me; it’s quite incomprehensible, I
+assure you. The crowd is coming in, I see, Daniel; and I can’t possibly
+be here through the evening, I’ll be here as soon as I come back. Good
+night.”</p>
+
+<p>One can easily imagine how the peace of the bosom of this good-natured
+unoffending lady was broken up by the abrupt way of the “<em>Strong
+Wind</em>,” and how unhappy might have been the few days she was to
+spend in the country, and which she could not then fail to do, as
+she had made a promise to friends, that she could not break. By her
+absence from the exhibition-room for a week or more, it was evident
+that she was accomplishing her visit to the country; and, though her
+little <em>archer</em> was unemployed in her absence, it would seem as if
+the very show of so many bows and arrows in the great city of London
+had suddenly called into existence, or into service, a reinforcement
+of those little marksmen, who were concentrating their forces about
+this time, and seemed to be all aiming their shafts at the breast of
+the “<em>Strong Wind</em>.” There were several fair damsels who nightly paid
+their shillings, and took their positions near the platform, in a less
+conspicuous way, though not less<a class="pagenum" id="Page_181" title="181"></a> known to the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” than
+our friend who had “gone for a while to the country.” From the fair
+hands of these he had received, unobserved, many precious and sly
+gifts, and amongst them several little billets of the most sentimental
+nature, containing enclosures of beautiful little stanzas, and cards of
+address, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>Among this jealous group of inveterate gazers and admirers was always,
+though most coy and least noticed, the sweet little “black-eyed maiden”
+of whom I have said Daniel gave some account to the good lady who has
+gone to the country, as having “kissed her hand and thrown bouquets of
+flowers” to the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” from the back windows of her father’s
+house in George-street. The whole soul of the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” which,
+until now, had been unchained and as free as the mountain breeze, was
+completely enveloped in the soft and silken web which the languishing
+black eyes, the cherry and pulpy lips, and rosy cheeks of this
+devouring little maid had spun and entwined about it. He trembled
+when he straightened his tall and elegant figure above the platform,
+not that he was before the gazing world, but because <em>her</em> soft black
+eyes were upon him. His voice faltered and his throat was not clear
+when he brandished his glistening tomahawk and sounded the shrill
+war-whoop. This was not that the ears of hundreds, but that the ears of
+<span class="fakesc">ONE</span>, were open to catch the sound.</p>
+
+<p>His heart was now free, for a few days at least, from the dangers of
+the first siege, the guns of which for the time were all silent. The
+glances of his eyes and his occasional smiles were less scrupulously
+watched; and now and then they could be welcomed by sweet returns. He
+had now but one <em>real</em> enemy in the field, and <em>his</em> shafts, though
+they went to his inmost soul, were every one of them welcome messengers
+of peace and love.</p>
+
+<p>Thus besieged, thus pierced and transfixed, the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” did
+as much as he could to continue his natural existence, to eat his
+accustomed meals, and to act his customary parts in the dance; but
+efforts all seemed in vain.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_182" title="182"></a> The sweet and balmy-sleep that had
+been the pleasure of his untaught youth had fled; roast beef and
+plum-puddings, his favourite bits, had ceased to please him; sighs and
+long breaths had taken all the place of peaceful and equal respiration;
+the paleness of his face showed there was trouble within; his noble
+frame and giant strength were giving way; and save the devouring
+pleasure that was consuming him, nothing was acceptable to him but
+seclusion and his occasional mugs of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>All things at the Egyptian Hall went on as usual for several days,
+the Indians giving their nightly entertainments, but without the
+aid of the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” and consequently without the presence
+of the “languishing little black eyes” that used to be seen peeping
+over the corner of the platform. The reader (who has heard already
+that the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” loved to ride home with this sweet little
+creature&mdash;that he took his dishes of tea in her father’s house, which
+was next door&mdash;and that he often stayed there until twelve and one
+o’clock at night) can easily understand how the time now passed with
+the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” and how hopeless were to be the chances of the
+good dame who had “gone to the country but for a few days, where she
+had promised to go, but from which she was soon to return.” The reader
+who is old enough will easily understand also why the “<em>Strong Wind</em>”
+grew pale; how it was that everything ceased to taste good&mdash;beautiful
+things to look pretty; and why I had to translate, as well as I could,
+the speeches of the Indians, who now had no better interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>The exhibition-room continued to be filled night after night without
+the presence of the “<em>Strong Wind</em>;” and at length, on one of these
+occasions, the “jolly fat dame,” who had gone to the country for a
+few days, presented herself at the door as usual before the audience
+had assembled. She was admitted by Daniel’s kindness; and as she got
+into the passage, the party of Indians came in from their omnibus,
+and, passing her, gave her their hands, and as they passed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_183" title="183"></a> on each
+one gave a hideous yell. She seemed delighted at this, and, turning to
+Daniel, said, “Oh, did you hear the poor fellows rejoicing? they are
+delighted to see me back again.” “Why, madam,” said Daniel, “that was
+the <em>war-whoop</em>; and when that is given, the tomahawk always follows.”
+She seemed a little startled at this; “But,” said she, “the good
+fellows, I have lots of fine presents here for them to-night; I can
+make it all right with them I think. But I don’t see Cadotte&mdash;I hope
+he’s not sick&mdash;he’s a splendid fellow&mdash;I have not seen a man like him
+in all my travels in the country, and I have been a great way. I have a
+nice present for him, d’ye see?&mdash;is’nt that a fine brooch? I know he’ll
+like it.” “But I fear you are too late, madam&mdash;I believe it is all over
+with him.” “What! you don’t mean to say that he is dead?” “No, he’s not
+dead, but he’s nearly as bad&mdash;he don’t come here at all&mdash;he don’t eat
+or drink&mdash;he’s pining away for that pretty little girl I told you of.
+It’s been all her doing: the foolish girl fell in love with him, and is
+determined to have him, and I believe he will marry her.” “Oh, pshaw!
+fie on it! I don’t believe a word of it;&mdash;they will get over it all in
+a day or two.” The kind lady after this took her position in the Hall
+as usual, and during the exhibition smiled on all the group, and dealt
+out her presents to them, and went home as usual well pleased.</p>
+
+<p>Most curiously, all this affair of Cadotte’s and the sweet-mouthed,
+black-eyed little girl, had passed unnoticed by me, and I had of course
+entirely mistaken his malady, having sent my physician to attend him.
+His symptoms and the nature of his disease were consequently fully
+understood by examinations of the patient and others who had watched
+closely all the appearances from the commencement of his attack.
+Getting thus a full report of the case, I held a conversation with Mr.
+Rankin, who at once told me that it had been well understood by him
+for some time, and that Cadotte had asked for his consent to marry
+the young lady, and that he had frankly given it to him. I told him
+I<a class="pagenum" id="Page_184" title="184"></a> thought such a step should be taken with great caution, for the
+young lady was an exceedingly pretty and interesting girl, and, I had
+learned, of a respectable family, and certainly no step whatever should
+be taken in the affair by him or me without the strictest respect to
+their feelings and wishes. He replied that the mother and sisters were
+in favour of the marriage, and had been the promoters of it from the
+beginning; that the father was opposed to it, but he thought that all
+together would bring him over. I told him that I did not know either
+the father or the mother, but that, as long as there was an objection
+to it on the part of the father, I thought it would be cruel to do
+anything to promote it; and that, much as I thought of Cadotte, I did
+not feel authorized to countenance an union of that kind, which would
+result in his spending his life in London, where his caste and colour
+would always be against him, and defeat the happiness of his life; or
+she must follow him to the wilderness of America, to be totally lost to
+the society of her family, and to lead a life of semi-barbarism, which
+would in all probability be filled with excitements enough for a while,
+but must result in her distress and misery at last. To these remarks
+his replies were very short, evidently having made up his mind to let
+them raise an excitement in London if they wished, and (as I afterwards
+learned) if he could possibly bring it about.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_185" title="185"></a>
+CHAPTER XVI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns&mdash;Exhibition advertised to close&mdash;The wedding in
+      St. Martin’s church&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Its object&mdash;Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses&mdash;Rankin advertises
+      “the beautiful and interesting bride” to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians’ exhibitions&mdash;Public disgust and
+      indignation&mdash;Condemned by the Press&mdash;Rankin begins his
+      exhibition&mdash;Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians’ rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service&mdash;Rankin leaves London with
+      the Indians&mdash;Author getting out his large work&mdash;The Indian
+      portfolio&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” makes a visit to Daniel in the
+      exhibition rooms&mdash;A long dialogue&mdash;Illustrious subscribers
+      to the Author’s large work&mdash;Emperor of Russia and Duke of
+      Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor&mdash;The Emperor
+      presents the Author a gold box&mdash;Author takes out a patent for
+      “disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save lives on
+      vessels sinking or burning at sea.”</p>
+
+
+<p>At the commencement of this chapter we find the Indians still
+proceeding with their amusements at the Egyptian
+Hall, riding out during the day for fresh air and to see the city, and
+enjoying their roast beef and <em>chickabobboo</em>; the interpreter laid up,
+as described, and Mr. Rankin labouring to promote, and preparing for,
+an event that was to give greater notoriety to himself and his party,
+and ensure more splendid success through the kingdom, as the sequel
+will show.</p>
+
+<p>My opposition to his views in promoting the marriage of this love-sick
+pair afforded him the suitable occasion of calling on me one morning
+and advising me of a course which “he had been, he said, recommended
+by many of his friends to pursue, which was, that (as he had now heard
+me lecture on the modes of the Indians until the subject had become
+sufficiently familiar to him to enable him to give the lectures well
+enough himself) he could promote his<a class="pagenum" id="Page_186" title="186"></a> own interest much better by
+taking the Indians to the provincial towns, meeting all the expenses,
+and taking all the receipts, instead of sharing with a second person,
+which his friends thought was a great pity he should any longer do.”
+He represented that by such a course he could afford to do better by
+the Indians, and he thought it would be decidedly for the interest of
+both, and he had resolved to do it. I said to him that it was, to be
+sure, a resolve which he could easily make, as we were under no other
+than a verbal agreement, and entirely confidential, so that, if his
+interest urged it sufficiently strong, there was no doubt that he could
+do as he pleased, and that, under any circumstances, I should have but
+one anxiety, and that would be for the welfare of the Indians under
+his charge. I had so far done all I could to introduce them and him
+properly. I had added my collection to their exhibition, to give it
+additional interest. I had devoted my best efforts in lecturing on them
+and their customs, and had succeeded (after lying still with them for
+a month in London) in getting for them an audience of the Queen. By
+these means I had rendered him and them a service, for which I wanted
+no other return than the assurance that, wherever he went with them, he
+should take good care of and protect them.</p>
+
+<p>He said he had made up his mind to take them on his own hands in that
+manner after an exhibition for ten days longer in the Egyptian Hall,
+when he was to leave London on a tour to the provincial towns; and
+he wished me to advertise these exhibitions positively to close on a
+certain day. I then informed him that I should do so, and should freely
+yield to his proposition to sever in the manner he had proposed, on
+account of the accomplishment of the marriage, which he had assured me
+was just at hand, and in the responsibility of which I was determined
+to take no part. This I told him was an argument sufficiently strong,
+without further comment, to incline me to meet his proposition without
+the slightest objection.</p>
+
+<p>I therefore advertised, as he had suggested, that the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_187" title="187"></a> Indians could
+only be seen in London that number of days; and from night to night
+announced the same thing from the platform when giving my lecture;
+and to the last day, at his request, stated that the Indians were
+positively to leave London at that time. The next morning after we
+had made this final close, and I had announced it as such to the
+audience, advertisements appeared in the papers that “he had rented
+the adjoining room to Mr. Catlin’s, and on the same floor, for two
+months&mdash;a much finer room, where ladies and others would be much better
+accommodated; where the lectures in future would be given by Mr.
+Rankin, <em>himself</em>, who had <em>lived all his life among the Indians</em>.” And
+in his advertisements, a few days after, he had the imprudence to state
+that “<em>hereafter the beautiful and interesting bride of the ‘Strong
+Wind,’ the interpreter, will make her appearance on the platform with
+the Indians, and preside at the piano</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>This extraordinary advertisement, which of course was after the
+consummation of the marriage, was inserted in all the London daily
+journals, and was at once a key to all the absurd and disgusting
+efforts that had been used to create an excitement on the occasion of
+the wedding. It had been carefully announced that the wedding was to
+take place at a certain hour in the day in St. Martin’s church, that
+ten thousand people might be waiting there for a chance to see the
+novel spectacle of a beautiful London girl married to an Indian from
+the wilds of America, and then to trumpet it through the city and
+through the land where they were going, that the shillings might the
+more abundantly pour in for a sight of the extraordinary pair that
+were united in St. Martin’s church in London, and the “beautiful and
+interesting bride who was to preside at the piano” while the Indians
+danced.</p>
+
+<p>To make this affair more exciting, and its disgusting humbug more
+complete, several omnibuses and coaches, drawn by four-in-hand,
+were employed to convey the “beautiful and interesting bride” and
+bridegroom, and Mr. Rankin and his attendants, through the streets
+to and from the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_188" title="188"></a> church where the ceremony took place. Each of these
+splendid affairs was decorated with evergreens, ribands, &amp;c.; and on
+their tops, bands of music playing through the streets, and other
+attendants, covered with belts and ribands, waving flags of various and
+brilliant colours. These carriages were directed to be driven through
+the principal thoroughfares of London, that the excitement and hubbub
+might be the more complete, and that the greater number of shillings
+might be turned into the exhibition-room.</p>
+
+<p>The scheme, as a business one, was not without some ingenuity, but,
+most unluckily for its projector, it did not exactly succeed. There
+was too much sagacity in the London people and the London press not to
+detect the object of the scheme, and too much good taste to countenance
+and patronise it. The result was, and deservedly so, that it was
+condemned by the press, and the project and its projectors held up to
+public view in the light that they deserved.</p>
+
+<p>The next day after his advertisement that “the beautiful and
+interesting bride was to appear and preside at the piano,” he put forth
+another advertisement, stating that the bride <em>would not</em> appear, as
+announced the day before, owing to objections raised by some of her
+friends, &amp;c. These friends were nearly all the press in London, as well
+as her father and her husband, who had never been consulted on the
+subject, who were indignant at the step he had taken, and ordered him
+to countermand his advertisement.</p>
+
+<p>He then commenced his exhibition of the Indians in his new quarters,
+and under the new auspices, necessarily without the additional
+attraction of the new and beautiful bride, and also without the aid of
+his interpreter Cadotte, whom he had turned out of his employment, and
+to whom he had refused admission to the house to see his fellow Indians
+or to hold any communication with them. Cadotte was thus driven to his
+father-in-law’s house, where he took up his residence, and Mr. Rankin
+proceeded with his exhibitions, himself lecturing on their customs and
+<em>interpreting</em> their speeches to the audience, and all the various
+com<a class="pagenum" id="Page_189" title="189"></a>munications of the audiences and the public to them, wherever they
+went, without knowing five words of their language.</p>
+
+<p>The extraordinary announcement which he had put in the papers of the
+appearance of the “beautiful and interesting bride upon the platform”
+had drawn a great crowd together at his first exhibition under the
+new arrangement, and, from the odd mixture of people it had brought
+together, begat some very amusing incidents worth recording. On
+ascending the platform for his first lecture, amidst a room densely
+packed, chiefly with working men and working women, whose application
+to their tasks during the day had prevented them from getting a glimpse
+of the beautiful bride of the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” and had now handed in
+their hard-earned shillings, he soon found himself in the midst of
+difficulties which it would seem that he had not anticipated.</p>
+
+<p>In such a city as London there are always enough who do not read the
+<em>contradictions</em> of announcements (with those who won’t believe them
+if they do read them) to fill a room; and of such was his room chiefly
+filled on this occasion&mdash;all impatient to see the beautiful bride of
+the Indian, and full of expectation, though his second advertisement
+had announced that “she would not appear.” One can easily imagine the
+difficulties with which he was surrounded, and the perplexing materials
+with which he was about to contend in presenting himself as the
+expounder of Indian modes, and that in the absence of the “beautiful
+bride.”</p>
+
+<p>Curiosity to hear him give his first lecture on the customs of the
+Indians, “who had spent all his life amongst them,” led me into the
+crowd, where I caught the following amusing incidents, which are given
+as nearly as I could hear them amidst the confusion that soon took
+place. Mr. Rankin had proceeded but a few sentences in his elucidations
+when a voice from a distant part of the room called out, “Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin!” “Well,” “Why, Sir, Mr. Rankin is advertised to lecture, and we expect to hear
+him.” “My name is<a class="pagenum" id="Page_190" title="190"></a> Rankin&mdash;I am Mr. Rankin, Sir.” “No, you are not Mr.
+Rankin neither: why do you tell us that nonsense? Come now, <em>Arthur</em>;
+you know me, old fellow: don’t set yourself up for Mr. Rankin here;
+you’ll get yourself into trouble if you do.” (Uproar, and cries of
+“Turn him out, turn him out.”) The voice continues, “Mr. Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin! what has lived all his life with the Indians!” (Uproar.) “I
+am Mr. Rankin, Sir: what do you want?” “You are <em>not</em> Mr. Rankin; are
+Mr. Arthur Jones, or was so when I knew you in New York.” (Cries of
+“Turn him out&mdash;shame, shame! the bride, the bride!” and hisses.) The
+lecturer here advanced to the front of the platform and endeavoured
+to frown the crowd into silence, but got nothing in return but “The
+bride, the bride!” and hisses from various quarters. One of the men
+in his employment unluckily at that moment seized hold of a little
+square-shouldered working-man, standing just before me, who was
+hissing, and was hauling him towards the door. The little man gathered
+himself up, and brought his antagonist to a halt before he was half way
+to the door. While grasping each other by the collar, the little man,
+who was nearly lost sight of in the crowd, demanded the cause of this
+violence on his person. “Why, Sir, you was hissing the lecturer, and I
+was ordered to put you out of the room&mdash;that was all.”</p>
+
+<p>“So I did iss im, Sir, hand I’ll iss again, hif I choose&mdash;&mdash;ands hoff!
+hif you please!” “You must go out, Sir.” “Hout, Sir! [in a tremendous
+voice.] I’ll hax this haudience hif I am to go hout, or whether they
+would prefer to ear the hobservations I hintend to make.” There was a
+general uproar here for a few moments, and the friends of the little
+man seemed to predominate as they were gathering around him, and the
+cry of “Hands off!” freed him from the difficulties with which he had
+been beset, and encouraged him to demand an audience for a moment,
+which was carried by acclamation all around the room. By stepping on to
+the end of a bench near by, he become conspicuous above the heads of
+the audience, and continued:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_191" title="191"></a>
+<p>“Ladies hand Gentlemen, I opes I ave your haprobation?” (Shouts of
+  approbation from all parts of the room; the Indians seated on the
+  platform, and Mr. Rankin allowing the little working gentleman to
+  proceed.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, I am a poor and to speak, and I did not hanticipate an
+  event hov this sort. I came ere, like the rest of you, an ard-working
+  man, to spend my shilling, hand for wot? To be umbugged, gentlemen?
+  (Great applause.) To be oaxed, gentlemen? I calls it an impudent
+  oax! I olds in my and the adwertisement of that gentleman haxing us
+  to pay our shillings to see the bride of the Hindian wot was married
+  yesterday; and we are now told that she is not to be ere, and that
+  this is ol nothink.&mdash;I say it is <em>somethink</em>, gentlemen. (Great
+  applause.) Wen it was said that this couldn’t be elped, I issed im,
+  and ee <em>hought</em> to be issed, for I saw we was oaxed: I was then
+  dragged by the andkerchief in a wiolent manner, but I hescaped unurt,
+  and I am thankful that my woice can now be eard.</p>
+
+<p>“Hif this gentleman is really Mr. Rankin, or hif ee is not, its hol
+  the same&mdash;wot’s the hods? he as inwited us ere, to inale the ot
+  hatmosphere of the Hegyptian All, to see the ‘beautiful bride,’ oom
+  ee as been hinstrumental in leading up to the halter of Ymen, after
+  making a great ubbub about it; and I esitate not to pronounce it
+  an underanded business, that umbles a man in my hestimation, and I
+  think it would ave been better for im to ave ushed up the wole think
+  holtogether. (Applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“Gentlemen, I am appy to see that I ave your haprobation. Wen I
+  look around me, I see that you are all working men like myself, and
+  able to hunderstand me. You all know it’s werry ard to be oaxed out
+  of our shillings&mdash;wen prowisions is igh&mdash;wen work is scarce&mdash;wen
+  we ave little to heat, and hobliged to lie hidle.” (Applause, and
+  Hear, hear.) A voice. “Mr. Rankin! Mr. Rankin!” A hundred voices!
+  “The bride! the bride!&mdash;Turn him out!&mdash;Bagh!&mdash;The Indians! the
+  Indians!&mdash;The workee! hear him out!&mdash;Mr. Rankin!&mdash;The Indians! the
+  Indians! Police! the police!&mdash;Turn him out!&mdash;The bride! the bride!
+  the bride! the bride!” &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_192" title="192"></a>
+In the midst of all the din and confusion which it seemed now
+impossible to suppress, the sudden expedient of Mr. Rankin succeeded,
+and was probably the only one that could have done it. He thought of
+his Indians, who were quietly seated on the platform, and prepared for
+the war-dance; and the signal given, and “Sound trumpets, sound!” they
+all sprang upon their feet and soon drowned the din and confusion in
+the screams and yells of the war-dance.</p>
+
+<p>By the time the brandishing of tomahawks and spears and war-clubs and
+scalping-knives of this noisy affair was done, the attention of the
+visitors had become so much engrossed with the spirit and novelty of
+the scene, that they seemed generally disposed to dispense peaceably
+with the expected treat of seeing the beautiful bride, and were quiet.
+The little pugnacious working-man, however, arose again, as soon as
+silence was restored, to resume his speech; and, asking “if he should
+go hon,” the response from every part of the house was, “No! no!” to
+which he pertinaciously replied, “Well, then, I’ll go ome, and see if I
+can hearn hanother shilling in the place hov the one I ave given to see
+those ill-looking wild hanimals, the Hindians.”</p>
+
+<p>The reader can easily understand why Mr. Rankin’s stay with the Indians
+in London after this was very short. Of his career and theirs in the
+provincial towns, other historians will probably give some account,
+and I refer the reader to them, being unable to give more than a very
+imperfect account of it myself.</p>
+
+<p>This sudden break-up of our establishment at the Egyptian Hall, just at
+the commencement of the fashionable season, when considerable outlay
+had been made, and the receipts daily increasing, was disastrous to
+all parties, and particularly so to me, who had the Hall, at a heavy
+rent, for three months longer, left on my hands. The excitement of
+the exhibition being thus removed, my Indian collection, which had
+already been three years in the same building, scarcely drew visitors
+enough to meet its expenses, and I left its management entirely to my
+faithful man Daniel, while I devoted my time, in an adjoining room, to
+getting out my second book, shortly after published at the Egyptian
+Hall&mdash;a large illustrated work, entitled ‘<cite>Catlin’s Hunting Scenes
+and Amusements of the North American Indians</cite>.’ Several months being
+necessary for the completion of this work, I resolved to hold my
+collection in the Hall, as it was, until the expiration of my lease,
+and then pack it up and return to the United States.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_193" title="193"></a>
+I was then, for a while, free again from the yells and stamps of the
+Indians, and the excitements and anxieties attending their exhibitions;
+and my exhibition room became a quiet and pleasant salon in which
+to meet my friends, who frequently called, and I found were glad to
+see me, even though I had no Indians with me. My work was advancing
+fast, and I devoted my whole time to it, excepting when old friends
+or persons of distinction called, when I endeavoured to be with them,
+leaving the management of the room and entertainment of visitors
+mostly to Daniel, who by this time was a perfect key to everything
+in the room, provided he was turned the right way. He had all sorts
+of visitors however&mdash;those who came for useful information, and
+others merely to hear the war-whoop, and see the war-dance, supposing
+the Indians to be still there. These, feeling provoked at their
+disappointment, often took revenge on poor Daniel, by torturing him
+with questions about the Yankees, repeal, &amp;c., which would lead at last
+to most exciting discussions on slavery, poor-laws and poorhouses,
+United States Bank, national debt, annexation, wars in Afghanistan,
+the Oregon question, the income-tax, and repudiation. As I have before
+said, Daniel, with a strong mind, and well fortified with the facts
+and dates relative to these subjects, was quite able to surprise his
+assailants with his information on all these points, and of course to
+provoke them in return. The consequence was that these debates often
+ran too high, and, as soon as they arrived at a pitch of indiscretion,
+I generally heard something of them in the adjoining room, and, leaving
+my work, showed myself in the exhibition, which brought them to an
+amicable issue.</p>
+
+<p>There were others, again, who came to talk and learn more about the
+Indians, whom they knew had gone away. Among such was one day the
+“jolly fat dame,” who stepped in merely to have a little chat with
+Daniel; and, as will be seen, she was lucky in finding him alone, and
+just in the humour to talk with her. There happened to be no cart
+or carriage passing at the moment, to prevent me from<a class="pagenum" id="Page_194" title="194"></a> healing her
+melodious voice, as she entered, and rolled along, with her parasol
+swinging in her hand.&mdash;“Well, Daniel” (who happened to be at the
+farther end of the room), “I am so lucky to find you all alone for
+once, for you always have such a possee around you! Daniel, you know
+you and I have always agreed very well.” “Yes, madam, I don’t know
+why you and I should have a falling-out.” “Ah, well, we’ll drop that,
+Daniel&mdash;I believe I’ll take a chair, I am so fatigued with those plaguy
+stairs. Well, oh, but what a wonderful collection this is&mdash;Ha? what a
+curiosity that man is&mdash;Mr. Catlin, I mean&mdash;what a life he <em>has</em> led, to
+be sure! Don’t you think he has been married to some of those little
+squaws? I’ll be bound he has.” “No, madam, I should doubt whether he
+has. I think Mr. Catlin went into the Indian country, determined to
+make this collection and to immortalize himself; and I have many a time
+heard him say that he resolved never to get into any difficulty with
+them about their women; and I think it was one reason why he succeeded,
+and was everywhere treated with friendship.” “Ah, well! may be so. But,
+look ye, Daniel; that’s been a sad affair with poor Cadotte, has it
+not? what a foolish man, ha!”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, I don’t see that it was so foolish on his part as on that of the
+girl.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, tush! but she’s a silly little thing. She’s pretty enough; but
+what’s that to such a man as Cadotte? She’s no substance. He’s a giant,
+almost&mdash;what a grip!&mdash;I never felt the like in my life! Ah, well, I am
+sorry&mdash;I felt quite an interest in Cadotte.”</p>
+
+<p>“I feel more sorry for the foolish girl,” said Daniel, “for falling in
+love with him&mdash;it was all her doing&mdash;she would have him, and wouldn’t
+take ‘No’ for an answer. I never saw the like in my life. She seemed
+crazy for him; and they both cried like children about it for weeks,
+and he was good for nothing else. She has got him now; and, as I said
+before, I pity her, for she don’t know what country she is going to,
+nor what society she will have instead of that of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_195" title="195"></a> her parents, and
+sisters, and friends in London. The girl don’t know what she will come
+to, and therefore I pity her.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, <em>I</em> don’t pity her a bit. Ah, yes, I am sorry she has been so
+silly; but I pity <em>him</em> the most. I care nothing about her; or&mdash;that
+is&mdash;she ought to know better; but she’s, as I told you, a silly little
+thing. Ah, well, I have only been one night to see them since they left
+Mr. Catlin. What a foolish thing that was! It will be the ruin of them
+all. I am afraid they will come to want, poor things! I have only been
+there one night! Cadotte was not there.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, madam, he won’t join them any more. Rankin has turned him out of
+the house, and out of his employ, because he wouldn’t let his wife
+appear in the exhibition and play the piano, as he had advertised.”</p>
+
+<p>“Noble fellow! I like him for that. Isn’t that a fine spirit? I knew he
+had it. But that little silly thing, she can’t play. What do the public
+care about a foolish girl’s playing upon the piano?&mdash;Ridiculous! Well,
+they have all gone, I suppose?”</p>
+
+<p>“All but Cadotte and his wife, madam; they have not gone.”</p>
+
+<p>“What! you don’t say so? Cadotte has not gone?”</p>
+
+<p>“No; they are living together with the girl’s father. Rankin has left
+him, without anything but his wife, to get home to his own country in
+the best way he can.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, there’s a brute for you; is’nt he&mdash;that Rankin? I always hated
+his looks, d’ye see. Not gone, ha? What is he to do here? Will he stay
+in London? Can’t Mr. Catlin do something for him? He’d be just a good
+hand now, to help you here, Daniel&mdash;to explain: you can’t always be
+here&mdash;there should be two of you. He comes here occasionally?”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, yes, he’s here every day.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, look ye, Daniel, I’ll call again and see Mr. Catlin about it.
+Something should be done. Mr. Catlin is a good fellow I know. I want a
+long talk with him; he shall<a class="pagenum" id="Page_196" title="196"></a> know my whole mind on this affair. I can’t
+stay now&mdash;I must go; but what a pity&mdash;ha, Daniel! Good day.”</p>
+
+<p>“Good day.”</p>
+
+<p>She was very near discovering me as she turned round and passed my
+door; but Daniel smiled after she had gone out, and said he was quite
+sure she had not seen me, as he had kept her conversation directed to
+him, so that she should not turn her face round suddenly on me.</p>
+
+<p>I was sorry that I had overheard this dialogue; but, as it had fallen
+thus into my possession, I resolved to make the most prudent use of it,
+believing it to contain the sum total of all she wished to say in her
+“long talk” with me; and I directed Daniel, when she should call to see
+me, to announce me “out of town,” and himself to engross all that she
+had to say, saving me from entering again upon an unpleasant subject,
+which I considered now at an end.</p>
+
+<p>Thus continued my labours and Daniel’s, each one in his department, for
+three months or more after the Indians had left, by which time my large
+work was ready for publication (like the first one, “to be published by
+the Author, at the Egyptian Hall, price five guineas in printed tints,
+and eight guineas coloured), with a subscription-list headed by the
+illustrious names of&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="center">
+                  <span class="smcap">Her Gracious MAJESTY the QUEEN,<br />
+                  Louis Philippe, King of the French,<br />
+                         The Emperor of Russia,<br />
+                       The King of the Belgians,<br />
+                     H.R.H. the Duke of Cambridge,<br />
+               and many of the nobility of england.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Emperor of Russia was at this time paying his visit to the Queen
+of England; and my dear wife and myself took the occasion of the
+grand pageant when the Emperor, with Prince Albert and the Duke of
+Wellington, reviewed 10,000 troops at Windsor, to obtain a view of his
+Imperial Majesty, which we did during the review, and, still more to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_197" title="197"></a>
+our satisfaction, after it was over, from behind the post of the gate
+opening into the great park, where we had stationed ourselves, and
+where his Imperial Majesty passed within reach of us. When the Emperor
+and suite had passed by, I suddenly perceived in the passing throng J.&nbsp;W.
+Webb, Esq., editor of the ‘New York Inquirer,’ and endeavoured, but
+unsuccessfully, to overtake him.</p>
+
+<p>A few days after this, the Honourable Mr. Murray was kind enough to
+deliver to the Emperor the copy of my work subscribed for by his
+Majesty; and, in a few weeks after that, sent me the following very
+flattering communication:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p class="signature">“Buckingham Palace, June 14th, 1844.</p>
+
+<p>“Dear Sir,</p>
+
+<p>“The Emperor of Russia, having inspected your <span class="smcap">Portfolio of
+  Indian Hunting and other Scenes</span>, was so much pleased with their
+  spirit and execution, that he desired Count Orloff to send me a
+  gold snuff-box, to be presented to you as a mark of his Majesty’s
+  gratification derived from the efforts of your pencil.</p>
+
+<p>“I acquit myself of this agreeable commission by sending you herewith
+  a Russian box of gold and blue enamel, set in pearls, which will, I
+  trust, prove to you a gratifying reminiscence of the Emperor’s visit
+  to England.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+      <span class="padright10">“I am, my dear Sir,</span><br />
+      <span class="padright5">“Very faithfully yours,</span><br />
+                                 “C.&nbsp;A. MURRAY.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>This most gratifying testimony of the Emperor’s satisfaction with my
+work was unexpected by me; and future pages will show that I received
+evidences equally flattering from their Majesties the King of the
+French and the King of the Belgians.</p>
+
+<p>My large work being now published in London, and, like my former one,
+kindly noticed and highly approved by the press, I felt as if my
+labours in England were coming near to a close; and, having a little
+leisure, I was drawing my little children (of whom I now had four)
+nearer to me than ever, and with my dear Clara was endeavouring to
+see the remainder of the sights of London before our departure for
+our native land. This desired event was yet to be delayed a little,
+however,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_198" title="198"></a> by a circumstance that I must here narrate, not to leave the
+reader in the dark as to the curious incidents and impulses of this
+transatlantic part of my chequered life.</p>
+
+<p>About this period occurred an unparalleled destruction of life at sea:
+the “Solway” and other noble vessels striking on sunken rocks, and
+going down in smooth water in sight of land, and hundreds of human
+beings sinking with them to eternity. Human invention, roused by human
+sympathy, was everywhere labouring to devise means for the preservation
+of life in such cases; and my brain, like the brains of hundreds of
+others, was busy in the same cause, when a plan suddenly suggested
+itself, which appeared more practicable the more I contemplated it. I
+deliberated on it much, and threw in my own way all the arguments I
+could possibly raise against it; and amongst them, as the strongest,
+the blind and deaf enthusiasm, which leads too many inventors to ruin.
+No objections that I then raised or can yet raise, however, have
+created in my mind a doubt of the feasibility of my plan, or of its
+immense and never-ending importance to the human race. And, as the
+sequel will show, I give the following information concerning it to
+the world, not on my own account, but for those who may possibly be
+benefited by it, or whom it may in any way concern.</p>
+
+<p>On mature deliberation I decided, like other inventors, to avail myself
+of a patent for my discovery; and, with that view, called upon a
+patent-agent, who had been recommended to me by the highest authority.
+On stating to him the object of my visit, I was invited to a private
+room, where he stated that it was necessary that he should hear a
+distinct description of my invention before he could tell whether it
+was new, and whether it was a fitting subject of a patent. I replied
+as follows:&mdash;“I believe, Sir, that there is but one effectual way of
+saving the lives of the greater number of persons on board steamers
+and other vessels sinking or burning at sea, and that an invention
+applicable, for such a purpose, to all vessels (as there is never to be
+an end to the increase of vessels and exposure<a class="pagenum" id="Page_199" title="199"></a> of life on the ocean)
+would be of the greatest importance to mankind, and would most richly
+repay the inventor. A plan has suggested itself to me which I think
+will have this effect; and if, after hearing it explained, you should
+decide that it is new and of sufficient consideration, I beg you to
+procure me a patent for it as soon as it can be obtained.”</p>
+
+<p>I then proceeded&mdash;“The patent I should ask for would be for
+‘<em>disengaging and floating quarter-decks of steamers and other
+vessels for the purpose of saving human lives at sea</em>.’ These I would
+propose to build of solid timber or other material, resting upon and
+answering all the purposes of quarter-decks; and, in case of the
+sinking of a vessel, to be disengaged by means which I would set forth
+in the specification, and capable of floating, as rafts, with all
+the passengers and crew upon them. These rafts might easily be made
+of sufficient strength to resist the force of the most violent sea;
+and their shape being such as to prevent them from capsizing, there
+would be little difficulty in preserving life for many days upon them.
+They might be made to contain within them waterproof cases of sheet
+iron or tin, to carry provisions and liquors, and also rockets for
+signals, valuable papers, money, &amp;c.; and, when driven on shore, would
+float safely over a reef, where vessels and life-boats go to pieces
+and the greatest loss of life generally takes place. In case of a
+vessel on fire at sea, when it should be found that all exertions to
+extinguish the flames were unavailing, all hands might retreat to the
+quarter-deck, and the vessel be scuttled and sunk by slinging a gun
+and firing a shot through her bottom, or by other means; and as she
+goes down the flames of course are extinguished, and her passengers and
+crew, and valuables, might be saved on the raft, as I have described.”</p>
+
+<p>When I had thus explained the nature of my invention, I asked the agent
+whether he considered it new, and fit to be patented, to which he at
+once replied, “You may rely on it, Sir, it is entirely new: nothing of
+the kind has been<a class="pagenum" id="Page_200" title="200"></a> patented; and it is a subject for which I think I can
+get you what we call a ‘clean patent.’” Upon this I at once authorized
+him to proceed and procure the patent in the quickest manner possible,
+saying that the money required for it should be ready as fast as he
+should call for it. After this, and in further conversation about it,
+he said, “I think remarkably well of the invention, and, though I am
+not in the habit of giving encouragement to my employers, I say to you,
+frankly, that I believe that when we have obtained the patent, the
+Admiralty will buy it out of your hands and give it for the benefit of
+the world at large.”</p>
+
+<p>Being thus authorized, he proceeded, and the patent was obtained in
+the space of two months, and for which I paid him the sum of 130<em>l.</em>
+After I had received my patent, I met a friend, Mr. R&mdash;&mdash;, to whom I
+explained the nature of my invention; and, when I had got through, he
+asked me who had been my agent in the business, and I told him; to
+which he replied that it was very strange, as he believed that a friend
+of his, a Captain Oldmixon, had procured a patent, in London, for a
+similar thing, some five or six years before. He said he was quite
+confident that it was the same thing, for he had heard him say a great
+deal about it, and recollected his having advertised and performed an
+experiment on a vessel in the river below the city; and advised me to
+call on my agent and put the question to him. I did so, and he referred
+to the published lists of patents for ten or twelve years back, and
+assured me that no such name was on the list of patentees, and that I
+might rest satisfied that no such patent had ever been taken out.</p>
+
+<p>I then returned to my friend Mr. R&mdash;&mdash;, and informed him of this,
+telling him that he <em>must</em> be mistaken. To which he replied, “No; since
+you have been absent I have recollected more. I have found the address
+of Captain Oldmixon’s attorney who procured the patent for him, which I
+give you; and I wish you would call on him, and he will correct me if I
+am wrong.”</p>
+
+<p>I took the address and called on the attorney, whom<a class="pagenum" id="Page_201" title="201"></a> I found in his
+office. I asked him if he had taken out a patent for Captain Oldmixon
+five or six years ago, and he replied that he had. I asked him if he
+would be kind enough to tell me the nature of it, and he instantly
+replied that it was for “disengaging and floating quarter-decks for
+saving life.” I then asked him if he had completed his patent by
+putting in his specification, and he replied that he had, and that if I
+would ask for it in a registry of patents in Chancery-lane I could see
+it. I then inquired if it had been published in the manner that the law
+requires, and he assured me it had. He further stated that he had been
+for several years, and still was, engaged with it for Captain Oldmixon
+before the Committee on Shipwrecks, with a prospect of getting the
+Admiralty to take it up. With this information I returned immediately
+to my agent, and, having explained it to him, he accompanied me to
+the registry in Chancery-lane, where, on being asked if they had the
+specification of a patent in the name of Captain Oldmixon, one of the
+clerks instantly replied “Yes,” and unrolled it upon the counter.</p>
+
+<p>I read it over, and, finding it almost word for word like my own, and
+the invention exactly the same, I said to my agent, “I have nothing
+more to say or to do, but to go home and attend to my business.” Nor
+have I ever taken further pains about it. My agent, at a subsequent
+period, wrote me a letter, expressing his regret that such a thing
+should have happened, and enclosing a 10<em>l.</em> note, the amount, he said,
+of his fees; stating that the rest had all been paid into different
+offices, for which there was no remedy.</p>
+
+<p>I have mentioned the above circumstance, as forming one of the many
+instances of ill luck that have been curiously mixed with the incidents
+of my life; and also to show the world how much circumspection and
+caution are necessary in guarding one’s interest, even amidst the
+well-regulated rules and formalities of this great and glorious country.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_202" title="202"></a>
+Captain Oldmixon has my hearty wishes for the success of his invention;
+and I hope that my allusion to it in the above manner will do him no
+injury, but may be the cause of turning the attention of the world
+towards it as a means of benefiting the human race.</p>
+
+<p>I have informed the reader already that, just before completing the
+above adventure, the Ojibbeways having left London, and my large work
+being published to the world, I was turning my eyes to my native
+country again, where, with my little ones and my collection, I was
+preparing to go; but even this <em>was not to be</em> as we had designed it,
+for it was announced, just then, that another party of fourteen Indians
+had arrived in Liverpool, and were on their way to the metropolis!
+Life has its chapters, like the chapters of a book; and our days are
+like the leaves we turn in reading it. We peruse one page ignorant of
+what is contained in the next; and, as the chapters of life are often
+suddenly cut short, so this chapter of my book must end here; and the
+reader will start with me afresh, in a second volume, which commences
+with a new enterprise.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_203" title="203"></a>
+APPENDIX.</h2>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h3><a class="pagenum" id="Page_205" title="205"></a>
+APPENDIX.&mdash;(A.)<br />
+
+                         OPINIONS OF THE PRESS<br />
+
+       <span class="smallest">ON</span><br />
+
+                 CATLIN’S NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN MUSEUM.</h3>
+
+
+<p class="hang">
+    The following are a few of the very numerous eulogiums which the
+    Press has passed upon the merits of this Collection, in England,
+    France, and the United States, where it has been exhibited.
+</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage sansserif">LONDON PRESS.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE QUARTERLY REVIEW.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin’s object in visiting England with his Indian Gallery, it
+would seem, is to sell his collection to our Government, and we most
+sincerely hope that his reliance on the magnanimity of the British
+people will not be disappointed. As a man of science, of enterprise,
+and of true philanthropy, he is justly entitled to be considered as a
+citizen of the world; and, although he reflects especial honour upon
+the intelligent nation to which he is so proud to declare that he owes
+his birth, yet, for that very reason, we are confident, a generous
+feeling will universally exist to receive him with liberality here.</p>
+
+<p>But, leaving the worthy artist’s own interests completely out of the
+question, and in the cause of science casting aside all party feeling,
+we submit to Lord Melbourne, to Sir Robert Peel, to Lord Lansdowne,
+to Sir R. Inglis, and to all who are deservedly distinguished among
+us as the liberal patrons of the fine arts, that Mr. Catlin’s Indian
+collection is worthy to be retained in this country as the record of
+a race of our fellow-creatures whom we shall very shortly have swept
+from the face of the globe. Before that catastrophe shall have arrived,
+it is true, a few of our countrymen may occasionally travel among
+them; but it cannot be expected that any artist of note should again
+voluntarily reside among them for seven years, as competent as Mr.
+Catlin, whose slight, active, sinewy frame has peculiarly fitted him
+for the physical difficulties attendant upon such an exertion.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_206" title="206"></a>Considering the melancholy fate which has befallen the Indian race, and
+which overhangs the remnant of these victims to our power, it would
+surely be discreditable that the civilized world should, with heartless
+apathy, decline to preserve and to transmit to posterity Mr. Catlin’s
+graphic delineation of them; and if any nation on earth should evince a
+desire to preserve such a lasting monument, there can be no doubt that
+there exists none better entitled to do so than the British people; for
+with feelings of melancholy satisfaction, we do not hesitate to assert
+that throughout our possessions on the continent of America, we have,
+from the first moment of our acquaintance with them to the present
+hour, invariably maintained their rights, and at a very great expense
+have honestly continued to pay them their annual presents, for which
+we have received from them, in times of war as well as of peace, the
+most unequivocal marks of their indelible gratitude. Their respect for
+our flag is unsullied by a reproach&mdash;their attachment to our sovereign
+is second only in their breasts to the veneration with which they
+regard their “Great Spirit”&mdash;while the names of Lord Dalhousie, of
+Sir Peregrine Maitland, and of Sir John Colborne, who for many years
+respectively acted towards them as their father and as their friend,
+will be affectionately repeated by them in our colonies until the
+Indian heart has ceased to beat there, and until the Red Man’s language
+has ceased to vibrate in the British “wilderness of this world.”
+Although European diseases, and the introduction of ardent spirits,
+have produced the lamentable effects we have described, and although
+as a nation we are not faultless, yet we may fairly assert and proudly
+feel that the English government has at least made every possible
+exertion to do its duty towards the Indians; and that there has existed
+no colonial secretary of state who has not evinced that anxiety to
+befriend them which, it is our duty to say, particularly characterized
+the administration of the amiable and humane Lord Glenelg.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE LITERARY GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall.</em>&mdash;We have now to announce
+the opening of this exhibition, from visits to which every class of
+the community, old as well as young, will reap much instruction and
+gratification. Having recently described, from an American journal, Mr.
+Catlin’s seven or eight years’ sojourn among the red races of North
+America, we need now only say that his representation of them, their
+country, their costumes, their sports, their religious ceremonies,
+and in short their manners and customs, so as to enable us to form a
+complete idea of them, is deserving of the utmost praise. There are
+above 500 subjects in these spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child’s
+rattle; and everything belonging to the various Indian tribes are
+before the spectator in their actual condition and integrity. There
+are, besides, a multitude of portraits of the leading warriors, &amp;c.
+&amp;c., and other pictures of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting;
+and the whole supplying by far the most ample and accurate history of
+them that has<a class="pagenum" id="Page_207" title="207"></a> ever been published to the world. No book of travels
+can approach these realities; and after all we had read of the red
+men, we confess we are astonished at the many new and important points
+connected with them which this Gallery impressed upon us. We saw more
+distinctly the links of resemblance between them and other early and
+distant people; and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of
+matters affecting the progress of mankind all over the earth, and alike
+illustrated by similitudes and dissimilitudes. Indeed the philosophical
+inquirer will be delighted with this exhibition, whilst the curious
+child of seven years of age will enjoy it with present amusement and
+lasting instruction.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE ATHENÆUM.</p>
+
+<p><em>The Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This is the collection mentioned heretofore by
+our American correspondent (No. 609), and a most interesting one it is.
+It contains more than 300 portraits of distinguished Indians, men and
+women of different tribes, all painted from life; and in many instances
+the identical dress, weapons, &amp;c. are exhibited which they wore when
+their portraits were taken; and 200 other paintings, representing
+Indian customs, games, hunting-scenes, religious ceremonies, dances,
+villages, and said to contain above 3000 figures: in brief, it is a
+pictorial history of this interesting and fast-perishing race. It
+includes, too, a series of views of the Indian country; and we have
+seen nothing more curious than some of the scenes on the Upper Missouri
+and Mississippi, the general accuracy of which is beyond question. Mr.
+Catlin has spent seven years in wandering among the various tribes,
+for the sole purpose of perfecting this collection. As he observes,
+“it has been gathered, and every painting has been made from nature,
+by my own hand; and that, too, when I have been paddling my canoe or
+leading my packhorse over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of
+life. The world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them as they have been intended, as true and fac-simile traces
+of individual and historical facts, and forgive me for their present
+unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art.”</p>
+
+<p>The value of this collection is increased by the fact that the red men
+are fast perishing, and will probably, before many years have passed,
+be an extinct race. If proof of this were wanting, we have it in the
+facts recorded in the catalogue, of the devastation which the smallpox
+has lately spread among them. Of one tribe, the hospitable and friendly
+Mandans, as Mr. Catlin calls them, 2000 in number when he visited
+them and painted their pictures, living in two permanent villages on
+the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi, not
+one now exists! In 1837 the smallpox broke out among them, and only
+thirty-five were left alive; these were subsequently destroyed by a
+hostile tribe, which took possession of their villages: and thus,
+within a few months, the race became extinct&mdash;not a human being is
+believed to have escaped.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_208" title="208"></a>THE ART-UNION.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;Circumstances have hitherto prevented
+our noticing this most admirable exhibition; but we have examined it
+in all its parts with very minute attention, and have been highly
+gratified, as well as much informed, by doing so. Mr. Catlin’s
+collection is by no means to be classed among the ephemeral amusements
+of the day; it is a work of deep and permanent interest. Perceiving
+that the rapid destruction of the aboriginal tribes by war, disease,
+and the baneful influence of spirituous liquors, would soon cause all
+traces of the red men to be lost, Mr. Catlin determined on proceeding
+through their still untrodden wildernesses, for the purpose of gaining
+an intimate acquaintance with their manners and customs, and of
+procuring an exact delineation of their persons, features, ceremonies,
+&amp;c., all which he has faithfully and perfectly accomplished at no
+small hazard of life and limb. It was not a common mind that could
+have conceived so bold a project, nor is he a common man who has so
+thoroughly accomplished it.</p>
+
+<p>The arms, dresses, domestic implements, &amp;c. &amp;c. collected by the
+industry of this most energetic of explorers are precisely as they
+have been manufactured and used by their Indian owners, and form
+a collection which every succeeding year will render more and
+more valuable. The portraits of distinguished warriors, &amp;c., the
+representations of religious ceremonies, war-dances, buffalo-hunts,
+&amp;c. &amp;c., are depicted by Mr. Catlin himself, and that with a force and
+evident truth that bring the whole detail of Indian life in eloquent
+reality before the eyes of the spectator. We have no hesitation in
+saying that this gallery supplies the most effective and valuable means
+for acquiring an exact acquaintance with the great American continent
+that has ever been offered to the hunger and thirst after knowledge,
+go prevailing a characteristic of the age. Mr. Catlin is about to
+publish the details of his eight years’ sojourn among the interesting
+people with whom his portraitures have made us so familiar; and we
+have no doubt that this work will render the stores of information he
+has opened to us in his gallery entire and complete. As works of art
+their merit depends chiefly on their accuracy, of which no doubt can be
+entertained.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">LA BELLE ASSEMBLÉE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Gallery of North American Indians.</em>&mdash;Of all the
+exhibitions that have been brought forward for the amusement of the
+public, we must give this of Mr. Catlin the preference in every point
+of view; it possesses not only present but future interest, for perhaps
+not many generations may flourish and fade before nearly the whole of
+the aboriginal tribes will be wholly extirpated. Wherever the imprint
+of the white man’s foot has flattened the grass of the prairie, it may
+be looked upon as an ominous token to the unsuspecting native. The
+broad lands of the owners of the soil<a class="pagenum" id="Page_209" title="209"></a> are daily passing into the hands
+of the stranger, and desolation comes where lowly comfort dwelt.</p>
+
+<p>As historical records, these pictures, from the faithful pencil of Mr.
+Catlin, are invaluable, inasmuch as they may be considered, in all
+probability, the last and almost the only authentic remains of ancient
+tribes, that are slowly but surely leaving nothing but a name behind.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE TIMES.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s North American Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;A very curious
+exhibition is opened in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly. It consists
+of above 500 portraits, landscapes, views of combats, religious
+ceremonies, costumes, and many other things illustrative of the
+manners and customs, and modes of living and of battle, &amp;c. of the
+different tribes of North American Indians. Some of these pictures
+are exceedingly interesting, and form a vast field for the researches
+of the antiquary, the naturalist, and the philosopher. The numerous
+portraits are full of character; they exhibit an almost endless variety
+of feature, though all bearing a generical resemblance to each other.
+The views of combats are very full of spirit, and exhibit modes of
+warfare and destruction horribly illustrative of savage life. The
+method of attacking buffaloes and other monsters of the plains and
+forests are all interesting; the puny process of a fox-chace sinks into
+insignificance when compared with the tremendous excitement occasioned
+by the grappling of a bear or the butting of a bison. These scenes are
+all accurately depicted, not in the finished style of modern art, but
+with a vigour and fidelity of outline, which arises from the painter
+having actually beheld what he transmits to canvas. The most curious
+portion of this exhibition is, however, the representations of the
+horrible religious ceremonies of several of the Indian tribes, and
+the probationary trials of those who aspire to be the leaders amongst
+them. These representations disclose the most abhorrent and execrable
+cruelties. They show to what atrocities human nature can arrive where
+the presence of religious knowledge is not interposed to prevent its
+career. The exhibition also contains tents, weapons, dresses, &amp;c.
+of the various tribes visited by Mr. Catlin. These are curious, but
+of secondary importance. The catalogue, which is to be had at the
+exhibition-room, is a very interesting <em>brochure</em>, and will afford a
+great deal of novel but important information.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">MORNING CHRONICLE.</p>
+
+<p><em>The Aboriginal Tribes of North America.</em>&mdash;A pictorial exhibition of a
+singularly interesting description has just been opened in the Egyptian
+Hall, Piccadilly. It consists of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and
+other representations of the persons, manners, and customs of the North
+American<a class="pagenum" id="Page_210" title="210"></a> Indians, painted by Mr. Catlin, an American artist, during
+eight years’ travel amongst their various tribes.</p>
+
+<p>On Monday a numerous assemblage, comprising many distinguished
+members of the fashionable as well as the literary world, visited
+this extraordinary collection, and listened with the utmost curiosity
+and interest to the details and explanations given by Mr. Catlin in
+illustration of some of its most remarkable objects.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin modestly apologizes for the unfinished character of his
+pictures, considered as works of art. They are sketches rapidly and
+roughly executed, as might be expected from the circumstances under
+which they were made: but they are freely drawn with a strong tone of
+colour; and being drawn and coloured immediately from nature, there
+is a graphic truthfulness about them which places, as it were, the
+very objects themselves before the eye of the spectator, and fills
+the imagination with images of these ancient lords of the western
+continent, now reduced to scattered remnants and fast disappearing
+from the earth, a thousand times more distinct and vivid than could be
+produced by volumes of description.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE MORNING POST.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This is a very extraordinary collection,
+consisting of an immense number of portraits, landscapes, costumes,
+and representations of the manners and customs of the North American
+Indians, among whom the artist-collector travelled for eight years,
+extending his researches through forty-eight tribes, the majority of
+whom speak different languages. The long room on the groundfloor of
+the Egyptian Hall is covered from the roof to the floor, and nearly
+the floor itself, by some thousands of specimens, real as well as
+pictorial, of these interesting races, many of whom are now, alas!
+nearly extinguished, under the civilizing influences of fire-water,
+smallpox, and the exterminating policy of the government of the United
+States, in which treachery has recently played a counterpart to the
+most gratuitous despotism. “I have seen them in their own villages,”
+says Mr. Catlin, “have carried my canvas and colours the whole way, and
+painted my portraits, &amp;c. from the life, as they now stand and are seen
+in the gallery.”</p>
+
+<p>The collection contains 310 portraits of distinguished men and women
+of the different tribes in the British, United States, and Mexican
+territories; and 200 other paintings descriptive of river, mountain,
+forest, and prairie scenes; the village games, festivals, and peculiar
+customs and superstitions of the natives, exhibiting in all above 3000
+figures; all, Mr. Catlin assures us, were taken from nature, and all by
+his own hand! a truly Herculean undertaking, and evidently sustained
+by an enthusiastic spirit, as well as a share of unconquerable
+perseverance, such as falls to the lot of few artists in any country to
+boast of.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_211" title="211"></a>
+THE MORNING POST.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This valuable collection of portraits,
+landscapes, scenes from savage life, weapons, costumes, and an endless
+variety of illustrations of Indian life, real as well as pictorial,
+continues to attract crowds of spectators. We are happy to find our
+prediction fully borne out by fact, that the exhibition only required
+to be fully made known to the public to be properly appreciated. The
+most pleasing attention is paid by Mr. Catlin and his assistants
+to gratify the curiosity of visitors, to point out to notice the
+peculiarities of the various subjects through which they wander, and
+to explain everything which strikes the eye and attracts the observer
+to inquire into its use or meaning. During our visit on Saturday
+the company were startled by a yell, and shortly afterwards by the
+appearance of a stately chief of the Crow Indians stalking silently
+through the room, armed to the teeth and painted to the temples,
+wrapped up in a buffalo robe, on which all his battles were depicted,
+and wearing a tasteful coronet of war-eagle’s quills. This personation
+was volunteered by the nephew of Mr. Catlin, who has seen the red
+man in his native wilds, and presents the most proud and picturesque
+similitude that can be conceived of the savage warrior. His war-whoop,
+his warlike appearance and dignified movements seem to impress the
+assemblage more strikingly with a feeling of the character of the
+North American Indian than all the other evidences which crowded the
+walls. Subsequently he appeared in another splendid costume, worn by
+the braves of the Mandan tribe, also remarkable for its costly and
+magnificent head-dress, in which we see “the horns of power” assume a
+conspicuous place. The crowds that gathered around him on each occasion
+were so dense that Mr. Catlin could scarcely find space to explain the
+particulars of the costumes; but we are glad to find he is preparing
+a central stage where all may enjoy a full and fair sight of “the
+Red Man” as he issues from his wigwam, clad in the peculiar robe and
+ornaments of his tribe, to fight, hunt, smoke, or join in the dances,
+festivals, and amusements peculiar to each nation.</p>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Indian Knowledge of English Affairs.</em>&mdash;Mr. Catlin, in one of his
+lectures on the manners and customs of the North American Indians,
+during the last week, related a very curious occurrence, which excited
+a great deal of surprise and some considerable mirth amongst his highly
+respectable and numerous audience. Whilst speaking of the great and
+warlike tribe of Sioux or Dahcotas, of 40,000 or 50,000, he stated
+that many of this tribe, as well as of several others, although living
+entirely in the territory of the United States, and several hundred
+miles south of her Majesty’s possessions, were found cherishing a
+lasting friendship for the English, whom they denominate Saganosh. And
+in very many instances they are to be seen wearing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_212" title="212"></a> about their necks
+large silver medals, with the portrait of George III. in bold relief
+upon them. These medals were given to them as badges of merit during
+the last war with the United States, when these warriors were employed
+in the British service.</p>
+
+<p>The lecturer said that whenever the word Saganosh was used, it seemed
+to rouse them at once; that on several occasions when Englishmen had
+been in his company as fellow-travellers, they had marked attentions
+paid them by these Indians as Saganoshes. And on one occasion,
+in one of his last rambles in that country, where he had painted
+several portraits in a small village of Dahcotas, the chief of the
+band positively refused to sit, alleging as his objection that the
+Pale-faces, who were not to be trusted, might do some injury to his
+portrait, and his health or his life might be affected by it. The
+painter, as he was about to saddle his horse for his departure, told
+the Indian that he was a Saganosh, and was going across the Big Salt
+Lake, and was very sorry that he could not carry the picture of so
+distinguished a man. At this intelligence the Indian advanced, and
+after a hearty grip of the hand, very carefully and deliberately
+withdrew from his bosom, and next to his naked breast, a large silver
+medal, and turning his face to the painter, pronounced with great
+vehemence and emphasis the word Sag-a-nosh! The artist, supposing that
+he had thus gained his point with the Indian Sagamore, was making
+preparation to proceed with his work, when the Indian still firmly
+denied him the privilege&mdash;holding up the face of his Majesty (which had
+got a superlative brightness by having been worn for years against his
+naked breast), he made this singular and significant speech:&mdash;“When you
+cross the Big Salt Lake, tell my Great Father that you saw his face,
+and it was bright!” To this the painter replied, “I can never see your
+Great Father, he is dead!” The poor Indian recoiled in silence, and
+returning his medal to his bosom, entered his wigwam, at a few paces
+distant, where he seated himself amidst his family around his fire, and
+deliberately lighting his pipe, passed it around in silence.</p>
+
+<p>When it was smoked out he told them the news he had heard, and in a
+few moments returned to the traveller again, who was preparing with
+his party to mount their horses, and inquired whether the Saganoshes
+had no chief. The artist replied in the affirmative, saying that the
+present chief of the Saganoshes is a young and very beautiful woman.
+The Sagamore expressed great surprise and some incredulity at this
+unaccountable information; and being fully assured by the companions of
+the artist that his assertion was true, the Indian returned again quite
+hastily to his wigwam, called his own and the neighbouring families
+into his presence, lit and smoked another pipe, and then communicated
+the intelligence to them, to their great surprise and amusement; after
+which he walked out to the party about to start off, and advancing to
+the painter (or Great Medicine, as they called him) with a sarcastic
+smile on his face, in due form, and with much grace and effect, he
+carefully withdrew again from his bosom the polished silver medal, and
+turning the face of it to the painter, said, “Tell<a class="pagenum" id="Page_213" title="213"></a> my Great Mother
+that you saw our Great Father, and that we keep his face bright!”</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.</p>
+
+<p><em>North American Indians.</em>&mdash;An exhibition has been opened consisting
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, implements of war, articles of
+commerce, and a variety of curiosities, illustrating the manners,
+habits, and customs of forty-eight different tribes of the North
+American Indians. The collection, which must prove highly interesting
+to all who take an interest in the various modes of life existing among
+our fellow-creatures in the different states and stages of savage life,
+or comparative civilization, consists of 310 portraits of distinguished
+men and women of the different Indian tribes, and 200 other paintings
+descriptive of Indian countries, villages, sports, and pastimes; the
+whole of which were painted by Mr. Catlin during a residence of eight
+years among the different tribes. An additional interest is given to
+the paintings by the various implements used by the natives, such as
+bows, arrows, tomahawks, and scalping knives. There are even human
+scalps, which illustrate one of the paintings representing the scalp
+dance, in which the victors of one tribe exhibit, in one of their war
+dances, the scalps of another whom they have vanquished. Among the
+most spirited of the paintings, as works of art, may be enumerated
+those of the voluntarily inflicted torments to which some of the tribes
+subject themselves as proofs of their courage; those of the buffalo
+hunts, buffalo fights, and of the prairies, which are all highly
+characteristic productions. In speaking of the different items of
+interest in this exhibition, Mr. Catlin and the cicerone should not be
+forgotten, as they amuse the visitors with many of those interesting
+personal anecdotes which travellers always abound in.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE SPECTATOR.</p>
+
+<p>Catlin’s Indian Gallery, at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, is a museum
+of the various tribes of North American Indians.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin is an enterprising American artist, who has devoted eight
+years to the delineation of scenes and persons, and the collection
+of objects to form a permanent record of the characteristic features
+and customs of the different tribes of Indians in North America,
+now fast becoming extinct by the combined operation of smallpox,
+spirit-drinking, and war. The walls of a room 106 feet in length are
+entirely covered with portraits of Indian men, women, and children, in
+their respective costumes, some small whole-lengths, others busts the
+life-size, to the number of 310; and 200 views of landscape scenery,
+native villages, games, customs, and hunting-scenes, all painted on the
+spot. Besides the pictures, the dresses worn by several tribes, and a
+numerous collection of weapons, pipes, ornaments, &amp;c., are arranged
+round the room; and in the centre is set up a wigwam of the “Crow”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_214" title="214"></a>
+tribe, a conical tent twenty-five feet high, made of buffalo-skins,
+dressed and painted, supported by thirty poles meeting at the top, and
+capable of sheltering eighty persons.</p>
+
+<p>To attempt anything like a detailed description of the contents of such
+a museum would require a volume; to characterize it generally in our
+limited space is difficult. It would require hours of attentive study
+to become fully acquainted with the multifarious articles. The several
+tribes are distinguished in the catalogue: the dresses are all so
+fantastic, and the physiognomies so varied, that it would be difficult
+to class them.</p>
+
+<p>The dances and other amusements appear anything but gamesome; and the
+religious ceremonies of the Mandans, of which there are four scenes,
+are horrible in the extreme. It is their annual custom to assemble
+the young men in the “Medicine” or “Mystery” Lodge&mdash;the medicine-men
+are a sort of mixture of the doctor, priest, and sorcerer&mdash;and after
+being starved for four days and nights, they are tortured in the most
+cruel manner to test their powers of endurance. The animal character,
+sharpened and sometimes ennobled by the influence of moral qualities,
+is strongly expressed in all the heads.</p>
+
+<p>The scenery on the Missouri and Mississippi is remarkable for the
+mixture of beauty and desolation, and an appearance of cultivation in
+the wildest parts. Mr. Catlin’s views bear the impress of fidelity
+that belongs to pictures painted on the spot; and their freshness and
+characteristic spirit more than atone for any defects of execution.
+The scenes of buffalo-hunting are full of movement and energy; and the
+groups of Indians are sketched with so much life and action, that the
+scene appears to pass before you. Numerous certificates attest the
+accuracy of the portraits and views. The robes and the tent covering
+exhibit come curious specimens of the pictorial skill of the Indians,
+which reminds one of the Egyptian and Mexican paintings; the outline
+being strongly defined, and with attention to the characteristic
+points. The dresses are very tastefully decorated with beads, feathers,
+and skins; and the pipes, war-clubs, lances, bows, quivers, and shields
+are profusely ornamented: the cradles are really beautiful.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin is about to publish an account of his expedition, in which
+the various objects in his museum will be more fully explained than in
+the catalogue; previously to which he intends giving a sort of lecture
+in the room descriptive of the people. In the mean time, a visit to
+this “Indian gallery” will give a more lively and distinct idea of the
+aborigines of North America, than a whole course of reading.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE CONSERVATIVE JOURNAL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This is, we believe, the first time that
+the British public have had a fair opportunity, upon an extensive
+scale, of making themselves acquainted with the personal appearance of
+the various tribes of North American Indians, once constituting the
+noblest race of savages that are mentioned in history, but of late
+years sinking into all the depravity<a class="pagenum" id="Page_215" title="215"></a> which the wicked race of white
+traders has inflicted on them. These manly natives of the woods and
+prairies of America, “the red men,” as they are properly denominated,
+are sinking fast in character, and gradually fading from human
+existence, through the sordid and base traffic of the <em>“pale-faces,”</em>
+who drive an infamous trade by bartering the execrable <em>“fire-waters”</em>
+(rum and whisky) amongst these children of the wood, for the furs and
+other produce of their hunting expeditions. Once these vile poisons
+are swallowed by the aborigines, they lose all their manly and martial
+energies, become sottish, feeble, and enervated in mind and body, and
+appear as if conscious of their self-debasement.</p>
+
+<p>With respect to the subjects of exhibition, they are chiefly portraits
+of the most noted chiefs of the various tribes that formerly roamed
+at large over the vast territory of which they were the natural
+proprietors. There are also some of the females of note and others in
+early life, who display attractions of feature and expression which
+would not discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs
+of greatest notoriety here is the celebrated chief <em>“Black Hawk,”</em> on
+whose keen eye and determined brow <em>“no compromise”</em> is plainly written
+by the hand of nature. The eldest and second sons of this chief are
+here also, and are worthy of the sire from whom they sprung. There
+are also several other distinguished warriors of this tribe, which is
+denominated the Sacs (Sauskies). There also are distinguished chiefs
+and warriors of the following nations: the Konzas, Osages, Camanchees,
+Pawneepicts, Sioux, Missouries, Mandans, Black Feet, A’s-sin-ne-boins,
+Delawares, Choctaws, Cherokees, &amp;c., amounting to some hundred
+portraits; besides views of fine scenery, buffalo-hunting, war and
+other dances; a variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a wigwam, &amp;c.
+We hope soon to give a few interesting details.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">ATLAS.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall.</em>&mdash;A room 106 feet in length
+and of proportionate breadth and height, is occupied exclusively with
+this most interesting exhibition. Its pictorial portion consists of a
+vast series of portraits of the chiefs, the braves, the medicine-men,
+and squaws of the numerous tribes and nations of Indians&mdash;the
+aborigines of North America. Another lengthened series consists of
+landscape views of scenery, the rivers, mountains, and prairies&mdash;the
+homes and hunting-grounds of the Red Men. Illustrations of manners
+and customs, including some of the most curious and valuable portions
+of the gallery, form a third series of pictures, and these efforts of
+the pencil extend to upwards of 500. They are not offered as specimens
+of the art, although in that light they are by no means unworthy of
+attention, but as a pictorial history of nations about to be swept by
+the tide of civilization from the surface of the earth. As these bold
+sketches were executed in the wigwam, in the tent, in the steam-boat,
+in the forest, in the canoe, in storm and sunshine, amid strife and
+smoke,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_216" title="216"></a> and every possible variety of interruption and annoyance, their
+existence is a miracle, and the artist may be proud of the fire and
+spirit, the truth and energy, yes, and the freedom and power with which
+he has, under such circumstances conveyed to canvas the vivid impress
+of the ancient nobles of the forest and the prairie.</p>
+
+<p>In eight years Mr. Catlin visited 48 tribes, including 300,000 Indians;
+has painted 310 portraits from life, and all the scenic accounts we
+have noticed. For the sake of the pictures, of the exhibition itself,
+which is intensely interesting, and yet more for the important lesson
+it teaches, we earnestly recommend the Indian Gallery to the attention
+of the reader.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE BRITANNIA.</p>
+
+<p><em>Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly.</em>&mdash;The suite of apartments composing
+this unique building has been opened for the exhibition of Catlin’s
+Gallery of North American Indians, which comprises a museum of the
+various articles used in domestic life and in war by the aborigines
+who inhabit the Texas and adjoining country. Besides the articles
+of dress and ornament, the instruments of chace and warfare, the
+walls of the apartment are hung with a collection of 500 paintings,
+which represent the figures of living Indian chiefs, their battles,
+festivities, and domestic habits, as well as the scenery of the country
+in the “far west,” and the animals which inhabit it, being a faithful
+representation of those distant regions.</p>
+
+<p>At the farther end of the room is a wigwam of buffalo-hide, pitched
+in the manner in which the natives arrange it; namely, in the form
+of a tent, but somewhat more conical. The owner of this interesting
+exhibition, Mr. Catlin, spent several years among the Pawnee, Sioux,
+Crow, and other tribes, for the purpose of taking accurate delineations
+of the noble races of Indians who still wander through the extensive
+prairies in all their primary freedom and independence. The exhibition
+will amuse the mere lounger as much as it will interest the curious and
+reflecting.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">EAST INDIA CHRONICLE.</p>
+
+<p><em>North American Indians.</em>&mdash;Of late years Cooper’s American novels, and
+various works of travels; and, more recently, the Hon. Mr. Murray’s
+and Captain Marryat’s attractive volumes, have deeply interested us
+respecting the Red Indians of North America, their derivation, manners,
+customs, &amp;c. Mr. Catlin, however, who has devoted eight years of his
+life to these miscalled savage people, who are now rapidly fading
+away from the face of the earth, sad victims of oppression, European
+vice and European disease, is enlightening us still further upon the
+subject. He has opened an exhibition at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+in which are assembled (all of his own painting) about 500 portraits
+of Indian chiefs, warriors, squaws,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_217" title="217"></a> &amp;c.; landscapes and other scenes,
+illustrating their warlike and religious ceremonies, their customs,
+dances, buffalo hunts, &amp;c. The portraits, many of them valuable even
+as works of art, excite a strong and vivid interest from the almost
+exhaustless variety and force of character which they display. Many
+of the heads are bold and highly intellectual, and remarkable for
+their phrenological developments. Several of the young squaws, too,
+have considerable pretensions to beauty, with abundance of archness,
+vivacity, and good humour. Then again there is an immense collection
+of their weapons, pipes, musical instruments, dresses, &amp;c.; amongst
+them a child’s cradle, or whatever it may be termed, in which the women
+carry their children at their backs. It is impossible for persons of
+any age to find themselves otherwise than instructed and gratified by
+this exhibition. Besides what we have mentioned, Mr. Catlin lectures
+thrice a week in the evening, with the assistance of living figures for
+additional illustrations.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE JOHN BULL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;Mr. Catlin is an American artist, who,
+after eight years’ toilsome travel, during which he visited forty-eight
+tribes of the aborigines of his native land, and traversed many
+thousands of miles, appearing to have crossed in nearly every direction
+the vast plains which lie between the semi-civilized border and the
+Rocky Mountains, has succeeded in forming a collection which he truly
+terms “unique,” and which ought to be so secured by the purchase of
+some Government or other, as to be rendered what he fondly calls it,
+“imperishable.” He thus explains the motives which induced him to
+undertake this labour:&mdash;“Having some years since become fully convinced
+of the rapid decline and certain extinction of the numerous tribes of
+the North American Indians, and seeing also the vast importance and
+value which a full pictorial history of these interesting but dying
+people might be to future ages, I set out alone, unaided and unadvised,
+resolved (if my life should be spared), by the aid of my brush and
+my pen, to rescue from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and
+customs as the industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could
+accomplish, and set them up in a gallery, unique and imperishable, for
+the use and benefit of future ages.”</p>
+
+<p>A proof of the utility of his undertaking is the fact that one of the
+most singularly interesting tribes which he visited, the Mandans, who
+numbered 2000 souls in 1834, have been since wholly destroyed, not
+a remnant of their race left&mdash;name, and line, and language utterly
+extinct. Of the other tribes, too, many thousands have perished
+since the period of his visit by the smallpox, which deadly disease
+sweeps them off by wholesale; by the ardent spirits, still deadlier,
+introduced among them by the traders, and by war. The red man seems
+doomed to inevitable destruction; and despite the philanthropist, no
+long period of time, it is to be feared, will elapse before he will
+exist only by the aid of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_218" title="218"></a> “brush and pen.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin has made 310 portraits of distinguished individuals of the
+various tribes, and 200 other paintings illustrative of their manners,
+games, religious and other customs, as well as portraying some of
+the most remarkable scenery of the prairies and wilderness. They are
+roughly executed, but are the more valuable as being evidently faithful
+transcripts from the life. They occupy the entire of the large room of
+the Egyptian Hall, covering the walls on either side, whilst in the
+centre a long table is covered with Indian habiliments and weapons,
+which likewise hang with bears’ and other skins in profusion from the
+ceiling, whilst the whole is crowned by a wigwam, a veritable wigwam,
+brought from the foot of the Rocky Mountains. Will or can any one with
+a spark of curiosity, not to name enthusiasm, in his composition,
+begrudge a shilling for the sight?</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE COURT JOURNAL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We must confess that, after the many
+failures of exhibitions analogous to this, we did not go to it prepared
+either to be pleased or to glean from it any novelty of information;
+but we were most agreeably disappointed, and can assure our readers
+that a more attractive exercise for the mind could not well have been
+devised. We may, without hesitation, describe this immense collection
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and representations of manners and
+customs, as embracing a view of all the North American Indian tribes
+(resident in the British and Mexican territories, and those of the
+United States) now unexterminated! Out of the entire nations swept away
+by whiskey, smallpox, and the aggressions of the whites, about 300,000
+souls remain; and of these the numbers become every year more and more
+reduced, so that ultimately we may calculate with certainty that they
+will</p>
+
+<p class="center">“Leave not a wreck behind.”</p>
+
+<p>Under this impression Mr. Catlin has done well and wisely to “devote
+more than eight years of his life to the accomplishment of so great a
+design” as that of creating their pictorial history.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin states that every painting has been made from nature, and
+by his own hand, many of them in the intervals of paddling a canoe, or
+leading a packhorse through trackless wilds, at the hazard of his life;
+that he has visited these people in their own villages, and painted
+their portraits (certificated by the United States authorities) on the
+spot.</p>
+
+<p>The room in which this exhibition takes place is on the ground-floor
+of the Egyptian Hall, and is 106 feet in length. In the centre is a
+very handsome “Crow lodge or wigwam,” brought from the foot of the
+Rocky Mountains. It is made of buffalo-skins garnished and painted.
+The pine-poles are thirty in number, and the interior will hold eighty
+persons. On a table near this tent are lances, calumets, tomahawks,
+scalping-knives, and scalps; and above, men’s and women’s dresses,
+bows, spears, shields,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_219" title="219"></a> moccasins, war-clubs, drums, &amp;c. Around are
+hung the numerous paintings in oil, comprising portraits, landscapes,
+ceremonies, games, manual occupations, hunting excursions, councils,
+and feasts.</p>
+
+<p>The portraits are very characteristic, the men being for the most
+part tidy, with one or two striking exceptions, and the young women
+remarkably handsome. The landscapes are clearly painted, and the
+ceremonies are very amusing in some instances and very horrible in
+others. Those which please us most are the hunting and travelling
+sketches, and one or two of “the fury of the fight!” For instance, No.
+486, “Bogard, Batiste, and I, chasing a herd of buffalo in high grass,
+on a Missouri bottom,” is one of the most spirited things that can be
+imagined; and so also is No. 471, “A Camanchee warrior lancing an Osage
+at full speed.”</p>
+
+<p>The great merit of these oil sketches is their manifest correctness,
+not to a line or the mere making out of a horse’s head or some portion
+of dress, but to the action and the scene. Not only the portraits, but
+the landscapes and groups, have a certificate of identity.</p>
+
+<p>We recommend to all the “Descriptive Catalogue,” which is very amusing,
+and is necessary to the elucidation of customs and localities. At the
+private view to which we were invited on Tuesday there was a very
+numerous assemblage of persons of distinction.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">NEW COURT GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This interesting exhibition consists
+chiefly of portraits of the most distinguished warriors and chiefs of
+the various tribes, besides views of fine scenery, buffalo hunting, war
+and other dances; a vast variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a
+wigwam, &amp;c. The collection also contains some of the females of note,
+who display attractions of feature and expression which would not
+discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs of greatest
+notoriety here is the celebrated chief “Black Hawk.” The eldest and
+second sons of this chief are here also, and are worthy of the sire
+from whom they sprung. There are several other distinguished warriors
+of this tribe and others, amounting to some hundred portraits. We can
+strongly recommend our readers to attend; they will then, for the first
+time, become acquainted with the real manners and customs of these
+“before-misrepresented people,” who are fast sinking from the face of
+the earth.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">LONDON SATURDAY JOURNAL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;In visiting it, indeed, the town-bred
+admirer of the freedom and grandeur of “savage life” might find
+somewhat, at first sight, to feed his sentimental fancies. Round the
+room, on the walls, are portraits of Indians, remarkable specimens
+of the true animal<a class="pagenum" id="Page_220" title="220"></a> man; arrayed in their holiday dresses, tricked
+out in all the variety of savage fancy, and many of them as evidently
+and consciously “sitting for their portraits,” as the most pedantic
+and affected superficialist of civilization. With these we have many
+glimpses of the scenery and state of existence connected with “life
+in the wilds.” The far stretching prairie; the noble river and its
+“reaches,” and “bluffs,” and waterfloods; the shaggy bison, whose
+tremendous aspect makes him fearful, even in the stillness of a
+picture; the more terrible grisly bear; the Indian “at home,” and the
+the Indian “abroad,” with stirring hunting scenes, enough to rouse
+one’s blood, and to make an unfledged adventurer long to dash away, and
+try one’s skill and courage in an encounter with horned monsters, or
+even that “ugly creature” before whom the “strongest bull goes down.”</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">KIDD’S LONDON JOURNAL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall.</em>&mdash;By a visit to this
+exhibition, every class of the community, old as well as young, will
+derive much instruction and gratification. Mr. Catlin’s representation
+of the red races of North America, their country, their costumes,
+their sports, their religious ceremonies, and, in short, their manners
+and customs, so as to enable us to form a complete idea of them, is
+deserving of the utmost praise. There are above 500 subjects in these
+spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child’s rattle; and everything
+belonging to the various Indian tribes are before the spectator in
+their actual condition and integrity. There are, besides, a multitude
+of portraits of the leading warriors, &amp;c., &amp;c., and other pictures
+of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting; the whole supplying
+by far the most ample and accurate history of them that has ever
+been published to the world. No book of travels can approach these
+realities; and after all we had read of the red men, we confess we
+are astonished at the many new and important points connected with
+them which this gallery impressed upon us. We saw more distinctly the
+links of resemblance between them and other early and distant people;
+and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of matters affecting
+the progress of mankind all over the earth, alike illustrated by
+similitudes and dissimilitudes.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">SCOTSMAN&mdash;EDINBURGH.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Lectures on the North American Indians.</em>&mdash;Numbers of
+fashionable persons still continue to attend the Rotunda to inspect
+the varied curiosities belonging to this interesting tribe. We have
+much pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity and
+effect of Mr. Catlin’s interesting and instructive exhibition:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_221" title="221"></a>
+<p class="signature">“Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.</p>
+
+<p>“<span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,&mdash;I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your
+  lectures at the Waterloo Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the
+  Indian character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native
+  Indian manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view,
+  scenes I had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries
+  where I had been; and for twenty years’ peregrinations in those
+  parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave River north, and from the
+  shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of
+  the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities
+  of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+  pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+  which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+  afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright10">“I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,</span><br />
+                                    “<span class="smcap">John Haldane</span>.”</p>
+<p>“To George Catlin, Esq.”</p>
+</div>
+<p>The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson’s Bay
+Company, dated New York Factory, Hudson’s Bay, 10th December, 1842:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Should you happen to fall in with ‘Catlin’s Letters on the North
+  American Indians,’ I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin’s sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage sansserif">UNITED STATES PRESS.</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;The conception and plan of this gallery
+are in a high degree ingenious and philosophical. While it seems to
+the careless victor to be only a very animated representation of
+some of the most striking incidents in Indian life, it is in fact so
+contrived as to contain an intelligent and profound exposition of all
+that characterizes the savage in mind, in memory, and in manners; a
+revelation of the form and qualities of his understanding, of the
+shape and temper of his passions, of his religious impressions and the
+traditions which have given them their hue, and of the mingled ferocity
+and fun, barbarity and <em>bonhomie</em>, which streak his character. These
+are the matters that are brought out by a study of these pictures;
+and they show, on the part of the originator of this museum, a
+comprehension and reach of understanding which of themselves merit the
+name of genius. The execution is as happy as the purpose is judicious.
+No<a class="pagenum" id="Page_222" title="222"></a> artist in this country possesses a readier or more graphic pencil;
+perhaps no one, since Hogarth, has had in so high a degree the faculty
+of seizing at a moment the true impression of a scene before his eyes,
+and transferring it to the canvas. And as a refined and finished
+portrait-painter, his large picture of Osceola alone sets him on a
+level with the most accomplished professors in any part of the States,
+and shows what eminence and what emolument might have been achieved
+by him had he devoted himself to that narrower branch of his art. The
+great and unshared merit of these sketches lies in the circumstance
+that there is nothing either in the grouping or the detail in anywise
+imaginary, but that every scene which his collection contains was
+copied by him from life, while the original was before him. Of the
+tribes thus represented, some have already, in the interval since these
+drawings, been entirely swept away from the earth, and it is plain that
+others, who escape that fate, will, as they are more nearly approached
+by the whites, lose much that is distinctive in their character and
+habits, and in a few, probably a very few years, the only memorial of
+the bravery, the sufferings, the toils, sports, customs, dresses, and
+decorations of the Indians, will be Catlin’s Gallery.</p>
+
+<p>We feel great pride in stating that Mr. Catlin is a native of
+Pennsylvania. His birthplace, we are informed, is the valley of the
+Wyoming. There, probably, he acquired that fondness for the free wild
+life of the huntsman and forester that has led him so far from the
+tame continuance of cities, and has made the privations of that remote
+existence tolerable. There, too, he must have imbibed in early youth
+that love of the chace, and that sympathy with its noble excitements,
+which has made him out of sight the best exhibitor of the sports of
+the West that ever yet employed pen or pencil in illustration of the
+magnificent diversions that gave a dash of sublimity to the occupation
+of those dwellers by the sources of the Father of Waters. We, too, have
+seen something of that stirring Western life, and have had a taste of
+its delights and dangers, though we pretend not to a tithe of the lore
+here brought out. We know, perhaps, enough to judge of what is well
+done in this department, and we can testify strongly to the prodigious
+superiority of Mr. Catlin in the conception of the hunting-scenes,
+in the appreciation and selection of its strongest points and most
+interesting moments, and in the vigour and power with which the whole
+is presented, over Mr. Irving. Mr. Irving’s style is, at all times,
+nicer and more fastidious than suits our taste; certainly it is too
+dainty to be capable of expressing the roughness and energy of those
+exhibitions. It may be that we ought not to have Indian life at all,
+but if we are to have it, let us have something of the heartiness
+and strength which make it what it is, and let there be some harmony
+between the subject and the manner. In Irving’s dialect there are no
+terms for the utterance of what is most peculiar on those occasions;
+the harp-like gentleness of his tones and regularity of his pauses
+cannot present the hurry, helter-skelter dash and drive of those
+impetuous onsets and those breathless contests. His descriptions of
+the buffalo-hunt remind us of Finden’s engraving of a ragged peasant,
+wherein the ravelled coat seems<a class="pagenum" id="Page_223" title="223"></a> fringed with lace, and the cap seems
+tasselled with flakes of the ermine. Catlin brings forward the scene in
+all the rudeness and the raciness of reality.</p>
+
+<p>Upon the whole, Mr. Catlin has accomplished a work which will for ever
+associate his name in the highest rank of honour, with a subject that
+will interest the civilized world every year more and more through all
+coming time. We have learned with great regret that he will certainly
+take his museum to England in the course of a few weeks. We know too
+well how it will be valued there, to imagine that it will ever be
+permitted to come back.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We cannot notice this collection too often.
+It is one of those productions which illustrate, in an eminent degree,
+the observation of Playfair, that when the proper time has arrived
+for some great work to be performed, some individual is raised up by
+Providence whose position and character and capacity precisely fit him
+for accomplishing the design. For reasons that will be appreciated
+by the philosopher, the philanthropist, and the theologian, as well
+as considerations that address themselves to the curiosity of the
+man of general knowledge, it was particularly desirable that a full
+and authentic record should be given to the world of the national
+characteristics of a race whose history is so peculiar, whose condition
+is so curious, and whose speedy extinguishment is so certain, as
+those of the North American Indians. Accordingly, when it is plain
+that the moment has arrived beyond which the portraiture of their
+state cannot any longer be delayed, if it would be known that they
+are in that native predicament which has been in nowise modified by
+European intercourse, a man appears whose birth in a spot of which
+the traditions are so strongly interfused with the memory of the
+Indian (the Wyoming Valley), has caused his imagination to be deeply
+impressed, even from his earliest youth, by the character and actions
+of this people; who is endowed by nature with the hand and eye of
+a painter, and who passes through a professional education which
+advances his talent to the skill of an accomplished artist, and who has
+inherited a fortitude of spirit, an elevation of purpose, and a vigour
+of limb, which render him competent to encounter the dangers, the
+discouragements, and the difficulties which of necessity lie along the
+path to the object in question. The man is willing to devote the best
+years of his life to the task of working out a great picture of those
+tribes of savages which are separated by 2000 miles from the farthest
+settlement of his nation.</p>
+
+<p>One of the most remarkable tribes which has yet been found on this
+continent was that of the Mandans. They were more advanced in the
+knowledge of domestic comforts, and were distinguished for more
+intelligence and a higher sense of honour than any of their brethren.
+They possessed certain very extraordinary and interesting annual
+religious celebrations,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_224" title="224"></a> which were in part a commemoration of the
+Deluge, and contained, amongst other things, an allusion to the twig
+which the dove brought back from Noah to the earth. Mr. Catlin was the
+first white man who was ever admitted to inspect these ceremonies in
+the sacred hall in which they were performed for four days. He made
+several large and very copious paintings of the scenes which were
+presented to him; and he sketched almost all that was striking in the
+character of this tribe. The next year the whole of this nation was
+swept away by the smallpox; not an individual man, woman, or child
+survives; and the world possesses no other knowledge of this people or
+their traditions than is contained in these pictures in the gallery of
+Catlin. Fortunately they present us with as full and satisfactory a
+representation as could be desired.</p>
+
+<p>We believe that all who have visited this collection have formed but
+one opinion as to its interest and excellence. We would remind our
+readers that this gallery will remain open for their inspection but a
+short time longer before its final removal to England.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Gallery of Indian Paintings.</em>&mdash;We congratulate our
+citizens on the opportunity they have now presented to them of
+witnessing the results of Mr. Catlin’s labours and travels among the
+tribes of Aborigines inhabiting the Rocky Mountains and the prairies
+of “the far West.” Mr. Catlin spent many years among these tribes, at
+the imminent risk of his life, and at an incalculable cost of comfort,
+solely with the view of taking likenesses and sketches from life and
+nature, and of representing these “children of the forest” in their own
+peculiar costumes, and as he found them in their own native wilds.</p>
+
+<p>Of the accuracy of his likenesses we have the most undoubted testimony;
+and of the sketches of scenery, dances, hunting parties, &amp;c., we may
+venture to say they are graphic, bold, and free. We know of nothing
+from which one who has never seen the Indian in his untamed character
+can derive so accurate a knowledge of these fast-disappearing natives
+of the soil as from this gallery.</p>
+
+<p>We would throw in a word in favour of the young&mdash;let them by all means
+see this gallery.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA WEEKLY MESSENGER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;Mr. Catlin’s gallery of Indian pictures
+and curiosities has recently been opened at the Arcade for the
+inspection of the citizens of Philadelphia. In common with other
+lovers of amusement, we have visited this collection, and have found
+that it fully justifies whatever has been said by those who visited
+it in Boston and New York, and described it as the most surprising,
+entertaining, and instructive exhibition which the efforts of American
+genius have ever brought before the country....</p>
+
+<p>In this stage of human knowledge Catlin resolved to devote the labours<a class="pagenum" id="Page_225" title="225"></a>
+of his life to exploring the condition, customs, character, and conduct
+of this people, and to bring home a record of their being, which should
+be to the world a possession for ever. He has fulfilled this purpose.
+He has lifted the veil on which was written “ignorance,” and he has
+shown to his countrymen the peculiarities of a life which is competent
+to instruct philosophy with conclusions that it has never dreamt of,
+and entertain curiosity beyond the compass of the wildest fables.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING POST.</p>
+
+<p>The subjects of Mr. Catlin’s pencil, his histories and delineations,
+are of a noble race. The Camanchees, the Mandans, the Pawnees, the
+Blackfeet, Sioux, Crows, Assiniboins, Omahaws, &amp;c. &amp;c., who have not
+yet sunk beneath the withering associations of white people, who on
+their native prairies stalk with noble pride and independence, who
+manufacture their own dresses from the skins of the mountain sheep
+and buffalo, and use their spears, bows and arrows, in preference to
+fire-arms, and with courtly pride and hospitality welcomed the artist,
+and honoured him for his talents of delineation, as a nobleman of
+nature, infinitely superior to the mercenary race of traders and Indian
+agents, who plunder and cheat them when opportunity offers.</p>
+
+<p>The Indian is truly fortunate in having so faithful and industrious
+a champion, historian, and painter as Mr. Catlin, who will no doubt
+rescue their name from the mass of trading libellers that have so long
+corrupted and then slandered them. With a remarkable assiduity and
+perseverance he has devoted many years of his life, and much pecuniary
+means, in preparing a magnificent collection of their dresses,
+instruments, ornaments, portraits, &amp;c. For ourselves, we anticipate
+one of the most original and curious works that has been issued from
+the press for many years, for Mr. Catlin has struck out a new path to
+fame and fortune, and while he leaves a memorial of the true Indian
+uncorrupted native character, he makes a lasting name for himself.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE NEW YORK EVENING STAR.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We would remind those who have not yet
+visited this extraordinary collection, that it will be closed after the
+lapse of a single week, and that it will never again be exhibited in
+America. There will never be presented to our citizens an opportunity
+of inspecting one of the most remarkable and entertaining works that
+the genius and labour of an individual has created in this age and
+country; and those who neglect this occasion of examining this most
+curious monument of talent and enterprise will have missed for ever one
+of the noblest spectacles at which patriotism can refresh its pride,
+or reason can inform its curiosity. Mr. Catlin has received permission
+from the English Chancellor of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_226" title="226"></a> Exchequer to import his museum into
+England free from duty, a saving to him of about two thousand dollars.
+He will sail for that country in the course of the summer, and the
+indifference of America will have surrendered to her rival what the
+labour of an American had created for herself.</p>
+
+<p>In our opinion nothing could redound more to the patriotism, national
+pride, and honour of our country, than the purchase by Congress of
+this rare collection of aboriginal curiosities, to enrich a national
+museum at Washington. Such an object is by no means unworthy the
+attention of the nation; and as in the lapse of a few more years all
+traces of this interesting people will have passed away, or but a small
+remnant of them remain in their wilderness asylum almost beyond the
+ken of civilized man, such a depository of the relics peculiar to this
+wonderful people would possess an interest which would be immeasurably
+enhanced when their existence as a nation was for ever blotted out, as
+from present indications it inevitably must be. Located at the capital,
+members of Congress and public-spirited citizens of the far West
+could from time to time contribute to the common stock, until, in the
+course of a few years, a national museum of Indian curiosities would
+be formed to perpetuate their manners, customs, and costumes, that
+would be a monument to the taste and public spirit of the nation to the
+latest generation. The facilities possessed by the Government for the
+successful prosecution of so noble a design commends it forcibly to the
+consideration of Congress. And as it is not yet too late, we trust, to
+secure the co-operation of Mr. Catlin in furtherance of an object so
+congenial with his views, and which would at the same time ensure him
+a just reward for his enthusiastic devotion to this noble enterprise,
+without being compelled to seek it in a foreign land, we would fain
+hope that his stay among us would be prolonged until measures were
+taken to call the attention of Congress to the subject. Should this
+suggestion be favourably received, and it be found that the engagements
+of Mr. Catlin do not preclude its being carried out, we trust the
+project will enlist warmly the interest of our public-spirited and
+patriotic citizens at an early day.</p>
+
+<p>We have already spoken once or twice at some length of the value and
+interest of this exhibition. It addresses itself to the feelings of the
+rudest observer, and engages the imagination of the idlest visitor,
+by revealing, with amazing copiousness, the whole interior life and
+customs of a people singular and striking beyond the speculations
+of romance, and so separated by position, by distrust, and enmity,
+that no one has ever before seen what this man has sketched. To the
+philosopher, the philanthropist, the moralist, and the man of science,
+it presents matter equally attractive and important, in those higher
+regards with which they are conversant, with that which amuses the
+fancy of the rude. By all it will be found a storehouse of wonders,
+which will surprise the mind in present observation, and gratify the
+thoughts in all future recollection.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_227" title="227"></a>
+THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;I am grieved to see that this noble product
+of American genius is in a few days to leave its native soil, without
+any effective efforts having been made to ensure its permanent return.</p>
+
+<p>I did hope that individual disposition would be matured into common
+action, and that at any price a treasure so honourably, so peculiarly
+American, would be kept from passing into European hands.</p>
+
+<p>Is it <em>yet</em> too late to avert such a result? Cannot we yet prevent such
+a spot upon our city’s bright escutcheon?
+
+With what feelings will our descendants enter some department of the
+British Museum, or some <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Palais</em> or <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Musée</em> in the city of Bourbons,
+to see a treasure thus surrendered by their fathers? Can they boast
+of Catlin’s <em>powers</em> as a national glory? Others can point to the
+possession of the <em>fruits</em> of them as our national disgrace.</p>
+
+<p>Whether in justice or in wrong, our treatment of the Indian nations has
+been a reproach to us through the world. Let it not be in a stranger’s
+power to show how noble and how elevated a race we are thus accused of
+having injured.</p>
+
+<p>Let it not be said that while America has extirpated them from
+existence, France or England has preserved the only memorial of what
+they were.</p>
+
+<p>It is at all events yet in the power of each to <em>visit</em> the collection
+in his own country. Let no man who bears the honoured name of an
+American fail to do so. He has no idea of what the rude forefathers
+of his forests were. He has never had Indian existence in its varied
+forms presented to him in such life-like reality, never before so much
+relating to this people so systematically brought together. In the
+labours of Catlin’s hand and in the achievements of his pencil, we and
+our descendants must now look for the history of our national ancestry.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE AMERICAN SENTINEL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Gallery.</em>&mdash;Mr. Catlin’s extraordinary exhibition of Indian
+curiosities and paintings will be closed, as we learn from his
+advertisement, in the course of a few days. This is the last exhibition
+that will be made of this wonderful collection in the United States, as
+it will be taken to England at once and there be disposed of. We trust
+that every one who has a spark of rational curiosity or national pride
+will visit a work which, above every other that we are acquainted with,
+is fitted to gratify both.</p>
+
+<p>We do not think that, all the circumstances being taken together,
+there has been produced in this age any work more wonderful or more
+valuable. The hardy enterprise of the forest-born adventurer must unite
+with the tact and skill a very accomplished diplomatist to carry a man
+through the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_228" title="228"></a> scenes which Catlin has visited; and the observation of a
+philosophical genius must be joined to the ready skill of a thoroughly
+furnished artist, to bring back from those scenes of savage life such
+illustrations as Catlin now presents. This age will send forth no such
+man; and should such appear at any future period, he will be too late
+for the performance of this task.</p>
+
+<p>This museum possesses in itself more to amaze and delight than any work
+to which we can point. The very spirit of savage existence is unsphered
+before us as we contemplate these graphic sketches. We feel the freedom
+and enthusiasm which mark the life of the hunter and the warrior of
+the west, fascinating above all the attractions of civilized being. We
+are pleased, astonished, charmed by the variety and strangeness of the
+spectacles brought before us.</p>
+
+<p>No parent should suffer himself to feel that he has done justice to his
+children until he has taken them to view this gallery, which will never
+again be open to their inspection. No citizen should suffer it to leave
+the country until he has fully possessed himself of all that it reveals
+respecting the aborigines of his country.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Views of the Far West.</em>&mdash;There can be no mistake or
+exaggeration in pronouncing the exhibition of these views of the
+scenery and natural history of the western country the most important
+and interesting object for public attention which has ever been offered
+to the eastern division of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>It has been with a fascinating degree of feeling and adventure that
+Mr. Catlin has gone over the immense plains of the west, and employed
+himself with pallet and pencil among all the scenes he could select
+of landscape and natural history, and with the western natives, and
+to sketch people, views, and objects which have formed so much of its
+distinctive character, by which he may rescue and retain the almost
+incredible appearances and habits of a race of men and animals now fast
+disappearing in the march of civilization, upon the remembrance and
+record of history.</p>
+
+<p>The collection of Portraits, made of upwards of 300 persons, forms
+a representation from forty-eight Indian nations, chiefly between
+the settled part of our country and the Rocky Mountains, among which
+are the Sacs, Osage, Pawnee, Camanchee, Sioux, Mandans, Blackfeet,
+Shawnee, Cher-o-kee, Seneca, and Seminoles; and of these, the portraits
+of Osceola, Micanopeah, Keokuk, Black Hawk, Io-way, Red Jacket,
+Co-ee-ha-jo, King Philip, John Ross, with several of their wives and
+children, will always be prominent in the references of American
+history.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to these important objects of personal consideration, the
+peculiar and correct representations and appearances of the general<a class="pagenum" id="Page_229" title="229"></a>
+western country are prominent, and are all of a highly novel and
+beautiful character.</p>
+
+<p>The views of rivers, towns, settlements, mountains, prairies, and
+waterfalls, and animals, are generally those which have never been
+before presented to us. They have been taken in upwards of 200 oil
+paintings coloured to nature, and consist of the most important
+localities reaching to the Rocky Mountains, finished on the spot
+with a fidelity of delineation and picturesque effect which would
+be creditable to an artist of very high attainments with all the
+“appliances and means” afforded by the best accommodation and leisure.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY COURIER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;In a late number we took notice of the
+vast and wonderful assemblage of pictures and curiosities by which
+Mr. Catlin has contrived to bring before our eyes the fullness of the
+life of the Western Indians. We would again urge upon our citizens, as
+Americans, and as valuing curious information and refined pleasure, to
+give this gallery a visit. There is not in our land, nor in any part of
+Europe which we have visited, anything of the kind more extraordinary
+or more interesting. The galleries illustrative of national character
+and antiquities which are to be found in London, Paris, Florence, and
+other cities, have been collected by the power of great kings; and
+the outlay of immense treasure, and the apparatus of negotiations,
+and special ministers, and resident consuls, and agents innumerable,
+have been requisite to their completion. This is the work of a single
+individual, a man without fortune and without patronage, who created it
+with his own mind and hand, without aid and even against countenance;
+and who sustained the lonely toils of eight years in a region fearful
+and forbidding beyond the conceptions of civilized life, in order to
+present his countrymen with a work which he knew they would one day
+value as the most remarkable thing they owned, and which he was assured
+that no spirit and no skill but his own could accomplish. He may point
+to his magnificent collection, which now receives the admiration
+of every eye, and may say with honest pride, “Alone I did it!” But
+without the abatement of a reference to the circumstances of the case
+and without any qualification of any sort, we declare that if this
+museum is less gorgeous and less stately than those imperial galleries
+which give fame even to the capitals of England and France, it is not
+less instructive or entertaining than the greatest of them. Of the
+enterprise, the free genius, the noble self-dependence, the stern
+endurance, and indomitable perseverance which our republican system
+glories in inspiring and cherishing, there is no nobler, and there will
+be no more abiding monument, than Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_230" title="230"></a>
+PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY NEWS.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We have visited it repeatedly, and have
+studied its contents with close attention, as the best exposition of
+savage character and life that has ever been given to the world; and
+the result of our impressions is, that whether we regard the historical
+and philosophic value of this museum, its strangeness and interest as
+matter of entertainment, or the wonderful toil and difficulty that
+must have attended its formation, there is not in our country a work
+more honourable to its author, or more deserving of the esteem and
+admiration of the community. The hardships of Indian existence are
+brought before us with a bold effect; the few refinements by which
+it is comforted are impressively presented; the labours by which it
+is sustained are shown; and the romance which makes it charming is
+brilliantly and copiously exhibited. The gallery is a complete and
+fascinating panorama of savage life; and all who have the smallest
+interest in the wild and stirring existence of the Indian hunter should
+hasten to contemplate this splendid picture. No man has tasted these
+scenes of daring and peril with half the sympathy and understanding of
+Mr. Catlin; and neither in the delicate touches of Irving, nor the more
+vigorous drawings of Hoffman, is there anything like the intelligence
+and interest of these animated sketches. Whoever would know to what
+sounds of glee and exultation the northern forests, even at this hour,
+are echoing, or with what spectacles of merriment or toil the flatness
+of the prairie is enlivened, must view and ponder over this collection.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin intends to remove this museum to England very soon, and from
+that country it will probably never return. This, therefore, is the
+last opportunity which Americans will have of ever inspecting this most
+curious assemblage. We exhort every one who is a lover either of rare
+entertainment or strange knowledge to lose no time in visiting this
+gallery.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE AMERICAN DAILY ADVERTISER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;The collection embraces a wonderful extent
+and variety of national history, likewise an exact and discriminating
+range throughout the different tribes. They are all classed with the
+method and arrangement of a philosopher, developed and associated with
+the vivacity of a dramatist, and personated, defined, and coloured with
+the eye and hand of a painter. Rarely, indeed, would one man be found
+who could do all this; still more rarely a man, who to these various
+offices and talents would add the courage, the patience, and the taste
+to become an eye-witness of his subjects, and above all, would possess
+the industry and the veracity to represent them to others, and thus to
+command credibility and admiration.</p>
+
+<p>I hope my fellow-citizens will give this exhibition their repeated
+atten<a class="pagenum" id="Page_231" title="231"></a>tion. They will find in it much more than has ever been combined
+before. It will greatly abridge their labours in reading, nay, it
+will tell them what books do not teach; and it will impress upon
+their senses and upon their memories the living portraits of a race,
+distinguished by inextinguishable ardour, unbounded ingenuity, and
+indomitable determination&mdash;a race now fast eluding the projects of
+the politician, the researches of the curious, and soon to cease from
+demanding even the sympathies of the humane and conscientious.</p>
+
+<p>We learn that Mr. Catlin is soon to embark for England, where
+encouragement is offered to his remarkable talents and energy, and
+we sincerely wish him the rewards due to native genius, exemplary
+diligence, and moral integrity and refinement.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Gallery.</em>&mdash;We called the attention of our readers some days
+ago to Catlin’s Indian Gallery, now exhibiting in this city. This
+collection is in every respect so remarkable and interesting, that we
+again bring it before the notice of the community.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin visited nearly fifty different tribes of Indians, and
+resided familiarly among them for several years. He made their habits
+and character his exclusive study. With the eye of a poet, the
+judgment of a man of rare sagacity, and the hand of an accomplished
+artist, he saw and scrutinized, and sketched the forms, the feats,
+the entire style of life of the varied nations with whom he had made
+his home. The general features of this strange and most interesting
+people are presented to us in this collection with a copiousness
+and variety which could only be attained by one who had devoted the
+enthusiasm of years to a task, to which he had, in the first instance,
+brought extraordinary talents. Whatever met his watchful glance that
+was striking or peculiar in the religious ceremonies, the warlike
+demonstrations, the festive celebrations of peace and leisure, the
+separate acts and social habits of the wanderers of the distant wilds
+of the west, was instantly transferred to his canvas, and fixed in
+living colours on the very spot where the scene was shown. Accordingly
+we have here illustrations of the mode in which almost every thing,
+which is common or curious, usual or occasional, among the tribes
+is performed. The chace, which there has no meaner object than the
+“stately buffalo,” is before us in full and numerous portraiture; the
+rousing of the herd in the centre of some endless prairie, the reckless
+vehemence of the pursuit by the wild horse and the wilder hunter, the
+mad dashing of the fearless sportsman into the midst of the monstrous
+throng, with nothing but bow and knife; the unhorsing of some, who roll
+trampled under foot, and of others who are tossed high into the air;
+the final capture and death of the huge victim of the sport, all these
+are presented to us in the freshness and freedom of the very scenes
+themselves of this<a class="pagenum" id="Page_232" title="232"></a> magnificent excitement. Then there are dances
+of an art and an intricacy that might instruct Almack’s itself; the
+bear dance, in which, clothed in skins, they imitate the postures and
+movements of that animal; the buffalo dance, in which they are masked
+in the skulls which they have taken in the hunt; the eagle dance, which
+mimics the attitude of that bird; the dance on the snow in peculiar
+shoes; and the numerous dances of war. Then we have bold and admirable
+sketches of the scenery of the prairies and the hills 2000 miles above
+St. Louis, presenting a richness and brilliance of verdure of which the
+Atlantic resident has never formed a conception. In short, it would
+be difficult to point out a single particular in which the sketches
+of this ardent and able painter do not furnish the fullest and most
+valuable information about the western continent and its inhabitants.
+There are portraits, likewise, of all the remarkable persons whom the
+artist encountered in his rambles, painted on the spot, in their actual
+dresses and natural positions, certified as rigidly accurate, in every
+instance, by officers of the United States, who were present at the
+time.</p>
+
+<p>But sketches are not all that this unique collection consists of.
+There is a large number of the dresses of the chiefs and women, rich
+and curious to a very great degree, implements of war and of social
+life&mdash;articles by which friendship is promoted and leisure is amused.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">PHILADELPHIA HERALD AND SENTINEL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery</em> is one of the most curious and interesting
+collections ever brought before the public. The portraits of the chiefs
+and warriors constitute perhaps the least striking portion of the
+gallery; although the natural freedom and boldness of the attitudes,
+and the life-like variety and expression of the countenances,
+caught with a rare felicity by the accomplished artist, render them
+immeasurably superior in attraction and value to anything of that kind
+ever before presented to the community. They were all sketched on the
+spots of their residence, and in the characteristic attire of their
+tribes; and the certificates of different United States officers,
+attached to the back of each picture, testify to the accuracy and
+completeness of each individual portraiture. The largest and by far the
+most engaging and peculiar part of the collection, consists of sketches
+of groups occupied in the various games, sports, and diversions, by
+which the monotony of savage life is amused.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin visited forty-eight different tribes, and was domesticated
+amongst them for eight years; and whenever any spectacle of merriment,
+or business, or religion was got up, the painter drew apart from the
+company, and producing the canvas which was always in readiness, seized
+with an Hogarthian quickness and spirit the outlines and the impression
+of the scene before him, and has perpetuated for the gratification
+of posterity the faithful and vivid likenesses of some of the most
+extraordinary<a class="pagenum" id="Page_233" title="233"></a> acts and incidents which the history of man can exhibit.
+Sketched with a distinctness and a particularity which indicate an
+uncommon degree of talent and skill on the part of the artist, we
+find among these paintings almost everything that is characteristic
+in the life and conduct of the Indian: the energetic dance, marked
+by a science and a significance, unknown to the amusements of more
+cultivated nations,&mdash;the hunt of the buffalo, with its impressive
+incidents of danger and daring&mdash;the religious rite&mdash;the military
+council&mdash;the game&mdash;the fight&mdash;the voluntary torture by which the
+“Stoic of the woods” displays his hardihood of nerve and spirit&mdash;and
+the grotesque gaiety which marks the occasional mirthfulness of a
+nature usually so much restrained. All these are brought before us
+with a fidelity of delineation attested by the certificates of the
+most competent and reputable witnesses, and animation and interest
+acknowledged by all who have approached them.</p>
+
+<p>This collection is not only unique, as it concerns the particular
+people whose state and character it illustrates; but, as throwing light
+upon a grade and condition of the human race of which little has ever
+been known, it possesses an importance novel and unparticipated: for it
+has never happened, in the history of the world, that a savage people
+has been approached and depicted with this intelligent completeness.
+He who would learn what are the dispositions and the faculties which
+belong to the mind and heart of man, in the mere rudeness of his
+natural state, will find more satisfactory sources of information in
+this Indian gallery than in the fullest descriptions of travellers or
+the astutest schemes of metaphysicians.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;It is a remarkable circumstance, and one
+very characteristic of the energy of this age, that the same year
+and almost the same month should have witnessed the completion of
+three independent collections, each of which, after its way, gives
+us a complete portraiture of the nation to which it refers. What
+Mr. Dunn’s figures have accomplished for China, and Mr. Wilkinson’s
+drawings have done for Egypt, Mr. Catlin’s paintings have performed for
+the Indian tribes. The first of these has excited the admiration of
+America, the second has won the applause of Europe; if the last is less
+brilliant than the one, it is more lively than the other, and it is
+not less complete than either. It is not merely a minute and thorough
+description of a nation whose situation and history render everything
+that relates to it in the highest degree curious and personal to
+Americans, but it addresses itself to the admiration and instruction
+of every philosophic mind as an encyclopædia picture of the savage
+state. While no histories present us with such copious information of
+the characteristics of those particular tribes, which are intimately
+and eternally connected with our annals, no speculative treatises
+contain anything like the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_234" title="234"></a> knowledge here garnered of the qualities and
+attributes of that condition which is called the state of nature. The
+eye of childhood and the mind of age are alike astonished and informed
+by the spectacles here strikingly presented by this unrivalled work.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin is a native of Pennsylvania, and has therefore peculiar
+claims upon the attention of Philadelphians. We know and are persuaded
+that when this Museum, after the very few days allotted to its
+continuance here, is closed and removed for ever from our land, it will
+be a matter of deep and permanent regret to all who now fail to visit
+it, that they have lost the sight.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING STAR.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This interesting museum of curiosities,
+collected by Mr. Catlin, during a residence of more than eight years
+among forty tribes of Indians, and of sketches painted by him,
+illustrative of their habits and customs, is now exhibited at the
+Arcade in this city. It is an eloquent and illustrious witness of
+the genius, disinterestedness, and toil of the person who brought it
+together. Those productions of Mr. Catlin’s pencil, which were given
+to the world many years since, evinced his ability to rank, at some
+day, with the first artists of this country; but instead of devoting
+himself to those lucrative branches of his profession, which would
+have gained him a sure return of wealth, he resolved, at the bidding
+of an enthusiasm, perhaps inspired by the legends of his native valley
+of Wyoming, to dedicate his life to the great and generous purpose of
+presenting to his countrymen a satisfactory portraiture of a nation
+which had so interesting a connexion with their own history, and
+whose condition has always produced so strong an impression upon the
+imagination of Americans. Alone and unsupported, save by a dauntless
+spirit, he turned towards the western forests to seek the Indian in his
+boundless home.</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+  <div class="line">“The general garden, where all steps may roam,</div>
+  <div class="line">Whose nature owns a nation for her child,</div>
+  <div class="line">Exulting in the enjoyment of the wild.”</div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The perils of more than a Ulyssean voyage were encountered before the
+artist could feel that his object was accomplished, and before he would
+permit himself to return to his family and friends.</p>
+
+<p>We have devoted much time and a close attention to the sketches which
+Mr. Catlin has brought back; and we are convinced that, severe as were
+the labours and privations to which he was subject, they were less
+than the value of this collection. Whoever will study the numerous and
+varied representations here given of savage life, and will reflect how
+complete a picture is presented of a most peculiar and unknown race,
+will be persuaded, we think, that no greater accession has been made
+to the sum of human knowledge and human entertainment, in this age and
+country, than is produced by this Museum. The philosophy of Indian
+character is revealed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_235" title="235"></a> with curious distinctness by one portion of
+the paintings, while another class presents the picturesque of that
+existence with singular spirit. Many striking suggestions for the
+history of civility, and many valuable metaphysical considerations, are
+prompted by a survey of these illustrations of the intelligence and
+the instincts of this people; and any man who would taste the poetry
+of this wild life, will find enough to satisfy him in the animated
+exhibitions of the hunt, the march, and the fight, which are here
+brought before his eyes. In Mr. Irving’s very graphic descriptions
+of the amusements of the prairie, there is nothing half so bold and
+stirring as the noble pictures which here bring the adventures of the
+buffalo-hunt before us, or the terrors of the fight with the grisly
+bear.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PENNSYLVANIAN.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We alluded briefly a few days since
+to Catlin’s Indian Gallery, now open in the saloon at the Arcade,
+and we again call attention to it as one of the most gratifying
+exhibitions of the day, to all who feel the slightest interest in the
+aborigines of our country, or desire to become acquainted with the
+topographical features of the great western wild. This collection
+is the result of years of toil and privation, sustained by a rare
+and commendable enthusiasm. Mr. Catlin, who is an artist of much
+ability, and is likewise in other respects well fitted for the task
+which he voluntarily assumed, devoted himself to a study of the
+Indian character, and steadily followed out his great object for a
+considerable length of time. He has visited many of the tribes who yet
+roam in their native wildness, and he became as it were domesticated
+among them to study their habits and dispositions, encountering all
+the perils and privations which necessarily attend an enterprise of
+this nature. In the course of his rambles, he made paintings of every
+thing calculated to give a vivid impression to others of the persons,
+events, and scenes which fell under his notice, and the result is a
+magnificent collection of portraits and views of the most interesting
+character, made still more attractive by an immense variety of Indian
+dresses, arms, and utensils of many kinds, which, with the illustrative
+scenes, give a clear idea of aboriginal characteristics, and form a
+pleasing evidence of the results which can be achieved by the untiring
+perseverance of a single man. Mr. Catlin has in this way made a
+contribution to American history which must gain for him an enduring
+fame. It should form the nucleus of a national museum, that posterity
+may have some relics of a people doomed to speedy destruction, as much
+by their own inflexible nature as by the rolling tide of civilization.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="center bold">THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We could scarcely recommend a more pleasing
+and instructive collection than this to the notice of the community.
+It is<a class="pagenum" id="Page_236" title="236"></a> what only a Catlin, with his enthusiasm and perseverance, could
+have accomplished. To him the study of nature is most appropriate in
+her great hall or cathedral:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+  <div class="line">“That vast cathedral, boundless as our wonder,</div>
+  <div class="line indent1">Whose quenchless lamps the sun and moon supply;</div>
+  <div class="line">Its choir the winds and waves; its organ thunder;</div>
+  <div class="line indent6">Its dome the sky.”</div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The boundless woods have been his home, and dwellers of the wilderness
+the sitters for his art. So far as Indian life is concerned, the reader
+will find a little of every thing in Catlin’s gallery; not of faces
+merely, but of grand western life and scene.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE WORLD.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;I visited this collection with expectations
+very highly excited by the strong and renewed expressions of admiration
+which it had received from the press in New York and Boston; but my
+anticipations had fallen below the reality in degree as much as they
+had differed from it in kind. I had supposed that it was merely an
+assemblage of the portraits of distinguished Indian chieftains, instead
+of being, as we find that it is, a very complete and curious tableau
+of the life and habits of the strange and interesting races which once
+inhabited the soil we now possess. Mr. Catlin’s advertisement does no
+justice to the character of his collection. He does not state himself.
+He is a person of lofty genius and disinterested ambition, and he has
+abhorred to tarnish the purity of his self-respect by even claiming his
+own.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin spent eight years in the most intimate intercourse with the
+tribes which occupy the territory lying 2000 miles above St. Louis.
+His only purpose in visiting these remote and secluded nations was
+to transfer to his canvas faithful representations of those scenes
+of conduct which were most characteristic of that people, and those
+personal traits which would best transmit the memory of the savage
+to times which would no longer witness his existence. This design
+he fulfilled by copying on the spot pictures of the sports, fights,
+business, and religious ceremonies which passed before his sight; and
+the gallery which he now opens to the community, revives before the
+gaze of refinement, the whole condition and qualities of the wild
+and far-roaming occupants of the prairies and forests. An attentive
+examination of his museum has led us to the opinion that this is one
+of the most striking triumphs that the pencil has ever achieved; for
+while the brush of Lawrence preserves the likeness of an individual,
+that of Catlin has perpetuated the portraits of a nation. Let every
+American visit this exhibition; let every one who would be informed or
+entertained give it his protracted study. The more it is examined the
+more it will gratify.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage sansserif"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_237" title="237"></a>
+FRENCH PRESS.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">CONSTITUTIONNEL du 22 Juin.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>Le musée Catlin est une des collections les plus curieuses qu’on ait
+vues à Paris, tant à cause du caractère naïf de la peinture, qu’à cause
+de l’originalité des sujets qu’elle représente.</p>
+
+<p>M. Catlin a donc rapporté de son voyage aux Montagnes Rocheuses quatre
+à cinq cents toiles, portraits ou paysages, tous peints d’après
+nature. Parmi ces portraits, il y a des figures d’une beauté, d’une
+élégance superbes. Il y a des profils, le croirait-on, qui rappellent
+le type grec ou l’Antinoüs. Bien plus, dans les scènes de danse ou
+de combat, dans les fêtes ou les assemblées de tribus, on remarque
+tres souvent des personnages dont la pose, l’attitude, le geste,
+ressemblent tout-à-fait à l’antique. Cela n’est pas, d’ailleurs, si
+surprenant pour qui veut réflechir au caractère de la beauté antique.
+Qu’est-ce donc qui distingue l’art grec entre tous les arts? n’est-ce
+pas la simplicité et le naturel? Les artistes grecs avaient le bonheur
+de trouver d’abord autour d’eux toutes les conditions premières de
+race, de climat, de civilisation, qui favorisent le développement
+de la beauté; et secondement, ils laissaient faire la nature et ne
+torturaient jamais le mouvement de leur modèle. Il n’y a dans toute la
+statuaire grecque que cinq ou six poses peut-être qui sont le type de
+tous les autres mouvemens. Les hommes rapprochés de la nature ne se
+tortillent pas comme les civilisés. Le calme est d’ordre naturel; et
+c’est là un des premiers élémens de la beauté antique qu’on retrouve
+dans la <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">beauté sauvage</em>.</p>
+
+<p>Les paysagistes pourraient bien aussi étudier avec profit la peinture
+facile et vraie de M. Catlin qui n’est pourtant initié à aucun des
+procédés scabreux de l’art civilisé. M. Catlin peint tranquillement du
+premier coup, en mettant un ton juste et franc à côté d’un autre, et il
+ne paraît pas qu’il revienne jamais ni par glacis ni par empâtement.
+Mais son sentiment est si vif et en quelque sorte si sincère, son
+exécution si naïve et si spontanée, que l’effet, vu juste, est rendu
+juste. Il a fait ainsi des ciels d’une transparence et d’une lumière
+bien difficile à obtenir, même pour les praticiens les plus habiles
+des lointains d’une finesse rare et bien balancés entre la terre et
+le ciel. En présence de cette nature toute nouvelle, de ces formes
+singulières du pays, de cette couleur du ciel et des arbres, si
+originale, un peintre de profession se serait bien tourmenté pour
+exprimer toutes ces belles choses, et il y aurait sans doute mis
+beaucoup trop de ses préjugés et de sa personnalité civilisée. Il est
+très heureux que M. Catlin ait été seulement assez peintre pour faire
+tout bonnement sur la toile ce qu’il voyait, sans parti pris d’avance
+et sans convention européenne. Nous avons ainsi des steppes dont nous
+ne nous faisions pas une image, des buffles prodigieux, des chasses
+fantastiques, et une foule d’aspects et de scènes plus intéressantes
+l’une que l’autre. Ici, c’est un marais vert tendre, entouré d’arbres
+sveltes et légers. Là, c’est la plaine infinie avec ses grandes herbes
+mouvantes comme les vagues d’une mer sans repos, et l’on aperçoit une
+course diabolique de quel<a class="pagenum" id="Page_238" title="238"></a>ques animaux dont on a peine à distinguer
+la forme et qui fendent l’immensité. C’est un buffle poursuivi par un
+cavalier penché sur la crinière de son cheval sauvage; mais au-dessus
+des herbes profondes, on ne voit que les épaules bossues du buffle
+et les oreilles dressées du cheval. Quel drame! Où vont-ils? où
+s’arrêteront-ils? Quelques autres tableaux présentent les aventures
+de la navigation et de la guerre, des chasses où les hommes, couverts
+de peaux de loup, s’avancent à quatre pattes pour surprendre les
+buffles, où les chevaux sauvages sont enveloppés de lacets perfides,
+des cérémonies religieuses où de volontaires martyrs se font pendre et
+torturer en l’honneur du Grand Esprit.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">LE CHARIVARI, Paris, 1845.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>Il y avait là une magnifique collection, un musée rare, que dis-je?
+unique et précieux, amassé à grands frais, à grand’ peine, par un
+artiste passionné et patient, par M. Catlin, voyageur aussi intrépide
+que peintre naïf et que sincère historien. Ce musée est à la fois une
+collection d’objets d’art et un recueil de notes scientifiques sur une
+classe d’hommes qui diminue de jour en jour devant les empiètemens de
+la civilisation, et qui dans cinquante ans aura complètement disparu du
+globe. C’est le portrait aussi fidèle que possible, le daguerréotype
+d’un monde qu’on ne retrouvera plus, et le gouvernement l’a laissé
+partir, l’a laissé perdre; il n’a pas même senti la nécessité de
+l’acquérir. Il n’a fait ni une offre ni un prix à l’artiste qu’il eût
+récompensé ainsi qu’il devait l’être de dix ans d’études et d’efforts.
+Tout le monde y aurait gagné: le peintre qui craint devoir éparpiller
+un jour le résultat de tant de peines et de travaux, eût été heureux
+de le voir conservé, concentré, consacré à jamais, en lieu sûr, à la
+science et à l’art.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">L’OBSERVATEUR, Oct. 9, 1845.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p><em>Le Musée-Indien de M. Catlin.</em>&mdash;Lorsque la civilisation recule partout
+les bornes de son horison et resserre dans un étroit espace les
+peuplades nomades et sauvages qui se refusent au joug de la domination
+européenne, ce n’est pas sans un certain intérêt qu’on visite le Musée
+Indien de M. Catlin. En voyant la collection du célèbre touriste,
+l’esprit se refuse à croire que ce soit là l’œuvre d’un seul homme.
+Et cependant, rien n’est plus vrai. Explorateur hardi, M. Catlin a
+passé huit années de sa vie à parcourir les Montagnes Rocheuses et
+les parties les plus reculées de l’Amérique septentrionale; artiste
+enthousiaste, il a bravé les dangers, supporté les fatigues et les
+privations de toutes sortes pour mener à bonne fin son audacieuse
+entreprise. Il a visité les Indiens dans leurs wig-wams; il les a
+suivis dans leurs chasses; il a étudié leurs mœurs, leurs coutumes,
+ne se laissant arrêter par aucun obstacle, tenant quelquefois son
+pinceau d’une main, tandis qu’il conduisait son canot de l’autre.
+Aussi, ne nous montrerons nous pas d’une<a class="pagenum" id="Page_239" title="239"></a> grande sévérité à l’égard de
+ses tableaux; ce n’est, pour la plupart, que des esquisses faites à
+grands traits et dont le mérite consiste dans la vérité des costumes
+et des sites et dans la ressemblance parfaite des portraits, ainsi
+que l’attestent les certificats les plus flatteurs délivrés au hardi
+voyageur, sur les lieux mêmes, par des personnes dont la véracité et la
+compétence ne sauraient être mises en doute.</p>
+
+<p>La collection que M. Catlin a rapportée de ses excursions est d’autant
+plus curieuse qu’elle est unique en son genre. Elle se compose de plus
+de cinq cents tableaux représentant des portraits, des paysages, et des
+scènes de mœurs qui sont comme une histoire descriptive de ces races
+primitives, que la guerre et la chasse déciment chaque jour, et qui
+disparaîtront sans doute bientôt de la surface du globe.</p>
+
+<p>Quant à M. Catlin, nous devrons à ses explorations et à sa collection
+de ne pas voir tomber dans l’oubli les mœurs, les costumes, et
+la physionomie de ces races, qui dans quelques siècles n’existeront
+peut-être plus qu’à l’état de souvenir.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">MONITEUR DE L’ARMÉE.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>M. Catlin, c’est le nom de cet artiste plein de résolution et de
+persévérance, a passé huit années au milieu des villages Indiens et sur
+la prairie; il a connu tous les chefs des tribus et les guerriers les
+plus renommés; il a assisté aux chasses dangereuses, aux jeux aminés
+et quelquefois sanglans des sauvages; il a observé leurs coutumes et
+leurs superstitions; il a recueilli leurs traditions orales, et tout
+ce qu’il a vu, sous les yeux des Indiens, ses hôtes, et souvent au
+péril de sa vie, il l’a représenté sur la toile, écrivant ainsi d’après
+nature toute l’histoire de populations que la guerre, et surtout les
+liqueurs fortes et la petite vérole, font décroitre d’année en année
+dans une progression si rapide, que l’on peut prévoir que d’ici à
+cinquante ans, la civilisation les pressant d’ailleurs et les refoulant
+vers les montagnes, il ne restera peut-être plus d’elles que de très
+petits groupes ou des individus isolés destinés à disparaître bientôt
+de la terre. Les peaux ronges ne pouvant laisser aucune trace durable
+de leur passage sur le globe,&mdash;car si quelques tribus out des cabanes
+de terre, aucune n’a élevé de monumens qui puissent témoigner de leur
+existence auprès des générations à venir&mdash;les résultats que M. Catlin a
+si heureusement obtenus dans une entreprise si hasardeuse ne sauraient
+être trop appréciés par les amis de la science, les ethnographes et les
+artistes.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">QUOTIDIENNE, Paris.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>M. Catlin est un peintre plein de conscience et de talent, et un
+voyageur aussi intrépide qu’intelligent, qui a passé huit ans de sa vie
+à explorer les tribus sauvages du nord de l’Amérique et les rives du
+Missouri. Les efforts et les travaux de cet Américain méritent qu’on
+les examine avec attention, et qu’on les recommande à l’appréciation
+des artistes et des savans.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_240" title="240"></a>
+GALIGNANI, 1845.</p>
+
+<p><em>The Catlin Museum.</em>&mdash;The utter strangeness of this remarkable
+exhibition&mdash;displaying, it may be said, a living <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">tableau</em> of the
+customs and habitudes of a race who, while the march of time has
+been effecting the most extraordinary changes in the great family
+of mankind, still remain in a primitive state of nature&mdash;at first
+misunderstood by the Parisian public, has now become an object of
+general and intense curiosity. Mr. Catlin’s collection of the arms
+and utensils of the various tribes, with their wigwams, the identical
+habitations which have ere now sheltered them from the tempest in the
+depths of some North American forest, they carry back the mind, as it
+were, to the infancy of the human species, “when wild in woods the
+noble savage ran.” The illusion, for it nearly amounts to that, is
+wonderfully aided by an examination of Catlin’s sketches, taken upon
+the spot, and often in the midst of the dangers he has depicted with
+spirited fidelity. These paintings, boldly and rapidly thrown off,
+are illustrative of every phase of savage existence. We have to thank
+Mr. Catlin for an insight into the lives and history of this most
+interesting race, which has all the charms of the wildest romance, but
+which books can never supply.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">GAZETTE DE FRANCE.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>Grace à M. Catlin, l’anéantissement de ces intéressantes peuplades
+n’est plus possible: leurs mœurs, leurs coutumes, leurs usages,
+seront sans doute de sa part l’objet d’un travail consciencieux et
+approfondi, en même temps que ces pinceaux conserveront les traits
+et la physionomie de ces Peaux Rouges, que déjà le célèbre romancier
+Américain nous avait fait connaître. Non content d’avoir transporté en
+Europe les armes, les costumes, les tentes, et tous les instrumens qui
+servent à l’usage des Indiens, et qui forment un singulier contraste
+avec notre civilisation, M. Catlin a voulu que des monumens plus
+durables conservassent le souvenir de ces sauvages de l’Amérique
+du Nord; il a dessiné lui-même les portraits des Indiens les plus
+remarquables, leurs danses, leur manière de fare la chasse, et leurs
+expéditions guerrières.</p>
+
+<p>On ne peut assez admirer comment un homme a pu tracer tant de figures
+et de paysages, pris sur les lieux mêmes, dans des courses souvent
+très longues et très fatigantes. C’est là un prodige de la science.
+Assis au milieu des sauvages, M. Catlin employait son temps à retracer
+sur la toile tout ce qu’il voyait. Aussi peut-on être assuré d’avoir
+sous les yeux la représentation exacte des costumes des sauvages
+du Nouveau-Monde. Si quelques-uns de ces portraits ne sont pas des
+œuvres d’art, du moins les savans leur doivent-ils l’histoire
+d’une tribu sauvage, détruite entièrement par les ravages de la
+petite-vérole. Sans M. Catlin, on ne saurait plus maintenant si elle a
+existé, et son pinceau l’a sauvée de l’oubli.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_241" title="241"></a>
+L’ILLUSTRATION.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>La présence à Paris des Indiens Y-o-Ways donne de l’àpropos au compte
+rendu suivant d’un voyage chez les Indiens de l’Amérique du Nord,
+voyage dû à M. Geo. Catlin, auquel un séjour de huit années parmi ces
+diverses peuplades a permis de s’initier d’une manière complète a
+leurs mœurs et à leurs habitudes. Dans un livre plein d’intérêt,
+de faits curieux, de révélations si extraordinaires qu’on croit rêver
+en les lisant, il a consigné les résultats de ses investigations et
+des observations qu’il a recueillies sur une race d’hommes qui va
+s’éteignant de jour en jour, et dont, sur l’affirmation de l’auteur,
+il ne restera plus vestiges d’ici à peu d’années. Au charme de
+ces récits, M. Geo. Catlin a ajouté des dessins d’une scrupuleuse
+exactitude, des portraits des principaux chefs de tribus, dans leurs
+riches costumes que nous aurons occasion de décrire, des paysages d’un
+effet saisissant, des esquisses de jeux, de chasses, de cérémonies
+religieuses, de combats, etc., etc. On peut donc dire que le livre
+de M. Catlin est écrit aussi bien pour les hommes sérieux que pour
+les grands enfants qui aiment tent les images, comme nous avouons les
+aimer, et qui s’amuseront de la bizarrerie des costumes de tous ces
+bons sauvages.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">REVUE DE PARIS.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p><em>Galerie Indienne de M. Catlin.</em>&mdash;La salle Valentino, transformée en
+une sorte de Musée Indien, au moyen des cinq à six cents peintures
+et esquisses, exécutées toutes, d’après nature, par M. Catlin, cet
+énergique et courageux voyageur, durant une pérégrination de huit
+années, à travers l’immense territoire qui s’étend des Montagnes
+Rocheuses aux derniers établissemens Américains ou Mexicains,&mdash;cette
+salle offrait déjà un spectacle fort intéressant. M. Catlin a visité,
+en bravant mille obstacles et souvent au péril de sa vie, quarante-huit
+des tribus qui résident dans la prairie, où elles vivent dans un état
+de guerre perpétuel. Installé sous le wigwam de l’Indien Corbeau ou
+du Mandan, dans la cabane du Chérokee ou de l’Ariccara, il a exécuté
+chacun des tableaux de cette immense collection ayant la nature
+sous les yeux; aussi les présente-t-il au public plutôt comme des
+<em lang="en" xml:lang="en">fac-similes</em> identiques de la vie Indienne que comme des œuvres
+d’art. Ces <em lang="en" xml:lang="en">fac-similes</em> sont on ne peut plus expressifs et curieux.</p>
+
+<p>La collection des peintures de M. Catlin se compose de trois cent dix
+portraits de chefs Indiens et de personnages de distinction, hommes ou
+femmes de différentes tribus, et de deux cents esquisses représentant
+les sites les plus remarquables des contrées qu’il a visitées, les
+danses et les cérémonies des peuplades qui les habitent, et des scènes
+de guerre et de chasse. C’est donc à la fois une représentation fidèle
+de la physionomie du pays et des mœurs et coutumes de ses habitans,
+représentation d’autant plus précieuse qu’elle a pour objet une race
+qui s’éteint (<em lang="en" xml:lang="en">dying people</em>), et qui s’éteint avec une rapidité qui
+tient du prodige.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_242" title="242"></a>
+MONITEUR INDUSTRIEL, Nov. 16, 1845.</p>
+
+<p>Parmi tous les voyageurs qui ont exploré l’Amérique du Nord, aucun
+ne s’est occupé des races Indiennes autant que M. Catlin. Presque
+seul dans un canot d’écorce, il a suivi tout le cours du Missouri, et
+pendant huit années il en a parcouru en tous sens l’immense bassin,
+s’en allant de tribu en tribu, comme autrefois Hérodote, le père
+de l’histoire, s’en allait de ville en ville, de région en région,
+s’enquérant des mœurs, des traditions et des idées des populations
+lointaines.</p>
+
+<p>M. Catlin est encore dans la force de l’âge, mais ses traits pâlis
+portent l’empreinte d’une vie déjà longuement et péniblement éprouvée.
+Son abord est froidement poli, son visage sévère et pensif, comme celui
+d’un homme qui a vu beaucoup de choses. Toute sa personne révèle une
+indomptable énergie. En public, il parle l’Anglais avec une remarquable
+puissance; il y a dans son accentuation quelque chose du magnifique
+enthousiasme d’un poète.</p>
+
+<p>Le grand ouvrage de M. Catlin est un beau monument élevé à la science;
+il faut espérer qu’on songera à en donner une traduction Française.
+Chemin fesant, M. Catlin a dessiné et peint une étrange collection de
+vues, de scènes naturelles, de portraits d’indigènes et de scènes de
+mœurs. Cette nombreuse collection de toiles doit nécessairement
+se sentir de la rapidité forcée du travail, et des circonstances
+difficiles d’exécution où s’est trouvé l’artiste dans un voyage à
+travers les déserts de l’Ouest. On demeure, au contraire, étonné que le
+courageux explorateur ait pu mettre dans de telles peintures autant de
+mouvement et de vérité. Ici, c’est un troupeau de bisons surpris par
+des chasseurs qui se traînent en rampant, couverts de peaux trompeuses;
+là, c’est un guerrier à cheval, poursuivant son ennemi dans une
+course, sans hyperbole, vraiment échevelée; plus loin, c’est une danse
+frénétique, excitation à la volupté ou au carnage; ou bien des scènes
+de tortures qui semblent copiées dans l’enfer.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr"><span class="smcap">INDEPENDANCE, Brussels, Jan. 4, 1846.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">
+ <cite>Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the
+     North American Indians</cite>, by G. Catlin (<span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Lettres et Notes sur les
+     Mœurs, les Coutumes, et l’Etat Social des Indiens du Nord
+     de l’Amérique, par George Catlin</span>). <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">2 vol. ornés de plusieurs
+     centaines de planches.</span></p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>Fils d’un homme de loi, élevé lui-même pour figurer au barreau, devenu
+enfin avocat, M. Catlin aimait trop le grand air et les voyages pour
+se laisser claquemurer dans l’antre de la chicane. Deux passions
+d’ailleurs se partageaient sa vie: la pêche et la peinture. Quand
+il n’était pas au bord d’une rivière, il était devant une toile, et
+vice-versâ. Il apprit la peinture sans maître, y devint habile après
+trois ou quatre ans d’études, et se demandait à quel but il dévouerait
+son existence, et l’esprit un peu enthousiaste qui l’animait,
+lorsqu’arrivèrent à Washington, des pays bien loin à l’Ouest,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_243" title="243"></a> une
+douzaine d’Indiens au port noble et majestueux, accoutrés de leurs
+vêtements bizarres, mais pittoresques, la tête ornée de leur casque,
+le bras chargé de leur bouclier, le corps ceint de la tunique de peau
+d’antilope, les épaules couvertes du manteau de buffle.</p>
+
+<p>Ces braves gens firent l’admiration des gamins et du beau monde de
+Washington et donnèrent beaucoup à réfléchir à notre peintre. Il se
+dit que les vêtements de la civilisation ne servaient pas seulement à
+voiler, mais à gâter la grâce et la beauté naturelles, que l’homme non
+garrotté dans les liens de l’art, devait offrir à l’artiste le plus
+magnifique modèle, et que l’histoire et les coutumes des peuplades
+sauvages étaient des sujets dignes d’occuper la vie d’un homme.</p>
+
+<p>Ces réflexions étaient à peine achevées que M. Catlin prit son parti.
+Il consulta bien pour la forme quelques amis qui essayèrent de le
+détourner de son projet; ils lui représentèrent les dangers auxquels
+il allait s’exposer, les fatigues inouïes qu’il aurait à supporter
+et bien d’autres arguments auxquels il fut insensible. M. Catlin fit
+ses paquets qui n’étaient pas lourds, et qui se composaient de toiles
+roulées, de brosses, de couleurs, de papier et de crayons; il mit
+sa carabine en bandouliere; et le bâton blanc à la main il partit
+pour l’Ouest en quête d’aventures, de Peaux-Rouges, de buffles et de
+prairies.</p>
+
+<p>Mais au train dont marchent les Yankees, il avait long à aller avant
+d’atteindre les vastes solitudes où sont encore disséminées les
+peuplades sauvages. La civilisation le poursuivait partout; là où
+il espérait voyager en canot, il était forcé de prendre le bateau à
+vapeur; là où il se croyait au milieu des sauvages, il se trouvait
+avec des compatriotes; l’Ouest, but de son voyage, semblait le fuir à
+mesure qu’il en approchait. Il maudissait les pionniers qui avec leur
+bêche et leur marteau ont implanté la civilisation dans les parties
+les plus reculées de l’Amérique, et il désespérait de rencontrer les
+Peaux-Rouges qui devenaient un mythe pour lui, lorsqu’il tomba au
+milieu d’un village Mandan. Sa joie fut un peu calmée en apercevant
+que la civilisation avait encore passé par là sous la forme d’un agent
+de la compagnie des fourrures du Missouri. Mais il restait assez de
+sauvagerie dans la localité pour le satisfaire provisoirement. Quand
+il eut bien vu et bien observé, quand il eut bien fumé le calumet de
+paix; bien vécu sur un quartier de buffle braisé, bien dormi sous le
+wigwam hospitalier, et “pourtraicté” le chef Mandan, revêtu de son
+grand costume de guerre, depuis les cornes de buffle dont il s’orne le
+front jusqu’à ses mocassins brodés de paille, y compris la longue bande
+de plumes d’aigle qui descend depuis le derrière de la tête jusqu’aux
+talons, M. Catlin reprit sa course vers les regions inconnues, en
+s’arrêtant en route chaque fois qu’un site ou quelques aventures ou des
+figures d’Indiens fournissaient des sujets à son pinceau.</p>
+
+<p>M. Catlin est resté huit ans en voyage; il a visité quarante-huit
+tribus dont la population totale s’élevaient à plusieurs centaines
+de mille individus. Il a rapporté chez lui 350 portraits à l’huile
+d’Indiens, 200 tableaux représentant des vues de leurs villages, leurs
+wigwams, leurs jeux, et leurs cérémonies religieuses, leurs danses,
+leurs chasses, des paysages admirables, et<a class="pagenum" id="Page_244" title="244"></a> enfin une nombreuse et
+très-curieuse collection de leurs costumes et vêtements, et d’autres
+objets de leur fabrique, depuis une de leurs maisons jusqu’à de petits
+riens qui leur servent de jouets.</p>
+
+<p>Toute cette collection avec les portraits et les tableaux figurent
+au Louvre où le Roi Louis-Philippe leur a fait donner une place. La
+galerie Indienne de l’Amérique du Nord, de M. Catlin, est bien connue
+et montre le résultat auquel peut arriver un homme entreprenant,
+patient et ferme qu’inspirent le goût de l’art et une certaine dose
+d’enthousiasme.</p>
+
+<p>C’est l’histoire de cet intéressant voyage que M. Catlin a écrite dans
+une série de lettres au nombre de 58, et accompagnées de 310 gravures
+au trait et de cartes géographiques. Ces lettres étaient écrites sur
+les lieux et envoyées par des Indiens jusqu’aux bureaus de postes
+placés par cette maudite civilisation jusqu’aux frontières les plus
+reculées de l’Ouest.</p>
+
+<p>Peu de livres ont plus d’intérêt que celui de M. Catlin. On lit cet
+ouvrage avec le plaisir que l’on prendrait à la lecture d’un bon roman,
+s’il y avait encore de bons romans pour servir de point de comparaison.
+On suit M. Catlin dans ses courses vagabondes, on aime avec lui ces
+Indiens qu’il a toujours trouvés francs et hospitaliers, généreux
+et dignes. Ces Indiens si méconnus ont, quoique sauvages, toutes
+les qualités qui distinguent l’épicier le plus civilisé de la rue
+Saint-Denis, caporal de la garde nationale; comme celui-ci, ils sont
+bons pères, bons époux, amis dévoués; la seule différence entr’eux,
+c’est qu’ils ne payent pas très-exactement leurs contributions par
+la raison qu’on ne leur en demande pas, et qu’ils ne montent pas
+assidument leur garde, par l’autre raison qu’on ne connaît pas les
+guérites dans ce pays.</p>
+
+<p>Une Odyssée de huit ans a fait apprécier à M. Catlin les mérites et les
+vertus des sauvages; et, après avoir lu son livre, j’ai fini par croire
+avec Jean-Jacques Rousseau que l’homme, tel que nous avons le malheur
+de le connaître, est un animal dépravé par la civilisation.</p>
+
+<p>Rien de plus touchant que l’apologie des Indiens faite par M. Catlin,
+dans sa neuvième lettre; partout où il peut mettre en saillie la
+noblesse de leur caractère, M. Catlin le fait avec bonheur; il se
+souvient du bon temps passé au milieu d’eux, des marques d’affection
+qu’ils lui out données, et il les venge du mépris que les civilisés
+déversent sur ces pauvres et braves gens, contents de leur sort, sans
+regret du passé, sans souci de l’avenir, sans autres lois que celles de
+l’honneur qui est tout puissant chez eux.</p>
+
+<p>Tous ceux qui ont lu les admirables romans de Cooper retrouvent dans
+l’ouvrage de M. Catlin les scènes, mais cette fois vraies, animées,
+vivantes, décrites avec tant de talent par le fécond romancier
+Américain. M. Catlin a décrit aussi l’embrâsement des prairies, et
+pouvait dire: <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">Quorum pars magna fui</em>; car il ne dut qu’à la vitesse de
+son “pony” Indien d’échapper à la flamme immense qui courait sur lui
+avec plus de rapidité qu’une locomotive lancée à fond de train. J’étais
+en sûreté, dit-il, que je tremblais encore. Une autre fois, plus de
+2000 buffles se jettent à l’eau pour atteindre le canot dans lequel
+il nageait, et c’est à grand’peine qu’il se sauve et que le canot ne
+chavire pas, soulevé par le dos d’un de ces animaux; une autre<a class="pagenum" id="Page_245" title="245"></a> fois
+encore, il se rencontre nez à nez avec une ourse grise accompagnée de
+ses deux petits, bête énorme de la taille d’un rhinocéros et qui vous
+dépèce un homme en un tour de main, à l’aide de ses ongles longs d’un
+décimètre et larges à la base de cinq centimètres pour finir par la
+pointe la plus aiguë.</p>
+
+<p>Un des plus agréables épisodes de ce voyage, c’est la rencontre que
+fait M. Catlin, dans un immense désert et au détour d’un bois, d’un
+trappeur Canadien qui sifflait entre ses lèvres un vaudeville Français
+du temps de Louis XIV. et se mit à entrer en conversation avec M.
+Catlin, moyennant un langage dans lequel le Français, l’Anglais et
+l’Indien entraient chacun pour un tiers. L’honnête Baptiste, descendant
+d’un de ces hommes que les racoleurs allaient <em>presser</em> sur le quai
+de la Ferraille pour en faire des colons <em>volontaires</em> destinés à
+peupler le Canada, devint le compagnon de voyage de M. Catlin, le
+Vendredi dévoué de ce nouveau Robinson de terre ferme, et n’est pas le
+personnage le moins intéressant de la relation.</p>
+
+<p>M. Catlin, indépendamment de son mérite d’écrivain et de dessinateur,
+aura celui d’avoir donné l’histoire la plus complète des mœurs de
+ces peuplades que la civilisation balaye devant elle et qu’elle tue
+avec de l’eau-de-vie et la variole. Ces peuplades, autrefois maîtresses
+du grand continent du nord de l’Amérique, s’éteignent rapidement;
+leur mémoire s’éteindrait même si de hardis voyageurs n’allaient pas
+recueillir parmi elles les renseignements qui peuvent la préserver
+de l’oubli. Au nombre de ces voyageurs il faut citer au premier rang
+l’honorable M. Catlin, qui a rectifié bien des idées erronnées et fait
+connaître bien des faits jusqu’ici ignorés.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h3><a class="pagenum" id="Page_246" title="246"></a>
+APPENDIX&mdash;(B).<br />
+
+                           MUSEUM OF HISTORY.</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><em>Established 1844.</em></p>
+
+
+<p>This institution is intended to illustrate the History of Man by means
+of popular Lectures, aided and enforced by scenery, maps, and national
+costumes, adding every scenic attraction to the higher views of
+instruction, and combining art, history, philology, and geography; the
+audience, as it were, being thus transported to the sites themselves.</p>
+
+<p>It is also in contemplation to add <em>gradually</em>, as funds shall
+accumulate&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>1. Models and coloured portraits of the races of man.</p>
+
+  <p>2. A gallery of architectural models.</p>
+
+  <p>3. A cabinet of coins and inscriptions.</p>
+
+  <p>4. Collection of views and drawings.</p>
+
+  <p>5. Collection of objects illustrative of the arts, sciences,
+     navigation, commerce, agriculture, amusements, and domestic
+     economy of ancient and modern nations.</p>
+
+  <p>6. Specimens of manufactures.</p>
+
+  <p>7. A library and reading-room, to contain the principal British
+     and foreign periodicals and newspapers, and without distinction of
+     party; as also the latest publications on subjects connected with
+     the objects of the institution.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>The transactions of the institution will be published.</p>
+
+<p>Illustrated lectures will be given on ancient and modern history, as
+also on New Zealand and Australia, embracing the modern settlements,
+and their capabilities for the colonist or emigrant.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the illustrated lectures to be given will be the following:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+          On the Grecians.<br />
+          On the Byzantines.<br />
+          On the Modern Greeks.<br />
+          On the Egyptians.<br />
+          On the Arabians.<br />
+          On the Romans.<br />
+          On Russia and Siberia.<br />
+          On New Zealand.<br />
+          On Japan.<br />
+          On the Ruined Cities of America.
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_247" title="247"></a>
+With the aid of transparent maps (on a scale never before attempted)
+the spectator can follow the historian or traveller step by step, and
+with the advantages and beauties of scenery combined, is enabled to
+locate, classify, define, and retain the knowledge thus acquired.</p>
+
+<p>The scenery and machinery have been so constructed, that whilst one
+series is used in London, others may be speedily sent to Edinburgh and
+elsewhere, where branch societies will be formed.</p>
+
+<p>The management of the institution to be vested in a council elected by
+the subscribers, two of whom to retire annually, who may however be
+eligible for re-election.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Terms.</span></p>
+
+<p>For permanently reserved places at the lectures, five guineas per annum.</p>
+
+<p>Ordinary subscribers, two guineas per annum.</p>
+
+<p>Authors, artists, ladies, members of learned societies, and foreigners,
+one guinea per annum.</p>
+
+<p>Ambassadors, foreign ministers, consuls, and secretaries of learned
+societies <em>only</em> can become honorary members.</p>
+
+<p>Admission to the public, two shillings for reserved places at the
+lectures; one shilling for ordinary visitors.</p>
+
+<p>Subscribers to possess the right to be present at all lectures.</p>
+
+<p>Subscribers to meet annually.</p>
+
+<p>Trustees and auditors to be chosen by the subscribers.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p class="p2">All communications may be addressed to <span class="smcap">W.&nbsp;H. Shippard</span>, Esq.,
+Turnham Green.</p>
+
+<p>
+  <em>Museum of History,<br />
+      <span class="padleft5">28th April, 1845.</span></em></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_248" title="248"></a>
+<span class="smaller">A DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE</span><br />
+          <span class="x-small">OF</span><br />
+          CATLIN’S INDIAN COLLECTION;</h2>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smallest">CONTAINING</span><br />
+                 PORTRAITS, LANDSCAPES, COSTUMES, ETC.,<br />
+
+    <span class="smallest">AND</span><br />
+              REPRESENTATIONS OF THE MANNERS AND CUSTOMS<br />
+                     OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">COLLECTED AND PAINTED ENTIRELY BY MR. CATLIN,<br />
+ <span class="smaller">DURING EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVEL AMONGST FORTY-EIGHT TRIBES, MOSTLY SPEAKING
+                          DIFFERENT LANGUAGES.</span></p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="center"><em>Exhibited three years, with great success, in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+                              London.</em></p>
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>I wish to inform the visitors to my Collection that, having some
+years since become fully convinced of the rapid decline and certain
+extinction of the numerous tribes of the North American Indians;
+and seeing also the vast importance and value which a full <em>pictorial
+history</em> of these interesting but dying people might be to future
+ages&mdash;I sat out alone, unaided and unadvised, resolved (if my life
+should be spared), by the aid of my brush and my pen, to rescue
+from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and customs as the
+industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could accomplish,
+and set them up in a <em>Gallery unique and imperishable</em>, for the use
+and benefit of future ages.</p>
+
+<p>I devoted eight years of my life exclusively to the accomplishment
+of my design, and that with more than expected success.</p>
+
+<p>I visited with great difficulty, and some hazard to life, forty-eight
+tribes (residing within the United States, British, and
+Mexican Territories), containing about half a million of souls. I
+have seen them in their own villages, have carried my canvas and
+colours the whole way, and painted my portraits, &amp;c., from the life,
+as they now stand and are seen in the Gallery.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_249" title="249"></a>
+The collection contains (besides an immense number of costumes
+and other manufactures) near six hundred paintings, 350 of which
+are <em>Portraits</em> of distinguished men and women of the different
+tribes, and 250 <em>other Paintings</em>, descriptive of <em>Indian Countries</em>,
+their <em>Villages</em>, <em>Games</em>, and <em>Customs</em>; containing in all above 3000
+figures.</p>
+
+<p>As this immense collection has been gathered, and <em>every painting
+has been made from nature</em>, <span class="smcap">by my own hand</span>&mdash;and that too
+when I have been paddling my canoe, or leading my pack-horse
+over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of my life&mdash;the
+world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them, as they have been intended, as <em>true and fac-simile
+traces of individual life and historical facts</em>, and forgive me for
+their present unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">Geo. Catlin.</span></p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h3>INDIAN PORTRAITS.</h3>
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">CERTIFICATES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I hereby certify that the persons whose signatures are affixed to the certificates
+used below, by Mr. Catlin, are officers in the service of the United States,
+as herein set forth: and that their opinions of the accuracy of the likenesses, and
+correctness of the views, &amp;c., exhibited by him in his “Indian Gallery,” are
+entitled to full credit,</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;E. Poinsett</span>, Secretary of War, Washington.</p>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>With regard to the gentlemen whose names are affixed to certificates
+below, I am fully warranted in saying, that no individuals have had
+better opportunities of acquiring a knowledge of the persons, habits,
+costumes, and sports of the Indian tribes, or possess stronger claims
+upon the public confidence in the statements they make respecting the
+correctness of delineations, &amp;c., of Mr. Catlin’s “Indian Gallery;” and
+I may add my own testimony, with regard to many of those Indians whom
+I have seen, and whose likenesses are in the collection, and sketched
+with fidelity and correctness.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">C.&nbsp;A. Harris</span>, Commissioner of Indian Affairs, Washington.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have seen Mr. Catlin’s collection of Portraits of Indians, many of
+which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence; and, as far
+as they have included Indians of my acquaintance, the <em>likenesses</em>
+are easily recognised, bearing the most striking resemblance to the
+originals, as well as faithful representations of their costumes.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">W. Clark</span>, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, St. Louis.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_250" title="250"></a>I have examined Mr. Catlin’s collection of the Upper Missouri Indians
+to the Rocky Mountains, all of which I am acquainted with, and indeed
+most of them were painted when I was present, and I do not hesitate to
+pronounce them correct likenesses, and readily to be recognised. And
+I consider the <em>costumes</em>, as painted by him, to be the <em>only correct
+representations</em> I have ever seen.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright10 smcap">John F.&nbsp;A. Sanford,</span><br />
+                 U. SS. Indian Agent for Mandans, Rickarees, Minatarees,<br />
+                <span class="padright5">Crows, Knisteneaux, Assinneboins, Blackfeet, &amp;c.</span></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Having examined Mr. Catlin’s collection of Portraits of Indians of the
+Missouri and Rocky Mountains, I have no hesitation in pronouncing them,
+so far as I am acquainted with the individuals, to be the best I have
+ever seen, both as regards the expression of countenance and the exact
+and complete manner in which the costume has been painted by him.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;L. BEAN</span>, S. Agent for Indian Affairs.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have been for many years past in familiar acquaintance with the
+Indian tribes of the Upper Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, and
+also with the landscape and other scenes represented in Mr. Catlin’s
+collection, and it gives me great pleasure to assure the world that, on
+looking them over, I found the likenesses of my old friends easily to
+be recognised, and his sketches of Manners and Customs to be portrayed
+with singular truth and correctness.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J. PILCHER</span>, Agent for Upper Missouri Indians.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>It gives me great pleasure in being enabled to add my name to the list
+of those who have spontaneously expressed their approbation of Mr.
+Catlin’s collection of Indian Paintings. His collection of materials
+places it in his power to throw much light on the Indian character;
+and his portraits, so far as I have seen them, are drawn with great
+fidelity as to character and likeness.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">H. SCHOOLCRAFT</span>, Indian Agent for Wisconsin Territory.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Having lived and dealt with the Black feet Indians for five years
+past, I was enabled to recognise <em>every one</em> of the portraits of those
+people, and of the Crows also, which Mr. Catlin has in his collection,
+from the faithful likenesses they bore to the originals.</p>
+
+<p><em>St. Louis</em>, 1835.</p>
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;E. BRAZEAU.</span></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Having spent sixteen years in the continual acquaintance with the
+Indians of the several tribes of the Missouri represented in Mr.
+Catlin’s Gallery of Indian Paintings, I was enabled to judge of the
+correctness of the likenesses, and I <em>instantly recognised every one of
+them</em>, when I looked them over, from the striking resemblance they bore
+to the originals; so also of the landscapes on the Missouri.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">HONORE PICOTTE.</span></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The portraits in the possession of Mr. Catlin of Pawnee Picts, Kioways,
+Camanches, Wecos, and Osages, were painted by him <em>from life</em>, when
+on a tour<a class="pagenum" id="Page_251" title="251"></a> to their country with the United States Dragoons. The
+<em>likenesses</em> are good, very easily to be recognised, and the <em>costumes</em>
+faithfully represented.</p>
+
+<div class="signature">
+ <div class="column-container">
+  <div class="column">
+    <span class="smcap">Henry Dodge</span>, Col. of Drag.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">R.&nbsp;H. Mason</span>, Major of ditto.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">D. Hunter</span>, Capt. of ditto.
+  </div>
+  <div class="column">
+    <span class="smcap">D. Perkins</span>, Capt. of Drag.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">M. Duncan</span>, ditto.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">T.&nbsp;B. Wheelock</span>, Lieut, ditto.
+  </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>We have seen Mr. Catlin’s Portraits of Indians east of the Rocky
+Mountains, many of which are familiar to us: the likenesses are easily
+recognised, bearing a strong resemblance to the originals, as well as a
+faithful representation of their costumes.</p>
+
+<div class="signature">
+ <div class="column-container">
+  <div class="column">
+    <span class="smcap">J. Dougherty</span>, Indian Agent.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">J. Gantt.</span>
+   </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p><em>November 27th, 1837.</em></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>We hereby certify that the portraits of the Grand Pawnees, Republican
+Pawnees, Pawnee Loups, Tappage Pawnees, Otoes, Omahaws, and Missouries,
+which are in Mr. Catlin’s Indian Gallery, were painted from life by
+Mr. George Catlin, and that the individuals sat to him in the costumes
+precisely in which they are painted.</p>
+
+<div class="signature">
+ <div class="column-container">
+  <div class="column">
+   <span class="smcap">J. Dougherty</span>, I.&nbsp;A. for Pawnees, Omahaws, and Otoes.<br />
+   <span class="smcap">J. Gantt.</span>
+  </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+<p><em>New York, 1837.</em></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have seen Mr. Catlin’s collection of Indian Portraits, many of which
+were familiar to me, and painted in my presence at their own villages.
+I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes and
+individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce them
+correct likenesses, and easily recognised; also his sketches of their
+<em>manners</em> and <em>customs</em>, I think, are excellent; and the <em>landscape
+views</em> on the Missouri and Mississippi are correct representations.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">K. M‘Kenzie</span>, of the Am. Fur Co., Mouth of Yellow Stone.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>We hereby certify that the portraits of Seminoles and Euchees, named in
+this catalogue, were painted by George Catlin, from the life, at Fort
+Moultrie; that the Indians sat or stood in the costumes precisely in
+which they are painted, and that the likenesses are remarkably good.</p>
+
+<div class="signature">
+ <div class="column-container">
+  <div class="column">
+   <span class="smcap">P. Morrison</span>, Capt. 4th Inft.<br />
+   <span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;S. Hathaway</span>, 2nd Lieut. 1st Art.<br />
+   <span class="smcap">H. Wharton</span>, 2nd Lieut. 6th Inft.<br />
+   <span class="smcap">F. Weedon</span>, Assistant-Surgeon.
+  </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p><em>Fort Moultrie, Jan. 26, 1838.</em></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>In addition to the above certificates, nearly every portrait has
+inseparably attached to its back an <em>individual</em> certificate, signed by
+Indian agents, officers of the army, or other persons, who were present
+when the picture was painted. The form of these certificates is as
+follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+         No. 131, BLACKFOOT, PE-TOH-PE-KISS (THE EAGLE-RIBS).</p>
+
+<p>I hereby certify that this portrait was painted from the life, at Fort
+Union, mouth of Yellow Stone, in the year 1832, by George Catlin, and
+that the Indian sat in the costume in which it is painted.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">John F.&nbsp;A. Sanford</span>, United States Indian Agent.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="signature">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_252" title="252"></a>
+<em>Légation des Etats Unis, Paris, Dec. 8, 1841.</em></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,</p>
+
+<p>No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable fidelity of
+your drawings and book which I have lately received. They are equally
+spirited and accurate&mdash;they are true to nature. Things that <em>are</em> are
+not sacrificed, as they too often are by the painter, to things as in
+his judgment they should be.</p>
+
+<p>During eighteen years of my life I was Superintendent of Indian Affairs
+in the north-western territory of the United States; and during more
+than five I was Secretary of War, to which department belongs the
+general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians thoroughly&mdash;I
+have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses, villages,
+and hunting-grounds&mdash;I have fought with them and against them&mdash;and I
+have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession with them.
+I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a good right
+to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings. Among them I
+recognise many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I am struck with
+the vivid representations of them and their customs, of their peculiar
+features, and of their costumes. Unfortunately they are receding before
+the advancing tide of our population, and are probably destined, at no
+distant day, wholly to disappear; but your collection will preserve
+them, as far as human art can do, and will form the most perfect
+monument of an extinguished race that the world has ever seen.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">Lewis Cass.</span></p>
+<p><em>To George Catlin.</em></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.</em></p>
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,</p>
+
+<p>I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures at the Waterloo
+Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian character, the
+display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian manners, true to
+the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I had so often witnessed
+in the parts of the Indian countries where I had been; and for twenty
+years’ peregrinations in those parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave
+River north, and from the shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky
+Mountains, to the mouth of the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean,
+west, I had opportunities of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition
+have afforded me great pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you
+all that success which you so eminently deserve for the rich treat
+which you have afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific
+metropolis.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+  <span class="padright10">I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,</span><br />
+                                 <span class="smcap">John Haldane</span>.</p>
+<p><em>To George Catlin, Esq.</em></p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson’s Bay
+Company, dated York Factory, Hudson’s Bay, 10th December, 1842:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Should you happen to fall in with Catlin’s Letters on the North
+  American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin’s sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character.”</p>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage120"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_253" title="253"></a>
+CATLIN’S INDIAN COLLECTION</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">INDIAN PORTRAITS.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">SACS (SÁU-KIES).</p>
+
+<p class="hang">
+    A Tribe of Indians residing on the Upper Mississippi and Desmoines
+    rivers. Present number (in 1840) about 5000. The smallpox carried
+    off half their population a few years since; and a considerable
+    number were destroyed in the “Black Hawk War” in 1832-3. This tribe
+    shave the head, leaving only a small tuft of hair on the top, which
+    is called the “scalplock.”</p>
+
+<p>[The <em>acute accent</em> is used in the spelling of the Indian names merely
+to denote the emphasis.]</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>1. <em>Kee-o-kúk</em>, the Running Fox; present Chief of the Tribe.
+        Shield on his arm and staff of office (sceptre) in his hand;
+        necklace of grisly bear’s claws, over the skin of a white
+        wolf, on his neck.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man, during the Black Hawk War, kept two-thirds of the
+    warriors of the tribe neutral, and was therefore appointed chief by
+    General Scott, in treaty, with the consent of the nation.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>2. <em>Múk-a-tah-mish-o-káh-kaik</em>, the Black Hawk; in his war dress
+        and paint. Strings of wampum in his ears and on his neck, and
+        his <em>medicine-bag</em> (the skin of the black hawk) on his arm.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This is the man famed as the conductor of the Black Hawk War.
+    Painted at the close of the war, while he was a prisoner at
+    Jefferson Barracks, in 1832.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>3. <em>Náh-se-ús-kuk</em>, the Whirling Thunder; eldest son of Black
+        Hawk.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very handsome man. He distinguished himself in the Black Hawk War.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>4. <em>Wa-sáw-me-saw</em>, the Roaring Thunder; youngest son of Black
+        Hawk.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Painted while a prisoner of war.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>5. ( ), wife of Kee-o-kúk (No. 1); in a dress of civilized
+        manufacture, ornamented with silver brooches.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This woman is the eldest of seven wives whom I saw in his lodge,
+    and, being the mother of his favourite son, the most valued one. To
+    her alone would he allow the distinguished honour of being painted
+    and hung up with the chiefs.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_254" title="254"></a>
+<p>6. <em>Me-sóu-wahk</em>, the Deer’s Hair; the favourite son of
+        Kee-o-kúk, and by him designated to be his successor.</p>
+
+<p>7. <em>Wah-pe-kée-suck</em>, White Cloud, called the “Prophet;” one of
+        Black Hawk’s principal warriors and advisers.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Was a prisoner of war with Black Hawk, and travelled with him
+    through the Eastern States.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>8. <em>Náh-pope</em>, the Soup; another of Black Hawk’s principal
+        advisers; and travelled with him, when he was a prisoner of
+        war, to the Eastern cities.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+  <p>He desired to be painted with a white flag in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>9. <em>Ah-móu-a</em>, the Whale, one of Kee-o-kúk’s principal braves;
+        holding a handsome war-club in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>10. <em>Wa-quóth-e-qua</em>, the Buck’s Wife, or Female Deer; the wife
+        of Ah-móu-a.</p>
+
+<p>11. <em>Pash-ee-pa-hó</em>, the Little Stabbing Chief; holding his staff
+        of office in his hand, shield and pipe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very venerable old man, who has been for many years the first
+    civil chief of the Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>12. <em>I-o-wáy</em>, the Ioway; one of Black Hawk’s principal warriors;
+        his body curiously ornamented with his “war-paint.”
+
+ 13. <em>Pam-a-hó</em>, the Swimmer; one of Black Hawk’s warriors.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Very distinguished.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>14. <em>No-kúk-qua</em>, the Bear’s Fat.</p>
+
+<p>15. <em>Pash-ee-pa-hó</em>, the Little Stabbing Chief (the younger); one
+        of Black Hawk’s braves.</p>
+
+<p>16. <em>Wáh-pa-ko-lás-kuk</em>, the Bear’s Track.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">FOXES.</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">On the Desmoines River; present number (in 1840), 1500.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>17. <em>Aíh-no-wa</em>, the Fire; a doctor or <em>“medicine” man</em>; one half
+        of his body painted red, and the other yellow.</p>
+
+<p>18. <em>Wée-sheet</em>, the Sturgeon’s Head; one of Black Hawk’s
+        principal warriors; his body most singularly ornamented with
+        his <em>war-paint</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man held a spear in his hand, with which, he assured me, he
+    killed four white men during the war.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>19, 20, 21. Three in a group; names not known.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_255" title="255"></a>
+KON-ZAS.</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+A tribe of 1560 souls, residing on the Konza river, sixty or eighty
+miles west of the Missouri. Uncivilized remains of a powerful and warlike
+tribe. One-half died with the smallpox a few years since. This tribe
+shave the head like the Osages, Sacs, and Foxes.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>22. <em>Shó-me-kós-see</em>, the Wolf; one of the Chiefs; his head curiously
+ornamented, and numerous strings of wampum on his
+neck.</p>
+
+<p>23. <em>Jee-hé-o-hó-shah</em>, He who cannot be thrown down; a warrior.</p>
+
+<p>24. <em>Wá-hón-ga-shee</em>, No Fool; a very great fop.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<p>Used half the day in painting his face, preparing to sit for his picture.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>25. <em>Meach-o-shín-gaw</em>, Little White Bear; a spirited and distinguished
+brave, with a scalping-knife grasped in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>26. <em>O-rón-gás-see</em>, the Bear-catcher; a celebrated warrior.</p>
+
+<p>27. <em>Chésh-oo-hong-ha</em>, the Man of Good Sense; a handsome
+young warrior; style of his head-dress like the Grecian
+helmet.</p>
+
+<p>28. <em>Hón-je-a-pút-o</em>, a woman; wife of O-rón-gás-see.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">O-SÁGE, <span class="fakesc">OR</span> WA-SÁW-SEE.</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+    A tribe in their primitive state, inhabiting the head-waters of
+    the Arkansas and Neosho or Grand Rivers, 700 miles west of the
+    Mississippi. Present number of the tribe, 5200; residing in three
+    villages; wigwams built of barks and flags, or reeds. The Osages
+    are the tallest men on the continent, the most of them being over
+    six feet in stature, and many of them seven. This tribe shave the
+    head, leaving a small tuft on the top, called the “scalp-lock.”</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>29. <em>Cler-mónt</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; first Chief of the tribe; with his
+        war-club in his hand, and his leggins fringed with
+        scalp-locks taken from his enemies’ heads.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man is the son of an old and celebrated chief of that name,
+    who died a few years since.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>30. <em>Wáh-chee-te</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman and child; wife of Cler-mónt.</p>
+
+<p>31. <em>Tchong-tas-sáb-bee</em>, the Black Dog; second Chief of the
+        Osages; with his pipe in one hand and tomahawk in the other;
+        head shaved, and ornamented with a crest made of the deer’s
+        tail, coloured red.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This is the largest man in the Osage nation, and blind in his left
+    eye.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>32. <em>Tál-lee</em>,&mdash;&mdash;; an Osage warrior of distinction; with his
+        shield, bow, and quiver.</p>
+
+<p>33. <em>Wa-ho-béck-ee</em>,&mdash;&mdash;; a brave; said to be the hand<a class="pagenum" id="Page_256" title="256"></a>somest
+        man in the nation; with a profusion of wampum on
+        his neck, and a fan in his hand made of the eagle’s
+        tail.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+  <span class="multiline">
+    34. <em>Mun-ne-pús-kee</em>, He who is not afraid. <br />
+    35. <em>Ko-ha-túnk-a</em>, the Big Crow.<br />
+    36. <em>Nah-cóm-ee-shee</em>, Man of the Bed.</span>
+  <span class="multiline"><span class="xlarge">}</span> group.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+    Three distinguished young warriors, who desired to be painted on
+    one canvas.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>37. <em>Moi-eén-e-shee</em>, the Constant Walker.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+  <span class="multiline">
+     38. <em>Wa-másh-ee-sheek</em>, He who takes away.<br />
+     39. <em>Wa-chésh-uk</em>, War.<br />
+     40. <em>Mink-chésk</em>,&mdash;&mdash;.</span>
+  <span class="multiline"><span class="xlarge">}</span> group.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+    Three distinguished young men, full length.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>41. <em>Tcha-tó-ga</em>, Mad Buffalo; bow and quiver on his back.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man was tried and convicted for the murder of two white men,
+    under Mr. Adams’s administration, and was afterwards pardoned, but
+    is held in disgrace in his tribe since.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>42. <em>Wash-ím-pe-shee</em>, the Madman; a distinguished warrior; full
+        length.</p>
+
+<p>43. <em>Pa-hú-sha</em>, White Hair; the younger; with lance and quiver.
+        Chief of a band, and rival of Cler-mónt.</p>
+
+<p>44. <em>Shin-ga-wás-sa</em>, the Handsome Bird; a splendid-looking
+        fellow, six feet eight inches high; with war-club and quiver.</p>
+
+<p>45. <em>Cáh-he-ga-shín-ga</em>, the Little Chief; full-length, with bow
+        and quiver.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">CA-MÁN-CHEES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>One of the most powerful and hostile tribes in North America,
+    inhabiting the western parts of Texas and the Mexican provinces,
+    and the south-western part of the territory of the United States
+    near the Rocky Mountains; entirely wild and predatory in their
+    habits; the most expert and effective lancers and horsemen on the
+    continent. Numbering some 25,000 or 30,000; living in skin lodges
+    or wigwams; well mounted on wild horses; continually at war with
+    the Mexicans, Texians, and Indian tribes of the north-west.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>46. <em>Eé-shah-kó-nee</em>, the Bow and Quiver; first Chief of the
+        tribe. Boar’s tusk on his breast, and rich shells in his ears.</p>
+
+<p>47. <em>Ta-wáh-que-nah</em>, the Mountain of Rocks; second Chief of the
+        tribe, and largest man in the nation.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man received the United States Regiment of Dragoons with great
+    kindness at his village, which was beautifully situated at the base
+    of a huge spur of the Rocky Mountains: he has decidedly African
+    features, and a beard of two inches in length on his chin.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>48. <em>Ish-a-ró-yeh</em>, He who carries a Wolf; a distinguished
+        brave;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_257" title="257"></a> so called from the circumstance of his carrying a
+        <em>medicine-bag</em> made of the skin of a wolf: he holds a whip in
+        his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man piloted the dragoons to the Camanchee village, and
+    received a handsome rifle from Colonel Dodge for so doing.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>49. <em>Kots-o-kó-ro-kó</em>, the Hair of the Bull’s Neck; third grade
+        Chief; shield on his arm and gun in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>50. <em>Is-sa-wáh-tám-ah</em>, the Wolf tied with Hair; a Chief, third
+        rate: pipe in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>51. <em>His-oo-sán-chees</em>, the Little Spaniard; a brave of the
+        highest order in his tribe; armed as a warrior, with shield,
+        bow and quiver, lance fourteen feet long, and war-knife.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This was the first of the Camanchees who daringly left his own
+    war-party and came to the regiment of dragoons, and spoke with
+    our interpreter, inviting us to go to their village. A man of
+    low stature, but of the most remarkable strength and daring
+    courage.&mdash;See him approaching the dragoons on horseback, No. 489.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>52. <em>Háh-nee</em>, the Beaver; a warrior of terrible aspect.</p>
+
+<p>53-54. Two Camanchee Girls (sisters), showing the wigwam of the
+        Chief, his dogs, and his five children.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">PAW-NEE PÍCTS (T́OW-EE-AHGE).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A wild and hostile tribe, numbering about 6000, adjoining the
+    Camanchees on the north. This tribe and the Camanchees are in
+    league with each other, joining in war and in the chase.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>55. <em>Wee-tá-ra-shá-ro</em>,&mdash;&mdash;; head Chief; an old and very
+        venerable man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man embraced Colonel Dodge, and others of the dragoon officers
+    in council, in his village, and otherwise treated them with great
+    kindness, theirs being the first visit ever made to them by white
+    people.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>56. <em>Sky-se-ró-ka</em>,&mdash;&mdash;; second Chief of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A fine-looking and remarkably shrewd and intelligent man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>57. <em>Kid-á-day</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave of distinction.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="group">
+ <span class="multiline">
+  58. <em>Káh-kée-tsee</em>, the Thighs.<br />
+  59. <em>Shé-de-ah</em>, Wild Sage.</span>
+  <span class="multiline"><span class="large">}</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Both of these women were prisoners amongst the Osages; they were
+    purchased by the Indian Commissioner, and sent home to the nation
+    by the dragoons.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>60. <i>A[h´]-sho-cole</i>, Rotten Foot; a noted warrior.</p>
+
+<p>61. <i>A[h´]-re-ka[h´]-na-có-chee</i>, the Mad Elk; a great warrior.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">KÍ-O-WA.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Also a wild and predatory tribe of 5000 or 6000, living on the west
+    of the Pawnee Picts and Camanchees, and also in alliance with those
+    war<a class="pagenum" id="Page_258" title="258"></a>like and powerful tribes. They inhabit the base of, and extend
+    their wars and hunts through a great extent of the Rocky Mountains:
+    and, like the Camanchees, are expert and wonderful horsemen.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>62. <em>Téh-tóot-sah</em>, &mdash;&mdash;, first Chief.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man treated the dragoons with great kindness in his country,
+    and came in with us to Fort Gibson; his hair was very long,
+    extending down as low as his knees, and put up in clubs, and
+    ornamented with silver brooches.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>63. <em>Kotz-a-tó-ah</em>, the Smoked Shield; a distinguished warrior;
+        full-length.</p>
+
+<p>64. <em>Bón-són-gee</em>, New Fire; Chief of a band; boar’s tusk and
+        war-whistle on his breast.</p>
+
+<p>65. <em>Quáy-hám-kay</em>, the Stone Shell; a brave, and a good specimen
+        of the wild untutored savage.</p>
+
+<p>66. <em>Túnk-aht-óh-ye</em> the Thunderer (boy).</p>
+
+<p>67. <em>Wun-pán-to-mee</em>, the White Weasel (girl).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This boy and girl, who had been for several years prisoners amongst
+    the Osages, were purchased by the Indian Commissioner; the girl was
+    sent home to her nation by the dragoons, and the boy was killed by
+    a ram the day before we started. They were brother and sister.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">WÉE-CO.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe, living near to, and under the protection of, the
+    Pawnee Picts, speaking an unknown language; probably the remnant of
+    a tribe conquered and enslaved by the Pawnee Picts.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>68. <em>U’sh-ee-kitz</em>, He who fights with a Feather. Chief of the
+        tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man came into Fort Gibson with the dragoons; he was famous for
+    a custom he observed after all his speeches, of <em>embracing</em> the
+    officers and chiefs in council.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">SIÓUX (DAH-CÓ-TA).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This is one of the most numerous and powerful tribes at present
+    existing on the continent, numbering, undoubtedly, some 40,000,
+    occupying a vast tract of country on the upper waters of the
+    Mississippi and Missouri rivers, and extending quite to the base of
+    the Rocky Mountains. They live in skin lodges, and move them about
+    the prairies, without any permanent residence. This tribe lost
+    about 8000 by smallpox a few years since.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>69. <em>Ha-wón-je-tah</em>, the One Horn; first Chief of the tribe;
+        <em>Mee-ne-cow-e-gee</em> band, Upper Missouri; hair tied on his
+        head in form of a turban, and filled with glue and red earth,
+        or vermilion.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The Sioux have forty-one bands; every band has a chief, and this
+    man was head of all: he has been recently killed by a buffalo-bull.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_259" title="259"></a>
+<p>70. <em>Wá-nah-de-túnk-ah</em>, the Big Eagle, or Black Dog;
+        at the Falls of St. Anthony. Chief of the
+        <em>O-hah-has-ka-toh-y-an-te</em>, or <em>Long Avenue</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>71. <em>Tchán-dee</em>, Tobacco; second Chief of the nation, of the
+        <em>O-gla-la</em> band, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>72. <em>Wán-ee-ton</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; Chief of the <em>Sus-se-ton</em> band, Upper
+        Missouri; full-length, in a splendid dress; head-dress of
+        war-eagle’s quills and ermine, and painted robe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>One of the most noted and dignified, as well as graceful chiefs of
+    the Sioux tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>73. <em>Tóh-to-wah-kón-da-pee</em>, the Blue Medicine; a noted
+        “medicine-man,” or doctor, at the St. Peter’s, of the
+        <em>Ting-ta-to-ah</em> band; with his <em>medicine</em> or mystery drum and
+        rattle in his hands, his looking-glass on his breast, his
+        rattle of antelope’s hoofs, and drum of deer-skins.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These “<em>medicine-men</em>” are conjurers as well as physicians,
+    paying their dernier visits to the sick, with their <em>mysteries</em>,
+    endeavouring and pretending to cure by a charm.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+ <p>74. <em>Ah-nó-je-nahge</em>, He who stands on both Sides; and</p>
+
+ <p>75. <em>We-chúsh-ta-dóo-ta</em>, the Red Man; the two most distinguished
+     ball-players of the Sioux tribe, in their ball-play dress, with
+     their ball-sticks in their hands.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>In this beautiful and favourite game, each player is adorned with
+    an embroidered belt, and a tail of beautiful quills or horse-hair;
+    the arms, legs, and feet are always naked, and curiously painted.
+    (See two paintings of ball-plays, and further description of the
+    game, under <em>Amusements</em>, Nos. 428, 429, 430, and the ball-sticks
+    among the manufactures.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>76. <em>Ka-pés-ka-da</em>, the Shell; a brave of the <em>O-gla-la</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>77. <em>Táh-zee-keh-dá-cha</em>, the Torn Belly; a very distinguished
+        brave of the <em>Yank-ton</em> band, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>78. <em>Wúk-mi-ser</em>, Corn; a warrior of distinction, of the
+        <em>Ne-caw-ee-gee</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>79. <em>Chá-tee-wah-née-che</em>, No Heart; a very noted Indian. Chief
+        of the <em>Wah-ne-watch-to-nee-nah</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>80. <em>Ee-áh-sá-pa</em>, the Black Rock; Chief of the <em>Nee-caw-wee-gee</em>
+        band; a very dignified chief, in a beautiful dress, full
+        length, head-dress of eagles’ quills and ermine, and horns
+        of the buffalo; lance in his hand, and battles of his life
+        emblazoned on his robe.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_260" title="260"></a>
+<p>81. <em>Wi-lóoh-tah-eeh-tcháh-ta-máh-nee</em>, the Red Thing that
+        touches in Marching; a young girl; and the daughter of <em>Black
+        Rock</em> (No. 80), by her side&mdash;her dress of deer-skin, and
+        ornamented with brass buttons and beads.</p>
+
+<p>82. <em>Toh-kí-e-to</em>, the Stone with Horns. Chief of the Yank-ton
+        band, and principal orator of the nation; his body curiously
+        tattooed.</p>
+
+<p>83. <em>Mah-tó-rah-rísh-nee-eéh-ée-rah</em>, the Grisly Bear that runs
+        without Regard; a brave of the <em>Onc-pah-pa</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>84. <em>Mah-tó-che-ga</em>, the Little Bear; a distinguished brave.</p>
+
+<p>85. <em>Shón-ka</em>, the Dog; Chief of the <em>Bad Arrow Points</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>86. <em>Táh-téck-a-da-háir</em>, the Steep Wind; a Brave of the
+        <em>Ca-za-zhee-ta</em> (or Bad Arrow Points) band.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These three distinguished men were all killed in a private quarrel
+    (while I was in the country), occasioned by my painting only <em>one
+    half</em> of the face of the first (No. 84); ridicule followed, and
+    resort to fire-arms, in which that side of the face which I had
+    left out was blown off in a few moments after I had finished the
+    portrait; and sudden and violent revenge for the offence soon laid
+    the other two in the dust, and imminently endangered my own life.
+    (For a full account of this strange transaction, see Catlin’s
+    ‘Letters and Notes on North American Indians.’)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>87. <em>Heh-háh-ra-pah</em>, the Elk’s Head; Chief of the
+        <em>Ee-ta-sip-shov</em> band, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>88. <em>Máh-to-een-náh-pa</em>, the White Bear that goes out; Chief of
+        the <em>Black Foot Sioux</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>89. <em>Tchón-su-móns-ka</em>, the Sand Bar; woman of the <em>Te-ton</em> band,
+        with a beautiful head of hair; her dress almost literally
+        covered with brass buttons, which are highly valued by the
+        women, to adorn their dresses.</p>
+
+<p>90. <em>Wá-be-shaw</em>, the Leaf; Upper Mississippi, Chief of a band,
+        blind in one eye; a very distinguished man, since dead.</p>
+
+<p>91. <em>Shón-ga-tón-ga-chésh-en-day</em>, the Horse-dung; Chief of a
+        band; a great conjurer and magician.</p>
+
+<p>92. <em>Tah-tón-ga-mó-nee</em>, the Walking Buffalo; Red Wing’s son.</p>
+
+<p>93. <em>Múz-za</em>, the Iron; St. Peters; a brave of distinction, and a
+        very handsome fellow.</p>
+
+<p>94. <em>Te-o-kún-ko</em>, the Swift.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>An ill-visaged and ill-natured fellow, though reputed a desperate
+    warrior.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_261" title="261"></a>
+PÚN-CAH.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe residing on the west bank of the Missouri River, 900
+    in number, reduced one-half by the smallpox in 1824-5.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>95. <em>Shoo-de-gá-cha</em>, the Smoke; Chief of the Tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very philosophical and dignified man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>96. <em>Hee-láh-dee</em>, the Pure Fountain; wife of Shoo-de-gá-cha (No.
+        95).</p>
+
+<p>97. <em>Hongs-káy-dee</em>, the Great Chief; son of the Chief.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This young fellow, about 18 years of age, glowing red with
+    vermilion, signalised himself by marrying <em>four wives in one day</em>,
+    whilst I was in his village! He took them all at once to his
+    wigwam, where I saw them, and painted one of them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>98. <em>Mong-shóng-sha</em>, the Bending Willow; one of the four wives
+        of Hongs-káy-dee (No. 97), about 13 years old, and wrapped in
+        a buffalo robe, prettily garnished.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">PÁW-NEES,&mdash;<span class="smcap">of the Platte.</span></p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A wild and very warlike tribe of 12,000, occupying the country
+    watered by the river Platte, from the Missouri to the Rocky
+    Mountains. This once very powerful tribe lost one-half of their
+    numbers by the small-pox in 1823: they are entirely distinct from
+    the Pawnee Picts, both in language and customs, and live 1000 miles
+    from them. This tribe shave the head like the Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">First Band.&mdash;Grand Páwnees.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>99. <em>Shón-ka-ki-he-ga</em>, the Horse Chief; head Chief of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This chief, and a number of his braves, visited Washington in 1837.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>100. <em>La-dóo-ke-a</em>, the Buffalo Bull; his <em>medicine</em> or <em>totem</em>
+        (the head of a buffalo bull) painted on his face and breast,
+        his bow and arrow in his hands.</p>
+
+<p>101. <em>Ah-sháw-wah-róoks-te</em>, the Medicine Horse; a brave, or
+        soldier.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Second Band.&mdash;Tap-páhge Páwnees.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>102. <em>La-kée-too-wi-rá-sha</em>, the Little Chief; a great warrior.</p>
+
+<p>103. <em>Loo-rá-wée-re-coo</em>, the Bird that goes to War.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Third Band.&mdash;Republican Páwnees.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>104. <i>A´h-sha-la-cóots-ah</i>, the Mole in the Forehead; Chief of his
+        band; a very distinguished warrior.</p>
+
+<p>105. <em>Lá-shah-le-stáw-hix</em>, the Man Chief.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_262" title="262"></a>
+
+<p>106. <em>La-wée-re-coo-re-shaw-wee</em>, the War Chief.</p>
+
+<p>107. <i>Te-ah´-ke-ra-lée-re-coo</i>, the Chayenne; a fine-looking
+        fellow, with a pipe in one hand and his whip in the other.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Fourth Band.&mdash;Wolf Páwnees.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>108. <em>Le-sháw-loo-láh-le-hoo</em>, the Big Elk; Chief of the band.</p>
+
+<p>109. <em>Lo-lóch-to-hóo-lah</em>, the Big Chief; a very celebrated man.</p>
+
+<p>110. <em>La-wáh-he-coots-la-sháw-no</em>, the Brave Chief; impressions of
+        hands painted on his breast.</p>
+
+<p>111. <i>L'har-e-tar-rúshe</i>, the Ill-natured Man; a great warrior.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">O-MÁ-HAS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The remains of a numerous tribe, nearly destroyed by the small-pox
+    in 1823, now living under the protection of the Pawnees: their
+    numbers, about 1500.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>112. <em>Man-sha-qúi-ta</em>, the Little Soldier; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>113. <em>Ki-hó-ga-waw-shú-shee</em>, the Brave Chief; Chief of the tribe.</p>
+
+<p>114. <em>Om-pah-tón-ga</em>, the Big Elk; a famous warrior, his tomahawk
+        in his hand, and face painted black, for war.</p>
+
+<p>115. <em>Sháw-da-mon-nee</em>, There he goes; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>116. <em>Nóm-ba-mon-nee</em>, the Double Walker; a brave.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">OTE-TOES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These are also the remains of a large tribe, two-thirds of which
+    were destroyed by small-pox in 1823: they are neighbours and
+    friends of the Pawnees, numbering about 600.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>117. <em>Wah-ro-née-sah</em>, the Surrounder; Chief of the tribe, quite
+        an old man; his shirt made of the skin of a grisly bear, with
+        the claws on.</p>
+
+<p>118. <em>Nón-je-ning-a</em>, No Heart; a distinguished brave.</p>
+
+<p>119. <em>No-wáy-ke-súg-gah</em>, He who Strikes Two at Once. Sketch quite
+        unfinished; beautiful dress, trimmed with a profusion of
+        scalp-locks and eagles’ quills; pipe in his hand, and
+        necklace of grisly bears’ claws.</p>
+
+<p>120. <em>Ráw-no-way-wóh-krah</em>, the Loose Pipe-stem; a brave (full
+        length); eagle head-dress, shirt of grisly bear’s skin.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_263" title="263"></a>
+121. <em>Wée-ke-rú-law</em>, He who Exchanges; beautiful pipe in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">MIS-SÓU-RIES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Once a very numerous and powerful nation, occupying the States of
+    Illinois and Indiana. Reduced in wars with Sacs and Foxes, and
+    lastly by the small-pox in 1823; now merged into the Pawnee tribe.
+    Numbers at present, 400; twenty years ago, 18,000.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>122. <em>Háw-che-he-súg-ga</em>, He who kills the Osages; Chief of the
+        tribe; an old man, necklace of grisly bears’ claws, and a
+        handsome carved pipe in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">RÍC-CA-EEES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small but very hostile tribe of 2500, on the west bank of the
+    Missouri, 1600 miles above its junction with the Mississippi;
+    living in one village of earth-covered lodges.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>123. <em>Stán-au-pat</em>, the Bloody Hand; Chief of the tribe. His face
+        painted red with vermilion, scalping-knife in his hand;
+        wearing a beautiful dress.</p>
+
+<p>124. <em>Kah-béck-a</em>, the Twin; wife of the Chief (No. 123).</p>
+
+<p>125. <em>Pshán-shaw</em>, the Sweet-scented Grass; a girl of twelve years
+        old, daughter of the Chief (No. 123), full length, in a
+        beautiful dress of the mountain-sheep skin, neatly garnished,
+        and robe of the young buffalo.</p>
+
+<p>126. <em>Páh-too-cá-ra</em>, He who Strikes; a distinguished brave.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">MAN-DANS,</p>
+<p><span class="smcap">(See-póhs-ka-nu-máh-ká-kee,) People of the Pheasants.</span></p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe of 2000 souls, living in two permanent villages on
+    the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi.
+    Earth-covered lodges; villages fortified by strong piquets,
+    eighteen feet high, and a ditch. [<em>This friendly and interesting
+    tribe all perished by the small-pox and suicide in 1837 (three
+    years after I lived amongst them), excepting about forty, who have
+    since been destroyed by their enemy, rendering the tribe entirely
+    extinct, and their language lost, in the short space of a few
+    months!</em> The disease was carried amongst them by the traders, which
+    destroyed in six months, of different tribes, 25,000!]</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>127. <em>Ha-na-tá-nu-maúk</em>, the Wolf Chief; head of the tribe, in
+        a splendid dress, head-dress of raven-quills, and two
+        <em>calumets</em> or pipes of peace in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>128. <em>Máh-to-toh-pa</em>, the Four Bears; second Chief, but the
+        favourite and popular man of the nation; costume splendid,
+        head-dress of war-eagles’ quills and ermine, extending quite
+        to the ground, surmounted by the horns of the buffalo and
+        skin of the magpie.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_264" title="264"></a>
+129. <em>Mah-tó-he-ha</em>, the Old Bear; a very distinguished brave; but
+        here represented in the character of a <em>Medicine Man</em> or
+        Doctor, with his <em>medicine</em> or <em>mystery</em> pipes in his hands,
+        and foxes’ tails tied to his heels, prepared to make his last
+        visit to his patient, to cure him, if possible, by <em>hocus
+        pocus</em> and magic.</p>
+
+<p>130. <em>Mah-táhp-ta-a</em>, He who rushes through the Middle; a brave,
+        son of the former Chief, called “the Four Men.” Necklace of
+        bears’ claws.</p>
+
+<p>131. <em>Máh-to-tóh-pa</em>, the Four Bears; in <em>undress</em>, being in
+        mourning, with a few locks of his hair cut off. His hair put
+        up in plaits or slabs, with glue and red paint, a custom of
+        the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+<p class="quote2">
+    The scars on his breast, arms, and legs, show that he has
+    several times in his life submitted to the propitiatory tortures
+    represented in four paintings, Nos. 505, 506, 507, 508.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>132. <em>Seehk-hée-da</em>, the Mouse-coloured Feather, or “<em>White
+        Eyebrows</em>;” a very noted brave, with a beautiful pipe in his
+        hand; his hair quite yellow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<p>This man was killed by the Sioux, and scalped, two years after I
+    painted his portrait: his scalp lies on the table, No. 10.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>133. <em>Mi-néek-ee-súnk-te-ka</em>, the Mink; a beautiful Mandan
+        girl, in mountain-sheep skin dress, ornamented with
+        porcupine-quills, beads, and elk’s teeth.</p>
+
+<p>134. <em>Sha-kó-ka</em>, Mint.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+    A very pretty and modest girl, twelve years of age, with <em>grey
+    hair! peculiar to the Mandans</em>. This unaccountable peculiarity
+    belongs to the Mandans alone, and about one in twelve, of both
+    sexes and of all ages, have the hair of a bright silvery grey, and
+    exceedingly coarse and harsh, somewhat like a horse’s mane.
+</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>135. <i>[U']n-ka-hah-hón-shee-kow</i>, the Long Finger-nails; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>136. <i>Máh-ta[h']p-ta-hah</i>, the One who rushes through the Middle.</p>
+
+<p>137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142. <em>San-ja-ka-kó-koh</em>, the Deceiving
+        Wolf; and five others, in a group; names not preserved.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">SHI-ENNE.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small but very valiant tribe of 3000, neighbours of the Sioux, on
+    the west, between the Black Hills and the Rocky Mountains: a very
+    tall race of men, second in stature to the Osages.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>143. <em>Né-hee-ó-ee-wóo-tis</em>, the Wolf on the Hill; Chief of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_265" title="265"></a>
+        tribe; a noble and fine-looking fellow: this man has been
+        known to own 100 horses at one time.</p>
+
+<p>144. <em>Tis-se-wóo-na-tís</em>, She who bathes her Knees; Wife of the
+        Chief (No. 143); her hair in braid.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">FLAT HEADS, or NEZ PERCÉS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>On the head-waters of the Columbia, west of the Rocky Mountains.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>145. <i>Hee-oh'ks-te-kin</i>, the Rabbit’s Skin Leggins; a brave, in a
+        very beautiful dress.</p>
+
+<p>146. <i>H'co-a-h'co-a-h'cotes-min</i>, No Horns on his Head; a brave, a
+        very handsome man, in a beautiful dress.</p>
+
+<p>147. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;) Woman and Child; showing the manner in which the heads of
+        the children are flattened.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">CHIN-OOK.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>On the lower parts of the Columbia, near the Pacific Ocean.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>148. <i>Hee-doh'ge-ats</i>, &mdash;&mdash;; a young man, eighteen years of age.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">BLACK FEET.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very warlike and hostile tribe of 50,000, including the <em>Peagans
+    Cotonnés</em> and <em>Gros-ventres de Prairies</em>, occupying the head-waters
+    of the Missouri, extending a great way into the British territory
+    on the north, and into the Rocky Mountains on the west. Rather low
+    in stature, broad chested, square shouldered, richly clad, and well
+    armed, living in skin lodges. 12,000 of them destroyed by smallpox
+    within the year 1838!</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>149. <em>Stu-mick-o-súcks</em>, the Buffalo’s Black Fat; Chief of the
+        tribe, in a splendid costume, richly garnished with
+        porcupine-quills, and fringed with scalp-locks.</p>
+
+<p>150. <em>Eeh-nís-kim</em>, the Crystal Stone; wife of the Chief (No. 149).</p>
+
+<p>151. <em>In-ne-ó-cose</em>, the Buffalo’s Child; a warrior, full-length,
+        with <em>medicine-bag</em> of otter-skin.</p>
+
+<p>152. <em>Peh-tó-pe-kiss</em>, the Eagle’s Ribs; Chief of the “<em>Blood
+        Band</em>,” full-length, in splendid dress; head-dress of horns
+        of the buffalo and ermines’ tails; lance in his hand and two
+        <em>medicine-bags</em>.</p>
+
+<p>153. <em>Mix-ke-móte-skin-na</em>, the Iron Horn; warrior, in a splendid
+        dress.</p>
+
+<p>154. <em>Pek-no-máh-kan</em>, He who runs down the Hill.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_266" title="266"></a>
+155. <i>Ah'-kay-ee-píx-en</i>, the Woman who Strikes Many; full-length;
+        dress of mountain-sheep skin.</p>
+
+<p>156. <em>Méh-tóom</em>, the Hill.</p>
+
+<p>157. <em>Tcha-dés-sa-ko-máh-pee</em>, the Bear’s Child, with war-club.</p>
+
+<p>158. <em>Wún-nes-tou</em>, the White Buffalo; a <em>medicine-man</em> or
+        <em>doctor</em>, with his <em>medicine</em> or <em>mystery</em> shield.</p>
+
+<p>159. <em>Tcha-aés-ka-ding</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; boy, four years old, wearing his
+        robe made of the skin of a racoon: this boy is grandson of
+        the Chief, and is expected to be his successor.</p>
+
+<p>160. <em>Peh-tó-pe-kiss</em>, the Eagle’s Ribs; Chief of the Blood Band;
+        splendid dress.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man boasted to me that he had killed eight white men
+    (trappers) in his country; he said that they had repeatedly told
+    the traders that they should not catch the beaver in their country,
+    and if they continued to do it they would kill them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+ <p>161. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;) &mdash;&mdash;, a <em>medicine-man</em>, or <em>doctor</em>, performing his
+     <em>medicines</em> or <em>mysteries</em> over a dying man, with the skin of a
+     yellow bear and other curious articles of dress thrown over him;
+     with his mystery rattle and mystery spear, which, he supposes,
+     possess a supernatural power in the art of healing and curing the
+     sick.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">CROWS (BEL-ANT-SE-A.)</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A tribe of 7000, on the head-waters of the Yellow Stone
+    River, extending their hunts and their wars into the Rocky
+    Mountains&mdash;inveterate enemies of the Black Feet; tall, fine-limbed
+    men, graceful and gentlemanly in deportment, and the most richly
+    and tastefully clad of any Indians on the continent. Skin lodges,
+    many of which are tastefully ornamented and painted like the one
+    standing in the room.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>162. <em>Cháh-ee-chópes</em>, the Four Wolves; a Chief, a fine-looking
+        fellow; his hair reaching the ground; his <em>medicine</em>
+        (mystery) <em>bag</em> of the skin of the ermine.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man was in mourning, having some of his locks cut off.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>163. <em>Eé-hée-a-duck-cée-a</em>, He who ties his Hair before; a man of
+        six feet stature, whose natural hair drags on the ground as
+        he walks.</p>
+
+<p>164. <em>Pa-rís-ka-róo-pa</em>, the Two Crows; Chief of a band; his hair
+        sweeps the ground; his head-dress made of the eagle’s
+        skin entire; he holds in his hand his lance and two
+        <em>medicine</em>-bags, the one of his own instituting, the other
+        taken from his enemy, whom he had killed in battle.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_267" title="267"></a>
+
+<p>165. <em>Hó-ra-tó-a</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave, wrapped in his robe, and his
+        hair reaching to the ground; his spear in his hand, and bow
+        and quiver slung.</p>
+
+<p>166. <em>Oó-je-en-á-he-a</em>, the Woman who lives in the Bear’s Den; her
+        hair cut off, she being in mourning.</p>
+
+<p>167. <em>Duhk-gits-o-ó-see</em>, the Red Bear.</p>
+
+<p>168. <em>Pa-ris-ka-róo-pa</em>, the Two Crows (the younger), called the
+        “Philosopher.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A young man distinguished as an orator and wise man, though the
+    character of his face and head would almost appear like a deformity.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>169. <em>Bi-éets-ee-cure</em>, the Very Sweet Man.</p>
+
+<p>170. <em>Ba-da-ah-chón-du</em>, He who jumps over Every One; on a wild
+        horse, with war-eagle head-dress on his horse’s and his own
+        head; with shield, bow, quiver, and lance; his long hair
+        floating in the wind.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">GROS-VENTRES</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">(MIN-A-TAR-REES), People of the Willows.</span></p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe, near neighbours and friends of the Mandans, speaking
+    the Crow language, and probably have, at a former period, strayed
+    away from them; numbering about 1100.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>171. <i>Eh-toh'k-pah-she-pée-shah</i>, the Black Mocassin; Chief; over
+        a hundred years old; sits in his lodge, smoking a handsome
+        pipe; his arms and ornaments hanging on a post by the side of
+        his bed. (Since dead.)
+
+ 172. <i>E'e-a-chín-che-a</i>, the Red Thunder; the son of the Black
+        Mocassin (No. 171), represented in the costume of a warrior.</p>
+
+<p>173. <em>Pa-ris-ka-róo-pa</em>, the Two Crows; with a handsome shirt,
+        ornamented with ermine, and necklace of grisly bears’ claws.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man is now the head Chief of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>174. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), &mdash;&mdash;; woman, the wife of the Two Crows (No. 173).</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_268" title="268"></a>
+
+<p>175. <em>Seet-sé-be-a</em>, the Mid-day Sun; a pretty girl, in
+        mountain-sheep skin dress, and fan of the eagle’s tail in her
+        hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">CREES (KNIS-TE-NEUX).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe of 4000, in <em>Her Majesty’s dominions</em>, neighbours of
+    the Black Feet, and always at war with them; desperate warriors;
+    small and light in stature. Half of them have recently died of the
+    smallpox since I was amongst them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>176. <em>Eeh-tow-wées-ka-zeet</em>, He who has Eyes behind him; one of
+        the foremost braves of the tribe, in a handsome dress.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man visited Washington with the Indian agent, Major Sanford, a
+    few years since.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>177. <em>Tsee-moúnt</em>, a Great Wonder; woman carrying her Infant in
+        her robe.</p>
+
+<p>178. <em>Tow-ée-ka-wet</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">AS-SIN-NE-BOINS (STONE BOILERS).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A tribe of 8000, occupying the country from the mouth of the Yellow
+    Stone River to Lake Winnepeg, in her <em>British Majesty’s dominions</em>,
+    speaking the Sioux or Dahcota language, ranging about, like them,
+    in skin lodges, and no doubt a severed band of that great nation.
+    4000 of these people destroyed by the smallpox in 1838, since I was
+    amongst them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>179. <em>Wi-jún-jon</em>, the Pigeon’s Egg Head; one of the most
+        distinguished young warriors of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>He was taken to Washington in 1832 by Major Sanford, the Indian
+    agent; after he went home he was condemned as a liar, and killed,
+    in consequence of the <em>incredible stories</em> which he told of the
+    whites.&mdash;(See him on <em>his way to, and returning from</em>, Washington,
+    No. 475.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>180. <em>Chin-cha-pee</em>, the Fire Bug that creeps; wife of Wi-jún-jon
+        (No. 179); her face painted red, and in her hand a stick,
+        used by the women in those regions for digging the “pomme
+        blanche,” or prairie turnip.</p>
+
+<p>181. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;); woman and child, in beautiful skin dresses.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">CHIP-PE-WAYS (OJIBBEWAYS).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<p>A very numerous tribe, of some 15,000 or 20,000, inhabiting a vast tract
+of country on the southern shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the Woods,
+and the Athabasca, extending a great way into the British territory; residing
+in skin and bark lodges.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>182. <em>Sha-có-pay</em>, the Six; Chief of the Ojibbeways living north
+of the mouth of Yellow Stone River; in a rich dress, with
+his battles emblazoned on it.</p>
+
+<p>183. <em>Kay-a-gís-gis</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a beautiful young woman pulling
+her hair out of braid.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_269" title="269"></a>
+
+<p>184. <i>Háh-je-day-ah'-shee</i>, the Meeting Birds; a brave, with his
+war-club in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>185. <em>Kay-ée-qua-da-kúm-ee-gísh-kum</em>, He who tries the Ground
+with his Foot.</p>
+
+<p>186. <em>Jú-ah-kís-gaw</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman, with her child in a
+cradle or “crib.”
+
+187. <em>Cáh-be-múb-bee</em>, He who sits everywhere; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>188. <em>O-tá-wah</em>, the Ottaway; a distinguished warrior.</p>
+
+<p>189. <em>Ka-bés-hunk</em>, He who travels everywhere; a desperate
+warrior; his war-club in his left hand and a handsome pipe
+in his right; strikes with his left hand; eight quills in his
+head stand for eight scalps he had taken from the heads of
+the Sioux, his enemies.</p>
+
+<p>190. <em>Ohj-ká-tchee-kum</em>, He who walks on the Sea.</p>
+
+<p>191. <em>Gitch-ee-gáw-ga-osh</em>, the Point that remains for ever; a
+very old and respectable Chief. (Since dead.)
+
+192. <em>Gaw-záw que-dung</em>, He who halloos. Civilized.</p>
+
+<p>193. <i>O'n-daig</i>, the Crow; a beau or dandy in full array, called
+by the Ojibbeways, <em>sha-wiz-zee-shah-go-tay-a</em>, a <em>harmless
+man</em>.</p>
+
+<p>194. <i>I-an-be-w'ah-dick</i>, the Male Carabou; a brave, with a war-club
+in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>195. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), &mdash;&mdash;; woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">I-RO-QUOIS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small remnant of a tribe who were once very numerous and warlike,
+    inhabiting the northern part of New York; only a few scattered
+    individuals now living, who are merged in the neighbouring tribes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>196. <em>Nót-to-way</em>, a Chief, a temperate and excellent man, with a
+        beautiful head-dress on.</p>
+
+<p>197. <em>Chée-ah-ká-tchée</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman, wife of Nót-to-way (No. 196).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">ÓT-TA-WAS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+  <p>A subdued and half-civilized tribe of 5500, speaking the
+     Ojibbeway language, on the eastern shore of Lake Michigan.
+     Agricultural and dissipated.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>198. <em>Shin-gós-se-moon</em>, the Big Sail; a Chief, blind in one eye.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_270" title="270"></a>
+ <p>The effects of whisky and civilization are plainly discernible in
+    this instance.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">WIN-NE-BÁ-GOES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very fierce and warlike tribe, on the western shores of Lake
+    Michigan, greatly reduced of late years by repeated attacks of the
+    smallpox and the dissipated vices of civilized neighbours; number
+    at this time 4400.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206. <em>Du-cór-re-a</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; Chief
+        of the tribe, and his family; a group of eight.</p>
+
+<p>207. <em>Wah-chee-háhs-ka</em>, the Man who puts all out of Doors, called
+        the “Boxer;” the largest man of the Winnebagoes; war-club in
+        his hand, and rattle-snake skins on his arms.</p>
+
+<p>208. <em>Won-de-tów-a</em>, the Wonder.</p>
+
+<p>209. <em>Náw-káw</em>, Wood; formerly the head Chief, with his war-club
+        on his arm. (Dead.)</p>
+
+<p>210. <em>Káw-kaw-ne-chóo-a</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>211. <em>Wa-kon-chásh-kaw</em>, He who comes on the Thunder.</p>
+
+<p>212. <em>Naw-naw-páy-ee</em>, the Soldier.</p>
+
+<p>213. <em>Wah-kón-ze-kaw</em>, the Snake.</p>
+
+<p>214. <em>Span-e-o-née-kaw</em>, the Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>215. <i>Hoo-w'a-ne-kaw</i>, the Little Elk.</p>
+
+<p>216. <em>No-ak-chóo-she-kaw</em>, He who breaks the Bushes.</p>
+
+<p>217. <em>Naugh-háigh-hee-kaw</em>, He who moistens the Wood.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">ME-NÓM-O-NIES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Like the Winnebagoes, mostly destroyed by whisky and smallpox, and
+    now numbering about 3500, and in a miserable state of dependence;
+    on the western side of Lake Michigan.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>218. <em>Mah-kée-mee-teuv</em>, the Grisly Bear; Chief of the nation, and
+        chief of a delegation to Washington city in 1829 (since
+        dead); handsome pipe in his hand, and wampum on his neck.</p>
+
+<p>219. <em>Mee-chéet-e-neuh</em>, the Wounded Bear’s Shoulder; wife of the
+        Chief (No. 218).</p>
+
+<p>220. <em>Chee-me-náh-na-quet</em>, the Great Cloud; son of the Chief (No.
+        218), a great rascal.</p>
+
+<p>221. <em>Ko-mán-i-kin-o-haw</em>, the Little Whale; a brave, with his
+        <em>medicine-wand</em>, his looking-glass, and scissors.</p>
+
+<p>222. <em>Sha-wá-no</em>, the South; a noted warrior.</p>
+
+<p>223. <em>Másh-kee-wet</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a great beau, or dandy.</p>
+
+<p>224. <em>Pah-shee-náu-shaw</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a warrior.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_271" title="271"></a>
+
+<p>225. <em>Tcha-káuks-o-ko-máugh</em>, the Great Chief (boy).</p>
+
+<p>226. <em>Aú nah-kwet-to-hau-páy-o</em>, the One sitting in the Clouds; a
+        fine boy.</p>
+
+<p>227. <em>Aúh-ka-nah-paw-wáh</em>, Earth Standing; an old and very valiant
+        warrior.</p>
+
+<p>228. <em>Ko-mán-i-kin</em>, the Big Wave, called the “Philosopher;” a
+        very old and distinguished Chief.</p>
+
+<p>229. <em>O-ho-páh-sha</em>, the Small Whoop; a hard-visaged warrior, of
+        most remarkable distinction.</p>
+
+<p>230. <em>Ah-yaw-ne-tah-cár-ron</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a warrior.</p>
+
+<p>231. <em>Au-wáh-shew-kew</em>, the Female Bear; wife of the above (No.
+        230).</p>
+
+<p>232. <em>Coo-coo-coo</em>, the Owl; a very old and emaciated Chief; sits
+        smoking a handsome pipe.</p>
+
+<p>233. <em>Wáh-chees</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>234. <em>Chésh-ko-tong</em>, He who sings the War-Song.</p>
+
+<p>235, 236. Two in a group, names not known; one with his war-club,
+        and the other with his lute at his mouth.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">POT-O-WÁT-O-MIE.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Once a numerous tribe, now numbering about 2700, reduced by
+    smallpox and whisky&mdash;recently removed from the state of Indiana to
+    the western shores of the Missouri: semi-civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>237. <em>On-sáw-kie</em>, the Sac; in the act of praying; his prayer
+        written in characters on a maple stick.</p>
+
+<p>238. <em>Na-pów-sa</em>, the Bear Travelling in the Night; one of the
+        most influential Chiefs of the tribe.</p>
+
+<p>239. <em>Kée-se</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">KÍCK-A-POO.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>On the frontier settlements; semi-civilized; number about 600;
+    greatly reduced by smallpox and whisky.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>240. <em>Kee-án-ne-kuk</em>, the Foremost Man, called the “<em>Prophet</em>.”
+        Chief of the tribe, in the attitude of prayer.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This very shrewd fellow engraved on a maple stick, in characters,
+    a prayer which was taught him by a Methodist Missionary; and by
+    introducing it into the hands of every one of his tribe, who are
+    enjoined to read it over every morning and evening as service, has
+    acquired great celebrity and respect in his tribe, as well as a
+    good store of their worldly goods, as he manufactures them all, and
+    gets well paid for them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_272" title="272"></a>
+<p>241. <em>Ah-tón-we-tuck</em>, the Cock Turkey; repeating his prayer from
+        the stick in his hand, described above.</p>
+
+<p>242. <em>Ma-shée-na</em>, the Elk’s Horns; a Sub-Chief, in the act of
+        prayer, as above described.</p>
+
+<p>243. <em>Ke-chím-qua</em>, the Big Bear; wampum on his neck, and red flag
+        in his hand, the symbol of war or “blood.”</p>
+
+<p>244. <i>A'h-tee-wát-o-mee</i>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman, with wampum and silver
+        brooches in profusion on her neck.</p>
+
+<p>245. <em>Shee-náh-wee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">KAS-KAS-KIA.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Once famed, numerous, and warlike, on the frontier, but now reduced
+    to a few individuals by smallpox and whisky.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>246. <em>Kee-món-saw</em>, the Little Chief; Chief; Semi-civilized.</p>
+
+<p>247. <em>Wah-pe-séh-see</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a very aged woman, mother of the
+        above.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">WÉE-AH.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<p>Remnant of a tribe on the frontier; semi-civilized; reduced by whisky
+and disease; present number 200.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>248. <em>Go-to-ków-páh-ah</em>, He who Stands by Himself; a brave of
+distinction, with his hatchet in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>249. <em>Wah-pón-jee-a</em>, the Swan; a warrior; fine-looking fellow,
+with an European countenance.</p>
+
+<p>250. <em>Wáh-pe-say</em>, the White.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">PE-O-RI-A.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Also a small remnant of a tribe on the frontier, reduced by the
+    same causes as above; present number about 200.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>251. <em>Pah-mee-ców-ee-tah</em>, the Man who tracks; a Chief; remarkably
+        fine head.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man would never drink whisky.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>252. <em>Wap-sha-ka-náh</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_273" title="273"></a>
+
+<p>253. <em>Kee-mo-rá-nia</em>, No English; a beau; his face curiously
+        painted, and looking-glass in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">PI-AN-KE-SHAW.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A frontier tribe, reduced, as <em>above</em>; present number 170.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>254. <em>Ni-a-có-mo</em>, to Fix with the Foot; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>255. <em>Men-són-se-ah</em>, the Left Hand; a fierce-looking warrior,
+        with a stone hatchet in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">Í-O-WAY.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe on the frontier, reduced by smallpox and their
+    enemies; living on the Missouri; number about 1400. Uncivilized
+    fine-looking men.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>256. <em>Notch-ee-níng-a</em>, No Heart, called “White Cloud;” Chief of
+        the tribe; necklace of grisly bears’ claws, and shield, bow
+        and arrows in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>257. <em>Pah-ta-cóo-chee</em>, the Shooting Cedar; a brave, with war-club
+        on his arm.</p>
+
+<p>258. <em>No-o-mún-nee</em>, He who walks in the Rain; warrior, with his
+        pipe and tobacco-pouch in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>259. <i>W'y-ee-yogh</i>, the Man of Sense; a brave, with a handsome
+        pipe in his hand, and bears’ claw necklace on his neck.</p>
+
+<p>260. <em>Wos-cóm-mun</em>, the Busy Man; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>262. <em>Mún-ne-o-ye</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">SEN-E-CAS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Near Lake Erie, State of New York. 1200, semi-civilized and
+    agricultural. One of the tribes composing the great compact called
+    the “Six Nations.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>263. <em>Red Jacket</em>, Head Chief of the tribe; full-length, life
+        size, standing on the “Table Rock,” Niagara Falls.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man was chief for many years, and so remained until his death,
+    in 1831. Perhaps no Indian Sachem has ever lived on our frontier
+    whose name and history are better known, or whose talents have been
+    more generally admitted, than those of Red Jacket: he was, as a
+    savage, very great in <em>council</em> and in <em>war</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>264. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Deep Lake; an old Chief.</p>
+
+<p>265. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Round Island; warrior, half-blood.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very handsome fellow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>266. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Hard Hickory; a very ferocious-looking, but a mild and
+        amiable man.</p>
+
+<p>267. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Good Hunter; a warrior.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_274" title="274"></a>
+
+<p>268. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), &mdash;&mdash; String; a warrior, renowned.</p>
+
+<p>269. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Seneca Steele; a great libertine. Hatchet in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">O-NEI-DA.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Remnant of a tribe, State of New York, one of the “Six Nations;”
+    present number, 600.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>270. (      ), Bread; the Chief, half-blood, civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A fine-looking and an excellent man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">TUS-KA-RÓ-RA.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>New York, remnant of a numerous tribe, one of the confederacy of
+    the “Six Nations;” present number, 500; semi-civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>271. <em>Cú-sick</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; son of the Chief. Civilized and
+        Christianized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man is a Baptist preacher, and quite an eloquent man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">MO-HEE-CON-NEU, or “MO-HE-GAN,” <span class="smcap">the Good
+                             Canoemen.</span></p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Now living near Green Bay; numbers, 400 or 500; formerly of
+    Massachusetts; a band of the famous tribe of Pequots; now
+    semi-civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>272. <em>Ee-tów-o-kaum</em>, Both Sides of the River; Chief of the tribe,
+        with a psalm-book in one hand, and a cane in the other.
+        <em>Christianized.</em></p>
+
+<p>273. <em>Waun-naw-con</em>, the Dish (John W. Quinney); missionary
+        preacher. <em>Civilized.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">DEL-A-WARES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Remains of a bold, daring, and numerous tribe, formerly of the
+    States of Pennsylvania and Delaware, and the terror of all the
+    eastern tribes. Gradually wasted away by wars, removals, small-pox,
+    and whisky; now living on the western borders of Missouri, and
+    number only 824; lost by small-pox, at different times, 10,000.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>274. <em>Bód-a-sin</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; the Chief; a distinguished man.</p>
+
+<p>275. <em>Ni-có-man</em>, the Answer; the second Chief, with bow and
+        arrows in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>276. <em>Non-on-dá-gon</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a Chief, with a ring in his nose.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_275" title="275"></a>
+SHA-WÁ-NO (SHAW-NEE).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Remains of a numerous tribe, formerly inhabiting part of
+    Pennsylvania, afterwards Ohio, and recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi River. Number at present about 1200; lost one-half by
+    small-pox at different times. Semi-civilized; intemperate.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>277. <em>Lay-láw-she-kaw</em>, He who goes up the River; a very aged man,
+        Chief of the tribe; his ears slit and elongated by wearing
+        weights in them, according to the custom of the tribe, and
+        his hair whitened with age.</p>
+
+<p>278. <em>Ká-te-quaw</em>, the Female Eagle; a fine-looking girl, daughter
+        of the above Chief.</p>
+
+<p>279. <em>Tea-sqúat-a-way</em>, the Open Door; called the “Shawnee
+        Prophet,” brother of Tecumsch; blind in one eye, holding his
+        <em>medicine</em> or mystery fire in one hand, and his “<em>sacred
+        string of beans</em>” in the other; a great <em>mystery-man</em>.</p>
+
+<p>280. <em>Pah-te-cóo-saw</em>, the Straight Man. Semi-civilized.</p>
+
+<p>281. <em>Lay-lóo-ah-pee-ái-shee-kaw</em>, Grass, Bush, and Blossom. Half
+        civil, and <em>more than half</em> drunk.</p>
+
+<p>282. <em>Cóo-ps-saw-qúay-te</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman (the Indescribable).</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">CHER-O-KEES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+  <p>Formerly of the State of Georgia, recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi to the head-waters of the Arkansas. This tribe are
+    mostly civilized and agriculturists; number, 22,000.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>283. <em>John Ross</em>, a civilized and well-educated man, head Chief of
+        the nation.</p>
+
+<p>284. <em>Túch-ee</em>, called “Dutch;” first War-chief of the Cherokees;
+        a fine-looking fellow, with a turbaned head.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>I travelled and hunted with this man some months, when he guided
+    the regiment of dragoons to the Camanchee and Pawnee villages: he
+    is a great warrior and a remarkable hunter.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>285. <em>Cól-lee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; Chief of a band of the Cherokees. (Since
+        dead.)
+
+ 286. <em>Téh-ke-néh-kee</em>, the Black Coat; a Chief, also of
+        considerable standing.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_276" title="276"></a>
+
+<p>287. <em>Ah-hee-te-wáh-chee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a very pretty woman, in civilized
+        dress, her hair falling over her shoulders.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">MUS-KÓ-GEE (CREEK).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Recently removed from Georgia and Alabama to the Arkansas,
+    700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present number, 21,000;
+    semi-civilized and agricultural.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>288. <em>Steeh-tcha-kó-me-co</em>, the Great King, called, “Ben
+        Perryman;” one of the Chiefs of the tribe.</p>
+
+<p>289. <em>Hól-te-mál-te-téz-te-néek-ee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;, “Sam Perryman;” brother
+        of the Chief above, and a jolly companionable man.</p>
+
+<p>290. <em>Wat-ál-le-go</em>, &mdash;&mdash;, a brave.</p>
+
+<p>291. <em>Hose-put-o-káw-gee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>292. <em>Tchow-ee-pút-o-kaw</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman.</p>
+
+<p>293. <em>Tel-maz-há-za</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a warrior of great distinction.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">CHOC-TAW.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Recently removed by Government from the States of Georgia and
+    Alabama to the Arkansas, 700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present
+    number, 15,000; semi-civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>294. <em>Mó-sho-la-túb-bee</em>, He who puts out and kills; first Chief
+        of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A gentlemanly-looking man (died recently of small-pox).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>295. <em>Kút-tee-o-túb-bee</em>, How did he kill? A noted brave.</p>
+
+<p>296. <em>Há-tchoo-túc-knee</em>, the Snapping Turtle; half-bred and
+        well-educated man.</p>
+
+<p>297. &mdash;&mdash;, woman; hair in braid; remarkable expression.</p>
+
+<p>298. <em>Tul-lock-chísh-ko</em>, He who drinks the Juice of the Stone.</p>
+
+<p>299. <em>Tul-lock-chísh-ko</em>, Full-length, in the dress and attitude
+        of a ball-player, with ball-sticks in his hand, and tail,
+        made of white horse-hair, attached to his belt.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">SEM-I-NÓ-LEE (RUNAWAY); 3000.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Occupying the peninsula of Florida; semi-civilized, partly
+    agricultural. The Government have succeeded in removing about
+    one-half of them to the Arkansas, during the last four years, at
+    the expense of 32,000,000 dollars, the lives of 28 or 30 officers,
+    and 600 soldiers.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>300. <em>Mick-e-no-páh</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; first Chief of the tribe; full-length,
+        sitting cross-legged.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man owned 100 negroes when the war broke out, and was raising
+    large and valuable crops of corn and cotton.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_277" title="277"></a>
+<p>301. <em>Os-ce-o-lá</em>, the Black Drink; a warrior of very great
+        distinction.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Painted only five days before his death, while he was a prisoner
+    of war at Fort Moultrie. This remarkable man, though not a
+    chief, took the lead in the war, and was evidently (at the time
+    he was captured) followed by the chiefs, and looked upon as the
+    <em>master-spirit</em> of the war.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>302. <em>Ee-mat-lá</em>, King Philip; an old man, second Chief.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Like Osceola, he died while a prisoner, soon after I painted him.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>303. <em>Ye-hów-lo-gee</em>, the Cloud; a Chief who distinguished himself
+        in the war.</p>
+
+<p>304. <em>Co-ee-há-jo</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a Chief, very conspicuous in the present
+        war.</p>
+
+<p>305. <em>Láh-shee</em>, the Licker; a half-breed warrior, called “Creek
+        Billey.”
+
+ 306. <em>How-ee-dá-hee</em>; &mdash;&mdash;. a Seminolee woman.</p>
+
+<p>307. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;) &mdash;&mdash;; a Seminolee woman.</p>
+
+<p>308. <em>Os-ce-o-lá</em>, the Black Drink. Full-length, with his rifle
+        in his hand, calico dress, and trinkets, exactly as he was
+        dressed and stood to be painted five days before his death.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">EU-CHEE.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Remnant of a powerful tribe who once occupied the southern part
+    of the peninsula of Florida, were overrun by the Creeks and
+    Seminolees, the remnant of them merging into the Seminolee tribe,
+    and living with them now as a part of their nation. Present number,
+    150.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>309. <em>Etch-ée-fix-e-co</em>, the Deer without a Heart, called “<em>Euchee
+        Jack</em>;” a Chief of considerable renown.</p>
+
+<p>310. <em>Chee-a-ex-e-co</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; quite a modest and pretty girl,
+        daughter of the above Chief.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>LANDSCAPES, SPORTING SCENES, MANNERS,<br />
+                              AND CUSTOMS.</h3>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"> CERTIFICATES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p>The Landscapes, Buffalo-hunting Scenes, &amp;c., above mentioned, I have
+seen, and, although it has been thirty years since I travelled over
+that country, yet a considerable number of them I recognised as
+faithful representations, and the remainder of them are so much in the
+peculiar character of that country as to seem entirely familiar to me.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">Wm. Clark</span>, Superintendent of Indian Affairs.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_278" title="278"></a>
+The Landscape Views on the Missouri, Buffalo Hunts, and other scenes,
+taken by my friend Mr. Catlin, are correct delineations of the scenes
+they profess to represent, as I am perfectly well acquainted with the
+country, having passed through it more than a dozen times. And further
+I know that they were taken on the spot, from nature, as I was present
+when Mr. Catlin visited that country.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">John F.&nbsp;A. Sanford</span>, U. SS. Indian Agent.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>It gives me great pleasure to be able to pronounce the Landscape Views,
+Views of Hunting, and other scenes taken on the Upper Missouri, by
+Mr. Catlin, to be correct delineations of the scenery they profess to
+represent; and although I was not present when they were taken in the
+field, I was able to identify almost every one between St. Louis and
+the grand bend of the Missouri.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;L. Bean</span>, S. Agent of Indian Affairs.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have seen Mr. Catlin’s collection of <em>Indian Portraits</em>, many
+of which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence in their
+villages. I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes
+and individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce
+them correct likenesses and easily recognised; also the sketches of
+their <em>Manners</em> and <em>Customs</em> I think are excellent, and the <em>Landscape
+Views</em> on the <em>Missouri</em> and <em>Mississippi</em> are correct representations.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">K. M‘kenzie</span>, of the Am. Fur Company, Mouth of Yellow Stone.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have examined a series of paintings by Mr. Catlin, representing
+<em>Indian Buffalo Hunts, Landscapes, &amp;c.</em>; and from an acquaintance
+of twenty-seven years with such scenes as are represented, I feel
+qualified to judge them, and do unhesitatingly pronounce them good and
+unexaggerated representations.</p>
+
+   <p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">Jno. Dougherty</span>, Indian Agent for Pawnees, Omahas, and Otoes.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>LANDSCAPES.</h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>311. St. Louis (from the river below, in 1836), a town on the
+        Mississippi, with 25,000 inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>312. View on Upper Mississippi, beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        everywhere covered with a green turf.</p>
+
+<p>313. “Bad Axe” battle-ground, where Black Hawk was defeated by
+        General Atkinson, above Prairie du Chien. Indians making
+        defence and swimming the river.</p>
+<p>314. Chippeways gathering wild rice near the source of St.
+        Peter’s; shelling their rice into their bark canoes, by
+        bending it over, and whipping it with sticks.</p>
+
+<p>315. View near “Prairie la Crosse,” beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_279" title="279"></a>
+
+<p>316. “Cap o’lail” (garlic cape), a bold and picturesque promontory
+        on Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>317. Picturesque Bluffs above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>318. “Pike’s Tent,” the highest bluff on the river, Upper
+        Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>319. View of the “Cornice Rocks,” and “Pike’s Tent,” in distance,
+        750 miles above St. Louis, on Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>320. “Lover’s Leap,” on Lake Pepin, Upper Mississippi, a rock 500
+        feet high, where an Indian girl threw herself off a few years
+        since, to avoid marrying the man to whom she was given by her
+        father.</p>
+
+<p>321. Falls of St. Anthony, 900 miles above St. Louis;
+        perpendicular fall eighteen feel: Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>322. Madame Ferrebault’s Prairie from the river above; the author
+        and his companion descending the river in a bark canoe, above
+        Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; beautiful grass-covered
+        bluffs.</p>
+
+<p>323. “Little Falls,” near the Falls of St. Anthony, on a small
+        stream.</p>
+
+<p>324. “La Montaigne que tremps l'Eau,” Mississippi, above Prairie
+        du Chien.</p>
+
+<p>325. Cassville, below Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; a small
+        village just commenced, in 1835.</p>
+
+<p>326. Dubuque, a town in the lead-mining country.</p>
+
+<p>327. Galena, a small town on Upper Mississippi, in the lead-mining
+        district.</p>
+
+<p>328. Rock Island, United States Garrison, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>329. Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, ditto.</p>
+
+<p>330. Dubuque’s Grave, ditto.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Dubuque was the first miner in the lead-mines under the Spanish
+    grant. He built his own sepulchre, and raised a cross over it, on a
+    beautiful bluff, overlooking the river, forty years ago, where it
+    now stands.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>331. River Bluffs, magnificent view, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>332. Fort Snelling, at the mouth of St. Peter’s, U.&nbsp;S. Garrison,
+        seven miles below the Falls of St. Anthony, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>333. Prairie du Chien, 500 miles above St. Louis, Upper
+        Mississippi, United States Garrison.</p>
+
+<p>334. Chippeway Village and Dog Feast at the Falls of St. Anthony;
+        lodges built with birch-bark: Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_280" title="280"></a>
+
+<p>335. Sioux Village, Lake Calhoun, near Fort Snelling; lodges built
+        with poles.</p>
+
+<p>336. <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">“Coteau des Prairies,”</span> head-waters of St. Peter’s. My
+        companion, Indian guide, and myself encamping at sunset,
+        cooking by our fire, made of buffalo-dung.</p>
+
+<p>337. “Pipestone Quarry,” on the Coteau des Prairies, 300 miles N.
+        W. from the Falls of St. Anthony, on the divide between the
+        St. Peter’s and Missouri.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The place where the Indians get the stone for all their red pipes.
+    The mineral, <em>red steatite</em>, variety differing from any other known
+    locality&mdash;wall of solid, compact quartz, grey and rose colour,
+    highly polished as if vitrified; the wall is two miles in length
+    and thirty feet high, with a beautiful cascade leaping from its top
+    into a basin. On the prairie, at the base of the wall, the pipeclay
+    (steatite) is dug up at two and three feet depth. There are seen
+    five immense granite boulders, under which there are two squaws,
+    according to their tradition, who eternally dwell there&mdash;the
+    guardian spirits of the place&mdash;and must be consulted before the
+    pipestone can be dug up.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>338. Sault de St. Mary’s&mdash;Indians catching white fish in the
+        rapids at the outlet of Lake Superior, by dipping their scoop
+        nets.</p>
+
+<p>339. Sault de St. Mary’s from the Canadian Shore, Lake Superior,
+        showing the United States Garrison in the distance.</p>
+
+<p>340. View on the St. Peter’s River, twenty miles above Fort
+        Snelling.</p>
+
+<p>341. View on the St. Peter’s&mdash;Sioux Indians pursuing a Stag in
+        their canoes.</p>
+
+<p>342. Salt Meadows on the Upper Missouri, and great herds of
+        buffalo&mdash;incrustation of salt, which looks like snow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Salt water flows over the prairie in the spring, and, evaporating
+    during the summer, leaves the ground covered with muriate as white
+    as snow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>343. Pawnee Village in Texas, at the base of a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains&mdash;lodges thatched with prairie-grass.</p>
+
+<p>344. View on the Canadian, in Texas.</p>
+
+<p>345. View of the junction of Red River with the False Washitta, in
+        Texas.</p>
+
+<p>346. Camanchee Village, in Texas, showing a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains in the distance&mdash;lodges made of buffalo-skins.
+        Women dressing robes and drying meat.</p>
+
+<p>347. View on the Wisconsin&mdash;Winnebagoes shooting ducks, in bark
+        canoe.</p>
+
+<p>348. Lac du Cygne (Swan Lake), near the Coteau des Prairies.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A famous place, where myriads of white swans lay their eggs and
+    hatch their young.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_281" title="281"></a>
+<p>349. Beautiful Savannah in the pine-woods of Florida.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>One of thousands of small lakes which have been gradually filled in
+    with vegetation.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>350. View on Lake St. Croix, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>351. View on the Canadian&mdash;Dragoons crossing, 1834.</p>
+
+<p>352. Ta-wa-que-nah, or Rocky Mountain, near the Camanchee Village,
+        Texas.</p>
+
+<p>353. Camanchee Village, and Dragoons approaching it, showing
+        the hospitable manner in which they were received by the
+        Camanchees. Camanchee warriors all riding out and forming in
+        a line, with a white flag, to receive the Dragoons.</p>
+
+<p>354. White Sand Bluffs, on Santa Rosa Island; and Seminoles drying
+        fish, near Pensacola, on the Gulf of Florida.</p>
+
+<p>355. View of the “Stone Man Medicine,” Coteau des Prairies.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A human figure of some rods in length, made on the top of a high
+    bluff, by laying flat stones on the grass. A great <em>mystery</em> or
+    <em>medicine</em> place of the Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>356. Fort Winnebago, on the head of Fox River, an United States
+        outpost.</p>
+
+<p>357. Fort Howard, Green Bay, an U.&nbsp;S. outpost.</p>
+
+<p>358. Fort Gibson, Arkansas, an U.&nbsp;S. outpost, 700 miles west of
+        Mississippi river.</p>
+
+<p>359. The “Short Tower,” Wisconsin.</p>
+
+<p>360. Passing the “Grand Chute” with bark canoe, Fox River.</p>
+
+<p>361. View of Mackinaw, Lake Michigan, an U.&nbsp;S. outpost.</p>
+
+<p>362. View in the “Cross Timbers,” where General Leavenworth died
+        on the Mexican borders.</p>
+
+<p>363. View on Lower Missouri&mdash;alluvial banks falling in, with their
+        huge cotton-woods, forming raft and snags, 600 miles above
+        St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>364. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;the “Blackbird’s Grave.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Where “Blackbird,” Chief of the Omahas, was buried on his favourite
+    war-horse, which was alive; 1100 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>365. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“Blackbird’s Grave,” a back view;
+        prairies enamelled with wild flowers.</p>
+
+<p>366. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“Brick Kilns,” volcanic remains, clay
+        bluffs, 200 feet, supporting large masses of red pumice, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>367. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Foot war-party on the march,
+        beautiful prairie&mdash;spies and scouts in advance.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_282" title="282"></a>
+
+<p>368. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Prairie Bluffs at sunrising, near
+        mouth of Yellow Stone.</p>
+
+<p>369. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Mouth of the Platte; its junction
+        with the Missouri, 900 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>370. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Magnificent Clay Bluffs, 1800 miles
+        above St. Louis; stupendous domes and ramparts, resembling
+        some ancient ruins; streak of coal near the water’s edge; and
+        my little canoe, with myself and two men, Bogard and Bàtiste,
+        descending the river.</p>
+
+<p>371. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Cabane’s trading-house; Fur Company’s
+        establishment: 930 miles above St. Louis, showing a great
+        avalanche of the bluffs.</p>
+
+<p>372. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;View in the Grand Détour, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis. Magnificent clay bluffs, with red
+        pumice-stone resting on their tops, and a party of Indians
+        approaching buffalo.</p>
+
+<p>373. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Beautiful Grassy Bluffs, 110 miles
+        above St Louis.</p>
+
+<p>374. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Prairie Meadows burning, and a party
+        of Indians running from it in grass eight or ten feet high.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These scenes are terrific and hazardous in the extreme when the
+    wind is blowing a gale.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>375. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Prairie Bluffs burning.</p>
+
+<p>376. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“Floyd’s Grave,” where Lewis and
+        Clarke buried Serjeant Floyd thirty-three years since; a
+        cedar post and sign over the grave.</p>
+
+<p>377. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Sioux encamped, dressing
+        buffalo-meat, and robes.</p>
+
+<p>378. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“The Tower,” 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.</p>
+
+<p>379. View on upper Missouri&mdash;Distant view of the Mandan Village,
+        1800 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>380. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Picturesque Clay Bluff, 1700 miles
+        above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>381. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“Belle Vue”&mdash;Indian Agency of Major
+        Dougherty, 870 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>382. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Beautiful Clay Bluffs, 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_283" title="283"></a>
+
+<p>383. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Minatarree Village, earth-covered
+        lodges, on Knife River, 1810 miles above St. Louis. Bàtiste,
+        Bogard, and myself ferried across the river by an Indian
+        woman, in a skin canoe, and Indians bathing in the stream.</p>
+
+<p>384. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Fort Pierre, Mouth of Teton
+        River&mdash;Fur Company’s trading-post, 1200 miles above St.
+        Louis, with 600 lodges of Sioux Indians encamped about it, in
+        skin lodges.</p>
+
+<p>385. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Nishnabottana Bluffs, 1070 miles
+        above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>386. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Riccaree Village, with earth-covered
+        lodges, 1600 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>387. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;South side of “Buffalo Island,”
+        showing the beautiful buffalo-bush, with its blue leaves, and
+        bending down with fruit.</p>
+
+<p>388. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Mouth of Yellow Stone&mdash;Fur Company’s
+        Fort, their principal post, 2000 miles above St. Louis, and a
+        large party of Knisteneux encamped about it.</p>
+
+<p>389. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;the “Iron Bluff,” 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis, a beautiful subject for a landscape.</p>
+
+<p>390. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;View in the “Big Bend,” 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis; showing the manner in which the conical
+        bluffs on that river are formed; table-lands in distance,
+        rising several hundred feet above the summit level of the
+        prairie.</p>
+
+<p>391. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;View in the “Big Bend”&mdash;magnificent
+        clay bluffs, with high table-land in the distance.</p>
+
+<p>392. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Back view of the Mandan Village,
+        showing their mode of depositing their dead, on scaffolds,
+        enveloped in skins, and of preserving and feeding the skulls;
+        1800 miles above St. Louis. Women feeding the skulls of their
+        relatives with dishes of meat.</p>
+
+<p>393. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Prairie Buffs, 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.</p>
+
+<p>394. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“The Three Domes,” 15 miles above
+        Mandans. A singular group of clay bluffs, like immense domes,
+        with skylights.</p>
+
+<p>395. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;the “Square Hills,” 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_284" title="284"></a>
+
+<p>396. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;River Bluffs and White Wolves in the
+        foreground.</p>
+
+<p>397. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, above the
+        Puncahs, 1050 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>398. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Look from Floyd’s Grave. 1300 miles
+        above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>399. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;River Bluffs, 1320 miles above St.
+        Louis.</p>
+
+<p>400. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Buffalo herds crossing the river.
+        Bàtiste, Bogard, and I, passing them in our bark canoe, with
+        some danger to our lives. A buffalo scene in their <em>running
+        season</em>.</p>
+
+<p>401. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Clay Bluffs, 20 miles above the
+        Mandans.</p>
+
+<p>402. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Nishnabottana Bluffs.</p>
+
+<p>403. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Indians encamping at sunset.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>SPORTING SCENES.</h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>404. Buffalo Bull, grazing on the prairie in his native state.</p>
+
+<p>405. Buffalo Cow, grazing on the prairie in her native state.</p>
+
+<p>406. Wounded Buffalo, strewing his blood over the prairies.</p>
+
+<p>407. Dying Buffalo, shot with an arrow, sinking down on his
+        haunches.</p>
+
+<p>408. Buffalo Chase&mdash;single death; an Indian just drawing his arrow
+        to its head.</p>
+
+<p>409. Buffalo Chase&mdash;surround; where I saw 300 killed in a few
+        minutes by the Minatarrees, with arrows and lances only.</p>
+
+<p>410. Buffalo Chase&mdash;numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.</p>
+
+<p>411. Buffalo Chase&mdash;numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.</p>
+
+<p>412. Buffalo Chase&mdash;Cow and Calf; the bull protecting by attacking
+        the assailants.</p>
+
+<p>413. Buffalo Chase&mdash;Bulls making battle with men and horses.</p>
+
+<p>414. Buffalo Hunt under the wolf-skin mask.</p>
+
+<p>415. Buffalo Chase, Mouth of Yellow Stone; animals dying on the
+        ground passed over; and my man Bàtiste swamped in crossing a
+        creek</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_285" title="285"></a>
+
+<p>416. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes.</p>
+
+<p>417. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes; killing them
+        for their robes, in great numbers.</p>
+
+<p>418. Attack of the Bear (Grisly); Indians attacking with lances on
+        horseback.</p>
+
+<p>419. Antelope Shooting&mdash;decoyed up.</p>
+
+<p>420. Sioux taking Musk-rats, near the St. Peter’s; killing them
+        with spears. Women and dogs encamped.</p>
+
+<p>421. Bàtiste and I, running Buffalo; Mouth of Yellow Stone; a
+        frog’s leap.</p>
+
+<p>422. “My turn now;” Bàtiste and I, and a Buffalo Bull, Upper
+        Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>423. Dying Bull in a snow drift.</p>
+
+<p>424. Buffalo Bulls fighting, in <em>running season</em>, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>425. Buffalo Bulls in their “<em>wallow</em>;” origin of the “<em>fairie
+        circles</em>” on the prairie.</p>
+
+<p>426. Grouse shooting&mdash;on the Missouri prairies.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>AMUSEMENTS AND CUSTOMS.</h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>427. Ball-play Dance, Choctaw.&mdash;Men and women dance around their
+        respective stakes, at intervals, during the night preceding
+        the play&mdash;four conjurors sit all night and smoke to the Great
+        Spirit, at the point where the ball is to be started&mdash;and
+        stakeholders guard the goods staked.</p>
+
+<p>428. Ball-play of the Choctaws&mdash;<em>ball up</em>&mdash;one party painted
+        white; each has two sticks with a web at their ends, in which
+        they catch the ball and throw it&mdash;they all have tails of
+        horse-hair or quills attached to their girdles or belts.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Each party has a limit or bye, beyond which it is their object to
+    force the ball, which, if done, counts them one for game.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>429. Ball-play&mdash;same as 428, excepting that the ball is <em>down</em>,
+        which changes the scene.</p>
+
+<p>430. Ball-play of the women, Prairie du Chien.&mdash;Calicoes and other
+        presents are placed on a pole by the men&mdash;the women choose
+        sides and play for them, to the great amusement of the men.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>In this play there are two balls attached to the ends of a string
+    eighteen inches in length: the women have a stick in each hand, on
+    which they catch the string and throw it.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_286" title="286"></a>
+<p>431. Game of “<em>Tchung-kee</em>” of the Mandans, the principal and most
+        valued game of that tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A beautiful athletic exercise, and one on which they often bet and
+    risk all their personal goods and chattels.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>432. Horse-Racing, Mandan, on a Race-Course back of the Village,
+        in use on every fair-day.</p>
+
+<p>433. Foot-Race, Mandans, on the same ground, and as often run.</p>
+
+<p>434. Canoe-Race&mdash;Chippeways in Bark Canoes, near the Sault de St.
+        Mary’s; an Indian <em>Regatta</em>, a thrilling scene.</p>
+
+<p>435. Archery of the Mandans.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The strife is to prove who can get the greatest number of arrows
+    flying in the air at a time, before the first one reaches the
+    ground. The most of these are <em>portraits</em> closely studied from
+    nature. I have seen some of them get eight arrows in the air at one
+    time.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>436. Dance of the Chiefs, Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very unusual thing, as the dancing is generally left to the young
+    men; given to me expressly as a compliment by the chiefs, that I
+    might make a painting of it.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>437. Dog Dance, Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The dog’s liver and heart are taken raw and bleeding, and placed
+    upon a crotch; and, being cut into slips, each man dances up to it,
+    bites off and swallows a piece of it, boasting, at the same time,
+    that he has thus swallowed a piece of the heart of his enemy, whom
+    he has slain in battle.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>438. Scalp Dance, Sioux&mdash;Women in the centre, holding the scalps
+        on poles, and warriors dancing around, brandishing their
+        war-weapons in the most frightful manner, and yelping as loud
+        as they can scream.</p>
+
+<p>439. Begging Dance, Sacs and Foxes, danced for the purpose of
+        getting presents from the spectators.</p>
+
+<p>440. Buffalo Dance, Mandans, with the mask of the buffalo on.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Danced to make buffalo come, when they are like to starve for want
+    of food. Song to the Great Spirit, imploring him to send them
+    buffalo, and they will cook the best of it for him.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>441. Ball-play Dance, Choctaws.</p>
+
+<p>442. Dance to the Berdash, Sac and Fox.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>An unaccountable and ludicrous custom amongst the Sacs and Foxes,
+    which admits not of an entire explanation.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>443. Beggars’ Dance, (Sioux,) for presents.</p>
+
+<p>444. Dance to the Medicine Bag of the Brave, Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Warriors returned from battle, with scalps, dance in front of the
+    widow’s lodge, whose husband has been killed. They sing to his
+    medicine-bag, which is hung on a bush, and throw presents to the
+    widow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>445. Braves’ Dance, Boasting, &amp;c., Sioux.</p>
+
+<p>446. Green Corn Dance, Minnatarree&mdash;Sacrificing the first kettle
+        to the Great Spirit.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_287" title="287"></a>
+<p>Four medicine men, whose bodies are painted with white clay, dance
+    around the kettle until the corn is well boiled; and they then burn
+    it to cinders, as an offering to the Great Spirit. The fire is then
+    destroyed, and <em>new fire</em> created by rubbing two sticks together,
+    with which the corn for their own feast is cooked.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>447. Bear Dance, Sioux&mdash;Preparing for a Bear Hunt&mdash;Song to the
+        Great Spirit, praying for success.</p>
+
+<p>448. Discovery Dance, Sacs and Foxes&mdash;A Pantomime; pretending to
+        discover game, or an enemy.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very picturesque and pleasing dance.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>449. Eagle Dance, Choctaw&mdash;Holding the eagle’s tail in the hand,
+        and bodies painted white.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Given in honour of that valiant bird.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>450. Slave Dance, Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A society of young men, who volunteer to be slaves for two years,
+    and elect their chief or master; they are then exempt from slavish
+    duties during the remainder of their lives, and are allowed to go
+    on war-parties.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>451. Snow-shoe Dance, Ojibbeway&mdash;danced at the first fall of snow,
+        with snow shoes on the feet.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Song of thanks to the Great Spirit.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>452. Brave’s Dance, Ojibbeway&mdash;bragging and boasting.</p>
+
+<p>453. Pipe Dance, Assineboins.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Each dancer is “<em>smoked</em>” by the chief, who sits smoking his pipe,
+    and then <em>pulled</em> up into the dance.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>454. Straw Dance, Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Children made to dance with burning straws tied to their bodies, to
+    make them tough and brave.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>455. Sham Fight, Mandan Boys&mdash;School of practice every morning at
+        sunrise, back of the village&mdash;instructed in it by the chiefs
+        and braves.</p>
+
+<p>456. Sham Scalp Dance, by the Mandan Boys&mdash;danced in the village
+        when they come in, in honour of a sham victory.</p>
+
+<p>457. War Dance of the Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Each warrior, in turn, jumps through the fire, and then advances
+    shouting and boasting, and taking his oath, as he “strikes the
+    <em>reddened post</em>.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>458. Foot War Party in Council, Mandan.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Stopping to rest and take a smoke; chief with a war-eagle
+    head-dress on; their shields and weapons lying on the ground behind
+    them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>459. Camanchee War Party&mdash;the Chief discovering the enemy and
+        urging on his men, at sunrise.</p>
+
+<p>460. Religious Ceremony; a Sioux, with splints through his flesh,
+        and his body hanging to a pole, with his medicine-bag in his
+        hand, looks at the sun from its rising to its setting.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_288" title="288"></a>
+ <p>A voluntary cruel self-torture, which entitles him to great respect
+    for the remainder of his life, as a <em>medicine</em> or <em>mystery</em> man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>461. Dragoons on the March, and a band of Buffalo breaking through
+        their ranks, in Texas, 1835.</p>
+
+<p>462. Prairie Dog Village.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Myriads of these curious little animals sometimes are found in one
+    village, which will extend several miles. The animals are about
+    twice the size of a rat, and not unlike it in appearance and many
+    of their habits. They dig holes in the ground, and the dirt which
+    is thrown up makes a little mound, on which they sit and bark when
+    danger approaches. They feed upon the grass, which is their only
+    food.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>463. “Smoking Horses,” a curious custom of the Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Foxes, going to war, come to the Sacs, to beg for horses; they sit
+    in a circle and smoke, and the young men ride around them, and
+    cut their shoulders with their whips until the blood runs, then
+    dismount and present a horse.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>464. Mandans attacking a party of Riccarees, whom they had driven
+        into a ravine, near the Mandan village, where they killed the
+        whole number.</p>
+
+<p>465. Chippeways making the portage around the Falls of St.
+        Anthony, with two hundred bark canoes, in 1835.</p>
+
+<p>466. Camanchees moving, and Dog Fight&mdash;dogs as well as horses drag
+        the lodge-poles with packs upon them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These fights generally begin with the dogs, and end in desperate
+    battle; amongst the squaws, to the great amusement of the men.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>467. White Wolves attacking a Buffalo Bull.</p>
+
+<p>468. Ditto, ditto&mdash;a parley.</p>
+
+<p>469. <em>My horse “Charley” and I</em>, at sunrise, near the Neosho, on
+        an extensive prairie, encamping on the grass; my saddle for
+        a pillow, two buffalo-skins for my bed, my gun in my arms;
+        a coffee-pot and tin cup, a fire made of buffalo-dung, and
+        Charley (a Camanchee clay-bank mustang) picketed near me.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>With him alone I crossed the prairie from Fort Gibson, on the
+    Arkansas, to St. Louis, 550 miles.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>470. <em>Sioux worshipping at the Red Boulders.</em> A large boulder and
+        two small ones, bearing some resemblance to a buffalo cow and
+        two calves, painted red by the Indians, and regarded by them
+        with superstitious reverence, near the <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">“Coteau des Prairies.”</span></p>
+
+<p>471. <em>Camanchee Warrior lancing an Osage</em>, at full speed.</p>
+
+<p>472. <em>Camanchees giving the Arrows to the Medicine Rock.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A curious superstition of the Camanchees: going to war, they have
+    no faith in their success, unless they pass a celebrated painted
+    rock, where<a class="pagenum" id="Page_289" title="289"></a> they appease the spirit of war (who resides there), by
+    riding by it at full gallop, and sacrificing their best arrow by
+    throwing it against the side of the ledge.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>473. <em>“Bàtiste, Bogard, and I” approaching Buffalo</em>, on the
+        Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>474. <em>Wi-jun-jon (an Assinneboin Chief), going to and returning
+        from Washington.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man was taken to that city in 1832, in a beautiful Indian
+    dress, by Major Sanford, the Indian agent, and returned to his
+    country the next spring, in a Colonel’s uniform. He lectured a
+    while to his people on the customs of the whites, when he was
+    denounced by them for telling lies, which he had learned of the
+    whites, and was, by his own people, put to death at the mouth of
+    the Yellow Stone.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>475. <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">“<em>Butte de Mort</em>,”</span> Upper Missouri, a great burial-place of
+        the Sioux, called by the French <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">“<em>Butte de Mort</em>,”</span> Hill of
+        Death.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Regarded by the Indians with great dread and superstition. There
+    are several thousand buffalo and human skulls, perfectly bleached
+    and curiously arranged about it.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>476. “<em>Rain-making</em>,” amongst the Mandans, a very curious custom.
+        Medicine-men performing their mysteries inside of the lodge,
+        and young men volunteer to stand upon the lodge from sunrise
+        until sundown, in turn, commanding it to rain.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Each one has to hazard the disgrace which attaches (when he
+    descends at sundown) to a fruitless attempt; and he who succeeds
+    acquires a lasting reputation as a <em>Mystery or Medicine man</em>. <em>They
+    never fail to make it rain!</em> as this ceremony continues from day to
+    day until rain comes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>477. “Smoking the Shield.” A young warrior, making his shield,
+        invites his friends to a carouse and a feast, who dance
+        around his shield as it is smoking and hardening over a fire
+        built in the ground.</p>
+
+<p>478. “<em>The Thunder’s Nest</em>” (Nid du Tonnerre), and a party of
+        Indians cautiously approaching it, Coteau des Prairies.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Tradition of the Sioux is that in this little bunch of bushes the
+    thunders are hatched out by quite a small bird, about as large (say
+    their <em>Medicine-men</em>, who profess to have seen it) as the end of a
+    man’s thumb. She sits on her eggs, and they hatch out in claps of
+    thunder. No one approaches within several rods of the place.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>479. <em>Sac and Fox Indians sailing in canoes</em>, by holding up their
+        blankets.</p>
+
+<p>480. <em>Grand Tournament of the Camanchees</em>, and a Sham Fight in a
+        large encampment, on the borders of Texas.</p>
+
+<p>481. <em>Bogard, Bàtiste, and I, travelling</em> through a Missouri
+        bottom, grass ten feet high.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_290" title="290"></a>
+
+<p>482. <em>Band of Sioux</em>, moving.</p>
+
+<p>483. <em>Bogard, Bàtiste, and I</em>, descending the Missouri River.</p>
+
+<p>484. <em>Bogard, Bàtiste, and I</em>, eating our breakfast on a pile of
+        drift wood, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>485. <em>Medicine Buffalo</em> of the Sioux, the figure of a buffalo cut
+        out of the turf on the prairie, and visited by the Indians
+        going on a buffalo-hunt.</p>
+
+<p>486. <em>Bogard, Bàtiste, and I</em>, chasing a herd of buffalo in high
+        grass, on a Missouri bottom.</p>
+
+<p>487. Feats of Horsemanship.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Camanchees throwing themselves on the side of their horses, while
+    at full speed, to evade their enemies’ arrows&mdash;a most wonderful
+    feat.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>488. Camanchee War Party meeting the Dragoons; and one of their
+        bravest men advancing to shake hands with Colonel Dodge, with
+        a piece of white buffalo-skin on the point of his lance. On
+        the Mexican frontier, 1835.</p>
+
+<p>489. An Indian Wedding, Assinneboin&mdash;young man making presents to
+        the father of the girl.</p>
+
+<p>490. Crow at his Toilette, oiling his long hair with bear’s grease.</p>
+
+<p>491. Crow Lodge, of twenty-five buffalo-skins, beautifully
+        ornamented.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This splendid lodge, with all its poles and furniture, was brought
+    from the foot of the Rocky Mountains.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>492. Pawnee Lodge, thatched with prairie grass, in form of a straw
+        beehive.</p>
+
+<p>493. Camanchee Lodge, of buffalo-skins.</p>
+
+<p>494. Dog Feast, Sioux; a religious feast.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Given to Mr. Sanford (Indian agent), Mr. Chouteau, Mr. M'Kenzie,
+    and myself, in a Sioux village, 1400 miles above St. Louis, 1833.
+    The only food was dog’s meat, and this is the highest honour they
+    can confer on a stranger.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>495. An Indian Council, Sioux&mdash;Chiefs in profound deliberation.</p>
+
+<p>496. Camanchee War Party, mounted on wild horses, armed with
+        shields, bows, and lances.</p>
+
+<p>497. Scalping, Sioux; showing the mode of taking the scalp.</p>
+
+<p>498. Scalping, Mandans&mdash;“Conqueror conquered.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>From a story of the Mandans&mdash;took place in front of the Mandan
+    village.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>499. Wild Horses at Play, Texas, of all colours, like a kennel of
+        hounds.</p>
+
+<p>500. Throwing the Laso, with a noose, which falls over the horse’s
+        neck.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_291" title="291"></a>
+
+<p>501. Breaking down the Wild Horse, with hobbles on his fore feet,
+        and the laso around his under jaw.</p>
+
+<p>502. <em>A Bird’s-Eye View</em> of the <em>Mandan</em> Village, 1800 miles above
+        St. Louis, on the west bank of the Missouri River.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The lodges are covered with earth, and so compactly fixed by long
+    use, that men, women, and children recline and play upon their tops
+    in pleasant weather.</p>
+
+ <p>These lodges vary in size from forty to fifty feet in diameter,
+    and are all of a circular form. The village is protected in front
+    by the river, with a bank forty feet high, and on the back part by
+    a piquet of timber set firmly in the ground. Back of the village,
+    on the prairie, are seen the scaffolds on which their dead bodies
+    are laid to decay, being wrapped in several skins of buffalo, and
+    tightly bandaged.</p>
+
+  <p>In the middle of the village is an open area of 150 feet in
+    diameter, in which their public games and festivals are held. In
+    the centre of that is their “Big Canoe,” a curb made of planks,
+    which is an object of religious veneration. Over the Medicine
+    (or mystery) Lodge are seen hanging on the tops of poles several
+    sacrifices to the Great Spirit of blue and black cloth, which have
+    been bought at great prices, and there left to hang and decay.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>503. The <em>Interior of a Mandan Lodge</em>, showing the manner in which
+        it is constructed of poles, and covered with dirt. The Chief
+        is seen smoking his pipe, and his family grouped around him.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>At the head of each warrior’s bed is seen a post with his ornaments
+    hanging on it, and also his <em>buffalo-mask</em>, which every man <em>keeps
+    to dance</em> the buffalo-dance. Some of these lodges contain thirty or
+    forty persons, and the beds are seen extending around the side of
+    the lodge, all with <em>sacking bottoms</em>, made of a buffalo-skin, and
+    the frames of the bed covered with dressed skins.</p>
+
+    <p><span class="bigger">⁂</span> Reader, the hospitable and friendly Mandans, who were about
+    2000 in number when I was amongst them and painted these pictures,
+    have recently been destroyed by the small-pox. It is a melancholy
+    fact, that only thirty-one were left of the number, and these have
+    been destroyed by their enemy, so that their tribe is extinct, and
+    they hold nowhere an existence on earth.</p>
+
+    <p>Nearly twenty of their portraits can be seen on the walls, and
+    several other paintings of their games and amusements.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>MANDAN RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES.</h3>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">CERTIFICATE.</p>
+
+<p>We hereby certify that we witnessed, in company with Mr. Catlin, in
+the Mandan village, the ceremonies represented in the four paintings
+to which this certificate refers, and that he has therein faithfully
+represented those scenes as we saw them transacted, without any
+addition or exaggeration.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="column">
+                             <span class="smcap">J. Kip</span>, Agent Amer. Fur Company.<br />
+                             <span class="smcap">L. Crawford</span>, Clerk.<br />
+                             <span class="smcap">Abraham Bogard.</span></span>
+</p>
+
+<p><em>Mandan Village, July 20th, 1833.</em></p>
+
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_292" title="292"></a>
+<p>504. Interior View of the <em>Medicine</em> (or <em>Mystery</em>) Lodge of
+        Mandans, during the first three days of an <em>Annual Ceremony</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This ceremony continues four days and nights in succession, in
+    commemoration of the subsiding of the <em>flood</em>; and also for
+    the purpose of conducting all the young men, as they arrive at
+    manhood, through an ordeal of <em>voluntary torture</em>, which, when
+    endured, entitles them to the respect of the chiefs, and also to
+    the privileges of going on war-parties, and gaining reputation in
+    war. The floor and sides of the lodge are ornamented with green
+    willow-boughs. The young men who are to do penance, by being
+    tortured, are seen lying around the sides of the lodge, their
+    bodies covered with clay of different colours, and their respective
+    shields and weapons hanging over their heads. In the middle of the
+    lodge lies the old <em>Medicine-man</em>, who has charge of the lodge: he
+    cries to the Great Spirit all the time, and watches these young
+    men, who are here to fast and thirst for four days and nights,
+    preparatory to the torture. Behind him, on the floor, is seen a
+    scalping-knife and a bunch of splints, which are to be passed
+    through the flesh; and over their heads are seen also the cords let
+    down from the top of the lodge, with which they are to be hung up
+    by the flesh.</p>
+
+ <p>On the ground, and in front of the picture, are four sacks
+    (containing several gallons each of water), made of the skin of the
+    buffalo’s neck, in form of a large tortoise, lying on its back.
+    These are objects of veneration, and have the appearance of great
+    antiquity.</p>
+
+ <p>By the side of them are two <em>she-she-quoi</em>, or rattles, which are
+    used, as well as the others, as a part of the music for the dance
+    in the next picture.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>505. This picture, which is a continuation of the ceremonies, is
+        a representation of the Buffalo Dance, which they call
+        <em>Bel-lohck-nah-pick</em> (the Bull Dance).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>To the strict observance of which they attribute the coming of
+    Buffalo to supply them with food during the season. This scene is
+    exceedingly grotesque, and takes place several times in each day
+    outside the lodge, and around the curb, or “Big Canoe,” whilst the
+    young men still remain in the lodge, as seen in the other picture.
+    For this dance, however, the four sacks of water are brought out
+    and beat upon, and the old <em>medicine-man</em> comes out and leans
+    against the “Big Canoe” with his medicine-pipe in his hand, and
+    cries. The principal actors in this scene are eight men dancing
+    the Buffalo Dance, with the skins of buffalo on them, and a bunch
+    of green willows on their backs. There are many other figures,
+    whose offices are very curious and interesting, but which must be
+    left for my <em>Lectures</em> or <em>Notes</em> to describe. The black figure on
+    the left they call <em>O-kee-hee de</em> (the Evil Spirit), who enters
+    the village from the prairie, alarming the women, who cry for
+    assistance, and are relieved by the old <em>medicine-man</em>; and the
+    Evil Spirit is at length disarmed of his lance, which is broken by
+    the women, and he is driven by them in disgrace out of the village.
+    The whole nation are present on this occasion as spectators and
+    actors in these strange scenes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>506. Represents what they call Pohk-hong (the Cutting Scene). It
+        shows the inside of the Medicine Lodge, the same as is seen
+        in the first picture (505).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This is on the fourth day of the ceremonies, in the afternoon.
+    A number of the young men are seen reclining and fasting, as in
+    the first picture; others of them have been operated upon by the
+    torturers, and taken out of the lodge; and others yet are seen in
+    the midst of those horrid cruelties. One is seen smiling whilst the
+    knife and the splints are passing through his flesh. One is seen
+    hanging by the splints run through the flesh on his<a class="pagenum" id="Page_293" title="293"></a> shoulders, and
+    drawn up by men on the top of the lodge. Another is seen hung up by
+    the pectoral muscles, with four buffalo-skulls attached to splints
+    through the flesh on his arms and legs; and each is turned round by
+    another, with a pole, until he faints, and then he is let down. One
+    is seen as he is lowered to the ground; and another, who has been
+    let down and got strength enough to crawl to the front part of the
+    lodge, where he is offering to the Great Spirit the little finger
+    of the left hand, by laying it on a buffalo-skull, where another
+    chops it off with a hatchet. In the right of the picture are all
+    the chiefs and dignitaries of the tribe looking on.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>507. Represents what they call the “Last Race.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>After they have all been tortured in the lodge in the above manner,
+    they are led out of it with the weights, buffalo-skulls, &amp;c.
+    hanging to their flesh. Around the “Big Canoe” is a circle of young
+    men formed, who hold a wreath of willow-boughs between them, and
+    run round with all possible violence, yelling as loud as they can.</p>
+
+ <p>The young fellows who have been tortured are then led forward,
+    and each one has two athletic and fresh young men (their bodies
+    singularly painted), who step up to him, one on each side, and
+    take him by a leathern strap, tied round the wrist, and run round,
+    outside of the other circle, with all possible speed, forcing him
+    forward till he faints, and then drag him with his face in the dirt
+    until the weights are all disengaged from him, by tearing the flesh
+    out, when they drop him, and he lies (to all appearance a <em>corpse</em>)
+    until the Great Spirit gives him strength to rise and walk home to
+    his lodge.</p>
+
+ <p>In this scene also the <em>medicine-man</em> leans against the “Big Canoe”
+    and cries, and all the nation are spectators. Many pages would be
+    required to give to the world a just description of these strange
+    scenes; and they require to be described minutely in all their
+    parts in order to be fully appreciated and understood. (A full
+    account of these in my <em>Notes and Letters</em>.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<h3>NINE OJIBBEWAYS,<br />
+    <span class="smaller">WHO VISITED LONDON IN 1845.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>508. <em>Ah-quee-we-zaints</em>, the Boy Chief; a venerable man of 72
+        years.</p>
+
+<p>509. <em>Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be</em>, the Driving-Cloud; a war-chief.</p>
+
+<p>510. <em>Wee-nish-ka-wee-be</em>, the Flying Gull; a medicine-man.</p>
+
+<p>511. <em>Sah-mah</em>, Tobacco.</p>
+
+<p>512. <em>Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee</em>, the Moonlight Night.</p>
+
+<p>513. <em>Not-een-a-akm</em>, the Strong Wind.</p>
+
+<p>514. <em>Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua</em>; a woman.</p>
+
+<p>515. <em>Nib-nab-ee-qua</em>; a young girl.</p>
+
+<p>516. <em>Ne-bet-neuh-quat</em>; a woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<h3><a class="pagenum" id="Page_294" title="294"></a>
+FOURTEEN IOWAYS,<br />
+     <span class="smaller">WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>517. <em>Mew-hew-she-kaw</em>, the White Cloud; first Chief of the nation.</p>
+
+<p>518. <em>Neu-mon-ya</em>, the Walking Rain; War-chief.</p>
+
+<p>519. <em>Se-non-ti-yah</em>, the Blistered Feet; a medicine-man.</p>
+
+<p>520. <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em>, the Fast Dancer; a warrior.</p>
+
+<p>521. <em>Shon-ta-yi-ga</em>, the Little Wolf; a famous warrior.</p>
+
+<p>522. <em>No-ho-mun-ya</em>, One who gives no Attention.</p>
+
+<p>523. <em>Wa-ton-ye</em>, the Foremost Man.</p>
+
+<p>524. <em>Wa-ta-wee-buck-a-na</em>, the Commanding General.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage smaller">WOMEN.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>525. <em>Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma</em>, the Strutting Pigeon; wife of White Cloud.</p>
+
+<p>526. <em>Ru-ton-wee-me</em>, Pigeon on the Wing.</p>
+
+<p>527. <em>O-kee-wee-me</em>, Female Bear that walks on the Back of another.</p>
+
+<p>528. <em>Koon-za-ya-me</em>, Female War Eagle.</p>
+
+<p>529. <i>Ta-pa-ta~me</i>, Wisdom; girl.</p>
+
+<p>530. <em>Corsair</em>; a pappoose.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<h3>TWELVE OJIBBEWAYS,<br />
+       <span class="smaller">WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>531. <em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, a Great Hero; Chief, 41 years old.</p>
+
+<p>532. <em>Say-say-gon</em>, the Hail Storm; 31 years old.</p>
+
+<p>533. <em>Kee-che-us-sin</em>, the Strong Rock; 27 years old.</p>
+
+<p>534. <em>Mush-ee-mong</em>, King of the Loons; 25 years old.</p>
+
+<p>535. <em>Au-nim-muck-kwa-um</em>, the Tempest Bird; 20 years old.</p>
+
+<p>536. <em>A-wun-ne-wa-be</em>, the Bird of Thunder; 19 years old.</p>
+
+<p>537. <em>Wa-bud-dick</em>, the Elk; 18 years old.</p>
+
+<p>538. <em>Ud-je-jock</em>, the Pelican; 10 years old.</p>
+
+<p>539. <em>Noo-din-no-kay</em>, the Furious Storm; 4 years old.</p>
+
+<p>540. <em>Min-nis-sin-noo</em>, a Brave Warrior; 3 years old.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_295" title="295"></a>
+
+<p>541. <em>Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway</em>, the Woman of the Upper
+        World; 38 years old.</p>
+
+<p>542. Pappoose, born in Salle Valentino, Paris.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>543. <em>Death of the White Buffalo.</em> A feat of the Mandan Chiefs.</p>
+
+<p>544. <em>A Sioux War Council.</em> The Chief Waneton speaking, and asking
+        of the head Chief a war-party to go against the Sacs and
+        Foxes.</p>
+
+<p>545. <em>Battle between the Sioux and Sacs and Foxes.</em> The Sioux
+        Chief killed and scalped on his horse’s back. An historical
+        fact.</p>
+
+<p>546. <em>The Death of Ha-wan-je-tah</em>, the One Horn; head Chief of the
+        Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Having been the accidental cause of the death of his only son, he
+    threw himself in the way of a buffalo-bull. (See Catlin’s <em>Notes</em>,
+    vol. ii., for a full account.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>547. <em>The Long Speech.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>It is an invariable rule amongst Indians, that while any one speaks
+    in council no one can rise. <em>See-non-ty-a</em> (the Blistered Feet), a
+    great <em>medicine-man</em>, made his favourite boast, that when he once
+    rose in an Ioway council of war it happened unfortunately for the
+    council that “he began to speak just as it began to snow.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>548. <em>Battle of the Buffalo Bulls.</em></p>
+
+<p>549. <em>Buffaloes crossing a Ravine in a snow-drift.</em></p>
+
+<p>550. <em>Buffaloes crossing the Missouri on the ice.</em></p>
+
+<p>551. <em>Grisly Bears attacking a Buffalo Bull.</em></p>
+
+<p>552. <em>Indians spearing Salmon at Night by Torchlight.</em></p>
+
+<p>553. <em>Deer-hunting by Moonlight.</em></p>
+
+<p>554. <em>Deer-hunting by Torchlight, in bark canoes.</em></p>
+
+<p>555. <em>War Party attacked in their Camp at Night.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>INDIAN CURIOSITIES AND MANUFACTURES.</h3>
+
+<p>Amongst this most extensive and valuable collection of them in
+existence, a few of the most remarkable are</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage90">A CROW LODGE, OR WIGWAM.</p>
+
+<p>A very splendid thing, brought from the foot of the Rocky
+Mountains, twenty-five feet in height, made of buffalo-skins, gar<a class="pagenum" id="Page_296" title="296"></a>nished
+and painted. The poles (thirty in number) of pine, cut in
+the Rocky Mountains, have been long in use, were purchased with
+the lodge, and brought the whole distance. This <em>wigwam</em> stands
+in the middle of the gallery, and will shelter eighty or more
+persons.</p>
+
+<p><em>Indian Cradles</em>, for carrying their pappooses. <em>Lances</em>, <em>Calumets</em>
+or <em>Pipes of Peace</em>, <em>Ordinary Pipes</em>, <em>Tomahawks</em>, <em>Scalping
+Knives</em>, and <em>Scalps</em>.</p>
+
+<p>A very full and valuable collection of <em>Men and Women’s Dresses</em>
+from the different tribes, garnished and fringed with scalp-locks
+from their enemies’ heads, <em>Bows</em>, <em>Quivers</em>, <em>Spears</em>, <em>Shields</em>, <em>War-Eagle
+and Raven Head-dresses</em>, <em>Necklaces</em>, <em>Mocassins</em>, <em>Belts</em>,
+<em>Pouches</em>, <em>War-Clubs</em>, <em>Robes</em>, <em>Mantles</em>, <em>Tobacco-Sacks</em>, <em>Wampums</em>,
+<em>Whistles</em>, <em>Rattles</em>, <em>Drums</em>, <em>Indian Saddles</em>, <em>Masks for their
+Mystery Dances</em>, <em>&amp;c. &amp;c.</em></p>
+
+<p>Amongst the immense collection of Indian curiosities, &amp;c., too
+numerous to be described in the catalogue, there are Skulls from
+different tribes, of very great interest; and particularly several
+from the <em>Flat-heads</em>, showing perfectly the character of this unaccountable
+custom, and also the Flat-head cradles, illustrating the
+process by which these artificial distortions are produced.</p>
+
+<p><em>Indian Cloths</em>, <em>Robes</em>, &amp;c., manufactured by the Indians from
+the mountain sheep’s wool, and from wild dogs’ hair, beautifully
+spun, coloured, and woven.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center">END OF VOL. I.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<div class="footnotes">
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a>
+If the reader has forgotten to read the Preface, it will take
+     him but a moment to run his eye over it, and by turning back to
+     it he will find it an useful key to what follows.&mdash;<em>Author.</em></p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a>
+The reader, by referring to Appendix A of this volume, will see the
+comments of the Press on this Collection, in <em>England</em>, <em>France</em>, and
+the <em>United States</em>.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a>
+The noble and unaided efforts of my best of friends, Captain
+Shippard, to bring into existence such an institution, are, I believe,
+too well known and appreciated by the English public to require more of
+me here, than barely to refer to his beautifully illustrated lectures
+on the “<em>Arabians</em>” and the “<em>Ruined Cities of America</em>;” and whilst
+wishing all success to his noble enterprise, I beg to refer the reader
+to Appendix B for a synopsis of his design.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a>
+The reader will pardon these expressions, and others of a similar
+nature that may occasionally occur, for they apply to one who now rests
+with the silent dead, as will be explained in future pages of this work.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a>
+All American Indians are poor in musical instruments, the principal
+of which, and the “heel inspiring” one, is the drum or tambour. This
+is rudely, but ingeniously made, by straining a piece of raw hide over
+a hoop or over the head of a sort of keg, generally made by excavating
+the inner part of a log of wood, leaving a thin rim around its side. In
+the bottom of this they always have a quantity of water, which sends
+out a remarkably rich and liquid tone. Besides this, they use several
+kinds of rattles and whistles&mdash;some of which are for mystery purposes,
+and others merely for the pleasing and exciting effects they produce in
+their dances.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a>
+Englishmen.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a>
+The poor old chief met with a sudden embarrassment at this
+     moment that he had not thought of, and was not prepared
+     consequently to know how to proceed. He had, according to the
+     custom of his country, prepared and brought with him a beautiful
+     calumet or pipe of peace to present, and on rising to make his
+     speech (the moment when it is customary to present it) it for
+     the first time occurred to him that he was about to present it
+     to a woman, the impropriety of which was evident to him. He
+     thought of the Prince, but as the pipe of peace can only be
+     given to the highest in power, he had another misgiving; and,
+     unlike to orators in the Indian countries, continued to hold it
+     in his hand while he was speaking, and brought it away with him.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a>
+This word must be <em>whispered</em>, as the War-chief gave it, and
+not <em>spoken</em>, to be appreciated&mdash;after the mode of Indians in their
+imitations, or exclamations of surprise.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_9" href="#FNanchor_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a>
+On a subject of so much importance to me, I deem proof
+     admissible and necessary, and therefore offer to the reader the
+     following letter from the former Secretary at War, Mr. Poinsett,
+     to whom I had written on the subject of an expedition, fitting
+     out in the United States, for such a purpose, several years
+     since:&mdash;</p>
+    <div class="quote1">
+    <p class="signature">Washington City, October 19th, 1839.</p>
+    <p>My dear Sir,</p>
+
+     <p>I received your letter of the 11th instant, and am much obliged
+     to you for the information of the contemplated speculations with
+     Indians in foreign countries. I have taken precautions to defeat
+     all such enterprises, and will prosecute the speculators, and
+     saddle them with heavy costs, instead of gains, if I can detect
+     them. I consider such proceedings are calculated to degrade the
+     Red Man, and certainly not to exalt the whites engaged in them.</p>
+
+     <p class="signature"><span class="padright10">With great regard,</span><br />
+                          <span class="padright5">Yours very truly,</span><br />
+                         <span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;R. Poinsett</span>, Sec. at War.</p>
+     <p><em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em></p>
+     </div>
+     <p>A few days after I received the above letter an order was issued
+     from the department of war to all the surveyors of Atlantic ports,
+     prohibiting Indians from being shipped to England, or other
+     foreign countries, for the purposes of exhibitions, without the
+     consent of the Government of the country.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_10" href="#FNanchor_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a>
+The numerous conversations held on the subjects of religion
+     and education with the three different parties of Indians,
+     in various parts of England, as well as on the continent, I
+     consider form one of the most interesting features of this work;
+     and as I have been present at them all, I have taken down all
+     the Indians’ remarks on those occasions, and I have inserted
+     them in all cases in this book as I wrote them from their lips,
+     and not in any case from recollection.&mdash;<span class="smcap">Author.</span></p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_11" href="#FNanchor_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a>
+The minds of the Indians had been so much engrossed for several
+     days with the subject of religion, that the inventive powers
+     of the little <em>Sah-mah</em> (Tobacco) had been at work; and when I
+     called on them the next morning one of them handed me his ideas,
+     as he had put them on paper with a lead pencil, and I give them
+     to the reader (<a href="#Plate_8">Plate No. 8</a>) as near as my own hand could copy
+     them from his original sketch now in my portfolio. If the reader
+     can understand the lines, he will learn from it something of the
+     state of the arts in the Indian country, as well as their native
+     propensity to burlesque.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_12" href="#FNanchor_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a>
+It was stated in some of the papers of the day that the Indian
+     won the golden prize from the members of the club, which was not
+     the case. It was put up, most liberally, by the young men of the
+     society for the Indians to shoot for among themselves, and won
+     in this way, not from the members of the club.</p>
+
+   <p>There are no Indians in North America who can equal the shooting
+     of these young gentlemen, who practise much this beautiful and
+     manly exercise. I have often, at their kind invitations, visited
+     their grounds, and I have had the opportunity of seeing the
+     shooting amongst most of the American tribes. The Indian tribes
+     who use the bow and arrow at the present time are mostly the
+     Prairie tribes, who are mounted, and, from their horses’ backs,
+     at full speed, throw their arrows but a very few paces, and use
+     a short bow of two feet or two feet and a half in length, and
+     therefore never practise at the target at the distance of one or
+     two hundred yards. Their skill and power, however, in that mode
+     of using the bow is almost inconceivable, and might puzzle the
+     best archers in England or in the world to equal.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="transnote">
+
+<h2><a id="endnote" />Transcriber’s Note</h2>
+
+<p>Hyphenation of compound words follows the text. If a hyphenation
+occurred on a line or page break, the most common variant was followed.
+Suspect spellings are noted, but are retained. The modern word ‘grizzly’
+is spelled as ‘grizly’ or ‘grisly’.</p>
+
+<p>On p. 273, the numbered list of prints is missing #261.</p>
+
+<p>On p. 291, the asterism (three asterisks forming a triangle) is
+represented simply three asterisks.</p>
+
+<p>The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer’s errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.</p>
+
+<table id="errata" summary="errata" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="3">
+<colgroup>
+  <col width="15%" />
+  <col width="45%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  89</td><td>visit[e]rs</td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 135</td><td>nonplused</td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 161</td><td><em>chickababbo</em></td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 185</td><td>[t/T]he wedding in St. Martin’s church</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 195</td><td>“Oh, yes, he’s here every day[,/.]”</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 196</td><td>The Emperor of Russ[s]ia,</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 213</td><td>tribes of the North American Indians[.]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 217</td><td>land[s]capes and other scenes</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 219</td><td>presented to us[.]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 252</td><td>opportunit[it]ies</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 255</td><td>Mississip[p]i</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">&nbsp;</td><td>legginsV<em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 276</td><td>made of whi[l/t]e horse-hair</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 278</td><td>delineatio[u/n]s</td><td>Inverted.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">&nbsp;</td><td>hlik[e]nesses</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 279</td><td>[5/3]28. Rock Island</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 283</td><td>the [“]Big Bend[”]</td><td>Added for consistency.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 284</td><td>Miss[i]ouri</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 290</td><td>sp[l]endid</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+</div>
+
+<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44776 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/44776-h/images/cover.jpg b/44776-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cb340c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_024fp.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_024fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c188d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_024fp.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_042fp.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_042fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7fbdc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_042fp.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_108fp.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_108fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e2e779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_108fp.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_136fp.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_136fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b3835d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_136fp.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_138fp.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_138fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbd1312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_138fp.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_156fp.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_156fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06752ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_156fp.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_166fp.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_166fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9adb135
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_166fp.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5670e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_frontis.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38bb0a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
diff --git a/44776-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg b/44776-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..490a504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/44776-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c3dbab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #44776 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/44776)
diff --git a/old/44776-8.txt b/old/44776-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ae640f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13252 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. I (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. I (of 2)
+       being Notes of Eight Years' Travels and Residence in Europe
+       with his North American Indian Collection
+
+Author: George Catlin
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2014 [EBook #44776]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL I ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note
+
+This version of the text is unable to reproduce certain typographic
+features. Italics are delimited with the '_' character as _italic_.
+The 'oe' ligature is rendered as separate characters. Words printed
+using "small capitals" are shifted to all upper-case. The 'oe'
+ligature is given here as separate characters.
+
+There are various fonts employed. These are indicated, usually,
+simply by indenting those passages.
+
+Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended.
+
+Illustrations cannot be reproduced here, but the approximate position
+of each is indicated as: [Illustration: <caption>].
+
+The few footnotes are repositioned at the end of the paragraph or
+quotation where they are referenced. They have been numbered
+consecutively (1-13).
+
+Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.
+
+
+
+
+                             CATLIN'S NOTES
+
+                                   OF
+
+                   EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE
+                               IN EUROPE,
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.
+
+                               VOLUME I.
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+                               ADVENTURES
+
+                                 OF THE
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS
+
+                                   IN
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;
+
+                             BEING NOTES OF
+
+              EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,
+
+                            BY GEO. CATLIN.
+
+
+                            IN TWO VOLUMES.
+
+                                VOL. I.
+
+                       With numerous Engravings.
+
+                         _THIRD EDITION._
+
+
+                                LONDON:
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.
+
+                                 1852.
+
+
+
+                                PREFACE.
+
+
+The reader of this book, being supposed to have read my former work,
+in two volumes, and to have got some account from them, of the
+eight years of my life spent amongst the wild Indians of the "_Far
+West_," in the forests of America, knows enough of me by this time
+to begin familiarly upon the subject before us, and to accompany me
+through a brief summary of the scenes of eight years spent amidst the
+civilization and refinements of the "_Far East_." After having made an
+exhibition of my Indian Collection for a short time, in the cities of
+New York, Boston, and Philadelphia, in the United States, I crossed
+the Atlantic with it--not with the fear of losing my scalp, which I
+sometimes entertained when entering the Indian wilderness--and entirely
+without the expectation of meeting with excitements or novelties enough
+to induce me to commit the sin of writing another book; and the thought
+of doing it would never have entered my head, had not another of those
+untoward accidents, which have directed nearly all the important moves
+of my life, placed in my possession the materials for the following
+pages, which I have thought too curious to be withheld from the world.
+
+After I had been more than four years in England, making an exhibition
+of my collection, and endeavouring, by my lectures in various parts
+of the kingdom, to inform the English people of the true character
+and condition of the North American Indians, and to awaken a proper
+sympathy for them, three different parties of Indians made their
+appearance, at different dates, in England, for the purpose of
+exhibiting themselves and their native modes to the enlightened world,
+their conductors and themselves stimulated by the hope of gain by their
+exertions.
+
+These parties successively, on their arrival, (knowing my history
+and views, which I had made known to most of the American tribes,)
+repaired to my Indian Collection, in which they felt themselves at
+home, surrounded as they were by the portraits of their own chiefs and
+braves, and those of their enemies, whom they easily recognised upon
+the walls. They at once chose the middle of my Exhibition Hall as the
+appropriate place for their operations, and myself as the expounder
+of their mysteries and amusements; and, the public seeming so well
+pleased with the fitness of these mutual illustrations, I undertook
+the management of their exhibitions, and conducted the three different
+parties through the countries and scenes described in the following
+pages.
+
+In justice to _me_, it should here be known to the reader, that I did
+not bring either of these parties to Europe; but, meeting them in the
+country, where they had come avowedly for the purpose of making money,
+(an enterprise as lawful and as unobjectionable, for aught that I
+can see, at least, as that of an actor upon the boards of a foreign
+stage,) I considered my countenance and aid as calculated to promote
+their views; and I therefore justified myself in the undertaking, as
+some return to them for the hospitality and kindness I had received
+at the hands of the various tribes of Indians I had visited in the
+wildernesses of America.
+
+In putting forth these notes, I sincerely hope that I may give no
+offence to any one, by endeavouring to afford amusement to the reader,
+and to impart useful instruction to those who are curious to learn the
+true character of the Indians, from a literal description of their
+interviews with the fashionable world, and their views and opinions of
+the modes of civilized life.
+
+These scenes have afforded me the most happy opportunity of seeing the
+_rest_ of Indian character (after a residence of eight years amongst
+them in their native countries), and of enabling me to give to the
+world what I was not able to do in my former work, for the want of an
+opportunity of witnessing the effects which the exhibition of all the
+ingenious works of civilized art, and the free intercourse and exchange
+of opinions with the most refined and enlightened society, would have
+upon their untutored minds. The reader will therefore see, that I am
+offering this as _another Indian book_, and intending it mostly for
+those who have read my former work, and who, I believe, will admit,
+that in it I have advanced much further towards the completion of a
+full delineation of their native character.
+
+I shall doubtless be pardoned for the unavoidable want of system and
+arrangement that sometimes appears in minuting down the incidents of
+these interviews--for recording many of the most trivial opinions and
+criticisms of the Indians upon civilized modes, and also the odd and
+amusing (as well as grave) notions of the civilized world, upon Indian
+manners and appearance, which have got into my note-book, and which I
+consider it would be a pity to withhold.
+
+I have occasionally stepped a little out of the way, also, to advance
+my own opinion upon passing scenes and events; drawing occasional
+deductions, by contrasting savage with civilized life (the modes of the
+"Far West" with those of the "Far East"); and, as what I have written,
+I offer as matter of history, without intending to injure any one, I do
+not see why I should ask pardon for any possible offence that may be
+given to the reader, who can only be offended by imagining what never
+was meant.
+
+During the series of lectures which I had been giving in various parts
+of England, and in my own country, wherein I had been contending for
+the moral and religious elevation of the Indian character, many of my
+hearers have believed that I had probably been led to over-estimate
+it, from the fact that I had beheld it in the wilderness, where there
+was nothing better to contrast it with. But I venture to say, that
+hundreds and thousands who read this book, and who became familiar with
+these wild people whilst in the enlightened world, and in the centre
+of fashion, where white man was shaking the poor Indian by the hand,
+and watching for his embarrassment while he was drawing scintillations
+from him, as the flint draws fire from the steel, will agree with me
+that the North American Indian rises highest in the estimation of his
+fellow-men, when he is by the side of those who have the advantage of
+him by their education, and nothing else.
+
+Contemplated or seen, roaming in his native wilds, with his rude
+weapons, lurking after game or his enemy, he is looked upon by most
+of the world as a sort of wild beast; but when, with all his rudeness
+and wildness, he stands amongst his fellow-men to be scanned in the
+brilliant blaze of the Lev�e into which he has been suddenly thrown,
+the dignified, the undaunted (and even courteous) gentleman, he there
+gains his strongest admirers, and the most fastidious are willing to
+assign him a high place in the scale of human beings.
+
+Into many such positions were these three parties of the denizens of
+the American forest thrown, during their visits to the capitals and
+provincial towns of England, Scotland, Ireland, France, and Belgium;
+and as I was by their side, their interpreter, at the hospitable
+boards, the Soir�es and Lev�es to which they were invited by the
+gentry, the nobility, and crowned heads of the three kingdoms, I
+consider it due to them, and no injustice to the world, to record the
+scenes and anecdotes I have witnessed in those hospitable and friendly
+efforts of enlightened and religious people, to elicit the true native
+feelings of, and to commune with, their benighted fellow-men.
+
+                                                    THE AUTHOR.
+
+
+
+
+                          CONTENTS OF VOL. 1.
+
+
+                               CHAPTER I.
+
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839--Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins--Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean--A ship dismasted and in
+      distress--The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved--The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog--"My
+      man Daniel"--Sailor's nose taken off by grizly bear--Dr.
+      Madden--Terrible gale--Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears--Alarm on deck--"Bears out of their cage"--Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches--A _supposed_ bear enters
+      the cabin!--Great excitement--The explanation--The gale
+      subsides--Amusing mistake--The Author in the steerage--Two
+      eccentric characters--Arrival in Liverpool                  Page 1
+
+                              CHAPTER II.
+
+  Howling of the grizly Bears--Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks--Scuffle for luggage--Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel--Landing the grizly bears--Author's journey to
+      London--Ibbotson's Hotel--First sally into the streets--First
+      impressions of London--Adventure in the fog and mud--Amusing
+      occurrence in the street--Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets--Ingenious mode of begging--Rich shops--No pigs
+      in the streets--Soot and smoke of London--Author returns
+      to Liverpool--Daniel's trouble with the bears--Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly bears through the
+      Customs--Arrival in London with Collection and bears--Daniel
+      in difficulty--Howling of bears passing through the
+      Tunnel--The "King of New York," and "King Jefferson"            12
+
+                              CHAPTER III.
+
+  Letters of introduction--Driving a friend's horse and
+      chaise--Amusing accidents--English driving--"Turn to the
+      _right_, as the law directs"--A turn to the _left_--A fresh
+      difficulty--Egyptian Hall--Lease for three years--Arrangement
+      of Collection--Bears sold and removed to Regent's Park
+      Zoological Gardens--Their fates                                 28
+
+                              CHAPTER IV.
+
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition--Description of
+      it--The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray--Collection opened to
+      private view--Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray--Distinguished
+      visitors--Mr. Murray's explanations--Kind reception by the
+      Public and the Press--Kind friends--Fatigue of explaining
+      and answering questions--Curious remedy proposed by a
+      friend--Pleasures and pains of a friendly and fashionable
+      dinner                                                          34
+
+                               CHAPTER V.
+
+  Author's illness from overtalking in his Collection--Daniel's
+      illness from the same cause--Character of Daniel--His
+      labour-saving plan for answering one hundred questions--His
+      disappointment--Daniel travels to Ireland for his
+      health--Author prepares to publish his Notes of Travel
+      amongst the Indians--John Murray (publisher)--His reasons
+      for not publishing the Author's work--His friendly
+      advice--Author's book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall--Illustrious subscribers--Thomas Moore--Critical notices
+      in London papers                                                45
+
+                              CHAPTER VI.
+
+  The Author's wife and two children arrive in the
+      British Queen, from New York--First appreciation of
+      London--Sight-seeing--Author lectures in the Royal
+      Institution--Suggests a _Museum of Mankind_--Great
+      applause--Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution--The "_Museum of History_"--Author lectures
+      in the other literary and scientific institutions of
+      London--Author dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and
+      with the Royal Geological Society--Mrs. Catlin's travels in
+      the "Far West"--Her welcome, and kind friends in London          60
+
+                              CHAPTER VII.
+
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society--The Duke of
+      Richmond presides--His Grace's compliment to the Author
+      and his country--Sir David Wilkie--His compliment to the
+      Author--Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the
+      Caledonian Ball (Almack's) in Indian costumes--Their
+      rehearsal--Dressing and painting--Entering the ball--Alarm
+      of ladies--Mr. Murray's infinite amusement (_incognito_)
+      amongst his friends--War-dance and war-whoops--Great
+      applause--Bouquets of flowers--Scalp-dance--Brooches
+      and bracelets presented to the chiefs--Trinkets
+      returned--Perspiration carries off the paint, and Mr. Murray
+      recognised--Amusement of his friends--The "Indians" return
+      to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning--Their amusing
+      appearance                                                      66
+
+
+                             CHAPTER VIII.
+
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest
+      visit the Collection--His Royal Highness the (little)
+      Duc de Brabant visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr.
+      Murray--The Author presents him an Indian pipe and pair of
+      mocassins--Visit of His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to
+      the Collection--His noble sympathy for the Indians--He smokes
+      an Indian pipe under the wigwam--The Author takes breakfast
+      with the Duke of Sussex in Kensington Palace--The Duke's
+      dress and appearance--John Hunter, the Indian traveller--The
+      Duke's inquiries about him--Monsieur Duponceau--Visit to
+      the Bank of England--To Buckingham Palace--To Windsor
+      Castle--Author visits the Polish Ball with several friends in
+      Indian costumes                                                 79
+
+                              CHAPTER IX.
+
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms--Daniel's
+      difficulty with an artist making copies--Takes his
+      sketch-book from him--Tableaux vivans commenced--List of the
+      groups--Hon. Mr. Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the
+      Due de Brabant--The Author presented to Her Majesty and His
+      Royal Highness Prince Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray--Indian
+      Collection removed to Liverpool--Biennial exhibition of
+      Mechanics' Institution--22,000 children admitted free to the
+      Indian Collection in one week--The Indian tableaux vivans in
+      the provincial towns for six months--Collection opened in
+      Sheffield--In Manchester--Nine Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in
+      charge of Mr. Rankin--His proposal to the Author                90
+
+                               CHAPTER X.
+
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians--The Author
+      pays them a visit--Is recognised by them--Arrangement
+      with Mr. Rankin--Crowds around their hotel--First visit
+      of the Ojibbeways to the Author's Collection--Their
+      surprise--Council held under the wigwam--Indians agree to
+      drink no spirituous liquors--The old Chiefs speech to the
+      Author--Names of the Indians--Their portraits--Description of
+      each--Cadotte, the interpreter                                 103
+
+                              CHAPTER XI.
+
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall--They refuse
+      wine--Distress of the kind and accommodating
+      landlord--Indians' first _drive_ about the town of
+      Manchester--Their curious remarks--Saw some white people
+      drunk--Many women holding on to men's arms and apparently
+      not sick--Saw much smoke--Vast many poor people--Indians
+      commence dancing in the Author's Collection--Effects of the
+      war-dance and war-whoop upon the audience--Various amusements
+      of the evening--A rich present to the old Boy-Chief--And
+      his speech--Numerous presents made--Immense crowd and
+      excitement--Indians visit a great woollen-factory--Casts
+      made from their heads by a phrenologist--Visit to Orrell's
+      cotton-mill at Stockport--Their opinions of it--The party
+      kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and lady                     111
+
+                              CHAPTER XII.
+
+  Indians on the housetops--Great alarm--Curious excitement--People
+      proposing to "take them" with ropes--Railway to London--The
+      "Iron-horse"--"The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink"--Arrive in London--Alarm of the landlady--Visit from
+      the Hon. Mr. Murray--Interview with His Royal Highness the
+      Duke of Cambridge--Old Chief's speech--War-dance--The Duke
+      gives them ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco--Indians
+      ride about the city in an "omnibus and four"--Remarks on what
+      they saw--The smoke--"Prairies on fire"--Lascars sweeping
+      the streets--Visit from the Reverend Mr. S.--Impatience to
+      see the Queen--Great medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty's
+      consent--Curious ceremony--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter comes
+      in--The Queen's appointment to see them--Great rejoicing       123
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XIII.
+
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen--Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter--Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert--Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray--The waiting-room--The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery--Their reception--Introductions and
+      conversations--Indians give the war-dance--A smoke--The
+      old Chief's speech to the Queen--Pipe-dance--Her
+      Majesty and the Prince retire--Indians at a feast
+      in the waiting-room--Drinking the Queen's health in
+      Champagne--Indians call it "_Chickabobboo_"--Story of
+      _Chickabobboo_, and great amusement--Indians return
+      to London--Evening-gossip about the Queen and her
+      _Chickabobboo_--First evening of the Indians in Egyptian
+      Hall--Great excitement--Alarm--Tremendous applause--Old
+      Chiefs speech--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter to the old Chief,
+      enclosing �20 from the Queen and other presents--Speech of
+      the War-chief--Pipe-dance--Shaking hands--Curious questions
+      by the audience--Ale allowed to the Indians at dinner and
+      after supper--Their rejoicing--They call it _Chickabobboo_    134
+
+                              CHAPTER XIV.
+
+  Rev. Mr. S---- and friend visit the Indians again--A day
+      appointed for a _talk_ about religion--Indians go to
+      the Thames Tunnel--Give the medicine-dance (wabeno)
+      under it--Kind treatment there, and _Chickabobboo_--The
+      exhibition--Egyptian Hall--Debate about the propriety of the
+      Indians dancing to make money--Great crowd--Woman screaming
+      and lifted on to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards
+      called the "_jolly fat_ dame")--She gives Cadotte a
+      beautiful bracelet--Her admiration of Cadotte--Evening
+      gossip after their exhibition--The amusements of the
+      evening and sights of the day--A clergyman asks an
+      interview with the Indians and gets offended--Exhibition
+      rooms at night--Great crowd--The "jolly fat dame" in full
+      dress--She talks with Cadotte--Indians meet the Rev. Mr.
+      S---- and friend by appointment--Old Chief's speech to
+      them--Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee's speech--Reverend gentlemen thank
+      them and take leave                                            150
+
+                              CHAPTER XV.
+
+  Exhibition rooms--Great crowd--The "jolly fat dame"--Her
+      interview with Cadotte--She gives presents to all the
+      Indians--Excitement in the crowd--Women kissing the
+      Indians--Red paint on their faces and dresses--Old
+      Chief's dream and feast of thanksgiving--An annual
+      ceremony--Curious forms observed--Indians invited to
+      the St. George's archery-ground--They shoot for a gold
+      medal--They dine with the members of the club--The "jolly
+      fat dame" and Cadotte--She takes him to his lodgings in her
+      carriage--Cadotte (or the "Strong-wind") gets sick--Is in
+      love with another!--Daniel unfolds the secret to her--Her
+      distress--She goes to the country--The "jolly fat dame"
+      returns--Cadotte's engagement to marry--Rankin promotes the
+      marriage--The Author disapproves of it                         167
+
+                              CHAPTER XVI.
+
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns--Exhibition advertised to close--the wedding in
+      St. Martin's church--Great excitement--Its object--Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses--Rankin advertises
+      "the beautiful and interesting bride" to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians' exhibitions--Public disgust and
+      indignation--Condemned by the Press--Rankin begins his
+      exhibition--Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians' rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service--Rankin leaves London
+      with the Indians---Author getting out his large work--The
+      Indian portfolio--The "jolly fat dame" makes a visit to
+      Daniel in the exhibition rooms--A long dialogue--Illustrious
+      subscribers to the Author's large work--Emperor of Russia
+      and Duke of Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor--The
+      Emperor presents the Author a gold box--Author takes out a
+      patent for "disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save
+      lives on vessels sinking or burning at sea"                    185
+
+  APPENDIX.
+
+
+  APPENDIX--A.
+
+  Opinions of the Press                                         Page 205
+
+
+  APPENDIX--B.
+
+  Museum of History                                                  246
+
+
+  A Descriptive Catalogue of Catlin's Indian Collection              248
+
+
+
+
+                       CATLIN'S NOTES IN EUROPE,
+
+                             _&c. &c._
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER I.
+
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly Bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839--Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins--Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean--A ship dismasted and in
+      distress--The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved--The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog--"My
+      man Daniel"--Sailor's nose taken off by grizly bear--Dr.
+      Madden--Terrible gale--Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears--Alarm on deck--"Bears out of their cage"--Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches--A _supposed_ Bear enters
+      the cabin!--Great excitement--The explanation--The gale
+      subsides--Amusing mistake--The Author in the steerage--Two
+      eccentric characters--Arrival in Liverpool.
+
+
+In the fall of the year 1839 I embarked at New York on board of the
+packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins, for Liverpool, with my Indian
+collection; having received a very friendly letter of advice from
+the Hon. C. A. Murray, master of Her Majesty's household, who had
+formerly been a fellow-traveller with me on the Mississippi and other
+rivers in America; and who, on his return to London, had kindly made
+a conditional arrangement for my collection in the Egyptian Hall, in
+Piccadilly.
+
+Mr. George Adlard, an Englishman, residing in the city of New York, had
+also exerted a friendly influence for me in procuring an order from
+the Lords of Her Majesty's Treasury for passing my collection into the
+kingdom free from the customary duties; and under these auspices I was
+launched upon the wide ocean, with eight tons freight, consisting of
+600 portraits and other paintings which I had made in my sojourn of
+eight years in the prairies and Rocky Mountains of America--several
+thousands of Indian articles, costumes, weapons, &c., with all of which
+I intended to convey to the English people an accurate account of the
+appearance and condition of the North American tribes of Indians.[1]
+
+On board also, as a part of my heavy collection, and as a further
+illustration of the rude inhabitants of the "_Far West_" I had, in
+a huge iron cage, two _grizly bears_, from the Rocky Mountains;
+forming not only the heaviest and most awkward part of my freight, but
+altogether the most troublesome, as will be seen hereafter.
+
+The wind was kind to us, and soon drove us across the Atlantic, without
+more than an incident or two worth recording, which I had minuted
+down as follows:--About the middle of the ocean, and in the midst
+of a four or five days' heavy gale, we came suddenly upon a ship,
+partly dismasted, with signals of distress flying, and water-logged,
+rolling about at the mercy of the merciless waves. We rounded-to with
+great danger to our own craft, and, during the early part of the
+night, succeeded, with much difficulty, in taking off the captain
+and crew of twenty-eight men, just before she went down. This was a
+common occurrence, however, and needs no further notice, other than
+of a feature or two which struck me as new. When the poor, jaded,
+and water-soaked fellows were all safely landed on the deck of our
+vessel, they laid down upon their faces and devoutly thanked God for
+their deliverance; and last of all that was lifted on board from their
+jolly-boat was their keg of rum, the only thing which they had brought
+with them when they deserted the ship. "This," good Captain Collins
+said, "you will not want now, my boys," and he cast it into the sea.
+
+ [1] If the reader has forgotten to read the Preface, it will take
+     him but a moment to run his eye over it, and by turning back to
+     it he will find it an useful key to what follows.--_Author._
+
+Captain James, a bland and good-natured Scotsman, commander of the
+Scotia, the unfortunate vessel, was invited by Captain Collins to the
+cabin of the Roscius, and into his state-room, where he was soon put
+into a suit of dry and warm clothes, and afterwards seated at the
+table; where, suddenly, a sullen resistance to food, and contemplative
+tears rolling over his cheeks, showed his rough shell to contain a
+heart that was worthy of the fondest affections of a dear wife and
+sweet little ones--none of which was he blessed with, if I recollect
+aright. But when his grief found utterance, he exclaimed, "My God! I
+have left my poor dog tied to the mast of my old craft. There he is,
+poor fellow! When we took to the jolly-boat I never thought of my poor
+Pompey!"
+
+The briny tears seemed to burn this veteran's hardened features as they
+ran over his cheeks; and hunger and fatigue, and all gave way to them
+and grief, until sleep had dried them up, and taken the edge from his
+anguished mind.
+
+The next morning, his recital of the affectionate deeds of the life of
+his faithful dog, "who had made eighteen voyages across the Atlantic
+with him, and who would always indicate land a-head by his nose sooner
+than the sailors could discern it from the mast-head--whom he had,
+in kindness, lashed to the mast for his safety, and in carelessness
+abandoned to his unavoidable fate," brought tears of pity in my own
+eyes. Poor man! he often wept for his faithful dog--and I as often
+wept for him, on our way from the middle of the ocean to Liverpool. We
+were, at this time, still in the midst of the terrible gale, which was
+increasing in its fury, and had already become quite too much for the
+tastes and the stomachs of the _grizlies_--a few words more of whom
+must go into this chapter.
+
+These two awkward voyageurs from the base of the Rocky Mountains, which
+I had reared from cubs, and fed for more than four years--for whose
+roughness in clawing and "chawing" I had paid for half a dozen cages
+which they had demolished and escaped from, and the prices of as many
+dogs "used up" in retaking them, had now grown to the enormous size
+of eight or ten hundred pounds each; requiring a cage of iron so large
+that it could not be packed amongst the ship's cargo below, but must
+needs occupy a considerable space on the deck, in the form and size
+somewhat of a small house.
+
+The front of this cage was formed of huge iron bars, kindly indulging
+the bruins to amuse themselves with a peep at what was progressing
+on deck, whilst it afforded the sailors and steerage passengers
+the amusement of looking and commenting upon the physiognomy and
+man[oe]uvres of these rude specimens from the wilderness of America.
+This huge cage, with its inmates, had ridden into and partly through
+the gale with us, when the bears became subjects of more violent
+interest and excitement than we had as yet anticipated or could
+have wished. What had taken (and was taking) place amongst the sick
+and frightened group of passengers during this roaring, whistling,
+thrashing, and dashing gale, was common-place, and has been a thousand
+times described; but the sea-sickness, and rage, and fury of these
+two grizly denizens of the deep ravines and rocky crags of the Rocky
+Mountains, were subjects as fresh as they were frightful and appalling
+to the terrified crew and passengers who were about them, and therefore
+deserve a passing comment.
+
+The immediate guardian of these animals was a faithful man by the name
+of Daniel Kavanagh, who had for several years been in my employment
+as curator of my collection, and designed to accompany me in my tour
+through England. This man has occupied a conspicuous place in my
+affairs in Europe, and much will be said of him in the following pages,
+and the familiar and brief cognomen of "Daniel" or "Dan" applied to
+him. On embarking with this man and his troublesome pets at New York, I
+had fully explained to Captain Collins their ferocious, and deceitful,
+and intractable nature, who had consequently issued his orders to all
+of his crew and to the steerage passengers not to venture within their
+reach, or to trifle with them. Notwithstanding all this precaution,
+curiosity, that beautiful trait of human nature, which often becomes
+irresistible in long voyages, and able to turn the claws of the Devil
+himself into the soft and tapering fingers of a Venus or a Daphne,
+got the better of the idle hours of the sailors, who were amusing
+themselves and the passengers, in front of the iron bars, by believing
+that they were wearing off by a sort of charm the rough asperities of
+their grizly and grim passengers by shaking their paws, and squaring
+and fending off the awkward sweeps occasionally made at them by the
+huge paw of the _she_ bear, which she could effectually make by lying
+down and running her right arm quite out between the iron bars. On one
+of these (now grown to be amusing) occasions, one of the sailors was
+"squared off" before the cage, inviting her grizly majesty to a sort
+of set-to, when she (seemingly aware of the nature of the challenge)
+gradually extended her arm and her huge paw a little and a little
+further out of her cage, with her eyes capriciously closed until it was
+out to its fullest extent, when she made a side-lick at his head, and
+an exceedingly awkward one for the sailor to parry. It was lucky for
+him, poor fellow, that he partly dodged it; though as her paw passed
+in front of his face, one of her claws carried away entirely his nose,
+leaving it fallen down and hanging over his mouth, suspended merely by
+a small piece of skin or gristle, by which alone he could claim it.
+
+Here was a sudden check to the familiarity with the bears; the results
+of which were, a renewal of the orders of non-intercourse from Captain
+Collins, and a marked coolness between the sailors and steerage
+passengers and the grizlies during the remainder of the voyage.
+
+The sailor was committed to the care of Dr. Madden, in the cabin, the
+distinguished traveller in Africa and the West Indies, and now one of
+our esteemed fellow-passengers, who skilfully replaced and arranged his
+nose with stitches and splints, and attended to it during the voyage.
+The poor fellow continued to swear vengeance on the bears when they
+should reach the land; but I believe that when they were landed in
+Liverpool, his nose was not sufficiently secure to favour his design.
+This unlucky affair had happened some days previous to the gale which I
+have begun to describe; and with the unsociable and cold reserve with
+which they were subsequently treated by all on board (visited only at
+stated periods by their old, but not yet confiding friend Daniel, who
+brought them their daily allowance), they had, as I have mentioned,
+become partakers and sufferers with us in the pangs and fears of the
+hurricane that was sweeping over the vessel and the sea about us.
+
+The third day of the gale became the most alarming, and the night of
+that day closing in upon us, seemed like the gloomy shroud amidst
+the hurrying winds and the cracking spars, that was to cover us in
+death. Until this day, though swinging (and now and then jumping) from
+mountains to mountains of waves, the ship and the elements mingled
+our fears with amusement. When, however, this day's light was gone,
+curiosity's feast was finished, and fear was no longer chained under
+our feet--we had reached the climax of danger, and terror seemed to
+have seized and reigned through every part of the ship. The bears, in
+contemplative or other vein, had been mute; but at this gloomy hour,
+seeming to have lost all patience, added, at first their piteous
+howlings, and then their horrid growls, to the whistling of the winds;
+and next, the gnashing of their teeth, and their furious lurches, and
+bolts, and blows against the sides of their cage, to the cracking of
+spars and roaring of the tempest! Curiosity again, in desperate minds,
+was resuscitated, and taking in its insatiable draughts even in the
+midst of this jarring and discordant medley of darkness--of dashing
+foam, of cracking masts, and of howlings and growlings and raging of
+grizly bears; for when the lightnings flashed, men (and even women)
+were seen crawling and hanging about the deck, as if to see if they
+could discover the death that was ready with his weapons drawn to
+destroy them.
+
+The captain had twenty times ordered all below, but to no purpose,
+until in the indiscriminate confusion of his crew and the passengers,
+in the jet blackness of the gale, when his ship was in danger, and our
+lives, his trumpet announced that "the bears were on deck!"
+
+"Good God!" was exclaimed and echoed from one end of the ship's deck to
+the other; "the grizly bears are out! down with the hatches--down the
+hatches!" The scrambling that here took place to reach the cabins below
+can only be justly known to each actor who performed his part in his
+own way; and of these there were many. Some descended headlong, some
+sidewise, and others rolled down; and every one with a ghastly glance
+back upon the one behind him, as a grizly bear, of course, that was to
+begin his "chawing" the next moment.
+
+When the scrambling was all over, and the hatches all safe, all in the
+cabin were obliged to smile for a moment, even in the midst of the
+alarm, at the queer position and man[oe]uvres of a plump little Irish
+woman who had slipped down the wrong hatchway by accident, and left her
+"other half" to spend a night of celibacy, and of awful forebodings,
+in the steerage, where she would have gone, but to which her own
+discretion as well as the united voices of the cabin passengers decided
+her not to attempt to make her way over the deck during the night.
+
+The passengers, both fore and aft, were now all snugly housed for
+the rest of the night, and the captain's smothered voice through his
+trumpet, to his hands aloft, and the stamping of the men on deck, while
+handling the ropes and shifting the sails, were all caught by our open
+ears, and at once construed into assaults and dreadful conflicts with
+the grizly bears on deck.
+
+In the midst of these conjectures some one of the passengers screamed
+and sprang from near the stairway entering the cabin, when it was
+discovered, to the thrilling amazement of all, that one of the bears
+had pawed open the hatchway, and was descending into the cabin! The
+ladies' salon, beyond the cabin, was the refuge to which the instant
+rush was making, when the always good and musical sound of the
+captain's voice was recognized. "Why! you don't think I'm a grizly
+bear, do you?" The good fellow! he didn't intend to frighten anybody.
+He had just raised the hatch and came down to get a little breath and
+a "drop to drink." He is as unlike to a grizly bear as any one else in
+the world, both in looks and in disposition; but he happened to have on
+for the occasion a black oil-cloth hood or cap, which was tied under
+the chin; and a jacket covered with long fur on the outside, making his
+figure (which was of goodly size, and which just filled the gangway),
+with a little of the lively imagination belonging to such moments, look
+the counterpart of a grizly bear. "Where's Catlin?" said he; "damn the
+bears!" "Are they out?" cried the passengers all together. "Out?--yes;
+they have eaten one man already, and another was knocked overboard
+with a handspike; he was mistaken for one of the bears. We are all in
+a mess on deck--it's so dark we can't see each other--the men are all
+aloft in the rigging. Steward! give me a glass of brandy-and-water--the
+ship must be managed, and I must go on deck. Keep close below here, and
+keep the hatches down, for the bruins are sick of the scene, and pawing
+about for a burrow in the ground, and will have the hatches up in a
+moment if you don't look to them. Where's Catlin?" "We don't know," was
+the reply from many mouths; "he is not in the cabin."
+
+"Will, here, Misther Captain, yer honour, I'll till ye," said a poor
+fellow, who in the general fright and flight had tumbled himself by
+accident into the cabin, and observed sullen silence until the present
+moment; "I'll jist till ye--I saw Misther Cathlin (I sippose he's the
+jintleman that owns the bastes) and his mon Dan (for I've known Dan for
+these many a long year in ould Amiriky, and I now he has chargin o' the
+bears on board); I saw the two, God bliss them, when the bastes was
+about gettin their hinder parts out of the cage, stannin on the side
+jisth before 'em, Misther Cathlin with his double-barrel gun, and his
+mon Dan pointin at 'em in the face, with a pistol in each hand; and
+this was jist whin I heard they were outh, and I jimped down here jist
+in the wrong place, as I am after observin when it is too late, and I
+hope there is no offence to your honour."
+
+"Catlin's gone then," said the captain; "he is swallowed!"
+
+The captain was at his post again, the hatches closed, and in the midst
+of dozing, and praying, and singing (and occasionally the hideous
+howlings of the grizlies whenever a wave made a breach over the deck
+of the vessel) was passed away that night of alarm and despair, until
+the rays of the morning's sun having chased away the mist and assuaged
+the fury of the storm, had brought all hands together on the deck, and
+in the midst of them the cheerful face of our good captain; and in
+their huge cage, which had been driven from one side of the deck to the
+other, but now adjusted, sitting upon their haunches, with the most
+jaded and humiliating looks imaginable, as they gazed between their
+iron bars, their two grizly majesties, who had hurt nobody during the
+night, nor in all probability had meditated anything worse or more
+sinful than an escape, if possible, from the imprisonment and danger
+they considered themselves unfortunately in.
+
+In the general alarm and scramble on deck in the forepart of the night,
+the total darkness having been such that it was impossible to tell
+whether the bears were out of their cage or not, and quite impossible
+to make one's way to the quarter-deck, unaccustomed to the shapes of
+things to be passed over, "Misther Cathlin" had dropped himself into
+the steerage as the nearest refuge, just before the hatch was fastened
+down for the night. Any place, and anything under deck at that time,
+was acceptable; and even at so perilous a moment, and amidst such
+alarming apprehensions, I drew a fund of amusement from the scenes
+and conversations around me. The circumstance of sixty passengers,
+men, women, and children, being stowed into so small a compass, and
+to so familiar an acquaintance, would have been alone, and under
+different circumstances, a subject of curious interest for a stranger
+so suddenly to be introduced to; but to be dropped into the midst of
+such a group in the middle of the night, in the thickest of a raging
+tempest, and the hour of danger, when some were in bed--some upon their
+knees at their prayers--others making the most of the few remaining
+drops of brandy they had brought with them, and others were playing at
+cards and enjoying their jokes, and all together just rescued from the
+jaws and the claws of the bears over their heads, was one of no common
+occurrence, and worthy at least of a few passing remarks.
+
+The wailings of the poor fellow whose wife had got into the cabin were
+incessant, and not much inferior to the howlings of the grizlies on
+deck. She had been put into my berth, and I had had the privilege of
+"turning in" with her disconsolate husband, if I had seen fit to have
+done so, or if his writhings and contortions had not taken up full
+twice the space allotted to him. It was known and told to him by some
+of his comrades, that they saw his wife go into the cabin, and that she
+was safe. "Yis," said he, "but I'm unasy, I'm not asy about her, d'ye
+see; I don't fale asy as she's there, God knows where, along with those
+jintlemen."
+
+Amongst the passengers in this part of the vessel I at once found
+myself alongside of at least two very eccentric characters. The one, I
+afterwards learned, was familiarly called by the passengers "the little
+Irishman in black," and the other "the half-Englishman, or broken-down
+swell."
+
+The first of these two eccentrics was a squatty little gentleman of
+about four feet nine inches elevation, and between two and three feet
+breadth of beam, with a wrinkled face and excessively sharp features.
+To be all in black he showed no signs of a shirt, though he was
+decently clad, but in black from head to foot, being in mourning, as
+he said, for "his son who had emigratin to Amiriky fifteen years sin,
+and livin there jist long enough to become a _native_, had died and
+leaven of a fortin, which he had been over to sittle up and receivin,
+with which he was recrossin the ocean to his native country." He
+said he wished to be rispectable and dacent, havin received 12,000
+dollars; and as he thought the dacent thing was in "payin," now-a-days,
+he had paid for a berth in the cabin, but preferred to ride in the
+steerage. He made and found much amusement in that part of the vessel
+with his congenial spirits, and seemed peculiarly happy in the close
+communication with the other oddity of the steerage, whom I have said
+the passengers called the half-Englishman, or broken-down swell, who,
+I learned from my man Daniel, had laid in three barrels of old English
+porter, in bottles, when leaving the city of New York, and the last of
+which they were now opening and making the whole company merry with,
+as a sort of thanksgiving on their lucky escape from the grizly bears,
+who they firmly believed held possession of everything on the vessel
+outside of the hatchway.
+
+This eccentric and droll, but good-natured gentleman, with the aid of
+porter made much amusement in the steerage, even in the hour of alarm;
+and though I did not at that time know his calibre, or exactly what to
+make of him, I afterwards learned that he was an English cockney who
+had been on a tour through the States, and was now on his way back to
+his fatherland. He had many amusing notions and anecdotes to relate of
+the Yankees, and in his good-natured mellowness told a very good one of
+himself, much to the amusement of the Yankees on board, and the little
+Irishman in black, and my man Daniel. He said that "the greatest luxury
+he found in New York were the hoisters, and much as he liked them he
+had eaten them for two years before he had learned whether they were
+spelled with a haitch or a ho." Much valuable time would be lost to the
+reader if I were to chain him down to the rest of the incidents that
+happened between the middle of the ocean and Liverpool; and I meet him
+there at the beginning of my next chapter.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER II.
+
+  Howling of the grizly Bears--Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks--Scuffle for luggage--Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel--Landing the grizly Bears--Author's journey to
+      London--Ibbotson's Hotel--First sally into the streets--First
+      impressions of London--Adventure in the fog and mud--Amusing
+      occurrence in the street--Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets--Ingenious mode of begging--Rich shops--No pigs
+      in the streets--Soot and smoke of London--Author returns
+      to Liverpool--Daniel's trouble with the Bears--Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly Bears through the
+      Customs--Arrival in London with Collection and Bears--Daniel
+      in difficulty--Howling of Bears passing through the
+      Tunnel--The "King of New York," and "King Jefferson."
+
+
+On nearing the docks at Liverpool, not only all the passengers of the
+ship, but all the inhabitants of the hills and dales about, and the
+shores, were apprised of our approach to the harbour by the bellowing
+and howling of the grizlies, who were undoubtedly excited to this sort
+of _Te Deum_ for their safe deliverance and approach to _terra firma_,
+which they had got a sight (and probably a smell) of.
+
+The arrival of the Roscius on that occasion was of course a conspicuous
+one, and well announced; and we entered the dock amidst an unusual
+uproar and crowd of spectators. After the usual manner, the passengers
+were soon ashore, and our luggage examined, leaving freight and grizly
+bears on board, to be removed the next morning. From the moment of
+landing on the wharf to the Custom-house, and from that to the hotel
+where I took lodgings, I was obliged to "fend off," almost with foot
+and with fist, the ragamuffins who beset me on every side; and in
+front, in the rear, and on the right and the left, assailed me with
+importunities to be allowed to carry my luggage. In the medley of
+voices and confusion I could scarcely tell myself to which of these
+poor fellows I had committed my boxes; and no doubt this (to them)
+delightful confusion and uncertainty encouraged a number of them to
+keep close company with my luggage until it arrived at the Grecian
+Hotel. When it was all safely landed in the hall, I asked the lad who
+stood foremost and had brought my luggage in his cart, how much was to
+pay for bringing it up? "Ho, Sir, hi leaves it to your generosity, Sir,
+has you are a gentleman, Sir; hit's been a werry eavy load, Sir."
+
+I was somewhat amused with the simple fellow's careless and easy
+manner, and handed him eighteen pence, thinking it a reasonable
+compensation for bringing two small trunks and a carpet-bag; but
+he instantly assumed a different aspect, and refused to take the
+money, saying that no gentleman would think of giving him less than
+half-a-crown for such a load as he had brought. I soon settled with and
+dismissed him by giving him two shillings; and as he departed, and I
+was about entering the coffee-room, another of his ragged fraternity
+touched my elbow, when I asked him what he wanted. "Wo, Sir, your
+luggage there--" "But I have paid for my luggage--I paid the man you
+see going out there." "Yes, Sir; but then you sees, hi elped im put
+it hon; hand I elped im along with it, hand it's werry ard, Sir, hif
+Ise not to be paid has well as im." I paid the poor fellow a sixpence
+for his ingenuity; and as he left, a third one stepped up, of whom I
+inquired, "What do _you_ want?" "Why, Sir, your luggage, you know,
+there--I am very sorry, Sir, to see you pay that worthless rascal
+what's just going out there--I am indeed sorry, Sir--he did nothing,
+but was hol the time hin our way--hit urts me, Sir, to see a gentleman
+throw is money away upon sich vagabonds, for it's hundoubtedly ard
+earned, like the few shillings we poor fellows get." "Well, my good
+fellow, what do you want of me?" "Ho, Sir, hit's honly for the cart,
+Sir--you will settle with me for the cart, Sir, hif you please--that
+first chap you paid ad my cart, hand I'll be bound you ave paid im
+twice has much has you hought." "Well, to make short," said I, "here,
+take this sixpence for your cart, and be off." I was thus brief, for I
+saw two or three others edging and siding up in the passage towards me,
+whom I recollected to have seen escorting my luggage, and I retreated
+into the coffee-room as suddenly as possible, and stated the case to
+one of the waiters, who promised to manage the rest of the affair.
+
+I was thus very comfortable for the night, having no further annoyance
+or real excitement until the next morning after breakfast, when it
+became necessary to disembark the grizly bears. My other heavy freight
+had gone to Her Majesty's Custom-house, and all the passengers from
+the cabin and steerage had gone to comfortable quarters, leaving the
+two deck passengers, the grizlies, in great impatience, and as yet
+undisposed of. My man Daniel had been on the move at an early hour, and
+had fortunately made an arrangement with a simple and unsuspecting old
+lady in the absence of her "good man," to allow the cage to be placed
+in a small yard adjoining her house, and within the same inclosure,
+which had a substantial pavement of round stones.
+
+This arrangement for a few days promised to be an advantageous one for
+each party. Daniel was to have free access and egress for the purpose
+of giving them their food, and the price proposed to the good woman was
+met as a liberal reward for the reception of any living beings that
+she could imagine, however large, that could come within her idea of
+the dimensions of a cage. Daniel had told her that they were two huge
+bears; and in his reply to inquiries, assured her that they were not
+harmless by any means, but that the enormous strength of their cage
+prevented them from doing any mischief.
+
+The kind old lady agreed, for so much per day, to allow the cage to
+stand in her yard, by the side of her house, at least until her husband
+returned. With much excitement and some growling about the docks and
+the wharf, they were swung off from the vessel, and, being placed on a
+"float," were conveyed to, and quietly lodged and fed in, the retired
+yard of the good woman, when the gate was shut, and they fell into a
+long and profound sleep.
+
+The grizly bears being thus comfortably and safely quartered in the
+immediate charge of my man Daniel, who had taken an apartment near
+them, and my collection being lodged in the Custom-house, I started by
+the railway for London to effect the necessary arrangements for their
+next move. I had rested in and left Liverpool in the midst of rain, and
+fog, and mud, and seen little else of it; and on my way to London I
+saw little or nothing of the beautiful country I was passing through,
+travelling the whole distance in the night. The luxurious carriage in
+which I was seated, however, braced up and embraced on all sides by
+deep cushions; the grandeur of the immense stations I was occasionally
+passing under; the elegance and comfort of the caf�s and restaurants I
+was stumbling into with half-sealed eyes, with hundreds of others in
+the middle of the night, with the fat, and rotund, and ruddy appearance
+of the night-capped fellow-travellers around me, impressed me at once
+with the conviction that I was in the midst of a world of comforts and
+luxuries that had been long studied and refined upon.
+
+I opened my eyes at daylight at the terminus in the City of London,
+but could see little of it, as I was driven to Ibbotson's Hotel, in
+Vere-street, through one of the dense fogs peculiar to the metropolis
+and to the season of the year in which I had entered it. To a foreigner
+entering London at that season, the first striking impression is the
+blackness and gloom that everywhere shrouds all that is about him. It
+is in his hotel--in his bed-chamber--his dining-room, and if he sallies
+out into the street it is there even worse; and added to it dampness,
+and fog, and mud, all of which, together, are strong inducements for
+him to return to his lodgings, and adopt them as comfortable, and as a
+luxury.
+
+I am speaking now of the elements which the Almighty alone can control,
+and which only we strangers first see, as the surface of things, when
+we enter a foreign land, and before our letters of introduction, or
+the kind invitations of strangers, have led us into the participation
+of the hospitable and refined comforts prepared and enjoyed by the
+ingenuity of enlightened man, within. These I soon found were all
+around me, in the midst of this gloom; and a deep sense of gratitude
+will often induce me to allude to them again in the future pages of
+this work.
+
+My breakfast and a clean face were the first necessary things
+accomplished at my hotel, and next to them was my first sally into
+the streets of the great metropolis, to inhale the pleasure of first
+impressions, and in my rambles to get a glance at the outer walls
+and the position of the famous Egyptian Hall, which I have already
+said my kind friend the Hon. C. A. Murray had conditionally secured,
+as the locale of my future operations. It is quite unnecessary,
+and quite impossible also, for me to describe the route I pursued
+through the mud and the fog in search of the Hall. Its direction had
+been pointed out to me at my start, and something like the distance
+explained, which, to an accustomed woodsman like myself, seemed a
+better guarantee of success than the names of a dozen streets and
+turnings, &c.; and I had "leaned off" on the point of compass, as
+I thought, without any light of the sun to keep me to my bearings,
+until I thought myself near its vicinity, and at a proper position to
+make some inquiry for its whereabouts. I ran against a young man at
+the moment (or, rather, he ran against me, as he darted across the
+street to the pavement, with a black bag under his arm), whom I felt
+fully at liberty to accost; and to my inquiry for the Egyptian Hall,
+he very civilly and kindly directed me in the following manner, with
+his hand pointing down the street in the opposite direction to the one
+in which I was travelling:--"Go to the _bottom_, d'ye see, sir, and
+you are at the _top_, of Piccadilly; you then pass the third turning
+to the left, and you will see the hexibition of the uge hox; that hox
+is in the Hegyptian All, and ee _his_ a wapper, sure enough!" By this
+kind fellow's graphic direction I was soon in the Hall, got a glance
+of it and "the fat ox," and then commenced my first peregrination,
+amidst the mazes of fog and mud, through the Strand, Fleet-street,
+and Cheapside; the names of which had rung in my ears from my early
+boyhood, and which the sort of charm they had wrought there had created
+an impatient desire to see.
+
+I succeeded quite well in wending my way down the Haymarket, the
+Strand, and Fleet-street, slipping and sliding through the mud, until I
+was in front or in the rear (I could not tell which) of the noble St.
+Paul's, whose black and gloomy walls, at the apparent risk of breaking
+my neck, I could follow up with my eye, until they were lost in the
+murky cloud of fog that floated around them. I walked quite round it,
+by which I became duly impressed with its magnitude below, necessarily
+leaving my conjectures as to its elevation, for future observations
+through a clearer atmosphere.
+
+I then commenced to retrace my steps, when a slight tap upon my
+shoulder brought me around to look upon a droll and quizzical-looking
+fellow, who very obsequiously proceeded (as he pointed to the collar
+of my cloak, the lining of which, it seems, had got a little exposed),
+"The lining of your cloak, sir; hit don't look very well for a
+gentleman, sir; hexcuse me, hif you please, sir." "Certainly," said
+I; "I am much obliged to you," as I adjusted it and passed on. In my
+jogging along for some distance after this rencontre, and while my
+eyes were intent upon the mud, where I was selecting the places for
+my footsteps, I observed a figure that was keeping me close company
+by my side, and, on taking a fairer look at him, found the same droll
+character still at my elbow, when I turned around and inquired of him,
+"What now?" "Ho, sir, your cloak, you know, sir; hit didn't look well,
+for a gentleman like you, sir. Your pardon, sir; ha sixpence, hif you
+please, sir." I stopped and gave the poor fellow a sixpence for his
+ingenuity, and jogged on.
+
+The sagacity of this stratager in rags had detected the foreigner or
+stranger in me at first sight, as I learned in a few moments, in
+the following amusing way. I had proceeded but a few rods from the
+place where I had given him his sixpence and parted company with him,
+when, crossing an intersecting street, I was met by a pitiable object
+hobbling on one leg, and the other twisted around his hip, in an
+unnatural way, with a broom in one hand, and the other extended towards
+me in the most beseeching manner, and his face drawn into a triangular
+shape, as he was bitterly weeping. I saw the poor fellow's occupation
+was that of sweeping the crossing under my feet, and a sixpence that
+I slipped into his hand so relaxed the muscles of his face, by this
+time, that I at once recognised in him the adjuster of the lining of my
+cloak; but I had no remedy, and no other emotion, at the instant, than
+that of amusement, with some admiration of his adroitness, and again
+passed on.
+
+Casting my eyes before me I observed another poor fellow, at the
+crossing of another street, plying his broom to the mud very nimbly (or
+rather passing it over, just above the top of the mud), whilst his eye
+was fixed intently upon me, whom he had no doubt seen patronizing the
+lad whom I had passed. I dodged this poor fellow by crossing the street
+to the right, and as I approached the opposite pavement I fell into the
+hands of a young woman in rags, who placed herself before me in the
+most beseeching attitude, holding on her arm a half-clad and sickly
+babe, which she was pinching on one of its legs to make it cry, whilst
+she supplicated me for aid. I listened to her pitiable lamentations a
+moment, and in reproaching her for her cruelty in exposing the life of
+her little infant for the purpose of extorting alms, I asked her why
+she did not make her husband take care of her and her child? "Oh, my
+kind sir," said she, "I give you my honour I've got no husband; I have
+no good opinion of those husbands." "Then I am glad you have informed
+me," said I; "you belong to a class of women whom I will not give to."
+"Oh, but, kind sir, you mistake me; I am not a bad woman--I am _not_
+a bad woman--I assure you! I am a decent woman, and God knows it:
+the child is not mine; it is only one that I hires, and I's obliged
+to pay eighteen pence a day for it; which is as true as God's holy
+writ; that's what it is." "Then," said I, "you are a wretch, to keep
+that innocent little thing here in the cold; and, instead of alms, you
+deserve to be handed over to the police." She gave me many hard names
+as I was stepping into a cab which I had beckoned up and directed to
+drive me to Ibbotson's Hotel, in Vere-street.
+
+"Where, sir?" asked the cab-driver as he mounted his seat. "Vy, sir,
+didn't you ear the gentleman?" said a man with a large bronze medal
+hanging on his breast, who had one hand on the door; "drive im to
+Hibbotson's Otel, Were-street, Hoxford-street." "Who are you?" said I,
+as we were moving off, and he held the door open with one hand and his
+hat raised with the other; "what do you want?"
+
+"I'm the vaterman, sir; you'll recollect the vaterman?" "Yes, I'll
+not forget you in a long time." So I shut the door without giving the
+poor man his ha'penny, not knowing the usual custom yet, and too much
+pressed for time to learn it at that moment.
+
+I observed, in passing several equestrian and other statues in the
+streets, that they were all black; which seemed curious; and also,
+in every street, I saw what was new to me, and not to be seen in
+the streets of the American cities--meat-shops and fishmongers
+indiscriminately mingled along the same side-walks with dry
+goods--hosiers, china, and hardware--and fancy shops; and also
+performed the whole route, outward and homeward, without having seen
+a solitary pig ploughing the gutters, as we too familiarly meet them
+in many of the American cities, though the gutters, much of the way,
+would seem to have offered a tolerably rich field for their geological
+researches.
+
+I met with evidences enough, however, that I was not out of the land of
+pigs, though they were not seen promenading or ploughing the streets.
+I passed several shops, all open in front, where poor piggies were
+displayed in a much less independent way--hanging by their hind legs
+at full length, and the blood dripping from their noses upon the
+sills of the shops and pavements, to amuse the eyes of the silken and
+dazzling throng that was squeezing and brushing along by them; and
+whilst I easily decided which was the most cruel to the poor brutes, I
+was much at a loss to decide which mode was calculated to be the most
+shocking to the nerves that would be weak enough to be offended by
+either.
+
+I was thus at the end of my first day's rambles in London, without at
+present recollecting any other occurrences worthy of note, excepting
+a little annoyance I had felt by discovering with my left eye, while
+walking in the street, something like a small black spot on the side
+of my nose, which, by endeavouring many times to remove by the brush
+of my hand across it, I had evidently greatly enlarged, and which,
+when I returned, I examined and found to have been at first, in all
+probability, a speck of soot which had alighted there, and by passing
+my hand over it had, as in other instances, on other parts of my face,
+mashed it down and given it somewhat the shape and tail of a comet, or
+the train of a falling star, though differing materially in brilliancy
+and colour.
+
+I used the rest of this gloomy day in obtaining from the Lords of
+the Treasury the proper order for passing my collection through the
+Customs, which has been before mentioned, arranging my letters of
+credit, &c., and returned by the evening's train to Liverpool, to join
+my collection again, and Daniel and the grizly bears.
+
+On my return to that city I found poor Daniel in a sad dilemma with
+the old lady about the bears, and the whole neighbourhood under a high
+excitement, and in great alarm for their safety. The bears had been
+landed in the briefest manner possible; exempted from the usual course
+that almost everything else takes through the Queen's warehouse; and,
+though relieved from the taxes of the customs, I soon found that I had
+duties of a different character accumulating that required my attention
+in another quarter. The agreement made by the old lady with Daniel to
+keep them in her yard for so much per day, and for as long a time as he
+required, had been based upon the express and very judicious condition
+that they were to do no harm. From the moment of their landing they
+had kept up an almost incessant howling, so Rocky-Mountain-ish and so
+totally unlike any attempts at music ever heard in the country before,
+that it attracted a crowd night and day about the old lady's door, that
+almost defeated all attempts at ingress and egress. A little vanity,
+however, which she still possessed, enabled her to put up with the
+inconvenience, which she was turning to good account, and counting
+good luck, until it was ascertained, to her great amazement as well as
+alarm, that the bears were passing their huge paws out of the cage,
+between the iron bars, and lifting up the round stones of her pavement
+for the pleasure of once more getting their nails into the dirt, their
+favourite element, and which they had for a long time lost sight of.
+
+In their unceasing pursuit of this amusement, by night and by day,
+they had made a sad metamorphosis of the old lady's pavement, as, with
+the strength of their united paws, they had drawn the cage around to
+different parts of the yard, totally unpaving as they went along. At
+the time of the poor old lady's bitterest and most vehement complaint,
+they were making their move in the direction of her humble tenement,
+the walls of which were exceedingly slight; and her alarm became
+insupportable. The ignorant crowd outside of the inclosure, who could
+get but a partial view of their operations now and then, had formed
+the most marvellous ideas of these monsters, from the report current
+amongst them that they were eating the paving-stones; and had taken the
+most decided and well-founded alarm from the fact that the bears had
+actually hurled some of the paving-stones quite over the wall amongst
+their heads, which were calling back an increased shower of stones and
+other missiles, adding fresh rage and fears to the growling of the
+bears, which altogether was threatening results of a more disastrous
+kind.
+
+In this state of affairs I was very justly appealed to by the old lady
+for redress and a remedy, for it was quite evident that the condition
+of her agreement with Daniel had been broken, as the bears were now
+decidedly doing much harm to her premises; destroying all her rest,
+and (as she said) "her appetite and her right mind;" and I agreed
+that it was my duty, as soon as possible, to comply with her urgent
+request that they should be removed. She insisted on its being done
+that day, as "it was quite impossible to pass another night in her
+own bed, when there was such howling and groaning and grunting in
+her yard, by the side of her house." Daniel took my directions and
+immediately went through the town in search of other quarters for
+them, and was to attend to their moving whilst I was to spend the day
+in the Custom-house, attending to the examination of my collection of
+600 paintings and many thousand Indian costumes, weapons and other
+curiosities, which were to be closely inspected and inventoried, for
+duties.
+
+Immersed in this mystery of difficulties and vexations at the customs
+during the day, I had lost sight of Daniel and his pets until I was
+free at night, when I was assailed with a more doleful tale than ever
+about the bears. Troubles were gathering on all sides. Poor Daniel
+had positively arranged in several places for them, but when "their
+characters were asked from their last places," he met defeat in every
+case, and was obliged to meet, at last, the increased plaints of his
+old landlady, whose rage and ranting were now quite beyond control.
+She had made complaint to the police, of whom a _posse_ had been sent
+to see to their removal. Daniel in the mean time had dodged them, and
+was smiling amidst the crowd at the amusing idea of their laying hold
+of them, or of even going into the yard to them. The police reported
+on the utter impossibility of removing them to any other part of the
+town, their "character" having been so thoroughly published already to
+all parts; and it was advised, to the utter discomfiture of the old
+lady, that it would be best for them to remain there until they should
+be removed to London, and that I should pay for all damages. The poor
+old lady afterwards had a final interview with Daniel in the crowd,
+when she very judiciously resolved that if the bears did not move, _she
+must_--which she did that night, and placed Daniel in her bed, as the
+guardian of her property and of his pets, until the third or fourth
+day afterwards, when they were moved to the railway, and by it (night
+and day, catching what glimpses they could of the country they were
+serenading with their howls and growls as they passed through it under
+their tarpaulin) they were conveyed to the great metropolis.
+
+Owing to the multiplicity of articles to be examined and inventoried
+in the customs, and the great embarrassment of the clerics in writing
+down their Indian names, my labours were protracted there to much
+tediousness; but when all was brought to a close by their proposing,
+most judiciously, to count the number of curiosities instead of wasting
+paper and time and paralysing my jaws by pronouncing half a dozen times
+over, and syllable by syllable, their Indian names, my collection of
+eight tons weight was all on the road and soon at the Euston station in
+London, where we again recognised the mournful cries of the grizlies,
+who had arrived the night before.
+
+On arriving at the station, I found Daniel at a small inn in the
+vicinity, where he seemed highly excited by some unpleasant altercation
+he had had with the landlord and inmates of the house, growing out of
+national and political prejudices, which had most probably been too
+strongly advanced on both sides. Daniel had suddenly raised a great
+excitement in the neighbourhood by his arrival with the grizly bears,
+whose occasional howlings had attracted crowds of people, curious to
+know the nature of the strange arrival; and all inquirers about the
+station being referred to their keeper, who was at the inn, brought
+Daniel and his patience into notoriety at once.
+
+Daniel (_Plate No. 2_) is an Irishman, who emigrated to the United
+States some twenty years since, and, by dint of his industry and hard
+labour, had met with success in acquiring an humble independence, and
+had formed the most undoubted attachment to the Government and its
+institutions; and, from his reading, and conversation with the world,
+had informed himself tolerably well in political matters, which he was
+always ready to discuss; and being rather of a hasty and irascible
+temperament, he often got into debates of that nature, that led him
+into danger of unpleasant results. It was in the midst of one of
+these that I found him at the inn, surrounded by at least a hundred
+labouring men and idlers from the streets, who had been drawn around
+him at first, as I have said, to get some information of the bears,
+but who had changed their theme, and were now besieging him on all
+sides, to combat him on some political dogma he had advanced relative
+to his favourite and adopted country, the United States; or to taunt
+him with slaunts at his native country, all of which, with his native
+wit, he was ready to meet with ability, until, as he afterwards told
+me, "they were showered upon him so rapidly, and from so many quarters
+at once, that it became quite impossible to answer them, and that the
+stupid ignorance and impertinence of some of them had worn out all
+his patience, and irritated him to that degree, that I must excuse
+him for the excitement I had found him under when I arrived." With
+much difficulty I rescued him from the crowd that had enclosed him,
+and, retiring to a private room, after matters of business had been
+arranged, he gave me the following account of the difficulties he had
+just been in, and of the incidents of his journey from Liverpool to
+London with the bears.
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 2.]
+
+At Liverpool he had had great difficulty in getting permission to
+travel by the luggage train, to keep company with the bears, the
+necessity of which he urged in vain, until he represented that, unless
+he was with them to feed them, their howlings and other terrific noises
+and ravings would frighten their hands all out of the stations, and
+even add probabilities to their breaking loose from the cage in
+which they were confined, to feed upon the human flesh around them, and
+of which they were peculiarly fond. Upon these representations, he was
+allowed the privilege of a narrow space, to stand or to sit, in the
+corner of one of the luggage-trains, and thus bore the bears company
+all the way.
+
+When they entered the first tunnel on their way, they raised a hideous
+howl, which they continued until they were through it, which might
+have been from a feeling of pleasure, recognizing in it something of
+the character of the delightful gloominess of their own subterranean
+abodes; or their outcries might have been from a feeling of dread or
+fear from those narrow and damp caverns, too much for their delicate
+tastes and constitutions. This, however, is matter for the bears to
+decide. At Birmingham, where they rested on the truck for the greater
+part of a day, their notification to the town had called vast crowds
+of spectators around them; and though their tarpaulin prevented them
+from being seen, many, very many, drew marvellous accounts of them
+from one another, and from the flying reports which had reached them
+several days before from Liverpool, of "two huge monsters imported from
+the Rocky Mountains, that had scales like alligators, with long spears
+of real flint at the ends of their tails; that they made nothing of
+eating paving-stones when they were hungry, and that in Liverpool they
+had escaped, and were travelling to the north, and demolishing all the
+inhabitants of Lancashire as they went along," &c. Their occasional
+howls and growls, with, once in a while, a momentary display of one
+of their huge paws, exhibited from under the tarpaulin, riveted the
+conviction of the gaping multitude as to the terror and danger of these
+animals, while it put at rest all apprehensions as to their being at
+large and overrunning the country. Poor Daniel had to stand between
+the crowd and his pets, to save them from the peltings and insults
+of the crowd, and at the same time, to muster every talent he had at
+natural history, to answer the strange queries and theories that were
+raised about them. He was assailed on every side with questions as
+to the appearance and habits of the animals, and at last, about "the
+other animals," as they called them, "running on two legs, in America;"
+for many of them, from his representations, had come fresh from the
+coal-pits and factories, with ideas that Americans were a sort of
+savages, and that savages, they had understood, were "a sort of wild
+beastises, and living on raw meat." These conjectures and queries were
+answered amusingly for them, by Daniel; and, after he had a little
+enlightened them by the information he gave them, their conversation
+took a sort of political turn, which, I have before said, he was prone
+to run into; and thus, luckily, the time was whiled away, without any
+_set-to_ to bother the bears and himself, which he had seen evidently
+preparing, until the whistle announced them and him on their way again
+for the metropolis.
+
+The next morning he found himself and the bears safe landed at the
+terminus in London, where I have already said that I found him and
+released him from a medley of difficulties he had worked himself into.
+
+The keeper of the inn had himself been the first to provoke poor
+Daniel, but when he found it for his interest, and advised a different
+course, he endeavoured to turn his criticisms into good nature, and
+had taken sides with him. Daniel, very amusingly however, describes
+his remarks as so excessively ignorant, that they excited his mirth
+more than anger, and he repeated several of them in the following
+manner:--He first provoked Daniel by inquiring "who his master was,
+and where he was at that time." Daniel replied to him, somewhat to his
+surprise, "I have no master, Sir; I live in a country, thank God, where
+we are our own masters. My 'boss' (if you will have it that way) is a
+Mr. Catlin, who I expect here in a few hours." Finding that Daniel and
+the bears were from America, of which country he had heard some vague
+accounts, he very innocently enquired who was the King in America at
+that time, apologizing, that by the treacherousness of his memory he
+had lost the run of them. Daniel told him that they had no king in
+America. He then said "he well recollected when the old fellow died,
+but he had equally forgotten the name of the Queen; he recollected to
+have read of the King of New York." Daniel soon put his recollection
+right, and in doing so had given umbrage to the poor man, which led to
+the long and excited political debate with which I found Daniel so much
+exasperated when I arrived.
+
+Daniel had, in the beginning of this affair, explained to the
+bystanders around him the difference between a King and a President,
+and then had provoked his landlord by amusingly and pleasantly
+repeating the anecdote of "King Jefferson" (which is current in
+America) in reply to his questions about the "King of New York;" and in
+the following manner:--
+
+"During the presidency of Thomas Jefferson, who lived in the city of
+Washington, two poor emigrants from the county of Cork, in my own
+country, made their way to America in a vessel which landed them in
+Philadelphia; they got ashore, and as they were taking their first
+stroll through the streets in the 'land of liberty and equality,'
+without a shilling in their pockets, they began to 'sing out' 'Huzza
+for King George!' This of course excited too much opposition to last
+long in the streets of a republican city, and a gentleman very kindly
+stopped the poor fellows, and to their great surprise informed them
+that he feared they would get into difficulty if they continued to
+huzza for the king, as King George was not the king of the country they
+were now in. He informed them that Mr. Jefferson was the great man in
+America--that he was President of the United States, and that it would
+not do for them to huzza for King George. They thanked him, and as
+they proceeded on they increased the volume of their voices in huzzas
+for 'King Jefferson!--huzza for King Jefferson!' This soon excited the
+attention of the police, who silenced their bawling by 'putting them in
+the jug!'"
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER III.
+
+  Letters of introduction--Driving a friend's horse and chaise--Amusing
+      accidents--English driving--"Turn to the _right_, as the law
+      directs"--A turn to the _left_--A fresh difficulty--Egyptian
+      Hall--Lease for three years--Arrangement of collection--Bears sold
+      and removed to Regent's Park Zoological Gardens--Their fates.
+
+
+Having landed all my effects safely at the terminus in London, the
+next thing was the final _locale_; and to decide on this, my letters
+of introduction, or a part of them at least, should be delivered; and
+for this and other dodgings about through the city for a few days,
+the first gentleman to whom I delivered a letter had the kindness to
+insist on my using his horse and chaise during certain portions of the
+day, when he did not use them himself. This was the kindest thing that
+he could have done for me, and I shall never forget the obligation he
+laid me under by doing so. His footman, who accompanied me, relieved me
+from all anxiety about the horse, which was a noble animal; and my long
+errands through the mud were most delightfully abridged.
+
+As the fatalities of life seem to bring us more or less trouble in
+every step we take in it, I had mine, even in this new and independent
+arrangement. In my first dash through the streets with all the
+confidence and tact I had acquired from my boyhood in driving a
+similar vehicle in my own country, I was suddenly in the midst of
+fresh misfortune by "turning to the right, as the law directs" (the
+regulation and custom of the United States), which brought my horse
+into the most frightful collision with a pair that were driven by a
+gentleman, and who had reined in the same direction under the English
+custom of "turn to the left."
+
+This affair was not only one of imminent danger of harm, which we had
+all luckily escaped, but one of exceeding mortification to me from the
+circumstances which immediately followed.
+
+The extreme care and skill in driving, with the fine training of horses
+in England (of which we have little idea in the United States), render
+accidents in the streets of London so exceedingly rare, that when
+they do occur they immediately attract an immense crowd, and into the
+midst of such an one was I thrown by the unfortunate accident which my
+ignorance rather than carelessness had just been the cause of.
+
+By the violence of the concussion I had been landed in the street, and
+the gentleman, to whose harness I had done some injury, was suddenly
+in front of me with his whip in his hand; and in the hearing of the
+crowd that was hovering around, in the most excited manner, demanding
+of me what I meant by driving against him in that awkward manner, and
+threatening to hold me responsible for damages done by not turning the
+right way, whilst I felt every disposition to answer his questions
+respectfully, as I saw the injury was all on his side. I still felt
+that a little tenacity was allowable on my side; and I almost as
+peremptorily demanded of him why he did not rein to the right, as the
+law requires:--"Rein to the right!" said he, "who the devil ever heard
+of such a thing as turning to the right? Where are you from, I should
+like to know?" "I am from a country, sir, where the law directs all
+vehicles to 'turn to the right.'" "What country is that, I should like
+to know?" "North America, sir." "Ha! just about what I should have
+thought, sir:--I suppose I shall get pay for my coupling-lines about
+the time the States pay interest." "Most likely," said I, as we were
+mutually taking our seats, amidst the sullen remarks that I heard in
+various parts of the crowd as I was driving off--"There's a Yankee
+for you!--ee's a rum-looking fellow, ha?--There's a Repudiator for
+you"--"I'll be bound--" &c., &c., &c.
+
+I drove off from this scene with some satisfaction that I had learned
+so important a fact at so little expense, and steered my way very
+safely amidst the thousands of vehicles of various sorts that I was
+passing and meeting, in which time I was very pleasantly receiving
+a brief lecture on the subject from my good-natured and very civil
+footman, who was behind me; in which (having silently learned in the
+disaster we had just witnessed that I was from a foreign country) he
+took especial pains to explain to me that "in Hengland it's holays
+the abit to turn to the left." Just at that moment I found myself in
+a fresh difficulty, and some danger also, by one wheel of my chaise
+grinding against the curbstone, and a huge omnibus in full press
+against us, and driving us on to the pavement, where it had at that
+moment stopped and fastened us, whilst discharging a passenger. I
+demanded of the driver, a sullen-looking fellow, half covered with
+an apron or boot which protected him from the weather in front, and
+something like a feather-bed and bolsters tied around his neck and
+chin, and half concealing his bloated face, what he meant by reining
+in upon me in that way, and crowding me upon the pavement? to which
+he grumly replied as he snapped his whip, "I should like to know what
+business you have in there?" "Never mind," said I, "I shall go ahead."
+"No you woan't--ain't you old enough to know which side of a carriage
+to pass?" At that moment the conductor of the omnibus cried out "All
+right!" which was echoed by a policeman who had taken my horse by the
+bit. I was somewhat relieved, though a little surprised, at the verdict
+given by the conductor and the policeman at the same instant, that
+"all" (or both), as I at that moment understood it, "were right." I
+sat still of course till the omnibus had left us, nearly crushed, but
+luckily not damaged, when I said to my footman, "Why, what does this
+mean?--what do you call the 'left side' in this country, I should like
+to know?" To this he very distinctly as well as amusingly explained,
+that the invariable custom in England is when _meeting_ a vehicle,
+to turn to the _left_, and when _passing_, to turn to the _right_.
+But why did the policeman and the conductor say we were both right or
+"all right?" "Why, sir, you know wen the homnibus olds up to land a
+gent or a lady, or to take em hin, it would be wery hawkard to drive
+off wen the lady ad one leg hin the bus and the other hout; so wen
+they are both hout or both hin, and all right, the conductor ollows
+out 'Holl right!' and the bus goes hon, d'ye see, sir?" "Ah, yes, I
+thank you, Jerry, I understand it now." I was then growing wiser every
+moment amongst the incidents that were occasionally taking place in my
+drives with the goodnatured footman and his fine horse, which I used
+for several days, much to my satisfaction and amusement, without other
+accident or incident worth the reader's valuable time.
+
+I called upon my kind friend the Hon. C. A. Murray, at his office in
+Buckingham Palace, where I was received with all that frankness and
+sincerity peculiar to him; and, with his kind aid, and that of Charles
+D. Archibald, Esq., of York Terrace, to whom I am also much indebted,
+the arrangements were soon made for my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took on a lease, for three years, at a rent of 550_l._ per
+annum.
+
+My collection was soon in it, and preparing for its exhibition, while
+the grizly bears were still howling at the Euston station, impatient
+for a more congenial place for their future residence. It was quite
+impossible to give them any portion of the premises I had contracted
+for in the Egyptian Hall, and the quarters ultimately procured for
+them being expensive, and the anxieties and responsibilities for
+them daily increasing upon me as they were growing stronger and more
+vicious in their dispositions, it was decided that they should be
+offered for sale, and disposed of as soon as possible. For this
+purpose I addressed letters to the proprietors of zoological gardens
+in Liverpool, in Dublin, and Edinburgh, and several other towns, and
+received, in reply from most of them, the answer that they already had
+them in their gardens, and that they were so complete a drug in England
+that they were of little value. One proprietor assured me that he had
+recently been obliged to shoot two that he had in his gardens, in
+consequence of mischief they were doing to people visiting the grounds,
+and to the animals in the gardens.
+
+My reply to several of these gentlemen was, that since the death of
+the famous old grizly bear, that had died a few months before in
+Regent's-park, it was quite certain that there had not been one in
+the kingdom until the arrival of these, "and that if either of those
+gentlemen would produce me another living grizly bear, at that time, in
+the kingdom, I would freely give him my pair." This seemed, however, to
+have little weight with the proprietors of wild beasts; but I at length
+disposed of them for about the same price that I had given for them
+four years before, when they were not much larger than my foot (for the
+sum of 125_l._); and they went to the Zoological Gardens, Regent's Park.
+
+A word or two more of them and the reader will have done with the
+grizlies, who had been much obliged to me, no doubt, for four years'
+maintenance, and for a sight of the beauties of the ocean, and as much
+of the land of comforts and refinements as they were allowed to see
+through the bars of their cage, while they were travelling from the
+rude wilds of the Rocky Mountains to the great metropolis, the seat and
+centre of civilization and refinement. As in their new abode they were
+allowed more scope and better attendance, it was reasonable to suppose
+that their lives would have been prolonged, and their comfort promoted;
+but such did not prove to be the case. From the continual crowds about
+them, to which they had the greatest repugnance, they seemed daily to
+pine, until one of them died of exceeding disgust (unless a better
+cause can be assigned), and the other with similar symptoms, added to
+loneliness perhaps, and despair, in a few months afterwards.
+
+Thus ended the career of the grizly bears, and I really believe there
+were no tears shed for them, unless they were tears of joy, for they
+seemed to extend their acquaintance only to add to the list of their
+enemies, wherever they went.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER IV.
+
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition--Description of
+      it--The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray--Collection opened to
+      private view--Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray--Distinguished
+      visitors--Mr. Murray's explanations--Kind reception by the Public
+      and the Press--Kind friends--Fatigue of explaining and answering
+      questions--Curious remedy proposed by a friend--Pleasures and
+      pains of a friendly and fashionable dinner.
+
+
+My business now, and all my energies, were concentrated at the Egyptian
+Hall, where my collection was arranged upon the walls. The main hall
+was of immense length, and contained upon its walls 600 portraits and
+other paintings which I had made during eight years' travels amongst
+forty-eight of the remotest and wildest tribes of Indians in America,
+and also many thousands of articles of their manufacture, consisting
+of costumes, weapons, &c. &c., forming together a pictorial history
+of those tribes, which I had been ambitious to preserve as a record
+of them, to be perpetuated long after their extinction. In the middle
+of the room I had erected also a wigwam (or lodge) brought from the
+country of the Crows, at the base of the Rocky Mountains, made of
+some twenty or more buffalo skins, beautifully dressed and curiously
+ornamented and embroidered with porcupine quills.
+
+My friend the Honourable C. A. Murray, with several others, had now
+announced my collection open to their numerous friends and such others
+as they chose to invite during the three first days when it was
+submitted to their private view, and by whom it was most of the time
+filled; and being kindly presented to most of them, my unsentimental
+and unintellectual life in the atmosphere of railroads and grizly bears
+was suddenly changed to a cheering flood of soul and intellect which
+greeted me in every part of my room, and soon showed me the way to the
+recessed world of luxury, refinements, and comforts of London, which
+not even the imagination of those who merely stroll through the streets
+can by any possibility reach.
+
+During this private view I found entered in my book the names of very
+many of the nobility, and others of the most distinguished people
+of the kingdom. My friend Mr. Murray was constantly present, and
+introduced me to very many of them, who had the kindness to leave
+their addresses and invite me to their noble mansions, where I soon
+appreciated the elegance, the true hospitality and refinement of
+English life. Amongst the most conspicuous of those who visited my
+rooms on this occasion were H. R. H. the Duke of Cambridge, the Duke
+and Duchess of Sutherland, the Duke and Duchess of Buccleuch, Duke of
+Devonshire, Duke of Wellington, the Bishop of London, the Bishop of
+Norwich, Sir Robert and Lady Peel, Lord Grosvenor, Lord Lennox, Duke
+of Richmond, Duke of Rutland, Duke of Buckingham, Countess-Dowager of
+Dunmore, Countess-Dowager of Ashburnham, Earl of Falmouth, Earl of
+Dunmore, Lord Monteagle, Lord Ashley, Earl of Burlington, Sir James and
+Lady Clark, Sir Augustus d'Este, Sir Francis Head, and many others of
+the nobility, with most of the editors of the press, and many private
+literary and scientific gentlemen, of whose kindness to me while in
+London I shall have occasion to speak in other parts of this work.
+
+The kindness of my friend Mr. Murray on this occasion can never
+be forgotten by me. He pointed out to my illustrious visitors the
+principal chiefs and warriors of the various tribes, with many of whom
+he was personally acquainted; explaining their costumes, weapons,
+&c., with all of which his rambles in the Indian countries beyond the
+Mississippi and Missouri had made him quite familiar. He led Duchesses,
+Countesses, and Ladies in succession upon his arm, into the wigwam
+of buffalo-hides, where he descanted, to the great satisfaction and
+amusement of his friends, upon the curious modes of Indian life into
+which he had been initiated, and which he had long shared with these
+simple people, whilst he resided with them under roofs of buffalo-hides
+(like the one now over their heads) on the vast plains and prairies of
+the wilds of America.
+
+This was evidently an opportunity affording him great satisfaction, of
+illustrating to his friends the styles of primitive life which he had
+witnessed in America, whilst his explanations and descriptions were
+exceedingly entertaining and amusing to them, and at the same time the
+strongest corroboration of the fidelity with which I had made them, and
+therefore the best recommendation of them and me to the consideration
+of the English community.
+
+He was fully employed, as he led alternately the Duchess of Sutherland
+(with her lovely daughters by her side), and the Duchess of Buccleuch
+on his arm, and a numerous group around him, while he commented upon
+the features and disposition of his old friend _Wee-ta-ra-sha-ro_, who
+had taken him under his immediate protection and saved his life from
+the designs of some young men who had laid their plans to destroy him
+when in the country of the Pawnees.
+
+He explained to them and the Bishops of London and Norwich, who were
+following in the wake of the ladies and giving ear, the religious
+ceremony of the Indians, their modes of warfare, of hunting, and
+throwing the lasso in catching the wild horse. He showed them the
+Indian cradles in which the squaws carry their pappooses, slung on
+their backs. He took in his hands the lasso, and illustrated the mode
+of throwing it, with which he was familiar. He took also in his hands
+their war-clubs, their tomahawks and scalping knives, and then the
+scalps from the heads of enemies slain in battle, and ably explained
+them all. With these he made lasting and thrilling impressions; but
+with more satisfaction to himself, and to the fair and tender Graces,
+whose sylph-like gracefulness formed a halo of loveliness around
+him, he pointed to my paintings of the ever verdant and enamelled
+prairies--to the very copses and lawns through which, with his
+unerring rifle, he had stalked the timid antelope or the stately elk
+and shaggy bison, and, after quieting his raving stomach with their
+broiled delicacies, he had straightened his wearied limbs upon his
+spread buffalo robe, and, with the long, waving grass and bowing lilies
+stooping over his head, he had reflected upon London, upon Palaces and
+friends, as he had glided into that sweet forgetfulness that belongs
+peculiarly to the wearied huntsman, whose rifle has catered for his
+stomach, and whose quiet conscience starts him not at the rustling of
+the sweetened winds that are gently breezing over him.
+
+_I_ was also constantly engaged with surrounding groups, who
+were anxious to know the meaning and moral of this strange and
+unintelligible collection, while my man Daniel, with his rod in his
+hand, was enlightening another party at the end of the room, by
+pointing out the leading personages of the various tribes, explaining
+their costumes, weapons, &c., and answering the thousand questions
+which were put to him, and which several years of familiarity with the
+subject had abundantly qualified him to do.
+
+Thus passed my first interview with the English aristocracy. I was in
+the midst and the best of it; and by it, on all sides, was met with
+the kindliest feelings and condescension, while I received compliments
+from all (in the most undoubted sincerity) for the successful efforts I
+had thus made to perpetuate the records of an abused and dying race of
+human beings.
+
+The reception that myself and my works met on these days, amongst
+the highest critics, the most refined and elevated of the world, was
+beyond description pleasurable to me, as I had arrived a stranger in a
+foreign land, where I had risked everything upon the value that should
+be set upon my labours; and that, where I had been told that national
+prejudices would labour to defeat me. My life had been a tissue of
+risks and chances, and I resolved to hazard again; and I am now pleased
+(and bound) to acknowledge that I was frankly met with the most
+unprejudiced and congenial feelings; and, even more than that, with a
+settled and genuine sympathy for the benighted people whom my works
+were representing, and a disposition to reward my labours by kind and
+unexpected invitations to the hospitable boards of those who fill the
+highest and most enviable stations in life.
+
+To this general feeling it affords me pleasure to respond in general
+terms, in this place; and I shall have occasion, in other parts of this
+work, to return my personal thanks for such spontaneous kindness, which
+my lasting gratitude will make it my duty to allude to.
+
+The editors of the leading literary and scientific journals of London,
+and of the daily newspapers, were chiefly there, and with their very
+friendly and complimentary notices of my collection, with the usual
+announcements by advertisements, I opened it for the inspection of the
+public on the first day of February, 1840.[2]
+
+ [2] The reader, by referring to Appendix A of this volume, will see
+     the comments of the Press on this Collection, in _England_,
+     _France_, and the _United States_.
+
+Its commencement was flattering, from the numbers and high
+respectability of my visitors, and I was pleased, from day to day, to
+meet the faces and friendly greetings of those whom I had seen there at
+the private view.
+
+I was pleased also with the freedom which is granted to exhibitions in
+London, leaving them entirely independent of tithing or taxation, as
+well as of licences to be obtained from the police, as is the case in
+France and some other countries. Under such auspices I very pleasantly
+commenced, with a rent of 550_l._ per annum, and continued it with
+reasonable success for the space of four years. The vicissitudes and
+incidents of that time it is not the object of this work to detail;
+but I shall connect the links of my narrative better, and, I trust, do
+no injustice to my readers, by reciting a few of the incidents that
+transpired in that time: and, while I am doing so, endeavouring to do
+the justice which gratitude prompts, to those persons whose kindness
+has laid me under peculiar obligations.
+
+Amongst those kind friends I must be allowed at present to mention
+the names of the Hon. C. A. Murray, Sir Augustus d'Este, Charles D.
+Archibald, Esq., Sir James Clark, Sir Thomas Phillips, Mr. Petty
+Vaughan, Dr. Hodgkin, Capt. Shippard, Sir Francis Head, Lord Monteagle,
+John Murray, A. M. Perkins, and Sir David Wilkie; and there were many
+others with these who were very frequently at my rooms; and for their
+friendly and constant efforts to promote my interest they have my
+sincerest thanks.
+
+Several of these gentlemen, and others, whose visits were so frequent
+to my rooms, having formed an acquaintance with the Indians in their
+own country, or, from feelings of sympathy for them, taken so deep an
+interest in the subject, relieved me much of my time from the fatiguing
+task which I had adopted of explaining around the rooms such subjects
+as I considered most curious and instructive, and of answering the
+thousands of questions which were naturally put in every part of the
+room for information on so novel and exciting a theme.
+
+I had entered upon this, at first, not as a task but an amusement,
+from which I drew great pleasure whilst I was entertaining my visitors
+and cultivating their pleasing acquaintance. From an over desire and
+effort on my part to explain the peculiar and curious modes of those
+wild people, and from a determination on the part of my visitors to get
+these explanations from my own lips (although I had my man Daniel and
+several others constantly in the rooms for the same purpose), I was
+held in my exhibition rooms almost daily from morning until night.
+
+My men were able to explain the meaning of everything in the
+collection, but this did not satisfy the public whilst I was present.
+All inquired for me: "Where's Mr. Catlin? he's the Lion; his collection
+is wonderful; but I would give more to see him than all the rest." "He
+is yonder, Madam, at the farther end of the room, where you see a
+crowd of people around him."
+
+I was generally in the midst of a crowd, who were densely packed around
+me; moving about the rooms whilst, with a rod in my hand to point
+with, I was lecturing or answering the numerous questions which were
+naturally put relative to these strange people and their modes. To
+lecture or to explain all day, following the current of one's thoughts,
+would have been a thing feasible, though fatiguing; but to stand upon
+one's feet and all day long to answer to interrogations, and many of
+those fifty times over, to different parties who were successively
+taking me in tow, I soon found was far more fatiguing than my travels
+and labours in the Indian wilderness; and I at length (at a much later
+period than my friends and my physician advised) gradually withdrew
+from the scene and this suicidal course, just before it might have been
+too late to have saved anything useful of me.
+
+I followed the advice of my physician by going to my rooms at stated
+hours, but soon departed from it by failing to leave them with
+punctuality, and take recreation in the open air. The partial change I
+had adopted, however, was of advantage to me--talking part of the day
+and breaking off and leaving my men to do the talking for the other
+half.
+
+Like most adventurers in wilderness life I was fond of describing
+what I had seen; and, having the works of several years around me, in
+their crude and unfinished condition, spread before the criticising
+world, and difficult to be appreciated, I was doubly stimulated to be
+in the collection, and with all the breath I could spare, to add to
+the information which the visitors to my rooms were seeking for. Under
+these conflicting feelings I struggled to keep away from my rooms, and
+did so for a part of the day, and that, as I soon found, only to meet a
+more numerous and impatient group when I re-entered.
+
+All of the above-mentioned kind friends, and many others, repeatedly
+called to impress upon me the necessity of leaving my exhibition to my
+men, "to save my lungs--to save my life," as they said. Some snatched
+me away from the crowd, and in the purest kindness hurled me through
+the streets in their carriages, still _yelling_ answers to their
+numerous questions as we were passing over the noisy pavements; and
+then at their kind and festive boards, to which I had been brought as
+places of refuge and repose, I was, for an instance, presented as--"My
+dear, this is Mr. Catlin! (_Plate No. 3, next page._)--Mother, you have
+heard of Mr. Catlin?--Cousins Lucy and Fanny, here's the celebrated Mr.
+Catlin you have heard me speak of so often. Poor fellow! I have dragged
+him away from his exhibition, where they are talking him to death--he
+_must_ have _repose_--and here we can entertain and amuse him. Here, my
+little chicks--come here all of you--here's Mr. Catlin!--here's the man
+who has been so long among the wild Indians! he will tell you a great
+many curious stories about them. Where's sister Ellen, and Betty?" "Oh,
+they are in the garden with Mr. S. and his son, who has just returned
+from New Zealand." "Good, good; run for them, run for them, quick! Send
+the carriage for aunt W----n as swift as possible, and don't let her
+fail to stop on the way and bring Lady R----e: you know how fond she is
+of the Indian character--she was three years, you know, in Canada--and
+the poem she is now writing on the Indians! What a treat this will be
+to her! Won't it be delightful to see her and Mr. Catlin come together?
+She told me the other day she had a thousand questions she wished to
+put to Mr. Catlin--how interesting! Have the dinner up at _six_--no,
+say at _seven_; it will give us the more time for conversation, and
+for Professor D., the phrenologist, to get here, and whom I have
+invited--he's always behind the time--and this treat will be so rich to
+him--I would not miss him for anything in the world."
+
+My lecturing lungs and stomach being under a running engagement for
+dinner at three o'clock, the sound of "_six_"--then, "no, _seven_,"
+with the words "Indian poem," "phrenologist," &c., produced a most
+rebellious and faltering sensation in my chest; the one entirely
+exhausted from its customary exertions until three o'clock, and the
+other, at that moment, completely in a state of collapse. The difficult
+trials I had lived through with the latter, however, in my wild
+adventures in the Indian wilderness, and the more recent proofs in the
+Egyptian Hall, of the elasticity of the other, inspired me with courage
+to enter upon the ordeal that was before me, and (even in distress)
+justly to appreciate what was so kindly preparing for me.
+
+I here instantly forgot my troubles as the party entered from the
+gardens, when I was thus presented by my good friend:--"Ellen, my dear,
+and Betty, here's Mr. Catlin; and, Mr. S----n, I have the extreme
+pleasure of presenting to your acquaintance the famous Mr. Catlin,
+whose name and whose works are familiar to you: and now, Catlin, my
+dear fellow, I introduce you to Mr. J. S., the son of the gentleman
+with whom I have just made you acquainted. Mr. J. S. has just returned
+from amongst the natives of New Zealand, where he has spent three or
+four years; and your descriptions of all the modes and customs of
+the North American Indians, compared with his accounts of the New
+Zealanders, will be so rich a treat to us!----But, Catlin, you look
+pale! Are you not well? You look so fagged!" "Yes, yes; I am well."
+"Oh, that plagued exhibition of yours--it will be the death of you! You
+must keep away from it, or you will talk yourself to death there! My
+good friends, come, take seats! Catlin, my dear fellow, come, join us
+in a glass of good old sherry--it will give you an appetite for your
+dinner--Is it to your liking?" "I thank you, it is very fine." "Will
+you take another?" "No, I am much obliged to you." "My dear, look at
+the clock--what time is it?" "Quarter past five." "Ah, well, I didn't
+think it was so late--be sure to have the dinner up at seven--do you
+hear?"
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 3.]
+
+Oh, Time and Paper! I will not tax you with the pains of kindness I
+was at that moment entering upon--I, who had been for eight years
+eating at the simple Indians' hospitable boards, where eating and
+talking are seldom done together; or taking my solitary meals, cooked
+by my own hand; where I had no one to talk with--but will leave it to
+Imagination's exhaustless colours, which, for a harmless pastime, will
+paint the pleasures, perhaps, of the dragging hours of my lifetime that
+I sighed through from that until twelve o'clock at night (the last
+half-hour of which I had stood upon my feet, with my hat in my hand,
+taking affectionate leave, with, "My dear, charming Sir, you can't tell
+how happy we have all been--your accounts have been so interesting!
+You _must_ come another evening and dine with us, and we will have
+Mr. G. and Mr. and Mrs. L----n; they will be so impatient to hear you
+tell all you have told us. Good night!--_good_ night!--we shall all
+be in a party at your exhibition to-morrow at an early hour, at ten
+o'clock--mind, don't forget the hour--and it will be so delightful to
+hear you explain everything in your collection, which my dear husband
+has seen so often, and says are so curious and interesting. Poor
+fellow! he is quite knocked up--he has been up all day, and constantly
+talking, and was so completely worn out that he went off to bed an hour
+ago--you will know how to excuse him. We ladies can often entertain our
+friends long after _his_ powers of conversation are fagged out. Good
+night--good night, my dear Sir--farewell!"
+
+Thus and at that hour I took leave, when the busses and cabs were all
+still, and I had, from necessity, a solitary walk of three miles to
+my lodgings; and before I laid my head on my pillow, from an equal
+necessity, to feed my poor stomach with some substitute for _dinner_,
+which had been in abundance before my eyes, but which the constant
+exercise of my lungs had prevented me from eating. Such a rendezvous
+as had been appointed for ten o'clock the next day, and by so fair and
+so kind a lady, even the rough politeness of a savage would have held
+sacred.
+
+At twelve o'clock on the following morning, and when I had nearly
+finished my descriptions of Indian modes to the ladies, my kind friend
+who had taken me to his house the day before, and having a little
+overslept himself on that morning had taken a late breakfast at eleven,
+entered the rooms with three or four of his friends, and quite rapidly
+addressed his wife in the following manner:--"Come now, my dear, you
+and your party have kept poor Catlin talking and answering questions
+quite long enough; you will kill him if you don't let him rest once in
+a while. See how pale the poor man is. Go off and get home as quick as
+possible. See all this crowd waiting around to talk him to death when
+you are done with him. I have brought Mr. C., the famous mineralogist,
+and the two Mr. N.'s, the geologists, to whom I want him to explain
+the mineralogy and geology of those boundless regions, of the Missouri
+and Rocky Mountains, and I was to have had the famous botanist, Mr.
+D. S--, but he may come by and by; and after we have done here, I am
+going to take him, that he may have a little relaxation and repose, to
+the British Museum, which he has not seen yet, and to the Geological
+Society's rooms; and after that, I have got for him an invitation
+to dine with the Reverend Mr. O., who will have several reverend
+gentlemen, and the famous Miss E. and Mrs. W., who you know are all so
+anxious to learn about the Indians' religion and modes of worship." I
+was then introduced to my friend's three or four companions, but a few
+moments after was reminded, by one of my men, of an engagement which
+took me off for the remainder of that day.
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER V.
+
+  Author's illness from overtalking in his collection--Daniel's illness
+      from the same cause--Character of Daniel--His labour-saving plan
+      for answering one hundred questions--His disappointment--Daniel
+      travels to Ireland for his health--Author prepares to publish his
+      Notes of Travel amongst the Indians--John Murray (publisher)--His
+      reasons for not publishing the Author's work--His friendly
+      advice--Author's book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall--Illustrious subscribers--Thomas Moore--Critical notices in
+      London papers.
+
+
+In this manner passed the time from day to day, from week to week,
+and from month to month; and as I was daily growing richer, I was
+daily growing poorer--_i. e._ I was day by day losing my flesh, not
+from the usual cause, the want of enough to eat, but from derangement
+of the lungs and the stomach, both often overworked, with a constant
+excitement and anxiety of the mind, the seat of which was not far
+distant.
+
+I endeavoured, however, and gradually succeeded in dividing my time
+and my thoughts, giving a proper proportion to the public in my rooms,
+a portion to my friends, and (as it was then becoming a matter of
+necessity for the preparation of my notes of eight years' travel,
+which were soon to be published) decidedly the greater part to myself,
+leaving my exhibition mostly to the management of my men, of whom I had
+several, and all familiar enough with the meaning of everything in the
+collection to give a lucid description of its contents.
+
+As I was gradually receding from the exhibition, the arduous duties
+began to thicken more strongly upon my man Daniel, of whom I have
+before often spoken. He had been longest associated with me and
+my collection, and having it more by heart than the rest, was the
+foremost man in illustrating it, of which he had been curator for
+seven or eight years. I have before mentioned that he was of a quick
+and irascible disposition, exceedingly tenacious of national feelings,
+and those national prejudices mostly in favour of the country I said
+he had some twenty years since adopted--the United States. Though he
+was quick-tempered and violent in his prejudices, there was always the
+redeeming trait at the end, that his anger was soon over, and there was
+good nature and civility at the bottom.
+
+Though I had often complaints made to me of the want of politeness
+or of the rudeness of my man Daniel, I generally found that they
+were instances where he had been provoked to it by some unnecessary
+allusions to the vices of his own country, or by some objections to
+his political opinions relative to the institutions of the United
+States, upon which subjects he holds himself exceedingly punctilious
+and very well prepared for debate. With whatever foibles he has, I
+have found him invariably and strictly an honest man; and many of his
+highest offences alleged to have been given to the public in my rooms,
+were given strictly in obedience to my orders for the support of the
+regulations of my exhibition, or for the protection of my property
+and the advancement of my interest. To those who entered my rooms
+respectfully for information, he was civil and communicative, and all
+such drew valuable information from him, and many became attached to
+him. His lungs were now labouring for me, while mine were getting a
+little rest; and from morning to night of every day he was conducting
+individuals and parties around the rooms, pointing out and explaining
+the leading peculiarities of the museum, and answering the thousand
+questions that were asked by all classes of society relative to the
+looks, the modes, and habits of the Indians--the countries they lived
+in--and also of Mr. Catlin, the proprietor and collector of the museum,
+whom all were anxious to see, and many of whom had been led to believe
+was himself an Indian.
+
+In my own answering of these questions, many of which were natural to
+be raised on so new and exciting a subject, I was often amused, and
+as often surprised at the novelty and ignorance of many of them, even
+amongst a polite and well-clad and apparently well-educated class of
+people. Many of the questions, which only excited a smile with me,
+elicited broad laughter from Daniel, which he could not help, and
+having laughed, could not well avoid expressing his surprise at, and
+his detection of, which gave umbrage, and sometimes was another cause
+of difficulties that he occasionally though seldom got into.
+
+I observed, after a while, that the same causes which had affected me
+were emaciating him, and he finally told me that he was talking his
+lungs out--and that he could not bear it much longer at the rate he
+was going on. The questions which were constantly put to him in the
+room were so much of a sort, or class, that there was little variety or
+novelty in them to please or excite him; almost every person putting
+the same; much the greater part of them being general, and therefore
+irksome to him, as they were often asked a hundred or more times in
+the day and as often answered. He came to me one evening, seemingly
+much relieved from the painful prospect he had been suffering under,
+and which was still before him, by the hope that I would adopt a plan
+he had hit upon for obviating much of the difficulty, and of saving
+his lungs for the explanations of questions which might be casual, and
+not exactly reduced to rule. He said he had ascertained that there
+were about 100 questions which were commonplace--were put (and in the
+same way precisely) by the greater part of people who came in, and had
+time to ask them; and that 50 of those, at least, were asked 100 times
+per day, the answering of which took the greater part of his time and
+the best part of his strength, which he thought might be reserved for
+giving more useful information, while these 100 questions, the most of
+which were extremely simple or silly, and of little importance to be
+known, might be disposed of by a printed table of answers placed around
+the rooms for every one to read as they walked, without the loss of
+time and fatigue consequent upon the usual mode of asking and answering
+questions. Though I could not consent to adopt his mode, yet I was
+amused at its ingenuity; and I give here but a small part of his list,
+which commenced and ran thus:--
+
+  "The Indians have _no beards at all_, only may be one in twenty or
+  so."
+
+  "The Indians _don't_ shave--they pull it out, when they have any
+  beard."
+
+  "Virtuous?--Yes. I should say they are quite as much so as the
+  whites, if the whites would keep away from them and let them alone."
+
+  "Ah, as amorous?--No. Mr. Catlin says they have not the spices of
+  life and the imaginations to set them on, or I'll venture they would
+  be quite as bad as the whites."
+
+  "The Indians in _America are not_ cannibals. Mr. Catlin says there is
+  no such thing."
+
+  "No, there are no tribes that go entirely naked; they are all very
+  decent."
+
+  "The Indians _don't_ eat raw meat, they cook it more than the whites
+  do."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin was amongst the Indians eight years, and was never killed
+  during that time."
+
+  "The scalp is a patch of the skin and hair taken from the top of the
+  head by a warrior when he kills his enemy in battle."
+
+  "No, they don't scalp the living--it is not a scalp to count if the
+  man is alive."
+
+  "They _sometimes_ eat a great deal, to be sure, but generally not so
+  much as white people."
+
+  "They _do_ get drunk sometimes, but white people sell them rum and
+  make them so, therefore I don't think we ought to call them drunkards
+  exactly."
+
+  "The Indians all get married--some have a number of wives."
+
+  "Yes, they seem as fond of their wives as any people I ever saw."
+
+  "The Indians never injured Mr. Catlin in any way."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin _didn't_ live on 'raw meat;' he was one time eighteen
+  months with nothing but meat to eat, but it was well cooked."
+
+  "The Indians know _nothing about salt_--they don't use it at all."
+
+  "Reason! yes; why, do you think they are wild beasts? to be sure they
+  reason as well as we do."
+
+  "They _are_ thieves, sometimes; but I don't think they thieve so
+  often as white people do."
+
+  "The Indians _do_ lend their wives sometimes to white men, but it is
+  only their old superannuated ones, who are put aside to hard labour,
+  so it is a sort of kindness all around, and I don't see that there is
+  much harm in it."
+
+  "The Indians all have their religion, they all worship the Great
+  Spirit."
+
+  "They are _treacherous_, to be sure, towards their enemies only, and
+  I'll be whipped if the white people an't just as bad."
+
+  "The Indians _are cruel_, there's no mistake about that; but it is
+  only to their enemies."
+
+  "Sale? there _won't be_ any sale; Mr. Catlin don't intend to sell his
+  collection in this country."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin _is not_ an Indian."
+
+  "No, he has _no_ Indian blood in him."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin speaks the English language very well."
+
+  "The Indians _don't raise_ tea."
+
+  "They _never eat_ the scalps."
+
+  "The Indians that Mr. Catlin saw are not _near_ Chusan, they are
+  3,000 miles from there, they are in America."
+
+  "You _can't come overland_ from America."
+
+  "A scalping-knife is _any_ large knife that an Indian takes a scalp
+  with."
+
+  "A prairie is a meadow."
+
+  "The Indians speak _their own_ language."
+
+  "A pappoose is an Indian baby while it is carried in the cradle."
+
+  "A prairie bluff is a hill that is covered with grass."
+
+  "The Rocky Mountains are in _America_, between New York and the
+  Pacific Ocean, and _not_ in the _Indies_ at all."
+
+  "A snag is a large tree that is lying in the river, its roots fast in
+  the mud at the bottom, and its trunk at the top, pointing down the
+  stream."
+
+  "Sawyers _are not_ alligators."
+
+  "An alligator is a sort of crocodile."
+
+  "The Chesapeake didn't take the Shannon, it was the Shannon that took
+  the Chesapeake."
+
+  "The Americans are _white_, the same colour exactly as the English,
+  and speak the same language, only they speak it a great deal better,
+  in general."
+
+  "A stump is the but-end and roots of a tree standing in the ground
+  after the tree is chopped down."
+
+  "It _is_ true that all Indian women stay away from their husbands
+  the seven days of their illness, and I think they are the decentest
+  people of the two for doing it."
+
+  "A squaw is an _Indian woman_ who is married."
+
+  "The _Calumet_ is a pipe of peace."
+
+  "Horns on a chief's head-dress have _no bad_ meaning."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin _is not_ a repudiator," &c., &c.
+
+And thus went on poor Daniel's list to the number of about 100
+commonplace questions which he had hoped to have disposed of by a sort
+of steam operation; but finding that they must all continue to be
+"done by hand," as before, he returned to his post, which, from his
+disappointment in his unrealized hopes, seemed to drag more heavily
+than ever upon him, and so rapidly to wear him down that he was obliged
+to plan a tour to his own native land of Erin, where he went for
+some weeks, to restore his lungs and his strength. His labour-saving
+suggestion might have been a very convenient one for me in his absence,
+but it was dispensed with, and he was soon back at his post, recruited
+and assuming the command again, whilst I was busy in advancing the
+material for my forthcoming work.
+
+The Notes of my Eight Years' Travels amongst Forty-eight different
+Tribes of Indians in America, to be illustrated with more than 300
+steel plate illustrations, were nearly ready to be put to press; and I
+called on my good friend John Murray, in Albemarle Street, believing
+that he would be glad to publish them for me. To my surprise he
+objected to them (but without seeing my manuscript), for two reasons
+which he at once alleged: first, because he was afraid of the great
+number of illustrations to be embodied in the work, and secondly for
+(certainly) the most unfashionable reason, that "he loved me too much!"
+I had brought a letter of introduction to him from his old friend
+Washington Irving; and from the deep interest Mr. Murray had taken
+in my collection and the history and prospects of the poor Indians,
+my rooms (which were near his dwelling-house) were his almost daily
+resort, and I a weekly guest at his hospitable board, where I always
+met gentlemen of eminence connected with literature and art. Good and
+generous old man! he therefore "loved me too much" to share with me
+the profits of a work which he said should all belong to me for my
+hard labour and the risks of my life I had run in procuring it; and
+as the means of enlarging those profits he advised me to publish it
+myself. "I would advise you," said he, "as one of your best friends, to
+publish your own book; and I am sure you will make a handsome profit
+by it. Being an artist yourself, and able to make the drawings for
+your 300 illustrations, which for me would require a very great outlay
+to artists to produce them, and having in your exhibition-room the
+opportunity of receiving subscriptions for your work, which I could
+not do, it will be quite an easy thing for you to take names enough to
+cover all the expenses of getting it up, which at once will place you
+on safe ground; and if the work should be well received by Mr. Dilke
+and others of the critical world, it will insure you a handsome reward
+for your labours, and exceedingly please your sincere friend, John
+Murray."
+
+This disinterested frankness endeared me to that good man to his last
+days, and his advice, which I followed, resulted, as he had predicted,
+to my benefit. My subscription list my kind friend the Hon. C. A.
+Murray had in a few days commenced, with the subscriptions of
+
+                  HER MOST GRACIOUS MAJESTY THE QUEEN,
+
+                        H. R. H. PRINCE ALBERT,
+
+                     HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN DOWAGER,
+
+                     H. R. H. THE DUCHESS OF KENT,
+
+                 HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF THE BELGIANS,
+
+                    H. M. THE QUEEN OF THE BELGIANS,
+
+                 HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE DUKE OF SUSSEX,
+
+                    H. R. H. LEOPOLD DUC DE BRABANT,
+
+After which soon followed a complimentary list of the nobility and
+gentry, together with the leading institutions of the kingdom.
+
+My work was published by myself, at the Egyptian Hall, and the only
+fears which my good friend John Murray had expressed for me were
+all dispersed by the favourable announcements by Mr. Dilke, of the
+Athen�um, and the editors of other literary journals, from which it
+will be seen that the subjoined notices are but very brief extracts.
+
+It may not be improper also here to remark, that for all the Royal
+copies subscribed for above, the Hon. C. A. Murray was ordered to
+remit me double the amount of the price of the work; and that, on a
+subsequent occasion, when my dear wife and myself were guests at the
+dinner table of John Murray, he said to his old friend Thomas Moore,
+who was by our side, "That wild man by the side of you there, Mr.
+Catlin, who has spent enough of his life amongst the wild Indians
+(sleeping on the ground and eating raw buffalo meat) to make you and
+I as grey as badgers, and who has not yet a grey hair in his head,
+applied to me about a year ago to publish his Notes. I was then--for
+the first time in my life--too honest for my own interest, as well as
+that of an author; and I advised him to publish it himself, as the
+surest way of making something out of it. My wife here will tell you
+that I have read every word of it through, heavy as it is, and she
+knows it is the only book that I have read quite through in the last
+five years. And I tell Mr. Catlin now, in your presence, that I shall
+regret as long as I live that I did not publish that work for him; for
+as sincerely as I advised him, I could have promoted his interest by so
+doing, and would have done so, had I known what was in the work when he
+proposed it to me."
+
+The reader will pardon me for inserting here the critical notices which
+follow:--
+
+                   EDINBURGH REVIEW. _Fifteen pages._
+
+  "Living with them as one of themselves; having no trading purposes to
+  serve; exciting no enmity by the well-meant but suspicious preaching
+  of a new religion, Mr. Catlin went on with his rifle and his pencil,
+  sketching and noting whatever he saw worthy of record; and wisely
+  abandoning all search for the ancient history of a people who knew
+  no writing, he confined his labours to the depicting exactly what
+  he saw, and that only. Notes and sketches were transmitted, as
+  occasion served, to New York, and the collected results now appear,
+  partly in a gallery which has been for some time exhibited in
+  London, containing some five hundred pictures of Indian personages
+  and scenes, drawn upon the spot, with specimens of their dress and
+  manufactures, their arts and arms; and partly, as just stated, of the
+  volumes under our hands, which display engravings of most of those
+  specimens and pictures, accompanied by a narrative, written in a very
+  pleasant, homely style, of his walks and wanderings in the '_Far
+  West_.'
+
+  "The reader will find a compensation in the vigour of the narrative,
+  which, like a diary, conveys the vivid impressions of the moment,
+  instead of being chilled and tamed down into a more studied
+  composition. Such as the work is, we strongly recommend it to the
+  perusal of all who wish to make themselves acquainted with a singular
+  race of men and system of manners, fast disappearing from the face of
+  the earth; and which have nowhere else been so fully, curiously, and
+  graphically described."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                  WESTMINSTER REVIEW. _Twelve pages._
+
+  "This is a remarkable book, written by an extraordinary man. A work
+  valuable in the highest degree for its novel and curious information
+  about one of the most neglected and least understood branches of
+  the human family. Mr. Catlin, without any pretension to talent in
+  authorship, has yet produced a book which will live as a record
+  when the efforts of men of much higher genius have been forgotten.
+  Every one in London has seen Mr. Catlin's unique gallery, and his
+  attractive exhibition of living models at the Egyptian Hall; we
+  cannot too strongly recommend them to our country friends. And here
+  we take our leave of a work over which we have lingered with much
+  pleasure, strongly recommending it to the reader, and hoping its
+  extensive sale will amply repay Mr. Catlin for the great outlay he
+  must have incurred."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+              DUBLIN UNIVERSITY MAGAZINE. _Fifteen pages._
+
+  "Mr. Catlin's book is one of the most interesting which we have
+  perused on the subject of the Indians. His pencil has preserved the
+  features of races which in a few years will have disappeared; and
+  his faithful and accurate observations may be considered as the
+  storehouse from whence future writers on such topics will extract
+  their most authentic statements."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+      TAIT'S EDINBURGH MAGAZINE. _Two Notices, Twenty-two pages._
+
+  "This is altogether an _unique_ work. It may be considered as a
+  _Catalogue Raisonn�e_ of the numerous objects of art and curiosity
+  which Mr. Catlin has collected in the course of his wanderings,
+  and arranged in his Indian Gallery. The narrative of Mr. Catlin's
+  personal adventures during the wandering years in which he was thus
+  engaged, forms a work as unique in literature, as his collection of
+  original portraits and curiosities is rare in art.
+
+  "Many curious traits of character and pictures of manners are
+  exhibited in these large and closely-printed volumes, which will
+  remain an interesting record of the Homeric age and race of North
+  America, when, save a few wild traditions and scattered relics, and
+  a few of the musical and sonorous Indian names of lakes, rivers, and
+  hunting grounds, every other trace of the red man will have perished
+  on that vast continent."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+   LITERARY GAZETTE, _London_. _Three Notices, Twenty-five Columns._
+
+  "_Catlin's Book on the North American Indians._--An _unique_ work!
+  A work of extraordinary interest and value. Mr. Catlin is _the_
+  Historian of the Red Races of mankind; of a past world, or at least
+  of a world fast passing away, and leaving hardly a trace or wreck
+  behind. We need not recommend it to the world, for it recommends
+  itself, beyond our praise."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+        ATHEN�UM, _London_. _Four Notices, Thirty-one Columns._
+
+  "The public have fully confirmed the opinion we formerly pronounced
+  on Catlin's Indian gallery, as the most interesting exhibition which,
+  in our recollection, had been opened in London. The production of the
+  _work_ will, therefore, be most acceptable to those who have seen the
+  exhibition, as serving to refresh their memories; to those who have
+  not, as helping to explain that of which they have heard so much; to
+  all as a pleasant narrative of adventure, and a circumstantial and
+  detailed history of the manners and customs of an interesting people,
+  whose fate is sealed, whose days are numbered, whose extinction is
+  certain. The Americans should make much of Mr. Catlin for the sake
+  of by-gone days, which his books, portraits, and collections will
+  present to their grandchildren."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          ART UNION, _London_.
+
+  "We have rarely examined a work at once so interesting and so useful
+  as this; the publication of which is, in truth, a benefit conferred
+  upon the world; for it is a record of things rapidly passing away,
+  and the accurate traces of which are likely to be lost within a
+  brief time after they have been discovered. As a contribution to
+  the history of mankind, these volumes will be of rare value long
+  after the last of the persecuted races are with 'the Great Spirit,'
+  and they may even have some _present_ effect; for they cannot fail
+  to enlist the best sympathies of humanity on the side of a most
+  singular people. The book is exceedingly simple in its style; it is
+  the production of a man of benevolent mind, kindly affections, and
+  sensitive heart, as well as of keen perceptions and sound judgment.
+  If we attempted to do justice to its merits, we should fill a
+  _number_ of our work instead of a _column_ of it; we must content
+  ourselves with recommending its perusal to all who covet knowledge
+  or desire amusement;--no library in the kingdom should be without a
+  copy."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+             TIMES, _London_. _One Notice, Three Columns._
+
+ "The reflection is almost insupportable to a humane mind, that the
+ indigenous races of America, comprising numerous distinct nations,
+ the original proprietors of that vast continent, are probably doomed
+ to entire extermination--a fate which has already befallen a large
+ portion of the red tribes. It is still more painful to think that this
+ should be the effect of the spread of the civilized races, who thus
+ become the agents of a wholesale destruction of their fellow-men. If
+ these melancholy truths were capable of aggravation, it may be found
+ in the dreadful fact that the process of destruction is not left
+ to the slow operation of invisible and insensible causes, but is
+ hastened by expedients devised for that express end by civilized men,
+ the tribes being stimulated or compelled to the destruction of each
+ other, or provided with the means of destroying themselves.
+
+ "Mr. Catlin, the author of the work which has suggested these
+ observations, has had better opportunities for studying the character
+ of the North American Indians than most travellers since the early
+ French writers.
+
+ "Mr. Catlin is an American, a native of Wyoming, and the publisher of
+ his own work, at the Egyptian Hall."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      MORNING CHRONICLE, _London_.
+
+  "As a work intended merely for general amusement, and independently
+  of the higher object to which it is devoted, Mr. Catlin's book will
+  be found exceedingly interesting. The salient or rugged points of its
+  style have not been smoothed down by any literary journeyman. Mr.
+  Catlin ventures alone and unaided before the public. What he has seen
+  in the prairie, and noted down in its solitude, he sends forth, with
+  all the wildness and freshness of nature about it. This, together
+  with his free and easy conversational style, plentifully sprinkled
+  with Americanisms, gives a peculiar charm to his descriptions, which
+  are not merely animated or life-like, but _life_ itself. The reader
+  is made to believe himself in the desert, or lying among friendly
+  Indians in the wigwam, or hurried along in the excitement of the
+  chase. He is constantly surrounded by the figures of the red man, and
+  hears the rustle of their feathers, or the dash of their half-tamed
+  steeds as they bound by him.
+
+  "The work is ornamented with hundreds of engravings, taken from
+  original pictures drawn by Mr. Catlin, of the persons, manners,
+  customs, and scenes that he met with in his wanderings. They give
+  an additional value to those volumes which are published, as the
+  title-page informs us, by Mr. Catlin himself, at the Egyptian Hall.
+  We wish him all the success to which his candour no less than his
+  talents fully entitle him."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       MORNING HERALD, _London_.
+
+  "In the two ample volumes just published, and illustrated with more
+  than 300 plates, Mr. Catlin has given to the world a lasting and
+  invaluable memorial of the doomed race of the Red Man, which, after
+  having from immemorial time held the unmolested tenancy of an entire
+  continent, is now but too obviously hurried on to utter extinction.
+  Mr. Catlin's literary matter resembles his drawings; it has all the
+  freshness of the sketch from nature. Through both he brings us into
+  companionship with the red man, as if careering with him over the
+  boundless plains, the primeval forests of his hunting grounds in the
+  far West, or in the vicinity of his temporary village settlements,
+  witnessing his athletic games, his strange, fantastic dances, and his
+  spontaneous endurance of those revolting tortures by which he evinces
+  his unflinching stoicism."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        MORNING POST, _London_.
+
+  "Upwards of three hundred very well executed etchings from the
+  paintings, drawn by Mr. Catlin, adorn these volumes, and offer to the
+  eye one of the most complete museums of an almost unknown people that
+  ever was given to the public. The style of the narrative is diffuse,
+  inartificial, and abounding in Yankeeisms; but it is earnest, honest,
+  and unpretending; and contains most undoubted and varied information
+  relative to the red savage of America, fresh from the wilds, and
+  unembittered by border hostility or unfounded prejudice. These
+  volumes are handsomely printed, and 'brought out,' in all respects,
+  with much care and taste."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                  SPECTATOR, _London_. _Five Columns._
+
+  "The illustrative plates of these volumes are numbering upwards
+  of three hundred subjects--landscapes, hunting scenes, Indian
+  ceremonies, and portraits form a remarkable feature, and possess a
+  permanent interest as graphic records. They are outline etchings
+  from the author's paintings, and are admirable for the distinct
+  and lively manner in which the characteristics of the scenes and
+  persons are portrayed: what is called a _style of art_ would have
+  been impertinent, and might have tended to falsify. Mr. Catlin, in
+  his homely, but spirited manner, seizes upon the most distinguishing
+  points of his subjects by dint of understanding their value, and
+  every touch has significance and force: hence the number of details
+  and the extent of view embraced in these small and slight sketches,
+  hence their animation and reality."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+           ATLAS, _London_. _Three Notices, Twelve Columns._
+
+  "This publication may be regarded as the most valuable accession to
+  the history of the fast perishing races of the aboriginal world that
+  has ever been collected by a single individual. The descriptions it
+  contains are minute and full, and possess the advantage of being
+  wonderfully tested by the long experience of the writer, and verified
+  by the concurrent testimonials of many individuals intimately
+  acquainted with the scenes and races delineated. The engravings,
+  which are liberal to an unprecedented extent, cannot be too highly
+  praised for their utility as illustrations. To the readers who have
+  never had an opportunity of visiting Mr. Catlin's gallery, these
+  engravings will form for them quite a museum of Indian curiosities
+  in themselves; while to those already familiar with the actual
+  specimens, they will serve as useful and agreeable souvenirs. But we
+  chiefly approve and recommend this work to universal circulation for
+  the sake of the pure and noble philanthropy by which it is everywhere
+  inspired. As the advocate of the oppressed Indian, now vanishing
+  before the white man on the soil of his fathers, Mr. Catlin deserves
+  the unmixed thanks of the Christian world. His volumes are full of
+  stimulants to benevolent exertion, and bear the strongest testimony
+  to the character of the races for whose preservation he pleads." #/
+
+                               ----*----
+                   UNITED SERVICE GAZETTE, _London_.
+
+  "Mr. Catlin is one of the most remarkable men of the age. Every one
+  who has visited his singularly interesting gallery at the Egyptian
+  Hall, must have been struck by his remarkable intelligence on every
+  subject connected with the North American Indians; but of its extent,
+  as well as of his extraordinary enthusiasm and thirst for adventure,
+  we had formed no idea until we had perused these volumes. In the
+  present _blaz�_ condition of English literature, in which hardly any
+  work is published that is not founded more or less on other volumes
+  which have preceded it, until authorship has dwindled to little more
+  than the art of emptying one vessel into another, it is refreshing to
+  come across a book which, like the one before us, is equally novel
+  in subject, manner, and execution, and which may be pronounced,
+  without hyperbole, one of the most original productions which have
+  issued from the press for many years. It is wholly impossible, in the
+  compass of a newspaper notice, either to analyze or afford even a
+  tolerable idea of the contents of such a book; and for the present,
+  at least, we must limit ourselves altogether to the first volume."
+
+                             ----*----
+                    CALEDONIAN MERCURY, _Edinburgh_.
+
+  "_Mr. Catlin's Lectures on the North-American Indians._--We have much
+  pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+  well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity
+  and effect of Mr. Catlin's interesting and instructive exhibition:--
+
+                                 'Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.
+
+    'Dear Sir,--I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures
+    at the Waterloo-rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian
+    character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian
+    manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I
+    had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries where
+    I had been; and for twenty years' peregrinations in those parts,
+    from Montreal to the Great Slave River, north, and from the shores
+    of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of the
+    Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities of
+    seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+    pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+    which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+    afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.
+
+                           'I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,
+                                                 'JOHN HALDANE.
+    '_To George Catlin, Esq._'
+
+  "The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by
+  a gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson's
+  Bay Company, dated York Factory, Hudson's Bay, 10th December, 1842:--
+  #/
+
+    'Should you happen to fall in with Catlin's Letters on the North
+    American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+    the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+    those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin's sketches are true
+    to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+    character.'"
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                    THE WORLD OF FASHION, _London_.
+
+  "We venture to affirm of Mr. Catlin's book, which can be said of very
+  few others, that it is impossible to open it at any page, and not
+  continue its perusal with unmingled satisfaction. It has too the rare
+  quality of being written by a man who says nothing but that which
+  he knows, who describes nothing but that which he has seen. We feel
+  while reading the book as in the society of a man of extraordinary
+  observation, of great talent, of wonderful accomplishments; and most
+  cordially and earnestly do we recommend this invaluable book to the
+  patronage of the public generally, and to the perusal of our readers
+  in particular."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       WEEKLY DISPATCH, _London_.
+
+  "A person might well be startled and frightened at the appearance of
+  two such large volumes as these on only the manners, customs, and
+  condition of the North American Indians, a race of savages now almost
+  extinct. With all this complaint against the immense bulk of a book,
+  moreover, on such a subject, we are bound to confess that not only is
+  it the least wearisome of large books that we have for a long time
+  seen, but that it is at least one of the most amusing and animating
+  amongst even the condensed publications that for a considerable
+  period have been submitted to our perusal and judgment, and we can
+  confidently recommend it to our readers."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+       CHAMBERS'S EDINBURGH JOURNAL. _Two Notices, Four Columns._
+
+  "Of all the works yet published on the subject of the aboriginal
+  inhabitants of North America, no one, it seems to us, can be compared
+  in point of accuracy and extent of research with that of Mr. Catlin.
+  In the course of eight years he traversed North America almost from
+  end to end, saw and mixed with forty-eight Indian tribes, composing
+  a large portion of the two millions of red people yet in existence,
+  examined personally into all their peculiarities, and, finally,
+  accumulated a noble gallery of portraits, and a rich museum of
+  curiosities, calculated to form at once a lasting monument to himself
+  and an invaluable record of Indian persons, manners, and habiliments.
+
+  "Mr. Catlin, combining all the qualities of the traveller,
+  artist, and historian, merits no sparing notice. His two volumes,
+  large octavo, and closely printed, are full of most interesting
+  matter, and contain, besides, upwards of three hundred beautiful
+  illustrations, engraved from the original paintings."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        "L�gation des Etats-Unis, Paris, Dec. 8th, 1841.
+
+  "Dear Sir,--No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable
+  fidelity of your drawings and book, which I have lately received.
+  They are equally spirited and accurate; they are true to nature.
+  Things that _are_, are not sacrificed, as they too often are by the
+  painter, to things as in his judgment they should be.
+
+  "During eighteen years of my life I was superintendent of Indian
+  affairs in the north-western territory of the United States; and
+  during more than five I was Secretary of War, to which department
+  belongs the general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians
+  thoroughly; I have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses,
+  villages, and hunting grounds; I have fought with them and against
+  them; and I have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession
+  with them. I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a
+  good right to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings;
+  among them I recognize many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I
+  am struck with the vivid representations of them and their customs,
+  of their peculiar features and of their costumes. Unfortunately they
+  are receding before the advancing tide of our population, and are
+  probably destined, at no distant day, wholly to disappear; but your
+  collection will preserve them, as far as human art can do, and will
+  form the most perfect monument of an extinguished race that the world
+  has ever seen.
+
+                                                   "LEWIS CASS.
+  "_To Geo. Catlin._"
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VI.
+
+  The Author's wife and two children arrive in the British Queen, from
+      New York--First appreciation of London--Sight-seeing--Author
+      lectures in the Royal Institution--Suggests a _Museum of
+      Mankind_--Great applause--Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution--The "_Museum of History_"--Author lectures in the
+      other literary and scientific institutions of London--Author
+      dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and with the Royal
+      Geological Society--Mrs. Catlin's travels in the "Far West"--Her
+      welcome, and kind friends in London.
+
+
+My work being published under the flattering auspices explained in the
+foregoing pages, and now in the hands of the reading public, attracted
+additional numbers of visitors to my Rooms, greatly increasing the
+labours of poor Daniel, and calling also for more of my time and
+attention, which I could now better devote to it. My old friends were
+calling to congratulate me on the success of my book, and strangers
+to form an acquaintance with me and offer me the civilities of their
+houses.
+
+Though every part of these calls upon my time, either in the labours
+of my exhibition or in the society of friends, was pleasing and
+gratifying to me, yet it became necessary for my health to evade a part
+of these excitements on either hand, and I subsequently endeavoured,
+by a limited indulgence in the pleasures of society, and a moderate
+endurance of the excitements and fatigue of my Rooms, to save my life;
+throwing the cares and labours of the exhibition, as much as possible,
+upon the broader shoulders and stronger lungs of Daniel and his
+assistants.
+
+I felt now as if I had a sort of citizenship in London, and began
+to think of seeing its "sights;" and from this time may date the
+commencement of my real appreciation of the elegances and comforts of
+London, its hospitalities, and the genuine English character.
+
+It was an opportune moment, also, for the arrival of my dear wife and
+her two infant children, for whom I had written to New York, and who
+were just landing from the British Queen, in London, to share the kind
+attentions and compliments that were being paid to me, and also for
+seeing with me the sights and curiosities of the metropolis.
+
+About this time I was highly complimented by an invitation to deliver
+a lecture in the Royal Institution, Albemarle-street. The venerable
+members of that institution were nearly all present, and every seat
+was filled. I had, on the occasion, several living figures, dressed in
+Indian costumes, with weapons in hand, as well as many of my paintings
+exhibited on my easel, as illustrations; and I was highly gratified
+with the attention and repeated applause, convincing me that the
+subject and myself were kindly received.
+
+I endeavoured, in the compass of an evening's lecture, to give as
+comprehensive a view as I could of the motives which had led me into
+the Indian countries--of the time I had spent in them--of the extent
+and nature of the collection I had made--of the condition and numbers
+of the various tribes, and of their personal appearance and habits of
+life, which I illustrated by my numerous paintings, and by the curious
+manufactures of their own hands. I endeavoured also to delineate
+their true native character, as I had found it in its most primitive
+condition--and to explain the principal causes that have been, and
+still are, leading to their rapid declension.
+
+I took advantage of this occasion likewise to introduce a subject
+which had been for many years my favourite theme, which had constantly
+stimulated me through my toils in the Indian country, and which, as
+I was the first to propose in my own country, I believe I was the
+first to suggest on this side of the Atlantic--a MUSEUM of
+MANKIND. A shout of enthusiastic applause burst from every
+part of the Hall when the subject was named, and rounds of applause
+followed every sentence when I proceeded to say, that in the toils
+and dangers of my remotest travels in the wilderness I had been
+strengthened and nerved by the hope and the belief, that if I lived to
+finish my studies and to return with my collection, I should be able
+to show to the world the plan upon which a Museum could be formed, to
+contain and perpetuate the looks and manners and history of all the
+declining and vanishing races of man, and that my collection would
+ultimately form the basis of such an institution.
+
+I agreed with all the world as to the great interest and value of their
+noble collections of beasts, and birds, and reptiles, of fossils, of
+minerals, of fishes, of insects, and of plants, all of which can be
+gathered hundreds of years hence as well as at the present time; and
+I believed that all of the reasoning world who would give the subject
+a moment's thought, would agree with _me_, that there was one museum
+yet to be made, far transcending in interest and value all others
+yet designed, and which must needs be made soon, or it will be for
+ever lost--a museum containing the familiar looks, the manufactures,
+history, and records of all the remnants of the declining races of our
+fellow-men.
+
+It occurred to me, and I said it then, that Great Britain has more
+than thirty colonies in different quarters of the globe, in which the
+numbers of civilized men are increasing, and the native tribes are
+wasting away--that the march of civilization is everywhere, as it is in
+America, a war of extermination, and that of our own species. For the
+occupation of a new country, the first enemy that must fall is _man_,
+and his like cannot be transplanted from any other quarter of the
+globe. Our war is not with beasts or with birds: the grizly bear, the
+lion, and the tiger are allowed to live. Our weapons are not employed
+against them: we do not give them whiskey, and rum, and the small pox,
+nor the bayonet; they are allowed to live and thrive upon our soil, and
+yet their skins are of great value in our museums; but to complete a
+title, man, our fellow-man, the noblest work of God, with thoughts,
+with sentiments and sympathies like our own, must be extinguished; and
+he dies on his own soil, unchronicled and unknown (save to the ruthless
+hands that have slain him, and would bury his history with his body in
+oblivion), when not even his _skin_ has a place assigned it amongst
+those of the beasts and birds of his country.
+
+From England, from France, and the United States, government vessels,
+in this age of colonization, are floating to every part of the globe,
+and in them, artists and men of science could easily be conveyed to
+every race, and their collections returned free of expense, were there
+an institution formed and ready to receive and perpetuate the results
+of their labours.
+
+I believed that the time had arrived for the creation of such an
+institution, and that well-directed efforts to bring it into existence
+would have the admiration and countenance of all the philanthropic
+world.
+
+There was but one expression of feeling from every part of the hall at
+the close of these remarks, and every voice seemed to say "Yes--the
+noble philanthropy of this Christian and enlightened and enlightening
+age calls for it, and it must be done before it is too late."[3]
+
+ [3] The noble and unaided efforts of my best of friends, Captain
+     Shippard, to bring into existence such an institution, are, I
+     believe, too well known and appreciated by the English public to
+     require more of me here, than barely to refer to his beautifully
+     illustrated lectures on the "_Arabians_" and the "_Ruined
+     Cities of America_;" and whilst wishing all success to his
+     noble enterprise, I beg to refer the reader to Appendix B for a
+     synopsis of his design.
+
+A few days after my lecture was delivered, I received with much
+satisfaction from the secretary of the institution the following
+communication, which the reader will allow me the vanity of inserting
+here:--
+
+  "Sir,--I have the honour to return you the thanks of the members
+  of the _Royal Institution of Great Britain_ for your interesting
+  account of your residence and adventures among the native tribes of
+  North American Indians, with notices of their social condition,
+  customs, mysteries, and modes of warfare--communicated at the weekly
+  meeting of the members on Friday, the 14th February.
+
+                        "I am, Sir, your very obedient Servant,
+
+                            "EDWARD R. DANIELL, _Secretary_.
+
+ "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Invitations from the other literary and scientific institutions of
+London afforded me the opportunity of repeating my lectures in most of
+their halls, where I was uniformly received with applause, which was
+also a source of much gratification to me. These interviews suddenly
+and delightfully led me into the society of literary and scientific
+men, and also into the noble collections and libraries under their
+superintendence. I was here at once ushered, as it were, into a
+new world--a new atmosphere--and in it was met and welcomed every
+where with the utmost cordiality and kindness; libraries, museums,
+laboratories, and lectures were free to me; and not only the private
+tables of the advocates of science, but their public tables in their
+banqueting halls, prepared a seat for me.
+
+Thus were my labours being requited; and I was happy in the conviction
+that the claims of the poor Indians were being heard in the right
+tribunal, and that I was their advocate at the true source from which
+emanated most of the great and moral influences that govern and improve
+the world.
+
+I was invited to the annual dinners of the Royal Geographical,
+Geological, and Historical Societies; and in responding to the
+compliments paid me at all of them, in proposing my health and the
+prosperity of my country, I was delighted to find that my advocacy
+of the rights of the poor Indian, and my scheme for a _Museum_ of
+_Mankind_, were met and sanctioned with rounds of enthusiastic applause.
+
+I have mentioned that my dear wife with her two children had arrived
+from New York, and the pleasures and endearments of my own little
+fireside, now transplanted into a foreign land, were stealing away
+their part of my time, which, with the necessary attention to the
+kind civilities being paid us, our sight-seeing, our dinings-out,
+our drives, and my attendance in my rooms and lectures at night, was
+curiously divided and engrossed.
+
+The advent of my dear Clara, with her two babes, was like the coming
+of the warm and gentle breezes of spring--she who, though delicate
+and tender, had been, during the three last years of my rambles in
+the Indian wilds, my indefatigable companion--She who had traced and
+retraced with me the winding mazes of the mighty Mississippi, the
+Missouri, the Ohio, and the Arkansas--and with the lightness of the
+bounding antelopes that dwell upon their shores, had darted over their
+grassy banks and their green carpeted and enamelled slopes, and plucked
+their loveliest flowers--she who had also traced with me the shores
+of the great lakes of the north, and inhaled the glowing sweetness of
+Florida's lovely coast--and had kept her journal of thirteen thousand
+miles of wild rambles with her husband, and since her return to the
+land of her birth had blessed him in the richness of gift with two
+children, was now by his side (as I have said, like the coming of
+spring), to cheer him with the familiar sweet smiles and sounds in
+which he never knew guile.[4]
+
+ [4] The reader will pardon these expressions, and others of a
+     similar nature that may occasionally occur, for they apply to
+     one who now rests with the silent dead, as will be explained in
+     future pages of this work.
+
+Thanks to the kind friends who took her fair hand and bade her
+welcome--for they were many, and ready to contribute to her happiness,
+which filled (at that moment at least) the cup of our mutual enjoyment.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VII.
+
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society--The Duke of
+      Richmond presides--His Grace's compliment to the Author
+      and his country--Sir David Wilkie--His compliment to the
+      Author--Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the Caledonian
+      Ball (Almack's) in Indian costumes--Their rehearsal--Dressing
+      and painting--Entering the ball--Alarm of ladies--Mr.
+      Murray's infinite amusement (_incognito_) amongst his
+      friends--War-dance and war-whoops--Great applause--Bouquets of
+      flowers--Scalp-dance--Brooches and bracelets presented to the
+      chiefs-Trinkets returned--Perspiration carries off the paint, and
+      Mr. Murray recognised--Amusement of his friends--The "Indians"
+      return to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning--Their amusing
+      appearance.
+
+
+Among the many very friendly invitations extended to me about this
+time, there was one which I cannot omit to notice in this place.--I
+was invited to take a seat at the _Royal Highland Society's_ annual
+dinner, at which his Grace the Duke of Richmond presided. The name of
+this society explains its character, and most of the guests at the
+table were in full highland dress, with their kilts, and with the
+badges and plaids of their peculiar clans. The scene was altogether a
+very picturesque one, and I observed that their chiefs wore the eagle's
+quills for the same purpose and in the same manner that the Indians do;
+but I did not see any of them painted red, as the Indians paint them,
+to adorn their heads as symbols of war when they are going to battle.
+
+The banqueting hall was beautifully arranged, and two of Her Majesty's
+pipers from the Palace, in the most gorgeous Highland dress, were
+perambulating the table "in full blast" whilst we were eating.
+
+The Duke of Richmond, who is an easy, affable, and entirely
+unostentatious man, and the best president at a convivial table
+that I ever saw, offered the customary healths, of--the Queen--the
+Prince--the Duke, &c., which were drunk with the usual enthusiasm, and
+after that proceeded to pay his ingenious and judicious compliments to
+individuals at the table, by alluding, in the most concise and amusing
+manner, to their exploits or other merits, and then proposed their
+healths.
+
+After we had all joined in the uproar of--Hip, hip, hips,--with one
+foot on our chairs and the other on the table, in a number of such
+cases, he arose and said--
+
+  "Gentlemen, I now rise quite confident of your approbation of the
+  sentiment I am to propose, and the sentiments I am to offer. The
+  nations of the earth, like the individuals in the different branches
+  of a great family, stand in certain degrees of relationship towards
+  each other; and as those degrees of consanguinity are more or less
+  remote, so are the friendships and attachments of those nations for
+  each other. Now, gentlemen, as an individual component part of one of
+  the great nations of that great national family, I feel proud to say,
+  that there are two of that family so closely related, not only in
+  commercial interests, but by blood, as almost to identify them in an
+  unity of existence.--The relationship that I speak of, gentlemen (and
+  which I believe will be familiar to many of you, as married men), is
+  that of parent and child."
+
+At this period commenced a tremendous cheering, and all eyes seemed
+to be in a rotary motion, endeavouring to fix upon the representative
+of that nearly related country on whom the next responsibility was to
+fall. His Grace proceeded:--
+
+  "Gentlemen, the term parent and child I have used to express the
+  endearments of one stage of domestic relations; but there is
+  another which lessens not the tie, but carries with it the respect
+  that children do not win--I would call it father and son (_immense
+  cheering_). I perceive, gentlemen, that you all understand me, and
+  are preparing for the sentiment I am to offer; but I would remark,
+  that when a distinguished individual from one of those nearly related
+  countries pays a visit to the other, common courtesy demands that
+  he should be treated with kindness and respect. If that individual,
+  gentlemen, be one who, by the force and energy of his own mind, has
+  struck out and accomplished any great undertaking for the advancement
+  of science, or the benefit of mankind, he is a philanthropist,
+  a public benefactor, and entitled to our highest admiration
+  (_cheering_).
+
+  "Gentlemen, I have the satisfaction of informing you that there is at
+  our table an individual whose name when I mention it will be familiar
+  to most of you; who, contemplating several millions of human beings
+  in his own country sinking into oblivion before the destructive
+  influences of civilization, had the energy of character, the courage
+  and philanthropy, to throw himself, unprotected and unaided, into the
+  midst of them, with his brushes and his pen, endeavouring to preserve
+  for future ages their familiar looks, and all that appertained to
+  their native modes and history. In this noble enterprise, gentlemen,
+  this individual laboured eight years of his life; and having with
+  incessant toil and hazard visited most of the native tribes of North
+  America, he has brought home and to our city a collection (which
+  I trust you have all seen) of vast interest and value, which does
+  great honour to his name, and entitles him to our highest admiration
+  and esteem. I now propose, gentlemen, the health of Mr. Catlin, and
+  success to the great country that gave him birth!"
+
+Whilst these compliments were applying to my country only, I was fully
+confident there was some one of my countrymen present better able than
+myself to respond to them; but when they became personal, and all eyes
+were fixed upon me, I saw there was no alternative, and that I must
+reply, as well as I could, to the unexpected compliment thus paid me
+and answered to with a bumper and many rounds of applause, every guest
+at the table, as before, with one foot on his chair and the other on
+the edge of the table. An awful pause for a moment, while my name was
+echoed from every part of the room, brought me upon my feet, and I
+replied: but I never shall recollect exactly how. I believe, however,
+that I explained the views with which I had visited the Indian tribes,
+and what I had done; and put in a few words, as well as I could, for my
+country.
+
+His Grace next rose, and, after the most chaste and eloquent eulogium
+upon his works and his character, proposed the health of Sir David
+Wilkie, who, to my great surprise and unspeakable satisfaction, I found
+was sitting by my side and the next to my elbow. His health was drunk
+with great enthusiasm, and after he had responded to the compliment he
+begged to be allowed to express to his Grace and the gentlemen present
+the very great satisfaction he had felt in being able to join in the
+expression of thanks to so distinguished a gentleman as Mr. Catlin, and
+whom it afforded him great pleasure to find was by his side. He stated
+that he had been many times in my exhibition rooms, but without the
+good luck to have met me there. He commented at great length upon the
+importance and value of the collection; and, while he was according to
+me great credit for the boldness and originality of the design, he took
+especial pains to compliment me for the execution of my paintings, many
+of which, he said, as works of art, justly entitled me to the hands of
+artists in this country, and he was proud to begin by offering me his,
+in good fellowship, which he did, and raised me from my seat as he said
+it.
+
+This was sanctioned by a round of applause, and as he resumed his seat
+I was left upon my feet, and bound again to reply, which I did as well
+as I could.
+
+The reader can more easily imagine than I can describe, how gratifying
+to me was such a mode of acquaintance with so distinguished and so
+worthy a man as Sir David Wilkie, at whose elbow I was now placed, and,
+for the most part of the evening, in familiar conversation.
+
+The pipers played, the wine flowed, many good songs were sung; a
+Highland dance was spiritedly flung by M'Ian, M'Donald, and several
+others, in Highland costume. An Indian song and the war-whoop were
+called for, and given--and with other good fellowship and fun this
+splendid affair was finished.
+
+I was at this time devoting certain hours of the day to visitors in my
+Rooms, and I found my kind friend C. A. Murray almost daily bringing
+ladies of rank and fashion upon his arm, to take a peep into the
+mysteries of savage life, which he was so well prepared to explain to
+them, and to illustrate by my numerous paintings and works of Indian
+manufacture.
+
+I met him here one day, however, on my entering, where he had been
+for some time waiting without acting the beau, for any one, which was
+quite an unusual thing. He called me aside, and told me there was a
+chance for us to make _a sensation_ if I felt disposed to join him
+in it, and to make a great deal of amusement for others as well as a
+dish of fun for ourselves--this was, to assume the Indian costume
+and throw ourselves into the Caledonian ball, which was to be given
+at Almack's that evening, and for which he had procured the tickets.
+For the information of those who never have seen one of those annual
+balls, I will briefly say that they are decidedly the most brilliant
+and splendid affairs that can be seen in London--presenting the most
+gorgeous display of costumes and diamonds that the world can exhibit,
+short of royalty itself. It was but for Mr. Murray to propose--the
+finest costumes were taken from the Walls of my Room--weapons,
+head-dresses, scalping-knives, scalps, &c.--and placed in one of the
+chambers of the Egyptian Hall: and three o'clock was the hour appointed
+for Mr. Murray to meet me again, to fit us with our respective dresses,
+and go through a sort of rehearsal in our songs, dances, &c., which we
+might be called upon to enact during the evening, and in which it would
+be a great pity for us Indian knowing ones to make any mistake.
+
+Mr. Murray was punctual at the hour of three; and having proposed that
+my nephew, Burr Catlin, a young man of 21 years and then living with
+me, should be of the party, we entered the dressing-room, and were soon
+suited with our respective dresses and took our weapons in hand. My
+nephew, Burr, being six feet two inches, with a bold and Indian outline
+of face, was arrayed in a Sioux dress; and it was instantly agreed that
+he should be put forward as the Big Sioux--the Great Chief Wan-ne-ton.
+He happened to wear the identical head-dress of that distinguished
+chief, which was made of war-eagle's quills and ermine skins. He was to
+hold himself entirely mute upon his dignity, according to the customs
+of the country. I was dressed as a warrior of the _Sac_ tribe, with
+head ornaments of red and white quills of the war-eagle, denoting,
+according to the custom of the country, my readiness for war or for
+peace. Mr. Murray had chosen a dress less rich, and more light and easy
+to act in, and a head-dress that was made much like a wig of long black
+hair spreading over his shoulders and falling down nearly to the calves
+of his legs, surmounted by a solitary eagle's quill--giving himself
+more the appearance of a "Bois Br�l�," as they are termed on the Indian
+frontiers of America--a race of half-castes, who are generally used as
+interpreters, speaking a little French and some "Americaine" (as they
+call the English language). These curious personages are generally the
+spokesmen for all parties of Indians travelling abroad or delegations
+to neighbouring tribes. This character exactly suited Mr. Murray, as
+he spoke the French and the German, and also a little of two or three
+Indian tongues; and, in the position of an interpreter for the party,
+he would be the vehicle of communication between the two chiefs and his
+numerous friends and relations, both ladies and gentlemen, whom he was
+to meet in every part of the Rooms.
+
+The least discerning will easily see that he was most ingeniously
+laying his plans for a great deal of amusement; and if my readers could
+have seen the manner in which he was dressed out and metamorphosed for
+the occasion, they would have insured him, at a low premium, fun enough
+on that evening to have lasted him for a week. Having arrayed our
+persons in the respective costumes we had agreed upon, and arranged the
+different characters which we were to sustain, I took the Indian drum
+or tambour in my hand, and to the music of that and the chief's rattle,
+and our combined voices in concert in an Indian song, we practised the
+war-dance and scalp-dance of the Sioux, until we agreed that we could
+"do them" beyond (at least) the reach of civilized criticisms, in
+case we should be called upon to dance, which it was agreed should be
+at first met as a condescension that the chiefs could not submit to,
+but which it was understood we should yield to if the measure was to
+be very strenuously urged. Matters being thus arranged, we adjourned
+until nine o'clock, when we were to meet again, and make our final
+preparations for our d�but in the ballroom.
+
+At nine we were drawing on our buckskin leggings, and mocassins fringed
+with scalp-locks and ornamented with porcupine quills of various
+dyes; our shirts or tuniques were also of deerskins richly ornamented,
+and their sleeves fringed, like the leggings, with locks of the hair
+of Indian victims slain in battle. We painted our faces and hands
+of a copper colour, in close imitation of the colour of the Indian,
+and over and across that, to make the illusion more complete, gave
+occasional bold daubs of vermilion and green or black paint, so that,
+with our heavy and richly garnished robes of the buffalo, thrown over
+our shoulders and trailing on the floor as we walked, with tomahawks
+and scalping knives in our belts, our shields of buffalo hides on our
+arms, with our quivers slung and our bows and arrows clenched in our
+hands, we were prepared for the sensation we were in a few minutes
+to make. We stood and smiled at each others' faces a few moments in
+curious anticipation, practising over each other's names, which we had
+almost forgotten to take. And having decided that the great chief was
+_Wan-ne-ton_, that the warrior's name was _Na-see-us-kuk_, and that of
+the interpreter _Pah-ti-coo-chee_, we seated ourselves in a carriage,
+and in three minutes were being ushered through the crowded halls
+leading to the splendid and brilliant array, into the midst of which a
+long Indian step or two more placed us!
+
+There was a little cruelty in the suddenness of our approach, and a
+simultaneous yell which we gave, innocently mistaking the effect it
+might have upon the nerves of ladies standing near us, several of whom,
+on catching the sound and then the sight of us, gave sudden shrieks far
+more piercing and startling than the savage war-whoop that had been
+sounded over their shoulders. By this time we formed the centre of
+attraction in the room, and we stood in so dense a crowd to be gazed
+at, that nothing could be scanned of us lower down than our chins and
+shoulders. The big Sioux chief, however, who was a head taller than
+the crowd around him, flourishing his enormous head-dress of eagle's
+quills, was quietly rolling his eagle eyes around over the multitude,
+who were getting so satisfactory a view of him that it eased us a
+little from the rush that otherwise would have been upon us.
+
+We had made our entry into this world of fashion and splendour entirely
+unexpected by any one, and of course unknown to all. Here was truly
+a splendid field for my friend Mr. Murray, and the time for his
+operations had now arrived. All questions (and there were many, and
+in various languages) put to the big chief or the warrior were, by
+the understanding, answered only by frowns; and the interrogations
+referred to _Pah-ti-coo-chee_, the interpreter. This brought him at
+once into great demand, and he replied at first in Indian, and then
+strained a few distorted words of French and German into his replies,
+by which he made himself partially understood. Lords and ladies, dukes
+and duchesses, and princes and princesses of his acquaintance were in
+the room, and now gazing at his copper colour, bedaubed with red and
+black paint, and patiently listening to and endeavouring to translate
+his garbled French and German and Indian for some description of the
+grand personages he had in tow, without dreaming of the honourable
+gentleman upon whose visage they were actually looking. From a custom
+of the Prairie country, which he had wisely thought of, he carried a
+rifle-bullet in his mouth whilst he was talking, and his voice was thus
+as much a stranger as his face.
+
+Amongst the gazers on, and those who questioned him, were many of his
+most familiar friends; and even his own brother, the Earl of Dunmore,
+drew some marvellous tales from him before he made himself known, which
+he did at last to him and a few others of his friends, that he might
+the better crack the good jokes he had come to enjoy.
+
+The crowd, by this time, had completely wedged us in, so that there was
+no apparent possibility of moving from our position, yet it was not a
+crowd that was insupportable: it was, at least for a while, a pleasure
+to be thus invested, as we were, by silks and satins, by necklaces
+of diamonds and necks as fair as alabaster, by gold lace, and
+golden epaulettes, chapeaux and small swords; but the weight of our
+bison robes at length brought us to the expedient that our ingenious
+interpreter put forth, which gained us temporary relief, and gave us
+locomotive powers by which we could show ourselves at full length, and
+occasionally escape investigations when they became too close for our
+good friend or ourselves.
+
+It was a lucky thought of our interpreter, which he divulged to some of
+his confidential friends much to our advantage, that the paints which
+the Indians used were indelible colours, and he regretted to learn that
+some of the ladies had injured their costly dresses by being in too
+close contact with us. And again he feared that some of the scalp-locks
+on the dresses of the chief and the warrior were not quite dry, as they
+were fresh from the country where they had just been at war with the
+Sacs and Foxes. This had a delightful effect, and we were not again in
+danger of suffocation, though the space we had to move in was limited
+enough during the rest of the night for our warm dresses and our
+enormous buffalo robes.
+
+The introductions I had on that night, to lords and ladies, and to
+dukes and duchesses, as _Na-see-us-huk_, a famous warrior of the Sacs,
+and my nephew, as _Wan-ne-ton_, the great Sioux Chief, were honours
+certainly that he or I could never have aspired to under any other
+names; and our misfortune was, that their duration was necessarily as
+brief as the names and titles we had assumed.
+
+In the midst of this truly magnificent scene, where our interpreter
+was introducing us as two dignified personages from the base of the
+Rocky Mountains, and enjoying his own fun with his friends as he moved
+around, and after a set of quadrilles had finished, it was announced
+through the rooms that the Indians were going to give the War Dance!
+
+This of course raised a new excitement, and the crowd thickened, until
+at length a red rope or cord was passed around us three about as
+high as our waists. The bystanders were desired to take hold of this
+and walk back, which they did in all directions until a large space
+was opened for us, and we were left standing in the centre. We found
+ourselves there in full display in front of the ladies patronesses of
+the ball, who were seated upon a platform, elevated several feet above
+the level of the floor, and who, it was stated to us, had expressed a
+desire to see the Indians dance.
+
+Alas! poor Murray, he had then an off-hand use to make of his mongrel
+dialect, which seemed to embarrass him very much, and which he had
+found he got along with much better in the crowd. We were also
+pledged to hesitate about our dignity in case we were asked to dance,
+which here made a dialogue in Indian language indispensable, giving
+our interpreter fresh alarm; nevertheless, with enough of the same
+determination and firmness left that used to decide him to dash through
+the turbid rivers of the prairie, or to face the menacing savages that
+he met in the wilderness, he resolved to go through with it, and the
+Indian dialogue that he opened with me was never doubted, I believe,
+for it was never criticised. The objections raised by the chief and his
+warrior were translated in tolerable French (with the bullet accent),
+to their ladyships and the audience around us. The dignity of a Sioux
+Chief could not be lowered by such a condescension, and the dance could
+not be made without him. "Good Mr. _Pah-ti-coo-chee_," said her Grace
+the Duchess of ---- (who was the presiding patroness on the occasion),
+in excellent French, "do, I beg of you, do prevail on that fine old
+fellow to gratify us with a dance--don't let him look so distressed
+about it--tell him that he has just been looking on to see some of
+the greatest chiefs in our country dance, and he must not think it
+degrading to show us the mode in which the Indians dance; I dare say it
+is very fine. Oh, dear, what shall we do? they are fine-looking men--I
+wish I could speak to them--I dare say they know Charles A. Murray,--he
+was in their country--I have read his book. Where's Murray? he ought to
+be here to-night; I am sure he knows them. Do you know Murray, my good
+fellows? Ah, no, they don't understand French, though."
+
+Our interpreter smiled, and the Sioux chief and the Sac warrior came
+very near the misfortune also. The arguments of the duchess were
+translated to the chief and the warrior with great difficulty, when,
+after a few moments of silence, they began to put off their robes,
+which were very deliberately folded up and laid aside, to the great
+gratification of the ladies patronesses and the rest of the crowd.
+
+By three dancers the war dance of the Sioux is given with considerable
+effect, and we were now ready to "go into it." The drum, which until
+this moment had been slung on Mr. Murray's back, was taken into my
+hands, the chief took his rattle in one hand and his war-club in the
+other, while the interpreter's shield skilfully manoeuvred over his
+left shoulder and his tomahawk brandished in his right hand, which,
+with the shrill sounds of the war-song and the war-whoop, altogether
+suddenly opened a new era in the musical and dancing sphere of Almack's.
+
+When it was done, the whole house rung with applause; bouquets of
+flowers were showered upon us, and many compliments were paid us by the
+most bewitching young ladies, but which, unfortunately for us, we could
+not understand. The crowd now thickened around us to shake hands with
+us and lavish their praises upon us; and among them a lovely little
+creature, whose neck seemed forged from a bouquet of white lilies, who
+was supported on the arm of an officer, with her languishing soft blue
+eyes, and breath sweeter than that of the antelope that jostles the
+first dew-drops of the morning from the violets of the prairie, was
+beseeching me to allow her to adjust on my wrist a magnificent bracelet
+which she had taken from her own lovely arm, and for which she wished
+only, as she made me understand by signs, a small scalp-lock from the
+seams of my leggings. To play our parts well it was necessary, for
+the time being, to do as an Indian warrior would do--I tore off the
+scalp-lock and gave it to her, and when her fair hands had adjusted
+the precious trinket on my wrist, I raised the leathern shirt a little
+higher on my arm and showed her the colour of my skin. This unfolded a
+secret to her which compelled me to speak, and I said to her and her
+guardian, "Pray don't expose us; let us have our fun. Your precious
+trinket I will restore to you in a little time." This was answered
+with the sweetest of smiles, and, as my joke was thus ended, I turned
+round and found the ring prepared again for another dance. Fair hands
+had been lavish upon the other two Indians, who were already decorated
+with several keepsakes of beautiful and precious workmanship. The
+scalp-dance now commenced, and as I had brought with me a real scalp,
+according to the custom of a warrior, we gave it the full effect and
+fury of such scenes as they are acted in the wilderness. We entered
+upon this unfortunate affair with our prizes displayed in the fullest
+exultation, and no doubt might have gained many more but for the
+unforeseen misfortune which our over exertions to please and astonish
+had innocently brought upon us. The warmth of the rooms at this hour
+had become almost insupportable, and, in the midst of it, our violent
+exertions, under the heat of our Indian dresses, had produced a flow
+of perspiration which had carried away the paint in streaks from our
+foreheads to our chins, making us simple studies for the ethnologist,
+if any there were present, and easy of solution. Poor Murray! he
+had supplied himself with a red handkerchief, which he had often
+pressed upon his face, the consequence of which was--and it was funny
+enough--that his nose and his chin, and the other prominent points of
+his face, had all become white, long before he had finished his fun or
+been willing to acknowledge our true character and caste.
+
+However, he had much merriment in receiving the cheerful
+congratulations of his friends (who now recognised him once more as the
+Honourable C. A. Murray), and in introducing my nephew and myself in
+our real names to many of his friends, we distributed scalp-locks and
+feathers to all the fair hands whose trinkets we held and restored;
+and after partaking of the good things that were in store for us, and
+looking and laughing at our white-washed faces in the mirrors, we made
+our way to the front door as the first step towards a retreat to the
+Egyptian Hall. We waited in vain full half an hour for a vehicle, such
+was the rush of carriages at the door. The only alternative seemed
+to be to take to our legs, and once resolved, we dashed out into the
+street, and made our way in the best manner we could. It was now past
+sunrise and raining in torrents, as it had been during the whole
+night. We wended our way as fast as possible through the mud, with our
+white and beautiful mocassins, and painted robes; and the reader must
+excuse me here, and imagine, if he can, how we three looked when we
+arrived at the door of the Egyptian Hall, with the gang of boys and
+ragamuffins assembled around us, which the cry of "Indians, Indians!"
+had collected as we passed through the streets. The poor porter, who
+had waited up for us all night, happened _luckily to be_ ready for our
+ring; and thus, fortunately, we were soon safely withdrawn from the
+crowd assembling, to gaze and grin at each other, and deliberately and
+leisurely to scour ourselves back again to our original characters.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER VIII.
+
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest visit
+      the Collection--His Royal Highness the (little) Duc de Brabant
+      visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr. Murray--The Author
+      presents him an Indian pipe and pair of mocassins--Visit of His
+      Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to the Collection--His noble
+      sympathy for the Indians--He smokes an Indian pipe under the
+      wigwam--The Author takes breakfast with the Duke of Sussex in
+      Kensington Palace--The Duke's dress and appearance--John Hunter,
+      the Indian traveller--The Duke's inquiries about him--Monsieur
+      Duponceau--Visit to the Bank of England--To Buckingham Palace--To
+      Windsor Castle--Author visits the Polish Ball with several
+      friends in Indian costumes.
+
+
+Among the distinguished visitors to my rooms about this time were their
+Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg, and Prince Ernest, the father and
+brother of Prince Albert, at that time on a visit to the Queen and the
+Prince. They were accompanied by Mr. Murray, who took great pains to
+explain the collection to the Duke, who took me by the hand when he
+left the room, and told me I deserved the friendship of all countries
+for what I had done, and pronounced it "a noble collection." His second
+visit was made to it a few days after, when he was also accompanied by
+Mr. Murray, and remained in the rooms until it was quite dark.
+
+His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant, the infant son of the King of
+the Belgians, on a visit to the Queen, was also brought in by Mr.
+Murray. He was an intelligent lad, nine or ten years of age, and was
+pleased with a miniature Indian pipe which I presented to him, and also
+a small pair of Indian mocassins suitable for his age.
+
+His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex, though in feeble health, paid
+my collection his first visit. It was his wish, from the state that he
+was in, to meet me alone "in an Indian Council," as he called it. My
+first interview with him lasted for an hour or more, when he told me
+that if his strength would have permitted it, he could have been amused
+the whole day. To this fine old venerable man my highest admiration
+clung: he expressed the deepest sympathy for the Indians, and seemed to
+have formed a more general and correct idea of them and their condition
+than any person I had met in the kingdom. When he left my rooms he
+took me by both hands and thanked me for the rich treat I had afforded
+him, and assured me that for the benefits I was rendering to society,
+and the justice I was doing to the poor Indians, I should be sure to
+meet my reward in the world to come, and that he hoped I would also be
+recompensed in this.
+
+The Duke of Sussex was a great amateur of pipes and good smoking, and
+took much interest in the hundreds of different designs and shapes
+of the carved pipes in my exhibition. He was curious to know what
+the Indians smoked, and I showed him their tobacco, a quantity of
+which I had brought with me. The Indians prepare it from the inner
+bark of the red willow, and when dried and ready for smoking, call
+it "k'nick-k'neck." I prepared and lit a pipe of it for His Royal
+Highness to smoke, with which he took a seat under the middle of the
+Indian wigwam, where our conversation was held at the moment; and as
+he drew the delicious fumes through the long and garnished stem which
+passed between his knees, with its polished bowl, carved in the red
+pipe stone, resting on the floor, he presented for a few moments the
+finished personification of beatitude and enjoyment. He pronounced
+the flavour delicious, wanting only a little more strength, which he
+thought the addition of tobacco would give it.
+
+I told him that the Indians were always in the habit of mingling
+tobacco with it when they could afford to buy it: "Good fellows (said
+he), they know what is good--their tastes are as good as ours are."
+After he had finished his pipe, and we were moving towards the front
+door, the moment before taking leave of me as I have mentioned above,
+he asked me if I ever knew _John Hunter_, who wrote a work on the
+Indians of America, to which I replied in the affirmative. He seemed
+much pleased in learning this fact, and said to me, "You see what a
+feeble wreck I am at present; my strength is gone, and I must leave
+you; but you will take your breakfast with me at Kensington Palace
+to-morrow morning: I am all alone. I am too ill to see the world;
+they cannot find the way to me: but I will see _you_, and take great
+pleasure in your society. Your name will be made known to the servants
+at the back entrance to the palace."
+
+The next morning, at the hour named, found me at the door of the
+palace, where my name was recognised, and I at once was ushered into
+the apartment of the Duke, where I found him in his arm-chair, wrapped
+in his morning gown of white flannel, and his head covered with a cap
+of black velvet richly embroidered with gold. He rose and took me by
+the hand in the most cordial manner, and instantly led me to another
+part of the room, in front of a portrait hanging on the wall.--"There,"
+said he, "do you know that face?" "Very well," said I; "that is the
+portrait of John Hunter; it is an admirable likeness, and looks to me
+like a picture by one of our American artists. If I had met it anywhere
+else but in this country I should have said it was by Harding, one of
+our most valued portrait painters." "Well," said he, "you know _that_
+portrait too, do you?" "Very well--that is his Royal Highness the Duke
+of Sussex." "Well," said the Duke, "now I will tell you, they were both
+painted by Mr. Harding. Harding is a great favourite of mine, and a
+very clever artist."
+
+I at this moment presented to the Duke the Indian pipe, through which
+he had smoked the day before, and also an Indian tobacco-pouch, filled
+with the k'nick-k'neck (or Indian tobacco) with which he had been so
+much pleased.
+
+He thanked me for the present, which he assured me delighted him
+very much; and, after showing me a great variety of curious and most
+ingenious pipes from various countries, we took our seats alone at the
+breakfast table. In the course of our conversation, which ran upon
+pipes--upon Indians and Indian countries, his Royal Highness said he
+had reasons for asking me if I had known Hunter, and should feel most
+happy if he found in me a person who had been acquainted with his
+history. He said he had known Hunter familiarly while he was in London,
+and had entertained him in his palace, and thought a great deal of him.
+He had thought his life a most extraordinary one, well entitling him to
+the attentions that were paid to him here--that he had been entertained
+and amused by his narrations of Indian life, and that he had made him
+several presents, amongst which was a very valuable watch, and had had
+his portrait painted, which he highly valued. He said he had learned,
+with deep regret, since Hunter had left here, that a learned French
+gentleman in Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, and some others, had held
+him up to the public, through the journals, as an impostor, and his
+narrations as fabulous. "This to me," said the Duke, "you can easily
+see, has been a subject of much pain (as I took more pains to introduce
+him and his works in this country than any one else), and it explains
+to you the cause of my anxiety to learn something more of his true
+history."
+
+I replied to his Royal Highness that I had been equally pained by
+hearing such reports in circulation in my own country, and that my
+acquaintance with Hunter had not been familiar enough to enable me
+wholly to refute them, I stated that I had been introduced to Mr.
+Hunter in New Orleans, where he was well known to many, and that I had
+met him in two or three other parts of the United States, and since
+reading his work I had visited many of the Indian villages, in which
+he lived, and had conversed with chiefs and others named in his work,
+who spoke familiarly of him. I felt assured, therefore, that he had
+spent the Indian life that he describes in his work; and yet that he
+might have had the indiscretion to have made some misrepresentations
+attributed to him, I was not able positively to deny. His work, as
+far as it treats on the manners and customs of the American Indians,
+and which could not have been written or dictated by any other than
+a person who had lived that familiar life with them, is decidedly
+the most descriptive and best work yet published on their every-day
+domestic habits and superstitions; and, of itself, goes a great way, in
+my opinion, to establish the fact that his early life was identified
+with that of the Indians.
+
+I stated that I believed his character had been cruelly and unjustly
+libelled, and that I had the peculiar satisfaction of believing that I
+had justly defended it, and given the merited rebuke at the fountain of
+all his misfortunes, which I described as follows:--
+
+"On my return from an eight years' residence amongst the remotest
+tribes of Indians in America, and paying a visit to my old friends in
+the city of Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, of whom your Royal Highness
+has spoken, an old and very learned gentleman, and deeply skilled
+in the various languages of America, and who was then preparing a
+very elaborate work on the subject, invited me to meet several of
+his friends at his table to breakfast; which I did. He was at this
+time nearly blind and very deaf, and still eagerly grasping at every
+traveller and trapper from the Indian country, for some new leaf to his
+book, or some new word to his vocabularies, instead of going himself to
+the Indian fireside, the true (and in fact the only) school in which to
+learn and write their language.
+
+"After our breakfast was finished and our coffee-cups removed, this
+learned M. Duponceau opened his note-book upon the table and began
+in this way,--'My dear Sir (addressing himself to me), I am so
+delighted with such an opportunity--I am told that you have visited
+some forty or fifty tribes of Indians, and many of them speaking
+different languages. You have undoubtedly in eight years learned to
+speak fluently; and I shall draw from you such a valuable addition
+to my great work--what a treat this will be, gentlemen, ha? Now you
+see I have written out some two or three hundred words, for which you
+will give me the Blackfoot, the Mandan, the Pawnee Pict, &c. You have
+been amongst all these tribes?' 'Yes.' The old gentleman here took a
+pinch of snuff and then said, 'In this identical place, and on this
+very table, it was, gentlemen, that I detected the imposture of that
+rascal Hunter! Do you know that fellow, Mr. Catlin?' 'Yes, I have seen
+him.' 'Well,' said he, 'I was the first to detect him;--I published
+him to the world and put a stop to his impostures. I invited him to
+take breakfast with me as I have invited you, and in this same book
+wrote down the Indian translation of a list of words and sentences
+that I had prepared, as he gave them to me; and the next day when I
+invited him again, he gave me for one-third at least of those words
+a different translation. I asked for the translation of a number of
+words in languages that were familiar to me, and which he told me he
+understood, and he gave them in words of other tribes. I now discovered
+his ignorance, and at once pronounced him an impostor, and closed my
+book.'
+
+"'And now,' said I, 'M. Duponceau, lest you should make yourself and me
+a great deal of trouble, and call _me_ an impostor also, I will feel
+much obliged if you will close your book again; for I am quite sure
+I should prove myself under your examination just as ignorant as Mr.
+Hunter, and subject myself to the same reproach which is following him
+through the world, emanating from so high an authority. Mr. Hunter
+and myself did not go into the Indian countries to study the Indian
+languages, nor do we come into the civilized world to publish them,
+and to be made responsible for errors in writing them. I can well
+understand how Mr. Hunter gave you, to a certain extent, a different
+version on different days; he, like myself, having learned a little
+of fifteen or twenty different languages, would necessarily be at a
+loss, with many of his Indian words, to know what tribe they belong
+to; and our partial knowledge of so many tongues involves us at once
+in a difficulty not unlike the confusion at Babel, and disqualifies
+his responses or mine, as authority for such works as I hope you are
+preparing for the world. With these views (though I profess to be the
+property of the world, and ready and pleased to communicate anything
+that I have distinctly learned of the Indians and their modes), I must
+beg to decline giving you the translation of a single word; and at the
+same time to express a hope that you may verbally, or in the valuable
+works which you are soon to bequeath to posterity, leave a repentant
+word at least, to remove the censure which you say you were the first
+to cast upon Hunter, and which is calculated to follow him to the
+grave.'"
+
+His Royal Highness was much interested and somewhat amused by this
+narrative, and agreed with me, that such men as M. Duponceau, and
+others, to whom the world is to look for a full and correct account of
+the Indian languages of America, should go themselves to the wigwams
+of the Indians, and there, in their respective tribes, open the books
+in which to record their various vocabularies, rather than sit at home
+and trust to the ignorant jargon that can be caught from the trapper
+and the trader and the casual tourists who make flying visits through
+the Indian countries. He related to me many curious anecdotes of poor
+Hunter, and as I left him enjoying his k'nick-k'neck through his Indian
+pipe, he said to me, "Your name, sir, will be familiar at my door, and
+I shall be delighted to see you again at the same hour, whenever you
+feel disposed to come."
+
+Amidst the many avocations that were now demanding and engrossing the
+most of my time, I was still able, by an effort, to allot certain
+portions of the day to the pleasures that are found in the domestic
+circles of wives and little ones, and nowhere else; and with them spent
+the happiest moments of my life, notwithstanding the attentions of the
+world and the efforts to make my enjoyment complete. With my dear Clara
+I took my strolls and my rides to see what was amusing or instructive
+in the great metropolis, and we saw much that amused and still more
+that astonished us. Through the kindness of our untiring friend Mr.
+Murray, we got access to the palaces of St. James and Buckingham, and
+to the public and private rooms of Windsor Castle; we saw the "five
+tons' weight of gold plate" that are said to enrich that noble palace,
+and which but few eyes are allowed to gaze upon.
+
+We visited the Royal Mint, the Tower, the noble mansions of the Dukes
+of Sutherland and Devonshire, and the Bank of England. I was surprised
+that we were allowed to pass through every part of this wonderful
+sanctuary of gold and silver, and still more so that a guide should
+stand ready to conduct us through all its numerous ramifications, and
+as he passed along from room to room, from office to office, and from
+vault to vault, to hear him lecture upon everything we passed, as if
+they feared we might not appreciate it in all its parts. It has been
+many times described and needs no further comment here, except an
+occurrence in one of the vaults which deserves a current notice. The
+Honourable Charles Fenton Mercer, of Virginia, was among our companions
+on the occasion, and as we were shown into this apartment, which I
+think was called a vault, though it was a large square room with the
+light of a dome over it, the gentleman having charge of it within
+received us in the most courteous manner, and as if it were a public
+exhibition which we had paid our shilling to see, he led us around the
+room and with his keys opened the iron safes which were all sunk in
+the walls, with double doors of iron, and showed us the amount of gold
+and notes contained in them, and on opening one that was filled with
+packages of Bank of England notes, he took a bundle of them some ten
+or twelve inches in diameter, and smilingly placing it in the hands of
+my wife, asked her if she had any idea how much money she was holding.
+Her rough guess was a very moderate one: she was so much excited and
+so recently from New York, that she had forgotten pounds sterling, and
+replied "Perhaps a thousand _dollars_;" when he turned it the other
+side up and referred us to the label upon it--"two millions of pounds!"
+He then took out another parcel of equal size, and placing that on
+the top of it said to her, "Now, madam, you have four millions." Poor
+thing! she looked pale as she handed it back, saying, "Ah, well, I
+am glad it is not mine." The kind and gentlemanly attention shown to
+us, and the pains taken to explain everything as we passed along,
+were unexpected, and even a mystery in politeness which was beyond my
+comprehension. We were conducted from this room to the arched vaults,
+where we traced for a long distance the narrow aisles to the right
+and the left and to the north and the south, through phalanxes of
+wheelbarrows loaded with bars of silver and of gold, and all with their
+heads one way, seemed ready for a subterraneous crusade in case of
+necessity.
+
+We returned from this half-day's work, fatigued, and almost sorry that
+we had seen so much of the "shining dust" which our hands are labouring
+so hard through life to earn a pittance of.
+
+There were several Americans with us on this day's expedition, and all
+agreed that we drew more pleasure from the gentlemanly politeness we
+met in the Bank of England than we did from its wonderful system (which
+was all explained to us), and from its golden riches which were all
+laid open to our view.
+
+Our fatigue, when we got home, seemed enough for one day; but as it
+happened on that day, our sight-seeing was only begun; for it had been
+arranged that we were to go to the Polish ball at the Mansion House on
+that evening, and what was to make it a double task, it was arranged
+that we should all go, some five or six of us, in Indian costumes.
+My Indian wardrobe was therefore laid under heavy contributions for
+that night. My nephew Burr and myself were dressed as chiefs, and two
+or three more of my friends were arrayed as warriors. My dear little
+_Christian_ Clara, whose sphere it was not, and who never wore an
+Indian dress or painted her fair face before, becoming inspired with a
+wish to see the splendour of the scene, proposed to assume the dress
+of an Indian woman and follow me through the mazes of that night as an
+Indian squaw follows her lord on such occasions. I selected for her
+one of the prettiest and most beautifully ornamented women's dresses,
+which was made of the fine white skin of the mountain sheep; and with
+her hair spread over her back, and her face and her arms painted to
+the colour of a squaw, and her neck and ears loaded with the usual
+profusion of beads and other ornaments, and her fan of the eagle's tail
+in her hand, she sidled along with us amidst the glare and splendour,
+and buzz and din of the happy throng we were soon in the midst of,
+and dragging our awkward shields and quivers and heavy buffalo robes
+through, as well as we could. We took good care not to dance on that
+occasion, so we kept the paint on our faces, and by understanding
+no questions, answered none, and passed off with everybody as _real
+Indians_. We went resolved to gratify our eyes, but to give no
+gratification to others besides what they could take to themselves by
+looking at us. Our interpreter was true to his promise: he made out
+his own descriptions for us, and assured all who inquired, that we
+could not speak a word of English. French, German, Russian, and Italian
+were all tried in vain upon us; and as they turned away, one after
+another, from us, they exclaimed, "What a pity! how unfortunate the
+poor things can't speak English! how interesting it would be to talk
+with them! that's a noble-looking fellow, that big chief; egad, he is
+six feet and a half. I'll be bound that fellow has taken many a scalp.
+That's a nice-looking little squaw: upon my word, if she had a white
+skin she would be rather pretty!" and a thousand such remarks, as the
+reader can imagine, while we were wending our tedious way through the
+bewildering mazes of this endless throng. The task for my poor Clara
+soon became more than she had anticipated before entering the room,
+and was growing too much for her delicate frame to bear: she had not
+thought of the constant gaze of thousands she was to stand in every
+moment of the evening; and another discipline (which she knew must
+be strictly adhered to, to act out the character she was supporting,
+and which had not occurred to her before she had commenced upon the
+toils of the evening) made her part a difficult one to act--that was
+the necessity of following in the wake of all the party of men when we
+were in motion, the place assigned to Indian women on the march rather
+than by the side or on the arms of their husbands. This, in the street
+or in the wilderness or anywhere else would have been tolerable, she
+said, but in her present condition was insupportable. The idea was so
+ridiculous to her, to be the last of a party of Indians (who always
+walk in single file) so far behind her husband, and then the crowd
+closing in upon her and in danger of crushing her to death. We soon
+however were so lucky as to find a flight of several broad steps which
+led to a side room, but now closed, which furnished us comfortable
+seats above the crowd, which we took good care to hold until our
+curiosity was all gratified, and we were ready to return home. Our
+interpreter, in answer to all inquiries as to the locale of these
+strange foreigners, mentioned the Egyptian Hall; and for weeks after,
+Daniel testified to the increase of our receipts, and bore sad evidence
+too of the trouble he had in explaining the difficulty of showing to
+his visiters the "real Indians." After having satiated our curiosity,
+and several of the youngest of the party having received some very
+pretty trinkets and other presents that had been forced upon them, we
+made our way home in good season to enjoy the joke, and part of a good
+night's rest.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER IX.
+
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms--Daniel's
+      difficulty with an artist making copies--Takes his sketch-book
+      from him--Tableaux vivans commenced--List of the groups--Hon. Mr.
+      Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant--The
+      Author presented to Her Majesty and His Royal Highness Prince
+      Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray--Indian Collection removed to
+      Liverpool--Biennial exhibition of Mechanics' Institution--22,000
+      children admitted free to the Indian Collection in one
+      week--The Indian tableaux vivans in the provincial towns for
+      six months--Collection opened in Sheffield--In Manchester--Nine
+      Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in charge of Mr. Rankin--His proposal
+      to the author.
+
+
+Poor Daniel in the exhibition-rooms! I mentioned in the preceding
+chapter that our appearance at the Polish ball had greatly increased
+the number of shillings, but, at the same time, it was, as he
+said, doing great injury to the Collection, as people paid their
+shillings expecting to see the real Indians, and then, finding their
+error, revenged themselves upon poor Daniel by calling him and
+the whole concern hard names, and in various ways provoking him.
+Politics--Caste--Slavery--Truck-system--Poor-houses--Repeal--Oregon--and
+Repudiation were the exciting topics--all of which he was able and
+ready to discuss; and the kind of visitors I just now mentioned, under
+their disappointment at the rooms, were prepared to annoy him on these
+topics, and irritate him to such a degree that it made his duties
+doubly hard to him and their visits less pleasant to themselves than
+they would otherwise have been.
+
+He had other things that annoyed him, amongst which were the constant
+efforts by artists and amateurs to make copies in the room for
+paintings and designs, which they somehow seemed to fancy. After
+having risked my life and spent my little fortune in the wilderness
+to procure such exciting and such original studies, and bring them to
+England, I did not consider it fair that these gentlemen should step
+into my rooms just when they had an hour of leisure, and industry
+enough to use it, and copy whatever they could most easily convert into
+cash.
+
+So many of these attempts had been made, that I was obliged to post a
+printed notice around the walls, that "_No copying was allowed in the
+rooms._"
+
+This had the desired effect with many, but there were some to whom
+the temptation was so great, that Daniel was obliged to refer them
+to the printed regulations; and one or two others for whom this was
+not enough, and who seemed to think that, in my absence, Daniel's
+authority was rather in imagination than any thing else; and when he
+had requested them to desist, they had given him the finish to their
+provocations by replying to him, that he was of no account--that if
+his _master_ ordered them to stop they would do so, but not for him.
+One of these customers had troubled him very much for several days,
+and it was evidently affecting his spirits, and even his health, for
+he was growing pale and ghastly under the excitement. He said he had
+repeatedly taken the printed regulation and placed it before him, and
+he was at last told to "Go to the devil with it." He told me this
+man had some object in view, for he came every night, and sketched
+very rapidly, and made very exact copies; and he said to me, "If you
+don't see fit to come in and turn him out of the room to-night, I
+shall lay hold of him, for your own interest. I hate to do it, for
+he looks like a gentleman, though he don't act like one, and that's
+enough; and if you don't stop him, Mr. Catlin, I will." "That's right,"
+said I, "Daniel. You have charge of the rooms, and your regulations,
+and of course it is your duty to stop him; and I am responsible for
+any damage you may do in putting an end to it." I was at that time
+occupying apartments opposite to the Egyptian Hall in Piccadilly, and
+on that night observing the lamps burning at a much later hour than
+usual, was induced to step in to learn the cause. As I was passing
+through the Hall, and about to enter the exhibition-room, I heard a few
+half-stifled and hasty words, and then something like a struggle; and
+next, I heard distinctly Daniel's voice, in rather a stifled mood:--"No
+you won't. If you get that leg through, the deil a bit o' good will it
+do ye; for I'll be shot if you ever pass your neck any farther through
+this door until you give it up!"
+
+"Let go of my collar, then!"
+
+"No, I'll be blathered if I do that! I've got a good hold now, and I
+might not get it again. Lay down the book and I'll let you go, and not
+before."
+
+"What business is it of yours? come, I should like to know; you are
+only a door-keeper." "That's what I am, you've got it right; and I'll
+show you, my boy, that I can _keep_ a door, too."
+
+I stood back during this conversation, easily understanding what the
+difficulty was, as I had a partial view of them, but was unobserved, as
+I was standing in the dark.
+
+It seems that Daniel's friend the copyist had been as usual at work
+most of the evening, making sketches, and Daniel had allowed him to
+work, resolving to appropriate all his sketches at a haul, as he should
+be leaving the room. The gentleman had been intensely engaged, and not
+having been interrupted as usual, had kept at his work for half an hour
+or so after all visitors had left the room, and a full blaze of gas
+was burning at my expense and for his benefit. All these circumstances
+ripened Daniel's taste for laying an embargo on him; and when he had
+closed his book, and was about to take leave, he found Daniel standing
+with his back towards the door, which was open. On endeavouring to
+pass, Daniel civilly stopped him, and told him he should expect him on
+that evening to leave his sketch-book with him before he passed out.
+The gentleman seemed dreadfully insulted by such a suggestion, saying
+that he had paid for his admission and had the same right to be in
+the room or to go out that _he_ had; to which Daniel at once assented,
+saying he had not the slightest objection to his going out; "but," said
+he, "if that book goes out, it will be because you are a stronger man
+than I am."
+
+At this crisis the artist had made a rush for the door, and Daniel
+had fastened his left hand into his cravat and shirt collar, whilst
+he had a similar grip upon Daniel with one hand, and his sketch-book
+in the other, when I discovered them on my approach to the rooms. How
+long they had been in this amusing predicament I was not yet able to
+ascertain; but as Daniel, who is of a quick and rather violent temper,
+was speaking quite cool and deliberate, I presumed they must have stood
+there at least long enough for his first excitement to have cooled off,
+which could not possibly have been effected in a few moments.
+
+Immediately after their last dialogue that I had heard when approaching
+them, there commenced another scene of grunting, and sighing, and
+shoving about, that lasted for some minutes, when all was still again.
+The gentleman, however, broke silence at length, but in a very low and
+placid voice: "Why, you are a very curious fellow; I don't see why this
+thing should make you so wrathy. The pictures are not yours--come,
+don't clinch me so tight there, if you please." "I don't hurt you--I
+told you I didn't wish to hurt you; if you talk about my bein 'wrathy,'
+you don't know what you are talkin about--and the pictures I know are
+not mine; but my employer expects me to guard his property, and you may
+be sure I'll do it. If you had taken my advice two or three days ago
+it would have saved you all this fuss, and half an hour's time that we
+have been standing in the door." Another scuffle and struggle ensued
+here, and after much grunting, the gentleman exclaimed, "You have the
+advantage of me, for you have both hands to work with and I have only
+one! If it were not for the book I could upset you, damned quick!" Upon
+which Daniel made a grand lunge at the book, which he snatched from his
+hand, and exultingly exclaimed, "There! I'll take the book, and let
+you try with both hands--and now, if you touch a finger to me again,
+I'll lather you within an inch of your life. If your cloth be ever so
+much better than mine, you have behaved like anything but a gentleman;
+and as I told you in the beginning, if ever you carry this book out at
+that door you will do it over my dead body." At that instant he turned
+off the gas, giving the gentleman a good opportunity to depart in total
+silence, and for me to dodge him, as he passed by, and to withdraw
+myself, to enjoy Daniel's account of the affair, which was amusingly
+given, as he handed me the sketch-book the next morning.
+
+Daniel's health and spirits improved very sensibly after this affair,
+and his duties were somewhat lightened about this time, though I
+added much to my own labours, by closing the exhibition at night,
+and giving my lectures on three evenings of the week in an adjoining
+hall, illustrating them with _tableaux vivans_, produced by twenty
+living figures in Indian costumes, forming groups of their ceremonies,
+domestic scenes, and warfare. These were got up and presented with much
+labour to myself, and gave great satisfaction; as by them I furnished
+so vivid and life-like an illustration of Indian life as I had seen it
+in the wilderness.
+
+For these tableaux I had chosen my men for some striking Indian
+character in their faces or figures, or action, and my women were
+personated by round-faced boys, who, when the women's dresses were on
+them, and long wigs of horses' hair spreading over their shoulders,
+and the faces and hands of all painted to the Indian colour, made
+the most complete illusion that could be conceived. I had furnished
+each with his little toilet of colours, &c., and instructions how to
+paint the face before a mirror, and how to arrange their dresses; and
+then, with almost infinite labour, had drilled them through the Indian
+mode of walking with their "toes in," of using their weapons of war
+and the chase, and of giving their various dances, songs, and the
+war-whoop; and I have no hesitation in saying, that when I had brought
+this difficult mode to its greatest perfection, I had succeeded in
+presenting the most faithful and general representation of Indian life
+that was ever brought before the civilized world. Many of these scenes
+were enlivened by action, and by the various instruments of music used
+by the Indians, added to their songs, and the war-whoop, giving a
+thrilling spirit to them, whilst they furnished scenes for the painter,
+of the most picturesque character, as will be easily imagined from the
+subjoined programme of them as announced at the time.
+
+
+
+
+                           CATLIN'S LECTURES
+
+                                  WITH
+
+         _TABLEAUX VIVANS_ ON THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS,
+
+                                   AT
+
+                 THE EGYPTIAN HALL, PICCADILLY, LONDON.
+
+                    PROGRAMME FOR THE FIRST EVENING.
+
+
+                              WAR SCENES.
+
+  No. 1.--_Group of Warriors and Braves, in Full Dress_, reclining
+  around a fire, regaling themselves with the pipe and a dish of
+  _pemican_. In the midst of their banquet the chief enters in full
+  dress; the pipe is lighted for him--he smokes it in sadness, and
+  breaks up the party by announcing that an enemy is at hand--that a
+  number of their men have been scalped whilst hunting the buffalo, and
+  they must prepare for war.
+
+  No. 2.--_Warriors Enlisting_, by "smoking through the reddened
+  stem." The chief sends "_runners_" (or _criers_) through the tribe
+  with a pipe, the stem of which is painted red; the crier solicits
+  for recruits, and every young man who consents to smoke through the
+  reddened stem which is extended to him, is considered a volunteer to
+  go to war.
+
+  No. 3.--_War Dance._ The ceremony of "_swearing in_" the warriors,
+  who take the most solemn oath by dancing to, and striking the
+  "reddened post" with their war-clubs.
+
+  No. 4.--_Foot War-Party on the March_, ("Indian file,") armed with
+  shields, bows, quivers, and lances--the chief of the party, as is
+  generally the case, going to war in full dress.
+
+  No. 5.--_War-Party encamped at Night_, asleep under their buffalo
+  robes, with sentinels on the watch. The _alarm in camp_ is given, and
+  the warriors roused to arms.
+
+  No. 6.--_War-Party in Council_, consulting with their chief as to the
+  best and most effective way of attacking their enemies, who are close
+  at hand.
+
+  No. 7.--_Skulking_, or advancing cautiously upon the enemy to take
+  them by surprise--a common mode and merit in war among the North
+  American Indians.
+
+  No. 8.--_Battle and Scalping_; showing the frightful appearance of
+  Indian warfare, and the mode of taking the scalp.
+
+  No. 9.--_Scalp Dance_, in celebration of a victory; the women, in the
+  centre of the group, holding up the scalps on little sticks, and the
+  warriors dancing around them, brandishing their weapons, and yelling
+  in the most frightful manner.
+
+  No. 10.--_Treaty of Peace._ The chiefs and warriors of the two
+  hostile tribes in the act of solemnizing the treaty of peace, by
+  smoking mutually through the calumet, or pipe of peace, which is
+  ornamented with eagles' quills; the calumet resting in front of the
+  group.
+
+  No. 11.--_Pipe-of-Peace Dance_, by the warriors, with the pipes
+  of peace, or calumets, in their hands, after the treaty has been
+  concluded. This picturesque scene will be represented by the warriors
+  all joining in the dance, uniting their voices with the beat of the
+  Indian drum, and sounding the frightful war-whoop.
+
+                   PROGRAMME FOR THE SECOND EVENING.
+
+                            DOMESTIC SCENES.
+
+  No. 1.--_The Blackfoot Doctor, or Mystery-man_, endeavouring to cure
+  his dying patient by the operation of his mysteries and songs of
+  incantation.
+
+  No. 2.--_Mr. Catlin at his Easel, in the Mandan Village_, painting
+  the portrait of _Mah-to-toh-pa_, a celebrated Mandan chief. The
+  costumes of the chief and the painter the same that were worn on the
+  occasion.
+
+  No. 3.--_An Indian Wedding._ The chief, who is father of the girl, is
+  seated in the middle of the group, receiving the presents which are
+  laid at his feet by the young man, who (when the presents accumulate
+  to what the father deems an equivalent) receives the consent of the
+  parent, and the hand of the girl, whom he leads off; and as she is
+  the daughter of a chief, and admired by the young men, they are
+  bestowing on her many presents.
+
+  No. 4.--_Pocahontas rescuing Captain John Smith, an English Officer._
+  "It had been decided in council, over which _Pow-ha-tan_ presided,
+  that Captain John Smith should be put to death, by having his head
+  placed on a large stone, and his brains beaten out by two warriors
+  armed with huge painted clubs. His executioners were standing with
+  their clubs raised over him, and in the very instant for giving the
+  fatal blow, when _Pocahontas_, the chief's favourite daughter, then
+  about thirteen years old, threw herself with folded arms over the
+  head of the captain, who was instantly ordered by the chief to be
+  released."
+
+  No. 5.--_Wrestling._ A favourite amusement among many of the tribes.
+  For these scenes, several distinguished young men are selected
+  on each side, and the goods bet being placed in the care of the
+  stakeholders, the wrestling commences at a signal given, and the
+  stakes go to the party who count the greatest number of men remaining
+  on their feet.
+
+  No. 6.--_Ball Play._ The most beautiful and exciting of all Indian
+  games. This game is often played by several hundreds on a side. The
+  group represents the players leaping into the air, and struggling to
+  catch the ball as it is descending, in their ball-sticks.
+
+  No. 7.--_Game of Tchung-kee._ The favourite play of the Mandans, and
+  used by them as their principal gambling game.
+
+  No. 8.--_The Night Dance of the Seminolees._ A ceremony peculiar to
+  this tribe, in which the young men assemble and dance round the fire
+  after the chiefs have retired to rest, gradually stamping it out with
+  their feet, and singing a song of thanksgiving to the Great Spirit;
+  after which they wrap themselves in their robes and retire to rest.
+
+One will easily see that this opened a new field of amusement and
+excitement for my old friends, who were now nightly present, with their
+companions, and approving with rounds of applause. Amongst these was
+my untiring friend Mr. Murray, who, among the distinguished personages
+whom he introduced, made a second visit with the little Leopold, Duc
+de Brabant, whom he brought in his arms from his carriage. His Royal
+Highness, as the curtain rose and I stepped forward to give a brief
+lecture, seemed not a little disappointed, by the speech that he
+suddenly made--"Why, that is not an Indian, that is Mr. Catlin, who
+gave me the Indian pipe and the mocassins." However, a few moments more
+brought forth red faces, and songs and yelps that seemed more sensibly
+to affect his Royal Highness's nerves, and at which Mr. Murray removed
+with him to a more distant part of the room, from which point he looked
+on with apparent delight.
+
+About this time an incident of my Transatlantic life occurred, to which
+I shall ever recur with great satisfaction:--there was, standing in my
+exhibition-room, an elaborate model of the _Falls of Niagara_, which
+I had made from an accurate survey of that grand scene some thirteen
+years before; and, in compliment for the accuracy and execution of
+which, a handsome silver medal had been struck, and presented to me by
+the American Institute in New York, at one of its annual exhibitions,
+where it had been exposed to public view. The Hon. Mr. Murray, whose
+familiarity with that sublime scene had enabled him to judge of the
+fidelity of the model, upon which he was often looking, with his
+friends, with intense interest, by his representations to Her Majesty
+and the Prince had excited in them a desire to see it; and he called
+upon me one morning to inform me that Her Majesty would be pleased to
+have me bring it to Windsor Castle the next day at one o'clock, at
+which hour I should be received.
+
+The reader may imagine what pleasure this unexpected and unmerited
+honour gave me, and also to my dear Clara, who was in the habit of
+sharing with me the pleasures of many compliments, in the forms of
+which she could not join me.
+
+I was at Windsor the next morning, with the model, and having placed
+and arranged it in Her Majesty's drawing-room, I took Mr. Murray's
+arm at the appointed hour of one o'clock, and, as we entered the
+drawing-room, we observed Her Majesty and His Royal Highness entering
+at the opposite door. We met by the side of the model--where I was
+presented, and received in the most gracious and kind manner. Her
+Majesty expressed a wish that I should point out and explain the
+principal features of the scene; which, with the vivid descriptions
+which Mr. Murray also gave, of going under the Horse-Shoe Fall, &c.,
+seemed to convey a very satisfactory idea to Her Majesty and the
+Prince; they asked many questions about the characters and effects of
+this sublime scene, and also of the Indians, for whose rights they said
+they well knew I was the advocate, and retired, thanking me for the
+amusement and instruction I had afforded them.
+
+Several months after this passed on in the usual routine of my business
+and amusements (my collection open during the days and my lectures
+and tableaux given at night) without incidents worth reciting, when
+I received an invitation from the Mechanics' Institute at Liverpool
+to unite my Indian collection to their biennial fair or exhibition,
+which was to be on a scale of great magnificence. They very liberally
+proposed to extend the dimensions of their buildings for the occasion,
+and I consented to join them with my whole collection for two months.
+My lease had expired at the Egyptian Hall, and my collection was soon
+on its way to Liverpool.
+
+I was received with great kindness in that town, and my collection for
+the two months gained me great applause and some pecuniary benefit.
+During its stay there I kept several men in Indian costumes constantly
+in it, and twice a day gave a short lecture in the room, explaining the
+costumes and many of the leading traits of the Indian character, sung
+an Indian song, and gave the frightful war-whoop.
+
+There were here, as in London, many pleasing incidents and events for
+which I cannot venture a leaf in this book, with the exception of one,
+which I cannot forbear to mention. During the last week of their noble
+exhibition, the children from all the charitable and other schools were
+admitted free, and in battalions and phalanxes they were passed through
+my room, as many hundreds at a time as could stand upon the floor,
+to hear the lectures (shaped to suit their infant minds), and then
+the deafening war-whoop raised by my men in Indian paint and Indian
+arms, which drove many of the little creatures with alarm under the
+tables and benches, from which they were pulled out by their feet; and
+the list that we kept showed us the number of 22,000 of these little
+urchins, who, free of expense, saw my collection, and having heard me
+lecture, went home, sounding the war-whoop in various parts of the town.
+
+At the close of this exhibition I selected the necessary collection
+of costumes, weapons, &c. for my lectures and tableaux, and calling
+together my old disciplined troop from the City of London, I commenced
+a tour to the provincial towns of the kingdom, leaving my collection
+of paintings behind. My career was then rapid, and its changes sudden,
+and all my industry and energies were called into action--with twenty
+men on my hands, and an average expense of twelve pounds per day.
+This scheme I pushed with all the energy I could, and in the space
+of six months visited, with varied success, the towns of _Chester_,
+_Manchester_, _Leamington_, _Rugby_, _Stratford-on-Avon_, _Cheltenham_,
+_Sheffield_, _Leeds_, _York_, _Hull_, _Edinburgh_, _Glasgow_,
+_Paisley_, _Greenock_, _Belfast_, and _Dublin_. In all these towns I
+was received with kindness, and formed many attachments which I shall
+endeavour to cherish all my days. The incidents of such a tour can
+easily be imagined to have been varied and curious, and very many of
+them were exceedingly entertaining, but must be omitted in this place.
+On my return I was strongly urged by several friends in Manchester to
+open my whole collection of paintings, &c. in that town a while before
+leaving for the United States, for which I was then on the eve of
+embarking. I consented to this invitation, and, a hall being prepared
+for its reception, I removed it and my family there for a stay of two
+or three months.
+
+The collection was soon arranged and on exhibition, and I found
+myself and my dear wife in the atmosphere (though of smoke) of kind
+friends who used their best endeavours to make our stay comfortable
+and pleasant. The strangers who sought our acquaintance and offered us
+their genuine hospitality were many, and will have our grateful thanks
+while we live.
+
+My exhibition had been tolerably successful, and, strange and
+unexpected, like most of the turning points in my life, during the very
+week that I had advertised it as "positively the last in the kingdom,
+previous to embarking for New York," an event suddenly occurred which
+brought me back to the metropolis, to the chief towns of the kingdom,
+to France and to Belgium; and eventually led me through the accidents
+and incidents which are to form the rest and the most curious part of
+this work, upon which the reader will now enter with me.
+
+The first intimation of the cause which was to change the shape of my
+affairs was suggested to me in the following letter:--
+
+  "Sir,--Though a stranger to you, I take the liberty of addressing
+  this letter to you, believing that its contents will show you a
+  way of promoting your own interest, or at least be the means of my
+  obtaining some useful advice from you.
+
+  "I have a party of nine Ojibbeway Indians, on the way, and about
+  at this time to be landed at Liverpool, that I am bringing over on
+  speculation; and, having been in London some weeks without having
+  made any suitable arrangements for them, I have thought best to
+  propose some arrangement with you that may promote our mutual
+  interests. If you think of anything you could do in that way, or any
+  advice you can give me, I shall be most happy to hear from you by
+  return of post.
+
+  "Several persons in London conducting exhibitions have told me that
+  they will do nothing unless they are under your management.
+
+                                 "I remain, yours, very truly,
+                                                 "ARTHUR RANKIN.
+
+"_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+To this letter I answered as follows:--
+
+  "Sir,--I received your letter of the 4th, this morning, and hasten
+  to reply. It will be directly opposite to my present arrangements
+  if I enter into any new engagements such as you propose, as all
+  my preparations are now made to embark for New York in the course
+  of a fortnight from this time. I have always been opposed to the
+  plan of bringing Indians abroad on speculation; but as they are
+  in the country, I shall, as the friend of the Indians under all
+  circumstances, feel an anxiety to promote their views and success
+  in any way I can. I could not, at all events, undertake to make any
+  arrangement with you until I see what kind of a party they are; and
+  at all events, as you will have to meet them at Liverpool, you had
+  better call on me in Manchester, when we can better understand each
+  other's views.
+
+                                    "I remain, yours, &c.
+
+                                            "GEO. CATLIN.
+  "_To A. Rankin, Esq._"
+
+On the third day after the posting of this letter Mr. Rankin arrived
+in Manchester, and called upon me in my exhibition-rooms. After a
+little conversation with him, and without entering into any agreement,
+I advised him to lose no time in proceeding to Liverpool to receive
+them when they landed; and he took leave with the understanding that
+he would bring them to Manchester as soon as they arrived. The next
+evening, just after it was dark, my door-keeper, who was not yet in the
+secret, came running in and announced that there was a "homnibus at the
+door quite full of orrible looking folks, and ee really believed they
+were hindians!" At that moment Daniel whispered to me--"The Ojibbeways
+are here, and they are a pretty black-looking set of fellows: I think
+they will do." I saw them a moment in the bus, and sent Daniel with
+them to aid Mr. Rankin in procuring them suitable lodgings. A crowd
+followed the bus as it passed off, and the cry of--"Indians! real
+Indians!" was started in Manchester, which soon rung through the
+kingdom, as will be related.
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER X.
+
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians--The Author pays
+      them a visit--Is recognised by them--Arrangement with Mr.
+      Rankin--Crowds around their hotel--First visit of the Ojibbeways
+      to the Author's Collection--Their surprise--Council held under
+      the wigwam--Indians agree to drink no spirituous liquors--The
+      old Chief's speech to the Author--Names of the Indians--Their
+      portraits--Description of each--Cadotte, the interpreter.
+
+
+At the beginning of this chapter the reader turns a new leaf, or, opens
+a new book. He learns here the causes that begat this book, and I hope
+will find fresh excitement enough, just at the right time, to encourage
+him to go through it with me. He finds me turning here upon a pivot--my
+character changed and my occupation; travelling over old ground, and
+looking up old friends, of whom I had taken final leave, and who had
+thought me, ere this, safely landed on my own native shores.
+
+The Ojibbeways were here; a party of nine wild Indians, from the
+back-woods of America. "Real Indians!" the "Ob-jub-be-ways," or
+"Hob-jub-be-ways," as the name was first echoed through Manchester--and
+had gone into lodgings for the night, which Daniel had procured with
+some difficulty. He drove to the door of an hotel, and inquired of
+the landlord if he could entertain a party of nine Indians for the
+night and perhaps for a few days. "O yes, certainly; bring them in.
+Porter, see to their luggage." They were in his hall in a moment,
+having thoughtlessly sounded a yell of exultation as they landed on the
+pavement, and being wrapped in their robes, with their bows and arrows
+and tomahawks in their hands--as Indians are sure to be seen when
+entering a strange place--the landlord, taking a glance at them as he
+passed out, called out to Daniel, "What the devil is all this? I can't
+take in these folks; you must load them up again. You told me they were
+Indians." "Well! they are," said Daniel. "No, they're not; they're wild
+men, and they look more like the devil than anything else. Every lodger
+would leave my house before morning. They've frightened the cook and my
+women folks already into fits.--Load them up as quick as you please."
+Daniel got them "on board" again, and drove to another hotel, which was
+just being opened to the public, and with a new landlord, with whom he
+had a slight acquaintance. Here he was more successful, and, advising
+the Indians to keep quiet, had got them in comfortably and without much
+excitement. This very good and accommodating man, whose name I am sorry
+I have forgotten, being anxious to get his house and his name a little
+notoriety, seemed delighted at the thought of his house being the
+rendezvous of the Indians; and, upon Daniel's representations that they
+were a civil and harmless set of people, his family and himself all did
+the most they could to accommodate and entertain them.
+
+Daniel told him that they would make a great noise in Manchester, and
+as they would be the "lions" of the day, and visited by the greatest
+people in town, the clergy and all, it would be a feather in his cap,
+and make his hotel more known in three days than it would otherwise be
+in three years. This had pleased the new landlord exceedingly, and he
+made Daniel agree that Mr. Catlin, in announcing their arrival in the
+papers, should say that they had taken lodgings at his house, which he
+thought would do him great service. The good man's wish was complied
+with the next morning, but there was scarcely any need of it, for the
+crowd that was already gathered and gathering around his new hotel,
+were certain to publish it to every part of the town in a very little
+time.
+
+After they had been landed a while, and just when they were all seated
+around a long table and devouring the beef-steaks prepared for them, I
+made my way with great difficulty through the crowds that were jammed
+about the door and climbing to look into the windows, and entered the
+room, to take the first look at them.
+
+As I stepped into the room I uttered their customary ejaculation of
+"_How! how! how!_"--to which they all responded; and rising from their
+seats, shook hands with me, knowing from my manner of addressing them
+who I was, or at least that I was familiar with Indians. I requested
+them to finish their suppers: and whilst conversing with Mr. Rankin I
+learned, from giving ear to their conversation, that one of the young
+men of the party had seen me whilst I was painting the portraits of
+chiefs at a Grand Council held at Mackinaw a few years before, and was
+coming forward to claim acquaintance with me. He finished his meal
+a little sooner than the rest, and made a dart across the room and
+offered me his hand, with a "_How! how! how! ketch-e-wah!_" and then
+telling me, with the aid of the interpreter, that he knew me--that he
+was at Mackinaw at the Great Council, when I painted the portraits of
+Gitch-e-gaw-ga-osh, and On-daig, and Ga-zaw-que-dung, and others; and
+I recollected his face very well, which seemed excessively pleasing to
+him.
+
+The poor fellows were exceedingly fatigued and jaded; and after a few
+minutes' conversation I left them, advising them to lie quiet for two
+or three days until they were rested and recruited after the fatigues
+of their long and boisterous voyage. Mr. Rankin, with the aid of my man
+Daniel, settled all the arrangements for this, and the next morning I
+met Mr. Rankin with a view to some arrangement for their exhibition in
+my collection, which was then open in the Exchange Rooms. He seemed
+alarmed about the prospects of their exhibition, from what had been
+told him in London, and proposed that I should take them off his hands
+by paying him 100_l._ per month.
+
+I instantly stated my objections to such an arrangement, that by
+doing so I should be assuming all the responsibilities for them
+while abroad; and as I had always been opposed to bringing Indians
+abroad on that account, as well as from other reasons, I should be
+unwilling to use them in any way that should release him from the
+responsibilities he had assumed in bringing them to this country. And
+I then said, "I will propose what I feel quite sure will be more for
+your pecuniary interest, and more satisfactory to my own feelings, and
+it is the only way in which I will be interested in their exhibition;
+for under such an arrangement both the Indians and the exhibition
+will be sure of having our mutual and united efforts, which they will
+stand in need of to ensure the success that I hope they may meet. I
+will agree to make my Indian collection the place for their exhibition
+(the appropriateness of which will do away all the objections that
+would in many places be raised to their dancing), and to conduct their
+exhibition in the best way I can, giving my lectures on them and their
+modes, sharing equally with you all expenses and all receipts from this
+day to the time they shall leave the kingdom, expecting you to give
+your whole attention to the travelling and care of the Indians while
+they are not in the exhibition-rooms."
+
+To this proposition, which never was more than a verbal one, he at
+once agreed, and our arrangements were accordingly being made for the
+commencement of their dances, &c., in my exhibition-rooms. During the
+few days of interval between their arrival and the commencement of
+their exhibition, several editors of the leading journals, with other
+distinguished visitors to them, had examined them, and, being much
+pleased with their appearance, excited the public curiosity to see
+them, to an impatient degree; and the streets in the vicinity of their
+hotel became so completely besieged, that a strong party of police was
+necessary to keep back the crowds, who could only now and then get a
+glimpse of an eye and a nose of the Indians peeping out between the
+curtains of their windows.
+
+Their first airing in Manchester was a drive in an omnibus, to my
+exhibition-rooms, which they had long wished to see. The mayor of the
+city, with the editors of the _Guardian_ and several other gentlemen,
+had been invited there to see the first effect it would have upon them.
+It proved to be a very curious scene. As they entered the hall, the
+portraits of several hundreds of the chiefs and warriors of their own
+tribe and of their enemies were hanging on the walls and staring at
+them from all directions, and wigwams, and costumes and weapons of all
+constructions around them: they set up the most frightful yells and
+made the whole neighbourhood ring with their howlings; they advanced
+to the portraits of their friends and offered them their hands; and at
+their enemies, whom they occasionally recognised, they brandished their
+tomahawks or drew their bows as they sounded the war-whoop.
+
+This scene was truly exciting, and after our distinguished visitors had
+left the rooms, I spread some robes upon the floor, upon which we sat,
+and lighting an Indian pipe, opened our first council by saying:--
+
+  "My Friends, I am glad to see you, and to offer you my hand in
+  friendship. You see by the paintings around you, of your friends and
+  of your enemies, that I am no stranger to Indians--and that I am
+  their friend. I am very happy to see you in my room, and all well
+  after crossing the great ocean. Your friend here, Mr. Rankin, tells
+  me you have come to this country to give your dances, &c.; and he has
+  proposed that I should manage your exhibition, and have your dances
+  all given in my rooms. This I have agreed to do, provided it meets
+  your approbation."
+
+To which they all instantly ejaculated "_How, how, how!_" which is
+always an affirmative, literally meaning yes. When meeting a friend,
+it is the first salutation, meaning "How goes it?" or "How do you do?"
+and pronounced at the ends of sentences, when any one is speaking,
+implies assent, or approbation, as "hear, hear!" is used in the English
+language.
+
+  "My good Friends, I have agreed to this on two conditions: the first,
+  that it shall please you; and the second, that you will pledge your
+  words to me that you will keep yourselves all the time sober, and
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in the country. I make
+  this condition because I know that the Indians are generally fond
+  of strong drink, which wicked white men carry into their country
+  and teach them to use. I know that the Indians often drink it to
+  excess, not knowing in their country the sin of doing so. I know
+  that the people in England detest drunkards, and they have an idea
+  that all Indians are drunkards; and that if you drink and get drunk
+  in this country, it will ruin all your prospects, and you will go
+  home poor and despised. ('_How, how, how!_') You are a good-looking
+  and well-behaved set of men, and I have no fears of any difficulties
+  if you will keep sober. The English people are the friends of the
+  Indians, and you will make many friends if you take and keep my
+  advice.
+
+  "I will ask but one solemn promise of you, and that is, that you will
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in this country, and your
+  friend Mr. Rankin will perfectly justify me in this. ('_How, how,
+  how!_')
+
+  "If you will keep sober, you shall have plenty of good tobacco to
+  smoke and roast beef to eat, and there is no doubt that I will get
+  you permission to see the Queen."
+
+To this the old chief (Ah-quee-we-zaints, the boy chief) arose and
+replied:--
+
+  "My Friend, I give you my hand. The Great Spirit has been kind to us
+  in keeping his eye upon us all in crossing the salt lake, and we are
+  thanking Him that we are all here safe and in good health. We had
+  heard much of you when in our own country, where all the Indians know
+  you, and we are now happy to meet you. ('_How, how!_')
+
+  "My Friend, we are here like children in this strange country, and we
+  shall feel happy and not afraid if you will be our father--the Great
+  Spirit has put good counsel into your mouth, and we will follow it.
+  ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "We all know the dangers of fire-water; we have all been fond of it,
+  and have been taught to drink it. We have been told that the Great
+  Spirit sent it to us because he loved us--but we have learned that
+  this is not true.
+
+  "We have learned that the English people do not drink it--they are
+  wise; and we will all pledge our words to you in this council that we
+  will not drink it while we are in this country, and we are ready to
+  put our names on a paper. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+  "My Friends," said I, "I don't require your names on a paper; I am
+  satisfied; if you were white men, perhaps I might--but no Indian
+  who ever gave me his word has deceived me. I will take your names on
+  paper, however, for another purpose, that I may know how to call you,
+  how to introduce you, and to have your arrival properly announced in
+  the newspapers." ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 4.]
+
+Their names were then taken as follows, and the business of our first
+council being finished, it broke up. (_See Plate No. 4._)
+
+    1. Ah-quee-we-zaints (the Boy Chief).
+
+    2. Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be (the Driving Cloud), war-chief.
+
+    3. Wee-nish-ka-wee-be (the Flying Gull).
+
+    4. Sah-mah (Tobacco).
+
+    5. Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee (Moonlight Night).
+
+    6. Not-een-a-akm (Strong Wind), interpreter.
+
+    7. Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua, woman.
+
+    8. Nib-nab-ee-qua, girl.
+
+    9. Ne-bet-neuh-qua, woman.
+
+After a stroll of an hour or so about my rooms, where they were
+inexpressibly amused with my numerous paintings, &c., they were driven
+awhile about the town, and landed at their hotel, where the crowd
+had become so general and so dense, that it was almost impossible
+to approach it. The partial glance that the public got of their red
+faces and wild dresses on this day, as they were moving through the
+streets, and passing to and from the carriage, increased the cry of
+"Ob-jubbeways!" in every part of the city, and established the fact as
+certain, that "_real Indians_" had made their appearance in Manchester.
+
+It should be known to the reader by this time that this party were
+from the northern shore of Lake Huron, in Canada; therefore her
+Majesty's subjects, and part of one of the most numerous tribes in
+North America, inhabiting the shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the
+Woods, and Lake Huron, numbering some 15,000 or 20,000, and usually
+(in civilized parlance) called Chippeways, a mere _refinement_ upon
+their native name, O-jib-be-way. The appearance of these wild folks so
+suddenly in the streets of Manchester was well calculated to raise an
+excitement and the most intense curiosity. They were all clad in skins
+of their own dressing, their head-dresses of eagles' quills and wild
+turkeys' feathers; their faces daubed and streaked with vermilion and
+black and green paint. They were armed with their war-clubs, bows and
+quivers, and tomahawks and scalping knives, just as they roam through
+the woods in their country; and their yells and war-whoops, which were
+occasionally sounded in the streets at some sudden occurrence that
+attracted their attention, gave a new excitement amid the smoke and
+din of Manchester. The leading man of this party, _Ah-quee-we-zaints_
+(the boy chief), was an excellent old man, of seventy-five years,
+with an intelligent and benignant countenance, and had been somewhat
+distinguished as a warrior in his younger days.
+
+The next of consequence (_Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be_, the driving cloud),
+and called the war-chief (though I believe, not a chief), was a
+remarkably fine man of thirty-five years of age, and had distinguished
+himself as a warrior in several battles in the war of 1812, having been
+engaged in the British lines, and in those engagements had been several
+times severely wounded, and of which he still carried and exhibited the
+most frightful scars.
+
+_Sah-mah_ (tobacco) and _Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee_ (moonlight night)
+were two fine young men, denoted warriors, having their wives with
+them; _Wee-nish-ka-wee-be_ (the flying gull) was a sort of doctor
+or necromancer to the party, and a young fellow of much drollery
+and wit. The Strong Wind, the interpreter, whose familiar name was
+_Cadotte_, was a half-caste, a young man of fine personal appearance
+and address, and the son of a Frenchman of that name who had long been
+an interpreter for the English factories in those regions.
+
+By the patient and accommodating disposition of this young man, any
+conversation was easily held with these people; and through him, the
+interchange of feelings between the civilized world and these rude and
+curious people, which will appear in the subsequent chapters of this
+book, was principally effected.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XI.
+
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall--They refuse wine--Distress
+      of the kind and accommodating landlord--Indians' first _drive_
+      about the town of Manchester--Their curious remarks--Saw
+      some white people drunk--Many women holding on to men's
+      arms and apparently not sick--Saw much smoke--Vast many
+      poor people--Indians commence dancing in the Author's
+      Collection--Effects of the war-dance and war-whoop upon
+      the audience--Various amusements of the evening--A rich
+      present to the old Boy-Chief--And his speech--Numerous
+      presents made--Immense crowd and excitement--Indians visit
+      a great woollen-factory--Casts made from their heads by a
+      phrenologist--Visit to Orrell's cotton-mill at Stockport--Their
+      opinions of it--The party kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and
+      lady.
+
+
+The Indians having had a few days' rest, having made their first
+visit to my rooms, and settled all the preliminaries for their future
+operations, were now ready to step forth amongst the strange sights
+that were open and ready for their inspection in the new world that
+they had entered, all of which was yet before them.
+
+The world's civilities towards them commenced in an invitation from
+the Mayor of Manchester to visit the Town-Hall, and they dressed and
+painted and armed for the occasion, not asking who the mayor was, or
+how near he might be in rank to the Queen herself, whom it was their
+greatest ambition to see; but upon the supposition, of course, that
+they were going to see a "great chief," as they called him.
+
+They were moved through the streets in an omnibus, accompanied by Mr.
+Rankin, and I met them at the door of the hall, and conducted them
+to the presence of the mayor, whom they recognised, and were not a
+little surprised to find was one of the gentlemen to whom they had
+been introduced the day before. They were then presented by the mayor
+to his lady, and a select party of ladies and gentlemen who had been
+invited to see them. By these they were received with much kindness,
+and after having been shown the various rooms, &c., were led into the
+mayor's court, then in session, where they stood a few minutes, and
+finding that all proceedings were stopped, and all eyes upon them while
+there, I beckoned to them to retire.
+
+Various refreshments were prepared for them, to which they returned,
+and whilst the lady mayoress and ladies and gentlemen were proposing
+their health in wine which was poured out for them, they were surprised
+to receive smiles and thanks from the Indians as they refused to
+partake of it. To the inquiries raised for the cause of their refusing
+to drink, Mr. Rankin explained that they were under a solemn pledge
+not to drink spirituous liquors while in England, which was applauded
+by all present, and they received many presents in consequence of this
+information, which was the beginning of encouragement to keep their
+promise of sobriety and total abstinence.
+
+After leaving the town-hall, Mr. Rankin got into the omnibus with them,
+and during a drive of half an hour or so, giving them a passing glance
+at the principal streets of Manchester and its suburbs, they returned
+to their hotel.
+
+This excursion was calculated, of course, to bring around their hotel
+its thousands and even tens of thousands of the excitable and excited
+idlers that an extraordinary "turn out" had at that time thrown into
+the streets; and in endeavouring to pay them my customary visit that
+night, I was obliged to follow in the wake of a number of police, who
+had the greatest difficulty in making their way through the mass.
+
+The object of my visit to them was to talk, as usual, upon the events
+of the day, and of our future operations. The first "_talk_" I had,
+however, was with the kind and good-natured landlord, who said that
+he had now got notoriety enough--he didn't think his house would
+be forgotten; and was exceedingly obliged to me, and was pleased
+with the Indians, who gave him no trouble; alleging that they were
+ten times more civil and well-behaved than the people night and day
+crowded around his house. "It seemed to him as if the _savages_ were
+all outside of his house and the gentlemen inside. His house, which
+was fresh painted but a few days, and not dry, was 'all done up,' as
+high as they could reach and climb, and must be done over again; and
+his windows were broken and window-shutters torn from their hinges;
+and it was impossible for him to keep them any longer without great
+damage to his interest, and he hoped I would provide some other place
+for them as soon as possible." It happened much to my satisfaction
+that I had already prepared an apartment for them in the Exchange
+Buildings, adjoining to the exhibition-rooms, which were elevated high
+above the gaze of the crowd, and to which they were to be removed the
+next morning. This gave the good man much relief, and he said he could
+manage to live through that night.
+
+The conversation of the Indians that evening, while they were passing
+their pipe round and making their comments upon what they had seen, was
+exceedingly curious, and deserves to be recorded. They expressed great
+satisfaction at the kind manner in which they had been entertained
+by the mayor, understanding that he was the head man of the town of
+Manchester--"chief of that village," as they called him; "they saw him
+and his squaw, and many other beautiful squaws, all drinking; and they
+saw many people through the windows, and in the doors, as they passed
+along the streets, who were drinking; and they saw several persons in
+the streets who were quite drunk, and two or three lying down in the
+streets, like pigs; and they thought the people of Manchester loved
+much to drink liquor. They saw a great deal of smoke, and thought the
+prairies were on fire; they saw many fine-looking squaws walking in the
+streets, and some of them holding on to men's arms, and didn't look
+sick neither. They saw a great many large houses, which it seemed as
+if nobody lived in. They saw a great many people in the streets, who
+appeared very poor, and looked as if they had nothing to eat. They had
+seen many thousands, and almost all looked so poor that they thought it
+would do no good for us to stay in Manchester."
+
+I explained to them the extraordinary cause that had recently thrown
+so many thousands of poor people into the streets; that Manchester was
+one of the richest towns in the world; that the immense houses they
+had seen, and apparently shut up, were the great factories in which
+these thousands of poor people worked, but were now stopped, and their
+working people were running about the streets in vast numbers; that
+the immense crowd gathered around their hotel, from day to day, were
+of that class; that the wealthy people were very many, but that their
+dwellings were mostly a little out of town; and that their business men
+were principally shut up in their offices and factories, attending to
+their business whilst the idle people were running about the streets.
+
+Such was a little of the gossip after their first visit and drive about
+the town--and the next morning, at an early hour, they were removed to
+their new lodgings in the Exchange Buildings, and the kind landlord
+effectually, though very gradually, relieved from the nuisance he had
+had around his house for some days past.
+
+On the same evening, by our announcements, they were to make their
+first appearance in my exhibition, and at an early hour the Rooms were
+filled, and we were obliged to close the doors. I had erected a strong
+platform in the middle of my room, on which the Indians were to give
+their dances, and having removed all seats from the room, every part of
+the floor was covered as densely as it was possible for men and women
+to be grouped together. Into the midst of this mass the party dashed
+in Indian file, with shield and bow and quiver slung--with war-clubs
+and tomahawks in hand, as they sounded the frightful war-whoop and were
+endeavouring to reach the platform. The frightened crowd, with screams
+and yells as frightful nearly as those of the Indians, gave way, and
+they soon had a free passage to the platform, upon which they leaped,
+without looking for the flight of steps prepared for them, and were
+at full length before the staring, gaping multitude. Mr. Rankin was
+by their side, and in a moment I was there also, to commence upon the
+new duties devolving on me under our recent arrangement. They were in
+a moment seated, and were passing their pipe around, while I was, by a
+brief lecture, introducing them, and the modes they were to illustrate,
+to the audience.
+
+I described the country and the tribe they belonged to, and the objects
+for which they had crossed the Atlantic; and also expressed to the
+audience the happy opportunity it was affording me of corroborating the
+many assertions I had been heretofore making relative to the looks and
+modes of those people, many of which I was fully aware were difficult
+of comprehension. Having done this, I should leave the Indians to
+entertain the audience with such of their dances and other amusements
+as they might decide upon, and endeavour to stand by and explain each
+amusement as they gave it, feeling abundantly able to do so from a
+residence of eight years amongst the various tribes in America.
+
+There was a shout of applause at the close of my remarks, and the
+most impatient anxiety evinced on all sides to see the commencement
+of the curious tricks which were just ready to be introduced. At this
+moment, with a sudden yell, the men all sprung upon their feet; their
+weapons brandished and their buffalo robes thrown back, while the women
+and children seated themselves at the end of the platform. Another
+shrill yell of the war-whoop, with the flourish of their weapons,
+and the Medicine-man or Doctor commenced with tambour (or drum), and
+his voice, upon the war-song; and they were all off in the dance.[5]
+At the first rest, when they suddenly stopped, there was but one
+mingled roar of applause, which showed to the poor fellows that they
+had made "a hit," and were to be received with great kindness and
+interest. This stimulated them to finish it with spirit; and when it
+was done, and they were seated a few moments to rest, hundreds were
+ambitious to crowd up to them and offer them their hands. It was with
+great difficulty that I could get the audience quiet enough to hear
+my explanations of the war-dance--its meaning, and the objects and
+character of the war-whoop which they had just heard. I gained the
+patience of the crowd by promising them a number of dances and other
+amusements, all of which I would render instructive by my explanations,
+and afford all, in the remotest parts of the room, an opportunity to
+shake hands with the Indians when their amusements were finished.
+
+ [5] All American Indians are poor in musical instruments, the
+     principal of which, and the "heel inspiring" one, is the drum or
+     tambour. This is rudely, but ingeniously made, by straining a
+     piece of raw hide over a hoop or over the head of a sort of keg,
+     generally made by excavating the inner part of a log of wood,
+     leaving a thin rim around its side. In the bottom of this they
+     always have a quantity of water, which sends out a remarkably
+     rich and liquid tone. Besides this, they use several kinds of
+     rattles and whistles--some of which are for mystery purposes,
+     and others merely for the pleasing and exciting effects they
+     produce in their dances.
+
+After my explanations and their pipe were finished, they arose and gave
+the _Wa-be-no_ dance, as they call it. _Wa-be-no_, in the Ojibbeway
+language, means mystery, and their mystery-dance is one of their
+choicest dances, only given at some occasion of their mystery-feasts,
+or for the accomplishment of some mysterious design. This dance is
+amusing and grotesque, and made much merriment amongst the audience.
+I explained the meaning of this also, and they afterwards gave some
+surprising illustrations of the mode of catching and throwing the ball
+in their favourite game of ball-play, with their ball-sticks in their
+hands. The astonishing quickness and certainty with which they throw
+and catch the ball in their rackets elicited immense applause; and
+after this they gave the "_scalp-dance_," which is given when a party
+returns from war, having brought home scalps taken from their enemies'
+heads, and preserved as trophies by the victors. In this dance the
+women, occupying the centre, hold up the scalps, attached to the tops
+of little poles, while men who have come from war dance around in a
+circle, brandishing their weapons, gnashing their teeth, and yelling
+the war-whoop at the highest key of their voices. At the close of
+this terrifying dance, which seemed to come just up to the anxiety of
+the excited audience, there was a tremendous roar of applause, and,
+in the midst of the uproar, an old gentleman took from his pocket a
+beautifully chased silver tobacco-box, and handing it to me, desired
+me to give it to the old chief, and tell him to carry his tobacco in
+it. I handed it to the old man, and, as he had seen the hand that gave
+it, he sprang upon his feet, as if he were but a boy, and reaching
+out his hand, grasped, over the heads of the audience, the hand of
+the venerable old gentleman, who told him "he was happy to see him,
+and to make him a little present to recollect him by." The old chief
+straightened up and squared himself upon the platform, throwing his
+buffalo robe over his left shoulder and passing it forward under his
+right arm and into his left hand; and with the most benignant smile
+(as he turned his box a moment under his eye, and passed it into his
+left hand) commenced--"My friends, though I am old I thank the Great
+Spirit for giving me strength to say a few words to you. He has allowed
+me to live many years, and I believe it is because I thank him for all
+his gifts. His eye was upon us when we were on the great salt lake,
+and he has brought us here safe, for which we all are thankful. He
+has directed you all to come here this night and to be so kind to us,
+for we had done nothing to make you come. We have long heard of the
+_Sag-a-noshes_,[6] and we have been anxious to come and see them. We
+have fought for them and with them, and our fathers and brothers have
+bled for them. There are many of the _Sag-a-noshes_ amongst us, and
+we love them. The Great Spirit has smiled upon our undertaking, and he
+has guided the hand of my brother to make me this present. My friends,
+my heart is warm and I am thankful. We have now done our dancing and
+singing, and we offer you our hands in friendship." At this there was
+a rush towards the platform from every part of the room to shake the
+hands of the Indians, who had seated themselves on the front of the
+platform for the purpose.
+
+ [6] Englishmen.
+
+These greetings for half an hour or so were exceedingly warm; and to
+make them more impressive, several persons deposited in their hands
+valuable trinkets and money, which they received with thanks. Thus
+ended the first night's exhibition of the amusements of the Ojibbeways;
+and it was quite impossible to bring it entirely to a close (such was
+the avidity with which the visitors were seeking to handle and examine
+every part of their costumes, their tomahawks, and scalping-knives,
+&c.) until the Indians took leave and retired to their private room.
+And even then there was almost an equal difficulty while I was in the
+exhibition-room, for crowds were gathering around me to know what they
+ate--whether they ate their meat raw--whether they were cannibals--what
+I brought them over for--whether they were easy to manage, &c.--until
+I gradually edged along towards the door, through which I suddenly
+slipped, when I had got completely out of breath, leaving the group to
+fall upon poor Daniel, who was lecturing in another part of the room.
+
+Our first night's labour had taken us until eleven o'clock; and as I
+was wending my way home to my lodgings, I could hear the war-whoop
+squeaking and echoing in the streets in every part of the town.
+
+On the following morning, at the very friendly invitation of the
+proprietor of an extensive woollen-factory in the vicinity of Bury, and
+who had sent a carriage with four horses for them, the whole party paid
+a visit to his extensive mills and to his mansion, where they partook
+of breakfast with him, and returned in great glee and spirits, each
+one bearing a magnificent blanket of various colours, presented to them
+by his generous hand.
+
+The second night of their exhibition went off much like the first: the
+room was filled long before they made their appearance; and in the roar
+and confusion of applause at the end of their amusements, there was a
+cry from the end of the room, "Let some of them come this way--we can't
+get near them--we can't tell whether they are in their own skins or in
+fleshings." And another hallooed out "Let that handsome little fellow
+come here (alluding to _Samah_, who was a very fine-looking young man);
+here is a lady who wants to kiss him!"
+
+This being interpreted to him, he leaped into and through the crowd (as
+he would dash into the river that he was to ford), and had his naked
+arms around her neck and kissed her before there was any time for an
+explanation. The excitement and screaming and laughing amongst the
+women in that part of the room made kissing fashionable, and every one
+who laid her hand upon his arm or his naked shoulders (and those not a
+few) got a kiss, gave a scream, and presented him a brooch, a ring, or
+some other keepsake, and went home with a streak of red paint on her
+face, and perhaps with one or two of black or green upon her dress.
+The gallant little fellow squeezed himself through this dense crowd,
+kissing old and young as he went, and returned to the platform, from
+which he held up and displayed his trophies with much satisfaction.
+
+I felt it my duty to reprimand him for his rudeness, and told him it
+was not fashionable in such crowds to kiss the ladies; to which he
+replied, that "he knew what he was about--the white ladies are very
+pretty and very sweet, and I gave my kisses only where they were asked
+for." The response all over the house was that "he had done right; good
+little fellow, he has done no harm."--A voice, "No, no harm, indeed;
+I'll kiss him again if he will come down, charming little fellow!"--He
+was in the act of leaping off, when Cadotte, the interpreter, seized
+him by the arm and turned him back. The hour was come for closing, and
+the Indians moved off to their lodgings. The events of that day and
+evening furnished the Indians with rich materials for gossip, and I
+retired to their chambers to smoke a pipe of k'nick-k'neck with them,
+and join in the pleasures of their conversation. They had many fine
+presents to display, and some of these valuable, being taken from arms
+and necks and fingers, in the moments of enthusiasm, and given to the
+Indians. The little gallant _Samah_ had been the most successful in
+this way, and also had received all the kisses of the pretty women. I
+have already mentioned that he had his wife with him. They were joking
+her about this affair, and she coolly said she did not care about it;
+"for the more kisses he gets from pretty women, the more presents I
+get, for he loves me enough to give them all to me." There was much
+commenting also on the great factory they had been to see in the
+morning, and on the gentleman's kindness in presenting the blankets,
+which they had now paraded and were examining and showing.
+
+They were exulting much in their happiness and success, and were still
+expressing fears that, by jumping and yelling, and making so much noise
+in Manchester, they might give dissatisfaction to the Queen, who would
+not feel so well disposed to see them. They asked for my opinion on the
+subject; I told them to have no fears, the Queen would certainly be
+glad to see them.
+
+I was waited on about this time by Mr. Bally, a gentleman of great
+eminence and skill in the science of phrenology, and who has one of
+the richest collections of casts from nature, in the world. Mr. Bally
+is one of the most rapid and skilful men in the operation of casting
+from the living face, and was extremely anxious to procure casts from
+the Ojibbeways; and, to a gentleman of so much worth to science, as
+well as for his amiable and gentle disposition, I felt bound to lend my
+best efforts in gaining for him the privilege. I had much difficulty to
+overcome their superstitions; but, by assuring them that they were to
+be done as a present to me, and by their seeing the operation performed
+on one of my men, I succeeded in gaining their consent, and they were
+all taken with great success. They were a present to my collection;
+and a copy of them in the noble collection of Mr. Bally will, I hope,
+continue to be subjects of interest and value.
+
+Kindnesses and attentions were now showering upon the Ojibbeways from
+all directions in Manchester; and amongst them many kind invitations,
+which it was impossible for them to comply with. They were invited to
+visit the mills of various kinds; and, amongst those that they went to,
+I must record a few words of the one they were most pleased with, and
+which they will talk the longest about.
+
+I had received an invitation to bring them to Stockport, to examine the
+cotton-mill of Mr. Orrell, which is probably one of the finest in the
+kingdom, and availed myself of his kindness, by making a visit to it
+with them. With his customary politeness, he showed us through it, and
+explained it in all its parts, so that the Indians, as well as myself,
+were able to appreciate its magnitude and its ingenious construction.
+
+Upon this giant machine the Indians looked in perfect amazement;
+though it is a studied part of their earliest education not to exhibit
+surprise or emotion at anything, however mysterious or incomprehensible
+it may be. There was enough, however, in the symmetry of this wonderful
+construction, when in full operation, to overcome the rules of any
+education that would subdue the natural impulses of astonishment and
+admiration. They made no remarks, nor did they ask any questions, but
+listened closely to all the explanations; and, in their conversations
+for weeks afterwards, admitted their bewildering astonishment at so
+wonderful a work of human invention.
+
+After viewing, in all its parts, this stupendous work, we were shown
+through the not less ingenious bleaching-mills of Mr. Hollins; and
+then, in the kindest manner, conducted under his hospitable roof,
+where his charming lady and lovely little ones united in their efforts
+to make us welcome and happy. The cloth was spread, and the luxuries of
+their house all heaped upon the table,--the substantials of life, and
+then its spices. It seemed cruel to see these poor fellows devouring
+the one, and rejecting the other--denying and denied the luxuries
+that _we_ could not refuse, when our friends proposed to drink to our
+healths and our happiness. They were happy, however, and, good fellows,
+enjoyed what they partook, and we returned, wishing our kind-hearted
+friends, Mr. Hollins and his lady, many, many happy days.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XII.
+
+  Indians on the housetops--Great alarm--Curious excitement--People
+      proposing to "take them" with ropes--Railway to London--The
+      "Iron-horse"--"The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink"--Arrive in London--Alarm of the landlady--Visit from the
+      Hon. Mr. Murray--Interview with His Royal Highness the Duke of
+      Cambridge--Old Chief's speech--War-dance--The Duke gives them
+      ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco--Indians ride about the
+      city in an "omnibus and four"--Remarks on what they saw--The
+      smoke--"Prairies on fire"--Lascars sweeping the streets--Visit
+      from the Reverend Mr. S.--Impatience to see the Queen--Great
+      medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty's consent--Curious
+      ceremony--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter comes in--The Queen's
+      appointment to see them--Great rejoicing.
+
+
+On our return from Stockport we found two reverend gentlemen, who
+had been waiting nearly all day for an interview with the Indians
+(which had been appointed, but forgotten), to talk upon the subject of
+religion. They had come several miles, and seemed somewhat vexed, as
+night was near approaching, and the old chief told them that they were
+going to London in a few days, and should be very busy in the meantime;
+and again, that they were expecting to see the Queen, and would rather
+wait until after they had seen her Majesty. They had learned, also,
+that London was the _great city_ of England, and thought that anything
+of that kind had better be deferred until they were in London, and the
+subject was therefore postponed.
+
+The exhibitions at night were progressing much as I have above
+described--the hall invariably full, and the Indians, as well as the
+public, had their own amusement in the room, and also amusing themes
+for conversation after retiring to their own quarters.
+
+In the midst of our success and of their amusement and enjoyment, an
+occurrence took place that was near getting us into difficulty, as it
+raised a great excitement in the neighbourhood and no little alarm to
+many old women and little children.
+
+As I was leaving my exhibition-rooms one morning, I met, to my great
+surprise, an immense crowd of people assembled in front, and the
+streets almost completely barricaded with the numbers that were rapidly
+gathering, and all eyes elevated towards the roof of my building. I
+asked the first person I met what was the matter?--supposing that the
+house was on fire--to which he replied, "I believes, sir, that the
+Hob-jib-be-ways has got loose; I knows that some on em is hout, for I
+seed one on em runnin hover the tops of the ouses, and they'l ave a ard
+matter to catch em, hin my hopinion, sir."
+
+It seems that the poor fellows had found a passage leading from their
+rooms out upon the roof of the house, and that, while several of them
+had been strolling out there for fresh air, and taking a look over the
+town, a crowd had gathered in the street to look at them, and amongst
+the most ignorant of that crowd the rumour had become current that they
+"had broke loose, and people were engaged in endeavouring to take them."
+
+I started back to my room as fast as I could, and to the top of
+the house, to call them down, and stop the gathering that was in
+rapid progress in the streets. When I got on the roof, I was as
+much surprised at the numbers of people assembled on the tops of
+the adjoining houses, as I had been at the numbers assembled in the
+streets. The report was there also current, and general, that they had
+"broke out," and great preparations were being made on the adjoining
+roofs, with ropes and poles, &c., to "take them," if possible, before
+any harm could be done. About the time I had got amongst them, and
+was inviting them down, several of the police made their appearance
+by my side, and ordered them immediately into their room, and told
+me that in the excited state of the town, with their mills all out,
+such a thing was endangering the peace; for it brought a mob of many
+thousands together, which would be sure not to disperse without doing
+some mischief. I was ordered by the police to keep them thereafter in
+the rooms, and not to allow them to show themselves at the windows,
+so great were their fears of a riot in the streets, if there was the
+least thing to set it in motion. As an evidence of the necessity of
+such rigour, this affair of about fifteen minutes' standing had already
+brought ten or fifteen thousand people together, and a large body of
+the police had been ordered on to the ground, having the greatest
+difficulty during the day to get rid of the crowd.
+
+Mr. Rankin, about this time, was getting alarming apprehensions that
+our delay in Manchester was calculated to affect our prospect of going
+before the Queen, and at his urgent request I announced our last night
+in Manchester, after an exhibition of ten days. On the last night,
+as on each of the preceding ones, the room was quite full, and even
+so many were necessarily forbidden entrance, that they began a most
+ruinous warfare on the door from the outside, and to such a degree,
+that I was obliged to put the entrance to my premises in charge of
+the police, for protection. We were now prepared to move off to the
+metropolis, and I showed to Mr. Rankin, by his share of the profits of
+ten days, that he had already received more than he would have got in
+two months by the plan he had proposed, to hire the party to me for
+100_l._ per month.
+
+This seemed to please him very much, and we moved off pleasantly on
+our way to London, leaving the ungratified curiosity that remained in
+Manchester until a future occasion, when we might return again.
+
+For our passage to London we had chartered a second-class carriage to
+ourselves, and in it had a great deal of amusement and merriment on
+the way. The novelty of the mode of travelling and the rapidity at
+which we were going raised the spirits of the Indians to a high degree,
+and they sang their favourite songs, and even gave their dances, as
+they passed along. Their curiosity had been excited to know how the
+train was propelled or drawn, and at the first station I stepped out
+with them, and forward to the locomotive, where I explained the power
+which pulled us along. They at once instituted for the engine, the
+appellation of the "Iron-horse;" and, at our next stopping-place, which
+was one where the engine was taking in water, they all leaped out "_to
+see the Iron-horse drink_."
+
+Their songs and yells set at least a thousand dogs barking and howling
+on the way, and as we came under the station at Birmingham, called up
+a fat old gentleman, who opened our door and very knowingly exclaimed,
+"What the devil have you got here? some more of them damned grisly
+bears, have you?" He was soon merged in the crowd that gathered
+around us, and, with doors closed, the Indians sat out patiently the
+interval, until we were under weigh again. Arrived at the Euston
+station, in London, an omnibus conveyed them suddenly to apartments
+in George-street, which had been prepared for them. They were highly
+excited when they entered their rooms, talking about the Queen, whom
+they believed had just passed in her carriage, from seeing two footmen
+with gold-laced hats and red breeches and white stockings, standing up
+and riding on a carriage behind, with large gold-headed canes in their
+hands: it proved, however, to have been the carriage of Lady S----n,
+familiarly known in that neighbourhood; and the poor fellows seemed
+wofully disappointed at this information.
+
+The good landlady, who took a glance of them as they came in, was
+becoming alarmed at the bargain she had made for the rooms, and came
+to Mr. Rankin, expressing her fears that the arrangement would never
+answer for her, as "she did not expect such wild, black-looking savages
+from the Indies." Mr. Rankin assured her that they were quite harmless,
+and much more of gentlemen than many white men she might get in her
+house, and he would be responsible for all damage that they would ever
+do to her property, even if she left the whole of it unsecured by
+lock and key. So she said she would venture to try them for a week,
+and see how they behaved. They were now in the midst of the great city
+of London, which they had been so anxious to see; and, upon putting
+their heads out of the windows to take a first peep, the smoke was so
+dense that they could see but a few rods, when they declared that the
+"prairies must be on fire again."
+
+Daniel was, at this time, remaining in Manchester to take down and
+bring on my collection, which it was agreed should be re-opened in
+London. I was busy effecting a new arrangement for the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took for six months, and in a few days my collection was being
+replaced upon its walls.
+
+The first visitor who came to see the party, and to wish them success
+in London, was my excellent friend the Hon. C. A. Murray, who was much
+pleased with them, and learning their desire to gain an audience of
+Her Majesty, he proposed, as the surest way to bring it about, that
+his Royal Highness the Duke of Cambridge should have an interview with
+them first, and then it would be easy to get Her Majesty to see them.
+This plan was agreed to, and the next day Mr. Murray addressed me a
+note, saying that the Duke would meet them the next morning in the
+Queen's drawing-room, Hanover-square Concert-rooms. I immediately made
+the arrangement with the proprietor of the rooms, and at the appointed
+hour the next morning was there with them, and met His Royal Highness
+the Duke of Cambridge, with the Hon. Mr. Murray and Baron Knesebeck, in
+attendance. The Duke met them in the most familiar and cordial manner,
+offering them his hand, and smoking the Indian pipe with them. He
+conversed a great deal with them through their interpreter, Cadotte;
+and, after closely examining their costumes, weapons, &c., took a
+seat to see them dance. They amused him with the war-dance and the
+_Wa-be-no_ dance, giving several songs and the war-whoop; after which
+they seated themselves on the floor, and after a few minutes' rest,
+having passed the pipe around, the old chief arose and said--
+
+  "Father, we are glad to see you and to take your hand; we know that
+  you are uncle to our _great mother_ the Queen, and we are happy to
+  see you. ('_How, how, how!_') We thank the Great Spirit for this; he
+  has kept us in good health and safe over the great salt lake, and
+  His eye is on us now, we know, or we should not see our great father
+  this day. We are poor, ignorant children, and yet we hope the Queen,
+  your niece, will be willing to see us, when our hearts will be happy.
+  ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "Father, my years, you see, are nearly spent. I have carried my
+  weapons and hunted for your enemies many years, and my warriors here
+  have many wounds they received in fighting for the Sag-a-noshes.
+  ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "I have no more words to say at present. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+His Royal Highness graciously received the old Chief's speech, and then
+examined the wounds pointed out on the body of the War Chief; after
+which he replied to the old man--
+
+  "My friends, I meet you here to-day with great pleasure, and I
+  thank the Great Spirit also, that He has guarded you and kept you
+  safe over the ocean. I hope your visit to England may be pleasant
+  and profitable to you, and that you may all get back safe to your
+  children. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends, I will make known your wishes to the Queen, and I think
+  you will see her. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+The Duke most kindly took leave of them, presenting to the old chief
+ten sovereigns, which he divided equally among the number, and sent
+them on the following day ten pounds of the choicest smoking tobacco.
+On leaving the Rooms he also thanked me for the treat I had afforded
+him, and said, "Oh, the good fellows! yes, the Queen will see them."
+
+The announcement of the arrival of the Ojibbeways which had been made
+in the public papers, and the notice also of their interview with the
+Duke of Cambridge, were now gaining them a notoriety with the public;
+and amongst my personal friends, was announcing that I had returned to
+London, which altogether brought me a flood of applicants for private
+interviews with them. We had resolved not to make any exhibition
+of their modes to the public, until after they had seen the Queen,
+and the month that we remained idle, and waiting for her Majesty's
+command, was rendered tedious and troublesome from the above causes.
+We were daily and hourly importuned for permissions to see them, which
+were in part granted, until it became quite necessary that I should
+absent myself from them, leaving instructions at the door that no
+communication could be had with them at present. Mr. Rankin during this
+time stayed constantly with them, and I occasionally spent an evening
+of gossip and smoked a pipe with them. We made use of most of the time
+in endeavouring to show them as much of the great city as possible,
+driving them out in a bus during the day, and several times taking them
+into the country to spend a day running over the fields for the benefit
+of their health.
+
+After one of their first drives about the City, when they had been
+passed through Regent Street, the Strand, Cheapside, Oxford Street
+and Holborn, I spent the evening in a talk with them in their rooms,
+and was exceedingly amused with the shrewdness of their remarks upon
+what they had seen. They had considered the "prairies still on fire,"
+from the quantity of smoke they met; one of the women had undertaken
+to count the number of carriages they passed, but was obliged to give
+it up; "saw a great many fine houses, but nobody in the windows: saw
+many men with a large board on the back, and another on the breast,
+walking in the street--supposed it was some kind of punishment; saw men
+carrying bags of coal, their hats on wrong side before; saw fine ladies
+and gentlemen riding in the middle of the streets in carriages, but
+a great many poor and ragged people on the sides of the roads; saw a
+great many men and women drinking in shops where they saw great barrels
+and hogsheads; saw several drunk in the streets. They had passed two
+_Indians_ in the street with brooms, sweeping away the mud; they saw
+them hold out their hands to people going by, as if they were begging
+for money: they saw many other poor people begging, some with brooms
+in their hands and others with little babies in their arms, who looked
+as if they were hungry for food to eat." They had much to say about the
+two Indians they had passed. "It could not be that white people would
+dress and paint themselves like Indians in order to beg money, and
+they could not see how Indians would consent to stand in the streets
+and sweep the mud away in order to beg for money." They appealed to me
+to know whether they were really Indians, and I said "Yes; they are
+natives from the East Indies, called Lascars. They are naturally, most
+probably like yourselves, too proud to work or to beg; but they have
+been left by some cruel fate, to earn their living in the streets of
+London, or to starve to death, and, poor fellows, they have preferred
+begging to starvation." The Indians seemed much affected by the
+degradation that these poor fellows were driven to, and resolved that
+they would carry some money with them when they went out, to throw to
+them.
+
+I had about this time several communications from the Reverend Mr.
+S----, who was desirous, if possible, to have an interview with the
+Indians for the purpose of learning from them what notions they had of
+religion, if any; and to endeavour to open their minds to a knowledge
+of the Christian religion, which it was the wish of himself and many
+others of his friends to teach to them for their eternal welfare. I
+at once wrote to those reverend gentlemen and assured them that their
+kind endeavours would be aided in every possible way by Mr. Rankin and
+myself; and I appointed an hour at once, when they could converse with
+the Indians on the subject. Their visit was made at the hour appointed,
+and the conversation was held in my presence. The reverend gentlemen
+most kindly and humanely greeted the Indians on their safe arrival
+in this country, where they were glad to meet them as brothers. They
+called upon them not in any way to interfere with their amusements
+or objects for which they had come to England, but to wish them all
+success, and at the same time to learn from them whether as poor
+children of the forests they had been kept in the dark, and out of the
+light of the true Christian religion, which it was their desire to make
+known to their minds. The old chief had lit his pipe in the meantime,
+and having taken a few moments to smoke it out, after the reverend
+gentleman had stopped, said (without rising up to speak) that he was
+much pleased to see them, and shake hands with them, for he knew their
+views were good and friendly. He said that they had heard something
+about the white man's religion in the wilderness where he lived, but
+they had thought it too difficult for them to understand. He said he
+was much obliged to them for offering to explain it at this time, but
+that they would take a little time to think of it first; and as they
+had not yet seen the Queen, they thought it best to do no more about it
+at present.
+
+Poor fellows, they were daily asking for reports from the Palace,
+becoming impatient for the permission to see her Majesty. They had
+waited so long that they were beginning to think that their application
+had failed, and they were becoming dispirited and desponding.
+
+I said to them one morning, "Now, my good fellows, don't despair--you
+have not tried what you can do yourselves yet; in your own country,
+if you wish it to rain, you have _Rain-makers_ who can make it rain;
+if you wish it to stop raining, you have _Rain-stoppers_, who cook
+up a grand medicine feast and cause it to stop raining. If buffalos
+are scarce, your medicine-men can make them come: why not 'put on the
+Big Kettle,' and see what you can do in the present dilemma?--You
+have your _Medicine-man_ with you, and your _Medicine-drum_ and your
+_Shi-she-quoi_ (mystery rattle); you are all prepared; go to work--you
+will certainly do no harm, and I fully believe you will bring it about."
+
+As I was leaving the room their interpreter overtook me, and said that
+the medicine man wanted the money to buy five fat ducks--that they had
+resolved on having a _medicine feast_ that afternoon, and that they
+would expect me to be of the party to partake of it.
+
+I came in at the hour appointed, and found them all with their
+faces painted black on one side and red on the other (their mode of
+ornamenting when they supplicate the Great or other Spirit for any gift
+or favour), and prepared to take their seats at the feast, which was
+then smoking, on the floor in the adjoining room. Buffalo robes were
+spread upon the floor, on which we were seated, when the following
+dialogue took place between their kind (and now no longer terrified)
+landlady and the interpreter Cadotte:--"Why," said she (as she was
+completing the last arrangement for our feast upon the floor), "you
+have left no room for the women, poor things." "Women!" said Cadotte,
+"why, do you suppose that women can eat at a _medicine feast_?" "Why
+not?" said the landlady, "are they not as good as the men? They are
+a nice set of women, and that little girl is a dear little creature.
+I cooked the ducks as much for them as I did for you, and I think it
+would be cruel not to invite them to eat with you; you are no better
+now than you were this morning; they ate with you then. If I had known
+this, I would have kept one of the ducks for them." "Devil a bit!" said
+Cadotte, "do you know what _medicine_ is?" "No, I don't suppose I do;
+but there are the three women all crying now in the other room, poor
+creatures." "And there they are _obliged_ to cry while we are in a
+_medicine feast_, or we have no luck." "Oh, dear me, what a strange set
+of beings!" said the old lady, as she returned to the kitchen, "I won't
+interfere with them; they must take their own way."
+
+With closed doors we went through all the peculiar solemnities of this
+feast; and, having devoured all the ducks, leaving "none for the poor
+women," the medicine man took about a quarter of an hour to recite a
+sort of prayer or thanks to the Great Spirit, which, from the extreme
+rapidity with which he repeated it, I supposed to be some established
+form peculiar to such occasions. After this, and while the last pipe
+was passing around, my man Daniel (in pursuance of my previous
+instructions) entered the room, and delivered to me a large letter,
+which he said he thought was from Mr. Murray, as it had the household
+stamp upon it. The most impatient excitement prevailed until I broke
+the seal and read as follows:--
+
+                                   "Buckingham Palace, Thursday morning.
+
+  "Dear Sir,--I have great pleasure in informing you that Her Majesty
+  has expressed a desire to see the party of Ojibbeway Indians; and has
+  appointed Thursday next, at two o'clock, as the hour when she will
+  receive you with the party, in the Waterloo Gallery, Windsor Castle.
+  I pray that you will be punctual at the hour, and I will meet you at
+  the threshold, rendering all the facilities that may be in my power.
+
+                                     "Yours, sincerely,
+                                        "C. A. MURRAY,
+                                "_Master of H. M. Household._
+  "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+The reader can readily imagine what was the _pleasure_ of these poor
+people when they heard this letter read; but it would be difficult to
+know what were their feelings of _surprise_, that the efficacy of their
+_medicine_ should have brought it in at that opportune moment. The
+reader will also suppose, what their superstition prevented them from
+ever imagining, that this letter was in my pocket several hours before
+the ducks were bought, and therefore cost me about twenty shillings.
+
+A pipe was here lit by the old chief, and passed around, and smoked to
+the kind _Spirit_ they had successfully invoked, and with it all the
+anxieties of this day passed away.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XIII.
+
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen--Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter--Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert--Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray--The waiting-room--The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery--Their reception--Introductions and
+      conversations--Indians give the war-dance--A smoke--The
+      old Chief's speech to the Queen--Pipe-dance--Her Majesty
+      and the Prince retire--Indians at a feast in the
+      waiting-room--Drinking the Queen's health in Champagne--Indians
+      call it "_Chickabobboo_"--Story of _Chickabobboo_, and great
+      amusement--Indians return to London--Evening-gossip about
+      the Queen and her _Chickabobboo_--First evening of the
+      Indians in Egyptian Hall--Great excitement--Alarm--Tremendous
+      applause--Old Chief's speech--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter
+      to the old Chief, enclosing �20 from the Queen and other
+      presents--Speech of the War-chief--Pipe-dance--Shaking
+      hands--Curious questions by the audience--Ale allowed to the
+      Indians at dinner and after supper--Their rejoicing--They call
+      it _Chickabobboo_.
+
+
+A new chapter commenced here with the Indians, as it commences with
+my book. All "omnibus drives" were postponed for the present; all
+communications with the world entirely interdicted; and all was bustle
+and preparation for the grand event which was to "cap the climax"
+of their highest ambition--the point to which they had looked ever
+since they had started, and beyond which, it is not probable, their
+contemplations had as yet visibly painted anything.
+
+Colours, and ribbons, and beads, of the richest hues, were called for,
+and procured from various parts of the city; and both night and day,
+all, men and women, were constantly engaged in adding brilliancy and
+richness of colour to their costumes.
+
+The old chief was painting the stem of his pipe of peace (or calumet)
+sky-blue, emblematical of the feelings they carried in their breasts;
+and decorating it also with blue and red ribbons, as a suitable gift
+to royalty. The little girl, _Nib-nab-e-qua_, was crying, as she
+embroidered with red and white porcupine-quills, fearing that her new
+mocassins would not look so brilliant as she had sometimes made them.
+Her mother was arranging black mourning plumes in the cradle in which
+her infant had died, and which, by the custom of the country, she was
+obliged yet to carry on her back. The War-chief was repainting his
+shield, and arranging his scalps on a little hoop, to give proper
+effect to the scalp-dance. The _Medicine-man_ was preparing his
+_wa-be-no_ drum. _Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee_ was stringing beads with his
+wife; and _Sah-mah_ was brightening his tomahawk and his scalping-knife
+for a glittering effect in the war-dance. Cadotte, during this time,
+was parading before the mirror, examining, arranging, and rearranging
+the ostrich-plumes in his cap, and the fit of a laced frock he had just
+had made; and (I had almost forgotten myself) I was anxiously awaiting
+the arrival of a new coat I had ordered at my tailor's for the occasion.
+
+On the morning appointed, all were satisfactorily prepared, and, being
+seated in an omnibus posted with four horses, we were on our way, and
+soon after that arrived at the gates of Windsor Castle. Descending from
+the carriage, the poor old chief, whose eyes were getting a little dim
+with age, was completely nonplused at beholding the magnificent figure
+(in scarlet and gold lace and powdered wig) of (his apparent Majesty)
+Sykes, the well-known porter of the palace, who had him by the elbow,
+and was conducting him and his heavy paraphernalia towards the door.
+The good old chief turned round and gave him his hand, not knowing as
+yet what to say, as they had none of them contemplated anything so
+brilliant and dazzling, short of Majesty itself. He was at this moment,
+however, saved from committing himself or bestowing his pipe of peace
+by the sudden approach of several others of the household in liveries
+equally splendid, who conducted us into the hall, at which moment we
+met our friend the Honourable Mr. Murray, whom we followed to the
+waiting-room adjoining to the Waterloo Gallery, in which our reception
+was to take place. Here we were seated, and awaited the anxious moment
+when it was to be announced that her Majesty was ready to see us.
+
+The Indians were here parading before the large and splendid mirrors
+and adjusting their feathers and ornaments, and suggesting many
+surmises about the long table which was dressed out in the room where
+we were, and which they supposed was the place where the Queen and
+all her officers about her took their dinners. This, as the sequel
+will show, was a very great error, as it was preparing for another and
+entirely different purpose.
+
+After waiting half an hour or so, an officer in full dress came into
+the room and informed us that the Queen was in the adjoining room,
+and ready to receive us, and showed us the way. There was a moment of
+jingling and rattling of trinkets as the Indians were throwing on their
+robes and gathering up their weapons; and when they responded to my
+question "if they were all ready?"--by their "_how! how! how!_" I led
+the way, and they followed into the Waterloo Gallery. They were now all
+at full length before her Majesty and the Prince, who most graciously
+received them. (_Plate No. 5._) The Queen arose from a sofa in the
+middle of the room, having her Majesty the Queen Dowager and H. R. H.
+the Duchess of Kent by her side; and advancing towards the Indians, was
+joined by H. R. H. Prince Albert and the Hon. Mr. Murray. Her Majesty
+desired that the interpreter and myself should advance nearer to her,
+and at her request I introduced each individually by their appropriate
+names, explaining their costumes, weapons, &c. Her Majesty beckoned the
+little girl up to her, and held her some time by both hands, evidently
+much pleased with her appearance, and also the woman with the cradle
+on her back, in whom she seemed to take much interest. She asked many
+questions, as well as the Prince, relative to their costumes, modes,
+&c., and they then took their seats on the sofa to witness the
+dances which the Indians had come prepared to give.
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 5.]
+
+The Indians were at this time seated in a circle on the floor, when
+the _Medicine-man_ gradually commenced tapping on his drum and singing
+in a low tone. In a few moments the house jarred with the leap of the
+War-chief, who was upon his feet, and after him all the party, in the
+din of the war-dance. (_Plate No. 6._)
+
+This dance finished, they were again seated on the floor, when the old
+chief, seventy-five years of age, having lighted his pipe and passed it
+around, arose and made the following address to her Majesty:--[7]
+
+  "Great Mother--I have been very sorrowful since I left my home, but
+  the Great Spirit has brought us all safe over the great waters, and
+  my heart will now be glad that we can see your face. We are now happy.
+
+  "These are all the words I have to say. My words are few, for I am
+  not very well to-day. The other chief will tell you what I intended
+  to say."
+
+ [7] The poor old chief met with a sudden embarrassment at this
+     moment that he had not thought of, and was not prepared
+     consequently to know how to proceed. He had, according to the
+     custom of his country, prepared and brought with him a beautiful
+     calumet or pipe of peace to present, and on rising to make his
+     speech (the moment when it is customary to present it) it for
+     the first time occurred to him that he was about to present it
+     to a woman, the impropriety of which was evident to him. He
+     thought of the Prince, but as the pipe of peace can only be
+     given to the highest in power, he had another misgiving; and,
+     unlike to orators in the Indian countries, continued to hold it
+     in his hand while he was speaking, and brought it away with him.
+
+The War-chief then rose, and in a very energetic manner made the
+following speech, which was also literally interpreted to her Majesty:--
+
+  "Great Mother--The Great Spirit has been kind to us, your children,
+  in protecting us on our long journey here. And we are now happy that
+  we are allowed to see your face. It makes our hearts glad to see
+  the faces of so many Saganoshes (English) in this country, and all
+  wearing such pleasant looks. We think the people here must be very
+  happy.
+
+  "Mother--We have been often told that there was a great fire in this
+  country--that its light shone across the great water; and we see now
+  where this great light arises. We believe that it shines from this
+  great wigwam to all the world.
+
+  "Mother--We have seen many strange things since we came to this
+  country. We see that your wigwams are large, and the light that is in
+  them is bright. Our wigwams are small, and our light is not strong.
+  We are not rich, but yet we have plenty of food to eat.
+
+  "Mother--Myself and my friends here are your friends--your children.
+  We have used our weapons against your enemies. And for many years we
+  have received liberal presents from this country, which have made us
+  quite happy and comfortable in our wigwams.
+
+  "Mother--The chief who has just spoken, and myself, have fought and
+  bled by the side of the greatest warrior who ever lived--Tecumseh.
+
+  "Mother--Our hearts are glad at what we have this day seen--that we
+  have been allowed to see your face. And when we get home our words
+  will be listened to in the councils of our nation.
+
+  "This is all I have to say."
+
+After his speech the War-chief resumed his seat upon the floor; and as
+her Majesty could not be supposed to reply to his speech, she called
+upon the Prince, who thanked them for the amusement they had afforded
+her Majesty, who felt a deep interest in their welfare, and thankful to
+the old chief for the noble and religious sentiments expressed in his
+remarks.
+
+After this the Indians rose and gave their favourite, the PIPE
+DANCE, which seemed to afford much amusement to the Royal party.
+The Queen and the Prince then graciously bowed and took leave, thanking
+them, through the interpreter, for the amusement they had afforded
+them. The Indians at the same moment shouldered their robes and
+retired, sounding their war-whoop to the amusement of the servants of
+the household, who had assembled to the amount of some hundreds in the
+galleries of the hall.
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 6.]
+
+They were now in the waiting-room again, where, to their surprise
+(and no little satisfaction), they found that the table they had seen
+so splendidly arranged was intended for their own entertainment, and
+was now ready for the "set-to." Mr. Murray announced it as ready, and
+we all went to work. Mr. Rankin, who had been seated in the gallery
+during the presentation, having joined the party, had now taken
+his seat with them at the table. With his usual kindness, Mr. Murray
+insisted on carving the roast-beef and helping them around, and next in
+drinking the Queen's health, which is customary at all public dinners.
+For this the first bottle of champagne was opened; and when the cork
+flew and the wine was pouring into glasses, the Indians pronounced
+the word "_Chick-a-bob-boo!_" and had a great laugh. A foaming glass
+of it was set before each Indian; and when it was proposed to drink
+to Her Majesty's health, they all refused. I explained to Mr. Murray
+the promise they were under to drink no spirituous liquor while in the
+kingdom. Mr. Murray applauded their noble resolution, but said at the
+same time that this was not _spirituous liquor_--it was a light wine,
+and could not hurt them; and it would be the only time they could
+ever drink to Her Majesty so properly, and Her Majesty's health could
+not be refused by Her Majesty's subjects. When again urged they still
+refused, saying "We no drink--can't drink." They seemed however to be
+referring it to me, as all eyes were alternately upon me and upon their
+glasses, when I said to them--"Yes, my good fellows, drink; it will
+not hurt you. The promise you have made to Mr. Rankin and myself will
+not be broken--it did not contemplate a case like this, where it is
+necessary to drink the Queen's health. And again, this is _champagne_,
+and not _spirituous liquor_, which you have solemnly promised to
+avoid."--"_How! how! how!_" they all responded, and with great delight
+all joined in "health to the Queen!" And as each glass was emptied
+to the bottom, they smacked their lips, again pronouncing the word
+"_Chick-a-bob-boo! Chick-a-bob-boo!_" with a roar of laughter among
+themselves.
+
+Mr. Murray and I becoming anxious to know the meaning of
+_chick-a-bob-boo_, it was agreed that the War-chief (who had a dry but
+amusing way of relating an anecdote) should give us the etymology of
+the word _chick-a-bob-boo_, which they said was manufactured but a few
+years since in their country. The old Boy-chief, who was not a stranger
+to _chick-a-bob-boo_, nor to good jokes, said that the "War-chief
+couldn't tell a story well unless his lips were kept moist;" and he
+proposed that we should drink Mr. Murray's health before he commenced.
+So the champagne was poured again, and, the Hon. Mr. Murray's health
+being drank, the War-chief proceeded by saying--that "Only a few years
+since, when the white men were bringing so much rum and whiskey into
+the little village where he lives, that it was making them all sick,
+and killing a great many, the chiefs decided in council that they would
+tomahawk every keg of whiskey the white men should bring in; and it had
+the effect of keeping them away, and their people, who had been drunk
+and sick, were getting well.
+
+"Not long after that," continued he, "a little old man with red hair,
+who used to bring us bags of apples, got in the way of bringing in one
+end of his bag a great many bottles filled with something that looked
+much like whiskey, but which, when we smelled it, and tasted it, we
+found was not _fire-water_, and it was much liked by the chiefs and
+all; for they found, he said, it was good, and would not make Indians
+drunk. He sold much of this to the Indians, and came very often; and
+when he had carried it a great way on his horse, and in the sun, it
+sometimes became very impatient to get out of the bottles; and it
+was very amusing to see the little old man turn a crooked wire into
+the bottle to pull out the stopper, when one was holding a cup ready
+to catch it. As he would twist the wire in, it would go _chee--e--_;
+and when he poured it out, it would say, _pop-poo, pop-poo_.[8] This
+amused the women and children very much, and they called it at first
+_chee-pop-poo_, and since, _chick-a-bob-boo_. And this the old man with
+red hair told us at last was nothing but the juice of apples, though we
+found it very good; and yet it has made some very drunk."
+
+ [8] This word must be _whispered_, as the War-chief gave it, and not
+     _spoken_, to be appreciated--after the mode of Indians in their
+     imitations, or exclamations of surprise.
+
+This story of the War-chief amused Mr. Murray very much, and he ordered
+one of the waiters to "twist the crooked wire" into the neck of another
+bottle or two of the _chick-a-bob-boo_ and "pull out the little
+stoppers," for he was going to propose that we all drink to the health
+of Prince Albert, who could never be neglected when her Majesty's
+health was drunk. This was done with enthusiasm; and the old chief
+soon proposed to drink Mr. Rankin's health, and my health, which were
+attended to; and he at length thought of the fat porter in scarlet and
+gold lace, whom he had passed at the door, and who at this moment, with
+several others in gold lace and powdered hair, were gathering around
+the table to take a glass or two of _chick-a-bob-boo_ with them. This
+happened at a good time, and Mr. Rankin commenced the anecdote of the
+old chief having mistaken the porter Sykes for Prince Albert just as
+Mr. Murray and I withdrew from the room to proceed to town.
+
+I visited the Indians in their rooms that evening, and found them in
+good spirits, having been well pleased by her Majesty's kind reception,
+and also delighted with the _chick-a-bob-boo_, and the liberal
+construction that had been put upon their sacred engagement "not to
+drink spirituous liquors." Mr. Rankin gave me an amusing account of the
+old chief's second interview with the porter Sykes, and their manner
+of taking leave when they were parting to meet no more. "Their pipes,"
+he said, "were lit when they took their omnibus to return, and their
+joyful songs and choruses made it a _travelling music-box_ the whole
+way to town."
+
+I had come upon them at the moment when they were taking their
+coffee--a habit they had got into as one of the last things before
+going to bed. When they finished their coffee they lit the pipe, and
+there were many comments from different parts of the room upon what
+they had seen during the day. The Queen was of course the engrossing
+theme for their thoughts and their remarks; and though so well pleased
+with her kindness to them, they were evidently disappointed in her
+personal appearance and dress. Her Majesty was attired in a simple and
+unadorned dress of black, and wore apparently no ornaments whatever
+at the time of their presentation, affording the poor fellows nothing
+either in her stature or costume to answer to the fancied figure of
+majesty which they had naturally formed in their minds, and were
+convinced they were going to see. They had, on first entering the
+room, taken the Duchess of Kent for the Queen, and said they were not
+apprised of their error until they heard me address the Queen as "Her
+Majesty."
+
+They were advancing many curious ideas (over the pipe) as to the
+government of the greatest and richest country in the world being in
+the hands of a woman, and she no larger than many of the Indian girls
+at the age of twelve or thirteen years. I explained to them the manner
+in which she was entitled to the crown, and also how little a king or
+queen has actually to do in the government of such a country; that it
+is chiefly done by her ministers, who are always about her, and men
+of the greatest talents, and able to advise her. And the old chief,
+who had been listening attentively to me, as he was puffing away at
+his pipe, said, he was inclined to think it was the best thing for the
+country. "I am not sure," said he, "but it is the safest way; for if
+this country had a king instead of a queen, he might be ambitious as a
+great warrior, and lead the country into war with other nations: now,
+under her government there is peace, and the country is happy."
+
+Many jokes were passed upon the old chief for having mistaken the
+porter Sykes for Prince Albert, and for having brought his pipe of
+peace back, having been afraid to present it. They had many remarks
+to make also upon the little girl whom her Majesty took by the hand;
+they told her she turned pale, and they were afraid she would grow up
+a white woman. They now, for the first time, thought of the Queen's
+little children, and wondered they had not seen them: they thought they
+ought, at least, to have seen the Prince of Wales. Daniel, they said,
+had long since told them how old he was, and that he was to be the
+next king of England. He had also read to them his long names, which
+had pleased them very much, which they never could recollect, but would
+have written down.
+
+The conversation again, and for some time, ran upon the deliciousness
+of her Majesty's chickabobboo, and also upon the presents which they
+had imagined would have been made to them, and which I assured them
+they might feel quite easy about, as they would come in due time
+according to the custom. So were they whiling away the evening of this
+memorable day, and I left them.
+
+The grand point having been made, their visit to the Queen, the Indians
+seemed in good spirits to meet the greetings of the public, amongst
+whom the daily paragraphs in the papers, and their occasional drives
+through the streets, had excited the most intense curiosity. The place
+for their operations was prepared for them in the Egyptian Hall; and
+in the midst of my Indian collection, as in Manchester, a platform was
+erected on which their dances and other amusements were to be given.
+
+Having been without any exciting occupation for more than a month, in
+daily anticipation of their visit to the Queen, the Indians had become,
+as well as the public, impatient for the opening of their exhibition,
+which seemed requisite for their amusement as well as necessary for
+their accustomed bodily exercise.
+
+Their first evening's amusements being announced, the large room of the
+Egyptian Hall was filled at an early hour, and the Indians received
+with a roar of applause as they entered and advanced upon the platform.
+I came on by their side, and after they had seated themselves upon the
+platform, entered upon my duty, that of explaining to the audience
+who these people were, whence they came, and what were their objects
+in visiting this country. I also introduced each one personally by
+his name, to the audience, and briefly described their costumes,
+weapons, &c., and they were then left to commence as they chose, with
+their dances and other amusements. Indian looks and Indian costumes,
+&c., were supposed to have been pretty well understood before this,
+by most of the audience, who had studied them at their leisure in my
+rooms on former occasions; but Indian dances and Indian yells, and the
+war-whoop, had been from necessity postponed and unappreciated until
+the present moment, when the sudden yell and scream of the whole party
+(as they sprang upon their feet) announced the war-dance as having
+commenced. The drum was beating, rattles were shaking, war-clubs and
+tomahawks and spears were brandishing over their heads, and all their
+voices were shouting (in time with the beat of the drum and the stamps
+of their feet) the frightful war-song!
+
+With the exception of some two or three women (whose nerves were not
+quite firm enough for these excitements, and who screamed quite as
+loud as the Indians did, as they were making a rush for the door) the
+audience stood amazed and delighted with the wildness and newness of
+the scene that was passing before them; and, at the close of the dance,
+united in a round of applause, which seemed to please the Indians as
+much as seeing the Queen.
+
+Like all actors, they were vain of their appearance, and proud of
+applause, and (rather luckily for them, and unlike the painful
+excitements that fall to the lot of most actors' lives) they were sure
+of the applause which sympathy brings, and exempt from that censure
+which often falls heavily upon those whose acting the audience is able
+to criticise.
+
+According to their custom, after the war-dance was finished, the
+Indians seated themselves upon the platform and lit their long pipe,
+which they were almost constantly smoking. This pipe was filled with
+their own native tobacco (k'nick-k'neck), and passed around from one
+to the other for a few whiffs, according to the usage of all the
+American tribes. I took this opportunity of explaining to the audience
+the meaning of the war-dance, the war-whoop, &c., and whilst I was up,
+was so overwhelmed with questions (all of which I felt disposed to
+answer) that I found it exceedingly difficult to sit down again. These
+questions were put for the purpose of gaining information which it was
+my wish to give; and having patiently answered a number of them, I
+stated to the audience that I believed the explanations I should throw
+out in the course of the evening in my own way, would answer nearly
+every question that they would be disposed to put, and I begged they
+would allow me as much time and opportunity to give them as possible.
+This was responded to by acclamation all around the room, and the
+exhibition proceeded by the Indians wishing me to announce that they
+were to give the _wa-be-no_ (or mystery) dance. This eccentric and
+droll dance caused much merriment among the audience, and gained them
+hearty applause again; after which, they being seated as usual, with
+the pipe passing around, I proceeded with my explanation, which done,
+I was requested by the interpreter to announce that the old chief had
+something which he wished to say to the audience, and was going to make
+a speech. There was a great expression of satisfaction at this, evinced
+among the crowd, which seemed to give fire to the eye, and youth to the
+visage of the old man as he rose and said,--
+
+  "My friends--It makes our hearts glad when we hear your feet stamp
+  upon the floor, for we know then that you are pleased, and not
+  angry." (Great applause.)
+
+The old man then straightened himself up in the attitude of an orator,
+and, throwing his buffalo robe over his shoulder, and extending his
+right arm over the heads of his audience, he proceeded:--
+
+  "My friends and brothers--These young men and women and myself have
+  come a great way to see you, and to see our GREAT MOTHER THE
+  QUEEN. The Great Spirit has been kind to us, for we are all
+  well, and we have seen her face. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends--We know that the Saganoshes in our country all come from
+  this place; they are our friends there, and we think they will not
+  be our enemies here. ('_How, how, how!_' and immense applause, with
+  'Hear, hear, hear,' from the audience.)
+
+  "My friends--You see I am old, and my words are few; some of my
+  younger men may talk longer than I can. I hope our noise is not too
+  great. ('No, no,' from every part of the room: 'The more noise the
+  better, my good fellows.')
+
+  "Brothers--My young men will finish their dances in a little while,
+  when we will be glad to give you our hands." ("_How, how, how!_"
+  great applause, and "Hear, hear.")
+
+The venerable old man then resumed his seat; and at that moment, as
+the pipe was preparing, Daniel was making his way through the crowd,
+with one hand raised above the heads of the audience, conveying a large
+square letter, which he was endeavouring to hand to me. On opening the
+letter and reading, I found it was from the Honourable Mr. Murray, and,
+with permission of the audience, I read thus:--
+
+  "Dear Sir,--I have great pleasure to inform you that I am instructed
+  by Her Majesty to transmit to you the enclosed 20_l._ note to be
+  given to the Ojibbeway chiefs; and also to say that Her Majesty
+  has instructed me to order to be made, as soon as possible, an
+  entire piece of plaid, of Her Majesty's colours, which is also to
+  be presented to them in her name, as an evidence of Her Majesty's
+  friendship for them, and solicitude for their welfare. I have
+  transmitted the order for the plaid, and as soon as it can be
+  prepared I shall send it to them.
+
+                          "I have the honour to be,
+                                      dear Sir, yours, &c. &c.
+                                           "CHAS. AUG. MURRAY,
+              "_Master of Her Majesty's Household, Buckingham Palace._
+
+  "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+ */
+
+The reading of this letter called forth a round of applause, which the
+Indians did not seem to understand until its contents were interpreted
+to them by Cadotte, when they received the bank-note with a yell or
+two, and then gathered around it to examine it, and to make out, if
+they could, how it could be a present of 20_l._, or (in American
+currency, which they were a little more familiar with) 100 dollars.
+That they might better appreciate it, however, I sent Daniel to the
+door with it, who in a few moments brought back twenty sovereigns,
+which were placed in the chief's hand, and, being better understood,
+were soon divided equally, and put into the pouches which were
+attached to their belts.
+
+The War-chief (who was not much of an orator, and always seemed
+embarrassed when he spoke) then rose, and advanced to the front of the
+platform to offer his acknowledgments. He held his long pipe to his
+lips, and, drawing several deep breaths of smoke to his lungs, and
+pouring it out through his nostrils, at length began:--
+
+  "My friends--I can't speak--I never speak. (Great applause, and he
+  smoked again.)
+
+  "My friends--My heart and my tongue were never made to live together.
+  (Roar of applause, and '_How, how, how!_') Our chief is old, and his
+  words few: he has told you that the Great Spirit has been kind to us,
+  and that we have seen the face of our Great Mother the Queen. We have
+  all thanked the Great Spirit for this, and we all wish to thank our
+  Great Mother now for the presents she has sent us. She is not here,
+  and we can't thank her; but we see these presents pass through your
+  hands, and we wish to thank you. ('_How, how, how!_' and 'Hear.')
+
+  "Brothers--I have no more to say, but I shall be glad in a little
+  time to offer you my hand." ("_How, how, how!_" and applause.)
+
+The audience were now prepared, and the Indians also, for the
+_pipe-dance_, one of the most spirited and picturesque of their dances,
+and which they gave with great effect. It was then announced that the
+Indians would seat themselves on the front of the platform, where
+all the visitors who desired it might have an opportunity to advance
+and shake hands with them. This afforded the visitors a gratifying
+opportunity of getting nearer to them, and disposed many to be liberal
+to them, who gave them money and trinkets to a considerable amount.
+
+Thus passed their first night of exhibition in London. The audience
+gradually drew off, and the Indians, at length seeing a space through
+which they could pass, gathered up their weapons, &c., and retired to
+their private rooms, leaving Daniel to answer to, and explain, all
+the curious surmises and questions that had been raised in the minds
+of the audience during the evening, and not explained; amongst whom
+(he told me the next day) there were at least a dozen who wished to
+know "in what way the Indians were _taken_--whether with a lasso or
+in a sort of pit," as they had heard of their taking wild oxen, &c.
+Half a dozen inquired what part of the Indies they were from; twenty
+or more "whether Cooper's descriptions of the Red Indians were true;"
+several "whether they eat the scalps;" and one desired to be informed
+"if it was actually necessary to cross the ocean to get to America,
+or whether it was not attached to the mainland." Several ladies were
+waiting to inquire "whether the Indians actually had no beards;" and
+a great number of women after these, some of whom lingered patiently
+until all other questions had been answered, begged to know "whether
+the interpreter and the handsome little fellow _Sah-mah_ were married."
+
+Mr. Rankin and myself, as usual, went into the Indians' apartments to
+smoke a pipe with them after the fatigues of the evening were over, and
+we found the poor fellows in an unusually pleasant humour, counting
+over and showing the money and trinkets which they had received from
+the visitors, and also the money sent by the Queen, which, to be
+divided more exactly _per capita_ (their mode of dividing presents),
+they had got changed into silver.
+
+Their high excitement and exhilaration convinced us that it was the
+very sort of life they required to lead to secure their health; and
+their remarks upon the incidents that had transpired in the room, as
+well as things they discovered in the crowd, were exceedingly amusing
+and caused them a great deal of merriment whilst they were repeating
+them over. In the midst of all this they often uttered the exciting
+word _Chickabobboo_; and it occurred to Mr. Rankin and myself as a
+suitable occasion to explain to them that we had no objection to
+their having each a glass of ale at their dinner, and also after the
+exceeding fatigues of their dances at night. We told them "that, in
+binding them in the promise they had made, and so far kept, it never
+entered our heads that they were not to be allowed an occasional
+glass of wine or ale--luxuries of which nearly all the good people
+of England, ladies as well as gentlemen, and even divines, partook in
+a moderate way. We believed that they would use as much discretion in
+taking those things as English fashionable people did, and felt quite
+sure they would keep their promise with us. I told them that this ale
+which I had just mentioned was a very fine drink, and we thought that,
+though it was not quite as good as the Queen's _chickabobboo_, yet they
+would like it, and that a glass of it at dinner, and also after their
+night's fatigues, would give them strength and be of service to them.
+I told them also that we had just sent for a jug of it (at that moment
+coming in), that they might try it, and see whether they liked it."
+"_How, how, how!_" resounded through the whole house; and each, as he
+emptied his glass, shouted "_Chickabobboo! chickabobboo! ne-she-sheen!
+ne-she-sheen!_" (good, good). So we agreed that, if on the next
+morning they should pronounce its effects to be pleasing, they should
+be allowed a similar quantity every day at dinner, and also at night,
+instead of the strong coffee they were accustomed to drink before going
+to bed.
+
+We then left them; and thus finished our first day's labours and
+excitements at the Egyptian Hall.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XIV.
+
+  Rev. Mr. S---- and friend visit the Indians again--A day appointed
+      for a _talk_ about religion--Indians go to the Thames
+      Tunnel--Give the medicine-dance (wabeno) under it--Kind
+      treatment there, and _Chickabobboo_--The exhibition--Egyptian
+      Hall--Debate about the propriety of the Indians dancing
+      to make money--Great crowd--Woman screaming and lifted on
+      to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards called the "_jolly
+      fat_ dame")--She gives Cadotte a beautiful bracelet--Her
+      admiration of Cadotte--Evening gossip after their
+      exhibition--The amusements of the evening and sights of the
+      day--A clergyman asks an interview with the Indians and gets
+      offended--Exhibition rooms at night--Great crowd--The "jolly
+      fat dame" in full dress--She talks with Cadotte--Indians meet
+      the Rev. Mr. S---- and friend by appointment--Old Chief's
+      speech to them--Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee's speech--Reverend
+      gentlemen thank them and take leave.
+
+
+The morning after their first interview with the public at the Egyptian
+Hall having been deemed a proper time for a visit to them, the Rev. Mr.
+S---- and a friend called on me with a view to a further conversation
+with them on the subject of religion, which had been postponed at
+their request until after they had seen the Queen, which honour they
+had now had. I spoke to the chiefs about it, and they said, "It is
+very difficult now, for we have not time. Mr. Rankin has gone for the
+carriage, and we are just going out to ride, but you can bring them in."
+
+The old chief received them very kindly, and gave them seats, when the
+Rev. Mr. S---- addressed them through the interpreter in the most kind
+and winning manner. "My friends, I have been delighted to see by the
+papers that your Great Mother the Queen has graciously received you
+and made you some valuable presents; and I hope the time is come now
+when your minds are at ease, and we can have some conversation on that
+great and important subject that I proposed the other day."
+
+The old man was at that moment painting his face with vermilion and
+bear's grease, as he sat on the floor with a small looking-glass
+between his knees, and the palms of both hands covered with his red
+paint, which he was plastering over his face, and impressing on his
+naked arms and shoulders. He was not in a condition or mood to make a
+speech, or to hold a long talk; but he replied in a few words: "You
+see, my friends, that it is impossible to talk long now, for my young
+men, like myself, are all dressing and painting to take our ride,
+which we take every morning at ten. We are going now to the show of
+wild beasts, and we can't wait long; if we do, we may not see them."
+The reverend gentleman very pleasantly and patiently said to him, that
+he did not wish to take up any of their time when they had amusements
+or exercise to attend to; but he hoped they would keep the subject in
+mind, and give them some leisure hour when they could listen to him;
+and proposed the next day at twelve o'clock. The old man said, "No; at
+twelve they were to give their exhibition, which was, after that day,
+to be given in the day and evening also."--"Well, at two?"--"At two we
+dine."--"Well, what do you do after dinner?"--"Sleep."--"Not all the
+afternoon?"--"Pretty much."--"Well, in the morning, at eight?"--"_In
+bed_ at eight."--"What time do you breakfast?"--"About nine."--"Well,
+then, say ten?"--"Well, ten."--"To-morrow?"--"No, next day." The
+reverend gentleman then said, "Well, my good friends, we will come and
+see you the day after to-morrow, at ten; and we hope you will think of
+this important subject in the mean time." The chief said, "He would
+be glad to see them, as he had promised; but they had so much to see
+and to think of, that it was not probable they could have much time to
+think about it; and as the Queen didn't say anything to them about it,
+they hadn't given it any thought since they last met."
+
+The Indians took their customary omnibus drive-- not on this morning,
+as the old chief anticipated, to the menagerie, but to the Thames
+Tunnel and London Bridge. To these they were accompanied by Mr. Rankin,
+and looked upon them both as the wondrous works of white men's hands,
+which they could not comprehend. When they entered the Tunnel, and were
+told that they were under the middle of the Thames, and that the great
+ships were riding over their heads, they stood in utter astonishment,
+with their hands over their mouths (denoting silence), and said nothing
+until they came out. They called it the "_Great Medicine Cave_," and
+gave the medicine (or _wa-be-no_) dance at the entrance of it. Mr.
+Rankin made a speech here to the thousands assembled, which I believe
+was never recorded. They were met with much kindness at that place,
+where they received some fine presents, and were treated, they said, to
+some very good _chickabobboo_.
+
+The scene at the Egyptian Hall on this evening was again very exciting,
+the Hall being as full as it could pack, and the Indians in great glee,
+which insured much amusement. I accompanied the Indians on to the
+platform as before, and, as usual, introduced them to the audience,
+and explained the objects for which they had come to this country,
+&c.: they then proceeded with their amusements by giving a dance,
+accompanied by their customary yells and the war-whoop, which was
+followed by thundering applause. They then seated themselves and smoked
+their pipes, while I explained the nature and object of the dance they
+had just given. While I was thus engaged, some decided opposition to
+the nature of the exhibition manifested itself, which might well exist
+in the minds of persons unacquainted with the relative position in
+which these Indians and myself stood; and which objections I felt quite
+willing to meet at that moment.
+
+The first interruption that I met with was from a man who had taken his
+position in front of me, and whom I had seen several times endeavouring
+to obtain a hearing. He at length took an opportunity when he could be
+distinctly heard, and addressed me thus:--"Do you think it right, Sir,
+to bring those poor ignorant people here to dance for money?" There was
+a cry of "Put him out! put him out!" but as soon as I could restore
+silence I said, "No, my friends, don't put him out; I wish to answer
+such questions." At that moment another rose in an opposite part of the
+room, and said--
+
+  "I think it is degrading to those poor people to be brought here,
+  Sir, to be shown like wild beasts, for the purpose of making money;
+  and I think, more than that,--that it is degrading to _you_, Sir, to
+  bring them here for such a purpose; and the sooner it is stopped the
+  better."
+
+The audience, at my request, had held silence until this speech was
+finished, when there was a general cry of "Turn him out! turn him out!
+Shame! shame!" &c.
+
+I waited as patiently as I could until silence was restored, when I was
+enabled to get every ear in the house to listen to me; and I then said--
+
+  "My friends, I beg that there may be no more disposition to turn
+  any one out, for, if I can be heard a few moments, I will save all
+  further trouble, and, I venture to say, make those two gentlemen as
+  good friends to the Indians, and to myself, as any in the room. The
+  questions which they have naturally put are perfectly fair questions,
+  and such as I am anxious everywhere to answer to. The position in
+  which I stand at present is not, I grant, ostensibly, the one in
+  which my former professions would place me. I have been several years
+  known to the British public, from my labours and my professions, as
+  an advocate for the character and the rights of American Indians.
+  This position I have taken, and still claim, from a residence of
+  eight years amongst the various tribes where I have travelled, at
+  great expense, and hazard to my life, acquainting myself with their
+  true native dispositions, whilst I was collecting the memorials of
+  these abused and dying people, which you see at this time hanging
+  around us. In the eight years of my life which I have devoted to this
+  subject, I have preserved more historical evidences of these people,
+  and done more justice to their character, than any man living; and on
+  these grounds I demand at least the presumption that I am acting a
+  friendly part towards them, who have in their own country treated me
+  with genuine hospitality. (Hear, hear! and immense applause.)
+
+  "My friends, we come now to the facts, which it is my duty to
+  mention, and which I presume those two gentlemen are not acquainted
+  with. In the first place, I did not bring these people to this
+  country, but have always been opposed to such parties going to a
+  foreign country for such an object.[9] These Indians are men, with
+  reasoning faculties and shrewdness like to our own, and they have
+  deliberately entered into a written agreement with the person who
+  has the charge of them, and who is now in the room, to come to this
+  country, stimulated by the ambition of seeing Her Majesty the Queen,
+  whose lawful subjects they are, and make, if possible, by their
+  humble and honest exertions, a little money to carry home to their
+  children. (Immense applause.)
+
+  "These people are the avowed friends of the English in their own
+  country, and several of them are here to show the frightful wounds
+  they received in fighting Her Majesty's battles in the war of 1812.
+  (Applause, and Hear!)
+
+  "When they arrived, their first object was to see my collection,
+  which is known (at least by report) to almost every Indian to the
+  Pacific coast; and when they were in it, they decided that there was
+  the appropriate place for their dances, &c., and insisted upon my
+  conducting their exhibitions. By this it is seen that I met these
+  persons in this country; and in the belief that my countenance and
+  aid would render them subjects of greater interest, and therefore
+  promote their views, I have undertaken to stand by them as their
+  friend and advocate--not as wild beasts, but as men (though perhaps
+  'degraded,' as civilized actors degrade themselves on foreign boards)
+  labouring in an honest vocation, amid a world of strangers, wiser and
+  shrewder than themselves, for the means of feeding their wives and
+  little children. (Hear, hear, hear.)
+
+  "These people are here at an enormous expense, and the gentleman to
+  whom they have intrusted themselves has a tremendous responsibility
+  on his hands, for he must return them safe home, at his own expense,
+  after sharing the receipts of the expedition with them. They are
+  free men, and not slaves; and in a free country like this, who will
+  have the cruelty to say to them, 'Stop your vocation, and go to the
+  streets, like the poor Lascars, with brooms in your hands;' or the
+  kindness to say, 'Quit your dancing, and we will pay your expenses to
+  the shores of Lake Huron, and give you money to buy blankets and food
+  for your wives and little children'? (Hear, hear! and applause.)
+
+  "As for 'degradation,' I only hope, my friends, that I may always
+  live as free from it as I consider myself whilst by my exertions
+  I am promoting the honest views of these simple and unoffending
+  people; and for the name and honour of civilization I only wish that
+  the thousands of the enlightened world who are led into the Indian
+  countries by the passion to make money, would make it in as honest
+  a way, and as free from degradation, as the one in which these poor
+  fellows are labouring here to make a little." (Cheers and immense
+  applause, and cries of "No reply, no reply!")
+
+ [9] On a subject of so much importance to me, I deem proof
+     admissible and necessary, and therefore offer to the reader the
+     following letter from the former Secretary at War, Mr. Poinsett,
+     to whom I had written on the subject of an expedition, fitting
+     out in the United States, for such a purpose, several years
+     since:--
+
+     My dear Sir,                Washington City, October 19th, 1839.
+
+     I received your letter of the 11th instant, and am much obliged
+     to you for the information of the contemplated speculations with
+     Indians in foreign countries. I have taken precautions to defeat
+     all such enterprises, and will prosecute the speculators, and
+     saddle them with heavy costs, instead of gains, if I can detect
+     them. I consider such proceedings are calculated to degrade the
+     Red Man, and certainly not to exalt the whites engaged in them.
+
+                                       With great regard,
+                                            Yours very truly,
+
+     _To Geo. Catlin, Esq._     J. R. POINSETT, Sec. at War.
+
+     A few days after I received the above letter an order was issued
+     from the department of war to all the surveyors of Atlantic ports,
+     prohibiting Indians from being shipped to England, or other
+     foreign countries, for the purposes of exhibitions, without the
+     consent of the Government of the country.
+
+My two opponents by this time had lowered their heads and were lost
+sight of amidst the crowd, and no other objections were heard from
+them; and the poor Indians, who had enjoyed a good pipe in the mean
+time, without knowing the nature of our debate, were rested and
+prepared for their next dance. The audience at this time were all
+standing, and wedged together, as it were, in every part of the
+room; and amongst such a crowd, so closely packed, there were many
+occurrences in the course of the evening which afforded much amusement
+to the Indians, who were overlooking the whole of it from their
+platform. The screams of one woman, who announced that "she should
+faint unless she could get out," stopped all proceedings for a few
+moments. It was decided on all hands to be impossible for her to reach
+the door; and, being near the platform, she was at length lifted on
+to it by the joint aid of the Indians and those below, and she then
+took a conspicuous seat, as she supposed, for the rest of the evening.
+Another now hallooed for help and fresh air, and, not being so near
+the platform, was told that it was entirely impossible to get out,
+unless she was lifted over the heads of the crowd. "Never mind," said
+she, "I must go!" So she was raised by many hands, amidst a roar of
+laughter and fun, every one over whose head she was passed, being
+quite willing and ready to lend a hand, with a "Lay hold here! pass
+her along," &c. The "jolly fat dame" (as she was afterwards called),
+who had escaped from the surges and squeezes of the mass below, now
+comfortably seated on the edge of the platform, and briskly plying
+her pocket-handkerchief by way of fan, began to imagine her condition
+in no way improved, inasmuch as her back was towards her friends the
+Indians, and her jolly red face, of necessity, under the intense
+glare of the chandelier, and exposed to the gaze of the audience,
+who she imagined were passing their criticisms on her "good looks."
+(_Plate_ No. 7.) More and more annoyed every moment at the idea that
+her ruddy face was growing redder and redder as it was just in the
+focus of all eyes in the room, and at the instant thought also that
+(considering she was only coming into a crowd) her stays had been left
+off, and her new poplin dress, with lace frill in front, not prudent
+to wear, she had silently and unadvisedly resolved upon resuming her
+old position, and with that view unceremoniously launched herself,
+feet foremost, amongst the crowd of gentlemen below. Owing to several
+circumstances--the density of the crowd, her rotund and unwedge-like
+form, &c.,--there was an insurmountable difficulty (which she probably
+had not anticipated) in bringing down with her feet to the floor, or
+anywhere in that direction, the voluminous paraphernalia with which
+she was circumvested. This state of semi-suspension (her toes merely
+occasionally feeling the floor) became instantly alarming to her, as
+well as conspicuous and amusing to the Indians and the audience; and
+whilst she was imploring one party in the name of Heaven to lift, and
+the other to pull, the strong and muscular arms of the interpreter,
+Cadotte, gracefully raised her out of the abyss below, and, leading
+her across to the back part of the platform, gave her a comfortable
+seat, squatted behind, and in the shadow of the Indian group, amongst
+shields and war-clubs, and other implements used by the Indians in
+their various amusements.
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 7.]
+
+All was mirth and amusement during the remainder of the evening; and
+the last position of the "jolly fat dame" (who it would seem had
+strolled in on the occasion alone) proved exceedingly gratifying to
+her, as it afforded her an opportunity of a few words of conversation
+now and then with Cadotte, and of bestowing upon him a very splendid
+bracelet which she took from her own arm, saying, as she gave it,
+"Look here; you will always know me in a crowd, for on my left arm I
+have the fellow to it, and I will always wear it for your sake, that
+you may not lose sight of me." This gush of kindness had suffused the
+uninvaded soul of this simple and fresh-grown young man, and, when the
+exhibition had closed, gained her the kindness of his strong grip again
+in easing her down upon the floor. His backwoods gallantry could not
+allow her to wander about alone and uninstructed, and he glided down
+from the platform on his soft mocassined feet, and, with his eagle and
+ostrich plumes waving six feet and a half from the floor, was strolling
+around by her side as the audience were withdrawing from the room,
+and enlightening her by his descriptions of the paintings and Indian
+curiosities covering the walls of the Hall.
+
+The Indians in the mean time had shaken hands with the audience, and
+received many fine presents, and having gathered their robes and
+their weapons, and Mr. Rankin having announced to Cadotte that "the
+carriage was ready," the poor fellow turned upon his heel and said, "I
+am obliged to go." "I am so sorry," she exclaimed; "but look ye, can
+you read?" "Yes, ma'am." "But can you read writing?" "Yes, a little."
+"Oh, well, never mind, I'm going to be here every night--oh! it is so
+charming to me! Good night, good night!"
+
+The Indians were now off to their lodgings, and the greater part of
+the audience also, leaving poor Daniel, as usual, in the midst of
+some dozen or two of the most inquisitive and knowledge seeking and
+devouring, to answer the accustomed routine of inquiries reserved for
+this (to them) most profitable part of the exhibition.
+
+He was assuring the crowd around him that "these people were _not_
+taken with a lasso, nor were they taken in a pit (as some had
+conjectured), but that they had _come in_ of their own accord," &c. He
+was also showing the _real lasso_, and explaining that it was only a
+cord with a noose at the end of it, which the Indians throw over the
+wild horses' necks to catch them, and not "a _net_ or a _hammock_,"
+to both of which he pointed, and which it seems many had mistook for
+lassoes.
+
+He had also commented upon several _real scalps_ which he had taken
+down and was holding in his hand, saying, "Gentlemen, what nonsense to
+talk about Indians eating the scalps! You see the scalp is nothing but
+a small piece of the skin from the top of the head, with the hair on
+it, and dried as hard as a bit of sole-leather: there couldn't be any
+pleasure in eating a thing of that sort."
+
+About this time the "jolly fat dame," having edged up in his vicinity,
+touched Daniel on the shoulder, and at her nod and wink he followed her
+to the other side of the room, when she said, "Well, you know _me_,
+don't you, Daniel?" "Yes, madam, I recollect you very well; you used
+to come here, some months ago, very often, to see the collection and
+the tableaux." "Well, now," said she, "look here: those shoats there
+will worry you to death; I'd let them alone; they'll go in a minute.
+Ah, what a delightful scene this has been to-night! The _real Indians_
+after all! what I never expected to see. I never was so happy and so
+much delighted before--oh, dear me! they are _such fine_ fellows! I
+shall be here every night. I can't keep away. How happy they seem! they
+are clever--ah, that they are! I venture to say they are very clever
+men. That Interpreter!--what's his name? for I have forgotten." "His
+name is Cadotte, madam." "Ah, yes; stop a moment till I write it down,
+lest I should forget. I don't like to forget things--I can't say that I
+like to forget. How do you say? Cado--with two t's, or one?" "I believe
+it is spelt with two t's, madam." "Yes, I dare say--_Cadotte!_--now I
+have it! Well, it is wonderful! What a fine-looking fellow that Cadotte
+is--ha!--what a tremendous powerful man! Oh, law me! he made nothing
+of taking me up there. I suppose you saw him?" "No, madam, I was
+'tending door; but I heard of it." "Why, bless me! I was no more than
+a pocket-handkerchief to him as he lifted me on to the platform; and
+you see I'm not a thing for the wind to blow away--oh dear!--and what a
+tremendous hand he has! I never saw the like. When he took hold of my
+arm it seemed as if he could have crushed it in a moment. I am sure he
+is six feet and a half high." "No, not quite that, madam, but pretty
+near it." "Well, really he is a giant, almost; and yet I am sure he is
+young--not over 20 I am quite sure!" "No, madam, he is but just turned
+18 I believe." "Oh, charming! and how wonderful! But you are jesting,
+Daniel?" "No, madam, I may be mistaken, but I believe I am right."
+"He can't be married yet?" "Oh, no, you may be sure of that--I don't
+suppose he ever thought of a woman yet." "Bless me!--ah, well!--did you
+see the present I made him, Daniel?" "No, madam, I have not." "Look
+there! I gave him the fellow to that. He'll recollect me, won't he?
+I took it off, and tried to buckle it on his wrist myself; but, law
+me, what a tremendous arm he has got! it wouldn't go much more than
+half way around! I thought _I_ had a pretty lusty arm, Daniel?--feel
+it--clasp it round--take hold higher up--up there--I never wear
+sleeves!--that's lusty, is'nt it?" "Yes, by jolly!" said Daniel, as
+he was making a careful estimate of it; "that's a stout arm, madam."
+"Well, mine is a baby's arm to that 'boy's,' as you call him. Ah, well,
+Daniel, I am taking up your time, and I must go. I shall be here every
+night, I assure you; and you will always let me in early? You see I
+am not half dressed to-night. I want to get as near that corner of the
+platform as possible when I come." "I understand." "Good night!" "Good
+night! madam."
+
+At this moment, or a moment after, Daniel closed the door upon the
+last remaining visitors, and I stepped out from behind a green curtain
+at one end of the platform, forming a little retreat into which I was
+in the habit of withdrawing myself to avoid the crowd at the close of
+the exhibition. Owing to this little accident, therefore, the reader
+is in possession of the above ejaculatory conversation between the
+"jolly fat lady" and Daniel; for as, in taking him to the "other side
+of the room," she had most fortunately placed her back within a few
+inches of the screen that was before me, bringing poor Daniel's eye to
+mine directly over her shoulder, I was enabled to record, _verbatim et
+literatim_ (which it might have puzzled poor Daniel to have done from
+recollection, after the excitement of her jolly fat arm), precisely all
+that was said and done on the occasion, as above related.
+
+"Why," said I, "Daniel, that lady seems to be quite 'taken' with
+Cadotte." "Taken! she's more than that--she's dead _in love_ with
+him. I'll be shot if ever I saw the like in my life--the woman is
+perfectly mad after him--and she's the same lady that used to come to
+the _tableaux_ so often when you gave them in the Egyptian Hall, and
+was repeatedly asking (as you'll recollect I told you) whether you were
+actually married; and when I told her you were, she wouldn't believe
+it. She's the same identical woman. I knew her in a moment, for I have
+talked hours with her in the exhibition rooms; and didn't you hear her
+call me Daniel when she spoke to me to-night? She appears to be quite
+a lady. She used to come in quite a respectable carriage; and I'll
+venture to say it has been standing at the door all the evening, and
+I'll be shot but it will be there every night for a fortnight to come."
+
+"Well, it is quite a curious case; but let us treat her respectfully,
+and with politeness, on all occasions." "Oh, yes, certainly; she is
+very civil and polite, and you may be sure, Mr. Catlin, that she will
+receive no other treatment from me."
+
+Under an agreement with Mr. Rankin and the Indians to meet them at
+their lodgings after the exhibition, I repaired to their rooms,
+and found them just finishing their beefsteaks and their jug of
+_chickabobboo_. They were all in a merry humour, talking over the
+curious scenes they had witnessed in the crowd. They said they thought
+the Englishwomen loved to be squeezed in a crowd, for there were a
+great many there, and they seemed to be very happy and goodnatured.
+They were sure that they saw several persons quite drunk in the room,
+and also believed that many of the ladies there must have been drinking
+_chickabobboo_. They had several hearty laughs about the poor woman
+who was passed over the people's heads; and also about the "jolly fat
+dame," who was lifted on to the platform by Cadotte; and they teazed
+him a long time with their jokes about her, and the beautiful present
+he had received from her, and which they had seen her a long time
+trying to fasten on to his arm.
+
+Their jokes, which they were thus innocently enjoying, and their
+_chickabobbo_, seemed to make them cheerful and happy; and I returned
+home, myself pleased, and went to bed.
+
+My desk was now becoming loaded with communications relative to the
+Ojibbeway Indians, with more inquiries about their domestic habits and
+warfare than I could possibly find time to answer, and more invitations
+to dinners and parties than they could attend to; and on the next
+day, amongst numerous applications for private interviews, were two
+notes from reverend gentlemen, wishing opportunities to converse with
+them. To them I answered that I should feel much satisfaction in
+affording them every opportunity and every facility in my power, and I
+recommended that they should come the next day at ten o'clock, when the
+Indians were, by appointment, to meet several clergymen to converse
+upon the subject of religion. One of those reverend gentlemen replied
+to my note, saying, that "he should prefer a different audience from
+that which I had named, and should feel as if I had acted entirely up
+to the professions of my first note if I would use my endeavours to
+obtain it;" to which I answered that "my only reason for recommending
+that occasion was, that, as they had already had several short
+interviews with clergymen, and had fixed upon that morning for a final
+interview, I thought it probable it would be the only opportunity he
+could have of hearing them state their religious belief." I never
+received any further communication from this reverend gentleman, nor
+did he attend the meeting named; and if I gave him any offence, it was
+done while I was giving him what I thought to be the most friendly
+advice.
+
+The next night of their exhibition at the Egyptian Hall passed off much
+like the preceding one; the Hall was crowded, and in the midst of the
+crowd, at the end of the platform (as she had desired it), appeared the
+"_jolly fat dame_" in _full_ dress, and fully equipped and prepared for
+any emergency. She was in her "_stays_" and her _poplin_ and _lace_,
+and loaded with trinkets; and although it was now the middle of winter,
+that she might not suffer quite so much as she had done the night
+before, she had brought a large fan, which the heat of the room and its
+excitements made it necessary to keep constantly in motion. Daniel had
+placed her where she could get some support by leaning on the platform,
+and once in a while whisper a word to Cadotte, whose beautifully
+embroidered mocassins were near to her nose when he leant forward to
+listen to her, with the eagle plumes and ostrich feathers of his cap
+falling gracefully down over her shoulders. She looked altogether more
+lovely and "killing" that night than on the first; and, while she kept
+more cool and considerate, was not lessening the progress which her
+fascinations were making upon the heart of poor Cadotte, nor curtailing
+the draughts of admiration which she was taking in at every breath she
+inhaled, and at every glance that she had of his manly and herculean
+figure as it moved before her.
+
+What transpired in the bosom and the brain of this fair dame during the
+evening, none but herself can exactly know; but, from the lustre of her
+eyes, and the pleasure beaming from every part of her jolly face, it
+was evident that peace and happiness, for the time, reigned within.
+
+The dances and other amusements of the evening pleased all of the
+audience well, and the "jolly fat dame" _supremely_. The Indians
+returned to their apartments, and delighted themselves by counting
+over their money and trinkets, with which they were well pleased, and
+drinking their _chickabobboo_.
+
+The next morning at ten o'clock, the hour appointed, the Rev. Mr. S----
+and friend called, and were conducted by me to the Indians' apartments.
+They were met with cordiality by the Indians and by Mr. Rankin; and
+when the kind and reverend gentleman reminded them of the promise made
+him for that morning, they all responded "_How, how, how!_"
+
+They then, at the order of the chief, all spread their robes upon the
+floor, upon which they took their seats, and at once were in _council_.
+
+The reverend gentleman then, in a tone and a manner the most winning,
+and calculated to impress upon them the sincerity of his views, told
+them "he was aware that they were religious, that they all worshipped
+the Great Spirit, but that he did not exactly know in what way; that
+he did not come here to tell them anything to give them offence, but
+with the hope of learning something more of their belief and modes of
+worship, of which he confessed he was ignorant, and also of explaining
+to them what he and the other divines in the civilized world believed
+to be the best, if not the only true religion." (Here the old chief
+lighted his pipe, which he commenced smoking.)
+
+The reverend gentleman then explained, in the briefest manner possible,
+and in the mode the best calculated for their understanding (and which
+was literally interpreted them), the system of the Christian religion
+and the mode of redemption.
+
+When the reverend gentleman had finished his remarks, the old chief
+filled his pipe again, and, sitting with his eyes cast down until he
+had smoked it partly out, he handed it to the War-chief, and (instead
+of rising, as an Indian does to speak on any other subject) the old man
+rested his elbows on his knees and answered as follows:--[10]
+
+  "My friends--We feel thankful for the information and advice which
+  you come to give us, for we know that you are good men and sincere,
+  and that we are like children, and stand in need of advice.
+
+  "We have listened to your words, and have no fault to find with them.
+  We have heard the same words in our own country, where there have
+  been many white people to speak them, and our ears have never been
+  shut against them.
+
+  "We have tried to understand white man's religion, but we cannot--it
+  is _medicine_ to us, and we think we have no need of it. _Our_
+  religion is simple, and the Great Spirit who gave it to us has
+  taught us all how to understand it. We believe that the Great Spirit
+  made our religion for us, and white man's religion for white men.
+  Their sins we believe are much greater than ours, and perhaps the
+  Great Spirit has thought it best therefore to give them a different
+  religion.
+
+  "Some white men have come to our country, and told us that if we did
+  not take up white man's religion, and give up our own, we should all
+  be lost. Now we don't believe that; and we think those are bad or
+  blind men.
+
+  "My friends--We know that the Great Spirit made the red men to dwell
+  in the forests, and white men to live in green fields and in fine
+  houses; and we believe that we shall live separate in the world to
+  come. The best that we expect or want in a future state is a clear
+  sky and beautiful hunting-grounds, where we expect to meet the
+  friends whom we loved; and we believe that if we speak the truth
+  we shall go there. This we think might not suit white people, and
+  therefore we believe that their religion is best for them.
+
+  "If we follow the religion of our fathers we shall meet them again:
+  if we follow a different religion we are not sure of it.
+
+  "My friends--We are here but a few, and we are a great way from our
+  homes, and we shall have but little time to waste in talking on this
+  subject. When a few white men come into our country to make money,
+  we don't ask them to take up our religion. We are here away from our
+  wives and children to try to get some money for them, and there are
+  many things we can take home to them of much more use than white
+  man's religion. Give us guns and ammunition, that we can kill food
+  for them, and protect them from our enemies, and keep whisky and rum
+  sellers out of our country.
+
+  "My friends--We love you, and give you our hands; but we wish to
+  follow the religion of our fathers, and would rather not talk any
+  more on the subject." (_'How, how, how!'_)
+
+ [10] The numerous conversations held on the subjects of religion
+     and education with the three different parties of Indians,
+     in various parts of England, as well as on the continent, I
+     consider form one of the most interesting features of this work;
+     and as I have been present at them all, I have taken down all
+     the Indians' remarks on those occasions, and I have inserted
+     them in all cases in this book as I wrote them from their lips,
+     and not in any case from recollection.--AUTHOR.
+
+When the old man had thus closed his remarks, _Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee_
+took the pipe and puffed away a few minutes as hard as he could, when
+he spoke as follows:--
+
+  "My friends--The words of our chief, which you have just heard, are
+  good--they are the words of nearly all of our nation. Some of the
+  Ojibbeways say that the words of the white people are the best; but
+  we believe that they have two tongues.
+
+  "My friends--A few years ago a _black-coat_ came amongst us in the
+  town where I live, and told us the same words as you have spoken this
+  morning. He said that the religion of the white men was the only
+  good religion; and some began to believe him, and after a while a
+  great many believed him; and then he wanted us to help build him a
+  house; and we did so. We lifted very hard at the logs to put up his
+  house, and when it was done many sent their children to him to learn
+  to read, and some girls got so as to read the 'good book,' and their
+  fathers were very proud of it; and at last one of these girls had a
+  baby, and not long after it another had a baby, and the _black-coat_
+  then ran away, and we have never seen him since. My friends, we don't
+  think this right. I believe there is another _black-coat_ now in the
+  same house. Some of the Indians send their boys there to learn to
+  read, but they dare not let their girls go.
+
+  "My friends, this is all I have to say." (_'How, how, how!'_)
+
+The reverend gentlemen kindly thanked the Indians for their patience,
+and, telling me that it would be cruel and useless, under their present
+circumstances, to question them longer, thanked Mr. Rankin and myself
+for the kind assistance we had rendered them, and retired, leaving with
+them as a present several very handsome Bibles. As I was leaving the
+room I heard the old chief complaining that talking made his lips very
+dry, and Mr. Rankin ordered for them a jug of _chickabobboo_.[11]
+
+ [11] The minds of the Indians had been so much engrossed for several
+     days with the subject of religion, that the inventive powers
+     of the little _Sah-mah_ (Tobacco) had been at work; and when I
+     called on them the next morning one of them handed me his ideas,
+     as he had put them on paper with a lead pencil, and I give them
+     to the reader (Plate No. 8) as near as my own hand could copy
+     them from his original sketch now in my portfolio. If the reader
+     can understand the lines, he will learn from it something of the
+     state of the arts in the Indian country, as well as their native
+     propensity to burlesque.
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 8.]
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XV.
+
+  Exhibition rooms--Great crowd--The "jolly fat dame"--Her
+      interview with Cadotte--She gives presents to all the
+      Indians--Excitement in the crowd--Women kissing the
+      Indians--Red paint on their faces and dresses--Old Chief's
+      dream and feast of thanksgiving--An annual ceremony--Curious
+      forms observed--Indians invited to the St. George's
+      archery-ground--They shoot for a gold medal--They dine with
+      the members of the club--The "jolly fat dame" and Cadotte--She
+      takes him to his lodgings in her carriage--Cadotte (or the
+      "Strong-wind") gets sick--Is in love with another!--Daniel
+      unfolds the secret to her--Her distress--She goes to the
+      country--The "jolly fat dame" returns--Cadotte's engagement to
+      marry--Rankin promotes the marriage--The Author disapproves of
+      it.
+
+
+The reader will easily imagine the position of the Indians at this time
+to have been a very pleasant and satisfactory one to themselves--all in
+good health; having seen and pleased the Queen; having met the public
+several times in the great city of London, where their Hall was crowded
+every night, and was likely to continue so; where everybody applauded,
+and many bestowed on them presents in trinkets and money; with plenty
+of roast beef, and withal indulged in their _chickabobboo_. The old
+chief had finished his talks on religion, and Cadotte was in the
+delightful state of incubation under the genial warmth of the wing of
+the jolly fat dame.
+
+The Hall on this evening was as overflowing as on the previous nights.
+The "jolly fat dame" had been the first one at the door, and, by
+the power of her smiles upon Daniel's gallantry, she had passed in
+before the hour for admitting the public. This had most luckily (and
+_bewitchingly_, as she did not expect it) allowed her a delightful
+_t�te-�-t�te_ of a few minutes with Cadotte, who happened to be
+sauntering about in the half-lighted hall of the exhibition, while the
+Indians were in an ante-chamber, putting on their streaks of paint, and
+arranging their locks of hair and ornaments for the evening. Lucky,
+lucky hour! What passed there in these few minutes nobody knows. _One
+thing_, however, we may presume, _did pass_ in that short time. Upon
+Daniel's authority she had a letter in her hand when she entered, and
+which was never identified on her person afterwards, though a similar
+one poor Cadotte was seen poring over for several subsequent days, at
+odd spells, like a child at its task in its spelling-book. As she was
+first in, she took her old position, which had afforded her so much
+pleasure the evening before. As her heart was more smitten, her hand
+became more liberal: she had come this night loaded with presents, and
+dealt them out without stint to the whole party. As each one received
+his brooch, or his pin, or his guard-chain, he held it up and gave a
+yell, which made the good lady's kindnesses subjects of notoriety; and
+we believed, and _feared_ also, that her vanity was such, that, to make
+the most of the occasion, she drew upon some of the most costly of the
+ornaments that adorned her own ample person. During the excitement
+thus produced by the distribution of her trinkets, some female in the
+midst of the crowd held up and displayed a beautiful bracelet "for the
+first one who should get to it." Three or four of the young fellows,
+with their naked shoulders and arms, leaped with the rapidity almost
+of lightning into the screaming mass. The little _Sah-mah_, who was
+the _beau-ideal_ of Indian beauty among them, bore off the prize. As
+there was not the same inducement for retracing their steps, and they
+were in the midst of strong inducements to stay in the crowd, it became
+exceedingly difficult to get them back, and to resume the amusements of
+the evening. Many ladies were offering them their hands and trinkets:
+some were kissing them, and every kiss called forth the war-whoop (as
+they called it, "a _scalp_"). The women commenced it as _Sah-mah_ had
+dashed into the crowd; and as he was wending his way back, finding it
+had pleased so well, he took every lady's hand that was laid upon his
+naked arm or his shoulder as a challenge, and he said that he kissed
+every woman that he passed. This may or may not be true; but one thing
+is certain, that many there were in the room that evening who went home
+to their husbands and mothers with streaks of red and black paint upon
+their cheeks, which nothing short of soap and water could remove. And,
+curious to relate, when the amusements were finished, and the audience
+nearly withdrawn, and the "jolly fat dame" was strolling about the
+room, she met her two maids, to whom she had given their shillings,
+and told them to "go and see the Indians." These two buxom young girls
+had been in the midst of the crowd, and, both of them having met with
+the accident I have mentioned above, the good-natured fat lady glowed
+into a roar of laughter as she vociferated, "Why, girls, you husseys,
+you have been kissing those Indians! Bless me, what a pretty figure you
+cut! why, your faces are all covered with red paint!" "And _your_ face,
+mistress! Look here! all one side of your face, and on your neck! Oh,
+look at your beautiful new lace!" And _it was even so_; but _how_ it
+happened, or where, or in what part of the excitement, or by whom, is
+yet to be learned.
+
+Leaving these excitements for a while, which were now become of nightly
+occurrence, we come to one of a different character and of curious
+interest. It is impossible for me to recollect the day, but it was
+about this time, the old chief related to Mr. Rankin a dream which he
+had had the night before, which made it incumbent upon them to make a
+feast, and of course necessary for Mr. Rankin and myself to furnish all
+the requisite materials for it.
+
+In his dream (or "vision," as he seemed disposed to call it) he said
+the Great Spirit appeared to him, and told him that he had kept his
+eye upon them, and guarded and protected them across the great ocean,
+according to their prayers, which he had heard; that he had watched
+them so far in this country; that they had been successful in seeing
+their Great Mother the Queen, and that they were now all happy and
+doing well. But in order to insure a continuance of these blessings,
+and to make their voyage back across the ocean pleasant and safe,
+it now became necessary that they should show their thankfulness to
+the Great Spirit in giving their great annual Feast of Thanksgiving,
+which is customary in their country at the season when their maize is
+gathered and their dried meat is laid in and secured for their winter's
+food.
+
+This injunction, he said, was laid upon him thus, and he could not from
+any cause whatever neglect to attend to it; if he did, he should feel
+assured of meeting the displeasure of the Great Spirit, and they should
+all feel at once distressed about the uncertainty of their lives on
+their way back. This Feast of Thanksgiving must be given the next day,
+and they should wish us to procure for them a whole goat, or a sheep,
+and said that it must be a _male_, and that they would require a place
+large enough to cook it without breaking a bone in its body, according
+to the custom of their country.
+
+The request of this good old man was of course granted with great
+pleasure; and Mr. Rankin, in a short time, returned from the market
+with the sheep, which, on close inspection, seemed to please them; and
+a large chamber in the Egyptian Hall, which Mr. Clark, the curator
+of the building, had placed at their service, was decided on as the
+place where the feast should be prepared and partaken of. Mr. Clark
+and his wife, who are kind and Christian people, afforded them all
+the facilities for cooking, and rendered them every aid they could in
+preparing their feast; and the next day, at the hour appointed, it was
+announced to Mr. Rankin and myself that the "feast was ready, and that
+we were expected to partake of it with them."
+
+When we entered the room we found the feast arranged on the floor,
+in the centre of the large hall, and smoking, and the men all seated
+around it on buffalo robes; and the only two guests besides ourselves,
+my man Daniel and Mr. Clark, who were also seated. Two robes were
+placed for Mr. Rankin and myself, and we took our seats upon them.
+The three women of the party came in after we were all arranged, and,
+spreading their robes, seated themselves in another group at a little
+distance from us. A short time before the feast was ready, they sent
+Cadotte to me to request that I would buy for them a small cup of
+whisky, which was to be partaken of, "not as _drink_ for the _belly_,
+but as drink for the _spirit_," which by the custom of their country
+was absolutely necessary to the holding of their Feast of Thanksgiving.
+In this they were also, of course, indulged; and when we were seated,
+we found the whisky standing in front of the medicine-man in a small
+pewter mug.
+
+Everything now being in readiness, the pipe was lit by the war-chief,
+who rose up with it, and, presenting its stem towards the _north_ and
+the _south_, the _east_ and the _west_, and then upwards to the Great
+Spirit, and then to the earth, smoked through it himself a few breaths,
+and then, walking around, held it to the lips of each one of the party
+(the women excepted), who smoked a whiff or two through it; after which
+he made a short and apparently vehement appeal to the Great Spirit
+to _bless_ the food we were then to partake of. When he had taken
+his seat, the medicine-man took his _wa-be-no_ (_medicine-drum_) and
+commenced beating on it as he accompanied its taps with a _medicine_
+song to the Great Spirit. When the song was finished he arose, and,
+shaking a rattle (_she-shee-quoin_) in his left hand, and singing at
+the same time, he handed the cup of whisky around to the lips of each
+guest, all of whom tasted of it; it was then passed to the women, who
+also tasted it, and returned it to its former position but partially
+emptied.
+
+The War-chief then rose upon his feet, and, drawing his large knife
+from his belt, plunged the thumb and fore finger of his left hand
+into the sockets of the sheep's eyes, by which he raised the head as
+he severed it from the body with his knife, and held it as high as he
+could reach. At this moment he returned his knife to its scabbard,
+and, seizing the _she-shee-quoin_ (or rattle) in his right hand, he
+commenced to sing a most eccentric song as he shook his rattle in one
+hand and brandished the sheep's head in the other, and danced quite
+round the circle between the feast and the guests, going so slow as to
+require some eight or ten minutes to get round. Having got round to his
+seat, he gave a frightful yell, and, raising the sheep's head to his
+mouth, bit off a piece of it, and again danced until he had swallowed
+it. He then laid the head and the rattle at the feet of another, who
+sprang upon his feet, and, taking the sheep's head and the rattle,
+performed the same manoeuvre, and so did a second and a third, and so
+on until each male of the party had performed his part. After this, the
+flesh was carved from the bones by the War-chief, and placed before us,
+of which we all partook. Parts of it were also carried to the women,
+and after a little time the greater part of the flesh of the carcase
+had disappeared.
+
+It is worthy of remark, also, that at this strange feast there was
+nothing offered but the flesh of the sheep; but which was cooked in a
+manner that would have pleased the taste of an epicure.
+
+When the eating was done, the war-chief took the rattle in his hand,
+and, lightly shaking it as a sort of accompaniment, took at least a
+quarter of an hour to repeat a long prayer, or return of thanks, to
+the Great Spirit, which was spoken (or rather _sung_ than _spoken_)
+in a very remarkable and rapid manner. After this the pipe was lit,
+and, having been some three or four times passed around, the feast was
+finished, and we took leave.
+
+I leave this strange affair (having described it as nearly as I
+possibly could) for the comments of the curious, who may have more
+time than I can justly devote to it at this moment, barely observing
+that the old chief, after this, seemed quite contented and happy that
+he had acted in conformity to the sacred injunction of the Great
+Spirit, and strictly adhered, though in a foreign country, to one of
+the established and indispensable customs of his race; for which, and
+for another cogent reason (that "his lips were getting very dry after
+eating so much"), he thought we would be willing (as of course we were)
+to let Daniel go for a jug of _chickabobboo_.
+
+The whole party now seemed to be completely happy, and in the midst
+of enjoyment. They were excited and amused every night in their
+exhibitions, which afforded them wholesome exercise; and during the
+days they took their drives through the city and into the country,
+and beheld the sights of the great metropolis, or reclined around
+their rooms on their buffalo robes, enjoying their pipes and counting
+their money, of which they had received some thirty or forty pounds,
+presented to them in the room at various times, independent of that
+received from her Majesty, and their wages, and trinkets, and other
+presents.
+
+Of their drives, one of the most exciting and interesting that they
+had or could have in London was about this time, when her Majesty
+rode in state to the opening of Parliament. They were driven through
+the immense concourse of people assembled on the line and along
+Parliament-street, and conducted to a position reserved for them on
+the roof of St. Mary's chapel, near Westminster Abbey. From this
+elevated position they had a splendid bird's-eye view of the crowd
+below, and the progress of the Queen's state carriage, as it rolled
+along on its massive wheels of gold, and drawn by eight cream-coloured
+horses. So grand a pageant filled their rude, uncultivated minds
+with the strangest conjectures, which were subjects for several
+evenings' curious gossip. And what seemed to please them most of all
+the incidents of the day was, as they said, "that her Majesty and the
+Prince both most certainly looked up from their golden carriage to see
+them on the top of the church."
+
+They were also most kindly invited by the members of the St. George's
+Archery Club to witness their bow-and-arrow shooting on one of their
+prize-days. This was calculated to engage their closest attention; and
+at night they returned home in great glee. They had been treated with
+the greatest kindness by the gentlemen of that club. They had put up
+a gold medal for the Indians to shoot for, which was won by _Sah-mah_
+(Tobacco), and other prizes were taken by others of the party.[12] The
+first shot made by the young man who bore off the golden prize was
+said to have been one of the most extraordinary ever made on their
+grounds; but in their subsequent shooting they fell a great way short
+of it, and also of that of the young gentlemen belonging to the club.
+After the shooting of the Indians, and also of the members of the club,
+contending for their valuable prizes, the Indians were invited to their
+table, where a sumptuous dinner was partaken of. Many toasts were
+drunk, and many speeches made; and, to their agreeable surprise, as
+they said, they had plenty of the _Queen's chickabobboo_!
+
+ [12] It was stated in some of the papers of the day that the Indian
+     won the golden prize from the members of the club, which was not
+     the case. It was put up, most liberally, by the young men of the
+     society for the Indians to shoot for among themselves, and won
+     in this way, not from the members of the club.
+
+     There are no Indians in North America who can equal the shooting
+     of these young gentlemen, who practise much this beautiful and
+     manly exercise. I have often, at their kind invitations, visited
+     their grounds, and I have had the opportunity of seeing the
+     shooting amongst most of the American tribes. The Indian tribes
+     who use the bow and arrow at the present time are mostly the
+     Prairie tribes, who are mounted, and, from their horses' backs,
+     at full speed, throw their arrows but a very few paces, and use
+     a short bow of two feet or two feet and a half in length, and
+     therefore never practise at the target at the distance of one or
+     two hundred yards. Their skill and power, however, in that mode
+     of using the bow is almost inconceivable, and might puzzle the
+     best archers in England or in the world to equal.
+
+They continued their amusements nightly, much in the same way as I have
+above described, with full houses and similar excitements, all of which
+and their effects we will imagine, as I pass over a week or two of
+them without other notice than merely to say that the "jolly fat dame"
+still continued to visit them, as she had promised, and nightly to
+strengthen the spell she seemed to be working upon the heart of poor
+Cadotte. She was elegant, but rather fat. She rode in a good carriage.
+She bestowed her presents liberally, and on all; and insisted the whole
+time that "it was the most interesting exhibition she ever saw," and
+that "Cadotte was almost a giant!" "She could not keep away, nor could
+she keep the Indians out of her mind." All were inquiring who she could
+be, and nobody could tell. She had delivered three or four letters into
+Cadotte's hand in the time; and, though "her carriage could put him
+down at his door quite easy," she had driven him home but one night,
+and then he was landed quite quick and quite safe. The Indians talked
+and joked much about her, but Cadotte said little. He was young, and
+his youth had had a giant growth in the timid shade of the woods. He
+was strong; but he knew not the strength that was in him, for he had
+not tried it. He was like a mountain torrent--dammed up but to burst
+its barriers and overflow. The glow of this fair dame upon him was a
+sunshine that he had never felt, and, like the snow under a summer's
+sun, he was about to have melted away. In the simplicity of his native
+ambition, he had never aspired to anything brighter than his own
+colour; and few were dreaming till just now that the warrior Cupid was
+throwing his fatal arrows across the line. Nor did those who suspected
+them (or even _saw_ them), from the source that has been named, know
+more than half of the shafts that were launched at the _"Strong-wind"_
+at this time, nor appreciate more than half the perplexities that were
+wearing away his body and his mind. _He_ knew them, poor fellow, and
+had _felt_ them for some time; but the world saw no symptom of them
+until his treatment of this fair dame on one night set them inquiring,
+when they found that she, with her little _archer_, was not alone in
+the field.
+
+Reader, we are now entering upon a drama that requires an abler pen
+than mine, which has been used only to record the dry realities of
+Indian life, stripped of the delicious admixture which is sometimes
+presented when Cupid and civilization open their way into it.
+
+I regret exceedingly that I cannot do justice to the subject that is
+now before us; but, knowing the facts, I will simply give them, and not
+aspire to the _picture_, which the reader's imagination will better
+paint than my black lead can possibly draw.
+
+On the unlucky evening above alluded to the "jolly fat dame" had made
+her appearance at the rooms half an hour before the doors were to open;
+and, with Daniel's usual indulgence, she passed into the room, in the
+hope, as she said, to have a few words with the Indians, and shake
+hands with them all, and bid the good fellows good by, as she was going
+into the country for a few days. She loitered around the room until it
+began to fill with its visitors for the evening, without the good luck
+to meet the "_Strong-wind_," as she had been in the habit of doing,
+before the chandelier was in full blaze, and while the Indians were
+in their adjoining room, putting on their paint and ornaments. This
+disappointment, for reasons that she probably understood better than
+we can, seemed to embarrass her very much, and most likely, even at
+that early stage, carried forebodings of troubles that were "brewing."
+In the embarrassment of these painful moments, not being able to spend
+the evening in the exhibition, as usual, but under the necessity of
+returning to pack her things and complete her preparations for her
+journey, she was retreating towards the door as fast as the audience
+filled in in front, determined to hold a position in the passage
+where she could shake hands with the Indians as they passed in, and
+drop a little billet into the hands of the "_Strong-wind_," which, if
+received, was intended only to stop a sort of palpitation there would
+be in the side of her breast, in case she should have gone off to the
+country without informing the "_Strong-wind_" of it, and that she was
+to return again in a very few days.
+
+Unlucky device! The Indians all passed by, excepting the "_Strong
+Wind_," and, as each one shook her hand, he saluted her with a yelp
+and a smile. All this was gratifying to her, but added to the evident
+fever that was now coming on her. She paced the hall forward and back
+for some time, living yet (and thriving) upon the hope at that moment
+raised in her mind, that he ("noble fellow!") was hanging back in
+order to have a moment of bliss alone with her in the hall, after the
+gazing visitors had all passed by. This hope sustained her a while,
+and she many times more walked the length of the passage, but in vain.
+At this moment the sound of the drum and the echoing of the war-whoop
+through the hall announced their exhibition as commenced; and the
+liberal dame, advancing to the door, and standing on tiptoe, that she
+might take a peep once more at the good fellows over the heads of the
+audience, beheld, to her great astonishment, the noble figure of the
+"_Strong-wind_," swinging his tomahawk, as he was leading the dance!
+Unhappy dame! the room was closely stowed, and not the possibility left
+of her getting half way to her old stand by the end of the platform, if
+she tried.
+
+This dilemma was most awful. The thought of actually "going off to the
+country, as she had promised, for several days, without the chance to
+say even good bye, or to shake hands, was too bad,--it was cruel!" She
+went to the door to see Daniel, and said, "Well, this is very curious;
+I wanted to have seen Cadotte for a moment before I went away, and I
+can't stay to-night. I shook hands with all the rest as they went in,
+but I did not see Cadotte. I don't understand it." "Why," said Daniel,
+"the poor fellow is not here to-night; he's getting sick: he was here
+when you first came in, but he _shot out_ a few moments afterwards,
+and told me to tell you, if you came, that he was too unwell to be
+here to-night. He is looking very pale and losing flesh very fast, and
+his appetite is going. He has only danced once or twice in the last
+week." "Poor fellow! I am sorry. What a pity if he should get sick! I
+don't see what they would do without him; he is worth more than the
+whole party besides. He's a fine young man. What an immense fellow he
+is! Did you examine his hand? What a grip he has got--ha! I _may_ not
+go to-morrow, but if I _do_, it will only be for a few days. I have
+_promised_ to go, and you know it is wrong to break promises, Daniel.
+If anything should prevent me from going to-morrow I shall certainly be
+here again to-morrow night. Poor fellow! I _hope_ he won't get sick: I
+think a little ride in the country would do him good. Mr. Catlin ought
+to send him into the country for a while. That's what he should do,
+shouldn't he? I won't stand here too long, Daniel; it's rather a cold
+place: so good night."
+
+It _was_ a _fact_ that the "_Strong Wind_" was getting sick; and a
+fact also that Daniel thought he had gone home, as he told the good
+lady; and two other facts followed the next day--the one was, that the
+journey to the country was not made that morning; and the other, that
+the "jolly fat dame" was at the Hall at an early hour of the evening
+as usual. Her visit was carefully timed, so as to allow her a little
+time for gossip with Daniel at the door, and to subject her to the
+delightful possibility of accidentally meeting the "_Strong Wind_" as
+she had sometimes done, in the half-lighted hall.
+
+"You see, Daniel, that I didn't get off this morning; and when I am
+in London I cannot keep away from those curious fellows, the Indians.
+They are here, I suppose, before this?" "Yes, madam, they have just
+come in in their bus." "Well, how is Cadotte? he is _my_ favourite, you
+know." "Well," said Daniel, "I don't think he's any better: I believe
+there is but one thing that will cure him." "Bless me, you don't say
+so! What do you think is the matter with him?" "Why, I think he is in
+love, madam; and I don't believe there is anything under heaven else
+that ails him." "Oh! now, but you _don't think_ so, do you, really?" "I
+do, indeed, madam; and I don't wonder at it, for there are charms that
+are lavished upon him that are enough to----" "Oh! come, come, now,
+Daniel, don't give us any of your dry compliments. He's a fine man,
+certainly--that I _know_, and I should be sorry if he should get sick.
+He will be in the exhibition, I suppose, to-night?" "No, madam, I saw
+him a few minutes since, and he had lain down on his buffalo robe on
+the floor, and I heard him tell Mr. Rankin that he should not go into
+the room to-night; that he did not feel well enough." "So, you cruel
+man, you think the poor fellow is in love, do you?" "I am _sure_ of
+it, madam: in the next house to where the Indians lodge there is one
+of the most beautiful black-eyed little girls that I have seen since I
+have been in London, and, by putting her head out of the back window to
+look at the Indians, and by playing in the back yard, she long since
+showed to everybody who saw her that she was fascinated with Cadotte.
+She used to kiss her hand to him, and throw him bouquets of flowers,
+and, at last, letters." "Pshaw!" "It's true! And, finally, she and her
+sisters got in the habit of coming in to see the Indians, and, at last,
+the father, and mother, and brother; and they all became attached to
+Cadotte, and invited him to their house to take tea with them and spend
+the evenings; and he has at last become so perfectly smitten with the
+girl that he is getting sick: that is the reason why he is not at the
+Hall more than three evenings in the week; he spends his evenings with
+her, and often don't get home before twelve and one o'clock." "Oh,
+but you shock me, you _shock_ me, Daniel--but I don't _believe_ it--I
+_can't believe_ it--he _couldn't_ be _led away_ in that silly manner--I
+_don't believe a word of it_. You say he is in the dressing-room?"
+"Yes, madam, I know he is there." "You don't think he'll come into
+the exhibition-room to-night?" "No, I know he will not." "You don't
+think he would come out a minute? I can't stay to-night, and I shall
+certainly go in the morning. I _must_ go--you _don't think_ he would
+come out?" "I don't know, madam; I will ask him if you wish." "Well,
+_do_, Daniel; come, that's a good fellow--or, stop!--look here--just
+hand him this note; it is merely to say good bye: give it to him, and
+only tell him I am here, will you, and going out of town to-morrow
+morning?"
+
+Daniel took in the note to the "_Strong Wind_," who was lying on
+his robe, and in a minute returned with the note and this awful
+message:--"Tell her she _may_ go out of town--I don't wish to see her."
+This was as much of his ungallant message as Daniel could venture to
+bear to the good lady, though the "_Strong Wind_" continued to say,
+"Take the note back to her: she is making too free with me, and all
+the people see it. She wants a husband too bad, and I hope she will
+soon get one." Daniel returned the note, and apologized for being
+the bearer of such a message to her; but he said, as he had carried
+her message to Cadotte, he felt bound to bring his message back.
+"Certainly, certainly," said she; "I can't blame you, Daniel; but this
+is strange--all this is strange to me; it's quite incomprehensible, I
+assure you. The crowd is coming in, I see, Daniel; and I can't possibly
+be here through the evening, I'll be here as soon as I come back. Good
+night."
+
+One can easily imagine how the peace of the bosom of this good-natured
+unoffending lady was broken up by the abrupt way of the "_Strong
+Wind_," and how unhappy might have been the few days she was to
+spend in the country, and which she could not then fail to do, as
+she had made a promise to friends, that she could not break. By her
+absence from the exhibition-room for a week or more, it was evident
+that she was accomplishing her visit to the country; and, though her
+little _archer_ was unemployed in her absence, it would seem as if
+the very show of so many bows and arrows in the great city of London
+had suddenly called into existence, or into service, a reinforcement
+of those little marksmen, who were concentrating their forces about
+this time, and seemed to be all aiming their shafts at the breast of
+the "_Strong Wind_." There were several fair damsels who nightly paid
+their shillings, and took their positions near the platform, in a less
+conspicuous way, though not less known to the "_Strong Wind_," than
+our friend who had "gone for a while to the country." From the fair
+hands of these he had received, unobserved, many precious and sly
+gifts, and amongst them several little billets of the most sentimental
+nature, containing enclosures of beautiful little stanzas, and cards of
+address, &c.
+
+Among this jealous group of inveterate gazers and admirers was always,
+though most coy and least noticed, the sweet little "black-eyed maiden"
+of whom I have said Daniel gave some account to the good lady who has
+gone to the country, as having "kissed her hand and thrown bouquets of
+flowers" to the "_Strong Wind_" from the back windows of her father's
+house in George-street. The whole soul of the "_Strong Wind_," which,
+until now, had been unchained and as free as the mountain breeze, was
+completely enveloped in the soft and silken web which the languishing
+black eyes, the cherry and pulpy lips, and rosy cheeks of this
+devouring little maid had spun and entwined about it. He trembled
+when he straightened his tall and elegant figure above the platform,
+not that he was before the gazing world, but because _her_ soft black
+eyes were upon him. His voice faltered and his throat was not clear
+when he brandished his glistening tomahawk and sounded the shrill
+war-whoop. This was not that the ears of hundreds, but that the ears of
+ONE, were open to catch the sound.
+
+His heart was now free, for a few days at least, from the dangers of
+the first siege, the guns of which for the time were all silent. The
+glances of his eyes and his occasional smiles were less scrupulously
+watched; and now and then they could be welcomed by sweet returns. He
+had now but one _real_ enemy in the field, and _his_ shafts, though
+they went to his inmost soul, were every one of them welcome messengers
+of peace and love.
+
+Thus besieged, thus pierced and transfixed, the "_Strong Wind_" did
+as much as he could to continue his natural existence, to eat his
+accustomed meals, and to act his customary parts in the dance; but
+efforts all seemed in vain. The sweet and balmy-sleep that had
+been the pleasure of his untaught youth had fled; roast beef and
+plum-puddings, his favourite bits, had ceased to please him; sighs and
+long breaths had taken all the place of peaceful and equal respiration;
+the paleness of his face showed there was trouble within; his noble
+frame and giant strength were giving way; and save the devouring
+pleasure that was consuming him, nothing was acceptable to him but
+seclusion and his occasional mugs of _chickabobboo_.
+
+All things at the Egyptian Hall went on as usual for several days,
+the Indians giving their nightly entertainments, but without the
+aid of the "_Strong Wind_," and consequently without the presence
+of the "languishing little black eyes" that used to be seen peeping
+over the corner of the platform. The reader (who has heard already
+that the "_Strong Wind_" loved to ride home with this sweet little
+creature--that he took his dishes of tea in her father's house, which
+was next door--and that he often stayed there until twelve and one
+o'clock at night) can easily understand how the time now passed with
+the "_Strong Wind_," and how hopeless were to be the chances of the
+good dame who had "gone to the country but for a few days, where she
+had promised to go, but from which she was soon to return." The reader
+who is old enough will easily understand also why the "_Strong Wind_"
+grew pale; how it was that everything ceased to taste good--beautiful
+things to look pretty; and why I had to translate, as well as I could,
+the speeches of the Indians, who now had no better interpreter.
+
+The exhibition-room continued to be filled night after night without
+the presence of the "_Strong Wind_;" and at length, on one of these
+occasions, the "jolly fat dame," who had gone to the country for a
+few days, presented herself at the door as usual before the audience
+had assembled. She was admitted by Daniel's kindness; and as she got
+into the passage, the party of Indians came in from their omnibus,
+and, passing her, gave her their hands, and as they passed on each
+one gave a hideous yell. She seemed delighted at this, and, turning to
+Daniel, said, "Oh, did you hear the poor fellows rejoicing? they are
+delighted to see me back again." "Why, madam," said Daniel, "that was
+the _war-whoop_; and when that is given, the tomahawk always follows."
+She seemed a little startled at this; "But," said she, "the good
+fellows, I have lots of fine presents here for them to-night; I can
+make it all right with them I think. But I don't see Cadotte--I hope
+he's not sick--he's a splendid fellow--I have not seen a man like him
+in all my travels in the country, and I have been a great way. I have a
+nice present for him, d'ye see?--is'nt that a fine brooch? I know he'll
+like it." "But I fear you are too late, madam--I believe it is all over
+with him." "What! you don't mean to say that he is dead?" "No, he's not
+dead, but he's nearly as bad--he don't come here at all--he don't eat
+or drink--he's pining away for that pretty little girl I told you of.
+It's been all her doing: the foolish girl fell in love with him, and is
+determined to have him, and I believe he will marry her." "Oh, pshaw!
+fie on it! I don't believe a word of it;--they will get over it all in
+a day or two." The kind lady after this took her position in the Hall
+as usual, and during the exhibition smiled on all the group, and dealt
+out her presents to them, and went home as usual well pleased.
+
+Most curiously, all this affair of Cadotte's and the sweet-mouthed,
+black-eyed little girl, had passed unnoticed by me, and I had of course
+entirely mistaken his malady, having sent my physician to attend him.
+His symptoms and the nature of his disease were consequently fully
+understood by examinations of the patient and others who had watched
+closely all the appearances from the commencement of his attack.
+Getting thus a full report of the case, I held a conversation with Mr.
+Rankin, who at once told me that it had been well understood by him
+for some time, and that Cadotte had asked for his consent to marry
+the young lady, and that he had frankly given it to him. I told him
+I thought such a step should be taken with great caution, for the
+young lady was an exceedingly pretty and interesting girl, and, I had
+learned, of a respectable family, and certainly no step whatever should
+be taken in the affair by him or me without the strictest respect to
+their feelings and wishes. He replied that the mother and sisters were
+in favour of the marriage, and had been the promoters of it from the
+beginning; that the father was opposed to it, but he thought that all
+together would bring him over. I told him that I did not know either
+the father or the mother, but that, as long as there was an objection
+to it on the part of the father, I thought it would be cruel to do
+anything to promote it; and that, much as I thought of Cadotte, I did
+not feel authorized to countenance an union of that kind, which would
+result in his spending his life in London, where his caste and colour
+would always be against him, and defeat the happiness of his life; or
+she must follow him to the wilderness of America, to be totally lost to
+the society of her family, and to lead a life of semi-barbarism, which
+would in all probability be filled with excitements enough for a while,
+but must result in her distress and misery at last. To these remarks
+his replies were very short, evidently having made up his mind to let
+them raise an excitement in London if they wished, and (as I afterwards
+learned) if he could possibly bring it about.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XVI.
+
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns--Exhibition advertised to close--The wedding in
+      St. Martin's church--Great excitement--Its object--Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses--Rankin advertises
+      "the beautiful and interesting bride" to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians' exhibitions--Public disgust and
+      indignation--Condemned by the Press--Rankin begins his
+      exhibition--Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians' rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service--Rankin leaves London with
+      the Indians--Author getting out his large work--The Indian
+      portfolio--The "jolly fat dame" makes a visit to Daniel in the
+      exhibition rooms--A long dialogue--Illustrious subscribers
+      to the Author's large work--Emperor of Russia and Duke of
+      Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor--The Emperor
+      presents the Author a gold box--Author takes out a patent for
+      "disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save lives on
+      vessels sinking or burning at sea."
+
+
+At the commencement of this chapter we find the Indians still
+proceeding with their amusements at the Egyptian
+Hall, riding out during the day for fresh air and to see the city, and
+enjoying their roast beef and _chickabobboo_; the interpreter laid up,
+as described, and Mr. Rankin labouring to promote, and preparing for,
+an event that was to give greater notoriety to himself and his party,
+and ensure more splendid success through the kingdom, as the sequel
+will show.
+
+My opposition to his views in promoting the marriage of this love-sick
+pair afforded him the suitable occasion of calling on me one morning
+and advising me of a course which "he had been, he said, recommended
+by many of his friends to pursue, which was, that (as he had now heard
+me lecture on the modes of the Indians until the subject had become
+sufficiently familiar to him to enable him to give the lectures well
+enough himself) he could promote his own interest much better by
+taking the Indians to the provincial towns, meeting all the expenses,
+and taking all the receipts, instead of sharing with a second person,
+which his friends thought was a great pity he should any longer do."
+He represented that by such a course he could afford to do better by
+the Indians, and he thought it would be decidedly for the interest of
+both, and he had resolved to do it. I said to him that it was, to be
+sure, a resolve which he could easily make, as we were under no other
+than a verbal agreement, and entirely confidential, so that, if his
+interest urged it sufficiently strong, there was no doubt that he could
+do as he pleased, and that, under any circumstances, I should have but
+one anxiety, and that would be for the welfare of the Indians under
+his charge. I had so far done all I could to introduce them and him
+properly. I had added my collection to their exhibition, to give it
+additional interest. I had devoted my best efforts in lecturing on them
+and their customs, and had succeeded (after lying still with them for
+a month in London) in getting for them an audience of the Queen. By
+these means I had rendered him and them a service, for which I wanted
+no other return than the assurance that, wherever he went with them, he
+should take good care of and protect them.
+
+He said he had made up his mind to take them on his own hands in that
+manner after an exhibition for ten days longer in the Egyptian Hall,
+when he was to leave London on a tour to the provincial towns; and
+he wished me to advertise these exhibitions positively to close on a
+certain day. I then informed him that I should do so, and should freely
+yield to his proposition to sever in the manner he had proposed, on
+account of the accomplishment of the marriage, which he had assured me
+was just at hand, and in the responsibility of which I was determined
+to take no part. This I told him was an argument sufficiently strong,
+without further comment, to incline me to meet his proposition without
+the slightest objection.
+
+I therefore advertised, as he had suggested, that the Indians could
+only be seen in London that number of days; and from night to night
+announced the same thing from the platform when giving my lecture;
+and to the last day, at his request, stated that the Indians were
+positively to leave London at that time. The next morning after we
+had made this final close, and I had announced it as such to the
+audience, advertisements appeared in the papers that "he had rented
+the adjoining room to Mr. Catlin's, and on the same floor, for two
+months--a much finer room, where ladies and others would be much better
+accommodated; where the lectures in future would be given by Mr.
+Rankin, _himself_, who had _lived all his life among the Indians_." And
+in his advertisements, a few days after, he had the imprudence to state
+that "_hereafter the beautiful and interesting bride of the 'Strong
+Wind,' the interpreter, will make her appearance on the platform with
+the Indians, and preside at the piano_."
+
+This extraordinary advertisement, which of course was after the
+consummation of the marriage, was inserted in all the London daily
+journals, and was at once a key to all the absurd and disgusting
+efforts that had been used to create an excitement on the occasion of
+the wedding. It had been carefully announced that the wedding was to
+take place at a certain hour in the day in St. Martin's church, that
+ten thousand people might be waiting there for a chance to see the
+novel spectacle of a beautiful London girl married to an Indian from
+the wilds of America, and then to trumpet it through the city and
+through the land where they were going, that the shillings might the
+more abundantly pour in for a sight of the extraordinary pair that
+were united in St. Martin's church in London, and the "beautiful and
+interesting bride who was to preside at the piano" while the Indians
+danced.
+
+To make this affair more exciting, and its disgusting humbug more
+complete, several omnibuses and coaches, drawn by four-in-hand,
+were employed to convey the "beautiful and interesting bride" and
+bridegroom, and Mr. Rankin and his attendants, through the streets
+to and from the church where the ceremony took place. Each of these
+splendid affairs was decorated with evergreens, ribands, &c.; and on
+their tops, bands of music playing through the streets, and other
+attendants, covered with belts and ribands, waving flags of various and
+brilliant colours. These carriages were directed to be driven through
+the principal thoroughfares of London, that the excitement and hubbub
+might be the more complete, and that the greater number of shillings
+might be turned into the exhibition-room.
+
+The scheme, as a business one, was not without some ingenuity, but,
+most unluckily for its projector, it did not exactly succeed. There
+was too much sagacity in the London people and the London press not to
+detect the object of the scheme, and too much good taste to countenance
+and patronise it. The result was, and deservedly so, that it was
+condemned by the press, and the project and its projectors held up to
+public view in the light that they deserved.
+
+The next day after his advertisement that "the beautiful and
+interesting bride was to appear and preside at the piano," he put forth
+another advertisement, stating that the bride _would not_ appear, as
+announced the day before, owing to objections raised by some of her
+friends, &c. These friends were nearly all the press in London, as well
+as her father and her husband, who had never been consulted on the
+subject, who were indignant at the step he had taken, and ordered him
+to countermand his advertisement.
+
+He then commenced his exhibition of the Indians in his new quarters,
+and under the new auspices, necessarily without the additional
+attraction of the new and beautiful bride, and also without the aid of
+his interpreter Cadotte, whom he had turned out of his employment, and
+to whom he had refused admission to the house to see his fellow Indians
+or to hold any communication with them. Cadotte was thus driven to his
+father-in-law's house, where he took up his residence, and Mr. Rankin
+proceeded with his exhibitions, himself lecturing on their customs and
+_interpreting_ their speeches to the audience, and all the various
+communications of the audiences and the public to them, wherever they
+went, without knowing five words of their language.
+
+The extraordinary announcement which he had put in the papers of the
+appearance of the "beautiful and interesting bride upon the platform"
+had drawn a great crowd together at his first exhibition under the
+new arrangement, and, from the odd mixture of people it had brought
+together, begat some very amusing incidents worth recording. On
+ascending the platform for his first lecture, amidst a room densely
+packed, chiefly with working men and working women, whose application
+to their tasks during the day had prevented them from getting a glimpse
+of the beautiful bride of the "_Strong Wind_," and had now handed in
+their hard-earned shillings, he soon found himself in the midst of
+difficulties which it would seem that he had not anticipated.
+
+In such a city as London there are always enough who do not read the
+_contradictions_ of announcements (with those who won't believe them
+if they do read them) to fill a room; and of such was his room chiefly
+filled on this occasion--all impatient to see the beautiful bride of
+the Indian, and full of expectation, though his second advertisement
+had announced that "she would not appear." One can easily imagine the
+difficulties with which he was surrounded, and the perplexing materials
+with which he was about to contend in presenting himself as the
+expounder of Indian modes, and that in the absence of the "beautiful
+bride."
+
+Curiosity to hear him give his first lecture on the customs of the
+Indians, "who had spent all his life amongst them," led me into the
+crowd, where I caught the following amusing incidents, which are given
+as nearly as I could hear them amidst the confusion that soon took
+place. Mr. Rankin had proceeded but a few sentences in his elucidations
+when a voice from a distant part of the room called out, "Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin!" "Well," inquired the lecturer, "what's wanted of Mr. Rankin?"
+"Why, Sir, Mr. Rankin is advertised to lecture, and we expect to hear
+him." "My name is Rankin--I am Mr. Rankin, Sir." "No, you are not Mr.
+Rankin neither: why do you tell us that nonsense? Come now, _Arthur_;
+you know me, old fellow: don't set yourself up for Mr. Rankin here;
+you'll get yourself into trouble if you do." (Uproar, and cries of
+"Turn him out, turn him out.") The voice continues, "Mr. Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin! what has lived all his life with the Indians!" (Uproar.) "I
+am Mr. Rankin, Sir: what do you want?" "You are _not_ Mr. Rankin; are
+Mr. Arthur Jones, or was so when I knew you in New York." (Cries of
+"Turn him out--shame, shame! the bride, the bride!" and hisses.) The
+lecturer here advanced to the front of the platform and endeavoured
+to frown the crowd into silence, but got nothing in return but "The
+bride, the bride!" and hisses from various quarters. One of the men
+in his employment unluckily at that moment seized hold of a little
+square-shouldered working-man, standing just before me, who was
+hissing, and was hauling him towards the door. The little man gathered
+himself up, and brought his antagonist to a halt before he was half way
+to the door. While grasping each other by the collar, the little man,
+who was nearly lost sight of in the crowd, demanded the cause of this
+violence on his person. "Why, Sir, you was hissing the lecturer, and I
+was ordered to put you out of the room--that was all."
+
+"So I did iss im, Sir, hand I'll iss again, hif I choose----ands hoff!
+hif you please!" "You must go out, Sir." "Hout, Sir! [in a tremendous
+voice.] I'll hax this haudience hif I am to go hout, or whether they
+would prefer to ear the hobservations I hintend to make." There was a
+general uproar here for a few moments, and the friends of the little
+man seemed to predominate as they were gathering around him, and the
+cry of "Hands off!" freed him from the difficulties with which he had
+been beset, and encouraged him to demand an audience for a moment,
+which was carried by acclamation all around the room. By stepping on to
+the end of a bench near by, he become conspicuous above the heads of
+the audience, and continued:--
+
+  "Ladies hand Gentlemen, I opes I ave your haprobation?" (Shouts of
+  approbation from all parts of the room; the Indians seated on the
+  platform, and Mr. Rankin allowing the little working gentleman to
+  proceed.)
+
+  "My friends, I am a poor and to speak, and I did not hanticipate an
+  event hov this sort. I came ere, like the rest of you, an ard-working
+  man, to spend my shilling, hand for wot? To be umbugged, gentlemen?
+  (Great applause.) To be oaxed, gentlemen? I calls it an impudent
+  oax! I olds in my and the adwertisement of that gentleman haxing us
+  to pay our shillings to see the bride of the Hindian wot was married
+  yesterday; and we are now told that she is not to be ere, and that
+  this is ol nothink.--I say it is _somethink_, gentlemen. (Great
+  applause.) Wen it was said that this couldn't be elped, I issed im,
+  and ee _hought_ to be issed, for I saw we was oaxed: I was then
+  dragged by the andkerchief in a wiolent manner, but I hescaped unurt,
+  and I am thankful that my woice can now be eard.
+
+  "Hif this gentleman is really Mr. Rankin, or hif ee is not, its hol
+  the same--wot's the hods? he as inwited us ere, to inale the ot
+  hatmosphere of the Hegyptian All, to see the 'beautiful bride,' oom
+  ee as been hinstrumental in leading up to the halter of Ymen, after
+  making a great ubbub about it; and I esitate not to pronounce it
+  an underanded business, that umbles a man in my hestimation, and I
+  think it would ave been better for im to ave ushed up the wole think
+  holtogether. (Applause.)
+
+  "Gentlemen, I am appy to see that I ave your haprobation. Wen I
+  look around me, I see that you are all working men like myself, and
+  able to hunderstand me. You all know it's werry ard to be oaxed out
+  of our shillings--wen prowisions is igh--wen work is scarce--wen
+  we ave little to heat, and hobliged to lie hidle." (Applause, and
+  Hear, hear.) A voice. "Mr. Rankin! Mr. Rankin!" A hundred voices!
+  "The bride! the bride!--Turn him out!--Bagh!--The Indians! the
+  Indians!--The workee! hear him out!--Mr. Rankin!--The Indians! the
+  Indians! Police! the police!--Turn him out!--The bride! the bride!
+  the bride! the bride!" &c. &c.
+
+In the midst of all the din and confusion which it seemed now
+impossible to suppress, the sudden expedient of Mr. Rankin succeeded,
+and was probably the only one that could have done it. He thought of
+his Indians, who were quietly seated on the platform, and prepared for
+the war-dance; and the signal given, and "Sound trumpets, sound!" they
+all sprang upon their feet and soon drowned the din and confusion in
+the screams and yells of the war-dance.
+
+By the time the brandishing of tomahawks and spears and war-clubs and
+scalping-knives of this noisy affair was done, the attention of the
+visitors had become so much engrossed with the spirit and novelty of
+the scene, that they seemed generally disposed to dispense peaceably
+with the expected treat of seeing the beautiful bride, and were quiet.
+The little pugnacious working-man, however, arose again, as soon as
+silence was restored, to resume his speech; and, asking "if he should
+go hon," the response from every part of the house was, "No! no!" to
+which he pertinaciously replied, "Well, then, I'll go ome, and see if I
+can hearn hanother shilling in the place hov the one I ave given to see
+those ill-looking wild hanimals, the Hindians."
+
+The reader can easily understand why Mr. Rankin's stay with the Indians
+in London after this was very short. Of his career and theirs in the
+provincial towns, other historians will probably give some account,
+and I refer the reader to them, being unable to give more than a very
+imperfect account of it myself.
+
+This sudden break-up of our establishment at the Egyptian Hall, just at
+the commencement of the fashionable season, when considerable outlay
+had been made, and the receipts daily increasing, was disastrous to
+all parties, and particularly so to me, who had the Hall, at a heavy
+rent, for three months longer, left on my hands. The excitement of
+the exhibition being thus removed, my Indian collection, which had
+already been three years in the same building, scarcely drew visitors
+enough to meet its expenses, and I left its management entirely to my
+faithful man Daniel, while I devoted my time, in an adjoining room, to
+getting out my second book, shortly after published at the Egyptian
+Hall--a large illustrated work, entitled '_Catlin's Hunting Scenes
+and Amusements of the North American Indians_.' Several months being
+necessary for the completion of this work, I resolved to hold my
+collection in the Hall, as it was, until the expiration of my lease,
+and then pack it up and return to the United States.
+
+I was then, for a while, free again from the yells and stamps of the
+Indians, and the excitements and anxieties attending their exhibitions;
+and my exhibition room became a quiet and pleasant salon in which
+to meet my friends, who frequently called, and I found were glad to
+see me, even though I had no Indians with me. My work was advancing
+fast, and I devoted my whole time to it, excepting when old friends
+or persons of distinction called, when I endeavoured to be with them,
+leaving the management of the room and entertainment of visitors
+mostly to Daniel, who by this time was a perfect key to everything
+in the room, provided he was turned the right way. He had all sorts
+of visitors however--those who came for useful information, and
+others merely to hear the war-whoop, and see the war-dance, supposing
+the Indians to be still there. These, feeling provoked at their
+disappointment, often took revenge on poor Daniel, by torturing him
+with questions about the Yankees, repeal, &c., which would lead at last
+to most exciting discussions on slavery, poor-laws and poorhouses,
+United States Bank, national debt, annexation, wars in Afghanistan,
+the Oregon question, the income-tax, and repudiation. As I have before
+said, Daniel, with a strong mind, and well fortified with the facts
+and dates relative to these subjects, was quite able to surprise his
+assailants with his information on all these points, and of course to
+provoke them in return. The consequence was that these debates often
+ran too high, and, as soon as they arrived at a pitch of indiscretion,
+I generally heard something of them in the adjoining room, and, leaving
+my work, showed myself in the exhibition, which brought them to an
+amicable issue.
+
+There were others, again, who came to talk and learn more about the
+Indians, whom they knew had gone away. Among such was one day the
+"jolly fat dame," who stepped in merely to have a little chat with
+Daniel; and, as will be seen, she was lucky in finding him alone, and
+just in the humour to talk with her. There happened to be no cart
+or carriage passing at the moment, to prevent me from healing her
+melodious voice, as she entered, and rolled along, with her parasol
+swinging in her hand.--"Well, Daniel" (who happened to be at the
+farther end of the room), "I am so lucky to find you all alone for
+once, for you always have such a possee around you! Daniel, you know
+you and I have always agreed very well." "Yes, madam, I don't know
+why you and I should have a falling-out." "Ah, well, we'll drop that,
+Daniel--I believe I'll take a chair, I am so fatigued with those plaguy
+stairs. Well, oh, but what a wonderful collection this is--Ha? what a
+curiosity that man is--Mr. Catlin, I mean--what a life he _has_ led, to
+be sure! Don't you think he has been married to some of those little
+squaws? I'll be bound he has." "No, madam, I should doubt whether he
+has. I think Mr. Catlin went into the Indian country, determined to
+make this collection and to immortalize himself; and I have many a time
+heard him say that he resolved never to get into any difficulty with
+them about their women; and I think it was one reason why he succeeded,
+and was everywhere treated with friendship." "Ah, well! may be so. But,
+look ye, Daniel; that's been a sad affair with poor Cadotte, has it
+not? what a foolish man, ha!"
+
+"Why, I don't see that it was so foolish on his part as on that of the
+girl."
+
+"Oh, tush! but she's a silly little thing. She's pretty enough; but
+what's that to such a man as Cadotte? She's no substance. He's a giant,
+almost--what a grip!--I never felt the like in my life! Ah, well, I am
+sorry--I felt quite an interest in Cadotte."
+
+"I feel more sorry for the foolish girl," said Daniel, "for falling in
+love with him--it was all her doing--she would have him, and wouldn't
+take 'No' for an answer. I never saw the like in my life. She seemed
+crazy for him; and they both cried like children about it for weeks,
+and he was good for nothing else. She has got him now; and, as I said
+before, I pity her, for she don't know what country she is going to,
+nor what society she will have instead of that of her parents, and
+sisters, and friends in London. The girl don't know what she will come
+to, and therefore I pity her."
+
+"Well, _I_ don't pity her a bit. Ah, yes, I am sorry she has been so
+silly; but I pity _him_ the most. I care nothing about her; or--that
+is--she ought to know better; but she's, as I told you, a silly little
+thing. Ah, well, I have only been one night to see them since they left
+Mr. Catlin. What a foolish thing that was! It will be the ruin of them
+all. I am afraid they will come to want, poor things! I have only been
+there one night! Cadotte was not there."
+
+"No, madam, he won't join them any more. Rankin has turned him out of
+the house, and out of his employ, because he wouldn't let his wife
+appear in the exhibition and play the piano, as he had advertised."
+
+"Noble fellow! I like him for that. Isn't that a fine spirit? I knew he
+had it. But that little silly thing, she can't play. What do the public
+care about a foolish girl's playing upon the piano?--Ridiculous! Well,
+they have all gone, I suppose?"
+
+"All but Cadotte and his wife, madam; they have not gone."
+
+"What! you don't say so? Cadotte has not gone?"
+
+"No; they are living together with the girl's father. Rankin has left
+him, without anything but his wife, to get home to his own country in
+the best way he can."
+
+"Well, there's a brute for you; is'nt he--that Rankin? I always hated
+his looks, d'ye see. Not gone, ha? What is he to do here? Will he stay
+in London? Can't Mr. Catlin do something for him? He'd be just a good
+hand now, to help you here, Daniel--to explain: you can't always be
+here--there should be two of you. He comes here occasionally?"
+
+"Oh, yes, he's here every day."
+
+"Well, look ye, Daniel, I'll call again and see Mr. Catlin about it.
+Something should be done. Mr. Catlin is a good fellow I know. I want a
+long talk with him; he shall know my whole mind on this affair. I can't
+stay now--I must go; but what a pity--ha, Daniel! Good day."
+
+"Good day."
+
+She was very near discovering me as she turned round and passed my
+door; but Daniel smiled after she had gone out, and said he was quite
+sure she had not seen me, as he had kept her conversation directed to
+him, so that she should not turn her face round suddenly on me.
+
+I was sorry that I had overheard this dialogue; but, as it had fallen
+thus into my possession, I resolved to make the most prudent use of it,
+believing it to contain the sum total of all she wished to say in her
+"long talk" with me; and I directed Daniel, when she should call to see
+me, to announce me "out of town," and himself to engross all that she
+had to say, saving me from entering again upon an unpleasant subject,
+which I considered now at an end.
+
+Thus continued my labours and Daniel's, each one in his department, for
+three months or more after the Indians had left, by which time my large
+work was ready for publication (like the first one, "to be published by
+the Author, at the Egyptian Hall, price five guineas in printed tints,
+and eight guineas coloured), with a subscription-list headed by the
+illustrious names of--
+
+                  HER GRACIOUS MAJESTY THE QUEEN,
+                  LOUIS PHILIPPE, KING OF THE FRENCH,
+                         THE EMPEROR OF RUSSIA,
+                       THE KING OF THE BELGIANS,
+                     H.R.H. THE DUKE OF CAMBRIDGE,
+               AND MANY OF THE NOBILITY OF ENGLAND.
+
+The Emperor of Russia was at this time paying his visit to the Queen
+of England; and my dear wife and myself took the occasion of the
+grand pageant when the Emperor, with Prince Albert and the Duke of
+Wellington, reviewed 10,000 troops at Windsor, to obtain a view of his
+Imperial Majesty, which we did during the review, and, still more to
+our satisfaction, after it was over, from behind the post of the gate
+opening into the great park, where we had stationed ourselves, and
+where his Imperial Majesty passed within reach of us. When the Emperor
+and suite had passed by, I suddenly perceived in the passing throng J.
+W. Webb, Esq., editor of the 'New York Inquirer,' and endeavoured, but
+unsuccessfully, to overtake him.
+
+A few days after this, the Honourable Mr. Murray was kind enough to
+deliver to the Emperor the copy of my work subscribed for by his
+Majesty; and, in a few weeks after that, sent me the following very
+flattering communication:--
+
+                                    "Buckingham Palace, June 14th, 1844.
+
+  "Dear Sir,
+
+  "The Emperor of Russia, having inspected your PORTFOLIO OF
+  INDIAN HUNTING AND OTHER SCENES, was so much pleased with their
+  spirit and execution, that he desired Count Orloff to send me a
+  gold snuff-box, to be presented to you as a mark of his Majesty's
+  gratification derived from the efforts of your pencil.
+
+  "I acquit myself of this agreeable commission by sending you herewith
+  a Russian box of gold and blue enamel, set in pearls, which will, I
+  trust, prove to you a gratifying reminiscence of the Emperor's visit
+  to England.
+
+                                  "I am, my dear Sir,
+                                       "Very faithfully yours,
+                                                         "C. A. MURRAY.
+
+  "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+This most gratifying testimony of the Emperor's satisfaction with my
+work was unexpected by me; and future pages will show that I received
+evidences equally flattering from their Majesties the King of the
+French and the King of the Belgians.
+
+My large work being now published in London, and, like my former one,
+kindly noticed and highly approved by the press, I felt as if my
+labours in England were coming near to a close; and, having a little
+leisure, I was drawing my little children (of whom I now had four)
+nearer to me than ever, and with my dear Clara was endeavouring to
+see the remainder of the sights of London before our departure for
+our native land. This desired event was yet to be delayed a little,
+however, by a circumstance that I must here narrate, not to leave the
+reader in the dark as to the curious incidents and impulses of this
+transatlantic part of my chequered life.
+
+About this period occurred an unparalleled destruction of life at sea:
+the "Solway" and other noble vessels striking on sunken rocks, and
+going down in smooth water in sight of land, and hundreds of human
+beings sinking with them to eternity. Human invention, roused by human
+sympathy, was everywhere labouring to devise means for the preservation
+of life in such cases; and my brain, like the brains of hundreds of
+others, was busy in the same cause, when a plan suddenly suggested
+itself, which appeared more practicable the more I contemplated it. I
+deliberated on it much, and threw in my own way all the arguments I
+could possibly raise against it; and amongst them, as the strongest,
+the blind and deaf enthusiasm, which leads too many inventors to ruin.
+No objections that I then raised or can yet raise, however, have
+created in my mind a doubt of the feasibility of my plan, or of its
+immense and never-ending importance to the human race. And, as the
+sequel will show, I give the following information concerning it to
+the world, not on my own account, but for those who may possibly be
+benefited by it, or whom it may in any way concern.
+
+On mature deliberation I decided, like other inventors, to avail myself
+of a patent for my discovery; and, with that view, called upon a
+patent-agent, who had been recommended to me by the highest authority.
+On stating to him the object of my visit, I was invited to a private
+room, where he stated that it was necessary that he should hear a
+distinct description of my invention before he could tell whether it
+was new, and whether it was a fitting subject of a patent. I replied
+as follows:--"I believe, Sir, that there is but one effectual way of
+saving the lives of the greater number of persons on board steamers
+and other vessels sinking or burning at sea, and that an invention
+applicable, for such a purpose, to all vessels (as there is never to be
+an end to the increase of vessels and exposure of life on the ocean)
+would be of the greatest importance to mankind, and would most richly
+repay the inventor. A plan has suggested itself to me which I think
+will have this effect; and if, after hearing it explained, you should
+decide that it is new and of sufficient consideration, I beg you to
+procure me a patent for it as soon as it can be obtained."
+
+I then proceeded--"The patent I should ask for would be for
+'_disengaging and floating quarter-decks of steamers and other
+vessels for the purpose of saving human lives at sea_.' These I would
+propose to build of solid timber or other material, resting upon and
+answering all the purposes of quarter-decks; and, in case of the
+sinking of a vessel, to be disengaged by means which I would set forth
+in the specification, and capable of floating, as rafts, with all
+the passengers and crew upon them. These rafts might easily be made
+of sufficient strength to resist the force of the most violent sea;
+and their shape being such as to prevent them from capsizing, there
+would be little difficulty in preserving life for many days upon them.
+They might be made to contain within them waterproof cases of sheet
+iron or tin, to carry provisions and liquors, and also rockets for
+signals, valuable papers, money, &c.; and, when driven on shore, would
+float safely over a reef, where vessels and life-boats go to pieces
+and the greatest loss of life generally takes place. In case of a
+vessel on fire at sea, when it should be found that all exertions to
+extinguish the flames were unavailing, all hands might retreat to the
+quarter-deck, and the vessel be scuttled and sunk by slinging a gun
+and firing a shot through her bottom, or by other means; and as she
+goes down the flames of course are extinguished, and her passengers and
+crew, and valuables, might be saved on the raft, as I have described."
+
+When I had thus explained the nature of my invention, I asked the agent
+whether he considered it new, and fit to be patented, to which he at
+once replied, "You may rely on it, Sir, it is entirely new: nothing of
+the kind has been patented; and it is a subject for which I think I can
+get you what we call a 'clean patent.'" Upon this I at once authorized
+him to proceed and procure the patent in the quickest manner possible,
+saying that the money required for it should be ready as fast as he
+should call for it. After this, and in further conversation about it,
+he said, "I think remarkably well of the invention, and, though I am
+not in the habit of giving encouragement to my employers, I say to you,
+frankly, that I believe that when we have obtained the patent, the
+Admiralty will buy it out of your hands and give it for the benefit of
+the world at large."
+
+Being thus authorized, he proceeded, and the patent was obtained in
+the space of two months, and for which I paid him the sum of 130_l._
+After I had received my patent, I met a friend, Mr. R----, to whom I
+explained the nature of my invention; and, when I had got through, he
+asked me who had been my agent in the business, and I told him; to
+which he replied that it was very strange, as he believed that a friend
+of his, a Captain Oldmixon, had procured a patent, in London, for a
+similar thing, some five or six years before. He said he was quite
+confident that it was the same thing, for he had heard him say a great
+deal about it, and recollected his having advertised and performed an
+experiment on a vessel in the river below the city; and advised me to
+call on my agent and put the question to him. I did so, and he referred
+to the published lists of patents for ten or twelve years back, and
+assured me that no such name was on the list of patentees, and that I
+might rest satisfied that no such patent had ever been taken out.
+
+I then returned to my friend Mr. R----, and informed him of this,
+telling him that he _must_ be mistaken. To which he replied, "No; since
+you have been absent I have recollected more. I have found the address
+of Captain Oldmixon's attorney who procured the patent for him, which I
+give you; and I wish you would call on him, and he will correct me if I
+am wrong."
+
+I took the address and called on the attorney, whom I found in his
+office. I asked him if he had taken out a patent for Captain Oldmixon
+five or six years ago, and he replied that he had. I asked him if he
+would be kind enough to tell me the nature of it, and he instantly
+replied that it was for "disengaging and floating quarter-decks for
+saving life." I then asked him if he had completed his patent by
+putting in his specification, and he replied that he had, and that if I
+would ask for it in a registry of patents in Chancery-lane I could see
+it. I then inquired if it had been published in the manner that the law
+requires, and he assured me it had. He further stated that he had been
+for several years, and still was, engaged with it for Captain Oldmixon
+before the Committee on Shipwrecks, with a prospect of getting the
+Admiralty to take it up. With this information I returned immediately
+to my agent, and, having explained it to him, he accompanied me to
+the registry in Chancery-lane, where, on being asked if they had the
+specification of a patent in the name of Captain Oldmixon, one of the
+clerks instantly replied "Yes," and unrolled it upon the counter.
+
+I read it over, and, finding it almost word for word like my own, and
+the invention exactly the same, I said to my agent, "I have nothing
+more to say or to do, but to go home and attend to my business." Nor
+have I ever taken further pains about it. My agent, at a subsequent
+period, wrote me a letter, expressing his regret that such a thing
+should have happened, and enclosing a 10_l._ note, the amount, he said,
+of his fees; stating that the rest had all been paid into different
+offices, for which there was no remedy.
+
+I have mentioned the above circumstance, as forming one of the many
+instances of ill luck that have been curiously mixed with the incidents
+of my life; and also to show the world how much circumspection and
+caution are necessary in guarding one's interest, even amidst the
+well-regulated rules and formalities of this great and glorious country.
+
+Captain Oldmixon has my hearty wishes for the success of his invention;
+and I hope that my allusion to it in the above manner will do him no
+injury, but may be the cause of turning the attention of the world
+towards it as a means of benefiting the human race.
+
+I have informed the reader already that, just before completing the
+above adventure, the Ojibbeways having left London, and my large work
+being published to the world, I was turning my eyes to my native
+country again, where, with my little ones and my collection, I was
+preparing to go; but even this _was not to be_ as we had designed it,
+for it was announced, just then, that another party of fourteen Indians
+had arrived in Liverpool, and were on their way to the metropolis!
+Life has its chapters, like the chapters of a book; and our days are
+like the leaves we turn in reading it. We peruse one page ignorant of
+what is contained in the next; and, as the chapters of life are often
+suddenly cut short, so this chapter of my book must end here; and the
+reader will start with me afresh, in a second volume, which commences
+with a new enterprise.
+
+
+
+
+                               APPENDIX.
+
+
+
+
+                            APPENDIX.--(A.)
+
+                         OPINIONS OF THE PRESS
+
+                                   ON
+
+                 CATLIN'S NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN MUSEUM.
+
+
+    The following are a few of the very numerous eulogiums which the
+    Press has passed upon the merits of this Collection, in England,
+    France, and the United States, where it has been exhibited.
+
+
+                             LONDON PRESS.
+
+
+                         THE QUARTERLY REVIEW.
+
+Mr. Catlin's object in visiting England with his Indian Gallery, it
+would seem, is to sell his collection to our Government, and we most
+sincerely hope that his reliance on the magnanimity of the British
+people will not be disappointed. As a man of science, of enterprise,
+and of true philanthropy, he is justly entitled to be considered as a
+citizen of the world; and, although he reflects especial honour upon
+the intelligent nation to which he is so proud to declare that he owes
+his birth, yet, for that very reason, we are confident, a generous
+feeling will universally exist to receive him with liberality here.
+
+But, leaving the worthy artist's own interests completely out of the
+question, and in the cause of science casting aside all party feeling,
+we submit to Lord Melbourne, to Sir Robert Peel, to Lord Lansdowne,
+to Sir R. Inglis, and to all who are deservedly distinguished among
+us as the liberal patrons of the fine arts, that Mr. Catlin's Indian
+collection is worthy to be retained in this country as the record of
+a race of our fellow-creatures whom we shall very shortly have swept
+from the face of the globe. Before that catastrophe shall have arrived,
+it is true, a few of our countrymen may occasionally travel among
+them; but it cannot be expected that any artist of note should again
+voluntarily reside among them for seven years, as competent as Mr.
+Catlin, whose slight, active, sinewy frame has peculiarly fitted him
+for the physical difficulties attendant upon such an exertion.
+
+Considering the melancholy fate which has befallen the Indian race, and
+which overhangs the remnant of these victims to our power, it would
+surely be discreditable that the civilized world should, with heartless
+apathy, decline to preserve and to transmit to posterity Mr. Catlin's
+graphic delineation of them; and if any nation on earth should evince a
+desire to preserve such a lasting monument, there can be no doubt that
+there exists none better entitled to do so than the British people; for
+with feelings of melancholy satisfaction, we do not hesitate to assert
+that throughout our possessions on the continent of America, we have,
+from the first moment of our acquaintance with them to the present
+hour, invariably maintained their rights, and at a very great expense
+have honestly continued to pay them their annual presents, for which
+we have received from them, in times of war as well as of peace, the
+most unequivocal marks of their indelible gratitude. Their respect for
+our flag is unsullied by a reproach--their attachment to our sovereign
+is second only in their breasts to the veneration with which they
+regard their "Great Spirit"--while the names of Lord Dalhousie, of
+Sir Peregrine Maitland, and of Sir John Colborne, who for many years
+respectively acted towards them as their father and as their friend,
+will be affectionately repeated by them in our colonies until the
+Indian heart has ceased to beat there, and until the Red Man's language
+has ceased to vibrate in the British "wilderness of this world."
+Although European diseases, and the introduction of ardent spirits,
+have produced the lamentable effects we have described, and although
+as a nation we are not faultless, yet we may fairly assert and proudly
+feel that the English government has at least made every possible
+exertion to do its duty towards the Indians; and that there has existed
+no colonial secretary of state who has not evinced that anxiety to
+befriend them which, it is our duty to say, particularly characterized
+the administration of the amiable and humane Lord Glenelg.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         THE LITERARY GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall._--We have now to announce
+the opening of this exhibition, from visits to which every class of
+the community, old as well as young, will reap much instruction and
+gratification. Having recently described, from an American journal, Mr.
+Catlin's seven or eight years' sojourn among the red races of North
+America, we need now only say that his representation of them, their
+country, their costumes, their sports, their religious ceremonies,
+and in short their manners and customs, so as to enable us to form a
+complete idea of them, is deserving of the utmost praise. There are
+above 500 subjects in these spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child's
+rattle; and everything belonging to the various Indian tribes are
+before the spectator in their actual condition and integrity. There
+are, besides, a multitude of portraits of the leading warriors, &c.
+&c., and other pictures of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting;
+and the whole supplying by far the most ample and accurate history of
+them that has ever been published to the world. No book of travels
+can approach these realities; and after all we had read of the red
+men, we confess we are astonished at the many new and important points
+connected with them which this Gallery impressed upon us. We saw more
+distinctly the links of resemblance between them and other early and
+distant people; and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of
+matters affecting the progress of mankind all over the earth, and alike
+illustrated by similitudes and dissimilitudes. Indeed the philosophical
+inquirer will be delighted with this exhibition, whilst the curious
+child of seven years of age will enjoy it with present amusement and
+lasting instruction.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE ATHEN�UM.
+
+_The Indian Gallery._--This is the collection mentioned heretofore by
+our American correspondent (No. 609), and a most interesting one it is.
+It contains more than 300 portraits of distinguished Indians, men and
+women of different tribes, all painted from life; and in many instances
+the identical dress, weapons, &c. are exhibited which they wore when
+their portraits were taken; and 200 other paintings, representing
+Indian customs, games, hunting-scenes, religious ceremonies, dances,
+villages, and said to contain above 3000 figures: in brief, it is a
+pictorial history of this interesting and fast-perishing race. It
+includes, too, a series of views of the Indian country; and we have
+seen nothing more curious than some of the scenes on the Upper Missouri
+and Mississippi, the general accuracy of which is beyond question. Mr.
+Catlin has spent seven years in wandering among the various tribes,
+for the sole purpose of perfecting this collection. As he observes,
+"it has been gathered, and every painting has been made from nature,
+by my own hand; and that, too, when I have been paddling my canoe or
+leading my packhorse over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of
+life. The world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them as they have been intended, as true and fac-simile traces
+of individual and historical facts, and forgive me for their present
+unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art."
+
+The value of this collection is increased by the fact that the red men
+are fast perishing, and will probably, before many years have passed,
+be an extinct race. If proof of this were wanting, we have it in the
+facts recorded in the catalogue, of the devastation which the smallpox
+has lately spread among them. Of one tribe, the hospitable and friendly
+Mandans, as Mr. Catlin calls them, 2000 in number when he visited
+them and painted their pictures, living in two permanent villages on
+the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi, not
+one now exists! In 1837 the smallpox broke out among them, and only
+thirty-five were left alive; these were subsequently destroyed by a
+hostile tribe, which took possession of their villages: and thus,
+within a few months, the race became extinct--not a human being is
+believed to have escaped.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE ART-UNION.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Indian Gallery._--Circumstances have hitherto prevented
+our noticing this most admirable exhibition; but we have examined it
+in all its parts with very minute attention, and have been highly
+gratified, as well as much informed, by doing so. Mr. Catlin's
+collection is by no means to be classed among the ephemeral amusements
+of the day; it is a work of deep and permanent interest. Perceiving
+that the rapid destruction of the aboriginal tribes by war, disease,
+and the baneful influence of spirituous liquors, would soon cause all
+traces of the red men to be lost, Mr. Catlin determined on proceeding
+through their still untrodden wildernesses, for the purpose of gaining
+an intimate acquaintance with their manners and customs, and of
+procuring an exact delineation of their persons, features, ceremonies,
+&c., all which he has faithfully and perfectly accomplished at no
+small hazard of life and limb. It was not a common mind that could
+have conceived so bold a project, nor is he a common man who has so
+thoroughly accomplished it.
+
+The arms, dresses, domestic implements, &c. &c. collected by the
+industry of this most energetic of explorers are precisely as they
+have been manufactured and used by their Indian owners, and form
+a collection which every succeeding year will render more and
+more valuable. The portraits of distinguished warriors, &c., the
+representations of religious ceremonies, war-dances, buffalo-hunts,
+&c. &c., are depicted by Mr. Catlin himself, and that with a force and
+evident truth that bring the whole detail of Indian life in eloquent
+reality before the eyes of the spectator. We have no hesitation in
+saying that this gallery supplies the most effective and valuable means
+for acquiring an exact acquaintance with the great American continent
+that has ever been offered to the hunger and thirst after knowledge,
+go prevailing a characteristic of the age. Mr. Catlin is about to
+publish the details of his eight years' sojourn among the interesting
+people with whom his portraitures have made us so familiar; and we
+have no doubt that this work will render the stores of information he
+has opened to us in his gallery entire and complete. As works of art
+their merit depends chiefly on their accuracy, of which no doubt can be
+entertained.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          LA BELLE ASSEMBL�E.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Gallery of North American Indians._--Of all the
+exhibitions that have been brought forward for the amusement of the
+public, we must give this of Mr. Catlin the preference in every point
+of view; it possesses not only present but future interest, for perhaps
+not many generations may flourish and fade before nearly the whole of
+the aboriginal tribes will be wholly extirpated. Wherever the imprint
+of the white man's foot has flattened the grass of the prairie, it may
+be looked upon as an ominous token to the unsuspecting native. The
+broad lands of the owners of the soil are daily passing into the hands
+of the stranger, and desolation comes where lowly comfort dwelt.
+
+As historical records, these pictures, from the faithful pencil of Mr.
+Catlin, are invaluable, inasmuch as they may be considered, in all
+probability, the last and almost the only authentic remains of ancient
+tribes, that are slowly but surely leaving nothing but a name behind.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                               THE TIMES.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's North American Indian Gallery._--A very curious
+exhibition is opened in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly. It consists
+of above 500 portraits, landscapes, views of combats, religious
+ceremonies, costumes, and many other things illustrative of the
+manners and customs, and modes of living and of battle, &c. of the
+different tribes of North American Indians. Some of these pictures
+are exceedingly interesting, and form a vast field for the researches
+of the antiquary, the naturalist, and the philosopher. The numerous
+portraits are full of character; they exhibit an almost endless variety
+of feature, though all bearing a generical resemblance to each other.
+The views of combats are very full of spirit, and exhibit modes of
+warfare and destruction horribly illustrative of savage life. The
+method of attacking buffaloes and other monsters of the plains and
+forests are all interesting; the puny process of a fox-chace sinks into
+insignificance when compared with the tremendous excitement occasioned
+by the grappling of a bear or the butting of a bison. These scenes are
+all accurately depicted, not in the finished style of modern art, but
+with a vigour and fidelity of outline, which arises from the painter
+having actually beheld what he transmits to canvas. The most curious
+portion of this exhibition is, however, the representations of the
+horrible religious ceremonies of several of the Indian tribes, and
+the probationary trials of those who aspire to be the leaders amongst
+them. These representations disclose the most abhorrent and execrable
+cruelties. They show to what atrocities human nature can arrive where
+the presence of religious knowledge is not interposed to prevent its
+career. The exhibition also contains tents, weapons, dresses, &c.
+of the various tribes visited by Mr. Catlin. These are curious, but
+of secondary importance. The catalogue, which is to be had at the
+exhibition-room, is a very interesting _brochure_, and will afford a
+great deal of novel but important information.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           MORNING CHRONICLE.
+
+_The Aboriginal Tribes of North America._--A pictorial exhibition of a
+singularly interesting description has just been opened in the Egyptian
+Hall, Piccadilly. It consists of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and
+other representations of the persons, manners, and customs of the North
+American Indians, painted by Mr. Catlin, an American artist, during
+eight years' travel amongst their various tribes.
+
+On Monday a numerous assemblage, comprising many distinguished
+members of the fashionable as well as the literary world, visited
+this extraordinary collection, and listened with the utmost curiosity
+and interest to the details and explanations given by Mr. Catlin in
+illustration of some of its most remarkable objects.
+
+Mr. Catlin modestly apologizes for the unfinished character of his
+pictures, considered as works of art. They are sketches rapidly and
+roughly executed, as might be expected from the circumstances under
+which they were made: but they are freely drawn with a strong tone of
+colour; and being drawn and coloured immediately from nature, there
+is a graphic truthfulness about them which places, as it were, the
+very objects themselves before the eye of the spectator, and fills
+the imagination with images of these ancient lords of the western
+continent, now reduced to scattered remnants and fast disappearing
+from the earth, a thousand times more distinct and vivid than could be
+produced by volumes of description.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE MORNING POST.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This is a very extraordinary collection,
+consisting of an immense number of portraits, landscapes, costumes,
+and representations of the manners and customs of the North American
+Indians, among whom the artist-collector travelled for eight years,
+extending his researches through forty-eight tribes, the majority of
+whom speak different languages. The long room on the groundfloor of
+the Egyptian Hall is covered from the roof to the floor, and nearly
+the floor itself, by some thousands of specimens, real as well as
+pictorial, of these interesting races, many of whom are now, alas!
+nearly extinguished, under the civilizing influences of fire-water,
+smallpox, and the exterminating policy of the government of the United
+States, in which treachery has recently played a counterpart to the
+most gratuitous despotism. "I have seen them in their own villages,"
+says Mr. Catlin, "have carried my canvas and colours the whole way, and
+painted my portraits, &c. from the life, as they now stand and are seen
+in the gallery."
+
+The collection contains 310 portraits of distinguished men and women
+of the different tribes in the British, United States, and Mexican
+territories; and 200 other paintings descriptive of river, mountain,
+forest, and prairie scenes; the village games, festivals, and peculiar
+customs and superstitions of the natives, exhibiting in all above 3000
+figures; all, Mr. Catlin assures us, were taken from nature, and all by
+his own hand! a truly Herculean undertaking, and evidently sustained
+by an enthusiastic spirit, as well as a share of unconquerable
+perseverance, such as falls to the lot of few artists in any country to
+boast of.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE MORNING POST.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This valuable collection of portraits,
+landscapes, scenes from savage life, weapons, costumes, and an endless
+variety of illustrations of Indian life, real as well as pictorial,
+continues to attract crowds of spectators. We are happy to find our
+prediction fully borne out by fact, that the exhibition only required
+to be fully made known to the public to be properly appreciated. The
+most pleasing attention is paid by Mr. Catlin and his assistants
+to gratify the curiosity of visitors, to point out to notice the
+peculiarities of the various subjects through which they wander, and
+to explain everything which strikes the eye and attracts the observer
+to inquire into its use or meaning. During our visit on Saturday
+the company were startled by a yell, and shortly afterwards by the
+appearance of a stately chief of the Crow Indians stalking silently
+through the room, armed to the teeth and painted to the temples,
+wrapped up in a buffalo robe, on which all his battles were depicted,
+and wearing a tasteful coronet of war-eagle's quills. This personation
+was volunteered by the nephew of Mr. Catlin, who has seen the red
+man in his native wilds, and presents the most proud and picturesque
+similitude that can be conceived of the savage warrior. His war-whoop,
+his warlike appearance and dignified movements seem to impress the
+assemblage more strikingly with a feeling of the character of the
+North American Indian than all the other evidences which crowded the
+walls. Subsequently he appeared in another splendid costume, worn by
+the braves of the Mandan tribe, also remarkable for its costly and
+magnificent head-dress, in which we see "the horns of power" assume a
+conspicuous place. The crowds that gathered around him on each occasion
+were so dense that Mr. Catlin could scarcely find space to explain the
+particulars of the costumes; but we are glad to find he is preparing
+a central stage where all may enjoy a full and fair sight of "the
+Red Man" as he issues from his wigwam, clad in the peculiar robe and
+ornaments of his tribe, to fight, hunt, smoke, or join in the dances,
+festivals, and amusements peculiar to each nation.
+
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.
+
+_Indian Knowledge of English Affairs._--Mr. Catlin, in one of his
+lectures on the manners and customs of the North American Indians,
+during the last week, related a very curious occurrence, which excited
+a great deal of surprise and some considerable mirth amongst his highly
+respectable and numerous audience. Whilst speaking of the great and
+warlike tribe of Sioux or Dahcotas, of 40,000 or 50,000, he stated
+that many of this tribe, as well as of several others, although living
+entirely in the territory of the United States, and several hundred
+miles south of her Majesty's possessions, were found cherishing a
+lasting friendship for the English, whom they denominate Saganosh. And
+in very many instances they are to be seen wearing about their necks
+large silver medals, with the portrait of George III. in bold relief
+upon them. These medals were given to them as badges of merit during
+the last war with the United States, when these warriors were employed
+in the British service.
+
+The lecturer said that whenever the word Saganosh was used, it seemed
+to rouse them at once; that on several occasions when Englishmen had
+been in his company as fellow-travellers, they had marked attentions
+paid them by these Indians as Saganoshes. And on one occasion,
+in one of his last rambles in that country, where he had painted
+several portraits in a small village of Dahcotas, the chief of the
+band positively refused to sit, alleging as his objection that the
+Pale-faces, who were not to be trusted, might do some injury to his
+portrait, and his health or his life might be affected by it. The
+painter, as he was about to saddle his horse for his departure, told
+the Indian that he was a Saganosh, and was going across the Big Salt
+Lake, and was very sorry that he could not carry the picture of so
+distinguished a man. At this intelligence the Indian advanced, and
+after a hearty grip of the hand, very carefully and deliberately
+withdrew from his bosom, and next to his naked breast, a large silver
+medal, and turning his face to the painter, pronounced with great
+vehemence and emphasis the word Sag-a-nosh! The artist, supposing that
+he had thus gained his point with the Indian Sagamore, was making
+preparation to proceed with his work, when the Indian still firmly
+denied him the privilege--holding up the face of his Majesty (which had
+got a superlative brightness by having been worn for years against his
+naked breast), he made this singular and significant speech:--"When you
+cross the Big Salt Lake, tell my Great Father that you saw his face,
+and it was bright!" To this the painter replied, "I can never see your
+Great Father, he is dead!" The poor Indian recoiled in silence, and
+returning his medal to his bosom, entered his wigwam, at a few paces
+distant, where he seated himself amidst his family around his fire, and
+deliberately lighting his pipe, passed it around in silence.
+
+When it was smoked out he told them the news he had heard, and in a
+few moments returned to the traveller again, who was preparing with
+his party to mount their horses, and inquired whether the Saganoshes
+had no chief. The artist replied in the affirmative, saying that the
+present chief of the Saganoshes is a young and very beautiful woman.
+The Sagamore expressed great surprise and some incredulity at this
+unaccountable information; and being fully assured by the companions of
+the artist that his assertion was true, the Indian returned again quite
+hastily to his wigwam, called his own and the neighbouring families
+into his presence, lit and smoked another pipe, and then communicated
+the intelligence to them, to their great surprise and amusement; after
+which he walked out to the party about to start off, and advancing to
+the painter (or Great Medicine, as they called him) with a sarcastic
+smile on his face, in due form, and with much grace and effect, he
+carefully withdrew again from his bosom the polished silver medal, and
+turning the face of it to the painter, said, "Tell my Great Mother
+that you saw our Great Father, and that we keep his face bright!"
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.
+
+_North American Indians._--An exhibition has been opened consisting
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, implements of war, articles of
+commerce, and a variety of curiosities, illustrating the manners,
+habits, and customs of forty-eight different tribes of the North
+American Indians. The collection, which must prove highly interesting
+to all who take an interest in the various modes of life existing among
+our fellow-creatures in the different states and stages of savage life,
+or comparative civilization, consists of 310 portraits of distinguished
+men and women of the different Indian tribes, and 200 other paintings
+descriptive of Indian countries, villages, sports, and pastimes; the
+whole of which were painted by Mr. Catlin during a residence of eight
+years among the different tribes. An additional interest is given to
+the paintings by the various implements used by the natives, such as
+bows, arrows, tomahawks, and scalping knives. There are even human
+scalps, which illustrate one of the paintings representing the scalp
+dance, in which the victors of one tribe exhibit, in one of their war
+dances, the scalps of another whom they have vanquished. Among the
+most spirited of the paintings, as works of art, may be enumerated
+those of the voluntarily inflicted torments to which some of the tribes
+subject themselves as proofs of their courage; those of the buffalo
+hunts, buffalo fights, and of the prairies, which are all highly
+characteristic productions. In speaking of the different items of
+interest in this exhibition, Mr. Catlin and the cicerone should not be
+forgotten, as they amuse the visitors with many of those interesting
+personal anecdotes which travellers always abound in.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE SPECTATOR.
+
+Catlin's Indian Gallery, at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, is a museum
+of the various tribes of North American Indians.
+
+Mr. Catlin is an enterprising American artist, who has devoted eight
+years to the delineation of scenes and persons, and the collection
+of objects to form a permanent record of the characteristic features
+and customs of the different tribes of Indians in North America,
+now fast becoming extinct by the combined operation of smallpox,
+spirit-drinking, and war. The walls of a room 106 feet in length are
+entirely covered with portraits of Indian men, women, and children, in
+their respective costumes, some small whole-lengths, others busts the
+life-size, to the number of 310; and 200 views of landscape scenery,
+native villages, games, customs, and hunting-scenes, all painted on the
+spot. Besides the pictures, the dresses worn by several tribes, and a
+numerous collection of weapons, pipes, ornaments, &c., are arranged
+round the room; and in the centre is set up a wigwam of the "Crow"
+tribe, a conical tent twenty-five feet high, made of buffalo-skins,
+dressed and painted, supported by thirty poles meeting at the top, and
+capable of sheltering eighty persons.
+
+To attempt anything like a detailed description of the contents of such
+a museum would require a volume; to characterize it generally in our
+limited space is difficult. It would require hours of attentive study
+to become fully acquainted with the multifarious articles. The several
+tribes are distinguished in the catalogue: the dresses are all so
+fantastic, and the physiognomies so varied, that it would be difficult
+to class them.
+
+The dances and other amusements appear anything but gamesome; and the
+religious ceremonies of the Mandans, of which there are four scenes,
+are horrible in the extreme. It is their annual custom to assemble
+the young men in the "Medicine" or "Mystery" Lodge--the medicine-men
+are a sort of mixture of the doctor, priest, and sorcerer--and after
+being starved for four days and nights, they are tortured in the most
+cruel manner to test their powers of endurance. The animal character,
+sharpened and sometimes ennobled by the influence of moral qualities,
+is strongly expressed in all the heads.
+
+The scenery on the Missouri and Mississippi is remarkable for the
+mixture of beauty and desolation, and an appearance of cultivation in
+the wildest parts. Mr. Catlin's views bear the impress of fidelity
+that belongs to pictures painted on the spot; and their freshness and
+characteristic spirit more than atone for any defects of execution.
+The scenes of buffalo-hunting are full of movement and energy; and the
+groups of Indians are sketched with so much life and action, that the
+scene appears to pass before you. Numerous certificates attest the
+accuracy of the portraits and views. The robes and the tent covering
+exhibit come curious specimens of the pictorial skill of the Indians,
+which reminds one of the Egyptian and Mexican paintings; the outline
+being strongly defined, and with attention to the characteristic
+points. The dresses are very tastefully decorated with beads, feathers,
+and skins; and the pipes, war-clubs, lances, bows, quivers, and shields
+are profusely ornamented: the cradles are really beautiful.
+
+Mr. Catlin is about to publish an account of his expedition, in which
+the various objects in his museum will be more fully explained than in
+the catalogue; previously to which he intends giving a sort of lecture
+in the room descriptive of the people. In the mean time, a visit to
+this "Indian gallery" will give a more lively and distinct idea of the
+aborigines of North America, than a whole course of reading.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE CONSERVATIVE JOURNAL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This is, we believe, the first time that
+the British public have had a fair opportunity, upon an extensive
+scale, of making themselves acquainted with the personal appearance of
+the various tribes of North American Indians, once constituting the
+noblest race of savages that are mentioned in history, but of late
+years sinking into all the depravity which the wicked race of white
+traders has inflicted on them. These manly natives of the woods and
+prairies of America, "the red men," as they are properly denominated,
+are sinking fast in character, and gradually fading from human
+existence, through the sordid and base traffic of the "pale-faces,"
+who drive an infamous trade by bartering the execrable "fire-waters"
+(rum and whisky) amongst these children of the wood, for the furs and
+other produce of their hunting expeditions. Once these vile poisons
+are swallowed by the aborigines, they lose all their manly and martial
+energies, become sottish, feeble, and enervated in mind and body, and
+appear as if conscious of their self-debasement.
+
+With respect to the subjects of exhibition, they are chiefly portraits
+of the most noted chiefs of the various tribes that formerly roamed
+at large over the vast territory of which they were the natural
+proprietors. There are also some of the females of note and others in
+early life, who display attractions of feature and expression which
+would not discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs
+of greatest notoriety here is the celebrated chief "Black Hawk," on
+whose keen eye and determined brow "no compromise" is plainly written
+by the hand of nature. The eldest and second sons of this chief are
+here also, and are worthy of the sire from whom they sprung. There
+are also several other distinguished warriors of this tribe, which is
+denominated the Sacs (Sauskies). There also are distinguished chiefs
+and warriors of the following nations: the Konzas, Osages, Camanchees,
+Pawneepicts, Sioux, Missouries, Mandans, Black Feet, A's-sin-ne-boins,
+Delawares, Choctaws, Cherokees, &c., amounting to some hundred
+portraits; besides views of fine scenery, buffalo-hunting, war and
+other dances; a variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a wigwam, &c.
+We hope soon to give a few interesting details.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                                 ATLAS.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall._--A room 106 feet in length
+and of proportionate breadth and height, is occupied exclusively with
+this most interesting exhibition. Its pictorial portion consists of a
+vast series of portraits of the chiefs, the braves, the medicine-men,
+and squaws of the numerous tribes and nations of Indians--the
+aborigines of North America. Another lengthened series consists of
+landscape views of scenery, the rivers, mountains, and prairies--the
+homes and hunting-grounds of the Red Men. Illustrations of manners
+and customs, including some of the most curious and valuable portions
+of the gallery, form a third series of pictures, and these efforts of
+the pencil extend to upwards of 500. They are not offered as specimens
+of the art, although in that light they are by no means unworthy of
+attention, but as a pictorial history of nations about to be swept by
+the tide of civilization from the surface of the earth. As these bold
+sketches were executed in the wigwam, in the tent, in the steam-boat,
+in the forest, in the canoe, in storm and sunshine, amid strife and
+smoke, and every possible variety of interruption and annoyance, their
+existence is a miracle, and the artist may be proud of the fire and
+spirit, the truth and energy, yes, and the freedom and power with which
+he has, under such circumstances conveyed to canvas the vivid impress
+of the ancient nobles of the forest and the prairie.
+
+In eight years Mr. Catlin visited 48 tribes, including 300,000 Indians;
+has painted 310 portraits from life, and all the scenic accounts we
+have noticed. For the sake of the pictures, of the exhibition itself,
+which is intensely interesting, and yet more for the important lesson
+it teaches, we earnestly recommend the Indian Gallery to the attention
+of the reader.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE BRITANNIA.
+
+_Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly._--The suite of apartments composing
+this unique building has been opened for the exhibition of Catlin's
+Gallery of North American Indians, which comprises a museum of the
+various articles used in domestic life and in war by the aborigines
+who inhabit the Texas and adjoining country. Besides the articles
+of dress and ornament, the instruments of chace and warfare, the
+walls of the apartment are hung with a collection of 500 paintings,
+which represent the figures of living Indian chiefs, their battles,
+festivities, and domestic habits, as well as the scenery of the country
+in the "far west," and the animals which inhabit it, being a faithful
+representation of those distant regions.
+
+At the farther end of the room is a wigwam of buffalo-hide, pitched
+in the manner in which the natives arrange it; namely, in the form
+of a tent, but somewhat more conical. The owner of this interesting
+exhibition, Mr. Catlin, spent several years among the Pawnee, Sioux,
+Crow, and other tribes, for the purpose of taking accurate delineations
+of the noble races of Indians who still wander through the extensive
+prairies in all their primary freedom and independence. The exhibition
+will amuse the mere lounger as much as it will interest the curious and
+reflecting.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         EAST INDIA CHRONICLE.
+
+_North American Indians._--Of late years Cooper's American novels, and
+various works of travels; and, more recently, the Hon. Mr. Murray's
+and Captain Marryat's attractive volumes, have deeply interested us
+respecting the Red Indians of North America, their derivation, manners,
+customs, &c. Mr. Catlin, however, who has devoted eight years of his
+life to these miscalled savage people, who are now rapidly fading
+away from the face of the earth, sad victims of oppression, European
+vice and European disease, is enlightening us still further upon the
+subject. He has opened an exhibition at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+in which are assembled (all of his own painting) about 500 portraits
+of Indian chiefs, warriors, squaws, &c.; landscapes and other scenes,
+illustrating their warlike and religious ceremonies, their customs,
+dances, buffalo hunts, &c. The portraits, many of them valuable even
+as works of art, excite a strong and vivid interest from the almost
+exhaustless variety and force of character which they display. Many
+of the heads are bold and highly intellectual, and remarkable for
+their phrenological developments. Several of the young squaws, too,
+have considerable pretensions to beauty, with abundance of archness,
+vivacity, and good humour. Then again there is an immense collection
+of their weapons, pipes, musical instruments, dresses, &c.; amongst
+them a child's cradle, or whatever it may be termed, in which the women
+carry their children at their backs. It is impossible for persons of
+any age to find themselves otherwise than instructed and gratified by
+this exhibition. Besides what we have mentioned, Mr. Catlin lectures
+thrice a week in the evening, with the assistance of living figures for
+additional illustrations.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE JOHN BULL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--Mr. Catlin is an American artist, who,
+after eight years' toilsome travel, during which he visited forty-eight
+tribes of the aborigines of his native land, and traversed many
+thousands of miles, appearing to have crossed in nearly every direction
+the vast plains which lie between the semi-civilized border and the
+Rocky Mountains, has succeeded in forming a collection which he truly
+terms "unique," and which ought to be so secured by the purchase of
+some Government or other, as to be rendered what he fondly calls it,
+"imperishable." He thus explains the motives which induced him to
+undertake this labour:--"Having some years since become fully convinced
+of the rapid decline and certain extinction of the numerous tribes of
+the North American Indians, and seeing also the vast importance and
+value which a full pictorial history of these interesting but dying
+people might be to future ages, I set out alone, unaided and unadvised,
+resolved (if my life should be spared), by the aid of my brush and
+my pen, to rescue from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and
+customs as the industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could
+accomplish, and set them up in a gallery, unique and imperishable, for
+the use and benefit of future ages."
+
+A proof of the utility of his undertaking is the fact that one of the
+most singularly interesting tribes which he visited, the Mandans, who
+numbered 2000 souls in 1834, have been since wholly destroyed, not
+a remnant of their race left--name, and line, and language utterly
+extinct. Of the other tribes, too, many thousands have perished
+since the period of his visit by the smallpox, which deadly disease
+sweeps them off by wholesale; by the ardent spirits, still deadlier,
+introduced among them by the traders, and by war. The red man seems
+doomed to inevitable destruction; and despite the philanthropist, no
+long period of time, it is to be feared, will elapse before he will
+exist only by the aid of the "brush and pen."
+
+Mr. Catlin has made 310 portraits of distinguished individuals of the
+various tribes, and 200 other paintings illustrative of their manners,
+games, religious and other customs, as well as portraying some of
+the most remarkable scenery of the prairies and wilderness. They are
+roughly executed, but are the more valuable as being evidently faithful
+transcripts from the life. They occupy the entire of the large room of
+the Egyptian Hall, covering the walls on either side, whilst in the
+centre a long table is covered with Indian habiliments and weapons,
+which likewise hang with bears' and other skins in profusion from the
+ceiling, whilst the whole is crowned by a wigwam, a veritable wigwam,
+brought from the foot of the Rocky Mountains. Will or can any one with
+a spark of curiosity, not to name enthusiasm, in his composition,
+begrudge a shilling for the sight?
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE COURT JOURNAL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We must confess that, after the many
+failures of exhibitions analogous to this, we did not go to it prepared
+either to be pleased or to glean from it any novelty of information;
+but we were most agreeably disappointed, and can assure our readers
+that a more attractive exercise for the mind could not well have been
+devised. We may, without hesitation, describe this immense collection
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and representations of manners and
+customs, as embracing a view of all the North American Indian tribes
+(resident in the British and Mexican territories, and those of the
+United States) now unexterminated! Out of the entire nations swept away
+by whiskey, smallpox, and the aggressions of the whites, about 300,000
+souls remain; and of these the numbers become every year more and more
+reduced, so that ultimately we may calculate with certainty that they
+will
+
+          "Leave not a wreck behind."
+
+Under this impression Mr. Catlin has done well and wisely to "devote
+more than eight years of his life to the accomplishment of so great a
+design" as that of creating their pictorial history.
+
+Mr. Catlin states that every painting has been made from nature, and
+by his own hand, many of them in the intervals of paddling a canoe, or
+leading a packhorse through trackless wilds, at the hazard of his life;
+that he has visited these people in their own villages, and painted
+their portraits (certificated by the United States authorities) on the
+spot.
+
+The room in which this exhibition takes place is on the ground-floor
+of the Egyptian Hall, and is 106 feet in length. In the centre is a
+very handsome "Crow lodge or wigwam," brought from the foot of the
+Rocky Mountains. It is made of buffalo-skins garnished and painted.
+The pine-poles are thirty in number, and the interior will hold eighty
+persons. On a table near this tent are lances, calumets, tomahawks,
+scalping-knives, and scalps; and above, men's and women's dresses,
+bows, spears, shields, moccasins, war-clubs, drums, &c. Around are
+hung the numerous paintings in oil, comprising portraits, landscapes,
+ceremonies, games, manual occupations, hunting excursions, councils,
+and feasts.
+
+The portraits are very characteristic, the men being for the most
+part tidy, with one or two striking exceptions, and the young women
+remarkably handsome. The landscapes are clearly painted, and the
+ceremonies are very amusing in some instances and very horrible in
+others. Those which please us most are the hunting and travelling
+sketches, and one or two of "the fury of the fight!" For instance, No.
+486, "Bogard, Batiste, and I, chasing a herd of buffalo in high grass,
+on a Missouri bottom," is one of the most spirited things that can be
+imagined; and so also is No. 471, "A Camanchee warrior lancing an Osage
+at full speed."
+
+The great merit of these oil sketches is their manifest correctness,
+not to a line or the mere making out of a horse's head or some portion
+of dress, but to the action and the scene. Not only the portraits, but
+the landscapes and groups, have a certificate of identity.
+
+We recommend to all the "Descriptive Catalogue," which is very amusing,
+and is necessary to the elucidation of customs and localities. At the
+private view to which we were invited on Tuesday there was a very
+numerous assemblage of persons of distinction.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           NEW COURT GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This interesting exhibition consists
+chiefly of portraits of the most distinguished warriors and chiefs of
+the various tribes, besides views of fine scenery, buffalo hunting, war
+and other dances; a vast variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a
+wigwam, &c. The collection also contains some of the females of note,
+who display attractions of feature and expression which would not
+discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs of greatest
+notoriety here is the celebrated chief "Black Hawk." The eldest and
+second sons of this chief are here also, and are worthy of the sire
+from whom they sprung. There are several other distinguished warriors
+of this tribe and others, amounting to some hundred portraits. We can
+strongly recommend our readers to attend; they will then, for the first
+time, become acquainted with the real manners and customs of these
+"before-misrepresented people," who are fast sinking from the face of
+the earth.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        LONDON SATURDAY JOURNAL.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Indian Gallery._--In visiting it, indeed, the town-bred
+admirer of the freedom and grandeur of "savage life" might find
+somewhat, at first sight, to feed his sentimental fancies. Round the
+room, on the walls, are portraits of Indians, remarkable specimens
+of the true animal man; arrayed in their holiday dresses, tricked
+out in all the variety of savage fancy, and many of them as evidently
+and consciously "sitting for their portraits," as the most pedantic
+and affected superficialist of civilization. With these we have many
+glimpses of the scenery and state of existence connected with "life
+in the wilds." The far stretching prairie; the noble river and its
+"reaches," and "bluffs," and waterfloods; the shaggy bison, whose
+tremendous aspect makes him fearful, even in the stillness of a
+picture; the more terrible grisly bear; the Indian "at home," and the
+the Indian "abroad," with stirring hunting scenes, enough to rouse
+one's blood, and to make an unfledged adventurer long to dash away, and
+try one's skill and courage in an encounter with horned monsters, or
+even that "ugly creature" before whom the "strongest bull goes down."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         KIDD'S LONDON JOURNAL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall._--By a visit to this
+exhibition, every class of the community, old as well as young, will
+derive much instruction and gratification. Mr. Catlin's representation
+of the red races of North America, their country, their costumes,
+their sports, their religious ceremonies, and, in short, their manners
+and customs, so as to enable us to form a complete idea of them, is
+deserving of the utmost praise. There are above 500 subjects in these
+spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child's rattle; and everything
+belonging to the various Indian tribes are before the spectator in
+their actual condition and integrity. There are, besides, a multitude
+of portraits of the leading warriors, &c., &c., and other pictures
+of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting; the whole supplying
+by far the most ample and accurate history of them that has ever
+been published to the world. No book of travels can approach these
+realities; and after all we had read of the red men, we confess we
+are astonished at the many new and important points connected with
+them which this gallery impressed upon us. We saw more distinctly the
+links of resemblance between them and other early and distant people;
+and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of matters affecting
+the progress of mankind all over the earth, alike illustrated by
+similitudes and dissimilitudes.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          SCOTSMAN--EDINBURGH.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Lectures on the North American Indians._--Numbers of
+fashionable persons still continue to attend the Rotunda to inspect
+the varied curiosities belonging to this interesting tribe. We have
+much pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity and
+effect of Mr. Catlin's interesting and instructive exhibition:--
+
+                                 "Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.
+  "DEAR SIR,--I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your
+  lectures at the Waterloo Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the
+  Indian character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native
+  Indian manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view,
+  scenes I had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries
+  where I had been; and for twenty years' peregrinations in those
+  parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave River north, and from the
+  shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of
+  the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities
+  of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+  pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+  which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+  afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.
+
+                     "I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,
+                                                "JOHN HALDANE."
+  "To George Catlin, Esq."
+
+The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson's Bay
+Company, dated New York Factory, Hudson's Bay, 10th December, 1842:--
+
+  "Should you happen to fall in with 'Catlin's Letters on the North
+  American Indians,' I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin's sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character."
+
+
+                          UNITED STATES PRESS.
+
+
+                       THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--The conception and plan of this gallery
+are in a high degree ingenious and philosophical. While it seems to
+the careless victor to be only a very animated representation of
+some of the most striking incidents in Indian life, it is in fact so
+contrived as to contain an intelligent and profound exposition of all
+that characterizes the savage in mind, in memory, and in manners; a
+revelation of the form and qualities of his understanding, of the
+shape and temper of his passions, of his religious impressions and the
+traditions which have given them their hue, and of the mingled ferocity
+and fun, barbarity and _bonhomie_, which streak his character. These
+are the matters that are brought out by a study of these pictures;
+and they show, on the part of the originator of this museum, a
+comprehension and reach of understanding which of themselves merit the
+name of genius. The execution is as happy as the purpose is judicious.
+No artist in this country possesses a readier or more graphic pencil;
+perhaps no one, since Hogarth, has had in so high a degree the faculty
+of seizing at a moment the true impression of a scene before his eyes,
+and transferring it to the canvas. And as a refined and finished
+portrait-painter, his large picture of Osceola alone sets him on a
+level with the most accomplished professors in any part of the States,
+and shows what eminence and what emolument might have been achieved
+by him had he devoted himself to that narrower branch of his art. The
+great and unshared merit of these sketches lies in the circumstance
+that there is nothing either in the grouping or the detail in anywise
+imaginary, but that every scene which his collection contains was
+copied by him from life, while the original was before him. Of the
+tribes thus represented, some have already, in the interval since these
+drawings, been entirely swept away from the earth, and it is plain that
+others, who escape that fate, will, as they are more nearly approached
+by the whites, lose much that is distinctive in their character and
+habits, and in a few, probably a very few years, the only memorial of
+the bravery, the sufferings, the toils, sports, customs, dresses, and
+decorations of the Indians, will be Catlin's Gallery.
+
+We feel great pride in stating that Mr. Catlin is a native of
+Pennsylvania. His birthplace, we are informed, is the valley of the
+Wyoming. There, probably, he acquired that fondness for the free wild
+life of the huntsman and forester that has led him so far from the
+tame continuance of cities, and has made the privations of that remote
+existence tolerable. There, too, he must have imbibed in early youth
+that love of the chace, and that sympathy with its noble excitements,
+which has made him out of sight the best exhibitor of the sports of
+the West that ever yet employed pen or pencil in illustration of the
+magnificent diversions that gave a dash of sublimity to the occupation
+of those dwellers by the sources of the Father of Waters. We, too, have
+seen something of that stirring Western life, and have had a taste of
+its delights and dangers, though we pretend not to a tithe of the lore
+here brought out. We know, perhaps, enough to judge of what is well
+done in this department, and we can testify strongly to the prodigious
+superiority of Mr. Catlin in the conception of the hunting-scenes,
+in the appreciation and selection of its strongest points and most
+interesting moments, and in the vigour and power with which the whole
+is presented, over Mr. Irving. Mr. Irving's style is, at all times,
+nicer and more fastidious than suits our taste; certainly it is too
+dainty to be capable of expressing the roughness and energy of those
+exhibitions. It may be that we ought not to have Indian life at all,
+but if we are to have it, let us have something of the heartiness
+and strength which make it what it is, and let there be some harmony
+between the subject and the manner. In Irving's dialect there are no
+terms for the utterance of what is most peculiar on those occasions;
+the harp-like gentleness of his tones and regularity of his pauses
+cannot present the hurry, helter-skelter dash and drive of those
+impetuous onsets and those breathless contests. His descriptions of
+the buffalo-hunt remind us of Finden's engraving of a ragged peasant,
+wherein the ravelled coat seems fringed with lace, and the cap seems
+tasselled with flakes of the ermine. Catlin brings forward the scene in
+all the rudeness and the raciness of reality.
+
+Upon the whole, Mr. Catlin has accomplished a work which will for ever
+associate his name in the highest rank of honour, with a subject that
+will interest the civilized world every year more and more through all
+coming time. We have learned with great regret that he will certainly
+take his museum to England in the course of a few weeks. We know too
+well how it will be valued there, to imagine that it will ever be
+permitted to come back.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We cannot notice this collection too often.
+It is one of those productions which illustrate, in an eminent degree,
+the observation of Playfair, that when the proper time has arrived
+for some great work to be performed, some individual is raised up by
+Providence whose position and character and capacity precisely fit him
+for accomplishing the design. For reasons that will be appreciated
+by the philosopher, the philanthropist, and the theologian, as well
+as considerations that address themselves to the curiosity of the
+man of general knowledge, it was particularly desirable that a full
+and authentic record should be given to the world of the national
+characteristics of a race whose history is so peculiar, whose condition
+is so curious, and whose speedy extinguishment is so certain, as
+those of the North American Indians. Accordingly, when it is plain
+that the moment has arrived beyond which the portraiture of their
+state cannot any longer be delayed, if it would be known that they
+are in that native predicament which has been in nowise modified by
+European intercourse, a man appears whose birth in a spot of which
+the traditions are so strongly interfused with the memory of the
+Indian (the Wyoming Valley), has caused his imagination to be deeply
+impressed, even from his earliest youth, by the character and actions
+of this people; who is endowed by nature with the hand and eye of
+a painter, and who passes through a professional education which
+advances his talent to the skill of an accomplished artist, and who has
+inherited a fortitude of spirit, an elevation of purpose, and a vigour
+of limb, which render him competent to encounter the dangers, the
+discouragements, and the difficulties which of necessity lie along the
+path to the object in question. The man is willing to devote the best
+years of his life to the task of working out a great picture of those
+tribes of savages which are separated by 2000 miles from the farthest
+settlement of his nation.
+
+One of the most remarkable tribes which has yet been found on this
+continent was that of the Mandans. They were more advanced in the
+knowledge of domestic comforts, and were distinguished for more
+intelligence and a higher sense of honour than any of their brethren.
+They possessed certain very extraordinary and interesting annual
+religious celebrations, which were in part a commemoration of the
+Deluge, and contained, amongst other things, an allusion to the twig
+which the dove brought back from Noah to the earth. Mr. Catlin was the
+first white man who was ever admitted to inspect these ceremonies in
+the sacred hall in which they were performed for four days. He made
+several large and very copious paintings of the scenes which were
+presented to him; and he sketched almost all that was striking in the
+character of this tribe. The next year the whole of this nation was
+swept away by the smallpox; not an individual man, woman, or child
+survives; and the world possesses no other knowledge of this people or
+their traditions than is contained in these pictures in the gallery of
+Catlin. Fortunately they present us with as full and satisfactory a
+representation as could be desired.
+
+We believe that all who have visited this collection have formed but
+one opinion as to its interest and excellence. We would remind our
+readers that this gallery will remain open for their inspection but a
+short time longer before its final removal to England.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Gallery of Indian Paintings._--We congratulate our
+citizens on the opportunity they have now presented to them of
+witnessing the results of Mr. Catlin's labours and travels among the
+tribes of Aborigines inhabiting the Rocky Mountains and the prairies
+of "the far West." Mr. Catlin spent many years among these tribes, at
+the imminent risk of his life, and at an incalculable cost of comfort,
+solely with the view of taking likenesses and sketches from life and
+nature, and of representing these "children of the forest" in their own
+peculiar costumes, and as he found them in their own native wilds.
+
+Of the accuracy of his likenesses we have the most undoubted testimony;
+and of the sketches of scenery, dances, hunting parties, &c., we may
+venture to say they are graphic, bold, and free. We know of nothing
+from which one who has never seen the Indian in his untamed character
+can derive so accurate a knowledge of these fast-disappearing natives
+of the soil as from this gallery.
+
+We would throw in a word in favour of the young--let them by all means
+see this gallery.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                   THE PHILADELPHIA WEEKLY MESSENGER.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--Mr. Catlin's gallery of Indian pictures
+and curiosities has recently been opened at the Arcade for the
+inspection of the citizens of Philadelphia. In common with other
+lovers of amusement, we have visited this collection, and have found
+that it fully justifies whatever has been said by those who visited
+it in Boston and New York, and described it as the most surprising,
+entertaining, and instructive exhibition which the efforts of American
+genius have ever brought before the country....
+
+In this stage of human knowledge Catlin resolved to devote the labours
+of his life to exploring the condition, customs, character, and conduct
+of this people, and to bring home a record of their being, which should
+be to the world a possession for ever. He has fulfilled this purpose.
+He has lifted the veil on which was written "ignorance," and he has
+shown to his countrymen the peculiarities of a life which is competent
+to instruct philosophy with conclusions that it has never dreamt of,
+and entertain curiosity beyond the compass of the wildest fables.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                     THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING POST.
+
+The subjects of Mr. Catlin's pencil, his histories and delineations,
+are of a noble race. The Camanchees, the Mandans, the Pawnees, the
+Blackfeet, Sioux, Crows, Assiniboins, Omahaws, &c. &c., who have not
+yet sunk beneath the withering associations of white people, who on
+their native prairies stalk with noble pride and independence, who
+manufacture their own dresses from the skins of the mountain sheep
+and buffalo, and use their spears, bows and arrows, in preference to
+fire-arms, and with courtly pride and hospitality welcomed the artist,
+and honoured him for his talents of delineation, as a nobleman of
+nature, infinitely superior to the mercenary race of traders and Indian
+agents, who plunder and cheat them when opportunity offers.
+
+The Indian is truly fortunate in having so faithful and industrious
+a champion, historian, and painter as Mr. Catlin, who will no doubt
+rescue their name from the mass of trading libellers that have so long
+corrupted and then slandered them. With a remarkable assiduity and
+perseverance he has devoted many years of his life, and much pecuniary
+means, in preparing a magnificent collection of their dresses,
+instruments, ornaments, portraits, &c. For ourselves, we anticipate
+one of the most original and curious works that has been issued from
+the press for many years, for Mr. Catlin has struck out a new path to
+fame and fortune, and while he leaves a memorial of the true Indian
+uncorrupted native character, he makes a lasting name for himself.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE NEW YORK EVENING STAR.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We would remind those who have not yet
+visited this extraordinary collection, that it will be closed after the
+lapse of a single week, and that it will never again be exhibited in
+America. There will never be presented to our citizens an opportunity
+of inspecting one of the most remarkable and entertaining works that
+the genius and labour of an individual has created in this age and
+country; and those who neglect this occasion of examining this most
+curious monument of talent and enterprise will have missed for ever one
+of the noblest spectacles at which patriotism can refresh its pride,
+or reason can inform its curiosity. Mr. Catlin has received permission
+from the English Chancellor of the Exchequer to import his museum into
+England free from duty, a saving to him of about two thousand dollars.
+He will sail for that country in the course of the summer, and the
+indifference of America will have surrendered to her rival what the
+labour of an American had created for herself.
+
+In our opinion nothing could redound more to the patriotism, national
+pride, and honour of our country, than the purchase by Congress of
+this rare collection of aboriginal curiosities, to enrich a national
+museum at Washington. Such an object is by no means unworthy the
+attention of the nation; and as in the lapse of a few more years all
+traces of this interesting people will have passed away, or but a small
+remnant of them remain in their wilderness asylum almost beyond the
+ken of civilized man, such a depository of the relics peculiar to this
+wonderful people would possess an interest which would be immeasurably
+enhanced when their existence as a nation was for ever blotted out, as
+from present indications it inevitably must be. Located at the capital,
+members of Congress and public-spirited citizens of the far West
+could from time to time contribute to the common stock, until, in the
+course of a few years, a national museum of Indian curiosities would
+be formed to perpetuate their manners, customs, and costumes, that
+would be a monument to the taste and public spirit of the nation to the
+latest generation. The facilities possessed by the Government for the
+successful prosecution of so noble a design commends it forcibly to the
+consideration of Congress. And as it is not yet too late, we trust, to
+secure the co-operation of Mr. Catlin in furtherance of an object so
+congenial with his views, and which would at the same time ensure him
+a just reward for his enthusiastic devotion to this noble enterprise,
+without being compelled to seek it in a foreign land, we would fain
+hope that his stay among us would be prolonged until measures were
+taken to call the attention of Congress to the subject. Should this
+suggestion be favourably received, and it be found that the engagements
+of Mr. Catlin do not preclude its being carried out, we trust the
+project will enlist warmly the interest of our public-spirited and
+patriotic citizens at an early day.
+
+We have already spoken once or twice at some length of the value and
+interest of this exhibition. It addresses itself to the feelings of the
+rudest observer, and engages the imagination of the idlest visitor,
+by revealing, with amazing copiousness, the whole interior life and
+customs of a people singular and striking beyond the speculations
+of romance, and so separated by position, by distrust, and enmity,
+that no one has ever before seen what this man has sketched. To the
+philosopher, the philanthropist, the moralist, and the man of science,
+it presents matter equally attractive and important, in those higher
+regards with which they are conversant, with that which amuses the
+fancy of the rude. By all it will be found a storehouse of wonders,
+which will surprise the mind in present observation, and gratify the
+thoughts in all future recollection.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--I am grieved to see that this noble product
+of American genius is in a few days to leave its native soil, without
+any effective efforts having been made to ensure its permanent return.
+
+I did hope that individual disposition would be matured into common
+action, and that at any price a treasure so honourably, so peculiarly
+American, would be kept from passing into European hands.
+
+Is it _yet_ too late to avert such a result? Cannot we yet prevent such
+a spot upon our city's bright escutcheon?
+
+With what feelings will our descendants enter some department of the
+British Museum, or some _Palais_ or _Mus�e_ in the city of Bourbons,
+to see a treasure thus surrendered by their fathers? Can they boast
+of Catlin's _powers_ as a national glory? Others can point to the
+possession of the _fruits_ of them as our national disgrace.
+
+Whether in justice or in wrong, our treatment of the Indian nations has
+been a reproach to us through the world. Let it not be in a stranger's
+power to show how noble and how elevated a race we are thus accused of
+having injured.
+
+Let it not be said that while America has extirpated them from
+existence, France or England has preserved the only memorial of what
+they were.
+
+It is at all events yet in the power of each to _visit_ the collection
+in his own country. Let no man who bears the honoured name of an
+American fail to do so. He has no idea of what the rude forefathers
+of his forests were. He has never had Indian existence in its varied
+forms presented to him in such life-like reality, never before so much
+relating to this people so systematically brought together. In the
+labours of Catlin's hand and in the achievements of his pencil, we and
+our descendants must now look for the history of our national ancestry.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         THE AMERICAN SENTINEL.
+
+_Catlin's Gallery._--Mr. Catlin's extraordinary exhibition of Indian
+curiosities and paintings will be closed, as we learn from his
+advertisement, in the course of a few days. This is the last exhibition
+that will be made of this wonderful collection in the United States, as
+it will be taken to England at once and there be disposed of. We trust
+that every one who has a spark of rational curiosity or national pride
+will visit a work which, above every other that we are acquainted with,
+is fitted to gratify both.
+
+We do not think that, all the circumstances being taken together,
+there has been produced in this age any work more wonderful or more
+valuable. The hardy enterprise of the forest-born adventurer must unite
+with the tact and skill a very accomplished diplomatist to carry a man
+through the scenes which Catlin has visited; and the observation of a
+philosophical genius must be joined to the ready skill of a thoroughly
+furnished artist, to bring back from those scenes of savage life such
+illustrations as Catlin now presents. This age will send forth no such
+man; and should such appear at any future period, he will be too late
+for the performance of this task.
+
+This museum possesses in itself more to amaze and delight than any work
+to which we can point. The very spirit of savage existence is unsphered
+before us as we contemplate these graphic sketches. We feel the freedom
+and enthusiasm which mark the life of the hunter and the warrior of
+the west, fascinating above all the attractions of civilized being. We
+are pleased, astonished, charmed by the variety and strangeness of the
+spectacles brought before us.
+
+No parent should suffer himself to feel that he has done justice to his
+children until he has taken them to view this gallery, which will never
+again be open to their inspection. No citizen should suffer it to leave
+the country until he has fully possessed himself of all that it reveals
+respecting the aborigines of his country.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Views of the Far West._--There can be no mistake or
+exaggeration in pronouncing the exhibition of these views of the
+scenery and natural history of the western country the most important
+and interesting object for public attention which has ever been offered
+to the eastern division of the United States.
+
+It has been with a fascinating degree of feeling and adventure that
+Mr. Catlin has gone over the immense plains of the west, and employed
+himself with pallet and pencil among all the scenes he could select
+of landscape and natural history, and with the western natives, and
+to sketch people, views, and objects which have formed so much of its
+distinctive character, by which he may rescue and retain the almost
+incredible appearances and habits of a race of men and animals now fast
+disappearing in the march of civilization, upon the remembrance and
+record of history.
+
+The collection of Portraits, made of upwards of 300 persons, forms
+a representation from forty-eight Indian nations, chiefly between
+the settled part of our country and the Rocky Mountains, among which
+are the Sacs, Osage, Pawnee, Camanchee, Sioux, Mandans, Blackfeet,
+Shawnee, Cher-o-kee, Seneca, and Seminoles; and of these, the portraits
+of Osceola, Micanopeah, Keokuk, Black Hawk, Io-way, Red Jacket,
+Co-ee-ha-jo, King Philip, John Ross, with several of their wives and
+children, will always be prominent in the references of American
+history.
+
+In addition to these important objects of personal consideration, the
+peculiar and correct representations and appearances of the general
+western country are prominent, and are all of a highly novel and
+beautiful character.
+
+The views of rivers, towns, settlements, mountains, prairies, and
+waterfalls, and animals, are generally those which have never been
+before presented to us. They have been taken in upwards of 200 oil
+paintings coloured to nature, and consist of the most important
+localities reaching to the Rocky Mountains, finished on the spot
+with a fidelity of delineation and picturesque effect which would
+be creditable to an artist of very high attainments with all the
+"appliances and means" afforded by the best accommodation and leisure.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                   THE PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY COURIER.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--In a late number we took notice of the
+vast and wonderful assemblage of pictures and curiosities by which
+Mr. Catlin has contrived to bring before our eyes the fullness of the
+life of the Western Indians. We would again urge upon our citizens, as
+Americans, and as valuing curious information and refined pleasure, to
+give this gallery a visit. There is not in our land, nor in any part of
+Europe which we have visited, anything of the kind more extraordinary
+or more interesting. The galleries illustrative of national character
+and antiquities which are to be found in London, Paris, Florence, and
+other cities, have been collected by the power of great kings; and
+the outlay of immense treasure, and the apparatus of negotiations,
+and special ministers, and resident consuls, and agents innumerable,
+have been requisite to their completion. This is the work of a single
+individual, a man without fortune and without patronage, who created it
+with his own mind and hand, without aid and even against countenance;
+and who sustained the lonely toils of eight years in a region fearful
+and forbidding beyond the conceptions of civilized life, in order to
+present his countrymen with a work which he knew they would one day
+value as the most remarkable thing they owned, and which he was assured
+that no spirit and no skill but his own could accomplish. He may point
+to his magnificent collection, which now receives the admiration
+of every eye, and may say with honest pride, "Alone I did it!" But
+without the abatement of a reference to the circumstances of the case
+and without any qualification of any sort, we declare that if this
+museum is less gorgeous and less stately than those imperial galleries
+which give fame even to the capitals of England and France, it is not
+less instructive or entertaining than the greatest of them. Of the
+enterprise, the free genius, the noble self-dependence, the stern
+endurance, and indomitable perseverance which our republican system
+glories in inspiring and cherishing, there is no nobler, and there will
+be no more abiding monument, than Catlin's Indian Gallery.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY NEWS.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We have visited it repeatedly, and have
+studied its contents with close attention, as the best exposition of
+savage character and life that has ever been given to the world; and
+the result of our impressions is, that whether we regard the historical
+and philosophic value of this museum, its strangeness and interest as
+matter of entertainment, or the wonderful toil and difficulty that
+must have attended its formation, there is not in our country a work
+more honourable to its author, or more deserving of the esteem and
+admiration of the community. The hardships of Indian existence are
+brought before us with a bold effect; the few refinements by which
+it is comforted are impressively presented; the labours by which it
+is sustained are shown; and the romance which makes it charming is
+brilliantly and copiously exhibited. The gallery is a complete and
+fascinating panorama of savage life; and all who have the smallest
+interest in the wild and stirring existence of the Indian hunter should
+hasten to contemplate this splendid picture. No man has tasted these
+scenes of daring and peril with half the sympathy and understanding of
+Mr. Catlin; and neither in the delicate touches of Irving, nor the more
+vigorous drawings of Hoffman, is there anything like the intelligence
+and interest of these animated sketches. Whoever would know to what
+sounds of glee and exultation the northern forests, even at this hour,
+are echoing, or with what spectacles of merriment or toil the flatness
+of the prairie is enlivened, must view and ponder over this collection.
+
+Mr. Catlin intends to remove this museum to England very soon, and from
+that country it will probably never return. This, therefore, is the
+last opportunity which Americans will have of ever inspecting this most
+curious assemblage. We exhort every one who is a lover either of rare
+entertainment or strange knowledge to lose no time in visiting this
+gallery.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                     THE AMERICAN DAILY ADVERTISER.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--The collection embraces a wonderful extent
+and variety of national history, likewise an exact and discriminating
+range throughout the different tribes. They are all classed with the
+method and arrangement of a philosopher, developed and associated with
+the vivacity of a dramatist, and personated, defined, and coloured with
+the eye and hand of a painter. Rarely, indeed, would one man be found
+who could do all this; still more rarely a man, who to these various
+offices and talents would add the courage, the patience, and the taste
+to become an eye-witness of his subjects, and above all, would possess
+the industry and the veracity to represent them to others, and thus to
+command credibility and admiration.
+
+I hope my fellow-citizens will give this exhibition their repeated
+attention. They will find in it much more than has ever been combined
+before. It will greatly abridge their labours in reading, nay, it
+will tell them what books do not teach; and it will impress upon
+their senses and upon their memories the living portraits of a race,
+distinguished by inextinguishable ardour, unbounded ingenuity, and
+indomitable determination--a race now fast eluding the projects of
+the politician, the researches of the curious, and soon to cease from
+demanding even the sympathies of the humane and conscientious.
+
+We learn that Mr. Catlin is soon to embark for England, where
+encouragement is offered to his remarkable talents and energy, and
+we sincerely wish him the rewards due to native genius, exemplary
+diligence, and moral integrity and refinement.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER.
+
+_Catlin's Gallery._--We called the attention of our readers some days
+ago to Catlin's Indian Gallery, now exhibiting in this city. This
+collection is in every respect so remarkable and interesting, that we
+again bring it before the notice of the community.
+
+Mr. Catlin visited nearly fifty different tribes of Indians, and
+resided familiarly among them for several years. He made their habits
+and character his exclusive study. With the eye of a poet, the
+judgment of a man of rare sagacity, and the hand of an accomplished
+artist, he saw and scrutinized, and sketched the forms, the feats,
+the entire style of life of the varied nations with whom he had made
+his home. The general features of this strange and most interesting
+people are presented to us in this collection with a copiousness
+and variety which could only be attained by one who had devoted the
+enthusiasm of years to a task, to which he had, in the first instance,
+brought extraordinary talents. Whatever met his watchful glance that
+was striking or peculiar in the religious ceremonies, the warlike
+demonstrations, the festive celebrations of peace and leisure, the
+separate acts and social habits of the wanderers of the distant wilds
+of the west, was instantly transferred to his canvas, and fixed in
+living colours on the very spot where the scene was shown. Accordingly
+we have here illustrations of the mode in which almost every thing,
+which is common or curious, usual or occasional, among the tribes
+is performed. The chace, which there has no meaner object than the
+"stately buffalo," is before us in full and numerous portraiture; the
+rousing of the herd in the centre of some endless prairie, the reckless
+vehemence of the pursuit by the wild horse and the wilder hunter, the
+mad dashing of the fearless sportsman into the midst of the monstrous
+throng, with nothing but bow and knife; the unhorsing of some, who roll
+trampled under foot, and of others who are tossed high into the air;
+the final capture and death of the huge victim of the sport, all these
+are presented to us in the freshness and freedom of the very scenes
+themselves of this magnificent excitement. Then there are dances
+of an art and an intricacy that might instruct Almack's itself; the
+bear dance, in which, clothed in skins, they imitate the postures and
+movements of that animal; the buffalo dance, in which they are masked
+in the skulls which they have taken in the hunt; the eagle dance, which
+mimics the attitude of that bird; the dance on the snow in peculiar
+shoes; and the numerous dances of war. Then we have bold and admirable
+sketches of the scenery of the prairies and the hills 2000 miles above
+St. Louis, presenting a richness and brilliance of verdure of which the
+Atlantic resident has never formed a conception. In short, it would
+be difficult to point out a single particular in which the sketches
+of this ardent and able painter do not furnish the fullest and most
+valuable information about the western continent and its inhabitants.
+There are portraits, likewise, of all the remarkable persons whom the
+artist encountered in his rambles, painted on the spot, in their actual
+dresses and natural positions, certified as rigidly accurate, in every
+instance, by officers of the United States, who were present at the
+time.
+
+But sketches are not all that this unique collection consists of.
+There is a large number of the dresses of the chiefs and women, rich
+and curious to a very great degree, implements of war and of social
+life--articles by which friendship is promoted and leisure is amused.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                   PHILADELPHIA HERALD AND SENTINEL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery_ is one of the most curious and interesting
+collections ever brought before the public. The portraits of the chiefs
+and warriors constitute perhaps the least striking portion of the
+gallery; although the natural freedom and boldness of the attitudes,
+and the life-like variety and expression of the countenances,
+caught with a rare felicity by the accomplished artist, render them
+immeasurably superior in attraction and value to anything of that kind
+ever before presented to the community. They were all sketched on the
+spots of their residence, and in the characteristic attire of their
+tribes; and the certificates of different United States officers,
+attached to the back of each picture, testify to the accuracy and
+completeness of each individual portraiture. The largest and by far the
+most engaging and peculiar part of the collection, consists of sketches
+of groups occupied in the various games, sports, and diversions, by
+which the monotony of savage life is amused.
+
+Mr. Catlin visited forty-eight different tribes, and was domesticated
+amongst them for eight years; and whenever any spectacle of merriment,
+or business, or religion was got up, the painter drew apart from the
+company, and producing the canvas which was always in readiness, seized
+with an Hogarthian quickness and spirit the outlines and the impression
+of the scene before him, and has perpetuated for the gratification
+of posterity the faithful and vivid likenesses of some of the most
+extraordinary acts and incidents which the history of man can exhibit.
+Sketched with a distinctness and a particularity which indicate an
+uncommon degree of talent and skill on the part of the artist, we
+find among these paintings almost everything that is characteristic
+in the life and conduct of the Indian: the energetic dance, marked
+by a science and a significance, unknown to the amusements of more
+cultivated nations,--the hunt of the buffalo, with its impressive
+incidents of danger and daring--the religious rite--the military
+council--the game--the fight--the voluntary torture by which the
+"Stoic of the woods" displays his hardihood of nerve and spirit--and
+the grotesque gaiety which marks the occasional mirthfulness of a
+nature usually so much restrained. All these are brought before us
+with a fidelity of delineation attested by the certificates of the
+most competent and reputable witnesses, and animation and interest
+acknowledged by all who have approached them.
+
+This collection is not only unique, as it concerns the particular
+people whose state and character it illustrates; but, as throwing light
+upon a grade and condition of the human race of which little has ever
+been known, it possesses an importance novel and unparticipated: for it
+has never happened, in the history of the world, that a savage people
+has been approached and depicted with this intelligent completeness.
+He who would learn what are the dispositions and the faculties which
+belong to the mind and heart of man, in the mere rudeness of his
+natural state, will find more satisfactory sources of information in
+this Indian gallery than in the fullest descriptions of travellers or
+the astutest schemes of metaphysicians.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--It is a remarkable circumstance, and one
+very characteristic of the energy of this age, that the same year
+and almost the same month should have witnessed the completion of
+three independent collections, each of which, after its way, gives
+us a complete portraiture of the nation to which it refers. What
+Mr. Dunn's figures have accomplished for China, and Mr. Wilkinson's
+drawings have done for Egypt, Mr. Catlin's paintings have performed for
+the Indian tribes. The first of these has excited the admiration of
+America, the second has won the applause of Europe; if the last is less
+brilliant than the one, it is more lively than the other, and it is
+not less complete than either. It is not merely a minute and thorough
+description of a nation whose situation and history render everything
+that relates to it in the highest degree curious and personal to
+Americans, but it addresses itself to the admiration and instruction
+of every philosophic mind as an encyclop�dia picture of the savage
+state. While no histories present us with such copious information of
+the characteristics of those particular tribes, which are intimately
+and eternally connected with our annals, no speculative treatises
+contain anything like the knowledge here garnered of the qualities and
+attributes of that condition which is called the state of nature. The
+eye of childhood and the mind of age are alike astonished and informed
+by the spectacles here strikingly presented by this unrivalled work.
+
+Mr. Catlin is a native of Pennsylvania, and has therefore peculiar
+claims upon the attention of Philadelphians. We know and are persuaded
+that when this Museum, after the very few days allotted to its
+continuance here, is closed and removed for ever from our land, it will
+be a matter of deep and permanent regret to all who now fail to visit
+it, that they have lost the sight.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                     THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING STAR.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This interesting museum of curiosities,
+collected by Mr. Catlin, during a residence of more than eight years
+among forty tribes of Indians, and of sketches painted by him,
+illustrative of their habits and customs, is now exhibited at the
+Arcade in this city. It is an eloquent and illustrious witness of
+the genius, disinterestedness, and toil of the person who brought it
+together. Those productions of Mr. Catlin's pencil, which were given
+to the world many years since, evinced his ability to rank, at some
+day, with the first artists of this country; but instead of devoting
+himself to those lucrative branches of his profession, which would
+have gained him a sure return of wealth, he resolved, at the bidding
+of an enthusiasm, perhaps inspired by the legends of his native valley
+of Wyoming, to dedicate his life to the great and generous purpose of
+presenting to his countrymen a satisfactory portraiture of a nation
+which had so interesting a connexion with their own history, and
+whose condition has always produced so strong an impression upon the
+imagination of Americans. Alone and unsupported, save by a dauntless
+spirit, he turned towards the western forests to seek the Indian in his
+boundless home.
+
+          "The general garden, where all steps may roam,
+          Whose nature owns a nation for her child,
+          Exulting in the enjoyment of the wild."
+
+The perils of more than a Ulyssean voyage were encountered before the
+artist could feel that his object was accomplished, and before he would
+permit himself to return to his family and friends.
+
+We have devoted much time and a close attention to the sketches which
+Mr. Catlin has brought back; and we are convinced that, severe as were
+the labours and privations to which he was subject, they were less
+than the value of this collection. Whoever will study the numerous and
+varied representations here given of savage life, and will reflect how
+complete a picture is presented of a most peculiar and unknown race,
+will be persuaded, we think, that no greater accession has been made
+to the sum of human knowledge and human entertainment, in this age and
+country, than is produced by this Museum. The philosophy of Indian
+character is revealed with curious distinctness by one portion of
+the paintings, while another class presents the picturesque of that
+existence with singular spirit. Many striking suggestions for the
+history of civility, and many valuable metaphysical considerations, are
+prompted by a survey of these illustrations of the intelligence and
+the instincts of this people; and any man who would taste the poetry
+of this wild life, will find enough to satisfy him in the animated
+exhibitions of the hunt, the march, and the fight, which are here
+brought before his eyes. In Mr. Irving's very graphic descriptions
+of the amusements of the prairie, there is nothing half so bold and
+stirring as the noble pictures which here bring the adventures of the
+buffalo-hunt before us, or the terrors of the fight with the grisly
+bear.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE PENNSYLVANIAN.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We alluded briefly a few days since
+to Catlin's Indian Gallery, now open in the saloon at the Arcade,
+and we again call attention to it as one of the most gratifying
+exhibitions of the day, to all who feel the slightest interest in the
+aborigines of our country, or desire to become acquainted with the
+topographical features of the great western wild. This collection
+is the result of years of toil and privation, sustained by a rare
+and commendable enthusiasm. Mr. Catlin, who is an artist of much
+ability, and is likewise in other respects well fitted for the task
+which he voluntarily assumed, devoted himself to a study of the
+Indian character, and steadily followed out his great object for a
+considerable length of time. He has visited many of the tribes who yet
+roam in their native wildness, and he became as it were domesticated
+among them to study their habits and dispositions, encountering all
+the perils and privations which necessarily attend an enterprise of
+this nature. In the course of his rambles, he made paintings of every
+thing calculated to give a vivid impression to others of the persons,
+events, and scenes which fell under his notice, and the result is a
+magnificent collection of portraits and views of the most interesting
+character, made still more attractive by an immense variety of Indian
+dresses, arms, and utensils of many kinds, which, with the illustrative
+scenes, give a clear idea of aboriginal characteristics, and form a
+pleasing evidence of the results which can be achieved by the untiring
+perseverance of a single man. Mr. Catlin has in this way made a
+contribution to American history which must gain for him an enduring
+fame. It should form the nucleus of a national museum, that posterity
+may have some relics of a people doomed to speedy destruction, as much
+by their own inflexible nature as by the rolling tide of civilization.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We could scarcely recommend a more pleasing
+and instructive collection than this to the notice of the community.
+It is what only a Catlin, with his enthusiasm and perseverance, could
+have accomplished. To him the study of nature is most appropriate in
+her great hall or cathedral:--
+
+          "That vast cathedral, boundless as our wonder,
+            Whose quenchless lamps the sun and moon supply;
+          Its choir the winds and waves; its organ thunder;
+                          Its dome the sky."
+
+The boundless woods have been his home, and dwellers of the wilderness
+the sitters for his art. So far as Indian life is concerned, the reader
+will find a little of every thing in Catlin's gallery; not of faces
+merely, but of grand western life and scene.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                               THE WORLD.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--I visited this collection with expectations
+very highly excited by the strong and renewed expressions of admiration
+which it had received from the press in New York and Boston; but my
+anticipations had fallen below the reality in degree as much as they
+had differed from it in kind. I had supposed that it was merely an
+assemblage of the portraits of distinguished Indian chieftains, instead
+of being, as we find that it is, a very complete and curious tableau
+of the life and habits of the strange and interesting races which once
+inhabited the soil we now possess. Mr. Catlin's advertisement does no
+justice to the character of his collection. He does not state himself.
+He is a person of lofty genius and disinterested ambition, and he has
+abhorred to tarnish the purity of his self-respect by even claiming his
+own.
+
+Mr. Catlin spent eight years in the most intimate intercourse with the
+tribes which occupy the territory lying 2000 miles above St. Louis.
+His only purpose in visiting these remote and secluded nations was
+to transfer to his canvas faithful representations of those scenes
+of conduct which were most characteristic of that people, and those
+personal traits which would best transmit the memory of the savage
+to times which would no longer witness his existence. This design
+he fulfilled by copying on the spot pictures of the sports, fights,
+business, and religious ceremonies which passed before his sight; and
+the gallery which he now opens to the community, revives before the
+gaze of refinement, the whole condition and qualities of the wild
+and far-roaming occupants of the prairies and forests. An attentive
+examination of his museum has led us to the opinion that this is one
+of the most striking triumphs that the pencil has ever achieved; for
+while the brush of Lawrence preserves the likeness of an individual,
+that of Catlin has perpetuated the portraits of a nation. Let every
+American visit this exhibition; let every one who would be informed or
+entertained give it his protracted study. The more it is examined the
+more it will gratify.
+
+
+                             FRENCH PRESS.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      CONSTITUTIONNEL du 22 Juin.
+
+Le mus�e Catlin est une des collections les plus curieuses qu'on ait
+vues � Paris, tant � cause du caract�re na�f de la peinture, qu'� cause
+de l'originalit� des sujets qu'elle repr�sente.
+
+M. Catlin a donc rapport� de son voyage aux Montagnes Rocheuses quatre
+� cinq cents toiles, portraits ou paysages, tous peints d'apr�s
+nature. Parmi ces portraits, il y a des figures d'une beaut�, d'une
+�l�gance superbes. Il y a des profils, le croirait-on, qui rappellent
+le type grec ou l'Antino�s. Bien plus, dans les sc�nes de danse ou
+de combat, dans les f�tes ou les assembl�es de tribus, on remarque
+tres souvent des personnages dont la pose, l'attitude, le geste,
+ressemblent tout-�-fait � l'antique. Cela n'est pas, d'ailleurs, si
+surprenant pour qui veut r�flechir au caract�re de la beaut� antique.
+Qu'est-ce donc qui distingue l'art grec entre tous les arts? n'est-ce
+pas la simplicit� et le naturel? Les artistes grecs avaient le bonheur
+de trouver d'abord autour d'eux toutes les conditions premi�res de
+race, de climat, de civilisation, qui favorisent le d�veloppement
+de la beaut�; et secondement, ils laissaient faire la nature et ne
+torturaient jamais le mouvement de leur mod�le. Il n'y a dans toute la
+statuaire grecque que cinq ou six poses peut-�tre qui sont le type de
+tous les autres mouvemens. Les hommes rapproch�s de la nature ne se
+tortillent pas comme les civilis�s. Le calme est d'ordre naturel; et
+c'est l� un des premiers �l�mens de la beaut� antique qu'on retrouve
+dans la _beaut� sauvage_.
+
+Les paysagistes pourraient bien aussi �tudier avec profit la peinture
+facile et vraie de M. Catlin qui n'est pourtant initi� � aucun des
+proc�d�s scabreux de l'art civilis�. M. Catlin peint tranquillement du
+premier coup, en mettant un ton juste et franc � c�t� d'un autre, et il
+ne para�t pas qu'il revienne jamais ni par glacis ni par emp�tement.
+Mais son sentiment est si vif et en quelque sorte si sinc�re, son
+ex�cution si na�ve et si spontan�e, que l'effet, vu juste, est rendu
+juste. Il a fait ainsi des ciels d'une transparence et d'une lumi�re
+bien difficile � obtenir, m�me pour les praticiens les plus habiles
+des lointains d'une finesse rare et bien balanc�s entre la terre et
+le ciel. En pr�sence de cette nature toute nouvelle, de ces formes
+singuli�res du pays, de cette couleur du ciel et des arbres, si
+originale, un peintre de profession se serait bien tourment� pour
+exprimer toutes ces belles choses, et il y aurait sans doute mis
+beaucoup trop de ses pr�jug�s et de sa personnalit� civilis�e. Il est
+tr�s heureux que M. Catlin ait �t� seulement assez peintre pour faire
+tout bonnement sur la toile ce qu'il voyait, sans parti pris d'avance
+et sans convention europ�enne. Nous avons ainsi des steppes dont nous
+ne nous faisions pas une image, des buffles prodigieux, des chasses
+fantastiques, et une foule d'aspects et de sc�nes plus int�ressantes
+l'une que l'autre. Ici, c'est un marais vert tendre, entour� d'arbres
+sveltes et l�gers. L�, c'est la plaine infinie avec ses grandes herbes
+mouvantes comme les vagues d'une mer sans repos, et l'on aper�oit une
+course diabolique de quelques animaux dont on a peine � distinguer
+la forme et qui fendent l'immensit�. C'est un buffle poursuivi par un
+cavalier pench� sur la crini�re de son cheval sauvage; mais au-dessus
+des herbes profondes, on ne voit que les �paules bossues du buffle
+et les oreilles dress�es du cheval. Quel drame! O� vont-ils? o�
+s'arr�teront-ils? Quelques autres tableaux pr�sentent les aventures
+de la navigation et de la guerre, des chasses o� les hommes, couverts
+de peaux de loup, s'avancent � quatre pattes pour surprendre les
+buffles, o� les chevaux sauvages sont envelopp�s de lacets perfides,
+des c�r�monies religieuses o� de volontaires martyrs se font pendre et
+torturer en l'honneur du Grand Esprit.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       LE CHARIVARI, Paris, 1845.
+
+Il y avait l� une magnifique collection, un mus�e rare, que dis-je?
+unique et pr�cieux, amass� � grands frais, � grand' peine, par un
+artiste passionn� et patient, par M. Catlin, voyageur aussi intr�pide
+que peintre na�f et que sinc�re historien. Ce mus�e est � la fois une
+collection d'objets d'art et un recueil de notes scientifiques sur une
+classe d'hommes qui diminue de jour en jour devant les empi�temens de
+la civilisation, et qui dans cinquante ans aura compl�tement disparu du
+globe. C'est le portrait aussi fid�le que possible, le daguerr�otype
+d'un monde qu'on ne retrouvera plus, et le gouvernement l'a laiss�
+partir, l'a laiss� perdre; il n'a pas m�me senti la n�cessit� de
+l'acqu�rir. Il n'a fait ni une offre ni un prix � l'artiste qu'il e�t
+r�compens� ainsi qu'il devait l'�tre de dix ans d'�tudes et d'efforts.
+Tout le monde y aurait gagn�: le peintre qui craint devoir �parpiller
+un jour le r�sultat de tant de peines et de travaux, e�t �t� heureux
+de le voir conserv�, concentr�, consacr� � jamais, en lieu s�r, � la
+science et � l'art.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      L'OBSERVATEUR, Oct. 9, 1845.
+
+_Le Mus�e-Indien de M. Catlin._--Lorsque la civilisation recule partout
+les bornes de son horison et resserre dans un �troit espace les
+peuplades nomades et sauvages qui se refusent au joug de la domination
+europ�enne, ce n'est pas sans un certain int�r�t qu'on visite le Mus�e
+Indien de M. Catlin. En voyant la collection du c�l�bre touriste,
+l'esprit se refuse � croire que ce soit l� l'oeuvre d'un seul homme.
+Et cependant, rien n'est plus vrai. Explorateur hardi, M. Catlin a
+pass� huit ann�es de sa vie � parcourir les Montagnes Rocheuses et
+les parties les plus recul�es de l'Am�rique septentrionale; artiste
+enthousiaste, il a brav� les dangers, support� les fatigues et les
+privations de toutes sortes pour mener � bonne fin son audacieuse
+entreprise. Il a visit� les Indiens dans leurs wig-wams; il les a
+suivis dans leurs chasses; il a �tudi� leurs moeurs, leurs coutumes,
+ne se laissant arr�ter par aucun obstacle, tenant quelquefois son
+pinceau d'une main, tandis qu'il conduisait son canot de l'autre.
+Aussi, ne nous montrerons nous pas d'une grande s�v�rit� � l'�gard de
+ses tableaux; ce n'est, pour la plupart, que des esquisses faites �
+grands traits et dont le m�rite consiste dans la v�rit� des costumes
+et des sites et dans la ressemblance parfaite des portraits, ainsi
+que l'attestent les certificats les plus flatteurs d�livr�s au hardi
+voyageur, sur les lieux m�mes, par des personnes dont la v�racit� et la
+comp�tence ne sauraient �tre mises en doute.
+
+La collection que M. Catlin a rapport�e de ses excursions est d'autant
+plus curieuse qu'elle est unique en son genre. Elle se compose de plus
+de cinq cents tableaux repr�sentant des portraits, des paysages, et des
+sc�nes de moeurs qui sont comme une histoire descriptive de ces races
+primitives, que la guerre et la chasse d�ciment chaque jour, et qui
+dispara�tront sans doute bient�t de la surface du globe.
+
+Quant � M. Catlin, nous devrons � ses explorations et � sa collection
+de ne pas voir tomber dans l'oubli les moeurs, les costumes, et
+la physionomie de ces races, qui dans quelques si�cles n'existeront
+peut-�tre plus qu'� l'�tat de souvenir.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          MONITEUR DE L'ARM�E.
+
+M. Catlin, c'est le nom de cet artiste plein de r�solution et de
+pers�v�rance, a pass� huit ann�es au milieu des villages Indiens et sur
+la prairie; il a connu tous les chefs des tribus et les guerriers les
+plus renomm�s; il a assist� aux chasses dangereuses, aux jeux amin�s
+et quelquefois sanglans des sauvages; il a observ� leurs coutumes et
+leurs superstitions; il a recueilli leurs traditions orales, et tout
+ce qu'il a vu, sous les yeux des Indiens, ses h�tes, et souvent au
+p�ril de sa vie, il l'a repr�sent� sur la toile, �crivant ainsi d'apr�s
+nature toute l'histoire de populations que la guerre, et surtout les
+liqueurs fortes et la petite v�role, font d�croitre d'ann�e en ann�e
+dans une progression si rapide, que l'on peut pr�voir que d'ici �
+cinquante ans, la civilisation les pressant d'ailleurs et les refoulant
+vers les montagnes, il ne restera peut-�tre plus d'elles que de tr�s
+petits groupes ou des individus isol�s destin�s � dispara�tre bient�t
+de la terre. Les peaux ronges ne pouvant laisser aucune trace durable
+de leur passage sur le globe,--car si quelques tribus out des cabanes
+de terre, aucune n'a �lev� de monumens qui puissent t�moigner de leur
+existence aupr�s des g�n�rations � venir--les r�sultats que M. Catlin a
+si heureusement obtenus dans une entreprise si hasardeuse ne sauraient
+�tre trop appr�ci�s par les amis de la science, les ethnographes et les
+artistes.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          QUOTIDIENNE, Paris.
+
+M. Catlin est un peintre plein de conscience et de talent, et un
+voyageur aussi intr�pide qu'intelligent, qui a pass� huit ans de sa vie
+� explorer les tribus sauvages du nord de l'Am�rique et les rives du
+Missouri. Les efforts et les travaux de cet Am�ricain m�ritent qu'on
+les examine avec attention, et qu'on les recommande � l'appr�ciation
+des artistes et des savans.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                            GALIGNANI, 1845.
+
+_The Catlin Museum._--The utter strangeness of this remarkable
+exhibition--displaying, it may be said, a living _tableau_ of the
+customs and habitudes of a race who, while the march of time has
+been effecting the most extraordinary changes in the great family
+of mankind, still remain in a primitive state of nature--at first
+misunderstood by the Parisian public, has now become an object of
+general and intense curiosity. Mr. Catlin's collection of the arms
+and utensils of the various tribes, with their wigwams, the identical
+habitations which have ere now sheltered them from the tempest in the
+depths of some North American forest, they carry back the mind, as it
+were, to the infancy of the human species, "when wild in woods the
+noble savage ran." The illusion, for it nearly amounts to that, is
+wonderfully aided by an examination of Catlin's sketches, taken upon
+the spot, and often in the midst of the dangers he has depicted with
+spirited fidelity. These paintings, boldly and rapidly thrown off,
+are illustrative of every phase of savage existence. We have to thank
+Mr. Catlin for an insight into the lives and history of this most
+interesting race, which has all the charms of the wildest romance, but
+which books can never supply.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           GAZETTE DE FRANCE.
+
+Grace � M. Catlin, l'an�antissement de ces int�ressantes peuplades
+n'est plus possible: leurs moeurs, leurs coutumes, leurs usages,
+seront sans doute de sa part l'objet d'un travail consciencieux et
+approfondi, en m�me temps que ces pinceaux conserveront les traits
+et la physionomie de ces Peaux Rouges, que d�j� le c�l�bre romancier
+Am�ricain nous avait fait conna�tre. Non content d'avoir transport� en
+Europe les armes, les costumes, les tentes, et tous les instrumens qui
+servent � l'usage des Indiens, et qui forment un singulier contraste
+avec notre civilisation, M. Catlin a voulu que des monumens plus
+durables conservassent le souvenir de ces sauvages de l'Am�rique
+du Nord; il a dessin� lui-m�me les portraits des Indiens les plus
+remarquables, leurs danses, leur mani�re de fare la chasse, et leurs
+exp�ditions guerri�res.
+
+On ne peut assez admirer comment un homme a pu tracer tant de figures
+et de paysages, pris sur les lieux m�mes, dans des courses souvent
+tr�s longues et tr�s fatigantes. C'est l� un prodige de la science.
+Assis au milieu des sauvages, M. Catlin employait son temps � retracer
+sur la toile tout ce qu'il voyait. Aussi peut-on �tre assur� d'avoir
+sous les yeux la repr�sentation exacte des costumes des sauvages
+du Nouveau-Monde. Si quelques-uns de ces portraits ne sont pas des
+oeuvres d'art, du moins les savans leur doivent-ils l'histoire
+d'une tribu sauvage, d�truite enti�rement par les ravages de la
+petite-v�role. Sans M. Catlin, on ne saurait plus maintenant si elle a
+exist�, et son pinceau l'a sauv�e de l'oubli.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                            L'ILLUSTRATION.
+
+La pr�sence � Paris des Indiens Y-o-Ways donne de l'�propos au compte
+rendu suivant d'un voyage chez les Indiens de l'Am�rique du Nord,
+voyage d� � M. Geo. Catlin, auquel un s�jour de huit ann�es parmi ces
+diverses peuplades a permis de s'initier d'une mani�re compl�te a
+leurs moeurs et � leurs habitudes. Dans un livre plein d'int�r�t,
+de faits curieux, de r�v�lations si extraordinaires qu'on croit r�ver
+en les lisant, il a consign� les r�sultats de ses investigations et
+des observations qu'il a recueillies sur une race d'hommes qui va
+s'�teignant de jour en jour, et dont, sur l'affirmation de l'auteur,
+il ne restera plus vestiges d'ici � peu d'ann�es. Au charme de
+ces r�cits, M. Geo. Catlin a ajout� des dessins d'une scrupuleuse
+exactitude, des portraits des principaux chefs de tribus, dans leurs
+riches costumes que nous aurons occasion de d�crire, des paysages d'un
+effet saisissant, des esquisses de jeux, de chasses, de c�r�monies
+religieuses, de combats, etc., etc. On peut donc dire que le livre
+de M. Catlin est �crit aussi bien pour les hommes s�rieux que pour
+les grands enfants qui aiment tent les images, comme nous avouons les
+aimer, et qui s'amuseront de la bizarrerie des costumes de tous ces
+bons sauvages.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                            REVUE DE PARIS.
+
+_Galerie Indienne de M. Catlin._--La salle Valentino, transform�e en
+une sorte de Mus�e Indien, au moyen des cinq � six cents peintures
+et esquisses, ex�cut�es toutes, d'apr�s nature, par M. Catlin, cet
+�nergique et courageux voyageur, durant une p�r�grination de huit
+ann�es, � travers l'immense territoire qui s'�tend des Montagnes
+Rocheuses aux derniers �tablissemens Am�ricains ou Mexicains,--cette
+salle offrait d�j� un spectacle fort int�ressant. M. Catlin a visit�,
+en bravant mille obstacles et souvent au p�ril de sa vie, quarante-huit
+des tribus qui r�sident dans la prairie, o� elles vivent dans un �tat
+de guerre perp�tuel. Install� sous le wigwam de l'Indien Corbeau ou
+du Mandan, dans la cabane du Ch�rokee ou de l'Ariccara, il a ex�cut�
+chacun des tableaux de cette immense collection ayant la nature
+sous les yeux; aussi les pr�sente-t-il au public plut�t comme des
+_fac-similes_ identiques de la vie Indienne que comme des oeuvres
+d'art. Ces _fac-similes_ sont on ne peut plus expressifs et curieux.
+
+La collection des peintures de M. Catlin se compose de trois cent dix
+portraits de chefs Indiens et de personnages de distinction, hommes ou
+femmes de diff�rentes tribus, et de deux cents esquisses repr�sentant
+les sites les plus remarquables des contr�es qu'il a visit�es, les
+danses et les c�r�monies des peuplades qui les habitent, et des sc�nes
+de guerre et de chasse. C'est donc � la fois une repr�sentation fid�le
+de la physionomie du pays et des moeurs et coutumes de ses habitans,
+repr�sentation d'autant plus pr�cieuse qu'elle a pour objet une race
+qui s'�teint (_dying people_), et qui s'�teint avec une rapidit� qui
+tient du prodige.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                  MONITEUR INDUSTRIEL, Nov. 16, 1845.
+
+Parmi tous les voyageurs qui ont explor� l'Am�rique du Nord, aucun
+ne s'est occup� des races Indiennes autant que M. Catlin. Presque
+seul dans un canot d'�corce, il a suivi tout le cours du Missouri, et
+pendant huit ann�es il en a parcouru en tous sens l'immense bassin,
+s'en allant de tribu en tribu, comme autrefois H�rodote, le p�re
+de l'histoire, s'en allait de ville en ville, de r�gion en r�gion,
+s'enqu�rant des moeurs, des traditions et des id�es des populations
+lointaines.
+
+M. Catlin est encore dans la force de l'�ge, mais ses traits p�lis
+portent l'empreinte d'une vie d�j� longuement et p�niblement �prouv�e.
+Son abord est froidement poli, son visage s�v�re et pensif, comme celui
+d'un homme qui a vu beaucoup de choses. Toute sa personne r�v�le une
+indomptable �nergie. En public, il parle l'Anglais avec une remarquable
+puissance; il y a dans son accentuation quelque chose du magnifique
+enthousiasme d'un po�te.
+
+Le grand ouvrage de M. Catlin est un beau monument �lev� � la science;
+il faut esp�rer qu'on songera � en donner une traduction Fran�aise.
+Chemin fesant, M. Catlin a dessin� et peint une �trange collection de
+vues, de sc�nes naturelles, de portraits d'indig�nes et de sc�nes de
+moeurs. Cette nombreuse collection de toiles doit n�cessairement
+se sentir de la rapidit� forc�e du travail, et des circonstances
+difficiles d'ex�cution o� s'est trouv� l'artiste dans un voyage �
+travers les d�serts de l'Ouest. On demeure, au contraire, �tonn� que le
+courageux explorateur ait pu mettre dans de telles peintures autant de
+mouvement et de v�rit�. Ici, c'est un troupeau de bisons surpris par
+des chasseurs qui se tra�nent en rampant, couverts de peaux trompeuses;
+l�, c'est un guerrier � cheval, poursuivant son ennemi dans une
+course, sans hyperbole, vraiment �chevel�e; plus loin, c'est une danse
+fr�n�tique, excitation � la volupt� ou au carnage; ou bien des sc�nes
+de tortures qui semblent copi�es dans l'enfer.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+             INDEPENDANCE, BRUSSELS, JAN. 4, 1846.
+
+ _Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the
+     North American Indians_, by G. Catlin (Lettres et Notes sur les
+     Moeurs, les Coutumes, et l'Etat Social des Indiens du Nord
+     de l'Am�rique, par George Catlin). 2 vol. orn�s de plusieurs
+     centaines de planches.
+
+Fils d'un homme de loi, �lev� lui-m�me pour figurer au barreau, devenu
+enfin avocat, M. Catlin aimait trop le grand air et les voyages pour
+se laisser claquemurer dans l'antre de la chicane. Deux passions
+d'ailleurs se partageaient sa vie: la p�che et la peinture. Quand
+il n'�tait pas au bord d'une rivi�re, il �tait devant une toile, et
+vice-vers�. Il apprit la peinture sans ma�tre, y devint habile apr�s
+trois ou quatre ans d'�tudes, et se demandait � quel but il d�vouerait
+son existence, et l'esprit un peu enthousiaste qui l'animait,
+lorsqu'arriv�rent � Washington, des pays bien loin � l'Ouest, une
+douzaine d'Indiens au port noble et majestueux, accoutr�s de leurs
+v�tements bizarres, mais pittoresques, la t�te orn�e de leur casque,
+le bras charg� de leur bouclier, le corps ceint de la tunique de peau
+d'antilope, les �paules couvertes du manteau de buffle.
+
+Ces braves gens firent l'admiration des gamins et du beau monde de
+Washington et donn�rent beaucoup � r�fl�chir � notre peintre. Il se
+dit que les v�tements de la civilisation ne servaient pas seulement �
+voiler, mais � g�ter la gr�ce et la beaut� naturelles, que l'homme non
+garrott� dans les liens de l'art, devait offrir � l'artiste le plus
+magnifique mod�le, et que l'histoire et les coutumes des peuplades
+sauvages �taient des sujets dignes d'occuper la vie d'un homme.
+
+Ces r�flexions �taient � peine achev�es que M. Catlin prit son parti.
+Il consulta bien pour la forme quelques amis qui essay�rent de le
+d�tourner de son projet; ils lui repr�sent�rent les dangers auxquels
+il allait s'exposer, les fatigues inou�es qu'il aurait � supporter
+et bien d'autres arguments auxquels il fut insensible. M. Catlin fit
+ses paquets qui n'�taient pas lourds, et qui se composaient de toiles
+roul�es, de brosses, de couleurs, de papier et de crayons; il mit
+sa carabine en bandouliere; et le b�ton blanc � la main il partit
+pour l'Ouest en qu�te d'aventures, de Peaux-Rouges, de buffles et de
+prairies.
+
+Mais au train dont marchent les Yankees, il avait long � aller avant
+d'atteindre les vastes solitudes o� sont encore diss�min�es les
+peuplades sauvages. La civilisation le poursuivait partout; l� o�
+il esp�rait voyager en canot, il �tait forc� de prendre le bateau �
+vapeur; l� o� il se croyait au milieu des sauvages, il se trouvait
+avec des compatriotes; l'Ouest, but de son voyage, semblait le fuir �
+mesure qu'il en approchait. Il maudissait les pionniers qui avec leur
+b�che et leur marteau ont implant� la civilisation dans les parties
+les plus recul�es de l'Am�rique, et il d�sesp�rait de rencontrer les
+Peaux-Rouges qui devenaient un mythe pour lui, lorsqu'il tomba au
+milieu d'un village Mandan. Sa joie fut un peu calm�e en apercevant
+que la civilisation avait encore pass� par l� sous la forme d'un agent
+de la compagnie des fourrures du Missouri. Mais il restait assez de
+sauvagerie dans la localit� pour le satisfaire provisoirement. Quand
+il eut bien vu et bien observ�, quand il eut bien fum� le calumet de
+paix; bien v�cu sur un quartier de buffle brais�, bien dormi sous le
+wigwam hospitalier, et "pourtraict�" le chef Mandan, rev�tu de son
+grand costume de guerre, depuis les cornes de buffle dont il s'orne le
+front jusqu'� ses mocassins brod�s de paille, y compris la longue bande
+de plumes d'aigle qui descend depuis le derri�re de la t�te jusqu'aux
+talons, M. Catlin reprit sa course vers les regions inconnues, en
+s'arr�tant en route chaque fois qu'un site ou quelques aventures ou des
+figures d'Indiens fournissaient des sujets � son pinceau.
+
+M. Catlin est rest� huit ans en voyage; il a visit� quarante-huit
+tribus dont la population totale s'�levaient � plusieurs centaines
+de mille individus. Il a rapport� chez lui 350 portraits � l'huile
+d'Indiens, 200 tableaux repr�sentant des vues de leurs villages, leurs
+wigwams, leurs jeux, et leurs c�r�monies religieuses, leurs danses,
+leurs chasses, des paysages admirables, et enfin une nombreuse et
+tr�s-curieuse collection de leurs costumes et v�tements, et d'autres
+objets de leur fabrique, depuis une de leurs maisons jusqu'� de petits
+riens qui leur servent de jouets.
+
+Toute cette collection avec les portraits et les tableaux figurent
+au Louvre o� le Roi Louis-Philippe leur a fait donner une place. La
+galerie Indienne de l'Am�rique du Nord, de M. Catlin, est bien connue
+et montre le r�sultat auquel peut arriver un homme entreprenant,
+patient et ferme qu'inspirent le go�t de l'art et une certaine dose
+d'enthousiasme.
+
+C'est l'histoire de cet int�ressant voyage que M. Catlin a �crite dans
+une s�rie de lettres au nombre de 58, et accompagn�es de 310 gravures
+au trait et de cartes g�ographiques. Ces lettres �taient �crites sur
+les lieux et envoy�es par des Indiens jusqu'aux bureaus de postes
+plac�s par cette maudite civilisation jusqu'aux fronti�res les plus
+recul�es de l'Ouest.
+
+Peu de livres ont plus d'int�r�t que celui de M. Catlin. On lit cet
+ouvrage avec le plaisir que l'on prendrait � la lecture d'un bon roman,
+s'il y avait encore de bons romans pour servir de point de comparaison.
+On suit M. Catlin dans ses courses vagabondes, on aime avec lui ces
+Indiens qu'il a toujours trouv�s francs et hospitaliers, g�n�reux
+et dignes. Ces Indiens si m�connus ont, quoique sauvages, toutes
+les qualit�s qui distinguent l'�picier le plus civilis� de la rue
+Saint-Denis, caporal de la garde nationale; comme celui-ci, ils sont
+bons p�res, bons �poux, amis d�vou�s; la seule diff�rence entr'eux,
+c'est qu'ils ne payent pas tr�s-exactement leurs contributions par
+la raison qu'on ne leur en demande pas, et qu'ils ne montent pas
+assidument leur garde, par l'autre raison qu'on ne conna�t pas les
+gu�rites dans ce pays.
+
+Une Odyss�e de huit ans a fait appr�cier � M. Catlin les m�rites et les
+vertus des sauvages; et, apr�s avoir lu son livre, j'ai fini par croire
+avec Jean-Jacques Rousseau que l'homme, tel que nous avons le malheur
+de le conna�tre, est un animal d�prav� par la civilisation.
+
+Rien de plus touchant que l'apologie des Indiens faite par M. Catlin,
+dans sa neuvi�me lettre; partout o� il peut mettre en saillie la
+noblesse de leur caract�re, M. Catlin le fait avec bonheur; il se
+souvient du bon temps pass� au milieu d'eux, des marques d'affection
+qu'ils lui out donn�es, et il les venge du m�pris que les civilis�s
+d�versent sur ces pauvres et braves gens, contents de leur sort, sans
+regret du pass�, sans souci de l'avenir, sans autres lois que celles de
+l'honneur qui est tout puissant chez eux.
+
+Tous ceux qui ont lu les admirables romans de Cooper retrouvent dans
+l'ouvrage de M. Catlin les sc�nes, mais cette fois vraies, anim�es,
+vivantes, d�crites avec tant de talent par le f�cond romancier
+Am�ricain. M. Catlin a d�crit aussi l'embr�sement des prairies, et
+pouvait dire: _Quorum pars magna fui_; car il ne dut qu'� la vitesse de
+son "pony" Indien d'�chapper � la flamme immense qui courait sur lui
+avec plus de rapidit� qu'une locomotive lanc�e � fond de train. J'�tais
+en s�ret�, dit-il, que je tremblais encore. Une autre fois, plus de
+2000 buffles se jettent � l'eau pour atteindre le canot dans lequel
+il nageait, et c'est � grand'peine qu'il se sauve et que le canot ne
+chavire pas, soulev� par le dos d'un de ces animaux; une autre fois
+encore, il se rencontre nez � nez avec une ourse grise accompagn�e de
+ses deux petits, b�te �norme de la taille d'un rhinoc�ros et qui vous
+d�p�ce un homme en un tour de main, � l'aide de ses ongles longs d'un
+d�cim�tre et larges � la base de cinq centim�tres pour finir par la
+pointe la plus aigu�.
+
+Un des plus agr�ables �pisodes de ce voyage, c'est la rencontre que
+fait M. Catlin, dans un immense d�sert et au d�tour d'un bois, d'un
+trappeur Canadien qui sifflait entre ses l�vres un vaudeville Fran�ais
+du temps de Louis XIV. et se mit � entrer en conversation avec M.
+Catlin, moyennant un langage dans lequel le Fran�ais, l'Anglais et
+l'Indien entraient chacun pour un tiers. L'honn�te Baptiste, descendant
+d'un de ces hommes que les racoleurs allaient _presser_ sur le quai
+de la Ferraille pour en faire des colons _volontaires_ destin�s �
+peupler le Canada, devint le compagnon de voyage de M. Catlin, le
+Vendredi d�vou� de ce nouveau Robinson de terre ferme, et n'est pas le
+personnage le moins int�ressant de la relation.
+
+M. Catlin, ind�pendamment de son m�rite d'�crivain et de dessinateur,
+aura celui d'avoir donn� l'histoire la plus compl�te des moeurs de
+ces peuplades que la civilisation balaye devant elle et qu'elle tue
+avec de l'eau-de-vie et la variole. Ces peuplades, autrefois ma�tresses
+du grand continent du nord de l'Am�rique, s'�teignent rapidement;
+leur m�moire s'�teindrait m�me si de hardis voyageurs n'allaient pas
+recueillir parmi elles les renseignements qui peuvent la pr�server
+de l'oubli. Au nombre de ces voyageurs il faut citer au premier rang
+l'honorable M. Catlin, qui a rectifi� bien des id�es erronn�es et fait
+conna�tre bien des faits jusqu'ici ignor�s.
+
+
+
+
+                             APPENDIX--(B).
+
+                           MUSEUM OF HISTORY.
+
+                        _Established 1844._
+
+
+This institution is intended to illustrate the History of Man by means
+of popular Lectures, aided and enforced by scenery, maps, and national
+costumes, adding every scenic attraction to the higher views of
+instruction, and combining art, history, philology, and geography; the
+audience, as it were, being thus transported to the sites themselves.
+
+It is also in contemplation to add _gradually_, as funds shall
+accumulate--
+
+     1. Models and coloured portraits of the races of man.
+
+     2. A gallery of architectural models.
+
+     3. A cabinet of coins and inscriptions.
+
+     4. Collection of views and drawings.
+
+     5. Collection of objects illustrative of the arts, sciences,
+     navigation, commerce, agriculture, amusements, and domestic
+     economy of ancient and modern nations.
+
+     6. Specimens of manufactures.
+
+     7. A library and reading-room, to contain the principal British
+     and foreign periodicals and newspapers, and without distinction of
+     party; as also the latest publications on subjects connected with
+     the objects of the institution.
+
+The transactions of the institution will be published.
+
+Illustrated lectures will be given on ancient and modern history, as
+also on New Zealand and Australia, embracing the modern settlements,
+and their capabilities for the colonist or emigrant.
+
+Amongst the illustrated lectures to be given will be the following:--
+
+          On the Grecians.
+          On the Byzantines.
+          On the Modern Greeks.
+          On the Egyptians.
+          On the Arabians.
+          On the Romans.
+          On Russia and Siberia.
+          On New Zealand.
+          On Japan.
+          On the Ruined Cities of America.
+
+With the aid of transparent maps (on a scale never before attempted)
+the spectator can follow the historian or traveller step by step, and
+with the advantages and beauties of scenery combined, is enabled to
+locate, classify, define, and retain the knowledge thus acquired.
+
+The scenery and machinery have been so constructed, that whilst one
+series is used in London, others may be speedily sent to Edinburgh and
+elsewhere, where branch societies will be formed.
+
+The management of the institution to be vested in a council elected by
+the subscribers, two of whom to retire annually, who may however be
+eligible for re-election.
+
+
+                            TERMS.
+
+For permanently reserved places at the lectures, five guineas per annum.
+
+Ordinary subscribers, two guineas per annum.
+
+Authors, artists, ladies, members of learned societies, and foreigners,
+one guinea per annum.
+
+Ambassadors, foreign ministers, consuls, and secretaries of learned
+societies _only_ can become honorary members.
+
+Admission to the public, two shillings for reserved places at the
+lectures; one shilling for ordinary visitors.
+
+Subscribers to possess the right to be present at all lectures.
+
+Subscribers to meet annually.
+
+Trustees and auditors to be chosen by the subscribers.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+All communications may be addressed to W. H. SHIPPARD, Esq.,
+Turnham Green.
+
+  _Museum of History,
+           28th April, 1845._
+
+
+
+
+                        A DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE
+                                   OF
+                      CATLIN'S INDIAN COLLECTION;
+
+                               CONTAINING
+                 PORTRAITS, LANDSCAPES, COSTUMES, ETC.,
+
+                                  AND
+               REPRESENTATIONS OF THE MANNERS AND CUSTOMS
+                     OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS.
+
+             COLLECTED AND PAINTED ENTIRELY BY MR. CATLIN,
+ DURING EIGHT YEARS' TRAVEL AMONGST FORTY-EIGHT TRIBES, MOSTLY SPEAKING
+                          DIFFERENT LANGUAGES.
+
+_Exhibited three years, with great success, in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+                              London._
+
+
+I wish to inform the visitors to my Collection that, having some
+years since become fully convinced of the rapid decline and certain
+extinction of the numerous tribes of the North American Indians;
+and seeing also the vast importance and value which a full _pictorial
+history_ of these interesting but dying people might be to future
+ages--I sat out alone, unaided and unadvised, resolved (if my life
+should be spared), by the aid of my brush and my pen, to rescue
+from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and customs as the
+industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could accomplish,
+and set them up in a _Gallery unique and imperishable_, for the use
+and benefit of future ages.
+
+I devoted eight years of my life exclusively to the accomplishment
+of my design, and that with more than expected success.
+
+I visited with great difficulty, and some hazard to life, forty-eight
+tribes (residing within the United States, British, and
+Mexican Territories), containing about half a million of souls. I
+have seen them in their own villages, have carried my canvas and
+colours the whole way, and painted my portraits, &c., from the life,
+as they now stand and are seen in the Gallery.
+
+The collection contains (besides an immense number of costumes
+and other manufactures) near six hundred paintings, 350 of which
+are _Portraits_ of distinguished men and women of the different
+tribes, and 250 _other Paintings_, descriptive of _Indian Countries_,
+their _Villages_, _Games_, and _Customs_; containing in all above 3000
+figures.
+
+As this immense collection has been gathered, and _every painting
+has been made from nature_, BY MY OWN HAND--and that too
+when I have been paddling my canoe, or leading my pack-horse
+over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of my life--the
+world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them, as they have been intended, as _true and fac-simile
+traces of individual life and historical facts_, and forgive me for
+their present unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art.
+
+                                                   GEO. CATLIN.
+
+
+
+
+                           INDIAN PORTRAITS.
+
+
+                             CERTIFICATES.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+I hereby certify that the persons whose signatures are affixed to the certificates
+used below, by Mr. Catlin, are officers in the service of the United States,
+as herein set forth: and that their opinions of the accuracy of the likenesses, and
+correctness of the views, &c., exhibited by him in his "Indian Gallery," are
+entitled to full credit,
+
+                  J. E. POINSETT, Secretary of War, Washington.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+With regard to the gentlemen whose names are affixed to certificates
+below, I am fully warranted in saying, that no individuals have had
+better opportunities of acquiring a knowledge of the persons, habits,
+costumes, and sports of the Indian tribes, or possess stronger claims
+upon the public confidence in the statements they make respecting the
+correctness of delineations, &c., of Mr. Catlin's "Indian Gallery;" and
+I may add my own testimony, with regard to many of those Indians whom
+I have seen, and whose likenesses are in the collection, and sketched
+with fidelity and correctness.
+
+      C. A. HARRIS, Commissioner of Indian Affairs, Washington.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+I have seen Mr. Catlin's collection of Portraits of Indians, many of
+which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence; and, as far
+as they have included Indians of my acquaintance, the _likenesses_
+are easily recognised, bearing the most striking resemblance to the
+originals, as well as faithful representations of their costumes.
+
+         W. CLARK, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, St. Louis.
+                               ----*----
+
+I have examined Mr. Catlin's collection of the Upper Missouri Indians
+to the Rocky Mountains, all of which I am acquainted with, and indeed
+most of them were painted when I was present, and I do not hesitate to
+pronounce them correct likenesses, and readily to be recognised. And
+I consider the _costumes_, as painted by him, to be the _only correct
+representations_ I have ever seen.
+
+                                 JOHN F. A. SANFORD,
+
+                 U. SS. Indian Agent for Mandans, Rickarees, Minatarees,
+                      Crows, Knisteneaux, Assinneboins, Blackfeet, &c.
+                               ----*----
+
+Having examined Mr. Catlin's collection of Portraits of Indians of the
+Missouri and Rocky Mountains, I have no hesitation in pronouncing them,
+so far as I am acquainted with the individuals, to be the best I have
+ever seen, both as regards the expression of countenance and the exact
+and complete manner in which the costume has been painted by him.
+
+                       J. L. BEAN, S. Agent for Indian Affairs.
+                               ----*----
+
+I have been for many years past in familiar acquaintance with the
+Indian tribes of the Upper Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, and
+also with the landscape and other scenes represented in Mr. Catlin's
+collection, and it gives me great pleasure to assure the world that, on
+looking them over, I found the likenesses of my old friends easily to
+be recognised, and his sketches of Manners and Customs to be portrayed
+with singular truth and correctness.
+
+                  J. PILCHER, Agent for Upper Missouri Indians.
+                               ----*----
+
+It gives me great pleasure in being enabled to add my name to the list
+of those who have spontaneously expressed their approbation of Mr.
+Catlin's collection of Indian Paintings. His collection of materials
+places it in his power to throw much light on the Indian character;
+and his portraits, so far as I have seen them, are drawn with great
+fidelity as to character and likeness.
+
+          H. SCHOOLCRAFT, Indian Agent for Wisconsin Territory.
+                               ----*----
+
+Having lived and dealt with the Black feet Indians for five years
+past, I was enabled to recognise _every one_ of the portraits of those
+people, and of the Crows also, which Mr. Catlin has in his collection,
+from the faithful likenesses they bore to the originals.
+
+_St. Louis_, 1835.
+                                                       J. E. BRAZEAU.
+                               ----*----
+
+Having spent sixteen years in the continual acquaintance with the
+Indians of the several tribes of the Missouri represented in Mr.
+Catlin's Gallery of Indian Paintings, I was enabled to judge of the
+correctness of the likenesses, and I _instantly recognised every one of
+them_, when I looked them over, from the striking resemblance they bore
+to the originals; so also of the landscapes on the Missouri.
+
+                                                HONORE PICOTTE.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+The portraits in the possession of Mr. Catlin of Pawnee Picts, Kioways,
+Camanches, Wecos, and Osages, were painted by him _from life_, when
+on a tour to their country with the United States Dragoons. The
+_likenesses_ are good, very easily to be recognised, and the _costumes_
+faithfully represented.
+
+                                        HENRY DODGE, Col. of Drag.
+                                        R. H. MASON, Major of ditto.
+                                        D. HUNTER, Capt. of ditto.
+                                        D. PERKINS, Capt. of Drag.
+                                        M. DUNCAN, ditto.
+                                        T. B. WHEELOCK, Lieut, ditto.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+We have seen Mr. Catlin's Portraits of Indians east of the Rocky
+Mountains, many of which are familiar to us: the likenesses are easily
+recognised, bearing a strong resemblance to the originals, as well as a
+faithful representation of their costumes.
+
+                                        J. DOUGHERTY, Indian Agent.
+                                        J. GANTT.
+
+_November 27th, 1837._
+
+                               ----*----
+
+We hereby certify that the portraits of the Grand Pawnees, Republican
+Pawnees, Pawnee Loups, Tappage Pawnees, Otoes, Omahaws, and Missouries,
+which are in Mr. Catlin's Indian Gallery, were painted from life by
+Mr. George Catlin, and that the individuals sat to him in the costumes
+precisely in which they are painted.
+
+                J. DOUGHERTY, I. A. for Pawnees, Omahaws, and Otoes.
+                J. GANTT.
+_New York, 1837._
+
+                               ----*----
+
+I have seen Mr. Catlin's collection of Indian Portraits, many of which
+were familiar to me, and painted in my presence at their own villages.
+I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes and
+individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce them
+correct likenesses, and easily recognised; also his sketches of their
+_manners_ and _customs_, I think, are excellent; and the _landscape
+views_ on the Missouri and Mississippi are correct representations.
+
+        K. M'KENZIE, of the Am. Fur Co., Mouth of Yellow Stone.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+We hereby certify that the portraits of Seminoles and Euchees, named in
+this catalogue, were painted by George Catlin, from the life, at Fort
+Moultrie; that the Indians sat or stood in the costumes precisely in
+which they are painted, and that the likenesses are remarkably good.
+
+                              P. MORRISON, Capt. 4th Inft.
+                              J. S. HATHAWAY, 2nd Lieut. 1st Art.
+                              H. WHARTON, 2nd Lieut. 6th Inft.
+                              F. WEEDON, Assistant-Surgeon.
+
+  _Fort Moultrie, Jan. 26, 1838._
+
+                               ----*----
+
+In addition to the above certificates, nearly every portrait has
+inseparably attached to its back an _individual_ certificate, signed by
+Indian agents, officers of the army, or other persons, who were present
+when the picture was painted. The form of these certificates is as
+follows:--
+
+          No. 131, BLACKFOOT, PE-TOH-PE-KISS (THE EAGLE-RIBS).
+
+I hereby certify that this portrait was painted from the life, at Fort
+Union, mouth of Yellow Stone, in the year 1832, by George Catlin, and
+that the Indian sat in the costume in which it is painted.
+
+                JOHN F. A. SANFORD, United States Indian Agent.
+
+                    _L�gation des Etats Unis, Paris, Dec. 8, 1841._
+
+DEAR SIR,
+
+No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable fidelity of
+your drawings and book which I have lately received. They are equally
+spirited and accurate--they are true to nature. Things that _are_ are
+not sacrificed, as they too often are by the painter, to things as in
+his judgment they should be.
+
+During eighteen years of my life I was Superintendent of Indian Affairs
+in the north-western territory of the United States; and during more
+than five I was Secretary of War, to which department belongs the
+general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians thoroughly--I
+have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses, villages,
+and hunting-grounds--I have fought with them and against them--and I
+have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession with them.
+I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a good right
+to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings. Among them I
+recognise many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I am struck with
+the vivid representations of them and their customs, of their peculiar
+features, and of their costumes. Unfortunately they are receding before
+the advancing tide of our population, and are probably destined, at no
+distant day, wholly to disappear; but your collection will preserve
+them, as far as human art can do, and will form the most perfect
+monument of an extinguished race that the world has ever seen.
+
+                                                    LEWIS CASS.
+_To George Catlin._
+
+                               ----*----
+                           _Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843._
+DEAR SIR,
+
+I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures at the Waterloo
+Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian character, the
+display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian manners, true to
+the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I had so often witnessed
+in the parts of the Indian countries where I had been; and for twenty
+years' peregrinations in those parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave
+River north, and from the shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky
+Mountains, to the mouth of the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean,
+west, I had opportunities of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition
+have afforded me great pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you
+all that success which you so eminently deserve for the rich treat
+which you have afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific
+metropolis.
+
+                     I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,
+                                                 JOHN HALDANE.
+_To George Catlin, Esq._
+
+The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson's Bay
+Company, dated York Factory, Hudson's Bay, 10th December, 1842:--
+
+  "Should you happen to fall in with Catlin's Letters on the North
+  American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin's sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character."
+
+
+
+
+
+                       CATLIN'S INDIAN COLLECTION
+
+                           INDIAN PORTRAITS.
+
+
+                            SACS (S�U-KIES).
+
+    A Tribe of Indians residing on the Upper Mississippi and Desmoines
+    rivers. Present number (in 1840) about 5000. The smallpox carried
+    off half their population a few years since; and a considerable
+    number were destroyed in the "Black Hawk War" in 1832-3. This tribe
+    shave the head, leaving only a small tuft of hair on the top, which
+    is called the "scalplock."
+
+[The _acute accent_ is used in the spelling of the Indian names merely
+to denote the emphasis.]
+
+ 1. _Kee-o-k�k_, the Running Fox; present Chief of the Tribe.
+        Shield on his arm and staff of office (sceptre) in his hand;
+        necklace of grisly bear's claws, over the skin of a white
+        wolf, on his neck.
+
+    This man, during the Black Hawk War, kept two-thirds of the
+    warriors of the tribe neutral, and was therefore appointed chief by
+    General Scott, in treaty, with the consent of the nation.
+
+ 2. _M�k-a-tah-mish-o-k�h-kaik_, the Black Hawk; in his war dress
+        and paint. Strings of wampum in his ears and on his neck, and
+        his _medicine-bag_ (the skin of the black hawk) on his arm.
+
+    This is the man famed as the conductor of the Black Hawk War.
+    Painted at the close of the war, while he was a prisoner at
+    Jefferson Barracks, in 1832.
+
+ 3. _N�h-se-�s-kuk_, the Whirling Thunder; eldest son of Black
+        Hawk.
+
+    A very handsome man. He distinguished himself in the Black Hawk War.
+
+ 4. _Wa-s�w-me-saw_, the Roaring Thunder; youngest son of Black
+        Hawk.
+
+    Painted while a prisoner of war.
+
+ 5. ( ), wife of Kee-o-k�k (No. 1); in a dress of civilized
+        manufacture, ornamented with silver brooches.
+
+    This woman is the eldest of seven wives whom I saw in his lodge,
+    and, being the mother of his favourite son, the most valued one. To
+    her alone would he allow the distinguished honour of being painted
+    and hung up with the chiefs.
+
+ 6. _Me-s�u-wahk_, the Deer's Hair; the favourite son of
+        Kee-o-k�k, and by him designated to be his successor.
+
+ 7. _Wah-pe-k�e-suck_, White Cloud, called the "Prophet;" one of
+        Black Hawk's principal warriors and advisers.
+
+    Was a prisoner of war with Black Hawk, and travelled with him
+    through the Eastern States.
+
+ 8. _N�h-pope_, the Soup; another of Black Hawk's principal
+        advisers; and travelled with him, when he was a prisoner of
+        war, to the Eastern cities.
+
+    He desired to be painted with a white flag in his hand.
+
+ 9. _Ah-m�u-a_, the Whale, one of Kee-o-k�k's principal braves;
+        holding a handsome war-club in his hand.
+
+ 10. _Wa-qu�th-e-qua_, the Buck's Wife, or Female Deer; the wife
+        of Ah-m�u-a.
+
+ 11. _Pash-ee-pa-h�_, the Little Stabbing Chief; holding his staff
+        of office in his hand, shield and pipe.
+
+    A very venerable old man, who has been for many years the first
+    civil chief of the Sacs and Foxes.
+
+ 12. _I-o-w�y_, the Ioway; one of Black Hawk's principal warriors;
+        his body curiously ornamented with his "war-paint."
+
+ 13. _Pam-a-h�_, the Swimmer; one of Black Hawk's warriors.
+
+    Very distinguished.
+
+ 14. _No-k�k-qua_, the Bear's Fat.
+
+ 15. _Pash-ee-pa-h�_, the Little Stabbing Chief (the younger); one
+        of Black Hawk's braves.
+
+ 16. _W�h-pa-ko-l�s-kuk_, the Bear's Track.
+
+
+                                 FOXES.
+
+        On the Desmoines River; present number (in 1840), 1500.
+
+ 17. _A�h-no-wa_, the Fire; a doctor or _"medicine" man_; one half
+        of his body painted red, and the other yellow.
+
+ 18. _W�e-sheet_, the Sturgeon's Head; one of Black Hawk's
+        principal warriors; his body most singularly ornamented with
+        his _war-paint_.
+
+    This man held a spear in his hand, with which, he assured me, he
+    killed four white men during the war.
+
+ 19, 20, 21. Three in a group; names not known.
+
+
+                                KON-ZAS.
+
+A tribe of 1560 souls, residing on the Konza river, sixty or eighty
+miles west of the Missouri. Uncivilized remains of a powerful and warlike
+tribe. One-half died with the smallpox a few years since. This tribe
+shave the head like the Osages, Sacs, and Foxes.
+
+22. _Sh�-me-k�s-see_, the Wolf; one of the Chiefs; his head curiously
+ornamented, and numerous strings of wampum on his
+neck.
+
+23. _Jee-h�-o-h�-shah_, He who cannot be thrown down; a warrior.
+
+24. _W�-h�n-ga-shee_, No Fool; a very great fop.
+
+Used half the day in painting his face, preparing to sit for his picture.
+
+25. _Meach-o-sh�n-gaw_, Little White Bear; a spirited and distinguished
+brave, with a scalping-knife grasped in his hand.
+
+26. _O-r�n-g�s-see_, the Bear-catcher; a celebrated warrior.
+
+27. _Ch�sh-oo-hong-ha_, the Man of Good Sense; a handsome
+young warrior; style of his head-dress like the Grecian
+helmet.
+
+28. _H�n-je-a-p�t-o_, a woman; wife of O-r�n-g�s-see.
+
+
+                    O-S�GE, OR WA-S�W-SEE.
+
+    A tribe in their primitive state, inhabiting the head-waters of
+    the Arkansas and Neosho or Grand Rivers, 700 miles west of the
+    Mississippi. Present number of the tribe, 5200; residing in three
+    villages; wigwams built of barks and flags, or reeds. The Osages
+    are the tallest men on the continent, the most of them being over
+    six feet in stature, and many of them seven. This tribe shave the
+    head, leaving a small tuft on the top, called the "scalp-lock."
+
+ 29. _Cler-m�nt_, ----; first Chief of the tribe; with his
+        war-club in his hand, and his leggins fringed with
+        scalp-locks taken from his enemies' heads.
+
+    This man is the son of an old and celebrated chief of that name,
+    who died a few years since.
+
+ 30. _W�h-chee-te_, ----; woman and child; wife of Cler-m�nt.
+
+ 31. _Tchong-tas-s�b-bee_, the Black Dog; second Chief of the
+        Osages; with his pipe in one hand and tomahawk in the other;
+        head shaved, and ornamented with a crest made of the deer's
+        tail, coloured red.
+
+    This is the largest man in the Osage nation, and blind in his left
+    eye.
+
+ 32. _T�l-lee_,----; an Osage warrior of distinction; with his
+        shield, bow, and quiver.
+
+ 33. _Wa-ho-b�ck-ee_,----; a brave; said to be the handsomest
+        man in the nation; with a profusion of wampum on
+        his neck, and a fan in his hand made of the eagle's
+        tail. 34. _Mun-ne-p�s-kee_, He who is not afraid. }
+        } 35. _Ko-ha-t�nk-a_, the Big Crow. } group. } 36.
+        _Nah-c�m-ee-shee_, Man of the Bed. }
+
+    Three distinguished young warriors, who desired to be painted on
+    one canvas.
+
+ 37. _Moi-e�n-e-shee_, the Constant Walker.
+
+38. _Wa-m�sh-ee-sheek_, He who takes away. }
+                                           }
+39. _Wa-ch�sh-uk_, War.                    } group.
+                                           }
+40. _Mink-ch�sk_,----.                     }
+
+    Three distinguished young men, full length.
+
+ 41. _Tcha-t�-ga_, Mad Buffalo; bow and quiver on his back.
+
+    This man was tried and convicted for the murder of two white men,
+    under Mr. Adams's administration, and was afterwards pardoned, but
+    is held in disgrace in his tribe since.
+
+ 42. _Wash-�m-pe-shee_, the Madman; a distinguished warrior; full
+        length.
+
+ 43. _Pa-h�-sha_, White Hair; the younger; with lance and quiver.
+        Chief of a band, and rival of Cler-m�nt.
+
+ 44. _Shin-ga-w�s-sa_, the Handsome Bird; a splendid-looking
+        fellow, six feet eight inches high; with war-club and quiver.
+
+ 45. _C�h-he-ga-sh�n-ga_, the Little Chief; full-length, with bow
+        and quiver.
+
+
+                             CA-M�N-CHEES.
+
+    One of the most powerful and hostile tribes in North America,
+    inhabiting the western parts of Texas and the Mexican provinces,
+    and the south-western part of the territory of the United States
+    near the Rocky Mountains; entirely wild and predatory in their
+    habits; the most expert and effective lancers and horsemen on the
+    continent. Numbering some 25,000 or 30,000; living in skin lodges
+    or wigwams; well mounted on wild horses; continually at war with
+    the Mexicans, Texians, and Indian tribes of the north-west.
+
+ 46. _E�-shah-k�-nee_, the Bow and Quiver; first Chief of the
+        tribe. Boar's tusk on his breast, and rich shells in his ears.
+
+ 47. _Ta-w�h-que-nah_, the Mountain of Rocks; second Chief of the
+        tribe, and largest man in the nation.
+
+    This man received the United States Regiment of Dragoons with great
+    kindness at his village, which was beautifully situated at the base
+    of a huge spur of the Rocky Mountains: he has decidedly African
+    features, and a beard of two inches in length on his chin.
+
+ 48. _Ish-a-r�-yeh_, He who carries a Wolf; a distinguished
+        brave; so called from the circumstance of his carrying a
+        _medicine-bag_ made of the skin of a wolf: he holds a whip in
+        his hand.
+
+    This man piloted the dragoons to the Camanchee village, and
+    received a handsome rifle from Colonel Dodge for so doing.
+
+ 49. _Kots-o-k�-ro-k�_, the Hair of the Bull's Neck; third grade
+        Chief; shield on his arm and gun in his hand.
+
+ 50. _Is-sa-w�h-t�m-ah_, the Wolf tied with Hair; a Chief, third
+        rate: pipe in his hand.
+
+ 51. _His-oo-s�n-chees_, the Little Spaniard; a brave of the
+        highest order in his tribe; armed as a warrior, with shield,
+        bow and quiver, lance fourteen feet long, and war-knife.
+
+    This was the first of the Camanchees who daringly left his own
+    war-party and came to the regiment of dragoons, and spoke with
+    our interpreter, inviting us to go to their village. A man of
+    low stature, but of the most remarkable strength and daring
+    courage.--See him approaching the dragoons on horseback, No. 489.
+
+ 52. _H�h-nee_, the Beaver; a warrior of terrible aspect.
+
+ 53-54. Two Camanchee Girls (sisters), showing the wigwam of the
+        Chief, his dogs, and his five children.
+
+
+                    PAW-NEE P�CTS (['T]OW-EE-AHGE).
+
+    A wild and hostile tribe, numbering about 6000, adjoining the
+    Camanchees on the north. This tribe and the Camanchees are in
+    league with each other, joining in war and in the chase.
+
+ 55. _Wee-t�-ra-sh�-ro_,----; head Chief; an old and very
+        venerable man.
+
+    This man embraced Colonel Dodge, and others of the dragoon officers
+    in council, in his village, and otherwise treated them with great
+    kindness, theirs being the first visit ever made to them by white
+    people.
+
+ 56. _Sky-se-r�-ka_,----; second Chief of the tribe.
+
+    A fine-looking and remarkably shrewd and intelligent man.
+
+ 57. _Kid-�-day_,----; a brave of distinction.
+
+ 58. _K�h-k�e-tsee_, the Thighs. } } 59. _Sh�-de-ah_, Wild Sage. }
+
+    Both of these women were prisoners amongst the Osages; they were
+    purchased by the Indian Commissioner, and sent home to the nation
+    by the dragoons.
+
+ 60. _A[h�]-sho-cole_, Rotten Foot; a noted warrior.
+
+ 61. _A[h�]-re-ka[h�]-na-c�-chee_, the Mad Elk; a great warrior.
+
+
+                                K�-O-WA.
+
+    Also a wild and predatory tribe of 5000 or 6000, living on the west
+    of the Pawnee Picts and Camanchees, and also in alliance with those
+    warlike and powerful tribes. They inhabit the base of, and extend
+    their wars and hunts through a great extent of the Rocky Mountains:
+    and, like the Camanchees, are expert and wonderful horsemen.
+
+ 62. _T�h-t�ot-sah_,----, first Chief.
+
+    This man treated the dragoons with great kindness in his country,
+    and came in with us to Fort Gibson; his hair was very long,
+    extending down as low as his knees, and put up in clubs, and
+    ornamented with silver brooches.
+
+ 63. _Kotz-a-t�-ah_, the Smoked Shield; a distinguished warrior;
+        full-length.
+
+ 64. _B�n-s�n-gee_, New Fire; Chief of a band; boar's tusk and
+        war-whistle on his breast.
+
+ 65. _Qu�y-h�m-kay_, the Stone Shell; a brave, and a good specimen
+        of the wild untutored savage.
+
+ 66. _T�nk-aht-�h-ye_ the Thunderer (boy).
+
+ 67. _Wun-p�n-to-mee_, the White Weasel (girl).
+
+    This boy and girl, who had been for several years prisoners amongst
+    the Osages, were purchased by the Indian Commissioner; the girl was
+    sent home to her nation by the dragoons, and the boy was killed by
+    a ram the day before we started. They were brother and sister.
+
+
+                                W�E-CO.
+
+    A small tribe, living near to, and under the protection of, the
+    Pawnee Picts, speaking an unknown language; probably the remnant of
+    a tribe conquered and enslaved by the Pawnee Picts.
+
+ 68. _U'sh-ee-kitz_, He who fights with a Feather. Chief of the
+        tribe.
+
+    This man came into Fort Gibson with the dragoons; he was famous for
+    a custom he observed after all his speeches, of _embracing_ the
+    officers and chiefs in council.
+
+
+                           SI�UX (DAH-C�-TA).
+
+    This is one of the most numerous and powerful tribes at present
+    existing on the continent, numbering, undoubtedly, some 40,000,
+    occupying a vast tract of country on the upper waters of the
+    Mississippi and Missouri rivers, and extending quite to the base of
+    the Rocky Mountains. They live in skin lodges, and move them about
+    the prairies, without any permanent residence. This tribe lost
+    about 8000 by smallpox a few years since.
+
+ 69. _Ha-w�n-je-tah_, the One Horn; first Chief of the tribe;
+        _Mee-ne-cow-e-gee_ band, Upper Missouri; hair tied on his
+        head in form of a turban, and filled with glue and red earth,
+        or vermilion.
+
+    The Sioux have forty-one bands; every band has a chief, and this
+    man was head of all: he has been recently killed by a buffalo-bull.
+    #/
+
+ 70. _W�-nah-de-t�nk-ah_, the Big Eagle, or Black Dog;
+        at the Falls of St. Anthony. Chief of the
+        _O-hah-has-ka-toh-y-an-te_, or _Long Avenue_ band.
+
+ 71. _Tch�n-dee_, Tobacco; second Chief of the nation, of the
+        _O-gla-la_ band, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 72. _W�n-ee-ton_, ----; Chief of the _Sus-se-ton_ band, Upper
+        Missouri; full-length, in a splendid dress; head-dress of
+        war-eagle's quills and ermine, and painted robe.
+
+    One of the most noted and dignified, as well as graceful chiefs of
+    the Sioux tribe.
+
+ 73. _T�h-to-wah-k�n-da-pee_, the Blue Medicine; a noted
+        "medicine-man," or doctor, at the St. Peter's, of the
+        _Ting-ta-to-ah_ band; with his _medicine_ or mystery drum and
+        rattle in his hands, his looking-glass on his breast, his
+        rattle of antelope's hoofs, and drum of deer-skins.
+
+    These "_medicine-men_" are conjurers as well as physicians,
+    paying their dernier visits to the sick, with their _mysteries_,
+    endeavouring and pretending to cure by a charm.
+
+  74. _Ah-n�-je-nahge_, He who stands on both Sides; and
+
+  75. _We-ch�sh-ta-d�o-ta_, the Red Man; the two most distinguished
+     ball-players of the Sioux tribe, in their ball-play dress, with
+     their ball-sticks in their hands.
+
+    In this beautiful and favourite game, each player is adorned with
+    an embroidered belt, and a tail of beautiful quills or horse-hair;
+    the arms, legs, and feet are always naked, and curiously painted.
+    (See two paintings of ball-plays, and further description of the
+    game, under _Amusements_, Nos. 428, 429, 430, and the ball-sticks
+    among the manufactures.)
+
+ 76. _Ka-p�s-ka-da_, the Shell; a brave of the _O-gla-la_ band.
+
+ 77. _T�h-zee-keh-d�-cha_, the Torn Belly; a very distinguished
+        brave of the _Yank-ton_ band, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 78. _W�k-mi-ser_, Corn; a warrior of distinction, of the
+        _Ne-caw-ee-gee_ band.
+
+ 79. _Ch�-tee-wah-n�e-che_, No Heart; a very noted Indian. Chief
+        of the _Wah-ne-watch-to-nee-nah_ band.
+
+ 80. _Ee-�h-s�-pa_, the Black Rock; Chief of the _Nee-caw-wee-gee_
+        band; a very dignified chief, in a beautiful dress, full
+        length, head-dress of eagles' quills and ermine, and horns
+        of the buffalo; lance in his hand, and battles of his life
+        emblazoned on his robe.
+
+ 81. _Wi-l�oh-tah-eeh-tch�h-ta-m�h-nee_, the Red Thing that
+        touches in Marching; a young girl; and the daughter of _Black
+        Rock_ (No. 80), by her side--her dress of deer-skin, and
+        ornamented with brass buttons and beads.
+
+ 82. _Toh-k�-e-to_, the Stone with Horns. Chief of the Yank-ton
+        band, and principal orator of the nation; his body curiously
+        tattooed.
+
+ 83. _Mah-t�-rah-r�sh-nee-e�h-�e-rah_, the Grisly Bear that runs
+        without Regard; a brave of the _Onc-pah-pa_ band.
+
+ 84. _Mah-t�-che-ga_, the Little Bear; a distinguished brave.
+
+ 85. _Sh�n-ka_, the Dog; Chief of the _Bad Arrow Points_ band.
+
+ 86. _T�h-t�ck-a-da-h�ir_, the Steep Wind; a Brave of the
+        _Ca-za-zhee-ta_ (or Bad Arrow Points) band.
+
+    These three distinguished men were all killed in a private quarrel
+    (while I was in the country), occasioned by my painting only _one
+    half_ of the face of the first (No. 84); ridicule followed, and
+    resort to fire-arms, in which that side of the face which I had
+    left out was blown off in a few moments after I had finished the
+    portrait; and sudden and violent revenge for the offence soon laid
+    the other two in the dust, and imminently endangered my own life.
+    (For a full account of this strange transaction, see Catlin's
+    'Letters and Notes on North American Indians.')
+
+ 87. _Heh-h�h-ra-pah_, the Elk's Head; Chief of the
+        _Ee-ta-sip-shov_ band, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 88. _M�h-to-een-n�h-pa_, the White Bear that goes out; Chief of
+        the _Black Foot Sioux_ band.
+
+ 89. _Tch�n-su-m�ns-ka_, the Sand Bar; woman of the _Te-ton_ band,
+        with a beautiful head of hair; her dress almost literally
+        covered with brass buttons, which are highly valued by the
+        women, to adorn their dresses.
+
+ 90. _W�-be-shaw_, the Leaf; Upper Mississippi, Chief of a band,
+        blind in one eye; a very distinguished man, since dead.
+
+ 91. _Sh�n-ga-t�n-ga-ch�sh-en-day_, the Horse-dung; Chief of a
+        band; a great conjurer and magician.
+
+ 92. _Tah-t�n-ga-m�-nee_, the Walking Buffalo; Red Wing's son.
+
+ 93. _M�z-za_, the Iron; St. Peters; a brave of distinction, and a
+        very handsome fellow.
+
+ 94. _Te-o-k�n-ko_, the Swift.
+
+    An ill-visaged and ill-natured fellow, though reputed a desperate
+    warrior. #/
+
+
+                                P�N-CAH.
+
+    A small tribe residing on the west bank of the Missouri River, 900
+    in number, reduced one-half by the smallpox in 1824-5.
+
+ 95. _Shoo-de-g�-cha_, the Smoke; Chief of the Tribe.
+
+    A very philosophical and dignified man.
+
+ 96. _Hee-l�h-dee_, the Pure Fountain; wife of Shoo-de-g�-cha (No.
+        95).
+
+ 97. _Hongs-k�y-dee_, the Great Chief; son of the Chief.
+
+    This young fellow, about 18 years of age, glowing red with
+    vermilion, signalised himself by marrying _four wives in one day_,
+    whilst I was in his village! He took them all at once to his
+    wigwam, where I saw them, and painted one of them.
+
+ 98. _Mong-sh�ng-sha_, the Bending Willow; one of the four wives
+        of Hongs-k�y-dee (No. 97), about 13 years old, and wrapped in
+        a buffalo robe, prettily garnished.
+
+
+                   P�W-NEES,--OF THE PLATTE.
+
+    A wild and very warlike tribe of 12,000, occupying the country
+    watered by the river Platte, from the Missouri to the Rocky
+    Mountains. This once very powerful tribe lost one-half of their
+    numbers by the small-pox in 1823: they are entirely distinct from
+    the Pawnee Picts, both in language and customs, and live 1000 miles
+    from them. This tribe shave the head like the Sacs and Foxes.
+
+
+                 FIRST BAND.--GRAND PA�WNEES.
+
+ 99. _Sh�n-ka-ki-he-ga_, the Horse Chief; head Chief of the tribe.
+
+    This chief, and a number of his braves, visited Washington in 1837.
+
+ 100. _La-d�o-ke-a_, the Buffalo Bull; his _medicine_ or _totem_
+        (the head of a buffalo bull) painted on his face and breast,
+        his bow and arrow in his hands.
+
+ 101. _Ah-sh�w-wah-r�oks-te_, the Medicine Horse; a brave, or
+        soldier.
+
+              SECOND BAND.--TAP-PA�HGE PA�WNEES.
+
+102. _La-k�e-too-wi-r�-sha_, the Little Chief; a great warrior.
+
+103. _Loo-r�-w�e-re-coo_, the Bird that goes to War.
+
+               THIRD BAND.--REPUBLICAN PA�WNEES.
+
+ 104. _A�h-sha-la-c�ots-ah_, the Mole in the Forehead; Chief of his
+        band; a very distinguished warrior.
+
+ 105. _L�-shah-le-st�w-hix_, the Man Chief.
+
+ 106. _La-w�e-re-coo-re-shaw-wee_, the War Chief.
+
+ 107. _Te-ah�-ke-ra-l�e-re-coo_, the Chayenne; a fine-looking
+        fellow, with a pipe in one hand and his whip in the other.
+
+                 FOURTH BAND.--WOLF PA�WNEES.
+
+ 108. _Le-sh�w-loo-l�h-le-hoo_, the Big Elk; Chief of the band.
+
+ 109. _Lo-l�ch-to-h�o-lah_, the Big Chief; a very celebrated man.
+
+ 110. _La-w�h-he-coots-la-sh�w-no_, the Brave Chief; impressions of
+        hands painted on his breast.
+
+ 111. _L'har-e-tar-r�she_, the Ill-natured Man; a great warrior.
+
+
+                               O-M�-HAS.
+
+    The remains of a numerous tribe, nearly destroyed by the small-pox
+    in 1823, now living under the protection of the Pawnees: their
+    numbers, about 1500.
+
+ 112. _Man-sha-q�i-ta_, the Little Soldier; a brave.
+
+ 113. _Ki-h�-ga-waw-sh�-shee_, the Brave Chief; Chief of the tribe.
+
+ 114. _Om-pah-t�n-ga_, the Big Elk; a famous warrior, his tomahawk
+        in his hand, and face painted black, for war.
+
+ 115. _Sh�w-da-mon-nee_, There he goes; a brave.
+
+ 116. _N�m-ba-mon-nee_, the Double Walker; a brave.
+
+
+                               OTE-TOES.
+
+    These are also the remains of a large tribe, two-thirds of which
+    were destroyed by small-pox in 1823: they are neighbours and
+    friends of the Pawnees, numbering about 600.
+
+ 117. _Wah-ro-n�e-sah_, the Surrounder; Chief of the tribe, quite
+        an old man; his shirt made of the skin of a grisly bear, with
+        the claws on.
+
+ 118. _N�n-je-ning-a_, No Heart; a distinguished brave.
+
+ 119. _No-w�y-ke-s�g-gah_, He who Strikes Two at Once. Sketch quite
+        unfinished; beautiful dress, trimmed with a profusion of
+        scalp-locks and eagles' quills; pipe in his hand, and
+        necklace of grisly bears' claws.
+
+ 120. _R�w-no-way-w�h-krah_, the Loose Pipe-stem; a brave (full
+        length); eagle head-dress, shirt of grisly bear's skin.
+
+ 121. _W�e-ke-r�-law_, He who Exchanges; beautiful pipe in his hand.
+
+
+                             MIS-S�U-RIES.
+
+    Once a very numerous and powerful nation, occupying the States of
+    Illinois and Indiana. Reduced in wars with Sacs and Foxes, and
+    lastly by the small-pox in 1823; now merged into the Pawnee tribe.
+    Numbers at present, 400; twenty years ago, 18,000.
+
+ 122. _H�w-che-he-s�g-ga_, He who kills the Osages; Chief of the
+        tribe; an old man, necklace of grisly bears' claws, and a
+        handsome carved pipe in his hand.
+
+
+                              R�C-CA-EEES.
+
+    A small but very hostile tribe of 2500, on the west bank of the
+    Missouri, 1600 miles above its junction with the Mississippi;
+    living in one village of earth-covered lodges.
+
+ 123. _St�n-au-pat_, the Bloody Hand; Chief of the tribe. His face
+        painted red with vermilion, scalping-knife in his hand;
+        wearing a beautiful dress.
+
+ 124. _Kah-b�ck-a_, the Twin; wife of the Chief (No. 123).
+
+ 125. _Psh�n-shaw_, the Sweet-scented Grass; a girl of twelve years
+        old, daughter of the Chief (No. 123), full length, in a
+        beautiful dress of the mountain-sheep skin, neatly garnished,
+        and robe of the young buffalo.
+
+ 126. _P�h-too-c�-ra_, He who Strikes; a distinguished brave.
+
+
+                               MAN-DANS,
+   (SEE-PO'HS-KA-NU-MA'H-KA'-KEE,) PEOPLE OF THE PHEASANTS.
+
+    A small tribe of 2000 souls, living in two permanent villages on
+    the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi.
+    Earth-covered lodges; villages fortified by strong piquets,
+    eighteen feet high, and a ditch. [_This friendly and interesting
+    tribe all perished by the small-pox and suicide in 1837 (three
+    years after I lived amongst them), excepting about forty, who have
+    since been destroyed by their enemy, rendering the tribe entirely
+    extinct, and their language lost, in the short space of a few
+    months!_ The disease was carried amongst them by the traders, which
+    destroyed in six months, of different tribes, 25,000!]
+
+ 127. _Ha-na-t�-nu-ma�k_, the Wolf Chief; head of the tribe, in
+        a splendid dress, head-dress of raven-quills, and two
+        _calumets_ or pipes of peace in his hand.
+
+ 128. _M�h-to-toh-pa_, the Four Bears; second Chief, but the
+        favourite and popular man of the nation; costume splendid,
+        head-dress of war-eagles' quills and ermine, extending quite
+        to the ground, surmounted by the horns of the buffalo and
+        skin of the magpie.
+
+ 129. _Mah-t�-he-ha_, the Old Bear; a very distinguished brave; but
+        here represented in the character of a _Medicine Man_ or
+        Doctor, with his _medicine_ or _mystery_ pipes in his hands,
+        and foxes' tails tied to his heels, prepared to make his last
+        visit to his patient, to cure him, if possible, by _hocus
+        pocus_ and magic.
+
+ 130. _Mah-t�hp-ta-a_, He who rushes through the Middle; a brave,
+        son of the former Chief, called "the Four Men." Necklace of
+        bears' claws.
+
+ 131. _M�h-to-t�h-pa_, the Four Bears; in _undress_, being in
+        mourning, with a few locks of his hair cut off. His hair put
+        up in plaits or slabs, with glue and red paint, a custom of
+        the tribe.
+
+    The scars on his breast, arms, and legs, show that he has
+    several times in his life submitted to the propitiatory tortures
+    represented in four paintings, Nos. 505, 506, 507, 508.
+
+ 132. _Seehk-h�e-da_, the Mouse-coloured Feather, or "_White
+        Eyebrows_;" a very noted brave, with a beautiful pipe in his
+        hand; his hair quite yellow.
+
+    This man was killed by the Sioux, and scalped, two years after I
+    painted his portrait: his scalp lies on the table, No. 10.
+
+ 133. _Mi-n�ek-ee-s�nk-te-ka_, the Mink; a beautiful Mandan
+        girl, in mountain-sheep skin dress, ornamented with
+        porcupine-quills, beads, and elk's teeth.
+
+ 134. _Sha-k�-ka_, Mint.
+
+    A very pretty and modest girl, twelve years of age, with _grey
+    hair! peculiar to the Mandans_. This unaccountable peculiarity
+    belongs to the Mandans alone, and about one in twelve, of both
+    sexes and of all ages, have the hair of a bright silvery grey, and
+    exceedingly coarse and harsh, somewhat like a horse's mane.
+
+ 135. _[U']n-ka-hah-h�n-shee-kow_, the Long Finger-nails; a brave.
+
+ 136. _M�h-ta[h']p-ta-hah_, the One who rushes through the Middle.
+
+ 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142. _San-ja-ka-k�-koh_, the Deceiving
+        Wolf; and five others, in a group; names not preserved.
+
+
+                               SHI-ENNE.
+
+    A small but very valiant tribe of 3000, neighbours of the Sioux, on
+    the west, between the Black Hills and the Rocky Mountains: a very
+    tall race of men, second in stature to the Osages.
+
+ 143. _N�-hee-�-ee-w�o-tis_, the Wolf on the Hill; Chief of the
+        tribe; a noble and fine-looking fellow: this man has been
+        known to own 100 horses at one time.
+
+ 144. _Tis-se-w�o-na-t�s_, She who bathes her Knees; Wife of the
+        Chief (No. 143); her hair in braid.
+
+
+                       FLAT HEADS, or NEZ PERC�S.
+
+    On the head-waters of the Columbia, west of the Rocky Mountains.
+
+ 145. _Hee-oh'ks-te-kin_, the Rabbit's Skin Leggins; a brave, in a
+        very beautiful dress.
+
+ 146. _H'co-a-h'co-a-h'cotes-min_, No Horns on his Head; a brave, a
+        very handsome man, in a beautiful dress.
+
+ 147. ( ) Woman and Child; showing the manner in which the heads of
+        the children are flattened.
+
+
+                               CHIN-OOK.
+
+    On the lower parts of the Columbia, near the Pacific Ocean.
+
+ 148. _Hee-doh'ge-ats_, ----; a young man, eighteen years of age.
+
+
+                              BLACK FEET.
+
+    A very warlike and hostile tribe of 50,000, including the _Peagans
+    Cotonn�s_ and _Gros-ventres de Prairies_, occupying the head-waters
+    of the Missouri, extending a great way into the British territory
+    on the north, and into the Rocky Mountains on the west. Rather low
+    in stature, broad chested, square shouldered, richly clad, and well
+    armed, living in skin lodges. 12,000 of them destroyed by smallpox
+    within the year 1838!
+
+ 149. _Stu-mick-o-s�cks_, the Buffalo's Black Fat; Chief of the
+        tribe, in a splendid costume, richly garnished with
+        porcupine-quills, and fringed with scalp-locks.
+
+ 150. _Eeh-n�s-kim_, the Crystal Stone; wife of the Chief (No. 149).
+
+ 151. _In-ne-�-cose_, the Buffalo's Child; a warrior, full-length,
+        with _medicine-bag_ of otter-skin.
+
+ 152. _Peh-t�-pe-kiss_, the Eagle's Ribs; Chief of the "_Blood
+        Band_," full-length, in splendid dress; head-dress of horns
+        of the buffalo and ermines' tails; lance in his hand and two
+        _medicine-bags_.
+
+ 153. _Mix-ke-m�te-skin-na_, the Iron Horn; warrior, in a splendid
+        dress.
+
+ 154. _Pek-no-m�h-kan_, He who runs down the Hill.
+
+ 155. _Ah'-kay-ee-p�x-en_, the Woman who Strikes Many; full-length;
+        dress of mountain-sheep skin.
+
+ 156. _M�h-t�om_, the Hill.
+
+ 157. _Tcha-d�s-sa-ko-m�h-pee_, the Bear's Child, with war-club.
+
+ 158. _W�n-nes-tou_, the White Buffalo; a _medicine-man_ or
+        _doctor_, with his _medicine_ or _mystery_ shield.
+
+ 159. _Tcha-a�s-ka-ding_, ----; boy, four years old, wearing his
+        robe made of the skin of a racoon: this boy is grandson of
+        the Chief, and is expected to be his successor.
+
+ 160. _Peh-t�-pe-kiss_, the Eagle's Ribs; Chief of the Blood Band;
+        splendid dress.
+
+    This man boasted to me that he had killed eight white men
+    (trappers) in his country; he said that they had repeatedly told
+    the traders that they should not catch the beaver in their country,
+    and if they continued to do it they would kill them.
+
+     161. ( ) ----, a _medicine-man_, or _doctor_, performing his
+     _medicines_ or _mysteries_ over a dying man, with the skin of a
+     yellow bear and other curious articles of dress thrown over him;
+     with his mystery rattle and mystery spear, which, he supposes,
+     possess a supernatural power in the art of healing and curing the
+     sick.
+
+
+                         CROWS (BEL-ANT-SE-A.)
+
+    A tribe of 7000, on the head-waters of the Yellow Stone
+    River, extending their hunts and their wars into the Rocky
+    Mountains--inveterate enemies of the Black Feet; tall, fine-limbed
+    men, graceful and gentlemanly in deportment, and the most richly
+    and tastefully clad of any Indians on the continent. Skin lodges,
+    many of which are tastefully ornamented and painted like the one
+    standing in the room.
+
+ 162. _Ch�h-ee-ch�pes_, the Four Wolves; a Chief, a fine-looking
+        fellow; his hair reaching the ground; his _medicine_
+        (mystery) _bag_ of the skin of the ermine.
+
+    This man was in mourning, having some of his locks cut off.
+
+ 163. _E�-h�e-a-duck-c�e-a_, He who ties his Hair before; a man of
+        six feet stature, whose natural hair drags on the ground as
+        he walks.
+
+ 164. _Pa-r�s-ka-r�o-pa_, the Two Crows; Chief of a band; his hair
+        sweeps the ground; his head-dress made of the eagle's
+        skin entire; he holds in his hand his lance and two
+        _medicine_-bags, the one of his own instituting, the other
+        taken from his enemy, whom he had killed in battle.
+
+ 165. _H�-ra-t�-a_, ----; a brave, wrapped in his robe, and his
+        hair reaching to the ground; his spear in his hand, and bow
+        and quiver slung.
+
+ 166. _O�-je-en-�-he-a_, the Woman who lives in the Bear's Den; her
+        hair cut off, she being in mourning.
+
+ 167. _Duhk-gits-o-�-see_, the Red Bear.
+
+ 168. _Pa-ris-ka-r�o-pa_, the Two Crows (the younger), called the
+        "Philosopher."
+
+    A young man distinguished as an orator and wise man, though the
+    character of his face and head would almost appear like a deformity.
+
+ 169. _Bi-�ets-ee-cure_, the Very Sweet Man.
+
+ 170. _Ba-da-ah-ch�n-du_, He who jumps over Every One; on a wild
+        horse, with war-eagle head-dress on his horse's and his own
+        head; with shield, bow, quiver, and lance; his long hair
+        floating in the wind.
+
+
+                              GROS-VENTRES
+
+           (MIN-A-TAR-REES), PEOPLE OF THE WILLOWS.
+
+    A small tribe, near neighbours and friends of the Mandans, speaking
+    the Crow language, and probably have, at a former period, strayed
+    away from them; numbering about 1100.
+
+ 171. _Eh-toh'k-pah-she-p�e-shah_, the Black Mocassin; Chief; over
+        a hundred years old; sits in his lodge, smoking a handsome
+        pipe; his arms and ornaments hanging on a post by the side of
+        his bed. (Since dead.)
+
+ 172. _E'e-a-ch�n-che-a_, the Red Thunder; the son of the Black
+        Mocassin (No. 171), represented in the costume of a warrior.
+
+ 173. _Pa-ris-ka-r�o-pa_, the Two Crows; with a handsome shirt,
+        ornamented with ermine, and necklace of grisly bears' claws.
+
+    This man is now the head Chief of the tribe.
+
+ 174. ( ), ----; woman, the wife of the Two Crows (No. 173).
+
+ 175. _Seet-s�-be-a_, the Mid-day Sun; a pretty girl, in
+        mountain-sheep skin dress, and fan of the eagle's tail in her
+        hand.
+
+
+                         CREES (KNIS-TE-NEUX).
+
+    A small tribe of 4000, in _Her Majesty's dominions_, neighbours of
+    the Black Feet, and always at war with them; desperate warriors;
+    small and light in stature. Half of them have recently died of the
+    smallpox since I was amongst them.
+
+ 176. _Eeh-tow-w�es-ka-zeet_, He who has Eyes behind him; one of
+        the foremost braves of the tribe, in a handsome dress.
+
+    This man visited Washington with the Indian agent, Major Sanford, a
+    few years since.
+
+ 177. _Tsee-mo�nt_, a Great Wonder; woman carrying her Infant in
+        her robe.
+
+ 178. _Tow-�e-ka-wet_, ----; woman.
+
+
+                    AS-SIN-NE-BOINS (STONE BOILERS).
+
+    A tribe of 8000, occupying the country from the mouth of the Yellow
+    Stone River to Lake Winnepeg, in her _British Majesty's dominions_,
+    speaking the Sioux or Dahcota language, ranging about, like them,
+    in skin lodges, and no doubt a severed band of that great nation.
+    4000 of these people destroyed by the smallpox in 1838, since I was
+    amongst them.
+
+ 179. _Wi-j�n-jon_, the Pigeon's Egg Head; one of the most
+        distinguished young warriors of the tribe.
+
+    He was taken to Washington in 1832 by Major Sanford, the Indian
+    agent; after he went home he was condemned as a liar, and killed,
+    in consequence of the _incredible stories_ which he told of the
+    whites.--(See him on _his way to, and returning from_, Washington,
+    No. 475.)
+
+ 180. _Chin-cha-pee_, the Fire Bug that creeps; wife of Wi-j�n-jon
+        (No. 179); her face painted red, and in her hand a stick,
+        used by the women in those regions for digging the "pomme
+        blanche," or prairie turnip.
+
+ 181. ( ); woman and child, in beautiful skin dresses.
+
+
+                       CHIP-PE-WAYS (OJIBBEWAYS).
+
+A very numerous tribe, of some 15,000 or 20,000, inhabiting a vast tract
+of country on the southern shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the Woods,
+and the Athabasca, extending a great way into the British territory; residing
+in skin and bark lodges.
+
+182. _Sha-c�-pay_, the Six; Chief of the Ojibbeways living north
+of the mouth of Yellow Stone River; in a rich dress, with
+his battles emblazoned on it.
+
+183. _Kay-a-g�s-gis_, ----; a beautiful young woman pulling
+her hair out of braid.
+
+184. _H�h-je-day-ah'-shee_, the Meeting Birds; a brave, with his
+war-club in his hand.
+
+185. _Kay-�e-qua-da-k�m-ee-g�sh-kum_, He who tries the Ground
+with his Foot.
+
+186. _J�-ah-k�s-gaw_, ----; woman, with her child in a
+cradle or "crib."
+
+187. _C�h-be-m�b-bee_, He who sits everywhere; a brave.
+
+188. _O-t�-wah_, the Ottaway; a distinguished warrior.
+
+189. _Ka-b�s-hunk_, He who travels everywhere; a desperate
+warrior; his war-club in his left hand and a handsome pipe
+in his right; strikes with his left hand; eight quills in his
+head stand for eight scalps he had taken from the heads of
+the Sioux, his enemies.
+
+190. _Ohj-k�-tchee-kum_, He who walks on the Sea.
+
+191. _Gitch-ee-g�w-ga-osh_, the Point that remains for ever; a
+very old and respectable Chief. (Since dead.)
+
+192. _Gaw-z�w que-dung_, He who halloos. Civilized.
+
+193. _O'n-daig_, the Crow; a beau or dandy in full array, called
+by the Ojibbeways, _sha-wiz-zee-shah-go-tay-a_, a _harmless
+man_.
+
+194. _I-an-be-w'ah-dick_, the Male Carabou; a brave, with a war-club
+in his hand.
+
+195. ( ), ----; woman.
+
+
+                              I-RO-QUOIS.
+
+    A small remnant of a tribe who were once very numerous and warlike,
+    inhabiting the northern part of New York; only a few scattered
+    individuals now living, who are merged in the neighbouring tribes.
+
+ 196. _N�t-to-way_, a Chief, a temperate and excellent man, with a
+        beautiful head-dress on.
+
+ 197. _Ch�e-ah-k�-tch�e_, ----; woman, wife of N�t-to-way (No. 196).
+
+
+                               �T-TA-WAS.
+
+     A subdued and half-civilized tribe of 5500, speaking the
+     Ojibbeway language, on the eastern shore of Lake Michigan.
+     Agricultural and dissipated.
+
+ 198. _Shin-g�s-se-moon_, the Big Sail; a Chief, blind in one eye.
+
+    The effects of whisky and civilization are plainly discernible in
+    this instance.
+
+
+                            WIN-NE-B�-GOES.
+
+    A very fierce and warlike tribe, on the western shores of Lake
+    Michigan, greatly reduced of late years by repeated attacks of the
+    smallpox and the dissipated vices of civilized neighbours; number
+    at this time 4400.
+
+ 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206. _Du-c�r-re-a_, ----; Chief
+        of the tribe, and his family; a group of eight.
+
+ 207. _Wah-chee-h�hs-ka_, the Man who puts all out of Doors, called
+        the "Boxer;" the largest man of the Winnebagoes; war-club in
+        his hand, and rattle-snake skins on his arms.
+
+ 208. _Won-de-t�w-a_, the Wonder.
+
+ 209. _N�w-k�w_, Wood; formerly the head Chief, with his war-club
+        on his arm. (Dead.)
+
+ 210. _K�w-kaw-ne-ch�o-a_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 211. _Wa-kon-ch�sh-kaw_, He who comes on the Thunder.
+
+ 212. _Naw-naw-p�y-ee_, the Soldier.
+
+ 213. _Wah-k�n-ze-kaw_, the Snake.
+
+ 214. _Span-e-o-n�e-kaw_, the Spaniard.
+
+ 215. _Hoo-w'a-ne-kaw_, the Little Elk.
+
+ 216. _No-ak-ch�o-she-kaw_, He who breaks the Bushes.
+
+ 217. _Naugh-h�igh-hee-kaw_, He who moistens the Wood.
+
+
+                             ME-N�M-O-NIES.
+
+    Like the Winnebagoes, mostly destroyed by whisky and smallpox, and
+    now numbering about 3500, and in a miserable state of dependence;
+    on the western side of Lake Michigan.
+
+ 218. _Mah-k�e-mee-teuv_, the Grisly Bear; Chief of the nation, and
+        chief of a delegation to Washington city in 1829 (since
+        dead); handsome pipe in his hand, and wampum on his neck.
+
+ 219. _Mee-ch�et-e-neuh_, the Wounded Bear's Shoulder; wife of the
+        Chief (No. 218).
+
+ 220. _Chee-me-n�h-na-quet_, the Great Cloud; son of the Chief (No.
+        218), a great rascal.
+
+ 221. _Ko-m�n-i-kin-o-haw_, the Little Whale; a brave, with his
+        _medicine-wand_, his looking-glass, and scissors.
+
+ 222. _Sha-w�-no_, the South; a noted warrior.
+
+ 223. _M�sh-kee-wet_, ----; a great beau, or dandy.
+
+ 224. _Pah-shee-n�u-shaw_, ----; a warrior.
+
+ 225. _Tcha-k�uks-o-ko-m�ugh_, the Great Chief (boy).
+
+ 226. _A� nah-kwet-to-hau-p�y-o_, the One sitting in the Clouds; a
+        fine boy.
+
+ 227. _A�h-ka-nah-paw-w�h_, Earth Standing; an old and very valiant
+        warrior.
+
+ 228. _Ko-m�n-i-kin_, the Big Wave, called the "Philosopher;" a
+        very old and distinguished Chief.
+
+ 229. _O-ho-p�h-sha_, the Small Whoop; a hard-visaged warrior, of
+        most remarkable distinction.
+
+ 230. _Ah-yaw-ne-tah-c�r-ron_, ----; a warrior.
+
+ 231. _Au-w�h-shew-kew_, the Female Bear; wife of the above (No.
+        230).
+
+ 232. _Coo-coo-coo_, the Owl; a very old and emaciated Chief; sits
+        smoking a handsome pipe.
+
+ 233. _W�h-chees_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 234. _Ch�sh-ko-tong_, He who sings the War-Song.
+
+ 235, 236. Two in a group, names not known; one with his war-club,
+        and the other with his lute at his mouth.
+
+
+                            POT-O-W�T-O-MIE.
+
+    Once a numerous tribe, now numbering about 2700, reduced by
+    smallpox and whisky--recently removed from the state of Indiana to
+    the western shores of the Missouri: semi-civilized.
+
+ 237. _On-s�w-kie_, the Sac; in the act of praying; his prayer
+        written in characters on a maple stick.
+
+ 238. _Na-p�w-sa_, the Bear Travelling in the Night; one of the
+        most influential Chiefs of the tribe.
+
+ 239. _K�e-se_, ----; a woman.
+
+
+                              K�CK-A-POO.
+
+    On the frontier settlements; semi-civilized; number about 600;
+    greatly reduced by smallpox and whisky.
+
+ 240. _Kee-�n-ne-kuk_, the Foremost Man, called the "_Prophet_."
+        Chief of the tribe, in the attitude of prayer.
+
+    This very shrewd fellow engraved on a maple stick, in characters,
+    a prayer which was taught him by a Methodist Missionary; and by
+    introducing it into the hands of every one of his tribe, who are
+    enjoined to read it over every morning and evening as service, has
+    acquired great celebrity and respect in his tribe, as well as a
+    good store of their worldly goods, as he manufactures them all, and
+    gets well paid for them. #/
+
+ 241. _Ah-t�n-we-tuck_, the Cock Turkey; repeating his prayer from
+        the stick in his hand, described above.
+
+ 242. _Ma-sh�e-na_, the Elk's Horns; a Sub-Chief, in the act of
+        prayer, as above described.
+
+ 243. _Ke-ch�m-qua_, the Big Bear; wampum on his neck, and red flag
+        in his hand, the symbol of war or "blood."
+
+ 244. _A'h-tee-w�t-o-mee_, ----; woman, with wampum and silver
+        brooches in profusion on her neck.
+
+ 245. _Shee-n�h-wee_, ----.
+
+
+                              KAS-KAS-KIA.
+
+    Once famed, numerous, and warlike, on the frontier, but now reduced
+    to a few individuals by smallpox and whisky.
+
+ 246. _Kee-m�n-saw_, the Little Chief; Chief; Semi-civilized.
+
+ 247. _Wah-pe-s�h-see_, ----; a very aged woman, mother of the
+        above.
+
+
+                                W�E-AH.
+
+Remnant of a tribe on the frontier; semi-civilized; reduced by whisky
+and disease; present number 200.
+
+248. _Go-to-k�w-p�h-ah_, He who Stands by Himself; a brave of
+distinction, with his hatchet in his hand.
+
+249. _Wah-p�n-jee-a_, the Swan; a warrior; fine-looking fellow,
+with an European countenance.
+
+250. _W�h-pe-say_, the White.
+
+
+                               PE-O-RI-A.
+
+    Also a small remnant of a tribe on the frontier, reduced by the
+    same causes as above; present number about 200.
+
+ 251. _Pah-mee-c�w-ee-tah_, the Man who tracks; a Chief; remarkably
+        fine head.
+
+    This man would never drink whisky.
+
+ 252. _Wap-sha-ka-n�h_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 253. _Kee-mo-r�-nia_, No English; a beau; his face curiously
+        painted, and looking-glass in his hand.
+
+
+                             PI-AN-KE-SHAW.
+
+    A frontier tribe, reduced, as _above_; present number 170.
+
+ 254. _Ni-a-c�-mo_, to Fix with the Foot; a brave.
+
+ 255. _Men-s�n-se-ah_, the Left Hand; a fierce-looking warrior,
+        with a stone hatchet in his hand.
+
+
+                                �-O-WAY.
+
+    A small tribe on the frontier, reduced by smallpox and their
+    enemies; living on the Missouri; number about 1400. Uncivilized
+    fine-looking men.
+
+ 256. _Notch-ee-n�ng-a_, No Heart, called "White Cloud;" Chief of
+        the tribe; necklace of grisly bears' claws, and shield, bow
+        and arrows in his hand.
+
+ 257. _Pah-ta-c�o-chee_, the Shooting Cedar; a brave, with war-club
+        on his arm.
+
+ 258. _No-o-m�n-nee_, He who walks in the Rain; warrior, with his
+        pipe and tobacco-pouch in his hand.
+
+ 259. _W'y-ee-yogh_, the Man of Sense; a brave, with a handsome
+        pipe in his hand, and bears' claw necklace on his neck.
+
+ 260. _Wos-c�m-mun_, the Busy Man; a brave.
+
+ 262. _M�n-ne-o-ye_, ----; woman.
+
+
+                               SEN-E-CAS.
+
+    Near Lake Erie, State of New York. 1200, semi-civilized and
+    agricultural. One of the tribes composing the great compact called
+    the "Six Nations."
+
+ 263. _Red Jacket_, Head Chief of the tribe; full-length, life
+        size, standing on the "Table Rock," Niagara Falls.
+
+    This man was chief for many years, and so remained until his death,
+    in 1831. Perhaps no Indian Sachem has ever lived on our frontier
+    whose name and history are better known, or whose talents have been
+    more generally admitted, than those of Red Jacket: he was, as a
+    savage, very great in _council_ and in _war_.
+
+ 264. (      ), Deep Lake; an old Chief.
+
+ 265. (      ), Round Island; warrior, half-blood.
+
+    A very handsome fellow.
+
+ 266. (      ), Hard Hickory; a very ferocious-looking, but a mild and
+        amiable man.
+
+ 267. (      ), Good Hunter; a warrior.
+
+ 268. (      ), ---- String; a warrior, renowned.
+
+ 269. (      ), Seneca Steele; a great libertine. Hatchet in his hand.
+
+
+                               O-NEI-DA.
+
+    Remnant of a tribe, State of New York, one of the "Six Nations;"
+    present number, 600.
+
+ 270. (      ), Bread; the Chief, half-blood, civilized.
+
+    A fine-looking and an excellent man.
+
+
+                             TUS-KA-R�-RA.
+
+    New York, remnant of a numerous tribe, one of the confederacy of
+    the "Six Nations;" present number, 500; semi-civilized.
+
+ 271. _C�-sick_, ----; son of the Chief. Civilized and
+        Christianized.
+
+    This man is a Baptist preacher, and quite an eloquent man.
+
+
+              MO-HEE-CON-NEU, or "MO-HE-GAN," THE GOOD
+                             CANOEMEN.
+
+    Now living near Green Bay; numbers, 400 or 500; formerly of
+    Massachusetts; a band of the famous tribe of Pequots; now
+    semi-civilized.
+
+ 272. _Ee-t�w-o-kaum_, Both Sides of the River; Chief of the tribe,
+        with a psalm-book in one hand, and a cane in the other.
+        _Christianized._
+
+ 273. _Waun-naw-con_, the Dish (John W. Quinney); missionary
+        preacher. _Civilized._
+
+
+                              DEL-A-WARES.
+
+    Remains of a bold, daring, and numerous tribe, formerly of the
+    States of Pennsylvania and Delaware, and the terror of all the
+    eastern tribes. Gradually wasted away by wars, removals, small-pox,
+    and whisky; now living on the western borders of Missouri, and
+    number only 824; lost by small-pox, at different times, 10,000.
+
+ 274. _B�d-a-sin_, ----; the Chief; a distinguished man.
+
+ 275. _Ni-c�-man_, the Answer; the second Chief, with bow and
+        arrows in his hand.
+
+ 276. _Non-on-d�-gon_, ----; a Chief, with a ring in his nose. #/
+
+
+                         SHA-W�-NO (SHAW-NEE).
+
+    Remains of a numerous tribe, formerly inhabiting part of
+    Pennsylvania, afterwards Ohio, and recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi River. Number at present about 1200; lost one-half by
+    small-pox at different times. Semi-civilized; intemperate.
+
+ 277. _Lay-l�w-she-kaw_, He who goes up the River; a very aged man,
+        Chief of the tribe; his ears slit and elongated by wearing
+        weights in them, according to the custom of the tribe, and
+        his hair whitened with age.
+
+ 278. _K�-te-quaw_, the Female Eagle; a fine-looking girl, daughter
+        of the above Chief.
+
+ 279. _Tea-sq�at-a-way_, the Open Door; called the "Shawnee
+        Prophet," brother of Tecumsch; blind in one eye, holding his
+        _medicine_ or mystery fire in one hand, and his "_sacred
+        string of beans_" in the other; a great _mystery-man_.
+
+ 280. _Pah-te-c�o-saw_, the Straight Man. Semi-civilized.
+
+ 281. _Lay-l�o-ah-pee-�i-shee-kaw_, Grass, Bush, and Blossom. Half
+        civil, and _more than half_ drunk.
+
+ 282. _C�o-ps-saw-q�ay-te_, ----; woman (the Indescribable).
+
+
+                              CHER-O-KEES.
+
+    Formerly of the State of Georgia, recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi to the head-waters of the Arkansas. This tribe are
+    mostly civilized and agriculturists; number, 22,000.
+
+ 283. _John Ross_, a civilized and well-educated man, head Chief of
+        the nation.
+
+ 284. _T�ch-ee_, called "Dutch;" first War-chief of the Cherokees;
+        a fine-looking fellow, with a turbaned head.
+
+    I travelled and hunted with this man some months, when he guided
+    the regiment of dragoons to the Camanchee and Pawnee villages: he
+    is a great warrior and a remarkable hunter.
+
+ 285. _C�l-lee_, ----; Chief of a band of the Cherokees. (Since
+        dead.)
+
+ 286. _T�h-ke-n�h-kee_, the Black Coat; a Chief, also of
+        considerable standing.
+
+ 287. _Ah-hee-te-w�h-chee_, ----; a very pretty woman, in civilized
+        dress, her hair falling over her shoulders.
+
+
+                          MUS-K�-GEE (CREEK).
+
+    Recently removed from Georgia and Alabama to the Arkansas,
+    700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present number, 21,000;
+    semi-civilized and agricultural.
+
+ 288. _Steeh-tcha-k�-me-co_, the Great King, called, "Ben
+        Perryman;" one of the Chiefs of the tribe.
+
+ 289. _H�l-te-m�l-te-t�z-te-n�ek-ee_, ----, "Sam Perryman;" brother
+        of the Chief above, and a jolly companionable man.
+
+ 290. _Wat-�l-le-go_, ----, a brave.
+
+ 291. _Hose-put-o-k�w-gee_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 292. _Tchow-ee-p�t-o-kaw_, ----; woman.
+
+ 293. _Tel-maz-h�-za_, ----; a warrior of great distinction.
+
+
+                               CHOC-TAW.
+
+    Recently removed by Government from the States of Georgia and
+    Alabama to the Arkansas, 700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present
+    number, 15,000; semi-civilized.
+
+ 294. _M�-sho-la-t�b-bee_, He who puts out and kills; first Chief
+        of the tribe.
+
+    A gentlemanly-looking man (died recently of small-pox).
+
+ 295. _K�t-tee-o-t�b-bee_, How did he kill? A noted brave.
+
+ 296. _H�-tchoo-t�c-knee_, the Snapping Turtle; half-bred and
+        well-educated man.
+
+ 297. ----, woman; hair in braid; remarkable expression.
+
+ 298. _Tul-lock-ch�sh-ko_, He who drinks the Juice of the Stone.
+
+ 299. _Tul-lock-ch�sh-ko_, Full-length, in the dress and attitude
+        of a ball-player, with ball-sticks in his hand, and tail,
+        made of white horse-hair, attached to his belt.
+
+
+                     SEM-I-N�-LEE (RUNAWAY); 3000.
+
+    Occupying the peninsula of Florida; semi-civilized, partly
+    agricultural. The Government have succeeded in removing about
+    one-half of them to the Arkansas, during the last four years, at
+    the expense of 32,000,000 dollars, the lives of 28 or 30 officers,
+    and 600 soldiers.
+
+ 300. _Mick-e-no-p�h_, ----; first Chief of the tribe; full-length,
+        sitting cross-legged.
+
+    This man owned 100 negroes when the war broke out, and was raising
+    large and valuable crops of corn and cotton. #/
+
+ 301. _Os-ce-o-l�_, the Black Drink; a warrior of very great
+        distinction.
+
+    Painted only five days before his death, while he was a prisoner
+    of war at Fort Moultrie. This remarkable man, though not a
+    chief, took the lead in the war, and was evidently (at the time
+    he was captured) followed by the chiefs, and looked upon as the
+    _master-spirit_ of the war.
+
+ 302. _Ee-mat-l�_, King Philip; an old man, second Chief.
+
+    Like Osceola, he died while a prisoner, soon after I painted him.
+
+ 303. _Ye-h�w-lo-gee_, the Cloud; a Chief who distinguished himself
+        in the war.
+
+ 304. _Co-ee-h�-jo_, ----; a Chief, very conspicuous in the present
+        war.
+
+ 305. _L�h-shee_, the Licker; a half-breed warrior, called "Creek
+        Billey."
+
+ 306. _How-ee-d�-hee_; ----. a Seminolee woman.
+
+ 307. ( ) ----; a Seminolee woman.
+
+ 308. _Os-ce-o-l�_, the Black Drink. Full-length, with his rifle
+        in his hand, calico dress, and trinkets, exactly as he was
+        dressed and stood to be painted five days before his death.
+
+
+                                EU-CHEE.
+
+    Remnant of a powerful tribe who once occupied the southern part
+    of the peninsula of Florida, were overrun by the Creeks and
+    Seminolees, the remnant of them merging into the Seminolee tribe,
+    and living with them now as a part of their nation. Present number,
+    150.
+
+ 309. _Etch-�e-fix-e-co_, the Deer without a Heart, called "_Euchee
+        Jack_;" a Chief of considerable renown.
+
+ 310. _Chee-a-ex-e-co_, ----; quite a modest and pretty girl,
+        daughter of the above Chief.
+
+
+
+
+                 LANDSCAPES, SPORTING SCENES, MANNERS,
+                              AND CUSTOMS.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+                             CERTIFICATES.
+
+The Landscapes, Buffalo-hunting Scenes, &c., above mentioned, I have
+seen, and, although it has been thirty years since I travelled over
+that country, yet a considerable number of them I recognised as
+faithful representations, and the remainder of them are so much in the
+peculiar character of that country as to seem entirely familiar to me.
+
+                   WM. CLARK, Superintendent of Indian Affairs.
+
+The Landscape Views on the Missouri, Buffalo Hunts, and other scenes,
+taken by my friend Mr. Catlin, are correct delineations of the scenes
+they profess to represent, as I am perfectly well acquainted with the
+country, having passed through it more than a dozen times. And further
+I know that they were taken on the spot, from nature, as I was present
+when Mr. Catlin visited that country.
+
+                       JOHN F. A. SANFORD, U. SS. Indian Agent.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+
+It gives me great pleasure to be able to pronounce the Landscape Views,
+Views of Hunting, and other scenes taken on the Upper Missouri, by
+Mr. Catlin, to be correct delineations of the scenery they profess to
+represent; and although I was not present when they were taken in the
+field, I was able to identify almost every one between St. Louis and
+the grand bend of the Missouri.
+
+                        J. L. BEAN, S. Agent of Indian Affairs.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+I have seen Mr. Catlin's collection of _Indian Portraits_, many
+of which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence in their
+villages. I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes
+and individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce
+them correct likenesses and easily recognised; also the sketches of
+their _Manners_ and _Customs_ I think are excellent, and the _Landscape
+Views_ on the _Missouri_ and _Mississippi_ are correct representations.
+
+    K. M'KENZIE, of the Am. Fur Company, Mouth of Yellow Stone.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+I have examined a series of paintings by Mr. Catlin, representing
+_Indian Buffalo Hunts, Landscapes, &c._; and from an acquaintance
+of twenty-seven years with such scenes as are represented, I feel
+qualified to judge them, and do unhesitatingly pronounce them good and
+unexaggerated representations.
+
+   JNO. DOUGHERTY, Indian Agent for Pawnees, Omahas, and Otoes.
+
+
+                              LANDSCAPES.
+
+ 311. St. Louis (from the river below, in 1836), a town on the
+        Mississippi, with 25,000 inhabitants.
+
+ 312. View on Upper Mississippi, beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        everywhere covered with a green turf.
+
+ 313. "Bad Axe" battle-ground, where Black Hawk was defeated by
+        General Atkinson, above Prairie du Chien. Indians making
+        defence and swimming the river.
+
+ 314. Chippeways gathering wild rice near the source of St.
+        Peter's; shelling their rice into their bark canoes, by
+        bending it over, and whipping it with sticks.
+
+ 315. View near "Prairie la Crosse," beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 316. "Cap o'lail" (garlic cape), a bold and picturesque promontory
+        on Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 317. Picturesque Bluffs above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 318. "Pike's Tent," the highest bluff on the river, Upper
+        Mississippi.
+
+ 319. View of the "Cornice Rocks," and "Pike's Tent," in distance,
+        750 miles above St. Louis, on Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 320. "Lover's Leap," on Lake Pepin, Upper Mississippi, a rock 500
+        feet high, where an Indian girl threw herself off a few years
+        since, to avoid marrying the man to whom she was given by her
+        father.
+
+ 321. Falls of St. Anthony, 900 miles above St. Louis;
+        perpendicular fall eighteen feel: Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 322. Madame Ferrebault's Prairie from the river above; the author
+        and his companion descending the river in a bark canoe, above
+        Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; beautiful grass-covered
+        bluffs.
+
+ 323. "Little Falls," near the Falls of St. Anthony, on a small
+        stream.
+
+ 324. "La Montaigne que tremps l'Eau," Mississippi, above Prairie
+        du Chien.
+
+ 325. Cassville, below Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; a small
+        village just commenced, in 1835.
+
+ 326. Dubuque, a town in the lead-mining country.
+
+ 327. Galena, a small town on Upper Mississippi, in the lead-mining
+        district.
+
+ 328. Rock Island, United States Garrison, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 329. Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, ditto.
+
+ 330. Dubuque's Grave, ditto.
+
+    Dubuque was the first miner in the lead-mines under the Spanish
+    grant. He built his own sepulchre, and raised a cross over it, on a
+    beautiful bluff, overlooking the river, forty years ago, where it
+    now stands.
+
+ 331. River Bluffs, magnificent view, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 332. Fort Snelling, at the mouth of St. Peter's, U. S. Garrison,
+        seven miles below the Falls of St. Anthony, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 333. Prairie du Chien, 500 miles above St. Louis, Upper
+        Mississippi, United States Garrison.
+
+ 334. Chippeway Village and Dog Feast at the Falls of St. Anthony;
+        lodges built with birch-bark: Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 335. Sioux Village, Lake Calhoun, near Fort Snelling; lodges built
+        with poles.
+
+ 336. "Coteau des Prairies," head-waters of St. Peter's. My
+        companion, Indian guide, and myself encamping at sunset,
+        cooking by our fire, made of buffalo-dung.
+
+ 337. "Pipestone Quarry," on the Coteau des Prairies, 300 miles N.
+        W. from the Falls of St. Anthony, on the divide between the
+        St. Peter's and Missouri.
+
+    The place where the Indians get the stone for all their red pipes.
+    The mineral, _red steatite_, variety differing from any other known
+    locality--wall of solid, compact quartz, grey and rose colour,
+    highly polished as if vitrified; the wall is two miles in length
+    and thirty feet high, with a beautiful cascade leaping from its top
+    into a basin. On the prairie, at the base of the wall, the pipeclay
+    (steatite) is dug up at two and three feet depth. There are seen
+    five immense granite boulders, under which there are two squaws,
+    according to their tradition, who eternally dwell there--the
+    guardian spirits of the place--and must be consulted before the
+    pipestone can be dug up.
+
+ 338. Sault de St. Mary's--Indians catching white fish in the
+        rapids at the outlet of Lake Superior, by dipping their scoop
+        nets.
+
+ 339. Sault de St. Mary's from the Canadian Shore, Lake Superior,
+        showing the United States Garrison in the distance.
+
+ 340. View on the St. Peter's River, twenty miles above Fort
+        Snelling.
+
+ 341. View on the St. Peter's--Sioux Indians pursuing a Stag in
+        their canoes.
+
+ 342. Salt Meadows on the Upper Missouri, and great herds of
+        buffalo--incrustation of salt, which looks like snow.
+
+    Salt water flows over the prairie in the spring, and, evaporating
+    during the summer, leaves the ground covered with muriate as white
+    as snow.
+
+ 343. Pawnee Village in Texas, at the base of a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains--lodges thatched with prairie-grass.
+
+ 344. View on the Canadian, in Texas.
+
+ 345. View of the junction of Red River with the False Washitta, in
+        Texas.
+
+ 346. Camanchee Village, in Texas, showing a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains in the distance--lodges made of buffalo-skins.
+        Women dressing robes and drying meat.
+
+ 347. View on the Wisconsin--Winnebagoes shooting ducks, in bark
+        canoe.
+
+ 348. Lac du Cygne (Swan Lake), near the Coteau des Prairies.
+
+    A famous place, where myriads of white swans lay their eggs and
+    hatch their young. #/
+
+ 349. Beautiful Savannah in the pine-woods of Florida.
+
+    One of thousands of small lakes which have been gradually filled in
+    with vegetation.
+
+ 350. View on Lake St. Croix, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 351. View on the Canadian--Dragoons crossing, 1834.
+
+ 352. Ta-wa-que-nah, or Rocky Mountain, near the Camanchee Village,
+        Texas.
+
+ 353. Camanchee Village, and Dragoons approaching it, showing
+        the hospitable manner in which they were received by the
+        Camanchees. Camanchee warriors all riding out and forming in
+        a line, with a white flag, to receive the Dragoons.
+
+ 354. White Sand Bluffs, on Santa Rosa Island; and Seminoles drying
+        fish, near Pensacola, on the Gulf of Florida.
+
+ 355. View of the "Stone Man Medicine," Coteau des Prairies.
+
+    A human figure of some rods in length, made on the top of a high
+    bluff, by laying flat stones on the grass. A great _mystery_ or
+    _medicine_ place of the Sioux.
+
+ 356. Fort Winnebago, on the head of Fox River, an United States
+        outpost.
+
+ 357. Fort Howard, Green Bay, an U. S. outpost.
+
+ 358. Fort Gibson, Arkansas, an U. S. outpost, 700 miles west of
+        Mississippi river.
+
+ 359. The "Short Tower," Wisconsin.
+
+ 360. Passing the "Grand Chute" with bark canoe, Fox River.
+
+ 361. View of Mackinaw, Lake Michigan, an U. S. outpost.
+
+ 362. View in the "Cross Timbers," where General Leavenworth died
+        on the Mexican borders.
+
+ 363. View on Lower Missouri--alluvial banks falling in, with their
+        huge cotton-woods, forming raft and snags, 600 miles above
+        St. Louis.
+
+ 364. View on Upper Missouri--the "Blackbird's Grave."
+
+    Where "Blackbird," Chief of the Omahas, was buried on his favourite
+    war-horse, which was alive; 1100 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 365. View on Upper Missouri--"Blackbird's Grave," a back view;
+        prairies enamelled with wild flowers.
+
+ 366. View on Upper Missouri--"Brick Kilns," volcanic remains, clay
+        bluffs, 200 feet, supporting large masses of red pumice, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 367. View on Upper Missouri--Foot war-party on the march,
+        beautiful prairie--spies and scouts in advance.
+
+ 368. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Bluffs at sunrising, near
+        mouth of Yellow Stone.
+
+ 369. View on Upper Missouri--Mouth of the Platte; its junction
+        with the Missouri, 900 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 370. View on Upper Missouri--Magnificent Clay Bluffs, 1800 miles
+        above St. Louis; stupendous domes and ramparts, resembling
+        some ancient ruins; streak of coal near the water's edge; and
+        my little canoe, with myself and two men, Bogard and B�tiste,
+        descending the river.
+
+ 371. View on Upper Missouri--Cabane's trading-house; Fur Company's
+        establishment: 930 miles above St. Louis, showing a great
+        avalanche of the bluffs.
+
+ 372. View on Upper Missouri--View in the Grand D�tour, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis. Magnificent clay bluffs, with red
+        pumice-stone resting on their tops, and a party of Indians
+        approaching buffalo.
+
+ 373. View on Upper Missouri--Beautiful Grassy Bluffs, 110 miles
+        above St Louis.
+
+ 374. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Meadows burning, and a party
+        of Indians running from it in grass eight or ten feet high.
+
+    These scenes are terrific and hazardous in the extreme when the
+    wind is blowing a gale.
+
+ 375. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Bluffs burning.
+
+ 376. View on Upper Missouri--"Floyd's Grave," where Lewis and
+        Clarke buried Serjeant Floyd thirty-three years since; a
+        cedar post and sign over the grave.
+
+ 377. View on Upper Missouri--Sioux encamped, dressing
+        buffalo-meat, and robes.
+
+ 378. View on Upper Missouri--"The Tower," 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.
+
+ 379. View on upper Missouri--Distant view of the Mandan Village,
+        1800 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 380. View on Upper Missouri--Picturesque Clay Bluff, 1700 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 381. View on Upper Missouri--"Belle Vue"--Indian Agency of Major
+        Dougherty, 870 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 382. View on Upper Missouri--Beautiful Clay Bluffs, 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 383. View on Upper Missouri--Minatarree Village, earth-covered
+        lodges, on Knife River, 1810 miles above St. Louis. B�tiste,
+        Bogard, and myself ferried across the river by an Indian
+        woman, in a skin canoe, and Indians bathing in the stream.
+
+ 384. View on Upper Missouri--Fort Pierre, Mouth of Teton
+        River--Fur Company's trading-post, 1200 miles above St.
+        Louis, with 600 lodges of Sioux Indians encamped about it, in
+        skin lodges.
+
+ 385. View on Upper Missouri--Nishnabottana Bluffs, 1070 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 386. View on Upper Missouri--Riccaree Village, with earth-covered
+        lodges, 1600 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 387. View on Upper Missouri--South side of "Buffalo Island,"
+        showing the beautiful buffalo-bush, with its blue leaves, and
+        bending down with fruit.
+
+ 388. View on Upper Missouri--Mouth of Yellow Stone--Fur Company's
+        Fort, their principal post, 2000 miles above St. Louis, and a
+        large party of Knisteneux encamped about it.
+
+ 389. View on Upper Missouri--the "Iron Bluff," 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis, a beautiful subject for a landscape.
+
+ 390. View on Upper Missouri--View in the "Big Bend," 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis; showing the manner in which the conical
+        bluffs on that river are formed; table-lands in distance,
+        rising several hundred feet above the summit level of the
+        prairie.
+
+ 391. View on Upper Missouri--View in the "Big Bend"--magnificent
+        clay bluffs, with high table-land in the distance.
+
+ 392. View on Upper Missouri--Back view of the Mandan Village,
+        showing their mode of depositing their dead, on scaffolds,
+        enveloped in skins, and of preserving and feeding the skulls;
+        1800 miles above St. Louis. Women feeding the skulls of their
+        relatives with dishes of meat.
+
+ 393. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Buffs, 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.
+
+ 394. View on Upper Missouri--"The Three Domes," 15 miles above
+        Mandans. A singular group of clay bluffs, like immense domes,
+        with skylights.
+
+ 395. View on Upper Missouri--the "Square Hills," 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis.
+
+ 396. View on Upper Missouri--River Bluffs and White Wolves in the
+        foreground.
+
+ 397. View on Upper Missouri--Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, above the
+        Puncahs, 1050 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 398. View on Upper Missouri--Look from Floyd's Grave. 1300 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 399. View on Upper Missouri--River Bluffs, 1320 miles above St.
+        Louis.
+
+ 400. View on Upper Missouri--Buffalo herds crossing the river.
+        B�tiste, Bogard, and I, passing them in our bark canoe, with
+        some danger to our lives. A buffalo scene in their _running
+        season_.
+
+ 401. View on Upper Missouri--Clay Bluffs, 20 miles above the
+        Mandans.
+
+ 402. View on Upper Missouri--Nishnabottana Bluffs.
+
+ 403. View on Upper Missouri--Indians encamping at sunset.
+
+
+                            SPORTING SCENES.
+
+ 404. Buffalo Bull, grazing on the prairie in his native state.
+
+ 405. Buffalo Cow, grazing on the prairie in her native state.
+
+ 406. Wounded Buffalo, strewing his blood over the prairies.
+
+ 407. Dying Buffalo, shot with an arrow, sinking down on his
+        haunches.
+
+ 408. Buffalo Chase--single death; an Indian just drawing his arrow
+        to its head.
+
+ 409. Buffalo Chase--surround; where I saw 300 killed in a few
+        minutes by the Minatarrees, with arrows and lances only.
+
+ 410. Buffalo Chase--numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.
+
+ 411. Buffalo Chase--numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.
+
+ 412. Buffalo Chase--Cow and Calf; the bull protecting by attacking
+        the assailants.
+
+ 413. Buffalo Chase--Bulls making battle with men and horses.
+
+ 414. Buffalo Hunt under the wolf-skin mask.
+
+ 415. Buffalo Chase, Mouth of Yellow Stone; animals dying on the
+        ground passed over; and my man B�tiste swamped in crossing a
+        creek.
+
+ 416. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes.
+
+ 417. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes; killing them
+        for their robes, in great numbers.
+
+ 418. Attack of the Bear (Grisly); Indians attacking with lances on
+        horseback.
+
+ 419. Antelope Shooting--decoyed up.
+
+ 420. Sioux taking Musk-rats, near the St. Peter's; killing them
+        with spears. Women and dogs encamped.
+
+ 421. B�tiste and I, running Buffalo; Mouth of Yellow Stone; a
+        frog's leap.
+
+ 422. "My turn now;" B�tiste and I, and a Buffalo Bull, Upper
+        Missouri.
+
+ 423. Dying Bull in a snow drift.
+
+ 424. Buffalo Bulls fighting, in _running season_, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 425. Buffalo Bulls in their "_wallow_;" origin of the "_fairie
+        circles_" on the prairie.
+
+ 426. Grouse shooting--on the Missouri prairies.
+
+
+                        AMUSEMENTS AND CUSTOMS.
+
+ 427. Ball-play Dance, Choctaw.--Men and women dance around their
+        respective stakes, at intervals, during the night preceding
+        the play--four conjurors sit all night and smoke to the Great
+        Spirit, at the point where the ball is to be started--and
+        stakeholders guard the goods staked.
+
+ 428. Ball-play of the Choctaws--_ball up_--one party painted
+        white; each has two sticks with a web at their ends, in which
+        they catch the ball and throw it--they all have tails of
+        horse-hair or quills attached to their girdles or belts.
+
+    Each party has a limit or bye, beyond which it is their object to
+    force the ball, which, if done, counts them one for game.
+
+ 429. Ball-play--same as 428, excepting that the ball is _down_,
+        which changes the scene.
+
+ 430. Ball-play of the women, Prairie du Chien.--Calicoes and other
+        presents are placed on a pole by the men--the women choose
+        sides and play for them, to the great amusement of the men.
+
+    In this play there are two balls attached to the ends of a string
+    eighteen inches in length: the women have a stick in each hand, on
+    which they catch the string and throw it. #/
+
+ 431. Game of "_Tchung-kee_" of the Mandans, the principal and most
+        valued game of that tribe.
+
+    A beautiful athletic exercise, and one on which they often bet and
+    risk all their personal goods and chattels.
+
+ 432. Horse-Racing, Mandan, on a Race-Course back of the Village,
+        in use on every fair-day.
+
+ 433. Foot-Race, Mandans, on the same ground, and as often run.
+
+ 434. Canoe-Race--Chippeways in Bark Canoes, near the Sault de St.
+        Mary's; an Indian _Regatta_, a thrilling scene.
+
+ 435. Archery of the Mandans.
+
+    The strife is to prove who can get the greatest number of arrows
+    flying in the air at a time, before the first one reaches the
+    ground. The most of these are _portraits_ closely studied from
+    nature. I have seen some of them get eight arrows in the air at one
+    time.
+
+ 436. Dance of the Chiefs, Sioux.
+
+    A very unusual thing, as the dancing is generally left to the young
+    men; given to me expressly as a compliment by the chiefs, that I
+    might make a painting of it.
+
+ 437. Dog Dance, Sioux.
+
+    The dog's liver and heart are taken raw and bleeding, and placed
+    upon a crotch; and, being cut into slips, each man dances up to it,
+    bites off and swallows a piece of it, boasting, at the same time,
+    that he has thus swallowed a piece of the heart of his enemy, whom
+    he has slain in battle.
+
+ 438. Scalp Dance, Sioux--Women in the centre, holding the scalps
+        on poles, and warriors dancing around, brandishing their
+        war-weapons in the most frightful manner, and yelping as loud
+        as they can scream.
+
+ 439. Begging Dance, Sacs and Foxes, danced for the purpose of
+        getting presents from the spectators.
+
+ 440. Buffalo Dance, Mandans, with the mask of the buffalo on.
+
+    Danced to make buffalo come, when they are like to starve for want
+    of food. Song to the Great Spirit, imploring him to send them
+    buffalo, and they will cook the best of it for him.
+
+ 441. Ball-play Dance, Choctaws.
+
+ 442. Dance to the Berdash, Sac and Fox.
+
+    An unaccountable and ludicrous custom amongst the Sacs and Foxes,
+    which admits not of an entire explanation.
+
+ 443. Beggars' Dance, (Sioux,) for presents.
+
+ 444. Dance to the Medicine Bag of the Brave, Sacs and Foxes.
+
+    Warriors returned from battle, with scalps, dance in front of the
+    widow's lodge, whose husband has been killed. They sing to his
+    medicine-bag, which is hung on a bush, and throw presents to the
+    widow.
+
+ 445. Braves' Dance, Boasting, &c., Sioux.
+
+ 446. Green Corn Dance, Minnatarree--Sacrificing the first kettle
+        to the Great Spirit. #/
+
+    Four medicine men, whose bodies are painted with white clay, dance
+    around the kettle until the corn is well boiled; and they then burn
+    it to cinders, as an offering to the Great Spirit. The fire is then
+    destroyed, and _new fire_ created by rubbing two sticks together,
+    with which the corn for their own feast is cooked.
+
+ 447. Bear Dance, Sioux--Preparing for a Bear Hunt--Song to the
+        Great Spirit, praying for success.
+
+ 448. Discovery Dance, Sacs and Foxes--A Pantomime; pretending to
+        discover game, or an enemy.
+
+    A very picturesque and pleasing dance.
+
+ 449. Eagle Dance, Choctaw--Holding the eagle's tail in the hand,
+        and bodies painted white.
+
+    Given in honour of that valiant bird.
+
+ 450. Slave Dance, Sacs and Foxes.
+
+    A society of young men, who volunteer to be slaves for two years,
+    and elect their chief or master; they are then exempt from slavish
+    duties during the remainder of their lives, and are allowed to go
+    on war-parties.
+
+ 451. Snow-shoe Dance, Ojibbeway--danced at the first fall of snow,
+        with snow shoes on the feet.
+
+    Song of thanks to the Great Spirit.
+
+ 452. Brave's Dance, Ojibbeway--bragging and boasting.
+
+ 453. Pipe Dance, Assineboins.
+
+    Each dancer is "_smoked_" by the chief, who sits smoking his pipe,
+    and then _pulled_ up into the dance.
+
+ 454. Straw Dance, Sioux.
+
+    Children made to dance with burning straws tied to their bodies, to
+    make them tough and brave.
+
+ 455. Sham Fight, Mandan Boys--School of practice every morning at
+        sunrise, back of the village--instructed in it by the chiefs
+        and braves.
+
+ 456. Sham Scalp Dance, by the Mandan Boys--danced in the village
+        when they come in, in honour of a sham victory.
+
+ 457. War Dance of the Sioux.
+
+    Each warrior, in turn, jumps through the fire, and then advances
+    shouting and boasting, and taking his oath, as he "strikes the
+    _reddened post_."
+
+ 458. Foot War Party in Council, Mandan.
+
+    Stopping to rest and take a smoke; chief with a war-eagle
+    head-dress on; their shields and weapons lying on the ground behind
+    them.
+
+ 459. Camanchee War Party--the Chief discovering the enemy and
+        urging on his men, at sunrise.
+
+ 460. Religious Ceremony; a Sioux, with splints through his flesh,
+        and his body hanging to a pole, with his medicine-bag in his
+        hand, looks at the sun from its rising to its setting. #/
+
+    A voluntary cruel self-torture, which entitles him to great respect
+    for the remainder of his life, as a _medicine_ or _mystery_ man.
+
+ 461. Dragoons on the March, and a band of Buffalo breaking through
+        their ranks, in Texas, 1835.
+
+ 462. Prairie Dog Village.
+
+    Myriads of these curious little animals sometimes are found in one
+    village, which will extend several miles. The animals are about
+    twice the size of a rat, and not unlike it in appearance and many
+    of their habits. They dig holes in the ground, and the dirt which
+    is thrown up makes a little mound, on which they sit and bark when
+    danger approaches. They feed upon the grass, which is their only
+    food.
+
+ 463. "Smoking Horses," a curious custom of the Sacs and Foxes.
+
+    Foxes, going to war, come to the Sacs, to beg for horses; they sit
+    in a circle and smoke, and the young men ride around them, and
+    cut their shoulders with their whips until the blood runs, then
+    dismount and present a horse.
+
+ 464. Mandans attacking a party of Riccarees, whom they had driven
+        into a ravine, near the Mandan village, where they killed the
+        whole number.
+
+ 465. Chippeways making the portage around the Falls of St.
+        Anthony, with two hundred bark canoes, in 1835.
+
+ 466. Camanchees moving, and Dog Fight--dogs as well as horses drag
+        the lodge-poles with packs upon them.
+
+    These fights generally begin with the dogs, and end in desperate
+    battle; amongst the squaws, to the great amusement of the men.
+
+ 467. White Wolves attacking a Buffalo Bull.
+
+ 468. Ditto, ditto--a parley.
+
+ 469. _My horse "Charley" and I_, at sunrise, near the Neosho, on
+        an extensive prairie, encamping on the grass; my saddle for
+        a pillow, two buffalo-skins for my bed, my gun in my arms;
+        a coffee-pot and tin cup, a fire made of buffalo-dung, and
+        Charley (a Camanchee clay-bank mustang) picketed near me.
+
+    With him alone I crossed the prairie from Fort Gibson, on the
+    Arkansas, to St. Louis, 550 miles.
+
+ 470. _Sioux worshipping at the Red Boulders._ A large boulder and
+        two small ones, bearing some resemblance to a buffalo cow and
+        two calves, painted red by the Indians, and regarded by them
+        with superstitious reverence, near the "Coteau des Prairies."
+
+ 471. _Camanchee Warrior lancing an Osage_, at full speed.
+
+ 472. _Camanchees giving the Arrows to the Medicine Rock._
+
+    A curious superstition of the Camanchees: going to war, they have
+    no faith in their success, unless they pass a celebrated painted
+    rock, where they appease the spirit of war (who resides there), by
+    riding by it at full gallop, and sacrificing their best arrow by
+    throwing it against the side of the ledge.
+
+ 473. _"B�tiste, Bogard, and I" approaching Buffalo_, on the
+        Missouri.
+
+ 474. _Wi-jun-jon (an Assinneboin Chief), going to and returning
+        from Washington._
+
+    This man was taken to that city in 1832, in a beautiful Indian
+    dress, by Major Sanford, the Indian agent, and returned to his
+    country the next spring, in a Colonel's uniform. He lectured a
+    while to his people on the customs of the whites, when he was
+    denounced by them for telling lies, which he had learned of the
+    whites, and was, by his own people, put to death at the mouth of
+    the Yellow Stone.
+
+ 475. "_Butte de Mort_," Upper Missouri, a great burial-place of
+        the Sioux, called by the French "_Butte de Mort_," Hill of
+        Death.
+
+    Regarded by the Indians with great dread and superstition. There
+    are several thousand buffalo and human skulls, perfectly bleached
+    and curiously arranged about it.
+
+ 476. "_Rain-making_," amongst the Mandans, a very curious custom.
+        Medicine-men performing their mysteries inside of the lodge,
+        and young men volunteer to stand upon the lodge from sunrise
+        until sundown, in turn, commanding it to rain.
+
+    Each one has to hazard the disgrace which attaches (when he
+    descends at sundown) to a fruitless attempt; and he who succeeds
+    acquires a lasting reputation as a _Mystery or Medicine man_. _They
+    never fail to make it rain!_ as this ceremony continues from day to
+    day until rain comes.
+
+ 477. "Smoking the Shield." A young warrior, making his shield,
+        invites his friends to a carouse and a feast, who dance
+        around his shield as it is smoking and hardening over a fire
+        built in the ground.
+
+ 478. "_The Thunder's Nest_" (Nid du Tonnerre), and a party of
+        Indians cautiously approaching it, Coteau des Prairies.
+
+    Tradition of the Sioux is that in this little bunch of bushes the
+    thunders are hatched out by quite a small bird, about as large (say
+    their _Medicine-men_, who profess to have seen it) as the end of a
+    man's thumb. She sits on her eggs, and they hatch out in claps of
+    thunder. No one approaches within several rods of the place.
+
+ 479. _Sac and Fox Indians sailing in canoes_, by holding up their
+        blankets.
+
+ 480. _Grand Tournament of the Camanchees_, and a Sham Fight in a
+        large encampment, on the borders of Texas.
+
+ 481. _Bogard, B�tiste, and I, travelling_ through a Missouri
+        bottom, grass ten feet high.
+
+ 482. _Band of Sioux_, moving.
+
+ 483. _Bogard, B�tiste, and I_, descending the Missouri River.
+
+ 484. _Bogard, B�tiste, and I_, eating our breakfast on a pile of
+        drift wood, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 485. _Medicine Buffalo_ of the Sioux, the figure of a buffalo cut
+        out of the turf on the prairie, and visited by the Indians
+        going on a buffalo-hunt.
+
+ 486. _Bogard, B�tiste, and I_, chasing a herd of buffalo in high
+        grass, on a Missouri bottom.
+
+ 487. Feats of Horsemanship.
+
+    Camanchees throwing themselves on the side of their horses, while
+    at full speed, to evade their enemies' arrows--a most wonderful
+    feat.
+
+ 488. Camanchee War Party meeting the Dragoons; and one of their
+        bravest men advancing to shake hands with Colonel Dodge, with
+        a piece of white buffalo-skin on the point of his lance. On
+        the Mexican frontier, 1835.
+
+ 489. An Indian Wedding, Assinneboin--young man making presents to
+        the father of the girl.
+
+ 490. Crow at his Toilette, oiling his long hair with bear's grease.
+
+ 491. Crow Lodge, of twenty-five buffalo-skins, beautifully
+        ornamented.
+
+    This splendid lodge, with all its poles and furniture, was brought
+    from the foot of the Rocky Mountains.
+
+ 492. Pawnee Lodge, thatched with prairie grass, in form of a straw
+        beehive.
+
+ 493. Camanchee Lodge, of buffalo-skins.
+
+ 494. Dog Feast, Sioux; a religious feast.
+
+    Given to Mr. Sanford (Indian agent), Mr. Chouteau, Mr. M'Kenzie,
+    and myself, in a Sioux village, 1400 miles above St. Louis, 1833.
+    The only food was dog's meat, and this is the highest honour they
+    can confer on a stranger.
+
+ 495. An Indian Council, Sioux--Chiefs in profound deliberation.
+
+ 496. Camanchee War Party, mounted on wild horses, armed with
+        shields, bows, and lances.
+
+ 497. Scalping, Sioux; showing the mode of taking the scalp.
+
+ 498. Scalping, Mandans--"Conqueror conquered."
+
+    From a story of the Mandans--took place in front of the Mandan
+    village.
+
+ 499. Wild Horses at Play, Texas, of all colours, like a kennel of
+        hounds.
+
+ 500. Throwing the Laso, with a noose, which falls over the horse's
+        neck.
+
+ 501. Breaking down the Wild Horse, with hobbles on his fore feet,
+        and the laso around his under jaw.
+
+ 502. _A Bird's-Eye View_ of the _Mandan_ Village, 1800 miles above
+        St. Louis, on the west bank of the Missouri River.
+
+    The lodges are covered with earth, and so compactly fixed by long
+    use, that men, women, and children recline and play upon their tops
+    in pleasant weather.
+
+    These lodges vary in size from forty to fifty feet in diameter,
+    and are all of a circular form. The village is protected in front
+    by the river, with a bank forty feet high, and on the back part by
+    a piquet of timber set firmly in the ground. Back of the village,
+    on the prairie, are seen the scaffolds on which their dead bodies
+    are laid to decay, being wrapped in several skins of buffalo, and
+    tightly bandaged.
+
+    In the middle of the village is an open area of 150 feet in
+    diameter, in which their public games and festivals are held. In
+    the centre of that is their "Big Canoe," a curb made of planks,
+    which is an object of religious veneration. Over the Medicine
+    (or mystery) Lodge are seen hanging on the tops of poles several
+    sacrifices to the Great Spirit of blue and black cloth, which have
+    been bought at great prices, and there left to hang and decay.
+
+ 503. The _Interior of a Mandan Lodge_, showing the manner in which
+        it is constructed of poles, and covered with dirt. The Chief
+        is seen smoking his pipe, and his family grouped around him.
+
+    At the head of each warrior's bed is seen a post with his ornaments
+    hanging on it, and also his _buffalo-mask_, which every man _keeps
+    to dance_ the buffalo-dance. Some of these lodges contain thirty or
+    forty persons, and the beds are seen extending around the side of
+    the lodge, all with _sacking bottoms_, made of a buffalo-skin, and
+    the frames of the bed covered with dressed skins.
+
+    *** Reader, the hospitable and friendly Mandans, who were about
+    2000 in number when I was amongst them and painted these pictures,
+    have recently been destroyed by the small-pox. It is a melancholy
+    fact, that only thirty-one were left of the number, and these have
+    been destroyed by their enemy, so that their tribe is extinct, and
+    they hold nowhere an existence on earth.
+
+    Nearly twenty of their portraits can be seen on the walls, and
+    several other paintings of their games and amusements.
+
+
+                      MANDAN RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES.
+
+                              CERTIFICATE.
+
+We hereby certify that we witnessed, in company with Mr. Catlin, in
+the Mandan village, the ceremonies represented in the four paintings
+to which this certificate refers, and that he has therein faithfully
+represented those scenes as we saw them transacted, without any
+addition or exaggeration.
+
+                             J. KIP, Agent Amer. Fur Company.
+                             L. CRAWFORD, Clerk.
+                             ABRAHAM BOGARD.
+
+_Mandan Village, July 20th, 1833._
+
+ 504. Interior View of the _Medicine_ (or _Mystery_) Lodge of
+        Mandans, during the first three days of an _Annual Ceremony_.
+
+    This ceremony continues four days and nights in succession, in
+    commemoration of the subsiding of the _flood_; and also for
+    the purpose of conducting all the young men, as they arrive at
+    manhood, through an ordeal of _voluntary torture_, which, when
+    endured, entitles them to the respect of the chiefs, and also to
+    the privileges of going on war-parties, and gaining reputation in
+    war. The floor and sides of the lodge are ornamented with green
+    willow-boughs. The young men who are to do penance, by being
+    tortured, are seen lying around the sides of the lodge, their
+    bodies covered with clay of different colours, and their respective
+    shields and weapons hanging over their heads. In the middle of the
+    lodge lies the old _Medicine-man_, who has charge of the lodge: he
+    cries to the Great Spirit all the time, and watches these young
+    men, who are here to fast and thirst for four days and nights,
+    preparatory to the torture. Behind him, on the floor, is seen a
+    scalping-knife and a bunch of splints, which are to be passed
+    through the flesh; and over their heads are seen also the cords let
+    down from the top of the lodge, with which they are to be hung up
+    by the flesh.
+
+    On the ground, and in front of the picture, are four sacks
+    (containing several gallons each of water), made of the skin of the
+    buffalo's neck, in form of a large tortoise, lying on its back.
+    These are objects of veneration, and have the appearance of great
+    antiquity.
+
+    By the side of them are two _she-she-quoi_, or rattles, which are
+    used, as well as the others, as a part of the music for the dance
+    in the next picture.
+
+ 505. This picture, which is a continuation of the ceremonies, is
+        a representation of the Buffalo Dance, which they call
+        _Bel-lohck-nah-pick_ (the Bull Dance).
+
+    To the strict observance of which they attribute the coming of
+    Buffalo to supply them with food during the season. This scene is
+    exceedingly grotesque, and takes place several times in each day
+    outside the lodge, and around the curb, or "Big Canoe," whilst the
+    young men still remain in the lodge, as seen in the other picture.
+    For this dance, however, the four sacks of water are brought out
+    and beat upon, and the old _medicine-man_ comes out and leans
+    against the "Big Canoe" with his medicine-pipe in his hand, and
+    cries. The principal actors in this scene are eight men dancing
+    the Buffalo Dance, with the skins of buffalo on them, and a bunch
+    of green willows on their backs. There are many other figures,
+    whose offices are very curious and interesting, but which must be
+    left for my _Lectures_ or _Notes_ to describe. The black figure on
+    the left they call _O-kee-hee de_ (the Evil Spirit), who enters
+    the village from the prairie, alarming the women, who cry for
+    assistance, and are relieved by the old _medicine-man_; and the
+    Evil Spirit is at length disarmed of his lance, which is broken by
+    the women, and he is driven by them in disgrace out of the village.
+    The whole nation are present on this occasion as spectators and
+    actors in these strange scenes.
+
+ 506. Represents what they call Pohk-hong (the Cutting Scene). It
+        shows the inside of the Medicine Lodge, the same as is seen
+        in the first picture (505).
+
+    This is on the fourth day of the ceremonies, in the afternoon.
+    A number of the young men are seen reclining and fasting, as in
+    the first picture; others of them have been operated upon by the
+    torturers, and taken out of the lodge; and others yet are seen in
+    the midst of those horrid cruelties. One is seen smiling whilst the
+    knife and the splints are passing through his flesh. One is seen
+    hanging by the splints run through the flesh on his shoulders, and
+    drawn up by men on the top of the lodge. Another is seen hung up by
+    the pectoral muscles, with four buffalo-skulls attached to splints
+    through the flesh on his arms and legs; and each is turned round by
+    another, with a pole, until he faints, and then he is let down. One
+    is seen as he is lowered to the ground; and another, who has been
+    let down and got strength enough to crawl to the front part of the
+    lodge, where he is offering to the Great Spirit the little finger
+    of the left hand, by laying it on a buffalo-skull, where another
+    chops it off with a hatchet. In the right of the picture are all
+    the chiefs and dignitaries of the tribe looking on.
+
+ 507. Represents what they call the "Last Race."
+
+    After they have all been tortured in the lodge in the above manner,
+    they are led out of it with the weights, buffalo-skulls, &c.
+    hanging to their flesh. Around the "Big Canoe" is a circle of young
+    men formed, who hold a wreath of willow-boughs between them, and
+    run round with all possible violence, yelling as loud as they can.
+
+    The young fellows who have been tortured are then led forward,
+    and each one has two athletic and fresh young men (their bodies
+    singularly painted), who step up to him, one on each side, and
+    take him by a leathern strap, tied round the wrist, and run round,
+    outside of the other circle, with all possible speed, forcing him
+    forward till he faints, and then drag him with his face in the dirt
+    until the weights are all disengaged from him, by tearing the flesh
+    out, when they drop him, and he lies (to all appearance a _corpse_)
+    until the Great Spirit gives him strength to rise and walk home to
+    his lodge.
+
+    In this scene also the _medicine-man_ leans against the "Big Canoe"
+    and cries, and all the nation are spectators. Many pages would be
+    required to give to the world a just description of these strange
+    scenes; and they require to be described minutely in all their
+    parts in order to be fully appreciated and understood. (A full
+    account of these in my _Notes and Letters_.)
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+                            NINE OJIBBEWAYS,
+                      WHO VISITED LONDON IN 1845.
+
+ 508. _Ah-quee-we-zaints_, the Boy Chief; a venerable man of 72
+        years.
+
+ 509. _Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be_, the Driving-Cloud; a war-chief.
+
+ 510. _Wee-nish-ka-wee-be_, the Flying Gull; a medicine-man.
+
+ 511. _Sah-mah_, Tobacco.
+
+ 512. _Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee_, the Moonlight Night.
+
+ 513. _Not-een-a-akm_, the Strong Wind.
+
+ 514. _Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua_; a woman.
+
+ 515. _Nib-nab-ee-qua_; a young girl.
+
+ 516. _Ne-bet-neuh-quat_; a woman.
+
+
+                            FOURTEEN IOWAYS,
+             WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.
+
+ 517. _Mew-hew-she-kaw_, the White Cloud; first Chief of the nation.
+
+ 518. _Neu-mon-ya_, the Walking Rain; War-chief.
+
+ 519. _Se-non-ti-yah_, the Blistered Feet; a medicine-man.
+
+ 520. _Wash-ka-mon-ya_, the Fast Dancer; a warrior.
+
+ 521. _Shon-ta-yi-ga_, the Little Wolf; a famous warrior.
+
+ 522. _No-ho-mun-ya_, One who gives no Attention.
+
+ 523. _Wa-ton-ye_, the Foremost Man.
+
+ 524. _Wa-ta-wee-buck-a-na_, the Commanding General.
+
+
+                                 WOMEN.
+
+ 525. _Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma_, the Strutting Pigeon; wife of White Cloud.
+
+ 526. _Ru-ton-wee-me_, Pigeon on the Wing.
+
+ 527. _O-kee-wee-me_, Female Bear that walks on the Back of another.
+
+ 528. _Koon-za-ya-me_, Female War Eagle.
+
+ 529. _Ta-pa-ta~me_, Wisdom; girl.
+
+ 530. _Corsair_; a pappoose.
+
+
+                           TWELVE OJIBBEWAYS,
+             WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.
+
+ 531. _Maun-gua-daus_, a Great Hero; Chief, 41 years old.
+
+ 532. _Say-say-gon_, the Hail Storm; 31 years old.
+
+ 533. _Kee-che-us-sin_, the Strong Rock; 27 years old.
+
+ 534. _Mush-ee-mong_, King of the Loons; 25 years old.
+
+ 535. _Au-nim-muck-kwa-um_, the Tempest Bird; 20 years old.
+
+ 536. _A-wun-ne-wa-be_, the Bird of Thunder; 19 years old.
+
+ 537. _Wa-bud-dick_, the Elk; 18 years old.
+
+ 538. _Ud-je-jock_, the Pelican; 10 years old.
+
+ 539. _Noo-din-no-kay_, the Furious Storm; 4 years old.
+
+ 540. _Min-nis-sin-noo_, a Brave Warrior; 3 years old.
+
+ 541. _Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway_, the Woman of the Upper
+        World; 38 years old.
+
+ 542. Pappoose, born in Salle Valentino, Paris.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+ 543. _Death of the White Buffalo._ A feat of the Mandan Chiefs.
+
+ 544. _A Sioux War Council._ The Chief Waneton speaking, and asking
+        of the head Chief a war-party to go against the Sacs and
+        Foxes.
+
+ 545. _Battle between the Sioux and Sacs and Foxes._ The Sioux
+        Chief killed and scalped on his horse's back. An historical
+        fact.
+
+ 546. _The Death of Ha-wan-je-tah_, the One Horn; head Chief of the
+        Sioux.
+
+    Having been the accidental cause of the death of his only son, he
+    threw himself in the way of a buffalo-bull. (See Catlin's _Notes_,
+    vol. ii., for a full account.)
+
+ 547. _The Long Speech._
+
+    It is an invariable rule amongst Indians, that while any one speaks
+    in council no one can rise. _See-non-ty-a_ (the Blistered Feet), a
+    great _medicine-man_, made his favourite boast, that when he once
+    rose in an Ioway council of war it happened unfortunately for the
+    council that "he began to speak just as it began to snow."
+
+ 548. _Battle of the Buffalo Bulls._
+
+ 549. _Buffaloes crossing a Ravine in a snow-drift._
+
+ 550. _Buffaloes crossing the Missouri on the ice._
+
+ 551. _Grisly Bears attacking a Buffalo Bull._
+
+ 552. _Indians spearing Salmon at Night by Torchlight._
+
+ 553. _Deer-hunting by Moonlight._
+
+ 554. _Deer-hunting by Torchlight, in bark canoes._
+
+ 555. _War Party attacked in their Camp at Night._
+
+
+                  INDIAN CURIOSITIES AND MANUFACTURES.
+
+Amongst this most extensive and valuable collection of them in
+existence, a few of the most remarkable are
+
+
+                        A CROW LODGE, OR WIGWAM.
+
+A very splendid thing, brought from the foot of the Rocky
+Mountains, twenty-five feet in height, made of buffalo-skins, garnished
+and painted. The poles (thirty in number) of pine, cut in
+the Rocky Mountains, have been long in use, were purchased with
+the lodge, and brought the whole distance. This _wigwam_ stands
+in the middle of the gallery, and will shelter eighty or more
+persons.
+
+_Indian Cradles_, for carrying their pappooses. _Lances_, _Calumets_
+or _Pipes of Peace_, _Ordinary Pipes_, _Tomahawks_, _Scalping
+Knives_, and _Scalps_.
+
+A very full and valuable collection of _Men and Women's Dresses_
+from the different tribes, garnished and fringed with scalp-locks
+from their enemies' heads, _Bows_, _Quivers_, _Spears_, _Shields_, _War-Eagle
+and Raven Head-dresses_, _Necklaces_, _Mocassins_, _Belts_,
+_Pouches_, _War-Clubs_, _Robes_, _Mantles_, _Tobacco-Sacks_, _Wampums_,
+_Whistles_, _Rattles_, _Drums_, _Indian Saddles_, _Masks for their
+Mystery Dances_, _&c. &c._
+
+Amongst the immense collection of Indian curiosities, &c., too
+numerous to be described in the catalogue, there are Skulls from
+different tribes, of very great interest; and particularly several
+from the _Flat-heads_, showing perfectly the character of this unaccountable
+custom, and also the Flat-head cradles, illustrating the
+process by which these artificial distortions are produced.
+
+_Indian Cloths_, _Robes_, &c., manufactured by the Indians from
+the mountain sheep's wool, and from wild dogs' hair, beautifully
+spun, coloured, and woven.
+
+
+                             END OF VOL. I.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Notes
+
+Hyphenation of compound words follows the text. If a hyphenation
+occurred on a line or page break, the most common variant was followed.
+Suspect spellings are noted, but are retained. The modern word 'grizzly'
+is spelled as 'grizly' or 'grisly'.
+
+On p. 273, the numbered list of prints is missing #261.
+
+On p. 291, the asterism (three asterisks forming a triangle) is
+represented simply three asterisks.
+
+The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer's errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.
+
+p.  89 visit[e]rs                                   _sic._
+
+p. 135 nonplused                                    _sic._
+
+p. 161 _chickababbo_                                _sic._
+
+p. 185 [t/T]he wedding in St. Martin's church       Corrected.
+
+p. 195 "Oh, yes, he's here every day[,/.]"          Corrected.
+
+p. 196 The Emperor of Russ[s]ia,                    Removed.
+
+p. 213 tribes of the North American Indians[.]      Added.
+
+p. 217 land[s]capes and other scenes                Removed.
+
+p. 219 presented to us[.]                           Added.
+
+p. 252 opportunit[it]ies                            Removed.
+
+p. 255 Mississip[p]i                                Added.
+       leggins                                      _sic._
+
+p. 276 made of whi[l/t]e horse-hair                 Corrected.
+
+p. 278 delineatio[u/n]s                             Inverted.
+       lik[e]nesses                                 Added.
+
+p. 279 [5/3]28. Rock Island                         Corrected.
+
+p. 283  the ["]Big Bend["]                          Added for
+                                                     consistency.
+
+p. 284  Miss[i]ouri                                 Removed.
+
+p. 290  sp[l]endid                                  Added.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. I (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL I ***
+
+***** This file should be named 44776-8.txt or 44776-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/7/7/44776/
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/44776-8.zip b/old/44776-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d629ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-8.zip
diff --git a/old/44776-h.zip b/old/44776-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2cbc55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h.zip
diff --git a/old/44776-h/44776-h.htm b/old/44776-h/44776-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ed4818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/44776-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,14860 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium: Volume I, by George Catlin: Volume 1: a Project Gutenberg eBook</title>
+    <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 10%;
+    margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.xlarge { font-size: 300%;  }
+.large { font-size: 200%;   }
+.small { font-size: 95%;    }
+.smaller { font-size: 90%;  }
+.smallest { font-size: 70%; }
+.x-small { font-size: 60%;  }
+.bigger { font-size: 120%;  }
+
+.sansserif { font-family: sans-serif; }
+
+.p2       {margin-top: 2em;}
+
+h1,h2, h3 {
+    text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+.hang {
+    font-size: 90%;
+    padding-left: 0.50in;
+    text-indent: -0.25in;
+    text-align: justify;
+    padding-left: 2em;
+    padding-right: 1em; }
+
+.hang2 {
+    padding-left: 0.50in;
+    text-indent: -0.4in;
+    text-align: justify;
+    padding-left: 2em;
+    padding-right: 1em; }
+
+
+.group {
+    padding-left: 0.50in;
+    text-indent: -0.50in;
+    text-align: justify;
+    padding-left: 2em;
+    padding-right: 1em; }
+
+.caption {font-size: 85%; }
+
+a:link { text-decoration: none; }
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .75em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin: 0.75em auto;
+}
+
+.tight { margin-top: 0em;
+         margin-bottom: 0.25em;
+         text-align: center;
+       }
+
+.padleft5  { padding-left: 5%; }
+.padright5 { padding-right: 5%; }
+.padright10 { padding-right: 10%; }
+
+.multiline {display: inline-block; text-align: left; padding-bottom: 0.25em; vertical-align: top;}
+
+.titlepage70  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:70%;}
+.titlepage90  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:90%;}
+.titlepage120  {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; font-size:120%;}
+
+.titlepage    {text-indent: 0em; text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em;}
+
+.fakesc  { font-size: smaller; text-transform: uppercase; }
+
+.signature    { text-align: right; padding-right: 3%; }
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+    clear: both;
+/*    border-color: #CC6633; */
+}
+
+hr.tb   {width: 35%; }
+hr.chap {width: 65%;
+         page-break-before: always; }
+
+.center   { text-align: center; }
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.quote1  {margin-left: 1em; font-size: 95%; }
+.quote2  {margin-left: 2em; font-size: 90%; }
+
+.decoration {
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 0em;
+    margin-bottom: 0em;
+    text-align: center;
+ }
+
+.figcenter   {
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 1em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    text-align: center;
+    }
+
+table {
+    max-width: 40em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+    .pad      {padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em; }
+    .tdr      {text-align: right;}
+    .tdc      {text-align: center; }
+    .bot      {vertical-align: bottom; }
+
+#errata { margin: auto; }
+#errata td { text-align: left; vertical-align: top; }
+
+/* Footnotes */
+.footnotes        { border: dashed 1px; margin-bottom: 5em; }
+
+.footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+
+.footnote .label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+
+.fnanchor {
+    font-size: .8em;
+    text-decoration: none;
+    font-style: normal;
+}
+
+.column-container {
+    clear: both;
+    margin: auto;
+    width:100%;
+}
+
+.column {
+   display: inline-block;
+   text-align: left;
+   vertical-align: top;
+   padding-left: 1em;
+ }
+
+a[title].pagenum { position: absolute; right: 3%; }
+
+a[title].pagenum:after
+{
+    content: attr(title);
+    border: 1px solid silver;
+    display: inline;
+    font-size: x-small;
+    text-align: right;
+    color: #808080;
+    background-color: inherit;
+    font-style: normal;
+    padding: 1px 4px 1px 4px;
+    font-variant: normal;
+    font-weight: normal;
+    text-decoration: none;
+    text-indent: 0;
+    letter-spacing: 0;
+}
+
+/* Poetry */
+.poetry-container { text-align: center; font-size: 85%; }
+.poetry           { display: inline-block; text-align: left; }
+.poetry .line     { margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em; }
+
+.poetry .indent1   { margin-left: 1em; }
+.poetry .indent6   { margin-left: 6em; }
+
+/* Transcriber’s notes */
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+     color: black;
+     font-size:smaller;
+     padding:0.5em;
+     margin-bottom:5em;
+     font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
+
+@media handheld, print
+{
+  div.figcenter {
+    page-break-before: always;
+    page-break-after: always;
+    font-weight: bold;
+    font-size: 90%;
+    margin: auto;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 1em;
+    text-align: center;
+ }
+
+  hr.tb
+   {
+     width: 33%;
+     margin-left: 33%;
+     margin-top: 1em;
+     margin-bottom: 1em;
+   }
+
+  hr.chap
+   {
+     width: 64%;
+     margin-left: 18%;
+     margin-top: 2em;
+     margin-bottom: 2em;
+     page-break-before: always;
+   }
+}
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgi, by George Catlin
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. I (of 2)
+       being Notes of Eight Years' Travels and Residence in Europe
+              with his North American Indian Collection
+
+Author: George Catlin
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2014 [EBook #44776]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL I ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="transnote">
+
+<p class="titlepage90">Transcriber’s Note</p>
+
+<p>Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended.</p>
+
+<p>The few footnotes are repositioned at the end the text, and have been
+re-numbered consecutively (1-12).</p>
+
+<p>Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<p class="titlepage120">CATLIN’S NOTES</p>
+<p class="titlepage70">OF</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE<br />
+                               IN EUROPE</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">WITH HIS<br />
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg" width="200" height="17" alt="" />
+ <p class="tight">VOLUME I.</p>
+ <img src="images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg" width="200" height="17" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <img src="images/i_frontis.jpg" width="640" height="527" alt="frontispiece" />
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<h1>                           ADVENTURES<br />
+
+                                 OF THE<br />
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS<br />
+
+                                   IN<br />
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;</h1>
+
+<p class="titlepage">BEING NOTES OF<br />
+
+              EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE<br />
+
+                                WITH HIS<br />
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">BY GEO. CATLIN.</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage">IN TWO VOLUMES.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage120">VOL. I.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">With numerous Engravings.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><em>THIRD EDITION.</em></p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage70">LONDON:<br />
+
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,<br />
+
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage90">1852.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_v" title="v"></a>
+PREFACE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The reader of this book, being supposed to have read my former work,
+in two volumes, and to have got some account from them, of the
+eight years of my life spent amongst the wild Indians of the “<em>Far
+West</em>,” in the forests of America, knows enough of me by this time
+to begin familiarly upon the subject before us, and to accompany me
+through a brief summary of the scenes of eight years spent amidst the
+civilization and refinements of the “<em>Far East</em>.” After having made an
+exhibition of my Indian Collection for a short time, in the cities of
+New York, Boston, and Philadelphia, in the United States, I crossed
+the Atlantic with it&mdash;not with the fear of losing my scalp, which I
+sometimes entertained when entering the Indian wilderness&mdash;and entirely
+without the expectation of meeting with excitements or novelties enough
+to induce me to commit the sin of writing another book; and the thought
+of doing it would never have entered my head, had not another of those
+untoward accidents, which have directed nearly all the important moves
+of my life, placed in my possession the materials for the following
+pages, which I have thought too curious to be withheld from the world.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_vi" title="vi"></a>
+After I had been more than four years in England, making an exhibition
+of my collection, and endeavouring, by my lectures in various parts
+of the kingdom, to inform the English people of the true character
+and condition of the North American Indians, and to awaken a proper
+sympathy for them, three different parties of Indians made their
+appearance, at different dates, in England, for the purpose of
+exhibiting themselves and their native modes to the enlightened world,
+their conductors and themselves stimulated by the hope of gain by their
+exertions.</p>
+
+<p>These parties successively, on their arrival, (knowing my history
+and views, which I had made known to most of the American tribes,)
+repaired to my Indian Collection, in which they felt themselves at
+home, surrounded as they were by the portraits of their own chiefs and
+braves, and those of their enemies, whom they easily recognised upon
+the walls. They at once chose the middle of my Exhibition Hall as the
+appropriate place for their operations, and myself as the expounder
+of their mysteries and amusements; and, the public seeming so well
+pleased with the fitness of these mutual illustrations, I undertook
+the management of their exhibitions, and conducted the three different
+parties through the countries and scenes described in the following
+pages.</p>
+
+<p>In justice to <em>me</em>, it should here be known to the reader, that I did
+not bring either of these parties to Europe; but, meeting them in the
+country, where they had come avowedly for the purpose of making money,
+(an enterprise as lawful and as unobjectionable, for<a class="pagenum" id="Page_vii" title="vii"></a> aught that I
+can see, at least, as that of an actor upon the boards of a foreign
+stage,) I considered my countenance and aid as calculated to promote
+their views; and I therefore justified myself in the undertaking, as
+some return to them for the hospitality and kindness I had received
+at the hands of the various tribes of Indians I had visited in the
+wildernesses of America.</p>
+
+<p>In putting forth these notes, I sincerely hope that I may give no
+offence to any one, by endeavouring to afford amusement to the reader,
+and to impart useful instruction to those who are curious to learn the
+true character of the Indians, from a literal description of their
+interviews with the fashionable world, and their views and opinions of
+the modes of civilized life.</p>
+
+<p>These scenes have afforded me the most happy opportunity of seeing the
+<em>rest</em> of Indian character (after a residence of eight years amongst
+them in their native countries), and of enabling me to give to the
+world what I was not able to do in my former work, for the want of an
+opportunity of witnessing the effects which the exhibition of all the
+ingenious works of civilized art, and the free intercourse and exchange
+of opinions with the most refined and enlightened society, would have
+upon their untutored minds. The reader will therefore see, that I am
+offering this as <em>another Indian book</em>, and intending it mostly for
+those who have read my former work, and who, I believe, will admit,
+that in it I have advanced much further towards the completion of a
+full delineation of their native character.</p>
+
+<p>I shall doubtless be pardoned for the unavoidable<a class="pagenum" id="Page_viii" title="viii"></a> want of system and
+arrangement that sometimes appears in minuting down the incidents of
+these interviews&mdash;for recording many of the most trivial opinions and
+criticisms of the Indians upon civilized modes, and also the odd and
+amusing (as well as grave) notions of the civilized world, upon Indian
+manners and appearance, which have got into my note-book, and which I
+consider it would be a pity to withhold.</p>
+
+<p>I have occasionally stepped a little out of the way, also, to advance
+my own opinion upon passing scenes and events; drawing occasional
+deductions, by contrasting savage with civilized life (the modes of the
+“Far West” with those of the “Far East”); and, as what I have written,
+I offer as matter of history, without intending to injure any one, I do
+not see why I should ask pardon for any possible offence that may be
+given to the reader, who can only be offended by imagining what never
+was meant.</p>
+
+<p>During the series of lectures which I had been giving in various parts
+of England, and in my own country, wherein I had been contending for
+the moral and religious elevation of the Indian character, many of my
+hearers have believed that I had probably been led to over-estimate
+it, from the fact that I had beheld it in the wilderness, where there
+was nothing better to contrast it with. But I venture to say, that
+hundreds and thousands who read this book, and who became familiar with
+these wild people whilst in the enlightened world, and in the centre
+of fashion, where white man was shaking the poor Indian by the hand,
+and watching for his embarrassment while he was drawing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_ix" title="ix"></a> scintillations
+from him, as the flint draws fire from the steel, will agree with me
+that the North American Indian rises highest in the estimation of his
+fellow-men, when he is by the side of those who have the advantage of
+him by their education, and nothing else.</p>
+
+<p>Contemplated or seen, roaming in his native wilds, with his rude
+weapons, lurking after game or his enemy, he is looked upon by most
+of the world as a sort of wild beast; but when, with all his rudeness
+and wildness, he stands amongst his fellow-men to be scanned in the
+brilliant blaze of the Levée into which he has been suddenly thrown,
+the dignified, the undaunted (and even courteous) gentleman, he there
+gains his strongest admirers, and the most fastidious are willing to
+assign him a high place in the scale of human beings.</p>
+
+<p>Into many such positions were these three parties of the denizens of
+the American forest thrown, during their visits to the capitals and
+provincial towns of England, Scotland, Ireland, France, and Belgium;
+and as I was by their side, their interpreter, at the hospitable
+boards, the Soirées and Levées to which they were invited by the
+gentry, the nobility, and crowned heads of the three kingdoms, I
+consider it due to them, and no injustice to the world, to record the
+scenes and anecdotes I have witnessed in those hospitable and friendly
+efforts of enlightened and religious people, to elicit the true native
+feelings of, and to commune with, their benighted fellow-men.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">The Author.</span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xi" title="xi"></a>
+CONTENTS OF VOL. 1.</h2>
+
+
+<table summary="toc">
+<colgroup>
+ <col width="90%" />
+ <col width="10%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr><td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER I.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839&mdash;Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins&mdash;Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean&mdash;A ship dismasted and in
+      distress&mdash;The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved&mdash;The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog&mdash;“My
+      man Daniel”&mdash;Sailor’s nose taken off by grizly bear&mdash;Dr.
+      Madden&mdash;Terrible gale&mdash;Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears&mdash;Alarm on deck&mdash;“Bears out of their cage”&mdash;Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches&mdash;A <em>supposed</em> bear enters
+      the cabin!&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;The explanation&mdash;The gale
+      subsides&mdash;Amusing mistake&mdash;The Author in the steerage&mdash;Two
+      eccentric characters&mdash;Arrival in Liverpool</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot">Page <a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER II.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Howling of the grizly Bears&mdash;Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks&mdash;Scuffle for luggage&mdash;Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel&mdash;Landing the grizly bears&mdash;Author’s journey to
+      London&mdash;Ibbotson’s Hotel&mdash;First sally into the streets&mdash;First
+      impressions of London&mdash;Adventure in the fog and mud&mdash;Amusing
+      occurrence in the street&mdash;Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets&mdash;Ingenious mode of begging&mdash;Rich shops&mdash;No pigs
+      in the streets&mdash;Soot and smoke of London&mdash;Author returns
+      to Liverpool&mdash;Daniel’s trouble with the bears&mdash;Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly bears through the
+      Customs&mdash;Arrival in London with Collection and bears&mdash;Daniel
+      in difficulty&mdash;Howling of bears passing through the
+      Tunnel&mdash;The “King of New York,” and “King Jefferson”</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_12">12</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER III.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Letters of introduction&mdash;Driving a friend’s horse and
+      chaise&mdash;Amusing accidents&mdash;English driving&mdash;“Turn to the
+      <em>right</em>, as the law directs”&mdash;A turn to the <em>left</em>&mdash;A fresh
+      difficulty&mdash;Egyptian Hall&mdash;Lease for three years&mdash;Arrangement
+      of Collection&mdash;Bears sold and removed to Regent’s Park
+      Zoological Gardens&mdash;Their fates</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_28">28</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xii" title="xii"></a>CHAPTER IV.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition&mdash;Description of
+      it&mdash;The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray&mdash;Collection opened to
+      private view&mdash;Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Distinguished
+      visitors&mdash;Mr. Murray’s explanations&mdash;Kind reception by the
+      Public and the Press&mdash;Kind friends&mdash;Fatigue of explaining
+      and answering questions&mdash;Curious remedy proposed by a
+      friend&mdash;Pleasures and pains of a friendly and fashionable
+      dinner</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_34">34</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER V.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Author’s illness from overtalking in his Collection&mdash;Daniel’s
+      illness from the same cause&mdash;Character of Daniel&mdash;His
+      labour-saving plan for answering one hundred questions&mdash;His
+      disappointment&mdash;Daniel travels to Ireland for his
+      health&mdash;Author prepares to publish his Notes of Travel
+      amongst the Indians&mdash;John Murray (publisher)&mdash;His reasons
+      for not publishing the Author’s work&mdash;His friendly
+      advice&mdash;Author’s book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Illustrious subscribers&mdash;Thomas Moore&mdash;Critical notices
+      in London papers</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_45">45</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER VI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author’s wife and two children arrive in the
+      British Queen, from New York&mdash;First appreciation of
+      London&mdash;Sight-seeing&mdash;Author lectures in the Royal
+      Institution&mdash;Suggests a <em>Museum of Mankind</em>&mdash;Great
+      applause&mdash;Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution&mdash;The “<em>Museum of History</em>”&mdash;Author lectures
+      in the other literary and scientific institutions of
+      London&mdash;Author dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and
+      with the Royal Geological Society&mdash;Mrs. Catlin’s travels in
+      the “Far West”&mdash;Her welcome, and kind friends in London</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_60">60</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER VII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society&mdash;The Duke of
+      Richmond presides&mdash;His Grace’s compliment to the Author
+      and his country&mdash;Sir David Wilkie&mdash;His compliment to the
+      Author&mdash;Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the
+      Caledonian Ball (Almack’s) in Indian costumes&mdash;Their
+      rehearsal&mdash;Dressing and painting&mdash;Entering the ball&mdash;Alarm
+      of ladies&mdash;Mr. Murray’s infinite amusement (<em>incognito</em>)
+      amongst his friends&mdash;War-dance and war-whoops&mdash;Great
+      applause&mdash;Bouquets of flowers&mdash;Scalp-dance&mdash;Brooches
+      and bracelets presented to the chiefs&mdash;Trinkets
+      returned&mdash;Perspiration carries off the paint, and Mr. Murray
+      recognised&mdash;Amusement of his friends&mdash;The “Indians” return
+      to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning&mdash;Their amusing
+      appearance</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xiii" title="xiii"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest
+      visit the Collection&mdash;His Royal Highness the (little)
+      Duc de Brabant visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr.
+      Murray&mdash;The Author presents him an Indian pipe and pair of
+      mocassins&mdash;Visit of His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to
+      the Collection&mdash;His noble sympathy for the Indians&mdash;He smokes
+      an Indian pipe under the wigwam&mdash;The Author takes breakfast
+      with the Duke of Sussex in Kensington Palace&mdash;The Duke’s
+      dress and appearance&mdash;John Hunter, the Indian traveller&mdash;The
+      Duke’s inquiries about him&mdash;Monsieur Duponceau&mdash;Visit to
+      the Bank of England&mdash;To Buckingham Palace&mdash;To Windsor
+      Castle&mdash;Author visits the Polish Ball with several friends in
+      Indian costumes</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_79">79</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER IX.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms&mdash;Daniel’s
+      difficulty with an artist making copies&mdash;Takes his
+      sketch-book from him&mdash;Tableaux vivans commenced&mdash;List of the
+      groups&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the
+      Due de Brabant&mdash;The Author presented to Her Majesty and His
+      Royal Highness Prince Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Indian
+      Collection removed to Liverpool&mdash;Biennial exhibition of
+      Mechanics’ Institution&mdash;22,000 children admitted free to the
+      Indian Collection in one week&mdash;The Indian tableaux vivans in
+      the provincial towns for six months&mdash;Collection opened in
+      Sheffield&mdash;In Manchester&mdash;Nine Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in
+      charge of Mr. Rankin&mdash;His proposal to the Author</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER X.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians&mdash;The Author
+      pays them a visit&mdash;Is recognised by them&mdash;Arrangement
+      with Mr. Rankin&mdash;Crowds around their hotel&mdash;First visit
+      of the Ojibbeways to the Author’s Collection&mdash;Their
+      surprise&mdash;Council held under the wigwam&mdash;Indians agree to
+      drink no spirituous liquors&mdash;The old Chiefs speech to the
+      Author&mdash;Names of the Indians&mdash;Their portraits&mdash;Description of
+      each&mdash;Cadotte, the interpreter</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_103">103</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall&mdash;They refuse
+      wine&mdash;Distress of the kind and accommodating
+      landlord&mdash;Indians’ first <em>drive</em> about the town of
+      Manchester&mdash;Their curious remarks&mdash;Saw some white people
+      drunk&mdash;Many women holding on to men’s arms and apparently
+      not sick&mdash;Saw much smoke&mdash;Vast many poor people&mdash;Indians
+      commence dancing in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_xiv" title="xiv"></a> the Author’s Collection&mdash;Effects of the
+      war-dance and war-whoop upon the audience&mdash;Various amusements
+      of the evening&mdash;A rich present to the old Boy-Chief&mdash;And
+      his speech&mdash;Numerous presents made&mdash;Immense crowd and
+      excitement&mdash;Indians visit a great woollen-factory&mdash;Casts
+      made from their heads by a phrenologist&mdash;Visit to Orrell’s
+      cotton-mill at Stockport&mdash;Their opinions of it&mdash;The party
+      kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and lady</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_111">111</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Indians on the housetops&mdash;Great alarm&mdash;Curious excitement&mdash;People
+      proposing to “take them” with ropes&mdash;Railway to London&mdash;The
+      “Iron-horse”&mdash;“The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink”&mdash;Arrive in London&mdash;Alarm of the landlady&mdash;Visit from
+      the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Interview with His Royal Highness the
+      Duke of Cambridge&mdash;Old Chief’s speech&mdash;War-dance&mdash;The Duke
+      gives them ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco&mdash;Indians
+      ride about the city in an “omnibus and four”&mdash;Remarks on what
+      they saw&mdash;The smoke&mdash;“Prairies on fire”&mdash;Lascars sweeping
+      the streets&mdash;Visit from the Reverend Mr. S.&mdash;Impatience to
+      see the Queen&mdash;Great medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty’s
+      consent&mdash;Curious ceremony&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray’s letter comes
+      in&mdash;The Queen’s appointment to see them&mdash;Great rejoicing</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_123">123</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XIII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen&mdash;Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter&mdash;Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert&mdash;Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;The waiting-room&mdash;The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery&mdash;Their reception&mdash;Introductions and
+      conversations&mdash;Indians give the war-dance&mdash;A smoke&mdash;The
+      old Chief’s speech to the Queen&mdash;Pipe-dance&mdash;Her
+      Majesty and the Prince retire&mdash;Indians at a feast
+      in the waiting-room&mdash;Drinking the Queen’s health in
+      Champagne&mdash;Indians call it “<em>Chickabobboo</em>”&mdash;Story of
+      <em>Chickabobboo</em>, and great amusement&mdash;Indians return
+      to London&mdash;Evening-gossip about the Queen and her
+      <em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;First evening of the Indians in Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Alarm&mdash;Tremendous applause&mdash;Old
+      Chiefs speech&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray’s letter to the old Chief,
+      enclosing £20 from the Queen and other presents&mdash;Speech of
+      the War-chief&mdash;Pipe-dance&mdash;Shaking hands&mdash;Curious questions
+      by the audience&mdash;Ale allowed to the Indians at dinner and
+      after supper&mdash;Their rejoicing&mdash;They call it <em>Chickabobboo</em></td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_134">134</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XIV.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash; and friend visit the Indians again&mdash;A day
+      appointed for a <em>talk</em> about religion&mdash;Indians go to
+      the Thames Tunnel&mdash;Give the medicine-dance (wabeno)
+      under it&mdash;Kind treatment there, and <em>Chickabobboo</em><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xv" title="xv"></a>&mdash;The
+      exhibition&mdash;Egyptian Hall&mdash;Debate about the propriety of the
+      Indians dancing to make money&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;Woman screaming
+      and lifted on to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards
+      called the “<em>jolly fat</em> dame”)&mdash;She gives Cadotte a
+      beautiful bracelet&mdash;Her admiration of Cadotte&mdash;Evening
+      gossip after their exhibition&mdash;The amusements of the
+      evening and sights of the day&mdash;A clergyman asks an
+      interview with the Indians and gets offended&mdash;Exhibition
+      rooms at night&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” in full
+      dress&mdash;She talks with Cadotte&mdash;Indians meet the Rev. Mr.
+      S&mdash;&mdash; and friend by appointment&mdash;Old Chief’s speech to
+      them&mdash;Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee’s speech&mdash;Reverend gentlemen thank
+      them and take leave</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_150">150</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XV.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Exhibition rooms&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Her
+      interview with Cadotte&mdash;She gives presents to all the
+      Indians&mdash;Excitement in the crowd&mdash;Women kissing the
+      Indians&mdash;Red paint on their faces and dresses&mdash;Old
+      Chief’s dream and feast of thanksgiving&mdash;An annual
+      ceremony&mdash;Curious forms observed&mdash;Indians invited to
+      the St. George’s archery-ground&mdash;They shoot for a gold
+      medal&mdash;They dine with the members of the club&mdash;The “jolly
+      fat dame” and Cadotte&mdash;She takes him to his lodgings in her
+      carriage&mdash;Cadotte (or the “Strong-wind”) gets sick&mdash;Is in
+      love with another!&mdash;Daniel unfolds the secret to her&mdash;Her
+      distress&mdash;She goes to the country&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”
+      returns&mdash;Cadotte’s engagement to marry&mdash;Rankin promotes the
+      marriage&mdash;The Author disapproves of it</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_167">167</a></td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">CHAPTER XVI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="hang">
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns&mdash;Exhibition advertised to close&mdash;the wedding in
+      St. Martin’s church&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Its object&mdash;Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses&mdash;Rankin advertises
+      “the beautiful and interesting bride” to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians’ exhibitions&mdash;Public disgust and
+      indignation&mdash;Condemned by the Press&mdash;Rankin begins his
+      exhibition&mdash;Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians’ rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service&mdash;Rankin leaves London
+      with the Indians&mdash;Author getting out his large work&mdash;The
+      Indian portfolio&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” makes a visit to
+      Daniel in the exhibition rooms&mdash;A long dialogue&mdash;Illustrious
+      subscribers to the Author’s large work&mdash;Emperor of Russia
+      and Duke of Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor&mdash;The
+      Emperor presents the Author a gold box&mdash;Author takes out a
+      patent for “disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save
+      lives on vessels sinking or burning at sea”</td>
+ <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_185">185</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_xvi" title="xvi"></a>APPENDIX&mdash;A.</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>Opinions of the Press</td>
+     <td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_205">205</a></td></tr>
+ <tr><td class="tdc pad" colspan="2">APPENDIX&mdash;B.</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>Museum of History</td><td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_246">246</a></td></tr>
+ <tr><td>A Descriptive Catalogue of Catlin’s Indian Collection</td><td class="tdr bot"><a href="#Page_248">248</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p class="titlepage">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_1" title="1"></a>
+CATLIN’S NOTES IN EUROPE,<br />
+                             <em>&amp;c. &amp;c.</em></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly Bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839&mdash;Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins&mdash;Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean&mdash;A ship dismasted and in
+      distress&mdash;The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved&mdash;The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog&mdash;“My
+      man Daniel”&mdash;Sailor’s nose taken off by grizly bear&mdash;Dr.
+      Madden&mdash;Terrible gale&mdash;Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears&mdash;Alarm on deck&mdash;“Bears out of their cage”&mdash;Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches&mdash;A <em>supposed</em> Bear enters
+      the cabin!&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;The explanation&mdash;The gale
+      subsides&mdash;Amusing mistake&mdash;The Author in the steerage&mdash;Two
+      eccentric characters&mdash;Arrival in Liverpool.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>In the fall of the year 1839 I embarked at New York on board of the
+packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins, for Liverpool, with my Indian
+collection; having received a very friendly letter of advice from
+the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray, master of Her Majesty’s household, who had
+formerly been a fellow-traveller with me on the Mississippi and other
+rivers in America; and who, on his return to London, had kindly made
+a conditional arrangement for my collection in the Egyptian Hall, in
+Piccadilly.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George Adlard, an Englishman, residing in the city of New York, had
+also exerted a friendly influence for me in procuring an order from
+the Lords of Her Majesty’s Treasury for passing my collection into the
+kingdom free from the customary duties; and under these auspices I was
+launched upon the wide ocean, with eight tons freight, consisting of
+600 portraits and other paintings which I had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_2" title="2"></a> made in my sojourn of
+eight years in the prairies and Rocky Mountains of America&mdash;several
+thousands of Indian articles, costumes, weapons, &amp;c., with all of which
+I intended to convey to the English people an accurate account of the
+appearance and condition of the North American tribes of Indians.<a href="#Footnote_1" id="FNanchor_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p>
+
+<p>On board also, as a part of my heavy collection, and as a further
+illustration of the rude inhabitants of the “<em>Far West</em>” I had, in
+a huge iron cage, two <em>grizly bears</em>, from the Rocky Mountains;
+forming not only the heaviest and most awkward part of my freight, but
+altogether the most troublesome, as will be seen hereafter.</p>
+
+<p>The wind was kind to us, and soon drove us across the Atlantic, without
+more than an incident or two worth recording, which I had minuted
+down as follows:&mdash;About the middle of the ocean, and in the midst
+of a four or five days’ heavy gale, we came suddenly upon a ship,
+partly dismasted, with signals of distress flying, and water-logged,
+rolling about at the mercy of the merciless waves. We rounded-to with
+great danger to our own craft, and, during the early part of the
+night, succeeded, with much difficulty, in taking off the captain
+and crew of twenty-eight men, just before she went down. This was a
+common occurrence, however, and needs no further notice, other than
+of a feature or two which struck me as new. When the poor, jaded,
+and water-soaked fellows were all safely landed on the deck of our
+vessel, they laid down upon their faces and devoutly thanked God for
+their deliverance; and last of all that was lifted on board from their
+jolly-boat was their keg of rum, the only thing which they had brought
+with them when they deserted the ship. “This,” good Captain Collins
+said, “you will not want now, my boys,” and he cast it into the sea.</p>
+
+<p>Captain James, a bland and good-natured Scotsman,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_3" title="3"></a> commander of the
+Scotia, the unfortunate vessel, was invited by Captain Collins to the
+cabin of the Roscius, and into his state-room, where he was soon put
+into a suit of dry and warm clothes, and afterwards seated at the
+table; where, suddenly, a sullen resistance to food, and contemplative
+tears rolling over his cheeks, showed his rough shell to contain a
+heart that was worthy of the fondest affections of a dear wife and
+sweet little ones&mdash;none of which was he blessed with, if I recollect
+aright. But when his grief found utterance, he exclaimed, “My God! I
+have left my poor dog tied to the mast of my old craft. There he is,
+poor fellow! When we took to the jolly-boat I never thought of my poor
+Pompey!”</p>
+
+<p>The briny tears seemed to burn this veteran’s hardened features as they
+ran over his cheeks; and hunger and fatigue, and all gave way to them
+and grief, until sleep had dried them up, and taken the edge from his
+anguished mind.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, his recital of the affectionate deeds of the life of
+his faithful dog, “who had made eighteen voyages across the Atlantic
+with him, and who would always indicate land a-head by his nose sooner
+than the sailors could discern it from the mast-head&mdash;whom he had,
+in kindness, lashed to the mast for his safety, and in carelessness
+abandoned to his unavoidable fate,” brought tears of pity in my own
+eyes. Poor man! he often wept for his faithful dog&mdash;and I as often
+wept for him, on our way from the middle of the ocean to Liverpool. We
+were, at this time, still in the midst of the terrible gale, which was
+increasing in its fury, and had already become quite too much for the
+tastes and the stomachs of the <em>grizlies</em>&mdash;a few words more of whom
+must go into this chapter.</p>
+
+<p>These two awkward voyageurs from the base of the Rocky Mountains, which
+I had reared from cubs, and fed for more than four years&mdash;for whose
+roughness in clawing and “chawing” I had paid for half a dozen cages
+which they had demolished and escaped from, and the prices of as many
+dogs “used up” in retaking them, had now grown to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_4" title="4"></a> enormous size
+of eight or ten hundred pounds each; requiring a cage of iron so large
+that it could not be packed amongst the ship’s cargo below, but must
+needs occupy a considerable space on the deck, in the form and size
+somewhat of a small house.</p>
+
+<p>The front of this cage was formed of huge iron bars, kindly indulging
+the bruins to amuse themselves with a peep at what was progressing
+on deck, whilst it afforded the sailors and steerage passengers
+the amusement of looking and commenting upon the physiognomy and
+manœuvres of these rude specimens from the wilderness of America.
+This huge cage, with its inmates, had ridden into and partly through
+the gale with us, when the bears became subjects of more violent
+interest and excitement than we had as yet anticipated or could
+have wished. What had taken (and was taking) place amongst the sick
+and frightened group of passengers during this roaring, whistling,
+thrashing, and dashing gale, was common-place, and has been a thousand
+times described; but the sea-sickness, and rage, and fury of these
+two grizly denizens of the deep ravines and rocky crags of the Rocky
+Mountains, were subjects as fresh as they were frightful and appalling
+to the terrified crew and passengers who were about them, and therefore
+deserve a passing comment.</p>
+
+<p>The immediate guardian of these animals was a faithful man by the name
+of Daniel Kavanagh, who had for several years been in my employment
+as curator of my collection, and designed to accompany me in my tour
+through England. This man has occupied a conspicuous place in my
+affairs in Europe, and much will be said of him in the following pages,
+and the familiar and brief cognomen of “Daniel” or “Dan” applied to
+him. On embarking with this man and his troublesome pets at New York, I
+had fully explained to Captain Collins their ferocious, and deceitful,
+and intractable nature, who had consequently issued his orders to all
+of his crew and to the steerage passengers not to venture within their
+reach, or to trifle with them. Notwithstanding<a class="pagenum" id="Page_5" title="5"></a> all this precaution,
+curiosity, that beautiful trait of human nature, which often becomes
+irresistible in long voyages, and able to turn the claws of the Devil
+himself into the soft and tapering fingers of a Venus or a Daphne,
+got the better of the idle hours of the sailors, who were amusing
+themselves and the passengers, in front of the iron bars, by believing
+that they were wearing off by a sort of charm the rough asperities of
+their grizly and grim passengers by shaking their paws, and squaring
+and fending off the awkward sweeps occasionally made at them by the
+huge paw of the <em>she</em> bear, which she could effectually make by lying
+down and running her right arm quite out between the iron bars. On one
+of these (now grown to be amusing) occasions, one of the sailors was
+“squared off” before the cage, inviting her grizly majesty to a sort
+of set-to, when she (seemingly aware of the nature of the challenge)
+gradually extended her arm and her huge paw a little and a little
+further out of her cage, with her eyes capriciously closed until it was
+out to its fullest extent, when she made a side-lick at his head, and
+an exceedingly awkward one for the sailor to parry. It was lucky for
+him, poor fellow, that he partly dodged it; though as her paw passed
+in front of his face, one of her claws carried away entirely his nose,
+leaving it fallen down and hanging over his mouth, suspended merely by
+a small piece of skin or gristle, by which alone he could claim it.</p>
+
+<p>Here was a sudden check to the familiarity with the bears; the results
+of which were, a renewal of the orders of non-intercourse from Captain
+Collins, and a marked coolness between the sailors and steerage
+passengers and the grizlies during the remainder of the voyage.</p>
+
+<p>The sailor was committed to the care of Dr. Madden, in the cabin, the
+distinguished traveller in Africa and the West Indies, and now one of
+our esteemed fellow-passengers, who skilfully replaced and arranged his
+nose with stitches and splints, and attended to it during the voyage.
+The poor fellow continued to swear vengeance on the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_6" title="6"></a> bears when they
+should reach the land; but I believe that when they were landed in
+Liverpool, his nose was not sufficiently secure to favour his design.
+This unlucky affair had happened some days previous to the gale which I
+have begun to describe; and with the unsociable and cold reserve with
+which they were subsequently treated by all on board (visited only at
+stated periods by their old, but not yet confiding friend Daniel, who
+brought them their daily allowance), they had, as I have mentioned,
+become partakers and sufferers with us in the pangs and fears of the
+hurricane that was sweeping over the vessel and the sea about us.</p>
+
+<p>The third day of the gale became the most alarming, and the night of
+that day closing in upon us, seemed like the gloomy shroud amidst
+the hurrying winds and the cracking spars, that was to cover us in
+death. Until this day, though swinging (and now and then jumping) from
+mountains to mountains of waves, the ship and the elements mingled
+our fears with amusement. When, however, this day’s light was gone,
+curiosity’s feast was finished, and fear was no longer chained under
+our feet&mdash;we had reached the climax of danger, and terror seemed to
+have seized and reigned through every part of the ship. The bears, in
+contemplative or other vein, had been mute; but at this gloomy hour,
+seeming to have lost all patience, added, at first their piteous
+howlings, and then their horrid growls, to the whistling of the winds;
+and next, the gnashing of their teeth, and their furious lurches, and
+bolts, and blows against the sides of their cage, to the cracking of
+spars and roaring of the tempest! Curiosity again, in desperate minds,
+was resuscitated, and taking in its insatiable draughts even in the
+midst of this jarring and discordant medley of darkness&mdash;of dashing
+foam, of cracking masts, and of howlings and growlings and raging of
+grizly bears; for when the lightnings flashed, men (and even women)
+were seen crawling and hanging about the deck, as if to see if they
+could discover the death that was ready with his weapons drawn to
+destroy them.</p>
+
+<p>The captain had twenty times ordered all below, but to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_7" title="7"></a> no purpose,
+until in the indiscriminate confusion of his crew and the passengers,
+in the jet blackness of the gale, when his ship was in danger, and our
+lives, his trumpet announced that “the bears were on deck!”</p>
+
+<p>“Good God!” was exclaimed and echoed from one end of the ship’s deck to
+the other; “the grizly bears are out! down with the hatches&mdash;down the
+hatches!” The scrambling that here took place to reach the cabins below
+can only be justly known to each actor who performed his part in his
+own way; and of these there were many. Some descended headlong, some
+sidewise, and others rolled down; and every one with a ghastly glance
+back upon the one behind him, as a grizly bear, of course, that was to
+begin his “chawing” the next moment.</p>
+
+<p>When the scrambling was all over, and the hatches all safe, all in the
+cabin were obliged to smile for a moment, even in the midst of the
+alarm, at the queer position and manœuvres of a plump little Irish
+woman who had slipped down the wrong hatchway by accident, and left her
+“other half” to spend a night of celibacy, and of awful forebodings,
+in the steerage, where she would have gone, but to which her own
+discretion as well as the united voices of the cabin passengers decided
+her not to attempt to make her way over the deck during the night.</p>
+
+<p>The passengers, both fore and aft, were now all snugly housed for
+the rest of the night, and the captain’s smothered voice through his
+trumpet, to his hands aloft, and the stamping of the men on deck, while
+handling the ropes and shifting the sails, were all caught by our open
+ears, and at once construed into assaults and dreadful conflicts with
+the grizly bears on deck.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of these conjectures some one of the passengers screamed
+and sprang from near the stairway entering the cabin, when it was
+discovered, to the thrilling amazement of all, that one of the bears
+had pawed open the hatchway, and was descending into the cabin! The
+ladies’ salon, beyond the cabin, was the refuge to which the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_8" title="8"></a> instant
+rush was making, when the always good and musical sound of the
+captain’s voice was recognized. “Why! you don’t think I’m a grizly
+bear, do you?” The good fellow! he didn’t intend to frighten anybody.
+He had just raised the hatch and came down to get a little breath and
+a “drop to drink.” He is as unlike to a grizly bear as any one else in
+the world, both in looks and in disposition; but he happened to have on
+for the occasion a black oil-cloth hood or cap, which was tied under
+the chin; and a jacket covered with long fur on the outside, making his
+figure (which was of goodly size, and which just filled the gangway),
+with a little of the lively imagination belonging to such moments, look
+the counterpart of a grizly bear. “Where’s Catlin?” said he; “damn the
+bears!” “Are they out?” cried the passengers all together. “Out?&mdash;yes;
+they have eaten one man already, and another was knocked overboard
+with a handspike; he was mistaken for one of the bears. We are all in
+a mess on deck&mdash;it’s so dark we can’t see each other&mdash;the men are all
+aloft in the rigging. Steward! give me a glass of brandy-and-water&mdash;the
+ship must be managed, and I must go on deck. Keep close below here, and
+keep the hatches down, for the bruins are sick of the scene, and pawing
+about for a burrow in the ground, and will have the hatches up in a
+moment if you don’t look to them. Where’s Catlin?” “We don’t know,” was
+the reply from many mouths; “he is not in the cabin.”</p>
+
+<p>“Will, here, Misther Captain, yer honour, I’ll till ye,” said a poor
+fellow, who in the general fright and flight had tumbled himself by
+accident into the cabin, and observed sullen silence until the present
+moment;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_9" title="9"></a> “I’ll jist till ye&mdash;I saw Misther Cathlin (I sippose he’s the
+jintleman that owns the bastes) and his mon Dan (for I’ve known Dan for
+these many a long year in ould Amiriky, and I now he has chargin o’ the
+bears on board); I saw the two, God bliss them, when the bastes was
+about gettin their hinder parts out of the cage, stannin on the side
+jisth before ’em, Misther Cathlin with his double-barrel gun, and his
+mon Dan pointin at ’em in the face, with a pistol in each hand; and
+this was jist whin I heard they were outh, and I jimped down here jist
+in the wrong place, as I am after observin when it is too late, and I
+hope there is no offence to your honour.”</p>
+
+<p>“Catlin’s gone then,” said the captain; “he is swallowed!”</p>
+
+<p>The captain was at his post again, the hatches closed, and in the midst
+of dozing, and praying, and singing (and occasionally the hideous
+howlings of the grizlies whenever a wave made a breach over the deck
+of the vessel) was passed away that night of alarm and despair, until
+the rays of the morning’s sun having chased away the mist and assuaged
+the fury of the storm, had brought all hands together on the deck, and
+in the midst of them the cheerful face of our good captain; and in
+their huge cage, which had been driven from one side of the deck to the
+other, but now adjusted, sitting upon their haunches, with the most
+jaded and humiliating looks imaginable, as they gazed between their
+iron bars, their two grizly majesties, who had hurt nobody during the
+night, nor in all probability had meditated anything worse or more
+sinful than an escape, if possible, from the imprisonment and danger
+they considered themselves unfortunately in.</p>
+
+<p>In the general alarm and scramble on deck in the forepart of the night,
+the total darkness having been such that it was impossible to tell
+whether the bears were out of their cage or not, and quite impossible
+to make one’s way to the quarter-deck, unaccustomed to the shapes of
+things to be passed over, “Misther Cathlin” had dropped himself into
+the steerage as the nearest refuge, just before the hatch was fastened
+down for the night. Any place, and anything under deck at that time,
+was acceptable; and even at so perilous a moment, and amidst such
+alarming apprehensions, I drew a fund of amusement from the scenes
+and conversations around me. The circumstance of sixty passengers,
+men, women, and children, being stowed into so small a compass, and
+to so familiar an acquaintance, would have been alone, and under
+different circumstances, a subject of curious<a class="pagenum" id="Page_10" title="10"></a> interest for a stranger
+so suddenly to be introduced to; but to be dropped into the midst of
+such a group in the middle of the night, in the thickest of a raging
+tempest, and the hour of danger, when some were in bed&mdash;some upon their
+knees at their prayers&mdash;others making the most of the few remaining
+drops of brandy they had brought with them, and others were playing at
+cards and enjoying their jokes, and all together just rescued from the
+jaws and the claws of the bears over their heads, was one of no common
+occurrence, and worthy at least of a few passing remarks.</p>
+
+<p>The wailings of the poor fellow whose wife had got into the cabin were
+incessant, and not much inferior to the howlings of the grizlies on
+deck. She had been put into my berth, and I had had the privilege of
+“turning in” with her disconsolate husband, if I had seen fit to have
+done so, or if his writhings and contortions had not taken up full
+twice the space allotted to him. It was known and told to him by some
+of his comrades, that they saw his wife go into the cabin, and that she
+was safe. “Yis,” said he, “but I’m unasy, I’m not asy about her, d’ye
+see; I don’t fale asy as she’s there, God knows where, along with those
+jintlemen.”</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the passengers in this part of the vessel I at once found
+myself alongside of at least two very eccentric characters. The one, I
+afterwards learned, was familiarly called by the passengers “the little
+Irishman in black,” and the other “the half-Englishman, or broken-down
+swell.”</p>
+
+<p>The first of these two eccentrics was a squatty little gentleman of
+about four feet nine inches elevation, and between two and three feet
+breadth of beam, with a wrinkled face and excessively sharp features.
+To be all in black he showed no signs of a shirt, though he was
+decently clad, but in black from head to foot, being in mourning, as
+he said, for “his son who had emigratin to Amiriky fifteen years sin,
+and livin there jist long enough to become a <em>native</em>, had died and
+leaven of a fortin, which he had been over to sittle up and receivin,
+with which he was recrossin the ocean to his native country.” He
+said he wished to be rispec<a class="pagenum" id="Page_11" title="11"></a>table and dacent, havin received 12,000
+dollars; and as he thought the dacent thing was in “payin,” now-a-days,
+he had paid for a berth in the cabin, but preferred to ride in the
+steerage. He made and found much amusement in that part of the vessel
+with his congenial spirits, and seemed peculiarly happy in the close
+communication with the other oddity of the steerage, whom I have said
+the passengers called the half-Englishman, or broken-down swell, who,
+I learned from my man Daniel, had laid in three barrels of old English
+porter, in bottles, when leaving the city of New York, and the last of
+which they were now opening and making the whole company merry with,
+as a sort of thanksgiving on their lucky escape from the grizly bears,
+who they firmly believed held possession of everything on the vessel
+outside of the hatchway.</p>
+
+<p>This eccentric and droll, but good-natured gentleman, with the aid of
+porter made much amusement in the steerage, even in the hour of alarm;
+and though I did not at that time know his calibre, or exactly what to
+make of him, I afterwards learned that he was an English cockney who
+had been on a tour through the States, and was now on his way back to
+his fatherland. He had many amusing notions and anecdotes to relate of
+the Yankees, and in his good-natured mellowness told a very good one of
+himself, much to the amusement of the Yankees on board, and the little
+Irishman in black, and my man Daniel. He said that “the greatest luxury
+he found in New York were the hoisters, and much as he liked them he
+had eaten them for two years before he had learned whether they were
+spelled with a haitch or a ho.” Much valuable time would be lost to the
+reader if I were to chain him down to the rest of the incidents that
+happened between the middle of the ocean and Liverpool; and I meet him
+there at the beginning of my next chapter.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_12" title="12"></a>
+CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Howling of the grizly Bears&mdash;Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks&mdash;Scuffle for luggage&mdash;Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel&mdash;Landing the grizly Bears&mdash;Author’s journey to
+      London&mdash;Ibbotson’s Hotel&mdash;First sally into the streets&mdash;First
+      impressions of London&mdash;Adventure in the fog and mud&mdash;Amusing
+      occurrence in the street&mdash;Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets&mdash;Ingenious mode of begging&mdash;Rich shops&mdash;No pigs
+      in the streets&mdash;Soot and smoke of London&mdash;Author returns
+      to Liverpool&mdash;Daniel’s trouble with the Bears&mdash;Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly Bears through the
+      Customs&mdash;Arrival in London with Collection and Bears&mdash;Daniel
+      in difficulty&mdash;Howling of Bears passing through the
+      Tunnel&mdash;The “King of New York,” and “King Jefferson.”</p>
+
+
+<p>On nearing the docks at Liverpool, not only all the passengers of the
+ship, but all the inhabitants of the hills and dales about, and the
+shores, were apprised of our approach to the harbour by the bellowing
+and howling of the grizlies, who were undoubtedly excited to this sort
+of <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">Te Deum</em> for their safe deliverance and approach to <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">terra firma</em>,
+which they had got a sight (and probably a smell) of.</p>
+
+<p>The arrival of the Roscius on that occasion was of course a conspicuous
+one, and well announced; and we entered the dock amidst an unusual
+uproar and crowd of spectators. After the usual manner, the passengers
+were soon ashore, and our luggage examined, leaving freight and grizly
+bears on board, to be removed the next morning. From the moment of
+landing on the wharf to the Custom-house, and from that to the hotel
+where I took lodgings, I was obliged to “fend off,” almost with foot
+and with fist, the ragamuffins who beset me on every side; and in
+front, in the rear, and on the right and the left, assailed me with
+importunities to be allowed to carry my luggage. In the medley of
+voices and confusion I could scarcely tell myself to which of these<a class="pagenum" id="Page_13" title="13"></a>
+poor fellows I had committed my boxes; and no doubt this (to them)
+delightful confusion and uncertainty encouraged a number of them to
+keep close company with my luggage until it arrived at the Grecian
+Hotel. When it was all safely landed in the hall, I asked the lad who
+stood foremost and had brought my luggage in his cart, how much was to
+pay for bringing it up? “Ho, Sir, hi leaves it to your generosity, Sir,
+has you are a gentleman, Sir; hit’s been a werry eavy load, Sir.”</p>
+
+<p>I was somewhat amused with the simple fellow’s careless and easy
+manner, and handed him eighteen pence, thinking it a reasonable
+compensation for bringing two small trunks and a carpet-bag; but
+he instantly assumed a different aspect, and refused to take the
+money, saying that no gentleman would think of giving him less than
+half-a-crown for such a load as he had brought. I soon settled with and
+dismissed him by giving him two shillings; and as he departed, and I
+was about entering the coffee-room, another of his ragged fraternity
+touched my elbow, when I asked him what he wanted. “Wo, Sir, your
+luggage there&mdash;” “But I have paid for my luggage&mdash;I paid the man you
+see going out there.” “Yes, Sir; but then you sees, hi elped im put
+it hon; hand I elped im along with it, hand it’s werry ard, Sir, hif
+Ise not to be paid has well as im.” I paid the poor fellow a sixpence
+for his ingenuity; and as he left, a third one stepped up, of whom I
+inquired, “What do <em>you</em> want?” “Why, Sir, your luggage, you know,
+there&mdash;I am very sorry, Sir, to see you pay that worthless rascal
+what’s just going out there&mdash;I am indeed sorry, Sir&mdash;he did nothing,
+but was hol the time hin our way&mdash;hit urts me, Sir, to see a gentleman
+throw is money away upon sich vagabonds, for it’s hundoubtedly ard
+earned, like the few shillings we poor fellows get.” “Well, my good
+fellow, what do you want of me?” “Ho, Sir, hit’s honly for the cart,
+Sir&mdash;you will settle with me for the cart, Sir, hif you please&mdash;that
+first chap you paid ad my cart, hand I’ll be bound you ave paid im
+twice has much has you hought.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_14" title="14"></a>” “Well, to make short,” said I, “here,
+take this sixpence for your cart, and be off.” I was thus brief, for I
+saw two or three others edging and siding up in the passage towards me,
+whom I recollected to have seen escorting my luggage, and I retreated
+into the coffee-room as suddenly as possible, and stated the case to
+one of the waiters, who promised to manage the rest of the affair.</p>
+
+<p>I was thus very comfortable for the night, having no further annoyance
+or real excitement until the next morning after breakfast, when it
+became necessary to disembark the grizly bears. My other heavy freight
+had gone to Her Majesty’s Custom-house, and all the passengers from
+the cabin and steerage had gone to comfortable quarters, leaving the
+two deck passengers, the grizlies, in great impatience, and as yet
+undisposed of. My man Daniel had been on the move at an early hour, and
+had fortunately made an arrangement with a simple and unsuspecting old
+lady in the absence of her “good man,” to allow the cage to be placed
+in a small yard adjoining her house, and within the same inclosure,
+which had a substantial pavement of round stones.</p>
+
+<p>This arrangement for a few days promised to be an advantageous one for
+each party. Daniel was to have free access and egress for the purpose
+of giving them their food, and the price proposed to the good woman was
+met as a liberal reward for the reception of any living beings that
+she could imagine, however large, that could come within her idea of
+the dimensions of a cage. Daniel had told her that they were two huge
+bears; and in his reply to inquiries, assured her that they were not
+harmless by any means, but that the enormous strength of their cage
+prevented them from doing any mischief.</p>
+
+<p>The kind old lady agreed, for so much per day, to allow the cage to
+stand in her yard, by the side of her house, at least until her husband
+returned. With much excitement and some growling about the docks and
+the wharf, they were swung off from the vessel, and, being placed on a
+“float,” were conveyed to, and quietly lodged and fed in,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_15" title="15"></a> the retired
+yard of the good woman, when the gate was shut, and they fell into a
+long and profound sleep.</p>
+
+<p>The grizly bears being thus comfortably and safely quartered in the
+immediate charge of my man Daniel, who had taken an apartment near
+them, and my collection being lodged in the Custom-house, I started by
+the railway for London to effect the necessary arrangements for their
+next move. I had rested in and left Liverpool in the midst of rain, and
+fog, and mud, and seen little else of it; and on my way to London I
+saw little or nothing of the beautiful country I was passing through,
+travelling the whole distance in the night. The luxurious carriage in
+which I was seated, however, braced up and embraced on all sides by
+deep cushions; the grandeur of the immense stations I was occasionally
+passing under; the elegance and comfort of the cafés and restaurants I
+was stumbling into with half-sealed eyes, with hundreds of others in
+the middle of the night, with the fat, and rotund, and ruddy appearance
+of the night-capped fellow-travellers around me, impressed me at once
+with the conviction that I was in the midst of a world of comforts and
+luxuries that had been long studied and refined upon.</p>
+
+<p>I opened my eyes at daylight at the terminus in the City of London,
+but could see little of it, as I was driven to Ibbotson’s Hotel, in
+Vere-street, through one of the dense fogs peculiar to the metropolis
+and to the season of the year in which I had entered it. To a foreigner
+entering London at that season, the first striking impression is the
+blackness and gloom that everywhere shrouds all that is about him. It
+is in his hotel&mdash;in his bed-chamber&mdash;his dining-room, and if he sallies
+out into the street it is there even worse; and added to it dampness,
+and fog, and mud, all of which, together, are strong inducements for
+him to return to his lodgings, and adopt them as comfortable, and as a
+luxury.</p>
+
+<p>I am speaking now of the elements which the Almighty alone can control,
+and which only we strangers first see, as the surface of things, when
+we enter a foreign land, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_16" title="16"></a> before our letters of introduction, or
+the kind invitations of strangers, have led us into the participation
+of the hospitable and refined comforts prepared and enjoyed by the
+ingenuity of enlightened man, within. These I soon found were all
+around me, in the midst of this gloom; and a deep sense of gratitude
+will often induce me to allude to them again in the future pages of
+this work.</p>
+
+<p>My breakfast and a clean face were the first necessary things
+accomplished at my hotel, and next to them was my first sally into
+the streets of the great metropolis, to inhale the pleasure of first
+impressions, and in my rambles to get a glance at the outer walls
+and the position of the famous Egyptian Hall, which I have already
+said my kind friend the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray had conditionally secured,
+as the locale of my future operations. It is quite unnecessary,
+and quite impossible also, for me to describe the route I pursued
+through the mud and the fog in search of the Hall. Its direction had
+been pointed out to me at my start, and something like the distance
+explained, which, to an accustomed woodsman like myself, seemed a
+better guarantee of success than the names of a dozen streets and
+turnings, &amp;c.; and I had “leaned off” on the point of compass, as
+I thought, without any light of the sun to keep me to my bearings,
+until I thought myself near its vicinity, and at a proper position to
+make some inquiry for its whereabouts. I ran against a young man at
+the moment (or, rather, he ran against me, as he darted across the
+street to the pavement, with a black bag under his arm), whom I felt
+fully at liberty to accost; and to my inquiry for the Egyptian Hall,
+he very civilly and kindly directed me in the following manner, with
+his hand pointing down the street in the opposite direction to the one
+in which I was travelling:&mdash;“Go to the <em>bottom</em>, d’ye see, sir, and
+you are at the <em>top</em>, of Piccadilly; you then pass the third turning
+to the left, and you will see the hexibition of the uge hox; that hox
+is in the Hegyptian All, and ee <em>his</em> a wapper, sure enough!” By this
+kind fellow’s graphic direction I was soon in the Hall, got a glance
+of it and “the fat ox,” and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_17" title="17"></a> then commenced my first peregrination,
+amidst the mazes of fog and mud, through the Strand, Fleet-street,
+and Cheapside; the names of which had rung in my ears from my early
+boyhood, and which the sort of charm they had wrought there had created
+an impatient desire to see.</p>
+
+<p>I succeeded quite well in wending my way down the Haymarket, the
+Strand, and Fleet-street, slipping and sliding through the mud, until I
+was in front or in the rear (I could not tell which) of the noble St.
+Paul’s, whose black and gloomy walls, at the apparent risk of breaking
+my neck, I could follow up with my eye, until they were lost in the
+murky cloud of fog that floated around them. I walked quite round it,
+by which I became duly impressed with its magnitude below, necessarily
+leaving my conjectures as to its elevation, for future observations
+through a clearer atmosphere.</p>
+
+<p>I then commenced to retrace my steps, when a slight tap upon my
+shoulder brought me around to look upon a droll and quizzical-looking
+fellow, who very obsequiously proceeded (as he pointed to the collar
+of my cloak, the lining of which, it seems, had got a little exposed),
+“The lining of your cloak, sir; hit don’t look very well for a
+gentleman, sir; hexcuse me, hif you please, sir.” “Certainly,” said
+I; “I am much obliged to you,” as I adjusted it and passed on. In my
+jogging along for some distance after this rencontre, and while my
+eyes were intent upon the mud, where I was selecting the places for
+my footsteps, I observed a figure that was keeping me close company
+by my side, and, on taking a fairer look at him, found the same droll
+character still at my elbow, when I turned around and inquired of him,
+“What now?” “Ho, sir, your cloak, you know, sir; hit didn’t look well,
+for a gentleman like you, sir. Your pardon, sir; ha sixpence, hif you
+please, sir.” I stopped and gave the poor fellow a sixpence for his
+ingenuity, and jogged on.</p>
+
+<p>The sagacity of this stratager in rags had detected the foreigner or
+stranger in me at first sight, as I learned in a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_18" title="18"></a> few moments, in
+the following amusing way. I had proceeded but a few rods from the
+place where I had given him his sixpence and parted company with him,
+when, crossing an intersecting street, I was met by a pitiable object
+hobbling on one leg, and the other twisted around his hip, in an
+unnatural way, with a broom in one hand, and the other extended towards
+me in the most beseeching manner, and his face drawn into a triangular
+shape, as he was bitterly weeping. I saw the poor fellow’s occupation
+was that of sweeping the crossing under my feet, and a sixpence that
+I slipped into his hand so relaxed the muscles of his face, by this
+time, that I at once recognised in him the adjuster of the lining of my
+cloak; but I had no remedy, and no other emotion, at the instant, than
+that of amusement, with some admiration of his adroitness, and again
+passed on.</p>
+
+<p>Casting my eyes before me I observed another poor fellow, at the
+crossing of another street, plying his broom to the mud very nimbly (or
+rather passing it over, just above the top of the mud), whilst his eye
+was fixed intently upon me, whom he had no doubt seen patronizing the
+lad whom I had passed. I dodged this poor fellow by crossing the street
+to the right, and as I approached the opposite pavement I fell into the
+hands of a young woman in rags, who placed herself before me in the
+most beseeching attitude, holding on her arm a half-clad and sickly
+babe, which she was pinching on one of its legs to make it cry, whilst
+she supplicated me for aid. I listened to her pitiable lamentations a
+moment, and in reproaching her for her cruelty in exposing the life of
+her little infant for the purpose of extorting alms, I asked her why
+she did not make her husband take care of her and her child? “Oh, my
+kind sir,” said she, “I give you my honour I’ve got no husband; I have
+no good opinion of those husbands.” “Then I am glad you have informed
+me,” said I; “you belong to a class of women whom I will not give to.”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_19" title="19"></a>
+“Oh, but, kind sir, you mistake me; I am not a bad woman&mdash;I am <em>not</em>
+a bad woman&mdash;I assure you! I am a decent woman, and God knows it:
+the child is not mine; it is only one that I hires, and I’s obliged
+to pay eighteen pence a day for it; which is as true as God’s holy
+writ; that’s what it is.” “Then,” said I, “you are a wretch, to keep
+that innocent little thing here in the cold; and, instead of alms, you
+deserve to be handed over to the police.” She gave me many hard names
+as I was stepping into a cab which I had beckoned up and directed to
+drive me to Ibbotson’s Hotel, in Vere-street.</p>
+
+<p>“Where, sir?” asked the cab-driver as he mounted his seat. “Vy, sir,
+didn’t you ear the gentleman?” said a man with a large bronze medal
+hanging on his breast, who had one hand on the door; “drive im to
+Hibbotson’s Otel, Were-street, Hoxford-street.” “Who are you?” said I,
+as we were moving off, and he held the door open with one hand and his
+hat raised with the other; “what do you want?”</p>
+
+<p>“I’m the vaterman, sir; you’ll recollect the vaterman?” “Yes, I’ll
+not forget you in a long time.” So I shut the door without giving the
+poor man his ha’penny, not knowing the usual custom yet, and too much
+pressed for time to learn it at that moment.
+
+I observed, in passing several equestrian and other statues in the
+streets, that they were all black; which seemed curious; and also,
+in every street, I saw what was new to me, and not to be seen in
+the streets of the American cities&mdash;meat-shops and fishmongers
+indiscriminately mingled along the same side-walks with dry
+goods&mdash;hosiers, china, and hardware&mdash;and fancy shops; and also
+performed the whole route, outward and homeward, without having seen
+a solitary pig ploughing the gutters, as we too familiarly meet them
+in many of the American cities, though the gutters, much of the way,
+would seem to have offered a tolerably rich field for their geological
+researches.</p>
+
+<p>I met with evidences enough, however, that I was not out of the land of
+pigs, though they were not seen promenading or ploughing the streets.
+I passed several shops, all open in front, where poor piggies were
+displayed in a much less<a class="pagenum" id="Page_20" title="20"></a> independent way&mdash;hanging by their hind legs
+at full length, and the blood dripping from their noses upon the
+sills of the shops and pavements, to amuse the eyes of the silken and
+dazzling throng that was squeezing and brushing along by them; and
+whilst I easily decided which was the most cruel to the poor brutes, I
+was much at a loss to decide which mode was calculated to be the most
+shocking to the nerves that would be weak enough to be offended by
+either.</p>
+
+<p>I was thus at the end of my first day’s rambles in London, without at
+present recollecting any other occurrences worthy of note, excepting
+a little annoyance I had felt by discovering with my left eye, while
+walking in the street, something like a small black spot on the side
+of my nose, which, by endeavouring many times to remove by the brush
+of my hand across it, I had evidently greatly enlarged, and which,
+when I returned, I examined and found to have been at first, in all
+probability, a speck of soot which had alighted there, and by passing
+my hand over it had, as in other instances, on other parts of my face,
+mashed it down and given it somewhat the shape and tail of a comet, or
+the train of a falling star, though differing materially in brilliancy
+and colour.</p>
+
+<p>I used the rest of this gloomy day in obtaining from the Lords of
+the Treasury the proper order for passing my collection through the
+Customs, which has been before mentioned, arranging my letters of
+credit, &amp;c., and returned by the evening’s train to Liverpool, to join
+my collection again, and Daniel and the grizly bears.</p>
+
+<p>On my return to that city I found poor Daniel in a sad dilemma with
+the old lady about the bears, and the whole neighbourhood under a high
+excitement, and in great alarm for their safety. The bears had been
+landed in the briefest manner possible; exempted from the usual course
+that almost everything else takes through the Queen’s warehouse; and,
+though relieved from the taxes of the customs, I soon found that I had
+duties of a different character accumulating that required my attention
+in another quarter. The agreement made by the old lady with<a class="pagenum" id="Page_21" title="21"></a> Daniel to
+keep them in her yard for so much per day, and for as long a time as he
+required, had been based upon the express and very judicious condition
+that they were to do no harm. From the moment of their landing they
+had kept up an almost incessant howling, so Rocky-Mountain-ish and so
+totally unlike any attempts at music ever heard in the country before,
+that it attracted a crowd night and day about the old lady’s door, that
+almost defeated all attempts at ingress and egress. A little vanity,
+however, which she still possessed, enabled her to put up with the
+inconvenience, which she was turning to good account, and counting
+good luck, until it was ascertained, to her great amazement as well as
+alarm, that the bears were passing their huge paws out of the cage,
+between the iron bars, and lifting up the round stones of her pavement
+for the pleasure of once more getting their nails into the dirt, their
+favourite element, and which they had for a long time lost sight of.</p>
+
+<p>In their unceasing pursuit of this amusement, by night and by day,
+they had made a sad metamorphosis of the old lady’s pavement, as, with
+the strength of their united paws, they had drawn the cage around to
+different parts of the yard, totally unpaving as they went along. At
+the time of the poor old lady’s bitterest and most vehement complaint,
+they were making their move in the direction of her humble tenement,
+the walls of which were exceedingly slight; and her alarm became
+insupportable. The ignorant crowd outside of the inclosure, who could
+get but a partial view of their operations now and then, had formed
+the most marvellous ideas of these monsters, from the report current
+amongst them that they were eating the paving-stones; and had taken the
+most decided and well-founded alarm from the fact that the bears had
+actually hurled some of the paving-stones quite over the wall amongst
+their heads, which were calling back an increased shower of stones and
+other missiles, adding fresh rage and fears to the growling of the
+bears, which altogether was threatening results of a more disastrous
+kind.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_22" title="22"></a>In this state of affairs I was very justly appealed to by the old lady
+for redress and a remedy, for it was quite evident that the condition
+of her agreement with Daniel had been broken, as the bears were now
+decidedly doing much harm to her premises; destroying all her rest,
+and (as she said) “her appetite and her right mind;” and I agreed
+that it was my duty, as soon as possible, to comply with her urgent
+request that they should be removed. She insisted on its being done
+that day, as “it was quite impossible to pass another night in her
+own bed, when there was such howling and groaning and grunting in
+her yard, by the side of her house.” Daniel took my directions and
+immediately went through the town in search of other quarters for
+them, and was to attend to their moving whilst I was to spend the day
+in the Custom-house, attending to the examination of my collection of
+600 paintings and many thousand Indian costumes, weapons and other
+curiosities, which were to be closely inspected and inventoried, for
+duties.</p>
+
+<p>Immersed in this mystery of difficulties and vexations at the customs
+during the day, I had lost sight of Daniel and his pets until I was
+free at night, when I was assailed with a more doleful tale than ever
+about the bears. Troubles were gathering on all sides. Poor Daniel
+had positively arranged in several places for them, but when “their
+characters were asked from their last places,” he met defeat in every
+case, and was obliged to meet, at last, the increased plaints of his
+old landlady, whose rage and ranting were now quite beyond control.
+She had made complaint to the police, of whom a <em>posse</em> had been sent
+to see to their removal. Daniel in the mean time had dodged them, and
+was smiling amidst the crowd at the amusing idea of their laying hold
+of them, or of even going into the yard to them. The police reported
+on the utter impossibility of removing them to any other part of the
+town, their “character” having been so thoroughly published already to
+all parts; and it was advised, to the utter discomfiture of the old
+lady, that it would be best for them to remain<a class="pagenum" id="Page_23" title="23"></a> there until they should
+be removed to London, and that I should pay for all damages. The poor
+old lady afterwards had a final interview with Daniel in the crowd,
+when she very judiciously resolved that if the bears did not move, <em>she
+must</em>&mdash;which she did that night, and placed Daniel in her bed, as the
+guardian of her property and of his pets, until the third or fourth
+day afterwards, when they were moved to the railway, and by it (night
+and day, catching what glimpses they could of the country they were
+serenading with their howls and growls as they passed through it under
+their tarpaulin) they were conveyed to the great metropolis.</p>
+
+<p>Owing to the multiplicity of articles to be examined and inventoried
+in the customs, and the great embarrassment of the clerics in writing
+down their Indian names, my labours were protracted there to much
+tediousness; but when all was brought to a close by their proposing,
+most judiciously, to count the number of curiosities instead of wasting
+paper and time and paralysing my jaws by pronouncing half a dozen times
+over, and syllable by syllable, their Indian names, my collection of
+eight tons weight was all on the road and soon at the Euston station in
+London, where we again recognised the mournful cries of the grizlies,
+who had arrived the night before.</p>
+
+<p>On arriving at the station, I found Daniel at a small inn in the
+vicinity, where he seemed highly excited by some unpleasant altercation
+he had had with the landlord and inmates of the house, growing out of
+national and political prejudices, which had most probably been too
+strongly advanced on both sides. Daniel had suddenly raised a great
+excitement in the neighbourhood by his arrival with the grizly bears,
+whose occasional howlings had attracted crowds of people, curious to
+know the nature of the strange arrival; and all inquirers about the
+station being referred to their keeper, who was at the inn, brought
+Daniel and his patience into notoriety at once.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel (<a href="#Plate_2"><em>Plate No. 2</em></a>) is an Irishman, who emigrated<a class="pagenum" id="Page_24" title="24"></a> to the United
+States some twenty years since, and, by dint of his industry and hard
+labour, had met with success in acquiring an humble independence, and
+had formed the most undoubted attachment to the Government and its
+institutions; and, from his reading, and conversation with the world,
+had informed himself tolerably well in political matters, which he was
+always ready to discuss; and being rather of a hasty and irascible
+temperament, he often got into debates of that nature, that led him
+into danger of unpleasant results. It was in the midst of one of
+these that I found him at the inn, surrounded by at least a hundred
+labouring men and idlers from the streets, who had been drawn around
+him at first, as I have said, to get some information of the bears,
+but who had changed their theme, and were now besieging him on all
+sides, to combat him on some political dogma he had advanced relative
+to his favourite and adopted country, the United States; or to taunt
+him with slaunts at his native country, all of which, with his native
+wit, he was ready to meet with ability, until, as he afterwards told
+me, “they were showered upon him so rapidly, and from so many quarters
+at once, that it became quite impossible to answer them, and that the
+stupid ignorance and impertinence of some of them had worn out all
+his patience, and irritated him to that degree, that I must excuse
+him for the excitement I had found him under when I arrived.” With
+much difficulty I rescued him from the crowd that had enclosed him,
+and, retiring to a private room, after matters of business had been
+arranged, he gave me the following account of the difficulties he had
+just been in, and of the incidents of his journey from Liverpool to
+London with the bears.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_2"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_024fp.jpg" width="500" height="663" alt="Plate 2: Daniel" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 2.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>At Liverpool he had had great difficulty in getting permission to
+travel by the luggage train, to keep company with the bears, the
+necessity of which he urged in vain, until he represented that, unless
+he was with them to feed them, their howlings and other terrific noises
+and ravings would frighten their hands all out of the stations, and
+even add probabilities to their breaking loose from the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_25" title="25"></a> cage in
+which they were confined, to feed upon the human flesh around them, and
+of which they were peculiarly fond. Upon these representations, he was
+allowed the privilege of a narrow space, to stand or to sit, in the
+corner of one of the luggage-trains, and thus bore the bears company
+all the way.</p>
+
+<p>When they entered the first tunnel on their way, they raised a hideous
+howl, which they continued until they were through it, which might
+have been from a feeling of pleasure, recognizing in it something of
+the character of the delightful gloominess of their own subterranean
+abodes; or their outcries might have been from a feeling of dread or
+fear from those narrow and damp caverns, too much for their delicate
+tastes and constitutions. This, however, is matter for the bears to
+decide. At Birmingham, where they rested on the truck for the greater
+part of a day, their notification to the town had called vast crowds
+of spectators around them; and though their tarpaulin prevented them
+from being seen, many, very many, drew marvellous accounts of them
+from one another, and from the flying reports which had reached them
+several days before from Liverpool, of “two huge monsters imported from
+the Rocky Mountains, that had scales like alligators, with long spears
+of real flint at the ends of their tails; that they made nothing of
+eating paving-stones when they were hungry, and that in Liverpool they
+had escaped, and were travelling to the north, and demolishing all the
+inhabitants of Lancashire as they went along,” &amp;c. Their occasional
+howls and growls, with, once in a while, a momentary display of one
+of their huge paws, exhibited from under the tarpaulin, riveted the
+conviction of the gaping multitude as to the terror and danger of these
+animals, while it put at rest all apprehensions as to their being at
+large and overrunning the country. Poor Daniel had to stand between
+the crowd and his pets, to save them from the peltings and insults
+of the crowd, and at the same time, to muster every talent he had at
+natural history, to answer the strange queries and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_26" title="26"></a> theories that were
+raised about them. He was assailed on every side with questions as
+to the appearance and habits of the animals, and at last, about “the
+other animals,” as they called them, “running on two legs, in America;”
+for many of them, from his representations, had come fresh from the
+coal-pits and factories, with ideas that Americans were a sort of
+savages, and that savages, they had understood, were “a sort of wild
+beastises, and living on raw meat.” These conjectures and queries were
+answered amusingly for them, by Daniel; and, after he had a little
+enlightened them by the information he gave them, their conversation
+took a sort of political turn, which, I have before said, he was prone
+to run into; and thus, luckily, the time was whiled away, without any
+<em>set-to</em> to bother the bears and himself, which he had seen evidently
+preparing, until the whistle announced them and him on their way again
+for the metropolis.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning he found himself and the bears safe landed at the
+terminus in London, where I have already said that I found him and
+released him from a medley of difficulties he had worked himself into.</p>
+
+<p>The keeper of the inn had himself been the first to provoke poor
+Daniel, but when he found it for his interest, and advised a different
+course, he endeavoured to turn his criticisms into good nature, and
+had taken sides with him. Daniel, very amusingly however, describes
+his remarks as so excessively ignorant, that they excited his mirth
+more than anger, and he repeated several of them in the following
+manner:&mdash;He first provoked Daniel by inquiring “who his master was,
+and where he was at that time.” Daniel replied to him, somewhat to his
+surprise, “I have no master, Sir; I live in a country, thank God, where
+we are our own masters. My ‘boss’ (if you will have it that way) is a
+Mr. Catlin, who I expect here in a few hours.” Finding that Daniel and
+the bears were from America, of which country he had heard some vague
+accounts, he very innocently enquired who was the King in America at
+that time, apologizing, that by the treacherousness of his memory he<a class="pagenum" id="Page_27" title="27"></a>
+had lost the run of them. Daniel told him that they had no king in
+America. He then said “he well recollected when the old fellow died,
+but he had equally forgotten the name of the Queen; he recollected to
+have read of the King of New York.” Daniel soon put his recollection
+right, and in doing so had given umbrage to the poor man, which led to
+the long and excited political debate with which I found Daniel so much
+exasperated when I arrived.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel had, in the beginning of this affair, explained to the
+bystanders around him the difference between a King and a President,
+and then had provoked his landlord by amusingly and pleasantly
+repeating the anecdote of “King Jefferson” (which is current in
+America) in reply to his questions about the “King of New York;” and in
+the following manner:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“During the presidency of Thomas Jefferson, who lived in the city of
+Washington, two poor emigrants from the county of Cork, in my own
+country, made their way to America in a vessel which landed them in
+Philadelphia; they got ashore, and as they were taking their first
+stroll through the streets in the ‘land of liberty and equality,’
+without a shilling in their pockets, they began to ‘sing out’ ‘Huzza
+for King George!’ This of course excited too much opposition to last
+long in the streets of a republican city, and a gentleman very kindly
+stopped the poor fellows, and to their great surprise informed them
+that he feared they would get into difficulty if they continued to
+huzza for the king, as King George was not the king of the country they
+were now in. He informed them that Mr. Jefferson was the great man in
+America&mdash;that he was President of the United States, and that it would
+not do for them to huzza for King George. They thanked him, and as
+they proceeded on they increased the volume of their voices in huzzas
+for ‘King Jefferson!&mdash;huzza for King Jefferson!’ This soon excited the
+attention of the police, who silenced their bawling by ‘putting them in
+the jug!’”</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_28" title="28"></a>
+CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Letters of introduction&mdash;Driving a friend’s horse and chaise&mdash;Amusing
+      accidents&mdash;English driving&mdash;“Turn to the <em>right</em>, as the law
+      directs”&mdash;A turn to the <em>left</em>&mdash;A fresh difficulty&mdash;Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Lease for three years&mdash;Arrangement of collection&mdash;Bears sold
+      and removed to Regent’s Park Zoological Gardens&mdash;Their fates.</p>
+
+
+<p>Having landed all my effects safely at the terminus in London, the
+next thing was the final <em>locale</em>; and to decide on this, my letters
+of introduction, or a part of them at least, should be delivered; and
+for this and other dodgings about through the city for a few days,
+the first gentleman to whom I delivered a letter had the kindness to
+insist on my using his horse and chaise during certain portions of the
+day, when he did not use them himself. This was the kindest thing that
+he could have done for me, and I shall never forget the obligation he
+laid me under by doing so. His footman, who accompanied me, relieved me
+from all anxiety about the horse, which was a noble animal; and my long
+errands through the mud were most delightfully abridged.</p>
+
+<p>As the fatalities of life seem to bring us more or less trouble in
+every step we take in it, I had mine, even in this new and independent
+arrangement. In my first dash through the streets with all the
+confidence and tact I had acquired from my boyhood in driving a
+similar vehicle in my own country, I was suddenly in the midst of
+fresh misfortune by “turning to the right, as the law directs” (the
+regulation and custom of the United States), which brought my horse
+into the most frightful collision with a pair that were driven by a
+gentleman, and who had reined<a class="pagenum" id="Page_29" title="29"></a> in the same direction under the English
+custom of “turn to the left.”</p>
+
+<p>This affair was not only one of imminent danger of harm, which we had
+all luckily escaped, but one of exceeding mortification to me from the
+circumstances which immediately followed.</p>
+
+<p>The extreme care and skill in driving, with the fine training of horses
+in England (of which we have little idea in the United States), render
+accidents in the streets of London so exceedingly rare, that when
+they do occur they immediately attract an immense crowd, and into the
+midst of such an one was I thrown by the unfortunate accident which my
+ignorance rather than carelessness had just been the cause of.</p>
+
+<p>By the violence of the concussion I had been landed in the street, and
+the gentleman, to whose harness I had done some injury, was suddenly
+in front of me with his whip in his hand; and in the hearing of the
+crowd that was hovering around, in the most excited manner, demanding
+of me what I meant by driving against him in that awkward manner, and
+threatening to hold me responsible for damages done by not turning the
+right way, whilst I felt every disposition to answer his questions
+respectfully, as I saw the injury was all on his side. I still felt
+that a little tenacity was allowable on my side; and I almost as
+peremptorily demanded of him why he did not rein to the right, as the
+law requires:&mdash;“Rein to the right!” said he, “who the devil ever heard
+of such a thing as turning to the right? Where are you from, I should
+like to know?” “I am from a country, sir, where the law directs all
+vehicles to ‘turn to the right.’” “What country is that, I should like
+to know?” “North America, sir.” “Ha! just about what I should have
+thought, sir:&mdash;I suppose I shall get pay for my coupling-lines about
+the time the States pay interest.” “Most likely,” said I, as we were
+mutually taking our seats, amidst the sullen remarks that I heard in
+various<a class="pagenum" id="Page_30" title="30"></a> parts of the crowd as I was driving off&mdash;“There’s a Yankee
+for you!&mdash;ee’s a rum-looking fellow, ha?&mdash;There’s a Repudiator for
+you”&mdash;“I’ll be bound&mdash;” &amp;c., &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>I drove off from this scene with some satisfaction that I had learned
+so important a fact at so little expense, and steered my way very
+safely amidst the thousands of vehicles of various sorts that I was
+passing and meeting, in which time I was very pleasantly receiving
+a brief lecture on the subject from my good-natured and very civil
+footman, who was behind me; in which (having silently learned in the
+disaster we had just witnessed that I was from a foreign country) he
+took especial pains to explain to me that “in Hengland it’s holays
+the abit to turn to the left.” Just at that moment I found myself in
+a fresh difficulty, and some danger also, by one wheel of my chaise
+grinding against the curbstone, and a huge omnibus in full press
+against us, and driving us on to the pavement, where it had at that
+moment stopped and fastened us, whilst discharging a passenger. I
+demanded of the driver, a sullen-looking fellow, half covered with
+an apron or boot which protected him from the weather in front, and
+something like a feather-bed and bolsters tied around his neck and
+chin, and half concealing his bloated face, what he meant by reining
+in upon me in that way, and crowding me upon the pavement? to which
+he grumly replied as he snapped his whip, “I should like to know what
+business you have in there?” “Never mind,” said I, “I shall go ahead.”
+“No you woan’t&mdash;ain’t you old enough to know which side of a carriage
+to pass?” At that moment the conductor of the omnibus cried out “All
+right!” which was echoed by a policeman who had taken my horse by the
+bit. I was somewhat relieved, though a little surprised, at the verdict
+given by the conductor and the policeman at the same instant, that
+“all” (or both), as I at that moment understood it, “were right.” I
+sat still of course till the omnibus had left us, nearly crushed, but
+luckily not damaged, when I said to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_31" title="31"></a> my footman, “Why, what does this
+mean?&mdash;what do you call the ‘left side’ in this country, I should like
+to know?” To this he very distinctly as well as amusingly explained,
+that the invariable custom in England is when <em>meeting</em> a vehicle,
+to turn to the <em>left</em>, and when <em>passing</em>, to turn to the <em>right</em>.
+But why did the policeman and the conductor say we were both right or
+“all right?” “Why, sir, you know wen the homnibus olds up to land a
+gent or a lady, or to take em hin, it would be wery hawkard to drive
+off wen the lady ad one leg hin the bus and the other hout; so wen
+they are both hout or both hin, and all right, the conductor ollows
+out ‘Holl right!’ and the bus goes hon, d’ye see, sir?“ “Ah, yes, I
+thank you, Jerry, I understand it now.” I was then growing wiser every
+moment amongst the incidents that were occasionally taking place in my
+drives with the goodnatured footman and his fine horse, which I used
+for several days, much to my satisfaction and amusement, without other
+accident or incident worth the reader’s valuable time.</p>
+
+<p>I called upon my kind friend the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray, at his office in
+Buckingham Palace, where I was received with all that frankness and
+sincerity peculiar to him; and, with his kind aid, and that of Charles
+D. Archibald, Esq., of York Terrace, to whom I am also much indebted,
+the arrangements were soon made for my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took on a lease, for three years, at a rent of 550<em>l.</em> per
+annum.</p>
+
+<p>My collection was soon in it, and preparing for its exhibition, while
+the grizly bears were still howling at the Euston station, impatient
+for a more congenial place for their future residence. It was quite
+impossible to give them any portion of the premises I had contracted
+for in the Egyptian Hall, and the quarters ultimately procured for
+them being expensive, and the anxieties and responsibilities for
+them daily increasing upon me as they were growing stronger and more
+vicious in their dispositions, it was decided that they should be
+offered for sale, and dis<a class="pagenum" id="Page_32" title="32"></a>posed of as soon as possible. For this
+purpose I addressed letters to the proprietors of zoological gardens
+in Liverpool, in Dublin, and Edinburgh, and several other towns, and
+received, in reply from most of them, the answer that they already had
+them in their gardens, and that they were so complete a drug in England
+that they were of little value. One proprietor assured me that he had
+recently been obliged to shoot two that he had in his gardens, in
+consequence of mischief they were doing to people visiting the grounds,
+and to the animals in the gardens.</p>
+
+<p>My reply to several of these gentlemen was, that since the death of
+the famous old grizly bear, that had died a few months before in
+Regent’s-park, it was quite certain that there had not been one in
+the kingdom until the arrival of these, “and that if either of those
+gentlemen would produce me another living grizly bear, at that time, in
+the kingdom, I would freely give him my pair.” This seemed, however, to
+have little weight with the proprietors of wild beasts; but I at length
+disposed of them for about the same price that I had given for them
+four years before, when they were not much larger than my foot (for the
+sum of 125<em>l.</em>); and they went to the Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park.</p>
+
+<p>A word or two more of them and the reader will have done with the
+grizlies, who had been much obliged to me, no doubt, for four years’
+maintenance, and for a sight of the beauties of the ocean, and as much
+of the land of comforts and refinements as they were allowed to see
+through the bars of their cage, while they were travelling from the
+rude wilds of the Rocky Mountains to the great metropolis, the seat and
+centre of civilization and refinement. As in their new abode they were
+allowed more scope and better attendance, it was reasonable to suppose
+that their lives would have been prolonged, and their comfort promoted;
+but such did not prove to be the case. From the continual crowds about
+them, to which they had the greatest repugnance, they seemed daily to
+pine, until one of them died of exceeding disgust (unless a better
+cause can be<a class="pagenum" id="Page_33" title="33"></a> assigned), and the other with similar symptoms, added to
+loneliness perhaps, and despair, in a few months afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>Thus ended the career of the grizly bears, and I really believe there
+were no tears shed for them, unless they were tears of joy, for they
+seemed to extend their acquaintance only to add to the list of their
+enemies, wherever they went.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_34" title="34"></a>
+CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition&mdash;Description of
+      it&mdash;The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray&mdash;Collection opened to
+      private view&mdash;Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Distinguished
+      visitors&mdash;Mr. Murray’s explanations&mdash;Kind reception by the Public
+      and the Press&mdash;Kind friends&mdash;Fatigue of explaining and answering
+      questions&mdash;Curious remedy proposed by a friend&mdash;Pleasures and
+      pains of a friendly and fashionable dinner.</p>
+
+
+<p>My business now, and all my energies, were concentrated at the Egyptian
+Hall, where my collection was arranged upon the walls. The main hall
+was of immense length, and contained upon its walls 600 portraits and
+other paintings which I had made during eight years’ travels amongst
+forty-eight of the remotest and wildest tribes of Indians in America,
+and also many thousands of articles of their manufacture, consisting
+of costumes, weapons, &amp;c. &amp;c., forming together a pictorial history
+of those tribes, which I had been ambitious to preserve as a record
+of them, to be perpetuated long after their extinction. In the middle
+of the room I had erected also a wigwam (or lodge) brought from the
+country of the Crows, at the base of the Rocky Mountains, made of
+some twenty or more buffalo skins, beautifully dressed and curiously
+ornamented and embroidered with porcupine quills.</p>
+
+<p>My friend the Honourable C.&nbsp;A. Murray, with several others, had now
+announced my collection open to their numerous friends and such others
+as they chose to invite during the three first days when it was
+submitted to their private view, and by whom it was most of the time
+filled; and being kindly presented to most of them, my unsentimental
+and unintellectual life in the atmosphere of railroads and grizly bears
+was suddenly changed to a<a class="pagenum" id="Page_35" title="35"></a> cheering flood of soul and intellect which
+greeted me in every part of my room, and soon showed me the way to the
+recessed world of luxury, refinements, and comforts of London, which
+not even the imagination of those who merely stroll through the streets
+can by any possibility reach.</p>
+
+<p>During this private view I found entered in my book the names of very
+many of the nobility, and others of the most distinguished people
+of the kingdom. My friend Mr. Murray was constantly present, and
+introduced me to very many of them, who had the kindness to leave
+their addresses and invite me to their noble mansions, where I soon
+appreciated the elegance, the true hospitality and refinement of
+English life. Amongst the most conspicuous of those who visited my
+rooms on this occasion were H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. the Duke of Cambridge, the Duke
+and Duchess of Sutherland, the Duke and Duchess of Buccleuch, Duke of
+Devonshire, Duke of Wellington, the Bishop of London, the Bishop of
+Norwich, Sir Robert and Lady Peel, Lord Grosvenor, Lord Lennox, Duke
+of Richmond, Duke of Rutland, Duke of Buckingham, Countess-Dowager of
+Dunmore, Countess-Dowager of Ashburnham, Earl of Falmouth, Earl of
+Dunmore, Lord Monteagle, Lord Ashley, Earl of Burlington, Sir James and
+Lady Clark, Sir Augustus d’Este, Sir Francis Head, and many others of
+the nobility, with most of the editors of the press, and many private
+literary and scientific gentlemen, of whose kindness to me while in
+London I shall have occasion to speak in other parts of this work.</p>
+
+<p>The kindness of my friend Mr. Murray on this occasion can never
+be forgotten by me. He pointed out to my illustrious visitors the
+principal chiefs and warriors of the various tribes, with many of whom
+he was personally acquainted; explaining their costumes, weapons,
+&amp;c., with all of which his rambles in the Indian countries beyond the
+Mississippi and Missouri had made him quite familiar. He led Duchesses,
+Countesses, and Ladies in succession upon his arm, into the wigwam
+of buffalo-hides, where he descanted, to the great satisfaction and
+amusement<a class="pagenum" id="Page_36" title="36"></a> of his friends, upon the curious modes of Indian life into
+which he had been initiated, and which he had long shared with these
+simple people, whilst he resided with them under roofs of buffalo-hides
+(like the one now over their heads) on the vast plains and prairies of
+the wilds of America.</p>
+
+<p>This was evidently an opportunity affording him great satisfaction, of
+illustrating to his friends the styles of primitive life which he had
+witnessed in America, whilst his explanations and descriptions were
+exceedingly entertaining and amusing to them, and at the same time the
+strongest corroboration of the fidelity with which I had made them, and
+therefore the best recommendation of them and me to the consideration
+of the English community.</p>
+
+<p>He was fully employed, as he led alternately the Duchess of Sutherland
+(with her lovely daughters by her side), and the Duchess of Buccleuch
+on his arm, and a numerous group around him, while he commented upon
+the features and disposition of his old friend <em>Wee-ta-ra-sha-ro</em>, who
+had taken him under his immediate protection and saved his life from
+the designs of some young men who had laid their plans to destroy him
+when in the country of the Pawnees.</p>
+
+<p>He explained to them and the Bishops of London and Norwich, who were
+following in the wake of the ladies and giving ear, the religious
+ceremony of the Indians, their modes of warfare, of hunting, and
+throwing the lasso in catching the wild horse. He showed them the
+Indian cradles in which the squaws carry their pappooses, slung on
+their backs. He took in his hands the lasso, and illustrated the mode
+of throwing it, with which he was familiar. He took also in his hands
+their war-clubs, their tomahawks and scalping knives, and then the
+scalps from the heads of enemies slain in battle, and ably explained
+them all. With these he made lasting and thrilling impressions; but
+with more satisfaction to himself, and to the fair and tender Graces,
+whose sylph-like gracefulness formed a halo of loveliness around
+him, he pointed to my paintings of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_37" title="37"></a> ever verdant and enamelled
+prairies&mdash;to the very copses and lawns through which, with his
+unerring rifle, he had stalked the timid antelope or the stately elk
+and shaggy bison, and, after quieting his raving stomach with their
+broiled delicacies, he had straightened his wearied limbs upon his
+spread buffalo robe, and, with the long, waving grass and bowing lilies
+stooping over his head, he had reflected upon London, upon Palaces and
+friends, as he had glided into that sweet forgetfulness that belongs
+peculiarly to the wearied huntsman, whose rifle has catered for his
+stomach, and whose quiet conscience starts him not at the rustling of
+the sweetened winds that are gently breezing over him.</p>
+
+<p><em>I</em> was also constantly engaged with surrounding groups, who
+were anxious to know the meaning and moral of this strange and
+unintelligible collection, while my man Daniel, with his rod in his
+hand, was enlightening another party at the end of the room, by
+pointing out the leading personages of the various tribes, explaining
+their costumes, weapons, &amp;c., and answering the thousand questions
+which were put to him, and which several years of familiarity with the
+subject had abundantly qualified him to do.</p>
+
+<p>Thus passed my first interview with the English aristocracy. I was in
+the midst and the best of it; and by it, on all sides, was met with
+the kindliest feelings and condescension, while I received compliments
+from all (in the most undoubted sincerity) for the successful efforts I
+had thus made to perpetuate the records of an abused and dying race of
+human beings.</p>
+
+<p>The reception that myself and my works met on these days, amongst
+the highest critics, the most refined and elevated of the world, was
+beyond description pleasurable to me, as I had arrived a stranger in a
+foreign land, where I had risked everything upon the value that should
+be set upon my labours; and that, where I had been told that national
+prejudices would labour to defeat me. My life had been a tissue of
+risks and chances, and I resolved to hazard again; and I am now pleased
+(and bound) to acknowledge<a class="pagenum" id="Page_38" title="38"></a> that I was frankly met with the most
+unprejudiced and congenial feelings; and, even more than that, with a
+settled and genuine sympathy for the benighted people whom my works
+were representing, and a disposition to reward my labours by kind and
+unexpected invitations to the hospitable boards of those who fill the
+highest and most enviable stations in life.</p>
+
+<p>To this general feeling it affords me pleasure to respond in general
+terms, in this place; and I shall have occasion, in other parts of this
+work, to return my personal thanks for such spontaneous kindness, which
+my lasting gratitude will make it my duty to allude to.</p>
+
+<p>The editors of the leading literary and scientific journals of London,
+and of the daily newspapers, were chiefly there, and with their very
+friendly and complimentary notices of my collection, with the usual
+announcements by advertisements, I opened it for the inspection of the
+public on the first day of February, 1840.<a href="#Footnote_2" id="FNanchor_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>
+
+<p>Its commencement was flattering, from the numbers and high
+respectability of my visitors, and I was pleased, from day to day, to
+meet the faces and friendly greetings of those whom I had seen there at
+the private view.</p>
+
+<p>I was pleased also with the freedom which is granted to exhibitions in
+London, leaving them entirely independent of tithing or taxation, as
+well as of licences to be obtained from the police, as is the case in
+France and some other countries. Under such auspices I very pleasantly
+commenced, with a rent of 550<em>l.</em> per annum, and continued it with
+reasonable success for the space of four years. The vicissitudes and
+incidents of that time it is not the object of this work to detail;
+but I shall connect the links of my narrative better, and, I trust, do
+no injustice to my readers, by reciting a few of the incidents that
+transpired in that<a class="pagenum" id="Page_39" title="39"></a> time: and, while I am doing so, endeavouring to do
+the justice which gratitude prompts, to those persons whose kindness
+has laid me under peculiar obligations.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst those kind friends I must be allowed at present to mention
+the names of the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray, Sir Augustus d’Este, Charles D.
+Archibald, Esq., Sir James Clark, Sir Thomas Phillips, Mr. Petty
+Vaughan, Dr. Hodgkin, Capt. Shippard, Sir Francis Head, Lord Monteagle,
+John Murray, A.&nbsp;M. Perkins, and Sir David Wilkie; and there were many
+others with these who were very frequently at my rooms; and for their
+friendly and constant efforts to promote my interest they have my
+sincerest thanks.</p>
+
+<p>Several of these gentlemen, and others, whose visits were so frequent
+to my rooms, having formed an acquaintance with the Indians in their
+own country, or, from feelings of sympathy for them, taken so deep an
+interest in the subject, relieved me much of my time from the fatiguing
+task which I had adopted of explaining around the rooms such subjects
+as I considered most curious and instructive, and of answering the
+thousands of questions which were naturally put in every part of the
+room for information on so novel and exciting a theme.</p>
+
+<p>I had entered upon this, at first, not as a task but an amusement,
+from which I drew great pleasure whilst I was entertaining my visitors
+and cultivating their pleasing acquaintance. From an over desire and
+effort on my part to explain the peculiar and curious modes of those
+wild people, and from a determination on the part of my visitors to get
+these explanations from my own lips (although I had my man Daniel and
+several others constantly in the rooms for the same purpose), I was
+held in my exhibition rooms almost daily from morning until night.</p>
+
+<p>My men were able to explain the meaning of everything in the
+collection, but this did not satisfy the public whilst I was present.
+All inquired for me: “Where’s Mr. Catlin? he’s the Lion; his collection
+is wonderful; but I would give more to see him than all the rest.”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_40" title="40"></a> “He
+is yonder, Madam, at the farther end of the room, where you see a
+crowd of people around him.”</p>
+
+<p>I was generally in the midst of a crowd, who were densely packed around
+me; moving about the rooms whilst, with a rod in my hand to point
+with, I was lecturing or answering the numerous questions which were
+naturally put relative to these strange people and their modes. To
+lecture or to explain all day, following the current of one’s thoughts,
+would have been a thing feasible, though fatiguing; but to stand upon
+one’s feet and all day long to answer to interrogations, and many of
+those fifty times over, to different parties who were successively
+taking me in tow, I soon found was far more fatiguing than my travels
+and labours in the Indian wilderness; and I at length (at a much later
+period than my friends and my physician advised) gradually withdrew
+from the scene and this suicidal course, just before it might have been
+too late to have saved anything useful of me.</p>
+
+<p>I followed the advice of my physician by going to my rooms at stated
+hours, but soon departed from it by failing to leave them with
+punctuality, and take recreation in the open air. The partial change I
+had adopted, however, was of advantage to me&mdash;talking part of the day
+and breaking off and leaving my men to do the talking for the other
+half.</p>
+
+<p>Like most adventurers in wilderness life I was fond of describing
+what I had seen; and, having the works of several years around me, in
+their crude and unfinished condition, spread before the criticising
+world, and difficult to be appreciated, I was doubly stimulated to be
+in the collection, and with all the breath I could spare, to add to
+the information which the visitors to my rooms were seeking for. Under
+these conflicting feelings I struggled to keep away from my rooms, and
+did so for a part of the day, and that, as I soon found, only to meet a
+more numerous and impatient group when I re-entered.</p>
+
+<p>All of the above-mentioned kind friends, and many others, repeatedly
+called to impress upon me the necessity of leaving my exhibition to my
+men,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_41" title="41"></a> “to save my lungs&mdash;to save my life,” as they said. Some snatched
+me away from the crowd, and in the purest kindness hurled me through
+the streets in their carriages, still <em>yelling</em> answers to their
+numerous questions as we were passing over the noisy pavements; and
+then at their kind and festive boards, to which I had been brought as
+places of refuge and repose, I was, for an instance, presented as&mdash;“My
+dear, this is Mr. Catlin! (<em><a href="#Plate_3">Plate No. 3</a>, next page.</em>)&mdash;Mother, you have
+heard of Mr. Catlin?&mdash;Cousins Lucy and Fanny, here’s the celebrated Mr.
+Catlin you have heard me speak of so often. Poor fellow! I have dragged
+him away from his exhibition, where they are talking him to death&mdash;he
+<em>must</em> have <em>repose</em>&mdash;and here we can entertain and amuse him. Here, my
+little chicks&mdash;come here all of you&mdash;here’s Mr. Catlin!&mdash;here’s the man
+who has been so long among the wild Indians! he will tell you a great
+many curious stories about them. Where’s sister Ellen, and Betty?” “Oh,
+they are in the garden with Mr. S. and his son, who has just returned
+from New Zealand.“ “Good, good; run for them, run for them, quick! Send
+the carriage for aunt W&mdash;&mdash;n as swift as possible, and don’t let her
+fail to stop on the way and bring Lady R&mdash;&mdash;e: you know how fond she is
+of the Indian character&mdash;she was three years, you know, in Canada&mdash;and
+the poem she is now writing on the Indians! What a treat this will be
+to her! Won’t it be delightful to see her and Mr. Catlin come together?
+She told me the other day she had a thousand questions she wished to
+put to Mr. Catlin&mdash;how interesting! Have the dinner up at <em>six</em>&mdash;no,
+say at <em>seven</em>; it will give us the more time for conversation, and
+for Professor D., the phrenologist, to get here, and whom I have
+invited&mdash;he’s always behind the time&mdash;and this treat will be so rich to
+him&mdash;I would not miss him for anything in the world.”</p>
+
+<p>My lecturing lungs and stomach being under a running engagement for
+dinner at three o’clock, the sound of “<em>six</em>”&mdash;then, “no, <em>seven</em>,”
+with the words “Indian poem,” “phrenologist,” &amp;c., produced a most
+rebellious and faltering<a class="pagenum" id="Page_42" title="42"></a> sensation in my chest; the one entirely
+exhausted from its customary exertions until three o’clock, and the
+other, at that moment, completely in a state of collapse. The difficult
+trials I had lived through with the latter, however, in my wild
+adventures in the Indian wilderness, and the more recent proofs in the
+Egyptian Hall, of the elasticity of the other, inspired me with courage
+to enter upon the ordeal that was before me, and (even in distress)
+justly to appreciate what was so kindly preparing for me.</p>
+
+<p>I here instantly forgot my troubles as the party entered from the
+gardens, when I was thus presented by my good friend:&mdash;“Ellen, my dear,
+and Betty, here’s Mr. Catlin; and, Mr. S&mdash;&mdash;n, I have the extreme
+pleasure of presenting to your acquaintance the famous Mr. Catlin,
+whose name and whose works are familiar to you: and now, Catlin, my
+dear fellow, I introduce you to Mr. J.&nbsp;S., the son of the gentleman
+with whom I have just made you acquainted. Mr. J.&nbsp;S. has just returned
+from amongst the natives of New Zealand, where he has spent three or
+four years; and your descriptions of all the modes and customs of
+the North American Indians, compared with his accounts of the New
+Zealanders, will be so rich a treat to us!&mdash;&mdash;But, Catlin, you look
+pale! Are you not well? You look so fagged!” “Yes, yes; I am well.”
+“Oh, that plagued exhibition of yours&mdash;it will be the death of you! You
+must keep away from it, or you will talk yourself to death there! My
+good friends, come, take seats! Catlin, my dear fellow, come, join us
+in a glass of good old sherry&mdash;it will give you an appetite for your
+dinner&mdash;Is it to your liking?” “I thank you, it is very fine.” “Will
+you take another?” “No, I am much obliged to you.” “My dear, look at
+the clock&mdash;what time is it?” “Quarter past five.” “Ah, well, I didn’t
+think it was so late&mdash;be sure to have the dinner up at seven&mdash;do you
+hear?”</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_3"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_042fp.jpg" width="500" height="573" alt="Plate 3: George Catlin" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 3.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Oh, Time and Paper! I will not tax you with the pains of kindness I
+was at that moment entering upon&mdash;I, who had been for eight years
+eating at the simple Indians’ hos<a class="pagenum" id="Page_43" title="43"></a>pitable boards, where eating and
+talking are seldom done together; or taking my solitary meals, cooked
+by my own hand; where I had no one to talk with&mdash;but will leave it to
+Imagination’s exhaustless colours, which, for a harmless pastime, will
+paint the pleasures, perhaps, of the dragging hours of my lifetime that
+I sighed through from that until twelve o’clock at night (the last
+half-hour of which I had stood upon my feet, with my hat in my hand,
+taking affectionate leave, with, “My dear, charming Sir, you can’t tell
+how happy we have all been&mdash;your accounts have been so interesting!
+You <em>must</em> come another evening and dine with us, and we will have
+Mr. G. and Mr. and Mrs. L&mdash;&mdash;n; they will be so impatient to hear you
+tell all you have told us. Good night!&mdash;<em>good</em> night!&mdash;we shall all
+be in a party at your exhibition to-morrow at an early hour, at ten
+o’clock&mdash;mind, don’t forget the hour&mdash;and it will be so delightful to
+hear you explain everything in your collection, which my dear husband
+has seen so often, and says are so curious and interesting. Poor
+fellow! he is quite knocked up&mdash;he has been up all day, and constantly
+talking, and was so completely worn out that he went off to bed an hour
+ago&mdash;you will know how to excuse him. We ladies can often entertain our
+friends long after <em>his</em> powers of conversation are fagged out. Good
+night&mdash;good night, my dear Sir&mdash;farewell!”</p>
+
+<p>Thus and at that hour I took leave, when the busses and cabs were all
+still, and I had, from necessity, a solitary walk of three miles to
+my lodgings; and before I laid my head on my pillow, from an equal
+necessity, to feed my poor stomach with some substitute for <em>dinner</em>,
+which had been in abundance before my eyes, but which the constant
+exercise of my lungs had prevented me from eating. Such a rendezvous
+as had been appointed for ten o’clock the next day, and by so fair and
+so kind a lady, even the rough politeness of a savage would have held
+sacred.</p>
+
+<p>At twelve o’clock on the following morning, and when I had nearly
+finished my descriptions of Indian modes to the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_44" title="44"></a> ladies, my kind friend
+who had taken me to his house the day before, and having a little
+overslept himself on that morning had taken a late breakfast at eleven,
+entered the rooms with three or four of his friends, and quite rapidly
+addressed his wife in the following manner:&mdash;“Come now, my dear, you
+and your party have kept poor Catlin talking and answering questions
+quite long enough; you will kill him if you don’t let him rest once in
+a while. See how pale the poor man is. Go off and get home as quick as
+possible. See all this crowd waiting around to talk him to death when
+you are done with him. I have brought Mr. C., the famous mineralogist,
+and the two Mr. N.’s, the geologists, to whom I want him to explain
+the mineralogy and geology of those boundless regions, of the Missouri
+and Rocky Mountains, and I was to have had the famous botanist, Mr.
+D. S&mdash;, but he may come by and by; and after we have done here, I am
+going to take him, that he may have a little relaxation and repose, to
+the British Museum, which he has not seen yet, and to the Geological
+Society’s rooms; and after that, I have got for him an invitation
+to dine with the Reverend Mr. O., who will have several reverend
+gentlemen, and the famous Miss E. and Mrs. W., who you know are all so
+anxious to learn about the Indians’ religion and modes of worship.” I
+was then introduced to my friend’s three or four companions, but a few
+moments after was reminded, by one of my men, of an engagement which
+took me off for the remainder of that day.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_45" title="45"></a>
+CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Author’s illness from overtalking in his collection&mdash;Daniel’s illness
+      from the same cause&mdash;Character of Daniel&mdash;His labour-saving plan
+      for answering one hundred questions&mdash;His disappointment&mdash;Daniel
+      travels to Ireland for his health&mdash;Author prepares to publish his
+      Notes of Travel amongst the Indians&mdash;John Murray (publisher)&mdash;His
+      reasons for not publishing the Author’s work&mdash;His friendly
+      advice&mdash;Author’s book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Illustrious subscribers&mdash;Thomas Moore&mdash;Critical notices in
+      London papers.</p>
+
+
+<p>In this manner passed the time from day to day, from week to week,
+and from month to month; and as I was daily growing richer, I was
+daily growing poorer&mdash;<em>i.&nbsp;e.</em> I was day by day losing my flesh, not
+from the usual cause, the want of enough to eat, but from derangement
+of the lungs and the stomach, both often overworked, with a constant
+excitement and anxiety of the mind, the seat of which was not far
+distant.</p>
+
+<p>I endeavoured, however, and gradually succeeded in dividing my time
+and my thoughts, giving a proper proportion to the public in my rooms,
+a portion to my friends, and (as it was then becoming a matter of
+necessity for the preparation of my notes of eight years’ travel,
+which were soon to be published) decidedly the greater part to myself,
+leaving my exhibition mostly to the management of my men, of whom I had
+several, and all familiar enough with the meaning of everything in the
+collection to give a lucid description of its contents.</p>
+
+<p>As I was gradually receding from the exhibition, the arduous duties
+began to thicken more strongly upon my man Daniel, of whom I have
+before often spoken. He had been longest associated with me and
+my collection, and having it more by heart than the rest, was the
+foremost<a class="pagenum" id="Page_46" title="46"></a> man in illustrating it, of which he had been curator for
+seven or eight years. I have before mentioned that he was of a quick
+and irascible disposition, exceedingly tenacious of national feelings,
+and those national prejudices mostly in favour of the country I said
+he had some twenty years since adopted&mdash;the United States. Though he
+was quick-tempered and violent in his prejudices, there was always the
+redeeming trait at the end, that his anger was soon over, and there was
+good nature and civility at the bottom.</p>
+
+<p>Though I had often complaints made to me of the want of politeness
+or of the rudeness of my man Daniel, I generally found that they
+were instances where he had been provoked to it by some unnecessary
+allusions to the vices of his own country, or by some objections to
+his political opinions relative to the institutions of the United
+States, upon which subjects he holds himself exceedingly punctilious
+and very well prepared for debate. With whatever foibles he has, I
+have found him invariably and strictly an honest man; and many of his
+highest offences alleged to have been given to the public in my rooms,
+were given strictly in obedience to my orders for the support of the
+regulations of my exhibition, or for the protection of my property
+and the advancement of my interest. To those who entered my rooms
+respectfully for information, he was civil and communicative, and all
+such drew valuable information from him, and many became attached to
+him. His lungs were now labouring for me, while mine were getting a
+little rest; and from morning to night of every day he was conducting
+individuals and parties around the rooms, pointing out and explaining
+the leading peculiarities of the museum, and answering the thousand
+questions that were asked by all classes of society relative to the
+looks, the modes, and habits of the Indians&mdash;the countries they lived
+in&mdash;and also of Mr. Catlin, the proprietor and collector of the museum,
+whom all were anxious to see, and many of whom had been led to believe
+was himself an Indian.</p>
+
+<p>In my own answering of these questions, many of which<a class="pagenum" id="Page_47" title="47"></a> were natural to
+be raised on so new and exciting a subject, I was often amused, and
+as often surprised at the novelty and ignorance of many of them, even
+amongst a polite and well-clad and apparently well-educated class of
+people. Many of the questions, which only excited a smile with me,
+elicited broad laughter from Daniel, which he could not help, and
+having laughed, could not well avoid expressing his surprise at, and
+his detection of, which gave umbrage, and sometimes was another cause
+of difficulties that he occasionally though seldom got into.</p>
+
+<p>I observed, after a while, that the same causes which had affected me
+were emaciating him, and he finally told me that he was talking his
+lungs out&mdash;and that he could not bear it much longer at the rate he
+was going on. The questions which were constantly put to him in the
+room were so much of a sort, or class, that there was little variety or
+novelty in them to please or excite him; almost every person putting
+the same; much the greater part of them being general, and therefore
+irksome to him, as they were often asked a hundred or more times in
+the day and as often answered. He came to me one evening, seemingly
+much relieved from the painful prospect he had been suffering under,
+and which was still before him, by the hope that I would adopt a plan
+he had hit upon for obviating much of the difficulty, and of saving
+his lungs for the explanations of questions which might be casual, and
+not exactly reduced to rule. He said he had ascertained that there
+were about 100 questions which were commonplace&mdash;were put (and in the
+same way precisely) by the greater part of people who came in, and had
+time to ask them; and that 50 of those, at least, were asked 100 times
+per day, the answering of which took the greater part of his time and
+the best part of his strength, which he thought might be reserved for
+giving more useful information, while these 100 questions, the most of
+which were extremely simple or silly, and of little importance to be
+known, might be disposed of by a printed table of answers placed around
+the rooms for every one to read as<a class="pagenum" id="Page_48" title="48"></a> they walked, without the loss of
+time and fatigue consequent upon the usual mode of asking and answering
+questions. Though I could not consent to adopt his mode, yet I was
+amused at its ingenuity; and I give here but a small part of his list,
+which commenced and ran thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>“The Indians have <em>no beards at all</em>, only may be one in twenty or
+  so.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>don’t</em> shave&mdash;they pull it out, when they have any
+  beard.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Virtuous?&mdash;Yes. I should say they are quite as much so as the
+  whites, if the whites would keep away from them and let them alone.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Ah, as amorous?&mdash;No. Mr. Catlin says they have not the spices of
+  life and the imaginations to set them on, or I’ll venture they would
+  be quite as bad as the whites.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians in <em>America are not</em> cannibals. Mr. Catlin says there is
+  no such thing.”</p>
+
+  <p>“No, there are no tribes that go entirely naked; they are all very
+  decent.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>don’t</em> eat raw meat, they cook it more than the whites
+  do.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin was amongst the Indians eight years, and was never killed
+  during that time.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The scalp is a patch of the skin and hair taken from the top of the
+  head by a warrior when he kills his enemy in battle.”</p>
+
+  <p>“No, they don’t scalp the living&mdash;it is not a scalp to count if the
+  man is alive.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They <em>sometimes</em> eat a great deal, to be sure, but generally not so
+  much as white people.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They <em>do</em> get drunk sometimes, but white people sell them rum and
+  make them so, therefore I don’t think we ought to call them drunkards
+  exactly.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians all get married&mdash;some have a number of wives.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Yes, they seem as fond of their wives as any people I ever saw.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians never injured Mr. Catlin in any way.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin <em>didn’t</em> live on ‘raw meat;’ he was one time eighteen
+  months with nothing but meat to eat, but it was well cooked.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians know <em>nothing about salt</em>&mdash;they don’t use it at all.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Reason! yes; why, do you think they are wild beasts? to be sure they
+  reason as well as we do.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They <em>are</em> thieves, sometimes; but I don’t think they thieve so
+  often as white people do.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>do</em> lend their wives sometimes to white men, but it is
+  only their old superannuated ones, who are put aside to hard labour,
+  so it is a sort of kindness all around, and I don’t see that there is
+  much harm in it.”</p>
+
+  <p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_49" title="49"></a>
+  “The Indians all have their religion, they all worship the Great
+  Spirit.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They are <em>treacherous</em>, to be sure, towards their enemies only, and
+  I’ll be whipped if the white people an’t just as bad.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>are cruel</em>, there’s no mistake about that; but it is
+  only to their enemies.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Sale? there <em>won’t be</em> any sale; Mr. Catlin don’t intend to sell his
+  collection in this country.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin <em>is not</em> an Indian.”</p>
+
+  <p>“No, he has <em>no</em> Indian blood in him.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin speaks the English language very well.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians <em>don’t raise</em> tea.”</p>
+
+  <p>“They <em>never eat</em> the scalps.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians that Mr. Catlin saw are not <em>near</em> Chusan, they are
+  3,000 miles from there, they are in America.”</p>
+
+  <p>“You <em>can’t come overland</em> from America.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A scalping-knife is <em>any</em> large knife that an Indian takes a scalp
+  with.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A prairie is a meadow.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Indians speak <em>their own</em> language.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A pappoose is an Indian baby while it is carried in the cradle.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A prairie bluff is a hill that is covered with grass.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Rocky Mountains are in <em>America</em>, between New York and the
+  Pacific Ocean, and <em>not</em> in the <em>Indies</em> at all.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A snag is a large tree that is lying in the river, its roots fast in
+  the mud at the bottom, and its trunk at the top, pointing down the
+  stream.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Sawyers <em>are not</em> alligators.”</p>
+
+  <p>“An alligator is a sort of crocodile.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Chesapeake didn’t take the Shannon, it was the Shannon that took
+  the Chesapeake.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The Americans are <em>white</em>, the same colour exactly as the English,
+  and speak the same language, only they speak it a great deal better,
+  in general.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A stump is the but-end and roots of a tree standing in the ground
+  after the tree is chopped down.”</p>
+
+  <p>“It <em>is</em> true that all Indian women stay away from their husbands
+  the seven days of their illness, and I think they are the decentest
+  people of the two for doing it.”</p>
+
+  <p>“A squaw is an <em>Indian woman</em> who is married.”</p>
+
+  <p>“The <em>Calumet</em> is a pipe of peace.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Horns on a chief’s head-dress have <em>no bad</em> meaning.”</p>
+
+  <p>“Mr. Catlin <em>is not</em> a repudiator,” &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>And thus went on poor Daniel’s list to the number of about 100
+commonplace questions which he had hoped to have disposed of by a sort
+of steam operation; but finding that they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_50" title="50"></a> must all continue to be
+“done by hand,” as before, he returned to his post, which, from his
+disappointment in his unrealized hopes, seemed to drag more heavily
+than ever upon him, and so rapidly to wear him down that he was obliged
+to plan a tour to his own native land of Erin, where he went for
+some weeks, to restore his lungs and his strength. His labour-saving
+suggestion might have been a very convenient one for me in his absence,
+but it was dispensed with, and he was soon back at his post, recruited
+and assuming the command again, whilst I was busy in advancing the
+material for my forthcoming work.</p>
+
+<p>The Notes of my Eight Years’ Travels amongst Forty-eight different
+Tribes of Indians in America, to be illustrated with more than 300
+steel plate illustrations, were nearly ready to be put to press; and I
+called on my good friend John Murray, in Albemarle Street, believing
+that he would be glad to publish them for me. To my surprise he
+objected to them (but without seeing my manuscript), for two reasons
+which he at once alleged: first, because he was afraid of the great
+number of illustrations to be embodied in the work, and secondly for
+(certainly) the most unfashionable reason, that “he loved me too much!”
+I had brought a letter of introduction to him from his old friend
+Washington Irving; and from the deep interest Mr. Murray had taken
+in my collection and the history and prospects of the poor Indians,
+my rooms (which were near his dwelling-house) were his almost daily
+resort, and I a weekly guest at his hospitable board, where I always
+met gentlemen of eminence connected with literature and art. Good and
+generous old man! he therefore “loved me too much” to share with me
+the profits of a work which he said should all belong to me for my
+hard labour and the risks of my life I had run in procuring it; and
+as the means of enlarging those profits he advised me to publish it
+myself. “I would advise you,” said he,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_51" title="51"></a> “as one of your best friends, to
+publish your own book; and I am sure you will make a handsome profit
+by it. Being an artist yourself, and able to make the drawings for
+your 300 illustrations, which for me would require a very great outlay
+to artists to produce them, and having in your exhibition-room the
+opportunity of receiving subscriptions for your work, which I could
+not do, it will be quite an easy thing for you to take names enough to
+cover all the expenses of getting it up, which at once will place you
+on safe ground; and if the work should be well received by Mr. Dilke
+and others of the critical world, it will insure you a handsome reward
+for your labours, and exceedingly please your sincere friend, John
+Murray.”</p>
+
+<p>This disinterested frankness endeared me to that good man to his last
+days, and his advice, which I followed, resulted, as he had predicted,
+to my benefit. My subscription list my kind friend the Hon. C.&nbsp;A.
+Murray had in a few days commenced, with the subscriptions of</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Her most gracious MAJESTY the QUEEN</span>,<br />
+
+                    <span class="smcap">H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. Prince Albert</span>,<br />
+
+                <span class="smcap">Her Majesty the Queen Dowager</span>,<br />
+
+                 <span class="smcap">H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. the Duchess of Kent</span>,<br />
+
+             <span class="smcap">His Majesty the King of the Belgians</span>,<br />
+
+               <span class="smcap">H.&nbsp;M. the Queen of the Belgians</span>,<br />
+
+            <span class="smcap">His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex</span>,<br />
+
+               <span class="smcap">H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. Leopold Duc de Brabant</span>.
+</p>
+
+<p>After which soon followed a complimentary list of the nobility and
+gentry, together with the leading institutions of the kingdom.</p>
+
+<p>My work was published by myself, at the Egyptian Hall, and the only
+fears which my good friend John Murray had expressed for me were
+all dispersed by the favourable announcements by Mr. Dilke, of the
+Athenæum, and the editors of other literary journals, from which it
+will be seen that the subjoined notices are but very brief extracts.</p>
+
+<p>It may not be improper also here to remark, that for all the Royal
+copies subscribed for above, the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray<a class="pagenum" id="Page_52" title="52"></a> was ordered to
+remit me double the amount of the price of the work; and that, on a
+subsequent occasion, when my dear wife and myself were guests at the
+dinner table of John Murray, he said to his old friend Thomas Moore,
+who was by our side, “That wild man by the side of you there, Mr.
+Catlin, who has spent enough of his life amongst the wild Indians
+(sleeping on the ground and eating raw buffalo meat) to make you and
+I as grey as badgers, and who has not yet a grey hair in his head,
+applied to me about a year ago to publish his Notes. I was then&mdash;for
+the first time in my life&mdash;too honest for my own interest, as well as
+that of an author; and I advised him to publish it himself, as the
+surest way of making something out of it. My wife here will tell you
+that I have read every word of it through, heavy as it is, and she
+knows it is the only book that I have read quite through in the last
+five years. And I tell Mr. Catlin now, in your presence, that I shall
+regret as long as I live that I did not publish that work for him; for
+as sincerely as I advised him, I could have promoted his interest by so
+doing, and would have done so, had I known what was in the work when he
+proposed it to me.”</p>
+
+<p>The reader will pardon me for inserting here the critical notices which
+follow:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Edinburgh Review.</span> <em>Fifteen pages.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p>“Living with them as one of themselves; having no trading purposes to
+  serve; exciting no enmity by the well-meant but suspicious preaching
+  of a new religion, Mr. Catlin went on with his rifle and his pencil,
+  sketching and noting whatever he saw worthy of record; and wisely
+  abandoning all search for the ancient history of a people who knew
+  no writing, he confined his labours to the depicting exactly what
+  he saw, and that only. Notes and sketches were transmitted, as
+  occasion served, to New York, and the collected results now appear,
+  partly in a gallery which has been for some time exhibited in
+  London, containing some five hundred pictures of Indian personages
+  and scenes, drawn upon the spot, with specimens of their dress and
+  manufactures, their arts and arms; and partly, as just stated, of the
+  volumes under our hands, which display engravings of most of those
+  specimens and pictures, accompanied by a narrative, written in a very
+  pleasant, homely style, of his walks and wanderings in the ‘<em>Far
+  West</em>.’</p>
+
+<p>“The reader will find a compensation in the vigour of the narrative,
+  which, like a diary, conveys the vivid impressions of the moment,
+  instead of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_53" title="53"></a> being chilled and tamed down into a more studied
+  composition. Such as the work is, we strongly recommend it to the
+  perusal of all who wish to make themselves acquainted with a singular
+  race of men and system of manners, fast disappearing from the face of
+  the earth; and which have nowhere else been so fully, curiously, and
+  graphically described.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Westminster Review.</span> <em>Twelve pages.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“This is a remarkable book, written by an extraordinary man. A work
+  valuable in the highest degree for its novel and curious information
+  about one of the most neglected and least understood branches of
+  the human family. Mr. Catlin, without any pretension to talent in
+  authorship, has yet produced a book which will live as a record
+  when the efforts of men of much higher genius have been forgotten.
+  Every one in London has seen Mr. Catlin’s unique gallery, and his
+  attractive exhibition of living models at the Egyptian Hall; we
+  cannot too strongly recommend them to our country friends. And here
+  we take our leave of a work over which we have lingered with much
+  pleasure, strongly recommending it to the reader, and hoping its
+  extensive sale will amply repay Mr. Catlin for the great outlay he
+  must have incurred.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Dublin University Magazine.</span> <em>Fifteen pages.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Mr. Catlin’s book is one of the most interesting which we have
+  perused on the subject of the Indians. His pencil has preserved the
+  features of races which in a few years will have disappeared; and
+  his faithful and accurate observations may be considered as the
+  storehouse from whence future writers on such topics will extract
+  their most authentic statements.”</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Tait’s Edinburgh Magazine.</span> <em>Two Notices, Twenty-two pages.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“This is altogether an <em>unique</em> work. It may be considered as a
+  <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Catalogue Raisonnée</em> of the numerous objects of art and curiosity
+  which Mr. Catlin has collected in the course of his wanderings,
+  and arranged in his Indian Gallery. The narrative of Mr. Catlin’s
+  personal adventures during the wandering years in which he was thus
+  engaged, forms a work as unique in literature, as his collection of
+  original portraits and curiosities is rare in art.</p>
+
+<p>“Many curious traits of character and pictures of manners are
+  exhibited in these large and closely-printed volumes, which will
+  remain an interesting record of the Homeric age and race of North
+  America, when, save a few wild traditions and scattered relics, and
+  a few of the musical and sonorous Indian names of lakes, rivers, and
+  hunting grounds, every other trace of the red man will have perished
+  on that vast continent.”</p>
+</div>
+
+ <div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Literary Gazette</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>Three Notices, Twenty-five Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“<em>Catlin’s Book on the North American Indians.</em>&mdash;An <em>unique</em> work!
+  A work of extraordinary interest and value. Mr. Catlin is <em>the</em>
+  Historian of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_54" title="54"></a> the Red Races of mankind; of a past world, or at least
+  of a world fast passing away, and leaving hardly a trace or wreck
+  behind. We need not recommend it to the world, for it recommends
+  itself, beyond our praise.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Athenæum</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>Four Notices, Thirty-one Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“The public have fully confirmed the opinion we formerly pronounced
+  on Catlin’s Indian gallery, as the most interesting exhibition which,
+  in our recollection, had been opened in London. The production of the
+  <em>work</em> will, therefore, be most acceptable to those who have seen the
+  exhibition, as serving to refresh their memories; to those who have
+  not, as helping to explain that of which they have heard so much; to
+  all as a pleasant narrative of adventure, and a circumstantial and
+  detailed history of the manners and customs of an interesting people,
+  whose fate is sealed, whose days are numbered, whose extinction is
+  certain. The Americans should make much of Mr. Catlin for the sake
+  of by-gone days, which his books, portraits, and collections will
+  present to their grandchildren.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Art Union</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“We have rarely examined a work at once so interesting and so useful
+  as this; the publication of which is, in truth, a benefit conferred
+  upon the world; for it is a record of things rapidly passing away,
+  and the accurate traces of which are likely to be lost within a
+  brief time after they have been discovered. As a contribution to
+  the history of mankind, these volumes will be of rare value long
+  after the last of the persecuted races are with ‘the Great Spirit,’
+  and they may even have some <em>present</em> effect; for they cannot fail
+  to enlist the best sympathies of humanity on the side of a most
+  singular people. The book is exceedingly simple in its style; it is
+  the production of a man of benevolent mind, kindly affections, and
+  sensitive heart, as well as of keen perceptions and sound judgment.
+  If we attempted to do justice to its merits, we should fill a
+  <em>number</em> of our work instead of a <em>column</em> of it; we must content
+  ourselves with recommending its perusal to all who covet knowledge
+  or desire amusement;&mdash;no library in the kingdom should be without a
+  copy.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Times</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>One Notice, Three Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“The reflection is almost insupportable to a humane mind, that the
+ indigenous races of America, comprising numerous distinct nations,
+ the original proprietors of that vast continent, are probably doomed
+ to entire extermination&mdash;a fate which has already befallen a large
+ portion of the red tribes. It is still more painful to think that this
+ should be the effect of the spread of the civilized races, who thus
+ become the agents of a wholesale destruction of their fellow-men. If
+ these melancholy truths were capable of aggravation, it may be found
+ in the dreadful fact that the process of destruction is not left
+ to the slow operation of invisible and insensible causes,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_55" title="55"></a> but is
+ hastened by expedients devised for that express end by civilized men,
+ the tribes being stimulated or compelled to the destruction of each
+ other, or provided with the means of destroying themselves.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Catlin, the author of the work which has suggested these
+ observations, has had better opportunities for studying the character
+ of the North American Indians than most travellers since the early
+ French writers.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Catlin is an American, a native of Wyoming, and the publisher of
+ his own work, at the Egyptian Hall.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Morning Chronicle</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“As a work intended merely for general amusement, and independently
+  of the higher object to which it is devoted, Mr. Catlin’s book will
+  be found exceedingly interesting. The salient or rugged points of its
+  style have not been smoothed down by any literary journeyman. Mr.
+  Catlin ventures alone and unaided before the public. What he has seen
+  in the prairie, and noted down in its solitude, he sends forth, with
+  all the wildness and freshness of nature about it. This, together
+  with his free and easy conversational style, plentifully sprinkled
+  with Americanisms, gives a peculiar charm to his descriptions, which
+  are not merely animated or life-like, but <em>life</em> itself. The reader
+  is made to believe himself in the desert, or lying among friendly
+  Indians in the wigwam, or hurried along in the excitement of the
+  chase. He is constantly surrounded by the figures of the red man, and
+  hears the rustle of their feathers, or the dash of their half-tamed
+  steeds as they bound by him.</p>
+
+<p>“The work is ornamented with hundreds of engravings, taken from
+  original pictures drawn by Mr. Catlin, of the persons, manners,
+  customs, and scenes that he met with in his wanderings. They give
+  an additional value to those volumes which are published, as the
+  title-page informs us, by Mr. Catlin himself, at the Egyptian Hall.
+  We wish him all the success to which his candour no less than his
+  talents fully entitle him.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Morning Herald</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_56" title="56"></a>
+<p>“In the two ample volumes just published, and illustrated with more
+  than 300 plates, Mr. Catlin has given to the world a lasting and
+  invaluable memorial of the doomed race of the Red Man, which, after
+  having from immemorial time held the unmolested tenancy of an entire
+  continent, is now but too obviously hurried on to utter extinction.
+  Mr. Catlin’s literary matter resembles his drawings; it has all the
+  freshness of the sketch from nature. Through both he brings us into
+  companionship with the red man, as if careering with him over the
+  boundless plains, the primeval forests of his hunting grounds in the
+  far West, or in the vicinity of his temporary village settlements,
+  witnessing his athletic games, his strange, fantastic dances, and his
+  spontaneous endurance of those revolting tortures by which he evinces
+  his unflinching stoicism.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Morning Post</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Upwards of three hundred very well executed etchings from the
+  paintings, drawn by Mr. Catlin, adorn these volumes, and offer to the
+  eye one of the most complete museums of an almost unknown people that
+  ever was given to the public. The style of the narrative is diffuse,
+  inartificial, and abounding in Yankeeisms; but it is earnest, honest,
+  and unpretending; and contains most undoubted and varied information
+  relative to the red savage of America, fresh from the wilds, and
+  unembittered by border hostility or unfounded prejudice. These
+  volumes are handsomely printed, and ‘brought out,’ in all respects,
+  with much care and taste.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Spectator</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>Five Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“The illustrative plates of these volumes are numbering upwards
+  of three hundred subjects&mdash;landscapes, hunting scenes, Indian
+  ceremonies, and portraits form a remarkable feature, and possess a
+  permanent interest as graphic records. They are outline etchings
+  from the author’s paintings, and are admirable for the distinct
+  and lively manner in which the characteristics of the scenes and
+  persons are portrayed: what is called a <em>style of art</em> would have
+  been impertinent, and might have tended to falsify. Mr. Catlin, in
+  his homely, but spirited manner, seizes upon the most distinguishing
+  points of his subjects by dint of understanding their value, and
+  every touch has significance and force: hence the number of details
+  and the extent of view embraced in these small and slight sketches,
+  hence their animation and reality.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Atlas</span>, <em>London</em>. <em>Three Notices, Twelve Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“This publication may be regarded as the most valuable accession to
+  the history of the fast perishing races of the aboriginal world that
+  has ever been collected by a single individual. The descriptions it
+  contains are minute and full, and possess the advantage of being
+  wonderfully tested by the long experience of the writer, and verified
+  by the concurrent testimonials of many individuals intimately
+  acquainted with the scenes and races delineated. The engravings,
+  which are liberal to an unprecedented extent, cannot be too highly
+  praised for their utility as illustrations. To the readers who have
+  never had an opportunity of visiting Mr. Catlin’s gallery, these
+  engravings will form for them quite a museum of Indian curiosities
+  in themselves; while to those already familiar with the actual
+  specimens, they will serve as useful and agreeable souvenirs. But we
+  chiefly approve and recommend this work to universal circulation for
+  the sake of the pure and noble philanthropy by which it is everywhere
+  inspired. As the advocate of the oppressed Indian, now vanishing
+  before the white man on the soil of his fathers, Mr. Catlin deserves
+  the unmixed thanks of the Christian world. His volumes are full of
+  stimulants to benevolent exertion, and bear the strongest testimony
+  to the character of the races for whose preservation he pleads.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <a class="pagenum" id="Page_57" title="57"></a>
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">United Service Gazette</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Mr. Catlin is one of the most remarkable men of the age. Every one
+  who has visited his singularly interesting gallery at the Egyptian
+  Hall, must have been struck by his remarkable intelligence on every
+  subject connected with the North American Indians; but of its extent,
+  as well as of his extraordinary enthusiasm and thirst for adventure,
+  we had formed no idea until we had perused these volumes. In the
+  present <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">blazé</em> condition of English literature, in which hardly any
+  work is published that is not founded more or less on other volumes
+  which have preceded it, until authorship has dwindled to little more
+  than the art of emptying one vessel into another, it is refreshing to
+  come across a book which, like the one before us, is equally novel
+  in subject, manner, and execution, and which may be pronounced,
+  without hyperbole, one of the most original productions which have
+  issued from the press for many years. It is wholly impossible, in the
+  compass of a newspaper notice, either to analyze or afford even a
+  tolerable idea of the contents of such a book; and for the present,
+  at least, we must limit ourselves altogether to the first volume.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Caledonian Mercury</span>, <em>Edinburgh</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“<em>Mr. Catlin’s Lectures on the North-American Indians.</em>&mdash;We have much
+  pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+  well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity
+  and effect of Mr. Catlin’s interesting and instructive exhibition:&mdash;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="signature">‘Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>‘Dear Sir,&mdash;I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures
+    at the Waterloo-rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian
+    character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian
+    manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I
+    had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries where
+    I had been; and for twenty years’ peregrinations in those parts,
+    from Montreal to the Great Slave River, north, and from the shores
+    of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of the
+    Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities of
+    seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+    pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+    which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+    afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">‘I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,<br />
+                     ‘<span class="smcap">John Haldane</span>.</p>
+<p>‘<em>To George Catlin, Esq.</em>’</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by
+  a gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson’s
+  Bay Company, dated York Factory, Hudson’s Bay, 10th December, 1842:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_58" title="58"></a>
+<p>‘Should you happen to fall in with Catlin’s Letters on the North
+    American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+    the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+    those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin’s sketches are true
+    to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+    character.’”</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">The World of Fashion</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“We venture to affirm of Mr. Catlin’s book, which can be said of very
+  few others, that it is impossible to open it at any page, and not
+  continue its perusal with unmingled satisfaction. It has too the rare
+  quality of being written by a man who says nothing but that which
+  he knows, who describes nothing but that which he has seen. We feel
+  while reading the book as in the society of a man of extraordinary
+  observation, of great talent, of wonderful accomplishments; and most
+  cordially and earnestly do we recommend this invaluable book to the
+  patronage of the public generally, and to the perusal of our readers
+  in particular.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Weekly Dispatch</span>, <em>London</em>.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“A person might well be startled and frightened at the appearance of
+  two such large volumes as these on only the manners, customs, and
+  condition of the North American Indians, a race of savages now almost
+  extinct. With all this complaint against the immense bulk of a book,
+  moreover, on such a subject, we are bound to confess that not only is
+  it the least wearisome of large books that we have for a long time
+  seen, but that it is at least one of the most amusing and animating
+  amongst even the condensed publications that for a considerable
+  period have been submitted to our perusal and judgment, and we can
+  confidently recommend it to our readers.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Chambers’s Edinburgh Journal.</span> <em>Two Notices, Four Columns.</em></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Of all the works yet published on the subject of the aboriginal
+  inhabitants of North America, no one, it seems to us, can be compared
+  in point of accuracy and extent of research with that of Mr. Catlin.
+  In the course of eight years he traversed North America almost from
+  end to end, saw and mixed with forty-eight Indian tribes, composing
+  a large portion of the two millions of red people yet in existence,
+  examined personally into all their peculiarities, and, finally,
+  accumulated a noble gallery of portraits, and a rich museum of
+  curiosities, calculated to form at once a lasting monument to himself
+  and an invaluable record of Indian persons, manners, and habiliments.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Catlin, combining all the qualities of the traveller,
+  artist, and historian, merits no sparing notice. His two volumes,
+  large octavo, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_59" title="59"></a> closely printed, are full of most interesting
+  matter, and contain, besides, upwards of three hundred beautiful
+  illustrations, engraved from the original paintings.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="signature">“Légation des Etats-Unis, Paris, Dec. 8th, 1841.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Dear Sir,&mdash;No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable
+  fidelity of your drawings and book, which I have lately received.
+  They are equally spirited and accurate; they are true to nature.
+  Things that <em>are</em>, are not sacrificed, as they too often are by the
+  painter, to things as in his judgment they should be.</p>
+
+<p>“During eighteen years of my life I was superintendent of Indian
+  affairs in the north-western territory of the United States; and
+  during more than five I was Secretary of War, to which department
+  belongs the general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians
+  thoroughly; I have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses,
+  villages, and hunting grounds; I have fought with them and against
+  them; and I have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession
+  with them. I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a
+  good right to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings;
+  among them I recognize many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I
+  am struck with the vivid representations of them and their customs,
+  of their peculiar features and of their costumes. Unfortunately they
+  are receding before the advancing tide of our population, and are
+  probably destined, at no distant day, wholly to disappear; but your
+  collection will preserve them, as far as human art can do, and will
+  form the most perfect monument of an extinguished race that the world
+  has ever seen.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">“<span class="smcap">Lewis Cass.</span></p>
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_60" title="60"></a>
+CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author’s wife and two children arrive in the British Queen, from
+      New York&mdash;First appreciation of London&mdash;Sight-seeing&mdash;Author
+      lectures in the Royal Institution&mdash;Suggests a <em>Museum of
+      Mankind</em>&mdash;Great applause&mdash;Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution&mdash;The “<em>Museum of History</em>”&mdash;Author lectures in the
+      other literary and scientific institutions of London&mdash;Author
+      dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and with the Royal
+      Geological Society&mdash;Mrs. Catlin’s travels in the “Far West”&mdash;Her
+      welcome, and kind friends in London.</p>
+
+
+<p>My work being published under the flattering auspices explained in the
+foregoing pages, and now in the hands of the reading public, attracted
+additional numbers of visitors to my Rooms, greatly increasing the
+labours of poor Daniel, and calling also for more of my time and
+attention, which I could now better devote to it. My old friends were
+calling to congratulate me on the success of my book, and strangers
+to form an acquaintance with me and offer me the civilities of their
+houses.</p>
+
+<p>Though every part of these calls upon my time, either in the labours
+of my exhibition or in the society of friends, was pleasing and
+gratifying to me, yet it became necessary for my health to evade a part
+of these excitements on either hand, and I subsequently endeavoured,
+by a limited indulgence in the pleasures of society, and a moderate
+endurance of the excitements and fatigue of my Rooms, to save my life;
+throwing the cares and labours of the exhibition, as much as possible,
+upon the broader shoulders and stronger lungs of Daniel and his
+assistants.</p>
+
+<p>I felt now as if I had a sort of citizenship in London, and began
+to think of seeing its “sights;” and from this time may date the
+commencement of my real appre<a class="pagenum" id="Page_61" title="61"></a>ciation of the elegances and comforts of
+London, its hospitalities, and the genuine English character.</p>
+
+<p>It was an opportune moment, also, for the arrival of my dear wife and
+her two infant children, for whom I had written to New York, and who
+were just landing from the British Queen, in London, to share the kind
+attentions and compliments that were being paid to me, and also for
+seeing with me the sights and curiosities of the metropolis.</p>
+
+<p>About this time I was highly complimented by an invitation to deliver
+a lecture in the Royal Institution, Albemarle-street. The venerable
+members of that institution were nearly all present, and every seat
+was filled. I had, on the occasion, several living figures, dressed in
+Indian costumes, with weapons in hand, as well as many of my paintings
+exhibited on my easel, as illustrations; and I was highly gratified
+with the attention and repeated applause, convincing me that the
+subject and myself were kindly received.</p>
+
+<p>I endeavoured, in the compass of an evening’s lecture, to give as
+comprehensive a view as I could of the motives which had led me into
+the Indian countries&mdash;of the time I had spent in them&mdash;of the extent
+and nature of the collection I had made&mdash;of the condition and numbers
+of the various tribes, and of their personal appearance and habits of
+life, which I illustrated by my numerous paintings, and by the curious
+manufactures of their own hands. I endeavoured also to delineate
+their true native character, as I had found it in its most primitive
+condition&mdash;and to explain the principal causes that have been, and
+still are, leading to their rapid declension.</p>
+
+<p>I took advantage of this occasion likewise to introduce a subject
+which had been for many years my favourite theme, which had constantly
+stimulated me through my toils in the Indian country, and which, as
+I was the first to propose in my own country, I believe I was the
+first to suggest on this side of the Atlantic&mdash;a <span class="smcap">Museum</span> of
+<span class="smcap">Mankind</span>. A shout of en<a class="pagenum" id="Page_62" title="62"></a>thusiastic applause burst from every
+part of the Hall when the subject was named, and rounds of applause
+followed every sentence when I proceeded to say, that in the toils
+and dangers of my remotest travels in the wilderness I had been
+strengthened and nerved by the hope and the belief, that if I lived to
+finish my studies and to return with my collection, I should be able
+to show to the world the plan upon which a Museum could be formed, to
+contain and perpetuate the looks and manners and history of all the
+declining and vanishing races of man, and that my collection would
+ultimately form the basis of such an institution.</p>
+
+<p>I agreed with all the world as to the great interest and value of their
+noble collections of beasts, and birds, and reptiles, of fossils, of
+minerals, of fishes, of insects, and of plants, all of which can be
+gathered hundreds of years hence as well as at the present time; and
+I believed that all of the reasoning world who would give the subject
+a moment’s thought, would agree with <em>me</em>, that there was one museum
+yet to be made, far transcending in interest and value all others
+yet designed, and which must needs be made soon, or it will be for
+ever lost&mdash;a museum containing the familiar looks, the manufactures,
+history, and records of all the remnants of the declining races of our
+fellow-men.</p>
+
+<p>It occurred to me, and I said it then, that Great Britain has more
+than thirty colonies in different quarters of the globe, in which the
+numbers of civilized men are increasing, and the native tribes are
+wasting away&mdash;that the march of civilization is everywhere, as it is in
+America, a war of extermination, and that of our own species. For the
+occupation of a new country, the first enemy that must fall is <em>man</em>,
+and his like cannot be transplanted from any other quarter of the
+globe. Our war is not with beasts or with birds: the grizly bear, the
+lion, and the tiger are allowed to live. Our weapons are not employed
+against them: we do not give them whiskey, and rum, and the small pox,
+nor the bayonet; they are allowed to live and thrive upon our soil, and
+yet their skins are of great value<a class="pagenum" id="Page_63" title="63"></a> in our museums; but to complete a
+title, man, our fellow-man, the noblest work of God, with thoughts,
+with sentiments and sympathies like our own, must be extinguished; and
+he dies on his own soil, unchronicled and unknown (save to the ruthless
+hands that have slain him, and would bury his history with his body in
+oblivion), when not even his <em>skin</em> has a place assigned it amongst
+those of the beasts and birds of his country.</p>
+
+<p>From England, from France, and the United States, government vessels,
+in this age of colonization, are floating to every part of the globe,
+and in them, artists and men of science could easily be conveyed to
+every race, and their collections returned free of expense, were there
+an institution formed and ready to receive and perpetuate the results
+of their labours.</p>
+
+<p>I believed that the time had arrived for the creation of such an
+institution, and that well-directed efforts to bring it into existence
+would have the admiration and countenance of all the philanthropic
+world.</p>
+
+<p>There was but one expression of feeling from every part of the hall at
+the close of these remarks, and every voice seemed to say “Yes&mdash;the
+noble philanthropy of this Christian and enlightened and enlightening
+age calls for it, and it must be done before it is too late.”<a href="#Footnote_3" id="FNanchor_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p>
+
+<p>A few days after my lecture was delivered, I received with much
+satisfaction from the secretary of the institution the following
+communication, which the reader will allow me the vanity of inserting
+here:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Sir,&mdash;I have the honour to return you the thanks of the members
+   of the <em>Royal Institution of Great Britain</em> for your interesting
+   account of your residence and adventures among the native tribes of
+   North American<a class="pagenum" id="Page_64" title="64"></a> Indians, with notices of their social condition,
+   customs, mysteries, and modes of warfare&mdash;communicated at the weekly
+   meeting of the members on Friday, the 14th February.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">“I am, Sir, your very obedient Servant,<br />
+                            “<span class="smcap">Edward R. Daniell</span>, <em>Secretary</em>.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>Invitations from the other literary and scientific institutions of
+London afforded me the opportunity of repeating my lectures in most of
+their halls, where I was uniformly received with applause, which was
+also a source of much gratification to me. These interviews suddenly
+and delightfully led me into the society of literary and scientific
+men, and also into the noble collections and libraries under their
+superintendence. I was here at once ushered, as it were, into a
+new world&mdash;a new atmosphere&mdash;and in it was met and welcomed every
+where with the utmost cordiality and kindness; libraries, museums,
+laboratories, and lectures were free to me; and not only the private
+tables of the advocates of science, but their public tables in their
+banqueting halls, prepared a seat for me.</p>
+
+<p>Thus were my labours being requited; and I was happy in the conviction
+that the claims of the poor Indians were being heard in the right
+tribunal, and that I was their advocate at the true source from which
+emanated most of the great and moral influences that govern and improve
+the world.</p>
+
+<p>I was invited to the annual dinners of the Royal Geographical,
+Geological, and Historical Societies; and in responding to the
+compliments paid me at all of them, in proposing my health and the
+prosperity of my country, I was delighted to find that my advocacy
+of the rights of the poor Indian, and my scheme for a <em>Museum</em> of
+<em>Mankind</em>, were met and sanctioned with rounds of enthusiastic applause.</p>
+
+<p>I have mentioned that my dear wife with her two children had arrived
+from New York, and the pleasures and endearments of my own little
+fireside, now transplanted into a foreign land, were stealing away
+their part of my<a class="pagenum" id="Page_65" title="65"></a> time, which, with the necessary attention to the
+kind civilities being paid us, our sight-seeing, our dinings-out,
+our drives, and my attendance in my rooms and lectures at night, was
+curiously divided and engrossed.</p>
+
+<p>The advent of my dear Clara, with her two babes, was like the coming
+of the warm and gentle breezes of spring&mdash;she who, though delicate
+and tender, had been, during the three last years of my rambles in
+the Indian wilds, my indefatigable companion&mdash;She who had traced and
+retraced with me the winding mazes of the mighty Mississippi, the
+Missouri, the Ohio, and the Arkansas&mdash;and with the lightness of the
+bounding antelopes that dwell upon their shores, had darted over their
+grassy banks and their green carpeted and enamelled slopes, and plucked
+their loveliest flowers&mdash;she who had also traced with me the shores
+of the great lakes of the north, and inhaled the glowing sweetness of
+Florida’s lovely coast&mdash;and had kept her journal of thirteen thousand
+miles of wild rambles with her husband, and since her return to the
+land of her birth had blessed him in the richness of gift with two
+children, was now by his side (as I have said, like the coming of
+spring), to cheer him with the familiar sweet smiles and sounds in
+which he never knew guile.<a href="#Footnote_4" id="FNanchor_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p>
+
+<p>Thanks to the kind friends who took her fair hand and bade her
+welcome&mdash;for they were many, and ready to contribute to her happiness,
+which filled (at that moment at least) the cup of our mutual enjoyment.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_66" title="66"></a>
+CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society&mdash;The Duke of
+      Richmond presides&mdash;His Grace’s compliment to the Author
+      and his country&mdash;Sir David Wilkie&mdash;His compliment to the
+      Author&mdash;Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the Caledonian
+      Ball (Almack’s) in Indian costumes&mdash;Their rehearsal&mdash;Dressing
+      and painting&mdash;Entering the ball&mdash;Alarm of ladies&mdash;Mr.
+      Murray’s infinite amusement (<em>incognito</em>) amongst his
+      friends&mdash;War-dance and war-whoops&mdash;Great applause&mdash;Bouquets of
+      flowers&mdash;Scalp-dance&mdash;Brooches and bracelets presented to the
+      chiefs-Trinkets returned&mdash;Perspiration carries off the paint, and
+      Mr. Murray recognised&mdash;Amusement of his friends&mdash;The “Indians”
+      return to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning&mdash;Their amusing
+      appearance.</p>
+
+
+<p>Among the many very friendly invitations extended to me about this
+time, there was one which I cannot omit to notice in this place.&mdash;I
+was invited to take a seat at the <em>Royal Highland Society’s</em> annual
+dinner, at which his Grace the Duke of Richmond presided. The name of
+this society explains its character, and most of the guests at the
+table were in full highland dress, with their kilts, and with the
+badges and plaids of their peculiar clans. The scene was altogether a
+very picturesque one, and I observed that their chiefs wore the eagle’s
+quills for the same purpose and in the same manner that the Indians do;
+but I did not see any of them painted red, as the Indians paint them,
+to adorn their heads as symbols of war when they are going to battle.</p>
+
+<p>The banqueting hall was beautifully arranged, and two of Her Majesty’s
+pipers from the Palace, in the most gorgeous Highland dress, were
+perambulating the table “in full blast” whilst we were eating.</p>
+
+<p>The Duke of Richmond, who is an easy, affable, and entirely
+unostentatious man, and the best president at a convivial table
+that I ever saw, offered the customary healths, of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_67" title="67"></a>&mdash;the Queen&mdash;the
+Prince&mdash;the Duke, &amp;c., which were drunk with the usual enthusiasm, and
+after that proceeded to pay his ingenious and judicious compliments to
+individuals at the table, by alluding, in the most concise and amusing
+manner, to their exploits or other merits, and then proposed their
+healths.</p>
+
+<p>After we had all joined in the uproar of&mdash;Hip, hip, hips,&mdash;with one
+foot on our chairs and the other on the table, in a number of such
+cases, he arose and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Gentlemen, I now rise quite confident of your approbation of the
+  sentiment I am to propose, and the sentiments I am to offer. The
+  nations of the earth, like the individuals in the different branches
+  of a great family, stand in certain degrees of relationship towards
+  each other; and as those degrees of consanguinity are more or less
+  remote, so are the friendships and attachments of those nations for
+  each other. Now, gentlemen, as an individual component part of one of
+  the great nations of that great national family, I feel proud to say,
+  that there are two of that family so closely related, not only in
+  commercial interests, but by blood, as almost to identify them in an
+  unity of existence.&mdash;The relationship that I speak of, gentlemen (and
+  which I believe will be familiar to many of you, as married men), is
+  that of parent and child.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>At this period commenced a tremendous cheering, and all eyes seemed
+to be in a rotary motion, endeavouring to fix upon the representative
+of that nearly related country on whom the next responsibility was to
+fall. His Grace proceeded:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Gentlemen, the term parent and child I have used to express the
+  endearments of one stage of domestic relations; but there is
+  another which lessens not the tie, but carries with it the respect
+  that children do not win&mdash;I would call it father and son (<em>immense
+  cheering</em>). I perceive, gentlemen, that you all understand me, and
+  are preparing for the sentiment I am to offer; but I would remark,
+  that when a distinguished individual from one of those nearly related
+  countries pays a visit to the other, common courtesy demands that
+  he should be treated with kindness and respect. If that individual,
+  gentlemen, be one who, by the force and energy of his own mind, has
+  struck out and accomplished any great undertaking for the advancement
+  of science, or the benefit of mankind, he is a philanthropist,
+  a public benefactor, and entitled to our higest admiration
+  (<em>cheering</em>).</p>
+
+<p>“Gentlemen, I have the satisfaction of informing you that there is at
+  our table an individual whose name when I mention it will be familiar
+  to most of you; who, contemplating several millions of human beings
+  in his own country sinking into oblivion before the destructive
+  influences of civilization,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_68" title="68"></a> had the energy of character, the courage
+  and philanthropy, to throw himself, unprotected and unaided, into the
+  midst of them, with his brushes and his pen, endeavouring to preserve
+  for future ages their familiar looks, and all that appertained to
+  their native modes and history. In this noble enterprise, gentlemen,
+  this individual laboured eight years of his life; and having with
+  incessant toil and hazard visited most of the native tribes of North
+  America, he has brought home and to our city a collection (which
+  I trust you have all seen) of vast interest and value, which does
+  great honour to his name, and entitles him to our highest admiration
+  and esteem. I now propose, gentlemen, the health of Mr. Catlin, and
+  success to the great country that gave him birth!”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Whilst these compliments were applying to my country only, I was fully
+confident there was some one of my countrymen present better able than
+myself to respond to them; but when they became personal, and all eyes
+were fixed upon me, I saw there was no alternative, and that I must
+reply, as well as I could, to the unexpected compliment thus paid me
+and answered to with a bumper and many rounds of applause, every guest
+at the table, as before, with one foot on his chair and the other on
+the edge of the table. An awful pause for a moment, while my name was
+echoed from every part of the room, brought me upon my feet, and I
+replied: but I never shall recollect exactly how. I believe, however,
+that I explained the views with which I had visited the Indian tribes,
+and what I had done; and put in a few words, as well as I could, for my
+country.</p>
+
+<p>His Grace next rose, and, after the most chaste and eloquent eulogium
+upon his works and his character, proposed the health of Sir David
+Wilkie, who, to my great surprise and unspeakable satisfaction, I found
+was sitting by my side and the next to my elbow. His health was drunk
+with great enthusiasm, and after he had responded to the compliment he
+begged to be allowed to express to his Grace and the gentlemen present
+the very great satisfaction he had felt in being able to join in the
+expression of thanks to so distinguished a gentleman as Mr. Catlin, and
+whom it afforded him great pleasure to find was by his side. He stated
+that he had been many times in my exhibition rooms, but with<a class="pagenum" id="Page_69" title="69"></a>out the
+good luck to have met me there. He commented at great length upon the
+importance and value of the collection; and, while he was according to
+me great credit for the boldness and originality of the design, he took
+especial pains to compliment me for the execution of my paintings, many
+of which, he said, as works of art, justly entitled me to the hands of
+artists in this country, and he was proud to begin by offering me his,
+in good fellowship, which he did, and raised me from my seat as he said
+it.</p>
+
+<p>This was sanctioned by a round of applause, and as he resumed his seat
+I was left upon my feet, and bound again to reply, which I did as well
+as I could.</p>
+
+<p>The reader can more easily imagine than I can describe, how gratifying
+to me was such a mode of acquaintance with so distinguished and so
+worthy a man as Sir David Wilkie, at whose elbow I was now placed, and,
+for the most part of the evening, in familiar conversation.</p>
+
+<p>The pipers played, the wine flowed, many good songs were sung; a
+Highland dance was spiritedly flung by M‘Ian, M‘Donald, and several
+others, in Highland costume. An Indian song and the war-whoop were
+called for, and given&mdash;and with other good fellowship and fun this
+splendid affair was finished.</p>
+
+<p>I was at this time devoting certain hours of the day to visitors in my
+Rooms, and I found my kind friend C.&nbsp;A. Murray almost daily bringing
+ladies of rank and fashion upon his arm, to take a peep into the
+mysteries of savage life, which he was so well prepared to explain to
+them, and to illustrate by my numerous paintings and works of Indian
+manufacture.</p>
+
+<p>I met him here one day, however, on my entering, where he had been
+for some time waiting without acting the beau, for any one, which was
+quite an unusual thing. He called me aside, and told me there was a
+chance for us to make <em>a sensation</em> if I felt disposed to join him
+in it, and to make a great deal of amusement for others as well as a
+dish of fun for ourselves&mdash;this was, to assume the Indian costume<a class="pagenum" id="Page_70" title="70"></a>
+and throw ourselves into the Caledonian ball, which was to be given
+at Almack’s that evening, and for which he had procured the tickets.
+For the information of those who never have seen one of those annual
+balls, I will briefly say that they are decidedly the most brilliant
+and splendid affairs that can be seen in London&mdash;presenting the most
+gorgeous display of costumes and diamonds that the world can exhibit,
+short of royalty itself. It was but for Mr. Murray to propose&mdash;the
+finest costumes were taken from the Walls of my Room&mdash;weapons,
+head-dresses, scalping-knives, scalps, &amp;c.&mdash;and placed in one of the
+chambers of the Egyptian Hall: and three o’clock was the hour appointed
+for Mr. Murray to meet me again, to fit us with our respective dresses,
+and go through a sort of rehearsal in our songs, dances, &amp;c., which we
+might be called upon to enact during the evening, and in which it would
+be a great pity for us Indian knowing ones to make any mistake.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Murray was punctual at the hour of three; and having proposed that
+my nephew, Burr Catlin, a young man of 21 years and then living with
+me, should be of the party, we entered the dressing-room, and were soon
+suited with our respective dresses and took our weapons in hand. My
+nephew, Burr, being six feet two inches, with a bold and Indian outline
+of face, was arrayed in a Sioux dress; and it was instantly agreed that
+he should be put forward as the Big Sioux&mdash;the Great Chief Wan-ne-ton.
+He happened to wear the identical head-dress of that distinguished
+chief, which was made of war-eagle’s quills and ermine skins. He was to
+hold himself entirely mute upon his dignity, according to the customs
+of the country. I was dressed as a warrior of the <em>Sac</em> tribe, with
+head ornaments of red and white quills of the war-eagle, denoting,
+according to the custom of the country, my readiness for war or for
+peace. Mr. Murray had chosen a dress less rich, and more light and easy
+to act in, and a head-dress that was made much like a wig of long black
+hair spreading over his shoulders and falling down nearly to the calves
+of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_71" title="71"></a> his legs, surmounted by a solitary eagle’s quill&mdash;giving himself
+more the appearance of a “Bois Brûlé,” as they are termed on the Indian
+frontiers of America&mdash;a race of half-castes, who are generally used as
+interpreters, speaking a little French and some “Americaine” (as they
+call the English language). These curious personages are generally the
+spokesmen for all parties of Indians travelling abroad or delegations
+to neighbouring tribes. This character exactly suited Mr. Murray, as
+he spoke the French and the German, and also a little of two or three
+Indian tongues; and, in the position of an interpreter for the party,
+he would be the vehicle of communication between the two chiefs and his
+numerous friends and relations, both ladies and gentlemen, whom he was
+to meet in every part of the Rooms.</p>
+
+<p>The least discerning will easily see that he was most ingeniously
+laying his plans for a great deal of amusement; and if my readers could
+have seen the manner in which he was dressed out and metamorphosed for
+the occasion, they would have insured him, at a low premium, fun enough
+on that evening to have lasted him for a week. Having arrayed our
+persons in the respective costumes we had agreed upon, and arranged the
+different characters which we were to sustain, I took the Indian drum
+or tambour in my hand, and to the music of that and the chief’s rattle,
+and our combined voices in concert in an Indian song, we practised the
+war-dance and scalp-dance of the Sioux, until we agreed that we could
+“do them” beyond (at least) the reach of civilized criticisms, in
+case we should be called upon to dance, which it was agreed should be
+at first met as a condescension that the chiefs could not submit to,
+but which it was understood we should yield to if the measure was to
+be very strenuously urged. Matters being thus arranged, we adjourned
+until nine o’clock, when we were to meet again, and make our final
+preparations for our début in the ballroom.</p>
+
+<p>At nine we were drawing on our buckskin leggings, and mocassins fringed
+with scalp-locks and ornamented with<a class="pagenum" id="Page_72" title="72"></a> porcupine quills of various
+dyes; our shirts or tuniques were also of deerskins richly ornamented,
+and their sleeves fringed, like the leggings, with locks of the hair
+of Indian victims slain in battle. We painted our faces and hands
+of a copper colour, in close imitation of the colour of the Indian,
+and over and across that, to make the illusion more complete, gave
+occasional bold daubs of vermilion and green or black paint, so that,
+with our heavy and richly garnished robes of the buffalo, thrown over
+our shoulders and trailing on the floor as we walked, with tomahawks
+and scalping knives in our belts, our shields of buffalo hides on our
+arms, with our quivers slung and our bows and arrows clenched in our
+hands, we were prepared for the sensation we were in a few minutes
+to make. We stood and smiled at each others’ faces a few moments in
+curious anticipation, practising over each other’s names, which we had
+almost forgotten to take. And having decided that the great chief was
+<em>Wan-ne-ton</em>, that the warrior’s name was <em>Na-see-us-kuk</em>, and that of
+the interpreter <em>Pah-ti-coo-chee</em>, we seated ourselves in a carriage,
+and in three minutes were being ushered through the crowded halls
+leading to the splendid and brilliant array, into the midst of which a
+long Indian step or two more placed us!</p>
+
+<p>There was a little cruelty in the suddenness of our approach, and a
+simultaneous yell which we gave, innocently mistaking the effect it
+might have upon the nerves of ladies standing near us, several of whom,
+on catching the sound and then the sight of us, gave sudden shrieks far
+more piercing and startling than the savage war-whoop that had been
+sounded over their shoulders. By this time we formed the centre of
+attraction in the room, and we stood in so dense a crowd to be gazed
+at, that nothing could be scanned of us lower down than our chins and
+shoulders. The big Sioux chief, however, who was a head taller than
+the crowd around him, flourishing his enormous head-dress of eagle’s
+quills, was quietly rolling his eagle eyes around over the multitude,
+who were getting so satisfactory a view of him that it eased<a class="pagenum" id="Page_73" title="73"></a> us a
+little from the rush that otherwise would have been upon us.</p>
+
+<p>We had made our entry into this world of fashion and splendour entirely
+unexpected by any one, and of course unknown to all. Here was truly
+a splendid field for my friend Mr. Murray, and the time for his
+operations had now arrived. All questions (and there were many, and
+in various languages) put to the big chief or the warrior were, by
+the understanding, answered only by frowns; and the interrogations
+referred to <em>Pah-ti-coo-chee</em>, the interpreter. This brought him at
+once into great demand, and he replied at first in Indian, and then
+strained a few distorted words of French and German into his replies,
+by which he made himself partially understood. Lords and ladies, dukes
+and duchesses, and princes and princesses of his acquaintance were in
+the room, and now gazing at his copper colour, bedaubed with red and
+black paint, and patiently listening to and endeavouring to translate
+his garbled French and German and Indian for some description of the
+grand personages he had in tow, without dreaming of the honourable
+gentleman upon whose visage they were actually looking. From a custom
+of the Prairie country, which he had wisely thought of, he carried a
+rifle-bullet in his mouth whilst he was talking, and his voice was thus
+as much a stranger as his face.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the gazers on, and those who questioned him, were many of his
+most familiar friends; and even his own brother, the Earl of Dunmore,
+drew some marvellous tales from him before he made himself known, which
+he did at last to him and a few others of his friends, that he might
+the better crack the good jokes he had come to enjoy.</p>
+
+<p>The crowd, by this time, had completely wedged us in, so that there was
+no apparent possibility of moving from our position, yet it was not a
+crowd that was insupportable: it was, at least for a while, a pleasure
+to be thus invested, as we were, by silks and satins, by necklaces
+of diamonds and necks as fair as alabaster, by gold lace, and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_74" title="74"></a>
+golden epaulettes, chapeaux and small swords; but the weight of our
+bison robes at length brought us to the expedient that our ingenious
+interpreter put forth, which gained us temporary relief, and gave us
+locomotive powers by which we could show ourselves at full length, and
+occasionally escape investigations when they became too close for our
+good friend or ourselves.</p>
+
+<p>It was a lucky thought of our interpreter, which he divulged to some of
+his confidential friends much to our advantage, that the paints which
+the Indians used were indelible colours, and he regretted to learn that
+some of the ladies had injured their costly dresses by being in too
+close contact with us. And again he feared that some of the scalp-locks
+on the dresses of the chief and the warrior were not quite dry, as they
+were fresh from the country where they had just been at war with the
+Sacs and Foxes. This had a delightful effect, and we were not again in
+danger of suffocation, though the space we had to move in was limited
+enough during the rest of the night for our warm dresses and our
+enormous buffalo robes.</p>
+
+<p>The introductions I had on that night, to lords and ladies, and to
+dukes and duchesses, as <em>Na-see-us-huk</em>, a famous warrior of the Sacs,
+and my nephew, as <em>Wan-ne-ton</em>, the great Sioux Chief, were honours
+certainly that he or I could never have aspired to under any other
+names; and our misfortune was, that their duration was necessarily as
+brief as the names and titles we had assumed.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of this truly magnificent scene, where our interpreter
+was introducing us as two dignified personages from the base of the
+Rocky Mountains, and enjoying his own fun with his friends as he moved
+around, and after a set of quadrilles had finished, it was announced
+through the rooms that the Indians were going to give the War Dance!</p>
+
+<p>This of course raised a new excitement, and the crowd thickened, until
+at length a red rope or cord was passed around us three about as
+high as our waists. The bystanders were desired to take hold of this
+and walk back,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_75" title="75"></a> which they did in all directions until a large space
+was opened for us, and we were left standing in the centre. We found
+ourselves there in full display in front of the ladies patronesses of
+the ball, who were seated upon a platform, elevated several feet above
+the level of the floor, and who, it was stated to us, had expressed a
+desire to see the Indians dance.</p>
+
+<p>Alas! poor Murray, he had then an off-hand use to make of his mongrel
+dialect, which seemed to embarrass him very much, and which he had
+found he got along with much better in the crowd. We were also
+pledged to hesitate about our dignity in case we were asked to dance,
+which here made a dialogue in Indian language indispensable, giving
+our interpreter fresh alarm; nevertheless, with enough of the same
+determination and firmness left that used to decide him to dash through
+the turbid rivers of the prairie, or to face the menacing savages that
+he met in the wilderness, he resolved to go through with it, and the
+Indian dialogue that he opened with me was never doubted, I believe,
+for it was never criticised. The objections raised by the chief and his
+warrior were translated in tolerable French (with the bullet accent),
+to their ladyships and the audience around us. The dignity of a Sioux
+Chief could not be lowered by such a condescension, and the dance could
+not be made without him. “Good Mr. <em>Pah-ti-coo-chee</em>,” said her Grace
+the Duchess of &mdash;&mdash; (who was the presiding patroness on the occasion),
+in excellent French,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_76" title="76"></a> “do, I beg of you, do prevail on that fine old
+fellow to gratify us with a dance&mdash;don’t let him look so distressed
+about it&mdash;tell him that he has just been looking on to see some of
+the greatest chiefs in our country dance, and he must not think it
+degrading to show us the mode in which the Indians dance; I dare say it
+is very fine. Oh, dear, what shall we do? they are fine-looking men&mdash;I
+wish I could speak to them&mdash;I dare say they know Charles A. Murray,&mdash;he
+was in their country&mdash;I have read his book. Where’s Murray? he ought to
+be here to-night; I am sure he knows them. Do you know Murray, my good
+fellows? Ah, no, they don’t understand French, though.”</p>
+
+<p>Our interpreter smiled, and the Sioux chief and the Sac warrior came
+very near the misfortune also. The arguments of the duchess were
+translated to the chief and the warrior with great difficulty, when,
+after a few moments of silence, they began to put off their robes,
+which were very deliberately folded up and laid aside, to the great
+gratification of the ladies patronesses and the rest of the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>By three dancers the war dance of the Sioux is given with considerable
+effect, and we were now ready to “go into it.” The drum, which until
+this moment had been slung on Mr. Murray’s back, was taken into my
+hands, the chief took his rattle in one hand and his war-club in the
+other, while the interpreter’s shield skilfully manœuvred over his
+left shoulder and his tomahawk brandished in his right hand, which,
+with the shrill sounds of the war-song and the war-whoop, altogether
+suddenly opened a new era in the musical and dancing sphere of Almack’s.</p>
+
+<p>When it was done, the whole house rung with applause; bouquets of
+flowers were showered upon us, and many compliments were paid us by the
+most bewitching young ladies, but which, unfortunately for us, we could
+not understand. The crowd now thickened around us to shake hands with
+us and lavish their praises upon us; and among them a lovely little
+creature, whose neck seemed forged from a bouquet of white lilies, who
+was supported on the arm of an officer, with her languishing soft blue
+eyes, and breath sweeter than that of the antelope that jostles the
+first dew-drops of the morning from the violets of the prairie, was
+beseeching me to allow her to adjust on my wrist a magnificent bracelet
+which she had taken from her own lovely arm, and for which she wished
+only, as she made me understand by signs, a small scalp-lock from the
+seams of my leggings. To play our parts well it was necessary, for
+the time being, to do as an Indian warrior would do&mdash;I tore off the
+scalp-lock and gave it to her, and when her<a class="pagenum" id="Page_77" title="77"></a> fair hands had adjusted
+the precious trinket on my wrist, I raised the leathern shirt a little
+higher on my arm and showed her the colour of my skin. This unfolded a
+secret to her which compelled me to speak, and I said to her and her
+guardian, “Pray don’t expose us; let us have our fun. Your precious
+trinket I will restore to you in a little time.” This was answered
+with the sweetest of smiles, and, as my joke was thus ended, I turned
+round and found the ring prepared again for another dance. Fair hands
+had been lavish upon the other two Indians, who were already decorated
+with several keepsakes of beautiful and precious workmanship. The
+scalp-dance now commenced, and as I had brought with me a real scalp,
+according to the custom of a warrior, we gave it the full effect and
+fury of such scenes as they are acted in the wilderness. We entered
+upon this unfortunate affair with our prizes displayed in the fullest
+exultation, and no doubt might have gained many more but for the
+unforeseen misfortune which our over exertions to please and astonish
+had innocently brought upon us. The warmth of the rooms at this hour
+had become almost insupportable, and, in the midst of it, our violent
+exertions, under the heat of our Indian dresses, had produced a flow
+of perspiration which had carried away the paint in streaks from our
+foreheads to our chins, making us simple studies for the ethnologist,
+if any there were present, and easy of solution. Poor Murray! he
+had supplied himself with a red handkerchief, which he had often
+pressed upon his face, the consequence of which was&mdash;and it was funny
+enough&mdash;that his nose and his chin, and the other prominent points of
+his face, had all become white, long before he had finished his fun or
+been willing to acknowledge our true character and caste.</p>
+
+<p>However, he had much merriment in receiving the cheerful
+congratulations of his friends (who now recognised him once more as the
+Honourable C.&nbsp;A. Murray), and in introducing my nephew and myself in
+our real names to many of his friends, we distributed scalp-locks and
+feathers<a class="pagenum" id="Page_78" title="78"></a> to all the fair hands whose trinkets we held and restored;
+and after partaking of the good things that were in store for us, and
+looking and laughing at our white-washed faces in the mirrors, we made
+our way to the front door as the first step towards a retreat to the
+Egyptian Hall. We waited in vain full half an hour for a vehicle, such
+was the rush of carriages at the door. The only alternative seemed
+to be to take to our legs, and once resolved, we dashed out into the
+street, and made our way in the best manner we could. It was now past
+sunrise and raining in torrents, as it had been during the whole
+night. We wended our way as fast as possible through the mud, with our
+white and beautiful mocassins, and painted robes; and the reader must
+excuse me here, and imagine, if he can, how we three looked when we
+arrived at the door of the Egyptian Hall, with the gang of boys and
+ragamuffins assembled around us, which the cry of “Indians, Indians!”
+had collected as we passed through the streets. The poor porter, who
+had waited up for us all night, happened <em>luckily to be</em> ready for our
+ring; and thus, fortunately, we were soon safely withdrawn from the
+crowd assembling, to gaze and grin at each other, and deliberately and
+leisurely to scour ourselves back again to our original characters.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_79" title="79"></a>
+CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest visit
+      the Collection&mdash;His Royal Highness the (little) Duc de Brabant
+      visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;The Author
+      presents him an Indian pipe and pair of mocassins&mdash;Visit of His
+      Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to the Collection&mdash;His noble
+      sympathy for the Indians&mdash;He smokes an Indian pipe under the
+      wigwam&mdash;The Author takes breakfast with the Duke of Sussex in
+      Kensington Palace&mdash;The Duke’s dress and appearance&mdash;John Hunter,
+      the Indian traveller&mdash;The Duke’s inquiries about him&mdash;Monsieur
+      Duponceau&mdash;Visit to the Bank of England&mdash;To Buckingham Palace&mdash;To
+      Windsor Castle&mdash;Author visits the Polish Ball with several
+      friends in Indian costumes.</p>
+
+
+<p>Among the distinguished visitors to my rooms about this time were their
+Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg, and Prince Ernest, the father and
+brother of Prince Albert, at that time on a visit to the Queen and the
+Prince. They were accompanied by Mr. Murray, who took great pains to
+explain the collection to the Duke, who took me by the hand when he
+left the room, and told me I deserved the friendship of all countries
+for what I had done, and pronounced it “a noble collection.” His second
+visit was made to it a few days after, when he was also accompanied by
+Mr. Murray, and remained in the rooms until it was quite dark.</p>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant, the infant son of the King of
+the Belgians, on a visit to the Queen, was also brought in by Mr.
+Murray. He was an intelligent lad, nine or ten years of age, and was
+pleased with a miniature Indian pipe which I presented to him, and also
+a small pair of Indian mocassins suitable for his age.</p>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex, though in feeble<a class="pagenum" id="Page_80" title="80"></a> health, paid
+my collection his first visit. It was his wish, from the state that he
+was in, to meet me alone “in an Indian Council,” as he called it. My
+first interview with him lasted for an hour or more, when he told me
+that if his strength would have permitted it, he could have been amused
+the whole day. To this fine old venerable man my highest admiration
+clung: he expressed the deepest sympathy for the Indians, and seemed to
+have formed a more general and correct idea of them and their condition
+than any person I had met in the kingdom. When he left my rooms he
+took me by both hands and thanked me for the rich treat I had afforded
+him, and assured me that for the benefits I was rendering to society,
+and the justice I was doing to the poor Indians, I should be sure to
+meet my reward in the world to come, and that he hoped I would also be
+recompensed in this.</p>
+
+<p>The Duke of Sussex was a great amateur of pipes and good smoking, and
+took much interest in the hundreds of different designs and shapes
+of the carved pipes in my exhibition. He was curious to know what
+the Indians smoked, and I showed him their tobacco, a quantity of
+which I had brought with me. The Indians prepare it from the inner
+bark of the red willow, and when dried and ready for smoking, call
+it “k’nick-k’neck.” I prepared and lit a pipe of it for His Royal
+Highness to smoke, with which he took a seat under the middle of the
+Indian wigwam, where our conversation was held at the moment; and as
+he drew the delicious fumes through the long and garnished stem which
+passed between his knees, with its polished bowl, carved in the red
+pipe stone, resting on the floor, he presented for a few moments the
+finished personification of beatitude and enjoyment. He pronounced
+the flavour delicious, wanting only a little more strength, which he
+thought the addition of tobacco would give it.</p>
+
+<p>I told him that the Indians were always in the habit of mingling
+tobacco with it when they could afford to buy it:<a class="pagenum" id="Page_81" title="81"></a> “Good fellows (said
+he), they know what is good&mdash;their tastes are as good as ours are.”
+After he had finished his pipe, and we were moving towards the front
+door, the moment before taking leave of me as I have mentioned above,
+he asked me if I ever knew <em>John Hunter</em>, who wrote a work on the
+Indians of America, to which I replied in the affirmative. He seemed
+much pleased in learning this fact, and said to me, “You see what a
+feeble wreck I am at present; my strength is gone, and I must leave
+you; but you will take your breakfast with me at Kensington Palace
+to-morrow morning: I am all alone. I am too ill to see the world;
+they cannot find the way to me: but I will see <em>you</em>, and take great
+pleasure in your society. Your name will be made known to the servants
+at the back entrance to the palace.”</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, at the hour named, found me at the door of the
+palace, where my name was recognised, and I at once was ushered into
+the apartment of the Duke, where I found him in his arm-chair, wrapped
+in his morning gown of white flannel, and his head covered with a cap
+of black velvet richly embroidered with gold. He rose and took me by
+the hand in the most cordial manner, and instantly led me to another
+part of the room, in front of a portrait hanging on the wall.&mdash;“There,”
+said he, “do you know that face?” “Very well,” said I; “that is the
+portrait of John Hunter; it is an admirable likeness, and looks to me
+like a picture by one of our American artists. If I had met it anywhere
+else but in this country I should have said it was by Harding, one of
+our most valued portrait painters.” “Well,” said he, “you know <em>that</em>
+portrait too, do you?” “Very well&mdash;that is his Royal Highness the Duke
+of Sussex.” “Well,” said the Duke, “now I will tell you, they were both
+painted by Mr. Harding. Harding is a great favourite of mine, and a
+very clever artist.”</p>
+
+<p>I at this moment presented to the Duke the Indian pipe, through which
+he had smoked the day before, and also an<a class="pagenum" id="Page_82" title="82"></a> Indian tobacco-pouch, filled
+with the k’nick-k’neck (or Indian tobacco) with which he had been so
+much pleased.</p>
+
+<p>He thanked me for the present, which he assured me delighted him
+very much; and, after showing me a great variety of curious and most
+ingenious pipes from various countries, we took our seats alone at the
+breakfast table. In the course of our conversation, which ran upon
+pipes&mdash;upon Indians and Indian countries, his Royal Highness said he
+had reasons for asking me if I had known Hunter, and should feel most
+happy if he found in me a person who had been acquainted with his
+history. He said he had known Hunter familiarly while he was in London,
+and had entertained him in his palace, and thought a great deal of him.
+He had thought his life a most extraordinary one, well entitling him to
+the attentions that were paid to him here&mdash;that he had been entertained
+and amused by his narrations of Indian life, and that he had made him
+several presents, amongst which was a very valuable watch, and had had
+his portrait painted, which he highly valued. He said he had learned,
+with deep regret, since Hunter had left here, that a learned French
+gentleman in Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, and some others, had held
+him up to the public, through the journals, as an impostor, and his
+narrations as fabulous. “This to me,” said the Duke, “you can easily
+see, has been a subject of much pain (as I took more pains to introduce
+him and his works in this country than any one else), and it explains
+to you the cause of my anxiety to learn something more of his true
+history.”</p>
+
+<p>I replied to his Royal Highness that I had been equally pained by
+hearing such reports in circulation in my own country, and that my
+acquaintance with Hunter had not been familiar enough to enable me
+wholly to refute them, I stated that I had been introduced to Mr.
+Hunter in New Orleans, where he was well known to many, and that I had
+met him in two or three other parts of the United States, and since
+reading his work I had visited many of the Indian<a class="pagenum" id="Page_83" title="83"></a> villages, in which
+he lived, and had conversed with chiefs and others named in his work,
+who spoke familiarly of him. I felt assured, therefore, that he had
+spent the Indian life that he describes in his work; and yet that he
+might have had the indiscretion to have made some misrepresentations
+attributed to him, I was not able positively to deny. His work, as
+far as it treats on the manners and customs of the American Indians,
+and which could not have been written or dictated by any other than
+a person who had lived that familiar life with them, is decidedly
+the most descriptive and best work yet published on their every-day
+domestic habits and superstitions; and, of itself, goes a great way, in
+my opinion, to establish the fact that his early life was identified
+with that of the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>I stated that I believed his character had been cruelly and unjustly
+libelled, and that I had the peculiar satisfaction of believing that I
+had justly defended it, and given the merited rebuke at the fountain of
+all his misfortunes, which I described as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“On my return from an eight years’ residence amongst the remotest
+tribes of Indians in America, and paying a visit to my old friends in
+the city of Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, of whom your Royal Highness
+has spoken, an old and very learned gentleman, and deeply skilled
+in the various languages of America, and who was then preparing a
+very elaborate work on the subject, invited me to meet several of
+his friends at his table to breakfast; which I did. He was at this
+time nearly blind and very deaf, and still eagerly grasping at every
+traveller and trapper from the Indian country, for some new leaf to his
+book, or some new word to his vocabularies, instead of going himself to
+the Indian fireside, the true (and in fact the only) school in which to
+learn and write their language.</p>
+
+<p>“After our breakfast was finished and our coffee-cups removed, this
+learned M. Duponceau opened his note-book upon the table and began
+in this way,&mdash;‘My dear Sir (addressing himself to me), I am so
+delighted with such an<a class="pagenum" id="Page_84" title="84"></a> opportunity&mdash;I am told that you have visited
+some forty or fifty tribes of Indians, and many of them speaking
+different languages. You have undoubtedly in eight years learned to
+speak fluently; and I shall draw from you such a valuable addition
+to my great work&mdash;what a treat this will be, gentlemen, ha? Now you
+see I have written out some two or three hundred words, for which you
+will give me the Blackfoot, the Mandan, the Pawnee Pict, &amp;c. You have
+been amongst all these tribes?’ ‘Yes.’ The old gentleman here took a
+pinch of snuff and then said, ‘In this identical place, and on this
+very table, it was, gentlemen, that I detected the imposture of that
+rascal Hunter! Do you know that fellow, Mr. Catlin?’ ‘Yes, I have seen
+him.’ ‘Well,’ said he, ‘I was the first to detect him;&mdash;I published
+him to the world and put a stop to his impostures. I invited him to
+take breakfast with me as I have invited you, and in this same book
+wrote down the Indian translation of a list of words and sentences
+that I had prepared, as he gave them to me; and the next day when I
+invited him again, he gave me for one-third at least of those words
+a different translation. I asked for the translation of a number of
+words in languages that were familiar to me, and which he told me he
+understood, and he gave them in words of other tribes. I now discovered
+his ignorance, and at once pronounced him an impostor, and closed my
+book.’</p>
+
+<p>“‘And now,’ said I, ‘M. Duponceau, lest you should make yourself and me
+a great deal of trouble, and call <em>me</em> an impostor also, I will feel
+much obliged if you will close your book again; for I am quite sure
+I should prove myself under your examination just as ignorant as Mr.
+Hunter, and subject myself to the same reproach which is following him
+through the world, emanating from so high an authority. Mr. Hunter
+and myself did not go into the Indian countries to study the Indian
+languages, nor do we come into the civilized world to publish them,
+and to be made responsible for errors in writing them. I can well
+under<a class="pagenum" id="Page_85" title="85"></a>stand how Mr. Hunter gave you, to a certain extent, a different
+version on different days; he, like myself, having learned a little
+of fifteen or twenty different languages, would necessarily be at a
+loss, with many of his Indian words, to know what tribe they belong
+to; and our partial knowledge of so many tongues involves us at once
+in a difficulty not unlike the confusion at Babel, and disqualifies
+his responses or mine, as authority for such works as I hope you are
+preparing for the world. With these views (though I profess to be the
+property of the world, and ready and pleased to communicate anything
+that I have distinctly learned of the Indians and their modes), I must
+beg to decline giving you the translation of a single word; and at the
+same time to express a hope that you may verbally, or in the valuable
+works which you are soon to bequeath to posterity, leave a repentant
+word at least, to remove the censure which you say you were the first
+to cast upon Hunter, and which is calculated to follow him to the
+grave.’”</p>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness was much interested and somewhat amused by this
+narrative, and agreed with me, that such men as M. Duponceau, and
+others, to whom the world is to look for a full and correct account of
+the Indian languages of America, should go themselves to the wigwams
+of the Indians, and there, in their respective tribes, open the books
+in which to record their various vocabularies, rather than sit at home
+and trust to the ignorant jargon that can be caught from the trapper
+and the trader and the casual tourists who make flying visits through
+the Indian countries. He related to me many curious anecdotes of poor
+Hunter, and as I left him enjoying his k’nick-k’neck through his Indian
+pipe, he said to me, “Your name, sir, will be familiar at my door, and
+I shall be delighted to see you again at the same hour, whenever you
+feel disposed to come.”</p>
+
+<p>Amidst the many avocations that were now demanding and engrossing the
+most of my time, I was still able, by an effort, to allot certain
+portions of the day to the pleasures<a class="pagenum" id="Page_86" title="86"></a> that are found in the domestic
+circles of wives and little ones, and nowhere else; and with them spent
+the happiest moments of my life, notwithstanding the attentions of the
+world and the efforts to make my enjoyment complete. With my dear Clara
+I took my strolls and my rides to see what was amusing or instructive
+in the great metropolis, and we saw much that amused and still more
+that astonished us. Through the kindness of our untiring friend Mr.
+Murray, we got access to the palaces of St. James and Buckingham, and
+to the public and private rooms of Windsor Castle; we saw the “five
+tons’ weight of gold plate” that are said to enrich that noble palace,
+and which but few eyes are allowed to gaze upon.</p>
+
+<p>We visited the Royal Mint, the Tower, the noble mansions of the Dukes
+of Sutherland and Devonshire, and the Bank of England. I was surprised
+that we were allowed to pass through every part of this wonderful
+sanctuary of gold and silver, and still more so that a guide should
+stand ready to conduct us through all its numerous ramifications, and
+as he passed along from room to room, from office to office, and from
+vault to vault, to hear him lecture upon everything we passed, as if
+they feared we might not appreciate it in all its parts. It has been
+many times described and needs no further comment here, except an
+occurrence in one of the vaults which deserves a current notice. The
+Honourable Charles Fenton Mercer, of Virginia, was among our companions
+on the occasion, and as we were shown into this apartment, which I
+think was called a vault, though it was a large square room with the
+light of a dome over it, the gentleman having charge of it within
+received us in the most courteous manner, and as if it were a public
+exhibition which we had paid our shilling to see, he led us around the
+room and with his keys opened the iron safes which were all sunk in
+the walls, with double doors of iron, and showed us the amount of gold
+and notes contained in them, and on opening one that was filled with
+packages of Bank of England notes, he took a bundle of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_87" title="87"></a> them some ten
+or twelve inches in diameter, and smilingly placing it in the hands of
+my wife, asked her if she had any idea how much money she was holding.
+Her rough guess was a very moderate one: she was so much excited and
+so recently from New York, that she had forgotten pounds sterling, and
+replied “Perhaps a thousand <em>dollars</em>;” when he turned it the other
+side up and referred us to the label upon it&mdash;“two millions of pounds!”
+He then took out another parcel of equal size, and placing that on
+the top of it said to her, “Now, madam, you have four millions.” Poor
+thing! she looked pale as she handed it back, saying, “Ah, well, I
+am glad it is not mine.” The kind and gentlemanly attention shown to
+us, and the pains taken to explain everything as we passed along,
+were unexpected, and even a mystery in politeness which was beyond my
+comprehension. We were conducted from this room to the arched vaults,
+where we traced for a long distance the narrow aisles to the right
+and the left and to the north and the south, through phalanxes of
+wheelbarrows loaded with bars of silver and of gold, and all with their
+heads one way, seemed ready for a subterraneous crusade in case of
+necessity.</p>
+
+<p>We returned from this half-day’s work, fatigued, and almost sorry that
+we had seen so much of the “shining dust” which our hands are labouring
+so hard through life to earn a pittance of.</p>
+
+<p>There were several Americans with us on this day’s expedition, and all
+agreed that we drew more pleasure from the gentlemanly politeness we
+met in the Bank of England than we did from its wonderful system (which
+was all explained to us), and from its golden riches which were all
+laid open to our view.</p>
+
+<p>Our fatigue, when we got home, seemed enough for one day; but as it
+happened on that day, our sight-seeing was only begun; for it had been
+arranged that we were to go to the Polish ball at the Mansion House on
+that evening, and what was to make it a double task, it was arranged
+that we should all go, some five or six of us, in Indian costumes.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_88" title="88"></a>
+My Indian wardrobe was therefore laid under heavy contributions for
+that night. My nephew Burr and myself were dressed as chiefs, and two
+or three more of my friends were arrayed as warriors. My dear little
+<em>Christian</em> Clara, whose sphere it was not, and who never wore an
+Indian dress or painted her fair face before, becoming inspired with a
+wish to see the splendour of the scene, proposed to assume the dress
+of an Indian woman and follow me through the mazes of that night as an
+Indian squaw follows her lord on such occasions. I selected for her
+one of the prettiest and most beautifully ornamented women’s dresses,
+which was made of the fine white skin of the mountain sheep; and with
+her hair spread over her back, and her face and her arms painted to
+the colour of a squaw, and her neck and ears loaded with the usual
+profusion of beads and other ornaments, and her fan of the eagle’s tail
+in her hand, she sidled along with us amidst the glare and splendour,
+and buzz and din of the happy throng we were soon in the midst of,
+and dragging our awkward shields and quivers and heavy buffalo robes
+through, as well as we could. We took good care not to dance on that
+occasion, so we kept the paint on our faces, and by understanding
+no questions, answered none, and passed off with everybody as <em>real
+Indians</em>. We went resolved to gratify our eyes, but to give no
+gratification to others besides what they could take to themselves by
+looking at us. Our interpreter was true to his promise: he made out
+his own descriptions for us, and assured all who inquired, that we
+could not speak a word of English. French, German, Russian, and Italian
+were all tried in vain upon us; and as they turned away, one after
+another, from us, they exclaimed, “What a pity! how unfortunate the
+poor things can’t speak English! how interesting it would be to talk
+with them! that’s a noble-looking fellow, that big chief; egad, he is
+six feet and a half. I’ll be bound that fellow has taken many a scalp.
+That’s a nice-looking little squaw: upon my word, if she had a white
+skin she would be rather pretty!” and a thousand such remarks, as the
+reader can<a class="pagenum" id="Page_89" title="89"></a> imagine, while we were wending our tedious way through the
+bewildering mazes of this endless throng. The task for my poor Clara
+soon became more than she had anticipated before entering the room,
+and was growing too much for her delicate frame to bear: she had not
+thought of the constant gaze of thousands she was to stand in every
+moment of the evening; and another discipline (which she knew must
+be strictly adhered to, to act out the character she was supporting,
+and which had not occurred to her before she had commenced upon the
+toils of the evening) made her part a difficult one to act&mdash;that was
+the necessity of following in the wake of all the party of men when we
+were in motion, the place assigned to Indian women on the march rather
+than by the side or on the arms of their husbands. This, in the street
+or in the wilderness or anywhere else would have been tolerable, she
+said, but in her present condition was insupportable. The idea was so
+ridiculous to her, to be the last of a party of Indians (who always
+walk in single file) so far behind her husband, and then the crowd
+closing in upon her and in danger of crushing her to death. We soon
+however were so lucky as to find a flight of several broad steps which
+led to a side room, but now closed, which furnished us comfortable
+seats above the crowd, which we took good care to hold until our
+curiosity was all gratified, and we were ready to return home. Our
+interpreter, in answer to all inquiries as to the locale of these
+strange foreigners, mentioned the Egyptian Hall; and for weeks after,
+Daniel testified to the increase of our receipts, and bore sad evidence
+too of the trouble he had in explaining the difficulty of showing to
+his visiters the “real Indians.” After having satiated our curiosity,
+and several of the youngest of the party having received some very
+pretty trinkets and other presents that had been forced upon them, we
+made our way home in good season to enjoy the joke, and part of a good
+night’s rest.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_90" title="90"></a>
+CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms&mdash;Daniel’s
+      difficulty with an artist making copies&mdash;Takes his sketch-book
+      from him&mdash;Tableaux vivans commenced&mdash;List of the groups&mdash;Hon. Mr.
+      Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant&mdash;The
+      Author presented to Her Majesty and His Royal Highness Prince
+      Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Indian Collection removed to
+      Liverpool&mdash;Biennial exhibition of Mechanics’ Institution&mdash;22,000
+      children admitted free to the Indian Collection in one
+      week&mdash;The Indian tableaux vivans in the provincial towns for
+      six months&mdash;Collection opened in Sheffield&mdash;In Manchester&mdash;Nine
+      Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in charge of Mr. Rankin&mdash;His proposal
+      to the author.</p>
+
+
+<p>Poor Daniel in the exhibition-rooms! I mentioned in the preceding
+chapter that our appearance at the Polish ball had greatly increased
+the number of shillings, but, at the same time, it was, as he
+said, doing great injury to the Collection, as people paid their
+shillings expecting to see the real Indians, and then, finding their
+error, revenged themselves upon poor Daniel by calling him and
+the whole concern hard names, and in various ways provoking him.
+Politics&mdash;Caste&mdash;Slavery&mdash;Truck-system&mdash;Poor-houses&mdash;Repeal&mdash;Oregon&mdash;and
+Repudiation were the exciting topics&mdash;all of which he was able and
+ready to discuss; and the kind of visitors I just now mentioned, under
+their disappointment at the rooms, were prepared to annoy him on these
+topics, and irritate him to such a degree that it made his duties
+doubly hard to him and their visits less pleasant to themselves than
+they would otherwise have been.</p>
+
+<p>He had other things that annoyed him, amongst which were the constant
+efforts by artists and amateurs to make copies in the room for
+paintings and designs, which they somehow seemed to fancy. After
+having risked my life<a class="pagenum" id="Page_91" title="91"></a> and spent my little fortune in the wilderness
+to procure such exciting and such original studies, and bring them to
+England, I did not consider it fair that these gentlemen should step
+into my rooms just when they had an hour of leisure, and industry
+enough to use it, and copy whatever they could most easily convert into
+cash.</p>
+
+<p>So many of these attempts had been made, that I was obliged to post a
+printed notice around the walls, that “<em>No copying was allowed in the
+rooms.</em>”</p>
+
+<p>This had the desired effect with many, but there were some to whom
+the temptation was so great, that Daniel was obliged to refer them
+to the printed regulations; and one or two others for whom this was
+not enough, and who seemed to think that, in my absence, Daniel’s
+authority was rather in imagination than any thing else; and when he
+had requested them to desist, they had given him the finish to their
+provocations by replying to him, that he was of no account&mdash;that if
+his <em>master</em> ordered them to stop they would do so, but not for him.
+One of these customers had troubled him very much for several days,
+and it was evidently affecting his spirits, and even his health, for
+he was growing pale and ghastly under the excitement. He said he had
+repeatedly taken the printed regulation and placed it before him, and
+he was at last told to “Go to the devil with it.” He told me this
+man had some object in view, for he came every night, and sketched
+very rapidly, and made very exact copies; and he said to me, “If you
+don’t see fit to come in and turn him out of the room to-night, I
+shall lay hold of him, for your own interest. I hate to do it, for
+he looks like a gentleman, though he don’t act like one, and that’s
+enough; and if you don’t stop him, Mr. Catlin, I will.” “That’s right,”
+said I, “Daniel. You have charge of the rooms, and your regulations,
+and of course it is your duty to stop him; and I am responsible for
+any damage you may do in putting an end to it.” I was at that time
+occupying apartments opposite to the Egyptian Hall in Piccadilly, and
+on that night observing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_92" title="92"></a> the lamps burning at a much later hour than
+usual, was induced to step in to learn the cause. As I was passing
+through the Hall, and about to enter the exhibition-room, I heard a few
+half-stifled and hasty words, and then something like a struggle; and
+next, I heard distinctly Daniel’s voice, in rather a stifled mood:&mdash;“No
+you won’t. If you get that leg through, the deil a bit o’ good will it
+do ye; for I’ll be shot if you ever pass your neck any farther through
+this door until you give it up!”</p>
+
+<p>“Let go of my collar, then!”</p>
+
+<p>“No, I’ll be blathered if I do that! I’ve got a good hold now, and I
+might not get it again. Lay down the book and I’ll let you go, and not
+before.”</p>
+
+<p>“What business is it of yours? come, I should like to know; you are
+only a door-keeper.” “That’s what I am, you’ve got it right; and I’ll
+show you, my boy, that I can <em>keep</em> a door, too.”</p>
+
+<p>I stood back during this conversation, easily understanding what the
+difficulty was, as I had a partial view of them, but was unobserved, as
+I was standing in the dark.</p>
+
+<p>It seems that Daniel’s friend the copyist had been as usual at work
+most of the evening, making sketches, and Daniel had allowed him to
+work, resolving to appropriate all his sketches at a haul, as he should
+be leaving the room. The gentleman had been intensely engaged, and not
+having been interrupted as usual, had kept at his work for half an hour
+or so after all visitors had left the room, and a full blaze of gas
+was burning at my expense and for his benefit. All these circumstances
+ripened Daniel’s taste for laying an embargo on him; and when he had
+closed his book, and was about to take leave, he found Daniel standing
+with his back towards the door, which was open. On endeavouring to
+pass, Daniel civilly stopped him, and told him he should expect him on
+that evening to leave his sketch-book with him before he passed out.
+The gentleman seemed dreadfully insulted by such a suggestion, saying
+that he had paid for his admission and had the same<a class="pagenum" id="Page_93" title="93"></a> right to be in
+the room or to go out that <em>he</em> had; to which Daniel at once assented,
+saying he had not the slightest objection to his going out; “but,” said
+he, “if that book goes out, it will be because you are a stronger man
+than I am.”</p>
+
+<p>At this crisis the artist had made a rush for the door, and Daniel
+had fastened his left hand into his cravat and shirt collar, whilst
+he had a similar grip upon Daniel with one hand, and his sketch-book
+in the other, when I discovered them on my approach to the rooms. How
+long they had been in this amusing predicament I was not yet able to
+ascertain; but as Daniel, who is of a quick and rather violent temper,
+was speaking quite cool and deliberate, I presumed they must have stood
+there at least long enough for his first excitement to have cooled off,
+which could not possibly have been effected in a few moments.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately after their last dialogue that I had heard when approaching
+them, there commenced another scene of grunting, and sighing, and
+shoving about, that lasted for some minutes, when all was still again.
+The gentleman, however, broke silence at length, but in a very low and
+placid voice: “Why, you are a very curious fellow; I don’t see why this
+thing should make you so wrathy. The pictures are not yours&mdash;come,
+don’t clinch me so tight there, if you please.” “I don’t hurt you&mdash;I
+told you I didn’t wish to hurt you; if you talk about my bein ‘wrathy,’
+you don’t know what you are talkin about&mdash;and the pictures I know are
+not mine; but my employer expects me to guard his property, and you may
+be sure I’ll do it. If you had taken my advice two or three days ago
+it would have saved you all this fuss, and half an hour’s time that we
+have been standing in the door.” Another scuffle and struggle ensued
+here, and after much grunting, the gentleman exclaimed, “You have the
+advantage of me, for you have both hands to work with and I have only
+one! If it were not for the book I could upset you, damned quick!” Upon
+which Daniel made a grand lunge at the book, which he snatched from his
+hand, and exultingly exclaimed,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_94" title="94"></a> “There! I’ll take the book, and let
+you try with both hands&mdash;and now, if you touch a finger to me again,
+I’ll lather you within an inch of your life. If your cloth be ever so
+much better than mine, you have behaved like anything but a gentleman;
+and as I told you in the beginning, if ever you carry this book out at
+that door you will do it over my dead body.” At that instant he turned
+off the gas, giving the gentleman a good opportunity to depart in total
+silence, and for me to dodge him, as he passed by, and to withdraw
+myself, to enjoy Daniel’s account of the affair, which was amusingly
+given, as he handed me the sketch-book the next morning.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel’s health and spirits improved very sensibly after this affair,
+and his duties were somewhat lightened about this time, though I
+added much to my own labours, by closing the exhibition at night,
+and giving my lectures on three evenings of the week in an adjoining
+hall, illustrating them with <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">tableaux vivans</em>, produced by twenty
+living figures in Indian costumes, forming groups of their ceremonies,
+domestic scenes, and warfare. These were got up and presented with much
+labour to myself, and gave great satisfaction; as by them I furnished
+so vivid and life-like an illustration of Indian life as I had seen it
+in the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>For these tableaux I had chosen my men for some striking Indian
+character in their faces or figures, or action, and my women were
+personated by round-faced boys, who, when the women’s dresses were on
+them, and long wigs of horses’ hair spreading over their shoulders,
+and the faces and hands of all painted to the Indian colour, made
+the most complete illusion that could be conceived. I had furnished
+each with his little toilet of colours, &amp;c., and instructions how to
+paint the face before a mirror, and how to arrange their dresses; and
+then, with almost infinite labour, had drilled them through the Indian
+mode of walking with their “toes in,” of using their weapons of war
+and the chase, and of giving their various dances, songs, and the
+war-whoop;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_95" title="95"></a> and I have no hesitation in saying, that when I had brought
+this difficult mode to its greatest perfection, I had succeeded in
+presenting the most faithful and general representation of Indian life
+that was ever brought before the civilized world. Many of these scenes
+were enlivened by action, and by the various instruments of music used
+by the Indians, added to their songs, and the war-whoop, giving a
+thrilling spirit to them, whilst they furnished scenes for the painter,
+of the most picturesque character, as will be easily imagined from the
+subjoined programme of them as announced at the time.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">CATLIN’S LECTURES<br />
+
+   <span class="smallest">WITH</span><br />
+
+   <span class="smaller"><em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">TABLEAUX VIVANS</em> ON THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS,</span><br />
+
+   <span class="smallest">AT</span><br />
+
+   <span class="smaller">THE EGYPTIAN HALL, PICCADILLY, LONDON.</span></p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">PROGRAMME FOR THE FIRST EVENING.</p>
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+
+<p class="titlepage">WAR SCENES.</p>
+
+<div class="small">
+<p>No. 1.&mdash;<em>Group of Warriors and Braves, in Full Dress</em>, reclining
+  around a fire, regaling themselves with the pipe and a dish of
+  <em>pemican</em>. In the midst of their banquet the chief enters in full
+  dress; the pipe is lighted for him&mdash;he smokes it in sadness, and
+  breaks up the party by announcing that an enemy is at hand&mdash;that a
+  number of their men have been scalped whilst hunting the buffalo, and
+  they must prepare for war.</p>
+
+<p>No. 2.&mdash;<em>Warriors Enlisting</em>, by “smoking through the reddened
+  stem.” The chief sends “<em>runners</em>” (or <em>criers</em>) through the tribe
+  with a pipe, the stem of which is painted red; the crier solicits
+  for recruits, and every young man who consents to smoke through the
+  reddened stem which is extended to him, is considered a volunteer to
+  go to war.</p>
+
+<p>No. 3.&mdash;<em>War Dance.</em> The ceremony of “<em>swearing in</em>” the warriors,
+  who take the most solemn oath by dancing to, and striking the
+  “reddened post” with their war-clubs.</p>
+
+<p>No. 4.&mdash;<em>Foot War-Party on the March</em>, (“Indian file,”) armed with
+  shields, bows, quivers, and lances&mdash;the chief of the party, as is
+  generally the case, going to war in full dress.</p>
+
+<p>No. 5.&mdash;<em>War-Party encamped at Night</em>, asleep under their buffalo<a class="pagenum" id="Page_96" title="96"></a>
+  robes, with sentinels on the watch. The <em>alarm in camp</em> is given, and
+  the warriors roused to arms.</p>
+
+<p>No. 6.&mdash;<em>War-Party in Council</em>, consulting with their chief as to the
+  best and most effective way of attacking their enemies, who are close
+  at hand.</p>
+
+<p>No. 7.&mdash;<em>Skulking</em>, or advancing cautiously upon the enemy to take
+  them by surprise&mdash;a common mode and merit in war among the North
+  American Indians.</p>
+
+<p>No. 8.&mdash;<em>Battle and Scalping</em>; showing the frightful appearance of
+  Indian warfare, and the mode of taking the scalp.</p>
+
+<p>No. 9.&mdash;<em>Scalp Dance</em>, in celebration of a victory; the women, in the
+  centre of the group, holding up the scalps on little sticks, and the
+  warriors dancing around them, brandishing their weapons, and yelling
+  in the most frightful manner.</p>
+
+<p>No. 10.&mdash;<em>Treaty of Peace.</em> The chiefs and warriors of the two
+  hostile tribes in the act of solemnizing the treaty of peace, by
+  smoking mutually through the calumet, or pipe of peace, which is
+  ornamented with eagles’ quills; the calumet resting in front of the
+  group.</p>
+
+<p>No. 11.&mdash;<em>Pipe-of-Peace Dance</em>, by the warriors, with the pipes
+  of peace, or calumets, in their hands, after the treaty has been
+  concluded. This picturesque scene will be represented by the warriors
+  all joining in the dance, uniting their voices with the beat of the
+  Indian drum, and sounding the frightful war-whoop.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">PROGRAMME FOR THE SECOND EVENING.</p>
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p class="titlepage">DOMESTIC SCENES.</p>
+
+<div class="small">
+<p>No. 1.&mdash;<em>The Blackfoot Doctor, or Mystery-man</em>, endeavouring to cure
+  his dying patient by the operation of his mysteries and songs of
+  incantation.</p>
+
+<p>No. 2.&mdash;<em>Mr. Catlin at his Easel, in the Mandan Village</em>, painting
+  the portrait of <em>Mah-to-toh-pa</em>, a celebrated Mandan chief. The
+  costumes of the chief and the painter the same that were worn on the
+  occasion.</p>
+
+<p>No. 3.&mdash;<em>An Indian Wedding.</em> The chief, who is father of the girl, is
+  seated in the middle of the group, receiving the presents which are
+  laid at his feet by the young man, who (when the presents accumulate
+  to what the father deems an equivalent) receives the consent of the
+  parent, and the hand of the girl, whom he leads off; and as she is
+  the daughter of a chief, and admired by the young men, they are
+  bestowing on her many presents.</p>
+
+<p>No. 4.&mdash;<em>Pocahontas rescuing Captain John Smith, an English Officer.</em>
+ “It had been decided in council, over which <em>Pow-ha-tan</em> presided,
+  that Captain John Smith should be put to death, by having his head
+  placed on a large stone, and his brains beaten out by two warriors
+  armed with huge painted clubs. His executioners were standing with
+  their clubs raised over him, and in the very instant for giving the
+  fatal blow, when <em>Pocahontas</em>,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_97" title="97"></a> the chief’s favourite daughter, then
+  about thirteen years old, threw herself with folded arms over the
+  head of the captain, who was instantly ordered by the chief to be
+  released.”</p>
+
+<p>No. 5.&mdash;<em>Wrestling.</em> A favourite amusement among many of the tribes.
+  For these scenes, several distinguished young men are selected
+  on each side, and the goods bet being placed in the care of the
+  stakeholders, the wrestling commences at a signal given, and the
+  stakes go to the party who count the greatest number of men remaining
+  on their feet.</p>
+
+<p>No. 6.&mdash;<em>Ball Play.</em> The most beautiful and exciting of all Indian
+  games. This game is often played by several hundreds on a side. The
+  group represents the players leaping into the air, and struggling to
+  catch the ball as it is descending, in their ball-sticks.</p>
+
+<p>No. 7.&mdash;<em>Game of Tchung-kee.</em> The favourite play of the Mandans, and
+  used by them as their principal gambling game.</p>
+
+<p>No. 8.&mdash;<em>The Night Dance of the Seminolees.</em> A ceremony peculiar to
+  this tribe, in which the young men assemble and dance round the fire
+  after the chiefs have retired to rest, gradually stamping it out with
+  their feet, and singing a song of thanksgiving to the Great Spirit;
+  after which they wrap themselves in their robes and retire to rest.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>One will easily see that this opened a new field of amusement and
+excitement for my old friends, who were now nightly present, with their
+companions, and approving with rounds of applause. Amongst these was
+my untiring friend Mr. Murray, who, among the distinguished personages
+whom he introduced, made a second visit with the little Leopold, Duc
+de Brabant, whom he brought in his arms from his carriage. His Royal
+Highness, as the curtain rose and I stepped forward to give a brief
+lecture, seemed not a little disappointed, by the speech that he
+suddenly made&mdash;“Why, that is not an Indian, that is Mr. Catlin, who
+gave me the Indian pipe and the mocassins.” However, a few moments more
+brought forth red faces, and songs and yelps that seemed more sensibly
+to affect his Royal Highness’s nerves, and at which Mr. Murray removed
+with him to a more distant part of the room, from which point he looked
+on with apparent delight.</p>
+
+<p>About this time an incident of my Transatlantic life occurred, to which
+I shall ever recur with great satisfaction:&mdash;there was, standing in my
+exhibition-room, an elaborate model of the <em>Falls of Niagara</em>, which
+I had made<a class="pagenum" id="Page_98" title="98"></a> from an accurate survey of that grand scene some thirteen
+years before; and, in compliment for the accuracy and execution of
+which, a handsome silver medal had been struck, and presented to me by
+the American Institute in New York, at one of its annual exhibitions,
+where it had been exposed to public view. The Hon. Mr. Murray, whose
+familiarity with that sublime scene had enabled him to judge of the
+fidelity of the model, upon which he was often looking, with his
+friends, with intense interest, by his representations to Her Majesty
+and the Prince had excited in them a desire to see it; and he called
+upon me one morning to inform me that Her Majesty would be pleased to
+have me bring it to Windsor Castle the next day at one o’clock, at
+which hour I should be received.</p>
+
+<p>The reader may imagine what pleasure this unexpected and unmerited
+honour gave me, and also to my dear Clara, who was in the habit of
+sharing with me the pleasures of many compliments, in the forms of
+which she could not join me.</p>
+
+<p>I was at Windsor the next morning, with the model, and having placed
+and arranged it in Her Majesty’s drawing-room, I took Mr. Murray’s
+arm at the appointed hour of one o’clock, and, as we entered the
+drawing-room, we observed Her Majesty and His Royal Highness entering
+at the opposite door. We met by the side of the model&mdash;where I was
+presented, and received in the most gracious and kind manner. Her
+Majesty expressed a wish that I should point out and explain the
+principal features of the scene; which, with the vivid descriptions
+which Mr. Murray also gave, of going under the Horse-Shoe Fall, &amp;c.,
+seemed to convey a very satisfactory idea to Her Majesty and the
+Prince; they asked many questions about the characters and effects of
+this sublime scene, and also of the Indians, for whose rights they said
+they well knew I was the advocate, and retired, thanking me for the
+amusement and instruction I had afforded them.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_99" title="99"></a>
+Several months after this passed on in the usual routine of my business
+and amusements (my collection open during the days and my lectures
+and tableaux given at night) without incidents worth reciting, when
+I received an invitation from the Mechanics’ Institute at Liverpool
+to unite my Indian collection to their biennial fair or exhibition,
+which was to be on a scale of great magnificence. They very liberally
+proposed to extend the dimensions of their buildings for the occasion,
+and I consented to join them with my whole collection for two months.
+My lease had expired at the Egyptian Hall, and my collection was soon
+on its way to Liverpool.</p>
+
+<p>I was received with great kindness in that town, and my collection for
+the two months gained me great applause and some pecuniary benefit.
+During its stay there I kept several men in Indian costumes constantly
+in it, and twice a day gave a short lecture in the room, explaining the
+costumes and many of the leading traits of the Indian character, sung
+an Indian song, and gave the frightful war-whoop.</p>
+
+<p>There were here, as in London, many pleasing incidents and events for
+which I cannot venture a leaf in this book, with the exception of one,
+which I cannot forbear to mention. During the last week of their noble
+exhibition, the children from all the charitable and other schools were
+admitted free, and in battalions and phalanxes they were passed through
+my room, as many hundreds at a time as could stand upon the floor,
+to hear the lectures (shaped to suit their infant minds), and then
+the deafening war-whoop raised by my men in Indian paint and Indian
+arms, which drove many of the little creatures with alarm under the
+tables and benches, from which they were pulled out by their feet; and
+the list that we kept showed us the number of 22,000 of these little
+urchins, who, free of expense, saw my collection, and having heard me
+lecture, went home, sounding the war-whoop in various parts of the town.</p>
+
+<p>At the close of this exhibition I selected the necessary<a class="pagenum" id="Page_100" title="100"></a> collection
+of costumes, weapons, &amp;c. for my lectures and tableaux, and calling
+together my old disciplined troop from the City of London, I commenced
+a tour to the provincial towns of the kingdom, leaving my collection
+of paintings behind. My career was then rapid, and its changes sudden,
+and all my industry and energies were called into action&mdash;with twenty
+men on my hands, and an average expense of twelve pounds per day.
+This scheme I pushed with all the energy I could, and in the space
+of six months visited, with varied success, the towns of <em>Chester</em>,
+<em>Manchester</em>, <em>Leamington</em>, <em>Rugby</em>, <em>Stratford-on-Avon</em>, <em>Cheltenham</em>,
+<em>Sheffield</em>, <em>Leeds</em>, <em>York</em>, <em>Hull</em>, <em>Edinburgh</em>, <em>Glasgow</em>,
+<em>Paisley</em>, <em>Greenock</em>, <em>Belfast</em>, and <em>Dublin</em>. In all these towns I
+was received with kindness, and formed many attachments which I shall
+endeavour to cherish all my days. The incidents of such a tour can
+easily be imagined to have been varied and curious, and very many of
+them were exceedingly entertaining, but must be omitted in this place.
+On my return I was strongly urged by several friends in Manchester to
+open my whole collection of paintings, &amp;c. in that town a while before
+leaving for the United States, for which I was then on the eve of
+embarking. I consented to this invitation, and, a hall being prepared
+for its reception, I removed it and my family there for a stay of two
+or three months.</p>
+
+<p>The collection was soon arranged and on exhibition, and I found
+myself and my dear wife in the atmosphere (though of smoke) of kind
+friends who used their best endeavours to make our stay comfortable
+and pleasant. The strangers who sought our acquaintance and offered us
+their genuine hospitality were many, and will have our grateful thanks
+while we live.</p>
+
+<p>My exhibition had been tolerably successful, and, strange and
+unexpected, like most of the turning points in my life, during the very
+week that I had advertised it as “positively the last in the kingdom,
+previous to embarking for New York,” an event suddenly occurred which
+brought me back to the metropolis, to the chief towns of the kingdom,
+to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_101" title="101"></a> France and to Belgium; and eventually led me through the accidents
+and incidents which are to form the rest and the most curious part of
+this work, upon which the reader will now enter with me.</p>
+
+<p>The first intimation of the cause which was to change the shape of my
+affairs was suggested to me in the following letter:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Sir,&mdash;Though a stranger to you, I take the liberty of addressing
+  this letter to you, believing that its contents will show you a
+  way of promoting your own interest, or at least be the means of my
+  obtaining some useful advice from you.</p>
+
+<p>“I have a party of nine Ojibbeway Indians, on the way, and about
+  at this time to be landed at Liverpool, that I am bringing over on
+  speculation; and, having been in London some weeks without having
+  made any suitable arrangements for them, I have thought best to
+  propose some arrangement with you that may promote our mutual
+  interests. If you think of anything you could do in that way, or any
+  advice you can give me, I shall be most happy to hear from you by
+  return of post.</p>
+
+<p>“Several persons in London conducting exhibitions have told me that
+  they will do nothing unless they are under your management.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright5">“I remain, yours, very truly,</span><br />
+                                                 “<span class="smcap">Arthur Rankin</span>.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>To this letter I answered as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Sir,&mdash;I received your letter of the 4th, this morning, and hasten
+  to reply. It will be directly opposite to my present arrangements
+  if I enter into any new engagements such as you propose, as all
+  my preparations are now made to embark for New York in the course
+  of a fortnight from this time. I have always been opposed to the
+  plan of bringing Indians abroad on speculation; but as they are
+  in the country, I shall, as the friend of the Indians under all
+  circumstances, feel an anxiety to promote their views and success
+  in any way I can. I could not, at all events, undertake to make any
+  arrangement with you until I see what kind of a party they are; and
+  at all events, as you will have to meet them at Liverpool, you had
+  better call on me in Manchester, when we can better understand each
+  other’s views.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright5">“I remain, yours, &amp;c.</span><br />
+                                           “<span class="smcap">Geo. Catlin</span>.</p>
+<p>“<em>To A. Rankin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>On the third day after the posting of this letter Mr. Rankin arrived
+in Manchester, and called upon me in my exhibition-rooms. After a
+little conversation with him, and without entering into any agreement,
+I advised him to lose<a class="pagenum" id="Page_102" title="102"></a> no time in proceeding to Liverpool to receive
+them when they landed; and he took leave with the understanding that
+he would bring them to Manchester as soon as they arrived. The next
+evening, just after it was dark, my door-keeper, who was not yet in the
+secret, came running in and announced that there was a “homnibus at the
+door quite full of orrible looking folks, and ee really believed they
+were hindians!” At that moment Daniel whispered to me&mdash;“The Ojibbeways
+are here, and they are a pretty black-looking set of fellows: I think
+they will do.” I saw them a moment in the bus, and sent Daniel with
+them to aid Mr. Rankin in procuring them suitable lodgings. A crowd
+followed the bus as it passed off, and the cry of&mdash;“Indians! real
+Indians!” was started in Manchester, which soon rung through the
+kingdom, as will be related.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_103" title="103"></a>
+CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians&mdash;The Author pays
+      them a visit&mdash;Is recognised by them&mdash;Arrangement with Mr.
+      Rankin&mdash;Crowds around their hotel&mdash;First visit of the Ojibbeways
+      to the Author’s Collection&mdash;Their surprise&mdash;Council held under
+      the wigwam&mdash;Indians agree to drink no spirituous liquors&mdash;The
+      old Chief’s speech to the Author&mdash;Names of the Indians&mdash;Their
+      portraits&mdash;Description of each&mdash;Cadotte, the interpreter.</p>
+
+
+<p>At the beginning of this chapter the reader turns a new leaf, or, opens
+a new book. He learns here the causes that begat this book, and I hope
+will find fresh excitement enough, just at the right time, to encourage
+him to go through it with me. He finds me turning here upon a pivot&mdash;my
+character changed and my occupation; travelling over old ground, and
+looking up old friends, of whom I had taken final leave, and who had
+thought me, ere this, safely landed on my own native shores.</p>
+
+<p>The Ojibbeways were here; a party of nine wild Indians, from the
+back-woods of America. “Real Indians!” the “Ob-jub-be-ways,” or
+“Hob-jub-be-ways,” as the name was first echoed through Manchester&mdash;and
+had gone into lodgings for the night, which Daniel had procured with
+some difficulty. He drove to the door of an hotel, and inquired of
+the landlord if he could entertain a party of nine Indians for the
+night and perhaps for a few days. “O yes, certainly; bring them in.
+Porter, see to their luggage.” They were in his hall in a moment,
+having thoughtlessly sounded a yell of exultation as they landed on the
+pavement, and being wrapped in their robes, with their bows and arrows
+and tomahawks in their hands&mdash;as Indians are sure to be seen when
+entering a strange place&mdash;the landlord,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_104" title="104"></a> taking a glance at them as he
+passed out, called out to Daniel, “What the devil is all this? I can’t
+take in these folks; you must load them up again. You told me they were
+Indians.” “Well! they are,” said Daniel. “No, they’re not; they’re wild
+men, and they look more like the devil than anything else. Every lodger
+would leave my house before morning. They’ve frightened the cook and my
+women folks already into fits.&mdash;Load them up as quick as you please.”
+Daniel got them “on board” again, and drove to another hotel, which was
+just being opened to the public, and with a new landlord, with whom he
+had a slight acquaintance. Here he was more successful, and, advising
+the Indians to keep quiet, had got them in comfortably and without much
+excitement. This very good and accommodating man, whose name I am sorry
+I have forgotten, being anxious to get his house and his name a little
+notoriety, seemed delighted at the thought of his house being the
+rendezvous of the Indians; and, upon Daniel’s representations that they
+were a civil and harmless set of people, his family and himself all did
+the most they could to accommodate and entertain them.</p>
+
+<p>Daniel told him that they would make a great noise in Manchester, and
+as they would be the “lions” of the day, and visited by the greatest
+people in town, the clergy and all, it would be a feather in his cap,
+and make his hotel more known in three days than it would otherwise be
+in three years. This had pleased the new landlord exceedingly, and he
+made Daniel agree that Mr. Catlin, in announcing their arrival in the
+papers, should say that they had taken lodgings at his house, which he
+thought would do him great service. The good man’s wish was complied
+with the next morning, but there was scarcely any need of it, for the
+crowd that was already gathered and gathering around his new hotel,
+were certain to publish it to every part of the town in a very little
+time.</p>
+
+<p>After they had been landed a while, and just when they were all seated
+around a long table and devouring the beef-<a class="pagenum" id="Page_105" title="105"></a>steaks prepared for them, I
+made my way with great difficulty through the crowds that were jammed
+about the door and climbing to look into the windows, and entered the
+room, to take the first look at them.</p>
+
+<p>As I stepped into the room I uttered their customary ejaculation of
+“<em>How! how! how!</em>”&mdash;to which they all responded; and rising from their
+seats, shook hands with me, knowing from my manner of addressing them
+who I was, or at least that I was familiar with Indians. I requested
+them to finish their suppers: and whilst conversing with Mr. Rankin I
+learned, from giving ear to their conversation, that one of the young
+men of the party had seen me whilst I was painting the portraits of
+chiefs at a Grand Council held at Mackinaw a few years before, and was
+coming forward to claim acquaintance with me. He finished his meal
+a little sooner than the rest, and made a dart across the room and
+offered me his hand, with a “<em>How! how! how! ketch-e-wah!</em>” and then
+telling me, with the aid of the interpreter, that he knew me&mdash;that he
+was at Mackinaw at the Great Council, when I painted the portraits of
+Gitch-e-gaw-ga-osh, and On-daig, and Ga-zaw-que-dung, and others; and
+I recollected his face very well, which seemed excessively pleasing to
+him.</p>
+
+<p>The poor fellows were exceedingly fatigued and jaded; and after a few
+minutes’ conversation I left them, advising them to lie quiet for two
+or three days until they were rested and recruited after the fatigues
+of their long and boisterous voyage. Mr. Rankin, with the aid of my man
+Daniel, settled all the arrangements for this, and the next morning I
+met Mr. Rankin with a view to some arrangement for their exhibition in
+my collection, which was then open in the Exchange Rooms. He seemed
+alarmed about the prospects of their exhibition, from what had been
+told him in London, and proposed that I should take them off his hands
+by paying him 100<em>l.</em> per month.</p>
+
+<p>I instantly stated my objections to such an arrangement, that by
+doing so I should be assuming all the responsibilities<a class="pagenum" id="Page_106" title="106"></a> for them
+while abroad; and as I had always been opposed to bringing Indians
+abroad on that account, as well as from other reasons, I should be
+unwilling to use them in any way that should release him from the
+responsibilities he had assumed in bringing them to this country. And
+I then said, “I will propose what I feel quite sure will be more for
+your pecuniary interest, and more satisfactory to my own feelings, and
+it is the only way in which I will be interested in their exhibition;
+for under such an arrangement both the Indians and the exhibition
+will be sure of having our mutual and united efforts, which they will
+stand in need of to ensure the success that I hope they may meet. I
+will agree to make my Indian collection the place for their exhibition
+(the appropriateness of which will do away all the objections that
+would in many places be raised to their dancing), and to conduct their
+exhibition in the best way I can, giving my lectures on them and their
+modes, sharing equally with you all expenses and all receipts from this
+day to the time they shall leave the kingdom, expecting you to give
+your whole attention to the travelling and care of the Indians while
+they are not in the exhibition-rooms.”</p>
+
+<p>To this proposition, which never was more than a verbal one, he at
+once agreed, and our arrangements were accordingly being made for the
+commencement of their dances, &amp;c., in my exhibition-rooms. During the
+few days of interval between their arrival and the commencement of
+their exhibition, several editors of the leading journals, with other
+distinguished visitors to them, had examined them, and, being much
+pleased with their appearance, excited the public curiosity to see
+them, to an impatient degree; and the streets in the vicinity of their
+hotel became so completely besieged, that a strong party of police was
+necessary to keep back the crowds, who could only now and then get a
+glimpse of an eye and a nose of the Indians peeping out between the
+curtains of their windows.</p>
+
+<p>Their first airing in Manchester was a drive in an omnibus, to my
+exhibition-rooms, which they had long wished to see.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_107" title="107"></a> The mayor of the
+city, with the editors of the <cite>Guardian</cite> and several other gentlemen,
+had been invited there to see the first effect it would have upon them.
+It proved to be a very curious scene. As they entered the hall, the
+portraits of several hundreds of the chiefs and warriors of their own
+tribe and of their enemies were hanging on the walls and staring at
+them from all directions, and wigwams, and costumes and weapons of all
+constructions around them: they set up the most frightful yells and
+made the whole neighbourhood ring with their howlings; they advanced
+to the portraits of their friends and offered them their hands; and at
+their enemies, whom they occasionally recognised, they brandished their
+tomahawks or drew their bows as they sounded the war-whoop.</p>
+
+<p>This scene was truly exciting, and after our distinguished visitors had
+left the rooms, I spread some robes upon the floor, upon which we sat,
+and lighting an Indian pipe, opened our first council by saying:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends, I am glad to see you, and to offer you my hand in
+  friendship. You see by the paintings around you, of your friends and
+  of your enemies, that I am no stranger to Indians&mdash;and that I am
+  their friend. I am very happy to see you in my room, and all well
+  after crossing the great ocean. Your friend here, Mr. Rankin, tells
+  me you have come to this country to give your dances, &amp;c.; and he has
+  proposed that I should manage your exhibition, and have your dances
+  all given in my rooms. This I have agreed to do, provided it meets
+  your approbation.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>To which they all instantly ejaculated “<em>How, how, how!</em>” which is
+always an affirmative, literally meaning yes. When meeting a friend,
+it is the first salutation, meaning “How goes it?” or “How do you do?”
+and pronounced at the ends of sentences, when any one is speaking,
+implies assent, or approbation, as “hear, hear!” is used in the English
+language.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+ <p>“My good Friends, I have agreed to this on two conditions: the first,
+  that it shall please you; and the second, that you will pledge your
+  words to me that you will keep yourselves all the time sober, and
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in the country. I make
+  this condition because I know that the Indians are generally fond
+  of strong drink, which wicked white men carry into their country
+  and teach them to use. I know<a class="pagenum" id="Page_108" title="108"></a>  that the Indians often drink it to
+  excess, not knowing in their country the sin of doing so. I know
+  that the people in England detest drunkards, and they have an idea
+  that all Indians are drunkards; and that if you drink and get drunk
+  in this country, it will ruin all your prospects, and you will go
+  home poor and despised. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’) You are a good-looking
+  and well-behaved set of men, and I have no fears of any difficulties
+  if you will keep sober. The English people are the friends of the
+  Indians, and you will make many friends if you take and keep my
+  advice.
+
+  “I will ask but one solemn promise of you, and that is, that you will
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in this country, and your
+  friend Mr. Rankin will perfectly justify me in this. (‘<em>How, how,
+  how!</em>’)
+
+  “If you will keep sober, you shall have plenty of good tobacco to
+  smoke and roast beef to eat, and there is no doubt that I will get
+  you permission to see the Queen.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>To this the old chief (Ah-quee-we-zaints, the boy chief) arose and
+replied:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friend, I give you my hand. The Great Spirit has been kind to us
+  in keeping his eye upon us all in crossing the salt lake, and we are
+  thanking Him that we are all here safe and in good health. We had
+  heard much of you when in our own country, where all the Indians know
+  you, and we are now happy to meet you. (‘<em>How, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My Friend, we are here like children in this strange country, and we
+  shall feel happy and not afraid if you will be our father&mdash;the Great
+  Spirit has put good counsel into your mouth, and we will follow it.
+  (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“We all know the dangers of fire-water; we have all been fond of it,
+  and have been taught to drink it. We have been told that the Great
+  Spirit sent it to us because he loved us&mdash;but we have learned that
+  this is not true.</p>
+
+<p>“We have learned that the English people do not drink it&mdash;they are
+  wise; and we will all pledge our words to you in this council that we
+  will not drink it while we are in this country, and we are ready to
+  put our names on a paper. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My Friends,” said I, “I don’t require your names on a paper; I am
+  satisfied; if you were white men, perhaps I might&mdash;but no Indian
+  who ever gave me his word has deceived me. I will take your names on
+  paper, however, for another purpose, that I may know how to call you,
+  how to introduce you, and to have your arrival properly announced in
+  the newspapers.” (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_4"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_108fp.jpg" width="640" height="359" alt="Plate 4: Ojibbeways group" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 4.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Their names were then taken as follows, and the business of our first
+council being finished, it broke up. (<em>See <a href="#Plate_4">Plate No. 4</a>.</em>)</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+   <p>1. Ah-quee-we-zaints (the Boy Chief).</p>
+
+   <p>2. Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be (the Driving Cloud), war-chief.</p>
+
+   <p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_109" title="109"></a>3. Wee-nish-ka-wee-be (the Flying Gull).</p>
+
+   <p>4. Sah-mah (Tobacco).</p>
+
+   <p>5. Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee (Moonlight Night).</p>
+
+   <p>6. Not-een-a-akm (Strong Wind), interpreter.</p>
+
+   <p>7. Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua, woman.</p>
+
+   <p>8. Nib-nab-ee-qua, girl.</p>
+
+   <p>9. Ne-bet-neuh-qua, woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After a stroll of an hour or so about my rooms, where they were
+inexpressibly amused with my numerous paintings, &amp;c., they were driven
+awhile about the town, and landed at their hotel, where the crowd
+had become so general and so dense, that it was almost impossible
+to approach it. The partial glance that the public got of their red
+faces and wild dresses on this day, as they were moving through the
+streets, and passing to and from the carriage, increased the cry of
+“Ob-jubbeways!” in every part of the city, and established the fact as
+certain, that “<em>real Indians</em>” had made their appearance in Manchester.</p>
+
+<p>It should be known to the reader by this time that this party were
+from the northern shore of Lake Huron, in Canada; therefore her
+Majesty’s subjects, and part of one of the most numerous tribes in
+North America, inhabiting the shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the
+Woods, and Lake Huron, numbering some 15,000 or 20,000, and usually
+(in civilized parlance) called Chippeways, a mere <em>refinement</em> upon
+their native name, O-jib-be-way. The appearance of these wild folks so
+suddenly in the streets of Manchester was well calculated to raise an
+excitement and the most intense curiosity. They were all clad in skins
+of their own dressing, their head-dresses of eagles’ quills and wild
+turkeys’ feathers; their faces daubed and streaked with vermilion and
+black and green paint. They were armed with their war-clubs, bows and
+quivers, and tomahawks and scalping knives, just as they roam through
+the woods in their country; and their yells and war-whoops, which were
+occasionally sounded in the streets at some sudden occurrence that
+attracted their attention, gave a new excitement amid the smoke and
+din of Manchester. The leading man of this<a class="pagenum" id="Page_110" title="110"></a> party, <em>Ah-quee-we-zaints</em>
+(the boy chief), was an excellent old man, of seventy-five years,
+with an intelligent and benignant countenance, and had been somewhat
+distinguished as a warrior in his younger days.</p>
+
+<p>The next of consequence (<em>Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be</em>, the driving cloud),
+and called the war-chief (though I believe, not a chief), was a
+remarkably fine man of thirty-five years of age, and had distinguished
+himself as a warrior in several battles in the war of 1812, having been
+engaged in the British lines, and in those engagements had been several
+times severely wounded, and of which he still carried and exhibited the
+most frightful scars.</p>
+
+<p><em>Sah-mah</em> (tobacco) and <em>Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee</em> (moonlight night)
+were two fine young men, denoted warriors, having their wives with
+them; <em>Wee-nish-ka-wee-be</em> (the flying gull) was a sort of doctor
+or necromancer to the party, and a young fellow of much drollery
+and wit. The Strong Wind, the interpreter, whose familiar name was
+<em>Cadotte</em>, was a half-caste, a young man of fine personal appearance
+and address, and the son of a Frenchman of that name who had long been
+an interpreter for the English factories in those regions.</p>
+
+<p>By the patient and accommodating disposition of this young man, any
+conversation was easily held with these people; and through him, the
+interchange of feelings between the civilized world and these rude and
+curious people, which will appear in the subsequent chapters of this
+book, was principally effected.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_111" title="111"></a>
+CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall&mdash;They refuse wine&mdash;Distress
+      of the kind and accommodating landlord&mdash;Indians’ first <em>drive</em>
+      about the town of Manchester&mdash;Their curious remarks&mdash;Saw
+      some white people drunk&mdash;Many women holding on to men’s
+      arms and apparently not sick&mdash;Saw much smoke&mdash;Vast many
+      poor people&mdash;Indians commence dancing in the Author’s
+      Collection&mdash;Effects of the war-dance and war-whoop upon
+      the audience&mdash;Various amusements of the evening&mdash;A rich
+      present to the old Boy-Chief&mdash;And his speech&mdash;Numerous
+      presents made&mdash;Immense crowd and excitement&mdash;Indians visit
+      a great woollen-factory&mdash;Casts made from their heads by a
+      phrenologist&mdash;Visit to Orrell’s cotton-mill at Stockport&mdash;Their
+      opinions of it&mdash;The party kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and
+      lady.</p>
+
+
+<p>The Indians having had a few days’ rest, having made their first
+visit to my rooms, and settled all the preliminaries for their future
+operations, were now ready to step forth amongst the strange sights
+that were open and ready for their inspection in the new world that
+they had entered, all of which was yet before them.</p>
+
+<p>The world’s civilities towards them commenced in an invitation from
+the Mayor of Manchester to visit the Town-Hall, and they dressed and
+painted and armed for the occasion, not asking who the mayor was, or
+how near he might be in rank to the Queen herself, whom it was their
+greatest ambition to see; but upon the supposition, of course, that
+they were going to see a “great chief,” as they called him.</p>
+
+<p>They were moved through the streets in an omnibus, accompanied by Mr.
+Rankin, and I met them at the door of the hall, and conducted them
+to the presence of the mayor, whom they recognised, and were not a
+little surprised to find was one of the gentlemen to whom they had
+been introduced the day before. They were then presented by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_112" title="112"></a> the mayor
+to his lady, and a select party of ladies and gentlemen who had been
+invited to see them. By these they were received with much kindness,
+and after having been shown the various rooms, &amp;c., were led into the
+mayor’s court, then in session, where they stood a few minutes, and
+finding that all proceedings were stopped, and all eyes upon them while
+there, I beckoned to them to retire.</p>
+
+<p>Various refreshments were prepared for them, to which they returned,
+and whilst the lady mayoress and ladies and gentlemen were proposing
+their health in wine which was poured out for them, they were surprised
+to receive smiles and thanks from the Indians as they refused to
+partake of it. To the inquiries raised for the cause of their refusing
+to drink, Mr. Rankin explained that they were under a solemn pledge
+not to drink spirituous liquors while in England, which was applauded
+by all present, and they received many presents in consequence of this
+information, which was the beginning of encouragement to keep their
+promise of sobriety and total abstinence.</p>
+
+<p>After leaving the town-hall, Mr. Rankin got into the omnibus with them,
+and during a drive of half an hour or so, giving them a passing glance
+at the principal streets of Manchester and its suburbs, they returned
+to their hotel.</p>
+
+<p>This excursion was calculated, of course, to bring around their hotel
+its thousands and even tens of thousands of the excitable and excited
+idlers that an extraordinary “turn out” had at that time thrown into
+the streets; and in endeavouring to pay them my customary visit that
+night, I was obliged to follow in the wake of a number of police, who
+had the greatest difficulty in making their way through the mass.</p>
+
+<p>The object of my visit to them was to talk, as usual, upon the events
+of the day, and of our future operations. The first “<em>talk</em>” I had,
+however, was with the kind and good-natured landlord, who said that
+he had now got notoriety enough&mdash;he didn’t think his house would
+be forgotten; and was exceedingly obliged to me, and was<a class="pagenum" id="Page_113" title="113"></a> pleased
+with the Indians, who gave him no trouble; alleging that they were
+ten times more civil and well-behaved than the people night and day
+crowded around his house. “It seemed to him as if the <em>savages</em> were
+all outside of his house and the gentlemen inside. His house, which
+was fresh painted but a few days, and not dry, was ‘all done up,’ as
+high as they could reach and climb, and must be done over again; and
+his windows were broken and window-shutters torn from their hinges;
+and it was impossible for him to keep them any longer without great
+damage to his interest, and he hoped I would provide some other place
+for them as soon as possible.” It happened much to my satisfaction
+that I had already prepared an apartment for them in the Exchange
+Buildings, adjoining to the exhibition-rooms, which were elevated high
+above the gaze of the crowd, and to which they were to be removed the
+next morning. This gave the good man much relief, and he said he could
+manage to live through that night.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation of the Indians that evening, while they were passing
+their pipe round and making their comments upon what they had seen, was
+exceedingly curious, and deserves to be recorded. They expressed great
+satisfaction at the kind manner in which they had been entertained
+by the mayor, understanding that he was the head man of the town of
+Manchester&mdash;“chief of that village,” as they called him;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_114" title="114"></a> “they saw him
+and his squaw, and many other beautiful squaws, all drinking; and they
+saw many people through the windows, and in the doors, as they passed
+along the streets, who were drinking; and they saw several persons in
+the streets who were quite drunk, and two or three lying down in the
+streets, like pigs; and they thought the people of Manchester loved
+much to drink liquor. They saw a great deal of smoke, and thought the
+prairies were on fire; they saw many fine-looking squaws walking in the
+streets, and some of them holding on to men’s arms, and didn’t look
+sick neither. They saw a great many large houses, which it seemed as
+if nobody lived in. They saw a great many people in the streets, who
+appeared very poor, and looked as if they had nothing to eat. They had
+seen many thousands, and almost all looked so poor that they thought it
+would do no good for us to stay in Manchester.”</p>
+
+<p>I explained to them the extraordinary cause that had recently thrown
+so many thousands of poor people into the streets; that Manchester was
+one of the richest towns in the world; that the immense houses they
+had seen, and apparently shut up, were the great factories in which
+these thousands of poor people worked, but were now stopped, and their
+working people were running about the streets in vast numbers; that
+the immense crowd gathered around their hotel, from day to day, were
+of that class; that the wealthy people were very many, but that their
+dwellings were mostly a little out of town; and that their business men
+were principally shut up in their offices and factories, attending to
+their business whilst the idle people were running about the streets.</p>
+
+<p>Such was a little of the gossip after their first visit and drive about
+the town&mdash;and the next morning, at an early hour, they were removed to
+their new lodgings in the Exchange Buildings, and the kind landlord
+effectually, though very gradually, relieved from the nuisance he had
+had around his house for some days past.</p>
+
+<p>On the same evening, by our announcements, they were to make their
+first appearance in my exhibition, and at an early hour the Rooms were
+filled, and we were obliged to close the doors. I had erected a strong
+platform in the middle of my room, on which the Indians were to give
+their dances, and having removed all seats from the room, every part of
+the floor was covered as densely as it was possible for men and women
+to be grouped together. Into the midst of this mass the party dashed
+in Indian file, with shield and bow and quiver slung&mdash;with war-clubs
+and tomahawks in hand, as they sounded the frightful war-whoop and were
+endeavouring to reach the platform. The frightened crowd, with screams
+and yells as frightful nearly as those of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_115" title="115"></a> Indians, gave way, and
+they soon had a free passage to the platform, upon which they leaped,
+without looking for the flight of steps prepared for them, and were
+at full length before the staring, gaping multitude. Mr. Rankin was
+by their side, and in a moment I was there also, to commence upon the
+new duties devolving on me under our recent arrangement. They were in
+a moment seated, and were passing their pipe around, while I was, by a
+brief lecture, introducing them, and the modes they were to illustrate,
+to the audience.</p>
+
+<p>I described the country and the tribe they belonged to, and the objects
+for which they had crossed the Atlantic; and also expressed to the
+audience the happy opportunity it was affording me of corroborating the
+many assertions I had been heretofore making relative to the looks and
+modes of those people, many of which I was fully aware were difficult
+of comprehension. Having done this, I should leave the Indians to
+entertain the audience with such of their dances and other amusements
+as they might decide upon, and endeavour to stand by and explain each
+amusement as they gave it, feeling abundantly able to do so from a
+residence of eight years amongst the various tribes in America.</p>
+
+<p>There was a shout of applause at the close of my remarks, and the
+most impatient anxiety evinced on all sides to see the commencement
+of the curious tricks which were just ready to be introduced. At this
+moment, with a sudden yell, the men all sprung upon their feet; their
+weapons brandished and their buffalo robes thrown back, while the women
+and children seated themselves at the end of the platform. Another
+shrill yell of the war-whoop, with the flourish of their weapons,
+and the Medicine-man or Doctor commenced with tambour (or drum), and
+his voice, upon the war-song; and they were all off in the dance.<a href="#Footnote_5" id="FNanchor_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a>
+At the first rest, when they suddenly stopped,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_116" title="116"></a> there was but one
+mingled roar of applause, which showed to the poor fellows that they
+had made “a hit,” and were to be received with great kindness and
+interest. This stimulated them to finish it with spirit; and when it
+was done, and they were seated a few moments to rest, hundreds were
+ambitious to crowd up to them and offer them their hands. It was with
+great difficulty that I could get the audience quiet enough to hear
+my explanations of the war-dance&mdash;its meaning, and the objects and
+character of the war-whoop which they had just heard. I gained the
+patience of the crowd by promising them a number of dances and other
+amusements, all of which I would render instructive by my explanations,
+and afford all, in the remotest parts of the room, an opportunity to
+shake hands with the Indians when their amusements were finished.</p>
+
+<p>After my explanations and their pipe were finished, they arose and gave
+the <em>Wa-be-no</em> dance, as they call it. <em>Wa-be-no</em>, in the Ojibbeway
+language, means mystery, and their mystery-dance is one of their
+choicest dances, only given at some occasion of their mystery-feasts,
+or for the accomplishment of some mysterious design. This dance is
+amusing and grotesque, and made much merriment amongst the audience.
+I explained the meaning of this also, and they afterwards gave some
+surprising illustrations of the mode of catching and throwing the ball
+in their favourite game of ball-play, with their ball-sticks in their
+hands. The astonishing quickness and certainty with which they throw
+and catch the ball in their rackets elicited immense applause; and
+after this they gave the “<em>scalp-dance</em>,” which is given when a party
+returns from war, having<a class="pagenum" id="Page_117" title="117"></a> brought home scalps taken from their enemies’
+heads, and preserved as trophies by the victors. In this dance the
+women, occupying the centre, hold up the scalps, attached to the tops
+of little poles, while men who have come from war dance around in a
+circle, brandishing their weapons, gnashing their teeth, and yelling
+the war-whoop at the highest key of their voices. At the close of
+this terrifying dance, which seemed to come just up to the anxiety of
+the excited audience, there was a tremendous roar of applause, and,
+in the midst of the uproar, an old gentleman took from his pocket a
+beautifully chased silver tobacco-box, and handing it to me, desired
+me to give it to the old chief, and tell him to carry his tobacco in
+it. I handed it to the old man, and, as he had seen the hand that gave
+it, he sprang upon his feet, as if he were but a boy, and reaching
+out his hand, grasped, over the heads of the audience, the hand of
+the venerable old gentleman, who told him “he was happy to see him,
+and to make him a little present to recollect him by.” The old chief
+straightened up and squared himself upon the platform, throwing his
+buffalo robe over his left shoulder and passing it forward under his
+right arm and into his left hand; and with the most benignant smile
+(as he turned his box a moment under his eye, and passed it into his
+left hand) commenced&mdash;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_118" title="118"></a>“My friends, though I am old I thank the Great
+Spirit for giving me strength to say a few words to you. He has allowed
+me to live many years, and I believe it is because I thank him for all
+his gifts. His eye was upon us when we were on the great salt lake,
+and he has brought us here safe, for which we all are thankful. He
+has directed you all to come here this night and to be so kind to us,
+for we had done nothing to make you come. We have long heard of the
+<em>Sag-a-noshes</em>,<a href="#Footnote_6" id="FNanchor_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a> and we have been anxious to come and see them. We
+have fought for them and with them, and our fathers and brothers have
+bled for them. There are many of the <em>Sag-a-noshes</em> amongst us, and
+we love them. The Great Spirit has smiled upon our undertaking, and he
+has guided the hand of my brother to make me this present. My friends,
+my heart is warm and I am thankful. We have now done our dancing and
+singing, and we offer you our hands in friendship.” At this there was
+a rush towards the platform from every part of the room to shake the
+hands of the Indians, who had seated themselves on the front of the
+platform for the purpose.</p>
+
+<p>These greetings for half an hour or so were exceedingly warm; and to
+make them more impressive, several persons deposited in their hands
+valuable trinkets and money, which they received with thanks. Thus
+ended the first night’s exhibition of the amusements of the Ojibbeways;
+and it was quite impossible to bring it entirely to a close (such was
+the avidity with which the visitors were seeking to handle and examine
+every part of their costumes, their tomahawks, and scalping-knives,
+&amp;c.) until the Indians took leave and retired to their private room.
+And even then there was almost an equal difficulty while I was in the
+exhibition-room, for crowds were gathering around me to know what they
+ate&mdash;whether they ate their meat raw&mdash;whether they were cannibals&mdash;what
+I brought them over for&mdash;whether they were easy to manage, &amp;c.&mdash;until
+I gradually edged along towards the door, through which I suddenly
+slipped, when I had got completely out of breath, leaving the group to
+fall upon poor Daniel, who was lecturing in another part of the room.</p>
+
+<p>Our first night’s labour had taken us until eleven o’clock; and as I
+was wending my way home to my lodgings, I could hear the war-whoop
+squeaking and echoing in the streets in every part of the town.</p>
+
+<p>On the following morning, at the very friendly invitation of the
+proprietor of an extensive woollen-factory in the vicinity of Bury, and
+who had sent a carriage with four horses for them, the whole party paid
+a visit to his extensive mills and to his mansion, where they partook
+of breakfast with him, and returned in great glee and spirits, each<a class="pagenum" id="Page_119" title="119"></a>
+one bearing a magnificent blanket of various colours, presented to them
+by his generous hand.</p>
+
+<p>The second night of their exhibition went off much like the first: the
+room was filled long before they made their appearance; and in the roar
+and confusion of applause at the end of their amusements, there was a
+cry from the end of the room, “Let some of them come this way&mdash;we can’t
+get near them&mdash;we can’t tell whether they are in their own skins or in
+fleshings.” And another hallooed out “Let that handsome little fellow
+come here (alluding to <em>Samah</em>, who was a very fine-looking young man);
+here is a lady who wants to kiss him!”</p>
+
+<p>This being interpreted to him, he leaped into and through the crowd (as
+he would dash into the river that he was to ford), and had his naked
+arms around her neck and kissed her before there was any time for an
+explanation. The excitement and screaming and laughing amongst the
+women in that part of the room made kissing fashionable, and every one
+who laid her hand upon his arm or his naked shoulders (and those not a
+few) got a kiss, gave a scream, and presented him a brooch, a ring, or
+some other keepsake, and went home with a streak of red paint on her
+face, and perhaps with one or two of black or green upon her dress.
+The gallant little fellow squeezed himself through this dense crowd,
+kissing old and young as he went, and returned to the platform, from
+which he held up and displayed his trophies with much satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>I felt it my duty to reprimand him for his rudeness, and told him it
+was not fashionable in such crowds to kiss the ladies; to which he
+replied, that “he knew what he was about&mdash;the white ladies are very
+pretty and very sweet, and I gave my kisses only where they were asked
+for.” The response all over the house was that “he had done right; good
+little fellow, he has done no harm.”&mdash;A voice, “No, no harm, indeed;
+I’ll kiss him again if he will come down, charming little fellow!”&mdash;He
+was in the act of leaping off, when Cadotte, the interpreter, seized
+him by the arm and<a class="pagenum" id="Page_120" title="120"></a> turned him back. The hour was come for closing, and
+the Indians moved off to their lodgings. The events of that day and
+evening furnished the Indians with rich materials for gossip, and I
+retired to their chambers to smoke a pipe of k’nick-k’neck with them,
+and join in the pleasures of their conversation. They had many fine
+presents to display, and some of these valuable, being taken from arms
+and necks and fingers, in the moments of enthusiasm, and given to the
+Indians. The little gallant <em>Samah</em> had been the most successful in
+this way, and also had received all the kisses of the pretty women. I
+have already mentioned that he had his wife with him. They were joking
+her about this affair, and she coolly said she did not care about it;
+“for the more kisses he gets from pretty women, the more presents I
+get, for he loves me enough to give them all to me.” There was much
+commenting also on the great factory they had been to see in the
+morning, and on the gentleman’s kindness in presenting the blankets,
+which they had now paraded and were examining and showing.</p>
+
+<p>They were exulting much in their happiness and success, and were still
+expressing fears that, by jumping and yelling, and making so much noise
+in Manchester, they might give dissatisfaction to the Queen, who would
+not feel so well disposed to see them. They asked for my opinion on the
+subject; I told them to have no fears, the Queen would certainly be
+glad to see them.</p>
+
+<p>I was waited on about this time by Mr. Bally, a gentleman of great
+eminence and skill in the science of phrenology, and who has one of
+the richest collections of casts from nature, in the world. Mr. Bally
+is one of the most rapid and skilful men in the operation of casting
+from the living face, and was extremely anxious to procure casts from
+the Ojibbeways; and, to a gentleman of so much worth to science, as
+well as for his amiable and gentle disposition, I felt bound to lend my
+best efforts in gaining for him the privilege. I had much difficulty to
+overcome their superstitions; but,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_121" title="121"></a> by assuring them that they were to
+be done as a present to me, and by their seeing the operation performed
+on one of my men, I succeeded in gaining their consent, and they were
+all taken with great success. They were a present to my collection;
+and a copy of them in the noble collection of Mr. Bally will, I hope,
+continue to be subjects of interest and value.</p>
+
+<p>Kindnesses and attentions were now showering upon the Ojibbeways from
+all directions in Manchester; and amongst them many kind invitations,
+which it was impossible for them to comply with. They were invited to
+visit the mills of various kinds; and, amongst those that they went to,
+I must record a few words of the one they were most pleased with, and
+which they will talk the longest about.</p>
+
+<p>I had received an invitation to bring them to Stockport, to examine the
+cotton-mill of Mr. Orrell, which is probably one of the finest in the
+kingdom, and availed myself of his kindness, by making a visit to it
+with them. With his customary politeness, he showed us through it, and
+explained it in all its parts, so that the Indians, as well as myself,
+were able to appreciate its magnitude and its ingenious construction.</p>
+
+<p>Upon this giant machine the Indians looked in perfect amazement;
+though it is a studied part of their earliest education not to exhibit
+surprise or emotion at anything, however mysterious or incomprehensible
+it may be. There was enough, however, in the symmetry of this wonderful
+construction, when in full operation, to overcome the rules of any
+education that would subdue the natural impulses of astonishment and
+admiration. They made no remarks, nor did they ask any questions, but
+listened closely to all the explanations; and, in their conversations
+for weeks afterwards, admitted their bewildering astonishment at so
+wonderful a work of human invention.</p>
+
+<p>After viewing, in all its parts, this stupendous work, we were shown
+through the not less ingenious bleaching-mills of Mr. Hollins; and
+then, in the kindest manner, conducted<a class="pagenum" id="Page_122" title="122"></a> under his hospitable roof,
+where his charming lady and lovely little ones united in their efforts
+to make us welcome and happy. The cloth was spread, and the luxuries of
+their house all heaped upon the table,&mdash;the substantials of life, and
+then its spices. It seemed cruel to see these poor fellows devouring
+the one, and rejecting the other&mdash;denying and denied the luxuries
+that <em>we</em> could not refuse, when our friends proposed to drink to our
+healths and our happiness. They were happy, however, and, good fellows,
+enjoyed what they partook, and we returned, wishing our kind-hearted
+friends, Mr. Hollins and his lady, many, many happy days.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_123" title="123"></a>
+CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Indians on the housetops&mdash;Great alarm&mdash;Curious excitement&mdash;People
+      proposing to “take them” with ropes&mdash;Railway to London&mdash;The
+      “Iron-horse”&mdash;“The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink”&mdash;Arrive in London&mdash;Alarm of the landlady&mdash;Visit from the
+      Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;Interview with His Royal Highness the Duke of
+      Cambridge&mdash;Old Chief’s speech&mdash;War-dance&mdash;The Duke gives them
+      ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco&mdash;Indians ride about the
+      city in an “omnibus and four”&mdash;Remarks on what they saw&mdash;The
+      smoke&mdash;“Prairies on fire”&mdash;Lascars sweeping the streets&mdash;Visit
+      from the Reverend Mr. S.&mdash;Impatience to see the Queen&mdash;Great
+      medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty’s consent&mdash;Curious
+      ceremony&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray’s letter comes in&mdash;The Queen’s
+      appointment to see them&mdash;Great rejoicing.</p>
+
+
+<p>On our return from Stockport we found two reverend gentlemen, who
+had been waiting nearly all day for an interview with the Indians
+(which had been appointed, but forgotten), to talk upon the subject of
+religion. They had come several miles, and seemed somewhat vexed, as
+night was near approaching, and the old chief told them that they were
+going to London in a few days, and should be very busy in the meantime;
+and again, that they were expecting to see the Queen, and would rather
+wait until after they had seen her Majesty. They had learned, also,
+that London was the <em>great city</em> of England, and thought that anything
+of that kind had better be deferred until they were in London, and the
+subject was therefore postponed.</p>
+
+<p>The exhibitions at night were progressing much as I have above
+described&mdash;the hall invariably full, and the Indians, as well as the
+public, had their own amusement in the room, and also amusing themes
+for conversation after retiring to their own quarters.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_124" title="124"></a>
+In the midst of our success and of their amusement and enjoyment, an
+occurrence took place that was near getting us into difficulty, as it
+raised a great excitement in the neighbourhood and no little alarm to
+many old women and little children.</p>
+
+<p>As I was leaving my exhibition-rooms one morning, I met, to my great
+surprise, an immense crowd of people assembled in front, and the
+streets almost completely barricaded with the numbers that were rapidly
+gathering, and all eyes elevated towards the roof of my building. I
+asked the first person I met what was the matter?&mdash;supposing that the
+house was on fire&mdash;to which he replied, “I believes, sir, that the
+Hob-jib-be-ways has got loose; I knows that some on em is hout, for I
+seed one on em runnin hover the tops of the ouses, and they’l ave a ard
+matter to catch em, hin my hopinion, sir.”</p>
+
+<p>It seems that the poor fellows had found a passage leading from their
+rooms out upon the roof of the house, and that, while several of them
+had been strolling out there for fresh air, and taking a look over the
+town, a crowd had gathered in the street to look at them, and amongst
+the most ignorant of that crowd the rumour had become current that they
+“had broke loose, and people were engaged in endeavouring to take them.”</p>
+
+<p>I started back to my room as fast as I could, and to the top of
+the house, to call them down, and stop the gathering that was in
+rapid progress in the streets. When I got on the roof, I was as
+much surprised at the numbers of people assembled on the tops of
+the adjoining houses, as I had been at the numbers assembled in the
+streets. The report was there also current, and general, that they had
+“broke out,” and great preparations were being made on the adjoining
+roofs, with ropes and poles, &amp;c., to “take them,” if possible, before
+any harm could be done. About the time I had got amongst them, and
+was inviting them down, several of the police made their appearance
+by my side, and ordered them immediately into their room, and told
+me that in the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_125" title="125"></a> excited state of the town, with their mills all out,
+such a thing was endangering the peace; for it brought a mob of many
+thousands together, which would be sure not to disperse without doing
+some mischief. I was ordered by the police to keep them thereafter in
+the rooms, and not to allow them to show themselves at the windows,
+so great were their fears of a riot in the streets, if there was the
+least thing to set it in motion. As an evidence of the necessity of
+such rigour, this affair of about fifteen minutes’ standing had already
+brought ten or fifteen thousand people together, and a large body of
+the police had been ordered on to the ground, having the greatest
+difficulty during the day to get rid of the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Rankin, about this time, was getting alarming apprehensions that
+our delay in Manchester was calculated to affect our prospect of going
+before the Queen, and at his urgent request I announced our last night
+in Manchester, after an exhibition of ten days. On the last night,
+as on each of the preceding ones, the room was quite full, and even
+so many were necessarily forbidden entrance, that they began a most
+ruinous warfare on the door from the outside, and to such a degree,
+that I was obliged to put the entrance to my premises in charge of
+the police, for protection. We were now prepared to move off to the
+metropolis, and I showed to Mr. Rankin, by his share of the profits of
+ten days, that he had already received more than he would have got in
+two months by the plan he had proposed, to hire the party to me for
+100<em>l.</em> per month.</p>
+
+<p>This seemed to please him very much, and we moved off pleasantly on
+our way to London, leaving the ungratified curiosity that remained in
+Manchester until a future occasion, when we might return again.</p>
+
+<p>For our passage to London we had chartered a second-class carriage to
+ourselves, and in it had a great deal of amusement and merriment on
+the way. The novelty of the mode of travelling and the rapidity at
+which we were going raised the spirits of the Indians to a high degree,
+and they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_126" title="126"></a> sang their favourite songs, and even gave their dances, as
+they passed along. Their curiosity had been excited to know how the
+train was propelled or drawn, and at the first station I stepped out
+with them, and forward to the locomotive, where I explained the power
+which pulled us along. They at once instituted for the engine, the
+appellation of the “Iron-horse;” and, at our next stopping-place, which
+was one where the engine was taking in water, they all leaped out “<em>to
+see the Iron-horse drink</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>Their songs and yells set at least a thousand dogs barking and howling
+on the way, and as we came under the station at Birmingham, called up
+a fat old gentleman, who opened our door and very knowingly exclaimed,
+“What the devil have you got here? some more of them damned grisly
+bears, have you?” He was soon merged in the crowd that gathered
+around us, and, with doors closed, the Indians sat out patiently the
+interval, until we were under weigh again. Arrived at the Euston
+station, in London, an omnibus conveyed them suddenly to apartments
+in George-street, which had been prepared for them. They were highly
+excited when they entered their rooms, talking about the Queen, whom
+they believed had just passed in her carriage, from seeing two footmen
+with gold-laced hats and red breeches and white stockings, standing up
+and riding on a carriage behind, with large gold-headed canes in their
+hands: it proved, however, to have been the carriage of Lady S&mdash;&mdash;n,
+familiarly known in that neighbourhood; and the poor fellows seemed
+wofully disappointed at this information.</p>
+
+<p>The good landlady, who took a glance of them as they came in, was
+becoming alarmed at the bargain she had made for the rooms, and came
+to Mr. Rankin, expressing her fears that the arrangement would never
+answer for her, as “she did not expect such wild, black-looking savages
+from the Indies.” Mr. Rankin assured her that they were quite harmless,
+and much more of gentlemen than many white men she might get in her
+house, and he would be responsible for all damage that they would ever
+do to her property,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_127" title="127"></a> even if she left the whole of it unsecured by
+lock and key. So she said she would venture to try them for a week,
+and see how they behaved. They were now in the midst of the great city
+of London, which they had been so anxious to see; and, upon putting
+their heads out of the windows to take a first peep, the smoke was so
+dense that they could see but a few rods, when they declared that the
+“prairies must be on fire again.”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel was, at this time, remaining in Manchester to take down and
+bring on my collection, which it was agreed should be re-opened in
+London. I was busy effecting a new arrangement for the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took for six months, and in a few days my collection was being
+replaced upon its walls.</p>
+
+<p>The first visitor who came to see the party, and to wish them success
+in London, was my excellent friend the Hon. C.&nbsp;A. Murray, who was much
+pleased with them, and learning their desire to gain an audience of
+Her Majesty, he proposed, as the surest way to bring it about, that
+his Royal Highness the Duke of Cambridge should have an interview with
+them first, and then it would be easy to get Her Majesty to see them.
+This plan was agreed to, and the next day Mr. Murray addressed me a
+note, saying that the Duke would meet them the next morning in the
+Queen’s drawing-room, Hanover-square Concert-rooms. I immediately made
+the arrangement with the proprietor of the rooms, and at the appointed
+hour the next morning was there with them, and met His Royal Highness
+the Duke of Cambridge, with the Hon. Mr. Murray and Baron Knesebeck, in
+attendance. The Duke met them in the most familiar and cordial manner,
+offering them his hand, and smoking the Indian pipe with them. He
+conversed a great deal with them through their interpreter, Cadotte;
+and, after closely examining their costumes, weapons, &amp;c., took a
+seat to see them dance. They amused him with the war-dance and the
+<em>Wa-be-no</em> dance, giving several songs and the war-whoop; after which
+they seated themselves on the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_128" title="128"></a> floor, and after a few minutes’ rest,
+having passed the pipe around, the old chief arose and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Father, we are glad to see you and to take your hand; we know that
+  you are uncle to our <em>great mother</em> the Queen, and we are happy to
+  see you. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’) We thank the Great Spirit for this; he
+  has kept us in good health and safe over the great salt lake, and
+  His eye is on us now, we know, or we should not see our great father
+  this day. We are poor, ignorant children, and yet we hope the Queen,
+  your niece, will be willing to see us, when our hearts will be happy.
+  (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“Father, my years, you see, are nearly spent. I have carried my
+  weapons and hunted for your enemies many years, and my warriors here
+  have many wounds they received in fighting for the Sag-a-noshes.
+  (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“I have no more words to say at present. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>His Royal Highness graciously received the old Chief’s speech, and then
+examined the wounds pointed out on the body of the War Chief; after
+which he replied to the old man&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>“My friends, I meet you here to-day with great pleasure, and I
+  thank the Great Spirit also, that He has guarded you and kept you
+  safe over the ocean. I hope your visit to England may be pleasant
+  and profitable to you, and that you may all get back safe to your
+  children. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, I will make known your wishes to the Queen, and I think
+  you will see her. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Duke most kindly took leave of them, presenting to the old chief
+ten sovereigns, which he divided equally among the number, and sent
+them on the following day ten pounds of the choicest smoking tobacco.
+On leaving the Rooms he also thanked me for the treat I had afforded
+him, and said, “Oh, the good fellows! yes, the Queen will see them.”</p>
+
+<p>The announcement of the arrival of the Ojibbeways which had been made
+in the public papers, and the notice also of their interview with the
+Duke of Cambridge, were now gaining them a notoriety with the public;
+and amongst my personal friends, was announcing that I had returned to
+London, which altogether brought me a flood of applicants for private
+interviews with them. We had resolved not to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_129" title="129"></a> make any exhibition
+of their modes to the public, until after they had seen the Queen,
+and the month that we remained idle, and waiting for her Majesty’s
+command, was rendered tedious and troublesome from the above causes.
+We were daily and hourly importuned for permissions to see them, which
+were in part granted, until it became quite necessary that I should
+absent myself from them, leaving instructions at the door that no
+communication could be had with them at present. Mr. Rankin during this
+time stayed constantly with them, and I occasionally spent an evening
+of gossip and smoked a pipe with them. We made use of most of the time
+in endeavouring to show them as much of the great city as possible,
+driving them out in a bus during the day, and several times taking them
+into the country to spend a day running over the fields for the benefit
+of their health.</p>
+
+<p>After one of their first drives about the City, when they had been
+passed through Regent Street, the Strand, Cheapside, Oxford Street
+and Holborn, I spent the evening in a talk with them in their rooms,
+and was exceedingly amused with the shrewdness of their remarks upon
+what they had seen. They had considered the “prairies still on fire,”
+from the quantity of smoke they met; one of the women had undertaken
+to count the number of carriages they passed, but was obliged to give
+it up;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_130" title="130"></a> “saw a great many fine houses, but nobody in the windows: saw
+many men with a large board on the back, and another on the breast,
+walking in the street&mdash;supposed it was some kind of punishment; saw men
+carrying bags of coal, their hats on wrong side before; saw fine ladies
+and gentlemen riding in the middle of the streets in carriages, but
+a great many poor and ragged people on the sides of the roads; saw a
+great many men and women drinking in shops where they saw great barrels
+and hogsheads; saw several drunk in the streets. They had passed two
+<em>Indians</em> in the street with brooms, sweeping away the mud; they saw
+them hold out their hands to people going by, as if they were begging
+for money: they saw many other poor people begging, some with brooms
+in their hands and others with little babies in their arms, who looked
+as if they were hungry for food to eat.” They had much to say about the
+two Indians they had passed. “It could not be that white people would
+dress and paint themselves like Indians in order to beg money, and
+they could not see how Indians would consent to stand in the streets
+and sweep the mud away in order to beg for money.” They appealed to me
+to know whether they were really Indians, and I said “Yes; they are
+natives from the East Indies, called Lascars. They are naturally, most
+probably like yourselves, too proud to work or to beg; but they have
+been left by some cruel fate, to earn their living in the streets of
+London, or to starve to death, and, poor fellows, they have preferred
+begging to starvation.” The Indians seemed much affected by the
+degradation that these poor fellows were driven to, and resolved that
+they would carry some money with them when they went out, to throw to
+them.</p>
+
+<p>I had about this time several communications from the Reverend Mr.
+S&mdash;&mdash;, who was desirous, if possible, to have an interview with the
+Indians for the purpose of learning from them what notions they had of
+religion, if any; and to endeavour to open their minds to a knowledge
+of the Christian religion, which it was the wish of himself and many
+others of his friends to teach to them for their eternal welfare. I
+at once wrote to those reverend gentlemen and assured them that their
+kind endeavours would be aided in every possible way by Mr. Rankin and
+myself; and I appointed an hour at once, when they could converse with
+the Indians on the subject. Their visit was made at the hour appointed,
+and the conversation was held in my presence. The reverend gentlemen
+most kindly and humanely greeted the Indians on their safe arrival
+in this country, where they were glad to meet them as brothers. They
+called upon them not in any way to interfere with their amusements
+or objects for which they had come to England, but to wish them all
+success, and at the same time to learn from them<a class="pagenum" id="Page_131" title="131"></a> whether as poor
+children of the forests they had been kept in the dark, and out of the
+light of the true Christian religion, which it was their desire to make
+known to their minds. The old chief had lit his pipe in the meantime,
+and having taken a few moments to smoke it out, after the reverend
+gentleman had stopped, said (without rising up to speak) that he was
+much pleased to see them, and shake hands with them, for he knew their
+views were good and friendly. He said that they had heard something
+about the white man’s religion in the wilderness where he lived, but
+they had thought it too difficult for them to understand. He said he
+was much obliged to them for offering to explain it at this time, but
+that they would take a little time to think of it first; and as they
+had not yet seen the Queen, they thought it best to do no more about it
+at present.</p>
+
+<p>Poor fellows, they were daily asking for reports from the Palace,
+becoming impatient for the permission to see her Majesty. They had
+waited so long that they were beginning to think that their application
+had failed, and they were becoming dispirited and desponding.</p>
+
+<p>I said to them one morning, “Now, my good fellows, don’t despair&mdash;you
+have not tried what you can do yourselves yet; in your own country,
+if you wish it to rain, you have <em>Rain-makers</em> who can make it rain;
+if you wish it to stop raining, you have <em>Rain-stoppers</em>, who cook
+up a grand medicine feast and cause it to stop raining. If buffalos
+are scarce, your medicine-men can make them come: why not ‘put on the
+Big Kettle,’ and see what you can do in the present dilemma?&mdash;You
+have your <em>Medicine-man</em> with you, and your <em>Medicine-drum</em> and your
+<em>Shi-she-quoi</em> (mystery rattle); you are all prepared; go to work&mdash;you
+will certainly do no harm, and I fully believe you will bring it about.”</p>
+
+<p>As I was leaving the room their interpreter overtook me, and said that
+the medicine man wanted the money to buy five fat ducks&mdash;that they had
+resolved on having a <em>medicine feast</em> that afternoon, and that they
+would expect me to be of the party to partake of it.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_132" title="132"></a>
+I came in at the hour appointed, and found them all with their
+faces painted black on one side and red on the other (their mode of
+ornamenting when they supplicate the Great or other Spirit for any gift
+or favour), and prepared to take their seats at the feast, which was
+then smoking, on the floor in the adjoining room. Buffalo robes were
+spread upon the floor, on which we were seated, when the following
+dialogue took place between their kind (and now no longer terrified)
+landlady and the interpreter Cadotte:&mdash;“Why,” said she (as she was
+completing the last arrangement for our feast upon the floor), “you
+have left no room for the women, poor things.” “Women!” said Cadotte,
+“why, do you suppose that women can eat at a <em>medicine feast</em>?” “Why
+not?” said the landlady, “are they not as good as the men? They are
+a nice set of women, and that little girl is a dear little creature.
+I cooked the ducks as much for them as I did for you, and I think it
+would be cruel not to invite them to eat with you; you are no better
+now than you were this morning; they ate with you then. If I had known
+this, I would have kept one of the ducks for them.” “Devil a bit!” said
+Cadotte, “do you know what <em>medicine</em> is?” “No, I don’t suppose I do;
+but there are the three women all crying now in the other room, poor
+creatures.” “And there they are <em>obliged</em> to cry while we are in a
+<em>medicine feast</em>, or we have no luck.” “Oh, dear me, what a strange set
+of beings!” said the old lady, as she returned to the kitchen, “I won’t
+interfere with them; they must take their own way.”</p>
+
+<p>With closed doors we went through all the peculiar solemnities of this
+feast; and, having devoured all the ducks, leaving “none for the poor
+women,” the medicine man took about a quarter of an hour to recite a
+sort of prayer or thanks to the Great Spirit, which, from the extreme
+rapidity with which he repeated it, I supposed to be some established
+form peculiar to such occasions. After this, and while the last pipe
+was passing around, my man<a class="pagenum" id="Page_133" title="133"></a> Daniel (in pursuance of my previous
+instructions) entered the room, and delivered to me a large letter,
+which he said he thought was from Mr. Murray, as it had the household
+stamp upon it. The most impatient excitement prevailed until I broke
+the seal and read as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p class="signature">“Buckingham Palace, Thursday morning.</p>
+
+<p>“Dear Sir,&mdash;I have great pleasure in informing you that Her Majesty
+  has expressed a desire to see the party of Ojibbeway Indians; and has
+  appointed Thursday next, at two o’clock, as the hour when she will
+  receive you with the party, in the Waterloo Gallery, Windsor Castle.
+  I pray that you will be punctual at the hour, and I will meet you at
+  the threshold, rendering all the facilities that may be in my power.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright5">“Yours, sincerely,</span><br />
+                                        “<span class="smcap">C.&nbsp;A. Murray</span>,<br />
+                                “<em>Master of H.&nbsp;M. Household.</em></p>
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reader can readily imagine what was the <em>pleasure</em> of these poor
+people when they heard this letter read; but it would be difficult to
+know what were their feelings of <em>surprise</em>, that the efficacy of their
+<em>medicine</em> should have brought it in at that opportune moment. The
+reader will also suppose, what their superstition prevented them from
+ever imagining, that this letter was in my pocket several hours before
+the ducks were bought, and therefore cost me about twenty shillings.</p>
+
+<p>A pipe was here lit by the old chief, and passed around, and smoked to
+the kind <em>Spirit</em> they had successfully invoked, and with it all the
+anxieties of this day passed away.</p>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_134" title="134"></a>
+CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen&mdash;Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter&mdash;Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert&mdash;Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray&mdash;The waiting-room&mdash;The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery&mdash;Their reception&mdash;Introductions and
+      conversations&mdash;Indians give the war-dance&mdash;A smoke&mdash;The
+      old Chief’s speech to the Queen&mdash;Pipe-dance&mdash;Her Majesty
+      and the Prince retire&mdash;Indians at a feast in the
+      waiting-room&mdash;Drinking the Queen’s health in Champagne&mdash;Indians
+      call it “<em>Chickabobboo</em>”&mdash;Story of <em>Chickabobboo</em>, and great
+      amusement&mdash;Indians return to London&mdash;Evening-gossip about
+      the Queen and her <em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;First evening of the
+      Indians in Egyptian Hall&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Alarm&mdash;Tremendous
+      applause&mdash;Old Chief’s speech&mdash;Hon. Mr. Murray’s letter
+      to the old Chief, enclosing £20 from the Queen and other
+      presents&mdash;Speech of the War-chief&mdash;Pipe-dance&mdash;Shaking
+      hands&mdash;Curious questions by the audience&mdash;Ale allowed to the
+      Indians at dinner and after supper&mdash;Their rejoicing&mdash;They call
+      it <em>Chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+
+<p>A new chapter commenced here with the Indians, as it commences with
+my book. All “omnibus drives” were postponed for the present; all
+communications with the world entirely interdicted; and all was bustle
+and preparation for the grand event which was to “cap the climax”
+of their highest ambition&mdash;the point to which they had looked ever
+since they had started, and beyond which, it is not probable, their
+contemplations had as yet visibly painted anything.</p>
+
+<p>Colours, and ribbons, and beads, of the richest hues, were called for,
+and procured from various parts of the city; and both night and day,
+all, men and women, were constantly engaged in adding brilliancy and
+richness of colour to their costumes.</p>
+
+<p>The old chief was painting the stem of his pipe of peace (or calumet)
+sky-blue, emblematical of the feelings they carried<a class="pagenum" id="Page_135" title="135"></a> in their breasts;
+and decorating it also with blue and red ribbons, as a suitable gift
+to royalty. The little girl, <em>Nib-nab-e-qua</em>, was crying, as she
+embroidered with red and white porcupine-quills, fearing that her new
+mocassins would not look so brilliant as she had sometimes made them.
+Her mother was arranging black mourning plumes in the cradle in which
+her infant had died, and which, by the custom of the country, she was
+obliged yet to carry on her back. The War-chief was repainting his
+shield, and arranging his scalps on a little hoop, to give proper
+effect to the scalp-dance. The <em>Medicine-man</em> was preparing his
+<em>wa-be-no</em> drum. <em>Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee</em> was stringing beads with his
+wife; and <em>Sah-mah</em> was brightening his tomahawk and his scalping-knife
+for a glittering effect in the war-dance. Cadotte, during this time,
+was parading before the mirror, examining, arranging, and rearranging
+the ostrich-plumes in his cap, and the fit of a laced frock he had just
+had made; and (I had almost forgotten myself) I was anxiously awaiting
+the arrival of a new coat I had ordered at my tailor’s for the occasion.</p>
+
+<p>On the morning appointed, all were satisfactorily prepared, and, being
+seated in an omnibus posted with four horses, we were on our way, and
+soon after that arrived at the gates of Windsor Castle. Descending from
+the carriage, the poor old chief, whose eyes were getting a little dim
+with age, was completely nonplused at beholding the magnificent figure
+(in scarlet and gold lace and powdered wig) of (his apparent Majesty)
+Sykes, the well-known porter of the palace, who had him by the elbow,
+and was conducting him and his heavy paraphernalia towards the door.
+The good old chief turned round and gave him his hand, not knowing as
+yet what to say, as they had none of them contemplated anything so
+brilliant and dazzling, short of Majesty itself. He was at this moment,
+however, saved from committing himself or bestowing his pipe of peace
+by the sudden approach of several others of the household in liveries
+equally splendid, who conducted us into the hall, at which moment we
+met our friend the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_136" title="136"></a> Honourable Mr. Murray, whom we followed to the
+waiting-room adjoining to the Waterloo Gallery, in which our reception
+was to take place. Here we were seated, and awaited the anxious moment
+when it was to be announced that her Majesty was ready to see us.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians were here parading before the large and splendid mirrors
+and adjusting their feathers and ornaments, and suggesting many
+surmises about the long table which was dressed out in the room where
+we were, and which they supposed was the place where the Queen and
+all her officers about her took their dinners. This, as the sequel
+will show, was a very great error, as it was preparing for another and
+entirely different purpose.</p>
+
+<p>After waiting half an hour or so, an officer in full dress came into
+the room and informed us that the Queen was in the adjoining room,
+and ready to receive us, and showed us the way. There was a moment of
+jingling and rattling of trinkets as the Indians were throwing on their
+robes and gathering up their weapons; and when they responded to my
+question “if they were all ready?”&mdash;by their “<em>how! how! how!</em>” I led
+the way, and they followed into the Waterloo Gallery. They were now all
+at full length before her Majesty and the Prince, who most graciously
+received them. (<a href="#Plate_5"><em>Plate No. 5.</em></a>) The Queen arose from a sofa in the
+middle of the room, having her Majesty the Queen Dowager and H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H.
+the Duchess of Kent by her side; and advancing towards the Indians, was
+joined by H.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;H. Prince Albert and the Hon. Mr. Murray. Her Majesty
+desired that the interpreter and myself should advance nearer to her,
+and at her request I introduced each individually by their appropriate
+names, explaining their costumes, weapons, &amp;c. Her Majesty beckoned the
+little girl up to her, and held her some time by both hands, evidently
+much pleased with her appearance, and also the woman with the cradle
+on her back, in whom she seemed to take much interest. She asked many
+questions, as well as the Prince, relative to their costumes, modes,
+&amp;c., and they then<a class="pagenum" id="Page_137" title="137"></a> took their seats on the sofa to witness the
+dances which the Indians had come prepared to give.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_5"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_136fp.jpg" width="640" height="402" alt="Plate 5: Indians received by Queen Victoria" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o</sup>. 5.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The Indians were at this time seated in a circle on the floor, when
+the <em>Medicine-man</em> gradually commenced tapping on his drum and singing
+in a low tone. In a few moments the house jarred with the leap of the
+War-chief, who was upon his feet, and after him all the party, in the
+din of the war-dance. (<a href="#Plate_6"><em>Plate</em> No. 6.</a>)</p>
+
+<p>This dance finished, they were again seated on the floor, when the old
+chief, seventy-five years of age, having lighted his pipe and passed it
+around, arose and made the following address to her Majesty:&mdash;<a href="#Footnote_7" id="FNanchor_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>“Great Mother&mdash;I have been very sorrowful since I left my home, but
+  the Great Spirit has brought us all safe over the great waters, and
+  my heart will now be glad that we can see your face. We are now happy.</p>
+
+  <p>“These are all the words I have to say. My words are few, for I am
+  not very well to-day. The other chief will tell you what I intended
+  to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The War-chief then rose, and in a very energetic manner made the
+following speech, which was also literally interpreted to her Majesty:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>“Great Mother&mdash;The Great Spirit has been kind to us, your children,
+  in protecting us on our long journey here. And we are now happy that
+  we are allowed to see your face. It makes our hearts glad to see
+  the faces of so many Saganoshes (English) in this country, and all
+  wearing such pleasant looks. We think the people here must be very
+  happy.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;We have been often told that there was a great fire in this
+  country&mdash;that its light shone across the great water; and we see now
+  where<a class="pagenum" id="Page_138" title="138"></a> this great light arises. We believe that it shines from this
+  great wigwam to all the world.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;We have seen many strange things since we came to this
+  country. We see that your wigwams are large, and the light that is in
+  them is bright. Our wigwams are small, and our light is not strong.
+  We are not rich, but yet we have plenty of food to eat.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;Myself and my friends here are your friends&mdash;your children.
+  We have used our weapons against your enemies. And for many years we
+  have received liberal presents from this country, which have made us
+  quite happy and comfortable in our wigwams.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;The chief who has just spoken, and myself, have fought and
+  bled by the side of the greatest warrior who ever lived&mdash;Tecumseh.</p>
+
+  <p>“Mother&mdash;Our hearts are glad at what we have this day seen&mdash;that we
+  have been allowed to see your face. And when we get home our words
+  will be listened to in the councils of our nation.</p>
+
+  <p>“This is all I have to say.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>After his speech the War-chief resumed his seat upon the floor; and as
+her Majesty could not be supposed to reply to his speech, she called
+upon the Prince, who thanked them for the amusement they had afforded
+her Majesty, who felt a deep interest in their welfare, and thankful to
+the old chief for the noble and religious sentiments expressed in his
+remarks.</p>
+
+<p>After this the Indians rose and gave their favourite, the <span class="smcap">Pipe
+Dance</span>, which seemed to afford much amusement to the Royal party.
+The Queen and the Prince then graciously bowed and took leave, thanking
+them, through the interpreter, for the amusement they had afforded
+them. The Indians at the same moment shouldered their robes and
+retired, sounding their war-whoop to the amusement of the servants of
+the household, who had assembled to the amount of some hundreds in the
+galleries of the hall.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_6"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_138fp.jpg" width="640" height="350" alt="Plate 6: Indians War Dance" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o</sup>. 6.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>They were now in the waiting-room again, where, to their surprise
+(and no little satisfaction), they found that the table they had seen
+so splendidly arranged was intended for their own entertainment, and
+was now ready for the “set-to.” Mr. Murray announced it as ready, and
+we all went to work. Mr. Rankin, who had been seated in the gallery
+during the presentation, having joined the party,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_139" title="139"></a> had now taken
+his seat with them at the table. With his usual kindness, Mr. Murray
+insisted on carving the roast-beef and helping them around, and next in
+drinking the Queen’s health, which is customary at all public dinners.
+For this the first bottle of champagne was opened; and when the cork
+flew and the wine was pouring into glasses, the Indians pronounced
+the word “<em>Chick-a-bob-boo!</em>” and had a great laugh. A foaming glass
+of it was set before each Indian; and when it was proposed to drink
+to Her Majesty’s health, they all refused. I explained to Mr. Murray
+the promise they were under to drink no spirituous liquor while in the
+kingdom. Mr. Murray applauded their noble resolution, but said at the
+same time that this was not <em>spirituous liquor</em>&mdash;it was a light wine,
+and could not hurt them; and it would be the only time they could
+ever drink to Her Majesty so properly, and Her Majesty’s health could
+not be refused by Her Majesty’s subjects. When again urged they still
+refused, saying “We no drink&mdash;can’t drink.” They seemed however to be
+referring it to me, as all eyes were alternately upon me and upon their
+glasses, when I said to them&mdash;“Yes, my good fellows, drink; it will
+not hurt you. The promise you have made to Mr. Rankin and myself will
+not be broken&mdash;it did not contemplate a case like this, where it is
+necessary to drink the Queen’s health. And again, this is <em>champagne</em>,
+and not <em>spirituous liquor</em>, which you have solemnly promised to
+avoid.”&mdash;“<em>How! how! how!</em>” they all responded, and with great delight
+all joined in “health to the Queen!” And as each glass was emptied
+to the bottom, they smacked their lips, again pronouncing the word
+“<em>Chick-a-bob-boo! Chick-a-bob-boo!</em>” with a roar of laughter among
+themselves.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Murray and I becoming anxious to know the meaning of
+<em>chick-a-bob-boo</em>, it was agreed that the War-chief (who had a dry but
+amusing way of relating an anecdote) should give us the etymology of
+the word <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em>, which they said was manufactured but a few
+years since in their country. The old Boy-chief, who was not a stranger
+to <i>chick-a-<a class="pagenum" id="Page_140" title="140"></a>bob-boo</i>, nor to good jokes, said that the “War-chief
+couldn’t tell a story well unless his lips were kept moist;” and he
+proposed that we should drink Mr. Murray’s health before he commenced.
+So the champagne was poured again, and, the Hon. Mr. Murray’s health
+being drank, the War-chief proceeded by saying&mdash;that “Only a few years
+since, when the white men were bringing so much rum and whiskey into
+the little village where he lives, that it was making them all sick,
+and killing a great many, the chiefs decided in council that they would
+tomahawk every keg of whiskey the white men should bring in; and it had
+the effect of keeping them away, and their people, who had been drunk
+and sick, were getting well.</p>
+
+<p>“Not long after that,” continued he, “a little old man with red hair,
+who used to bring us bags of apples, got in the way of bringing in one
+end of his bag a great many bottles filled with something that looked
+much like whiskey, but which, when we smelled it, and tasted it, we
+found was not <em>fire-water</em>, and it was much liked by the chiefs and
+all; for they found, he said, it was good, and would not make Indians
+drunk. He sold much of this to the Indians, and came very often; and
+when he had carried it a great way on his horse, and in the sun, it
+sometimes became very impatient to get out of the bottles; and it
+was very amusing to see the little old man turn a crooked wire into
+the bottle to pull out the stopper, when one was holding a cup ready
+to catch it. As he would twist the wire in, it would go <em>chee&mdash;e&mdash;</em>;
+and when he poured it out, it would say, <em>pop-poo, pop-poo</em>.<a href="#Footnote_8" id="FNanchor_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> This
+amused the women and children very much, and they called it at first
+<em>chee-pop-poo</em>, and since, <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em>. And this the old man with
+red hair told us at last was nothing but the juice of apples, though we
+found it very good; and yet it has made some very drunk.”</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_141" title="141"></a>
+This story of the War-chief amused Mr. Murray very much, and he ordered
+one of the waiters to “twist the crooked wire” into the neck of another
+bottle or two of the <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em> and “pull out the little
+stoppers,” for he was going to propose that we all drink to the health
+of Prince Albert, who could never be neglected when her Majesty’s
+health was drunk. This was done with enthusiasm; and the old chief
+soon proposed to drink Mr. Rankin’s health, and my health, which were
+attended to; and he at length thought of the fat porter in scarlet and
+gold lace, whom he had passed at the door, and who at this moment, with
+several others in gold lace and powdered hair, were gathering around
+the table to take a glass or two of <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em> with them. This
+happened at a good time, and Mr. Rankin commenced the anecdote of the
+old chief having mistaken the porter Sykes for Prince Albert just as
+Mr. Murray and I withdrew from the room to proceed to town.</p>
+
+<p>I visited the Indians in their rooms that evening, and found them in
+good spirits, having been well pleased by her Majesty’s kind reception,
+and also delighted with the <em>chick-a-bob-boo</em>, and the liberal
+construction that had been put upon their sacred engagement “not to
+drink spirituous liquors.” Mr. Rankin gave me an amusing account of the
+old chief’s second interview with the porter Sykes, and their manner
+of taking leave when they were parting to meet no more. “Their pipes,”
+he said, “were lit when they took their omnibus to return, and their
+joyful songs and choruses made it a <em>travelling music-box</em> the whole
+way to town.”</p>
+
+<p>I had come upon them at the moment when they were taking their
+coffee&mdash;a habit they had got into as one of the last things before
+going to bed. When they finished their coffee they lit the pipe, and
+there were many comments from different parts of the room upon what
+they had seen during the day. The Queen was of course the engrossing
+theme for their thoughts and their remarks; and though so well pleased
+with her kindness to them, they were evidently disappointed in her
+personal appearance and dress. Her<a class="pagenum" id="Page_142" title="142"></a> Majesty was attired in a simple and
+unadorned dress of black, and wore apparently no ornaments whatever
+at the time of their presentation, affording the poor fellows nothing
+either in her stature or costume to answer to the fancied figure of
+majesty which they had naturally formed in their minds, and were
+convinced they were going to see. They had, on first entering the
+room, taken the Duchess of Kent for the Queen, and said they were not
+apprised of their error until they heard me address the Queen as “Her
+Majesty.”</p>
+
+<p>They were advancing many curious ideas (over the pipe) as to the
+government of the greatest and richest country in the world being in
+the hands of a woman, and she no larger than many of the Indian girls
+at the age of twelve or thirteen years. I explained to them the manner
+in which she was entitled to the crown, and also how little a king or
+queen has actually to do in the government of such a country; that it
+is chiefly done by her ministers, who are always about her, and men
+of the greatest talents, and able to advise her. And the old chief,
+who had been listening attentively to me, as he was puffing away at
+his pipe, said, he was inclined to think it was the best thing for the
+country. “I am not sure,” said he, “but it is the safest way; for if
+this country had a king instead of a queen, he might be ambitious as a
+great warrior, and lead the country into war with other nations: now,
+under her government there is peace, and the country is happy.”</p>
+
+<p>Many jokes were passed upon the old chief for having mistaken the
+porter Sykes for Prince Albert, and for having brought his pipe of
+peace back, having been afraid to present it. They had many remarks
+to make also upon the little girl whom her Majesty took by the hand;
+they told her she turned pale, and they were afraid she would grow up
+a white woman. They now, for the first time, thought of the Queen’s
+little children, and wondered they had not seen them: they thought they
+ought, at least, to have seen the Prince of Wales. Daniel, they said,
+had<a class="pagenum" id="Page_143" title="143"></a> long since told them how old he was, and that he was to be the
+next king of England. He had also read to them his long names, which
+had pleased them very much, which they never could recollect, but would
+have written down.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation again, and for some time, ran upon the deliciousness
+of her Majesty’s chickabobboo, and also upon the presents which they
+had imagined would have been made to them, and which I assured them
+they might feel quite easy about, as they would come in due time
+according to the custom. So were they whiling away the evening of this
+memorable day, and I left them.</p>
+
+<p>The grand point having been made, their visit to the Queen, the Indians
+seemed in good spirits to meet the greetings of the public, amongst
+whom the daily paragraphs in the papers, and their occasional drives
+through the streets, had excited the most intense curiosity. The place
+for their operations was prepared for them in the Egyptian Hall; and
+in the midst of my Indian collection, as in Manchester, a platform was
+erected on which their dances and other amusements were to be given.</p>
+
+<p>Having been without any exciting occupation for more than a month, in
+daily anticipation of their visit to the Queen, the Indians had become,
+as well as the public, impatient for the opening of their exhibition,
+which seemed requisite for their amusement as well as necessary for
+their accustomed bodily exercise.</p>
+
+<p>Their first evening’s amusements being announced, the large room of the
+Egyptian Hall was filled at an early hour, and the Indians received
+with a roar of applause as they entered and advanced upon the platform.
+I came on by their side, and after they had seated themselves upon the
+platform, entered upon my duty, that of explaining to the audience
+who these people were, whence they came, and what were their objects
+in visiting this country. I also introduced each one personally by
+his name, to the audience, and briefly described their costumes,
+weapons, &amp;c., and they were then left to commence as they chose, with
+their dances<a class="pagenum" id="Page_144" title="144"></a> and other amusements. Indian looks and Indian costumes,
+&amp;c., were supposed to have been pretty well understood before this,
+by most of the audience, who had studied them at their leisure in my
+rooms on former occasions; but Indian dances and Indian yells, and the
+war-whoop, had been from necessity postponed and unappreciated until
+the present moment, when the sudden yell and scream of the whole party
+(as they sprang upon their feet) announced the war-dance as having
+commenced. The drum was beating, rattles were shaking, war-clubs and
+tomahawks and spears were brandishing over their heads, and all their
+voices were shouting (in time with the beat of the drum and the stamps
+of their feet) the frightful war-song!</p>
+
+<p>With the exception of some two or three women (whose nerves were not
+quite firm enough for these excitements, and who screamed quite as
+loud as the Indians did, as they were making a rush for the door) the
+audience stood amazed and delighted with the wildness and newness of
+the scene that was passing before them; and, at the close of the dance,
+united in a round of applause, which seemed to please the Indians as
+much as seeing the Queen.</p>
+
+<p>Like all actors, they were vain of their appearance, and proud of
+applause, and (rather luckily for them, and unlike the painful
+excitements that fall to the lot of most actors’ lives) they were sure
+of the applause which sympathy brings, and exempt from that censure
+which often falls heavily upon those whose acting the audience is able
+to criticise.</p>
+
+<p>According to their custom, after the war-dance was finished, the
+Indians seated themselves upon the platform and lit their long pipe,
+which they were almost constantly smoking. This pipe was filled with
+their own native tobacco (k’nick-k’neck), and passed around from one
+to the other for a few whiffs, according to the usage of all the
+American tribes. I took this opportunity of explaining to the audience
+the meaning of the war-dance, the war-whoop, &amp;c., and whilst I was up,
+was so overwhelmed with questions (all of which<a class="pagenum" id="Page_145" title="145"></a> I felt disposed to
+answer) that I found it exceedingly difficult to sit down again. These
+questions were put for the purpose of gaining information which it was
+my wish to give; and having patiently answered a number of them, I
+stated to the audience that I believed the explanations I should throw
+out in the course of the evening in my own way, would answer nearly
+every question that they would be disposed to put, and I begged they
+would allow me as much time and opportunity to give them as possible.
+This was responded to by acclamation all around the room, and the
+exhibition proceeded by the Indians wishing me to announce that they
+were to give the <em>wa-be-no</em> (or mystery) dance. This eccentric and
+droll dance caused much merriment among the audience, and gained them
+hearty applause again; after which, they being seated as usual, with
+the pipe passing around, I proceeded with my explanation, which done,
+I was requested by the interpreter to announce that the old chief had
+something which he wished to say to the audience, and was going to make
+a speech. There was a great expression of satisfaction at this, evinced
+among the crowd, which seemed to give fire to the eye, and youth to the
+visage of the old man as he rose and said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;It makes our hearts glad when we hear your feet stamp
+  upon the floor, for we know then that you are pleased, and not
+  angry.” (Great applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The old man then straightened himself up in the attitude of an orator,
+and, throwing his buffalo robe over his shoulder, and extending his
+right arm over the heads of his audience, he proceeded:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_146" title="146"></a>
+<p>“My friends and brothers&mdash;These young men and women and myself have
+  come a great way to see you, and to see our <span class="smcap">Great Mother the
+  Queen</span>. The Great Spirit has been kind to us, for we are all
+  well, and we have seen her face. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We know that the Saganoshes in our country all come from
+  this place; they are our friends there, and we think they will not
+  be our enemies here. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ and immense applause, with
+  ‘Hear, hear, hear,’ from the audience.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;You see I am old, and my words are few; some of my
+  younger men may talk longer than I can. I hope our noise is not too
+  great. (‘No, no,’ from every part of the room: ‘The more noise the
+  better, my good fellows.’)</p>
+
+<p>“Brothers&mdash;My young men will finish their dances in a little while,
+  when we will be glad to give you our hands.” (“<em>How, how, how!</em>”
+  great applause, and “Hear, hear.”)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The venerable old man then resumed his seat; and at that moment, as
+the pipe was preparing, Daniel was making his way through the crowd,
+with one hand raised above the heads of the audience, conveying a large
+square letter, which he was endeavouring to hand to me. On opening the
+letter and reading, I found it was from the Honourable Mr. Murray, and,
+with permission of the audience, I read thus:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Dear Sir,&mdash;I have great pleasure to inform you that I am instructed
+  by Her Majesty to transmit to you the enclosed 20<em>l.</em> note to be
+  given to the Ojibbeway chiefs; and also to say that Her Majesty
+  has instructed me to order to be made, as soon as possible, an
+  entire piece of plaid, of Her Majesty’s colours, which is also to
+  be presented to them in her name, as an evidence of Her Majesty’s
+  friendship for them, and solicitude for their welfare. I have
+  transmitted the order for the plaid, and as soon as it can be
+  prepared I shall send it to them.</p>
+
+  <p class="signature"><span class="padright5">“I have the honour to be, dear Sir, yours, &amp;c. &amp;c.</span><br />
+                                           “<span class="smcap">Chas. Aug. Murray</span>,<br />
+              “<em>Master of Her Majesty’s Household, Buckingham Palace.</em></p>
+  <p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reading of this letter called forth a round of applause, which the
+Indians did not seem to understand until its contents were interpreted
+to them by Cadotte, when they received the bank-note with a yell or
+two, and then gathered around it to examine it, and to make out, if
+they could, how it could be a present of 20<em>l.</em>, or (in American
+currency, which they were a little more familiar with) 100 dollars.
+That they might better appreciate it, however, I sent Daniel to the
+door with it, who in a few moments brought back twenty sovereigns,
+which were placed in the chief’s hand, and, being better understood,
+were soon divided<a class="pagenum" id="Page_147" title="147"></a> equally, and put into the pouches which were
+attached to their belts.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief (who was not much of an orator, and always seemed
+embarrassed when he spoke) then rose, and advanced to the front of the
+platform to offer his acknowledgments. He held his long pipe to his
+lips, and, drawing several deep breaths of smoke to his lungs, and
+pouring it out through his nostrils, at length began:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;I can’t speak&mdash;I never speak. (Great applause, and he
+  smoked again.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;My heart and my tongue were never made to live together.
+  (Roar of applause, and ‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’) Our chief is old, and his
+  words few: he has told you that the Great Spirit has been kind to us,
+  and that we have seen the face of our Great Mother the Queen. We have
+  all thanked the Great Spirit for this, and we all wish to thank our
+  Great Mother now for the presents she has sent us. She is not here,
+  and we can’t thank her; but we see these presents pass through your
+  hands, and we wish to thank you. (‘<em>How, how, how!</em>’ and ‘Hear.’)</p>
+
+<p>“Brothers&mdash;I have no more to say, but I shall be glad in a little
+  time to offer you my hand.” (“<em>How, how, how!</em>” and applause.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The audience were now prepared, and the Indians also, for the
+<em>pipe-dance</em>, one of the most spirited and picturesque of their dances,
+and which they gave with great effect. It was then announced that the
+Indians would seat themselves on the front of the platform, where
+all the visitors who desired it might have an opportunity to advance
+and shake hands with them. This afforded the visitors a gratifying
+opportunity of getting nearer to them, and disposed many to be liberal
+to them, who gave them money and trinkets to a considerable amount.</p>
+
+<p>Thus passed their first night of exhibition in London. The audience
+gradually drew off, and the Indians, at length seeing a space through
+which they could pass, gathered up their weapons, &amp;c., and retired to
+their private rooms, leaving Daniel to answer to, and explain, all
+the curious surmises and questions that had been raised in the minds
+of the audience during the evening, and not explained; amongst whom
+(he told me the next day) there were at least a dozen<a class="pagenum" id="Page_148" title="148"></a> who wished to
+know “in what way the Indians were <em>taken</em>&mdash;whether with a lasso or
+in a sort of pit,” as they had heard of their taking wild oxen, &amp;c.
+Half a dozen inquired what part of the Indies they were from; twenty
+or more “whether Cooper’s descriptions of the Red Indians were true;”
+several “whether they eat the scalps;” and one desired to be informed
+“if it was actually necessary to cross the ocean to get to America,
+or whether it was not attached to the mainland.” Several ladies were
+waiting to inquire “whether the Indians actually had no beards;” and
+a great number of women after these, some of whom lingered patiently
+until all other questions had been answered, begged to know “whether
+the interpreter and the handsome little fellow <em>Sah-mah</em> were married.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Rankin and myself, as usual, went into the Indians’ apartments to
+smoke a pipe with them after the fatigues of the evening were over, and
+we found the poor fellows in an unusually pleasant humour, counting
+over and showing the money and trinkets which they had received from
+the visitors, and also the money sent by the Queen, which, to be
+divided more exactly <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">per capita</em> (their mode of dividing presents),
+they had got changed into silver.</p>
+
+<p>Their high excitement and exhilaration convinced us that it was the
+very sort of life they required to lead to secure their health; and
+their remarks upon the incidents that had transpired in the room, as
+well as things they discovered in the crowd, were exceedingly amusing
+and caused them a great deal of merriment whilst they were repeating
+them over. In the midst of all this they often uttered the exciting
+word <em>Chickabobboo</em>; and it occurred to Mr. Rankin and myself as a
+suitable occasion to explain to them that we had no objection to
+their having each a glass of ale at their dinner, and also after the
+exceeding fatigues of their dances at night. We told them<a class="pagenum" id="Page_149" title="149"></a> “that, in
+binding them in the promise they had made, and so far kept, it never
+entered our heads that they were not to be allowed an occasional
+glass of wine or ale&mdash;luxuries of which nearly all the good people
+of England, ladies as well as gentlemen, and even divines, partook in
+a moderate way. We believed that they would use as much discretion in
+taking those things as English fashionable people did, and felt quite
+sure they would keep their promise with us. I told them that this ale
+which I had just mentioned was a very fine drink, and we thought that,
+though it was not quite as good as the Queen’s <em>chickabobboo</em>, yet they
+would like it, and that a glass of it at dinner, and also after their
+night’s fatigues, would give them strength and be of service to them.
+I told them also that we had just sent for a jug of it (at that moment
+coming in), that they might try it, and see whether they liked it.”
+“<em>How, how, how!</em>” resounded through the whole house; and each, as he
+emptied his glass, shouted “<em>Chickabobboo! chickabobboo! ne-she-sheen!
+ne-she-sheen!</em>” (good, good). So we agreed that, if on the next
+morning they should pronounce its effects to be pleasing, they should
+be allowed a similar quantity every day at dinner, and also at night,
+instead of the strong coffee they were accustomed to drink before going
+to bed.</p>
+
+<p>We then left them; and thus finished our first day’s labours and
+excitements at the Egyptian Hall.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_150" title="150"></a>
+CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash; and friend visit the Indians again&mdash;A day appointed
+      for a <em>talk</em> about religion&mdash;Indians go to the Thames
+      Tunnel&mdash;Give the medicine-dance (wabeno) under it&mdash;Kind
+      treatment there, and <em>Chickabobboo</em>&mdash;The exhibition&mdash;Egyptian
+      Hall&mdash;Debate about the propriety of the Indians dancing
+      to make money&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;Woman screaming and lifted on
+      to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards called the “<em>jolly
+      fat</em> dame”)&mdash;She gives Cadotte a beautiful bracelet&mdash;Her
+      admiration of Cadotte&mdash;Evening gossip after their
+      exhibition&mdash;The amusements of the evening and sights of the
+      day&mdash;A clergyman asks an interview with the Indians and gets
+      offended&mdash;Exhibition rooms at night&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;The “jolly
+      fat dame” in full dress&mdash;She talks with Cadotte&mdash;Indians meet
+      the Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash; and friend by appointment&mdash;Old Chief’s
+      speech to them&mdash;Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee’s speech&mdash;Reverend
+      gentlemen thank them and take leave.</p>
+
+
+<p>The morning after their first interview with the public at the Egyptian
+Hall having been deemed a proper time for a visit to them, the Rev. Mr.
+S&mdash;&mdash; and a friend called on me with a view to a further conversation
+with them on the subject of religion, which had been postponed at
+their request until after they had seen the Queen, which honour they
+had now had. I spoke to the chiefs about it, and they said, “It is
+very difficult now, for we have not time. Mr. Rankin has gone for the
+carriage, and we are just going out to ride, but you can bring them in.”</p>
+
+<p>The old chief received them very kindly, and gave them seats, when the
+Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash; addressed them through the interpreter in the most kind
+and winning manner.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_151" title="151"></a> “My friends, I have been delighted to see by the
+papers that your Great Mother the Queen has graciously received you
+and made you some valuable presents; and I hope the time is come now
+when your minds are at ease, and we can have some conversation on that
+great and important subject that I proposed the other day.”</p>
+
+<p>The old man was at that moment painting his face with vermilion and
+bear’s grease, as he sat on the floor with a small looking-glass
+between his knees, and the palms of both hands covered with his red
+paint, which he was plastering over his face, and impressing on his
+naked arms and shoulders. He was not in a condition or mood to make a
+speech, or to hold a long talk; but he replied in a few words: “You
+see, my friends, that it is impossible to talk long now, for my young
+men, like myself, are all dressing and painting to take our ride,
+which we take every morning at ten. We are going now to the show of
+wild beasts, and we can’t wait long; if we do, we may not see them.”
+The reverend gentleman very pleasantly and patiently said to him, that
+he did not wish to take up any of their time when they had amusements
+or exercise to attend to; but he hoped they would keep the subject in
+mind, and give them some leisure hour when they could listen to him;
+and proposed the next day at twelve o’clock. The old man said, “No; at
+twelve they were to give their exhibition, which was, after that day,
+to be given in the day and evening also.”&mdash;“Well, at two?”&mdash;“At two we
+dine.”&mdash;“Well, what do you do after dinner?”&mdash;“Sleep.”&mdash;“Not all the
+afternoon?”&mdash;“Pretty much.”&mdash;“Well, in the morning, at eight?”&mdash;“<em>In
+bed</em> at eight.”&mdash;“What time do you breakfast?”&mdash;“About nine.”&mdash;“Well,
+then, say ten?”&mdash;“Well, ten.”&mdash;“To-morrow?”&mdash;“No, next day.” The
+reverend gentleman then said, “Well, my good friends, we will come and
+see you the day after to-morrow, at ten; and we hope you will think of
+this important subject in the mean time.” The chief said, “He would
+be glad to see them, as he had promised; but they had so much to see
+and to think of, that it was not probable they could have much time to
+think about it; and as the Queen didn’t say anything to them about it,
+they hadn’t given it any thought since they last met.”</p>
+
+<p>The Indians took their customary omnibus drive<a class="pagenum" id="Page_152" title="152"></a>&mdash; not on this morning,
+as the old chief anticipated, to the menagerie, but to the Thames
+Tunnel and London Bridge. To these they were accompanied by Mr. Rankin,
+and looked upon them both as the wondrous works of white men’s hands,
+which they could not comprehend. When they entered the Tunnel, and were
+told that they were under the middle of the Thames, and that the great
+ships were riding over their heads, they stood in utter astonishment,
+with their hands over their mouths (denoting silence), and said nothing
+until they came out. They called it the “<em>Great Medicine Cave</em>,” and
+gave the medicine (or <em>wa-be-no</em>) dance at the entrance of it. Mr.
+Rankin made a speech here to the thousands assembled, which I believe
+was never recorded. They were met with much kindness at that place,
+where they received some fine presents, and were treated, they said, to
+some very good <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The scene at the Egyptian Hall on this evening was again very exciting,
+the Hall being as full as it could pack, and the Indians in great glee,
+which insured much amusement. I accompanied the Indians on to the
+platform as before, and, as usual, introduced them to the audience,
+and explained the objects for which they had come to this country,
+&amp;c.: they then proceeded with their amusements by giving a dance,
+accompanied by their customary yells and the war-whoop, which was
+followed by thundering applause. They then seated themselves and smoked
+their pipes, while I explained the nature and object of the dance they
+had just given. While I was thus engaged, some decided opposition to
+the nature of the exhibition manifested itself, which might well exist
+in the minds of persons unacquainted with the relative position in
+which these Indians and myself stood; and which objections I felt quite
+willing to meet at that moment.</p>
+
+<p>The first interruption that I met with was from a man who had taken his
+position in front of me, and whom I had seen several times endeavouring
+to obtain a hearing. He at length took an opportunity when he could be
+distinctly<a class="pagenum" id="Page_153" title="153"></a> heard, and addressed me thus:&mdash;“Do you think it right, Sir,
+to bring those poor ignorant people here to dance for money?” There was
+a cry of “Put him out! put him out!” but as soon as I could restore
+silence I said, “No, my friends, don’t put him out; I wish to answer
+such questions.” At that moment another rose in an opposite part of the
+room, and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“I think it is degrading to those poor people to be brought here,
+  Sir, to be shown like wild beasts, for the purpose of making money;
+  and I think, more than that,&mdash;that it is degrading to <em>you</em>, Sir, to
+  bring them here for such a purpose; and the sooner it is stopped the
+  better.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The audience, at my request, had held silence until this speech was
+finished, when there was a general cry of “Turn him out! turn him out!
+Shame! shame!” &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>I waited as patiently as I could until silence was restored, when I was
+enabled to get every ear in the house to listen to me; and I then said&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends, I beg that there may be no more disposition to turn
+  any one out, for, if I can be heard a few moments, I will save all
+  further trouble, and, I venture to say, make those two gentlemen as
+  good friends to the Indians, and to myself, as any in the room. The
+  questions which they have naturally put are perfectly fair questions,
+  and such as I am anxious everywhere to answer to. The position in
+  which I stand at present is not, I grant, ostensibly, the one in
+  which my former professions would place me. I have been several years
+  known to the British public, from my labours and my professions, as
+  an advocate for the character and the rights of American Indians.
+  This position I have taken, and still claim, from a residence of
+  eight years amongst the various tribes where I have travelled, at
+  great expense, and hazard to my life, acquainting myself with their
+  true native dispositions, whilst I was collecting the memorials of
+  these abused and dying people, which you see at this time hanging
+  around us. In the eight years of my life which I have devoted to this
+  subject, I have preserved more historical evidences of these people,
+  and done more justice to their character, than any man living; and on
+  these grounds I demand at least the presumption that I am acting a
+  friendly part towards them, who have in their own country treated me
+  with genuine hospitality. (Hear, hear! and immense applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, we come now to the facts, which it is my duty to
+  mention, and which I presume those two gentlemen are not acquainted
+  with. In the first place, I did not bring these people to this
+  country, but have<a class="pagenum" id="Page_154" title="154"></a> always been opposed to such parties going to a
+  foreign country for such an object.<a href="#Footnote_9" id="FNanchor_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> These Indians are men, with
+  reasoning faculties and shrewdness like to our own, and they have
+  deliberately entered into a written agreement with the person who
+  has the charge of them, and who is now in the room, to come to this
+  country, stimulated by the ambition of seeing Her Majesty the Queen,
+  whose lawful subjects they are, and make, if possible, by their
+  humble and honest exertions, a little money to carry home to their
+  children. (Immense applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“These people are the avowed friends of the English in their own
+  country, and several of them are here to show the frightful wounds
+  they received in fighting Her Majesty’s battles in the war of 1812.
+  (Applause, and Hear!)</p>
+
+<p>“When they arrived, their first object was to see my collection,
+  which is known (at least by report) to almost every Indian to the
+  Pacific coast; and when they were in it, they decided that there was
+  the appropriate place for their dances, &amp;c., and insisted upon my
+  conducting their exhibitions. By this it is seen that I met these
+  persons in this country; and in the belief that my countenance and
+  aid would render them subjects of greater interest, and therefore
+  promote their views, I have undertaken to stand by them as their
+  friend and advocate&mdash;not as wild beasts, but as men (though perhaps
+  ‘degraded,’ as civilized actors degrade themselves on foreign boards)
+  labouring in an honest vocation, amid a world of strangers, wiser and
+  shrewder<a class="pagenum" id="Page_155" title="155"></a> than themselves, for the means of feeding their wives and
+  little children. (Hear, hear, hear.)</p>
+
+<p>“These people are here at an enormous expense, and the gentleman to
+  whom they have intrusted themselves has a tremendous responsibility
+  on his hands, for he must return them safe home, at his own expense,
+  after sharing the receipts of the expedition with them. They are
+  free men, and not slaves; and in a free country like this, who will
+  have the cruelty to say to them, ‘Stop your vocation, and go to the
+  streets, like the poor Lascars, with brooms in your hands;’ or the
+  kindness to say, ‘Quit your dancing, and we will pay your expenses to
+  the shores of Lake Huron, and give you money to buy blankets and food
+  for your wives and little children’? (Hear, hear! and applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“As for ‘degradation,’ I only hope, my friends, that I may always
+  live as free from it as I consider myself whilst by my exertions
+  I am promoting the honest views of these simple and unoffending
+  people; and for the name and honour of civilization I only wish that
+  the thousands of the enlightened world who are led into the Indian
+  countries by the passion to make money, would make it in as honest
+  a way, and as free from degradation, as the one in which these poor
+  fellows are labouring here to make a little.” (Cheers and immense
+  applause, and cries of “No reply, no reply!”)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>My two opponents by this time had lowered their heads and were lost
+sight of amidst the crowd, and no other objections were heard from
+them; and the poor Indians, who had enjoyed a good pipe in the mean
+time, without knowing the nature of our debate, were rested and
+prepared for their next dance. The audience at this time were all
+standing, and wedged together, as it were, in every part of the
+room; and amongst such a crowd, so closely packed, there were many
+occurrences in the course of the evening which afforded much amusement
+to the Indians, who were overlooking the whole of it from their
+platform. The screams of one woman, who announced that “she should
+faint unless she could get out,” stopped all proceedings for a few
+moments. It was decided on all hands to be impossible for her to reach
+the door; and, being near the platform, she was at length lifted on
+to it by the joint aid of the Indians and those below, and she then
+took a conspicuous seat, as she supposed, for the rest of the evening.
+Another now hallooed for help and fresh air, and, not being so<a class="pagenum" id="Page_156" title="156"></a> near
+the platform, was told that it was entirely impossible to get out,
+unless she was lifted over the heads of the crowd. “Never mind,” said
+she, “I must go!” So she was raised by many hands, amidst a roar of
+laughter and fun, every one over whose head she was passed, being
+quite willing and ready to lend a hand, with a “Lay hold here! pass
+her along,” &amp;c. The “jolly fat dame” (as she was afterwards called),
+who had escaped from the surges and squeezes of the mass below, now
+comfortably seated on the edge of the platform, and briskly plying
+her pocket-handkerchief by way of fan, began to imagine her condition
+in no way improved, inasmuch as her back was towards her friends the
+Indians, and her jolly red face, of necessity, under the intense
+glare of the chandelier, and exposed to the gaze of the audience,
+who she imagined were passing their criticisms on her “good looks.”
+(<a href="#Plate_7"><em>Plate No. 7.</em></a>) More and more annoyed every moment at the idea that
+her ruddy face was growing redder and redder as it was just in the
+focus of all eyes in the room, and at the instant thought also that
+(considering she was only coming into a crowd) her stays had been left
+off, and her new poplin dress, with lace frill in front, not prudent
+to wear, she had silently and unadvisedly resolved upon resuming her
+old position, and with that view unceremoniously launched herself,
+feet foremost, amongst the crowd of gentlemen below. Owing to several
+circumstances&mdash;the density of the crowd, her rotund and unwedge-like
+form, &amp;c.,&mdash;there was an insurmountable difficulty (which she probably
+had not anticipated) in bringing down with her feet to the floor, or
+anywhere in that direction, the voluminous paraphernalia with which
+she was circumvested. This state of semi-suspension (her toes merely
+occasionally feeling the floor) became instantly alarming to her, as
+well as conspicuous and amusing to the Indians and the audience; and
+whilst she was imploring one party in the name of Heaven to lift, and
+the other to pull, the strong and muscular arms of the interpreter,
+Cadotte, gracefully raised her out of the abyss below, and, leading
+her across to the back<a class="pagenum" id="Page_157" title="157"></a> part of the platform, gave her a comfortable
+seat, squatted behind, and in the shadow of the Indian group, amongst
+shields and war-clubs, and other implements used by the Indians in
+their various amusements.</p>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_7"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_156fp.jpg" width="640" height="408" alt="Plate 7: The Jolly Fat Dame" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o</sup>. 7.</div>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+</div>
+
+<p>All was mirth and amusement during the remainder of the evening; and
+the last position of the “jolly fat dame” (who it would seem had
+strolled in on the occasion alone) proved exceedingly gratifying to
+her, as it afforded her an opportunity of a few words of conversation
+now and then with Cadotte, and of bestowing upon him a very splendid
+bracelet which she took from her own arm, saying, as she gave it,
+“Look here; you will always know me in a crowd, for on my left arm I
+have the fellow to it, and I will always wear it for your sake, that
+you may not lose sight of me.” This gush of kindness had suffused the
+uninvaded soul of this simple and fresh-grown young man, and, when the
+exhibition had closed, gained her the kindness of his strong grip again
+in easing her down upon the floor. His backwoods gallantry could not
+allow her to wander about alone and uninstructed, and he glided down
+from the platform on his soft mocassined feet, and, with his eagle and
+ostrich plumes waving six feet and a half from the floor, was strolling
+around by her side as the audience were withdrawing from the room,
+and enlightening her by his descriptions of the paintings and Indian
+curiosities covering the walls of the Hall.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians in the mean time had shaken hands with the audience, and
+received many fine presents, and having gathered their robes and
+their weapons, and Mr. Rankin having announced to Cadotte that “the
+carriage was ready,” the poor fellow turned upon his heel and said, “I
+am obliged to go.” “I am so sorry,” she exclaimed; “but look ye, can
+you read?” “Yes, ma’am.” “But can you read writing?” “Yes, a little.”
+“Oh, well, never mind, I’m going to be here every night&mdash;oh! it is so
+charming to me! Good night, good night!”</p>
+
+<p>The Indians were now off to their lodgings, and the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_158" title="158"></a> greater part of
+the audience also, leaving poor Daniel, as usual, in the midst of
+some dozen or two of the most inquisitive and knowledge seeking and
+devouring, to answer the accustomed routine of inquiries reserved for
+this (to them) most profitable part of the exhibition.</p>
+
+<p>He was assuring the crowd around him that “these people were <em>not</em>
+taken with a lasso, nor were they taken in a pit (as some had
+conjectured), but that they had <em>come in</em> of their own accord,” &amp;c. He
+was also showing the <em>real lasso</em>, and explaining that it was only a
+cord with a noose at the end of it, which the Indians throw over the
+wild horses’ necks to catch them, and not “a <em>net</em> or a <em>hammock</em>,”
+to both of which he pointed, and which it seems many had mistook for
+lassoes.</p>
+
+<p>He had also commented upon several <em>real scalps</em> which he had taken
+down and was holding in his hand, saying, “Gentlemen, what nonsense to
+talk about Indians eating the scalps! You see the scalp is nothing but
+a small piece of the skin from the top of the head, with the hair on
+it, and dried as hard as a bit of sole-leather: there couldn’t be any
+pleasure in eating a thing of that sort.”</p>
+
+<p>About this time the “jolly fat dame,” having edged up in his vicinity,
+touched Daniel on the shoulder, and at her nod and wink he followed her
+to the other side of the room, when she said, “Well, you know <em>me</em>,
+don’t you, Daniel?” “Yes, madam, I recollect you very well; you used
+to come here, some months ago, very often, to see the collection and
+the tableaux.“ “Well, now,” said she,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_159" title="159"></a> “look here: those shoats there
+will worry you to death; I’d let them alone; they’ll go in a minute.
+Ah, what a delightful scene this has been to-night! The <em>real Indians</em>
+after all! what I never expected to see. I never was so happy and so
+much delighted before&mdash;oh, dear me! they are <em>such fine</em> fellows! I
+shall be here every night. I can’t keep away. How happy they seem! they
+are clever&mdash;ah, that they are! I venture to say they are very clever
+men. That Interpreter!&mdash;what’s his name? for I have forgotten.” “His
+name is Cadotte, madam.“ “Ah, yes; stop a moment till I write it down,
+lest I should forget. I don’t like to forget things&mdash;I can’t say that I
+like to forget. How do you say? Cado&mdash;with two t’s, or one?” “I believe
+it is spelt with two t’s, madam.“ “Yes, I dare say&mdash;<em>Cadotte!</em>&mdash;now I
+have it! Well, it is wonderful! What a fine-looking fellow that Cadotte
+is&mdash;ha!&mdash;what a tremendous powerful man! Oh, law me! he made nothing
+of taking me up there. I suppose you saw him?” “No, madam, I was
+’tending door; but I heard of it.” “Why, bless me! I was no more than
+a pocket-handkerchief to him as he lifted me on to the platform; and
+you see I’m not a thing for the wind to blow away&mdash;oh dear!&mdash;and what a
+tremendous hand he has! I never saw the like. When he took hold of my
+arm it seemed as if he could have crushed it in a moment. I am sure he
+is six feet and a half high.” “No, not quite that, madam, but pretty
+near it.” “Well, really he is a giant, almost; and yet I am sure he is
+young&mdash;not over 20 I am quite sure!” “No, madam, he is but just turned
+18 I believe.” “Oh, charming! and how wonderful! But you are jesting,
+Daniel?” “No, madam, I may be mistaken, but I believe I am right.”
+“He can’t be married yet?” “Oh, no, you may be sure of that&mdash;I don’t
+suppose he ever thought of a woman yet.” “Bless me!&mdash;ah, well!&mdash;did you
+see the present I made him, Daniel?” “No, madam, I have not.” “Look
+there! I gave him the fellow to that. He’ll recollect me, won’t he?
+I took it off, and tried to buckle it on his wrist myself; but, law
+me, what a tremendous arm he has got! it wouldn’t go much more than
+half way around! I thought <em>I</em> had a pretty lusty arm, Daniel?&mdash;feel
+it&mdash;clasp it round&mdash;take hold higher up&mdash;up there&mdash;I never wear
+sleeves!&mdash;that’s lusty, is’nt it?” “Yes, by jolly!” said Daniel, as
+he was making a careful estimate of it; “that’s a stout arm, madam.”
+“Well, mine is a baby’s arm to that ‘boy’s,’ as you call him. Ah, well,
+Daniel, I am taking up your time, and I must go. I shall be here every
+night, I assure<a class="pagenum" id="Page_160" title="160"></a> you; and you will always let me in early? You see I
+am not half dressed to-night. I want to get as near that corner of the
+platform as possible when I come.” “I understand.” “Good night!” “Good
+night! madam.”</p>
+
+<p>At this moment, or a moment after, Daniel closed the door upon the
+last remaining visitors, and I stepped out from behind a green curtain
+at one end of the platform, forming a little retreat into which I was
+in the habit of withdrawing myself to avoid the crowd at the close of
+the exhibition. Owing to this little accident, therefore, the reader
+is in possession of the above ejaculatory conversation between the
+“jolly fat lady” and Daniel; for as, in taking him to the “other side
+of the room,” she had most fortunately placed her back within a few
+inches of the screen that was before me, bringing poor Daniel’s eye to
+mine directly over her shoulder, I was enabled to record, <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">verbatim et
+literatim</em> (which it might have puzzled poor Daniel to have done from
+recollection, after the excitement of her jolly fat arm), precisely all
+that was said and done on the occasion, as above related.</p>
+
+<p>“Why,” said I, “Daniel, that lady seems to be quite ‘taken’ with
+Cadotte.” “Taken! she’s more than that&mdash;she’s dead <em>in love</em> with
+him. I’ll be shot if ever I saw the like in my life&mdash;the woman is
+perfectly mad after him&mdash;and she’s the same lady that used to come to
+the <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">tableaux</em> so often when you gave them in the Egyptian Hall, and
+was repeatedly asking (as you’ll recollect I told you) whether you were
+actually married; and when I told her you were, she wouldn’t believe
+it. She’s the same identical woman. I knew her in a moment, for I have
+talked hours with her in the exhibition rooms; and didn’t you hear her
+call me Daniel when she spoke to me to-night? She appears to be quite
+a lady. She used to come in quite a respectable carriage; and I’ll
+venture to say it has been standing at the door all the evening, and
+I’ll be shot but it will be there every night for a fortnight to come.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, it is quite a curious case; but let us treat her re<a class="pagenum" id="Page_161" title="161"></a>spectfully,
+and with politeness, on all occasions.” “Oh, yes, certainly; she is
+very civil and polite, and you may be sure, Mr. Catlin, that she will
+receive no other treatment from me.”</p>
+
+<p>Under an agreement with Mr. Rankin and the Indians to meet them at
+their lodgings after the exhibition, I repaired to their rooms,
+and found them just finishing their beefsteaks and their jug of
+<em>chickabobboo</em>. They were all in a merry humour, talking over the
+curious scenes they had witnessed in the crowd. They said they thought
+the Englishwomen loved to be squeezed in a crowd, for there were a
+great many there, and they seemed to be very happy and goodnatured.
+They were sure that they saw several persons quite drunk in the room,
+and also believed that many of the ladies there must have been drinking
+<em>chickabobboo</em>. They had several hearty laughs about the poor woman
+who was passed over the people’s heads; and also about the “jolly fat
+dame,” who was lifted on to the platform by Cadotte; and they teazed
+him a long time with their jokes about her, and the beautiful present
+he had received from her, and which they had seen her a long time
+trying to fasten on to his arm.</p>
+
+<p>Their jokes, which they were thus innocently enjoying, and their
+<em>chickabobbo</em>, seemed to make them cheerful and happy; and I returned
+home, myself pleased, and went to bed.</p>
+
+<p>My desk was now becoming loaded with communications relative to the
+Ojibbeway Indians, with more inquiries about their domestic habits and
+warfare than I could possibly find time to answer, and more invitations
+to dinners and parties than they could attend to; and on the next
+day, amongst numerous applications for private interviews, were two
+notes from reverend gentlemen, wishing opportunities to converse with
+them. To them I answered that I should feel much satisfaction in
+affording them every opportunity and every facility in my power, and I
+recommended that they should come the next day at ten o’clock, when the
+Indians were, by<a class="pagenum" id="Page_162" title="162"></a> appointment, to meet several clergymen to converse
+upon the subject of religion. One of those reverend gentlemen replied
+to my note, saying, that “he should prefer a different audience from
+that which I had named, and should feel as if I had acted entirely up
+to the professions of my first note if I would use my endeavours to
+obtain it;” to which I answered that “my only reason for recommending
+that occasion was, that, as they had already had several short
+interviews with clergymen, and had fixed upon that morning for a final
+interview, I thought it probable it would be the only opportunity he
+could have of hearing them state their religious belief.” I never
+received any further communication from this reverend gentleman, nor
+did he attend the meeting named; and if I gave him any offence, it was
+done while I was giving him what I thought to be the most friendly
+advice.</p>
+
+<p>The next night of their exhibition at the Egyptian Hall passed off much
+like the preceding one; the Hall was crowded, and in the midst of the
+crowd, at the end of the platform (as she had desired it), appeared the
+“<em>jolly fat dame</em>” in <em>full</em> dress, and fully equipped and prepared for
+any emergency. She was in her “<em>stays</em>” and her <em>poplin</em> and <em>lace</em>,
+and loaded with trinkets; and although it was now the middle of winter,
+that she might not suffer quite so much as she had done the night
+before, she had brought a large fan, which the heat of the room and its
+excitements made it necessary to keep constantly in motion. Daniel had
+placed her where she could get some support by leaning on the platform,
+and once in a while whisper a word to Cadotte, whose beautifully
+embroidered mocassins were near to her nose when he leant forward to
+listen to her, with the eagle plumes and ostrich feathers of his cap
+falling gracefully down over her shoulders. She looked altogether more
+lovely and “killing” that night than on the first; and, while she kept
+more cool and considerate, was not lessening the progress which her
+fascinations were making upon the heart of poor Cadotte, nor curtailing
+the draughts of admi<a class="pagenum" id="Page_163" title="163"></a>ration which she was taking in at every breath she
+inhaled, and at every glance that she had of his manly and herculean
+figure as it moved before her.</p>
+
+<p>What transpired in the bosom and the brain of this fair dame during the
+evening, none but herself can exactly know; but, from the lustre of her
+eyes, and the pleasure beaming from every part of her jolly face, it
+was evident that peace and happiness, for the time, reigned within.</p>
+
+<p>The dances and other amusements of the evening pleased all of the
+audience well, and the “jolly fat dame” <em>supremely</em>. The Indians
+returned to their apartments, and delighted themselves by counting
+over their money and trinkets, with which they were well pleased, and
+drinking their <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning at ten o’clock, the hour appointed, the Rev. Mr. S&mdash;&mdash;
+and friend called, and were conducted by me to the Indians’ apartments.
+They were met with cordiality by the Indians and by Mr. Rankin; and
+when the kind and reverend gentleman reminded them of the promise made
+him for that morning, they all responded “<em>How, how, how!</em>”</p>
+
+<p>They then, at the order of the chief, all spread their robes upon the
+floor, upon which they took their seats, and at once were in <em>council</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The reverend gentleman then, in a tone and a manner the most winning,
+and calculated to impress upon them the sincerity of his views, told
+them “he was aware that they were religious, that they all worshipped
+the Great Spirit, but that he did not exactly know in what way; that
+he did not come here to tell them anything to give them offence, but
+with the hope of learning something more of their belief and modes of
+worship, of which he confessed he was ignorant, and also of explaining
+to them what he and the other divines in the civilized world believed
+to be the best, if not the only true religion.” (Here the old chief
+lighted his pipe, which he commenced smoking.)
+
+The reverend gentleman then explained, in the briefest manner possible,
+and in the mode the best calculated for their understanding (and which
+was literally interpreted<a class="pagenum" id="Page_164" title="164"></a> them), the system of the Christian religion
+and the mode of redemption.</p>
+
+<p>When the reverend gentleman had finished his remarks, the old chief
+filled his pipe again, and, sitting with his eyes cast down until he
+had smoked it partly out, he handed it to the War-chief, and (instead
+of rising, as an Indian does to speak on any other subject) the old man
+rested his elbows on his knees and answered as follows:&mdash;<a href="#Footnote_10" id="FNanchor_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a></p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We feel thankful for the information and advice which
+  you come to give us, for we know that you are good men and sincere,
+  and that we are like children, and stand in need of advice.</p>
+
+<p>“We have listened to your words, and have no fault to find with them.
+  We have heard the same words in our own country, where there have
+  been many white people to speak them, and our ears have never been
+  shut against them.</p>
+
+<p>“We have tried to understand white man’s religion, but we cannot&mdash;it
+  is <em>medicine</em> to us, and we think we have no need of it. <em>Our</em>
+  religion is simple, and the Great Spirit who gave it to us has
+  taught us all how to understand it. We believe that the Great Spirit
+  made our religion for us, and white man’s religion for white men.
+  Their sins we believe are much greater than ours, and perhaps the
+  Great Spirit has thought it best therefore to give them a different
+  religion.</p>
+
+<p>“Some white men have come to our country, and told us that if we did
+  not take up white man’s religion, and give up our own, we should all
+  be lost. Now we don’t believe that; and we think those are bad or
+  blind men.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We know that the Great Spirit made the red men to dwell
+  in the forests, and white men to live in green fields and in fine
+  houses; and we believe that we shall live separate in the world to
+  come. The best that we expect or want in a future state is a clear
+  sky and beautiful hunting-grounds, where we expect to meet the
+  friends whom we loved; and we believe that if we speak the truth
+  we shall go there. This we think might not suit white people, and
+  therefore we believe that their religion is best for them.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_165" title="165"></a>
+  “If we follow the religion of our fathers we shall meet them again:
+  if we follow a different religion we are not sure of it.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We are here but a few, and we are a great way from our
+  homes, and we shall have but little time to waste in talking on this
+  subject. When a few white men come into our country to make money,
+  we don’t ask them to take up our religion. We are here away from our
+  wives and children to try to get some money for them, and there are
+  many things we can take home to them of much more use than white
+  man’s religion. Give us guns and ammunition, that we can kill food
+  for them, and protect them from our enemies, and keep whisky and rum
+  sellers out of our country.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;We love you, and give you our hands; but we wish to
+  follow the religion of our fathers, and would rather not talk any
+  more on the subject.” (<em>‘How, how, how!’</em>)</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When the old man had thus closed his remarks, <em>Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee</em>
+took the pipe and puffed away a few minutes as hard as he could, when
+he spoke as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“My friends&mdash;The words of our chief, which you have just heard, are
+  good&mdash;they are the words of nearly all of our nation. Some of the
+  Ojibbeways say that the words of the white people are the best; but
+  we believe that they have two tongues.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends&mdash;A few years ago a <em>black-coat</em> came amongst us in the
+  town where I live, and told us the same words as you have spoken this
+  morning. He said that the religion of the white men was the only
+  good religion; and some began to believe him, and after a while a
+  great many believed him; and then he wanted us to help build him a
+  house; and we did so. We lifted very hard at the logs to put up his
+  house, and when it was done many sent their children to him to learn
+  to read, and some girls got so as to read the ‘good book,’ and their
+  fathers were very proud of it; and at last one of these girls had a
+  baby, and not long after it another had a baby, and the <em>black-coat</em>
+  then ran away, and we have never seen him since. My friends, we don’t
+  think this right. I believe there is another <em>black-coat</em> now in the
+  same house. Some of the Indians send their boys there to learn to
+  read, but they dare not let their girls go.</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, this is all I have to say.” <em>(‘How, how, how!’)</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The reverend gentlemen kindly thanked the Indians for their patience,
+and, telling me that it would be cruel and useless, under their present
+circumstances, to question them longer, thanked Mr. Rankin and myself
+for the kind assistance we had rendered them, and retired, leaving with
+them as a present several very handsome Bibles. As I was leaving<a class="pagenum" id="Page_166" title="166"></a> the
+room I heard the old chief complaining that talking made his lips very
+dry, and Mr. Rankin ordered for them a jug of <em>chickabobboo</em>.<a href="#Footnote_11" id="FNanchor_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+ <a id="Plate_8"></a>
+ <hr class="tb" />
+ <img src="images/i_166fp.jpg" width="640" height="385" alt="Plate 8: Sah-mah's religious ideas" />
+ <div class="caption">N<sup>o.</sup> 8.</div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_167" title="167"></a>
+CHAPTER XV.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Exhibition rooms&mdash;Great crowd&mdash;The “jolly fat dame”&mdash;Her
+      interview with Cadotte&mdash;She gives presents to all the
+      Indians&mdash;Excitement in the crowd&mdash;Women kissing the
+      Indians&mdash;Red paint on their faces and dresses&mdash;Old Chief’s
+      dream and feast of thanksgiving&mdash;An annual ceremony&mdash;Curious
+      forms observed&mdash;Indians invited to the St. George’s
+      archery-ground&mdash;They shoot for a gold medal&mdash;They dine with
+      the members of the club&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” and Cadotte&mdash;She
+      takes him to his lodgings in her carriage&mdash;Cadotte (or the
+      “Strong-wind”) gets sick&mdash;Is in love with another!&mdash;Daniel
+      unfolds the secret to her&mdash;Her distress&mdash;She goes to the
+      country&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” returns&mdash;Cadotte’s engagement to
+      marry&mdash;Rankin promotes the marriage&mdash;The Author disapproves of
+      it.</p>
+
+
+<p>The reader will easily imagine the position of the Indians at this time
+to have been a very pleasant and satisfactory one to themselves&mdash;all in
+good health; having seen and pleased the Queen; having met the public
+several times in the great city of London, where their Hall was crowded
+every night, and was likely to continue so; where everybody applauded,
+and many bestowed on them presents in trinkets and money; with plenty
+of roast beef, and withal indulged in their <em>chickabobboo</em>. The old
+chief had finished his talks on religion, and Cadotte was in the
+delightful state of incubation under the genial warmth of the wing of
+the jolly fat dame.</p>
+
+<p>The Hall on this evening was as overflowing as on the previous nights.
+The “jolly fat dame” had been the first one at the door, and, by
+the power of her smiles upon Daniel’s gallantry, she had passed in
+before the hour for admitting the public. This had most luckily (and
+<em>bewitchingly</em>, as she did not expect it) allowed her a delightful
+<em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">tête-à-tête</em> of a few minutes with Cadotte, who happened to be
+saunter<a class="pagenum" id="Page_168" title="168"></a>ing about in the half-lighted hall of the exhibition, while the
+Indians were in an ante-chamber, putting on their streaks of paint, and
+arranging their locks of hair and ornaments for the evening. Lucky,
+lucky hour! What passed there in these few minutes nobody knows. <em>One
+thing</em>, however, we may presume, <em>did pass</em> in that short time. Upon
+Daniel’s authority she had a letter in her hand when she entered, and
+which was never identified on her person afterwards, though a similar
+one poor Cadotte was seen poring over for several subsequent days, at
+odd spells, like a child at its task in its spelling-book. As she was
+first in, she took her old position, which had afforded her so much
+pleasure the evening before. As her heart was more smitten, her hand
+became more liberal: she had come this night loaded with presents, and
+dealt them out without stint to the whole party. As each one received
+his brooch, or his pin, or his guard-chain, he held it up and gave a
+yell, which made the good lady’s kindnesses subjects of notoriety; and
+we believed, and <em>feared</em> also, that her vanity was such, that, to make
+the most of the occasion, she drew upon some of the most costly of the
+ornaments that adorned her own ample person. During the excitement
+thus produced by the distribution of her trinkets, some female in the
+midst of the crowd held up and displayed a beautiful bracelet “for the
+first one who should get to it.” Three or four of the young fellows,
+with their naked shoulders and arms, leaped with the rapidity almost
+of lightning into the screaming mass. The little <em>Sah-mah</em>, who was
+the <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">beau-ideal</em> of Indian beauty among them, bore off the prize. As
+there was not the same inducement for retracing their steps, and they
+were in the midst of strong inducements to stay in the crowd, it became
+exceedingly difficult to get them back, and to resume the amusements of
+the evening. Many ladies were offering them their hands and trinkets:
+some were kissing them, and every kiss called forth the war-whoop (as
+they called it, “a <em>scalp</em>”). The women commenced it as <em>Sah-mah</em> had
+dashed into the crowd; and as he was wending his way back, finding it<a class="pagenum" id="Page_169" title="169"></a>
+had pleased so well, he took every lady’s hand that was laid upon his
+naked arm or his shoulder as a challenge, and he said that he kissed
+every woman that he passed. This may or may not be true; but one thing
+is certain, that many there were in the room that evening who went home
+to their husbands and mothers with streaks of red and black paint upon
+their cheeks, which nothing short of soap and water could remove. And,
+curious to relate, when the amusements were finished, and the audience
+nearly withdrawn, and the “jolly fat dame” was strolling about the
+room, she met her two maids, to whom she had given their shillings,
+and told them to “go and see the Indians.” These two buxom young girls
+had been in the midst of the crowd, and, both of them having met with
+the accident I have mentioned above, the good-natured fat lady glowed
+into a roar of laughter as she vociferated, “Why, girls, you husseys,
+you have been kissing those Indians! Bless me, what a pretty figure you
+cut! why, your faces are all covered with red paint!” “And <em>your</em> face,
+mistress! Look here! all one side of your face, and on your neck! Oh,
+look at your beautiful new lace!” And <em>it was even so</em>; but <em>how</em> it
+happened, or where, or in what part of the excitement, or by whom, is
+yet to be learned.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving these excitements for a while, which were now become of nightly
+occurrence, we come to one of a different character and of curious
+interest. It is impossible for me to recollect the day, but it was
+about this time, the old chief related to Mr. Rankin a dream which he
+had had the night before, which made it incumbent upon them to make a
+feast, and of course necessary for Mr. Rankin and myself to furnish all
+the requisite materials for it.</p>
+
+<p>In his dream (or “vision,” as he seemed disposed to call it) he said
+the Great Spirit appeared to him, and told him that he had kept his
+eye upon them, and guarded and protected them across the great ocean,
+according to their prayers, which he had heard; that he had watched
+them so far in this country; that they had been successful in<a class="pagenum" id="Page_170" title="170"></a> seeing
+their Great Mother the Queen, and that they were now all happy and
+doing well. But in order to insure a continuance of these blessings,
+and to make their voyage back across the ocean pleasant and safe,
+it now became necessary that they should show their thankfulness to
+the Great Spirit in giving their great annual Feast of Thanksgiving,
+which is customary in their country at the season when their maize is
+gathered and their dried meat is laid in and secured for their winter’s
+food.</p>
+
+<p>This injunction, he said, was laid upon him thus, and he could not from
+any cause whatever neglect to attend to it; if he did, he should feel
+assured of meeting the displeasure of the Great Spirit, and they should
+all feel at once distressed about the uncertainty of their lives on
+their way back. This Feast of Thanksgiving must be given the next day,
+and they should wish us to procure for them a whole goat, or a sheep,
+and said that it must be a <em>male</em>, and that they would require a place
+large enough to cook it without breaking a bone in its body, according
+to the custom of their country.</p>
+
+<p>The request of this good old man was of course granted with great
+pleasure; and Mr. Rankin, in a short time, returned from the market
+with the sheep, which, on close inspection, seemed to please them; and
+a large chamber in the Egyptian Hall, which Mr. Clark, the curator
+of the building, had placed at their service, was decided on as the
+place where the feast should be prepared and partaken of. Mr. Clark
+and his wife, who are kind and Christian people, afforded them all
+the facilities for cooking, and rendered them every aid they could in
+preparing their feast; and the next day, at the hour appointed, it was
+announced to Mr. Rankin and myself that the “feast was ready, and that
+we were expected to partake of it with them.”</p>
+
+<p>When we entered the room we found the feast arranged on the floor,
+in the centre of the large hall, and smoking, and the men all seated
+around it on buffalo robes; and the only two guests besides ourselves,
+my man Daniel and Mr.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_171" title="171"></a> Clark, who were also seated. Two robes were
+placed for Mr. Rankin and myself, and we took our seats upon them.
+The three women of the party came in after we were all arranged, and,
+spreading their robes, seated themselves in another group at a little
+distance from us. A short time before the feast was ready, they sent
+Cadotte to me to request that I would buy for them a small cup of
+whisky, which was to be partaken of, “not as <em>drink</em> for the <em>belly</em>,
+but as drink for the <em>spirit</em>,” which by the custom of their country
+was absolutely necessary to the holding of their Feast of Thanksgiving.
+In this they were also, of course, indulged; and when we were seated,
+we found the whisky standing in front of the medicine-man in a small
+pewter mug.</p>
+
+<p>Everything now being in readiness, the pipe was lit by the war-chief,
+who rose up with it, and, presenting its stem towards the <em>north</em> and
+the <em>south</em>, the <em>east</em> and the <em>west</em>, and then upwards to the Great
+Spirit, and then to the earth, smoked through it himself a few breaths,
+and then, walking around, held it to the lips of each one of the party
+(the women excepted), who smoked a whiff or two through it; after which
+he made a short and apparently vehement appeal to the Great Spirit
+to <em>bless</em> the food we were then to partake of. When he had taken
+his seat, the medicine-man took his <em>wa-be-no</em> (<em>medicine-drum</em>) and
+commenced beating on it as he accompanied its taps with a <em>medicine</em>
+song to the Great Spirit. When the song was finished he arose, and,
+shaking a rattle (<em>she-shee-quoin</em>) in his left hand, and singing at
+the same time, he handed the cup of whisky around to the lips of each
+guest, all of whom tasted of it; it was then passed to the women, who
+also tasted it, and returned it to its former position but partially
+emptied.</p>
+
+<p>The War-chief then rose upon his feet, and, drawing his large knife
+from his belt, plunged the thumb and fore finger of his left hand
+into the sockets of the sheep’s eyes, by which he raised the head as
+he severed it from the body with his knife, and held it as high as he
+could reach. At this<a class="pagenum" id="Page_172" title="172"></a> moment he returned his knife to its scabbard,
+and, seizing the <em>she-shee-quoin</em> (or rattle) in his right hand, he
+commenced to sing a most eccentric song as he shook his rattle in one
+hand and brandished the sheep’s head in the other, and danced quite
+round the circle between the feast and the guests, going so slow as to
+require some eight or ten minutes to get round. Having got round to his
+seat, he gave a frightful yell, and, raising the sheep’s head to his
+mouth, bit off a piece of it, and again danced until he had swallowed
+it. He then laid the head and the rattle at the feet of another, who
+sprang upon his feet, and, taking the sheep’s head and the rattle,
+performed the same manœuvre, and so did a second and a third, and so
+on until each male of the party had performed his part. After this, the
+flesh was carved from the bones by the War-chief, and placed before us,
+of which we all partook. Parts of it were also carried to the women,
+and after a little time the greater part of the flesh of the carcase
+had disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>It is worthy of remark, also, that at this strange feast there was
+nothing offered but the flesh of the sheep; but which was cooked in a
+manner that would have pleased the taste of an epicure.</p>
+
+<p>When the eating was done, the war-chief took the rattle in his hand,
+and, lightly shaking it as a sort of accompaniment, took at least a
+quarter of an hour to repeat a long prayer, or return of thanks, to
+the Great Spirit, which was spoken (or rather <em>sung</em> than <em>spoken</em>)
+in a very remarkable and rapid manner. After this the pipe was lit,
+and, having been some three or four times passed around, the feast was
+finished, and we took leave.</p>
+
+<p>I leave this strange affair (having described it as nearly as I
+possibly could) for the comments of the curious, who may have more
+time than I can justly devote to it at this moment, barely observing
+that the old chief, after this, seemed quite contented and happy that
+he had acted in conformity to the sacred injunction of the Great
+Spirit, and strictly adhered, though in a foreign country, to one of
+the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_173" title="173"></a> established and indispensable customs of his race; for which, and
+for another cogent reason (that “his lips were getting very dry after
+eating so much”), he thought we would be willing (as of course we were)
+to let Daniel go for a jug of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The whole party now seemed to be completely happy, and in the midst
+of enjoyment. They were excited and amused every night in their
+exhibitions, which afforded them wholesome exercise; and during the
+days they took their drives through the city and into the country,
+and beheld the sights of the great metropolis, or reclined around
+their rooms on their buffalo robes, enjoying their pipes and counting
+their money, of which they had received some thirty or forty pounds,
+presented to them in the room at various times, independent of that
+received from her Majesty, and their wages, and trinkets, and other
+presents.</p>
+
+<p>Of their drives, one of the most exciting and interesting that they
+had or could have in London was about this time, when her Majesty
+rode in state to the opening of Parliament. They were driven through
+the immense concourse of people assembled on the line and along
+Parliament-street, and conducted to a position reserved for them on
+the roof of St. Mary’s chapel, near Westminster Abbey. From this
+elevated position they had a splendid bird’s-eye view of the crowd
+below, and the progress of the Queen’s state carriage, as it rolled
+along on its massive wheels of gold, and drawn by eight cream-coloured
+horses. So grand a pageant filled their rude, uncultivated minds
+with the strangest conjectures, which were subjects for several
+evenings’ curious gossip. And what seemed to please them most of all
+the incidents of the day was, as they said, “that her Majesty and the
+Prince both most certainly looked up from their golden carriage to see
+them on the top of the church.”</p>
+
+<p>They were also most kindly invited by the members of the St. George’s
+Archery Club to witness their bow-and-arrow shooting on one of their
+prize-days. This was calculated to engage their closest attention; and
+at night they<a class="pagenum" id="Page_174" title="174"></a> returned home in great glee. They had been treated with
+the greatest kindness by the gentlemen of that club. They had put up
+a gold medal for the Indians to shoot for, which was won by <em>Sah-mah</em>
+(Tobacco), and other prizes were taken by others of the party.<a href="#Footnote_12" id="FNanchor_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a> The
+first shot made by the young man who bore off the golden prize was
+said to have been one of the most extraordinary ever made on their
+grounds; but in their subsequent shooting they fell a great way short
+of it, and also of that of the young gentlemen belonging to the club.
+After the shooting of the Indians, and also of the members of the club,
+contending for their valuable prizes, the Indians were invited to their
+table, where a sumptuous dinner was partaken of. Many toasts were
+drunk, and many speeches made; and, to their agreeable surprise, as
+they said, they had plenty of the <em>Queen’s chickabobboo</em>!</p>
+
+
+<p>They continued their amusements nightly, much in the same way as I have
+above described, with full houses and similar excitements, all of which
+and their effects we will imagine, as I pass over a week or two of
+them without other notice than merely to say that the “jolly fat dame”
+still continued to visit them, as she had promised, and nightly to
+strengthen the spell she seemed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_175" title="175"></a> to be working upon the heart of poor
+Cadotte. She was elegant, but rather fat. She rode in a good carriage.
+She bestowed her presents liberally, and on all; and insisted the whole
+time that “it was the most interesting exhibition she ever saw,” and
+that “Cadotte was almost a giant!” “She could not keep away, nor could
+she keep the Indians out of her mind.” All were inquiring who she could
+be, and nobody could tell. She had delivered three or four letters into
+Cadotte’s hand in the time; and, though “her carriage could put him
+down at his door quite easy,” she had driven him home but one night,
+and then he was landed quite quick and quite safe. The Indians talked
+and joked much about her, but Cadotte said little. He was young, and
+his youth had had a giant growth in the timid shade of the woods. He
+was strong; but he knew not the strength that was in him, for he had
+not tried it. He was like a mountain torrent&mdash;dammed up but to burst
+its barriers and overflow. The glow of this fair dame upon him was a
+sunshine that he had never felt, and, like the snow under a summer’s
+sun, he was about to have melted away. In the simplicity of his native
+ambition, he had never aspired to anything brighter than his own
+colour; and few were dreaming till just now that the warrior Cupid was
+throwing his fatal arrows across the line. Nor did those who suspected
+them (or even <em>saw</em> them), from the source that has been named, know
+more than half of the shafts that were launched at the <em>“Strong-wind”</em>
+at this time, nor appreciate more than half the perplexities that were
+wearing away his body and his mind. <em>He</em> knew them, poor fellow, and
+had <em>felt</em> them for some time; but the world saw no symptom of them
+until his treatment of this fair dame on one night set them inquiring,
+when they found that she, with her little <em>archer</em>, was not alone in
+the field.</p>
+
+<p>Reader, we are now entering upon a drama that requires an abler pen
+than mine, which has been used only to record the dry realities of
+Indian life, stripped of the delicious<a class="pagenum" id="Page_176" title="176"></a> admixture which is sometimes
+presented when Cupid and civilization open their way into it.</p>
+
+<p>I regret exceedingly that I cannot do justice to the subject that is
+now before us; but, knowing the facts, I will simply give them, and not
+aspire to the <em>picture</em>, which the reader’s imagination will better
+paint than my black lead can possibly draw.</p>
+
+<p>On the unlucky evening above alluded to the “jolly fat dame” had made
+her appearance at the rooms half an hour before the doors were to open;
+and, with Daniel’s usual indulgence, she passed into the room, in the
+hope, as she said, to have a few words with the Indians, and shake
+hands with them all, and bid the good fellows good by, as she was going
+into the country for a few days. She loitered around the room until it
+began to fill with its visitors for the evening, without the good luck
+to meet the “<em>Strong-wind</em>,” as she had been in the habit of doing,
+before the chandelier was in full blaze, and while the Indians were
+in their adjoining room, putting on their paint and ornaments. This
+disappointment, for reasons that she probably understood better than
+we can, seemed to embarrass her very much, and most likely, even at
+that early stage, carried forebodings of troubles that were “brewing.”
+In the embarrassment of these painful moments, not being able to spend
+the evening in the exhibition, as usual, but under the necessity of
+returning to pack her things and complete her preparations for her
+journey, she was retreating towards the door as fast as the audience
+filled in in front, determined to hold a position in the passage
+where she could shake hands with the Indians as they passed in, and
+drop a little billet into the hands of the “<em>Strong-wind</em>,” which, if
+received, was intended only to stop a sort of palpitation there would
+be in the side of her breast, in case she should have gone off to the
+country without informing the “<em>Strong-wind</em>” of it, and that she was
+to return again in a very few days.</p>
+
+<p>Unlucky device! The Indians all passed by, excepting<a class="pagenum" id="Page_177" title="177"></a> the “<em>Strong
+Wind</em>,” and, as each one shook her hand, he saluted her with a yelp
+and a smile. All this was gratifying to her, but added to the evident
+fever that was now coming on her. She paced the hall forward and back
+for some time, living yet (and thriving) upon the hope at that moment
+raised in her mind, that he (“noble fellow!”) was hanging back in
+order to have a moment of bliss alone with her in the hall, after the
+gazing visitors had all passed by. This hope sustained her a while,
+and she many times more walked the length of the passage, but in vain.
+At this moment the sound of the drum and the echoing of the war-whoop
+through the hall announced their exhibition as commenced; and the
+liberal dame, advancing to the door, and standing on tiptoe, that she
+might take a peep once more at the good fellows over the heads of the
+audience, beheld, to her great astonishment, the noble figure of the
+“<em>Strong-wind</em>,” swinging his tomahawk, as he was leading the dance!
+Unhappy dame! the room was closely stowed, and not the possibility left
+of her getting half way to her old stand by the end of the platform, if
+she tried.</p>
+
+<p>This dilemma was most awful. The thought of actually “going off to the
+country, as she had promised, for several days, without the chance to
+say even good bye, or to shake hands, was too bad,&mdash;it was cruel!” She
+went to the door to see Daniel, and said, “Well, this is very curious;
+I wanted to have seen Cadotte for a moment before I went away, and I
+can’t stay to-night. I shook hands with all the rest as they went in,
+but I did not see Cadotte. I don’t understand it.” “Why,” said Daniel,
+“the poor fellow is not here to-night; he’s getting sick: he was here
+when you first came in, but he <em>shot out</em> a few moments afterwards,
+and told me to tell you, if you came, that he was too unwell to be
+here to-night. He is looking very pale and losing flesh very fast, and
+his appetite is going. He has only danced once or twice in the last
+week.”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_178" title="178"></a> “Poor fellow! I am sorry. What a pity if he should get sick! I
+don’t see what they would do without him; he is worth more than the
+whole party besides. He’s a fine young man. What an immense fellow he
+is! Did you examine his hand? What a grip he has got&mdash;ha! I <em>may</em> not
+go to-morrow, but if I <em>do</em>, it will only be for a few days. I have
+<em>promised</em> to go, and you know it is wrong to break promises, Daniel.
+If anything should prevent me from going to-morrow I shall certainly be
+here again to-morrow night. Poor fellow! I <em>hope</em> he won’t get sick: I
+think a little ride in the country would do him good. Mr. Catlin ought
+to send him into the country for a while. That’s what he should do,
+shouldn’t he? I won’t stand here too long, Daniel; it’s rather a cold
+place: so good night.”</p>
+
+<p>It <em>was</em> a <em>fact</em> that the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” was getting sick; and a
+fact also that Daniel thought he had gone home, as he told the good
+lady; and two other facts followed the next day&mdash;the one was, that the
+journey to the country was not made that morning; and the other, that
+the “jolly fat dame” was at the Hall at an early hour of the evening
+as usual. Her visit was carefully timed, so as to allow her a little
+time for gossip with Daniel at the door, and to subject her to the
+delightful possibility of accidentally meeting the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” as
+she had sometimes done, in the half-lighted hall.</p>
+
+<p>“You see, Daniel, that I didn’t get off this morning; and when I am
+in London I cannot keep away from those curious fellows, the Indians.
+They are here, I suppose, before this?” “Yes, madam, they have just
+come in in their bus.” “Well, how is Cadotte? he is <em>my</em> favourite, you
+know.” “Well,” said Daniel, “I don’t think he’s any better: I believe
+there is but one thing that will cure him.” “Bless me, you don’t say
+so! What do you think is the matter with him?” “Why, I think he is in
+love, madam; and I don’t believe there is anything under heaven else
+that ails him.” “Oh! now, but you <em>don’t think</em> so, do you, really?” “I
+do, indeed, madam; and I don’t wonder at it, for there are charms that
+are lavished upon him that are enough to&mdash;&mdash;” “Oh! come, come, now,
+Daniel, don’t give us any of your dry compliments. He’s a fine man,
+certainly&mdash;that<a class="pagenum" id="Page_179" title="179"></a> I <em>know</em>, and I should be sorry if he should get sick.
+He will be in the exhibition, I suppose, to-night?” “No, madam, I saw
+him a few minutes since, and he had lain down on his buffalo robe on
+the floor, and I heard him tell Mr. Rankin that he should not go into
+the room to-night; that he did not feel well enough.” “So, you cruel
+man, you think the poor fellow is in love, do you?” “I am <em>sure</em> of
+it, madam: in the next house to where the Indians lodge there is one
+of the most beautiful black-eyed little girls that I have seen since I
+have been in London, and, by putting her head out of the back window to
+look at the Indians, and by playing in the back yard, she long since
+showed to everybody who saw her that she was fascinated with Cadotte.
+She used to kiss her hand to him, and throw him bouquets of flowers,
+and, at last, letters.” “Pshaw!” “It’s true! And, finally, she and her
+sisters got in the habit of coming in to see the Indians, and, at last,
+the father, and mother, and brother; and they all became attached to
+Cadotte, and invited him to their house to take tea with them and spend
+the evenings; and he has at last become so perfectly smitten with the
+girl that he is getting sick: that is the reason why he is not at the
+Hall more than three evenings in the week; he spends his evenings with
+her, and often don’t get home before twelve and one o’clock.” “Oh,
+but you shock me, you <em>shock</em> me, Daniel&mdash;but I don’t <em>believe</em> it&mdash;I
+<em>can’t believe</em> it&mdash;he <em>couldn’t</em> be <em>led away</em> in that silly manner&mdash;I
+<em>don’t believe a word of it</em>. You say he is in the dressing-room?”
+“Yes, madam, I know he is there.” “You don’t think he’ll come into
+the exhibition-room to-night?” “No, I know he will not.” “You don’t
+think he would come out a minute? I can’t stay to-night, and I shall
+certainly go in the morning. I <em>must</em> go&mdash;you <em>don’t think</em> he would
+come out?” “I don’t know, madam; I will ask him if you wish.” “Well,
+<em>do</em>, Daniel; come, that’s a good fellow&mdash;or, stop!&mdash;look here&mdash;just
+hand him this note; it is merely to say good bye: give it to him, and
+only tell<a class="pagenum" id="Page_180" title="180"></a> him I am here, will you, and going out of town to-morrow
+morning?”</p>
+
+<p>Daniel took in the note to the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” who was lying on
+his robe, and in a minute returned with the note and this awful
+message:&mdash;“Tell her she <em>may</em> go out of town&mdash;I don’t wish to see her.”
+This was as much of his ungallant message as Daniel could venture to
+bear to the good lady, though the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” continued to say,
+“Take the note back to her: she is making too free with me, and all
+the people see it. She wants a husband too bad, and I hope she will
+soon get one.” Daniel returned the note, and apologized for being
+the bearer of such a message to her; but he said, as he had carried
+her message to Cadotte, he felt bound to bring his message back.
+“Certainly, certainly,” said she; “I can’t blame you, Daniel; but this
+is strange&mdash;all this is strange to me; it’s quite incomprehensible, I
+assure you. The crowd is coming in, I see, Daniel; and I can’t possibly
+be here through the evening, I’ll be here as soon as I come back. Good
+night.”</p>
+
+<p>One can easily imagine how the peace of the bosom of this good-natured
+unoffending lady was broken up by the abrupt way of the “<em>Strong
+Wind</em>,” and how unhappy might have been the few days she was to
+spend in the country, and which she could not then fail to do, as
+she had made a promise to friends, that she could not break. By her
+absence from the exhibition-room for a week or more, it was evident
+that she was accomplishing her visit to the country; and, though her
+little <em>archer</em> was unemployed in her absence, it would seem as if
+the very show of so many bows and arrows in the great city of London
+had suddenly called into existence, or into service, a reinforcement
+of those little marksmen, who were concentrating their forces about
+this time, and seemed to be all aiming their shafts at the breast of
+the “<em>Strong Wind</em>.” There were several fair damsels who nightly paid
+their shillings, and took their positions near the platform, in a less
+conspicuous way, though not less<a class="pagenum" id="Page_181" title="181"></a> known to the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” than
+our friend who had “gone for a while to the country.” From the fair
+hands of these he had received, unobserved, many precious and sly
+gifts, and amongst them several little billets of the most sentimental
+nature, containing enclosures of beautiful little stanzas, and cards of
+address, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>Among this jealous group of inveterate gazers and admirers was always,
+though most coy and least noticed, the sweet little “black-eyed maiden”
+of whom I have said Daniel gave some account to the good lady who has
+gone to the country, as having “kissed her hand and thrown bouquets of
+flowers” to the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” from the back windows of her father’s
+house in George-street. The whole soul of the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” which,
+until now, had been unchained and as free as the mountain breeze, was
+completely enveloped in the soft and silken web which the languishing
+black eyes, the cherry and pulpy lips, and rosy cheeks of this
+devouring little maid had spun and entwined about it. He trembled
+when he straightened his tall and elegant figure above the platform,
+not that he was before the gazing world, but because <em>her</em> soft black
+eyes were upon him. His voice faltered and his throat was not clear
+when he brandished his glistening tomahawk and sounded the shrill
+war-whoop. This was not that the ears of hundreds, but that the ears of
+<span class="fakesc">ONE</span>, were open to catch the sound.</p>
+
+<p>His heart was now free, for a few days at least, from the dangers of
+the first siege, the guns of which for the time were all silent. The
+glances of his eyes and his occasional smiles were less scrupulously
+watched; and now and then they could be welcomed by sweet returns. He
+had now but one <em>real</em> enemy in the field, and <em>his</em> shafts, though
+they went to his inmost soul, were every one of them welcome messengers
+of peace and love.</p>
+
+<p>Thus besieged, thus pierced and transfixed, the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” did
+as much as he could to continue his natural existence, to eat his
+accustomed meals, and to act his customary parts in the dance; but
+efforts all seemed in vain.<a class="pagenum" id="Page_182" title="182"></a> The sweet and balmy-sleep that had
+been the pleasure of his untaught youth had fled; roast beef and
+plum-puddings, his favourite bits, had ceased to please him; sighs and
+long breaths had taken all the place of peaceful and equal respiration;
+the paleness of his face showed there was trouble within; his noble
+frame and giant strength were giving way; and save the devouring
+pleasure that was consuming him, nothing was acceptable to him but
+seclusion and his occasional mugs of <em>chickabobboo</em>.</p>
+
+<p>All things at the Egyptian Hall went on as usual for several days,
+the Indians giving their nightly entertainments, but without the
+aid of the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” and consequently without the presence
+of the “languishing little black eyes” that used to be seen peeping
+over the corner of the platform. The reader (who has heard already
+that the “<em>Strong Wind</em>” loved to ride home with this sweet little
+creature&mdash;that he took his dishes of tea in her father’s house, which
+was next door&mdash;and that he often stayed there until twelve and one
+o’clock at night) can easily understand how the time now passed with
+the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” and how hopeless were to be the chances of the
+good dame who had “gone to the country but for a few days, where she
+had promised to go, but from which she was soon to return.” The reader
+who is old enough will easily understand also why the “<em>Strong Wind</em>”
+grew pale; how it was that everything ceased to taste good&mdash;beautiful
+things to look pretty; and why I had to translate, as well as I could,
+the speeches of the Indians, who now had no better interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>The exhibition-room continued to be filled night after night without
+the presence of the “<em>Strong Wind</em>;” and at length, on one of these
+occasions, the “jolly fat dame,” who had gone to the country for a
+few days, presented herself at the door as usual before the audience
+had assembled. She was admitted by Daniel’s kindness; and as she got
+into the passage, the party of Indians came in from their omnibus,
+and, passing her, gave her their hands, and as they passed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_183" title="183"></a> on each
+one gave a hideous yell. She seemed delighted at this, and, turning to
+Daniel, said, “Oh, did you hear the poor fellows rejoicing? they are
+delighted to see me back again.” “Why, madam,” said Daniel, “that was
+the <em>war-whoop</em>; and when that is given, the tomahawk always follows.”
+She seemed a little startled at this; “But,” said she, “the good
+fellows, I have lots of fine presents here for them to-night; I can
+make it all right with them I think. But I don’t see Cadotte&mdash;I hope
+he’s not sick&mdash;he’s a splendid fellow&mdash;I have not seen a man like him
+in all my travels in the country, and I have been a great way. I have a
+nice present for him, d’ye see?&mdash;is’nt that a fine brooch? I know he’ll
+like it.” “But I fear you are too late, madam&mdash;I believe it is all over
+with him.” “What! you don’t mean to say that he is dead?” “No, he’s not
+dead, but he’s nearly as bad&mdash;he don’t come here at all&mdash;he don’t eat
+or drink&mdash;he’s pining away for that pretty little girl I told you of.
+It’s been all her doing: the foolish girl fell in love with him, and is
+determined to have him, and I believe he will marry her.” “Oh, pshaw!
+fie on it! I don’t believe a word of it;&mdash;they will get over it all in
+a day or two.” The kind lady after this took her position in the Hall
+as usual, and during the exhibition smiled on all the group, and dealt
+out her presents to them, and went home as usual well pleased.</p>
+
+<p>Most curiously, all this affair of Cadotte’s and the sweet-mouthed,
+black-eyed little girl, had passed unnoticed by me, and I had of course
+entirely mistaken his malady, having sent my physician to attend him.
+His symptoms and the nature of his disease were consequently fully
+understood by examinations of the patient and others who had watched
+closely all the appearances from the commencement of his attack.
+Getting thus a full report of the case, I held a conversation with Mr.
+Rankin, who at once told me that it had been well understood by him
+for some time, and that Cadotte had asked for his consent to marry
+the young lady, and that he had frankly given it to him. I told him
+I<a class="pagenum" id="Page_184" title="184"></a> thought such a step should be taken with great caution, for the
+young lady was an exceedingly pretty and interesting girl, and, I had
+learned, of a respectable family, and certainly no step whatever should
+be taken in the affair by him or me without the strictest respect to
+their feelings and wishes. He replied that the mother and sisters were
+in favour of the marriage, and had been the promoters of it from the
+beginning; that the father was opposed to it, but he thought that all
+together would bring him over. I told him that I did not know either
+the father or the mother, but that, as long as there was an objection
+to it on the part of the father, I thought it would be cruel to do
+anything to promote it; and that, much as I thought of Cadotte, I did
+not feel authorized to countenance an union of that kind, which would
+result in his spending his life in London, where his caste and colour
+would always be against him, and defeat the happiness of his life; or
+she must follow him to the wilderness of America, to be totally lost to
+the society of her family, and to lead a life of semi-barbarism, which
+would in all probability be filled with excitements enough for a while,
+but must result in her distress and misery at last. To these remarks
+his replies were very short, evidently having made up his mind to let
+them raise an excitement in London if they wished, and (as I afterwards
+learned) if he could possibly bring it about.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_185" title="185"></a>
+CHAPTER XVI.</h2>
+
+<p class="hang">
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns&mdash;Exhibition advertised to close&mdash;The wedding in
+      St. Martin’s church&mdash;Great excitement&mdash;Its object&mdash;Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses&mdash;Rankin advertises
+      “the beautiful and interesting bride” to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians’ exhibitions&mdash;Public disgust and
+      indignation&mdash;Condemned by the Press&mdash;Rankin begins his
+      exhibition&mdash;Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians’ rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service&mdash;Rankin leaves London with
+      the Indians&mdash;Author getting out his large work&mdash;The Indian
+      portfolio&mdash;The “jolly fat dame” makes a visit to Daniel in the
+      exhibition rooms&mdash;A long dialogue&mdash;Illustrious subscribers
+      to the Author’s large work&mdash;Emperor of Russia and Duke of
+      Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor&mdash;The Emperor
+      presents the Author a gold box&mdash;Author takes out a patent for
+      “disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save lives on
+      vessels sinking or burning at sea.”</p>
+
+
+<p>At the commencement of this chapter we find the Indians still
+proceeding with their amusements at the Egyptian
+Hall, riding out during the day for fresh air and to see the city, and
+enjoying their roast beef and <em>chickabobboo</em>; the interpreter laid up,
+as described, and Mr. Rankin labouring to promote, and preparing for,
+an event that was to give greater notoriety to himself and his party,
+and ensure more splendid success through the kingdom, as the sequel
+will show.</p>
+
+<p>My opposition to his views in promoting the marriage of this love-sick
+pair afforded him the suitable occasion of calling on me one morning
+and advising me of a course which “he had been, he said, recommended
+by many of his friends to pursue, which was, that (as he had now heard
+me lecture on the modes of the Indians until the subject had become
+sufficiently familiar to him to enable him to give the lectures well
+enough himself) he could promote his<a class="pagenum" id="Page_186" title="186"></a> own interest much better by
+taking the Indians to the provincial towns, meeting all the expenses,
+and taking all the receipts, instead of sharing with a second person,
+which his friends thought was a great pity he should any longer do.”
+He represented that by such a course he could afford to do better by
+the Indians, and he thought it would be decidedly for the interest of
+both, and he had resolved to do it. I said to him that it was, to be
+sure, a resolve which he could easily make, as we were under no other
+than a verbal agreement, and entirely confidential, so that, if his
+interest urged it sufficiently strong, there was no doubt that he could
+do as he pleased, and that, under any circumstances, I should have but
+one anxiety, and that would be for the welfare of the Indians under
+his charge. I had so far done all I could to introduce them and him
+properly. I had added my collection to their exhibition, to give it
+additional interest. I had devoted my best efforts in lecturing on them
+and their customs, and had succeeded (after lying still with them for
+a month in London) in getting for them an audience of the Queen. By
+these means I had rendered him and them a service, for which I wanted
+no other return than the assurance that, wherever he went with them, he
+should take good care of and protect them.</p>
+
+<p>He said he had made up his mind to take them on his own hands in that
+manner after an exhibition for ten days longer in the Egyptian Hall,
+when he was to leave London on a tour to the provincial towns; and
+he wished me to advertise these exhibitions positively to close on a
+certain day. I then informed him that I should do so, and should freely
+yield to his proposition to sever in the manner he had proposed, on
+account of the accomplishment of the marriage, which he had assured me
+was just at hand, and in the responsibility of which I was determined
+to take no part. This I told him was an argument sufficiently strong,
+without further comment, to incline me to meet his proposition without
+the slightest objection.</p>
+
+<p>I therefore advertised, as he had suggested, that the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_187" title="187"></a> Indians could
+only be seen in London that number of days; and from night to night
+announced the same thing from the platform when giving my lecture;
+and to the last day, at his request, stated that the Indians were
+positively to leave London at that time. The next morning after we
+had made this final close, and I had announced it as such to the
+audience, advertisements appeared in the papers that “he had rented
+the adjoining room to Mr. Catlin’s, and on the same floor, for two
+months&mdash;a much finer room, where ladies and others would be much better
+accommodated; where the lectures in future would be given by Mr.
+Rankin, <em>himself</em>, who had <em>lived all his life among the Indians</em>.” And
+in his advertisements, a few days after, he had the imprudence to state
+that “<em>hereafter the beautiful and interesting bride of the ‘Strong
+Wind,’ the interpreter, will make her appearance on the platform with
+the Indians, and preside at the piano</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>This extraordinary advertisement, which of course was after the
+consummation of the marriage, was inserted in all the London daily
+journals, and was at once a key to all the absurd and disgusting
+efforts that had been used to create an excitement on the occasion of
+the wedding. It had been carefully announced that the wedding was to
+take place at a certain hour in the day in St. Martin’s church, that
+ten thousand people might be waiting there for a chance to see the
+novel spectacle of a beautiful London girl married to an Indian from
+the wilds of America, and then to trumpet it through the city and
+through the land where they were going, that the shillings might the
+more abundantly pour in for a sight of the extraordinary pair that
+were united in St. Martin’s church in London, and the “beautiful and
+interesting bride who was to preside at the piano” while the Indians
+danced.</p>
+
+<p>To make this affair more exciting, and its disgusting humbug more
+complete, several omnibuses and coaches, drawn by four-in-hand,
+were employed to convey the “beautiful and interesting bride” and
+bridegroom, and Mr. Rankin and his attendants, through the streets
+to and from the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_188" title="188"></a> church where the ceremony took place. Each of these
+splendid affairs was decorated with evergreens, ribands, &amp;c.; and on
+their tops, bands of music playing through the streets, and other
+attendants, covered with belts and ribands, waving flags of various and
+brilliant colours. These carriages were directed to be driven through
+the principal thoroughfares of London, that the excitement and hubbub
+might be the more complete, and that the greater number of shillings
+might be turned into the exhibition-room.</p>
+
+<p>The scheme, as a business one, was not without some ingenuity, but,
+most unluckily for its projector, it did not exactly succeed. There
+was too much sagacity in the London people and the London press not to
+detect the object of the scheme, and too much good taste to countenance
+and patronise it. The result was, and deservedly so, that it was
+condemned by the press, and the project and its projectors held up to
+public view in the light that they deserved.</p>
+
+<p>The next day after his advertisement that “the beautiful and
+interesting bride was to appear and preside at the piano,” he put forth
+another advertisement, stating that the bride <em>would not</em> appear, as
+announced the day before, owing to objections raised by some of her
+friends, &amp;c. These friends were nearly all the press in London, as well
+as her father and her husband, who had never been consulted on the
+subject, who were indignant at the step he had taken, and ordered him
+to countermand his advertisement.</p>
+
+<p>He then commenced his exhibition of the Indians in his new quarters,
+and under the new auspices, necessarily without the additional
+attraction of the new and beautiful bride, and also without the aid of
+his interpreter Cadotte, whom he had turned out of his employment, and
+to whom he had refused admission to the house to see his fellow Indians
+or to hold any communication with them. Cadotte was thus driven to his
+father-in-law’s house, where he took up his residence, and Mr. Rankin
+proceeded with his exhibitions, himself lecturing on their customs and
+<em>interpreting</em> their speeches to the audience, and all the various
+com<a class="pagenum" id="Page_189" title="189"></a>munications of the audiences and the public to them, wherever they
+went, without knowing five words of their language.</p>
+
+<p>The extraordinary announcement which he had put in the papers of the
+appearance of the “beautiful and interesting bride upon the platform”
+had drawn a great crowd together at his first exhibition under the
+new arrangement, and, from the odd mixture of people it had brought
+together, begat some very amusing incidents worth recording. On
+ascending the platform for his first lecture, amidst a room densely
+packed, chiefly with working men and working women, whose application
+to their tasks during the day had prevented them from getting a glimpse
+of the beautiful bride of the “<em>Strong Wind</em>,” and had now handed in
+their hard-earned shillings, he soon found himself in the midst of
+difficulties which it would seem that he had not anticipated.</p>
+
+<p>In such a city as London there are always enough who do not read the
+<em>contradictions</em> of announcements (with those who won’t believe them
+if they do read them) to fill a room; and of such was his room chiefly
+filled on this occasion&mdash;all impatient to see the beautiful bride of
+the Indian, and full of expectation, though his second advertisement
+had announced that “she would not appear.” One can easily imagine the
+difficulties with which he was surrounded, and the perplexing materials
+with which he was about to contend in presenting himself as the
+expounder of Indian modes, and that in the absence of the “beautiful
+bride.”</p>
+
+<p>Curiosity to hear him give his first lecture on the customs of the
+Indians, “who had spent all his life amongst them,” led me into the
+crowd, where I caught the following amusing incidents, which are given
+as nearly as I could hear them amidst the confusion that soon took
+place. Mr. Rankin had proceeded but a few sentences in his elucidations
+when a voice from a distant part of the room called out, “Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin!” “Well,” “Why, Sir, Mr. Rankin is advertised to lecture, and we expect to hear
+him.” “My name is<a class="pagenum" id="Page_190" title="190"></a> Rankin&mdash;I am Mr. Rankin, Sir.” “No, you are not Mr.
+Rankin neither: why do you tell us that nonsense? Come now, <em>Arthur</em>;
+you know me, old fellow: don’t set yourself up for Mr. Rankin here;
+you’ll get yourself into trouble if you do.” (Uproar, and cries of
+“Turn him out, turn him out.”) The voice continues, “Mr. Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin! what has lived all his life with the Indians!” (Uproar.) “I
+am Mr. Rankin, Sir: what do you want?” “You are <em>not</em> Mr. Rankin; are
+Mr. Arthur Jones, or was so when I knew you in New York.” (Cries of
+“Turn him out&mdash;shame, shame! the bride, the bride!” and hisses.) The
+lecturer here advanced to the front of the platform and endeavoured
+to frown the crowd into silence, but got nothing in return but “The
+bride, the bride!” and hisses from various quarters. One of the men
+in his employment unluckily at that moment seized hold of a little
+square-shouldered working-man, standing just before me, who was
+hissing, and was hauling him towards the door. The little man gathered
+himself up, and brought his antagonist to a halt before he was half way
+to the door. While grasping each other by the collar, the little man,
+who was nearly lost sight of in the crowd, demanded the cause of this
+violence on his person. “Why, Sir, you was hissing the lecturer, and I
+was ordered to put you out of the room&mdash;that was all.”</p>
+
+<p>“So I did iss im, Sir, hand I’ll iss again, hif I choose&mdash;&mdash;ands hoff!
+hif you please!” “You must go out, Sir.” “Hout, Sir! [in a tremendous
+voice.] I’ll hax this haudience hif I am to go hout, or whether they
+would prefer to ear the hobservations I hintend to make.” There was a
+general uproar here for a few moments, and the friends of the little
+man seemed to predominate as they were gathering around him, and the
+cry of “Hands off!” freed him from the difficulties with which he had
+been beset, and encouraged him to demand an audience for a moment,
+which was carried by acclamation all around the room. By stepping on to
+the end of a bench near by, he become conspicuous above the heads of
+the audience, and continued:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_191" title="191"></a>
+<p>“Ladies hand Gentlemen, I opes I ave your haprobation?” (Shouts of
+  approbation from all parts of the room; the Indians seated on the
+  platform, and Mr. Rankin allowing the little working gentleman to
+  proceed.)</p>
+
+<p>“My friends, I am a poor and to speak, and I did not hanticipate an
+  event hov this sort. I came ere, like the rest of you, an ard-working
+  man, to spend my shilling, hand for wot? To be umbugged, gentlemen?
+  (Great applause.) To be oaxed, gentlemen? I calls it an impudent
+  oax! I olds in my and the adwertisement of that gentleman haxing us
+  to pay our shillings to see the bride of the Hindian wot was married
+  yesterday; and we are now told that she is not to be ere, and that
+  this is ol nothink.&mdash;I say it is <em>somethink</em>, gentlemen. (Great
+  applause.) Wen it was said that this couldn’t be elped, I issed im,
+  and ee <em>hought</em> to be issed, for I saw we was oaxed: I was then
+  dragged by the andkerchief in a wiolent manner, but I hescaped unurt,
+  and I am thankful that my woice can now be eard.</p>
+
+<p>“Hif this gentleman is really Mr. Rankin, or hif ee is not, its hol
+  the same&mdash;wot’s the hods? he as inwited us ere, to inale the ot
+  hatmosphere of the Hegyptian All, to see the ‘beautiful bride,’ oom
+  ee as been hinstrumental in leading up to the halter of Ymen, after
+  making a great ubbub about it; and I esitate not to pronounce it
+  an underanded business, that umbles a man in my hestimation, and I
+  think it would ave been better for im to ave ushed up the wole think
+  holtogether. (Applause.)</p>
+
+<p>“Gentlemen, I am appy to see that I ave your haprobation. Wen I
+  look around me, I see that you are all working men like myself, and
+  able to hunderstand me. You all know it’s werry ard to be oaxed out
+  of our shillings&mdash;wen prowisions is igh&mdash;wen work is scarce&mdash;wen
+  we ave little to heat, and hobliged to lie hidle.” (Applause, and
+  Hear, hear.) A voice. “Mr. Rankin! Mr. Rankin!” A hundred voices!
+  “The bride! the bride!&mdash;Turn him out!&mdash;Bagh!&mdash;The Indians! the
+  Indians!&mdash;The workee! hear him out!&mdash;Mr. Rankin!&mdash;The Indians! the
+  Indians! Police! the police!&mdash;Turn him out!&mdash;The bride! the bride!
+  the bride! the bride!” &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_192" title="192"></a>
+In the midst of all the din and confusion which it seemed now
+impossible to suppress, the sudden expedient of Mr. Rankin succeeded,
+and was probably the only one that could have done it. He thought of
+his Indians, who were quietly seated on the platform, and prepared for
+the war-dance; and the signal given, and “Sound trumpets, sound!” they
+all sprang upon their feet and soon drowned the din and confusion in
+the screams and yells of the war-dance.</p>
+
+<p>By the time the brandishing of tomahawks and spears and war-clubs and
+scalping-knives of this noisy affair was done, the attention of the
+visitors had become so much engrossed with the spirit and novelty of
+the scene, that they seemed generally disposed to dispense peaceably
+with the expected treat of seeing the beautiful bride, and were quiet.
+The little pugnacious working-man, however, arose again, as soon as
+silence was restored, to resume his speech; and, asking “if he should
+go hon,” the response from every part of the house was, “No! no!” to
+which he pertinaciously replied, “Well, then, I’ll go ome, and see if I
+can hearn hanother shilling in the place hov the one I ave given to see
+those ill-looking wild hanimals, the Hindians.”</p>
+
+<p>The reader can easily understand why Mr. Rankin’s stay with the Indians
+in London after this was very short. Of his career and theirs in the
+provincial towns, other historians will probably give some account,
+and I refer the reader to them, being unable to give more than a very
+imperfect account of it myself.</p>
+
+<p>This sudden break-up of our establishment at the Egyptian Hall, just at
+the commencement of the fashionable season, when considerable outlay
+had been made, and the receipts daily increasing, was disastrous to
+all parties, and particularly so to me, who had the Hall, at a heavy
+rent, for three months longer, left on my hands. The excitement of
+the exhibition being thus removed, my Indian collection, which had
+already been three years in the same building, scarcely drew visitors
+enough to meet its expenses, and I left its management entirely to my
+faithful man Daniel, while I devoted my time, in an adjoining room, to
+getting out my second book, shortly after published at the Egyptian
+Hall&mdash;a large illustrated work, entitled ‘<cite>Catlin’s Hunting Scenes
+and Amusements of the North American Indians</cite>.’ Several months being
+necessary for the completion of this work, I resolved to hold my
+collection in the Hall, as it was, until the expiration of my lease,
+and then pack it up and return to the United States.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_193" title="193"></a>
+I was then, for a while, free again from the yells and stamps of the
+Indians, and the excitements and anxieties attending their exhibitions;
+and my exhibition room became a quiet and pleasant salon in which
+to meet my friends, who frequently called, and I found were glad to
+see me, even though I had no Indians with me. My work was advancing
+fast, and I devoted my whole time to it, excepting when old friends
+or persons of distinction called, when I endeavoured to be with them,
+leaving the management of the room and entertainment of visitors
+mostly to Daniel, who by this time was a perfect key to everything
+in the room, provided he was turned the right way. He had all sorts
+of visitors however&mdash;those who came for useful information, and
+others merely to hear the war-whoop, and see the war-dance, supposing
+the Indians to be still there. These, feeling provoked at their
+disappointment, often took revenge on poor Daniel, by torturing him
+with questions about the Yankees, repeal, &amp;c., which would lead at last
+to most exciting discussions on slavery, poor-laws and poorhouses,
+United States Bank, national debt, annexation, wars in Afghanistan,
+the Oregon question, the income-tax, and repudiation. As I have before
+said, Daniel, with a strong mind, and well fortified with the facts
+and dates relative to these subjects, was quite able to surprise his
+assailants with his information on all these points, and of course to
+provoke them in return. The consequence was that these debates often
+ran too high, and, as soon as they arrived at a pitch of indiscretion,
+I generally heard something of them in the adjoining room, and, leaving
+my work, showed myself in the exhibition, which brought them to an
+amicable issue.</p>
+
+<p>There were others, again, who came to talk and learn more about the
+Indians, whom they knew had gone away. Among such was one day the
+“jolly fat dame,” who stepped in merely to have a little chat with
+Daniel; and, as will be seen, she was lucky in finding him alone, and
+just in the humour to talk with her. There happened to be no cart
+or carriage passing at the moment, to prevent me from<a class="pagenum" id="Page_194" title="194"></a> healing her
+melodious voice, as she entered, and rolled along, with her parasol
+swinging in her hand.&mdash;“Well, Daniel” (who happened to be at the
+farther end of the room), “I am so lucky to find you all alone for
+once, for you always have such a possee around you! Daniel, you know
+you and I have always agreed very well.” “Yes, madam, I don’t know
+why you and I should have a falling-out.” “Ah, well, we’ll drop that,
+Daniel&mdash;I believe I’ll take a chair, I am so fatigued with those plaguy
+stairs. Well, oh, but what a wonderful collection this is&mdash;Ha? what a
+curiosity that man is&mdash;Mr. Catlin, I mean&mdash;what a life he <em>has</em> led, to
+be sure! Don’t you think he has been married to some of those little
+squaws? I’ll be bound he has.” “No, madam, I should doubt whether he
+has. I think Mr. Catlin went into the Indian country, determined to
+make this collection and to immortalize himself; and I have many a time
+heard him say that he resolved never to get into any difficulty with
+them about their women; and I think it was one reason why he succeeded,
+and was everywhere treated with friendship.” “Ah, well! may be so. But,
+look ye, Daniel; that’s been a sad affair with poor Cadotte, has it
+not? what a foolish man, ha!”</p>
+
+<p>“Why, I don’t see that it was so foolish on his part as on that of the
+girl.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, tush! but she’s a silly little thing. She’s pretty enough; but
+what’s that to such a man as Cadotte? She’s no substance. He’s a giant,
+almost&mdash;what a grip!&mdash;I never felt the like in my life! Ah, well, I am
+sorry&mdash;I felt quite an interest in Cadotte.”</p>
+
+<p>“I feel more sorry for the foolish girl,” said Daniel, “for falling in
+love with him&mdash;it was all her doing&mdash;she would have him, and wouldn’t
+take ‘No’ for an answer. I never saw the like in my life. She seemed
+crazy for him; and they both cried like children about it for weeks,
+and he was good for nothing else. She has got him now; and, as I said
+before, I pity her, for she don’t know what country she is going to,
+nor what society she will have instead of that of<a class="pagenum" id="Page_195" title="195"></a> her parents, and
+sisters, and friends in London. The girl don’t know what she will come
+to, and therefore I pity her.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, <em>I</em> don’t pity her a bit. Ah, yes, I am sorry she has been so
+silly; but I pity <em>him</em> the most. I care nothing about her; or&mdash;that
+is&mdash;she ought to know better; but she’s, as I told you, a silly little
+thing. Ah, well, I have only been one night to see them since they left
+Mr. Catlin. What a foolish thing that was! It will be the ruin of them
+all. I am afraid they will come to want, poor things! I have only been
+there one night! Cadotte was not there.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, madam, he won’t join them any more. Rankin has turned him out of
+the house, and out of his employ, because he wouldn’t let his wife
+appear in the exhibition and play the piano, as he had advertised.”</p>
+
+<p>“Noble fellow! I like him for that. Isn’t that a fine spirit? I knew he
+had it. But that little silly thing, she can’t play. What do the public
+care about a foolish girl’s playing upon the piano?&mdash;Ridiculous! Well,
+they have all gone, I suppose?”</p>
+
+<p>“All but Cadotte and his wife, madam; they have not gone.”</p>
+
+<p>“What! you don’t say so? Cadotte has not gone?”</p>
+
+<p>“No; they are living together with the girl’s father. Rankin has left
+him, without anything but his wife, to get home to his own country in
+the best way he can.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, there’s a brute for you; is’nt he&mdash;that Rankin? I always hated
+his looks, d’ye see. Not gone, ha? What is he to do here? Will he stay
+in London? Can’t Mr. Catlin do something for him? He’d be just a good
+hand now, to help you here, Daniel&mdash;to explain: you can’t always be
+here&mdash;there should be two of you. He comes here occasionally?”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, yes, he’s here every day.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, look ye, Daniel, I’ll call again and see Mr. Catlin about it.
+Something should be done. Mr. Catlin is a good fellow I know. I want a
+long talk with him; he shall<a class="pagenum" id="Page_196" title="196"></a> know my whole mind on this affair. I can’t
+stay now&mdash;I must go; but what a pity&mdash;ha, Daniel! Good day.”</p>
+
+<p>“Good day.”</p>
+
+<p>She was very near discovering me as she turned round and passed my
+door; but Daniel smiled after she had gone out, and said he was quite
+sure she had not seen me, as he had kept her conversation directed to
+him, so that she should not turn her face round suddenly on me.</p>
+
+<p>I was sorry that I had overheard this dialogue; but, as it had fallen
+thus into my possession, I resolved to make the most prudent use of it,
+believing it to contain the sum total of all she wished to say in her
+“long talk” with me; and I directed Daniel, when she should call to see
+me, to announce me “out of town,” and himself to engross all that she
+had to say, saving me from entering again upon an unpleasant subject,
+which I considered now at an end.</p>
+
+<p>Thus continued my labours and Daniel’s, each one in his department, for
+three months or more after the Indians had left, by which time my large
+work was ready for publication (like the first one, “to be published by
+the Author, at the Egyptian Hall, price five guineas in printed tints,
+and eight guineas coloured), with a subscription-list headed by the
+illustrious names of&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="center">
+                  <span class="smcap">Her Gracious MAJESTY the QUEEN,<br />
+                  Louis Philippe, King of the French,<br />
+                         The Emperor of Russia,<br />
+                       The King of the Belgians,<br />
+                     H.R.H. the Duke of Cambridge,<br />
+               and many of the nobility of england.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Emperor of Russia was at this time paying his visit to the Queen
+of England; and my dear wife and myself took the occasion of the
+grand pageant when the Emperor, with Prince Albert and the Duke of
+Wellington, reviewed 10,000 troops at Windsor, to obtain a view of his
+Imperial Majesty, which we did during the review, and, still more to<a class="pagenum" id="Page_197" title="197"></a>
+our satisfaction, after it was over, from behind the post of the gate
+opening into the great park, where we had stationed ourselves, and
+where his Imperial Majesty passed within reach of us. When the Emperor
+and suite had passed by, I suddenly perceived in the passing throng J.&nbsp;W.
+Webb, Esq., editor of the ‘New York Inquirer,’ and endeavoured, but
+unsuccessfully, to overtake him.</p>
+
+<p>A few days after this, the Honourable Mr. Murray was kind enough to
+deliver to the Emperor the copy of my work subscribed for by his
+Majesty; and, in a few weeks after that, sent me the following very
+flattering communication:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p class="signature">“Buckingham Palace, June 14th, 1844.</p>
+
+<p>“Dear Sir,</p>
+
+<p>“The Emperor of Russia, having inspected your <span class="smcap">Portfolio of
+  Indian Hunting and other Scenes</span>, was so much pleased with their
+  spirit and execution, that he desired Count Orloff to send me a
+  gold snuff-box, to be presented to you as a mark of his Majesty’s
+  gratification derived from the efforts of your pencil.</p>
+
+<p>“I acquit myself of this agreeable commission by sending you herewith
+  a Russian box of gold and blue enamel, set in pearls, which will, I
+  trust, prove to you a gratifying reminiscence of the Emperor’s visit
+  to England.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+      <span class="padright10">“I am, my dear Sir,</span><br />
+      <span class="padright5">“Very faithfully yours,</span><br />
+                                 “C.&nbsp;A. MURRAY.</p>
+
+<p>“<em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em>”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>This most gratifying testimony of the Emperor’s satisfaction with my
+work was unexpected by me; and future pages will show that I received
+evidences equally flattering from their Majesties the King of the
+French and the King of the Belgians.</p>
+
+<p>My large work being now published in London, and, like my former one,
+kindly noticed and highly approved by the press, I felt as if my
+labours in England were coming near to a close; and, having a little
+leisure, I was drawing my little children (of whom I now had four)
+nearer to me than ever, and with my dear Clara was endeavouring to
+see the remainder of the sights of London before our departure for
+our native land. This desired event was yet to be delayed a little,
+however,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_198" title="198"></a> by a circumstance that I must here narrate, not to leave the
+reader in the dark as to the curious incidents and impulses of this
+transatlantic part of my chequered life.</p>
+
+<p>About this period occurred an unparalleled destruction of life at sea:
+the “Solway” and other noble vessels striking on sunken rocks, and
+going down in smooth water in sight of land, and hundreds of human
+beings sinking with them to eternity. Human invention, roused by human
+sympathy, was everywhere labouring to devise means for the preservation
+of life in such cases; and my brain, like the brains of hundreds of
+others, was busy in the same cause, when a plan suddenly suggested
+itself, which appeared more practicable the more I contemplated it. I
+deliberated on it much, and threw in my own way all the arguments I
+could possibly raise against it; and amongst them, as the strongest,
+the blind and deaf enthusiasm, which leads too many inventors to ruin.
+No objections that I then raised or can yet raise, however, have
+created in my mind a doubt of the feasibility of my plan, or of its
+immense and never-ending importance to the human race. And, as the
+sequel will show, I give the following information concerning it to
+the world, not on my own account, but for those who may possibly be
+benefited by it, or whom it may in any way concern.</p>
+
+<p>On mature deliberation I decided, like other inventors, to avail myself
+of a patent for my discovery; and, with that view, called upon a
+patent-agent, who had been recommended to me by the highest authority.
+On stating to him the object of my visit, I was invited to a private
+room, where he stated that it was necessary that he should hear a
+distinct description of my invention before he could tell whether it
+was new, and whether it was a fitting subject of a patent. I replied
+as follows:&mdash;“I believe, Sir, that there is but one effectual way of
+saving the lives of the greater number of persons on board steamers
+and other vessels sinking or burning at sea, and that an invention
+applicable, for such a purpose, to all vessels (as there is never to be
+an end to the increase of vessels and exposure<a class="pagenum" id="Page_199" title="199"></a> of life on the ocean)
+would be of the greatest importance to mankind, and would most richly
+repay the inventor. A plan has suggested itself to me which I think
+will have this effect; and if, after hearing it explained, you should
+decide that it is new and of sufficient consideration, I beg you to
+procure me a patent for it as soon as it can be obtained.”</p>
+
+<p>I then proceeded&mdash;“The patent I should ask for would be for
+‘<em>disengaging and floating quarter-decks of steamers and other
+vessels for the purpose of saving human lives at sea</em>.’ These I would
+propose to build of solid timber or other material, resting upon and
+answering all the purposes of quarter-decks; and, in case of the
+sinking of a vessel, to be disengaged by means which I would set forth
+in the specification, and capable of floating, as rafts, with all
+the passengers and crew upon them. These rafts might easily be made
+of sufficient strength to resist the force of the most violent sea;
+and their shape being such as to prevent them from capsizing, there
+would be little difficulty in preserving life for many days upon them.
+They might be made to contain within them waterproof cases of sheet
+iron or tin, to carry provisions and liquors, and also rockets for
+signals, valuable papers, money, &amp;c.; and, when driven on shore, would
+float safely over a reef, where vessels and life-boats go to pieces
+and the greatest loss of life generally takes place. In case of a
+vessel on fire at sea, when it should be found that all exertions to
+extinguish the flames were unavailing, all hands might retreat to the
+quarter-deck, and the vessel be scuttled and sunk by slinging a gun
+and firing a shot through her bottom, or by other means; and as she
+goes down the flames of course are extinguished, and her passengers and
+crew, and valuables, might be saved on the raft, as I have described.”</p>
+
+<p>When I had thus explained the nature of my invention, I asked the agent
+whether he considered it new, and fit to be patented, to which he at
+once replied, “You may rely on it, Sir, it is entirely new: nothing of
+the kind has been<a class="pagenum" id="Page_200" title="200"></a> patented; and it is a subject for which I think I can
+get you what we call a ‘clean patent.’” Upon this I at once authorized
+him to proceed and procure the patent in the quickest manner possible,
+saying that the money required for it should be ready as fast as he
+should call for it. After this, and in further conversation about it,
+he said, “I think remarkably well of the invention, and, though I am
+not in the habit of giving encouragement to my employers, I say to you,
+frankly, that I believe that when we have obtained the patent, the
+Admiralty will buy it out of your hands and give it for the benefit of
+the world at large.”</p>
+
+<p>Being thus authorized, he proceeded, and the patent was obtained in
+the space of two months, and for which I paid him the sum of 130<em>l.</em>
+After I had received my patent, I met a friend, Mr. R&mdash;&mdash;, to whom I
+explained the nature of my invention; and, when I had got through, he
+asked me who had been my agent in the business, and I told him; to
+which he replied that it was very strange, as he believed that a friend
+of his, a Captain Oldmixon, had procured a patent, in London, for a
+similar thing, some five or six years before. He said he was quite
+confident that it was the same thing, for he had heard him say a great
+deal about it, and recollected his having advertised and performed an
+experiment on a vessel in the river below the city; and advised me to
+call on my agent and put the question to him. I did so, and he referred
+to the published lists of patents for ten or twelve years back, and
+assured me that no such name was on the list of patentees, and that I
+might rest satisfied that no such patent had ever been taken out.</p>
+
+<p>I then returned to my friend Mr. R&mdash;&mdash;, and informed him of this,
+telling him that he <em>must</em> be mistaken. To which he replied, “No; since
+you have been absent I have recollected more. I have found the address
+of Captain Oldmixon’s attorney who procured the patent for him, which I
+give you; and I wish you would call on him, and he will correct me if I
+am wrong.”</p>
+
+<p>I took the address and called on the attorney, whom<a class="pagenum" id="Page_201" title="201"></a> I found in his
+office. I asked him if he had taken out a patent for Captain Oldmixon
+five or six years ago, and he replied that he had. I asked him if he
+would be kind enough to tell me the nature of it, and he instantly
+replied that it was for “disengaging and floating quarter-decks for
+saving life.” I then asked him if he had completed his patent by
+putting in his specification, and he replied that he had, and that if I
+would ask for it in a registry of patents in Chancery-lane I could see
+it. I then inquired if it had been published in the manner that the law
+requires, and he assured me it had. He further stated that he had been
+for several years, and still was, engaged with it for Captain Oldmixon
+before the Committee on Shipwrecks, with a prospect of getting the
+Admiralty to take it up. With this information I returned immediately
+to my agent, and, having explained it to him, he accompanied me to
+the registry in Chancery-lane, where, on being asked if they had the
+specification of a patent in the name of Captain Oldmixon, one of the
+clerks instantly replied “Yes,” and unrolled it upon the counter.</p>
+
+<p>I read it over, and, finding it almost word for word like my own, and
+the invention exactly the same, I said to my agent, “I have nothing
+more to say or to do, but to go home and attend to my business.” Nor
+have I ever taken further pains about it. My agent, at a subsequent
+period, wrote me a letter, expressing his regret that such a thing
+should have happened, and enclosing a 10<em>l.</em> note, the amount, he said,
+of his fees; stating that the rest had all been paid into different
+offices, for which there was no remedy.</p>
+
+<p>I have mentioned the above circumstance, as forming one of the many
+instances of ill luck that have been curiously mixed with the incidents
+of my life; and also to show the world how much circumspection and
+caution are necessary in guarding one’s interest, even amidst the
+well-regulated rules and formalities of this great and glorious country.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_202" title="202"></a>
+Captain Oldmixon has my hearty wishes for the success of his invention;
+and I hope that my allusion to it in the above manner will do him no
+injury, but may be the cause of turning the attention of the world
+towards it as a means of benefiting the human race.</p>
+
+<p>I have informed the reader already that, just before completing the
+above adventure, the Ojibbeways having left London, and my large work
+being published to the world, I was turning my eyes to my native
+country again, where, with my little ones and my collection, I was
+preparing to go; but even this <em>was not to be</em> as we had designed it,
+for it was announced, just then, that another party of fourteen Indians
+had arrived in Liverpool, and were on their way to the metropolis!
+Life has its chapters, like the chapters of a book; and our days are
+like the leaves we turn in reading it. We peruse one page ignorant of
+what is contained in the next; and, as the chapters of life are often
+suddenly cut short, so this chapter of my book must end here; and the
+reader will start with me afresh, in a second volume, which commences
+with a new enterprise.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_203" title="203"></a>
+APPENDIX.</h2>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<h3><a class="pagenum" id="Page_205" title="205"></a>
+APPENDIX.&mdash;(A.)<br />
+
+                         OPINIONS OF THE PRESS<br />
+
+       <span class="smallest">ON</span><br />
+
+                 CATLIN’S NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN MUSEUM.</h3>
+
+
+<p class="hang">
+    The following are a few of the very numerous eulogiums which the
+    Press has passed upon the merits of this Collection, in England,
+    France, and the United States, where it has been exhibited.
+</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage sansserif">LONDON PRESS.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE QUARTERLY REVIEW.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin’s object in visiting England with his Indian Gallery, it
+would seem, is to sell his collection to our Government, and we most
+sincerely hope that his reliance on the magnanimity of the British
+people will not be disappointed. As a man of science, of enterprise,
+and of true philanthropy, he is justly entitled to be considered as a
+citizen of the world; and, although he reflects especial honour upon
+the intelligent nation to which he is so proud to declare that he owes
+his birth, yet, for that very reason, we are confident, a generous
+feeling will universally exist to receive him with liberality here.</p>
+
+<p>But, leaving the worthy artist’s own interests completely out of the
+question, and in the cause of science casting aside all party feeling,
+we submit to Lord Melbourne, to Sir Robert Peel, to Lord Lansdowne,
+to Sir R. Inglis, and to all who are deservedly distinguished among
+us as the liberal patrons of the fine arts, that Mr. Catlin’s Indian
+collection is worthy to be retained in this country as the record of
+a race of our fellow-creatures whom we shall very shortly have swept
+from the face of the globe. Before that catastrophe shall have arrived,
+it is true, a few of our countrymen may occasionally travel among
+them; but it cannot be expected that any artist of note should again
+voluntarily reside among them for seven years, as competent as Mr.
+Catlin, whose slight, active, sinewy frame has peculiarly fitted him
+for the physical difficulties attendant upon such an exertion.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_206" title="206"></a>Considering the melancholy fate which has befallen the Indian race, and
+which overhangs the remnant of these victims to our power, it would
+surely be discreditable that the civilized world should, with heartless
+apathy, decline to preserve and to transmit to posterity Mr. Catlin’s
+graphic delineation of them; and if any nation on earth should evince a
+desire to preserve such a lasting monument, there can be no doubt that
+there exists none better entitled to do so than the British people; for
+with feelings of melancholy satisfaction, we do not hesitate to assert
+that throughout our possessions on the continent of America, we have,
+from the first moment of our acquaintance with them to the present
+hour, invariably maintained their rights, and at a very great expense
+have honestly continued to pay them their annual presents, for which
+we have received from them, in times of war as well as of peace, the
+most unequivocal marks of their indelible gratitude. Their respect for
+our flag is unsullied by a reproach&mdash;their attachment to our sovereign
+is second only in their breasts to the veneration with which they
+regard their “Great Spirit”&mdash;while the names of Lord Dalhousie, of
+Sir Peregrine Maitland, and of Sir John Colborne, who for many years
+respectively acted towards them as their father and as their friend,
+will be affectionately repeated by them in our colonies until the
+Indian heart has ceased to beat there, and until the Red Man’s language
+has ceased to vibrate in the British “wilderness of this world.”
+Although European diseases, and the introduction of ardent spirits,
+have produced the lamentable effects we have described, and although
+as a nation we are not faultless, yet we may fairly assert and proudly
+feel that the English government has at least made every possible
+exertion to do its duty towards the Indians; and that there has existed
+no colonial secretary of state who has not evinced that anxiety to
+befriend them which, it is our duty to say, particularly characterized
+the administration of the amiable and humane Lord Glenelg.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE LITERARY GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall.</em>&mdash;We have now to announce
+the opening of this exhibition, from visits to which every class of
+the community, old as well as young, will reap much instruction and
+gratification. Having recently described, from an American journal, Mr.
+Catlin’s seven or eight years’ sojourn among the red races of North
+America, we need now only say that his representation of them, their
+country, their costumes, their sports, their religious ceremonies,
+and in short their manners and customs, so as to enable us to form a
+complete idea of them, is deserving of the utmost praise. There are
+above 500 subjects in these spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child’s
+rattle; and everything belonging to the various Indian tribes are
+before the spectator in their actual condition and integrity. There
+are, besides, a multitude of portraits of the leading warriors, &amp;c.
+&amp;c., and other pictures of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting;
+and the whole supplying by far the most ample and accurate history of
+them that has<a class="pagenum" id="Page_207" title="207"></a> ever been published to the world. No book of travels
+can approach these realities; and after all we had read of the red
+men, we confess we are astonished at the many new and important points
+connected with them which this Gallery impressed upon us. We saw more
+distinctly the links of resemblance between them and other early and
+distant people; and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of
+matters affecting the progress of mankind all over the earth, and alike
+illustrated by similitudes and dissimilitudes. Indeed the philosophical
+inquirer will be delighted with this exhibition, whilst the curious
+child of seven years of age will enjoy it with present amusement and
+lasting instruction.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE ATHENÆUM.</p>
+
+<p><em>The Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This is the collection mentioned heretofore by
+our American correspondent (No. 609), and a most interesting one it is.
+It contains more than 300 portraits of distinguished Indians, men and
+women of different tribes, all painted from life; and in many instances
+the identical dress, weapons, &amp;c. are exhibited which they wore when
+their portraits were taken; and 200 other paintings, representing
+Indian customs, games, hunting-scenes, religious ceremonies, dances,
+villages, and said to contain above 3000 figures: in brief, it is a
+pictorial history of this interesting and fast-perishing race. It
+includes, too, a series of views of the Indian country; and we have
+seen nothing more curious than some of the scenes on the Upper Missouri
+and Mississippi, the general accuracy of which is beyond question. Mr.
+Catlin has spent seven years in wandering among the various tribes,
+for the sole purpose of perfecting this collection. As he observes,
+“it has been gathered, and every painting has been made from nature,
+by my own hand; and that, too, when I have been paddling my canoe or
+leading my packhorse over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of
+life. The world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them as they have been intended, as true and fac-simile traces
+of individual and historical facts, and forgive me for their present
+unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art.”</p>
+
+<p>The value of this collection is increased by the fact that the red men
+are fast perishing, and will probably, before many years have passed,
+be an extinct race. If proof of this were wanting, we have it in the
+facts recorded in the catalogue, of the devastation which the smallpox
+has lately spread among them. Of one tribe, the hospitable and friendly
+Mandans, as Mr. Catlin calls them, 2000 in number when he visited
+them and painted their pictures, living in two permanent villages on
+the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi, not
+one now exists! In 1837 the smallpox broke out among them, and only
+thirty-five were left alive; these were subsequently destroyed by a
+hostile tribe, which took possession of their villages: and thus,
+within a few months, the race became extinct&mdash;not a human being is
+believed to have escaped.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_208" title="208"></a>THE ART-UNION.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;Circumstances have hitherto prevented
+our noticing this most admirable exhibition; but we have examined it
+in all its parts with very minute attention, and have been highly
+gratified, as well as much informed, by doing so. Mr. Catlin’s
+collection is by no means to be classed among the ephemeral amusements
+of the day; it is a work of deep and permanent interest. Perceiving
+that the rapid destruction of the aboriginal tribes by war, disease,
+and the baneful influence of spirituous liquors, would soon cause all
+traces of the red men to be lost, Mr. Catlin determined on proceeding
+through their still untrodden wildernesses, for the purpose of gaining
+an intimate acquaintance with their manners and customs, and of
+procuring an exact delineation of their persons, features, ceremonies,
+&amp;c., all which he has faithfully and perfectly accomplished at no
+small hazard of life and limb. It was not a common mind that could
+have conceived so bold a project, nor is he a common man who has so
+thoroughly accomplished it.</p>
+
+<p>The arms, dresses, domestic implements, &amp;c. &amp;c. collected by the
+industry of this most energetic of explorers are precisely as they
+have been manufactured and used by their Indian owners, and form
+a collection which every succeeding year will render more and
+more valuable. The portraits of distinguished warriors, &amp;c., the
+representations of religious ceremonies, war-dances, buffalo-hunts,
+&amp;c. &amp;c., are depicted by Mr. Catlin himself, and that with a force and
+evident truth that bring the whole detail of Indian life in eloquent
+reality before the eyes of the spectator. We have no hesitation in
+saying that this gallery supplies the most effective and valuable means
+for acquiring an exact acquaintance with the great American continent
+that has ever been offered to the hunger and thirst after knowledge,
+go prevailing a characteristic of the age. Mr. Catlin is about to
+publish the details of his eight years’ sojourn among the interesting
+people with whom his portraitures have made us so familiar; and we
+have no doubt that this work will render the stores of information he
+has opened to us in his gallery entire and complete. As works of art
+their merit depends chiefly on their accuracy, of which no doubt can be
+entertained.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">LA BELLE ASSEMBLÉE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Gallery of North American Indians.</em>&mdash;Of all the
+exhibitions that have been brought forward for the amusement of the
+public, we must give this of Mr. Catlin the preference in every point
+of view; it possesses not only present but future interest, for perhaps
+not many generations may flourish and fade before nearly the whole of
+the aboriginal tribes will be wholly extirpated. Wherever the imprint
+of the white man’s foot has flattened the grass of the prairie, it may
+be looked upon as an ominous token to the unsuspecting native. The
+broad lands of the owners of the soil<a class="pagenum" id="Page_209" title="209"></a> are daily passing into the hands
+of the stranger, and desolation comes where lowly comfort dwelt.</p>
+
+<p>As historical records, these pictures, from the faithful pencil of Mr.
+Catlin, are invaluable, inasmuch as they may be considered, in all
+probability, the last and almost the only authentic remains of ancient
+tribes, that are slowly but surely leaving nothing but a name behind.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE TIMES.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s North American Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;A very curious
+exhibition is opened in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly. It consists
+of above 500 portraits, landscapes, views of combats, religious
+ceremonies, costumes, and many other things illustrative of the
+manners and customs, and modes of living and of battle, &amp;c. of the
+different tribes of North American Indians. Some of these pictures
+are exceedingly interesting, and form a vast field for the researches
+of the antiquary, the naturalist, and the philosopher. The numerous
+portraits are full of character; they exhibit an almost endless variety
+of feature, though all bearing a generical resemblance to each other.
+The views of combats are very full of spirit, and exhibit modes of
+warfare and destruction horribly illustrative of savage life. The
+method of attacking buffaloes and other monsters of the plains and
+forests are all interesting; the puny process of a fox-chace sinks into
+insignificance when compared with the tremendous excitement occasioned
+by the grappling of a bear or the butting of a bison. These scenes are
+all accurately depicted, not in the finished style of modern art, but
+with a vigour and fidelity of outline, which arises from the painter
+having actually beheld what he transmits to canvas. The most curious
+portion of this exhibition is, however, the representations of the
+horrible religious ceremonies of several of the Indian tribes, and
+the probationary trials of those who aspire to be the leaders amongst
+them. These representations disclose the most abhorrent and execrable
+cruelties. They show to what atrocities human nature can arrive where
+the presence of religious knowledge is not interposed to prevent its
+career. The exhibition also contains tents, weapons, dresses, &amp;c.
+of the various tribes visited by Mr. Catlin. These are curious, but
+of secondary importance. The catalogue, which is to be had at the
+exhibition-room, is a very interesting <em>brochure</em>, and will afford a
+great deal of novel but important information.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">MORNING CHRONICLE.</p>
+
+<p><em>The Aboriginal Tribes of North America.</em>&mdash;A pictorial exhibition of a
+singularly interesting description has just been opened in the Egyptian
+Hall, Piccadilly. It consists of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and
+other representations of the persons, manners, and customs of the North
+American<a class="pagenum" id="Page_210" title="210"></a> Indians, painted by Mr. Catlin, an American artist, during
+eight years’ travel amongst their various tribes.</p>
+
+<p>On Monday a numerous assemblage, comprising many distinguished
+members of the fashionable as well as the literary world, visited
+this extraordinary collection, and listened with the utmost curiosity
+and interest to the details and explanations given by Mr. Catlin in
+illustration of some of its most remarkable objects.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin modestly apologizes for the unfinished character of his
+pictures, considered as works of art. They are sketches rapidly and
+roughly executed, as might be expected from the circumstances under
+which they were made: but they are freely drawn with a strong tone of
+colour; and being drawn and coloured immediately from nature, there
+is a graphic truthfulness about them which places, as it were, the
+very objects themselves before the eye of the spectator, and fills
+the imagination with images of these ancient lords of the western
+continent, now reduced to scattered remnants and fast disappearing
+from the earth, a thousand times more distinct and vivid than could be
+produced by volumes of description.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE MORNING POST.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This is a very extraordinary collection,
+consisting of an immense number of portraits, landscapes, costumes,
+and representations of the manners and customs of the North American
+Indians, among whom the artist-collector travelled for eight years,
+extending his researches through forty-eight tribes, the majority of
+whom speak different languages. The long room on the groundfloor of
+the Egyptian Hall is covered from the roof to the floor, and nearly
+the floor itself, by some thousands of specimens, real as well as
+pictorial, of these interesting races, many of whom are now, alas!
+nearly extinguished, under the civilizing influences of fire-water,
+smallpox, and the exterminating policy of the government of the United
+States, in which treachery has recently played a counterpart to the
+most gratuitous despotism. “I have seen them in their own villages,”
+says Mr. Catlin, “have carried my canvas and colours the whole way, and
+painted my portraits, &amp;c. from the life, as they now stand and are seen
+in the gallery.”</p>
+
+<p>The collection contains 310 portraits of distinguished men and women
+of the different tribes in the British, United States, and Mexican
+territories; and 200 other paintings descriptive of river, mountain,
+forest, and prairie scenes; the village games, festivals, and peculiar
+customs and superstitions of the natives, exhibiting in all above 3000
+figures; all, Mr. Catlin assures us, were taken from nature, and all by
+his own hand! a truly Herculean undertaking, and evidently sustained
+by an enthusiastic spirit, as well as a share of unconquerable
+perseverance, such as falls to the lot of few artists in any country to
+boast of.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_211" title="211"></a>
+THE MORNING POST.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This valuable collection of portraits,
+landscapes, scenes from savage life, weapons, costumes, and an endless
+variety of illustrations of Indian life, real as well as pictorial,
+continues to attract crowds of spectators. We are happy to find our
+prediction fully borne out by fact, that the exhibition only required
+to be fully made known to the public to be properly appreciated. The
+most pleasing attention is paid by Mr. Catlin and his assistants
+to gratify the curiosity of visitors, to point out to notice the
+peculiarities of the various subjects through which they wander, and
+to explain everything which strikes the eye and attracts the observer
+to inquire into its use or meaning. During our visit on Saturday
+the company were startled by a yell, and shortly afterwards by the
+appearance of a stately chief of the Crow Indians stalking silently
+through the room, armed to the teeth and painted to the temples,
+wrapped up in a buffalo robe, on which all his battles were depicted,
+and wearing a tasteful coronet of war-eagle’s quills. This personation
+was volunteered by the nephew of Mr. Catlin, who has seen the red
+man in his native wilds, and presents the most proud and picturesque
+similitude that can be conceived of the savage warrior. His war-whoop,
+his warlike appearance and dignified movements seem to impress the
+assemblage more strikingly with a feeling of the character of the
+North American Indian than all the other evidences which crowded the
+walls. Subsequently he appeared in another splendid costume, worn by
+the braves of the Mandan tribe, also remarkable for its costly and
+magnificent head-dress, in which we see “the horns of power” assume a
+conspicuous place. The crowds that gathered around him on each occasion
+were so dense that Mr. Catlin could scarcely find space to explain the
+particulars of the costumes; but we are glad to find he is preparing
+a central stage where all may enjoy a full and fair sight of “the
+Red Man” as he issues from his wigwam, clad in the peculiar robe and
+ornaments of his tribe, to fight, hunt, smoke, or join in the dances,
+festivals, and amusements peculiar to each nation.</p>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Indian Knowledge of English Affairs.</em>&mdash;Mr. Catlin, in one of his
+lectures on the manners and customs of the North American Indians,
+during the last week, related a very curious occurrence, which excited
+a great deal of surprise and some considerable mirth amongst his highly
+respectable and numerous audience. Whilst speaking of the great and
+warlike tribe of Sioux or Dahcotas, of 40,000 or 50,000, he stated
+that many of this tribe, as well as of several others, although living
+entirely in the territory of the United States, and several hundred
+miles south of her Majesty’s possessions, were found cherishing a
+lasting friendship for the English, whom they denominate Saganosh. And
+in very many instances they are to be seen wearing<a class="pagenum" id="Page_212" title="212"></a> about their necks
+large silver medals, with the portrait of George III. in bold relief
+upon them. These medals were given to them as badges of merit during
+the last war with the United States, when these warriors were employed
+in the British service.</p>
+
+<p>The lecturer said that whenever the word Saganosh was used, it seemed
+to rouse them at once; that on several occasions when Englishmen had
+been in his company as fellow-travellers, they had marked attentions
+paid them by these Indians as Saganoshes. And on one occasion,
+in one of his last rambles in that country, where he had painted
+several portraits in a small village of Dahcotas, the chief of the
+band positively refused to sit, alleging as his objection that the
+Pale-faces, who were not to be trusted, might do some injury to his
+portrait, and his health or his life might be affected by it. The
+painter, as he was about to saddle his horse for his departure, told
+the Indian that he was a Saganosh, and was going across the Big Salt
+Lake, and was very sorry that he could not carry the picture of so
+distinguished a man. At this intelligence the Indian advanced, and
+after a hearty grip of the hand, very carefully and deliberately
+withdrew from his bosom, and next to his naked breast, a large silver
+medal, and turning his face to the painter, pronounced with great
+vehemence and emphasis the word Sag-a-nosh! The artist, supposing that
+he had thus gained his point with the Indian Sagamore, was making
+preparation to proceed with his work, when the Indian still firmly
+denied him the privilege&mdash;holding up the face of his Majesty (which had
+got a superlative brightness by having been worn for years against his
+naked breast), he made this singular and significant speech:&mdash;“When you
+cross the Big Salt Lake, tell my Great Father that you saw his face,
+and it was bright!” To this the painter replied, “I can never see your
+Great Father, he is dead!” The poor Indian recoiled in silence, and
+returning his medal to his bosom, entered his wigwam, at a few paces
+distant, where he seated himself amidst his family around his fire, and
+deliberately lighting his pipe, passed it around in silence.</p>
+
+<p>When it was smoked out he told them the news he had heard, and in a
+few moments returned to the traveller again, who was preparing with
+his party to mount their horses, and inquired whether the Saganoshes
+had no chief. The artist replied in the affirmative, saying that the
+present chief of the Saganoshes is a young and very beautiful woman.
+The Sagamore expressed great surprise and some incredulity at this
+unaccountable information; and being fully assured by the companions of
+the artist that his assertion was true, the Indian returned again quite
+hastily to his wigwam, called his own and the neighbouring families
+into his presence, lit and smoked another pipe, and then communicated
+the intelligence to them, to their great surprise and amusement; after
+which he walked out to the party about to start off, and advancing to
+the painter (or Great Medicine, as they called him) with a sarcastic
+smile on his face, in due form, and with much grace and effect, he
+carefully withdrew again from his bosom the polished silver medal, and
+turning the face of it to the painter, said, “Tell<a class="pagenum" id="Page_213" title="213"></a> my Great Mother
+that you saw our Great Father, and that we keep his face bright!”</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.</p>
+
+<p><em>North American Indians.</em>&mdash;An exhibition has been opened consisting
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, implements of war, articles of
+commerce, and a variety of curiosities, illustrating the manners,
+habits, and customs of forty-eight different tribes of the North
+American Indians. The collection, which must prove highly interesting
+to all who take an interest in the various modes of life existing among
+our fellow-creatures in the different states and stages of savage life,
+or comparative civilization, consists of 310 portraits of distinguished
+men and women of the different Indian tribes, and 200 other paintings
+descriptive of Indian countries, villages, sports, and pastimes; the
+whole of which were painted by Mr. Catlin during a residence of eight
+years among the different tribes. An additional interest is given to
+the paintings by the various implements used by the natives, such as
+bows, arrows, tomahawks, and scalping knives. There are even human
+scalps, which illustrate one of the paintings representing the scalp
+dance, in which the victors of one tribe exhibit, in one of their war
+dances, the scalps of another whom they have vanquished. Among the
+most spirited of the paintings, as works of art, may be enumerated
+those of the voluntarily inflicted torments to which some of the tribes
+subject themselves as proofs of their courage; those of the buffalo
+hunts, buffalo fights, and of the prairies, which are all highly
+characteristic productions. In speaking of the different items of
+interest in this exhibition, Mr. Catlin and the cicerone should not be
+forgotten, as they amuse the visitors with many of those interesting
+personal anecdotes which travellers always abound in.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE SPECTATOR.</p>
+
+<p>Catlin’s Indian Gallery, at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, is a museum
+of the various tribes of North American Indians.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin is an enterprising American artist, who has devoted eight
+years to the delineation of scenes and persons, and the collection
+of objects to form a permanent record of the characteristic features
+and customs of the different tribes of Indians in North America,
+now fast becoming extinct by the combined operation of smallpox,
+spirit-drinking, and war. The walls of a room 106 feet in length are
+entirely covered with portraits of Indian men, women, and children, in
+their respective costumes, some small whole-lengths, others busts the
+life-size, to the number of 310; and 200 views of landscape scenery,
+native villages, games, customs, and hunting-scenes, all painted on the
+spot. Besides the pictures, the dresses worn by several tribes, and a
+numerous collection of weapons, pipes, ornaments, &amp;c., are arranged
+round the room; and in the centre is set up a wigwam of the “Crow”<a class="pagenum" id="Page_214" title="214"></a>
+tribe, a conical tent twenty-five feet high, made of buffalo-skins,
+dressed and painted, supported by thirty poles meeting at the top, and
+capable of sheltering eighty persons.</p>
+
+<p>To attempt anything like a detailed description of the contents of such
+a museum would require a volume; to characterize it generally in our
+limited space is difficult. It would require hours of attentive study
+to become fully acquainted with the multifarious articles. The several
+tribes are distinguished in the catalogue: the dresses are all so
+fantastic, and the physiognomies so varied, that it would be difficult
+to class them.</p>
+
+<p>The dances and other amusements appear anything but gamesome; and the
+religious ceremonies of the Mandans, of which there are four scenes,
+are horrible in the extreme. It is their annual custom to assemble
+the young men in the “Medicine” or “Mystery” Lodge&mdash;the medicine-men
+are a sort of mixture of the doctor, priest, and sorcerer&mdash;and after
+being starved for four days and nights, they are tortured in the most
+cruel manner to test their powers of endurance. The animal character,
+sharpened and sometimes ennobled by the influence of moral qualities,
+is strongly expressed in all the heads.</p>
+
+<p>The scenery on the Missouri and Mississippi is remarkable for the
+mixture of beauty and desolation, and an appearance of cultivation in
+the wildest parts. Mr. Catlin’s views bear the impress of fidelity
+that belongs to pictures painted on the spot; and their freshness and
+characteristic spirit more than atone for any defects of execution.
+The scenes of buffalo-hunting are full of movement and energy; and the
+groups of Indians are sketched with so much life and action, that the
+scene appears to pass before you. Numerous certificates attest the
+accuracy of the portraits and views. The robes and the tent covering
+exhibit come curious specimens of the pictorial skill of the Indians,
+which reminds one of the Egyptian and Mexican paintings; the outline
+being strongly defined, and with attention to the characteristic
+points. The dresses are very tastefully decorated with beads, feathers,
+and skins; and the pipes, war-clubs, lances, bows, quivers, and shields
+are profusely ornamented: the cradles are really beautiful.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin is about to publish an account of his expedition, in which
+the various objects in his museum will be more fully explained than in
+the catalogue; previously to which he intends giving a sort of lecture
+in the room descriptive of the people. In the mean time, a visit to
+this “Indian gallery” will give a more lively and distinct idea of the
+aborigines of North America, than a whole course of reading.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE CONSERVATIVE JOURNAL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This is, we believe, the first time that
+the British public have had a fair opportunity, upon an extensive
+scale, of making themselves acquainted with the personal appearance of
+the various tribes of North American Indians, once constituting the
+noblest race of savages that are mentioned in history, but of late
+years sinking into all the depravity<a class="pagenum" id="Page_215" title="215"></a> which the wicked race of white
+traders has inflicted on them. These manly natives of the woods and
+prairies of America, “the red men,” as they are properly denominated,
+are sinking fast in character, and gradually fading from human
+existence, through the sordid and base traffic of the <em>“pale-faces,”</em>
+who drive an infamous trade by bartering the execrable <em>“fire-waters”</em>
+(rum and whisky) amongst these children of the wood, for the furs and
+other produce of their hunting expeditions. Once these vile poisons
+are swallowed by the aborigines, they lose all their manly and martial
+energies, become sottish, feeble, and enervated in mind and body, and
+appear as if conscious of their self-debasement.</p>
+
+<p>With respect to the subjects of exhibition, they are chiefly portraits
+of the most noted chiefs of the various tribes that formerly roamed
+at large over the vast territory of which they were the natural
+proprietors. There are also some of the females of note and others in
+early life, who display attractions of feature and expression which
+would not discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs
+of greatest notoriety here is the celebrated chief <em>“Black Hawk,”</em> on
+whose keen eye and determined brow <em>“no compromise”</em> is plainly written
+by the hand of nature. The eldest and second sons of this chief are
+here also, and are worthy of the sire from whom they sprung. There
+are also several other distinguished warriors of this tribe, which is
+denominated the Sacs (Sauskies). There also are distinguished chiefs
+and warriors of the following nations: the Konzas, Osages, Camanchees,
+Pawneepicts, Sioux, Missouries, Mandans, Black Feet, A’s-sin-ne-boins,
+Delawares, Choctaws, Cherokees, &amp;c., amounting to some hundred
+portraits; besides views of fine scenery, buffalo-hunting, war and
+other dances; a variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a wigwam, &amp;c.
+We hope soon to give a few interesting details.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">ATLAS.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall.</em>&mdash;A room 106 feet in length
+and of proportionate breadth and height, is occupied exclusively with
+this most interesting exhibition. Its pictorial portion consists of a
+vast series of portraits of the chiefs, the braves, the medicine-men,
+and squaws of the numerous tribes and nations of Indians&mdash;the
+aborigines of North America. Another lengthened series consists of
+landscape views of scenery, the rivers, mountains, and prairies&mdash;the
+homes and hunting-grounds of the Red Men. Illustrations of manners
+and customs, including some of the most curious and valuable portions
+of the gallery, form a third series of pictures, and these efforts of
+the pencil extend to upwards of 500. They are not offered as specimens
+of the art, although in that light they are by no means unworthy of
+attention, but as a pictorial history of nations about to be swept by
+the tide of civilization from the surface of the earth. As these bold
+sketches were executed in the wigwam, in the tent, in the steam-boat,
+in the forest, in the canoe, in storm and sunshine, amid strife and
+smoke,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_216" title="216"></a> and every possible variety of interruption and annoyance, their
+existence is a miracle, and the artist may be proud of the fire and
+spirit, the truth and energy, yes, and the freedom and power with which
+he has, under such circumstances conveyed to canvas the vivid impress
+of the ancient nobles of the forest and the prairie.</p>
+
+<p>In eight years Mr. Catlin visited 48 tribes, including 300,000 Indians;
+has painted 310 portraits from life, and all the scenic accounts we
+have noticed. For the sake of the pictures, of the exhibition itself,
+which is intensely interesting, and yet more for the important lesson
+it teaches, we earnestly recommend the Indian Gallery to the attention
+of the reader.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE BRITANNIA.</p>
+
+<p><em>Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly.</em>&mdash;The suite of apartments composing
+this unique building has been opened for the exhibition of Catlin’s
+Gallery of North American Indians, which comprises a museum of the
+various articles used in domestic life and in war by the aborigines
+who inhabit the Texas and adjoining country. Besides the articles
+of dress and ornament, the instruments of chace and warfare, the
+walls of the apartment are hung with a collection of 500 paintings,
+which represent the figures of living Indian chiefs, their battles,
+festivities, and domestic habits, as well as the scenery of the country
+in the “far west,” and the animals which inhabit it, being a faithful
+representation of those distant regions.</p>
+
+<p>At the farther end of the room is a wigwam of buffalo-hide, pitched
+in the manner in which the natives arrange it; namely, in the form
+of a tent, but somewhat more conical. The owner of this interesting
+exhibition, Mr. Catlin, spent several years among the Pawnee, Sioux,
+Crow, and other tribes, for the purpose of taking accurate delineations
+of the noble races of Indians who still wander through the extensive
+prairies in all their primary freedom and independence. The exhibition
+will amuse the mere lounger as much as it will interest the curious and
+reflecting.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">EAST INDIA CHRONICLE.</p>
+
+<p><em>North American Indians.</em>&mdash;Of late years Cooper’s American novels, and
+various works of travels; and, more recently, the Hon. Mr. Murray’s
+and Captain Marryat’s attractive volumes, have deeply interested us
+respecting the Red Indians of North America, their derivation, manners,
+customs, &amp;c. Mr. Catlin, however, who has devoted eight years of his
+life to these miscalled savage people, who are now rapidly fading
+away from the face of the earth, sad victims of oppression, European
+vice and European disease, is enlightening us still further upon the
+subject. He has opened an exhibition at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+in which are assembled (all of his own painting) about 500 portraits
+of Indian chiefs, warriors, squaws,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_217" title="217"></a> &amp;c.; landscapes and other scenes,
+illustrating their warlike and religious ceremonies, their customs,
+dances, buffalo hunts, &amp;c. The portraits, many of them valuable even
+as works of art, excite a strong and vivid interest from the almost
+exhaustless variety and force of character which they display. Many
+of the heads are bold and highly intellectual, and remarkable for
+their phrenological developments. Several of the young squaws, too,
+have considerable pretensions to beauty, with abundance of archness,
+vivacity, and good humour. Then again there is an immense collection
+of their weapons, pipes, musical instruments, dresses, &amp;c.; amongst
+them a child’s cradle, or whatever it may be termed, in which the women
+carry their children at their backs. It is impossible for persons of
+any age to find themselves otherwise than instructed and gratified by
+this exhibition. Besides what we have mentioned, Mr. Catlin lectures
+thrice a week in the evening, with the assistance of living figures for
+additional illustrations.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE JOHN BULL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;Mr. Catlin is an American artist, who,
+after eight years’ toilsome travel, during which he visited forty-eight
+tribes of the aborigines of his native land, and traversed many
+thousands of miles, appearing to have crossed in nearly every direction
+the vast plains which lie between the semi-civilized border and the
+Rocky Mountains, has succeeded in forming a collection which he truly
+terms “unique,” and which ought to be so secured by the purchase of
+some Government or other, as to be rendered what he fondly calls it,
+“imperishable.” He thus explains the motives which induced him to
+undertake this labour:&mdash;“Having some years since become fully convinced
+of the rapid decline and certain extinction of the numerous tribes of
+the North American Indians, and seeing also the vast importance and
+value which a full pictorial history of these interesting but dying
+people might be to future ages, I set out alone, unaided and unadvised,
+resolved (if my life should be spared), by the aid of my brush and
+my pen, to rescue from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and
+customs as the industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could
+accomplish, and set them up in a gallery, unique and imperishable, for
+the use and benefit of future ages.”</p>
+
+<p>A proof of the utility of his undertaking is the fact that one of the
+most singularly interesting tribes which he visited, the Mandans, who
+numbered 2000 souls in 1834, have been since wholly destroyed, not
+a remnant of their race left&mdash;name, and line, and language utterly
+extinct. Of the other tribes, too, many thousands have perished
+since the period of his visit by the smallpox, which deadly disease
+sweeps them off by wholesale; by the ardent spirits, still deadlier,
+introduced among them by the traders, and by war. The red man seems
+doomed to inevitable destruction; and despite the philanthropist, no
+long period of time, it is to be feared, will elapse before he will
+exist only by the aid of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_218" title="218"></a> “brush and pen.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin has made 310 portraits of distinguished individuals of the
+various tribes, and 200 other paintings illustrative of their manners,
+games, religious and other customs, as well as portraying some of
+the most remarkable scenery of the prairies and wilderness. They are
+roughly executed, but are the more valuable as being evidently faithful
+transcripts from the life. They occupy the entire of the large room of
+the Egyptian Hall, covering the walls on either side, whilst in the
+centre a long table is covered with Indian habiliments and weapons,
+which likewise hang with bears’ and other skins in profusion from the
+ceiling, whilst the whole is crowned by a wigwam, a veritable wigwam,
+brought from the foot of the Rocky Mountains. Will or can any one with
+a spark of curiosity, not to name enthusiasm, in his composition,
+begrudge a shilling for the sight?</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE COURT JOURNAL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We must confess that, after the many
+failures of exhibitions analogous to this, we did not go to it prepared
+either to be pleased or to glean from it any novelty of information;
+but we were most agreeably disappointed, and can assure our readers
+that a more attractive exercise for the mind could not well have been
+devised. We may, without hesitation, describe this immense collection
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and representations of manners and
+customs, as embracing a view of all the North American Indian tribes
+(resident in the British and Mexican territories, and those of the
+United States) now unexterminated! Out of the entire nations swept away
+by whiskey, smallpox, and the aggressions of the whites, about 300,000
+souls remain; and of these the numbers become every year more and more
+reduced, so that ultimately we may calculate with certainty that they
+will</p>
+
+<p class="center">“Leave not a wreck behind.”</p>
+
+<p>Under this impression Mr. Catlin has done well and wisely to “devote
+more than eight years of his life to the accomplishment of so great a
+design” as that of creating their pictorial history.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin states that every painting has been made from nature, and
+by his own hand, many of them in the intervals of paddling a canoe, or
+leading a packhorse through trackless wilds, at the hazard of his life;
+that he has visited these people in their own villages, and painted
+their portraits (certificated by the United States authorities) on the
+spot.</p>
+
+<p>The room in which this exhibition takes place is on the ground-floor
+of the Egyptian Hall, and is 106 feet in length. In the centre is a
+very handsome “Crow lodge or wigwam,” brought from the foot of the
+Rocky Mountains. It is made of buffalo-skins garnished and painted.
+The pine-poles are thirty in number, and the interior will hold eighty
+persons. On a table near this tent are lances, calumets, tomahawks,
+scalping-knives, and scalps; and above, men’s and women’s dresses,
+bows, spears, shields,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_219" title="219"></a> moccasins, war-clubs, drums, &amp;c. Around are
+hung the numerous paintings in oil, comprising portraits, landscapes,
+ceremonies, games, manual occupations, hunting excursions, councils,
+and feasts.</p>
+
+<p>The portraits are very characteristic, the men being for the most
+part tidy, with one or two striking exceptions, and the young women
+remarkably handsome. The landscapes are clearly painted, and the
+ceremonies are very amusing in some instances and very horrible in
+others. Those which please us most are the hunting and travelling
+sketches, and one or two of “the fury of the fight!” For instance, No.
+486, “Bogard, Batiste, and I, chasing a herd of buffalo in high grass,
+on a Missouri bottom,” is one of the most spirited things that can be
+imagined; and so also is No. 471, “A Camanchee warrior lancing an Osage
+at full speed.”</p>
+
+<p>The great merit of these oil sketches is their manifest correctness,
+not to a line or the mere making out of a horse’s head or some portion
+of dress, but to the action and the scene. Not only the portraits, but
+the landscapes and groups, have a certificate of identity.</p>
+
+<p>We recommend to all the “Descriptive Catalogue,” which is very amusing,
+and is necessary to the elucidation of customs and localities. At the
+private view to which we were invited on Tuesday there was a very
+numerous assemblage of persons of distinction.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">NEW COURT GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This interesting exhibition consists
+chiefly of portraits of the most distinguished warriors and chiefs of
+the various tribes, besides views of fine scenery, buffalo hunting, war
+and other dances; a vast variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a
+wigwam, &amp;c. The collection also contains some of the females of note,
+who display attractions of feature and expression which would not
+discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs of greatest
+notoriety here is the celebrated chief “Black Hawk.” The eldest and
+second sons of this chief are here also, and are worthy of the sire
+from whom they sprung. There are several other distinguished warriors
+of this tribe and others, amounting to some hundred portraits. We can
+strongly recommend our readers to attend; they will then, for the first
+time, become acquainted with the real manners and customs of these
+“before-misrepresented people,” who are fast sinking from the face of
+the earth.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">LONDON SATURDAY JOURNAL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;In visiting it, indeed, the town-bred
+admirer of the freedom and grandeur of “savage life” might find
+somewhat, at first sight, to feed his sentimental fancies. Round the
+room, on the walls, are portraits of Indians, remarkable specimens
+of the true animal<a class="pagenum" id="Page_220" title="220"></a> man; arrayed in their holiday dresses, tricked
+out in all the variety of savage fancy, and many of them as evidently
+and consciously “sitting for their portraits,” as the most pedantic
+and affected superficialist of civilization. With these we have many
+glimpses of the scenery and state of existence connected with “life
+in the wilds.” The far stretching prairie; the noble river and its
+“reaches,” and “bluffs,” and waterfloods; the shaggy bison, whose
+tremendous aspect makes him fearful, even in the stillness of a
+picture; the more terrible grisly bear; the Indian “at home,” and the
+the Indian “abroad,” with stirring hunting scenes, enough to rouse
+one’s blood, and to make an unfledged adventurer long to dash away, and
+try one’s skill and courage in an encounter with horned monsters, or
+even that “ugly creature” before whom the “strongest bull goes down.”</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">KIDD’S LONDON JOURNAL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall.</em>&mdash;By a visit to this
+exhibition, every class of the community, old as well as young, will
+derive much instruction and gratification. Mr. Catlin’s representation
+of the red races of North America, their country, their costumes,
+their sports, their religious ceremonies, and, in short, their manners
+and customs, so as to enable us to form a complete idea of them, is
+deserving of the utmost praise. There are above 500 subjects in these
+spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child’s rattle; and everything
+belonging to the various Indian tribes are before the spectator in
+their actual condition and integrity. There are, besides, a multitude
+of portraits of the leading warriors, &amp;c., &amp;c., and other pictures
+of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting; the whole supplying
+by far the most ample and accurate history of them that has ever
+been published to the world. No book of travels can approach these
+realities; and after all we had read of the red men, we confess we
+are astonished at the many new and important points connected with
+them which this gallery impressed upon us. We saw more distinctly the
+links of resemblance between them and other early and distant people;
+and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of matters affecting
+the progress of mankind all over the earth, alike illustrated by
+similitudes and dissimilitudes.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">SCOTSMAN&mdash;EDINBURGH.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Lectures on the North American Indians.</em>&mdash;Numbers of
+fashionable persons still continue to attend the Rotunda to inspect
+the varied curiosities belonging to this interesting tribe. We have
+much pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity and
+effect of Mr. Catlin’s interesting and instructive exhibition:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_221" title="221"></a>
+<p class="signature">“Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.</p>
+
+<p>“<span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,&mdash;I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your
+  lectures at the Waterloo Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the
+  Indian character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native
+  Indian manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view,
+  scenes I had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries
+  where I had been; and for twenty years’ peregrinations in those
+  parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave River north, and from the
+  shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of
+  the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities
+  of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+  pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+  which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+  afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright10">“I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,</span><br />
+                                    “<span class="smcap">John Haldane</span>.”</p>
+<p>“To George Catlin, Esq.”</p>
+</div>
+<p>The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson’s Bay
+Company, dated New York Factory, Hudson’s Bay, 10th December, 1842:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Should you happen to fall in with ‘Catlin’s Letters on the North
+  American Indians,’ I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin’s sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage sansserif">UNITED STATES PRESS.</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;The conception and plan of this gallery
+are in a high degree ingenious and philosophical. While it seems to
+the careless victor to be only a very animated representation of
+some of the most striking incidents in Indian life, it is in fact so
+contrived as to contain an intelligent and profound exposition of all
+that characterizes the savage in mind, in memory, and in manners; a
+revelation of the form and qualities of his understanding, of the
+shape and temper of his passions, of his religious impressions and the
+traditions which have given them their hue, and of the mingled ferocity
+and fun, barbarity and <em>bonhomie</em>, which streak his character. These
+are the matters that are brought out by a study of these pictures;
+and they show, on the part of the originator of this museum, a
+comprehension and reach of understanding which of themselves merit the
+name of genius. The execution is as happy as the purpose is judicious.
+No<a class="pagenum" id="Page_222" title="222"></a> artist in this country possesses a readier or more graphic pencil;
+perhaps no one, since Hogarth, has had in so high a degree the faculty
+of seizing at a moment the true impression of a scene before his eyes,
+and transferring it to the canvas. And as a refined and finished
+portrait-painter, his large picture of Osceola alone sets him on a
+level with the most accomplished professors in any part of the States,
+and shows what eminence and what emolument might have been achieved
+by him had he devoted himself to that narrower branch of his art. The
+great and unshared merit of these sketches lies in the circumstance
+that there is nothing either in the grouping or the detail in anywise
+imaginary, but that every scene which his collection contains was
+copied by him from life, while the original was before him. Of the
+tribes thus represented, some have already, in the interval since these
+drawings, been entirely swept away from the earth, and it is plain that
+others, who escape that fate, will, as they are more nearly approached
+by the whites, lose much that is distinctive in their character and
+habits, and in a few, probably a very few years, the only memorial of
+the bravery, the sufferings, the toils, sports, customs, dresses, and
+decorations of the Indians, will be Catlin’s Gallery.</p>
+
+<p>We feel great pride in stating that Mr. Catlin is a native of
+Pennsylvania. His birthplace, we are informed, is the valley of the
+Wyoming. There, probably, he acquired that fondness for the free wild
+life of the huntsman and forester that has led him so far from the
+tame continuance of cities, and has made the privations of that remote
+existence tolerable. There, too, he must have imbibed in early youth
+that love of the chace, and that sympathy with its noble excitements,
+which has made him out of sight the best exhibitor of the sports of
+the West that ever yet employed pen or pencil in illustration of the
+magnificent diversions that gave a dash of sublimity to the occupation
+of those dwellers by the sources of the Father of Waters. We, too, have
+seen something of that stirring Western life, and have had a taste of
+its delights and dangers, though we pretend not to a tithe of the lore
+here brought out. We know, perhaps, enough to judge of what is well
+done in this department, and we can testify strongly to the prodigious
+superiority of Mr. Catlin in the conception of the hunting-scenes,
+in the appreciation and selection of its strongest points and most
+interesting moments, and in the vigour and power with which the whole
+is presented, over Mr. Irving. Mr. Irving’s style is, at all times,
+nicer and more fastidious than suits our taste; certainly it is too
+dainty to be capable of expressing the roughness and energy of those
+exhibitions. It may be that we ought not to have Indian life at all,
+but if we are to have it, let us have something of the heartiness
+and strength which make it what it is, and let there be some harmony
+between the subject and the manner. In Irving’s dialect there are no
+terms for the utterance of what is most peculiar on those occasions;
+the harp-like gentleness of his tones and regularity of his pauses
+cannot present the hurry, helter-skelter dash and drive of those
+impetuous onsets and those breathless contests. His descriptions of
+the buffalo-hunt remind us of Finden’s engraving of a ragged peasant,
+wherein the ravelled coat seems<a class="pagenum" id="Page_223" title="223"></a> fringed with lace, and the cap seems
+tasselled with flakes of the ermine. Catlin brings forward the scene in
+all the rudeness and the raciness of reality.</p>
+
+<p>Upon the whole, Mr. Catlin has accomplished a work which will for ever
+associate his name in the highest rank of honour, with a subject that
+will interest the civilized world every year more and more through all
+coming time. We have learned with great regret that he will certainly
+take his museum to England in the course of a few weeks. We know too
+well how it will be valued there, to imagine that it will ever be
+permitted to come back.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We cannot notice this collection too often.
+It is one of those productions which illustrate, in an eminent degree,
+the observation of Playfair, that when the proper time has arrived
+for some great work to be performed, some individual is raised up by
+Providence whose position and character and capacity precisely fit him
+for accomplishing the design. For reasons that will be appreciated
+by the philosopher, the philanthropist, and the theologian, as well
+as considerations that address themselves to the curiosity of the
+man of general knowledge, it was particularly desirable that a full
+and authentic record should be given to the world of the national
+characteristics of a race whose history is so peculiar, whose condition
+is so curious, and whose speedy extinguishment is so certain, as
+those of the North American Indians. Accordingly, when it is plain
+that the moment has arrived beyond which the portraiture of their
+state cannot any longer be delayed, if it would be known that they
+are in that native predicament which has been in nowise modified by
+European intercourse, a man appears whose birth in a spot of which
+the traditions are so strongly interfused with the memory of the
+Indian (the Wyoming Valley), has caused his imagination to be deeply
+impressed, even from his earliest youth, by the character and actions
+of this people; who is endowed by nature with the hand and eye of
+a painter, and who passes through a professional education which
+advances his talent to the skill of an accomplished artist, and who has
+inherited a fortitude of spirit, an elevation of purpose, and a vigour
+of limb, which render him competent to encounter the dangers, the
+discouragements, and the difficulties which of necessity lie along the
+path to the object in question. The man is willing to devote the best
+years of his life to the task of working out a great picture of those
+tribes of savages which are separated by 2000 miles from the farthest
+settlement of his nation.</p>
+
+<p>One of the most remarkable tribes which has yet been found on this
+continent was that of the Mandans. They were more advanced in the
+knowledge of domestic comforts, and were distinguished for more
+intelligence and a higher sense of honour than any of their brethren.
+They possessed certain very extraordinary and interesting annual
+religious celebrations,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_224" title="224"></a> which were in part a commemoration of the
+Deluge, and contained, amongst other things, an allusion to the twig
+which the dove brought back from Noah to the earth. Mr. Catlin was the
+first white man who was ever admitted to inspect these ceremonies in
+the sacred hall in which they were performed for four days. He made
+several large and very copious paintings of the scenes which were
+presented to him; and he sketched almost all that was striking in the
+character of this tribe. The next year the whole of this nation was
+swept away by the smallpox; not an individual man, woman, or child
+survives; and the world possesses no other knowledge of this people or
+their traditions than is contained in these pictures in the gallery of
+Catlin. Fortunately they present us with as full and satisfactory a
+representation as could be desired.</p>
+
+<p>We believe that all who have visited this collection have formed but
+one opinion as to its interest and excellence. We would remind our
+readers that this gallery will remain open for their inspection but a
+short time longer before its final removal to England.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Gallery of Indian Paintings.</em>&mdash;We congratulate our
+citizens on the opportunity they have now presented to them of
+witnessing the results of Mr. Catlin’s labours and travels among the
+tribes of Aborigines inhabiting the Rocky Mountains and the prairies
+of “the far West.” Mr. Catlin spent many years among these tribes, at
+the imminent risk of his life, and at an incalculable cost of comfort,
+solely with the view of taking likenesses and sketches from life and
+nature, and of representing these “children of the forest” in their own
+peculiar costumes, and as he found them in their own native wilds.</p>
+
+<p>Of the accuracy of his likenesses we have the most undoubted testimony;
+and of the sketches of scenery, dances, hunting parties, &amp;c., we may
+venture to say they are graphic, bold, and free. We know of nothing
+from which one who has never seen the Indian in his untamed character
+can derive so accurate a knowledge of these fast-disappearing natives
+of the soil as from this gallery.</p>
+
+<p>We would throw in a word in favour of the young&mdash;let them by all means
+see this gallery.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA WEEKLY MESSENGER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;Mr. Catlin’s gallery of Indian pictures
+and curiosities has recently been opened at the Arcade for the
+inspection of the citizens of Philadelphia. In common with other
+lovers of amusement, we have visited this collection, and have found
+that it fully justifies whatever has been said by those who visited
+it in Boston and New York, and described it as the most surprising,
+entertaining, and instructive exhibition which the efforts of American
+genius have ever brought before the country....</p>
+
+<p>In this stage of human knowledge Catlin resolved to devote the labours<a class="pagenum" id="Page_225" title="225"></a>
+of his life to exploring the condition, customs, character, and conduct
+of this people, and to bring home a record of their being, which should
+be to the world a possession for ever. He has fulfilled this purpose.
+He has lifted the veil on which was written “ignorance,” and he has
+shown to his countrymen the peculiarities of a life which is competent
+to instruct philosophy with conclusions that it has never dreamt of,
+and entertain curiosity beyond the compass of the wildest fables.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING POST.</p>
+
+<p>The subjects of Mr. Catlin’s pencil, his histories and delineations,
+are of a noble race. The Camanchees, the Mandans, the Pawnees, the
+Blackfeet, Sioux, Crows, Assiniboins, Omahaws, &amp;c. &amp;c., who have not
+yet sunk beneath the withering associations of white people, who on
+their native prairies stalk with noble pride and independence, who
+manufacture their own dresses from the skins of the mountain sheep
+and buffalo, and use their spears, bows and arrows, in preference to
+fire-arms, and with courtly pride and hospitality welcomed the artist,
+and honoured him for his talents of delineation, as a nobleman of
+nature, infinitely superior to the mercenary race of traders and Indian
+agents, who plunder and cheat them when opportunity offers.</p>
+
+<p>The Indian is truly fortunate in having so faithful and industrious
+a champion, historian, and painter as Mr. Catlin, who will no doubt
+rescue their name from the mass of trading libellers that have so long
+corrupted and then slandered them. With a remarkable assiduity and
+perseverance he has devoted many years of his life, and much pecuniary
+means, in preparing a magnificent collection of their dresses,
+instruments, ornaments, portraits, &amp;c. For ourselves, we anticipate
+one of the most original and curious works that has been issued from
+the press for many years, for Mr. Catlin has struck out a new path to
+fame and fortune, and while he leaves a memorial of the true Indian
+uncorrupted native character, he makes a lasting name for himself.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE NEW YORK EVENING STAR.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We would remind those who have not yet
+visited this extraordinary collection, that it will be closed after the
+lapse of a single week, and that it will never again be exhibited in
+America. There will never be presented to our citizens an opportunity
+of inspecting one of the most remarkable and entertaining works that
+the genius and labour of an individual has created in this age and
+country; and those who neglect this occasion of examining this most
+curious monument of talent and enterprise will have missed for ever one
+of the noblest spectacles at which patriotism can refresh its pride,
+or reason can inform its curiosity. Mr. Catlin has received permission
+from the English Chancellor of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_226" title="226"></a> Exchequer to import his museum into
+England free from duty, a saving to him of about two thousand dollars.
+He will sail for that country in the course of the summer, and the
+indifference of America will have surrendered to her rival what the
+labour of an American had created for herself.</p>
+
+<p>In our opinion nothing could redound more to the patriotism, national
+pride, and honour of our country, than the purchase by Congress of
+this rare collection of aboriginal curiosities, to enrich a national
+museum at Washington. Such an object is by no means unworthy the
+attention of the nation; and as in the lapse of a few more years all
+traces of this interesting people will have passed away, or but a small
+remnant of them remain in their wilderness asylum almost beyond the
+ken of civilized man, such a depository of the relics peculiar to this
+wonderful people would possess an interest which would be immeasurably
+enhanced when their existence as a nation was for ever blotted out, as
+from present indications it inevitably must be. Located at the capital,
+members of Congress and public-spirited citizens of the far West
+could from time to time contribute to the common stock, until, in the
+course of a few years, a national museum of Indian curiosities would
+be formed to perpetuate their manners, customs, and costumes, that
+would be a monument to the taste and public spirit of the nation to the
+latest generation. The facilities possessed by the Government for the
+successful prosecution of so noble a design commends it forcibly to the
+consideration of Congress. And as it is not yet too late, we trust, to
+secure the co-operation of Mr. Catlin in furtherance of an object so
+congenial with his views, and which would at the same time ensure him
+a just reward for his enthusiastic devotion to this noble enterprise,
+without being compelled to seek it in a foreign land, we would fain
+hope that his stay among us would be prolonged until measures were
+taken to call the attention of Congress to the subject. Should this
+suggestion be favourably received, and it be found that the engagements
+of Mr. Catlin do not preclude its being carried out, we trust the
+project will enlist warmly the interest of our public-spirited and
+patriotic citizens at an early day.</p>
+
+<p>We have already spoken once or twice at some length of the value and
+interest of this exhibition. It addresses itself to the feelings of the
+rudest observer, and engages the imagination of the idlest visitor,
+by revealing, with amazing copiousness, the whole interior life and
+customs of a people singular and striking beyond the speculations
+of romance, and so separated by position, by distrust, and enmity,
+that no one has ever before seen what this man has sketched. To the
+philosopher, the philanthropist, the moralist, and the man of science,
+it presents matter equally attractive and important, in those higher
+regards with which they are conversant, with that which amuses the
+fancy of the rude. By all it will be found a storehouse of wonders,
+which will surprise the mind in present observation, and gratify the
+thoughts in all future recollection.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_227" title="227"></a>
+THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;I am grieved to see that this noble product
+of American genius is in a few days to leave its native soil, without
+any effective efforts having been made to ensure its permanent return.</p>
+
+<p>I did hope that individual disposition would be matured into common
+action, and that at any price a treasure so honourably, so peculiarly
+American, would be kept from passing into European hands.</p>
+
+<p>Is it <em>yet</em> too late to avert such a result? Cannot we yet prevent such
+a spot upon our city’s bright escutcheon?
+
+With what feelings will our descendants enter some department of the
+British Museum, or some <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Palais</em> or <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Musée</em> in the city of Bourbons,
+to see a treasure thus surrendered by their fathers? Can they boast
+of Catlin’s <em>powers</em> as a national glory? Others can point to the
+possession of the <em>fruits</em> of them as our national disgrace.</p>
+
+<p>Whether in justice or in wrong, our treatment of the Indian nations has
+been a reproach to us through the world. Let it not be in a stranger’s
+power to show how noble and how elevated a race we are thus accused of
+having injured.</p>
+
+<p>Let it not be said that while America has extirpated them from
+existence, France or England has preserved the only memorial of what
+they were.</p>
+
+<p>It is at all events yet in the power of each to <em>visit</em> the collection
+in his own country. Let no man who bears the honoured name of an
+American fail to do so. He has no idea of what the rude forefathers
+of his forests were. He has never had Indian existence in its varied
+forms presented to him in such life-like reality, never before so much
+relating to this people so systematically brought together. In the
+labours of Catlin’s hand and in the achievements of his pencil, we and
+our descendants must now look for the history of our national ancestry.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE AMERICAN SENTINEL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Gallery.</em>&mdash;Mr. Catlin’s extraordinary exhibition of Indian
+curiosities and paintings will be closed, as we learn from his
+advertisement, in the course of a few days. This is the last exhibition
+that will be made of this wonderful collection in the United States, as
+it will be taken to England at once and there be disposed of. We trust
+that every one who has a spark of rational curiosity or national pride
+will visit a work which, above every other that we are acquainted with,
+is fitted to gratify both.</p>
+
+<p>We do not think that, all the circumstances being taken together,
+there has been produced in this age any work more wonderful or more
+valuable. The hardy enterprise of the forest-born adventurer must unite
+with the tact and skill a very accomplished diplomatist to carry a man
+through the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_228" title="228"></a> scenes which Catlin has visited; and the observation of a
+philosophical genius must be joined to the ready skill of a thoroughly
+furnished artist, to bring back from those scenes of savage life such
+illustrations as Catlin now presents. This age will send forth no such
+man; and should such appear at any future period, he will be too late
+for the performance of this task.</p>
+
+<p>This museum possesses in itself more to amaze and delight than any work
+to which we can point. The very spirit of savage existence is unsphered
+before us as we contemplate these graphic sketches. We feel the freedom
+and enthusiasm which mark the life of the hunter and the warrior of
+the west, fascinating above all the attractions of civilized being. We
+are pleased, astonished, charmed by the variety and strangeness of the
+spectacles brought before us.</p>
+
+<p>No parent should suffer himself to feel that he has done justice to his
+children until he has taken them to view this gallery, which will never
+again be open to their inspection. No citizen should suffer it to leave
+the country until he has fully possessed himself of all that it reveals
+respecting the aborigines of his country.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Mr. Catlin’s Views of the Far West.</em>&mdash;There can be no mistake or
+exaggeration in pronouncing the exhibition of these views of the
+scenery and natural history of the western country the most important
+and interesting object for public attention which has ever been offered
+to the eastern division of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>It has been with a fascinating degree of feeling and adventure that
+Mr. Catlin has gone over the immense plains of the west, and employed
+himself with pallet and pencil among all the scenes he could select
+of landscape and natural history, and with the western natives, and
+to sketch people, views, and objects which have formed so much of its
+distinctive character, by which he may rescue and retain the almost
+incredible appearances and habits of a race of men and animals now fast
+disappearing in the march of civilization, upon the remembrance and
+record of history.</p>
+
+<p>The collection of Portraits, made of upwards of 300 persons, forms
+a representation from forty-eight Indian nations, chiefly between
+the settled part of our country and the Rocky Mountains, among which
+are the Sacs, Osage, Pawnee, Camanchee, Sioux, Mandans, Blackfeet,
+Shawnee, Cher-o-kee, Seneca, and Seminoles; and of these, the portraits
+of Osceola, Micanopeah, Keokuk, Black Hawk, Io-way, Red Jacket,
+Co-ee-ha-jo, King Philip, John Ross, with several of their wives and
+children, will always be prominent in the references of American
+history.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to these important objects of personal consideration, the
+peculiar and correct representations and appearances of the general<a class="pagenum" id="Page_229" title="229"></a>
+western country are prominent, and are all of a highly novel and
+beautiful character.</p>
+
+<p>The views of rivers, towns, settlements, mountains, prairies, and
+waterfalls, and animals, are generally those which have never been
+before presented to us. They have been taken in upwards of 200 oil
+paintings coloured to nature, and consist of the most important
+localities reaching to the Rocky Mountains, finished on the spot
+with a fidelity of delineation and picturesque effect which would
+be creditable to an artist of very high attainments with all the
+“appliances and means” afforded by the best accommodation and leisure.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY COURIER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;In a late number we took notice of the
+vast and wonderful assemblage of pictures and curiosities by which
+Mr. Catlin has contrived to bring before our eyes the fullness of the
+life of the Western Indians. We would again urge upon our citizens, as
+Americans, and as valuing curious information and refined pleasure, to
+give this gallery a visit. There is not in our land, nor in any part of
+Europe which we have visited, anything of the kind more extraordinary
+or more interesting. The galleries illustrative of national character
+and antiquities which are to be found in London, Paris, Florence, and
+other cities, have been collected by the power of great kings; and
+the outlay of immense treasure, and the apparatus of negotiations,
+and special ministers, and resident consuls, and agents innumerable,
+have been requisite to their completion. This is the work of a single
+individual, a man without fortune and without patronage, who created it
+with his own mind and hand, without aid and even against countenance;
+and who sustained the lonely toils of eight years in a region fearful
+and forbidding beyond the conceptions of civilized life, in order to
+present his countrymen with a work which he knew they would one day
+value as the most remarkable thing they owned, and which he was assured
+that no spirit and no skill but his own could accomplish. He may point
+to his magnificent collection, which now receives the admiration
+of every eye, and may say with honest pride, “Alone I did it!” But
+without the abatement of a reference to the circumstances of the case
+and without any qualification of any sort, we declare that if this
+museum is less gorgeous and less stately than those imperial galleries
+which give fame even to the capitals of England and France, it is not
+less instructive or entertaining than the greatest of them. Of the
+enterprise, the free genius, the noble self-dependence, the stern
+endurance, and indomitable perseverance which our republican system
+glories in inspiring and cherishing, there is no nobler, and there will
+be no more abiding monument, than Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_230" title="230"></a>
+PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY NEWS.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We have visited it repeatedly, and have
+studied its contents with close attention, as the best exposition of
+savage character and life that has ever been given to the world; and
+the result of our impressions is, that whether we regard the historical
+and philosophic value of this museum, its strangeness and interest as
+matter of entertainment, or the wonderful toil and difficulty that
+must have attended its formation, there is not in our country a work
+more honourable to its author, or more deserving of the esteem and
+admiration of the community. The hardships of Indian existence are
+brought before us with a bold effect; the few refinements by which
+it is comforted are impressively presented; the labours by which it
+is sustained are shown; and the romance which makes it charming is
+brilliantly and copiously exhibited. The gallery is a complete and
+fascinating panorama of savage life; and all who have the smallest
+interest in the wild and stirring existence of the Indian hunter should
+hasten to contemplate this splendid picture. No man has tasted these
+scenes of daring and peril with half the sympathy and understanding of
+Mr. Catlin; and neither in the delicate touches of Irving, nor the more
+vigorous drawings of Hoffman, is there anything like the intelligence
+and interest of these animated sketches. Whoever would know to what
+sounds of glee and exultation the northern forests, even at this hour,
+are echoing, or with what spectacles of merriment or toil the flatness
+of the prairie is enlivened, must view and ponder over this collection.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin intends to remove this museum to England very soon, and from
+that country it will probably never return. This, therefore, is the
+last opportunity which Americans will have of ever inspecting this most
+curious assemblage. We exhort every one who is a lover either of rare
+entertainment or strange knowledge to lose no time in visiting this
+gallery.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE AMERICAN DAILY ADVERTISER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;The collection embraces a wonderful extent
+and variety of national history, likewise an exact and discriminating
+range throughout the different tribes. They are all classed with the
+method and arrangement of a philosopher, developed and associated with
+the vivacity of a dramatist, and personated, defined, and coloured with
+the eye and hand of a painter. Rarely, indeed, would one man be found
+who could do all this; still more rarely a man, who to these various
+offices and talents would add the courage, the patience, and the taste
+to become an eye-witness of his subjects, and above all, would possess
+the industry and the veracity to represent them to others, and thus to
+command credibility and admiration.</p>
+
+<p>I hope my fellow-citizens will give this exhibition their repeated
+atten<a class="pagenum" id="Page_231" title="231"></a>tion. They will find in it much more than has ever been combined
+before. It will greatly abridge their labours in reading, nay, it
+will tell them what books do not teach; and it will impress upon
+their senses and upon their memories the living portraits of a race,
+distinguished by inextinguishable ardour, unbounded ingenuity, and
+indomitable determination&mdash;a race now fast eluding the projects of
+the politician, the researches of the curious, and soon to cease from
+demanding even the sympathies of the humane and conscientious.</p>
+
+<p>We learn that Mr. Catlin is soon to embark for England, where
+encouragement is offered to his remarkable talents and energy, and
+we sincerely wish him the rewards due to native genius, exemplary
+diligence, and moral integrity and refinement.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Gallery.</em>&mdash;We called the attention of our readers some days
+ago to Catlin’s Indian Gallery, now exhibiting in this city. This
+collection is in every respect so remarkable and interesting, that we
+again bring it before the notice of the community.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin visited nearly fifty different tribes of Indians, and
+resided familiarly among them for several years. He made their habits
+and character his exclusive study. With the eye of a poet, the
+judgment of a man of rare sagacity, and the hand of an accomplished
+artist, he saw and scrutinized, and sketched the forms, the feats,
+the entire style of life of the varied nations with whom he had made
+his home. The general features of this strange and most interesting
+people are presented to us in this collection with a copiousness
+and variety which could only be attained by one who had devoted the
+enthusiasm of years to a task, to which he had, in the first instance,
+brought extraordinary talents. Whatever met his watchful glance that
+was striking or peculiar in the religious ceremonies, the warlike
+demonstrations, the festive celebrations of peace and leisure, the
+separate acts and social habits of the wanderers of the distant wilds
+of the west, was instantly transferred to his canvas, and fixed in
+living colours on the very spot where the scene was shown. Accordingly
+we have here illustrations of the mode in which almost every thing,
+which is common or curious, usual or occasional, among the tribes
+is performed. The chace, which there has no meaner object than the
+“stately buffalo,” is before us in full and numerous portraiture; the
+rousing of the herd in the centre of some endless prairie, the reckless
+vehemence of the pursuit by the wild horse and the wilder hunter, the
+mad dashing of the fearless sportsman into the midst of the monstrous
+throng, with nothing but bow and knife; the unhorsing of some, who roll
+trampled under foot, and of others who are tossed high into the air;
+the final capture and death of the huge victim of the sport, all these
+are presented to us in the freshness and freedom of the very scenes
+themselves of this<a class="pagenum" id="Page_232" title="232"></a> magnificent excitement. Then there are dances
+of an art and an intricacy that might instruct Almack’s itself; the
+bear dance, in which, clothed in skins, they imitate the postures and
+movements of that animal; the buffalo dance, in which they are masked
+in the skulls which they have taken in the hunt; the eagle dance, which
+mimics the attitude of that bird; the dance on the snow in peculiar
+shoes; and the numerous dances of war. Then we have bold and admirable
+sketches of the scenery of the prairies and the hills 2000 miles above
+St. Louis, presenting a richness and brilliance of verdure of which the
+Atlantic resident has never formed a conception. In short, it would
+be difficult to point out a single particular in which the sketches
+of this ardent and able painter do not furnish the fullest and most
+valuable information about the western continent and its inhabitants.
+There are portraits, likewise, of all the remarkable persons whom the
+artist encountered in his rambles, painted on the spot, in their actual
+dresses and natural positions, certified as rigidly accurate, in every
+instance, by officers of the United States, who were present at the
+time.</p>
+
+<p>But sketches are not all that this unique collection consists of.
+There is a large number of the dresses of the chiefs and women, rich
+and curious to a very great degree, implements of war and of social
+life&mdash;articles by which friendship is promoted and leisure is amused.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">PHILADELPHIA HERALD AND SENTINEL.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery</em> is one of the most curious and interesting
+collections ever brought before the public. The portraits of the chiefs
+and warriors constitute perhaps the least striking portion of the
+gallery; although the natural freedom and boldness of the attitudes,
+and the life-like variety and expression of the countenances,
+caught with a rare felicity by the accomplished artist, render them
+immeasurably superior in attraction and value to anything of that kind
+ever before presented to the community. They were all sketched on the
+spots of their residence, and in the characteristic attire of their
+tribes; and the certificates of different United States officers,
+attached to the back of each picture, testify to the accuracy and
+completeness of each individual portraiture. The largest and by far the
+most engaging and peculiar part of the collection, consists of sketches
+of groups occupied in the various games, sports, and diversions, by
+which the monotony of savage life is amused.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin visited forty-eight different tribes, and was domesticated
+amongst them for eight years; and whenever any spectacle of merriment,
+or business, or religion was got up, the painter drew apart from the
+company, and producing the canvas which was always in readiness, seized
+with an Hogarthian quickness and spirit the outlines and the impression
+of the scene before him, and has perpetuated for the gratification
+of posterity the faithful and vivid likenesses of some of the most
+extraordinary<a class="pagenum" id="Page_233" title="233"></a> acts and incidents which the history of man can exhibit.
+Sketched with a distinctness and a particularity which indicate an
+uncommon degree of talent and skill on the part of the artist, we
+find among these paintings almost everything that is characteristic
+in the life and conduct of the Indian: the energetic dance, marked
+by a science and a significance, unknown to the amusements of more
+cultivated nations,&mdash;the hunt of the buffalo, with its impressive
+incidents of danger and daring&mdash;the religious rite&mdash;the military
+council&mdash;the game&mdash;the fight&mdash;the voluntary torture by which the
+“Stoic of the woods” displays his hardihood of nerve and spirit&mdash;and
+the grotesque gaiety which marks the occasional mirthfulness of a
+nature usually so much restrained. All these are brought before us
+with a fidelity of delineation attested by the certificates of the
+most competent and reputable witnesses, and animation and interest
+acknowledged by all who have approached them.</p>
+
+<p>This collection is not only unique, as it concerns the particular
+people whose state and character it illustrates; but, as throwing light
+upon a grade and condition of the human race of which little has ever
+been known, it possesses an importance novel and unparticipated: for it
+has never happened, in the history of the world, that a savage people
+has been approached and depicted with this intelligent completeness.
+He who would learn what are the dispositions and the faculties which
+belong to the mind and heart of man, in the mere rudeness of his
+natural state, will find more satisfactory sources of information in
+this Indian gallery than in the fullest descriptions of travellers or
+the astutest schemes of metaphysicians.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;It is a remarkable circumstance, and one
+very characteristic of the energy of this age, that the same year
+and almost the same month should have witnessed the completion of
+three independent collections, each of which, after its way, gives
+us a complete portraiture of the nation to which it refers. What
+Mr. Dunn’s figures have accomplished for China, and Mr. Wilkinson’s
+drawings have done for Egypt, Mr. Catlin’s paintings have performed for
+the Indian tribes. The first of these has excited the admiration of
+America, the second has won the applause of Europe; if the last is less
+brilliant than the one, it is more lively than the other, and it is
+not less complete than either. It is not merely a minute and thorough
+description of a nation whose situation and history render everything
+that relates to it in the highest degree curious and personal to
+Americans, but it addresses itself to the admiration and instruction
+of every philosophic mind as an encyclopædia picture of the savage
+state. While no histories present us with such copious information of
+the characteristics of those particular tribes, which are intimately
+and eternally connected with our annals, no speculative treatises
+contain anything like the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_234" title="234"></a> knowledge here garnered of the qualities and
+attributes of that condition which is called the state of nature. The
+eye of childhood and the mind of age are alike astonished and informed
+by the spectacles here strikingly presented by this unrivalled work.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin is a native of Pennsylvania, and has therefore peculiar
+claims upon the attention of Philadelphians. We know and are persuaded
+that when this Museum, after the very few days allotted to its
+continuance here, is closed and removed for ever from our land, it will
+be a matter of deep and permanent regret to all who now fail to visit
+it, that they have lost the sight.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING STAR.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;This interesting museum of curiosities,
+collected by Mr. Catlin, during a residence of more than eight years
+among forty tribes of Indians, and of sketches painted by him,
+illustrative of their habits and customs, is now exhibited at the
+Arcade in this city. It is an eloquent and illustrious witness of
+the genius, disinterestedness, and toil of the person who brought it
+together. Those productions of Mr. Catlin’s pencil, which were given
+to the world many years since, evinced his ability to rank, at some
+day, with the first artists of this country; but instead of devoting
+himself to those lucrative branches of his profession, which would
+have gained him a sure return of wealth, he resolved, at the bidding
+of an enthusiasm, perhaps inspired by the legends of his native valley
+of Wyoming, to dedicate his life to the great and generous purpose of
+presenting to his countrymen a satisfactory portraiture of a nation
+which had so interesting a connexion with their own history, and
+whose condition has always produced so strong an impression upon the
+imagination of Americans. Alone and unsupported, save by a dauntless
+spirit, he turned towards the western forests to seek the Indian in his
+boundless home.</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+  <div class="line">“The general garden, where all steps may roam,</div>
+  <div class="line">Whose nature owns a nation for her child,</div>
+  <div class="line">Exulting in the enjoyment of the wild.”</div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The perils of more than a Ulyssean voyage were encountered before the
+artist could feel that his object was accomplished, and before he would
+permit himself to return to his family and friends.</p>
+
+<p>We have devoted much time and a close attention to the sketches which
+Mr. Catlin has brought back; and we are convinced that, severe as were
+the labours and privations to which he was subject, they were less
+than the value of this collection. Whoever will study the numerous and
+varied representations here given of savage life, and will reflect how
+complete a picture is presented of a most peculiar and unknown race,
+will be persuaded, we think, that no greater accession has been made
+to the sum of human knowledge and human entertainment, in this age and
+country, than is produced by this Museum. The philosophy of Indian
+character is revealed<a class="pagenum" id="Page_235" title="235"></a> with curious distinctness by one portion of
+the paintings, while another class presents the picturesque of that
+existence with singular spirit. Many striking suggestions for the
+history of civility, and many valuable metaphysical considerations, are
+prompted by a survey of these illustrations of the intelligence and
+the instincts of this people; and any man who would taste the poetry
+of this wild life, will find enough to satisfy him in the animated
+exhibitions of the hunt, the march, and the fight, which are here
+brought before his eyes. In Mr. Irving’s very graphic descriptions
+of the amusements of the prairie, there is nothing half so bold and
+stirring as the noble pictures which here bring the adventures of the
+buffalo-hunt before us, or the terrors of the fight with the grisly
+bear.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE PENNSYLVANIAN.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We alluded briefly a few days since
+to Catlin’s Indian Gallery, now open in the saloon at the Arcade,
+and we again call attention to it as one of the most gratifying
+exhibitions of the day, to all who feel the slightest interest in the
+aborigines of our country, or desire to become acquainted with the
+topographical features of the great western wild. This collection
+is the result of years of toil and privation, sustained by a rare
+and commendable enthusiasm. Mr. Catlin, who is an artist of much
+ability, and is likewise in other respects well fitted for the task
+which he voluntarily assumed, devoted himself to a study of the
+Indian character, and steadily followed out his great object for a
+considerable length of time. He has visited many of the tribes who yet
+roam in their native wildness, and he became as it were domesticated
+among them to study their habits and dispositions, encountering all
+the perils and privations which necessarily attend an enterprise of
+this nature. In the course of his rambles, he made paintings of every
+thing calculated to give a vivid impression to others of the persons,
+events, and scenes which fell under his notice, and the result is a
+magnificent collection of portraits and views of the most interesting
+character, made still more attractive by an immense variety of Indian
+dresses, arms, and utensils of many kinds, which, with the illustrative
+scenes, give a clear idea of aboriginal characteristics, and form a
+pleasing evidence of the results which can be achieved by the untiring
+perseverance of a single man. Mr. Catlin has in this way made a
+contribution to American history which must gain for him an enduring
+fame. It should form the nucleus of a national museum, that posterity
+may have some relics of a people doomed to speedy destruction, as much
+by their own inflexible nature as by the rolling tide of civilization.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="center bold">THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;We could scarcely recommend a more pleasing
+and instructive collection than this to the notice of the community.
+It is<a class="pagenum" id="Page_236" title="236"></a> what only a Catlin, with his enthusiasm and perseverance, could
+have accomplished. To him the study of nature is most appropriate in
+her great hall or cathedral:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poetry-container">
+ <div class="poetry">
+  <div class="line">“That vast cathedral, boundless as our wonder,</div>
+  <div class="line indent1">Whose quenchless lamps the sun and moon supply;</div>
+  <div class="line">Its choir the winds and waves; its organ thunder;</div>
+  <div class="line indent6">Its dome the sky.”</div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The boundless woods have been his home, and dwellers of the wilderness
+the sitters for his art. So far as Indian life is concerned, the reader
+will find a little of every thing in Catlin’s gallery; not of faces
+merely, but of grand western life and scene.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">THE WORLD.</p>
+
+<p><em>Catlin’s Indian Gallery.</em>&mdash;I visited this collection with expectations
+very highly excited by the strong and renewed expressions of admiration
+which it had received from the press in New York and Boston; but my
+anticipations had fallen below the reality in degree as much as they
+had differed from it in kind. I had supposed that it was merely an
+assemblage of the portraits of distinguished Indian chieftains, instead
+of being, as we find that it is, a very complete and curious tableau
+of the life and habits of the strange and interesting races which once
+inhabited the soil we now possess. Mr. Catlin’s advertisement does no
+justice to the character of his collection. He does not state himself.
+He is a person of lofty genius and disinterested ambition, and he has
+abhorred to tarnish the purity of his self-respect by even claiming his
+own.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Catlin spent eight years in the most intimate intercourse with the
+tribes which occupy the territory lying 2000 miles above St. Louis.
+His only purpose in visiting these remote and secluded nations was
+to transfer to his canvas faithful representations of those scenes
+of conduct which were most characteristic of that people, and those
+personal traits which would best transmit the memory of the savage
+to times which would no longer witness his existence. This design
+he fulfilled by copying on the spot pictures of the sports, fights,
+business, and religious ceremonies which passed before his sight; and
+the gallery which he now opens to the community, revives before the
+gaze of refinement, the whole condition and qualities of the wild
+and far-roaming occupants of the prairies and forests. An attentive
+examination of his museum has led us to the opinion that this is one
+of the most striking triumphs that the pencil has ever achieved; for
+while the brush of Lawrence preserves the likeness of an individual,
+that of Catlin has perpetuated the portraits of a nation. Let every
+American visit this exhibition; let every one who would be informed or
+entertained give it his protracted study. The more it is examined the
+more it will gratify.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage sansserif"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_237" title="237"></a>
+FRENCH PRESS.</p>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">CONSTITUTIONNEL du 22 Juin.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>Le musée Catlin est une des collections les plus curieuses qu’on ait
+vues à Paris, tant à cause du caractère naïf de la peinture, qu’à cause
+de l’originalité des sujets qu’elle représente.</p>
+
+<p>M. Catlin a donc rapporté de son voyage aux Montagnes Rocheuses quatre
+à cinq cents toiles, portraits ou paysages, tous peints d’après
+nature. Parmi ces portraits, il y a des figures d’une beauté, d’une
+élégance superbes. Il y a des profils, le croirait-on, qui rappellent
+le type grec ou l’Antinoüs. Bien plus, dans les scènes de danse ou
+de combat, dans les fêtes ou les assemblées de tribus, on remarque
+tres souvent des personnages dont la pose, l’attitude, le geste,
+ressemblent tout-à-fait à l’antique. Cela n’est pas, d’ailleurs, si
+surprenant pour qui veut réflechir au caractère de la beauté antique.
+Qu’est-ce donc qui distingue l’art grec entre tous les arts? n’est-ce
+pas la simplicité et le naturel? Les artistes grecs avaient le bonheur
+de trouver d’abord autour d’eux toutes les conditions premières de
+race, de climat, de civilisation, qui favorisent le développement
+de la beauté; et secondement, ils laissaient faire la nature et ne
+torturaient jamais le mouvement de leur modèle. Il n’y a dans toute la
+statuaire grecque que cinq ou six poses peut-être qui sont le type de
+tous les autres mouvemens. Les hommes rapprochés de la nature ne se
+tortillent pas comme les civilisés. Le calme est d’ordre naturel; et
+c’est là un des premiers élémens de la beauté antique qu’on retrouve
+dans la <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">beauté sauvage</em>.</p>
+
+<p>Les paysagistes pourraient bien aussi étudier avec profit la peinture
+facile et vraie de M. Catlin qui n’est pourtant initié à aucun des
+procédés scabreux de l’art civilisé. M. Catlin peint tranquillement du
+premier coup, en mettant un ton juste et franc à côté d’un autre, et il
+ne paraît pas qu’il revienne jamais ni par glacis ni par empâtement.
+Mais son sentiment est si vif et en quelque sorte si sincère, son
+exécution si naïve et si spontanée, que l’effet, vu juste, est rendu
+juste. Il a fait ainsi des ciels d’une transparence et d’une lumière
+bien difficile à obtenir, même pour les praticiens les plus habiles
+des lointains d’une finesse rare et bien balancés entre la terre et
+le ciel. En présence de cette nature toute nouvelle, de ces formes
+singulières du pays, de cette couleur du ciel et des arbres, si
+originale, un peintre de profession se serait bien tourmenté pour
+exprimer toutes ces belles choses, et il y aurait sans doute mis
+beaucoup trop de ses préjugés et de sa personnalité civilisée. Il est
+très heureux que M. Catlin ait été seulement assez peintre pour faire
+tout bonnement sur la toile ce qu’il voyait, sans parti pris d’avance
+et sans convention européenne. Nous avons ainsi des steppes dont nous
+ne nous faisions pas une image, des buffles prodigieux, des chasses
+fantastiques, et une foule d’aspects et de scènes plus intéressantes
+l’une que l’autre. Ici, c’est un marais vert tendre, entouré d’arbres
+sveltes et légers. Là, c’est la plaine infinie avec ses grandes herbes
+mouvantes comme les vagues d’une mer sans repos, et l’on aperçoit une
+course diabolique de quel<a class="pagenum" id="Page_238" title="238"></a>ques animaux dont on a peine à distinguer
+la forme et qui fendent l’immensité. C’est un buffle poursuivi par un
+cavalier penché sur la crinière de son cheval sauvage; mais au-dessus
+des herbes profondes, on ne voit que les épaules bossues du buffle
+et les oreilles dressées du cheval. Quel drame! Où vont-ils? où
+s’arrêteront-ils? Quelques autres tableaux présentent les aventures
+de la navigation et de la guerre, des chasses où les hommes, couverts
+de peaux de loup, s’avancent à quatre pattes pour surprendre les
+buffles, où les chevaux sauvages sont enveloppés de lacets perfides,
+des cérémonies religieuses où de volontaires martyrs se font pendre et
+torturer en l’honneur du Grand Esprit.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">LE CHARIVARI, Paris, 1845.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>Il y avait là une magnifique collection, un musée rare, que dis-je?
+unique et précieux, amassé à grands frais, à grand’ peine, par un
+artiste passionné et patient, par M. Catlin, voyageur aussi intrépide
+que peintre naïf et que sincère historien. Ce musée est à la fois une
+collection d’objets d’art et un recueil de notes scientifiques sur une
+classe d’hommes qui diminue de jour en jour devant les empiètemens de
+la civilisation, et qui dans cinquante ans aura complètement disparu du
+globe. C’est le portrait aussi fidèle que possible, le daguerréotype
+d’un monde qu’on ne retrouvera plus, et le gouvernement l’a laissé
+partir, l’a laissé perdre; il n’a pas même senti la nécessité de
+l’acquérir. Il n’a fait ni une offre ni un prix à l’artiste qu’il eût
+récompensé ainsi qu’il devait l’être de dix ans d’études et d’efforts.
+Tout le monde y aurait gagné: le peintre qui craint devoir éparpiller
+un jour le résultat de tant de peines et de travaux, eût été heureux
+de le voir conservé, concentré, consacré à jamais, en lieu sûr, à la
+science et à l’art.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">L’OBSERVATEUR, Oct. 9, 1845.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p><em>Le Musée-Indien de M. Catlin.</em>&mdash;Lorsque la civilisation recule partout
+les bornes de son horison et resserre dans un étroit espace les
+peuplades nomades et sauvages qui se refusent au joug de la domination
+européenne, ce n’est pas sans un certain intérêt qu’on visite le Musée
+Indien de M. Catlin. En voyant la collection du célèbre touriste,
+l’esprit se refuse à croire que ce soit là l’œuvre d’un seul homme.
+Et cependant, rien n’est plus vrai. Explorateur hardi, M. Catlin a
+passé huit années de sa vie à parcourir les Montagnes Rocheuses et
+les parties les plus reculées de l’Amérique septentrionale; artiste
+enthousiaste, il a bravé les dangers, supporté les fatigues et les
+privations de toutes sortes pour mener à bonne fin son audacieuse
+entreprise. Il a visité les Indiens dans leurs wig-wams; il les a
+suivis dans leurs chasses; il a étudié leurs mœurs, leurs coutumes,
+ne se laissant arrêter par aucun obstacle, tenant quelquefois son
+pinceau d’une main, tandis qu’il conduisait son canot de l’autre.
+Aussi, ne nous montrerons nous pas d’une<a class="pagenum" id="Page_239" title="239"></a> grande sévérité à l’égard de
+ses tableaux; ce n’est, pour la plupart, que des esquisses faites à
+grands traits et dont le mérite consiste dans la vérité des costumes
+et des sites et dans la ressemblance parfaite des portraits, ainsi
+que l’attestent les certificats les plus flatteurs délivrés au hardi
+voyageur, sur les lieux mêmes, par des personnes dont la véracité et la
+compétence ne sauraient être mises en doute.</p>
+
+<p>La collection que M. Catlin a rapportée de ses excursions est d’autant
+plus curieuse qu’elle est unique en son genre. Elle se compose de plus
+de cinq cents tableaux représentant des portraits, des paysages, et des
+scènes de mœurs qui sont comme une histoire descriptive de ces races
+primitives, que la guerre et la chasse déciment chaque jour, et qui
+disparaîtront sans doute bientôt de la surface du globe.</p>
+
+<p>Quant à M. Catlin, nous devrons à ses explorations et à sa collection
+de ne pas voir tomber dans l’oubli les mœurs, les costumes, et
+la physionomie de ces races, qui dans quelques siècles n’existeront
+peut-être plus qu’à l’état de souvenir.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">MONITEUR DE L’ARMÉE.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>M. Catlin, c’est le nom de cet artiste plein de résolution et de
+persévérance, a passé huit années au milieu des villages Indiens et sur
+la prairie; il a connu tous les chefs des tribus et les guerriers les
+plus renommés; il a assisté aux chasses dangereuses, aux jeux aminés
+et quelquefois sanglans des sauvages; il a observé leurs coutumes et
+leurs superstitions; il a recueilli leurs traditions orales, et tout
+ce qu’il a vu, sous les yeux des Indiens, ses hôtes, et souvent au
+péril de sa vie, il l’a représenté sur la toile, écrivant ainsi d’après
+nature toute l’histoire de populations que la guerre, et surtout les
+liqueurs fortes et la petite vérole, font décroitre d’année en année
+dans une progression si rapide, que l’on peut prévoir que d’ici à
+cinquante ans, la civilisation les pressant d’ailleurs et les refoulant
+vers les montagnes, il ne restera peut-être plus d’elles que de très
+petits groupes ou des individus isolés destinés à disparaître bientôt
+de la terre. Les peaux ronges ne pouvant laisser aucune trace durable
+de leur passage sur le globe,&mdash;car si quelques tribus out des cabanes
+de terre, aucune n’a élevé de monumens qui puissent témoigner de leur
+existence auprès des générations à venir&mdash;les résultats que M. Catlin a
+si heureusement obtenus dans une entreprise si hasardeuse ne sauraient
+être trop appréciés par les amis de la science, les ethnographes et les
+artistes.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">QUOTIDIENNE, Paris.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>M. Catlin est un peintre plein de conscience et de talent, et un
+voyageur aussi intrépide qu’intelligent, qui a passé huit ans de sa vie
+à explorer les tribus sauvages du nord de l’Amérique et les rives du
+Missouri. Les efforts et les travaux de cet Américain méritent qu’on
+les examine avec attention, et qu’on les recommande à l’appréciation
+des artistes et des savans.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_240" title="240"></a>
+GALIGNANI, 1845.</p>
+
+<p><em>The Catlin Museum.</em>&mdash;The utter strangeness of this remarkable
+exhibition&mdash;displaying, it may be said, a living <em lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">tableau</em> of the
+customs and habitudes of a race who, while the march of time has
+been effecting the most extraordinary changes in the great family
+of mankind, still remain in a primitive state of nature&mdash;at first
+misunderstood by the Parisian public, has now become an object of
+general and intense curiosity. Mr. Catlin’s collection of the arms
+and utensils of the various tribes, with their wigwams, the identical
+habitations which have ere now sheltered them from the tempest in the
+depths of some North American forest, they carry back the mind, as it
+were, to the infancy of the human species, “when wild in woods the
+noble savage ran.” The illusion, for it nearly amounts to that, is
+wonderfully aided by an examination of Catlin’s sketches, taken upon
+the spot, and often in the midst of the dangers he has depicted with
+spirited fidelity. These paintings, boldly and rapidly thrown off,
+are illustrative of every phase of savage existence. We have to thank
+Mr. Catlin for an insight into the lives and history of this most
+interesting race, which has all the charms of the wildest romance, but
+which books can never supply.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">GAZETTE DE FRANCE.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>Grace à M. Catlin, l’anéantissement de ces intéressantes peuplades
+n’est plus possible: leurs mœurs, leurs coutumes, leurs usages,
+seront sans doute de sa part l’objet d’un travail consciencieux et
+approfondi, en même temps que ces pinceaux conserveront les traits
+et la physionomie de ces Peaux Rouges, que déjà le célèbre romancier
+Américain nous avait fait connaître. Non content d’avoir transporté en
+Europe les armes, les costumes, les tentes, et tous les instrumens qui
+servent à l’usage des Indiens, et qui forment un singulier contraste
+avec notre civilisation, M. Catlin a voulu que des monumens plus
+durables conservassent le souvenir de ces sauvages de l’Amérique
+du Nord; il a dessiné lui-même les portraits des Indiens les plus
+remarquables, leurs danses, leur manière de fare la chasse, et leurs
+expéditions guerrières.</p>
+
+<p>On ne peut assez admirer comment un homme a pu tracer tant de figures
+et de paysages, pris sur les lieux mêmes, dans des courses souvent
+très longues et très fatigantes. C’est là un prodige de la science.
+Assis au milieu des sauvages, M. Catlin employait son temps à retracer
+sur la toile tout ce qu’il voyait. Aussi peut-on être assuré d’avoir
+sous les yeux la représentation exacte des costumes des sauvages
+du Nouveau-Monde. Si quelques-uns de ces portraits ne sont pas des
+œuvres d’art, du moins les savans leur doivent-ils l’histoire
+d’une tribu sauvage, détruite entièrement par les ravages de la
+petite-vérole. Sans M. Catlin, on ne saurait plus maintenant si elle a
+existé, et son pinceau l’a sauvée de l’oubli.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_241" title="241"></a>
+L’ILLUSTRATION.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>La présence à Paris des Indiens Y-o-Ways donne de l’àpropos au compte
+rendu suivant d’un voyage chez les Indiens de l’Amérique du Nord,
+voyage dû à M. Geo. Catlin, auquel un séjour de huit années parmi ces
+diverses peuplades a permis de s’initier d’une manière complète a
+leurs mœurs et à leurs habitudes. Dans un livre plein d’intérêt,
+de faits curieux, de révélations si extraordinaires qu’on croit rêver
+en les lisant, il a consigné les résultats de ses investigations et
+des observations qu’il a recueillies sur une race d’hommes qui va
+s’éteignant de jour en jour, et dont, sur l’affirmation de l’auteur,
+il ne restera plus vestiges d’ici à peu d’années. Au charme de
+ces récits, M. Geo. Catlin a ajouté des dessins d’une scrupuleuse
+exactitude, des portraits des principaux chefs de tribus, dans leurs
+riches costumes que nous aurons occasion de décrire, des paysages d’un
+effet saisissant, des esquisses de jeux, de chasses, de cérémonies
+religieuses, de combats, etc., etc. On peut donc dire que le livre
+de M. Catlin est écrit aussi bien pour les hommes sérieux que pour
+les grands enfants qui aiment tent les images, comme nous avouons les
+aimer, et qui s’amuseront de la bizarrerie des costumes de tous ces
+bons sauvages.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">REVUE DE PARIS.</p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p><em>Galerie Indienne de M. Catlin.</em>&mdash;La salle Valentino, transformée en
+une sorte de Musée Indien, au moyen des cinq à six cents peintures
+et esquisses, exécutées toutes, d’après nature, par M. Catlin, cet
+énergique et courageux voyageur, durant une pérégrination de huit
+années, à travers l’immense territoire qui s’étend des Montagnes
+Rocheuses aux derniers établissemens Américains ou Mexicains,&mdash;cette
+salle offrait déjà un spectacle fort intéressant. M. Catlin a visité,
+en bravant mille obstacles et souvent au péril de sa vie, quarante-huit
+des tribus qui résident dans la prairie, où elles vivent dans un état
+de guerre perpétuel. Installé sous le wigwam de l’Indien Corbeau ou
+du Mandan, dans la cabane du Chérokee ou de l’Ariccara, il a exécuté
+chacun des tableaux de cette immense collection ayant la nature
+sous les yeux; aussi les présente-t-il au public plutôt comme des
+<em lang="en" xml:lang="en">fac-similes</em> identiques de la vie Indienne que comme des œuvres
+d’art. Ces <em lang="en" xml:lang="en">fac-similes</em> sont on ne peut plus expressifs et curieux.</p>
+
+<p>La collection des peintures de M. Catlin se compose de trois cent dix
+portraits de chefs Indiens et de personnages de distinction, hommes ou
+femmes de différentes tribus, et de deux cents esquisses représentant
+les sites les plus remarquables des contrées qu’il a visitées, les
+danses et les cérémonies des peuplades qui les habitent, et des scènes
+de guerre et de chasse. C’est donc à la fois une représentation fidèle
+de la physionomie du pays et des mœurs et coutumes de ses habitans,
+représentation d’autant plus précieuse qu’elle a pour objet une race
+qui s’éteint (<em lang="en" xml:lang="en">dying people</em>), et qui s’éteint avec une rapidité qui
+tient du prodige.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_242" title="242"></a>
+MONITEUR INDUSTRIEL, Nov. 16, 1845.</p>
+
+<p>Parmi tous les voyageurs qui ont exploré l’Amérique du Nord, aucun
+ne s’est occupé des races Indiennes autant que M. Catlin. Presque
+seul dans un canot d’écorce, il a suivi tout le cours du Missouri, et
+pendant huit années il en a parcouru en tous sens l’immense bassin,
+s’en allant de tribu en tribu, comme autrefois Hérodote, le père
+de l’histoire, s’en allait de ville en ville, de région en région,
+s’enquérant des mœurs, des traditions et des idées des populations
+lointaines.</p>
+
+<p>M. Catlin est encore dans la force de l’âge, mais ses traits pâlis
+portent l’empreinte d’une vie déjà longuement et péniblement éprouvée.
+Son abord est froidement poli, son visage sévère et pensif, comme celui
+d’un homme qui a vu beaucoup de choses. Toute sa personne révèle une
+indomptable énergie. En public, il parle l’Anglais avec une remarquable
+puissance; il y a dans son accentuation quelque chose du magnifique
+enthousiasme d’un poète.</p>
+
+<p>Le grand ouvrage de M. Catlin est un beau monument élevé à la science;
+il faut espérer qu’on songera à en donner une traduction Française.
+Chemin fesant, M. Catlin a dessiné et peint une étrange collection de
+vues, de scènes naturelles, de portraits d’indigènes et de scènes de
+mœurs. Cette nombreuse collection de toiles doit nécessairement
+se sentir de la rapidité forcée du travail, et des circonstances
+difficiles d’exécution où s’est trouvé l’artiste dans un voyage à
+travers les déserts de l’Ouest. On demeure, au contraire, étonné que le
+courageux explorateur ait pu mettre dans de telles peintures autant de
+mouvement et de vérité. Ici, c’est un troupeau de bisons surpris par
+des chasseurs qui se traînent en rampant, couverts de peaux trompeuses;
+là, c’est un guerrier à cheval, poursuivant son ennemi dans une
+course, sans hyperbole, vraiment échevelée; plus loin, c’est une danse
+frénétique, excitation à la volupté ou au carnage; ou bien des scènes
+de tortures qui semblent copiées dans l’enfer.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage" lang="fr" xml:lang="fr"><span class="smcap">INDEPENDANCE, Brussels, Jan. 4, 1846.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">
+ <cite>Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the
+     North American Indians</cite>, by G. Catlin (<span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Lettres et Notes sur les
+     Mœurs, les Coutumes, et l’Etat Social des Indiens du Nord
+     de l’Amérique, par George Catlin</span>). <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">2 vol. ornés de plusieurs
+     centaines de planches.</span></p>
+
+<div lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">
+
+<p>Fils d’un homme de loi, élevé lui-même pour figurer au barreau, devenu
+enfin avocat, M. Catlin aimait trop le grand air et les voyages pour
+se laisser claquemurer dans l’antre de la chicane. Deux passions
+d’ailleurs se partageaient sa vie: la pêche et la peinture. Quand
+il n’était pas au bord d’une rivière, il était devant une toile, et
+vice-versâ. Il apprit la peinture sans maître, y devint habile après
+trois ou quatre ans d’études, et se demandait à quel but il dévouerait
+son existence, et l’esprit un peu enthousiaste qui l’animait,
+lorsqu’arrivèrent à Washington, des pays bien loin à l’Ouest,<a class="pagenum" id="Page_243" title="243"></a> une
+douzaine d’Indiens au port noble et majestueux, accoutrés de leurs
+vêtements bizarres, mais pittoresques, la tête ornée de leur casque,
+le bras chargé de leur bouclier, le corps ceint de la tunique de peau
+d’antilope, les épaules couvertes du manteau de buffle.</p>
+
+<p>Ces braves gens firent l’admiration des gamins et du beau monde de
+Washington et donnèrent beaucoup à réfléchir à notre peintre. Il se
+dit que les vêtements de la civilisation ne servaient pas seulement à
+voiler, mais à gâter la grâce et la beauté naturelles, que l’homme non
+garrotté dans les liens de l’art, devait offrir à l’artiste le plus
+magnifique modèle, et que l’histoire et les coutumes des peuplades
+sauvages étaient des sujets dignes d’occuper la vie d’un homme.</p>
+
+<p>Ces réflexions étaient à peine achevées que M. Catlin prit son parti.
+Il consulta bien pour la forme quelques amis qui essayèrent de le
+détourner de son projet; ils lui représentèrent les dangers auxquels
+il allait s’exposer, les fatigues inouïes qu’il aurait à supporter
+et bien d’autres arguments auxquels il fut insensible. M. Catlin fit
+ses paquets qui n’étaient pas lourds, et qui se composaient de toiles
+roulées, de brosses, de couleurs, de papier et de crayons; il mit
+sa carabine en bandouliere; et le bâton blanc à la main il partit
+pour l’Ouest en quête d’aventures, de Peaux-Rouges, de buffles et de
+prairies.</p>
+
+<p>Mais au train dont marchent les Yankees, il avait long à aller avant
+d’atteindre les vastes solitudes où sont encore disséminées les
+peuplades sauvages. La civilisation le poursuivait partout; là où
+il espérait voyager en canot, il était forcé de prendre le bateau à
+vapeur; là où il se croyait au milieu des sauvages, il se trouvait
+avec des compatriotes; l’Ouest, but de son voyage, semblait le fuir à
+mesure qu’il en approchait. Il maudissait les pionniers qui avec leur
+bêche et leur marteau ont implanté la civilisation dans les parties
+les plus reculées de l’Amérique, et il désespérait de rencontrer les
+Peaux-Rouges qui devenaient un mythe pour lui, lorsqu’il tomba au
+milieu d’un village Mandan. Sa joie fut un peu calmée en apercevant
+que la civilisation avait encore passé par là sous la forme d’un agent
+de la compagnie des fourrures du Missouri. Mais il restait assez de
+sauvagerie dans la localité pour le satisfaire provisoirement. Quand
+il eut bien vu et bien observé, quand il eut bien fumé le calumet de
+paix; bien vécu sur un quartier de buffle braisé, bien dormi sous le
+wigwam hospitalier, et “pourtraicté” le chef Mandan, revêtu de son
+grand costume de guerre, depuis les cornes de buffle dont il s’orne le
+front jusqu’à ses mocassins brodés de paille, y compris la longue bande
+de plumes d’aigle qui descend depuis le derrière de la tête jusqu’aux
+talons, M. Catlin reprit sa course vers les regions inconnues, en
+s’arrêtant en route chaque fois qu’un site ou quelques aventures ou des
+figures d’Indiens fournissaient des sujets à son pinceau.</p>
+
+<p>M. Catlin est resté huit ans en voyage; il a visité quarante-huit
+tribus dont la population totale s’élevaient à plusieurs centaines
+de mille individus. Il a rapporté chez lui 350 portraits à l’huile
+d’Indiens, 200 tableaux représentant des vues de leurs villages, leurs
+wigwams, leurs jeux, et leurs cérémonies religieuses, leurs danses,
+leurs chasses, des paysages admirables, et<a class="pagenum" id="Page_244" title="244"></a> enfin une nombreuse et
+très-curieuse collection de leurs costumes et vêtements, et d’autres
+objets de leur fabrique, depuis une de leurs maisons jusqu’à de petits
+riens qui leur servent de jouets.</p>
+
+<p>Toute cette collection avec les portraits et les tableaux figurent
+au Louvre où le Roi Louis-Philippe leur a fait donner une place. La
+galerie Indienne de l’Amérique du Nord, de M. Catlin, est bien connue
+et montre le résultat auquel peut arriver un homme entreprenant,
+patient et ferme qu’inspirent le goût de l’art et une certaine dose
+d’enthousiasme.</p>
+
+<p>C’est l’histoire de cet intéressant voyage que M. Catlin a écrite dans
+une série de lettres au nombre de 58, et accompagnées de 310 gravures
+au trait et de cartes géographiques. Ces lettres étaient écrites sur
+les lieux et envoyées par des Indiens jusqu’aux bureaus de postes
+placés par cette maudite civilisation jusqu’aux frontières les plus
+reculées de l’Ouest.</p>
+
+<p>Peu de livres ont plus d’intérêt que celui de M. Catlin. On lit cet
+ouvrage avec le plaisir que l’on prendrait à la lecture d’un bon roman,
+s’il y avait encore de bons romans pour servir de point de comparaison.
+On suit M. Catlin dans ses courses vagabondes, on aime avec lui ces
+Indiens qu’il a toujours trouvés francs et hospitaliers, généreux
+et dignes. Ces Indiens si méconnus ont, quoique sauvages, toutes
+les qualités qui distinguent l’épicier le plus civilisé de la rue
+Saint-Denis, caporal de la garde nationale; comme celui-ci, ils sont
+bons pères, bons époux, amis dévoués; la seule différence entr’eux,
+c’est qu’ils ne payent pas très-exactement leurs contributions par
+la raison qu’on ne leur en demande pas, et qu’ils ne montent pas
+assidument leur garde, par l’autre raison qu’on ne connaît pas les
+guérites dans ce pays.</p>
+
+<p>Une Odyssée de huit ans a fait apprécier à M. Catlin les mérites et les
+vertus des sauvages; et, après avoir lu son livre, j’ai fini par croire
+avec Jean-Jacques Rousseau que l’homme, tel que nous avons le malheur
+de le connaître, est un animal dépravé par la civilisation.</p>
+
+<p>Rien de plus touchant que l’apologie des Indiens faite par M. Catlin,
+dans sa neuvième lettre; partout où il peut mettre en saillie la
+noblesse de leur caractère, M. Catlin le fait avec bonheur; il se
+souvient du bon temps passé au milieu d’eux, des marques d’affection
+qu’ils lui out données, et il les venge du mépris que les civilisés
+déversent sur ces pauvres et braves gens, contents de leur sort, sans
+regret du passé, sans souci de l’avenir, sans autres lois que celles de
+l’honneur qui est tout puissant chez eux.</p>
+
+<p>Tous ceux qui ont lu les admirables romans de Cooper retrouvent dans
+l’ouvrage de M. Catlin les scènes, mais cette fois vraies, animées,
+vivantes, décrites avec tant de talent par le fécond romancier
+Américain. M. Catlin a décrit aussi l’embrâsement des prairies, et
+pouvait dire: <em lang="la" xml:lang="la">Quorum pars magna fui</em>; car il ne dut qu’à la vitesse de
+son “pony” Indien d’échapper à la flamme immense qui courait sur lui
+avec plus de rapidité qu’une locomotive lancée à fond de train. J’étais
+en sûreté, dit-il, que je tremblais encore. Une autre fois, plus de
+2000 buffles se jettent à l’eau pour atteindre le canot dans lequel
+il nageait, et c’est à grand’peine qu’il se sauve et que le canot ne
+chavire pas, soulevé par le dos d’un de ces animaux; une autre<a class="pagenum" id="Page_245" title="245"></a> fois
+encore, il se rencontre nez à nez avec une ourse grise accompagnée de
+ses deux petits, bête énorme de la taille d’un rhinocéros et qui vous
+dépèce un homme en un tour de main, à l’aide de ses ongles longs d’un
+décimètre et larges à la base de cinq centimètres pour finir par la
+pointe la plus aiguë.</p>
+
+<p>Un des plus agréables épisodes de ce voyage, c’est la rencontre que
+fait M. Catlin, dans un immense désert et au détour d’un bois, d’un
+trappeur Canadien qui sifflait entre ses lèvres un vaudeville Français
+du temps de Louis XIV. et se mit à entrer en conversation avec M.
+Catlin, moyennant un langage dans lequel le Français, l’Anglais et
+l’Indien entraient chacun pour un tiers. L’honnête Baptiste, descendant
+d’un de ces hommes que les racoleurs allaient <em>presser</em> sur le quai
+de la Ferraille pour en faire des colons <em>volontaires</em> destinés à
+peupler le Canada, devint le compagnon de voyage de M. Catlin, le
+Vendredi dévoué de ce nouveau Robinson de terre ferme, et n’est pas le
+personnage le moins intéressant de la relation.</p>
+
+<p>M. Catlin, indépendamment de son mérite d’écrivain et de dessinateur,
+aura celui d’avoir donné l’histoire la plus complète des mœurs de
+ces peuplades que la civilisation balaye devant elle et qu’elle tue
+avec de l’eau-de-vie et la variole. Ces peuplades, autrefois maîtresses
+du grand continent du nord de l’Amérique, s’éteignent rapidement;
+leur mémoire s’éteindrait même si de hardis voyageurs n’allaient pas
+recueillir parmi elles les renseignements qui peuvent la préserver
+de l’oubli. Au nombre de ces voyageurs il faut citer au premier rang
+l’honorable M. Catlin, qui a rectifié bien des idées erronnées et fait
+connaître bien des faits jusqu’ici ignorés.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h3><a class="pagenum" id="Page_246" title="246"></a>
+APPENDIX&mdash;(B).<br />
+
+                           MUSEUM OF HISTORY.</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><em>Established 1844.</em></p>
+
+
+<p>This institution is intended to illustrate the History of Man by means
+of popular Lectures, aided and enforced by scenery, maps, and national
+costumes, adding every scenic attraction to the higher views of
+instruction, and combining art, history, philology, and geography; the
+audience, as it were, being thus transported to the sites themselves.</p>
+
+<p>It is also in contemplation to add <em>gradually</em>, as funds shall
+accumulate&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+  <p>1. Models and coloured portraits of the races of man.</p>
+
+  <p>2. A gallery of architectural models.</p>
+
+  <p>3. A cabinet of coins and inscriptions.</p>
+
+  <p>4. Collection of views and drawings.</p>
+
+  <p>5. Collection of objects illustrative of the arts, sciences,
+     navigation, commerce, agriculture, amusements, and domestic
+     economy of ancient and modern nations.</p>
+
+  <p>6. Specimens of manufactures.</p>
+
+  <p>7. A library and reading-room, to contain the principal British
+     and foreign periodicals and newspapers, and without distinction of
+     party; as also the latest publications on subjects connected with
+     the objects of the institution.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>The transactions of the institution will be published.</p>
+
+<p>Illustrated lectures will be given on ancient and modern history, as
+also on New Zealand and Australia, embracing the modern settlements,
+and their capabilities for the colonist or emigrant.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst the illustrated lectures to be given will be the following:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+          On the Grecians.<br />
+          On the Byzantines.<br />
+          On the Modern Greeks.<br />
+          On the Egyptians.<br />
+          On the Arabians.<br />
+          On the Romans.<br />
+          On Russia and Siberia.<br />
+          On New Zealand.<br />
+          On Japan.<br />
+          On the Ruined Cities of America.
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_247" title="247"></a>
+With the aid of transparent maps (on a scale never before attempted)
+the spectator can follow the historian or traveller step by step, and
+with the advantages and beauties of scenery combined, is enabled to
+locate, classify, define, and retain the knowledge thus acquired.</p>
+
+<p>The scenery and machinery have been so constructed, that whilst one
+series is used in London, others may be speedily sent to Edinburgh and
+elsewhere, where branch societies will be formed.</p>
+
+<p>The management of the institution to be vested in a council elected by
+the subscribers, two of whom to retire annually, who may however be
+eligible for re-election.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Terms.</span></p>
+
+<p>For permanently reserved places at the lectures, five guineas per annum.</p>
+
+<p>Ordinary subscribers, two guineas per annum.</p>
+
+<p>Authors, artists, ladies, members of learned societies, and foreigners,
+one guinea per annum.</p>
+
+<p>Ambassadors, foreign ministers, consuls, and secretaries of learned
+societies <em>only</em> can become honorary members.</p>
+
+<p>Admission to the public, two shillings for reserved places at the
+lectures; one shilling for ordinary visitors.</p>
+
+<p>Subscribers to possess the right to be present at all lectures.</p>
+
+<p>Subscribers to meet annually.</p>
+
+<p>Trustees and auditors to be chosen by the subscribers.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p class="p2">All communications may be addressed to <span class="smcap">W.&nbsp;H. Shippard</span>, Esq.,
+Turnham Green.</p>
+
+<p>
+  <em>Museum of History,<br />
+      <span class="padleft5">28th April, 1845.</span></em></p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h2><a class="pagenum" id="Page_248" title="248"></a>
+<span class="smaller">A DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE</span><br />
+          <span class="x-small">OF</span><br />
+          CATLIN’S INDIAN COLLECTION;</h2>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smallest">CONTAINING</span><br />
+                 PORTRAITS, LANDSCAPES, COSTUMES, ETC.,<br />
+
+    <span class="smallest">AND</span><br />
+              REPRESENTATIONS OF THE MANNERS AND CUSTOMS<br />
+                     OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">COLLECTED AND PAINTED ENTIRELY BY MR. CATLIN,<br />
+ <span class="smaller">DURING EIGHT YEARS’ TRAVEL AMONGST FORTY-EIGHT TRIBES, MOSTLY SPEAKING
+                          DIFFERENT LANGUAGES.</span></p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="center"><em>Exhibited three years, with great success, in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+                              London.</em></p>
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<p>I wish to inform the visitors to my Collection that, having some
+years since become fully convinced of the rapid decline and certain
+extinction of the numerous tribes of the North American Indians;
+and seeing also the vast importance and value which a full <em>pictorial
+history</em> of these interesting but dying people might be to future
+ages&mdash;I sat out alone, unaided and unadvised, resolved (if my life
+should be spared), by the aid of my brush and my pen, to rescue
+from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and customs as the
+industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could accomplish,
+and set them up in a <em>Gallery unique and imperishable</em>, for the use
+and benefit of future ages.</p>
+
+<p>I devoted eight years of my life exclusively to the accomplishment
+of my design, and that with more than expected success.</p>
+
+<p>I visited with great difficulty, and some hazard to life, forty-eight
+tribes (residing within the United States, British, and
+Mexican Territories), containing about half a million of souls. I
+have seen them in their own villages, have carried my canvas and
+colours the whole way, and painted my portraits, &amp;c., from the life,
+as they now stand and are seen in the Gallery.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_249" title="249"></a>
+The collection contains (besides an immense number of costumes
+and other manufactures) near six hundred paintings, 350 of which
+are <em>Portraits</em> of distinguished men and women of the different
+tribes, and 250 <em>other Paintings</em>, descriptive of <em>Indian Countries</em>,
+their <em>Villages</em>, <em>Games</em>, and <em>Customs</em>; containing in all above 3000
+figures.</p>
+
+<p>As this immense collection has been gathered, and <em>every painting
+has been made from nature</em>, <span class="smcap">by my own hand</span>&mdash;and that too
+when I have been paddling my canoe, or leading my pack-horse
+over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of my life&mdash;the
+world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them, as they have been intended, as <em>true and fac-simile
+traces of individual life and historical facts</em>, and forgive me for
+their present unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">Geo. Catlin.</span></p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<h3>INDIAN PORTRAITS.</h3>
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">CERTIFICATES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I hereby certify that the persons whose signatures are affixed to the certificates
+used below, by Mr. Catlin, are officers in the service of the United States,
+as herein set forth: and that their opinions of the accuracy of the likenesses, and
+correctness of the views, &amp;c., exhibited by him in his “Indian Gallery,” are
+entitled to full credit,</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;E. Poinsett</span>, Secretary of War, Washington.</p>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>With regard to the gentlemen whose names are affixed to certificates
+below, I am fully warranted in saying, that no individuals have had
+better opportunities of acquiring a knowledge of the persons, habits,
+costumes, and sports of the Indian tribes, or possess stronger claims
+upon the public confidence in the statements they make respecting the
+correctness of delineations, &amp;c., of Mr. Catlin’s “Indian Gallery;” and
+I may add my own testimony, with regard to many of those Indians whom
+I have seen, and whose likenesses are in the collection, and sketched
+with fidelity and correctness.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">C.&nbsp;A. Harris</span>, Commissioner of Indian Affairs, Washington.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have seen Mr. Catlin’s collection of Portraits of Indians, many of
+which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence; and, as far
+as they have included Indians of my acquaintance, the <em>likenesses</em>
+are easily recognised, bearing the most striking resemblance to the
+originals, as well as faithful representations of their costumes.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">W. Clark</span>, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, St. Louis.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_250" title="250"></a>I have examined Mr. Catlin’s collection of the Upper Missouri Indians
+to the Rocky Mountains, all of which I am acquainted with, and indeed
+most of them were painted when I was present, and I do not hesitate to
+pronounce them correct likenesses, and readily to be recognised. And
+I consider the <em>costumes</em>, as painted by him, to be the <em>only correct
+representations</em> I have ever seen.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="padright10 smcap">John F.&nbsp;A. Sanford,</span><br />
+                 U. SS. Indian Agent for Mandans, Rickarees, Minatarees,<br />
+                <span class="padright5">Crows, Knisteneaux, Assinneboins, Blackfeet, &amp;c.</span></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Having examined Mr. Catlin’s collection of Portraits of Indians of the
+Missouri and Rocky Mountains, I have no hesitation in pronouncing them,
+so far as I am acquainted with the individuals, to be the best I have
+ever seen, both as regards the expression of countenance and the exact
+and complete manner in which the costume has been painted by him.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;L. BEAN</span>, S. Agent for Indian Affairs.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have been for many years past in familiar acquaintance with the
+Indian tribes of the Upper Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, and
+also with the landscape and other scenes represented in Mr. Catlin’s
+collection, and it gives me great pleasure to assure the world that, on
+looking them over, I found the likenesses of my old friends easily to
+be recognised, and his sketches of Manners and Customs to be portrayed
+with singular truth and correctness.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J. PILCHER</span>, Agent for Upper Missouri Indians.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>It gives me great pleasure in being enabled to add my name to the list
+of those who have spontaneously expressed their approbation of Mr.
+Catlin’s collection of Indian Paintings. His collection of materials
+places it in his power to throw much light on the Indian character;
+and his portraits, so far as I have seen them, are drawn with great
+fidelity as to character and likeness.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">H. SCHOOLCRAFT</span>, Indian Agent for Wisconsin Territory.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Having lived and dealt with the Black feet Indians for five years
+past, I was enabled to recognise <em>every one</em> of the portraits of those
+people, and of the Crows also, which Mr. Catlin has in his collection,
+from the faithful likenesses they bore to the originals.</p>
+
+<p><em>St. Louis</em>, 1835.</p>
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;E. BRAZEAU.</span></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>Having spent sixteen years in the continual acquaintance with the
+Indians of the several tribes of the Missouri represented in Mr.
+Catlin’s Gallery of Indian Paintings, I was enabled to judge of the
+correctness of the likenesses, and I <em>instantly recognised every one of
+them</em>, when I looked them over, from the striking resemblance they bore
+to the originals; so also of the landscapes on the Missouri.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">HONORE PICOTTE.</span></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>The portraits in the possession of Mr. Catlin of Pawnee Picts, Kioways,
+Camanches, Wecos, and Osages, were painted by him <em>from life</em>, when
+on a tour<a class="pagenum" id="Page_251" title="251"></a> to their country with the United States Dragoons. The
+<em>likenesses</em> are good, very easily to be recognised, and the <em>costumes</em>
+faithfully represented.</p>
+
+<div class="signature">
+ <div class="column-container">
+  <div class="column">
+    <span class="smcap">Henry Dodge</span>, Col. of Drag.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">R.&nbsp;H. Mason</span>, Major of ditto.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">D. Hunter</span>, Capt. of ditto.
+  </div>
+  <div class="column">
+    <span class="smcap">D. Perkins</span>, Capt. of Drag.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">M. Duncan</span>, ditto.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">T.&nbsp;B. Wheelock</span>, Lieut, ditto.
+  </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>We have seen Mr. Catlin’s Portraits of Indians east of the Rocky
+Mountains, many of which are familiar to us: the likenesses are easily
+recognised, bearing a strong resemblance to the originals, as well as a
+faithful representation of their costumes.</p>
+
+<div class="signature">
+ <div class="column-container">
+  <div class="column">
+    <span class="smcap">J. Dougherty</span>, Indian Agent.<br />
+    <span class="smcap">J. Gantt.</span>
+   </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p><em>November 27th, 1837.</em></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>We hereby certify that the portraits of the Grand Pawnees, Republican
+Pawnees, Pawnee Loups, Tappage Pawnees, Otoes, Omahaws, and Missouries,
+which are in Mr. Catlin’s Indian Gallery, were painted from life by
+Mr. George Catlin, and that the individuals sat to him in the costumes
+precisely in which they are painted.</p>
+
+<div class="signature">
+ <div class="column-container">
+  <div class="column">
+   <span class="smcap">J. Dougherty</span>, I.&nbsp;A. for Pawnees, Omahaws, and Otoes.<br />
+   <span class="smcap">J. Gantt.</span>
+  </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+<p><em>New York, 1837.</em></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have seen Mr. Catlin’s collection of Indian Portraits, many of which
+were familiar to me, and painted in my presence at their own villages.
+I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes and
+individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce them
+correct likenesses, and easily recognised; also his sketches of their
+<em>manners</em> and <em>customs</em>, I think, are excellent; and the <em>landscape
+views</em> on the Missouri and Mississippi are correct representations.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">K. M‘Kenzie</span>, of the Am. Fur Co., Mouth of Yellow Stone.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>We hereby certify that the portraits of Seminoles and Euchees, named in
+this catalogue, were painted by George Catlin, from the life, at Fort
+Moultrie; that the Indians sat or stood in the costumes precisely in
+which they are painted, and that the likenesses are remarkably good.</p>
+
+<div class="signature">
+ <div class="column-container">
+  <div class="column">
+   <span class="smcap">P. Morrison</span>, Capt. 4th Inft.<br />
+   <span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;S. Hathaway</span>, 2nd Lieut. 1st Art.<br />
+   <span class="smcap">H. Wharton</span>, 2nd Lieut. 6th Inft.<br />
+   <span class="smcap">F. Weedon</span>, Assistant-Surgeon.
+  </div>
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<p><em>Fort Moultrie, Jan. 26, 1838.</em></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>In addition to the above certificates, nearly every portrait has
+inseparably attached to its back an <em>individual</em> certificate, signed by
+Indian agents, officers of the army, or other persons, who were present
+when the picture was painted. The form of these certificates is as
+follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+         No. 131, BLACKFOOT, PE-TOH-PE-KISS (THE EAGLE-RIBS).</p>
+
+<p>I hereby certify that this portrait was painted from the life, at Fort
+Union, mouth of Yellow Stone, in the year 1832, by George Catlin, and
+that the Indian sat in the costume in which it is painted.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">John F.&nbsp;A. Sanford</span>, United States Indian Agent.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="signature">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_252" title="252"></a>
+<em>Légation des Etats Unis, Paris, Dec. 8, 1841.</em></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,</p>
+
+<p>No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable fidelity of
+your drawings and book which I have lately received. They are equally
+spirited and accurate&mdash;they are true to nature. Things that <em>are</em> are
+not sacrificed, as they too often are by the painter, to things as in
+his judgment they should be.</p>
+
+<p>During eighteen years of my life I was Superintendent of Indian Affairs
+in the north-western territory of the United States; and during more
+than five I was Secretary of War, to which department belongs the
+general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians thoroughly&mdash;I
+have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses, villages,
+and hunting-grounds&mdash;I have fought with them and against them&mdash;and I
+have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession with them.
+I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a good right
+to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings. Among them I
+recognise many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I am struck with
+the vivid representations of them and their customs, of their peculiar
+features, and of their costumes. Unfortunately they are receding before
+the advancing tide of our population, and are probably destined, at no
+distant day, wholly to disappear; but your collection will preserve
+them, as far as human art can do, and will form the most perfect
+monument of an extinguished race that the world has ever seen.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="smcap">Lewis Cass.</span></p>
+<p><em>To George Catlin.</em></p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="signature"><em>Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.</em></p>
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,</p>
+
+<p>I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures at the Waterloo
+Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian character, the
+display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian manners, true to
+the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I had so often witnessed
+in the parts of the Indian countries where I had been; and for twenty
+years’ peregrinations in those parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave
+River north, and from the shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky
+Mountains, to the mouth of the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean,
+west, I had opportunities of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition
+have afforded me great pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you
+all that success which you so eminently deserve for the rich treat
+which you have afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific
+metropolis.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+  <span class="padright10">I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,</span><br />
+                                 <span class="smcap">John Haldane</span>.</p>
+<p><em>To George Catlin, Esq.</em></p>
+
+</div>
+
+<p>The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson’s Bay
+Company, dated York Factory, Hudson’s Bay, 10th December, 1842:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+<p>“Should you happen to fall in with Catlin’s Letters on the North
+  American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin’s sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character.”</p>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage120"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_253" title="253"></a>
+CATLIN’S INDIAN COLLECTION</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<p class="titlepage">INDIAN PORTRAITS.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">SACS (SÁU-KIES).</p>
+
+<p class="hang">
+    A Tribe of Indians residing on the Upper Mississippi and Desmoines
+    rivers. Present number (in 1840) about 5000. The smallpox carried
+    off half their population a few years since; and a considerable
+    number were destroyed in the “Black Hawk War” in 1832-3. This tribe
+    shave the head, leaving only a small tuft of hair on the top, which
+    is called the “scalplock.”</p>
+
+<p>[The <em>acute accent</em> is used in the spelling of the Indian names merely
+to denote the emphasis.]</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>1. <em>Kee-o-kúk</em>, the Running Fox; present Chief of the Tribe.
+        Shield on his arm and staff of office (sceptre) in his hand;
+        necklace of grisly bear’s claws, over the skin of a white
+        wolf, on his neck.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man, during the Black Hawk War, kept two-thirds of the
+    warriors of the tribe neutral, and was therefore appointed chief by
+    General Scott, in treaty, with the consent of the nation.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>2. <em>Múk-a-tah-mish-o-káh-kaik</em>, the Black Hawk; in his war dress
+        and paint. Strings of wampum in his ears and on his neck, and
+        his <em>medicine-bag</em> (the skin of the black hawk) on his arm.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This is the man famed as the conductor of the Black Hawk War.
+    Painted at the close of the war, while he was a prisoner at
+    Jefferson Barracks, in 1832.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>3. <em>Náh-se-ús-kuk</em>, the Whirling Thunder; eldest son of Black
+        Hawk.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very handsome man. He distinguished himself in the Black Hawk War.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>4. <em>Wa-sáw-me-saw</em>, the Roaring Thunder; youngest son of Black
+        Hawk.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Painted while a prisoner of war.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>5. ( ), wife of Kee-o-kúk (No. 1); in a dress of civilized
+        manufacture, ornamented with silver brooches.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This woman is the eldest of seven wives whom I saw in his lodge,
+    and, being the mother of his favourite son, the most valued one. To
+    her alone would he allow the distinguished honour of being painted
+    and hung up with the chiefs.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_254" title="254"></a>
+<p>6. <em>Me-sóu-wahk</em>, the Deer’s Hair; the favourite son of
+        Kee-o-kúk, and by him designated to be his successor.</p>
+
+<p>7. <em>Wah-pe-kée-suck</em>, White Cloud, called the “Prophet;” one of
+        Black Hawk’s principal warriors and advisers.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Was a prisoner of war with Black Hawk, and travelled with him
+    through the Eastern States.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>8. <em>Náh-pope</em>, the Soup; another of Black Hawk’s principal
+        advisers; and travelled with him, when he was a prisoner of
+        war, to the Eastern cities.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+  <p>He desired to be painted with a white flag in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>9. <em>Ah-móu-a</em>, the Whale, one of Kee-o-kúk’s principal braves;
+        holding a handsome war-club in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>10. <em>Wa-quóth-e-qua</em>, the Buck’s Wife, or Female Deer; the wife
+        of Ah-móu-a.</p>
+
+<p>11. <em>Pash-ee-pa-hó</em>, the Little Stabbing Chief; holding his staff
+        of office in his hand, shield and pipe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very venerable old man, who has been for many years the first
+    civil chief of the Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>12. <em>I-o-wáy</em>, the Ioway; one of Black Hawk’s principal warriors;
+        his body curiously ornamented with his “war-paint.”
+
+ 13. <em>Pam-a-hó</em>, the Swimmer; one of Black Hawk’s warriors.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Very distinguished.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>14. <em>No-kúk-qua</em>, the Bear’s Fat.</p>
+
+<p>15. <em>Pash-ee-pa-hó</em>, the Little Stabbing Chief (the younger); one
+        of Black Hawk’s braves.</p>
+
+<p>16. <em>Wáh-pa-ko-lás-kuk</em>, the Bear’s Track.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">FOXES.</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">On the Desmoines River; present number (in 1840), 1500.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>17. <em>Aíh-no-wa</em>, the Fire; a doctor or <em>“medicine” man</em>; one half
+        of his body painted red, and the other yellow.</p>
+
+<p>18. <em>Wée-sheet</em>, the Sturgeon’s Head; one of Black Hawk’s
+        principal warriors; his body most singularly ornamented with
+        his <em>war-paint</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man held a spear in his hand, with which, he assured me, he
+    killed four white men during the war.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>19, 20, 21. Three in a group; names not known.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_255" title="255"></a>
+KON-ZAS.</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+A tribe of 1560 souls, residing on the Konza river, sixty or eighty
+miles west of the Missouri. Uncivilized remains of a powerful and warlike
+tribe. One-half died with the smallpox a few years since. This tribe
+shave the head like the Osages, Sacs, and Foxes.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>22. <em>Shó-me-kós-see</em>, the Wolf; one of the Chiefs; his head curiously
+ornamented, and numerous strings of wampum on his
+neck.</p>
+
+<p>23. <em>Jee-hé-o-hó-shah</em>, He who cannot be thrown down; a warrior.</p>
+
+<p>24. <em>Wá-hón-ga-shee</em>, No Fool; a very great fop.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<p>Used half the day in painting his face, preparing to sit for his picture.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>25. <em>Meach-o-shín-gaw</em>, Little White Bear; a spirited and distinguished
+brave, with a scalping-knife grasped in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>26. <em>O-rón-gás-see</em>, the Bear-catcher; a celebrated warrior.</p>
+
+<p>27. <em>Chésh-oo-hong-ha</em>, the Man of Good Sense; a handsome
+young warrior; style of his head-dress like the Grecian
+helmet.</p>
+
+<p>28. <em>Hón-je-a-pút-o</em>, a woman; wife of O-rón-gás-see.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">O-SÁGE, <span class="fakesc">OR</span> WA-SÁW-SEE.</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+    A tribe in their primitive state, inhabiting the head-waters of
+    the Arkansas and Neosho or Grand Rivers, 700 miles west of the
+    Mississippi. Present number of the tribe, 5200; residing in three
+    villages; wigwams built of barks and flags, or reeds. The Osages
+    are the tallest men on the continent, the most of them being over
+    six feet in stature, and many of them seven. This tribe shave the
+    head, leaving a small tuft on the top, called the “scalp-lock.”</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>29. <em>Cler-mónt</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; first Chief of the tribe; with his
+        war-club in his hand, and his leggins fringed with
+        scalp-locks taken from his enemies’ heads.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man is the son of an old and celebrated chief of that name,
+    who died a few years since.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>30. <em>Wáh-chee-te</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman and child; wife of Cler-mónt.</p>
+
+<p>31. <em>Tchong-tas-sáb-bee</em>, the Black Dog; second Chief of the
+        Osages; with his pipe in one hand and tomahawk in the other;
+        head shaved, and ornamented with a crest made of the deer’s
+        tail, coloured red.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This is the largest man in the Osage nation, and blind in his left
+    eye.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>32. <em>Tál-lee</em>,&mdash;&mdash;; an Osage warrior of distinction; with his
+        shield, bow, and quiver.</p>
+
+<p>33. <em>Wa-ho-béck-ee</em>,&mdash;&mdash;; a brave; said to be the hand<a class="pagenum" id="Page_256" title="256"></a>somest
+        man in the nation; with a profusion of wampum on
+        his neck, and a fan in his hand made of the eagle’s
+        tail.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+  <span class="multiline">
+    34. <em>Mun-ne-pús-kee</em>, He who is not afraid. <br />
+    35. <em>Ko-ha-túnk-a</em>, the Big Crow.<br />
+    36. <em>Nah-cóm-ee-shee</em>, Man of the Bed.</span>
+  <span class="multiline"><span class="xlarge">}</span> group.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+    Three distinguished young warriors, who desired to be painted on
+    one canvas.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>37. <em>Moi-eén-e-shee</em>, the Constant Walker.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>
+  <span class="multiline">
+     38. <em>Wa-másh-ee-sheek</em>, He who takes away.<br />
+     39. <em>Wa-chésh-uk</em>, War.<br />
+     40. <em>Mink-chésk</em>,&mdash;&mdash;.</span>
+  <span class="multiline"><span class="xlarge">}</span> group.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+    Three distinguished young men, full length.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>41. <em>Tcha-tó-ga</em>, Mad Buffalo; bow and quiver on his back.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man was tried and convicted for the murder of two white men,
+    under Mr. Adams’s administration, and was afterwards pardoned, but
+    is held in disgrace in his tribe since.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>42. <em>Wash-ím-pe-shee</em>, the Madman; a distinguished warrior; full
+        length.</p>
+
+<p>43. <em>Pa-hú-sha</em>, White Hair; the younger; with lance and quiver.
+        Chief of a band, and rival of Cler-mónt.</p>
+
+<p>44. <em>Shin-ga-wás-sa</em>, the Handsome Bird; a splendid-looking
+        fellow, six feet eight inches high; with war-club and quiver.</p>
+
+<p>45. <em>Cáh-he-ga-shín-ga</em>, the Little Chief; full-length, with bow
+        and quiver.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">CA-MÁN-CHEES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>One of the most powerful and hostile tribes in North America,
+    inhabiting the western parts of Texas and the Mexican provinces,
+    and the south-western part of the territory of the United States
+    near the Rocky Mountains; entirely wild and predatory in their
+    habits; the most expert and effective lancers and horsemen on the
+    continent. Numbering some 25,000 or 30,000; living in skin lodges
+    or wigwams; well mounted on wild horses; continually at war with
+    the Mexicans, Texians, and Indian tribes of the north-west.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>46. <em>Eé-shah-kó-nee</em>, the Bow and Quiver; first Chief of the
+        tribe. Boar’s tusk on his breast, and rich shells in his ears.</p>
+
+<p>47. <em>Ta-wáh-que-nah</em>, the Mountain of Rocks; second Chief of the
+        tribe, and largest man in the nation.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man received the United States Regiment of Dragoons with great
+    kindness at his village, which was beautifully situated at the base
+    of a huge spur of the Rocky Mountains: he has decidedly African
+    features, and a beard of two inches in length on his chin.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>48. <em>Ish-a-ró-yeh</em>, He who carries a Wolf; a distinguished
+        brave;<a class="pagenum" id="Page_257" title="257"></a> so called from the circumstance of his carrying a
+        <em>medicine-bag</em> made of the skin of a wolf: he holds a whip in
+        his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man piloted the dragoons to the Camanchee village, and
+    received a handsome rifle from Colonel Dodge for so doing.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>49. <em>Kots-o-kó-ro-kó</em>, the Hair of the Bull’s Neck; third grade
+        Chief; shield on his arm and gun in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>50. <em>Is-sa-wáh-tám-ah</em>, the Wolf tied with Hair; a Chief, third
+        rate: pipe in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>51. <em>His-oo-sán-chees</em>, the Little Spaniard; a brave of the
+        highest order in his tribe; armed as a warrior, with shield,
+        bow and quiver, lance fourteen feet long, and war-knife.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This was the first of the Camanchees who daringly left his own
+    war-party and came to the regiment of dragoons, and spoke with
+    our interpreter, inviting us to go to their village. A man of
+    low stature, but of the most remarkable strength and daring
+    courage.&mdash;See him approaching the dragoons on horseback, No. 489.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>52. <em>Háh-nee</em>, the Beaver; a warrior of terrible aspect.</p>
+
+<p>53-54. Two Camanchee Girls (sisters), showing the wigwam of the
+        Chief, his dogs, and his five children.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">PAW-NEE PÍCTS (T́OW-EE-AHGE).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A wild and hostile tribe, numbering about 6000, adjoining the
+    Camanchees on the north. This tribe and the Camanchees are in
+    league with each other, joining in war and in the chase.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>55. <em>Wee-tá-ra-shá-ro</em>,&mdash;&mdash;; head Chief; an old and very
+        venerable man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man embraced Colonel Dodge, and others of the dragoon officers
+    in council, in his village, and otherwise treated them with great
+    kindness, theirs being the first visit ever made to them by white
+    people.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>56. <em>Sky-se-ró-ka</em>,&mdash;&mdash;; second Chief of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A fine-looking and remarkably shrewd and intelligent man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>57. <em>Kid-á-day</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave of distinction.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="group">
+ <span class="multiline">
+  58. <em>Káh-kée-tsee</em>, the Thighs.<br />
+  59. <em>Shé-de-ah</em>, Wild Sage.</span>
+  <span class="multiline"><span class="large">}</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Both of these women were prisoners amongst the Osages; they were
+    purchased by the Indian Commissioner, and sent home to the nation
+    by the dragoons.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>60. <i>A[h´]-sho-cole</i>, Rotten Foot; a noted warrior.</p>
+
+<p>61. <i>A[h´]-re-ka[h´]-na-có-chee</i>, the Mad Elk; a great warrior.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">KÍ-O-WA.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Also a wild and predatory tribe of 5000 or 6000, living on the west
+    of the Pawnee Picts and Camanchees, and also in alliance with those
+    war<a class="pagenum" id="Page_258" title="258"></a>like and powerful tribes. They inhabit the base of, and extend
+    their wars and hunts through a great extent of the Rocky Mountains:
+    and, like the Camanchees, are expert and wonderful horsemen.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>62. <em>Téh-tóot-sah</em>, &mdash;&mdash;, first Chief.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man treated the dragoons with great kindness in his country,
+    and came in with us to Fort Gibson; his hair was very long,
+    extending down as low as his knees, and put up in clubs, and
+    ornamented with silver brooches.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>63. <em>Kotz-a-tó-ah</em>, the Smoked Shield; a distinguished warrior;
+        full-length.</p>
+
+<p>64. <em>Bón-són-gee</em>, New Fire; Chief of a band; boar’s tusk and
+        war-whistle on his breast.</p>
+
+<p>65. <em>Quáy-hám-kay</em>, the Stone Shell; a brave, and a good specimen
+        of the wild untutored savage.</p>
+
+<p>66. <em>Túnk-aht-óh-ye</em> the Thunderer (boy).</p>
+
+<p>67. <em>Wun-pán-to-mee</em>, the White Weasel (girl).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This boy and girl, who had been for several years prisoners amongst
+    the Osages, were purchased by the Indian Commissioner; the girl was
+    sent home to her nation by the dragoons, and the boy was killed by
+    a ram the day before we started. They were brother and sister.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">WÉE-CO.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe, living near to, and under the protection of, the
+    Pawnee Picts, speaking an unknown language; probably the remnant of
+    a tribe conquered and enslaved by the Pawnee Picts.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>68. <em>U’sh-ee-kitz</em>, He who fights with a Feather. Chief of the
+        tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man came into Fort Gibson with the dragoons; he was famous for
+    a custom he observed after all his speeches, of <em>embracing</em> the
+    officers and chiefs in council.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">SIÓUX (DAH-CÓ-TA).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This is one of the most numerous and powerful tribes at present
+    existing on the continent, numbering, undoubtedly, some 40,000,
+    occupying a vast tract of country on the upper waters of the
+    Mississippi and Missouri rivers, and extending quite to the base of
+    the Rocky Mountains. They live in skin lodges, and move them about
+    the prairies, without any permanent residence. This tribe lost
+    about 8000 by smallpox a few years since.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>69. <em>Ha-wón-je-tah</em>, the One Horn; first Chief of the tribe;
+        <em>Mee-ne-cow-e-gee</em> band, Upper Missouri; hair tied on his
+        head in form of a turban, and filled with glue and red earth,
+        or vermilion.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The Sioux have forty-one bands; every band has a chief, and this
+    man was head of all: he has been recently killed by a buffalo-bull.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_259" title="259"></a>
+<p>70. <em>Wá-nah-de-túnk-ah</em>, the Big Eagle, or Black Dog;
+        at the Falls of St. Anthony. Chief of the
+        <em>O-hah-has-ka-toh-y-an-te</em>, or <em>Long Avenue</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>71. <em>Tchán-dee</em>, Tobacco; second Chief of the nation, of the
+        <em>O-gla-la</em> band, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>72. <em>Wán-ee-ton</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; Chief of the <em>Sus-se-ton</em> band, Upper
+        Missouri; full-length, in a splendid dress; head-dress of
+        war-eagle’s quills and ermine, and painted robe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>One of the most noted and dignified, as well as graceful chiefs of
+    the Sioux tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>73. <em>Tóh-to-wah-kón-da-pee</em>, the Blue Medicine; a noted
+        “medicine-man,” or doctor, at the St. Peter’s, of the
+        <em>Ting-ta-to-ah</em> band; with his <em>medicine</em> or mystery drum and
+        rattle in his hands, his looking-glass on his breast, his
+        rattle of antelope’s hoofs, and drum of deer-skins.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These “<em>medicine-men</em>” are conjurers as well as physicians,
+    paying their dernier visits to the sick, with their <em>mysteries</em>,
+    endeavouring and pretending to cure by a charm.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+ <p>74. <em>Ah-nó-je-nahge</em>, He who stands on both Sides; and</p>
+
+ <p>75. <em>We-chúsh-ta-dóo-ta</em>, the Red Man; the two most distinguished
+     ball-players of the Sioux tribe, in their ball-play dress, with
+     their ball-sticks in their hands.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>In this beautiful and favourite game, each player is adorned with
+    an embroidered belt, and a tail of beautiful quills or horse-hair;
+    the arms, legs, and feet are always naked, and curiously painted.
+    (See two paintings of ball-plays, and further description of the
+    game, under <em>Amusements</em>, Nos. 428, 429, 430, and the ball-sticks
+    among the manufactures.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>76. <em>Ka-pés-ka-da</em>, the Shell; a brave of the <em>O-gla-la</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>77. <em>Táh-zee-keh-dá-cha</em>, the Torn Belly; a very distinguished
+        brave of the <em>Yank-ton</em> band, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>78. <em>Wúk-mi-ser</em>, Corn; a warrior of distinction, of the
+        <em>Ne-caw-ee-gee</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>79. <em>Chá-tee-wah-née-che</em>, No Heart; a very noted Indian. Chief
+        of the <em>Wah-ne-watch-to-nee-nah</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>80. <em>Ee-áh-sá-pa</em>, the Black Rock; Chief of the <em>Nee-caw-wee-gee</em>
+        band; a very dignified chief, in a beautiful dress, full
+        length, head-dress of eagles’ quills and ermine, and horns
+        of the buffalo; lance in his hand, and battles of his life
+        emblazoned on his robe.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_260" title="260"></a>
+<p>81. <em>Wi-lóoh-tah-eeh-tcháh-ta-máh-nee</em>, the Red Thing that
+        touches in Marching; a young girl; and the daughter of <em>Black
+        Rock</em> (No. 80), by her side&mdash;her dress of deer-skin, and
+        ornamented with brass buttons and beads.</p>
+
+<p>82. <em>Toh-kí-e-to</em>, the Stone with Horns. Chief of the Yank-ton
+        band, and principal orator of the nation; his body curiously
+        tattooed.</p>
+
+<p>83. <em>Mah-tó-rah-rísh-nee-eéh-ée-rah</em>, the Grisly Bear that runs
+        without Regard; a brave of the <em>Onc-pah-pa</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>84. <em>Mah-tó-che-ga</em>, the Little Bear; a distinguished brave.</p>
+
+<p>85. <em>Shón-ka</em>, the Dog; Chief of the <em>Bad Arrow Points</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>86. <em>Táh-téck-a-da-háir</em>, the Steep Wind; a Brave of the
+        <em>Ca-za-zhee-ta</em> (or Bad Arrow Points) band.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These three distinguished men were all killed in a private quarrel
+    (while I was in the country), occasioned by my painting only <em>one
+    half</em> of the face of the first (No. 84); ridicule followed, and
+    resort to fire-arms, in which that side of the face which I had
+    left out was blown off in a few moments after I had finished the
+    portrait; and sudden and violent revenge for the offence soon laid
+    the other two in the dust, and imminently endangered my own life.
+    (For a full account of this strange transaction, see Catlin’s
+    ‘Letters and Notes on North American Indians.’)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>87. <em>Heh-háh-ra-pah</em>, the Elk’s Head; Chief of the
+        <em>Ee-ta-sip-shov</em> band, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>88. <em>Máh-to-een-náh-pa</em>, the White Bear that goes out; Chief of
+        the <em>Black Foot Sioux</em> band.</p>
+
+<p>89. <em>Tchón-su-móns-ka</em>, the Sand Bar; woman of the <em>Te-ton</em> band,
+        with a beautiful head of hair; her dress almost literally
+        covered with brass buttons, which are highly valued by the
+        women, to adorn their dresses.</p>
+
+<p>90. <em>Wá-be-shaw</em>, the Leaf; Upper Mississippi, Chief of a band,
+        blind in one eye; a very distinguished man, since dead.</p>
+
+<p>91. <em>Shón-ga-tón-ga-chésh-en-day</em>, the Horse-dung; Chief of a
+        band; a great conjurer and magician.</p>
+
+<p>92. <em>Tah-tón-ga-mó-nee</em>, the Walking Buffalo; Red Wing’s son.</p>
+
+<p>93. <em>Múz-za</em>, the Iron; St. Peters; a brave of distinction, and a
+        very handsome fellow.</p>
+
+<p>94. <em>Te-o-kún-ko</em>, the Swift.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>An ill-visaged and ill-natured fellow, though reputed a desperate
+    warrior.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><a class="pagenum" id="Page_261" title="261"></a>
+PÚN-CAH.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe residing on the west bank of the Missouri River, 900
+    in number, reduced one-half by the smallpox in 1824-5.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>95. <em>Shoo-de-gá-cha</em>, the Smoke; Chief of the Tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very philosophical and dignified man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>96. <em>Hee-láh-dee</em>, the Pure Fountain; wife of Shoo-de-gá-cha (No.
+        95).</p>
+
+<p>97. <em>Hongs-káy-dee</em>, the Great Chief; son of the Chief.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This young fellow, about 18 years of age, glowing red with
+    vermilion, signalised himself by marrying <em>four wives in one day</em>,
+    whilst I was in his village! He took them all at once to his
+    wigwam, where I saw them, and painted one of them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>98. <em>Mong-shóng-sha</em>, the Bending Willow; one of the four wives
+        of Hongs-káy-dee (No. 97), about 13 years old, and wrapped in
+        a buffalo robe, prettily garnished.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">PÁW-NEES,&mdash;<span class="smcap">of the Platte.</span></p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A wild and very warlike tribe of 12,000, occupying the country
+    watered by the river Platte, from the Missouri to the Rocky
+    Mountains. This once very powerful tribe lost one-half of their
+    numbers by the small-pox in 1823: they are entirely distinct from
+    the Pawnee Picts, both in language and customs, and live 1000 miles
+    from them. This tribe shave the head like the Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">First Band.&mdash;Grand Páwnees.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>99. <em>Shón-ka-ki-he-ga</em>, the Horse Chief; head Chief of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This chief, and a number of his braves, visited Washington in 1837.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>100. <em>La-dóo-ke-a</em>, the Buffalo Bull; his <em>medicine</em> or <em>totem</em>
+        (the head of a buffalo bull) painted on his face and breast,
+        his bow and arrow in his hands.</p>
+
+<p>101. <em>Ah-sháw-wah-róoks-te</em>, the Medicine Horse; a brave, or
+        soldier.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Second Band.&mdash;Tap-páhge Páwnees.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>102. <em>La-kée-too-wi-rá-sha</em>, the Little Chief; a great warrior.</p>
+
+<p>103. <em>Loo-rá-wée-re-coo</em>, the Bird that goes to War.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Third Band.&mdash;Republican Páwnees.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>104. <i>A´h-sha-la-cóots-ah</i>, the Mole in the Forehead; Chief of his
+        band; a very distinguished warrior.</p>
+
+<p>105. <em>Lá-shah-le-stáw-hix</em>, the Man Chief.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_262" title="262"></a>
+
+<p>106. <em>La-wée-re-coo-re-shaw-wee</em>, the War Chief.</p>
+
+<p>107. <i>Te-ah´-ke-ra-lée-re-coo</i>, the Chayenne; a fine-looking
+        fellow, with a pipe in one hand and his whip in the other.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"><span class="smcap">Fourth Band.&mdash;Wolf Páwnees.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>108. <em>Le-sháw-loo-láh-le-hoo</em>, the Big Elk; Chief of the band.</p>
+
+<p>109. <em>Lo-lóch-to-hóo-lah</em>, the Big Chief; a very celebrated man.</p>
+
+<p>110. <em>La-wáh-he-coots-la-sháw-no</em>, the Brave Chief; impressions of
+        hands painted on his breast.</p>
+
+<p>111. <i>L'har-e-tar-rúshe</i>, the Ill-natured Man; a great warrior.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">O-MÁ-HAS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The remains of a numerous tribe, nearly destroyed by the small-pox
+    in 1823, now living under the protection of the Pawnees: their
+    numbers, about 1500.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>112. <em>Man-sha-qúi-ta</em>, the Little Soldier; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>113. <em>Ki-hó-ga-waw-shú-shee</em>, the Brave Chief; Chief of the tribe.</p>
+
+<p>114. <em>Om-pah-tón-ga</em>, the Big Elk; a famous warrior, his tomahawk
+        in his hand, and face painted black, for war.</p>
+
+<p>115. <em>Sháw-da-mon-nee</em>, There he goes; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>116. <em>Nóm-ba-mon-nee</em>, the Double Walker; a brave.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">OTE-TOES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These are also the remains of a large tribe, two-thirds of which
+    were destroyed by small-pox in 1823: they are neighbours and
+    friends of the Pawnees, numbering about 600.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>117. <em>Wah-ro-née-sah</em>, the Surrounder; Chief of the tribe, quite
+        an old man; his shirt made of the skin of a grisly bear, with
+        the claws on.</p>
+
+<p>118. <em>Nón-je-ning-a</em>, No Heart; a distinguished brave.</p>
+
+<p>119. <em>No-wáy-ke-súg-gah</em>, He who Strikes Two at Once. Sketch quite
+        unfinished; beautiful dress, trimmed with a profusion of
+        scalp-locks and eagles’ quills; pipe in his hand, and
+        necklace of grisly bears’ claws.</p>
+
+<p>120. <em>Ráw-no-way-wóh-krah</em>, the Loose Pipe-stem; a brave (full
+        length); eagle head-dress, shirt of grisly bear’s skin.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_263" title="263"></a>
+121. <em>Wée-ke-rú-law</em>, He who Exchanges; beautiful pipe in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">MIS-SÓU-RIES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Once a very numerous and powerful nation, occupying the States of
+    Illinois and Indiana. Reduced in wars with Sacs and Foxes, and
+    lastly by the small-pox in 1823; now merged into the Pawnee tribe.
+    Numbers at present, 400; twenty years ago, 18,000.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>122. <em>Háw-che-he-súg-ga</em>, He who kills the Osages; Chief of the
+        tribe; an old man, necklace of grisly bears’ claws, and a
+        handsome carved pipe in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">RÍC-CA-EEES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small but very hostile tribe of 2500, on the west bank of the
+    Missouri, 1600 miles above its junction with the Mississippi;
+    living in one village of earth-covered lodges.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>123. <em>Stán-au-pat</em>, the Bloody Hand; Chief of the tribe. His face
+        painted red with vermilion, scalping-knife in his hand;
+        wearing a beautiful dress.</p>
+
+<p>124. <em>Kah-béck-a</em>, the Twin; wife of the Chief (No. 123).</p>
+
+<p>125. <em>Pshán-shaw</em>, the Sweet-scented Grass; a girl of twelve years
+        old, daughter of the Chief (No. 123), full length, in a
+        beautiful dress of the mountain-sheep skin, neatly garnished,
+        and robe of the young buffalo.</p>
+
+<p>126. <em>Páh-too-cá-ra</em>, He who Strikes; a distinguished brave.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">MAN-DANS,</p>
+<p><span class="smcap">(See-póhs-ka-nu-máh-ká-kee,) People of the Pheasants.</span></p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe of 2000 souls, living in two permanent villages on
+    the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi.
+    Earth-covered lodges; villages fortified by strong piquets,
+    eighteen feet high, and a ditch. [<em>This friendly and interesting
+    tribe all perished by the small-pox and suicide in 1837 (three
+    years after I lived amongst them), excepting about forty, who have
+    since been destroyed by their enemy, rendering the tribe entirely
+    extinct, and their language lost, in the short space of a few
+    months!</em> The disease was carried amongst them by the traders, which
+    destroyed in six months, of different tribes, 25,000!]</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>127. <em>Ha-na-tá-nu-maúk</em>, the Wolf Chief; head of the tribe, in
+        a splendid dress, head-dress of raven-quills, and two
+        <em>calumets</em> or pipes of peace in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>128. <em>Máh-to-toh-pa</em>, the Four Bears; second Chief, but the
+        favourite and popular man of the nation; costume splendid,
+        head-dress of war-eagles’ quills and ermine, extending quite
+        to the ground, surmounted by the horns of the buffalo and
+        skin of the magpie.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_264" title="264"></a>
+129. <em>Mah-tó-he-ha</em>, the Old Bear; a very distinguished brave; but
+        here represented in the character of a <em>Medicine Man</em> or
+        Doctor, with his <em>medicine</em> or <em>mystery</em> pipes in his hands,
+        and foxes’ tails tied to his heels, prepared to make his last
+        visit to his patient, to cure him, if possible, by <em>hocus
+        pocus</em> and magic.</p>
+
+<p>130. <em>Mah-táhp-ta-a</em>, He who rushes through the Middle; a brave,
+        son of the former Chief, called “the Four Men.” Necklace of
+        bears’ claws.</p>
+
+<p>131. <em>Máh-to-tóh-pa</em>, the Four Bears; in <em>undress</em>, being in
+        mourning, with a few locks of his hair cut off. His hair put
+        up in plaits or slabs, with glue and red paint, a custom of
+        the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+<p class="quote2">
+    The scars on his breast, arms, and legs, show that he has
+    several times in his life submitted to the propitiatory tortures
+    represented in four paintings, Nos. 505, 506, 507, 508.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>132. <em>Seehk-hée-da</em>, the Mouse-coloured Feather, or “<em>White
+        Eyebrows</em>;” a very noted brave, with a beautiful pipe in his
+        hand; his hair quite yellow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<p>This man was killed by the Sioux, and scalped, two years after I
+    painted his portrait: his scalp lies on the table, No. 10.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>133. <em>Mi-néek-ee-súnk-te-ka</em>, the Mink; a beautiful Mandan
+        girl, in mountain-sheep skin dress, ornamented with
+        porcupine-quills, beads, and elk’s teeth.</p>
+
+<p>134. <em>Sha-kó-ka</em>, Mint.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="quote2">
+    A very pretty and modest girl, twelve years of age, with <em>grey
+    hair! peculiar to the Mandans</em>. This unaccountable peculiarity
+    belongs to the Mandans alone, and about one in twelve, of both
+    sexes and of all ages, have the hair of a bright silvery grey, and
+    exceedingly coarse and harsh, somewhat like a horse’s mane.
+</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>135. <i>[U']n-ka-hah-hón-shee-kow</i>, the Long Finger-nails; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>136. <i>Máh-ta[h']p-ta-hah</i>, the One who rushes through the Middle.</p>
+
+<p>137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142. <em>San-ja-ka-kó-koh</em>, the Deceiving
+        Wolf; and five others, in a group; names not preserved.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">SHI-ENNE.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small but very valiant tribe of 3000, neighbours of the Sioux, on
+    the west, between the Black Hills and the Rocky Mountains: a very
+    tall race of men, second in stature to the Osages.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>143. <em>Né-hee-ó-ee-wóo-tis</em>, the Wolf on the Hill; Chief of the<a class="pagenum" id="Page_265" title="265"></a>
+        tribe; a noble and fine-looking fellow: this man has been
+        known to own 100 horses at one time.</p>
+
+<p>144. <em>Tis-se-wóo-na-tís</em>, She who bathes her Knees; Wife of the
+        Chief (No. 143); her hair in braid.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">FLAT HEADS, or NEZ PERCÉS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>On the head-waters of the Columbia, west of the Rocky Mountains.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>145. <i>Hee-oh'ks-te-kin</i>, the Rabbit’s Skin Leggins; a brave, in a
+        very beautiful dress.</p>
+
+<p>146. <i>H'co-a-h'co-a-h'cotes-min</i>, No Horns on his Head; a brave, a
+        very handsome man, in a beautiful dress.</p>
+
+<p>147. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;) Woman and Child; showing the manner in which the heads of
+        the children are flattened.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">CHIN-OOK.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>On the lower parts of the Columbia, near the Pacific Ocean.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>148. <i>Hee-doh'ge-ats</i>, &mdash;&mdash;; a young man, eighteen years of age.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">BLACK FEET.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very warlike and hostile tribe of 50,000, including the <em>Peagans
+    Cotonnés</em> and <em>Gros-ventres de Prairies</em>, occupying the head-waters
+    of the Missouri, extending a great way into the British territory
+    on the north, and into the Rocky Mountains on the west. Rather low
+    in stature, broad chested, square shouldered, richly clad, and well
+    armed, living in skin lodges. 12,000 of them destroyed by smallpox
+    within the year 1838!</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>149. <em>Stu-mick-o-súcks</em>, the Buffalo’s Black Fat; Chief of the
+        tribe, in a splendid costume, richly garnished with
+        porcupine-quills, and fringed with scalp-locks.</p>
+
+<p>150. <em>Eeh-nís-kim</em>, the Crystal Stone; wife of the Chief (No. 149).</p>
+
+<p>151. <em>In-ne-ó-cose</em>, the Buffalo’s Child; a warrior, full-length,
+        with <em>medicine-bag</em> of otter-skin.</p>
+
+<p>152. <em>Peh-tó-pe-kiss</em>, the Eagle’s Ribs; Chief of the “<em>Blood
+        Band</em>,” full-length, in splendid dress; head-dress of horns
+        of the buffalo and ermines’ tails; lance in his hand and two
+        <em>medicine-bags</em>.</p>
+
+<p>153. <em>Mix-ke-móte-skin-na</em>, the Iron Horn; warrior, in a splendid
+        dress.</p>
+
+<p>154. <em>Pek-no-máh-kan</em>, He who runs down the Hill.</p>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_266" title="266"></a>
+155. <i>Ah'-kay-ee-píx-en</i>, the Woman who Strikes Many; full-length;
+        dress of mountain-sheep skin.</p>
+
+<p>156. <em>Méh-tóom</em>, the Hill.</p>
+
+<p>157. <em>Tcha-dés-sa-ko-máh-pee</em>, the Bear’s Child, with war-club.</p>
+
+<p>158. <em>Wún-nes-tou</em>, the White Buffalo; a <em>medicine-man</em> or
+        <em>doctor</em>, with his <em>medicine</em> or <em>mystery</em> shield.</p>
+
+<p>159. <em>Tcha-aés-ka-ding</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; boy, four years old, wearing his
+        robe made of the skin of a racoon: this boy is grandson of
+        the Chief, and is expected to be his successor.</p>
+
+<p>160. <em>Peh-tó-pe-kiss</em>, the Eagle’s Ribs; Chief of the Blood Band;
+        splendid dress.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man boasted to me that he had killed eight white men
+    (trappers) in his country; he said that they had repeatedly told
+    the traders that they should not catch the beaver in their country,
+    and if they continued to do it they would kill them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+ <p>161. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;) &mdash;&mdash;, a <em>medicine-man</em>, or <em>doctor</em>, performing his
+     <em>medicines</em> or <em>mysteries</em> over a dying man, with the skin of a
+     yellow bear and other curious articles of dress thrown over him;
+     with his mystery rattle and mystery spear, which, he supposes,
+     possess a supernatural power in the art of healing and curing the
+     sick.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">CROWS (BEL-ANT-SE-A.)</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A tribe of 7000, on the head-waters of the Yellow Stone
+    River, extending their hunts and their wars into the Rocky
+    Mountains&mdash;inveterate enemies of the Black Feet; tall, fine-limbed
+    men, graceful and gentlemanly in deportment, and the most richly
+    and tastefully clad of any Indians on the continent. Skin lodges,
+    many of which are tastefully ornamented and painted like the one
+    standing in the room.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>162. <em>Cháh-ee-chópes</em>, the Four Wolves; a Chief, a fine-looking
+        fellow; his hair reaching the ground; his <em>medicine</em>
+        (mystery) <em>bag</em> of the skin of the ermine.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man was in mourning, having some of his locks cut off.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>163. <em>Eé-hée-a-duck-cée-a</em>, He who ties his Hair before; a man of
+        six feet stature, whose natural hair drags on the ground as
+        he walks.</p>
+
+<p>164. <em>Pa-rís-ka-róo-pa</em>, the Two Crows; Chief of a band; his hair
+        sweeps the ground; his head-dress made of the eagle’s
+        skin entire; he holds in his hand his lance and two
+        <em>medicine</em>-bags, the one of his own instituting, the other
+        taken from his enemy, whom he had killed in battle.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_267" title="267"></a>
+
+<p>165. <em>Hó-ra-tó-a</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave, wrapped in his robe, and his
+        hair reaching to the ground; his spear in his hand, and bow
+        and quiver slung.</p>
+
+<p>166. <em>Oó-je-en-á-he-a</em>, the Woman who lives in the Bear’s Den; her
+        hair cut off, she being in mourning.</p>
+
+<p>167. <em>Duhk-gits-o-ó-see</em>, the Red Bear.</p>
+
+<p>168. <em>Pa-ris-ka-róo-pa</em>, the Two Crows (the younger), called the
+        “Philosopher.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A young man distinguished as an orator and wise man, though the
+    character of his face and head would almost appear like a deformity.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>169. <em>Bi-éets-ee-cure</em>, the Very Sweet Man.</p>
+
+<p>170. <em>Ba-da-ah-chón-du</em>, He who jumps over Every One; on a wild
+        horse, with war-eagle head-dress on his horse’s and his own
+        head; with shield, bow, quiver, and lance; his long hair
+        floating in the wind.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">GROS-VENTRES</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">(MIN-A-TAR-REES), People of the Willows.</span></p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe, near neighbours and friends of the Mandans, speaking
+    the Crow language, and probably have, at a former period, strayed
+    away from them; numbering about 1100.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>171. <i>Eh-toh'k-pah-she-pée-shah</i>, the Black Mocassin; Chief; over
+        a hundred years old; sits in his lodge, smoking a handsome
+        pipe; his arms and ornaments hanging on a post by the side of
+        his bed. (Since dead.)
+
+ 172. <i>E'e-a-chín-che-a</i>, the Red Thunder; the son of the Black
+        Mocassin (No. 171), represented in the costume of a warrior.</p>
+
+<p>173. <em>Pa-ris-ka-róo-pa</em>, the Two Crows; with a handsome shirt,
+        ornamented with ermine, and necklace of grisly bears’ claws.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man is now the head Chief of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>174. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), &mdash;&mdash;; woman, the wife of the Two Crows (No. 173).</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_268" title="268"></a>
+
+<p>175. <em>Seet-sé-be-a</em>, the Mid-day Sun; a pretty girl, in
+        mountain-sheep skin dress, and fan of the eagle’s tail in her
+        hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">CREES (KNIS-TE-NEUX).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe of 4000, in <em>Her Majesty’s dominions</em>, neighbours of
+    the Black Feet, and always at war with them; desperate warriors;
+    small and light in stature. Half of them have recently died of the
+    smallpox since I was amongst them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>176. <em>Eeh-tow-wées-ka-zeet</em>, He who has Eyes behind him; one of
+        the foremost braves of the tribe, in a handsome dress.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man visited Washington with the Indian agent, Major Sanford, a
+    few years since.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>177. <em>Tsee-moúnt</em>, a Great Wonder; woman carrying her Infant in
+        her robe.</p>
+
+<p>178. <em>Tow-ée-ka-wet</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">AS-SIN-NE-BOINS (STONE BOILERS).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A tribe of 8000, occupying the country from the mouth of the Yellow
+    Stone River to Lake Winnepeg, in her <em>British Majesty’s dominions</em>,
+    speaking the Sioux or Dahcota language, ranging about, like them,
+    in skin lodges, and no doubt a severed band of that great nation.
+    4000 of these people destroyed by the smallpox in 1838, since I was
+    amongst them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>179. <em>Wi-jún-jon</em>, the Pigeon’s Egg Head; one of the most
+        distinguished young warriors of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>He was taken to Washington in 1832 by Major Sanford, the Indian
+    agent; after he went home he was condemned as a liar, and killed,
+    in consequence of the <em>incredible stories</em> which he told of the
+    whites.&mdash;(See him on <em>his way to, and returning from</em>, Washington,
+    No. 475.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>180. <em>Chin-cha-pee</em>, the Fire Bug that creeps; wife of Wi-jún-jon
+        (No. 179); her face painted red, and in her hand a stick,
+        used by the women in those regions for digging the “pomme
+        blanche,” or prairie turnip.</p>
+
+<p>181. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;); woman and child, in beautiful skin dresses.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">CHIP-PE-WAYS (OJIBBEWAYS).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<p>A very numerous tribe, of some 15,000 or 20,000, inhabiting a vast tract
+of country on the southern shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the Woods,
+and the Athabasca, extending a great way into the British territory; residing
+in skin and bark lodges.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>182. <em>Sha-có-pay</em>, the Six; Chief of the Ojibbeways living north
+of the mouth of Yellow Stone River; in a rich dress, with
+his battles emblazoned on it.</p>
+
+<p>183. <em>Kay-a-gís-gis</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a beautiful young woman pulling
+her hair out of braid.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_269" title="269"></a>
+
+<p>184. <i>Háh-je-day-ah'-shee</i>, the Meeting Birds; a brave, with his
+war-club in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>185. <em>Kay-ée-qua-da-kúm-ee-gísh-kum</em>, He who tries the Ground
+with his Foot.</p>
+
+<p>186. <em>Jú-ah-kís-gaw</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman, with her child in a
+cradle or “crib.”
+
+187. <em>Cáh-be-múb-bee</em>, He who sits everywhere; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>188. <em>O-tá-wah</em>, the Ottaway; a distinguished warrior.</p>
+
+<p>189. <em>Ka-bés-hunk</em>, He who travels everywhere; a desperate
+warrior; his war-club in his left hand and a handsome pipe
+in his right; strikes with his left hand; eight quills in his
+head stand for eight scalps he had taken from the heads of
+the Sioux, his enemies.</p>
+
+<p>190. <em>Ohj-ká-tchee-kum</em>, He who walks on the Sea.</p>
+
+<p>191. <em>Gitch-ee-gáw-ga-osh</em>, the Point that remains for ever; a
+very old and respectable Chief. (Since dead.)
+
+192. <em>Gaw-záw que-dung</em>, He who halloos. Civilized.</p>
+
+<p>193. <i>O'n-daig</i>, the Crow; a beau or dandy in full array, called
+by the Ojibbeways, <em>sha-wiz-zee-shah-go-tay-a</em>, a <em>harmless
+man</em>.</p>
+
+<p>194. <i>I-an-be-w'ah-dick</i>, the Male Carabou; a brave, with a war-club
+in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>195. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), &mdash;&mdash;; woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">I-RO-QUOIS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small remnant of a tribe who were once very numerous and warlike,
+    inhabiting the northern part of New York; only a few scattered
+    individuals now living, who are merged in the neighbouring tribes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>196. <em>Nót-to-way</em>, a Chief, a temperate and excellent man, with a
+        beautiful head-dress on.</p>
+
+<p>197. <em>Chée-ah-ká-tchée</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman, wife of Nót-to-way (No. 196).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">ÓT-TA-WAS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+  <p>A subdued and half-civilized tribe of 5500, speaking the
+     Ojibbeway language, on the eastern shore of Lake Michigan.
+     Agricultural and dissipated.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>198. <em>Shin-gós-se-moon</em>, the Big Sail; a Chief, blind in one eye.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_270" title="270"></a>
+ <p>The effects of whisky and civilization are plainly discernible in
+    this instance.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">WIN-NE-BÁ-GOES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very fierce and warlike tribe, on the western shores of Lake
+    Michigan, greatly reduced of late years by repeated attacks of the
+    smallpox and the dissipated vices of civilized neighbours; number
+    at this time 4400.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206. <em>Du-cór-re-a</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; Chief
+        of the tribe, and his family; a group of eight.</p>
+
+<p>207. <em>Wah-chee-háhs-ka</em>, the Man who puts all out of Doors, called
+        the “Boxer;” the largest man of the Winnebagoes; war-club in
+        his hand, and rattle-snake skins on his arms.</p>
+
+<p>208. <em>Won-de-tów-a</em>, the Wonder.</p>
+
+<p>209. <em>Náw-káw</em>, Wood; formerly the head Chief, with his war-club
+        on his arm. (Dead.)</p>
+
+<p>210. <em>Káw-kaw-ne-chóo-a</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>211. <em>Wa-kon-chásh-kaw</em>, He who comes on the Thunder.</p>
+
+<p>212. <em>Naw-naw-páy-ee</em>, the Soldier.</p>
+
+<p>213. <em>Wah-kón-ze-kaw</em>, the Snake.</p>
+
+<p>214. <em>Span-e-o-née-kaw</em>, the Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>215. <i>Hoo-w'a-ne-kaw</i>, the Little Elk.</p>
+
+<p>216. <em>No-ak-chóo-she-kaw</em>, He who breaks the Bushes.</p>
+
+<p>217. <em>Naugh-háigh-hee-kaw</em>, He who moistens the Wood.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">ME-NÓM-O-NIES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Like the Winnebagoes, mostly destroyed by whisky and smallpox, and
+    now numbering about 3500, and in a miserable state of dependence;
+    on the western side of Lake Michigan.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>218. <em>Mah-kée-mee-teuv</em>, the Grisly Bear; Chief of the nation, and
+        chief of a delegation to Washington city in 1829 (since
+        dead); handsome pipe in his hand, and wampum on his neck.</p>
+
+<p>219. <em>Mee-chéet-e-neuh</em>, the Wounded Bear’s Shoulder; wife of the
+        Chief (No. 218).</p>
+
+<p>220. <em>Chee-me-náh-na-quet</em>, the Great Cloud; son of the Chief (No.
+        218), a great rascal.</p>
+
+<p>221. <em>Ko-mán-i-kin-o-haw</em>, the Little Whale; a brave, with his
+        <em>medicine-wand</em>, his looking-glass, and scissors.</p>
+
+<p>222. <em>Sha-wá-no</em>, the South; a noted warrior.</p>
+
+<p>223. <em>Másh-kee-wet</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a great beau, or dandy.</p>
+
+<p>224. <em>Pah-shee-náu-shaw</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a warrior.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_271" title="271"></a>
+
+<p>225. <em>Tcha-káuks-o-ko-máugh</em>, the Great Chief (boy).</p>
+
+<p>226. <em>Aú nah-kwet-to-hau-páy-o</em>, the One sitting in the Clouds; a
+        fine boy.</p>
+
+<p>227. <em>Aúh-ka-nah-paw-wáh</em>, Earth Standing; an old and very valiant
+        warrior.</p>
+
+<p>228. <em>Ko-mán-i-kin</em>, the Big Wave, called the “Philosopher;” a
+        very old and distinguished Chief.</p>
+
+<p>229. <em>O-ho-páh-sha</em>, the Small Whoop; a hard-visaged warrior, of
+        most remarkable distinction.</p>
+
+<p>230. <em>Ah-yaw-ne-tah-cár-ron</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a warrior.</p>
+
+<p>231. <em>Au-wáh-shew-kew</em>, the Female Bear; wife of the above (No.
+        230).</p>
+
+<p>232. <em>Coo-coo-coo</em>, the Owl; a very old and emaciated Chief; sits
+        smoking a handsome pipe.</p>
+
+<p>233. <em>Wáh-chees</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>234. <em>Chésh-ko-tong</em>, He who sings the War-Song.</p>
+
+<p>235, 236. Two in a group, names not known; one with his war-club,
+        and the other with his lute at his mouth.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">POT-O-WÁT-O-MIE.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Once a numerous tribe, now numbering about 2700, reduced by
+    smallpox and whisky&mdash;recently removed from the state of Indiana to
+    the western shores of the Missouri: semi-civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>237. <em>On-sáw-kie</em>, the Sac; in the act of praying; his prayer
+        written in characters on a maple stick.</p>
+
+<p>238. <em>Na-pów-sa</em>, the Bear Travelling in the Night; one of the
+        most influential Chiefs of the tribe.</p>
+
+<p>239. <em>Kée-se</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">KÍCK-A-POO.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>On the frontier settlements; semi-civilized; number about 600;
+    greatly reduced by smallpox and whisky.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>240. <em>Kee-án-ne-kuk</em>, the Foremost Man, called the “<em>Prophet</em>.”
+        Chief of the tribe, in the attitude of prayer.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This very shrewd fellow engraved on a maple stick, in characters,
+    a prayer which was taught him by a Methodist Missionary; and by
+    introducing it into the hands of every one of his tribe, who are
+    enjoined to read it over every morning and evening as service, has
+    acquired great celebrity and respect in his tribe, as well as a
+    good store of their worldly goods, as he manufactures them all, and
+    gets well paid for them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_272" title="272"></a>
+<p>241. <em>Ah-tón-we-tuck</em>, the Cock Turkey; repeating his prayer from
+        the stick in his hand, described above.</p>
+
+<p>242. <em>Ma-shée-na</em>, the Elk’s Horns; a Sub-Chief, in the act of
+        prayer, as above described.</p>
+
+<p>243. <em>Ke-chím-qua</em>, the Big Bear; wampum on his neck, and red flag
+        in his hand, the symbol of war or “blood.”</p>
+
+<p>244. <i>A'h-tee-wát-o-mee</i>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman, with wampum and silver
+        brooches in profusion on her neck.</p>
+
+<p>245. <em>Shee-náh-wee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">KAS-KAS-KIA.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Once famed, numerous, and warlike, on the frontier, but now reduced
+    to a few individuals by smallpox and whisky.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>246. <em>Kee-món-saw</em>, the Little Chief; Chief; Semi-civilized.</p>
+
+<p>247. <em>Wah-pe-séh-see</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a very aged woman, mother of the
+        above.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">WÉE-AH.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<p>Remnant of a tribe on the frontier; semi-civilized; reduced by whisky
+and disease; present number 200.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>248. <em>Go-to-ków-páh-ah</em>, He who Stands by Himself; a brave of
+distinction, with his hatchet in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>249. <em>Wah-pón-jee-a</em>, the Swan; a warrior; fine-looking fellow,
+with an European countenance.</p>
+
+<p>250. <em>Wáh-pe-say</em>, the White.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">PE-O-RI-A.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Also a small remnant of a tribe on the frontier, reduced by the
+    same causes as above; present number about 200.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>251. <em>Pah-mee-ców-ee-tah</em>, the Man who tracks; a Chief; remarkably
+        fine head.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man would never drink whisky.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>252. <em>Wap-sha-ka-náh</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_273" title="273"></a>
+
+<p>253. <em>Kee-mo-rá-nia</em>, No English; a beau; his face curiously
+        painted, and looking-glass in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">PI-AN-KE-SHAW.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A frontier tribe, reduced, as <em>above</em>; present number 170.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>254. <em>Ni-a-có-mo</em>, to Fix with the Foot; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>255. <em>Men-són-se-ah</em>, the Left Hand; a fierce-looking warrior,
+        with a stone hatchet in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">Í-O-WAY.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A small tribe on the frontier, reduced by smallpox and their
+    enemies; living on the Missouri; number about 1400. Uncivilized
+    fine-looking men.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>256. <em>Notch-ee-níng-a</em>, No Heart, called “White Cloud;” Chief of
+        the tribe; necklace of grisly bears’ claws, and shield, bow
+        and arrows in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>257. <em>Pah-ta-cóo-chee</em>, the Shooting Cedar; a brave, with war-club
+        on his arm.</p>
+
+<p>258. <em>No-o-mún-nee</em>, He who walks in the Rain; warrior, with his
+        pipe and tobacco-pouch in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>259. <i>W'y-ee-yogh</i>, the Man of Sense; a brave, with a handsome
+        pipe in his hand, and bears’ claw necklace on his neck.</p>
+
+<p>260. <em>Wos-cóm-mun</em>, the Busy Man; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>262. <em>Mún-ne-o-ye</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">SEN-E-CAS.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Near Lake Erie, State of New York. 1200, semi-civilized and
+    agricultural. One of the tribes composing the great compact called
+    the “Six Nations.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>263. <em>Red Jacket</em>, Head Chief of the tribe; full-length, life
+        size, standing on the “Table Rock,” Niagara Falls.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man was chief for many years, and so remained until his death,
+    in 1831. Perhaps no Indian Sachem has ever lived on our frontier
+    whose name and history are better known, or whose talents have been
+    more generally admitted, than those of Red Jacket: he was, as a
+    savage, very great in <em>council</em> and in <em>war</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>264. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Deep Lake; an old Chief.</p>
+
+<p>265. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Round Island; warrior, half-blood.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very handsome fellow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>266. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Hard Hickory; a very ferocious-looking, but a mild and
+        amiable man.</p>
+
+<p>267. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Good Hunter; a warrior.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_274" title="274"></a>
+
+<p>268. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), &mdash;&mdash; String; a warrior, renowned.</p>
+
+<p>269. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;), Seneca Steele; a great libertine. Hatchet in his hand.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">O-NEI-DA.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Remnant of a tribe, State of New York, one of the “Six Nations;”
+    present number, 600.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>270. (      ), Bread; the Chief, half-blood, civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A fine-looking and an excellent man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">TUS-KA-RÓ-RA.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>New York, remnant of a numerous tribe, one of the confederacy of
+    the “Six Nations;” present number, 500; semi-civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>271. <em>Cú-sick</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; son of the Chief. Civilized and
+        Christianized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man is a Baptist preacher, and quite an eloquent man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">MO-HEE-CON-NEU, or “MO-HE-GAN,” <span class="smcap">the Good
+                             Canoemen.</span></p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Now living near Green Bay; numbers, 400 or 500; formerly of
+    Massachusetts; a band of the famous tribe of Pequots; now
+    semi-civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>272. <em>Ee-tów-o-kaum</em>, Both Sides of the River; Chief of the tribe,
+        with a psalm-book in one hand, and a cane in the other.
+        <em>Christianized.</em></p>
+
+<p>273. <em>Waun-naw-con</em>, the Dish (John W. Quinney); missionary
+        preacher. <em>Civilized.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">DEL-A-WARES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Remains of a bold, daring, and numerous tribe, formerly of the
+    States of Pennsylvania and Delaware, and the terror of all the
+    eastern tribes. Gradually wasted away by wars, removals, small-pox,
+    and whisky; now living on the western borders of Missouri, and
+    number only 824; lost by small-pox, at different times, 10,000.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>274. <em>Bód-a-sin</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; the Chief; a distinguished man.</p>
+
+<p>275. <em>Ni-có-man</em>, the Answer; the second Chief, with bow and
+        arrows in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>276. <em>Non-on-dá-gon</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a Chief, with a ring in his nose.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_275" title="275"></a>
+SHA-WÁ-NO (SHAW-NEE).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Remains of a numerous tribe, formerly inhabiting part of
+    Pennsylvania, afterwards Ohio, and recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi River. Number at present about 1200; lost one-half by
+    small-pox at different times. Semi-civilized; intemperate.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>277. <em>Lay-láw-she-kaw</em>, He who goes up the River; a very aged man,
+        Chief of the tribe; his ears slit and elongated by wearing
+        weights in them, according to the custom of the tribe, and
+        his hair whitened with age.</p>
+
+<p>278. <em>Ká-te-quaw</em>, the Female Eagle; a fine-looking girl, daughter
+        of the above Chief.</p>
+
+<p>279. <em>Tea-sqúat-a-way</em>, the Open Door; called the “Shawnee
+        Prophet,” brother of Tecumsch; blind in one eye, holding his
+        <em>medicine</em> or mystery fire in one hand, and his “<em>sacred
+        string of beans</em>” in the other; a great <em>mystery-man</em>.</p>
+
+<p>280. <em>Pah-te-cóo-saw</em>, the Straight Man. Semi-civilized.</p>
+
+<p>281. <em>Lay-lóo-ah-pee-ái-shee-kaw</em>, Grass, Bush, and Blossom. Half
+        civil, and <em>more than half</em> drunk.</p>
+
+<p>282. <em>Cóo-ps-saw-qúay-te</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman (the Indescribable).</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">CHER-O-KEES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+  <p>Formerly of the State of Georgia, recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi to the head-waters of the Arkansas. This tribe are
+    mostly civilized and agriculturists; number, 22,000.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>283. <em>John Ross</em>, a civilized and well-educated man, head Chief of
+        the nation.</p>
+
+<p>284. <em>Túch-ee</em>, called “Dutch;” first War-chief of the Cherokees;
+        a fine-looking fellow, with a turbaned head.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>I travelled and hunted with this man some months, when he guided
+    the regiment of dragoons to the Camanchee and Pawnee villages: he
+    is a great warrior and a remarkable hunter.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>285. <em>Cól-lee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; Chief of a band of the Cherokees. (Since
+        dead.)
+
+ 286. <em>Téh-ke-néh-kee</em>, the Black Coat; a Chief, also of
+        considerable standing.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_276" title="276"></a>
+
+<p>287. <em>Ah-hee-te-wáh-chee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a very pretty woman, in civilized
+        dress, her hair falling over her shoulders.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">MUS-KÓ-GEE (CREEK).</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Recently removed from Georgia and Alabama to the Arkansas,
+    700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present number, 21,000;
+    semi-civilized and agricultural.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>288. <em>Steeh-tcha-kó-me-co</em>, the Great King, called, “Ben
+        Perryman;” one of the Chiefs of the tribe.</p>
+
+<p>289. <em>Hól-te-mál-te-téz-te-néek-ee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;, “Sam Perryman;” brother
+        of the Chief above, and a jolly companionable man.</p>
+
+<p>290. <em>Wat-ál-le-go</em>, &mdash;&mdash;, a brave.</p>
+
+<p>291. <em>Hose-put-o-káw-gee</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a brave.</p>
+
+<p>292. <em>Tchow-ee-pút-o-kaw</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; woman.</p>
+
+<p>293. <em>Tel-maz-há-za</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a warrior of great distinction.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">CHOC-TAW.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Recently removed by Government from the States of Georgia and
+    Alabama to the Arkansas, 700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present
+    number, 15,000; semi-civilized.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>294. <em>Mó-sho-la-túb-bee</em>, He who puts out and kills; first Chief
+        of the tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A gentlemanly-looking man (died recently of small-pox).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>295. <em>Kút-tee-o-túb-bee</em>, How did he kill? A noted brave.</p>
+
+<p>296. <em>Há-tchoo-túc-knee</em>, the Snapping Turtle; half-bred and
+        well-educated man.</p>
+
+<p>297. &mdash;&mdash;, woman; hair in braid; remarkable expression.</p>
+
+<p>298. <em>Tul-lock-chísh-ko</em>, He who drinks the Juice of the Stone.</p>
+
+<p>299. <em>Tul-lock-chísh-ko</em>, Full-length, in the dress and attitude
+        of a ball-player, with ball-sticks in his hand, and tail,
+        made of white horse-hair, attached to his belt.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">SEM-I-NÓ-LEE (RUNAWAY); 3000.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Occupying the peninsula of Florida; semi-civilized, partly
+    agricultural. The Government have succeeded in removing about
+    one-half of them to the Arkansas, during the last four years, at
+    the expense of 32,000,000 dollars, the lives of 28 or 30 officers,
+    and 600 soldiers.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>300. <em>Mick-e-no-páh</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; first Chief of the tribe; full-length,
+        sitting cross-legged.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man owned 100 negroes when the war broke out, and was raising
+    large and valuable crops of corn and cotton.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_277" title="277"></a>
+<p>301. <em>Os-ce-o-lá</em>, the Black Drink; a warrior of very great
+        distinction.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Painted only five days before his death, while he was a prisoner
+    of war at Fort Moultrie. This remarkable man, though not a
+    chief, took the lead in the war, and was evidently (at the time
+    he was captured) followed by the chiefs, and looked upon as the
+    <em>master-spirit</em> of the war.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>302. <em>Ee-mat-lá</em>, King Philip; an old man, second Chief.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Like Osceola, he died while a prisoner, soon after I painted him.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>303. <em>Ye-hów-lo-gee</em>, the Cloud; a Chief who distinguished himself
+        in the war.</p>
+
+<p>304. <em>Co-ee-há-jo</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; a Chief, very conspicuous in the present
+        war.</p>
+
+<p>305. <em>Láh-shee</em>, the Licker; a half-breed warrior, called “Creek
+        Billey.”
+
+ 306. <em>How-ee-dá-hee</em>; &mdash;&mdash;. a Seminolee woman.</p>
+
+<p>307. (&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;) &mdash;&mdash;; a Seminolee woman.</p>
+
+<p>308. <em>Os-ce-o-lá</em>, the Black Drink. Full-length, with his rifle
+        in his hand, calico dress, and trinkets, exactly as he was
+        dressed and stood to be painted five days before his death.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="bold center">EU-CHEE.</p>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Remnant of a powerful tribe who once occupied the southern part
+    of the peninsula of Florida, were overrun by the Creeks and
+    Seminolees, the remnant of them merging into the Seminolee tribe,
+    and living with them now as a part of their nation. Present number,
+    150.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>309. <em>Etch-ée-fix-e-co</em>, the Deer without a Heart, called “<em>Euchee
+        Jack</em>;” a Chief of considerable renown.</p>
+
+<p>310. <em>Chee-a-ex-e-co</em>, &mdash;&mdash;; quite a modest and pretty girl,
+        daughter of the above Chief.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>LANDSCAPES, SPORTING SCENES, MANNERS,<br />
+                              AND CUSTOMS.</h3>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage"> CERTIFICATES.</p>
+
+<div class="quote1">
+
+<p>The Landscapes, Buffalo-hunting Scenes, &amp;c., above mentioned, I have
+seen, and, although it has been thirty years since I travelled over
+that country, yet a considerable number of them I recognised as
+faithful representations, and the remainder of them are so much in the
+peculiar character of that country as to seem entirely familiar to me.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">Wm. Clark</span>, Superintendent of Indian Affairs.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p><a class="pagenum" id="Page_278" title="278"></a>
+The Landscape Views on the Missouri, Buffalo Hunts, and other scenes,
+taken by my friend Mr. Catlin, are correct delineations of the scenes
+they profess to represent, as I am perfectly well acquainted with the
+country, having passed through it more than a dozen times. And further
+I know that they were taken on the spot, from nature, as I was present
+when Mr. Catlin visited that country.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">John F.&nbsp;A. Sanford</span>, U. SS. Indian Agent.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>It gives me great pleasure to be able to pronounce the Landscape Views,
+Views of Hunting, and other scenes taken on the Upper Missouri, by
+Mr. Catlin, to be correct delineations of the scenery they profess to
+represent; and although I was not present when they were taken in the
+field, I was able to identify almost every one between St. Louis and
+the grand bend of the Missouri.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;L. Bean</span>, S. Agent of Indian Affairs.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have seen Mr. Catlin’s collection of <em>Indian Portraits</em>, many
+of which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence in their
+villages. I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes
+and individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce
+them correct likenesses and easily recognised; also the sketches of
+their <em>Manners</em> and <em>Customs</em> I think are excellent, and the <em>Landscape
+Views</em> on the <em>Missouri</em> and <em>Mississippi</em> are correct representations.</p>
+
+<p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">K. M‘kenzie</span>, of the Am. Fur Company, Mouth of Yellow Stone.</p>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>I have examined a series of paintings by Mr. Catlin, representing
+<em>Indian Buffalo Hunts, Landscapes, &amp;c.</em>; and from an acquaintance
+of twenty-seven years with such scenes as are represented, I feel
+qualified to judge them, and do unhesitatingly pronounce them good and
+unexaggerated representations.</p>
+
+   <p class="signature">
+                   <span class="smcap">Jno. Dougherty</span>, Indian Agent for Pawnees, Omahas, and Otoes.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>LANDSCAPES.</h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>311. St. Louis (from the river below, in 1836), a town on the
+        Mississippi, with 25,000 inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>312. View on Upper Mississippi, beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        everywhere covered with a green turf.</p>
+
+<p>313. “Bad Axe” battle-ground, where Black Hawk was defeated by
+        General Atkinson, above Prairie du Chien. Indians making
+        defence and swimming the river.</p>
+<p>314. Chippeways gathering wild rice near the source of St.
+        Peter’s; shelling their rice into their bark canoes, by
+        bending it over, and whipping it with sticks.</p>
+
+<p>315. View near “Prairie la Crosse,” beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_279" title="279"></a>
+
+<p>316. “Cap o’lail” (garlic cape), a bold and picturesque promontory
+        on Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>317. Picturesque Bluffs above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>318. “Pike’s Tent,” the highest bluff on the river, Upper
+        Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>319. View of the “Cornice Rocks,” and “Pike’s Tent,” in distance,
+        750 miles above St. Louis, on Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>320. “Lover’s Leap,” on Lake Pepin, Upper Mississippi, a rock 500
+        feet high, where an Indian girl threw herself off a few years
+        since, to avoid marrying the man to whom she was given by her
+        father.</p>
+
+<p>321. Falls of St. Anthony, 900 miles above St. Louis;
+        perpendicular fall eighteen feel: Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>322. Madame Ferrebault’s Prairie from the river above; the author
+        and his companion descending the river in a bark canoe, above
+        Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; beautiful grass-covered
+        bluffs.</p>
+
+<p>323. “Little Falls,” near the Falls of St. Anthony, on a small
+        stream.</p>
+
+<p>324. “La Montaigne que tremps l'Eau,” Mississippi, above Prairie
+        du Chien.</p>
+
+<p>325. Cassville, below Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; a small
+        village just commenced, in 1835.</p>
+
+<p>326. Dubuque, a town in the lead-mining country.</p>
+
+<p>327. Galena, a small town on Upper Mississippi, in the lead-mining
+        district.</p>
+
+<p>328. Rock Island, United States Garrison, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>329. Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, ditto.</p>
+
+<p>330. Dubuque’s Grave, ditto.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Dubuque was the first miner in the lead-mines under the Spanish
+    grant. He built his own sepulchre, and raised a cross over it, on a
+    beautiful bluff, overlooking the river, forty years ago, where it
+    now stands.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>331. River Bluffs, magnificent view, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>332. Fort Snelling, at the mouth of St. Peter’s, U.&nbsp;S. Garrison,
+        seven miles below the Falls of St. Anthony, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>333. Prairie du Chien, 500 miles above St. Louis, Upper
+        Mississippi, United States Garrison.</p>
+
+<p>334. Chippeway Village and Dog Feast at the Falls of St. Anthony;
+        lodges built with birch-bark: Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_280" title="280"></a>
+
+<p>335. Sioux Village, Lake Calhoun, near Fort Snelling; lodges built
+        with poles.</p>
+
+<p>336. <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">“Coteau des Prairies,”</span> head-waters of St. Peter’s. My
+        companion, Indian guide, and myself encamping at sunset,
+        cooking by our fire, made of buffalo-dung.</p>
+
+<p>337. “Pipestone Quarry,” on the Coteau des Prairies, 300 miles N.
+        W. from the Falls of St. Anthony, on the divide between the
+        St. Peter’s and Missouri.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The place where the Indians get the stone for all their red pipes.
+    The mineral, <em>red steatite</em>, variety differing from any other known
+    locality&mdash;wall of solid, compact quartz, grey and rose colour,
+    highly polished as if vitrified; the wall is two miles in length
+    and thirty feet high, with a beautiful cascade leaping from its top
+    into a basin. On the prairie, at the base of the wall, the pipeclay
+    (steatite) is dug up at two and three feet depth. There are seen
+    five immense granite boulders, under which there are two squaws,
+    according to their tradition, who eternally dwell there&mdash;the
+    guardian spirits of the place&mdash;and must be consulted before the
+    pipestone can be dug up.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>338. Sault de St. Mary’s&mdash;Indians catching white fish in the
+        rapids at the outlet of Lake Superior, by dipping their scoop
+        nets.</p>
+
+<p>339. Sault de St. Mary’s from the Canadian Shore, Lake Superior,
+        showing the United States Garrison in the distance.</p>
+
+<p>340. View on the St. Peter’s River, twenty miles above Fort
+        Snelling.</p>
+
+<p>341. View on the St. Peter’s&mdash;Sioux Indians pursuing a Stag in
+        their canoes.</p>
+
+<p>342. Salt Meadows on the Upper Missouri, and great herds of
+        buffalo&mdash;incrustation of salt, which looks like snow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Salt water flows over the prairie in the spring, and, evaporating
+    during the summer, leaves the ground covered with muriate as white
+    as snow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>343. Pawnee Village in Texas, at the base of a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains&mdash;lodges thatched with prairie-grass.</p>
+
+<p>344. View on the Canadian, in Texas.</p>
+
+<p>345. View of the junction of Red River with the False Washitta, in
+        Texas.</p>
+
+<p>346. Camanchee Village, in Texas, showing a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains in the distance&mdash;lodges made of buffalo-skins.
+        Women dressing robes and drying meat.</p>
+
+<p>347. View on the Wisconsin&mdash;Winnebagoes shooting ducks, in bark
+        canoe.</p>
+
+<p>348. Lac du Cygne (Swan Lake), near the Coteau des Prairies.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A famous place, where myriads of white swans lay their eggs and
+    hatch their young.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_281" title="281"></a>
+<p>349. Beautiful Savannah in the pine-woods of Florida.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>One of thousands of small lakes which have been gradually filled in
+    with vegetation.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>350. View on Lake St. Croix, Upper Mississippi.</p>
+
+<p>351. View on the Canadian&mdash;Dragoons crossing, 1834.</p>
+
+<p>352. Ta-wa-que-nah, or Rocky Mountain, near the Camanchee Village,
+        Texas.</p>
+
+<p>353. Camanchee Village, and Dragoons approaching it, showing
+        the hospitable manner in which they were received by the
+        Camanchees. Camanchee warriors all riding out and forming in
+        a line, with a white flag, to receive the Dragoons.</p>
+
+<p>354. White Sand Bluffs, on Santa Rosa Island; and Seminoles drying
+        fish, near Pensacola, on the Gulf of Florida.</p>
+
+<p>355. View of the “Stone Man Medicine,” Coteau des Prairies.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A human figure of some rods in length, made on the top of a high
+    bluff, by laying flat stones on the grass. A great <em>mystery</em> or
+    <em>medicine</em> place of the Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>356. Fort Winnebago, on the head of Fox River, an United States
+        outpost.</p>
+
+<p>357. Fort Howard, Green Bay, an U.&nbsp;S. outpost.</p>
+
+<p>358. Fort Gibson, Arkansas, an U.&nbsp;S. outpost, 700 miles west of
+        Mississippi river.</p>
+
+<p>359. The “Short Tower,” Wisconsin.</p>
+
+<p>360. Passing the “Grand Chute” with bark canoe, Fox River.</p>
+
+<p>361. View of Mackinaw, Lake Michigan, an U.&nbsp;S. outpost.</p>
+
+<p>362. View in the “Cross Timbers,” where General Leavenworth died
+        on the Mexican borders.</p>
+
+<p>363. View on Lower Missouri&mdash;alluvial banks falling in, with their
+        huge cotton-woods, forming raft and snags, 600 miles above
+        St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>364. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;the “Blackbird’s Grave.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Where “Blackbird,” Chief of the Omahas, was buried on his favourite
+    war-horse, which was alive; 1100 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>365. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“Blackbird’s Grave,” a back view;
+        prairies enamelled with wild flowers.</p>
+
+<p>366. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“Brick Kilns,” volcanic remains, clay
+        bluffs, 200 feet, supporting large masses of red pumice, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>367. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Foot war-party on the march,
+        beautiful prairie&mdash;spies and scouts in advance.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_282" title="282"></a>
+
+<p>368. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Prairie Bluffs at sunrising, near
+        mouth of Yellow Stone.</p>
+
+<p>369. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Mouth of the Platte; its junction
+        with the Missouri, 900 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>370. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Magnificent Clay Bluffs, 1800 miles
+        above St. Louis; stupendous domes and ramparts, resembling
+        some ancient ruins; streak of coal near the water’s edge; and
+        my little canoe, with myself and two men, Bogard and Bàtiste,
+        descending the river.</p>
+
+<p>371. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Cabane’s trading-house; Fur Company’s
+        establishment: 930 miles above St. Louis, showing a great
+        avalanche of the bluffs.</p>
+
+<p>372. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;View in the Grand Détour, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis. Magnificent clay bluffs, with red
+        pumice-stone resting on their tops, and a party of Indians
+        approaching buffalo.</p>
+
+<p>373. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Beautiful Grassy Bluffs, 110 miles
+        above St Louis.</p>
+
+<p>374. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Prairie Meadows burning, and a party
+        of Indians running from it in grass eight or ten feet high.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These scenes are terrific and hazardous in the extreme when the
+    wind is blowing a gale.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>375. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Prairie Bluffs burning.</p>
+
+<p>376. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“Floyd’s Grave,” where Lewis and
+        Clarke buried Serjeant Floyd thirty-three years since; a
+        cedar post and sign over the grave.</p>
+
+<p>377. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Sioux encamped, dressing
+        buffalo-meat, and robes.</p>
+
+<p>378. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“The Tower,” 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.</p>
+
+<p>379. View on upper Missouri&mdash;Distant view of the Mandan Village,
+        1800 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>380. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Picturesque Clay Bluff, 1700 miles
+        above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>381. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“Belle Vue”&mdash;Indian Agency of Major
+        Dougherty, 870 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>382. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Beautiful Clay Bluffs, 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_283" title="283"></a>
+
+<p>383. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Minatarree Village, earth-covered
+        lodges, on Knife River, 1810 miles above St. Louis. Bàtiste,
+        Bogard, and myself ferried across the river by an Indian
+        woman, in a skin canoe, and Indians bathing in the stream.</p>
+
+<p>384. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Fort Pierre, Mouth of Teton
+        River&mdash;Fur Company’s trading-post, 1200 miles above St.
+        Louis, with 600 lodges of Sioux Indians encamped about it, in
+        skin lodges.</p>
+
+<p>385. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Nishnabottana Bluffs, 1070 miles
+        above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>386. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Riccaree Village, with earth-covered
+        lodges, 1600 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>387. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;South side of “Buffalo Island,”
+        showing the beautiful buffalo-bush, with its blue leaves, and
+        bending down with fruit.</p>
+
+<p>388. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Mouth of Yellow Stone&mdash;Fur Company’s
+        Fort, their principal post, 2000 miles above St. Louis, and a
+        large party of Knisteneux encamped about it.</p>
+
+<p>389. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;the “Iron Bluff,” 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis, a beautiful subject for a landscape.</p>
+
+<p>390. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;View in the “Big Bend,” 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis; showing the manner in which the conical
+        bluffs on that river are formed; table-lands in distance,
+        rising several hundred feet above the summit level of the
+        prairie.</p>
+
+<p>391. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;View in the “Big Bend”&mdash;magnificent
+        clay bluffs, with high table-land in the distance.</p>
+
+<p>392. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Back view of the Mandan Village,
+        showing their mode of depositing their dead, on scaffolds,
+        enveloped in skins, and of preserving and feeding the skulls;
+        1800 miles above St. Louis. Women feeding the skulls of their
+        relatives with dishes of meat.</p>
+
+<p>393. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Prairie Buffs, 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.</p>
+
+<p>394. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;“The Three Domes,” 15 miles above
+        Mandans. A singular group of clay bluffs, like immense domes,
+        with skylights.</p>
+
+<p>395. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;the “Square Hills,” 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_284" title="284"></a>
+
+<p>396. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;River Bluffs and White Wolves in the
+        foreground.</p>
+
+<p>397. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, above the
+        Puncahs, 1050 miles above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>398. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Look from Floyd’s Grave. 1300 miles
+        above St. Louis.</p>
+
+<p>399. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;River Bluffs, 1320 miles above St.
+        Louis.</p>
+
+<p>400. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Buffalo herds crossing the river.
+        Bàtiste, Bogard, and I, passing them in our bark canoe, with
+        some danger to our lives. A buffalo scene in their <em>running
+        season</em>.</p>
+
+<p>401. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Clay Bluffs, 20 miles above the
+        Mandans.</p>
+
+<p>402. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Nishnabottana Bluffs.</p>
+
+<p>403. View on Upper Missouri&mdash;Indians encamping at sunset.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>SPORTING SCENES.</h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>404. Buffalo Bull, grazing on the prairie in his native state.</p>
+
+<p>405. Buffalo Cow, grazing on the prairie in her native state.</p>
+
+<p>406. Wounded Buffalo, strewing his blood over the prairies.</p>
+
+<p>407. Dying Buffalo, shot with an arrow, sinking down on his
+        haunches.</p>
+
+<p>408. Buffalo Chase&mdash;single death; an Indian just drawing his arrow
+        to its head.</p>
+
+<p>409. Buffalo Chase&mdash;surround; where I saw 300 killed in a few
+        minutes by the Minatarrees, with arrows and lances only.</p>
+
+<p>410. Buffalo Chase&mdash;numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.</p>
+
+<p>411. Buffalo Chase&mdash;numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.</p>
+
+<p>412. Buffalo Chase&mdash;Cow and Calf; the bull protecting by attacking
+        the assailants.</p>
+
+<p>413. Buffalo Chase&mdash;Bulls making battle with men and horses.</p>
+
+<p>414. Buffalo Hunt under the wolf-skin mask.</p>
+
+<p>415. Buffalo Chase, Mouth of Yellow Stone; animals dying on the
+        ground passed over; and my man Bàtiste swamped in crossing a
+        creek</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_285" title="285"></a>
+
+<p>416. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes.</p>
+
+<p>417. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes; killing them
+        for their robes, in great numbers.</p>
+
+<p>418. Attack of the Bear (Grisly); Indians attacking with lances on
+        horseback.</p>
+
+<p>419. Antelope Shooting&mdash;decoyed up.</p>
+
+<p>420. Sioux taking Musk-rats, near the St. Peter’s; killing them
+        with spears. Women and dogs encamped.</p>
+
+<p>421. Bàtiste and I, running Buffalo; Mouth of Yellow Stone; a
+        frog’s leap.</p>
+
+<p>422. “My turn now;” Bàtiste and I, and a Buffalo Bull, Upper
+        Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>423. Dying Bull in a snow drift.</p>
+
+<p>424. Buffalo Bulls fighting, in <em>running season</em>, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>425. Buffalo Bulls in their “<em>wallow</em>;” origin of the “<em>fairie
+        circles</em>” on the prairie.</p>
+
+<p>426. Grouse shooting&mdash;on the Missouri prairies.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>AMUSEMENTS AND CUSTOMS.</h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>427. Ball-play Dance, Choctaw.&mdash;Men and women dance around their
+        respective stakes, at intervals, during the night preceding
+        the play&mdash;four conjurors sit all night and smoke to the Great
+        Spirit, at the point where the ball is to be started&mdash;and
+        stakeholders guard the goods staked.</p>
+
+<p>428. Ball-play of the Choctaws&mdash;<em>ball up</em>&mdash;one party painted
+        white; each has two sticks with a web at their ends, in which
+        they catch the ball and throw it&mdash;they all have tails of
+        horse-hair or quills attached to their girdles or belts.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Each party has a limit or bye, beyond which it is their object to
+    force the ball, which, if done, counts them one for game.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>429. Ball-play&mdash;same as 428, excepting that the ball is <em>down</em>,
+        which changes the scene.</p>
+
+<p>430. Ball-play of the women, Prairie du Chien.&mdash;Calicoes and other
+        presents are placed on a pole by the men&mdash;the women choose
+        sides and play for them, to the great amusement of the men.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>In this play there are two balls attached to the ends of a string
+    eighteen inches in length: the women have a stick in each hand, on
+    which they catch the string and throw it.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_286" title="286"></a>
+<p>431. Game of “<em>Tchung-kee</em>” of the Mandans, the principal and most
+        valued game of that tribe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A beautiful athletic exercise, and one on which they often bet and
+    risk all their personal goods and chattels.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>432. Horse-Racing, Mandan, on a Race-Course back of the Village,
+        in use on every fair-day.</p>
+
+<p>433. Foot-Race, Mandans, on the same ground, and as often run.</p>
+
+<p>434. Canoe-Race&mdash;Chippeways in Bark Canoes, near the Sault de St.
+        Mary’s; an Indian <em>Regatta</em>, a thrilling scene.</p>
+
+<p>435. Archery of the Mandans.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The strife is to prove who can get the greatest number of arrows
+    flying in the air at a time, before the first one reaches the
+    ground. The most of these are <em>portraits</em> closely studied from
+    nature. I have seen some of them get eight arrows in the air at one
+    time.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>436. Dance of the Chiefs, Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very unusual thing, as the dancing is generally left to the young
+    men; given to me expressly as a compliment by the chiefs, that I
+    might make a painting of it.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>437. Dog Dance, Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The dog’s liver and heart are taken raw and bleeding, and placed
+    upon a crotch; and, being cut into slips, each man dances up to it,
+    bites off and swallows a piece of it, boasting, at the same time,
+    that he has thus swallowed a piece of the heart of his enemy, whom
+    he has slain in battle.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>438. Scalp Dance, Sioux&mdash;Women in the centre, holding the scalps
+        on poles, and warriors dancing around, brandishing their
+        war-weapons in the most frightful manner, and yelping as loud
+        as they can scream.</p>
+
+<p>439. Begging Dance, Sacs and Foxes, danced for the purpose of
+        getting presents from the spectators.</p>
+
+<p>440. Buffalo Dance, Mandans, with the mask of the buffalo on.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Danced to make buffalo come, when they are like to starve for want
+    of food. Song to the Great Spirit, imploring him to send them
+    buffalo, and they will cook the best of it for him.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>441. Ball-play Dance, Choctaws.</p>
+
+<p>442. Dance to the Berdash, Sac and Fox.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>An unaccountable and ludicrous custom amongst the Sacs and Foxes,
+    which admits not of an entire explanation.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>443. Beggars’ Dance, (Sioux,) for presents.</p>
+
+<p>444. Dance to the Medicine Bag of the Brave, Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Warriors returned from battle, with scalps, dance in front of the
+    widow’s lodge, whose husband has been killed. They sing to his
+    medicine-bag, which is hung on a bush, and throw presents to the
+    widow.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>445. Braves’ Dance, Boasting, &amp;c., Sioux.</p>
+
+<p>446. Green Corn Dance, Minnatarree&mdash;Sacrificing the first kettle
+        to the Great Spirit.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_287" title="287"></a>
+<p>Four medicine men, whose bodies are painted with white clay, dance
+    around the kettle until the corn is well boiled; and they then burn
+    it to cinders, as an offering to the Great Spirit. The fire is then
+    destroyed, and <em>new fire</em> created by rubbing two sticks together,
+    with which the corn for their own feast is cooked.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>447. Bear Dance, Sioux&mdash;Preparing for a Bear Hunt&mdash;Song to the
+        Great Spirit, praying for success.</p>
+
+<p>448. Discovery Dance, Sacs and Foxes&mdash;A Pantomime; pretending to
+        discover game, or an enemy.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A very picturesque and pleasing dance.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>449. Eagle Dance, Choctaw&mdash;Holding the eagle’s tail in the hand,
+        and bodies painted white.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Given in honour of that valiant bird.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>450. Slave Dance, Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A society of young men, who volunteer to be slaves for two years,
+    and elect their chief or master; they are then exempt from slavish
+    duties during the remainder of their lives, and are allowed to go
+    on war-parties.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>451. Snow-shoe Dance, Ojibbeway&mdash;danced at the first fall of snow,
+        with snow shoes on the feet.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Song of thanks to the Great Spirit.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>452. Brave’s Dance, Ojibbeway&mdash;bragging and boasting.</p>
+
+<p>453. Pipe Dance, Assineboins.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Each dancer is “<em>smoked</em>” by the chief, who sits smoking his pipe,
+    and then <em>pulled</em> up into the dance.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>454. Straw Dance, Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Children made to dance with burning straws tied to their bodies, to
+    make them tough and brave.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>455. Sham Fight, Mandan Boys&mdash;School of practice every morning at
+        sunrise, back of the village&mdash;instructed in it by the chiefs
+        and braves.</p>
+
+<p>456. Sham Scalp Dance, by the Mandan Boys&mdash;danced in the village
+        when they come in, in honour of a sham victory.</p>
+
+<p>457. War Dance of the Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Each warrior, in turn, jumps through the fire, and then advances
+    shouting and boasting, and taking his oath, as he “strikes the
+    <em>reddened post</em>.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>458. Foot War Party in Council, Mandan.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Stopping to rest and take a smoke; chief with a war-eagle
+    head-dress on; their shields and weapons lying on the ground behind
+    them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>459. Camanchee War Party&mdash;the Chief discovering the enemy and
+        urging on his men, at sunrise.</p>
+
+<p>460. Religious Ceremony; a Sioux, with splints through his flesh,
+        and his body hanging to a pole, with his medicine-bag in his
+        hand, looks at the sun from its rising to its setting.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_288" title="288"></a>
+ <p>A voluntary cruel self-torture, which entitles him to great respect
+    for the remainder of his life, as a <em>medicine</em> or <em>mystery</em> man.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>461. Dragoons on the March, and a band of Buffalo breaking through
+        their ranks, in Texas, 1835.</p>
+
+<p>462. Prairie Dog Village.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Myriads of these curious little animals sometimes are found in one
+    village, which will extend several miles. The animals are about
+    twice the size of a rat, and not unlike it in appearance and many
+    of their habits. They dig holes in the ground, and the dirt which
+    is thrown up makes a little mound, on which they sit and bark when
+    danger approaches. They feed upon the grass, which is their only
+    food.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>463. “Smoking Horses,” a curious custom of the Sacs and Foxes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Foxes, going to war, come to the Sacs, to beg for horses; they sit
+    in a circle and smoke, and the young men ride around them, and
+    cut their shoulders with their whips until the blood runs, then
+    dismount and present a horse.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>464. Mandans attacking a party of Riccarees, whom they had driven
+        into a ravine, near the Mandan village, where they killed the
+        whole number.</p>
+
+<p>465. Chippeways making the portage around the Falls of St.
+        Anthony, with two hundred bark canoes, in 1835.</p>
+
+<p>466. Camanchees moving, and Dog Fight&mdash;dogs as well as horses drag
+        the lodge-poles with packs upon them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>These fights generally begin with the dogs, and end in desperate
+    battle; amongst the squaws, to the great amusement of the men.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>467. White Wolves attacking a Buffalo Bull.</p>
+
+<p>468. Ditto, ditto&mdash;a parley.</p>
+
+<p>469. <em>My horse “Charley” and I</em>, at sunrise, near the Neosho, on
+        an extensive prairie, encamping on the grass; my saddle for
+        a pillow, two buffalo-skins for my bed, my gun in my arms;
+        a coffee-pot and tin cup, a fire made of buffalo-dung, and
+        Charley (a Camanchee clay-bank mustang) picketed near me.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>With him alone I crossed the prairie from Fort Gibson, on the
+    Arkansas, to St. Louis, 550 miles.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>470. <em>Sioux worshipping at the Red Boulders.</em> A large boulder and
+        two small ones, bearing some resemblance to a buffalo cow and
+        two calves, painted red by the Indians, and regarded by them
+        with superstitious reverence, near the <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">“Coteau des Prairies.”</span></p>
+
+<p>471. <em>Camanchee Warrior lancing an Osage</em>, at full speed.</p>
+
+<p>472. <em>Camanchees giving the Arrows to the Medicine Rock.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>A curious superstition of the Camanchees: going to war, they have
+    no faith in their success, unless they pass a celebrated painted
+    rock, where<a class="pagenum" id="Page_289" title="289"></a> they appease the spirit of war (who resides there), by
+    riding by it at full gallop, and sacrificing their best arrow by
+    throwing it against the side of the ledge.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>473. <em>“Bàtiste, Bogard, and I” approaching Buffalo</em>, on the
+        Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>474. <em>Wi-jun-jon (an Assinneboin Chief), going to and returning
+        from Washington.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This man was taken to that city in 1832, in a beautiful Indian
+    dress, by Major Sanford, the Indian agent, and returned to his
+    country the next spring, in a Colonel’s uniform. He lectured a
+    while to his people on the customs of the whites, when he was
+    denounced by them for telling lies, which he had learned of the
+    whites, and was, by his own people, put to death at the mouth of
+    the Yellow Stone.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>475. <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">“<em>Butte de Mort</em>,”</span> Upper Missouri, a great burial-place of
+        the Sioux, called by the French <span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">“<em>Butte de Mort</em>,”</span> Hill of
+        Death.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Regarded by the Indians with great dread and superstition. There
+    are several thousand buffalo and human skulls, perfectly bleached
+    and curiously arranged about it.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>476. “<em>Rain-making</em>,” amongst the Mandans, a very curious custom.
+        Medicine-men performing their mysteries inside of the lodge,
+        and young men volunteer to stand upon the lodge from sunrise
+        until sundown, in turn, commanding it to rain.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Each one has to hazard the disgrace which attaches (when he
+    descends at sundown) to a fruitless attempt; and he who succeeds
+    acquires a lasting reputation as a <em>Mystery or Medicine man</em>. <em>They
+    never fail to make it rain!</em> as this ceremony continues from day to
+    day until rain comes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>477. “Smoking the Shield.” A young warrior, making his shield,
+        invites his friends to a carouse and a feast, who dance
+        around his shield as it is smoking and hardening over a fire
+        built in the ground.</p>
+
+<p>478. “<em>The Thunder’s Nest</em>” (Nid du Tonnerre), and a party of
+        Indians cautiously approaching it, Coteau des Prairies.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Tradition of the Sioux is that in this little bunch of bushes the
+    thunders are hatched out by quite a small bird, about as large (say
+    their <em>Medicine-men</em>, who profess to have seen it) as the end of a
+    man’s thumb. She sits on her eggs, and they hatch out in claps of
+    thunder. No one approaches within several rods of the place.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>479. <em>Sac and Fox Indians sailing in canoes</em>, by holding up their
+        blankets.</p>
+
+<p>480. <em>Grand Tournament of the Camanchees</em>, and a Sham Fight in a
+        large encampment, on the borders of Texas.</p>
+
+<p>481. <em>Bogard, Bàtiste, and I, travelling</em> through a Missouri
+        bottom, grass ten feet high.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_290" title="290"></a>
+
+<p>482. <em>Band of Sioux</em>, moving.</p>
+
+<p>483. <em>Bogard, Bàtiste, and I</em>, descending the Missouri River.</p>
+
+<p>484. <em>Bogard, Bàtiste, and I</em>, eating our breakfast on a pile of
+        drift wood, Upper Missouri.</p>
+
+<p>485. <em>Medicine Buffalo</em> of the Sioux, the figure of a buffalo cut
+        out of the turf on the prairie, and visited by the Indians
+        going on a buffalo-hunt.</p>
+
+<p>486. <em>Bogard, Bàtiste, and I</em>, chasing a herd of buffalo in high
+        grass, on a Missouri bottom.</p>
+
+<p>487. Feats of Horsemanship.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Camanchees throwing themselves on the side of their horses, while
+    at full speed, to evade their enemies’ arrows&mdash;a most wonderful
+    feat.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>488. Camanchee War Party meeting the Dragoons; and one of their
+        bravest men advancing to shake hands with Colonel Dodge, with
+        a piece of white buffalo-skin on the point of his lance. On
+        the Mexican frontier, 1835.</p>
+
+<p>489. An Indian Wedding, Assinneboin&mdash;young man making presents to
+        the father of the girl.</p>
+
+<p>490. Crow at his Toilette, oiling his long hair with bear’s grease.</p>
+
+<p>491. Crow Lodge, of twenty-five buffalo-skins, beautifully
+        ornamented.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This splendid lodge, with all its poles and furniture, was brought
+    from the foot of the Rocky Mountains.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>492. Pawnee Lodge, thatched with prairie grass, in form of a straw
+        beehive.</p>
+
+<p>493. Camanchee Lodge, of buffalo-skins.</p>
+
+<p>494. Dog Feast, Sioux; a religious feast.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Given to Mr. Sanford (Indian agent), Mr. Chouteau, Mr. M'Kenzie,
+    and myself, in a Sioux village, 1400 miles above St. Louis, 1833.
+    The only food was dog’s meat, and this is the highest honour they
+    can confer on a stranger.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>495. An Indian Council, Sioux&mdash;Chiefs in profound deliberation.</p>
+
+<p>496. Camanchee War Party, mounted on wild horses, armed with
+        shields, bows, and lances.</p>
+
+<p>497. Scalping, Sioux; showing the mode of taking the scalp.</p>
+
+<p>498. Scalping, Mandans&mdash;“Conqueror conquered.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>From a story of the Mandans&mdash;took place in front of the Mandan
+    village.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>499. Wild Horses at Play, Texas, of all colours, like a kennel of
+        hounds.</p>
+
+<p>500. Throwing the Laso, with a noose, which falls over the horse’s
+        neck.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_291" title="291"></a>
+
+<p>501. Breaking down the Wild Horse, with hobbles on his fore feet,
+        and the laso around his under jaw.</p>
+
+<p>502. <em>A Bird’s-Eye View</em> of the <em>Mandan</em> Village, 1800 miles above
+        St. Louis, on the west bank of the Missouri River.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>The lodges are covered with earth, and so compactly fixed by long
+    use, that men, women, and children recline and play upon their tops
+    in pleasant weather.</p>
+
+ <p>These lodges vary in size from forty to fifty feet in diameter,
+    and are all of a circular form. The village is protected in front
+    by the river, with a bank forty feet high, and on the back part by
+    a piquet of timber set firmly in the ground. Back of the village,
+    on the prairie, are seen the scaffolds on which their dead bodies
+    are laid to decay, being wrapped in several skins of buffalo, and
+    tightly bandaged.</p>
+
+  <p>In the middle of the village is an open area of 150 feet in
+    diameter, in which their public games and festivals are held. In
+    the centre of that is their “Big Canoe,” a curb made of planks,
+    which is an object of religious veneration. Over the Medicine
+    (or mystery) Lodge are seen hanging on the tops of poles several
+    sacrifices to the Great Spirit of blue and black cloth, which have
+    been bought at great prices, and there left to hang and decay.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>503. The <em>Interior of a Mandan Lodge</em>, showing the manner in which
+        it is constructed of poles, and covered with dirt. The Chief
+        is seen smoking his pipe, and his family grouped around him.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>At the head of each warrior’s bed is seen a post with his ornaments
+    hanging on it, and also his <em>buffalo-mask</em>, which every man <em>keeps
+    to dance</em> the buffalo-dance. Some of these lodges contain thirty or
+    forty persons, and the beds are seen extending around the side of
+    the lodge, all with <em>sacking bottoms</em>, made of a buffalo-skin, and
+    the frames of the bed covered with dressed skins.</p>
+
+    <p><span class="bigger">⁂</span> Reader, the hospitable and friendly Mandans, who were about
+    2000 in number when I was amongst them and painted these pictures,
+    have recently been destroyed by the small-pox. It is a melancholy
+    fact, that only thirty-one were left of the number, and these have
+    been destroyed by their enemy, so that their tribe is extinct, and
+    they hold nowhere an existence on earth.</p>
+
+    <p>Nearly twenty of their portraits can be seen on the walls, and
+    several other paintings of their games and amusements.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+<h3>MANDAN RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES.</h3>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage">CERTIFICATE.</p>
+
+<p>We hereby certify that we witnessed, in company with Mr. Catlin, in
+the Mandan village, the ceremonies represented in the four paintings
+to which this certificate refers, and that he has therein faithfully
+represented those scenes as we saw them transacted, without any
+addition or exaggeration.</p>
+
+<p class="signature"><span class="column">
+                             <span class="smcap">J. Kip</span>, Agent Amer. Fur Company.<br />
+                             <span class="smcap">L. Crawford</span>, Clerk.<br />
+                             <span class="smcap">Abraham Bogard.</span></span>
+</p>
+
+<p><em>Mandan Village, July 20th, 1833.</em></p>
+
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_292" title="292"></a>
+<p>504. Interior View of the <em>Medicine</em> (or <em>Mystery</em>) Lodge of
+        Mandans, during the first three days of an <em>Annual Ceremony</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This ceremony continues four days and nights in succession, in
+    commemoration of the subsiding of the <em>flood</em>; and also for
+    the purpose of conducting all the young men, as they arrive at
+    manhood, through an ordeal of <em>voluntary torture</em>, which, when
+    endured, entitles them to the respect of the chiefs, and also to
+    the privileges of going on war-parties, and gaining reputation in
+    war. The floor and sides of the lodge are ornamented with green
+    willow-boughs. The young men who are to do penance, by being
+    tortured, are seen lying around the sides of the lodge, their
+    bodies covered with clay of different colours, and their respective
+    shields and weapons hanging over their heads. In the middle of the
+    lodge lies the old <em>Medicine-man</em>, who has charge of the lodge: he
+    cries to the Great Spirit all the time, and watches these young
+    men, who are here to fast and thirst for four days and nights,
+    preparatory to the torture. Behind him, on the floor, is seen a
+    scalping-knife and a bunch of splints, which are to be passed
+    through the flesh; and over their heads are seen also the cords let
+    down from the top of the lodge, with which they are to be hung up
+    by the flesh.</p>
+
+ <p>On the ground, and in front of the picture, are four sacks
+    (containing several gallons each of water), made of the skin of the
+    buffalo’s neck, in form of a large tortoise, lying on its back.
+    These are objects of veneration, and have the appearance of great
+    antiquity.</p>
+
+ <p>By the side of them are two <em>she-she-quoi</em>, or rattles, which are
+    used, as well as the others, as a part of the music for the dance
+    in the next picture.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>505. This picture, which is a continuation of the ceremonies, is
+        a representation of the Buffalo Dance, which they call
+        <em>Bel-lohck-nah-pick</em> (the Bull Dance).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>To the strict observance of which they attribute the coming of
+    Buffalo to supply them with food during the season. This scene is
+    exceedingly grotesque, and takes place several times in each day
+    outside the lodge, and around the curb, or “Big Canoe,” whilst the
+    young men still remain in the lodge, as seen in the other picture.
+    For this dance, however, the four sacks of water are brought out
+    and beat upon, and the old <em>medicine-man</em> comes out and leans
+    against the “Big Canoe” with his medicine-pipe in his hand, and
+    cries. The principal actors in this scene are eight men dancing
+    the Buffalo Dance, with the skins of buffalo on them, and a bunch
+    of green willows on their backs. There are many other figures,
+    whose offices are very curious and interesting, but which must be
+    left for my <em>Lectures</em> or <em>Notes</em> to describe. The black figure on
+    the left they call <em>O-kee-hee de</em> (the Evil Spirit), who enters
+    the village from the prairie, alarming the women, who cry for
+    assistance, and are relieved by the old <em>medicine-man</em>; and the
+    Evil Spirit is at length disarmed of his lance, which is broken by
+    the women, and he is driven by them in disgrace out of the village.
+    The whole nation are present on this occasion as spectators and
+    actors in these strange scenes.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>506. Represents what they call Pohk-hong (the Cutting Scene). It
+        shows the inside of the Medicine Lodge, the same as is seen
+        in the first picture (505).</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>This is on the fourth day of the ceremonies, in the afternoon.
+    A number of the young men are seen reclining and fasting, as in
+    the first picture; others of them have been operated upon by the
+    torturers, and taken out of the lodge; and others yet are seen in
+    the midst of those horrid cruelties. One is seen smiling whilst the
+    knife and the splints are passing through his flesh. One is seen
+    hanging by the splints run through the flesh on his<a class="pagenum" id="Page_293" title="293"></a> shoulders, and
+    drawn up by men on the top of the lodge. Another is seen hung up by
+    the pectoral muscles, with four buffalo-skulls attached to splints
+    through the flesh on his arms and legs; and each is turned round by
+    another, with a pole, until he faints, and then he is let down. One
+    is seen as he is lowered to the ground; and another, who has been
+    let down and got strength enough to crawl to the front part of the
+    lodge, where he is offering to the Great Spirit the little finger
+    of the left hand, by laying it on a buffalo-skull, where another
+    chops it off with a hatchet. In the right of the picture are all
+    the chiefs and dignitaries of the tribe looking on.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>507. Represents what they call the “Last Race.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>After they have all been tortured in the lodge in the above manner,
+    they are led out of it with the weights, buffalo-skulls, &amp;c.
+    hanging to their flesh. Around the “Big Canoe” is a circle of young
+    men formed, who hold a wreath of willow-boughs between them, and
+    run round with all possible violence, yelling as loud as they can.</p>
+
+ <p>The young fellows who have been tortured are then led forward,
+    and each one has two athletic and fresh young men (their bodies
+    singularly painted), who step up to him, one on each side, and
+    take him by a leathern strap, tied round the wrist, and run round,
+    outside of the other circle, with all possible speed, forcing him
+    forward till he faints, and then drag him with his face in the dirt
+    until the weights are all disengaged from him, by tearing the flesh
+    out, when they drop him, and he lies (to all appearance a <em>corpse</em>)
+    until the Great Spirit gives him strength to rise and walk home to
+    his lodge.</p>
+
+ <p>In this scene also the <em>medicine-man</em> leans against the “Big Canoe”
+    and cries, and all the nation are spectators. Many pages would be
+    required to give to the world a just description of these strange
+    scenes; and they require to be described minutely in all their
+    parts in order to be fully appreciated and understood. (A full
+    account of these in my <em>Notes and Letters</em>.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<h3>NINE OJIBBEWAYS,<br />
+    <span class="smaller">WHO VISITED LONDON IN 1845.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>508. <em>Ah-quee-we-zaints</em>, the Boy Chief; a venerable man of 72
+        years.</p>
+
+<p>509. <em>Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be</em>, the Driving-Cloud; a war-chief.</p>
+
+<p>510. <em>Wee-nish-ka-wee-be</em>, the Flying Gull; a medicine-man.</p>
+
+<p>511. <em>Sah-mah</em>, Tobacco.</p>
+
+<p>512. <em>Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee</em>, the Moonlight Night.</p>
+
+<p>513. <em>Not-een-a-akm</em>, the Strong Wind.</p>
+
+<p>514. <em>Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua</em>; a woman.</p>
+
+<p>515. <em>Nib-nab-ee-qua</em>; a young girl.</p>
+
+<p>516. <em>Ne-bet-neuh-quat</em>; a woman.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<h3><a class="pagenum" id="Page_294" title="294"></a>
+FOURTEEN IOWAYS,<br />
+     <span class="smaller">WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>517. <em>Mew-hew-she-kaw</em>, the White Cloud; first Chief of the nation.</p>
+
+<p>518. <em>Neu-mon-ya</em>, the Walking Rain; War-chief.</p>
+
+<p>519. <em>Se-non-ti-yah</em>, the Blistered Feet; a medicine-man.</p>
+
+<p>520. <em>Wash-ka-mon-ya</em>, the Fast Dancer; a warrior.</p>
+
+<p>521. <em>Shon-ta-yi-ga</em>, the Little Wolf; a famous warrior.</p>
+
+<p>522. <em>No-ho-mun-ya</em>, One who gives no Attention.</p>
+
+<p>523. <em>Wa-ton-ye</em>, the Foremost Man.</p>
+
+<p>524. <em>Wa-ta-wee-buck-a-na</em>, the Commanding General.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="titlepage smaller">WOMEN.</p>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>525. <em>Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma</em>, the Strutting Pigeon; wife of White Cloud.</p>
+
+<p>526. <em>Ru-ton-wee-me</em>, Pigeon on the Wing.</p>
+
+<p>527. <em>O-kee-wee-me</em>, Female Bear that walks on the Back of another.</p>
+
+<p>528. <em>Koon-za-ya-me</em>, Female War Eagle.</p>
+
+<p>529. <i>Ta-pa-ta~me</i>, Wisdom; girl.</p>
+
+<p>530. <em>Corsair</em>; a pappoose.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<h3>TWELVE OJIBBEWAYS,<br />
+       <span class="smaller">WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>531. <em>Maun-gua-daus</em>, a Great Hero; Chief, 41 years old.</p>
+
+<p>532. <em>Say-say-gon</em>, the Hail Storm; 31 years old.</p>
+
+<p>533. <em>Kee-che-us-sin</em>, the Strong Rock; 27 years old.</p>
+
+<p>534. <em>Mush-ee-mong</em>, King of the Loons; 25 years old.</p>
+
+<p>535. <em>Au-nim-muck-kwa-um</em>, the Tempest Bird; 20 years old.</p>
+
+<p>536. <em>A-wun-ne-wa-be</em>, the Bird of Thunder; 19 years old.</p>
+
+<p>537. <em>Wa-bud-dick</em>, the Elk; 18 years old.</p>
+
+<p>538. <em>Ud-je-jock</em>, the Pelican; 10 years old.</p>
+
+<p>539. <em>Noo-din-no-kay</em>, the Furious Storm; 4 years old.</p>
+
+<p>540. <em>Min-nis-sin-noo</em>, a Brave Warrior; 3 years old.</p>
+
+<a class="pagenum" id="Page_295" title="295"></a>
+
+<p>541. <em>Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway</em>, the Woman of the Upper
+        World; 38 years old.</p>
+
+<p>542. Pappoose, born in Salle Valentino, Paris.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="decoration">
+ <img src="images/i_decorativerule.jpg" width="100" height="19" alt=" " />
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>543. <em>Death of the White Buffalo.</em> A feat of the Mandan Chiefs.</p>
+
+<p>544. <em>A Sioux War Council.</em> The Chief Waneton speaking, and asking
+        of the head Chief a war-party to go against the Sacs and
+        Foxes.</p>
+
+<p>545. <em>Battle between the Sioux and Sacs and Foxes.</em> The Sioux
+        Chief killed and scalped on his horse’s back. An historical
+        fact.</p>
+
+<p>546. <em>The Death of Ha-wan-je-tah</em>, the One Horn; head Chief of the
+        Sioux.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>Having been the accidental cause of the death of his only son, he
+    threw himself in the way of a buffalo-bull. (See Catlin’s <em>Notes</em>,
+    vol. ii., for a full account.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>547. <em>The Long Speech.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="quote2">
+ <p>It is an invariable rule amongst Indians, that while any one speaks
+    in council no one can rise. <em>See-non-ty-a</em> (the Blistered Feet), a
+    great <em>medicine-man</em>, made his favourite boast, that when he once
+    rose in an Ioway council of war it happened unfortunately for the
+    council that “he began to speak just as it began to snow.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="hang2">
+<p>548. <em>Battle of the Buffalo Bulls.</em></p>
+
+<p>549. <em>Buffaloes crossing a Ravine in a snow-drift.</em></p>
+
+<p>550. <em>Buffaloes crossing the Missouri on the ice.</em></p>
+
+<p>551. <em>Grisly Bears attacking a Buffalo Bull.</em></p>
+
+<p>552. <em>Indians spearing Salmon at Night by Torchlight.</em></p>
+
+<p>553. <em>Deer-hunting by Moonlight.</em></p>
+
+<p>554. <em>Deer-hunting by Torchlight, in bark canoes.</em></p>
+
+<p>555. <em>War Party attacked in their Camp at Night.</em></p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="tb" />
+
+<h3>INDIAN CURIOSITIES AND MANUFACTURES.</h3>
+
+<p>Amongst this most extensive and valuable collection of them in
+existence, a few of the most remarkable are</p>
+
+
+<p class="titlepage90">A CROW LODGE, OR WIGWAM.</p>
+
+<p>A very splendid thing, brought from the foot of the Rocky
+Mountains, twenty-five feet in height, made of buffalo-skins, gar<a class="pagenum" id="Page_296" title="296"></a>nished
+and painted. The poles (thirty in number) of pine, cut in
+the Rocky Mountains, have been long in use, were purchased with
+the lodge, and brought the whole distance. This <em>wigwam</em> stands
+in the middle of the gallery, and will shelter eighty or more
+persons.</p>
+
+<p><em>Indian Cradles</em>, for carrying their pappooses. <em>Lances</em>, <em>Calumets</em>
+or <em>Pipes of Peace</em>, <em>Ordinary Pipes</em>, <em>Tomahawks</em>, <em>Scalping
+Knives</em>, and <em>Scalps</em>.</p>
+
+<p>A very full and valuable collection of <em>Men and Women’s Dresses</em>
+from the different tribes, garnished and fringed with scalp-locks
+from their enemies’ heads, <em>Bows</em>, <em>Quivers</em>, <em>Spears</em>, <em>Shields</em>, <em>War-Eagle
+and Raven Head-dresses</em>, <em>Necklaces</em>, <em>Mocassins</em>, <em>Belts</em>,
+<em>Pouches</em>, <em>War-Clubs</em>, <em>Robes</em>, <em>Mantles</em>, <em>Tobacco-Sacks</em>, <em>Wampums</em>,
+<em>Whistles</em>, <em>Rattles</em>, <em>Drums</em>, <em>Indian Saddles</em>, <em>Masks for their
+Mystery Dances</em>, <em>&amp;c. &amp;c.</em></p>
+
+<p>Amongst the immense collection of Indian curiosities, &amp;c., too
+numerous to be described in the catalogue, there are Skulls from
+different tribes, of very great interest; and particularly several
+from the <em>Flat-heads</em>, showing perfectly the character of this unaccountable
+custom, and also the Flat-head cradles, illustrating the
+process by which these artificial distortions are produced.</p>
+
+<p><em>Indian Cloths</em>, <em>Robes</em>, &amp;c., manufactured by the Indians from
+the mountain sheep’s wool, and from wild dogs’ hair, beautifully
+spun, coloured, and woven.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center">END OF VOL. I.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<div class="footnotes">
+<div class="footnote">
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a>
+If the reader has forgotten to read the Preface, it will take
+     him but a moment to run his eye over it, and by turning back to
+     it he will find it an useful key to what follows.&mdash;<em>Author.</em></p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a>
+The reader, by referring to Appendix A of this volume, will see the
+comments of the Press on this Collection, in <em>England</em>, <em>France</em>, and
+the <em>United States</em>.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a>
+The noble and unaided efforts of my best of friends, Captain
+Shippard, to bring into existence such an institution, are, I believe,
+too well known and appreciated by the English public to require more of
+me here, than barely to refer to his beautifully illustrated lectures
+on the “<em>Arabians</em>” and the “<em>Ruined Cities of America</em>;” and whilst
+wishing all success to his noble enterprise, I beg to refer the reader
+to Appendix B for a synopsis of his design.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a>
+The reader will pardon these expressions, and others of a similar
+nature that may occasionally occur, for they apply to one who now rests
+with the silent dead, as will be explained in future pages of this work.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a>
+All American Indians are poor in musical instruments, the principal
+of which, and the “heel inspiring” one, is the drum or tambour. This
+is rudely, but ingeniously made, by straining a piece of raw hide over
+a hoop or over the head of a sort of keg, generally made by excavating
+the inner part of a log of wood, leaving a thin rim around its side. In
+the bottom of this they always have a quantity of water, which sends
+out a remarkably rich and liquid tone. Besides this, they use several
+kinds of rattles and whistles&mdash;some of which are for mystery purposes,
+and others merely for the pleasing and exciting effects they produce in
+their dances.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a>
+Englishmen.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a>
+The poor old chief met with a sudden embarrassment at this
+     moment that he had not thought of, and was not prepared
+     consequently to know how to proceed. He had, according to the
+     custom of his country, prepared and brought with him a beautiful
+     calumet or pipe of peace to present, and on rising to make his
+     speech (the moment when it is customary to present it) it for
+     the first time occurred to him that he was about to present it
+     to a woman, the impropriety of which was evident to him. He
+     thought of the Prince, but as the pipe of peace can only be
+     given to the highest in power, he had another misgiving; and,
+     unlike to orators in the Indian countries, continued to hold it
+     in his hand while he was speaking, and brought it away with him.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a>
+This word must be <em>whispered</em>, as the War-chief gave it, and
+not <em>spoken</em>, to be appreciated&mdash;after the mode of Indians in their
+imitations, or exclamations of surprise.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_9" href="#FNanchor_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a>
+On a subject of so much importance to me, I deem proof
+     admissible and necessary, and therefore offer to the reader the
+     following letter from the former Secretary at War, Mr. Poinsett,
+     to whom I had written on the subject of an expedition, fitting
+     out in the United States, for such a purpose, several years
+     since:&mdash;</p>
+    <div class="quote1">
+    <p class="signature">Washington City, October 19th, 1839.</p>
+    <p>My dear Sir,</p>
+
+     <p>I received your letter of the 11th instant, and am much obliged
+     to you for the information of the contemplated speculations with
+     Indians in foreign countries. I have taken precautions to defeat
+     all such enterprises, and will prosecute the speculators, and
+     saddle them with heavy costs, instead of gains, if I can detect
+     them. I consider such proceedings are calculated to degrade the
+     Red Man, and certainly not to exalt the whites engaged in them.</p>
+
+     <p class="signature"><span class="padright10">With great regard,</span><br />
+                          <span class="padright5">Yours very truly,</span><br />
+                         <span class="smcap">J.&nbsp;R. Poinsett</span>, Sec. at War.</p>
+     <p><em>To Geo. Catlin, Esq.</em></p>
+     </div>
+     <p>A few days after I received the above letter an order was issued
+     from the department of war to all the surveyors of Atlantic ports,
+     prohibiting Indians from being shipped to England, or other
+     foreign countries, for the purposes of exhibitions, without the
+     consent of the Government of the country.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_10" href="#FNanchor_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a>
+The numerous conversations held on the subjects of religion
+     and education with the three different parties of Indians,
+     in various parts of England, as well as on the continent, I
+     consider form one of the most interesting features of this work;
+     and as I have been present at them all, I have taken down all
+     the Indians’ remarks on those occasions, and I have inserted
+     them in all cases in this book as I wrote them from their lips,
+     and not in any case from recollection.&mdash;<span class="smcap">Author.</span></p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_11" href="#FNanchor_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a>
+The minds of the Indians had been so much engrossed for several
+     days with the subject of religion, that the inventive powers
+     of the little <em>Sah-mah</em> (Tobacco) had been at work; and when I
+     called on them the next morning one of them handed me his ideas,
+     as he had put them on paper with a lead pencil, and I give them
+     to the reader (<a href="#Plate_8">Plate No. 8</a>) as near as my own hand could copy
+     them from his original sketch now in my portfolio. If the reader
+     can understand the lines, he will learn from it something of the
+     state of the arts in the Indian country, as well as their native
+     propensity to burlesque.</p>
+
+<p><a id="Footnote_12" href="#FNanchor_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a>
+It was stated in some of the papers of the day that the Indian
+     won the golden prize from the members of the club, which was not
+     the case. It was put up, most liberally, by the young men of the
+     society for the Indians to shoot for among themselves, and won
+     in this way, not from the members of the club.</p>
+
+   <p>There are no Indians in North America who can equal the shooting
+     of these young gentlemen, who practise much this beautiful and
+     manly exercise. I have often, at their kind invitations, visited
+     their grounds, and I have had the opportunity of seeing the
+     shooting amongst most of the American tribes. The Indian tribes
+     who use the bow and arrow at the present time are mostly the
+     Prairie tribes, who are mounted, and, from their horses’ backs,
+     at full speed, throw their arrows but a very few paces, and use
+     a short bow of two feet or two feet and a half in length, and
+     therefore never practise at the target at the distance of one or
+     two hundred yards. Their skill and power, however, in that mode
+     of using the bow is almost inconceivable, and might puzzle the
+     best archers in England or in the world to equal.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="transnote">
+
+<h2><a id="endnote" />Transcriber’s Note</h2>
+
+<p>Hyphenation of compound words follows the text. If a hyphenation
+occurred on a line or page break, the most common variant was followed.
+Suspect spellings are noted, but are retained. The modern word ‘grizzly’
+is spelled as ‘grizly’ or ‘grisly’.</p>
+
+<p>On p. 273, the numbered list of prints is missing #261.</p>
+
+<p>On p. 291, the asterism (three asterisks forming a triangle) is
+represented simply three asterisks.</p>
+
+<p>The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer’s errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.</p>
+
+<table id="errata" summary="errata" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="3">
+<colgroup>
+  <col width="15%" />
+  <col width="45%" />
+  <col width="40%" />
+</colgroup>
+<tr><td class="tdr">p.  89</td><td>visit[e]rs</td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 135</td><td>nonplused</td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 161</td><td><em>chickababbo</em></td><td><em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 185</td><td>[t/T]he wedding in St. Martin’s church</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 195</td><td>“Oh, yes, he’s here every day[,/.]”</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 196</td><td>The Emperor of Russ[s]ia,</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 213</td><td>tribes of the North American Indians[.]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 217</td><td>land[s]capes and other scenes</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 219</td><td>presented to us[.]</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 252</td><td>opportunit[it]ies</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 255</td><td>Mississip[p]i</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">&nbsp;</td><td>legginsV<em>sic.</em></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 276</td><td>made of whi[l/t]e horse-hair</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 278</td><td>delineatio[u/n]s</td><td>Inverted.</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdr">&nbsp;</td><td>hlik[e]nesses</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 279</td><td>[5/3]28. Rock Island</td><td>Corrected.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 283</td><td>the [“]Big Bend[”]</td><td>Added for consistency.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 284</td><td>Miss[i]ouri</td><td>Removed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdr">p. 290</td><td>sp[l]endid</td><td>Added.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgi, by George Catlin
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL I ***
+
+***** This file should be named 44776-h.htm or 44776-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/7/7/44776/
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cb340c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_024fp.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_024fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c188d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_024fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_042fp.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_042fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7fbdc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_042fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_108fp.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_108fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e2e779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_108fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_136fp.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_136fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b3835d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_136fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_138fp.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_138fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbd1312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_138fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_156fp.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_156fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06752ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_156fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_166fp.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_166fp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9adb135
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_166fp.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5670e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_decorativerule.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_frontis.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38bb0a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg b/old/44776-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..490a504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776-h/images/i_halftitle_decorativerule.jpg
diff --git a/old/44776.txt b/old/44776.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dde9cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13252 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. I (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. I (of 2)
+       being Notes of Eight Years' Travels and Residence in Europe
+       with his North American Indian Collection
+
+Author: George Catlin
+
+Release Date: January 28, 2014 [EBook #44776]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL I ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note
+
+This version of the text is unable to reproduce certain typographic
+features. Italics are delimited with the '_' character as _italic_.
+The 'oe' ligature is rendered as separate characters. Words printed
+using "small capitals" are shifted to all upper-case. The 'oe'
+ligature is given here as separate characters.
+
+There are various fonts employed. These are indicated, usually,
+simply by indenting those passages.
+
+Some compound words appeared both with and without a hyphen. They are
+given as printed. Where a word is hyphenated on a line break, the
+hyphen is retained if the preponderance of other appearances indicate
+it was intended.
+
+Illustrations cannot be reproduced here, but the approximate position
+of each is indicated as: [Illustration: <caption>].
+
+The few footnotes are repositioned at the end of the paragraph or
+quotation where they are referenced. They have been numbered
+consecutively (1-13).
+
+Please consult the note at the end of this text for details of any
+corrections made.
+
+
+
+
+                             CATLIN'S NOTES
+
+                                   OF
+
+                   EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE
+                               IN EUROPE,
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION.
+
+                               VOLUME I.
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+                               ADVENTURES
+
+                                 OF THE
+
+                      OJIBBEWAY AND IOWAY INDIANS
+
+                                   IN
+
+                     ENGLAND, FRANCE, AND BELGIUM;
+
+                             BEING NOTES OF
+
+              EIGHT YEARS' TRAVELS AND RESIDENCE IN EUROPE
+
+                                WITH HIS
+
+                   NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN COLLECTION,
+
+                            BY GEO. CATLIN.
+
+
+                            IN TWO VOLUMES.
+
+                                VOL. I.
+
+                       With numerous Engravings.
+
+                         _THIRD EDITION._
+
+
+                                LONDON:
+                        PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR,
+            AT HIS INDIAN COLLECTION, NO. 6, WATERLOO PLACE.
+
+                                 1852.
+
+
+
+                                PREFACE.
+
+
+The reader of this book, being supposed to have read my former work,
+in two volumes, and to have got some account from them, of the
+eight years of my life spent amongst the wild Indians of the "_Far
+West_," in the forests of America, knows enough of me by this time
+to begin familiarly upon the subject before us, and to accompany me
+through a brief summary of the scenes of eight years spent amidst the
+civilization and refinements of the "_Far East_." After having made an
+exhibition of my Indian Collection for a short time, in the cities of
+New York, Boston, and Philadelphia, in the United States, I crossed
+the Atlantic with it--not with the fear of losing my scalp, which I
+sometimes entertained when entering the Indian wilderness--and entirely
+without the expectation of meeting with excitements or novelties enough
+to induce me to commit the sin of writing another book; and the thought
+of doing it would never have entered my head, had not another of those
+untoward accidents, which have directed nearly all the important moves
+of my life, placed in my possession the materials for the following
+pages, which I have thought too curious to be withheld from the world.
+
+After I had been more than four years in England, making an exhibition
+of my collection, and endeavouring, by my lectures in various parts
+of the kingdom, to inform the English people of the true character
+and condition of the North American Indians, and to awaken a proper
+sympathy for them, three different parties of Indians made their
+appearance, at different dates, in England, for the purpose of
+exhibiting themselves and their native modes to the enlightened world,
+their conductors and themselves stimulated by the hope of gain by their
+exertions.
+
+These parties successively, on their arrival, (knowing my history
+and views, which I had made known to most of the American tribes,)
+repaired to my Indian Collection, in which they felt themselves at
+home, surrounded as they were by the portraits of their own chiefs and
+braves, and those of their enemies, whom they easily recognised upon
+the walls. They at once chose the middle of my Exhibition Hall as the
+appropriate place for their operations, and myself as the expounder
+of their mysteries and amusements; and, the public seeming so well
+pleased with the fitness of these mutual illustrations, I undertook
+the management of their exhibitions, and conducted the three different
+parties through the countries and scenes described in the following
+pages.
+
+In justice to _me_, it should here be known to the reader, that I did
+not bring either of these parties to Europe; but, meeting them in the
+country, where they had come avowedly for the purpose of making money,
+(an enterprise as lawful and as unobjectionable, for aught that I
+can see, at least, as that of an actor upon the boards of a foreign
+stage,) I considered my countenance and aid as calculated to promote
+their views; and I therefore justified myself in the undertaking, as
+some return to them for the hospitality and kindness I had received
+at the hands of the various tribes of Indians I had visited in the
+wildernesses of America.
+
+In putting forth these notes, I sincerely hope that I may give no
+offence to any one, by endeavouring to afford amusement to the reader,
+and to impart useful instruction to those who are curious to learn the
+true character of the Indians, from a literal description of their
+interviews with the fashionable world, and their views and opinions of
+the modes of civilized life.
+
+These scenes have afforded me the most happy opportunity of seeing the
+_rest_ of Indian character (after a residence of eight years amongst
+them in their native countries), and of enabling me to give to the
+world what I was not able to do in my former work, for the want of an
+opportunity of witnessing the effects which the exhibition of all the
+ingenious works of civilized art, and the free intercourse and exchange
+of opinions with the most refined and enlightened society, would have
+upon their untutored minds. The reader will therefore see, that I am
+offering this as _another Indian book_, and intending it mostly for
+those who have read my former work, and who, I believe, will admit,
+that in it I have advanced much further towards the completion of a
+full delineation of their native character.
+
+I shall doubtless be pardoned for the unavoidable want of system and
+arrangement that sometimes appears in minuting down the incidents of
+these interviews--for recording many of the most trivial opinions and
+criticisms of the Indians upon civilized modes, and also the odd and
+amusing (as well as grave) notions of the civilized world, upon Indian
+manners and appearance, which have got into my note-book, and which I
+consider it would be a pity to withhold.
+
+I have occasionally stepped a little out of the way, also, to advance
+my own opinion upon passing scenes and events; drawing occasional
+deductions, by contrasting savage with civilized life (the modes of the
+"Far West" with those of the "Far East"); and, as what I have written,
+I offer as matter of history, without intending to injure any one, I do
+not see why I should ask pardon for any possible offence that may be
+given to the reader, who can only be offended by imagining what never
+was meant.
+
+During the series of lectures which I had been giving in various parts
+of England, and in my own country, wherein I had been contending for
+the moral and religious elevation of the Indian character, many of my
+hearers have believed that I had probably been led to over-estimate
+it, from the fact that I had beheld it in the wilderness, where there
+was nothing better to contrast it with. But I venture to say, that
+hundreds and thousands who read this book, and who became familiar with
+these wild people whilst in the enlightened world, and in the centre
+of fashion, where white man was shaking the poor Indian by the hand,
+and watching for his embarrassment while he was drawing scintillations
+from him, as the flint draws fire from the steel, will agree with me
+that the North American Indian rises highest in the estimation of his
+fellow-men, when he is by the side of those who have the advantage of
+him by their education, and nothing else.
+
+Contemplated or seen, roaming in his native wilds, with his rude
+weapons, lurking after game or his enemy, he is looked upon by most
+of the world as a sort of wild beast; but when, with all his rudeness
+and wildness, he stands amongst his fellow-men to be scanned in the
+brilliant blaze of the Levee into which he has been suddenly thrown,
+the dignified, the undaunted (and even courteous) gentleman, he there
+gains his strongest admirers, and the most fastidious are willing to
+assign him a high place in the scale of human beings.
+
+Into many such positions were these three parties of the denizens of
+the American forest thrown, during their visits to the capitals and
+provincial towns of England, Scotland, Ireland, France, and Belgium;
+and as I was by their side, their interpreter, at the hospitable
+boards, the Soirees and Levees to which they were invited by the
+gentry, the nobility, and crowned heads of the three kingdoms, I
+consider it due to them, and no injustice to the world, to record the
+scenes and anecdotes I have witnessed in those hospitable and friendly
+efforts of enlightened and religious people, to elicit the true native
+feelings of, and to commune with, their benighted fellow-men.
+
+                                                    THE AUTHOR.
+
+
+
+
+                          CONTENTS OF VOL. 1.
+
+
+                               CHAPTER I.
+
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839--Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins--Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean--A ship dismasted and in
+      distress--The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved--The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog--"My
+      man Daniel"--Sailor's nose taken off by grizly bear--Dr.
+      Madden--Terrible gale--Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears--Alarm on deck--"Bears out of their cage"--Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches--A _supposed_ bear enters
+      the cabin!--Great excitement--The explanation--The gale
+      subsides--Amusing mistake--The Author in the steerage--Two
+      eccentric characters--Arrival in Liverpool                  Page 1
+
+                              CHAPTER II.
+
+  Howling of the grizly Bears--Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks--Scuffle for luggage--Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel--Landing the grizly bears--Author's journey to
+      London--Ibbotson's Hotel--First sally into the streets--First
+      impressions of London--Adventure in the fog and mud--Amusing
+      occurrence in the street--Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets--Ingenious mode of begging--Rich shops--No pigs
+      in the streets--Soot and smoke of London--Author returns
+      to Liverpool--Daniel's trouble with the bears--Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly bears through the
+      Customs--Arrival in London with Collection and bears--Daniel
+      in difficulty--Howling of bears passing through the
+      Tunnel--The "King of New York," and "King Jefferson"            12
+
+                              CHAPTER III.
+
+  Letters of introduction--Driving a friend's horse and
+      chaise--Amusing accidents--English driving--"Turn to the
+      _right_, as the law directs"--A turn to the _left_--A fresh
+      difficulty--Egyptian Hall--Lease for three years--Arrangement
+      of Collection--Bears sold and removed to Regent's Park
+      Zoological Gardens--Their fates                                 28
+
+                              CHAPTER IV.
+
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition--Description of
+      it--The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray--Collection opened to
+      private view--Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray--Distinguished
+      visitors--Mr. Murray's explanations--Kind reception by the
+      Public and the Press--Kind friends--Fatigue of explaining
+      and answering questions--Curious remedy proposed by a
+      friend--Pleasures and pains of a friendly and fashionable
+      dinner                                                          34
+
+                               CHAPTER V.
+
+  Author's illness from overtalking in his Collection--Daniel's
+      illness from the same cause--Character of Daniel--His
+      labour-saving plan for answering one hundred questions--His
+      disappointment--Daniel travels to Ireland for his
+      health--Author prepares to publish his Notes of Travel
+      amongst the Indians--John Murray (publisher)--His reasons
+      for not publishing the Author's work--His friendly
+      advice--Author's book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall--Illustrious subscribers--Thomas Moore--Critical notices
+      in London papers                                                45
+
+                              CHAPTER VI.
+
+  The Author's wife and two children arrive in the
+      British Queen, from New York--First appreciation of
+      London--Sight-seeing--Author lectures in the Royal
+      Institution--Suggests a _Museum of Mankind_--Great
+      applause--Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution--The "_Museum of History_"--Author lectures
+      in the other literary and scientific institutions of
+      London--Author dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and
+      with the Royal Geological Society--Mrs. Catlin's travels in
+      the "Far West"--Her welcome, and kind friends in London          60
+
+                              CHAPTER VII.
+
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society--The Duke of
+      Richmond presides--His Grace's compliment to the Author
+      and his country--Sir David Wilkie--His compliment to the
+      Author--Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the
+      Caledonian Ball (Almack's) in Indian costumes--Their
+      rehearsal--Dressing and painting--Entering the ball--Alarm
+      of ladies--Mr. Murray's infinite amusement (_incognito_)
+      amongst his friends--War-dance and war-whoops--Great
+      applause--Bouquets of flowers--Scalp-dance--Brooches
+      and bracelets presented to the chiefs--Trinkets
+      returned--Perspiration carries off the paint, and Mr. Murray
+      recognised--Amusement of his friends--The "Indians" return
+      to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning--Their amusing
+      appearance                                                      66
+
+
+                             CHAPTER VIII.
+
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest
+      visit the Collection--His Royal Highness the (little)
+      Duc de Brabant visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr.
+      Murray--The Author presents him an Indian pipe and pair of
+      mocassins--Visit of His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to
+      the Collection--His noble sympathy for the Indians--He smokes
+      an Indian pipe under the wigwam--The Author takes breakfast
+      with the Duke of Sussex in Kensington Palace--The Duke's
+      dress and appearance--John Hunter, the Indian traveller--The
+      Duke's inquiries about him--Monsieur Duponceau--Visit to
+      the Bank of England--To Buckingham Palace--To Windsor
+      Castle--Author visits the Polish Ball with several friends in
+      Indian costumes                                                 79
+
+                              CHAPTER IX.
+
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms--Daniel's
+      difficulty with an artist making copies--Takes his
+      sketch-book from him--Tableaux vivans commenced--List of the
+      groups--Hon. Mr. Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the
+      Due de Brabant--The Author presented to Her Majesty and His
+      Royal Highness Prince Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray--Indian
+      Collection removed to Liverpool--Biennial exhibition of
+      Mechanics' Institution--22,000 children admitted free to the
+      Indian Collection in one week--The Indian tableaux vivans in
+      the provincial towns for six months--Collection opened in
+      Sheffield--In Manchester--Nine Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in
+      charge of Mr. Rankin--His proposal to the Author                90
+
+                               CHAPTER X.
+
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians--The Author
+      pays them a visit--Is recognised by them--Arrangement
+      with Mr. Rankin--Crowds around their hotel--First visit
+      of the Ojibbeways to the Author's Collection--Their
+      surprise--Council held under the wigwam--Indians agree to
+      drink no spirituous liquors--The old Chiefs speech to the
+      Author--Names of the Indians--Their portraits--Description of
+      each--Cadotte, the interpreter                                 103
+
+                              CHAPTER XI.
+
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall--They refuse
+      wine--Distress of the kind and accommodating
+      landlord--Indians' first _drive_ about the town of
+      Manchester--Their curious remarks--Saw some white people
+      drunk--Many women holding on to men's arms and apparently
+      not sick--Saw much smoke--Vast many poor people--Indians
+      commence dancing in the Author's Collection--Effects of the
+      war-dance and war-whoop upon the audience--Various amusements
+      of the evening--A rich present to the old Boy-Chief--And
+      his speech--Numerous presents made--Immense crowd and
+      excitement--Indians visit a great woollen-factory--Casts
+      made from their heads by a phrenologist--Visit to Orrell's
+      cotton-mill at Stockport--Their opinions of it--The party
+      kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and lady                     111
+
+                              CHAPTER XII.
+
+  Indians on the housetops--Great alarm--Curious excitement--People
+      proposing to "take them" with ropes--Railway to London--The
+      "Iron-horse"--"The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink"--Arrive in London--Alarm of the landlady--Visit from
+      the Hon. Mr. Murray--Interview with His Royal Highness the
+      Duke of Cambridge--Old Chief's speech--War-dance--The Duke
+      gives them ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco--Indians
+      ride about the city in an "omnibus and four"--Remarks on what
+      they saw--The smoke--"Prairies on fire"--Lascars sweeping
+      the streets--Visit from the Reverend Mr. S.--Impatience to
+      see the Queen--Great medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty's
+      consent--Curious ceremony--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter comes
+      in--The Queen's appointment to see them--Great rejoicing       123
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XIII.
+
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen--Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter--Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert--Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray--The waiting-room--The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery--Their reception--Introductions and
+      conversations--Indians give the war-dance--A smoke--The
+      old Chief's speech to the Queen--Pipe-dance--Her
+      Majesty and the Prince retire--Indians at a feast
+      in the waiting-room--Drinking the Queen's health in
+      Champagne--Indians call it "_Chickabobboo_"--Story of
+      _Chickabobboo_, and great amusement--Indians return
+      to London--Evening-gossip about the Queen and her
+      _Chickabobboo_--First evening of the Indians in Egyptian
+      Hall--Great excitement--Alarm--Tremendous applause--Old
+      Chiefs speech--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter to the old Chief,
+      enclosing L20 from the Queen and other presents--Speech of
+      the War-chief--Pipe-dance--Shaking hands--Curious questions
+      by the audience--Ale allowed to the Indians at dinner and
+      after supper--Their rejoicing--They call it _Chickabobboo_    134
+
+                              CHAPTER XIV.
+
+  Rev. Mr. S---- and friend visit the Indians again--A day
+      appointed for a _talk_ about religion--Indians go to
+      the Thames Tunnel--Give the medicine-dance (wabeno)
+      under it--Kind treatment there, and _Chickabobboo_--The
+      exhibition--Egyptian Hall--Debate about the propriety of the
+      Indians dancing to make money--Great crowd--Woman screaming
+      and lifted on to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards
+      called the "_jolly fat_ dame")--She gives Cadotte a
+      beautiful bracelet--Her admiration of Cadotte--Evening
+      gossip after their exhibition--The amusements of the
+      evening and sights of the day--A clergyman asks an
+      interview with the Indians and gets offended--Exhibition
+      rooms at night--Great crowd--The "jolly fat dame" in full
+      dress--She talks with Cadotte--Indians meet the Rev. Mr.
+      S---- and friend by appointment--Old Chief's speech to
+      them--Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee's speech--Reverend gentlemen thank
+      them and take leave                                            150
+
+                              CHAPTER XV.
+
+  Exhibition rooms--Great crowd--The "jolly fat dame"--Her
+      interview with Cadotte--She gives presents to all the
+      Indians--Excitement in the crowd--Women kissing the
+      Indians--Red paint on their faces and dresses--Old
+      Chief's dream and feast of thanksgiving--An annual
+      ceremony--Curious forms observed--Indians invited to
+      the St. George's archery-ground--They shoot for a gold
+      medal--They dine with the members of the club--The "jolly
+      fat dame" and Cadotte--She takes him to his lodgings in her
+      carriage--Cadotte (or the "Strong-wind") gets sick--Is in
+      love with another!--Daniel unfolds the secret to her--Her
+      distress--She goes to the country--The "jolly fat dame"
+      returns--Cadotte's engagement to marry--Rankin promotes the
+      marriage--The Author disapproves of it                         167
+
+                              CHAPTER XVI.
+
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns--Exhibition advertised to close--the wedding in
+      St. Martin's church--Great excitement--Its object--Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses--Rankin advertises
+      "the beautiful and interesting bride" to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians' exhibitions--Public disgust and
+      indignation--Condemned by the Press--Rankin begins his
+      exhibition--Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians' rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service--Rankin leaves London
+      with the Indians---Author getting out his large work--The
+      Indian portfolio--The "jolly fat dame" makes a visit to
+      Daniel in the exhibition rooms--A long dialogue--Illustrious
+      subscribers to the Author's large work--Emperor of Russia
+      and Duke of Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor--The
+      Emperor presents the Author a gold box--Author takes out a
+      patent for "disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save
+      lives on vessels sinking or burning at sea"                    185
+
+  APPENDIX.
+
+
+  APPENDIX--A.
+
+  Opinions of the Press                                         Page 205
+
+
+  APPENDIX--B.
+
+  Museum of History                                                  246
+
+
+  A Descriptive Catalogue of Catlin's Indian Collection              248
+
+
+
+
+                       CATLIN'S NOTES IN EUROPE,
+
+                             _&c. &c._
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER I.
+
+  The Author embarks at New York, with his Indian Collection,
+      and cage with two grizly Bears, for England, in the fall
+      of 1839--Packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins--Gale
+      in the middle of the ocean--A ship dismasted and in
+      distress--The Captain and twenty-eight men taken off and
+      saved--The shipwrecked Captain and his faithful dog--"My
+      man Daniel"--Sailor's nose taken off by grizly bear--Dr.
+      Madden--Terrible gale--Sea-sickness of the grizly
+      bears--Alarm on deck--"Bears out of their cage"--Passengers
+      rush below and close the hatches--A _supposed_ Bear enters
+      the cabin!--Great excitement--The explanation--The gale
+      subsides--Amusing mistake--The Author in the steerage--Two
+      eccentric characters--Arrival in Liverpool.
+
+
+In the fall of the year 1839 I embarked at New York on board of the
+packet-ship Roscius, Captain Collins, for Liverpool, with my Indian
+collection; having received a very friendly letter of advice from
+the Hon. C. A. Murray, master of Her Majesty's household, who had
+formerly been a fellow-traveller with me on the Mississippi and other
+rivers in America; and who, on his return to London, had kindly made
+a conditional arrangement for my collection in the Egyptian Hall, in
+Piccadilly.
+
+Mr. George Adlard, an Englishman, residing in the city of New York, had
+also exerted a friendly influence for me in procuring an order from
+the Lords of Her Majesty's Treasury for passing my collection into the
+kingdom free from the customary duties; and under these auspices I was
+launched upon the wide ocean, with eight tons freight, consisting of
+600 portraits and other paintings which I had made in my sojourn of
+eight years in the prairies and Rocky Mountains of America--several
+thousands of Indian articles, costumes, weapons, &c., with all of which
+I intended to convey to the English people an accurate account of the
+appearance and condition of the North American tribes of Indians.[1]
+
+On board also, as a part of my heavy collection, and as a further
+illustration of the rude inhabitants of the "_Far West_" I had, in
+a huge iron cage, two _grizly bears_, from the Rocky Mountains;
+forming not only the heaviest and most awkward part of my freight, but
+altogether the most troublesome, as will be seen hereafter.
+
+The wind was kind to us, and soon drove us across the Atlantic, without
+more than an incident or two worth recording, which I had minuted
+down as follows:--About the middle of the ocean, and in the midst
+of a four or five days' heavy gale, we came suddenly upon a ship,
+partly dismasted, with signals of distress flying, and water-logged,
+rolling about at the mercy of the merciless waves. We rounded-to with
+great danger to our own craft, and, during the early part of the
+night, succeeded, with much difficulty, in taking off the captain
+and crew of twenty-eight men, just before she went down. This was a
+common occurrence, however, and needs no further notice, other than
+of a feature or two which struck me as new. When the poor, jaded,
+and water-soaked fellows were all safely landed on the deck of our
+vessel, they laid down upon their faces and devoutly thanked God for
+their deliverance; and last of all that was lifted on board from their
+jolly-boat was their keg of rum, the only thing which they had brought
+with them when they deserted the ship. "This," good Captain Collins
+said, "you will not want now, my boys," and he cast it into the sea.
+
+ [1] If the reader has forgotten to read the Preface, it will take
+     him but a moment to run his eye over it, and by turning back to
+     it he will find it an useful key to what follows.--_Author._
+
+Captain James, a bland and good-natured Scotsman, commander of the
+Scotia, the unfortunate vessel, was invited by Captain Collins to the
+cabin of the Roscius, and into his state-room, where he was soon put
+into a suit of dry and warm clothes, and afterwards seated at the
+table; where, suddenly, a sullen resistance to food, and contemplative
+tears rolling over his cheeks, showed his rough shell to contain a
+heart that was worthy of the fondest affections of a dear wife and
+sweet little ones--none of which was he blessed with, if I recollect
+aright. But when his grief found utterance, he exclaimed, "My God! I
+have left my poor dog tied to the mast of my old craft. There he is,
+poor fellow! When we took to the jolly-boat I never thought of my poor
+Pompey!"
+
+The briny tears seemed to burn this veteran's hardened features as they
+ran over his cheeks; and hunger and fatigue, and all gave way to them
+and grief, until sleep had dried them up, and taken the edge from his
+anguished mind.
+
+The next morning, his recital of the affectionate deeds of the life of
+his faithful dog, "who had made eighteen voyages across the Atlantic
+with him, and who would always indicate land a-head by his nose sooner
+than the sailors could discern it from the mast-head--whom he had,
+in kindness, lashed to the mast for his safety, and in carelessness
+abandoned to his unavoidable fate," brought tears of pity in my own
+eyes. Poor man! he often wept for his faithful dog--and I as often
+wept for him, on our way from the middle of the ocean to Liverpool. We
+were, at this time, still in the midst of the terrible gale, which was
+increasing in its fury, and had already become quite too much for the
+tastes and the stomachs of the _grizlies_--a few words more of whom
+must go into this chapter.
+
+These two awkward voyageurs from the base of the Rocky Mountains, which
+I had reared from cubs, and fed for more than four years--for whose
+roughness in clawing and "chawing" I had paid for half a dozen cages
+which they had demolished and escaped from, and the prices of as many
+dogs "used up" in retaking them, had now grown to the enormous size
+of eight or ten hundred pounds each; requiring a cage of iron so large
+that it could not be packed amongst the ship's cargo below, but must
+needs occupy a considerable space on the deck, in the form and size
+somewhat of a small house.
+
+The front of this cage was formed of huge iron bars, kindly indulging
+the bruins to amuse themselves with a peep at what was progressing
+on deck, whilst it afforded the sailors and steerage passengers
+the amusement of looking and commenting upon the physiognomy and
+man[oe]uvres of these rude specimens from the wilderness of America.
+This huge cage, with its inmates, had ridden into and partly through
+the gale with us, when the bears became subjects of more violent
+interest and excitement than we had as yet anticipated or could
+have wished. What had taken (and was taking) place amongst the sick
+and frightened group of passengers during this roaring, whistling,
+thrashing, and dashing gale, was common-place, and has been a thousand
+times described; but the sea-sickness, and rage, and fury of these
+two grizly denizens of the deep ravines and rocky crags of the Rocky
+Mountains, were subjects as fresh as they were frightful and appalling
+to the terrified crew and passengers who were about them, and therefore
+deserve a passing comment.
+
+The immediate guardian of these animals was a faithful man by the name
+of Daniel Kavanagh, who had for several years been in my employment
+as curator of my collection, and designed to accompany me in my tour
+through England. This man has occupied a conspicuous place in my
+affairs in Europe, and much will be said of him in the following pages,
+and the familiar and brief cognomen of "Daniel" or "Dan" applied to
+him. On embarking with this man and his troublesome pets at New York, I
+had fully explained to Captain Collins their ferocious, and deceitful,
+and intractable nature, who had consequently issued his orders to all
+of his crew and to the steerage passengers not to venture within their
+reach, or to trifle with them. Notwithstanding all this precaution,
+curiosity, that beautiful trait of human nature, which often becomes
+irresistible in long voyages, and able to turn the claws of the Devil
+himself into the soft and tapering fingers of a Venus or a Daphne,
+got the better of the idle hours of the sailors, who were amusing
+themselves and the passengers, in front of the iron bars, by believing
+that they were wearing off by a sort of charm the rough asperities of
+their grizly and grim passengers by shaking their paws, and squaring
+and fending off the awkward sweeps occasionally made at them by the
+huge paw of the _she_ bear, which she could effectually make by lying
+down and running her right arm quite out between the iron bars. On one
+of these (now grown to be amusing) occasions, one of the sailors was
+"squared off" before the cage, inviting her grizly majesty to a sort
+of set-to, when she (seemingly aware of the nature of the challenge)
+gradually extended her arm and her huge paw a little and a little
+further out of her cage, with her eyes capriciously closed until it was
+out to its fullest extent, when she made a side-lick at his head, and
+an exceedingly awkward one for the sailor to parry. It was lucky for
+him, poor fellow, that he partly dodged it; though as her paw passed
+in front of his face, one of her claws carried away entirely his nose,
+leaving it fallen down and hanging over his mouth, suspended merely by
+a small piece of skin or gristle, by which alone he could claim it.
+
+Here was a sudden check to the familiarity with the bears; the results
+of which were, a renewal of the orders of non-intercourse from Captain
+Collins, and a marked coolness between the sailors and steerage
+passengers and the grizlies during the remainder of the voyage.
+
+The sailor was committed to the care of Dr. Madden, in the cabin, the
+distinguished traveller in Africa and the West Indies, and now one of
+our esteemed fellow-passengers, who skilfully replaced and arranged his
+nose with stitches and splints, and attended to it during the voyage.
+The poor fellow continued to swear vengeance on the bears when they
+should reach the land; but I believe that when they were landed in
+Liverpool, his nose was not sufficiently secure to favour his design.
+This unlucky affair had happened some days previous to the gale which I
+have begun to describe; and with the unsociable and cold reserve with
+which they were subsequently treated by all on board (visited only at
+stated periods by their old, but not yet confiding friend Daniel, who
+brought them their daily allowance), they had, as I have mentioned,
+become partakers and sufferers with us in the pangs and fears of the
+hurricane that was sweeping over the vessel and the sea about us.
+
+The third day of the gale became the most alarming, and the night of
+that day closing in upon us, seemed like the gloomy shroud amidst
+the hurrying winds and the cracking spars, that was to cover us in
+death. Until this day, though swinging (and now and then jumping) from
+mountains to mountains of waves, the ship and the elements mingled
+our fears with amusement. When, however, this day's light was gone,
+curiosity's feast was finished, and fear was no longer chained under
+our feet--we had reached the climax of danger, and terror seemed to
+have seized and reigned through every part of the ship. The bears, in
+contemplative or other vein, had been mute; but at this gloomy hour,
+seeming to have lost all patience, added, at first their piteous
+howlings, and then their horrid growls, to the whistling of the winds;
+and next, the gnashing of their teeth, and their furious lurches, and
+bolts, and blows against the sides of their cage, to the cracking of
+spars and roaring of the tempest! Curiosity again, in desperate minds,
+was resuscitated, and taking in its insatiable draughts even in the
+midst of this jarring and discordant medley of darkness--of dashing
+foam, of cracking masts, and of howlings and growlings and raging of
+grizly bears; for when the lightnings flashed, men (and even women)
+were seen crawling and hanging about the deck, as if to see if they
+could discover the death that was ready with his weapons drawn to
+destroy them.
+
+The captain had twenty times ordered all below, but to no purpose,
+until in the indiscriminate confusion of his crew and the passengers,
+in the jet blackness of the gale, when his ship was in danger, and our
+lives, his trumpet announced that "the bears were on deck!"
+
+"Good God!" was exclaimed and echoed from one end of the ship's deck to
+the other; "the grizly bears are out! down with the hatches--down the
+hatches!" The scrambling that here took place to reach the cabins below
+can only be justly known to each actor who performed his part in his
+own way; and of these there were many. Some descended headlong, some
+sidewise, and others rolled down; and every one with a ghastly glance
+back upon the one behind him, as a grizly bear, of course, that was to
+begin his "chawing" the next moment.
+
+When the scrambling was all over, and the hatches all safe, all in the
+cabin were obliged to smile for a moment, even in the midst of the
+alarm, at the queer position and man[oe]uvres of a plump little Irish
+woman who had slipped down the wrong hatchway by accident, and left her
+"other half" to spend a night of celibacy, and of awful forebodings,
+in the steerage, where she would have gone, but to which her own
+discretion as well as the united voices of the cabin passengers decided
+her not to attempt to make her way over the deck during the night.
+
+The passengers, both fore and aft, were now all snugly housed for
+the rest of the night, and the captain's smothered voice through his
+trumpet, to his hands aloft, and the stamping of the men on deck, while
+handling the ropes and shifting the sails, were all caught by our open
+ears, and at once construed into assaults and dreadful conflicts with
+the grizly bears on deck.
+
+In the midst of these conjectures some one of the passengers screamed
+and sprang from near the stairway entering the cabin, when it was
+discovered, to the thrilling amazement of all, that one of the bears
+had pawed open the hatchway, and was descending into the cabin! The
+ladies' salon, beyond the cabin, was the refuge to which the instant
+rush was making, when the always good and musical sound of the
+captain's voice was recognized. "Why! you don't think I'm a grizly
+bear, do you?" The good fellow! he didn't intend to frighten anybody.
+He had just raised the hatch and came down to get a little breath and
+a "drop to drink." He is as unlike to a grizly bear as any one else in
+the world, both in looks and in disposition; but he happened to have on
+for the occasion a black oil-cloth hood or cap, which was tied under
+the chin; and a jacket covered with long fur on the outside, making his
+figure (which was of goodly size, and which just filled the gangway),
+with a little of the lively imagination belonging to such moments, look
+the counterpart of a grizly bear. "Where's Catlin?" said he; "damn the
+bears!" "Are they out?" cried the passengers all together. "Out?--yes;
+they have eaten one man already, and another was knocked overboard
+with a handspike; he was mistaken for one of the bears. We are all in
+a mess on deck--it's so dark we can't see each other--the men are all
+aloft in the rigging. Steward! give me a glass of brandy-and-water--the
+ship must be managed, and I must go on deck. Keep close below here, and
+keep the hatches down, for the bruins are sick of the scene, and pawing
+about for a burrow in the ground, and will have the hatches up in a
+moment if you don't look to them. Where's Catlin?" "We don't know," was
+the reply from many mouths; "he is not in the cabin."
+
+"Will, here, Misther Captain, yer honour, I'll till ye," said a poor
+fellow, who in the general fright and flight had tumbled himself by
+accident into the cabin, and observed sullen silence until the present
+moment; "I'll jist till ye--I saw Misther Cathlin (I sippose he's the
+jintleman that owns the bastes) and his mon Dan (for I've known Dan for
+these many a long year in ould Amiriky, and I now he has chargin o' the
+bears on board); I saw the two, God bliss them, when the bastes was
+about gettin their hinder parts out of the cage, stannin on the side
+jisth before 'em, Misther Cathlin with his double-barrel gun, and his
+mon Dan pointin at 'em in the face, with a pistol in each hand; and
+this was jist whin I heard they were outh, and I jimped down here jist
+in the wrong place, as I am after observin when it is too late, and I
+hope there is no offence to your honour."
+
+"Catlin's gone then," said the captain; "he is swallowed!"
+
+The captain was at his post again, the hatches closed, and in the midst
+of dozing, and praying, and singing (and occasionally the hideous
+howlings of the grizlies whenever a wave made a breach over the deck
+of the vessel) was passed away that night of alarm and despair, until
+the rays of the morning's sun having chased away the mist and assuaged
+the fury of the storm, had brought all hands together on the deck, and
+in the midst of them the cheerful face of our good captain; and in
+their huge cage, which had been driven from one side of the deck to the
+other, but now adjusted, sitting upon their haunches, with the most
+jaded and humiliating looks imaginable, as they gazed between their
+iron bars, their two grizly majesties, who had hurt nobody during the
+night, nor in all probability had meditated anything worse or more
+sinful than an escape, if possible, from the imprisonment and danger
+they considered themselves unfortunately in.
+
+In the general alarm and scramble on deck in the forepart of the night,
+the total darkness having been such that it was impossible to tell
+whether the bears were out of their cage or not, and quite impossible
+to make one's way to the quarter-deck, unaccustomed to the shapes of
+things to be passed over, "Misther Cathlin" had dropped himself into
+the steerage as the nearest refuge, just before the hatch was fastened
+down for the night. Any place, and anything under deck at that time,
+was acceptable; and even at so perilous a moment, and amidst such
+alarming apprehensions, I drew a fund of amusement from the scenes
+and conversations around me. The circumstance of sixty passengers,
+men, women, and children, being stowed into so small a compass, and
+to so familiar an acquaintance, would have been alone, and under
+different circumstances, a subject of curious interest for a stranger
+so suddenly to be introduced to; but to be dropped into the midst of
+such a group in the middle of the night, in the thickest of a raging
+tempest, and the hour of danger, when some were in bed--some upon their
+knees at their prayers--others making the most of the few remaining
+drops of brandy they had brought with them, and others were playing at
+cards and enjoying their jokes, and all together just rescued from the
+jaws and the claws of the bears over their heads, was one of no common
+occurrence, and worthy at least of a few passing remarks.
+
+The wailings of the poor fellow whose wife had got into the cabin were
+incessant, and not much inferior to the howlings of the grizlies on
+deck. She had been put into my berth, and I had had the privilege of
+"turning in" with her disconsolate husband, if I had seen fit to have
+done so, or if his writhings and contortions had not taken up full
+twice the space allotted to him. It was known and told to him by some
+of his comrades, that they saw his wife go into the cabin, and that she
+was safe. "Yis," said he, "but I'm unasy, I'm not asy about her, d'ye
+see; I don't fale asy as she's there, God knows where, along with those
+jintlemen."
+
+Amongst the passengers in this part of the vessel I at once found
+myself alongside of at least two very eccentric characters. The one, I
+afterwards learned, was familiarly called by the passengers "the little
+Irishman in black," and the other "the half-Englishman, or broken-down
+swell."
+
+The first of these two eccentrics was a squatty little gentleman of
+about four feet nine inches elevation, and between two and three feet
+breadth of beam, with a wrinkled face and excessively sharp features.
+To be all in black he showed no signs of a shirt, though he was
+decently clad, but in black from head to foot, being in mourning, as
+he said, for "his son who had emigratin to Amiriky fifteen years sin,
+and livin there jist long enough to become a _native_, had died and
+leaven of a fortin, which he had been over to sittle up and receivin,
+with which he was recrossin the ocean to his native country." He
+said he wished to be rispectable and dacent, havin received 12,000
+dollars; and as he thought the dacent thing was in "payin," now-a-days,
+he had paid for a berth in the cabin, but preferred to ride in the
+steerage. He made and found much amusement in that part of the vessel
+with his congenial spirits, and seemed peculiarly happy in the close
+communication with the other oddity of the steerage, whom I have said
+the passengers called the half-Englishman, or broken-down swell, who,
+I learned from my man Daniel, had laid in three barrels of old English
+porter, in bottles, when leaving the city of New York, and the last of
+which they were now opening and making the whole company merry with,
+as a sort of thanksgiving on their lucky escape from the grizly bears,
+who they firmly believed held possession of everything on the vessel
+outside of the hatchway.
+
+This eccentric and droll, but good-natured gentleman, with the aid of
+porter made much amusement in the steerage, even in the hour of alarm;
+and though I did not at that time know his calibre, or exactly what to
+make of him, I afterwards learned that he was an English cockney who
+had been on a tour through the States, and was now on his way back to
+his fatherland. He had many amusing notions and anecdotes to relate of
+the Yankees, and in his good-natured mellowness told a very good one of
+himself, much to the amusement of the Yankees on board, and the little
+Irishman in black, and my man Daniel. He said that "the greatest luxury
+he found in New York were the hoisters, and much as he liked them he
+had eaten them for two years before he had learned whether they were
+spelled with a haitch or a ho." Much valuable time would be lost to the
+reader if I were to chain him down to the rest of the incidents that
+happened between the middle of the ocean and Liverpool; and I meet him
+there at the beginning of my next chapter.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER II.
+
+  Howling of the grizly Bears--Alarm and excitement about
+      the docks--Scuffle for luggage--Scene at the Grecian
+      Hotel--Landing the grizly Bears--Author's journey to
+      London--Ibbotson's Hotel--First sally into the streets--First
+      impressions of London--Adventure in the fog and mud--Amusing
+      occurrence in the street--Beggars at the crossings of the
+      streets--Ingenious mode of begging--Rich shops--No pigs
+      in the streets--Soot and smoke of London--Author returns
+      to Liverpool--Daniel's trouble with the Bears--Passing
+      the Indian Collection and grizly Bears through the
+      Customs--Arrival in London with Collection and Bears--Daniel
+      in difficulty--Howling of Bears passing through the
+      Tunnel--The "King of New York," and "King Jefferson."
+
+
+On nearing the docks at Liverpool, not only all the passengers of the
+ship, but all the inhabitants of the hills and dales about, and the
+shores, were apprised of our approach to the harbour by the bellowing
+and howling of the grizlies, who were undoubtedly excited to this sort
+of _Te Deum_ for their safe deliverance and approach to _terra firma_,
+which they had got a sight (and probably a smell) of.
+
+The arrival of the Roscius on that occasion was of course a conspicuous
+one, and well announced; and we entered the dock amidst an unusual
+uproar and crowd of spectators. After the usual manner, the passengers
+were soon ashore, and our luggage examined, leaving freight and grizly
+bears on board, to be removed the next morning. From the moment of
+landing on the wharf to the Custom-house, and from that to the hotel
+where I took lodgings, I was obliged to "fend off," almost with foot
+and with fist, the ragamuffins who beset me on every side; and in
+front, in the rear, and on the right and the left, assailed me with
+importunities to be allowed to carry my luggage. In the medley of
+voices and confusion I could scarcely tell myself to which of these
+poor fellows I had committed my boxes; and no doubt this (to them)
+delightful confusion and uncertainty encouraged a number of them to
+keep close company with my luggage until it arrived at the Grecian
+Hotel. When it was all safely landed in the hall, I asked the lad who
+stood foremost and had brought my luggage in his cart, how much was to
+pay for bringing it up? "Ho, Sir, hi leaves it to your generosity, Sir,
+has you are a gentleman, Sir; hit's been a werry eavy load, Sir."
+
+I was somewhat amused with the simple fellow's careless and easy
+manner, and handed him eighteen pence, thinking it a reasonable
+compensation for bringing two small trunks and a carpet-bag; but
+he instantly assumed a different aspect, and refused to take the
+money, saying that no gentleman would think of giving him less than
+half-a-crown for such a load as he had brought. I soon settled with and
+dismissed him by giving him two shillings; and as he departed, and I
+was about entering the coffee-room, another of his ragged fraternity
+touched my elbow, when I asked him what he wanted. "Wo, Sir, your
+luggage there--" "But I have paid for my luggage--I paid the man you
+see going out there." "Yes, Sir; but then you sees, hi elped im put
+it hon; hand I elped im along with it, hand it's werry ard, Sir, hif
+Ise not to be paid has well as im." I paid the poor fellow a sixpence
+for his ingenuity; and as he left, a third one stepped up, of whom I
+inquired, "What do _you_ want?" "Why, Sir, your luggage, you know,
+there--I am very sorry, Sir, to see you pay that worthless rascal
+what's just going out there--I am indeed sorry, Sir--he did nothing,
+but was hol the time hin our way--hit urts me, Sir, to see a gentleman
+throw is money away upon sich vagabonds, for it's hundoubtedly ard
+earned, like the few shillings we poor fellows get." "Well, my good
+fellow, what do you want of me?" "Ho, Sir, hit's honly for the cart,
+Sir--you will settle with me for the cart, Sir, hif you please--that
+first chap you paid ad my cart, hand I'll be bound you ave paid im
+twice has much has you hought." "Well, to make short," said I, "here,
+take this sixpence for your cart, and be off." I was thus brief, for I
+saw two or three others edging and siding up in the passage towards me,
+whom I recollected to have seen escorting my luggage, and I retreated
+into the coffee-room as suddenly as possible, and stated the case to
+one of the waiters, who promised to manage the rest of the affair.
+
+I was thus very comfortable for the night, having no further annoyance
+or real excitement until the next morning after breakfast, when it
+became necessary to disembark the grizly bears. My other heavy freight
+had gone to Her Majesty's Custom-house, and all the passengers from
+the cabin and steerage had gone to comfortable quarters, leaving the
+two deck passengers, the grizlies, in great impatience, and as yet
+undisposed of. My man Daniel had been on the move at an early hour, and
+had fortunately made an arrangement with a simple and unsuspecting old
+lady in the absence of her "good man," to allow the cage to be placed
+in a small yard adjoining her house, and within the same inclosure,
+which had a substantial pavement of round stones.
+
+This arrangement for a few days promised to be an advantageous one for
+each party. Daniel was to have free access and egress for the purpose
+of giving them their food, and the price proposed to the good woman was
+met as a liberal reward for the reception of any living beings that
+she could imagine, however large, that could come within her idea of
+the dimensions of a cage. Daniel had told her that they were two huge
+bears; and in his reply to inquiries, assured her that they were not
+harmless by any means, but that the enormous strength of their cage
+prevented them from doing any mischief.
+
+The kind old lady agreed, for so much per day, to allow the cage to
+stand in her yard, by the side of her house, at least until her husband
+returned. With much excitement and some growling about the docks and
+the wharf, they were swung off from the vessel, and, being placed on a
+"float," were conveyed to, and quietly lodged and fed in, the retired
+yard of the good woman, when the gate was shut, and they fell into a
+long and profound sleep.
+
+The grizly bears being thus comfortably and safely quartered in the
+immediate charge of my man Daniel, who had taken an apartment near
+them, and my collection being lodged in the Custom-house, I started by
+the railway for London to effect the necessary arrangements for their
+next move. I had rested in and left Liverpool in the midst of rain, and
+fog, and mud, and seen little else of it; and on my way to London I
+saw little or nothing of the beautiful country I was passing through,
+travelling the whole distance in the night. The luxurious carriage in
+which I was seated, however, braced up and embraced on all sides by
+deep cushions; the grandeur of the immense stations I was occasionally
+passing under; the elegance and comfort of the cafes and restaurants I
+was stumbling into with half-sealed eyes, with hundreds of others in
+the middle of the night, with the fat, and rotund, and ruddy appearance
+of the night-capped fellow-travellers around me, impressed me at once
+with the conviction that I was in the midst of a world of comforts and
+luxuries that had been long studied and refined upon.
+
+I opened my eyes at daylight at the terminus in the City of London,
+but could see little of it, as I was driven to Ibbotson's Hotel, in
+Vere-street, through one of the dense fogs peculiar to the metropolis
+and to the season of the year in which I had entered it. To a foreigner
+entering London at that season, the first striking impression is the
+blackness and gloom that everywhere shrouds all that is about him. It
+is in his hotel--in his bed-chamber--his dining-room, and if he sallies
+out into the street it is there even worse; and added to it dampness,
+and fog, and mud, all of which, together, are strong inducements for
+him to return to his lodgings, and adopt them as comfortable, and as a
+luxury.
+
+I am speaking now of the elements which the Almighty alone can control,
+and which only we strangers first see, as the surface of things, when
+we enter a foreign land, and before our letters of introduction, or
+the kind invitations of strangers, have led us into the participation
+of the hospitable and refined comforts prepared and enjoyed by the
+ingenuity of enlightened man, within. These I soon found were all
+around me, in the midst of this gloom; and a deep sense of gratitude
+will often induce me to allude to them again in the future pages of
+this work.
+
+My breakfast and a clean face were the first necessary things
+accomplished at my hotel, and next to them was my first sally into
+the streets of the great metropolis, to inhale the pleasure of first
+impressions, and in my rambles to get a glance at the outer walls
+and the position of the famous Egyptian Hall, which I have already
+said my kind friend the Hon. C. A. Murray had conditionally secured,
+as the locale of my future operations. It is quite unnecessary,
+and quite impossible also, for me to describe the route I pursued
+through the mud and the fog in search of the Hall. Its direction had
+been pointed out to me at my start, and something like the distance
+explained, which, to an accustomed woodsman like myself, seemed a
+better guarantee of success than the names of a dozen streets and
+turnings, &c.; and I had "leaned off" on the point of compass, as
+I thought, without any light of the sun to keep me to my bearings,
+until I thought myself near its vicinity, and at a proper position to
+make some inquiry for its whereabouts. I ran against a young man at
+the moment (or, rather, he ran against me, as he darted across the
+street to the pavement, with a black bag under his arm), whom I felt
+fully at liberty to accost; and to my inquiry for the Egyptian Hall,
+he very civilly and kindly directed me in the following manner, with
+his hand pointing down the street in the opposite direction to the one
+in which I was travelling:--"Go to the _bottom_, d'ye see, sir, and
+you are at the _top_, of Piccadilly; you then pass the third turning
+to the left, and you will see the hexibition of the uge hox; that hox
+is in the Hegyptian All, and ee _his_ a wapper, sure enough!" By this
+kind fellow's graphic direction I was soon in the Hall, got a glance
+of it and "the fat ox," and then commenced my first peregrination,
+amidst the mazes of fog and mud, through the Strand, Fleet-street,
+and Cheapside; the names of which had rung in my ears from my early
+boyhood, and which the sort of charm they had wrought there had created
+an impatient desire to see.
+
+I succeeded quite well in wending my way down the Haymarket, the
+Strand, and Fleet-street, slipping and sliding through the mud, until I
+was in front or in the rear (I could not tell which) of the noble St.
+Paul's, whose black and gloomy walls, at the apparent risk of breaking
+my neck, I could follow up with my eye, until they were lost in the
+murky cloud of fog that floated around them. I walked quite round it,
+by which I became duly impressed with its magnitude below, necessarily
+leaving my conjectures as to its elevation, for future observations
+through a clearer atmosphere.
+
+I then commenced to retrace my steps, when a slight tap upon my
+shoulder brought me around to look upon a droll and quizzical-looking
+fellow, who very obsequiously proceeded (as he pointed to the collar
+of my cloak, the lining of which, it seems, had got a little exposed),
+"The lining of your cloak, sir; hit don't look very well for a
+gentleman, sir; hexcuse me, hif you please, sir." "Certainly," said
+I; "I am much obliged to you," as I adjusted it and passed on. In my
+jogging along for some distance after this rencontre, and while my
+eyes were intent upon the mud, where I was selecting the places for
+my footsteps, I observed a figure that was keeping me close company
+by my side, and, on taking a fairer look at him, found the same droll
+character still at my elbow, when I turned around and inquired of him,
+"What now?" "Ho, sir, your cloak, you know, sir; hit didn't look well,
+for a gentleman like you, sir. Your pardon, sir; ha sixpence, hif you
+please, sir." I stopped and gave the poor fellow a sixpence for his
+ingenuity, and jogged on.
+
+The sagacity of this stratager in rags had detected the foreigner or
+stranger in me at first sight, as I learned in a few moments, in
+the following amusing way. I had proceeded but a few rods from the
+place where I had given him his sixpence and parted company with him,
+when, crossing an intersecting street, I was met by a pitiable object
+hobbling on one leg, and the other twisted around his hip, in an
+unnatural way, with a broom in one hand, and the other extended towards
+me in the most beseeching manner, and his face drawn into a triangular
+shape, as he was bitterly weeping. I saw the poor fellow's occupation
+was that of sweeping the crossing under my feet, and a sixpence that
+I slipped into his hand so relaxed the muscles of his face, by this
+time, that I at once recognised in him the adjuster of the lining of my
+cloak; but I had no remedy, and no other emotion, at the instant, than
+that of amusement, with some admiration of his adroitness, and again
+passed on.
+
+Casting my eyes before me I observed another poor fellow, at the
+crossing of another street, plying his broom to the mud very nimbly (or
+rather passing it over, just above the top of the mud), whilst his eye
+was fixed intently upon me, whom he had no doubt seen patronizing the
+lad whom I had passed. I dodged this poor fellow by crossing the street
+to the right, and as I approached the opposite pavement I fell into the
+hands of a young woman in rags, who placed herself before me in the
+most beseeching attitude, holding on her arm a half-clad and sickly
+babe, which she was pinching on one of its legs to make it cry, whilst
+she supplicated me for aid. I listened to her pitiable lamentations a
+moment, and in reproaching her for her cruelty in exposing the life of
+her little infant for the purpose of extorting alms, I asked her why
+she did not make her husband take care of her and her child? "Oh, my
+kind sir," said she, "I give you my honour I've got no husband; I have
+no good opinion of those husbands." "Then I am glad you have informed
+me," said I; "you belong to a class of women whom I will not give to."
+"Oh, but, kind sir, you mistake me; I am not a bad woman--I am _not_
+a bad woman--I assure you! I am a decent woman, and God knows it:
+the child is not mine; it is only one that I hires, and I's obliged
+to pay eighteen pence a day for it; which is as true as God's holy
+writ; that's what it is." "Then," said I, "you are a wretch, to keep
+that innocent little thing here in the cold; and, instead of alms, you
+deserve to be handed over to the police." She gave me many hard names
+as I was stepping into a cab which I had beckoned up and directed to
+drive me to Ibbotson's Hotel, in Vere-street.
+
+"Where, sir?" asked the cab-driver as he mounted his seat. "Vy, sir,
+didn't you ear the gentleman?" said a man with a large bronze medal
+hanging on his breast, who had one hand on the door; "drive im to
+Hibbotson's Otel, Were-street, Hoxford-street." "Who are you?" said I,
+as we were moving off, and he held the door open with one hand and his
+hat raised with the other; "what do you want?"
+
+"I'm the vaterman, sir; you'll recollect the vaterman?" "Yes, I'll
+not forget you in a long time." So I shut the door without giving the
+poor man his ha'penny, not knowing the usual custom yet, and too much
+pressed for time to learn it at that moment.
+
+I observed, in passing several equestrian and other statues in the
+streets, that they were all black; which seemed curious; and also,
+in every street, I saw what was new to me, and not to be seen in
+the streets of the American cities--meat-shops and fishmongers
+indiscriminately mingled along the same side-walks with dry
+goods--hosiers, china, and hardware--and fancy shops; and also
+performed the whole route, outward and homeward, without having seen
+a solitary pig ploughing the gutters, as we too familiarly meet them
+in many of the American cities, though the gutters, much of the way,
+would seem to have offered a tolerably rich field for their geological
+researches.
+
+I met with evidences enough, however, that I was not out of the land of
+pigs, though they were not seen promenading or ploughing the streets.
+I passed several shops, all open in front, where poor piggies were
+displayed in a much less independent way--hanging by their hind legs
+at full length, and the blood dripping from their noses upon the
+sills of the shops and pavements, to amuse the eyes of the silken and
+dazzling throng that was squeezing and brushing along by them; and
+whilst I easily decided which was the most cruel to the poor brutes, I
+was much at a loss to decide which mode was calculated to be the most
+shocking to the nerves that would be weak enough to be offended by
+either.
+
+I was thus at the end of my first day's rambles in London, without at
+present recollecting any other occurrences worthy of note, excepting
+a little annoyance I had felt by discovering with my left eye, while
+walking in the street, something like a small black spot on the side
+of my nose, which, by endeavouring many times to remove by the brush
+of my hand across it, I had evidently greatly enlarged, and which,
+when I returned, I examined and found to have been at first, in all
+probability, a speck of soot which had alighted there, and by passing
+my hand over it had, as in other instances, on other parts of my face,
+mashed it down and given it somewhat the shape and tail of a comet, or
+the train of a falling star, though differing materially in brilliancy
+and colour.
+
+I used the rest of this gloomy day in obtaining from the Lords of
+the Treasury the proper order for passing my collection through the
+Customs, which has been before mentioned, arranging my letters of
+credit, &c., and returned by the evening's train to Liverpool, to join
+my collection again, and Daniel and the grizly bears.
+
+On my return to that city I found poor Daniel in a sad dilemma with
+the old lady about the bears, and the whole neighbourhood under a high
+excitement, and in great alarm for their safety. The bears had been
+landed in the briefest manner possible; exempted from the usual course
+that almost everything else takes through the Queen's warehouse; and,
+though relieved from the taxes of the customs, I soon found that I had
+duties of a different character accumulating that required my attention
+in another quarter. The agreement made by the old lady with Daniel to
+keep them in her yard for so much per day, and for as long a time as he
+required, had been based upon the express and very judicious condition
+that they were to do no harm. From the moment of their landing they
+had kept up an almost incessant howling, so Rocky-Mountain-ish and so
+totally unlike any attempts at music ever heard in the country before,
+that it attracted a crowd night and day about the old lady's door, that
+almost defeated all attempts at ingress and egress. A little vanity,
+however, which she still possessed, enabled her to put up with the
+inconvenience, which she was turning to good account, and counting
+good luck, until it was ascertained, to her great amazement as well as
+alarm, that the bears were passing their huge paws out of the cage,
+between the iron bars, and lifting up the round stones of her pavement
+for the pleasure of once more getting their nails into the dirt, their
+favourite element, and which they had for a long time lost sight of.
+
+In their unceasing pursuit of this amusement, by night and by day,
+they had made a sad metamorphosis of the old lady's pavement, as, with
+the strength of their united paws, they had drawn the cage around to
+different parts of the yard, totally unpaving as they went along. At
+the time of the poor old lady's bitterest and most vehement complaint,
+they were making their move in the direction of her humble tenement,
+the walls of which were exceedingly slight; and her alarm became
+insupportable. The ignorant crowd outside of the inclosure, who could
+get but a partial view of their operations now and then, had formed
+the most marvellous ideas of these monsters, from the report current
+amongst them that they were eating the paving-stones; and had taken the
+most decided and well-founded alarm from the fact that the bears had
+actually hurled some of the paving-stones quite over the wall amongst
+their heads, which were calling back an increased shower of stones and
+other missiles, adding fresh rage and fears to the growling of the
+bears, which altogether was threatening results of a more disastrous
+kind.
+
+In this state of affairs I was very justly appealed to by the old lady
+for redress and a remedy, for it was quite evident that the condition
+of her agreement with Daniel had been broken, as the bears were now
+decidedly doing much harm to her premises; destroying all her rest,
+and (as she said) "her appetite and her right mind;" and I agreed
+that it was my duty, as soon as possible, to comply with her urgent
+request that they should be removed. She insisted on its being done
+that day, as "it was quite impossible to pass another night in her
+own bed, when there was such howling and groaning and grunting in
+her yard, by the side of her house." Daniel took my directions and
+immediately went through the town in search of other quarters for
+them, and was to attend to their moving whilst I was to spend the day
+in the Custom-house, attending to the examination of my collection of
+600 paintings and many thousand Indian costumes, weapons and other
+curiosities, which were to be closely inspected and inventoried, for
+duties.
+
+Immersed in this mystery of difficulties and vexations at the customs
+during the day, I had lost sight of Daniel and his pets until I was
+free at night, when I was assailed with a more doleful tale than ever
+about the bears. Troubles were gathering on all sides. Poor Daniel
+had positively arranged in several places for them, but when "their
+characters were asked from their last places," he met defeat in every
+case, and was obliged to meet, at last, the increased plaints of his
+old landlady, whose rage and ranting were now quite beyond control.
+She had made complaint to the police, of whom a _posse_ had been sent
+to see to their removal. Daniel in the mean time had dodged them, and
+was smiling amidst the crowd at the amusing idea of their laying hold
+of them, or of even going into the yard to them. The police reported
+on the utter impossibility of removing them to any other part of the
+town, their "character" having been so thoroughly published already to
+all parts; and it was advised, to the utter discomfiture of the old
+lady, that it would be best for them to remain there until they should
+be removed to London, and that I should pay for all damages. The poor
+old lady afterwards had a final interview with Daniel in the crowd,
+when she very judiciously resolved that if the bears did not move, _she
+must_--which she did that night, and placed Daniel in her bed, as the
+guardian of her property and of his pets, until the third or fourth
+day afterwards, when they were moved to the railway, and by it (night
+and day, catching what glimpses they could of the country they were
+serenading with their howls and growls as they passed through it under
+their tarpaulin) they were conveyed to the great metropolis.
+
+Owing to the multiplicity of articles to be examined and inventoried
+in the customs, and the great embarrassment of the clerics in writing
+down their Indian names, my labours were protracted there to much
+tediousness; but when all was brought to a close by their proposing,
+most judiciously, to count the number of curiosities instead of wasting
+paper and time and paralysing my jaws by pronouncing half a dozen times
+over, and syllable by syllable, their Indian names, my collection of
+eight tons weight was all on the road and soon at the Euston station in
+London, where we again recognised the mournful cries of the grizlies,
+who had arrived the night before.
+
+On arriving at the station, I found Daniel at a small inn in the
+vicinity, where he seemed highly excited by some unpleasant altercation
+he had had with the landlord and inmates of the house, growing out of
+national and political prejudices, which had most probably been too
+strongly advanced on both sides. Daniel had suddenly raised a great
+excitement in the neighbourhood by his arrival with the grizly bears,
+whose occasional howlings had attracted crowds of people, curious to
+know the nature of the strange arrival; and all inquirers about the
+station being referred to their keeper, who was at the inn, brought
+Daniel and his patience into notoriety at once.
+
+Daniel (_Plate No. 2_) is an Irishman, who emigrated to the United
+States some twenty years since, and, by dint of his industry and hard
+labour, had met with success in acquiring an humble independence, and
+had formed the most undoubted attachment to the Government and its
+institutions; and, from his reading, and conversation with the world,
+had informed himself tolerably well in political matters, which he was
+always ready to discuss; and being rather of a hasty and irascible
+temperament, he often got into debates of that nature, that led him
+into danger of unpleasant results. It was in the midst of one of
+these that I found him at the inn, surrounded by at least a hundred
+labouring men and idlers from the streets, who had been drawn around
+him at first, as I have said, to get some information of the bears,
+but who had changed their theme, and were now besieging him on all
+sides, to combat him on some political dogma he had advanced relative
+to his favourite and adopted country, the United States; or to taunt
+him with slaunts at his native country, all of which, with his native
+wit, he was ready to meet with ability, until, as he afterwards told
+me, "they were showered upon him so rapidly, and from so many quarters
+at once, that it became quite impossible to answer them, and that the
+stupid ignorance and impertinence of some of them had worn out all
+his patience, and irritated him to that degree, that I must excuse
+him for the excitement I had found him under when I arrived." With
+much difficulty I rescued him from the crowd that had enclosed him,
+and, retiring to a private room, after matters of business had been
+arranged, he gave me the following account of the difficulties he had
+just been in, and of the incidents of his journey from Liverpool to
+London with the bears.
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 2.]
+
+At Liverpool he had had great difficulty in getting permission to
+travel by the luggage train, to keep company with the bears, the
+necessity of which he urged in vain, until he represented that, unless
+he was with them to feed them, their howlings and other terrific noises
+and ravings would frighten their hands all out of the stations, and
+even add probabilities to their breaking loose from the cage in
+which they were confined, to feed upon the human flesh around them, and
+of which they were peculiarly fond. Upon these representations, he was
+allowed the privilege of a narrow space, to stand or to sit, in the
+corner of one of the luggage-trains, and thus bore the bears company
+all the way.
+
+When they entered the first tunnel on their way, they raised a hideous
+howl, which they continued until they were through it, which might
+have been from a feeling of pleasure, recognizing in it something of
+the character of the delightful gloominess of their own subterranean
+abodes; or their outcries might have been from a feeling of dread or
+fear from those narrow and damp caverns, too much for their delicate
+tastes and constitutions. This, however, is matter for the bears to
+decide. At Birmingham, where they rested on the truck for the greater
+part of a day, their notification to the town had called vast crowds
+of spectators around them; and though their tarpaulin prevented them
+from being seen, many, very many, drew marvellous accounts of them
+from one another, and from the flying reports which had reached them
+several days before from Liverpool, of "two huge monsters imported from
+the Rocky Mountains, that had scales like alligators, with long spears
+of real flint at the ends of their tails; that they made nothing of
+eating paving-stones when they were hungry, and that in Liverpool they
+had escaped, and were travelling to the north, and demolishing all the
+inhabitants of Lancashire as they went along," &c. Their occasional
+howls and growls, with, once in a while, a momentary display of one
+of their huge paws, exhibited from under the tarpaulin, riveted the
+conviction of the gaping multitude as to the terror and danger of these
+animals, while it put at rest all apprehensions as to their being at
+large and overrunning the country. Poor Daniel had to stand between
+the crowd and his pets, to save them from the peltings and insults
+of the crowd, and at the same time, to muster every talent he had at
+natural history, to answer the strange queries and theories that were
+raised about them. He was assailed on every side with questions as
+to the appearance and habits of the animals, and at last, about "the
+other animals," as they called them, "running on two legs, in America;"
+for many of them, from his representations, had come fresh from the
+coal-pits and factories, with ideas that Americans were a sort of
+savages, and that savages, they had understood, were "a sort of wild
+beastises, and living on raw meat." These conjectures and queries were
+answered amusingly for them, by Daniel; and, after he had a little
+enlightened them by the information he gave them, their conversation
+took a sort of political turn, which, I have before said, he was prone
+to run into; and thus, luckily, the time was whiled away, without any
+_set-to_ to bother the bears and himself, which he had seen evidently
+preparing, until the whistle announced them and him on their way again
+for the metropolis.
+
+The next morning he found himself and the bears safe landed at the
+terminus in London, where I have already said that I found him and
+released him from a medley of difficulties he had worked himself into.
+
+The keeper of the inn had himself been the first to provoke poor
+Daniel, but when he found it for his interest, and advised a different
+course, he endeavoured to turn his criticisms into good nature, and
+had taken sides with him. Daniel, very amusingly however, describes
+his remarks as so excessively ignorant, that they excited his mirth
+more than anger, and he repeated several of them in the following
+manner:--He first provoked Daniel by inquiring "who his master was,
+and where he was at that time." Daniel replied to him, somewhat to his
+surprise, "I have no master, Sir; I live in a country, thank God, where
+we are our own masters. My 'boss' (if you will have it that way) is a
+Mr. Catlin, who I expect here in a few hours." Finding that Daniel and
+the bears were from America, of which country he had heard some vague
+accounts, he very innocently enquired who was the King in America at
+that time, apologizing, that by the treacherousness of his memory he
+had lost the run of them. Daniel told him that they had no king in
+America. He then said "he well recollected when the old fellow died,
+but he had equally forgotten the name of the Queen; he recollected to
+have read of the King of New York." Daniel soon put his recollection
+right, and in doing so had given umbrage to the poor man, which led to
+the long and excited political debate with which I found Daniel so much
+exasperated when I arrived.
+
+Daniel had, in the beginning of this affair, explained to the
+bystanders around him the difference between a King and a President,
+and then had provoked his landlord by amusingly and pleasantly
+repeating the anecdote of "King Jefferson" (which is current in
+America) in reply to his questions about the "King of New York;" and in
+the following manner:--
+
+"During the presidency of Thomas Jefferson, who lived in the city of
+Washington, two poor emigrants from the county of Cork, in my own
+country, made their way to America in a vessel which landed them in
+Philadelphia; they got ashore, and as they were taking their first
+stroll through the streets in the 'land of liberty and equality,'
+without a shilling in their pockets, they began to 'sing out' 'Huzza
+for King George!' This of course excited too much opposition to last
+long in the streets of a republican city, and a gentleman very kindly
+stopped the poor fellows, and to their great surprise informed them
+that he feared they would get into difficulty if they continued to
+huzza for the king, as King George was not the king of the country they
+were now in. He informed them that Mr. Jefferson was the great man in
+America--that he was President of the United States, and that it would
+not do for them to huzza for King George. They thanked him, and as
+they proceeded on they increased the volume of their voices in huzzas
+for 'King Jefferson!--huzza for King Jefferson!' This soon excited the
+attention of the police, who silenced their bawling by 'putting them in
+the jug!'"
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER III.
+
+  Letters of introduction--Driving a friend's horse and chaise--Amusing
+      accidents--English driving--"Turn to the _right_, as the law
+      directs"--A turn to the _left_--A fresh difficulty--Egyptian
+      Hall--Lease for three years--Arrangement of collection--Bears sold
+      and removed to Regent's Park Zoological Gardens--Their fates.
+
+
+Having landed all my effects safely at the terminus in London, the
+next thing was the final _locale_; and to decide on this, my letters
+of introduction, or a part of them at least, should be delivered; and
+for this and other dodgings about through the city for a few days,
+the first gentleman to whom I delivered a letter had the kindness to
+insist on my using his horse and chaise during certain portions of the
+day, when he did not use them himself. This was the kindest thing that
+he could have done for me, and I shall never forget the obligation he
+laid me under by doing so. His footman, who accompanied me, relieved me
+from all anxiety about the horse, which was a noble animal; and my long
+errands through the mud were most delightfully abridged.
+
+As the fatalities of life seem to bring us more or less trouble in
+every step we take in it, I had mine, even in this new and independent
+arrangement. In my first dash through the streets with all the
+confidence and tact I had acquired from my boyhood in driving a
+similar vehicle in my own country, I was suddenly in the midst of
+fresh misfortune by "turning to the right, as the law directs" (the
+regulation and custom of the United States), which brought my horse
+into the most frightful collision with a pair that were driven by a
+gentleman, and who had reined in the same direction under the English
+custom of "turn to the left."
+
+This affair was not only one of imminent danger of harm, which we had
+all luckily escaped, but one of exceeding mortification to me from the
+circumstances which immediately followed.
+
+The extreme care and skill in driving, with the fine training of horses
+in England (of which we have little idea in the United States), render
+accidents in the streets of London so exceedingly rare, that when
+they do occur they immediately attract an immense crowd, and into the
+midst of such an one was I thrown by the unfortunate accident which my
+ignorance rather than carelessness had just been the cause of.
+
+By the violence of the concussion I had been landed in the street, and
+the gentleman, to whose harness I had done some injury, was suddenly
+in front of me with his whip in his hand; and in the hearing of the
+crowd that was hovering around, in the most excited manner, demanding
+of me what I meant by driving against him in that awkward manner, and
+threatening to hold me responsible for damages done by not turning the
+right way, whilst I felt every disposition to answer his questions
+respectfully, as I saw the injury was all on his side. I still felt
+that a little tenacity was allowable on my side; and I almost as
+peremptorily demanded of him why he did not rein to the right, as the
+law requires:--"Rein to the right!" said he, "who the devil ever heard
+of such a thing as turning to the right? Where are you from, I should
+like to know?" "I am from a country, sir, where the law directs all
+vehicles to 'turn to the right.'" "What country is that, I should like
+to know?" "North America, sir." "Ha! just about what I should have
+thought, sir:--I suppose I shall get pay for my coupling-lines about
+the time the States pay interest." "Most likely," said I, as we were
+mutually taking our seats, amidst the sullen remarks that I heard in
+various parts of the crowd as I was driving off--"There's a Yankee
+for you!--ee's a rum-looking fellow, ha?--There's a Repudiator for
+you"--"I'll be bound--" &c., &c., &c.
+
+I drove off from this scene with some satisfaction that I had learned
+so important a fact at so little expense, and steered my way very
+safely amidst the thousands of vehicles of various sorts that I was
+passing and meeting, in which time I was very pleasantly receiving
+a brief lecture on the subject from my good-natured and very civil
+footman, who was behind me; in which (having silently learned in the
+disaster we had just witnessed that I was from a foreign country) he
+took especial pains to explain to me that "in Hengland it's holays
+the abit to turn to the left." Just at that moment I found myself in
+a fresh difficulty, and some danger also, by one wheel of my chaise
+grinding against the curbstone, and a huge omnibus in full press
+against us, and driving us on to the pavement, where it had at that
+moment stopped and fastened us, whilst discharging a passenger. I
+demanded of the driver, a sullen-looking fellow, half covered with
+an apron or boot which protected him from the weather in front, and
+something like a feather-bed and bolsters tied around his neck and
+chin, and half concealing his bloated face, what he meant by reining
+in upon me in that way, and crowding me upon the pavement? to which
+he grumly replied as he snapped his whip, "I should like to know what
+business you have in there?" "Never mind," said I, "I shall go ahead."
+"No you woan't--ain't you old enough to know which side of a carriage
+to pass?" At that moment the conductor of the omnibus cried out "All
+right!" which was echoed by a policeman who had taken my horse by the
+bit. I was somewhat relieved, though a little surprised, at the verdict
+given by the conductor and the policeman at the same instant, that
+"all" (or both), as I at that moment understood it, "were right." I
+sat still of course till the omnibus had left us, nearly crushed, but
+luckily not damaged, when I said to my footman, "Why, what does this
+mean?--what do you call the 'left side' in this country, I should like
+to know?" To this he very distinctly as well as amusingly explained,
+that the invariable custom in England is when _meeting_ a vehicle,
+to turn to the _left_, and when _passing_, to turn to the _right_.
+But why did the policeman and the conductor say we were both right or
+"all right?" "Why, sir, you know wen the homnibus olds up to land a
+gent or a lady, or to take em hin, it would be wery hawkard to drive
+off wen the lady ad one leg hin the bus and the other hout; so wen
+they are both hout or both hin, and all right, the conductor ollows
+out 'Holl right!' and the bus goes hon, d'ye see, sir?" "Ah, yes, I
+thank you, Jerry, I understand it now." I was then growing wiser every
+moment amongst the incidents that were occasionally taking place in my
+drives with the goodnatured footman and his fine horse, which I used
+for several days, much to my satisfaction and amusement, without other
+accident or incident worth the reader's valuable time.
+
+I called upon my kind friend the Hon. C. A. Murray, at his office in
+Buckingham Palace, where I was received with all that frankness and
+sincerity peculiar to him; and, with his kind aid, and that of Charles
+D. Archibald, Esq., of York Terrace, to whom I am also much indebted,
+the arrangements were soon made for my collection in the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took on a lease, for three years, at a rent of 550_l._ per
+annum.
+
+My collection was soon in it, and preparing for its exhibition, while
+the grizly bears were still howling at the Euston station, impatient
+for a more congenial place for their future residence. It was quite
+impossible to give them any portion of the premises I had contracted
+for in the Egyptian Hall, and the quarters ultimately procured for
+them being expensive, and the anxieties and responsibilities for
+them daily increasing upon me as they were growing stronger and more
+vicious in their dispositions, it was decided that they should be
+offered for sale, and disposed of as soon as possible. For this
+purpose I addressed letters to the proprietors of zoological gardens
+in Liverpool, in Dublin, and Edinburgh, and several other towns, and
+received, in reply from most of them, the answer that they already had
+them in their gardens, and that they were so complete a drug in England
+that they were of little value. One proprietor assured me that he had
+recently been obliged to shoot two that he had in his gardens, in
+consequence of mischief they were doing to people visiting the grounds,
+and to the animals in the gardens.
+
+My reply to several of these gentlemen was, that since the death of
+the famous old grizly bear, that had died a few months before in
+Regent's-park, it was quite certain that there had not been one in
+the kingdom until the arrival of these, "and that if either of those
+gentlemen would produce me another living grizly bear, at that time, in
+the kingdom, I would freely give him my pair." This seemed, however, to
+have little weight with the proprietors of wild beasts; but I at length
+disposed of them for about the same price that I had given for them
+four years before, when they were not much larger than my foot (for the
+sum of 125_l._); and they went to the Zoological Gardens, Regent's Park.
+
+A word or two more of them and the reader will have done with the
+grizlies, who had been much obliged to me, no doubt, for four years'
+maintenance, and for a sight of the beauties of the ocean, and as much
+of the land of comforts and refinements as they were allowed to see
+through the bars of their cage, while they were travelling from the
+rude wilds of the Rocky Mountains to the great metropolis, the seat and
+centre of civilization and refinement. As in their new abode they were
+allowed more scope and better attendance, it was reasonable to suppose
+that their lives would have been prolonged, and their comfort promoted;
+but such did not prove to be the case. From the continual crowds about
+them, to which they had the greatest repugnance, they seemed daily to
+pine, until one of them died of exceeding disgust (unless a better
+cause can be assigned), and the other with similar symptoms, added to
+loneliness perhaps, and despair, in a few months afterwards.
+
+Thus ended the career of the grizly bears, and I really believe there
+were no tears shed for them, unless they were tears of joy, for they
+seemed to extend their acquaintance only to add to the list of their
+enemies, wherever they went.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER IV.
+
+  Indian Collection arranged for exhibition--Description of
+      it--The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray--Collection opened to
+      private view--Kindness of the Hon. Mr. Murray--Distinguished
+      visitors--Mr. Murray's explanations--Kind reception by the Public
+      and the Press--Kind friends--Fatigue of explaining and answering
+      questions--Curious remedy proposed by a friend--Pleasures and
+      pains of a friendly and fashionable dinner.
+
+
+My business now, and all my energies, were concentrated at the Egyptian
+Hall, where my collection was arranged upon the walls. The main hall
+was of immense length, and contained upon its walls 600 portraits and
+other paintings which I had made during eight years' travels amongst
+forty-eight of the remotest and wildest tribes of Indians in America,
+and also many thousands of articles of their manufacture, consisting
+of costumes, weapons, &c. &c., forming together a pictorial history
+of those tribes, which I had been ambitious to preserve as a record
+of them, to be perpetuated long after their extinction. In the middle
+of the room I had erected also a wigwam (or lodge) brought from the
+country of the Crows, at the base of the Rocky Mountains, made of
+some twenty or more buffalo skins, beautifully dressed and curiously
+ornamented and embroidered with porcupine quills.
+
+My friend the Honourable C. A. Murray, with several others, had now
+announced my collection open to their numerous friends and such others
+as they chose to invite during the three first days when it was
+submitted to their private view, and by whom it was most of the time
+filled; and being kindly presented to most of them, my unsentimental
+and unintellectual life in the atmosphere of railroads and grizly bears
+was suddenly changed to a cheering flood of soul and intellect which
+greeted me in every part of my room, and soon showed me the way to the
+recessed world of luxury, refinements, and comforts of London, which
+not even the imagination of those who merely stroll through the streets
+can by any possibility reach.
+
+During this private view I found entered in my book the names of very
+many of the nobility, and others of the most distinguished people
+of the kingdom. My friend Mr. Murray was constantly present, and
+introduced me to very many of them, who had the kindness to leave
+their addresses and invite me to their noble mansions, where I soon
+appreciated the elegance, the true hospitality and refinement of
+English life. Amongst the most conspicuous of those who visited my
+rooms on this occasion were H. R. H. the Duke of Cambridge, the Duke
+and Duchess of Sutherland, the Duke and Duchess of Buccleuch, Duke of
+Devonshire, Duke of Wellington, the Bishop of London, the Bishop of
+Norwich, Sir Robert and Lady Peel, Lord Grosvenor, Lord Lennox, Duke
+of Richmond, Duke of Rutland, Duke of Buckingham, Countess-Dowager of
+Dunmore, Countess-Dowager of Ashburnham, Earl of Falmouth, Earl of
+Dunmore, Lord Monteagle, Lord Ashley, Earl of Burlington, Sir James and
+Lady Clark, Sir Augustus d'Este, Sir Francis Head, and many others of
+the nobility, with most of the editors of the press, and many private
+literary and scientific gentlemen, of whose kindness to me while in
+London I shall have occasion to speak in other parts of this work.
+
+The kindness of my friend Mr. Murray on this occasion can never
+be forgotten by me. He pointed out to my illustrious visitors the
+principal chiefs and warriors of the various tribes, with many of whom
+he was personally acquainted; explaining their costumes, weapons,
+&c., with all of which his rambles in the Indian countries beyond the
+Mississippi and Missouri had made him quite familiar. He led Duchesses,
+Countesses, and Ladies in succession upon his arm, into the wigwam
+of buffalo-hides, where he descanted, to the great satisfaction and
+amusement of his friends, upon the curious modes of Indian life into
+which he had been initiated, and which he had long shared with these
+simple people, whilst he resided with them under roofs of buffalo-hides
+(like the one now over their heads) on the vast plains and prairies of
+the wilds of America.
+
+This was evidently an opportunity affording him great satisfaction, of
+illustrating to his friends the styles of primitive life which he had
+witnessed in America, whilst his explanations and descriptions were
+exceedingly entertaining and amusing to them, and at the same time the
+strongest corroboration of the fidelity with which I had made them, and
+therefore the best recommendation of them and me to the consideration
+of the English community.
+
+He was fully employed, as he led alternately the Duchess of Sutherland
+(with her lovely daughters by her side), and the Duchess of Buccleuch
+on his arm, and a numerous group around him, while he commented upon
+the features and disposition of his old friend _Wee-ta-ra-sha-ro_, who
+had taken him under his immediate protection and saved his life from
+the designs of some young men who had laid their plans to destroy him
+when in the country of the Pawnees.
+
+He explained to them and the Bishops of London and Norwich, who were
+following in the wake of the ladies and giving ear, the religious
+ceremony of the Indians, their modes of warfare, of hunting, and
+throwing the lasso in catching the wild horse. He showed them the
+Indian cradles in which the squaws carry their pappooses, slung on
+their backs. He took in his hands the lasso, and illustrated the mode
+of throwing it, with which he was familiar. He took also in his hands
+their war-clubs, their tomahawks and scalping knives, and then the
+scalps from the heads of enemies slain in battle, and ably explained
+them all. With these he made lasting and thrilling impressions; but
+with more satisfaction to himself, and to the fair and tender Graces,
+whose sylph-like gracefulness formed a halo of loveliness around
+him, he pointed to my paintings of the ever verdant and enamelled
+prairies--to the very copses and lawns through which, with his
+unerring rifle, he had stalked the timid antelope or the stately elk
+and shaggy bison, and, after quieting his raving stomach with their
+broiled delicacies, he had straightened his wearied limbs upon his
+spread buffalo robe, and, with the long, waving grass and bowing lilies
+stooping over his head, he had reflected upon London, upon Palaces and
+friends, as he had glided into that sweet forgetfulness that belongs
+peculiarly to the wearied huntsman, whose rifle has catered for his
+stomach, and whose quiet conscience starts him not at the rustling of
+the sweetened winds that are gently breezing over him.
+
+_I_ was also constantly engaged with surrounding groups, who
+were anxious to know the meaning and moral of this strange and
+unintelligible collection, while my man Daniel, with his rod in his
+hand, was enlightening another party at the end of the room, by
+pointing out the leading personages of the various tribes, explaining
+their costumes, weapons, &c., and answering the thousand questions
+which were put to him, and which several years of familiarity with the
+subject had abundantly qualified him to do.
+
+Thus passed my first interview with the English aristocracy. I was in
+the midst and the best of it; and by it, on all sides, was met with
+the kindliest feelings and condescension, while I received compliments
+from all (in the most undoubted sincerity) for the successful efforts I
+had thus made to perpetuate the records of an abused and dying race of
+human beings.
+
+The reception that myself and my works met on these days, amongst
+the highest critics, the most refined and elevated of the world, was
+beyond description pleasurable to me, as I had arrived a stranger in a
+foreign land, where I had risked everything upon the value that should
+be set upon my labours; and that, where I had been told that national
+prejudices would labour to defeat me. My life had been a tissue of
+risks and chances, and I resolved to hazard again; and I am now pleased
+(and bound) to acknowledge that I was frankly met with the most
+unprejudiced and congenial feelings; and, even more than that, with a
+settled and genuine sympathy for the benighted people whom my works
+were representing, and a disposition to reward my labours by kind and
+unexpected invitations to the hospitable boards of those who fill the
+highest and most enviable stations in life.
+
+To this general feeling it affords me pleasure to respond in general
+terms, in this place; and I shall have occasion, in other parts of this
+work, to return my personal thanks for such spontaneous kindness, which
+my lasting gratitude will make it my duty to allude to.
+
+The editors of the leading literary and scientific journals of London,
+and of the daily newspapers, were chiefly there, and with their very
+friendly and complimentary notices of my collection, with the usual
+announcements by advertisements, I opened it for the inspection of the
+public on the first day of February, 1840.[2]
+
+ [2] The reader, by referring to Appendix A of this volume, will see
+     the comments of the Press on this Collection, in _England_,
+     _France_, and the _United States_.
+
+Its commencement was flattering, from the numbers and high
+respectability of my visitors, and I was pleased, from day to day, to
+meet the faces and friendly greetings of those whom I had seen there at
+the private view.
+
+I was pleased also with the freedom which is granted to exhibitions in
+London, leaving them entirely independent of tithing or taxation, as
+well as of licences to be obtained from the police, as is the case in
+France and some other countries. Under such auspices I very pleasantly
+commenced, with a rent of 550_l._ per annum, and continued it with
+reasonable success for the space of four years. The vicissitudes and
+incidents of that time it is not the object of this work to detail;
+but I shall connect the links of my narrative better, and, I trust, do
+no injustice to my readers, by reciting a few of the incidents that
+transpired in that time: and, while I am doing so, endeavouring to do
+the justice which gratitude prompts, to those persons whose kindness
+has laid me under peculiar obligations.
+
+Amongst those kind friends I must be allowed at present to mention
+the names of the Hon. C. A. Murray, Sir Augustus d'Este, Charles D.
+Archibald, Esq., Sir James Clark, Sir Thomas Phillips, Mr. Petty
+Vaughan, Dr. Hodgkin, Capt. Shippard, Sir Francis Head, Lord Monteagle,
+John Murray, A. M. Perkins, and Sir David Wilkie; and there were many
+others with these who were very frequently at my rooms; and for their
+friendly and constant efforts to promote my interest they have my
+sincerest thanks.
+
+Several of these gentlemen, and others, whose visits were so frequent
+to my rooms, having formed an acquaintance with the Indians in their
+own country, or, from feelings of sympathy for them, taken so deep an
+interest in the subject, relieved me much of my time from the fatiguing
+task which I had adopted of explaining around the rooms such subjects
+as I considered most curious and instructive, and of answering the
+thousands of questions which were naturally put in every part of the
+room for information on so novel and exciting a theme.
+
+I had entered upon this, at first, not as a task but an amusement,
+from which I drew great pleasure whilst I was entertaining my visitors
+and cultivating their pleasing acquaintance. From an over desire and
+effort on my part to explain the peculiar and curious modes of those
+wild people, and from a determination on the part of my visitors to get
+these explanations from my own lips (although I had my man Daniel and
+several others constantly in the rooms for the same purpose), I was
+held in my exhibition rooms almost daily from morning until night.
+
+My men were able to explain the meaning of everything in the
+collection, but this did not satisfy the public whilst I was present.
+All inquired for me: "Where's Mr. Catlin? he's the Lion; his collection
+is wonderful; but I would give more to see him than all the rest." "He
+is yonder, Madam, at the farther end of the room, where you see a
+crowd of people around him."
+
+I was generally in the midst of a crowd, who were densely packed around
+me; moving about the rooms whilst, with a rod in my hand to point
+with, I was lecturing or answering the numerous questions which were
+naturally put relative to these strange people and their modes. To
+lecture or to explain all day, following the current of one's thoughts,
+would have been a thing feasible, though fatiguing; but to stand upon
+one's feet and all day long to answer to interrogations, and many of
+those fifty times over, to different parties who were successively
+taking me in tow, I soon found was far more fatiguing than my travels
+and labours in the Indian wilderness; and I at length (at a much later
+period than my friends and my physician advised) gradually withdrew
+from the scene and this suicidal course, just before it might have been
+too late to have saved anything useful of me.
+
+I followed the advice of my physician by going to my rooms at stated
+hours, but soon departed from it by failing to leave them with
+punctuality, and take recreation in the open air. The partial change I
+had adopted, however, was of advantage to me--talking part of the day
+and breaking off and leaving my men to do the talking for the other
+half.
+
+Like most adventurers in wilderness life I was fond of describing
+what I had seen; and, having the works of several years around me, in
+their crude and unfinished condition, spread before the criticising
+world, and difficult to be appreciated, I was doubly stimulated to be
+in the collection, and with all the breath I could spare, to add to
+the information which the visitors to my rooms were seeking for. Under
+these conflicting feelings I struggled to keep away from my rooms, and
+did so for a part of the day, and that, as I soon found, only to meet a
+more numerous and impatient group when I re-entered.
+
+All of the above-mentioned kind friends, and many others, repeatedly
+called to impress upon me the necessity of leaving my exhibition to my
+men, "to save my lungs--to save my life," as they said. Some snatched
+me away from the crowd, and in the purest kindness hurled me through
+the streets in their carriages, still _yelling_ answers to their
+numerous questions as we were passing over the noisy pavements; and
+then at their kind and festive boards, to which I had been brought as
+places of refuge and repose, I was, for an instance, presented as--"My
+dear, this is Mr. Catlin! (_Plate No. 3, next page._)--Mother, you have
+heard of Mr. Catlin?--Cousins Lucy and Fanny, here's the celebrated Mr.
+Catlin you have heard me speak of so often. Poor fellow! I have dragged
+him away from his exhibition, where they are talking him to death--he
+_must_ have _repose_--and here we can entertain and amuse him. Here, my
+little chicks--come here all of you--here's Mr. Catlin!--here's the man
+who has been so long among the wild Indians! he will tell you a great
+many curious stories about them. Where's sister Ellen, and Betty?" "Oh,
+they are in the garden with Mr. S. and his son, who has just returned
+from New Zealand." "Good, good; run for them, run for them, quick! Send
+the carriage for aunt W----n as swift as possible, and don't let her
+fail to stop on the way and bring Lady R----e: you know how fond she is
+of the Indian character--she was three years, you know, in Canada--and
+the poem she is now writing on the Indians! What a treat this will be
+to her! Won't it be delightful to see her and Mr. Catlin come together?
+She told me the other day she had a thousand questions she wished to
+put to Mr. Catlin--how interesting! Have the dinner up at _six_--no,
+say at _seven_; it will give us the more time for conversation, and
+for Professor D., the phrenologist, to get here, and whom I have
+invited--he's always behind the time--and this treat will be so rich to
+him--I would not miss him for anything in the world."
+
+My lecturing lungs and stomach being under a running engagement for
+dinner at three o'clock, the sound of "_six_"--then, "no, _seven_,"
+with the words "Indian poem," "phrenologist," &c., produced a most
+rebellious and faltering sensation in my chest; the one entirely
+exhausted from its customary exertions until three o'clock, and the
+other, at that moment, completely in a state of collapse. The difficult
+trials I had lived through with the latter, however, in my wild
+adventures in the Indian wilderness, and the more recent proofs in the
+Egyptian Hall, of the elasticity of the other, inspired me with courage
+to enter upon the ordeal that was before me, and (even in distress)
+justly to appreciate what was so kindly preparing for me.
+
+I here instantly forgot my troubles as the party entered from the
+gardens, when I was thus presented by my good friend:--"Ellen, my dear,
+and Betty, here's Mr. Catlin; and, Mr. S----n, I have the extreme
+pleasure of presenting to your acquaintance the famous Mr. Catlin,
+whose name and whose works are familiar to you: and now, Catlin, my
+dear fellow, I introduce you to Mr. J. S., the son of the gentleman
+with whom I have just made you acquainted. Mr. J. S. has just returned
+from amongst the natives of New Zealand, where he has spent three or
+four years; and your descriptions of all the modes and customs of
+the North American Indians, compared with his accounts of the New
+Zealanders, will be so rich a treat to us!----But, Catlin, you look
+pale! Are you not well? You look so fagged!" "Yes, yes; I am well."
+"Oh, that plagued exhibition of yours--it will be the death of you! You
+must keep away from it, or you will talk yourself to death there! My
+good friends, come, take seats! Catlin, my dear fellow, come, join us
+in a glass of good old sherry--it will give you an appetite for your
+dinner--Is it to your liking?" "I thank you, it is very fine." "Will
+you take another?" "No, I am much obliged to you." "My dear, look at
+the clock--what time is it?" "Quarter past five." "Ah, well, I didn't
+think it was so late--be sure to have the dinner up at seven--do you
+hear?"
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 3.]
+
+Oh, Time and Paper! I will not tax you with the pains of kindness I
+was at that moment entering upon--I, who had been for eight years
+eating at the simple Indians' hospitable boards, where eating and
+talking are seldom done together; or taking my solitary meals, cooked
+by my own hand; where I had no one to talk with--but will leave it to
+Imagination's exhaustless colours, which, for a harmless pastime, will
+paint the pleasures, perhaps, of the dragging hours of my lifetime that
+I sighed through from that until twelve o'clock at night (the last
+half-hour of which I had stood upon my feet, with my hat in my hand,
+taking affectionate leave, with, "My dear, charming Sir, you can't tell
+how happy we have all been--your accounts have been so interesting!
+You _must_ come another evening and dine with us, and we will have
+Mr. G. and Mr. and Mrs. L----n; they will be so impatient to hear you
+tell all you have told us. Good night!--_good_ night!--we shall all
+be in a party at your exhibition to-morrow at an early hour, at ten
+o'clock--mind, don't forget the hour--and it will be so delightful to
+hear you explain everything in your collection, which my dear husband
+has seen so often, and says are so curious and interesting. Poor
+fellow! he is quite knocked up--he has been up all day, and constantly
+talking, and was so completely worn out that he went off to bed an hour
+ago--you will know how to excuse him. We ladies can often entertain our
+friends long after _his_ powers of conversation are fagged out. Good
+night--good night, my dear Sir--farewell!"
+
+Thus and at that hour I took leave, when the busses and cabs were all
+still, and I had, from necessity, a solitary walk of three miles to
+my lodgings; and before I laid my head on my pillow, from an equal
+necessity, to feed my poor stomach with some substitute for _dinner_,
+which had been in abundance before my eyes, but which the constant
+exercise of my lungs had prevented me from eating. Such a rendezvous
+as had been appointed for ten o'clock the next day, and by so fair and
+so kind a lady, even the rough politeness of a savage would have held
+sacred.
+
+At twelve o'clock on the following morning, and when I had nearly
+finished my descriptions of Indian modes to the ladies, my kind friend
+who had taken me to his house the day before, and having a little
+overslept himself on that morning had taken a late breakfast at eleven,
+entered the rooms with three or four of his friends, and quite rapidly
+addressed his wife in the following manner:--"Come now, my dear, you
+and your party have kept poor Catlin talking and answering questions
+quite long enough; you will kill him if you don't let him rest once in
+a while. See how pale the poor man is. Go off and get home as quick as
+possible. See all this crowd waiting around to talk him to death when
+you are done with him. I have brought Mr. C., the famous mineralogist,
+and the two Mr. N.'s, the geologists, to whom I want him to explain
+the mineralogy and geology of those boundless regions, of the Missouri
+and Rocky Mountains, and I was to have had the famous botanist, Mr.
+D. S--, but he may come by and by; and after we have done here, I am
+going to take him, that he may have a little relaxation and repose, to
+the British Museum, which he has not seen yet, and to the Geological
+Society's rooms; and after that, I have got for him an invitation
+to dine with the Reverend Mr. O., who will have several reverend
+gentlemen, and the famous Miss E. and Mrs. W., who you know are all so
+anxious to learn about the Indians' religion and modes of worship." I
+was then introduced to my friend's three or four companions, but a few
+moments after was reminded, by one of my men, of an engagement which
+took me off for the remainder of that day.
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER V.
+
+  Author's illness from overtalking in his collection--Daniel's illness
+      from the same cause--Character of Daniel--His labour-saving plan
+      for answering one hundred questions--His disappointment--Daniel
+      travels to Ireland for his health--Author prepares to publish his
+      Notes of Travel amongst the Indians--John Murray (publisher)--His
+      reasons for not publishing the Author's work--His friendly
+      advice--Author's book published by himself at the Egyptian
+      Hall--Illustrious subscribers--Thomas Moore--Critical notices in
+      London papers.
+
+
+In this manner passed the time from day to day, from week to week,
+and from month to month; and as I was daily growing richer, I was
+daily growing poorer--_i. e._ I was day by day losing my flesh, not
+from the usual cause, the want of enough to eat, but from derangement
+of the lungs and the stomach, both often overworked, with a constant
+excitement and anxiety of the mind, the seat of which was not far
+distant.
+
+I endeavoured, however, and gradually succeeded in dividing my time
+and my thoughts, giving a proper proportion to the public in my rooms,
+a portion to my friends, and (as it was then becoming a matter of
+necessity for the preparation of my notes of eight years' travel,
+which were soon to be published) decidedly the greater part to myself,
+leaving my exhibition mostly to the management of my men, of whom I had
+several, and all familiar enough with the meaning of everything in the
+collection to give a lucid description of its contents.
+
+As I was gradually receding from the exhibition, the arduous duties
+began to thicken more strongly upon my man Daniel, of whom I have
+before often spoken. He had been longest associated with me and
+my collection, and having it more by heart than the rest, was the
+foremost man in illustrating it, of which he had been curator for
+seven or eight years. I have before mentioned that he was of a quick
+and irascible disposition, exceedingly tenacious of national feelings,
+and those national prejudices mostly in favour of the country I said
+he had some twenty years since adopted--the United States. Though he
+was quick-tempered and violent in his prejudices, there was always the
+redeeming trait at the end, that his anger was soon over, and there was
+good nature and civility at the bottom.
+
+Though I had often complaints made to me of the want of politeness
+or of the rudeness of my man Daniel, I generally found that they
+were instances where he had been provoked to it by some unnecessary
+allusions to the vices of his own country, or by some objections to
+his political opinions relative to the institutions of the United
+States, upon which subjects he holds himself exceedingly punctilious
+and very well prepared for debate. With whatever foibles he has, I
+have found him invariably and strictly an honest man; and many of his
+highest offences alleged to have been given to the public in my rooms,
+were given strictly in obedience to my orders for the support of the
+regulations of my exhibition, or for the protection of my property
+and the advancement of my interest. To those who entered my rooms
+respectfully for information, he was civil and communicative, and all
+such drew valuable information from him, and many became attached to
+him. His lungs were now labouring for me, while mine were getting a
+little rest; and from morning to night of every day he was conducting
+individuals and parties around the rooms, pointing out and explaining
+the leading peculiarities of the museum, and answering the thousand
+questions that were asked by all classes of society relative to the
+looks, the modes, and habits of the Indians--the countries they lived
+in--and also of Mr. Catlin, the proprietor and collector of the museum,
+whom all were anxious to see, and many of whom had been led to believe
+was himself an Indian.
+
+In my own answering of these questions, many of which were natural to
+be raised on so new and exciting a subject, I was often amused, and
+as often surprised at the novelty and ignorance of many of them, even
+amongst a polite and well-clad and apparently well-educated class of
+people. Many of the questions, which only excited a smile with me,
+elicited broad laughter from Daniel, which he could not help, and
+having laughed, could not well avoid expressing his surprise at, and
+his detection of, which gave umbrage, and sometimes was another cause
+of difficulties that he occasionally though seldom got into.
+
+I observed, after a while, that the same causes which had affected me
+were emaciating him, and he finally told me that he was talking his
+lungs out--and that he could not bear it much longer at the rate he
+was going on. The questions which were constantly put to him in the
+room were so much of a sort, or class, that there was little variety or
+novelty in them to please or excite him; almost every person putting
+the same; much the greater part of them being general, and therefore
+irksome to him, as they were often asked a hundred or more times in
+the day and as often answered. He came to me one evening, seemingly
+much relieved from the painful prospect he had been suffering under,
+and which was still before him, by the hope that I would adopt a plan
+he had hit upon for obviating much of the difficulty, and of saving
+his lungs for the explanations of questions which might be casual, and
+not exactly reduced to rule. He said he had ascertained that there
+were about 100 questions which were commonplace--were put (and in the
+same way precisely) by the greater part of people who came in, and had
+time to ask them; and that 50 of those, at least, were asked 100 times
+per day, the answering of which took the greater part of his time and
+the best part of his strength, which he thought might be reserved for
+giving more useful information, while these 100 questions, the most of
+which were extremely simple or silly, and of little importance to be
+known, might be disposed of by a printed table of answers placed around
+the rooms for every one to read as they walked, without the loss of
+time and fatigue consequent upon the usual mode of asking and answering
+questions. Though I could not consent to adopt his mode, yet I was
+amused at its ingenuity; and I give here but a small part of his list,
+which commenced and ran thus:--
+
+  "The Indians have _no beards at all_, only may be one in twenty or
+  so."
+
+  "The Indians _don't_ shave--they pull it out, when they have any
+  beard."
+
+  "Virtuous?--Yes. I should say they are quite as much so as the
+  whites, if the whites would keep away from them and let them alone."
+
+  "Ah, as amorous?--No. Mr. Catlin says they have not the spices of
+  life and the imaginations to set them on, or I'll venture they would
+  be quite as bad as the whites."
+
+  "The Indians in _America are not_ cannibals. Mr. Catlin says there is
+  no such thing."
+
+  "No, there are no tribes that go entirely naked; they are all very
+  decent."
+
+  "The Indians _don't_ eat raw meat, they cook it more than the whites
+  do."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin was amongst the Indians eight years, and was never killed
+  during that time."
+
+  "The scalp is a patch of the skin and hair taken from the top of the
+  head by a warrior when he kills his enemy in battle."
+
+  "No, they don't scalp the living--it is not a scalp to count if the
+  man is alive."
+
+  "They _sometimes_ eat a great deal, to be sure, but generally not so
+  much as white people."
+
+  "They _do_ get drunk sometimes, but white people sell them rum and
+  make them so, therefore I don't think we ought to call them drunkards
+  exactly."
+
+  "The Indians all get married--some have a number of wives."
+
+  "Yes, they seem as fond of their wives as any people I ever saw."
+
+  "The Indians never injured Mr. Catlin in any way."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin _didn't_ live on 'raw meat;' he was one time eighteen
+  months with nothing but meat to eat, but it was well cooked."
+
+  "The Indians know _nothing about salt_--they don't use it at all."
+
+  "Reason! yes; why, do you think they are wild beasts? to be sure they
+  reason as well as we do."
+
+  "They _are_ thieves, sometimes; but I don't think they thieve so
+  often as white people do."
+
+  "The Indians _do_ lend their wives sometimes to white men, but it is
+  only their old superannuated ones, who are put aside to hard labour,
+  so it is a sort of kindness all around, and I don't see that there is
+  much harm in it."
+
+  "The Indians all have their religion, they all worship the Great
+  Spirit."
+
+  "They are _treacherous_, to be sure, towards their enemies only, and
+  I'll be whipped if the white people an't just as bad."
+
+  "The Indians _are cruel_, there's no mistake about that; but it is
+  only to their enemies."
+
+  "Sale? there _won't be_ any sale; Mr. Catlin don't intend to sell his
+  collection in this country."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin _is not_ an Indian."
+
+  "No, he has _no_ Indian blood in him."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin speaks the English language very well."
+
+  "The Indians _don't raise_ tea."
+
+  "They _never eat_ the scalps."
+
+  "The Indians that Mr. Catlin saw are not _near_ Chusan, they are
+  3,000 miles from there, they are in America."
+
+  "You _can't come overland_ from America."
+
+  "A scalping-knife is _any_ large knife that an Indian takes a scalp
+  with."
+
+  "A prairie is a meadow."
+
+  "The Indians speak _their own_ language."
+
+  "A pappoose is an Indian baby while it is carried in the cradle."
+
+  "A prairie bluff is a hill that is covered with grass."
+
+  "The Rocky Mountains are in _America_, between New York and the
+  Pacific Ocean, and _not_ in the _Indies_ at all."
+
+  "A snag is a large tree that is lying in the river, its roots fast in
+  the mud at the bottom, and its trunk at the top, pointing down the
+  stream."
+
+  "Sawyers _are not_ alligators."
+
+  "An alligator is a sort of crocodile."
+
+  "The Chesapeake didn't take the Shannon, it was the Shannon that took
+  the Chesapeake."
+
+  "The Americans are _white_, the same colour exactly as the English,
+  and speak the same language, only they speak it a great deal better,
+  in general."
+
+  "A stump is the but-end and roots of a tree standing in the ground
+  after the tree is chopped down."
+
+  "It _is_ true that all Indian women stay away from their husbands
+  the seven days of their illness, and I think they are the decentest
+  people of the two for doing it."
+
+  "A squaw is an _Indian woman_ who is married."
+
+  "The _Calumet_ is a pipe of peace."
+
+  "Horns on a chief's head-dress have _no bad_ meaning."
+
+  "Mr. Catlin _is not_ a repudiator," &c., &c.
+
+And thus went on poor Daniel's list to the number of about 100
+commonplace questions which he had hoped to have disposed of by a sort
+of steam operation; but finding that they must all continue to be
+"done by hand," as before, he returned to his post, which, from his
+disappointment in his unrealized hopes, seemed to drag more heavily
+than ever upon him, and so rapidly to wear him down that he was obliged
+to plan a tour to his own native land of Erin, where he went for
+some weeks, to restore his lungs and his strength. His labour-saving
+suggestion might have been a very convenient one for me in his absence,
+but it was dispensed with, and he was soon back at his post, recruited
+and assuming the command again, whilst I was busy in advancing the
+material for my forthcoming work.
+
+The Notes of my Eight Years' Travels amongst Forty-eight different
+Tribes of Indians in America, to be illustrated with more than 300
+steel plate illustrations, were nearly ready to be put to press; and I
+called on my good friend John Murray, in Albemarle Street, believing
+that he would be glad to publish them for me. To my surprise he
+objected to them (but without seeing my manuscript), for two reasons
+which he at once alleged: first, because he was afraid of the great
+number of illustrations to be embodied in the work, and secondly for
+(certainly) the most unfashionable reason, that "he loved me too much!"
+I had brought a letter of introduction to him from his old friend
+Washington Irving; and from the deep interest Mr. Murray had taken
+in my collection and the history and prospects of the poor Indians,
+my rooms (which were near his dwelling-house) were his almost daily
+resort, and I a weekly guest at his hospitable board, where I always
+met gentlemen of eminence connected with literature and art. Good and
+generous old man! he therefore "loved me too much" to share with me
+the profits of a work which he said should all belong to me for my
+hard labour and the risks of my life I had run in procuring it; and
+as the means of enlarging those profits he advised me to publish it
+myself. "I would advise you," said he, "as one of your best friends, to
+publish your own book; and I am sure you will make a handsome profit
+by it. Being an artist yourself, and able to make the drawings for
+your 300 illustrations, which for me would require a very great outlay
+to artists to produce them, and having in your exhibition-room the
+opportunity of receiving subscriptions for your work, which I could
+not do, it will be quite an easy thing for you to take names enough to
+cover all the expenses of getting it up, which at once will place you
+on safe ground; and if the work should be well received by Mr. Dilke
+and others of the critical world, it will insure you a handsome reward
+for your labours, and exceedingly please your sincere friend, John
+Murray."
+
+This disinterested frankness endeared me to that good man to his last
+days, and his advice, which I followed, resulted, as he had predicted,
+to my benefit. My subscription list my kind friend the Hon. C. A.
+Murray had in a few days commenced, with the subscriptions of
+
+                  HER MOST GRACIOUS MAJESTY THE QUEEN,
+
+                        H. R. H. PRINCE ALBERT,
+
+                     HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN DOWAGER,
+
+                     H. R. H. THE DUCHESS OF KENT,
+
+                 HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF THE BELGIANS,
+
+                    H. M. THE QUEEN OF THE BELGIANS,
+
+                 HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE DUKE OF SUSSEX,
+
+                    H. R. H. LEOPOLD DUC DE BRABANT,
+
+After which soon followed a complimentary list of the nobility and
+gentry, together with the leading institutions of the kingdom.
+
+My work was published by myself, at the Egyptian Hall, and the only
+fears which my good friend John Murray had expressed for me were
+all dispersed by the favourable announcements by Mr. Dilke, of the
+Athenaeum, and the editors of other literary journals, from which it
+will be seen that the subjoined notices are but very brief extracts.
+
+It may not be improper also here to remark, that for all the Royal
+copies subscribed for above, the Hon. C. A. Murray was ordered to
+remit me double the amount of the price of the work; and that, on a
+subsequent occasion, when my dear wife and myself were guests at the
+dinner table of John Murray, he said to his old friend Thomas Moore,
+who was by our side, "That wild man by the side of you there, Mr.
+Catlin, who has spent enough of his life amongst the wild Indians
+(sleeping on the ground and eating raw buffalo meat) to make you and
+I as grey as badgers, and who has not yet a grey hair in his head,
+applied to me about a year ago to publish his Notes. I was then--for
+the first time in my life--too honest for my own interest, as well as
+that of an author; and I advised him to publish it himself, as the
+surest way of making something out of it. My wife here will tell you
+that I have read every word of it through, heavy as it is, and she
+knows it is the only book that I have read quite through in the last
+five years. And I tell Mr. Catlin now, in your presence, that I shall
+regret as long as I live that I did not publish that work for him; for
+as sincerely as I advised him, I could have promoted his interest by so
+doing, and would have done so, had I known what was in the work when he
+proposed it to me."
+
+The reader will pardon me for inserting here the critical notices which
+follow:--
+
+                   EDINBURGH REVIEW. _Fifteen pages._
+
+  "Living with them as one of themselves; having no trading purposes to
+  serve; exciting no enmity by the well-meant but suspicious preaching
+  of a new religion, Mr. Catlin went on with his rifle and his pencil,
+  sketching and noting whatever he saw worthy of record; and wisely
+  abandoning all search for the ancient history of a people who knew
+  no writing, he confined his labours to the depicting exactly what
+  he saw, and that only. Notes and sketches were transmitted, as
+  occasion served, to New York, and the collected results now appear,
+  partly in a gallery which has been for some time exhibited in
+  London, containing some five hundred pictures of Indian personages
+  and scenes, drawn upon the spot, with specimens of their dress and
+  manufactures, their arts and arms; and partly, as just stated, of the
+  volumes under our hands, which display engravings of most of those
+  specimens and pictures, accompanied by a narrative, written in a very
+  pleasant, homely style, of his walks and wanderings in the '_Far
+  West_.'
+
+  "The reader will find a compensation in the vigour of the narrative,
+  which, like a diary, conveys the vivid impressions of the moment,
+  instead of being chilled and tamed down into a more studied
+  composition. Such as the work is, we strongly recommend it to the
+  perusal of all who wish to make themselves acquainted with a singular
+  race of men and system of manners, fast disappearing from the face of
+  the earth; and which have nowhere else been so fully, curiously, and
+  graphically described."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                  WESTMINSTER REVIEW. _Twelve pages._
+
+  "This is a remarkable book, written by an extraordinary man. A work
+  valuable in the highest degree for its novel and curious information
+  about one of the most neglected and least understood branches of
+  the human family. Mr. Catlin, without any pretension to talent in
+  authorship, has yet produced a book which will live as a record
+  when the efforts of men of much higher genius have been forgotten.
+  Every one in London has seen Mr. Catlin's unique gallery, and his
+  attractive exhibition of living models at the Egyptian Hall; we
+  cannot too strongly recommend them to our country friends. And here
+  we take our leave of a work over which we have lingered with much
+  pleasure, strongly recommending it to the reader, and hoping its
+  extensive sale will amply repay Mr. Catlin for the great outlay he
+  must have incurred."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+              DUBLIN UNIVERSITY MAGAZINE. _Fifteen pages._
+
+  "Mr. Catlin's book is one of the most interesting which we have
+  perused on the subject of the Indians. His pencil has preserved the
+  features of races which in a few years will have disappeared; and
+  his faithful and accurate observations may be considered as the
+  storehouse from whence future writers on such topics will extract
+  their most authentic statements."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+      TAIT'S EDINBURGH MAGAZINE. _Two Notices, Twenty-two pages._
+
+  "This is altogether an _unique_ work. It may be considered as a
+  _Catalogue Raisonnee_ of the numerous objects of art and curiosity
+  which Mr. Catlin has collected in the course of his wanderings,
+  and arranged in his Indian Gallery. The narrative of Mr. Catlin's
+  personal adventures during the wandering years in which he was thus
+  engaged, forms a work as unique in literature, as his collection of
+  original portraits and curiosities is rare in art.
+
+  "Many curious traits of character and pictures of manners are
+  exhibited in these large and closely-printed volumes, which will
+  remain an interesting record of the Homeric age and race of North
+  America, when, save a few wild traditions and scattered relics, and
+  a few of the musical and sonorous Indian names of lakes, rivers, and
+  hunting grounds, every other trace of the red man will have perished
+  on that vast continent."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+   LITERARY GAZETTE, _London_. _Three Notices, Twenty-five Columns._
+
+  "_Catlin's Book on the North American Indians._--An _unique_ work!
+  A work of extraordinary interest and value. Mr. Catlin is _the_
+  Historian of the Red Races of mankind; of a past world, or at least
+  of a world fast passing away, and leaving hardly a trace or wreck
+  behind. We need not recommend it to the world, for it recommends
+  itself, beyond our praise."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+        ATHENAEUM, _London_. _Four Notices, Thirty-one Columns._
+
+  "The public have fully confirmed the opinion we formerly pronounced
+  on Catlin's Indian gallery, as the most interesting exhibition which,
+  in our recollection, had been opened in London. The production of the
+  _work_ will, therefore, be most acceptable to those who have seen the
+  exhibition, as serving to refresh their memories; to those who have
+  not, as helping to explain that of which they have heard so much; to
+  all as a pleasant narrative of adventure, and a circumstantial and
+  detailed history of the manners and customs of an interesting people,
+  whose fate is sealed, whose days are numbered, whose extinction is
+  certain. The Americans should make much of Mr. Catlin for the sake
+  of by-gone days, which his books, portraits, and collections will
+  present to their grandchildren."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          ART UNION, _London_.
+
+  "We have rarely examined a work at once so interesting and so useful
+  as this; the publication of which is, in truth, a benefit conferred
+  upon the world; for it is a record of things rapidly passing away,
+  and the accurate traces of which are likely to be lost within a
+  brief time after they have been discovered. As a contribution to
+  the history of mankind, these volumes will be of rare value long
+  after the last of the persecuted races are with 'the Great Spirit,'
+  and they may even have some _present_ effect; for they cannot fail
+  to enlist the best sympathies of humanity on the side of a most
+  singular people. The book is exceedingly simple in its style; it is
+  the production of a man of benevolent mind, kindly affections, and
+  sensitive heart, as well as of keen perceptions and sound judgment.
+  If we attempted to do justice to its merits, we should fill a
+  _number_ of our work instead of a _column_ of it; we must content
+  ourselves with recommending its perusal to all who covet knowledge
+  or desire amusement;--no library in the kingdom should be without a
+  copy."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+             TIMES, _London_. _One Notice, Three Columns._
+
+ "The reflection is almost insupportable to a humane mind, that the
+ indigenous races of America, comprising numerous distinct nations,
+ the original proprietors of that vast continent, are probably doomed
+ to entire extermination--a fate which has already befallen a large
+ portion of the red tribes. It is still more painful to think that this
+ should be the effect of the spread of the civilized races, who thus
+ become the agents of a wholesale destruction of their fellow-men. If
+ these melancholy truths were capable of aggravation, it may be found
+ in the dreadful fact that the process of destruction is not left
+ to the slow operation of invisible and insensible causes, but is
+ hastened by expedients devised for that express end by civilized men,
+ the tribes being stimulated or compelled to the destruction of each
+ other, or provided with the means of destroying themselves.
+
+ "Mr. Catlin, the author of the work which has suggested these
+ observations, has had better opportunities for studying the character
+ of the North American Indians than most travellers since the early
+ French writers.
+
+ "Mr. Catlin is an American, a native of Wyoming, and the publisher of
+ his own work, at the Egyptian Hall."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      MORNING CHRONICLE, _London_.
+
+  "As a work intended merely for general amusement, and independently
+  of the higher object to which it is devoted, Mr. Catlin's book will
+  be found exceedingly interesting. The salient or rugged points of its
+  style have not been smoothed down by any literary journeyman. Mr.
+  Catlin ventures alone and unaided before the public. What he has seen
+  in the prairie, and noted down in its solitude, he sends forth, with
+  all the wildness and freshness of nature about it. This, together
+  with his free and easy conversational style, plentifully sprinkled
+  with Americanisms, gives a peculiar charm to his descriptions, which
+  are not merely animated or life-like, but _life_ itself. The reader
+  is made to believe himself in the desert, or lying among friendly
+  Indians in the wigwam, or hurried along in the excitement of the
+  chase. He is constantly surrounded by the figures of the red man, and
+  hears the rustle of their feathers, or the dash of their half-tamed
+  steeds as they bound by him.
+
+  "The work is ornamented with hundreds of engravings, taken from
+  original pictures drawn by Mr. Catlin, of the persons, manners,
+  customs, and scenes that he met with in his wanderings. They give
+  an additional value to those volumes which are published, as the
+  title-page informs us, by Mr. Catlin himself, at the Egyptian Hall.
+  We wish him all the success to which his candour no less than his
+  talents fully entitle him."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       MORNING HERALD, _London_.
+
+  "In the two ample volumes just published, and illustrated with more
+  than 300 plates, Mr. Catlin has given to the world a lasting and
+  invaluable memorial of the doomed race of the Red Man, which, after
+  having from immemorial time held the unmolested tenancy of an entire
+  continent, is now but too obviously hurried on to utter extinction.
+  Mr. Catlin's literary matter resembles his drawings; it has all the
+  freshness of the sketch from nature. Through both he brings us into
+  companionship with the red man, as if careering with him over the
+  boundless plains, the primeval forests of his hunting grounds in the
+  far West, or in the vicinity of his temporary village settlements,
+  witnessing his athletic games, his strange, fantastic dances, and his
+  spontaneous endurance of those revolting tortures by which he evinces
+  his unflinching stoicism."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        MORNING POST, _London_.
+
+  "Upwards of three hundred very well executed etchings from the
+  paintings, drawn by Mr. Catlin, adorn these volumes, and offer to the
+  eye one of the most complete museums of an almost unknown people that
+  ever was given to the public. The style of the narrative is diffuse,
+  inartificial, and abounding in Yankeeisms; but it is earnest, honest,
+  and unpretending; and contains most undoubted and varied information
+  relative to the red savage of America, fresh from the wilds, and
+  unembittered by border hostility or unfounded prejudice. These
+  volumes are handsomely printed, and 'brought out,' in all respects,
+  with much care and taste."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                  SPECTATOR, _London_. _Five Columns._
+
+  "The illustrative plates of these volumes are numbering upwards
+  of three hundred subjects--landscapes, hunting scenes, Indian
+  ceremonies, and portraits form a remarkable feature, and possess a
+  permanent interest as graphic records. They are outline etchings
+  from the author's paintings, and are admirable for the distinct
+  and lively manner in which the characteristics of the scenes and
+  persons are portrayed: what is called a _style of art_ would have
+  been impertinent, and might have tended to falsify. Mr. Catlin, in
+  his homely, but spirited manner, seizes upon the most distinguishing
+  points of his subjects by dint of understanding their value, and
+  every touch has significance and force: hence the number of details
+  and the extent of view embraced in these small and slight sketches,
+  hence their animation and reality."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+           ATLAS, _London_. _Three Notices, Twelve Columns._
+
+  "This publication may be regarded as the most valuable accession to
+  the history of the fast perishing races of the aboriginal world that
+  has ever been collected by a single individual. The descriptions it
+  contains are minute and full, and possess the advantage of being
+  wonderfully tested by the long experience of the writer, and verified
+  by the concurrent testimonials of many individuals intimately
+  acquainted with the scenes and races delineated. The engravings,
+  which are liberal to an unprecedented extent, cannot be too highly
+  praised for their utility as illustrations. To the readers who have
+  never had an opportunity of visiting Mr. Catlin's gallery, these
+  engravings will form for them quite a museum of Indian curiosities
+  in themselves; while to those already familiar with the actual
+  specimens, they will serve as useful and agreeable souvenirs. But we
+  chiefly approve and recommend this work to universal circulation for
+  the sake of the pure and noble philanthropy by which it is everywhere
+  inspired. As the advocate of the oppressed Indian, now vanishing
+  before the white man on the soil of his fathers, Mr. Catlin deserves
+  the unmixed thanks of the Christian world. His volumes are full of
+  stimulants to benevolent exertion, and bear the strongest testimony
+  to the character of the races for whose preservation he pleads." #/
+
+                               ----*----
+                   UNITED SERVICE GAZETTE, _London_.
+
+  "Mr. Catlin is one of the most remarkable men of the age. Every one
+  who has visited his singularly interesting gallery at the Egyptian
+  Hall, must have been struck by his remarkable intelligence on every
+  subject connected with the North American Indians; but of its extent,
+  as well as of his extraordinary enthusiasm and thirst for adventure,
+  we had formed no idea until we had perused these volumes. In the
+  present _blaze_ condition of English literature, in which hardly any
+  work is published that is not founded more or less on other volumes
+  which have preceded it, until authorship has dwindled to little more
+  than the art of emptying one vessel into another, it is refreshing to
+  come across a book which, like the one before us, is equally novel
+  in subject, manner, and execution, and which may be pronounced,
+  without hyperbole, one of the most original productions which have
+  issued from the press for many years. It is wholly impossible, in the
+  compass of a newspaper notice, either to analyze or afford even a
+  tolerable idea of the contents of such a book; and for the present,
+  at least, we must limit ourselves altogether to the first volume."
+
+                             ----*----
+                    CALEDONIAN MERCURY, _Edinburgh_.
+
+  "_Mr. Catlin's Lectures on the North-American Indians._--We have much
+  pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+  well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity
+  and effect of Mr. Catlin's interesting and instructive exhibition:--
+
+                                 'Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.
+
+    'Dear Sir,--I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures
+    at the Waterloo-rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian
+    character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian
+    manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I
+    had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries where
+    I had been; and for twenty years' peregrinations in those parts,
+    from Montreal to the Great Slave River, north, and from the shores
+    of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of the
+    Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities of
+    seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+    pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+    which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+    afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.
+
+                           'I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,
+                                                 'JOHN HALDANE.
+    '_To George Catlin, Esq._'
+
+  "The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by
+  a gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson's
+  Bay Company, dated York Factory, Hudson's Bay, 10th December, 1842:--
+  #/
+
+    'Should you happen to fall in with Catlin's Letters on the North
+    American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+    the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+    those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin's sketches are true
+    to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+    character.'"
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                    THE WORLD OF FASHION, _London_.
+
+  "We venture to affirm of Mr. Catlin's book, which can be said of very
+  few others, that it is impossible to open it at any page, and not
+  continue its perusal with unmingled satisfaction. It has too the rare
+  quality of being written by a man who says nothing but that which
+  he knows, who describes nothing but that which he has seen. We feel
+  while reading the book as in the society of a man of extraordinary
+  observation, of great talent, of wonderful accomplishments; and most
+  cordially and earnestly do we recommend this invaluable book to the
+  patronage of the public generally, and to the perusal of our readers
+  in particular."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       WEEKLY DISPATCH, _London_.
+
+  "A person might well be startled and frightened at the appearance of
+  two such large volumes as these on only the manners, customs, and
+  condition of the North American Indians, a race of savages now almost
+  extinct. With all this complaint against the immense bulk of a book,
+  moreover, on such a subject, we are bound to confess that not only is
+  it the least wearisome of large books that we have for a long time
+  seen, but that it is at least one of the most amusing and animating
+  amongst even the condensed publications that for a considerable
+  period have been submitted to our perusal and judgment, and we can
+  confidently recommend it to our readers."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+       CHAMBERS'S EDINBURGH JOURNAL. _Two Notices, Four Columns._
+
+  "Of all the works yet published on the subject of the aboriginal
+  inhabitants of North America, no one, it seems to us, can be compared
+  in point of accuracy and extent of research with that of Mr. Catlin.
+  In the course of eight years he traversed North America almost from
+  end to end, saw and mixed with forty-eight Indian tribes, composing
+  a large portion of the two millions of red people yet in existence,
+  examined personally into all their peculiarities, and, finally,
+  accumulated a noble gallery of portraits, and a rich museum of
+  curiosities, calculated to form at once a lasting monument to himself
+  and an invaluable record of Indian persons, manners, and habiliments.
+
+  "Mr. Catlin, combining all the qualities of the traveller,
+  artist, and historian, merits no sparing notice. His two volumes,
+  large octavo, and closely printed, are full of most interesting
+  matter, and contain, besides, upwards of three hundred beautiful
+  illustrations, engraved from the original paintings."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        "Legation des Etats-Unis, Paris, Dec. 8th, 1841.
+
+  "Dear Sir,--No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable
+  fidelity of your drawings and book, which I have lately received.
+  They are equally spirited and accurate; they are true to nature.
+  Things that _are_, are not sacrificed, as they too often are by the
+  painter, to things as in his judgment they should be.
+
+  "During eighteen years of my life I was superintendent of Indian
+  affairs in the north-western territory of the United States; and
+  during more than five I was Secretary of War, to which department
+  belongs the general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians
+  thoroughly; I have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses,
+  villages, and hunting grounds; I have fought with them and against
+  them; and I have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession
+  with them. I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a
+  good right to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings;
+  among them I recognize many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I
+  am struck with the vivid representations of them and their customs,
+  of their peculiar features and of their costumes. Unfortunately they
+  are receding before the advancing tide of our population, and are
+  probably destined, at no distant day, wholly to disappear; but your
+  collection will preserve them, as far as human art can do, and will
+  form the most perfect monument of an extinguished race that the world
+  has ever seen.
+
+                                                   "LEWIS CASS.
+  "_To Geo. Catlin._"
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VI.
+
+  The Author's wife and two children arrive in the British Queen, from
+      New York--First appreciation of London--Sight-seeing--Author
+      lectures in the Royal Institution--Suggests a _Museum of
+      Mankind_--Great applause--Vote of thanks by members of the Royal
+      Institution--The "_Museum of History_"--Author lectures in the
+      other literary and scientific institutions of London--Author
+      dines with the Royal Geographical Society, and with the Royal
+      Geological Society--Mrs. Catlin's travels in the "Far West"--Her
+      welcome, and kind friends in London.
+
+
+My work being published under the flattering auspices explained in the
+foregoing pages, and now in the hands of the reading public, attracted
+additional numbers of visitors to my Rooms, greatly increasing the
+labours of poor Daniel, and calling also for more of my time and
+attention, which I could now better devote to it. My old friends were
+calling to congratulate me on the success of my book, and strangers
+to form an acquaintance with me and offer me the civilities of their
+houses.
+
+Though every part of these calls upon my time, either in the labours
+of my exhibition or in the society of friends, was pleasing and
+gratifying to me, yet it became necessary for my health to evade a part
+of these excitements on either hand, and I subsequently endeavoured,
+by a limited indulgence in the pleasures of society, and a moderate
+endurance of the excitements and fatigue of my Rooms, to save my life;
+throwing the cares and labours of the exhibition, as much as possible,
+upon the broader shoulders and stronger lungs of Daniel and his
+assistants.
+
+I felt now as if I had a sort of citizenship in London, and began
+to think of seeing its "sights;" and from this time may date the
+commencement of my real appreciation of the elegances and comforts of
+London, its hospitalities, and the genuine English character.
+
+It was an opportune moment, also, for the arrival of my dear wife and
+her two infant children, for whom I had written to New York, and who
+were just landing from the British Queen, in London, to share the kind
+attentions and compliments that were being paid to me, and also for
+seeing with me the sights and curiosities of the metropolis.
+
+About this time I was highly complimented by an invitation to deliver
+a lecture in the Royal Institution, Albemarle-street. The venerable
+members of that institution were nearly all present, and every seat
+was filled. I had, on the occasion, several living figures, dressed in
+Indian costumes, with weapons in hand, as well as many of my paintings
+exhibited on my easel, as illustrations; and I was highly gratified
+with the attention and repeated applause, convincing me that the
+subject and myself were kindly received.
+
+I endeavoured, in the compass of an evening's lecture, to give as
+comprehensive a view as I could of the motives which had led me into
+the Indian countries--of the time I had spent in them--of the extent
+and nature of the collection I had made--of the condition and numbers
+of the various tribes, and of their personal appearance and habits of
+life, which I illustrated by my numerous paintings, and by the curious
+manufactures of their own hands. I endeavoured also to delineate
+their true native character, as I had found it in its most primitive
+condition--and to explain the principal causes that have been, and
+still are, leading to their rapid declension.
+
+I took advantage of this occasion likewise to introduce a subject
+which had been for many years my favourite theme, which had constantly
+stimulated me through my toils in the Indian country, and which, as
+I was the first to propose in my own country, I believe I was the
+first to suggest on this side of the Atlantic--a MUSEUM of
+MANKIND. A shout of enthusiastic applause burst from every
+part of the Hall when the subject was named, and rounds of applause
+followed every sentence when I proceeded to say, that in the toils
+and dangers of my remotest travels in the wilderness I had been
+strengthened and nerved by the hope and the belief, that if I lived to
+finish my studies and to return with my collection, I should be able
+to show to the world the plan upon which a Museum could be formed, to
+contain and perpetuate the looks and manners and history of all the
+declining and vanishing races of man, and that my collection would
+ultimately form the basis of such an institution.
+
+I agreed with all the world as to the great interest and value of their
+noble collections of beasts, and birds, and reptiles, of fossils, of
+minerals, of fishes, of insects, and of plants, all of which can be
+gathered hundreds of years hence as well as at the present time; and
+I believed that all of the reasoning world who would give the subject
+a moment's thought, would agree with _me_, that there was one museum
+yet to be made, far transcending in interest and value all others
+yet designed, and which must needs be made soon, or it will be for
+ever lost--a museum containing the familiar looks, the manufactures,
+history, and records of all the remnants of the declining races of our
+fellow-men.
+
+It occurred to me, and I said it then, that Great Britain has more
+than thirty colonies in different quarters of the globe, in which the
+numbers of civilized men are increasing, and the native tribes are
+wasting away--that the march of civilization is everywhere, as it is in
+America, a war of extermination, and that of our own species. For the
+occupation of a new country, the first enemy that must fall is _man_,
+and his like cannot be transplanted from any other quarter of the
+globe. Our war is not with beasts or with birds: the grizly bear, the
+lion, and the tiger are allowed to live. Our weapons are not employed
+against them: we do not give them whiskey, and rum, and the small pox,
+nor the bayonet; they are allowed to live and thrive upon our soil, and
+yet their skins are of great value in our museums; but to complete a
+title, man, our fellow-man, the noblest work of God, with thoughts,
+with sentiments and sympathies like our own, must be extinguished; and
+he dies on his own soil, unchronicled and unknown (save to the ruthless
+hands that have slain him, and would bury his history with his body in
+oblivion), when not even his _skin_ has a place assigned it amongst
+those of the beasts and birds of his country.
+
+From England, from France, and the United States, government vessels,
+in this age of colonization, are floating to every part of the globe,
+and in them, artists and men of science could easily be conveyed to
+every race, and their collections returned free of expense, were there
+an institution formed and ready to receive and perpetuate the results
+of their labours.
+
+I believed that the time had arrived for the creation of such an
+institution, and that well-directed efforts to bring it into existence
+would have the admiration and countenance of all the philanthropic
+world.
+
+There was but one expression of feeling from every part of the hall at
+the close of these remarks, and every voice seemed to say "Yes--the
+noble philanthropy of this Christian and enlightened and enlightening
+age calls for it, and it must be done before it is too late."[3]
+
+ [3] The noble and unaided efforts of my best of friends, Captain
+     Shippard, to bring into existence such an institution, are, I
+     believe, too well known and appreciated by the English public to
+     require more of me here, than barely to refer to his beautifully
+     illustrated lectures on the "_Arabians_" and the "_Ruined
+     Cities of America_;" and whilst wishing all success to his
+     noble enterprise, I beg to refer the reader to Appendix B for a
+     synopsis of his design.
+
+A few days after my lecture was delivered, I received with much
+satisfaction from the secretary of the institution the following
+communication, which the reader will allow me the vanity of inserting
+here:--
+
+  "Sir,--I have the honour to return you the thanks of the members
+  of the _Royal Institution of Great Britain_ for your interesting
+  account of your residence and adventures among the native tribes of
+  North American Indians, with notices of their social condition,
+  customs, mysteries, and modes of warfare--communicated at the weekly
+  meeting of the members on Friday, the 14th February.
+
+                        "I am, Sir, your very obedient Servant,
+
+                            "EDWARD R. DANIELL, _Secretary_.
+
+ "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Invitations from the other literary and scientific institutions of
+London afforded me the opportunity of repeating my lectures in most of
+their halls, where I was uniformly received with applause, which was
+also a source of much gratification to me. These interviews suddenly
+and delightfully led me into the society of literary and scientific
+men, and also into the noble collections and libraries under their
+superintendence. I was here at once ushered, as it were, into a
+new world--a new atmosphere--and in it was met and welcomed every
+where with the utmost cordiality and kindness; libraries, museums,
+laboratories, and lectures were free to me; and not only the private
+tables of the advocates of science, but their public tables in their
+banqueting halls, prepared a seat for me.
+
+Thus were my labours being requited; and I was happy in the conviction
+that the claims of the poor Indians were being heard in the right
+tribunal, and that I was their advocate at the true source from which
+emanated most of the great and moral influences that govern and improve
+the world.
+
+I was invited to the annual dinners of the Royal Geographical,
+Geological, and Historical Societies; and in responding to the
+compliments paid me at all of them, in proposing my health and the
+prosperity of my country, I was delighted to find that my advocacy
+of the rights of the poor Indian, and my scheme for a _Museum_ of
+_Mankind_, were met and sanctioned with rounds of enthusiastic applause.
+
+I have mentioned that my dear wife with her two children had arrived
+from New York, and the pleasures and endearments of my own little
+fireside, now transplanted into a foreign land, were stealing away
+their part of my time, which, with the necessary attention to the
+kind civilities being paid us, our sight-seeing, our dinings-out,
+our drives, and my attendance in my rooms and lectures at night, was
+curiously divided and engrossed.
+
+The advent of my dear Clara, with her two babes, was like the coming
+of the warm and gentle breezes of spring--she who, though delicate
+and tender, had been, during the three last years of my rambles in
+the Indian wilds, my indefatigable companion--She who had traced and
+retraced with me the winding mazes of the mighty Mississippi, the
+Missouri, the Ohio, and the Arkansas--and with the lightness of the
+bounding antelopes that dwell upon their shores, had darted over their
+grassy banks and their green carpeted and enamelled slopes, and plucked
+their loveliest flowers--she who had also traced with me the shores
+of the great lakes of the north, and inhaled the glowing sweetness of
+Florida's lovely coast--and had kept her journal of thirteen thousand
+miles of wild rambles with her husband, and since her return to the
+land of her birth had blessed him in the richness of gift with two
+children, was now by his side (as I have said, like the coming of
+spring), to cheer him with the familiar sweet smiles and sounds in
+which he never knew guile.[4]
+
+ [4] The reader will pardon these expressions, and others of a
+     similar nature that may occasionally occur, for they apply to
+     one who now rests with the silent dead, as will be explained in
+     future pages of this work.
+
+Thanks to the kind friends who took her fair hand and bade her
+welcome--for they were many, and ready to contribute to her happiness,
+which filled (at that moment at least) the cup of our mutual enjoyment.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VII.
+
+  The Author dines with the Royal Highland Society--The Duke of
+      Richmond presides--His Grace's compliment to the Author
+      and his country--Sir David Wilkie--His compliment to the
+      Author--Charles Augustus Murray and the Author at the Caledonian
+      Ball (Almack's) in Indian costumes--Their rehearsal--Dressing
+      and painting--Entering the ball--Alarm of ladies--Mr.
+      Murray's infinite amusement (_incognito_) amongst his
+      friends--War-dance and war-whoops--Great applause--Bouquets of
+      flowers--Scalp-dance--Brooches and bracelets presented to the
+      chiefs-Trinkets returned--Perspiration carries off the paint, and
+      Mr. Murray recognised--Amusement of his friends--The "Indians"
+      return to Egyptian Hall at seven in the morning--Their amusing
+      appearance.
+
+
+Among the many very friendly invitations extended to me about this
+time, there was one which I cannot omit to notice in this place.--I
+was invited to take a seat at the _Royal Highland Society's_ annual
+dinner, at which his Grace the Duke of Richmond presided. The name of
+this society explains its character, and most of the guests at the
+table were in full highland dress, with their kilts, and with the
+badges and plaids of their peculiar clans. The scene was altogether a
+very picturesque one, and I observed that their chiefs wore the eagle's
+quills for the same purpose and in the same manner that the Indians do;
+but I did not see any of them painted red, as the Indians paint them,
+to adorn their heads as symbols of war when they are going to battle.
+
+The banqueting hall was beautifully arranged, and two of Her Majesty's
+pipers from the Palace, in the most gorgeous Highland dress, were
+perambulating the table "in full blast" whilst we were eating.
+
+The Duke of Richmond, who is an easy, affable, and entirely
+unostentatious man, and the best president at a convivial table
+that I ever saw, offered the customary healths, of--the Queen--the
+Prince--the Duke, &c., which were drunk with the usual enthusiasm, and
+after that proceeded to pay his ingenious and judicious compliments to
+individuals at the table, by alluding, in the most concise and amusing
+manner, to their exploits or other merits, and then proposed their
+healths.
+
+After we had all joined in the uproar of--Hip, hip, hips,--with one
+foot on our chairs and the other on the table, in a number of such
+cases, he arose and said--
+
+  "Gentlemen, I now rise quite confident of your approbation of the
+  sentiment I am to propose, and the sentiments I am to offer. The
+  nations of the earth, like the individuals in the different branches
+  of a great family, stand in certain degrees of relationship towards
+  each other; and as those degrees of consanguinity are more or less
+  remote, so are the friendships and attachments of those nations for
+  each other. Now, gentlemen, as an individual component part of one of
+  the great nations of that great national family, I feel proud to say,
+  that there are two of that family so closely related, not only in
+  commercial interests, but by blood, as almost to identify them in an
+  unity of existence.--The relationship that I speak of, gentlemen (and
+  which I believe will be familiar to many of you, as married men), is
+  that of parent and child."
+
+At this period commenced a tremendous cheering, and all eyes seemed
+to be in a rotary motion, endeavouring to fix upon the representative
+of that nearly related country on whom the next responsibility was to
+fall. His Grace proceeded:--
+
+  "Gentlemen, the term parent and child I have used to express the
+  endearments of one stage of domestic relations; but there is
+  another which lessens not the tie, but carries with it the respect
+  that children do not win--I would call it father and son (_immense
+  cheering_). I perceive, gentlemen, that you all understand me, and
+  are preparing for the sentiment I am to offer; but I would remark,
+  that when a distinguished individual from one of those nearly related
+  countries pays a visit to the other, common courtesy demands that
+  he should be treated with kindness and respect. If that individual,
+  gentlemen, be one who, by the force and energy of his own mind, has
+  struck out and accomplished any great undertaking for the advancement
+  of science, or the benefit of mankind, he is a philanthropist,
+  a public benefactor, and entitled to our highest admiration
+  (_cheering_).
+
+  "Gentlemen, I have the satisfaction of informing you that there is at
+  our table an individual whose name when I mention it will be familiar
+  to most of you; who, contemplating several millions of human beings
+  in his own country sinking into oblivion before the destructive
+  influences of civilization, had the energy of character, the courage
+  and philanthropy, to throw himself, unprotected and unaided, into the
+  midst of them, with his brushes and his pen, endeavouring to preserve
+  for future ages their familiar looks, and all that appertained to
+  their native modes and history. In this noble enterprise, gentlemen,
+  this individual laboured eight years of his life; and having with
+  incessant toil and hazard visited most of the native tribes of North
+  America, he has brought home and to our city a collection (which
+  I trust you have all seen) of vast interest and value, which does
+  great honour to his name, and entitles him to our highest admiration
+  and esteem. I now propose, gentlemen, the health of Mr. Catlin, and
+  success to the great country that gave him birth!"
+
+Whilst these compliments were applying to my country only, I was fully
+confident there was some one of my countrymen present better able than
+myself to respond to them; but when they became personal, and all eyes
+were fixed upon me, I saw there was no alternative, and that I must
+reply, as well as I could, to the unexpected compliment thus paid me
+and answered to with a bumper and many rounds of applause, every guest
+at the table, as before, with one foot on his chair and the other on
+the edge of the table. An awful pause for a moment, while my name was
+echoed from every part of the room, brought me upon my feet, and I
+replied: but I never shall recollect exactly how. I believe, however,
+that I explained the views with which I had visited the Indian tribes,
+and what I had done; and put in a few words, as well as I could, for my
+country.
+
+His Grace next rose, and, after the most chaste and eloquent eulogium
+upon his works and his character, proposed the health of Sir David
+Wilkie, who, to my great surprise and unspeakable satisfaction, I found
+was sitting by my side and the next to my elbow. His health was drunk
+with great enthusiasm, and after he had responded to the compliment he
+begged to be allowed to express to his Grace and the gentlemen present
+the very great satisfaction he had felt in being able to join in the
+expression of thanks to so distinguished a gentleman as Mr. Catlin, and
+whom it afforded him great pleasure to find was by his side. He stated
+that he had been many times in my exhibition rooms, but without the
+good luck to have met me there. He commented at great length upon the
+importance and value of the collection; and, while he was according to
+me great credit for the boldness and originality of the design, he took
+especial pains to compliment me for the execution of my paintings, many
+of which, he said, as works of art, justly entitled me to the hands of
+artists in this country, and he was proud to begin by offering me his,
+in good fellowship, which he did, and raised me from my seat as he said
+it.
+
+This was sanctioned by a round of applause, and as he resumed his seat
+I was left upon my feet, and bound again to reply, which I did as well
+as I could.
+
+The reader can more easily imagine than I can describe, how gratifying
+to me was such a mode of acquaintance with so distinguished and so
+worthy a man as Sir David Wilkie, at whose elbow I was now placed, and,
+for the most part of the evening, in familiar conversation.
+
+The pipers played, the wine flowed, many good songs were sung; a
+Highland dance was spiritedly flung by M'Ian, M'Donald, and several
+others, in Highland costume. An Indian song and the war-whoop were
+called for, and given--and with other good fellowship and fun this
+splendid affair was finished.
+
+I was at this time devoting certain hours of the day to visitors in my
+Rooms, and I found my kind friend C. A. Murray almost daily bringing
+ladies of rank and fashion upon his arm, to take a peep into the
+mysteries of savage life, which he was so well prepared to explain to
+them, and to illustrate by my numerous paintings and works of Indian
+manufacture.
+
+I met him here one day, however, on my entering, where he had been
+for some time waiting without acting the beau, for any one, which was
+quite an unusual thing. He called me aside, and told me there was a
+chance for us to make _a sensation_ if I felt disposed to join him
+in it, and to make a great deal of amusement for others as well as a
+dish of fun for ourselves--this was, to assume the Indian costume
+and throw ourselves into the Caledonian ball, which was to be given
+at Almack's that evening, and for which he had procured the tickets.
+For the information of those who never have seen one of those annual
+balls, I will briefly say that they are decidedly the most brilliant
+and splendid affairs that can be seen in London--presenting the most
+gorgeous display of costumes and diamonds that the world can exhibit,
+short of royalty itself. It was but for Mr. Murray to propose--the
+finest costumes were taken from the Walls of my Room--weapons,
+head-dresses, scalping-knives, scalps, &c.--and placed in one of the
+chambers of the Egyptian Hall: and three o'clock was the hour appointed
+for Mr. Murray to meet me again, to fit us with our respective dresses,
+and go through a sort of rehearsal in our songs, dances, &c., which we
+might be called upon to enact during the evening, and in which it would
+be a great pity for us Indian knowing ones to make any mistake.
+
+Mr. Murray was punctual at the hour of three; and having proposed that
+my nephew, Burr Catlin, a young man of 21 years and then living with
+me, should be of the party, we entered the dressing-room, and were soon
+suited with our respective dresses and took our weapons in hand. My
+nephew, Burr, being six feet two inches, with a bold and Indian outline
+of face, was arrayed in a Sioux dress; and it was instantly agreed that
+he should be put forward as the Big Sioux--the Great Chief Wan-ne-ton.
+He happened to wear the identical head-dress of that distinguished
+chief, which was made of war-eagle's quills and ermine skins. He was to
+hold himself entirely mute upon his dignity, according to the customs
+of the country. I was dressed as a warrior of the _Sac_ tribe, with
+head ornaments of red and white quills of the war-eagle, denoting,
+according to the custom of the country, my readiness for war or for
+peace. Mr. Murray had chosen a dress less rich, and more light and easy
+to act in, and a head-dress that was made much like a wig of long black
+hair spreading over his shoulders and falling down nearly to the calves
+of his legs, surmounted by a solitary eagle's quill--giving himself
+more the appearance of a "Bois Brule," as they are termed on the Indian
+frontiers of America--a race of half-castes, who are generally used as
+interpreters, speaking a little French and some "Americaine" (as they
+call the English language). These curious personages are generally the
+spokesmen for all parties of Indians travelling abroad or delegations
+to neighbouring tribes. This character exactly suited Mr. Murray, as
+he spoke the French and the German, and also a little of two or three
+Indian tongues; and, in the position of an interpreter for the party,
+he would be the vehicle of communication between the two chiefs and his
+numerous friends and relations, both ladies and gentlemen, whom he was
+to meet in every part of the Rooms.
+
+The least discerning will easily see that he was most ingeniously
+laying his plans for a great deal of amusement; and if my readers could
+have seen the manner in which he was dressed out and metamorphosed for
+the occasion, they would have insured him, at a low premium, fun enough
+on that evening to have lasted him for a week. Having arrayed our
+persons in the respective costumes we had agreed upon, and arranged the
+different characters which we were to sustain, I took the Indian drum
+or tambour in my hand, and to the music of that and the chief's rattle,
+and our combined voices in concert in an Indian song, we practised the
+war-dance and scalp-dance of the Sioux, until we agreed that we could
+"do them" beyond (at least) the reach of civilized criticisms, in
+case we should be called upon to dance, which it was agreed should be
+at first met as a condescension that the chiefs could not submit to,
+but which it was understood we should yield to if the measure was to
+be very strenuously urged. Matters being thus arranged, we adjourned
+until nine o'clock, when we were to meet again, and make our final
+preparations for our debut in the ballroom.
+
+At nine we were drawing on our buckskin leggings, and mocassins fringed
+with scalp-locks and ornamented with porcupine quills of various
+dyes; our shirts or tuniques were also of deerskins richly ornamented,
+and their sleeves fringed, like the leggings, with locks of the hair
+of Indian victims slain in battle. We painted our faces and hands
+of a copper colour, in close imitation of the colour of the Indian,
+and over and across that, to make the illusion more complete, gave
+occasional bold daubs of vermilion and green or black paint, so that,
+with our heavy and richly garnished robes of the buffalo, thrown over
+our shoulders and trailing on the floor as we walked, with tomahawks
+and scalping knives in our belts, our shields of buffalo hides on our
+arms, with our quivers slung and our bows and arrows clenched in our
+hands, we were prepared for the sensation we were in a few minutes
+to make. We stood and smiled at each others' faces a few moments in
+curious anticipation, practising over each other's names, which we had
+almost forgotten to take. And having decided that the great chief was
+_Wan-ne-ton_, that the warrior's name was _Na-see-us-kuk_, and that of
+the interpreter _Pah-ti-coo-chee_, we seated ourselves in a carriage,
+and in three minutes were being ushered through the crowded halls
+leading to the splendid and brilliant array, into the midst of which a
+long Indian step or two more placed us!
+
+There was a little cruelty in the suddenness of our approach, and a
+simultaneous yell which we gave, innocently mistaking the effect it
+might have upon the nerves of ladies standing near us, several of whom,
+on catching the sound and then the sight of us, gave sudden shrieks far
+more piercing and startling than the savage war-whoop that had been
+sounded over their shoulders. By this time we formed the centre of
+attraction in the room, and we stood in so dense a crowd to be gazed
+at, that nothing could be scanned of us lower down than our chins and
+shoulders. The big Sioux chief, however, who was a head taller than
+the crowd around him, flourishing his enormous head-dress of eagle's
+quills, was quietly rolling his eagle eyes around over the multitude,
+who were getting so satisfactory a view of him that it eased us a
+little from the rush that otherwise would have been upon us.
+
+We had made our entry into this world of fashion and splendour entirely
+unexpected by any one, and of course unknown to all. Here was truly
+a splendid field for my friend Mr. Murray, and the time for his
+operations had now arrived. All questions (and there were many, and
+in various languages) put to the big chief or the warrior were, by
+the understanding, answered only by frowns; and the interrogations
+referred to _Pah-ti-coo-chee_, the interpreter. This brought him at
+once into great demand, and he replied at first in Indian, and then
+strained a few distorted words of French and German into his replies,
+by which he made himself partially understood. Lords and ladies, dukes
+and duchesses, and princes and princesses of his acquaintance were in
+the room, and now gazing at his copper colour, bedaubed with red and
+black paint, and patiently listening to and endeavouring to translate
+his garbled French and German and Indian for some description of the
+grand personages he had in tow, without dreaming of the honourable
+gentleman upon whose visage they were actually looking. From a custom
+of the Prairie country, which he had wisely thought of, he carried a
+rifle-bullet in his mouth whilst he was talking, and his voice was thus
+as much a stranger as his face.
+
+Amongst the gazers on, and those who questioned him, were many of his
+most familiar friends; and even his own brother, the Earl of Dunmore,
+drew some marvellous tales from him before he made himself known, which
+he did at last to him and a few others of his friends, that he might
+the better crack the good jokes he had come to enjoy.
+
+The crowd, by this time, had completely wedged us in, so that there was
+no apparent possibility of moving from our position, yet it was not a
+crowd that was insupportable: it was, at least for a while, a pleasure
+to be thus invested, as we were, by silks and satins, by necklaces
+of diamonds and necks as fair as alabaster, by gold lace, and
+golden epaulettes, chapeaux and small swords; but the weight of our
+bison robes at length brought us to the expedient that our ingenious
+interpreter put forth, which gained us temporary relief, and gave us
+locomotive powers by which we could show ourselves at full length, and
+occasionally escape investigations when they became too close for our
+good friend or ourselves.
+
+It was a lucky thought of our interpreter, which he divulged to some of
+his confidential friends much to our advantage, that the paints which
+the Indians used were indelible colours, and he regretted to learn that
+some of the ladies had injured their costly dresses by being in too
+close contact with us. And again he feared that some of the scalp-locks
+on the dresses of the chief and the warrior were not quite dry, as they
+were fresh from the country where they had just been at war with the
+Sacs and Foxes. This had a delightful effect, and we were not again in
+danger of suffocation, though the space we had to move in was limited
+enough during the rest of the night for our warm dresses and our
+enormous buffalo robes.
+
+The introductions I had on that night, to lords and ladies, and to
+dukes and duchesses, as _Na-see-us-huk_, a famous warrior of the Sacs,
+and my nephew, as _Wan-ne-ton_, the great Sioux Chief, were honours
+certainly that he or I could never have aspired to under any other
+names; and our misfortune was, that their duration was necessarily as
+brief as the names and titles we had assumed.
+
+In the midst of this truly magnificent scene, where our interpreter
+was introducing us as two dignified personages from the base of the
+Rocky Mountains, and enjoying his own fun with his friends as he moved
+around, and after a set of quadrilles had finished, it was announced
+through the rooms that the Indians were going to give the War Dance!
+
+This of course raised a new excitement, and the crowd thickened, until
+at length a red rope or cord was passed around us three about as
+high as our waists. The bystanders were desired to take hold of this
+and walk back, which they did in all directions until a large space
+was opened for us, and we were left standing in the centre. We found
+ourselves there in full display in front of the ladies patronesses of
+the ball, who were seated upon a platform, elevated several feet above
+the level of the floor, and who, it was stated to us, had expressed a
+desire to see the Indians dance.
+
+Alas! poor Murray, he had then an off-hand use to make of his mongrel
+dialect, which seemed to embarrass him very much, and which he had
+found he got along with much better in the crowd. We were also
+pledged to hesitate about our dignity in case we were asked to dance,
+which here made a dialogue in Indian language indispensable, giving
+our interpreter fresh alarm; nevertheless, with enough of the same
+determination and firmness left that used to decide him to dash through
+the turbid rivers of the prairie, or to face the menacing savages that
+he met in the wilderness, he resolved to go through with it, and the
+Indian dialogue that he opened with me was never doubted, I believe,
+for it was never criticised. The objections raised by the chief and his
+warrior were translated in tolerable French (with the bullet accent),
+to their ladyships and the audience around us. The dignity of a Sioux
+Chief could not be lowered by such a condescension, and the dance could
+not be made without him. "Good Mr. _Pah-ti-coo-chee_," said her Grace
+the Duchess of ---- (who was the presiding patroness on the occasion),
+in excellent French, "do, I beg of you, do prevail on that fine old
+fellow to gratify us with a dance--don't let him look so distressed
+about it--tell him that he has just been looking on to see some of
+the greatest chiefs in our country dance, and he must not think it
+degrading to show us the mode in which the Indians dance; I dare say it
+is very fine. Oh, dear, what shall we do? they are fine-looking men--I
+wish I could speak to them--I dare say they know Charles A. Murray,--he
+was in their country--I have read his book. Where's Murray? he ought to
+be here to-night; I am sure he knows them. Do you know Murray, my good
+fellows? Ah, no, they don't understand French, though."
+
+Our interpreter smiled, and the Sioux chief and the Sac warrior came
+very near the misfortune also. The arguments of the duchess were
+translated to the chief and the warrior with great difficulty, when,
+after a few moments of silence, they began to put off their robes,
+which were very deliberately folded up and laid aside, to the great
+gratification of the ladies patronesses and the rest of the crowd.
+
+By three dancers the war dance of the Sioux is given with considerable
+effect, and we were now ready to "go into it." The drum, which until
+this moment had been slung on Mr. Murray's back, was taken into my
+hands, the chief took his rattle in one hand and his war-club in the
+other, while the interpreter's shield skilfully manoeuvred over his
+left shoulder and his tomahawk brandished in his right hand, which,
+with the shrill sounds of the war-song and the war-whoop, altogether
+suddenly opened a new era in the musical and dancing sphere of Almack's.
+
+When it was done, the whole house rung with applause; bouquets of
+flowers were showered upon us, and many compliments were paid us by the
+most bewitching young ladies, but which, unfortunately for us, we could
+not understand. The crowd now thickened around us to shake hands with
+us and lavish their praises upon us; and among them a lovely little
+creature, whose neck seemed forged from a bouquet of white lilies, who
+was supported on the arm of an officer, with her languishing soft blue
+eyes, and breath sweeter than that of the antelope that jostles the
+first dew-drops of the morning from the violets of the prairie, was
+beseeching me to allow her to adjust on my wrist a magnificent bracelet
+which she had taken from her own lovely arm, and for which she wished
+only, as she made me understand by signs, a small scalp-lock from the
+seams of my leggings. To play our parts well it was necessary, for
+the time being, to do as an Indian warrior would do--I tore off the
+scalp-lock and gave it to her, and when her fair hands had adjusted
+the precious trinket on my wrist, I raised the leathern shirt a little
+higher on my arm and showed her the colour of my skin. This unfolded a
+secret to her which compelled me to speak, and I said to her and her
+guardian, "Pray don't expose us; let us have our fun. Your precious
+trinket I will restore to you in a little time." This was answered
+with the sweetest of smiles, and, as my joke was thus ended, I turned
+round and found the ring prepared again for another dance. Fair hands
+had been lavish upon the other two Indians, who were already decorated
+with several keepsakes of beautiful and precious workmanship. The
+scalp-dance now commenced, and as I had brought with me a real scalp,
+according to the custom of a warrior, we gave it the full effect and
+fury of such scenes as they are acted in the wilderness. We entered
+upon this unfortunate affair with our prizes displayed in the fullest
+exultation, and no doubt might have gained many more but for the
+unforeseen misfortune which our over exertions to please and astonish
+had innocently brought upon us. The warmth of the rooms at this hour
+had become almost insupportable, and, in the midst of it, our violent
+exertions, under the heat of our Indian dresses, had produced a flow
+of perspiration which had carried away the paint in streaks from our
+foreheads to our chins, making us simple studies for the ethnologist,
+if any there were present, and easy of solution. Poor Murray! he
+had supplied himself with a red handkerchief, which he had often
+pressed upon his face, the consequence of which was--and it was funny
+enough--that his nose and his chin, and the other prominent points of
+his face, had all become white, long before he had finished his fun or
+been willing to acknowledge our true character and caste.
+
+However, he had much merriment in receiving the cheerful
+congratulations of his friends (who now recognised him once more as the
+Honourable C. A. Murray), and in introducing my nephew and myself in
+our real names to many of his friends, we distributed scalp-locks and
+feathers to all the fair hands whose trinkets we held and restored;
+and after partaking of the good things that were in store for us, and
+looking and laughing at our white-washed faces in the mirrors, we made
+our way to the front door as the first step towards a retreat to the
+Egyptian Hall. We waited in vain full half an hour for a vehicle, such
+was the rush of carriages at the door. The only alternative seemed
+to be to take to our legs, and once resolved, we dashed out into the
+street, and made our way in the best manner we could. It was now past
+sunrise and raining in torrents, as it had been during the whole
+night. We wended our way as fast as possible through the mud, with our
+white and beautiful mocassins, and painted robes; and the reader must
+excuse me here, and imagine, if he can, how we three looked when we
+arrived at the door of the Egyptian Hall, with the gang of boys and
+ragamuffins assembled around us, which the cry of "Indians, Indians!"
+had collected as we passed through the streets. The poor porter, who
+had waited up for us all night, happened _luckily to be_ ready for our
+ring; and thus, fortunately, we were soon safely withdrawn from the
+crowd assembling, to gaze and grin at each other, and deliberately and
+leisurely to scour ourselves back again to our original characters.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER VIII.
+
+  Their Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg and Prince Ernest visit
+      the Collection--His Royal Highness the (little) Duc de Brabant
+      visits the Collection with the Hon. Mr. Murray--The Author
+      presents him an Indian pipe and pair of mocassins--Visit of His
+      Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to the Collection--His noble
+      sympathy for the Indians--He smokes an Indian pipe under the
+      wigwam--The Author takes breakfast with the Duke of Sussex in
+      Kensington Palace--The Duke's dress and appearance--John Hunter,
+      the Indian traveller--The Duke's inquiries about him--Monsieur
+      Duponceau--Visit to the Bank of England--To Buckingham Palace--To
+      Windsor Castle--Author visits the Polish Ball with several
+      friends in Indian costumes.
+
+
+Among the distinguished visitors to my rooms about this time were their
+Royal Highnesses the Duke of Coburg, and Prince Ernest, the father and
+brother of Prince Albert, at that time on a visit to the Queen and the
+Prince. They were accompanied by Mr. Murray, who took great pains to
+explain the collection to the Duke, who took me by the hand when he
+left the room, and told me I deserved the friendship of all countries
+for what I had done, and pronounced it "a noble collection." His second
+visit was made to it a few days after, when he was also accompanied by
+Mr. Murray, and remained in the rooms until it was quite dark.
+
+His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant, the infant son of the King of
+the Belgians, on a visit to the Queen, was also brought in by Mr.
+Murray. He was an intelligent lad, nine or ten years of age, and was
+pleased with a miniature Indian pipe which I presented to him, and also
+a small pair of Indian mocassins suitable for his age.
+
+His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex, though in feeble health, paid
+my collection his first visit. It was his wish, from the state that he
+was in, to meet me alone "in an Indian Council," as he called it. My
+first interview with him lasted for an hour or more, when he told me
+that if his strength would have permitted it, he could have been amused
+the whole day. To this fine old venerable man my highest admiration
+clung: he expressed the deepest sympathy for the Indians, and seemed to
+have formed a more general and correct idea of them and their condition
+than any person I had met in the kingdom. When he left my rooms he
+took me by both hands and thanked me for the rich treat I had afforded
+him, and assured me that for the benefits I was rendering to society,
+and the justice I was doing to the poor Indians, I should be sure to
+meet my reward in the world to come, and that he hoped I would also be
+recompensed in this.
+
+The Duke of Sussex was a great amateur of pipes and good smoking, and
+took much interest in the hundreds of different designs and shapes
+of the carved pipes in my exhibition. He was curious to know what
+the Indians smoked, and I showed him their tobacco, a quantity of
+which I had brought with me. The Indians prepare it from the inner
+bark of the red willow, and when dried and ready for smoking, call
+it "k'nick-k'neck." I prepared and lit a pipe of it for His Royal
+Highness to smoke, with which he took a seat under the middle of the
+Indian wigwam, where our conversation was held at the moment; and as
+he drew the delicious fumes through the long and garnished stem which
+passed between his knees, with its polished bowl, carved in the red
+pipe stone, resting on the floor, he presented for a few moments the
+finished personification of beatitude and enjoyment. He pronounced
+the flavour delicious, wanting only a little more strength, which he
+thought the addition of tobacco would give it.
+
+I told him that the Indians were always in the habit of mingling
+tobacco with it when they could afford to buy it: "Good fellows (said
+he), they know what is good--their tastes are as good as ours are."
+After he had finished his pipe, and we were moving towards the front
+door, the moment before taking leave of me as I have mentioned above,
+he asked me if I ever knew _John Hunter_, who wrote a work on the
+Indians of America, to which I replied in the affirmative. He seemed
+much pleased in learning this fact, and said to me, "You see what a
+feeble wreck I am at present; my strength is gone, and I must leave
+you; but you will take your breakfast with me at Kensington Palace
+to-morrow morning: I am all alone. I am too ill to see the world;
+they cannot find the way to me: but I will see _you_, and take great
+pleasure in your society. Your name will be made known to the servants
+at the back entrance to the palace."
+
+The next morning, at the hour named, found me at the door of the
+palace, where my name was recognised, and I at once was ushered into
+the apartment of the Duke, where I found him in his arm-chair, wrapped
+in his morning gown of white flannel, and his head covered with a cap
+of black velvet richly embroidered with gold. He rose and took me by
+the hand in the most cordial manner, and instantly led me to another
+part of the room, in front of a portrait hanging on the wall.--"There,"
+said he, "do you know that face?" "Very well," said I; "that is the
+portrait of John Hunter; it is an admirable likeness, and looks to me
+like a picture by one of our American artists. If I had met it anywhere
+else but in this country I should have said it was by Harding, one of
+our most valued portrait painters." "Well," said he, "you know _that_
+portrait too, do you?" "Very well--that is his Royal Highness the Duke
+of Sussex." "Well," said the Duke, "now I will tell you, they were both
+painted by Mr. Harding. Harding is a great favourite of mine, and a
+very clever artist."
+
+I at this moment presented to the Duke the Indian pipe, through which
+he had smoked the day before, and also an Indian tobacco-pouch, filled
+with the k'nick-k'neck (or Indian tobacco) with which he had been so
+much pleased.
+
+He thanked me for the present, which he assured me delighted him
+very much; and, after showing me a great variety of curious and most
+ingenious pipes from various countries, we took our seats alone at the
+breakfast table. In the course of our conversation, which ran upon
+pipes--upon Indians and Indian countries, his Royal Highness said he
+had reasons for asking me if I had known Hunter, and should feel most
+happy if he found in me a person who had been acquainted with his
+history. He said he had known Hunter familiarly while he was in London,
+and had entertained him in his palace, and thought a great deal of him.
+He had thought his life a most extraordinary one, well entitling him to
+the attentions that were paid to him here--that he had been entertained
+and amused by his narrations of Indian life, and that he had made him
+several presents, amongst which was a very valuable watch, and had had
+his portrait painted, which he highly valued. He said he had learned,
+with deep regret, since Hunter had left here, that a learned French
+gentleman in Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, and some others, had held
+him up to the public, through the journals, as an impostor, and his
+narrations as fabulous. "This to me," said the Duke, "you can easily
+see, has been a subject of much pain (as I took more pains to introduce
+him and his works in this country than any one else), and it explains
+to you the cause of my anxiety to learn something more of his true
+history."
+
+I replied to his Royal Highness that I had been equally pained by
+hearing such reports in circulation in my own country, and that my
+acquaintance with Hunter had not been familiar enough to enable me
+wholly to refute them, I stated that I had been introduced to Mr.
+Hunter in New Orleans, where he was well known to many, and that I had
+met him in two or three other parts of the United States, and since
+reading his work I had visited many of the Indian villages, in which
+he lived, and had conversed with chiefs and others named in his work,
+who spoke familiarly of him. I felt assured, therefore, that he had
+spent the Indian life that he describes in his work; and yet that he
+might have had the indiscretion to have made some misrepresentations
+attributed to him, I was not able positively to deny. His work, as
+far as it treats on the manners and customs of the American Indians,
+and which could not have been written or dictated by any other than
+a person who had lived that familiar life with them, is decidedly
+the most descriptive and best work yet published on their every-day
+domestic habits and superstitions; and, of itself, goes a great way, in
+my opinion, to establish the fact that his early life was identified
+with that of the Indians.
+
+I stated that I believed his character had been cruelly and unjustly
+libelled, and that I had the peculiar satisfaction of believing that I
+had justly defended it, and given the merited rebuke at the fountain of
+all his misfortunes, which I described as follows:--
+
+"On my return from an eight years' residence amongst the remotest
+tribes of Indians in America, and paying a visit to my old friends in
+the city of Philadelphia, M. Duponceau, of whom your Royal Highness
+has spoken, an old and very learned gentleman, and deeply skilled
+in the various languages of America, and who was then preparing a
+very elaborate work on the subject, invited me to meet several of
+his friends at his table to breakfast; which I did. He was at this
+time nearly blind and very deaf, and still eagerly grasping at every
+traveller and trapper from the Indian country, for some new leaf to his
+book, or some new word to his vocabularies, instead of going himself to
+the Indian fireside, the true (and in fact the only) school in which to
+learn and write their language.
+
+"After our breakfast was finished and our coffee-cups removed, this
+learned M. Duponceau opened his note-book upon the table and began
+in this way,--'My dear Sir (addressing himself to me), I am so
+delighted with such an opportunity--I am told that you have visited
+some forty or fifty tribes of Indians, and many of them speaking
+different languages. You have undoubtedly in eight years learned to
+speak fluently; and I shall draw from you such a valuable addition
+to my great work--what a treat this will be, gentlemen, ha? Now you
+see I have written out some two or three hundred words, for which you
+will give me the Blackfoot, the Mandan, the Pawnee Pict, &c. You have
+been amongst all these tribes?' 'Yes.' The old gentleman here took a
+pinch of snuff and then said, 'In this identical place, and on this
+very table, it was, gentlemen, that I detected the imposture of that
+rascal Hunter! Do you know that fellow, Mr. Catlin?' 'Yes, I have seen
+him.' 'Well,' said he, 'I was the first to detect him;--I published
+him to the world and put a stop to his impostures. I invited him to
+take breakfast with me as I have invited you, and in this same book
+wrote down the Indian translation of a list of words and sentences
+that I had prepared, as he gave them to me; and the next day when I
+invited him again, he gave me for one-third at least of those words
+a different translation. I asked for the translation of a number of
+words in languages that were familiar to me, and which he told me he
+understood, and he gave them in words of other tribes. I now discovered
+his ignorance, and at once pronounced him an impostor, and closed my
+book.'
+
+"'And now,' said I, 'M. Duponceau, lest you should make yourself and me
+a great deal of trouble, and call _me_ an impostor also, I will feel
+much obliged if you will close your book again; for I am quite sure
+I should prove myself under your examination just as ignorant as Mr.
+Hunter, and subject myself to the same reproach which is following him
+through the world, emanating from so high an authority. Mr. Hunter
+and myself did not go into the Indian countries to study the Indian
+languages, nor do we come into the civilized world to publish them,
+and to be made responsible for errors in writing them. I can well
+understand how Mr. Hunter gave you, to a certain extent, a different
+version on different days; he, like myself, having learned a little
+of fifteen or twenty different languages, would necessarily be at a
+loss, with many of his Indian words, to know what tribe they belong
+to; and our partial knowledge of so many tongues involves us at once
+in a difficulty not unlike the confusion at Babel, and disqualifies
+his responses or mine, as authority for such works as I hope you are
+preparing for the world. With these views (though I profess to be the
+property of the world, and ready and pleased to communicate anything
+that I have distinctly learned of the Indians and their modes), I must
+beg to decline giving you the translation of a single word; and at the
+same time to express a hope that you may verbally, or in the valuable
+works which you are soon to bequeath to posterity, leave a repentant
+word at least, to remove the censure which you say you were the first
+to cast upon Hunter, and which is calculated to follow him to the
+grave.'"
+
+His Royal Highness was much interested and somewhat amused by this
+narrative, and agreed with me, that such men as M. Duponceau, and
+others, to whom the world is to look for a full and correct account of
+the Indian languages of America, should go themselves to the wigwams
+of the Indians, and there, in their respective tribes, open the books
+in which to record their various vocabularies, rather than sit at home
+and trust to the ignorant jargon that can be caught from the trapper
+and the trader and the casual tourists who make flying visits through
+the Indian countries. He related to me many curious anecdotes of poor
+Hunter, and as I left him enjoying his k'nick-k'neck through his Indian
+pipe, he said to me, "Your name, sir, will be familiar at my door, and
+I shall be delighted to see you again at the same hour, whenever you
+feel disposed to come."
+
+Amidst the many avocations that were now demanding and engrossing the
+most of my time, I was still able, by an effort, to allot certain
+portions of the day to the pleasures that are found in the domestic
+circles of wives and little ones, and nowhere else; and with them spent
+the happiest moments of my life, notwithstanding the attentions of the
+world and the efforts to make my enjoyment complete. With my dear Clara
+I took my strolls and my rides to see what was amusing or instructive
+in the great metropolis, and we saw much that amused and still more
+that astonished us. Through the kindness of our untiring friend Mr.
+Murray, we got access to the palaces of St. James and Buckingham, and
+to the public and private rooms of Windsor Castle; we saw the "five
+tons' weight of gold plate" that are said to enrich that noble palace,
+and which but few eyes are allowed to gaze upon.
+
+We visited the Royal Mint, the Tower, the noble mansions of the Dukes
+of Sutherland and Devonshire, and the Bank of England. I was surprised
+that we were allowed to pass through every part of this wonderful
+sanctuary of gold and silver, and still more so that a guide should
+stand ready to conduct us through all its numerous ramifications, and
+as he passed along from room to room, from office to office, and from
+vault to vault, to hear him lecture upon everything we passed, as if
+they feared we might not appreciate it in all its parts. It has been
+many times described and needs no further comment here, except an
+occurrence in one of the vaults which deserves a current notice. The
+Honourable Charles Fenton Mercer, of Virginia, was among our companions
+on the occasion, and as we were shown into this apartment, which I
+think was called a vault, though it was a large square room with the
+light of a dome over it, the gentleman having charge of it within
+received us in the most courteous manner, and as if it were a public
+exhibition which we had paid our shilling to see, he led us around the
+room and with his keys opened the iron safes which were all sunk in
+the walls, with double doors of iron, and showed us the amount of gold
+and notes contained in them, and on opening one that was filled with
+packages of Bank of England notes, he took a bundle of them some ten
+or twelve inches in diameter, and smilingly placing it in the hands of
+my wife, asked her if she had any idea how much money she was holding.
+Her rough guess was a very moderate one: she was so much excited and
+so recently from New York, that she had forgotten pounds sterling, and
+replied "Perhaps a thousand _dollars_;" when he turned it the other
+side up and referred us to the label upon it--"two millions of pounds!"
+He then took out another parcel of equal size, and placing that on
+the top of it said to her, "Now, madam, you have four millions." Poor
+thing! she looked pale as she handed it back, saying, "Ah, well, I
+am glad it is not mine." The kind and gentlemanly attention shown to
+us, and the pains taken to explain everything as we passed along,
+were unexpected, and even a mystery in politeness which was beyond my
+comprehension. We were conducted from this room to the arched vaults,
+where we traced for a long distance the narrow aisles to the right
+and the left and to the north and the south, through phalanxes of
+wheelbarrows loaded with bars of silver and of gold, and all with their
+heads one way, seemed ready for a subterraneous crusade in case of
+necessity.
+
+We returned from this half-day's work, fatigued, and almost sorry that
+we had seen so much of the "shining dust" which our hands are labouring
+so hard through life to earn a pittance of.
+
+There were several Americans with us on this day's expedition, and all
+agreed that we drew more pleasure from the gentlemanly politeness we
+met in the Bank of England than we did from its wonderful system (which
+was all explained to us), and from its golden riches which were all
+laid open to our view.
+
+Our fatigue, when we got home, seemed enough for one day; but as it
+happened on that day, our sight-seeing was only begun; for it had been
+arranged that we were to go to the Polish ball at the Mansion House on
+that evening, and what was to make it a double task, it was arranged
+that we should all go, some five or six of us, in Indian costumes.
+My Indian wardrobe was therefore laid under heavy contributions for
+that night. My nephew Burr and myself were dressed as chiefs, and two
+or three more of my friends were arrayed as warriors. My dear little
+_Christian_ Clara, whose sphere it was not, and who never wore an
+Indian dress or painted her fair face before, becoming inspired with a
+wish to see the splendour of the scene, proposed to assume the dress
+of an Indian woman and follow me through the mazes of that night as an
+Indian squaw follows her lord on such occasions. I selected for her
+one of the prettiest and most beautifully ornamented women's dresses,
+which was made of the fine white skin of the mountain sheep; and with
+her hair spread over her back, and her face and her arms painted to
+the colour of a squaw, and her neck and ears loaded with the usual
+profusion of beads and other ornaments, and her fan of the eagle's tail
+in her hand, she sidled along with us amidst the glare and splendour,
+and buzz and din of the happy throng we were soon in the midst of,
+and dragging our awkward shields and quivers and heavy buffalo robes
+through, as well as we could. We took good care not to dance on that
+occasion, so we kept the paint on our faces, and by understanding
+no questions, answered none, and passed off with everybody as _real
+Indians_. We went resolved to gratify our eyes, but to give no
+gratification to others besides what they could take to themselves by
+looking at us. Our interpreter was true to his promise: he made out
+his own descriptions for us, and assured all who inquired, that we
+could not speak a word of English. French, German, Russian, and Italian
+were all tried in vain upon us; and as they turned away, one after
+another, from us, they exclaimed, "What a pity! how unfortunate the
+poor things can't speak English! how interesting it would be to talk
+with them! that's a noble-looking fellow, that big chief; egad, he is
+six feet and a half. I'll be bound that fellow has taken many a scalp.
+That's a nice-looking little squaw: upon my word, if she had a white
+skin she would be rather pretty!" and a thousand such remarks, as the
+reader can imagine, while we were wending our tedious way through the
+bewildering mazes of this endless throng. The task for my poor Clara
+soon became more than she had anticipated before entering the room,
+and was growing too much for her delicate frame to bear: she had not
+thought of the constant gaze of thousands she was to stand in every
+moment of the evening; and another discipline (which she knew must
+be strictly adhered to, to act out the character she was supporting,
+and which had not occurred to her before she had commenced upon the
+toils of the evening) made her part a difficult one to act--that was
+the necessity of following in the wake of all the party of men when we
+were in motion, the place assigned to Indian women on the march rather
+than by the side or on the arms of their husbands. This, in the street
+or in the wilderness or anywhere else would have been tolerable, she
+said, but in her present condition was insupportable. The idea was so
+ridiculous to her, to be the last of a party of Indians (who always
+walk in single file) so far behind her husband, and then the crowd
+closing in upon her and in danger of crushing her to death. We soon
+however were so lucky as to find a flight of several broad steps which
+led to a side room, but now closed, which furnished us comfortable
+seats above the crowd, which we took good care to hold until our
+curiosity was all gratified, and we were ready to return home. Our
+interpreter, in answer to all inquiries as to the locale of these
+strange foreigners, mentioned the Egyptian Hall; and for weeks after,
+Daniel testified to the increase of our receipts, and bore sad evidence
+too of the trouble he had in explaining the difficulty of showing to
+his visiters the "real Indians." After having satiated our curiosity,
+and several of the youngest of the party having received some very
+pretty trinkets and other presents that had been forced upon them, we
+made our way home in good season to enjoy the joke, and part of a good
+night's rest.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER IX.
+
+  Consequent troubles for Daniel in the exhibition-rooms--Daniel's
+      difficulty with an artist making copies--Takes his sketch-book
+      from him--Tableaux vivans commenced--List of the groups--Hon. Mr.
+      Murray attends, with His Royal Highness the Duc de Brabant--The
+      Author presented to Her Majesty and His Royal Highness Prince
+      Albert, by the Hon. Mr. Murray--Indian Collection removed to
+      Liverpool--Biennial exhibition of Mechanics' Institution--22,000
+      children admitted free to the Indian Collection in one
+      week--The Indian tableaux vivans in the provincial towns for
+      six months--Collection opened in Sheffield--In Manchester--Nine
+      Ojibbeway Indians arrive, in charge of Mr. Rankin--His proposal
+      to the author.
+
+
+Poor Daniel in the exhibition-rooms! I mentioned in the preceding
+chapter that our appearance at the Polish ball had greatly increased
+the number of shillings, but, at the same time, it was, as he
+said, doing great injury to the Collection, as people paid their
+shillings expecting to see the real Indians, and then, finding their
+error, revenged themselves upon poor Daniel by calling him and
+the whole concern hard names, and in various ways provoking him.
+Politics--Caste--Slavery--Truck-system--Poor-houses--Repeal--Oregon--and
+Repudiation were the exciting topics--all of which he was able and
+ready to discuss; and the kind of visitors I just now mentioned, under
+their disappointment at the rooms, were prepared to annoy him on these
+topics, and irritate him to such a degree that it made his duties
+doubly hard to him and their visits less pleasant to themselves than
+they would otherwise have been.
+
+He had other things that annoyed him, amongst which were the constant
+efforts by artists and amateurs to make copies in the room for
+paintings and designs, which they somehow seemed to fancy. After
+having risked my life and spent my little fortune in the wilderness
+to procure such exciting and such original studies, and bring them to
+England, I did not consider it fair that these gentlemen should step
+into my rooms just when they had an hour of leisure, and industry
+enough to use it, and copy whatever they could most easily convert into
+cash.
+
+So many of these attempts had been made, that I was obliged to post a
+printed notice around the walls, that "_No copying was allowed in the
+rooms._"
+
+This had the desired effect with many, but there were some to whom
+the temptation was so great, that Daniel was obliged to refer them
+to the printed regulations; and one or two others for whom this was
+not enough, and who seemed to think that, in my absence, Daniel's
+authority was rather in imagination than any thing else; and when he
+had requested them to desist, they had given him the finish to their
+provocations by replying to him, that he was of no account--that if
+his _master_ ordered them to stop they would do so, but not for him.
+One of these customers had troubled him very much for several days,
+and it was evidently affecting his spirits, and even his health, for
+he was growing pale and ghastly under the excitement. He said he had
+repeatedly taken the printed regulation and placed it before him, and
+he was at last told to "Go to the devil with it." He told me this
+man had some object in view, for he came every night, and sketched
+very rapidly, and made very exact copies; and he said to me, "If you
+don't see fit to come in and turn him out of the room to-night, I
+shall lay hold of him, for your own interest. I hate to do it, for
+he looks like a gentleman, though he don't act like one, and that's
+enough; and if you don't stop him, Mr. Catlin, I will." "That's right,"
+said I, "Daniel. You have charge of the rooms, and your regulations,
+and of course it is your duty to stop him; and I am responsible for
+any damage you may do in putting an end to it." I was at that time
+occupying apartments opposite to the Egyptian Hall in Piccadilly, and
+on that night observing the lamps burning at a much later hour than
+usual, was induced to step in to learn the cause. As I was passing
+through the Hall, and about to enter the exhibition-room, I heard a few
+half-stifled and hasty words, and then something like a struggle; and
+next, I heard distinctly Daniel's voice, in rather a stifled mood:--"No
+you won't. If you get that leg through, the deil a bit o' good will it
+do ye; for I'll be shot if you ever pass your neck any farther through
+this door until you give it up!"
+
+"Let go of my collar, then!"
+
+"No, I'll be blathered if I do that! I've got a good hold now, and I
+might not get it again. Lay down the book and I'll let you go, and not
+before."
+
+"What business is it of yours? come, I should like to know; you are
+only a door-keeper." "That's what I am, you've got it right; and I'll
+show you, my boy, that I can _keep_ a door, too."
+
+I stood back during this conversation, easily understanding what the
+difficulty was, as I had a partial view of them, but was unobserved, as
+I was standing in the dark.
+
+It seems that Daniel's friend the copyist had been as usual at work
+most of the evening, making sketches, and Daniel had allowed him to
+work, resolving to appropriate all his sketches at a haul, as he should
+be leaving the room. The gentleman had been intensely engaged, and not
+having been interrupted as usual, had kept at his work for half an hour
+or so after all visitors had left the room, and a full blaze of gas
+was burning at my expense and for his benefit. All these circumstances
+ripened Daniel's taste for laying an embargo on him; and when he had
+closed his book, and was about to take leave, he found Daniel standing
+with his back towards the door, which was open. On endeavouring to
+pass, Daniel civilly stopped him, and told him he should expect him on
+that evening to leave his sketch-book with him before he passed out.
+The gentleman seemed dreadfully insulted by such a suggestion, saying
+that he had paid for his admission and had the same right to be in
+the room or to go out that _he_ had; to which Daniel at once assented,
+saying he had not the slightest objection to his going out; "but," said
+he, "if that book goes out, it will be because you are a stronger man
+than I am."
+
+At this crisis the artist had made a rush for the door, and Daniel
+had fastened his left hand into his cravat and shirt collar, whilst
+he had a similar grip upon Daniel with one hand, and his sketch-book
+in the other, when I discovered them on my approach to the rooms. How
+long they had been in this amusing predicament I was not yet able to
+ascertain; but as Daniel, who is of a quick and rather violent temper,
+was speaking quite cool and deliberate, I presumed they must have stood
+there at least long enough for his first excitement to have cooled off,
+which could not possibly have been effected in a few moments.
+
+Immediately after their last dialogue that I had heard when approaching
+them, there commenced another scene of grunting, and sighing, and
+shoving about, that lasted for some minutes, when all was still again.
+The gentleman, however, broke silence at length, but in a very low and
+placid voice: "Why, you are a very curious fellow; I don't see why this
+thing should make you so wrathy. The pictures are not yours--come,
+don't clinch me so tight there, if you please." "I don't hurt you--I
+told you I didn't wish to hurt you; if you talk about my bein 'wrathy,'
+you don't know what you are talkin about--and the pictures I know are
+not mine; but my employer expects me to guard his property, and you may
+be sure I'll do it. If you had taken my advice two or three days ago
+it would have saved you all this fuss, and half an hour's time that we
+have been standing in the door." Another scuffle and struggle ensued
+here, and after much grunting, the gentleman exclaimed, "You have the
+advantage of me, for you have both hands to work with and I have only
+one! If it were not for the book I could upset you, damned quick!" Upon
+which Daniel made a grand lunge at the book, which he snatched from his
+hand, and exultingly exclaimed, "There! I'll take the book, and let
+you try with both hands--and now, if you touch a finger to me again,
+I'll lather you within an inch of your life. If your cloth be ever so
+much better than mine, you have behaved like anything but a gentleman;
+and as I told you in the beginning, if ever you carry this book out at
+that door you will do it over my dead body." At that instant he turned
+off the gas, giving the gentleman a good opportunity to depart in total
+silence, and for me to dodge him, as he passed by, and to withdraw
+myself, to enjoy Daniel's account of the affair, which was amusingly
+given, as he handed me the sketch-book the next morning.
+
+Daniel's health and spirits improved very sensibly after this affair,
+and his duties were somewhat lightened about this time, though I
+added much to my own labours, by closing the exhibition at night,
+and giving my lectures on three evenings of the week in an adjoining
+hall, illustrating them with _tableaux vivans_, produced by twenty
+living figures in Indian costumes, forming groups of their ceremonies,
+domestic scenes, and warfare. These were got up and presented with much
+labour to myself, and gave great satisfaction; as by them I furnished
+so vivid and life-like an illustration of Indian life as I had seen it
+in the wilderness.
+
+For these tableaux I had chosen my men for some striking Indian
+character in their faces or figures, or action, and my women were
+personated by round-faced boys, who, when the women's dresses were on
+them, and long wigs of horses' hair spreading over their shoulders,
+and the faces and hands of all painted to the Indian colour, made
+the most complete illusion that could be conceived. I had furnished
+each with his little toilet of colours, &c., and instructions how to
+paint the face before a mirror, and how to arrange their dresses; and
+then, with almost infinite labour, had drilled them through the Indian
+mode of walking with their "toes in," of using their weapons of war
+and the chase, and of giving their various dances, songs, and the
+war-whoop; and I have no hesitation in saying, that when I had brought
+this difficult mode to its greatest perfection, I had succeeded in
+presenting the most faithful and general representation of Indian life
+that was ever brought before the civilized world. Many of these scenes
+were enlivened by action, and by the various instruments of music used
+by the Indians, added to their songs, and the war-whoop, giving a
+thrilling spirit to them, whilst they furnished scenes for the painter,
+of the most picturesque character, as will be easily imagined from the
+subjoined programme of them as announced at the time.
+
+
+
+
+                           CATLIN'S LECTURES
+
+                                  WITH
+
+         _TABLEAUX VIVANS_ ON THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS,
+
+                                   AT
+
+                 THE EGYPTIAN HALL, PICCADILLY, LONDON.
+
+                    PROGRAMME FOR THE FIRST EVENING.
+
+
+                              WAR SCENES.
+
+  No. 1.--_Group of Warriors and Braves, in Full Dress_, reclining
+  around a fire, regaling themselves with the pipe and a dish of
+  _pemican_. In the midst of their banquet the chief enters in full
+  dress; the pipe is lighted for him--he smokes it in sadness, and
+  breaks up the party by announcing that an enemy is at hand--that a
+  number of their men have been scalped whilst hunting the buffalo, and
+  they must prepare for war.
+
+  No. 2.--_Warriors Enlisting_, by "smoking through the reddened
+  stem." The chief sends "_runners_" (or _criers_) through the tribe
+  with a pipe, the stem of which is painted red; the crier solicits
+  for recruits, and every young man who consents to smoke through the
+  reddened stem which is extended to him, is considered a volunteer to
+  go to war.
+
+  No. 3.--_War Dance._ The ceremony of "_swearing in_" the warriors,
+  who take the most solemn oath by dancing to, and striking the
+  "reddened post" with their war-clubs.
+
+  No. 4.--_Foot War-Party on the March_, ("Indian file,") armed with
+  shields, bows, quivers, and lances--the chief of the party, as is
+  generally the case, going to war in full dress.
+
+  No. 5.--_War-Party encamped at Night_, asleep under their buffalo
+  robes, with sentinels on the watch. The _alarm in camp_ is given, and
+  the warriors roused to arms.
+
+  No. 6.--_War-Party in Council_, consulting with their chief as to the
+  best and most effective way of attacking their enemies, who are close
+  at hand.
+
+  No. 7.--_Skulking_, or advancing cautiously upon the enemy to take
+  them by surprise--a common mode and merit in war among the North
+  American Indians.
+
+  No. 8.--_Battle and Scalping_; showing the frightful appearance of
+  Indian warfare, and the mode of taking the scalp.
+
+  No. 9.--_Scalp Dance_, in celebration of a victory; the women, in the
+  centre of the group, holding up the scalps on little sticks, and the
+  warriors dancing around them, brandishing their weapons, and yelling
+  in the most frightful manner.
+
+  No. 10.--_Treaty of Peace._ The chiefs and warriors of the two
+  hostile tribes in the act of solemnizing the treaty of peace, by
+  smoking mutually through the calumet, or pipe of peace, which is
+  ornamented with eagles' quills; the calumet resting in front of the
+  group.
+
+  No. 11.--_Pipe-of-Peace Dance_, by the warriors, with the pipes
+  of peace, or calumets, in their hands, after the treaty has been
+  concluded. This picturesque scene will be represented by the warriors
+  all joining in the dance, uniting their voices with the beat of the
+  Indian drum, and sounding the frightful war-whoop.
+
+                   PROGRAMME FOR THE SECOND EVENING.
+
+                            DOMESTIC SCENES.
+
+  No. 1.--_The Blackfoot Doctor, or Mystery-man_, endeavouring to cure
+  his dying patient by the operation of his mysteries and songs of
+  incantation.
+
+  No. 2.--_Mr. Catlin at his Easel, in the Mandan Village_, painting
+  the portrait of _Mah-to-toh-pa_, a celebrated Mandan chief. The
+  costumes of the chief and the painter the same that were worn on the
+  occasion.
+
+  No. 3.--_An Indian Wedding._ The chief, who is father of the girl, is
+  seated in the middle of the group, receiving the presents which are
+  laid at his feet by the young man, who (when the presents accumulate
+  to what the father deems an equivalent) receives the consent of the
+  parent, and the hand of the girl, whom he leads off; and as she is
+  the daughter of a chief, and admired by the young men, they are
+  bestowing on her many presents.
+
+  No. 4.--_Pocahontas rescuing Captain John Smith, an English Officer._
+  "It had been decided in council, over which _Pow-ha-tan_ presided,
+  that Captain John Smith should be put to death, by having his head
+  placed on a large stone, and his brains beaten out by two warriors
+  armed with huge painted clubs. His executioners were standing with
+  their clubs raised over him, and in the very instant for giving the
+  fatal blow, when _Pocahontas_, the chief's favourite daughter, then
+  about thirteen years old, threw herself with folded arms over the
+  head of the captain, who was instantly ordered by the chief to be
+  released."
+
+  No. 5.--_Wrestling._ A favourite amusement among many of the tribes.
+  For these scenes, several distinguished young men are selected
+  on each side, and the goods bet being placed in the care of the
+  stakeholders, the wrestling commences at a signal given, and the
+  stakes go to the party who count the greatest number of men remaining
+  on their feet.
+
+  No. 6.--_Ball Play._ The most beautiful and exciting of all Indian
+  games. This game is often played by several hundreds on a side. The
+  group represents the players leaping into the air, and struggling to
+  catch the ball as it is descending, in their ball-sticks.
+
+  No. 7.--_Game of Tchung-kee._ The favourite play of the Mandans, and
+  used by them as their principal gambling game.
+
+  No. 8.--_The Night Dance of the Seminolees._ A ceremony peculiar to
+  this tribe, in which the young men assemble and dance round the fire
+  after the chiefs have retired to rest, gradually stamping it out with
+  their feet, and singing a song of thanksgiving to the Great Spirit;
+  after which they wrap themselves in their robes and retire to rest.
+
+One will easily see that this opened a new field of amusement and
+excitement for my old friends, who were now nightly present, with their
+companions, and approving with rounds of applause. Amongst these was
+my untiring friend Mr. Murray, who, among the distinguished personages
+whom he introduced, made a second visit with the little Leopold, Duc
+de Brabant, whom he brought in his arms from his carriage. His Royal
+Highness, as the curtain rose and I stepped forward to give a brief
+lecture, seemed not a little disappointed, by the speech that he
+suddenly made--"Why, that is not an Indian, that is Mr. Catlin, who
+gave me the Indian pipe and the mocassins." However, a few moments more
+brought forth red faces, and songs and yelps that seemed more sensibly
+to affect his Royal Highness's nerves, and at which Mr. Murray removed
+with him to a more distant part of the room, from which point he looked
+on with apparent delight.
+
+About this time an incident of my Transatlantic life occurred, to which
+I shall ever recur with great satisfaction:--there was, standing in my
+exhibition-room, an elaborate model of the _Falls of Niagara_, which
+I had made from an accurate survey of that grand scene some thirteen
+years before; and, in compliment for the accuracy and execution of
+which, a handsome silver medal had been struck, and presented to me by
+the American Institute in New York, at one of its annual exhibitions,
+where it had been exposed to public view. The Hon. Mr. Murray, whose
+familiarity with that sublime scene had enabled him to judge of the
+fidelity of the model, upon which he was often looking, with his
+friends, with intense interest, by his representations to Her Majesty
+and the Prince had excited in them a desire to see it; and he called
+upon me one morning to inform me that Her Majesty would be pleased to
+have me bring it to Windsor Castle the next day at one o'clock, at
+which hour I should be received.
+
+The reader may imagine what pleasure this unexpected and unmerited
+honour gave me, and also to my dear Clara, who was in the habit of
+sharing with me the pleasures of many compliments, in the forms of
+which she could not join me.
+
+I was at Windsor the next morning, with the model, and having placed
+and arranged it in Her Majesty's drawing-room, I took Mr. Murray's
+arm at the appointed hour of one o'clock, and, as we entered the
+drawing-room, we observed Her Majesty and His Royal Highness entering
+at the opposite door. We met by the side of the model--where I was
+presented, and received in the most gracious and kind manner. Her
+Majesty expressed a wish that I should point out and explain the
+principal features of the scene; which, with the vivid descriptions
+which Mr. Murray also gave, of going under the Horse-Shoe Fall, &c.,
+seemed to convey a very satisfactory idea to Her Majesty and the
+Prince; they asked many questions about the characters and effects of
+this sublime scene, and also of the Indians, for whose rights they said
+they well knew I was the advocate, and retired, thanking me for the
+amusement and instruction I had afforded them.
+
+Several months after this passed on in the usual routine of my business
+and amusements (my collection open during the days and my lectures
+and tableaux given at night) without incidents worth reciting, when
+I received an invitation from the Mechanics' Institute at Liverpool
+to unite my Indian collection to their biennial fair or exhibition,
+which was to be on a scale of great magnificence. They very liberally
+proposed to extend the dimensions of their buildings for the occasion,
+and I consented to join them with my whole collection for two months.
+My lease had expired at the Egyptian Hall, and my collection was soon
+on its way to Liverpool.
+
+I was received with great kindness in that town, and my collection for
+the two months gained me great applause and some pecuniary benefit.
+During its stay there I kept several men in Indian costumes constantly
+in it, and twice a day gave a short lecture in the room, explaining the
+costumes and many of the leading traits of the Indian character, sung
+an Indian song, and gave the frightful war-whoop.
+
+There were here, as in London, many pleasing incidents and events for
+which I cannot venture a leaf in this book, with the exception of one,
+which I cannot forbear to mention. During the last week of their noble
+exhibition, the children from all the charitable and other schools were
+admitted free, and in battalions and phalanxes they were passed through
+my room, as many hundreds at a time as could stand upon the floor,
+to hear the lectures (shaped to suit their infant minds), and then
+the deafening war-whoop raised by my men in Indian paint and Indian
+arms, which drove many of the little creatures with alarm under the
+tables and benches, from which they were pulled out by their feet; and
+the list that we kept showed us the number of 22,000 of these little
+urchins, who, free of expense, saw my collection, and having heard me
+lecture, went home, sounding the war-whoop in various parts of the town.
+
+At the close of this exhibition I selected the necessary collection
+of costumes, weapons, &c. for my lectures and tableaux, and calling
+together my old disciplined troop from the City of London, I commenced
+a tour to the provincial towns of the kingdom, leaving my collection
+of paintings behind. My career was then rapid, and its changes sudden,
+and all my industry and energies were called into action--with twenty
+men on my hands, and an average expense of twelve pounds per day.
+This scheme I pushed with all the energy I could, and in the space
+of six months visited, with varied success, the towns of _Chester_,
+_Manchester_, _Leamington_, _Rugby_, _Stratford-on-Avon_, _Cheltenham_,
+_Sheffield_, _Leeds_, _York_, _Hull_, _Edinburgh_, _Glasgow_,
+_Paisley_, _Greenock_, _Belfast_, and _Dublin_. In all these towns I
+was received with kindness, and formed many attachments which I shall
+endeavour to cherish all my days. The incidents of such a tour can
+easily be imagined to have been varied and curious, and very many of
+them were exceedingly entertaining, but must be omitted in this place.
+On my return I was strongly urged by several friends in Manchester to
+open my whole collection of paintings, &c. in that town a while before
+leaving for the United States, for which I was then on the eve of
+embarking. I consented to this invitation, and, a hall being prepared
+for its reception, I removed it and my family there for a stay of two
+or three months.
+
+The collection was soon arranged and on exhibition, and I found
+myself and my dear wife in the atmosphere (though of smoke) of kind
+friends who used their best endeavours to make our stay comfortable
+and pleasant. The strangers who sought our acquaintance and offered us
+their genuine hospitality were many, and will have our grateful thanks
+while we live.
+
+My exhibition had been tolerably successful, and, strange and
+unexpected, like most of the turning points in my life, during the very
+week that I had advertised it as "positively the last in the kingdom,
+previous to embarking for New York," an event suddenly occurred which
+brought me back to the metropolis, to the chief towns of the kingdom,
+to France and to Belgium; and eventually led me through the accidents
+and incidents which are to form the rest and the most curious part of
+this work, upon which the reader will now enter with me.
+
+The first intimation of the cause which was to change the shape of my
+affairs was suggested to me in the following letter:--
+
+  "Sir,--Though a stranger to you, I take the liberty of addressing
+  this letter to you, believing that its contents will show you a
+  way of promoting your own interest, or at least be the means of my
+  obtaining some useful advice from you.
+
+  "I have a party of nine Ojibbeway Indians, on the way, and about
+  at this time to be landed at Liverpool, that I am bringing over on
+  speculation; and, having been in London some weeks without having
+  made any suitable arrangements for them, I have thought best to
+  propose some arrangement with you that may promote our mutual
+  interests. If you think of anything you could do in that way, or any
+  advice you can give me, I shall be most happy to hear from you by
+  return of post.
+
+  "Several persons in London conducting exhibitions have told me that
+  they will do nothing unless they are under your management.
+
+                                 "I remain, yours, very truly,
+                                                 "ARTHUR RANKIN.
+
+"_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+To this letter I answered as follows:--
+
+  "Sir,--I received your letter of the 4th, this morning, and hasten
+  to reply. It will be directly opposite to my present arrangements
+  if I enter into any new engagements such as you propose, as all
+  my preparations are now made to embark for New York in the course
+  of a fortnight from this time. I have always been opposed to the
+  plan of bringing Indians abroad on speculation; but as they are
+  in the country, I shall, as the friend of the Indians under all
+  circumstances, feel an anxiety to promote their views and success
+  in any way I can. I could not, at all events, undertake to make any
+  arrangement with you until I see what kind of a party they are; and
+  at all events, as you will have to meet them at Liverpool, you had
+  better call on me in Manchester, when we can better understand each
+  other's views.
+
+                                    "I remain, yours, &c.
+
+                                            "GEO. CATLIN.
+  "_To A. Rankin, Esq._"
+
+On the third day after the posting of this letter Mr. Rankin arrived
+in Manchester, and called upon me in my exhibition-rooms. After a
+little conversation with him, and without entering into any agreement,
+I advised him to lose no time in proceeding to Liverpool to receive
+them when they landed; and he took leave with the understanding that
+he would bring them to Manchester as soon as they arrived. The next
+evening, just after it was dark, my door-keeper, who was not yet in the
+secret, came running in and announced that there was a "homnibus at the
+door quite full of orrible looking folks, and ee really believed they
+were hindians!" At that moment Daniel whispered to me--"The Ojibbeways
+are here, and they are a pretty black-looking set of fellows: I think
+they will do." I saw them a moment in the bus, and sent Daniel with
+them to aid Mr. Rankin in procuring them suitable lodgings. A crowd
+followed the bus as it passed off, and the cry of--"Indians! real
+Indians!" was started in Manchester, which soon rung through the
+kingdom, as will be related.
+
+
+
+
+                               CHAPTER X.
+
+  Difficulty of procuring lodgings for the Indians--The Author pays
+      them a visit--Is recognised by them--Arrangement with Mr.
+      Rankin--Crowds around their hotel--First visit of the Ojibbeways
+      to the Author's Collection--Their surprise--Council held under
+      the wigwam--Indians agree to drink no spirituous liquors--The
+      old Chief's speech to the Author--Names of the Indians--Their
+      portraits--Description of each--Cadotte, the interpreter.
+
+
+At the beginning of this chapter the reader turns a new leaf, or, opens
+a new book. He learns here the causes that begat this book, and I hope
+will find fresh excitement enough, just at the right time, to encourage
+him to go through it with me. He finds me turning here upon a pivot--my
+character changed and my occupation; travelling over old ground, and
+looking up old friends, of whom I had taken final leave, and who had
+thought me, ere this, safely landed on my own native shores.
+
+The Ojibbeways were here; a party of nine wild Indians, from the
+back-woods of America. "Real Indians!" the "Ob-jub-be-ways," or
+"Hob-jub-be-ways," as the name was first echoed through Manchester--and
+had gone into lodgings for the night, which Daniel had procured with
+some difficulty. He drove to the door of an hotel, and inquired of
+the landlord if he could entertain a party of nine Indians for the
+night and perhaps for a few days. "O yes, certainly; bring them in.
+Porter, see to their luggage." They were in his hall in a moment,
+having thoughtlessly sounded a yell of exultation as they landed on the
+pavement, and being wrapped in their robes, with their bows and arrows
+and tomahawks in their hands--as Indians are sure to be seen when
+entering a strange place--the landlord, taking a glance at them as he
+passed out, called out to Daniel, "What the devil is all this? I can't
+take in these folks; you must load them up again. You told me they were
+Indians." "Well! they are," said Daniel. "No, they're not; they're wild
+men, and they look more like the devil than anything else. Every lodger
+would leave my house before morning. They've frightened the cook and my
+women folks already into fits.--Load them up as quick as you please."
+Daniel got them "on board" again, and drove to another hotel, which was
+just being opened to the public, and with a new landlord, with whom he
+had a slight acquaintance. Here he was more successful, and, advising
+the Indians to keep quiet, had got them in comfortably and without much
+excitement. This very good and accommodating man, whose name I am sorry
+I have forgotten, being anxious to get his house and his name a little
+notoriety, seemed delighted at the thought of his house being the
+rendezvous of the Indians; and, upon Daniel's representations that they
+were a civil and harmless set of people, his family and himself all did
+the most they could to accommodate and entertain them.
+
+Daniel told him that they would make a great noise in Manchester, and
+as they would be the "lions" of the day, and visited by the greatest
+people in town, the clergy and all, it would be a feather in his cap,
+and make his hotel more known in three days than it would otherwise be
+in three years. This had pleased the new landlord exceedingly, and he
+made Daniel agree that Mr. Catlin, in announcing their arrival in the
+papers, should say that they had taken lodgings at his house, which he
+thought would do him great service. The good man's wish was complied
+with the next morning, but there was scarcely any need of it, for the
+crowd that was already gathered and gathering around his new hotel,
+were certain to publish it to every part of the town in a very little
+time.
+
+After they had been landed a while, and just when they were all seated
+around a long table and devouring the beef-steaks prepared for them, I
+made my way with great difficulty through the crowds that were jammed
+about the door and climbing to look into the windows, and entered the
+room, to take the first look at them.
+
+As I stepped into the room I uttered their customary ejaculation of
+"_How! how! how!_"--to which they all responded; and rising from their
+seats, shook hands with me, knowing from my manner of addressing them
+who I was, or at least that I was familiar with Indians. I requested
+them to finish their suppers: and whilst conversing with Mr. Rankin I
+learned, from giving ear to their conversation, that one of the young
+men of the party had seen me whilst I was painting the portraits of
+chiefs at a Grand Council held at Mackinaw a few years before, and was
+coming forward to claim acquaintance with me. He finished his meal
+a little sooner than the rest, and made a dart across the room and
+offered me his hand, with a "_How! how! how! ketch-e-wah!_" and then
+telling me, with the aid of the interpreter, that he knew me--that he
+was at Mackinaw at the Great Council, when I painted the portraits of
+Gitch-e-gaw-ga-osh, and On-daig, and Ga-zaw-que-dung, and others; and
+I recollected his face very well, which seemed excessively pleasing to
+him.
+
+The poor fellows were exceedingly fatigued and jaded; and after a few
+minutes' conversation I left them, advising them to lie quiet for two
+or three days until they were rested and recruited after the fatigues
+of their long and boisterous voyage. Mr. Rankin, with the aid of my man
+Daniel, settled all the arrangements for this, and the next morning I
+met Mr. Rankin with a view to some arrangement for their exhibition in
+my collection, which was then open in the Exchange Rooms. He seemed
+alarmed about the prospects of their exhibition, from what had been
+told him in London, and proposed that I should take them off his hands
+by paying him 100_l._ per month.
+
+I instantly stated my objections to such an arrangement, that by
+doing so I should be assuming all the responsibilities for them
+while abroad; and as I had always been opposed to bringing Indians
+abroad on that account, as well as from other reasons, I should be
+unwilling to use them in any way that should release him from the
+responsibilities he had assumed in bringing them to this country. And
+I then said, "I will propose what I feel quite sure will be more for
+your pecuniary interest, and more satisfactory to my own feelings, and
+it is the only way in which I will be interested in their exhibition;
+for under such an arrangement both the Indians and the exhibition
+will be sure of having our mutual and united efforts, which they will
+stand in need of to ensure the success that I hope they may meet. I
+will agree to make my Indian collection the place for their exhibition
+(the appropriateness of which will do away all the objections that
+would in many places be raised to their dancing), and to conduct their
+exhibition in the best way I can, giving my lectures on them and their
+modes, sharing equally with you all expenses and all receipts from this
+day to the time they shall leave the kingdom, expecting you to give
+your whole attention to the travelling and care of the Indians while
+they are not in the exhibition-rooms."
+
+To this proposition, which never was more than a verbal one, he at
+once agreed, and our arrangements were accordingly being made for the
+commencement of their dances, &c., in my exhibition-rooms. During the
+few days of interval between their arrival and the commencement of
+their exhibition, several editors of the leading journals, with other
+distinguished visitors to them, had examined them, and, being much
+pleased with their appearance, excited the public curiosity to see
+them, to an impatient degree; and the streets in the vicinity of their
+hotel became so completely besieged, that a strong party of police was
+necessary to keep back the crowds, who could only now and then get a
+glimpse of an eye and a nose of the Indians peeping out between the
+curtains of their windows.
+
+Their first airing in Manchester was a drive in an omnibus, to my
+exhibition-rooms, which they had long wished to see. The mayor of the
+city, with the editors of the _Guardian_ and several other gentlemen,
+had been invited there to see the first effect it would have upon them.
+It proved to be a very curious scene. As they entered the hall, the
+portraits of several hundreds of the chiefs and warriors of their own
+tribe and of their enemies were hanging on the walls and staring at
+them from all directions, and wigwams, and costumes and weapons of all
+constructions around them: they set up the most frightful yells and
+made the whole neighbourhood ring with their howlings; they advanced
+to the portraits of their friends and offered them their hands; and at
+their enemies, whom they occasionally recognised, they brandished their
+tomahawks or drew their bows as they sounded the war-whoop.
+
+This scene was truly exciting, and after our distinguished visitors had
+left the rooms, I spread some robes upon the floor, upon which we sat,
+and lighting an Indian pipe, opened our first council by saying:--
+
+  "My Friends, I am glad to see you, and to offer you my hand in
+  friendship. You see by the paintings around you, of your friends and
+  of your enemies, that I am no stranger to Indians--and that I am
+  their friend. I am very happy to see you in my room, and all well
+  after crossing the great ocean. Your friend here, Mr. Rankin, tells
+  me you have come to this country to give your dances, &c.; and he has
+  proposed that I should manage your exhibition, and have your dances
+  all given in my rooms. This I have agreed to do, provided it meets
+  your approbation."
+
+To which they all instantly ejaculated "_How, how, how!_" which is
+always an affirmative, literally meaning yes. When meeting a friend,
+it is the first salutation, meaning "How goes it?" or "How do you do?"
+and pronounced at the ends of sentences, when any one is speaking,
+implies assent, or approbation, as "hear, hear!" is used in the English
+language.
+
+  "My good Friends, I have agreed to this on two conditions: the first,
+  that it shall please you; and the second, that you will pledge your
+  words to me that you will keep yourselves all the time sober, and
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in the country. I make
+  this condition because I know that the Indians are generally fond
+  of strong drink, which wicked white men carry into their country
+  and teach them to use. I know that the Indians often drink it to
+  excess, not knowing in their country the sin of doing so. I know
+  that the people in England detest drunkards, and they have an idea
+  that all Indians are drunkards; and that if you drink and get drunk
+  in this country, it will ruin all your prospects, and you will go
+  home poor and despised. ('_How, how, how!_') You are a good-looking
+  and well-behaved set of men, and I have no fears of any difficulties
+  if you will keep sober. The English people are the friends of the
+  Indians, and you will make many friends if you take and keep my
+  advice.
+
+  "I will ask but one solemn promise of you, and that is, that you will
+  drink no spirituous liquors while you are in this country, and your
+  friend Mr. Rankin will perfectly justify me in this. ('_How, how,
+  how!_')
+
+  "If you will keep sober, you shall have plenty of good tobacco to
+  smoke and roast beef to eat, and there is no doubt that I will get
+  you permission to see the Queen."
+
+To this the old chief (Ah-quee-we-zaints, the boy chief) arose and
+replied:--
+
+  "My Friend, I give you my hand. The Great Spirit has been kind to us
+  in keeping his eye upon us all in crossing the salt lake, and we are
+  thanking Him that we are all here safe and in good health. We had
+  heard much of you when in our own country, where all the Indians know
+  you, and we are now happy to meet you. ('_How, how!_')
+
+  "My Friend, we are here like children in this strange country, and we
+  shall feel happy and not afraid if you will be our father--the Great
+  Spirit has put good counsel into your mouth, and we will follow it.
+  ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "We all know the dangers of fire-water; we have all been fond of it,
+  and have been taught to drink it. We have been told that the Great
+  Spirit sent it to us because he loved us--but we have learned that
+  this is not true.
+
+  "We have learned that the English people do not drink it--they are
+  wise; and we will all pledge our words to you in this council that we
+  will not drink it while we are in this country, and we are ready to
+  put our names on a paper. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+  "My Friends," said I, "I don't require your names on a paper; I am
+  satisfied; if you were white men, perhaps I might--but no Indian
+  who ever gave me his word has deceived me. I will take your names on
+  paper, however, for another purpose, that I may know how to call you,
+  how to introduce you, and to have your arrival properly announced in
+  the newspapers." ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 4.]
+
+Their names were then taken as follows, and the business of our first
+council being finished, it broke up. (_See Plate No. 4._)
+
+    1. Ah-quee-we-zaints (the Boy Chief).
+
+    2. Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be (the Driving Cloud), war-chief.
+
+    3. Wee-nish-ka-wee-be (the Flying Gull).
+
+    4. Sah-mah (Tobacco).
+
+    5. Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee (Moonlight Night).
+
+    6. Not-een-a-akm (Strong Wind), interpreter.
+
+    7. Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua, woman.
+
+    8. Nib-nab-ee-qua, girl.
+
+    9. Ne-bet-neuh-qua, woman.
+
+After a stroll of an hour or so about my rooms, where they were
+inexpressibly amused with my numerous paintings, &c., they were driven
+awhile about the town, and landed at their hotel, where the crowd
+had become so general and so dense, that it was almost impossible
+to approach it. The partial glance that the public got of their red
+faces and wild dresses on this day, as they were moving through the
+streets, and passing to and from the carriage, increased the cry of
+"Ob-jubbeways!" in every part of the city, and established the fact as
+certain, that "_real Indians_" had made their appearance in Manchester.
+
+It should be known to the reader by this time that this party were
+from the northern shore of Lake Huron, in Canada; therefore her
+Majesty's subjects, and part of one of the most numerous tribes in
+North America, inhabiting the shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the
+Woods, and Lake Huron, numbering some 15,000 or 20,000, and usually
+(in civilized parlance) called Chippeways, a mere _refinement_ upon
+their native name, O-jib-be-way. The appearance of these wild folks so
+suddenly in the streets of Manchester was well calculated to raise an
+excitement and the most intense curiosity. They were all clad in skins
+of their own dressing, their head-dresses of eagles' quills and wild
+turkeys' feathers; their faces daubed and streaked with vermilion and
+black and green paint. They were armed with their war-clubs, bows and
+quivers, and tomahawks and scalping knives, just as they roam through
+the woods in their country; and their yells and war-whoops, which were
+occasionally sounded in the streets at some sudden occurrence that
+attracted their attention, gave a new excitement amid the smoke and
+din of Manchester. The leading man of this party, _Ah-quee-we-zaints_
+(the boy chief), was an excellent old man, of seventy-five years,
+with an intelligent and benignant countenance, and had been somewhat
+distinguished as a warrior in his younger days.
+
+The next of consequence (_Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be_, the driving cloud),
+and called the war-chief (though I believe, not a chief), was a
+remarkably fine man of thirty-five years of age, and had distinguished
+himself as a warrior in several battles in the war of 1812, having been
+engaged in the British lines, and in those engagements had been several
+times severely wounded, and of which he still carried and exhibited the
+most frightful scars.
+
+_Sah-mah_ (tobacco) and _Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee_ (moonlight night)
+were two fine young men, denoted warriors, having their wives with
+them; _Wee-nish-ka-wee-be_ (the flying gull) was a sort of doctor
+or necromancer to the party, and a young fellow of much drollery
+and wit. The Strong Wind, the interpreter, whose familiar name was
+_Cadotte_, was a half-caste, a young man of fine personal appearance
+and address, and the son of a Frenchman of that name who had long been
+an interpreter for the English factories in those regions.
+
+By the patient and accommodating disposition of this young man, any
+conversation was easily held with these people; and through him, the
+interchange of feelings between the civilized world and these rude and
+curious people, which will appear in the subsequent chapters of this
+book, was principally effected.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XI.
+
+  Ojibbeways visit the Mayor in Town-hall--They refuse wine--Distress
+      of the kind and accommodating landlord--Indians' first _drive_
+      about the town of Manchester--Their curious remarks--Saw
+      some white people drunk--Many women holding on to men's
+      arms and apparently not sick--Saw much smoke--Vast many
+      poor people--Indians commence dancing in the Author's
+      Collection--Effects of the war-dance and war-whoop upon
+      the audience--Various amusements of the evening--A rich
+      present to the old Boy-Chief--And his speech--Numerous
+      presents made--Immense crowd and excitement--Indians visit
+      a great woollen-factory--Casts made from their heads by a
+      phrenologist--Visit to Orrell's cotton-mill at Stockport--Their
+      opinions of it--The party kindly entertained by Mr. Hollins and
+      lady.
+
+
+The Indians having had a few days' rest, having made their first
+visit to my rooms, and settled all the preliminaries for their future
+operations, were now ready to step forth amongst the strange sights
+that were open and ready for their inspection in the new world that
+they had entered, all of which was yet before them.
+
+The world's civilities towards them commenced in an invitation from
+the Mayor of Manchester to visit the Town-Hall, and they dressed and
+painted and armed for the occasion, not asking who the mayor was, or
+how near he might be in rank to the Queen herself, whom it was their
+greatest ambition to see; but upon the supposition, of course, that
+they were going to see a "great chief," as they called him.
+
+They were moved through the streets in an omnibus, accompanied by Mr.
+Rankin, and I met them at the door of the hall, and conducted them
+to the presence of the mayor, whom they recognised, and were not a
+little surprised to find was one of the gentlemen to whom they had
+been introduced the day before. They were then presented by the mayor
+to his lady, and a select party of ladies and gentlemen who had been
+invited to see them. By these they were received with much kindness,
+and after having been shown the various rooms, &c., were led into the
+mayor's court, then in session, where they stood a few minutes, and
+finding that all proceedings were stopped, and all eyes upon them while
+there, I beckoned to them to retire.
+
+Various refreshments were prepared for them, to which they returned,
+and whilst the lady mayoress and ladies and gentlemen were proposing
+their health in wine which was poured out for them, they were surprised
+to receive smiles and thanks from the Indians as they refused to
+partake of it. To the inquiries raised for the cause of their refusing
+to drink, Mr. Rankin explained that they were under a solemn pledge
+not to drink spirituous liquors while in England, which was applauded
+by all present, and they received many presents in consequence of this
+information, which was the beginning of encouragement to keep their
+promise of sobriety and total abstinence.
+
+After leaving the town-hall, Mr. Rankin got into the omnibus with them,
+and during a drive of half an hour or so, giving them a passing glance
+at the principal streets of Manchester and its suburbs, they returned
+to their hotel.
+
+This excursion was calculated, of course, to bring around their hotel
+its thousands and even tens of thousands of the excitable and excited
+idlers that an extraordinary "turn out" had at that time thrown into
+the streets; and in endeavouring to pay them my customary visit that
+night, I was obliged to follow in the wake of a number of police, who
+had the greatest difficulty in making their way through the mass.
+
+The object of my visit to them was to talk, as usual, upon the events
+of the day, and of our future operations. The first "_talk_" I had,
+however, was with the kind and good-natured landlord, who said that
+he had now got notoriety enough--he didn't think his house would
+be forgotten; and was exceedingly obliged to me, and was pleased
+with the Indians, who gave him no trouble; alleging that they were
+ten times more civil and well-behaved than the people night and day
+crowded around his house. "It seemed to him as if the _savages_ were
+all outside of his house and the gentlemen inside. His house, which
+was fresh painted but a few days, and not dry, was 'all done up,' as
+high as they could reach and climb, and must be done over again; and
+his windows were broken and window-shutters torn from their hinges;
+and it was impossible for him to keep them any longer without great
+damage to his interest, and he hoped I would provide some other place
+for them as soon as possible." It happened much to my satisfaction
+that I had already prepared an apartment for them in the Exchange
+Buildings, adjoining to the exhibition-rooms, which were elevated high
+above the gaze of the crowd, and to which they were to be removed the
+next morning. This gave the good man much relief, and he said he could
+manage to live through that night.
+
+The conversation of the Indians that evening, while they were passing
+their pipe round and making their comments upon what they had seen, was
+exceedingly curious, and deserves to be recorded. They expressed great
+satisfaction at the kind manner in which they had been entertained
+by the mayor, understanding that he was the head man of the town of
+Manchester--"chief of that village," as they called him; "they saw him
+and his squaw, and many other beautiful squaws, all drinking; and they
+saw many people through the windows, and in the doors, as they passed
+along the streets, who were drinking; and they saw several persons in
+the streets who were quite drunk, and two or three lying down in the
+streets, like pigs; and they thought the people of Manchester loved
+much to drink liquor. They saw a great deal of smoke, and thought the
+prairies were on fire; they saw many fine-looking squaws walking in the
+streets, and some of them holding on to men's arms, and didn't look
+sick neither. They saw a great many large houses, which it seemed as
+if nobody lived in. They saw a great many people in the streets, who
+appeared very poor, and looked as if they had nothing to eat. They had
+seen many thousands, and almost all looked so poor that they thought it
+would do no good for us to stay in Manchester."
+
+I explained to them the extraordinary cause that had recently thrown
+so many thousands of poor people into the streets; that Manchester was
+one of the richest towns in the world; that the immense houses they
+had seen, and apparently shut up, were the great factories in which
+these thousands of poor people worked, but were now stopped, and their
+working people were running about the streets in vast numbers; that
+the immense crowd gathered around their hotel, from day to day, were
+of that class; that the wealthy people were very many, but that their
+dwellings were mostly a little out of town; and that their business men
+were principally shut up in their offices and factories, attending to
+their business whilst the idle people were running about the streets.
+
+Such was a little of the gossip after their first visit and drive about
+the town--and the next morning, at an early hour, they were removed to
+their new lodgings in the Exchange Buildings, and the kind landlord
+effectually, though very gradually, relieved from the nuisance he had
+had around his house for some days past.
+
+On the same evening, by our announcements, they were to make their
+first appearance in my exhibition, and at an early hour the Rooms were
+filled, and we were obliged to close the doors. I had erected a strong
+platform in the middle of my room, on which the Indians were to give
+their dances, and having removed all seats from the room, every part of
+the floor was covered as densely as it was possible for men and women
+to be grouped together. Into the midst of this mass the party dashed
+in Indian file, with shield and bow and quiver slung--with war-clubs
+and tomahawks in hand, as they sounded the frightful war-whoop and were
+endeavouring to reach the platform. The frightened crowd, with screams
+and yells as frightful nearly as those of the Indians, gave way, and
+they soon had a free passage to the platform, upon which they leaped,
+without looking for the flight of steps prepared for them, and were
+at full length before the staring, gaping multitude. Mr. Rankin was
+by their side, and in a moment I was there also, to commence upon the
+new duties devolving on me under our recent arrangement. They were in
+a moment seated, and were passing their pipe around, while I was, by a
+brief lecture, introducing them, and the modes they were to illustrate,
+to the audience.
+
+I described the country and the tribe they belonged to, and the objects
+for which they had crossed the Atlantic; and also expressed to the
+audience the happy opportunity it was affording me of corroborating the
+many assertions I had been heretofore making relative to the looks and
+modes of those people, many of which I was fully aware were difficult
+of comprehension. Having done this, I should leave the Indians to
+entertain the audience with such of their dances and other amusements
+as they might decide upon, and endeavour to stand by and explain each
+amusement as they gave it, feeling abundantly able to do so from a
+residence of eight years amongst the various tribes in America.
+
+There was a shout of applause at the close of my remarks, and the
+most impatient anxiety evinced on all sides to see the commencement
+of the curious tricks which were just ready to be introduced. At this
+moment, with a sudden yell, the men all sprung upon their feet; their
+weapons brandished and their buffalo robes thrown back, while the women
+and children seated themselves at the end of the platform. Another
+shrill yell of the war-whoop, with the flourish of their weapons,
+and the Medicine-man or Doctor commenced with tambour (or drum), and
+his voice, upon the war-song; and they were all off in the dance.[5]
+At the first rest, when they suddenly stopped, there was but one
+mingled roar of applause, which showed to the poor fellows that they
+had made "a hit," and were to be received with great kindness and
+interest. This stimulated them to finish it with spirit; and when it
+was done, and they were seated a few moments to rest, hundreds were
+ambitious to crowd up to them and offer them their hands. It was with
+great difficulty that I could get the audience quiet enough to hear
+my explanations of the war-dance--its meaning, and the objects and
+character of the war-whoop which they had just heard. I gained the
+patience of the crowd by promising them a number of dances and other
+amusements, all of which I would render instructive by my explanations,
+and afford all, in the remotest parts of the room, an opportunity to
+shake hands with the Indians when their amusements were finished.
+
+ [5] All American Indians are poor in musical instruments, the
+     principal of which, and the "heel inspiring" one, is the drum or
+     tambour. This is rudely, but ingeniously made, by straining a
+     piece of raw hide over a hoop or over the head of a sort of keg,
+     generally made by excavating the inner part of a log of wood,
+     leaving a thin rim around its side. In the bottom of this they
+     always have a quantity of water, which sends out a remarkably
+     rich and liquid tone. Besides this, they use several kinds of
+     rattles and whistles--some of which are for mystery purposes,
+     and others merely for the pleasing and exciting effects they
+     produce in their dances.
+
+After my explanations and their pipe were finished, they arose and gave
+the _Wa-be-no_ dance, as they call it. _Wa-be-no_, in the Ojibbeway
+language, means mystery, and their mystery-dance is one of their
+choicest dances, only given at some occasion of their mystery-feasts,
+or for the accomplishment of some mysterious design. This dance is
+amusing and grotesque, and made much merriment amongst the audience.
+I explained the meaning of this also, and they afterwards gave some
+surprising illustrations of the mode of catching and throwing the ball
+in their favourite game of ball-play, with their ball-sticks in their
+hands. The astonishing quickness and certainty with which they throw
+and catch the ball in their rackets elicited immense applause; and
+after this they gave the "_scalp-dance_," which is given when a party
+returns from war, having brought home scalps taken from their enemies'
+heads, and preserved as trophies by the victors. In this dance the
+women, occupying the centre, hold up the scalps, attached to the tops
+of little poles, while men who have come from war dance around in a
+circle, brandishing their weapons, gnashing their teeth, and yelling
+the war-whoop at the highest key of their voices. At the close of
+this terrifying dance, which seemed to come just up to the anxiety of
+the excited audience, there was a tremendous roar of applause, and,
+in the midst of the uproar, an old gentleman took from his pocket a
+beautifully chased silver tobacco-box, and handing it to me, desired
+me to give it to the old chief, and tell him to carry his tobacco in
+it. I handed it to the old man, and, as he had seen the hand that gave
+it, he sprang upon his feet, as if he were but a boy, and reaching
+out his hand, grasped, over the heads of the audience, the hand of
+the venerable old gentleman, who told him "he was happy to see him,
+and to make him a little present to recollect him by." The old chief
+straightened up and squared himself upon the platform, throwing his
+buffalo robe over his left shoulder and passing it forward under his
+right arm and into his left hand; and with the most benignant smile
+(as he turned his box a moment under his eye, and passed it into his
+left hand) commenced--"My friends, though I am old I thank the Great
+Spirit for giving me strength to say a few words to you. He has allowed
+me to live many years, and I believe it is because I thank him for all
+his gifts. His eye was upon us when we were on the great salt lake,
+and he has brought us here safe, for which we all are thankful. He
+has directed you all to come here this night and to be so kind to us,
+for we had done nothing to make you come. We have long heard of the
+_Sag-a-noshes_,[6] and we have been anxious to come and see them. We
+have fought for them and with them, and our fathers and brothers have
+bled for them. There are many of the _Sag-a-noshes_ amongst us, and
+we love them. The Great Spirit has smiled upon our undertaking, and he
+has guided the hand of my brother to make me this present. My friends,
+my heart is warm and I am thankful. We have now done our dancing and
+singing, and we offer you our hands in friendship." At this there was
+a rush towards the platform from every part of the room to shake the
+hands of the Indians, who had seated themselves on the front of the
+platform for the purpose.
+
+ [6] Englishmen.
+
+These greetings for half an hour or so were exceedingly warm; and to
+make them more impressive, several persons deposited in their hands
+valuable trinkets and money, which they received with thanks. Thus
+ended the first night's exhibition of the amusements of the Ojibbeways;
+and it was quite impossible to bring it entirely to a close (such was
+the avidity with which the visitors were seeking to handle and examine
+every part of their costumes, their tomahawks, and scalping-knives,
+&c.) until the Indians took leave and retired to their private room.
+And even then there was almost an equal difficulty while I was in the
+exhibition-room, for crowds were gathering around me to know what they
+ate--whether they ate their meat raw--whether they were cannibals--what
+I brought them over for--whether they were easy to manage, &c.--until
+I gradually edged along towards the door, through which I suddenly
+slipped, when I had got completely out of breath, leaving the group to
+fall upon poor Daniel, who was lecturing in another part of the room.
+
+Our first night's labour had taken us until eleven o'clock; and as I
+was wending my way home to my lodgings, I could hear the war-whoop
+squeaking and echoing in the streets in every part of the town.
+
+On the following morning, at the very friendly invitation of the
+proprietor of an extensive woollen-factory in the vicinity of Bury, and
+who had sent a carriage with four horses for them, the whole party paid
+a visit to his extensive mills and to his mansion, where they partook
+of breakfast with him, and returned in great glee and spirits, each
+one bearing a magnificent blanket of various colours, presented to them
+by his generous hand.
+
+The second night of their exhibition went off much like the first: the
+room was filled long before they made their appearance; and in the roar
+and confusion of applause at the end of their amusements, there was a
+cry from the end of the room, "Let some of them come this way--we can't
+get near them--we can't tell whether they are in their own skins or in
+fleshings." And another hallooed out "Let that handsome little fellow
+come here (alluding to _Samah_, who was a very fine-looking young man);
+here is a lady who wants to kiss him!"
+
+This being interpreted to him, he leaped into and through the crowd (as
+he would dash into the river that he was to ford), and had his naked
+arms around her neck and kissed her before there was any time for an
+explanation. The excitement and screaming and laughing amongst the
+women in that part of the room made kissing fashionable, and every one
+who laid her hand upon his arm or his naked shoulders (and those not a
+few) got a kiss, gave a scream, and presented him a brooch, a ring, or
+some other keepsake, and went home with a streak of red paint on her
+face, and perhaps with one or two of black or green upon her dress.
+The gallant little fellow squeezed himself through this dense crowd,
+kissing old and young as he went, and returned to the platform, from
+which he held up and displayed his trophies with much satisfaction.
+
+I felt it my duty to reprimand him for his rudeness, and told him it
+was not fashionable in such crowds to kiss the ladies; to which he
+replied, that "he knew what he was about--the white ladies are very
+pretty and very sweet, and I gave my kisses only where they were asked
+for." The response all over the house was that "he had done right; good
+little fellow, he has done no harm."--A voice, "No, no harm, indeed;
+I'll kiss him again if he will come down, charming little fellow!"--He
+was in the act of leaping off, when Cadotte, the interpreter, seized
+him by the arm and turned him back. The hour was come for closing, and
+the Indians moved off to their lodgings. The events of that day and
+evening furnished the Indians with rich materials for gossip, and I
+retired to their chambers to smoke a pipe of k'nick-k'neck with them,
+and join in the pleasures of their conversation. They had many fine
+presents to display, and some of these valuable, being taken from arms
+and necks and fingers, in the moments of enthusiasm, and given to the
+Indians. The little gallant _Samah_ had been the most successful in
+this way, and also had received all the kisses of the pretty women. I
+have already mentioned that he had his wife with him. They were joking
+her about this affair, and she coolly said she did not care about it;
+"for the more kisses he gets from pretty women, the more presents I
+get, for he loves me enough to give them all to me." There was much
+commenting also on the great factory they had been to see in the
+morning, and on the gentleman's kindness in presenting the blankets,
+which they had now paraded and were examining and showing.
+
+They were exulting much in their happiness and success, and were still
+expressing fears that, by jumping and yelling, and making so much noise
+in Manchester, they might give dissatisfaction to the Queen, who would
+not feel so well disposed to see them. They asked for my opinion on the
+subject; I told them to have no fears, the Queen would certainly be
+glad to see them.
+
+I was waited on about this time by Mr. Bally, a gentleman of great
+eminence and skill in the science of phrenology, and who has one of
+the richest collections of casts from nature, in the world. Mr. Bally
+is one of the most rapid and skilful men in the operation of casting
+from the living face, and was extremely anxious to procure casts from
+the Ojibbeways; and, to a gentleman of so much worth to science, as
+well as for his amiable and gentle disposition, I felt bound to lend my
+best efforts in gaining for him the privilege. I had much difficulty to
+overcome their superstitions; but, by assuring them that they were to
+be done as a present to me, and by their seeing the operation performed
+on one of my men, I succeeded in gaining their consent, and they were
+all taken with great success. They were a present to my collection;
+and a copy of them in the noble collection of Mr. Bally will, I hope,
+continue to be subjects of interest and value.
+
+Kindnesses and attentions were now showering upon the Ojibbeways from
+all directions in Manchester; and amongst them many kind invitations,
+which it was impossible for them to comply with. They were invited to
+visit the mills of various kinds; and, amongst those that they went to,
+I must record a few words of the one they were most pleased with, and
+which they will talk the longest about.
+
+I had received an invitation to bring them to Stockport, to examine the
+cotton-mill of Mr. Orrell, which is probably one of the finest in the
+kingdom, and availed myself of his kindness, by making a visit to it
+with them. With his customary politeness, he showed us through it, and
+explained it in all its parts, so that the Indians, as well as myself,
+were able to appreciate its magnitude and its ingenious construction.
+
+Upon this giant machine the Indians looked in perfect amazement;
+though it is a studied part of their earliest education not to exhibit
+surprise or emotion at anything, however mysterious or incomprehensible
+it may be. There was enough, however, in the symmetry of this wonderful
+construction, when in full operation, to overcome the rules of any
+education that would subdue the natural impulses of astonishment and
+admiration. They made no remarks, nor did they ask any questions, but
+listened closely to all the explanations; and, in their conversations
+for weeks afterwards, admitted their bewildering astonishment at so
+wonderful a work of human invention.
+
+After viewing, in all its parts, this stupendous work, we were shown
+through the not less ingenious bleaching-mills of Mr. Hollins; and
+then, in the kindest manner, conducted under his hospitable roof,
+where his charming lady and lovely little ones united in their efforts
+to make us welcome and happy. The cloth was spread, and the luxuries of
+their house all heaped upon the table,--the substantials of life, and
+then its spices. It seemed cruel to see these poor fellows devouring
+the one, and rejecting the other--denying and denied the luxuries
+that _we_ could not refuse, when our friends proposed to drink to our
+healths and our happiness. They were happy, however, and, good fellows,
+enjoyed what they partook, and we returned, wishing our kind-hearted
+friends, Mr. Hollins and his lady, many, many happy days.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XII.
+
+  Indians on the housetops--Great alarm--Curious excitement--People
+      proposing to "take them" with ropes--Railway to London--The
+      "Iron-horse"--"The Iron-horse (locomotive) stops to
+      drink"--Arrive in London--Alarm of the landlady--Visit from the
+      Hon. Mr. Murray--Interview with His Royal Highness the Duke of
+      Cambridge--Old Chief's speech--War-dance--The Duke gives them
+      ten sovereigns and ten pounds of tobacco--Indians ride about the
+      city in an "omnibus and four"--Remarks on what they saw--The
+      smoke--"Prairies on fire"--Lascars sweeping the streets--Visit
+      from the Reverend Mr. S.--Impatience to see the Queen--Great
+      medicine-feast to gain Her Majesty's consent--Curious
+      ceremony--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter comes in--The Queen's
+      appointment to see them--Great rejoicing.
+
+
+On our return from Stockport we found two reverend gentlemen, who
+had been waiting nearly all day for an interview with the Indians
+(which had been appointed, but forgotten), to talk upon the subject of
+religion. They had come several miles, and seemed somewhat vexed, as
+night was near approaching, and the old chief told them that they were
+going to London in a few days, and should be very busy in the meantime;
+and again, that they were expecting to see the Queen, and would rather
+wait until after they had seen her Majesty. They had learned, also,
+that London was the _great city_ of England, and thought that anything
+of that kind had better be deferred until they were in London, and the
+subject was therefore postponed.
+
+The exhibitions at night were progressing much as I have above
+described--the hall invariably full, and the Indians, as well as the
+public, had their own amusement in the room, and also amusing themes
+for conversation after retiring to their own quarters.
+
+In the midst of our success and of their amusement and enjoyment, an
+occurrence took place that was near getting us into difficulty, as it
+raised a great excitement in the neighbourhood and no little alarm to
+many old women and little children.
+
+As I was leaving my exhibition-rooms one morning, I met, to my great
+surprise, an immense crowd of people assembled in front, and the
+streets almost completely barricaded with the numbers that were rapidly
+gathering, and all eyes elevated towards the roof of my building. I
+asked the first person I met what was the matter?--supposing that the
+house was on fire--to which he replied, "I believes, sir, that the
+Hob-jib-be-ways has got loose; I knows that some on em is hout, for I
+seed one on em runnin hover the tops of the ouses, and they'l ave a ard
+matter to catch em, hin my hopinion, sir."
+
+It seems that the poor fellows had found a passage leading from their
+rooms out upon the roof of the house, and that, while several of them
+had been strolling out there for fresh air, and taking a look over the
+town, a crowd had gathered in the street to look at them, and amongst
+the most ignorant of that crowd the rumour had become current that they
+"had broke loose, and people were engaged in endeavouring to take them."
+
+I started back to my room as fast as I could, and to the top of
+the house, to call them down, and stop the gathering that was in
+rapid progress in the streets. When I got on the roof, I was as
+much surprised at the numbers of people assembled on the tops of
+the adjoining houses, as I had been at the numbers assembled in the
+streets. The report was there also current, and general, that they had
+"broke out," and great preparations were being made on the adjoining
+roofs, with ropes and poles, &c., to "take them," if possible, before
+any harm could be done. About the time I had got amongst them, and
+was inviting them down, several of the police made their appearance
+by my side, and ordered them immediately into their room, and told
+me that in the excited state of the town, with their mills all out,
+such a thing was endangering the peace; for it brought a mob of many
+thousands together, which would be sure not to disperse without doing
+some mischief. I was ordered by the police to keep them thereafter in
+the rooms, and not to allow them to show themselves at the windows,
+so great were their fears of a riot in the streets, if there was the
+least thing to set it in motion. As an evidence of the necessity of
+such rigour, this affair of about fifteen minutes' standing had already
+brought ten or fifteen thousand people together, and a large body of
+the police had been ordered on to the ground, having the greatest
+difficulty during the day to get rid of the crowd.
+
+Mr. Rankin, about this time, was getting alarming apprehensions that
+our delay in Manchester was calculated to affect our prospect of going
+before the Queen, and at his urgent request I announced our last night
+in Manchester, after an exhibition of ten days. On the last night,
+as on each of the preceding ones, the room was quite full, and even
+so many were necessarily forbidden entrance, that they began a most
+ruinous warfare on the door from the outside, and to such a degree,
+that I was obliged to put the entrance to my premises in charge of
+the police, for protection. We were now prepared to move off to the
+metropolis, and I showed to Mr. Rankin, by his share of the profits of
+ten days, that he had already received more than he would have got in
+two months by the plan he had proposed, to hire the party to me for
+100_l._ per month.
+
+This seemed to please him very much, and we moved off pleasantly on
+our way to London, leaving the ungratified curiosity that remained in
+Manchester until a future occasion, when we might return again.
+
+For our passage to London we had chartered a second-class carriage to
+ourselves, and in it had a great deal of amusement and merriment on
+the way. The novelty of the mode of travelling and the rapidity at
+which we were going raised the spirits of the Indians to a high degree,
+and they sang their favourite songs, and even gave their dances, as
+they passed along. Their curiosity had been excited to know how the
+train was propelled or drawn, and at the first station I stepped out
+with them, and forward to the locomotive, where I explained the power
+which pulled us along. They at once instituted for the engine, the
+appellation of the "Iron-horse;" and, at our next stopping-place, which
+was one where the engine was taking in water, they all leaped out "_to
+see the Iron-horse drink_."
+
+Their songs and yells set at least a thousand dogs barking and howling
+on the way, and as we came under the station at Birmingham, called up
+a fat old gentleman, who opened our door and very knowingly exclaimed,
+"What the devil have you got here? some more of them damned grisly
+bears, have you?" He was soon merged in the crowd that gathered
+around us, and, with doors closed, the Indians sat out patiently the
+interval, until we were under weigh again. Arrived at the Euston
+station, in London, an omnibus conveyed them suddenly to apartments
+in George-street, which had been prepared for them. They were highly
+excited when they entered their rooms, talking about the Queen, whom
+they believed had just passed in her carriage, from seeing two footmen
+with gold-laced hats and red breeches and white stockings, standing up
+and riding on a carriage behind, with large gold-headed canes in their
+hands: it proved, however, to have been the carriage of Lady S----n,
+familiarly known in that neighbourhood; and the poor fellows seemed
+wofully disappointed at this information.
+
+The good landlady, who took a glance of them as they came in, was
+becoming alarmed at the bargain she had made for the rooms, and came
+to Mr. Rankin, expressing her fears that the arrangement would never
+answer for her, as "she did not expect such wild, black-looking savages
+from the Indies." Mr. Rankin assured her that they were quite harmless,
+and much more of gentlemen than many white men she might get in her
+house, and he would be responsible for all damage that they would ever
+do to her property, even if she left the whole of it unsecured by
+lock and key. So she said she would venture to try them for a week,
+and see how they behaved. They were now in the midst of the great city
+of London, which they had been so anxious to see; and, upon putting
+their heads out of the windows to take a first peep, the smoke was so
+dense that they could see but a few rods, when they declared that the
+"prairies must be on fire again."
+
+Daniel was, at this time, remaining in Manchester to take down and
+bring on my collection, which it was agreed should be re-opened in
+London. I was busy effecting a new arrangement for the Egyptian Hall,
+which I took for six months, and in a few days my collection was being
+replaced upon its walls.
+
+The first visitor who came to see the party, and to wish them success
+in London, was my excellent friend the Hon. C. A. Murray, who was much
+pleased with them, and learning their desire to gain an audience of
+Her Majesty, he proposed, as the surest way to bring it about, that
+his Royal Highness the Duke of Cambridge should have an interview with
+them first, and then it would be easy to get Her Majesty to see them.
+This plan was agreed to, and the next day Mr. Murray addressed me a
+note, saying that the Duke would meet them the next morning in the
+Queen's drawing-room, Hanover-square Concert-rooms. I immediately made
+the arrangement with the proprietor of the rooms, and at the appointed
+hour the next morning was there with them, and met His Royal Highness
+the Duke of Cambridge, with the Hon. Mr. Murray and Baron Knesebeck, in
+attendance. The Duke met them in the most familiar and cordial manner,
+offering them his hand, and smoking the Indian pipe with them. He
+conversed a great deal with them through their interpreter, Cadotte;
+and, after closely examining their costumes, weapons, &c., took a
+seat to see them dance. They amused him with the war-dance and the
+_Wa-be-no_ dance, giving several songs and the war-whoop; after which
+they seated themselves on the floor, and after a few minutes' rest,
+having passed the pipe around, the old chief arose and said--
+
+  "Father, we are glad to see you and to take your hand; we know that
+  you are uncle to our _great mother_ the Queen, and we are happy to
+  see you. ('_How, how, how!_') We thank the Great Spirit for this; he
+  has kept us in good health and safe over the great salt lake, and
+  His eye is on us now, we know, or we should not see our great father
+  this day. We are poor, ignorant children, and yet we hope the Queen,
+  your niece, will be willing to see us, when our hearts will be happy.
+  ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "Father, my years, you see, are nearly spent. I have carried my
+  weapons and hunted for your enemies many years, and my warriors here
+  have many wounds they received in fighting for the Sag-a-noshes.
+  ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "I have no more words to say at present. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+His Royal Highness graciously received the old Chief's speech, and then
+examined the wounds pointed out on the body of the War Chief; after
+which he replied to the old man--
+
+  "My friends, I meet you here to-day with great pleasure, and I
+  thank the Great Spirit also, that He has guarded you and kept you
+  safe over the ocean. I hope your visit to England may be pleasant
+  and profitable to you, and that you may all get back safe to your
+  children. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends, I will make known your wishes to the Queen, and I think
+  you will see her. ('_How, how, how!_')"
+
+The Duke most kindly took leave of them, presenting to the old chief
+ten sovereigns, which he divided equally among the number, and sent
+them on the following day ten pounds of the choicest smoking tobacco.
+On leaving the Rooms he also thanked me for the treat I had afforded
+him, and said, "Oh, the good fellows! yes, the Queen will see them."
+
+The announcement of the arrival of the Ojibbeways which had been made
+in the public papers, and the notice also of their interview with the
+Duke of Cambridge, were now gaining them a notoriety with the public;
+and amongst my personal friends, was announcing that I had returned to
+London, which altogether brought me a flood of applicants for private
+interviews with them. We had resolved not to make any exhibition
+of their modes to the public, until after they had seen the Queen,
+and the month that we remained idle, and waiting for her Majesty's
+command, was rendered tedious and troublesome from the above causes.
+We were daily and hourly importuned for permissions to see them, which
+were in part granted, until it became quite necessary that I should
+absent myself from them, leaving instructions at the door that no
+communication could be had with them at present. Mr. Rankin during this
+time stayed constantly with them, and I occasionally spent an evening
+of gossip and smoked a pipe with them. We made use of most of the time
+in endeavouring to show them as much of the great city as possible,
+driving them out in a bus during the day, and several times taking them
+into the country to spend a day running over the fields for the benefit
+of their health.
+
+After one of their first drives about the City, when they had been
+passed through Regent Street, the Strand, Cheapside, Oxford Street
+and Holborn, I spent the evening in a talk with them in their rooms,
+and was exceedingly amused with the shrewdness of their remarks upon
+what they had seen. They had considered the "prairies still on fire,"
+from the quantity of smoke they met; one of the women had undertaken
+to count the number of carriages they passed, but was obliged to give
+it up; "saw a great many fine houses, but nobody in the windows: saw
+many men with a large board on the back, and another on the breast,
+walking in the street--supposed it was some kind of punishment; saw men
+carrying bags of coal, their hats on wrong side before; saw fine ladies
+and gentlemen riding in the middle of the streets in carriages, but
+a great many poor and ragged people on the sides of the roads; saw a
+great many men and women drinking in shops where they saw great barrels
+and hogsheads; saw several drunk in the streets. They had passed two
+_Indians_ in the street with brooms, sweeping away the mud; they saw
+them hold out their hands to people going by, as if they were begging
+for money: they saw many other poor people begging, some with brooms
+in their hands and others with little babies in their arms, who looked
+as if they were hungry for food to eat." They had much to say about the
+two Indians they had passed. "It could not be that white people would
+dress and paint themselves like Indians in order to beg money, and
+they could not see how Indians would consent to stand in the streets
+and sweep the mud away in order to beg for money." They appealed to me
+to know whether they were really Indians, and I said "Yes; they are
+natives from the East Indies, called Lascars. They are naturally, most
+probably like yourselves, too proud to work or to beg; but they have
+been left by some cruel fate, to earn their living in the streets of
+London, or to starve to death, and, poor fellows, they have preferred
+begging to starvation." The Indians seemed much affected by the
+degradation that these poor fellows were driven to, and resolved that
+they would carry some money with them when they went out, to throw to
+them.
+
+I had about this time several communications from the Reverend Mr.
+S----, who was desirous, if possible, to have an interview with the
+Indians for the purpose of learning from them what notions they had of
+religion, if any; and to endeavour to open their minds to a knowledge
+of the Christian religion, which it was the wish of himself and many
+others of his friends to teach to them for their eternal welfare. I
+at once wrote to those reverend gentlemen and assured them that their
+kind endeavours would be aided in every possible way by Mr. Rankin and
+myself; and I appointed an hour at once, when they could converse with
+the Indians on the subject. Their visit was made at the hour appointed,
+and the conversation was held in my presence. The reverend gentlemen
+most kindly and humanely greeted the Indians on their safe arrival
+in this country, where they were glad to meet them as brothers. They
+called upon them not in any way to interfere with their amusements
+or objects for which they had come to England, but to wish them all
+success, and at the same time to learn from them whether as poor
+children of the forests they had been kept in the dark, and out of the
+light of the true Christian religion, which it was their desire to make
+known to their minds. The old chief had lit his pipe in the meantime,
+and having taken a few moments to smoke it out, after the reverend
+gentleman had stopped, said (without rising up to speak) that he was
+much pleased to see them, and shake hands with them, for he knew their
+views were good and friendly. He said that they had heard something
+about the white man's religion in the wilderness where he lived, but
+they had thought it too difficult for them to understand. He said he
+was much obliged to them for offering to explain it at this time, but
+that they would take a little time to think of it first; and as they
+had not yet seen the Queen, they thought it best to do no more about it
+at present.
+
+Poor fellows, they were daily asking for reports from the Palace,
+becoming impatient for the permission to see her Majesty. They had
+waited so long that they were beginning to think that their application
+had failed, and they were becoming dispirited and desponding.
+
+I said to them one morning, "Now, my good fellows, don't despair--you
+have not tried what you can do yourselves yet; in your own country,
+if you wish it to rain, you have _Rain-makers_ who can make it rain;
+if you wish it to stop raining, you have _Rain-stoppers_, who cook
+up a grand medicine feast and cause it to stop raining. If buffalos
+are scarce, your medicine-men can make them come: why not 'put on the
+Big Kettle,' and see what you can do in the present dilemma?--You
+have your _Medicine-man_ with you, and your _Medicine-drum_ and your
+_Shi-she-quoi_ (mystery rattle); you are all prepared; go to work--you
+will certainly do no harm, and I fully believe you will bring it about."
+
+As I was leaving the room their interpreter overtook me, and said that
+the medicine man wanted the money to buy five fat ducks--that they had
+resolved on having a _medicine feast_ that afternoon, and that they
+would expect me to be of the party to partake of it.
+
+I came in at the hour appointed, and found them all with their
+faces painted black on one side and red on the other (their mode of
+ornamenting when they supplicate the Great or other Spirit for any gift
+or favour), and prepared to take their seats at the feast, which was
+then smoking, on the floor in the adjoining room. Buffalo robes were
+spread upon the floor, on which we were seated, when the following
+dialogue took place between their kind (and now no longer terrified)
+landlady and the interpreter Cadotte:--"Why," said she (as she was
+completing the last arrangement for our feast upon the floor), "you
+have left no room for the women, poor things." "Women!" said Cadotte,
+"why, do you suppose that women can eat at a _medicine feast_?" "Why
+not?" said the landlady, "are they not as good as the men? They are
+a nice set of women, and that little girl is a dear little creature.
+I cooked the ducks as much for them as I did for you, and I think it
+would be cruel not to invite them to eat with you; you are no better
+now than you were this morning; they ate with you then. If I had known
+this, I would have kept one of the ducks for them." "Devil a bit!" said
+Cadotte, "do you know what _medicine_ is?" "No, I don't suppose I do;
+but there are the three women all crying now in the other room, poor
+creatures." "And there they are _obliged_ to cry while we are in a
+_medicine feast_, or we have no luck." "Oh, dear me, what a strange set
+of beings!" said the old lady, as she returned to the kitchen, "I won't
+interfere with them; they must take their own way."
+
+With closed doors we went through all the peculiar solemnities of this
+feast; and, having devoured all the ducks, leaving "none for the poor
+women," the medicine man took about a quarter of an hour to recite a
+sort of prayer or thanks to the Great Spirit, which, from the extreme
+rapidity with which he repeated it, I supposed to be some established
+form peculiar to such occasions. After this, and while the last pipe
+was passing around, my man Daniel (in pursuance of my previous
+instructions) entered the room, and delivered to me a large letter,
+which he said he thought was from Mr. Murray, as it had the household
+stamp upon it. The most impatient excitement prevailed until I broke
+the seal and read as follows:--
+
+                                   "Buckingham Palace, Thursday morning.
+
+  "Dear Sir,--I have great pleasure in informing you that Her Majesty
+  has expressed a desire to see the party of Ojibbeway Indians; and has
+  appointed Thursday next, at two o'clock, as the hour when she will
+  receive you with the party, in the Waterloo Gallery, Windsor Castle.
+  I pray that you will be punctual at the hour, and I will meet you at
+  the threshold, rendering all the facilities that may be in my power.
+
+                                     "Yours, sincerely,
+                                        "C. A. MURRAY,
+                                "_Master of H. M. Household._
+  "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+The reader can readily imagine what was the _pleasure_ of these poor
+people when they heard this letter read; but it would be difficult to
+know what were their feelings of _surprise_, that the efficacy of their
+_medicine_ should have brought it in at that opportune moment. The
+reader will also suppose, what their superstition prevented them from
+ever imagining, that this letter was in my pocket several hours before
+the ducks were bought, and therefore cost me about twenty shillings.
+
+A pipe was here lit by the old chief, and passed around, and smoked to
+the kind _Spirit_ they had successfully invoked, and with it all the
+anxieties of this day passed away.
+
+
+
+
+                             CHAPTER XIII.
+
+  Preparations for visiting the Queen--Amusing interview with
+      Sykes, the porter--Mistaken by the old Chief for Prince
+      Albert--Meet the Hon. Mr. Murray--The waiting-room--The
+      Author conducts the party before Her Majesty and the Prince
+      in the Waterloo Gallery--Their reception--Introductions and
+      conversations--Indians give the war-dance--A smoke--The
+      old Chief's speech to the Queen--Pipe-dance--Her Majesty
+      and the Prince retire--Indians at a feast in the
+      waiting-room--Drinking the Queen's health in Champagne--Indians
+      call it "_Chickabobboo_"--Story of _Chickabobboo_, and great
+      amusement--Indians return to London--Evening-gossip about
+      the Queen and her _Chickabobboo_--First evening of the
+      Indians in Egyptian Hall--Great excitement--Alarm--Tremendous
+      applause--Old Chief's speech--Hon. Mr. Murray's letter
+      to the old Chief, enclosing L20 from the Queen and other
+      presents--Speech of the War-chief--Pipe-dance--Shaking
+      hands--Curious questions by the audience--Ale allowed to the
+      Indians at dinner and after supper--Their rejoicing--They call
+      it _Chickabobboo_.
+
+
+A new chapter commenced here with the Indians, as it commences with
+my book. All "omnibus drives" were postponed for the present; all
+communications with the world entirely interdicted; and all was bustle
+and preparation for the grand event which was to "cap the climax"
+of their highest ambition--the point to which they had looked ever
+since they had started, and beyond which, it is not probable, their
+contemplations had as yet visibly painted anything.
+
+Colours, and ribbons, and beads, of the richest hues, were called for,
+and procured from various parts of the city; and both night and day,
+all, men and women, were constantly engaged in adding brilliancy and
+richness of colour to their costumes.
+
+The old chief was painting the stem of his pipe of peace (or calumet)
+sky-blue, emblematical of the feelings they carried in their breasts;
+and decorating it also with blue and red ribbons, as a suitable gift
+to royalty. The little girl, _Nib-nab-e-qua_, was crying, as she
+embroidered with red and white porcupine-quills, fearing that her new
+mocassins would not look so brilliant as she had sometimes made them.
+Her mother was arranging black mourning plumes in the cradle in which
+her infant had died, and which, by the custom of the country, she was
+obliged yet to carry on her back. The War-chief was repainting his
+shield, and arranging his scalps on a little hoop, to give proper
+effect to the scalp-dance. The _Medicine-man_ was preparing his
+_wa-be-no_ drum. _Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee_ was stringing beads with his
+wife; and _Sah-mah_ was brightening his tomahawk and his scalping-knife
+for a glittering effect in the war-dance. Cadotte, during this time,
+was parading before the mirror, examining, arranging, and rearranging
+the ostrich-plumes in his cap, and the fit of a laced frock he had just
+had made; and (I had almost forgotten myself) I was anxiously awaiting
+the arrival of a new coat I had ordered at my tailor's for the occasion.
+
+On the morning appointed, all were satisfactorily prepared, and, being
+seated in an omnibus posted with four horses, we were on our way, and
+soon after that arrived at the gates of Windsor Castle. Descending from
+the carriage, the poor old chief, whose eyes were getting a little dim
+with age, was completely nonplused at beholding the magnificent figure
+(in scarlet and gold lace and powdered wig) of (his apparent Majesty)
+Sykes, the well-known porter of the palace, who had him by the elbow,
+and was conducting him and his heavy paraphernalia towards the door.
+The good old chief turned round and gave him his hand, not knowing as
+yet what to say, as they had none of them contemplated anything so
+brilliant and dazzling, short of Majesty itself. He was at this moment,
+however, saved from committing himself or bestowing his pipe of peace
+by the sudden approach of several others of the household in liveries
+equally splendid, who conducted us into the hall, at which moment we
+met our friend the Honourable Mr. Murray, whom we followed to the
+waiting-room adjoining to the Waterloo Gallery, in which our reception
+was to take place. Here we were seated, and awaited the anxious moment
+when it was to be announced that her Majesty was ready to see us.
+
+The Indians were here parading before the large and splendid mirrors
+and adjusting their feathers and ornaments, and suggesting many
+surmises about the long table which was dressed out in the room where
+we were, and which they supposed was the place where the Queen and
+all her officers about her took their dinners. This, as the sequel
+will show, was a very great error, as it was preparing for another and
+entirely different purpose.
+
+After waiting half an hour or so, an officer in full dress came into
+the room and informed us that the Queen was in the adjoining room,
+and ready to receive us, and showed us the way. There was a moment of
+jingling and rattling of trinkets as the Indians were throwing on their
+robes and gathering up their weapons; and when they responded to my
+question "if they were all ready?"--by their "_how! how! how!_" I led
+the way, and they followed into the Waterloo Gallery. They were now all
+at full length before her Majesty and the Prince, who most graciously
+received them. (_Plate No. 5._) The Queen arose from a sofa in the
+middle of the room, having her Majesty the Queen Dowager and H. R. H.
+the Duchess of Kent by her side; and advancing towards the Indians, was
+joined by H. R. H. Prince Albert and the Hon. Mr. Murray. Her Majesty
+desired that the interpreter and myself should advance nearer to her,
+and at her request I introduced each individually by their appropriate
+names, explaining their costumes, weapons, &c. Her Majesty beckoned the
+little girl up to her, and held her some time by both hands, evidently
+much pleased with her appearance, and also the woman with the cradle
+on her back, in whom she seemed to take much interest. She asked many
+questions, as well as the Prince, relative to their costumes, modes,
+&c., and they then took their seats on the sofa to witness the
+dances which the Indians had come prepared to give.
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 5.]
+
+The Indians were at this time seated in a circle on the floor, when
+the _Medicine-man_ gradually commenced tapping on his drum and singing
+in a low tone. In a few moments the house jarred with the leap of the
+War-chief, who was upon his feet, and after him all the party, in the
+din of the war-dance. (_Plate No. 6._)
+
+This dance finished, they were again seated on the floor, when the old
+chief, seventy-five years of age, having lighted his pipe and passed it
+around, arose and made the following address to her Majesty:--[7]
+
+  "Great Mother--I have been very sorrowful since I left my home, but
+  the Great Spirit has brought us all safe over the great waters, and
+  my heart will now be glad that we can see your face. We are now happy.
+
+  "These are all the words I have to say. My words are few, for I am
+  not very well to-day. The other chief will tell you what I intended
+  to say."
+
+ [7] The poor old chief met with a sudden embarrassment at this
+     moment that he had not thought of, and was not prepared
+     consequently to know how to proceed. He had, according to the
+     custom of his country, prepared and brought with him a beautiful
+     calumet or pipe of peace to present, and on rising to make his
+     speech (the moment when it is customary to present it) it for
+     the first time occurred to him that he was about to present it
+     to a woman, the impropriety of which was evident to him. He
+     thought of the Prince, but as the pipe of peace can only be
+     given to the highest in power, he had another misgiving; and,
+     unlike to orators in the Indian countries, continued to hold it
+     in his hand while he was speaking, and brought it away with him.
+
+The War-chief then rose, and in a very energetic manner made the
+following speech, which was also literally interpreted to her Majesty:--
+
+  "Great Mother--The Great Spirit has been kind to us, your children,
+  in protecting us on our long journey here. And we are now happy that
+  we are allowed to see your face. It makes our hearts glad to see
+  the faces of so many Saganoshes (English) in this country, and all
+  wearing such pleasant looks. We think the people here must be very
+  happy.
+
+  "Mother--We have been often told that there was a great fire in this
+  country--that its light shone across the great water; and we see now
+  where this great light arises. We believe that it shines from this
+  great wigwam to all the world.
+
+  "Mother--We have seen many strange things since we came to this
+  country. We see that your wigwams are large, and the light that is in
+  them is bright. Our wigwams are small, and our light is not strong.
+  We are not rich, but yet we have plenty of food to eat.
+
+  "Mother--Myself and my friends here are your friends--your children.
+  We have used our weapons against your enemies. And for many years we
+  have received liberal presents from this country, which have made us
+  quite happy and comfortable in our wigwams.
+
+  "Mother--The chief who has just spoken, and myself, have fought and
+  bled by the side of the greatest warrior who ever lived--Tecumseh.
+
+  "Mother--Our hearts are glad at what we have this day seen--that we
+  have been allowed to see your face. And when we get home our words
+  will be listened to in the councils of our nation.
+
+  "This is all I have to say."
+
+After his speech the War-chief resumed his seat upon the floor; and as
+her Majesty could not be supposed to reply to his speech, she called
+upon the Prince, who thanked them for the amusement they had afforded
+her Majesty, who felt a deep interest in their welfare, and thankful to
+the old chief for the noble and religious sentiments expressed in his
+remarks.
+
+After this the Indians rose and gave their favourite, the PIPE
+DANCE, which seemed to afford much amusement to the Royal party.
+The Queen and the Prince then graciously bowed and took leave, thanking
+them, through the interpreter, for the amusement they had afforded
+them. The Indians at the same moment shouldered their robes and
+retired, sounding their war-whoop to the amusement of the servants of
+the household, who had assembled to the amount of some hundreds in the
+galleries of the hall.
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 6.]
+
+They were now in the waiting-room again, where, to their surprise
+(and no little satisfaction), they found that the table they had seen
+so splendidly arranged was intended for their own entertainment, and
+was now ready for the "set-to." Mr. Murray announced it as ready, and
+we all went to work. Mr. Rankin, who had been seated in the gallery
+during the presentation, having joined the party, had now taken
+his seat with them at the table. With his usual kindness, Mr. Murray
+insisted on carving the roast-beef and helping them around, and next in
+drinking the Queen's health, which is customary at all public dinners.
+For this the first bottle of champagne was opened; and when the cork
+flew and the wine was pouring into glasses, the Indians pronounced
+the word "_Chick-a-bob-boo!_" and had a great laugh. A foaming glass
+of it was set before each Indian; and when it was proposed to drink
+to Her Majesty's health, they all refused. I explained to Mr. Murray
+the promise they were under to drink no spirituous liquor while in the
+kingdom. Mr. Murray applauded their noble resolution, but said at the
+same time that this was not _spirituous liquor_--it was a light wine,
+and could not hurt them; and it would be the only time they could
+ever drink to Her Majesty so properly, and Her Majesty's health could
+not be refused by Her Majesty's subjects. When again urged they still
+refused, saying "We no drink--can't drink." They seemed however to be
+referring it to me, as all eyes were alternately upon me and upon their
+glasses, when I said to them--"Yes, my good fellows, drink; it will
+not hurt you. The promise you have made to Mr. Rankin and myself will
+not be broken--it did not contemplate a case like this, where it is
+necessary to drink the Queen's health. And again, this is _champagne_,
+and not _spirituous liquor_, which you have solemnly promised to
+avoid."--"_How! how! how!_" they all responded, and with great delight
+all joined in "health to the Queen!" And as each glass was emptied
+to the bottom, they smacked their lips, again pronouncing the word
+"_Chick-a-bob-boo! Chick-a-bob-boo!_" with a roar of laughter among
+themselves.
+
+Mr. Murray and I becoming anxious to know the meaning of
+_chick-a-bob-boo_, it was agreed that the War-chief (who had a dry but
+amusing way of relating an anecdote) should give us the etymology of
+the word _chick-a-bob-boo_, which they said was manufactured but a few
+years since in their country. The old Boy-chief, who was not a stranger
+to _chick-a-bob-boo_, nor to good jokes, said that the "War-chief
+couldn't tell a story well unless his lips were kept moist;" and he
+proposed that we should drink Mr. Murray's health before he commenced.
+So the champagne was poured again, and, the Hon. Mr. Murray's health
+being drank, the War-chief proceeded by saying--that "Only a few years
+since, when the white men were bringing so much rum and whiskey into
+the little village where he lives, that it was making them all sick,
+and killing a great many, the chiefs decided in council that they would
+tomahawk every keg of whiskey the white men should bring in; and it had
+the effect of keeping them away, and their people, who had been drunk
+and sick, were getting well.
+
+"Not long after that," continued he, "a little old man with red hair,
+who used to bring us bags of apples, got in the way of bringing in one
+end of his bag a great many bottles filled with something that looked
+much like whiskey, but which, when we smelled it, and tasted it, we
+found was not _fire-water_, and it was much liked by the chiefs and
+all; for they found, he said, it was good, and would not make Indians
+drunk. He sold much of this to the Indians, and came very often; and
+when he had carried it a great way on his horse, and in the sun, it
+sometimes became very impatient to get out of the bottles; and it
+was very amusing to see the little old man turn a crooked wire into
+the bottle to pull out the stopper, when one was holding a cup ready
+to catch it. As he would twist the wire in, it would go _chee--e--_;
+and when he poured it out, it would say, _pop-poo, pop-poo_.[8] This
+amused the women and children very much, and they called it at first
+_chee-pop-poo_, and since, _chick-a-bob-boo_. And this the old man with
+red hair told us at last was nothing but the juice of apples, though we
+found it very good; and yet it has made some very drunk."
+
+ [8] This word must be _whispered_, as the War-chief gave it, and not
+     _spoken_, to be appreciated--after the mode of Indians in their
+     imitations, or exclamations of surprise.
+
+This story of the War-chief amused Mr. Murray very much, and he ordered
+one of the waiters to "twist the crooked wire" into the neck of another
+bottle or two of the _chick-a-bob-boo_ and "pull out the little
+stoppers," for he was going to propose that we all drink to the health
+of Prince Albert, who could never be neglected when her Majesty's
+health was drunk. This was done with enthusiasm; and the old chief
+soon proposed to drink Mr. Rankin's health, and my health, which were
+attended to; and he at length thought of the fat porter in scarlet and
+gold lace, whom he had passed at the door, and who at this moment, with
+several others in gold lace and powdered hair, were gathering around
+the table to take a glass or two of _chick-a-bob-boo_ with them. This
+happened at a good time, and Mr. Rankin commenced the anecdote of the
+old chief having mistaken the porter Sykes for Prince Albert just as
+Mr. Murray and I withdrew from the room to proceed to town.
+
+I visited the Indians in their rooms that evening, and found them in
+good spirits, having been well pleased by her Majesty's kind reception,
+and also delighted with the _chick-a-bob-boo_, and the liberal
+construction that had been put upon their sacred engagement "not to
+drink spirituous liquors." Mr. Rankin gave me an amusing account of the
+old chief's second interview with the porter Sykes, and their manner
+of taking leave when they were parting to meet no more. "Their pipes,"
+he said, "were lit when they took their omnibus to return, and their
+joyful songs and choruses made it a _travelling music-box_ the whole
+way to town."
+
+I had come upon them at the moment when they were taking their
+coffee--a habit they had got into as one of the last things before
+going to bed. When they finished their coffee they lit the pipe, and
+there were many comments from different parts of the room upon what
+they had seen during the day. The Queen was of course the engrossing
+theme for their thoughts and their remarks; and though so well pleased
+with her kindness to them, they were evidently disappointed in her
+personal appearance and dress. Her Majesty was attired in a simple and
+unadorned dress of black, and wore apparently no ornaments whatever
+at the time of their presentation, affording the poor fellows nothing
+either in her stature or costume to answer to the fancied figure of
+majesty which they had naturally formed in their minds, and were
+convinced they were going to see. They had, on first entering the
+room, taken the Duchess of Kent for the Queen, and said they were not
+apprised of their error until they heard me address the Queen as "Her
+Majesty."
+
+They were advancing many curious ideas (over the pipe) as to the
+government of the greatest and richest country in the world being in
+the hands of a woman, and she no larger than many of the Indian girls
+at the age of twelve or thirteen years. I explained to them the manner
+in which she was entitled to the crown, and also how little a king or
+queen has actually to do in the government of such a country; that it
+is chiefly done by her ministers, who are always about her, and men
+of the greatest talents, and able to advise her. And the old chief,
+who had been listening attentively to me, as he was puffing away at
+his pipe, said, he was inclined to think it was the best thing for the
+country. "I am not sure," said he, "but it is the safest way; for if
+this country had a king instead of a queen, he might be ambitious as a
+great warrior, and lead the country into war with other nations: now,
+under her government there is peace, and the country is happy."
+
+Many jokes were passed upon the old chief for having mistaken the
+porter Sykes for Prince Albert, and for having brought his pipe of
+peace back, having been afraid to present it. They had many remarks
+to make also upon the little girl whom her Majesty took by the hand;
+they told her she turned pale, and they were afraid she would grow up
+a white woman. They now, for the first time, thought of the Queen's
+little children, and wondered they had not seen them: they thought they
+ought, at least, to have seen the Prince of Wales. Daniel, they said,
+had long since told them how old he was, and that he was to be the
+next king of England. He had also read to them his long names, which
+had pleased them very much, which they never could recollect, but would
+have written down.
+
+The conversation again, and for some time, ran upon the deliciousness
+of her Majesty's chickabobboo, and also upon the presents which they
+had imagined would have been made to them, and which I assured them
+they might feel quite easy about, as they would come in due time
+according to the custom. So were they whiling away the evening of this
+memorable day, and I left them.
+
+The grand point having been made, their visit to the Queen, the Indians
+seemed in good spirits to meet the greetings of the public, amongst
+whom the daily paragraphs in the papers, and their occasional drives
+through the streets, had excited the most intense curiosity. The place
+for their operations was prepared for them in the Egyptian Hall; and
+in the midst of my Indian collection, as in Manchester, a platform was
+erected on which their dances and other amusements were to be given.
+
+Having been without any exciting occupation for more than a month, in
+daily anticipation of their visit to the Queen, the Indians had become,
+as well as the public, impatient for the opening of their exhibition,
+which seemed requisite for their amusement as well as necessary for
+their accustomed bodily exercise.
+
+Their first evening's amusements being announced, the large room of the
+Egyptian Hall was filled at an early hour, and the Indians received
+with a roar of applause as they entered and advanced upon the platform.
+I came on by their side, and after they had seated themselves upon the
+platform, entered upon my duty, that of explaining to the audience
+who these people were, whence they came, and what were their objects
+in visiting this country. I also introduced each one personally by
+his name, to the audience, and briefly described their costumes,
+weapons, &c., and they were then left to commence as they chose, with
+their dances and other amusements. Indian looks and Indian costumes,
+&c., were supposed to have been pretty well understood before this,
+by most of the audience, who had studied them at their leisure in my
+rooms on former occasions; but Indian dances and Indian yells, and the
+war-whoop, had been from necessity postponed and unappreciated until
+the present moment, when the sudden yell and scream of the whole party
+(as they sprang upon their feet) announced the war-dance as having
+commenced. The drum was beating, rattles were shaking, war-clubs and
+tomahawks and spears were brandishing over their heads, and all their
+voices were shouting (in time with the beat of the drum and the stamps
+of their feet) the frightful war-song!
+
+With the exception of some two or three women (whose nerves were not
+quite firm enough for these excitements, and who screamed quite as
+loud as the Indians did, as they were making a rush for the door) the
+audience stood amazed and delighted with the wildness and newness of
+the scene that was passing before them; and, at the close of the dance,
+united in a round of applause, which seemed to please the Indians as
+much as seeing the Queen.
+
+Like all actors, they were vain of their appearance, and proud of
+applause, and (rather luckily for them, and unlike the painful
+excitements that fall to the lot of most actors' lives) they were sure
+of the applause which sympathy brings, and exempt from that censure
+which often falls heavily upon those whose acting the audience is able
+to criticise.
+
+According to their custom, after the war-dance was finished, the
+Indians seated themselves upon the platform and lit their long pipe,
+which they were almost constantly smoking. This pipe was filled with
+their own native tobacco (k'nick-k'neck), and passed around from one
+to the other for a few whiffs, according to the usage of all the
+American tribes. I took this opportunity of explaining to the audience
+the meaning of the war-dance, the war-whoop, &c., and whilst I was up,
+was so overwhelmed with questions (all of which I felt disposed to
+answer) that I found it exceedingly difficult to sit down again. These
+questions were put for the purpose of gaining information which it was
+my wish to give; and having patiently answered a number of them, I
+stated to the audience that I believed the explanations I should throw
+out in the course of the evening in my own way, would answer nearly
+every question that they would be disposed to put, and I begged they
+would allow me as much time and opportunity to give them as possible.
+This was responded to by acclamation all around the room, and the
+exhibition proceeded by the Indians wishing me to announce that they
+were to give the _wa-be-no_ (or mystery) dance. This eccentric and
+droll dance caused much merriment among the audience, and gained them
+hearty applause again; after which, they being seated as usual, with
+the pipe passing around, I proceeded with my explanation, which done,
+I was requested by the interpreter to announce that the old chief had
+something which he wished to say to the audience, and was going to make
+a speech. There was a great expression of satisfaction at this, evinced
+among the crowd, which seemed to give fire to the eye, and youth to the
+visage of the old man as he rose and said,--
+
+  "My friends--It makes our hearts glad when we hear your feet stamp
+  upon the floor, for we know then that you are pleased, and not
+  angry." (Great applause.)
+
+The old man then straightened himself up in the attitude of an orator,
+and, throwing his buffalo robe over his shoulder, and extending his
+right arm over the heads of his audience, he proceeded:--
+
+  "My friends and brothers--These young men and women and myself have
+  come a great way to see you, and to see our GREAT MOTHER THE
+  QUEEN. The Great Spirit has been kind to us, for we are all
+  well, and we have seen her face. ('_How, how, how!_')
+
+  "My friends--We know that the Saganoshes in our country all come from
+  this place; they are our friends there, and we think they will not
+  be our enemies here. ('_How, how, how!_' and immense applause, with
+  'Hear, hear, hear,' from the audience.)
+
+  "My friends--You see I am old, and my words are few; some of my
+  younger men may talk longer than I can. I hope our noise is not too
+  great. ('No, no,' from every part of the room: 'The more noise the
+  better, my good fellows.')
+
+  "Brothers--My young men will finish their dances in a little while,
+  when we will be glad to give you our hands." ("_How, how, how!_"
+  great applause, and "Hear, hear.")
+
+The venerable old man then resumed his seat; and at that moment, as
+the pipe was preparing, Daniel was making his way through the crowd,
+with one hand raised above the heads of the audience, conveying a large
+square letter, which he was endeavouring to hand to me. On opening the
+letter and reading, I found it was from the Honourable Mr. Murray, and,
+with permission of the audience, I read thus:--
+
+  "Dear Sir,--I have great pleasure to inform you that I am instructed
+  by Her Majesty to transmit to you the enclosed 20_l._ note to be
+  given to the Ojibbeway chiefs; and also to say that Her Majesty
+  has instructed me to order to be made, as soon as possible, an
+  entire piece of plaid, of Her Majesty's colours, which is also to
+  be presented to them in her name, as an evidence of Her Majesty's
+  friendship for them, and solicitude for their welfare. I have
+  transmitted the order for the plaid, and as soon as it can be
+  prepared I shall send it to them.
+
+                          "I have the honour to be,
+                                      dear Sir, yours, &c. &c.
+                                           "CHAS. AUG. MURRAY,
+              "_Master of Her Majesty's Household, Buckingham Palace._
+
+  "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+ */
+
+The reading of this letter called forth a round of applause, which the
+Indians did not seem to understand until its contents were interpreted
+to them by Cadotte, when they received the bank-note with a yell or
+two, and then gathered around it to examine it, and to make out, if
+they could, how it could be a present of 20_l._, or (in American
+currency, which they were a little more familiar with) 100 dollars.
+That they might better appreciate it, however, I sent Daniel to the
+door with it, who in a few moments brought back twenty sovereigns,
+which were placed in the chief's hand, and, being better understood,
+were soon divided equally, and put into the pouches which were
+attached to their belts.
+
+The War-chief (who was not much of an orator, and always seemed
+embarrassed when he spoke) then rose, and advanced to the front of the
+platform to offer his acknowledgments. He held his long pipe to his
+lips, and, drawing several deep breaths of smoke to his lungs, and
+pouring it out through his nostrils, at length began:--
+
+  "My friends--I can't speak--I never speak. (Great applause, and he
+  smoked again.)
+
+  "My friends--My heart and my tongue were never made to live together.
+  (Roar of applause, and '_How, how, how!_') Our chief is old, and his
+  words few: he has told you that the Great Spirit has been kind to us,
+  and that we have seen the face of our Great Mother the Queen. We have
+  all thanked the Great Spirit for this, and we all wish to thank our
+  Great Mother now for the presents she has sent us. She is not here,
+  and we can't thank her; but we see these presents pass through your
+  hands, and we wish to thank you. ('_How, how, how!_' and 'Hear.')
+
+  "Brothers--I have no more to say, but I shall be glad in a little
+  time to offer you my hand." ("_How, how, how!_" and applause.)
+
+The audience were now prepared, and the Indians also, for the
+_pipe-dance_, one of the most spirited and picturesque of their dances,
+and which they gave with great effect. It was then announced that the
+Indians would seat themselves on the front of the platform, where
+all the visitors who desired it might have an opportunity to advance
+and shake hands with them. This afforded the visitors a gratifying
+opportunity of getting nearer to them, and disposed many to be liberal
+to them, who gave them money and trinkets to a considerable amount.
+
+Thus passed their first night of exhibition in London. The audience
+gradually drew off, and the Indians, at length seeing a space through
+which they could pass, gathered up their weapons, &c., and retired to
+their private rooms, leaving Daniel to answer to, and explain, all
+the curious surmises and questions that had been raised in the minds
+of the audience during the evening, and not explained; amongst whom
+(he told me the next day) there were at least a dozen who wished to
+know "in what way the Indians were _taken_--whether with a lasso or
+in a sort of pit," as they had heard of their taking wild oxen, &c.
+Half a dozen inquired what part of the Indies they were from; twenty
+or more "whether Cooper's descriptions of the Red Indians were true;"
+several "whether they eat the scalps;" and one desired to be informed
+"if it was actually necessary to cross the ocean to get to America,
+or whether it was not attached to the mainland." Several ladies were
+waiting to inquire "whether the Indians actually had no beards;" and
+a great number of women after these, some of whom lingered patiently
+until all other questions had been answered, begged to know "whether
+the interpreter and the handsome little fellow _Sah-mah_ were married."
+
+Mr. Rankin and myself, as usual, went into the Indians' apartments to
+smoke a pipe with them after the fatigues of the evening were over, and
+we found the poor fellows in an unusually pleasant humour, counting
+over and showing the money and trinkets which they had received from
+the visitors, and also the money sent by the Queen, which, to be
+divided more exactly _per capita_ (their mode of dividing presents),
+they had got changed into silver.
+
+Their high excitement and exhilaration convinced us that it was the
+very sort of life they required to lead to secure their health; and
+their remarks upon the incidents that had transpired in the room, as
+well as things they discovered in the crowd, were exceedingly amusing
+and caused them a great deal of merriment whilst they were repeating
+them over. In the midst of all this they often uttered the exciting
+word _Chickabobboo_; and it occurred to Mr. Rankin and myself as a
+suitable occasion to explain to them that we had no objection to
+their having each a glass of ale at their dinner, and also after the
+exceeding fatigues of their dances at night. We told them "that, in
+binding them in the promise they had made, and so far kept, it never
+entered our heads that they were not to be allowed an occasional
+glass of wine or ale--luxuries of which nearly all the good people
+of England, ladies as well as gentlemen, and even divines, partook in
+a moderate way. We believed that they would use as much discretion in
+taking those things as English fashionable people did, and felt quite
+sure they would keep their promise with us. I told them that this ale
+which I had just mentioned was a very fine drink, and we thought that,
+though it was not quite as good as the Queen's _chickabobboo_, yet they
+would like it, and that a glass of it at dinner, and also after their
+night's fatigues, would give them strength and be of service to them.
+I told them also that we had just sent for a jug of it (at that moment
+coming in), that they might try it, and see whether they liked it."
+"_How, how, how!_" resounded through the whole house; and each, as he
+emptied his glass, shouted "_Chickabobboo! chickabobboo! ne-she-sheen!
+ne-she-sheen!_" (good, good). So we agreed that, if on the next
+morning they should pronounce its effects to be pleasing, they should
+be allowed a similar quantity every day at dinner, and also at night,
+instead of the strong coffee they were accustomed to drink before going
+to bed.
+
+We then left them; and thus finished our first day's labours and
+excitements at the Egyptian Hall.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XIV.
+
+  Rev. Mr. S---- and friend visit the Indians again--A day appointed
+      for a _talk_ about religion--Indians go to the Thames
+      Tunnel--Give the medicine-dance (wabeno) under it--Kind
+      treatment there, and _Chickabobboo_--The exhibition--Egyptian
+      Hall--Debate about the propriety of the Indians dancing
+      to make money--Great crowd--Woman screaming and lifted on
+      to the platform by Cadotte (afterwards called the "_jolly
+      fat_ dame")--She gives Cadotte a beautiful bracelet--Her
+      admiration of Cadotte--Evening gossip after their
+      exhibition--The amusements of the evening and sights of the
+      day--A clergyman asks an interview with the Indians and gets
+      offended--Exhibition rooms at night--Great crowd--The "jolly
+      fat dame" in full dress--She talks with Cadotte--Indians meet
+      the Rev. Mr. S---- and friend by appointment--Old Chief's
+      speech to them--Gish-ee-gosh-e-ghee's speech--Reverend
+      gentlemen thank them and take leave.
+
+
+The morning after their first interview with the public at the Egyptian
+Hall having been deemed a proper time for a visit to them, the Rev. Mr.
+S---- and a friend called on me with a view to a further conversation
+with them on the subject of religion, which had been postponed at
+their request until after they had seen the Queen, which honour they
+had now had. I spoke to the chiefs about it, and they said, "It is
+very difficult now, for we have not time. Mr. Rankin has gone for the
+carriage, and we are just going out to ride, but you can bring them in."
+
+The old chief received them very kindly, and gave them seats, when the
+Rev. Mr. S---- addressed them through the interpreter in the most kind
+and winning manner. "My friends, I have been delighted to see by the
+papers that your Great Mother the Queen has graciously received you
+and made you some valuable presents; and I hope the time is come now
+when your minds are at ease, and we can have some conversation on that
+great and important subject that I proposed the other day."
+
+The old man was at that moment painting his face with vermilion and
+bear's grease, as he sat on the floor with a small looking-glass
+between his knees, and the palms of both hands covered with his red
+paint, which he was plastering over his face, and impressing on his
+naked arms and shoulders. He was not in a condition or mood to make a
+speech, or to hold a long talk; but he replied in a few words: "You
+see, my friends, that it is impossible to talk long now, for my young
+men, like myself, are all dressing and painting to take our ride,
+which we take every morning at ten. We are going now to the show of
+wild beasts, and we can't wait long; if we do, we may not see them."
+The reverend gentleman very pleasantly and patiently said to him, that
+he did not wish to take up any of their time when they had amusements
+or exercise to attend to; but he hoped they would keep the subject in
+mind, and give them some leisure hour when they could listen to him;
+and proposed the next day at twelve o'clock. The old man said, "No; at
+twelve they were to give their exhibition, which was, after that day,
+to be given in the day and evening also."--"Well, at two?"--"At two we
+dine."--"Well, what do you do after dinner?"--"Sleep."--"Not all the
+afternoon?"--"Pretty much."--"Well, in the morning, at eight?"--"_In
+bed_ at eight."--"What time do you breakfast?"--"About nine."--"Well,
+then, say ten?"--"Well, ten."--"To-morrow?"--"No, next day." The
+reverend gentleman then said, "Well, my good friends, we will come and
+see you the day after to-morrow, at ten; and we hope you will think of
+this important subject in the mean time." The chief said, "He would
+be glad to see them, as he had promised; but they had so much to see
+and to think of, that it was not probable they could have much time to
+think about it; and as the Queen didn't say anything to them about it,
+they hadn't given it any thought since they last met."
+
+The Indians took their customary omnibus drive-- not on this morning,
+as the old chief anticipated, to the menagerie, but to the Thames
+Tunnel and London Bridge. To these they were accompanied by Mr. Rankin,
+and looked upon them both as the wondrous works of white men's hands,
+which they could not comprehend. When they entered the Tunnel, and were
+told that they were under the middle of the Thames, and that the great
+ships were riding over their heads, they stood in utter astonishment,
+with their hands over their mouths (denoting silence), and said nothing
+until they came out. They called it the "_Great Medicine Cave_," and
+gave the medicine (or _wa-be-no_) dance at the entrance of it. Mr.
+Rankin made a speech here to the thousands assembled, which I believe
+was never recorded. They were met with much kindness at that place,
+where they received some fine presents, and were treated, they said, to
+some very good _chickabobboo_.
+
+The scene at the Egyptian Hall on this evening was again very exciting,
+the Hall being as full as it could pack, and the Indians in great glee,
+which insured much amusement. I accompanied the Indians on to the
+platform as before, and, as usual, introduced them to the audience,
+and explained the objects for which they had come to this country,
+&c.: they then proceeded with their amusements by giving a dance,
+accompanied by their customary yells and the war-whoop, which was
+followed by thundering applause. They then seated themselves and smoked
+their pipes, while I explained the nature and object of the dance they
+had just given. While I was thus engaged, some decided opposition to
+the nature of the exhibition manifested itself, which might well exist
+in the minds of persons unacquainted with the relative position in
+which these Indians and myself stood; and which objections I felt quite
+willing to meet at that moment.
+
+The first interruption that I met with was from a man who had taken his
+position in front of me, and whom I had seen several times endeavouring
+to obtain a hearing. He at length took an opportunity when he could be
+distinctly heard, and addressed me thus:--"Do you think it right, Sir,
+to bring those poor ignorant people here to dance for money?" There was
+a cry of "Put him out! put him out!" but as soon as I could restore
+silence I said, "No, my friends, don't put him out; I wish to answer
+such questions." At that moment another rose in an opposite part of the
+room, and said--
+
+  "I think it is degrading to those poor people to be brought here,
+  Sir, to be shown like wild beasts, for the purpose of making money;
+  and I think, more than that,--that it is degrading to _you_, Sir, to
+  bring them here for such a purpose; and the sooner it is stopped the
+  better."
+
+The audience, at my request, had held silence until this speech was
+finished, when there was a general cry of "Turn him out! turn him out!
+Shame! shame!" &c.
+
+I waited as patiently as I could until silence was restored, when I was
+enabled to get every ear in the house to listen to me; and I then said--
+
+  "My friends, I beg that there may be no more disposition to turn
+  any one out, for, if I can be heard a few moments, I will save all
+  further trouble, and, I venture to say, make those two gentlemen as
+  good friends to the Indians, and to myself, as any in the room. The
+  questions which they have naturally put are perfectly fair questions,
+  and such as I am anxious everywhere to answer to. The position in
+  which I stand at present is not, I grant, ostensibly, the one in
+  which my former professions would place me. I have been several years
+  known to the British public, from my labours and my professions, as
+  an advocate for the character and the rights of American Indians.
+  This position I have taken, and still claim, from a residence of
+  eight years amongst the various tribes where I have travelled, at
+  great expense, and hazard to my life, acquainting myself with their
+  true native dispositions, whilst I was collecting the memorials of
+  these abused and dying people, which you see at this time hanging
+  around us. In the eight years of my life which I have devoted to this
+  subject, I have preserved more historical evidences of these people,
+  and done more justice to their character, than any man living; and on
+  these grounds I demand at least the presumption that I am acting a
+  friendly part towards them, who have in their own country treated me
+  with genuine hospitality. (Hear, hear! and immense applause.)
+
+  "My friends, we come now to the facts, which it is my duty to
+  mention, and which I presume those two gentlemen are not acquainted
+  with. In the first place, I did not bring these people to this
+  country, but have always been opposed to such parties going to a
+  foreign country for such an object.[9] These Indians are men, with
+  reasoning faculties and shrewdness like to our own, and they have
+  deliberately entered into a written agreement with the person who
+  has the charge of them, and who is now in the room, to come to this
+  country, stimulated by the ambition of seeing Her Majesty the Queen,
+  whose lawful subjects they are, and make, if possible, by their
+  humble and honest exertions, a little money to carry home to their
+  children. (Immense applause.)
+
+  "These people are the avowed friends of the English in their own
+  country, and several of them are here to show the frightful wounds
+  they received in fighting Her Majesty's battles in the war of 1812.
+  (Applause, and Hear!)
+
+  "When they arrived, their first object was to see my collection,
+  which is known (at least by report) to almost every Indian to the
+  Pacific coast; and when they were in it, they decided that there was
+  the appropriate place for their dances, &c., and insisted upon my
+  conducting their exhibitions. By this it is seen that I met these
+  persons in this country; and in the belief that my countenance and
+  aid would render them subjects of greater interest, and therefore
+  promote their views, I have undertaken to stand by them as their
+  friend and advocate--not as wild beasts, but as men (though perhaps
+  'degraded,' as civilized actors degrade themselves on foreign boards)
+  labouring in an honest vocation, amid a world of strangers, wiser and
+  shrewder than themselves, for the means of feeding their wives and
+  little children. (Hear, hear, hear.)
+
+  "These people are here at an enormous expense, and the gentleman to
+  whom they have intrusted themselves has a tremendous responsibility
+  on his hands, for he must return them safe home, at his own expense,
+  after sharing the receipts of the expedition with them. They are
+  free men, and not slaves; and in a free country like this, who will
+  have the cruelty to say to them, 'Stop your vocation, and go to the
+  streets, like the poor Lascars, with brooms in your hands;' or the
+  kindness to say, 'Quit your dancing, and we will pay your expenses to
+  the shores of Lake Huron, and give you money to buy blankets and food
+  for your wives and little children'? (Hear, hear! and applause.)
+
+  "As for 'degradation,' I only hope, my friends, that I may always
+  live as free from it as I consider myself whilst by my exertions
+  I am promoting the honest views of these simple and unoffending
+  people; and for the name and honour of civilization I only wish that
+  the thousands of the enlightened world who are led into the Indian
+  countries by the passion to make money, would make it in as honest
+  a way, and as free from degradation, as the one in which these poor
+  fellows are labouring here to make a little." (Cheers and immense
+  applause, and cries of "No reply, no reply!")
+
+ [9] On a subject of so much importance to me, I deem proof
+     admissible and necessary, and therefore offer to the reader the
+     following letter from the former Secretary at War, Mr. Poinsett,
+     to whom I had written on the subject of an expedition, fitting
+     out in the United States, for such a purpose, several years
+     since:--
+
+     My dear Sir,                Washington City, October 19th, 1839.
+
+     I received your letter of the 11th instant, and am much obliged
+     to you for the information of the contemplated speculations with
+     Indians in foreign countries. I have taken precautions to defeat
+     all such enterprises, and will prosecute the speculators, and
+     saddle them with heavy costs, instead of gains, if I can detect
+     them. I consider such proceedings are calculated to degrade the
+     Red Man, and certainly not to exalt the whites engaged in them.
+
+                                       With great regard,
+                                            Yours very truly,
+
+     _To Geo. Catlin, Esq._     J. R. POINSETT, Sec. at War.
+
+     A few days after I received the above letter an order was issued
+     from the department of war to all the surveyors of Atlantic ports,
+     prohibiting Indians from being shipped to England, or other
+     foreign countries, for the purposes of exhibitions, without the
+     consent of the Government of the country.
+
+My two opponents by this time had lowered their heads and were lost
+sight of amidst the crowd, and no other objections were heard from
+them; and the poor Indians, who had enjoyed a good pipe in the mean
+time, without knowing the nature of our debate, were rested and
+prepared for their next dance. The audience at this time were all
+standing, and wedged together, as it were, in every part of the
+room; and amongst such a crowd, so closely packed, there were many
+occurrences in the course of the evening which afforded much amusement
+to the Indians, who were overlooking the whole of it from their
+platform. The screams of one woman, who announced that "she should
+faint unless she could get out," stopped all proceedings for a few
+moments. It was decided on all hands to be impossible for her to reach
+the door; and, being near the platform, she was at length lifted on
+to it by the joint aid of the Indians and those below, and she then
+took a conspicuous seat, as she supposed, for the rest of the evening.
+Another now hallooed for help and fresh air, and, not being so near
+the platform, was told that it was entirely impossible to get out,
+unless she was lifted over the heads of the crowd. "Never mind," said
+she, "I must go!" So she was raised by many hands, amidst a roar of
+laughter and fun, every one over whose head she was passed, being
+quite willing and ready to lend a hand, with a "Lay hold here! pass
+her along," &c. The "jolly fat dame" (as she was afterwards called),
+who had escaped from the surges and squeezes of the mass below, now
+comfortably seated on the edge of the platform, and briskly plying
+her pocket-handkerchief by way of fan, began to imagine her condition
+in no way improved, inasmuch as her back was towards her friends the
+Indians, and her jolly red face, of necessity, under the intense
+glare of the chandelier, and exposed to the gaze of the audience,
+who she imagined were passing their criticisms on her "good looks."
+(_Plate_ No. 7.) More and more annoyed every moment at the idea that
+her ruddy face was growing redder and redder as it was just in the
+focus of all eyes in the room, and at the instant thought also that
+(considering she was only coming into a crowd) her stays had been left
+off, and her new poplin dress, with lace frill in front, not prudent
+to wear, she had silently and unadvisedly resolved upon resuming her
+old position, and with that view unceremoniously launched herself,
+feet foremost, amongst the crowd of gentlemen below. Owing to several
+circumstances--the density of the crowd, her rotund and unwedge-like
+form, &c.,--there was an insurmountable difficulty (which she probably
+had not anticipated) in bringing down with her feet to the floor, or
+anywhere in that direction, the voluminous paraphernalia with which
+she was circumvested. This state of semi-suspension (her toes merely
+occasionally feeling the floor) became instantly alarming to her, as
+well as conspicuous and amusing to the Indians and the audience; and
+whilst she was imploring one party in the name of Heaven to lift, and
+the other to pull, the strong and muscular arms of the interpreter,
+Cadotte, gracefully raised her out of the abyss below, and, leading
+her across to the back part of the platform, gave her a comfortable
+seat, squatted behind, and in the shadow of the Indian group, amongst
+shields and war-clubs, and other implements used by the Indians in
+their various amusements.
+
+[Illustration: N^o. 7.]
+
+All was mirth and amusement during the remainder of the evening; and
+the last position of the "jolly fat dame" (who it would seem had
+strolled in on the occasion alone) proved exceedingly gratifying to
+her, as it afforded her an opportunity of a few words of conversation
+now and then with Cadotte, and of bestowing upon him a very splendid
+bracelet which she took from her own arm, saying, as she gave it,
+"Look here; you will always know me in a crowd, for on my left arm I
+have the fellow to it, and I will always wear it for your sake, that
+you may not lose sight of me." This gush of kindness had suffused the
+uninvaded soul of this simple and fresh-grown young man, and, when the
+exhibition had closed, gained her the kindness of his strong grip again
+in easing her down upon the floor. His backwoods gallantry could not
+allow her to wander about alone and uninstructed, and he glided down
+from the platform on his soft mocassined feet, and, with his eagle and
+ostrich plumes waving six feet and a half from the floor, was strolling
+around by her side as the audience were withdrawing from the room,
+and enlightening her by his descriptions of the paintings and Indian
+curiosities covering the walls of the Hall.
+
+The Indians in the mean time had shaken hands with the audience, and
+received many fine presents, and having gathered their robes and
+their weapons, and Mr. Rankin having announced to Cadotte that "the
+carriage was ready," the poor fellow turned upon his heel and said, "I
+am obliged to go." "I am so sorry," she exclaimed; "but look ye, can
+you read?" "Yes, ma'am." "But can you read writing?" "Yes, a little."
+"Oh, well, never mind, I'm going to be here every night--oh! it is so
+charming to me! Good night, good night!"
+
+The Indians were now off to their lodgings, and the greater part of
+the audience also, leaving poor Daniel, as usual, in the midst of
+some dozen or two of the most inquisitive and knowledge seeking and
+devouring, to answer the accustomed routine of inquiries reserved for
+this (to them) most profitable part of the exhibition.
+
+He was assuring the crowd around him that "these people were _not_
+taken with a lasso, nor were they taken in a pit (as some had
+conjectured), but that they had _come in_ of their own accord," &c. He
+was also showing the _real lasso_, and explaining that it was only a
+cord with a noose at the end of it, which the Indians throw over the
+wild horses' necks to catch them, and not "a _net_ or a _hammock_,"
+to both of which he pointed, and which it seems many had mistook for
+lassoes.
+
+He had also commented upon several _real scalps_ which he had taken
+down and was holding in his hand, saying, "Gentlemen, what nonsense to
+talk about Indians eating the scalps! You see the scalp is nothing but
+a small piece of the skin from the top of the head, with the hair on
+it, and dried as hard as a bit of sole-leather: there couldn't be any
+pleasure in eating a thing of that sort."
+
+About this time the "jolly fat dame," having edged up in his vicinity,
+touched Daniel on the shoulder, and at her nod and wink he followed her
+to the other side of the room, when she said, "Well, you know _me_,
+don't you, Daniel?" "Yes, madam, I recollect you very well; you used
+to come here, some months ago, very often, to see the collection and
+the tableaux." "Well, now," said she, "look here: those shoats there
+will worry you to death; I'd let them alone; they'll go in a minute.
+Ah, what a delightful scene this has been to-night! The _real Indians_
+after all! what I never expected to see. I never was so happy and so
+much delighted before--oh, dear me! they are _such fine_ fellows! I
+shall be here every night. I can't keep away. How happy they seem! they
+are clever--ah, that they are! I venture to say they are very clever
+men. That Interpreter!--what's his name? for I have forgotten." "His
+name is Cadotte, madam." "Ah, yes; stop a moment till I write it down,
+lest I should forget. I don't like to forget things--I can't say that I
+like to forget. How do you say? Cado--with two t's, or one?" "I believe
+it is spelt with two t's, madam." "Yes, I dare say--_Cadotte!_--now I
+have it! Well, it is wonderful! What a fine-looking fellow that Cadotte
+is--ha!--what a tremendous powerful man! Oh, law me! he made nothing
+of taking me up there. I suppose you saw him?" "No, madam, I was
+'tending door; but I heard of it." "Why, bless me! I was no more than
+a pocket-handkerchief to him as he lifted me on to the platform; and
+you see I'm not a thing for the wind to blow away--oh dear!--and what a
+tremendous hand he has! I never saw the like. When he took hold of my
+arm it seemed as if he could have crushed it in a moment. I am sure he
+is six feet and a half high." "No, not quite that, madam, but pretty
+near it." "Well, really he is a giant, almost; and yet I am sure he is
+young--not over 20 I am quite sure!" "No, madam, he is but just turned
+18 I believe." "Oh, charming! and how wonderful! But you are jesting,
+Daniel?" "No, madam, I may be mistaken, but I believe I am right."
+"He can't be married yet?" "Oh, no, you may be sure of that--I don't
+suppose he ever thought of a woman yet." "Bless me!--ah, well!--did you
+see the present I made him, Daniel?" "No, madam, I have not." "Look
+there! I gave him the fellow to that. He'll recollect me, won't he?
+I took it off, and tried to buckle it on his wrist myself; but, law
+me, what a tremendous arm he has got! it wouldn't go much more than
+half way around! I thought _I_ had a pretty lusty arm, Daniel?--feel
+it--clasp it round--take hold higher up--up there--I never wear
+sleeves!--that's lusty, is'nt it?" "Yes, by jolly!" said Daniel, as
+he was making a careful estimate of it; "that's a stout arm, madam."
+"Well, mine is a baby's arm to that 'boy's,' as you call him. Ah, well,
+Daniel, I am taking up your time, and I must go. I shall be here every
+night, I assure you; and you will always let me in early? You see I
+am not half dressed to-night. I want to get as near that corner of the
+platform as possible when I come." "I understand." "Good night!" "Good
+night! madam."
+
+At this moment, or a moment after, Daniel closed the door upon the
+last remaining visitors, and I stepped out from behind a green curtain
+at one end of the platform, forming a little retreat into which I was
+in the habit of withdrawing myself to avoid the crowd at the close of
+the exhibition. Owing to this little accident, therefore, the reader
+is in possession of the above ejaculatory conversation between the
+"jolly fat lady" and Daniel; for as, in taking him to the "other side
+of the room," she had most fortunately placed her back within a few
+inches of the screen that was before me, bringing poor Daniel's eye to
+mine directly over her shoulder, I was enabled to record, _verbatim et
+literatim_ (which it might have puzzled poor Daniel to have done from
+recollection, after the excitement of her jolly fat arm), precisely all
+that was said and done on the occasion, as above related.
+
+"Why," said I, "Daniel, that lady seems to be quite 'taken' with
+Cadotte." "Taken! she's more than that--she's dead _in love_ with
+him. I'll be shot if ever I saw the like in my life--the woman is
+perfectly mad after him--and she's the same lady that used to come to
+the _tableaux_ so often when you gave them in the Egyptian Hall, and
+was repeatedly asking (as you'll recollect I told you) whether you were
+actually married; and when I told her you were, she wouldn't believe
+it. She's the same identical woman. I knew her in a moment, for I have
+talked hours with her in the exhibition rooms; and didn't you hear her
+call me Daniel when she spoke to me to-night? She appears to be quite
+a lady. She used to come in quite a respectable carriage; and I'll
+venture to say it has been standing at the door all the evening, and
+I'll be shot but it will be there every night for a fortnight to come."
+
+"Well, it is quite a curious case; but let us treat her respectfully,
+and with politeness, on all occasions." "Oh, yes, certainly; she is
+very civil and polite, and you may be sure, Mr. Catlin, that she will
+receive no other treatment from me."
+
+Under an agreement with Mr. Rankin and the Indians to meet them at
+their lodgings after the exhibition, I repaired to their rooms,
+and found them just finishing their beefsteaks and their jug of
+_chickabobboo_. They were all in a merry humour, talking over the
+curious scenes they had witnessed in the crowd. They said they thought
+the Englishwomen loved to be squeezed in a crowd, for there were a
+great many there, and they seemed to be very happy and goodnatured.
+They were sure that they saw several persons quite drunk in the room,
+and also believed that many of the ladies there must have been drinking
+_chickabobboo_. They had several hearty laughs about the poor woman
+who was passed over the people's heads; and also about the "jolly fat
+dame," who was lifted on to the platform by Cadotte; and they teazed
+him a long time with their jokes about her, and the beautiful present
+he had received from her, and which they had seen her a long time
+trying to fasten on to his arm.
+
+Their jokes, which they were thus innocently enjoying, and their
+_chickabobbo_, seemed to make them cheerful and happy; and I returned
+home, myself pleased, and went to bed.
+
+My desk was now becoming loaded with communications relative to the
+Ojibbeway Indians, with more inquiries about their domestic habits and
+warfare than I could possibly find time to answer, and more invitations
+to dinners and parties than they could attend to; and on the next
+day, amongst numerous applications for private interviews, were two
+notes from reverend gentlemen, wishing opportunities to converse with
+them. To them I answered that I should feel much satisfaction in
+affording them every opportunity and every facility in my power, and I
+recommended that they should come the next day at ten o'clock, when the
+Indians were, by appointment, to meet several clergymen to converse
+upon the subject of religion. One of those reverend gentlemen replied
+to my note, saying, that "he should prefer a different audience from
+that which I had named, and should feel as if I had acted entirely up
+to the professions of my first note if I would use my endeavours to
+obtain it;" to which I answered that "my only reason for recommending
+that occasion was, that, as they had already had several short
+interviews with clergymen, and had fixed upon that morning for a final
+interview, I thought it probable it would be the only opportunity he
+could have of hearing them state their religious belief." I never
+received any further communication from this reverend gentleman, nor
+did he attend the meeting named; and if I gave him any offence, it was
+done while I was giving him what I thought to be the most friendly
+advice.
+
+The next night of their exhibition at the Egyptian Hall passed off much
+like the preceding one; the Hall was crowded, and in the midst of the
+crowd, at the end of the platform (as she had desired it), appeared the
+"_jolly fat dame_" in _full_ dress, and fully equipped and prepared for
+any emergency. She was in her "_stays_" and her _poplin_ and _lace_,
+and loaded with trinkets; and although it was now the middle of winter,
+that she might not suffer quite so much as she had done the night
+before, she had brought a large fan, which the heat of the room and its
+excitements made it necessary to keep constantly in motion. Daniel had
+placed her where she could get some support by leaning on the platform,
+and once in a while whisper a word to Cadotte, whose beautifully
+embroidered mocassins were near to her nose when he leant forward to
+listen to her, with the eagle plumes and ostrich feathers of his cap
+falling gracefully down over her shoulders. She looked altogether more
+lovely and "killing" that night than on the first; and, while she kept
+more cool and considerate, was not lessening the progress which her
+fascinations were making upon the heart of poor Cadotte, nor curtailing
+the draughts of admiration which she was taking in at every breath she
+inhaled, and at every glance that she had of his manly and herculean
+figure as it moved before her.
+
+What transpired in the bosom and the brain of this fair dame during the
+evening, none but herself can exactly know; but, from the lustre of her
+eyes, and the pleasure beaming from every part of her jolly face, it
+was evident that peace and happiness, for the time, reigned within.
+
+The dances and other amusements of the evening pleased all of the
+audience well, and the "jolly fat dame" _supremely_. The Indians
+returned to their apartments, and delighted themselves by counting
+over their money and trinkets, with which they were well pleased, and
+drinking their _chickabobboo_.
+
+The next morning at ten o'clock, the hour appointed, the Rev. Mr. S----
+and friend called, and were conducted by me to the Indians' apartments.
+They were met with cordiality by the Indians and by Mr. Rankin; and
+when the kind and reverend gentleman reminded them of the promise made
+him for that morning, they all responded "_How, how, how!_"
+
+They then, at the order of the chief, all spread their robes upon the
+floor, upon which they took their seats, and at once were in _council_.
+
+The reverend gentleman then, in a tone and a manner the most winning,
+and calculated to impress upon them the sincerity of his views, told
+them "he was aware that they were religious, that they all worshipped
+the Great Spirit, but that he did not exactly know in what way; that
+he did not come here to tell them anything to give them offence, but
+with the hope of learning something more of their belief and modes of
+worship, of which he confessed he was ignorant, and also of explaining
+to them what he and the other divines in the civilized world believed
+to be the best, if not the only true religion." (Here the old chief
+lighted his pipe, which he commenced smoking.)
+
+The reverend gentleman then explained, in the briefest manner possible,
+and in the mode the best calculated for their understanding (and which
+was literally interpreted them), the system of the Christian religion
+and the mode of redemption.
+
+When the reverend gentleman had finished his remarks, the old chief
+filled his pipe again, and, sitting with his eyes cast down until he
+had smoked it partly out, he handed it to the War-chief, and (instead
+of rising, as an Indian does to speak on any other subject) the old man
+rested his elbows on his knees and answered as follows:--[10]
+
+  "My friends--We feel thankful for the information and advice which
+  you come to give us, for we know that you are good men and sincere,
+  and that we are like children, and stand in need of advice.
+
+  "We have listened to your words, and have no fault to find with them.
+  We have heard the same words in our own country, where there have
+  been many white people to speak them, and our ears have never been
+  shut against them.
+
+  "We have tried to understand white man's religion, but we cannot--it
+  is _medicine_ to us, and we think we have no need of it. _Our_
+  religion is simple, and the Great Spirit who gave it to us has
+  taught us all how to understand it. We believe that the Great Spirit
+  made our religion for us, and white man's religion for white men.
+  Their sins we believe are much greater than ours, and perhaps the
+  Great Spirit has thought it best therefore to give them a different
+  religion.
+
+  "Some white men have come to our country, and told us that if we did
+  not take up white man's religion, and give up our own, we should all
+  be lost. Now we don't believe that; and we think those are bad or
+  blind men.
+
+  "My friends--We know that the Great Spirit made the red men to dwell
+  in the forests, and white men to live in green fields and in fine
+  houses; and we believe that we shall live separate in the world to
+  come. The best that we expect or want in a future state is a clear
+  sky and beautiful hunting-grounds, where we expect to meet the
+  friends whom we loved; and we believe that if we speak the truth
+  we shall go there. This we think might not suit white people, and
+  therefore we believe that their religion is best for them.
+
+  "If we follow the religion of our fathers we shall meet them again:
+  if we follow a different religion we are not sure of it.
+
+  "My friends--We are here but a few, and we are a great way from our
+  homes, and we shall have but little time to waste in talking on this
+  subject. When a few white men come into our country to make money,
+  we don't ask them to take up our religion. We are here away from our
+  wives and children to try to get some money for them, and there are
+  many things we can take home to them of much more use than white
+  man's religion. Give us guns and ammunition, that we can kill food
+  for them, and protect them from our enemies, and keep whisky and rum
+  sellers out of our country.
+
+  "My friends--We love you, and give you our hands; but we wish to
+  follow the religion of our fathers, and would rather not talk any
+  more on the subject." (_'How, how, how!'_)
+
+ [10] The numerous conversations held on the subjects of religion
+     and education with the three different parties of Indians,
+     in various parts of England, as well as on the continent, I
+     consider form one of the most interesting features of this work;
+     and as I have been present at them all, I have taken down all
+     the Indians' remarks on those occasions, and I have inserted
+     them in all cases in this book as I wrote them from their lips,
+     and not in any case from recollection.--AUTHOR.
+
+When the old man had thus closed his remarks, _Gish-ee-gosh-ee-gee_
+took the pipe and puffed away a few minutes as hard as he could, when
+he spoke as follows:--
+
+  "My friends--The words of our chief, which you have just heard, are
+  good--they are the words of nearly all of our nation. Some of the
+  Ojibbeways say that the words of the white people are the best; but
+  we believe that they have two tongues.
+
+  "My friends--A few years ago a _black-coat_ came amongst us in the
+  town where I live, and told us the same words as you have spoken this
+  morning. He said that the religion of the white men was the only
+  good religion; and some began to believe him, and after a while a
+  great many believed him; and then he wanted us to help build him a
+  house; and we did so. We lifted very hard at the logs to put up his
+  house, and when it was done many sent their children to him to learn
+  to read, and some girls got so as to read the 'good book,' and their
+  fathers were very proud of it; and at last one of these girls had a
+  baby, and not long after it another had a baby, and the _black-coat_
+  then ran away, and we have never seen him since. My friends, we don't
+  think this right. I believe there is another _black-coat_ now in the
+  same house. Some of the Indians send their boys there to learn to
+  read, but they dare not let their girls go.
+
+  "My friends, this is all I have to say." (_'How, how, how!'_)
+
+The reverend gentlemen kindly thanked the Indians for their patience,
+and, telling me that it would be cruel and useless, under their present
+circumstances, to question them longer, thanked Mr. Rankin and myself
+for the kind assistance we had rendered them, and retired, leaving with
+them as a present several very handsome Bibles. As I was leaving the
+room I heard the old chief complaining that talking made his lips very
+dry, and Mr. Rankin ordered for them a jug of _chickabobboo_.[11]
+
+ [11] The minds of the Indians had been so much engrossed for several
+     days with the subject of religion, that the inventive powers
+     of the little _Sah-mah_ (Tobacco) had been at work; and when I
+     called on them the next morning one of them handed me his ideas,
+     as he had put them on paper with a lead pencil, and I give them
+     to the reader (Plate No. 8) as near as my own hand could copy
+     them from his original sketch now in my portfolio. If the reader
+     can understand the lines, he will learn from it something of the
+     state of the arts in the Indian country, as well as their native
+     propensity to burlesque.
+
+ [Illustration: N^o. 8.]
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XV.
+
+  Exhibition rooms--Great crowd--The "jolly fat dame"--Her
+      interview with Cadotte--She gives presents to all the
+      Indians--Excitement in the crowd--Women kissing the
+      Indians--Red paint on their faces and dresses--Old Chief's
+      dream and feast of thanksgiving--An annual ceremony--Curious
+      forms observed--Indians invited to the St. George's
+      archery-ground--They shoot for a gold medal--They dine with
+      the members of the club--The "jolly fat dame" and Cadotte--She
+      takes him to his lodgings in her carriage--Cadotte (or the
+      "Strong-wind") gets sick--Is in love with another!--Daniel
+      unfolds the secret to her--Her distress--She goes to the
+      country--The "jolly fat dame" returns--Cadotte's engagement to
+      marry--Rankin promotes the marriage--The Author disapproves of
+      it.
+
+
+The reader will easily imagine the position of the Indians at this time
+to have been a very pleasant and satisfactory one to themselves--all in
+good health; having seen and pleased the Queen; having met the public
+several times in the great city of London, where their Hall was crowded
+every night, and was likely to continue so; where everybody applauded,
+and many bestowed on them presents in trinkets and money; with plenty
+of roast beef, and withal indulged in their _chickabobboo_. The old
+chief had finished his talks on religion, and Cadotte was in the
+delightful state of incubation under the genial warmth of the wing of
+the jolly fat dame.
+
+The Hall on this evening was as overflowing as on the previous nights.
+The "jolly fat dame" had been the first one at the door, and, by
+the power of her smiles upon Daniel's gallantry, she had passed in
+before the hour for admitting the public. This had most luckily (and
+_bewitchingly_, as she did not expect it) allowed her a delightful
+_tete-a-tete_ of a few minutes with Cadotte, who happened to be
+sauntering about in the half-lighted hall of the exhibition, while the
+Indians were in an ante-chamber, putting on their streaks of paint, and
+arranging their locks of hair and ornaments for the evening. Lucky,
+lucky hour! What passed there in these few minutes nobody knows. _One
+thing_, however, we may presume, _did pass_ in that short time. Upon
+Daniel's authority she had a letter in her hand when she entered, and
+which was never identified on her person afterwards, though a similar
+one poor Cadotte was seen poring over for several subsequent days, at
+odd spells, like a child at its task in its spelling-book. As she was
+first in, she took her old position, which had afforded her so much
+pleasure the evening before. As her heart was more smitten, her hand
+became more liberal: she had come this night loaded with presents, and
+dealt them out without stint to the whole party. As each one received
+his brooch, or his pin, or his guard-chain, he held it up and gave a
+yell, which made the good lady's kindnesses subjects of notoriety; and
+we believed, and _feared_ also, that her vanity was such, that, to make
+the most of the occasion, she drew upon some of the most costly of the
+ornaments that adorned her own ample person. During the excitement
+thus produced by the distribution of her trinkets, some female in the
+midst of the crowd held up and displayed a beautiful bracelet "for the
+first one who should get to it." Three or four of the young fellows,
+with their naked shoulders and arms, leaped with the rapidity almost
+of lightning into the screaming mass. The little _Sah-mah_, who was
+the _beau-ideal_ of Indian beauty among them, bore off the prize. As
+there was not the same inducement for retracing their steps, and they
+were in the midst of strong inducements to stay in the crowd, it became
+exceedingly difficult to get them back, and to resume the amusements of
+the evening. Many ladies were offering them their hands and trinkets:
+some were kissing them, and every kiss called forth the war-whoop (as
+they called it, "a _scalp_"). The women commenced it as _Sah-mah_ had
+dashed into the crowd; and as he was wending his way back, finding it
+had pleased so well, he took every lady's hand that was laid upon his
+naked arm or his shoulder as a challenge, and he said that he kissed
+every woman that he passed. This may or may not be true; but one thing
+is certain, that many there were in the room that evening who went home
+to their husbands and mothers with streaks of red and black paint upon
+their cheeks, which nothing short of soap and water could remove. And,
+curious to relate, when the amusements were finished, and the audience
+nearly withdrawn, and the "jolly fat dame" was strolling about the
+room, she met her two maids, to whom she had given their shillings,
+and told them to "go and see the Indians." These two buxom young girls
+had been in the midst of the crowd, and, both of them having met with
+the accident I have mentioned above, the good-natured fat lady glowed
+into a roar of laughter as she vociferated, "Why, girls, you husseys,
+you have been kissing those Indians! Bless me, what a pretty figure you
+cut! why, your faces are all covered with red paint!" "And _your_ face,
+mistress! Look here! all one side of your face, and on your neck! Oh,
+look at your beautiful new lace!" And _it was even so_; but _how_ it
+happened, or where, or in what part of the excitement, or by whom, is
+yet to be learned.
+
+Leaving these excitements for a while, which were now become of nightly
+occurrence, we come to one of a different character and of curious
+interest. It is impossible for me to recollect the day, but it was
+about this time, the old chief related to Mr. Rankin a dream which he
+had had the night before, which made it incumbent upon them to make a
+feast, and of course necessary for Mr. Rankin and myself to furnish all
+the requisite materials for it.
+
+In his dream (or "vision," as he seemed disposed to call it) he said
+the Great Spirit appeared to him, and told him that he had kept his
+eye upon them, and guarded and protected them across the great ocean,
+according to their prayers, which he had heard; that he had watched
+them so far in this country; that they had been successful in seeing
+their Great Mother the Queen, and that they were now all happy and
+doing well. But in order to insure a continuance of these blessings,
+and to make their voyage back across the ocean pleasant and safe,
+it now became necessary that they should show their thankfulness to
+the Great Spirit in giving their great annual Feast of Thanksgiving,
+which is customary in their country at the season when their maize is
+gathered and their dried meat is laid in and secured for their winter's
+food.
+
+This injunction, he said, was laid upon him thus, and he could not from
+any cause whatever neglect to attend to it; if he did, he should feel
+assured of meeting the displeasure of the Great Spirit, and they should
+all feel at once distressed about the uncertainty of their lives on
+their way back. This Feast of Thanksgiving must be given the next day,
+and they should wish us to procure for them a whole goat, or a sheep,
+and said that it must be a _male_, and that they would require a place
+large enough to cook it without breaking a bone in its body, according
+to the custom of their country.
+
+The request of this good old man was of course granted with great
+pleasure; and Mr. Rankin, in a short time, returned from the market
+with the sheep, which, on close inspection, seemed to please them; and
+a large chamber in the Egyptian Hall, which Mr. Clark, the curator
+of the building, had placed at their service, was decided on as the
+place where the feast should be prepared and partaken of. Mr. Clark
+and his wife, who are kind and Christian people, afforded them all
+the facilities for cooking, and rendered them every aid they could in
+preparing their feast; and the next day, at the hour appointed, it was
+announced to Mr. Rankin and myself that the "feast was ready, and that
+we were expected to partake of it with them."
+
+When we entered the room we found the feast arranged on the floor,
+in the centre of the large hall, and smoking, and the men all seated
+around it on buffalo robes; and the only two guests besides ourselves,
+my man Daniel and Mr. Clark, who were also seated. Two robes were
+placed for Mr. Rankin and myself, and we took our seats upon them.
+The three women of the party came in after we were all arranged, and,
+spreading their robes, seated themselves in another group at a little
+distance from us. A short time before the feast was ready, they sent
+Cadotte to me to request that I would buy for them a small cup of
+whisky, which was to be partaken of, "not as _drink_ for the _belly_,
+but as drink for the _spirit_," which by the custom of their country
+was absolutely necessary to the holding of their Feast of Thanksgiving.
+In this they were also, of course, indulged; and when we were seated,
+we found the whisky standing in front of the medicine-man in a small
+pewter mug.
+
+Everything now being in readiness, the pipe was lit by the war-chief,
+who rose up with it, and, presenting its stem towards the _north_ and
+the _south_, the _east_ and the _west_, and then upwards to the Great
+Spirit, and then to the earth, smoked through it himself a few breaths,
+and then, walking around, held it to the lips of each one of the party
+(the women excepted), who smoked a whiff or two through it; after which
+he made a short and apparently vehement appeal to the Great Spirit
+to _bless_ the food we were then to partake of. When he had taken
+his seat, the medicine-man took his _wa-be-no_ (_medicine-drum_) and
+commenced beating on it as he accompanied its taps with a _medicine_
+song to the Great Spirit. When the song was finished he arose, and,
+shaking a rattle (_she-shee-quoin_) in his left hand, and singing at
+the same time, he handed the cup of whisky around to the lips of each
+guest, all of whom tasted of it; it was then passed to the women, who
+also tasted it, and returned it to its former position but partially
+emptied.
+
+The War-chief then rose upon his feet, and, drawing his large knife
+from his belt, plunged the thumb and fore finger of his left hand
+into the sockets of the sheep's eyes, by which he raised the head as
+he severed it from the body with his knife, and held it as high as he
+could reach. At this moment he returned his knife to its scabbard,
+and, seizing the _she-shee-quoin_ (or rattle) in his right hand, he
+commenced to sing a most eccentric song as he shook his rattle in one
+hand and brandished the sheep's head in the other, and danced quite
+round the circle between the feast and the guests, going so slow as to
+require some eight or ten minutes to get round. Having got round to his
+seat, he gave a frightful yell, and, raising the sheep's head to his
+mouth, bit off a piece of it, and again danced until he had swallowed
+it. He then laid the head and the rattle at the feet of another, who
+sprang upon his feet, and, taking the sheep's head and the rattle,
+performed the same manoeuvre, and so did a second and a third, and so
+on until each male of the party had performed his part. After this, the
+flesh was carved from the bones by the War-chief, and placed before us,
+of which we all partook. Parts of it were also carried to the women,
+and after a little time the greater part of the flesh of the carcase
+had disappeared.
+
+It is worthy of remark, also, that at this strange feast there was
+nothing offered but the flesh of the sheep; but which was cooked in a
+manner that would have pleased the taste of an epicure.
+
+When the eating was done, the war-chief took the rattle in his hand,
+and, lightly shaking it as a sort of accompaniment, took at least a
+quarter of an hour to repeat a long prayer, or return of thanks, to
+the Great Spirit, which was spoken (or rather _sung_ than _spoken_)
+in a very remarkable and rapid manner. After this the pipe was lit,
+and, having been some three or four times passed around, the feast was
+finished, and we took leave.
+
+I leave this strange affair (having described it as nearly as I
+possibly could) for the comments of the curious, who may have more
+time than I can justly devote to it at this moment, barely observing
+that the old chief, after this, seemed quite contented and happy that
+he had acted in conformity to the sacred injunction of the Great
+Spirit, and strictly adhered, though in a foreign country, to one of
+the established and indispensable customs of his race; for which, and
+for another cogent reason (that "his lips were getting very dry after
+eating so much"), he thought we would be willing (as of course we were)
+to let Daniel go for a jug of _chickabobboo_.
+
+The whole party now seemed to be completely happy, and in the midst
+of enjoyment. They were excited and amused every night in their
+exhibitions, which afforded them wholesome exercise; and during the
+days they took their drives through the city and into the country,
+and beheld the sights of the great metropolis, or reclined around
+their rooms on their buffalo robes, enjoying their pipes and counting
+their money, of which they had received some thirty or forty pounds,
+presented to them in the room at various times, independent of that
+received from her Majesty, and their wages, and trinkets, and other
+presents.
+
+Of their drives, one of the most exciting and interesting that they
+had or could have in London was about this time, when her Majesty
+rode in state to the opening of Parliament. They were driven through
+the immense concourse of people assembled on the line and along
+Parliament-street, and conducted to a position reserved for them on
+the roof of St. Mary's chapel, near Westminster Abbey. From this
+elevated position they had a splendid bird's-eye view of the crowd
+below, and the progress of the Queen's state carriage, as it rolled
+along on its massive wheels of gold, and drawn by eight cream-coloured
+horses. So grand a pageant filled their rude, uncultivated minds
+with the strangest conjectures, which were subjects for several
+evenings' curious gossip. And what seemed to please them most of all
+the incidents of the day was, as they said, "that her Majesty and the
+Prince both most certainly looked up from their golden carriage to see
+them on the top of the church."
+
+They were also most kindly invited by the members of the St. George's
+Archery Club to witness their bow-and-arrow shooting on one of their
+prize-days. This was calculated to engage their closest attention; and
+at night they returned home in great glee. They had been treated with
+the greatest kindness by the gentlemen of that club. They had put up
+a gold medal for the Indians to shoot for, which was won by _Sah-mah_
+(Tobacco), and other prizes were taken by others of the party.[12] The
+first shot made by the young man who bore off the golden prize was
+said to have been one of the most extraordinary ever made on their
+grounds; but in their subsequent shooting they fell a great way short
+of it, and also of that of the young gentlemen belonging to the club.
+After the shooting of the Indians, and also of the members of the club,
+contending for their valuable prizes, the Indians were invited to their
+table, where a sumptuous dinner was partaken of. Many toasts were
+drunk, and many speeches made; and, to their agreeable surprise, as
+they said, they had plenty of the _Queen's chickabobboo_!
+
+ [12] It was stated in some of the papers of the day that the Indian
+     won the golden prize from the members of the club, which was not
+     the case. It was put up, most liberally, by the young men of the
+     society for the Indians to shoot for among themselves, and won
+     in this way, not from the members of the club.
+
+     There are no Indians in North America who can equal the shooting
+     of these young gentlemen, who practise much this beautiful and
+     manly exercise. I have often, at their kind invitations, visited
+     their grounds, and I have had the opportunity of seeing the
+     shooting amongst most of the American tribes. The Indian tribes
+     who use the bow and arrow at the present time are mostly the
+     Prairie tribes, who are mounted, and, from their horses' backs,
+     at full speed, throw their arrows but a very few paces, and use
+     a short bow of two feet or two feet and a half in length, and
+     therefore never practise at the target at the distance of one or
+     two hundred yards. Their skill and power, however, in that mode
+     of using the bow is almost inconceivable, and might puzzle the
+     best archers in England or in the world to equal.
+
+They continued their amusements nightly, much in the same way as I have
+above described, with full houses and similar excitements, all of which
+and their effects we will imagine, as I pass over a week or two of
+them without other notice than merely to say that the "jolly fat dame"
+still continued to visit them, as she had promised, and nightly to
+strengthen the spell she seemed to be working upon the heart of poor
+Cadotte. She was elegant, but rather fat. She rode in a good carriage.
+She bestowed her presents liberally, and on all; and insisted the whole
+time that "it was the most interesting exhibition she ever saw," and
+that "Cadotte was almost a giant!" "She could not keep away, nor could
+she keep the Indians out of her mind." All were inquiring who she could
+be, and nobody could tell. She had delivered three or four letters into
+Cadotte's hand in the time; and, though "her carriage could put him
+down at his door quite easy," she had driven him home but one night,
+and then he was landed quite quick and quite safe. The Indians talked
+and joked much about her, but Cadotte said little. He was young, and
+his youth had had a giant growth in the timid shade of the woods. He
+was strong; but he knew not the strength that was in him, for he had
+not tried it. He was like a mountain torrent--dammed up but to burst
+its barriers and overflow. The glow of this fair dame upon him was a
+sunshine that he had never felt, and, like the snow under a summer's
+sun, he was about to have melted away. In the simplicity of his native
+ambition, he had never aspired to anything brighter than his own
+colour; and few were dreaming till just now that the warrior Cupid was
+throwing his fatal arrows across the line. Nor did those who suspected
+them (or even _saw_ them), from the source that has been named, know
+more than half of the shafts that were launched at the _"Strong-wind"_
+at this time, nor appreciate more than half the perplexities that were
+wearing away his body and his mind. _He_ knew them, poor fellow, and
+had _felt_ them for some time; but the world saw no symptom of them
+until his treatment of this fair dame on one night set them inquiring,
+when they found that she, with her little _archer_, was not alone in
+the field.
+
+Reader, we are now entering upon a drama that requires an abler pen
+than mine, which has been used only to record the dry realities of
+Indian life, stripped of the delicious admixture which is sometimes
+presented when Cupid and civilization open their way into it.
+
+I regret exceedingly that I cannot do justice to the subject that is
+now before us; but, knowing the facts, I will simply give them, and not
+aspire to the _picture_, which the reader's imagination will better
+paint than my black lead can possibly draw.
+
+On the unlucky evening above alluded to the "jolly fat dame" had made
+her appearance at the rooms half an hour before the doors were to open;
+and, with Daniel's usual indulgence, she passed into the room, in the
+hope, as she said, to have a few words with the Indians, and shake
+hands with them all, and bid the good fellows good by, as she was going
+into the country for a few days. She loitered around the room until it
+began to fill with its visitors for the evening, without the good luck
+to meet the "_Strong-wind_," as she had been in the habit of doing,
+before the chandelier was in full blaze, and while the Indians were
+in their adjoining room, putting on their paint and ornaments. This
+disappointment, for reasons that she probably understood better than
+we can, seemed to embarrass her very much, and most likely, even at
+that early stage, carried forebodings of troubles that were "brewing."
+In the embarrassment of these painful moments, not being able to spend
+the evening in the exhibition, as usual, but under the necessity of
+returning to pack her things and complete her preparations for her
+journey, she was retreating towards the door as fast as the audience
+filled in in front, determined to hold a position in the passage
+where she could shake hands with the Indians as they passed in, and
+drop a little billet into the hands of the "_Strong-wind_," which, if
+received, was intended only to stop a sort of palpitation there would
+be in the side of her breast, in case she should have gone off to the
+country without informing the "_Strong-wind_" of it, and that she was
+to return again in a very few days.
+
+Unlucky device! The Indians all passed by, excepting the "_Strong
+Wind_," and, as each one shook her hand, he saluted her with a yelp
+and a smile. All this was gratifying to her, but added to the evident
+fever that was now coming on her. She paced the hall forward and back
+for some time, living yet (and thriving) upon the hope at that moment
+raised in her mind, that he ("noble fellow!") was hanging back in
+order to have a moment of bliss alone with her in the hall, after the
+gazing visitors had all passed by. This hope sustained her a while,
+and she many times more walked the length of the passage, but in vain.
+At this moment the sound of the drum and the echoing of the war-whoop
+through the hall announced their exhibition as commenced; and the
+liberal dame, advancing to the door, and standing on tiptoe, that she
+might take a peep once more at the good fellows over the heads of the
+audience, beheld, to her great astonishment, the noble figure of the
+"_Strong-wind_," swinging his tomahawk, as he was leading the dance!
+Unhappy dame! the room was closely stowed, and not the possibility left
+of her getting half way to her old stand by the end of the platform, if
+she tried.
+
+This dilemma was most awful. The thought of actually "going off to the
+country, as she had promised, for several days, without the chance to
+say even good bye, or to shake hands, was too bad,--it was cruel!" She
+went to the door to see Daniel, and said, "Well, this is very curious;
+I wanted to have seen Cadotte for a moment before I went away, and I
+can't stay to-night. I shook hands with all the rest as they went in,
+but I did not see Cadotte. I don't understand it." "Why," said Daniel,
+"the poor fellow is not here to-night; he's getting sick: he was here
+when you first came in, but he _shot out_ a few moments afterwards,
+and told me to tell you, if you came, that he was too unwell to be
+here to-night. He is looking very pale and losing flesh very fast, and
+his appetite is going. He has only danced once or twice in the last
+week." "Poor fellow! I am sorry. What a pity if he should get sick! I
+don't see what they would do without him; he is worth more than the
+whole party besides. He's a fine young man. What an immense fellow he
+is! Did you examine his hand? What a grip he has got--ha! I _may_ not
+go to-morrow, but if I _do_, it will only be for a few days. I have
+_promised_ to go, and you know it is wrong to break promises, Daniel.
+If anything should prevent me from going to-morrow I shall certainly be
+here again to-morrow night. Poor fellow! I _hope_ he won't get sick: I
+think a little ride in the country would do him good. Mr. Catlin ought
+to send him into the country for a while. That's what he should do,
+shouldn't he? I won't stand here too long, Daniel; it's rather a cold
+place: so good night."
+
+It _was_ a _fact_ that the "_Strong Wind_" was getting sick; and a
+fact also that Daniel thought he had gone home, as he told the good
+lady; and two other facts followed the next day--the one was, that the
+journey to the country was not made that morning; and the other, that
+the "jolly fat dame" was at the Hall at an early hour of the evening
+as usual. Her visit was carefully timed, so as to allow her a little
+time for gossip with Daniel at the door, and to subject her to the
+delightful possibility of accidentally meeting the "_Strong Wind_" as
+she had sometimes done, in the half-lighted hall.
+
+"You see, Daniel, that I didn't get off this morning; and when I am
+in London I cannot keep away from those curious fellows, the Indians.
+They are here, I suppose, before this?" "Yes, madam, they have just
+come in in their bus." "Well, how is Cadotte? he is _my_ favourite, you
+know." "Well," said Daniel, "I don't think he's any better: I believe
+there is but one thing that will cure him." "Bless me, you don't say
+so! What do you think is the matter with him?" "Why, I think he is in
+love, madam; and I don't believe there is anything under heaven else
+that ails him." "Oh! now, but you _don't think_ so, do you, really?" "I
+do, indeed, madam; and I don't wonder at it, for there are charms that
+are lavished upon him that are enough to----" "Oh! come, come, now,
+Daniel, don't give us any of your dry compliments. He's a fine man,
+certainly--that I _know_, and I should be sorry if he should get sick.
+He will be in the exhibition, I suppose, to-night?" "No, madam, I saw
+him a few minutes since, and he had lain down on his buffalo robe on
+the floor, and I heard him tell Mr. Rankin that he should not go into
+the room to-night; that he did not feel well enough." "So, you cruel
+man, you think the poor fellow is in love, do you?" "I am _sure_ of
+it, madam: in the next house to where the Indians lodge there is one
+of the most beautiful black-eyed little girls that I have seen since I
+have been in London, and, by putting her head out of the back window to
+look at the Indians, and by playing in the back yard, she long since
+showed to everybody who saw her that she was fascinated with Cadotte.
+She used to kiss her hand to him, and throw him bouquets of flowers,
+and, at last, letters." "Pshaw!" "It's true! And, finally, she and her
+sisters got in the habit of coming in to see the Indians, and, at last,
+the father, and mother, and brother; and they all became attached to
+Cadotte, and invited him to their house to take tea with them and spend
+the evenings; and he has at last become so perfectly smitten with the
+girl that he is getting sick: that is the reason why he is not at the
+Hall more than three evenings in the week; he spends his evenings with
+her, and often don't get home before twelve and one o'clock." "Oh,
+but you shock me, you _shock_ me, Daniel--but I don't _believe_ it--I
+_can't believe_ it--he _couldn't_ be _led away_ in that silly manner--I
+_don't believe a word of it_. You say he is in the dressing-room?"
+"Yes, madam, I know he is there." "You don't think he'll come into
+the exhibition-room to-night?" "No, I know he will not." "You don't
+think he would come out a minute? I can't stay to-night, and I shall
+certainly go in the morning. I _must_ go--you _don't think_ he would
+come out?" "I don't know, madam; I will ask him if you wish." "Well,
+_do_, Daniel; come, that's a good fellow--or, stop!--look here--just
+hand him this note; it is merely to say good bye: give it to him, and
+only tell him I am here, will you, and going out of town to-morrow
+morning?"
+
+Daniel took in the note to the "_Strong Wind_," who was lying on
+his robe, and in a minute returned with the note and this awful
+message:--"Tell her she _may_ go out of town--I don't wish to see her."
+This was as much of his ungallant message as Daniel could venture to
+bear to the good lady, though the "_Strong Wind_" continued to say,
+"Take the note back to her: she is making too free with me, and all
+the people see it. She wants a husband too bad, and I hope she will
+soon get one." Daniel returned the note, and apologized for being
+the bearer of such a message to her; but he said, as he had carried
+her message to Cadotte, he felt bound to bring his message back.
+"Certainly, certainly," said she; "I can't blame you, Daniel; but this
+is strange--all this is strange to me; it's quite incomprehensible, I
+assure you. The crowd is coming in, I see, Daniel; and I can't possibly
+be here through the evening, I'll be here as soon as I come back. Good
+night."
+
+One can easily imagine how the peace of the bosom of this good-natured
+unoffending lady was broken up by the abrupt way of the "_Strong
+Wind_," and how unhappy might have been the few days she was to
+spend in the country, and which she could not then fail to do, as
+she had made a promise to friends, that she could not break. By her
+absence from the exhibition-room for a week or more, it was evident
+that she was accomplishing her visit to the country; and, though her
+little _archer_ was unemployed in her absence, it would seem as if
+the very show of so many bows and arrows in the great city of London
+had suddenly called into existence, or into service, a reinforcement
+of those little marksmen, who were concentrating their forces about
+this time, and seemed to be all aiming their shafts at the breast of
+the "_Strong Wind_." There were several fair damsels who nightly paid
+their shillings, and took their positions near the platform, in a less
+conspicuous way, though not less known to the "_Strong Wind_," than
+our friend who had "gone for a while to the country." From the fair
+hands of these he had received, unobserved, many precious and sly
+gifts, and amongst them several little billets of the most sentimental
+nature, containing enclosures of beautiful little stanzas, and cards of
+address, &c.
+
+Among this jealous group of inveterate gazers and admirers was always,
+though most coy and least noticed, the sweet little "black-eyed maiden"
+of whom I have said Daniel gave some account to the good lady who has
+gone to the country, as having "kissed her hand and thrown bouquets of
+flowers" to the "_Strong Wind_" from the back windows of her father's
+house in George-street. The whole soul of the "_Strong Wind_," which,
+until now, had been unchained and as free as the mountain breeze, was
+completely enveloped in the soft and silken web which the languishing
+black eyes, the cherry and pulpy lips, and rosy cheeks of this
+devouring little maid had spun and entwined about it. He trembled
+when he straightened his tall and elegant figure above the platform,
+not that he was before the gazing world, but because _her_ soft black
+eyes were upon him. His voice faltered and his throat was not clear
+when he brandished his glistening tomahawk and sounded the shrill
+war-whoop. This was not that the ears of hundreds, but that the ears of
+ONE, were open to catch the sound.
+
+His heart was now free, for a few days at least, from the dangers of
+the first siege, the guns of which for the time were all silent. The
+glances of his eyes and his occasional smiles were less scrupulously
+watched; and now and then they could be welcomed by sweet returns. He
+had now but one _real_ enemy in the field, and _his_ shafts, though
+they went to his inmost soul, were every one of them welcome messengers
+of peace and love.
+
+Thus besieged, thus pierced and transfixed, the "_Strong Wind_" did
+as much as he could to continue his natural existence, to eat his
+accustomed meals, and to act his customary parts in the dance; but
+efforts all seemed in vain. The sweet and balmy-sleep that had
+been the pleasure of his untaught youth had fled; roast beef and
+plum-puddings, his favourite bits, had ceased to please him; sighs and
+long breaths had taken all the place of peaceful and equal respiration;
+the paleness of his face showed there was trouble within; his noble
+frame and giant strength were giving way; and save the devouring
+pleasure that was consuming him, nothing was acceptable to him but
+seclusion and his occasional mugs of _chickabobboo_.
+
+All things at the Egyptian Hall went on as usual for several days,
+the Indians giving their nightly entertainments, but without the
+aid of the "_Strong Wind_," and consequently without the presence
+of the "languishing little black eyes" that used to be seen peeping
+over the corner of the platform. The reader (who has heard already
+that the "_Strong Wind_" loved to ride home with this sweet little
+creature--that he took his dishes of tea in her father's house, which
+was next door--and that he often stayed there until twelve and one
+o'clock at night) can easily understand how the time now passed with
+the "_Strong Wind_," and how hopeless were to be the chances of the
+good dame who had "gone to the country but for a few days, where she
+had promised to go, but from which she was soon to return." The reader
+who is old enough will easily understand also why the "_Strong Wind_"
+grew pale; how it was that everything ceased to taste good--beautiful
+things to look pretty; and why I had to translate, as well as I could,
+the speeches of the Indians, who now had no better interpreter.
+
+The exhibition-room continued to be filled night after night without
+the presence of the "_Strong Wind_;" and at length, on one of these
+occasions, the "jolly fat dame," who had gone to the country for a
+few days, presented herself at the door as usual before the audience
+had assembled. She was admitted by Daniel's kindness; and as she got
+into the passage, the party of Indians came in from their omnibus,
+and, passing her, gave her their hands, and as they passed on each
+one gave a hideous yell. She seemed delighted at this, and, turning to
+Daniel, said, "Oh, did you hear the poor fellows rejoicing? they are
+delighted to see me back again." "Why, madam," said Daniel, "that was
+the _war-whoop_; and when that is given, the tomahawk always follows."
+She seemed a little startled at this; "But," said she, "the good
+fellows, I have lots of fine presents here for them to-night; I can
+make it all right with them I think. But I don't see Cadotte--I hope
+he's not sick--he's a splendid fellow--I have not seen a man like him
+in all my travels in the country, and I have been a great way. I have a
+nice present for him, d'ye see?--is'nt that a fine brooch? I know he'll
+like it." "But I fear you are too late, madam--I believe it is all over
+with him." "What! you don't mean to say that he is dead?" "No, he's not
+dead, but he's nearly as bad--he don't come here at all--he don't eat
+or drink--he's pining away for that pretty little girl I told you of.
+It's been all her doing: the foolish girl fell in love with him, and is
+determined to have him, and I believe he will marry her." "Oh, pshaw!
+fie on it! I don't believe a word of it;--they will get over it all in
+a day or two." The kind lady after this took her position in the Hall
+as usual, and during the exhibition smiled on all the group, and dealt
+out her presents to them, and went home as usual well pleased.
+
+Most curiously, all this affair of Cadotte's and the sweet-mouthed,
+black-eyed little girl, had passed unnoticed by me, and I had of course
+entirely mistaken his malady, having sent my physician to attend him.
+His symptoms and the nature of his disease were consequently fully
+understood by examinations of the patient and others who had watched
+closely all the appearances from the commencement of his attack.
+Getting thus a full report of the case, I held a conversation with Mr.
+Rankin, who at once told me that it had been well understood by him
+for some time, and that Cadotte had asked for his consent to marry
+the young lady, and that he had frankly given it to him. I told him
+I thought such a step should be taken with great caution, for the
+young lady was an exceedingly pretty and interesting girl, and, I had
+learned, of a respectable family, and certainly no step whatever should
+be taken in the affair by him or me without the strictest respect to
+their feelings and wishes. He replied that the mother and sisters were
+in favour of the marriage, and had been the promoters of it from the
+beginning; that the father was opposed to it, but he thought that all
+together would bring him over. I told him that I did not know either
+the father or the mother, but that, as long as there was an objection
+to it on the part of the father, I thought it would be cruel to do
+anything to promote it; and that, much as I thought of Cadotte, I did
+not feel authorized to countenance an union of that kind, which would
+result in his spending his life in London, where his caste and colour
+would always be against him, and defeat the happiness of his life; or
+she must follow him to the wilderness of America, to be totally lost to
+the society of her family, and to lead a life of semi-barbarism, which
+would in all probability be filled with excitements enough for a while,
+but must result in her distress and misery at last. To these remarks
+his replies were very short, evidently having made up his mind to let
+them raise an excitement in London if they wished, and (as I afterwards
+learned) if he could possibly bring it about.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XVI.
+
+  Mr. Rankin resolves to take the Indians to the provincial
+      towns--Exhibition advertised to close--The wedding in
+      St. Martin's church--Great excitement--Its object--Grand
+      parade through the streets in omnibuses--Rankin advertises
+      "the beautiful and interesting bride" to appear on the
+      platform at the Indians' exhibitions--Public disgust and
+      indignation--Condemned by the Press--Rankin begins his
+      exhibition--Denies Cadotte admission to the Indians' rooms,
+      and dismisses him from his service--Rankin leaves London with
+      the Indians--Author getting out his large work--The Indian
+      portfolio--The "jolly fat dame" makes a visit to Daniel in the
+      exhibition rooms--A long dialogue--Illustrious subscribers
+      to the Author's large work--Emperor of Russia and Duke of
+      Wellington review 10,000 troops at Windsor--The Emperor
+      presents the Author a gold box--Author takes out a patent for
+      "disengaging and floating quarter-decks, to save lives on
+      vessels sinking or burning at sea."
+
+
+At the commencement of this chapter we find the Indians still
+proceeding with their amusements at the Egyptian
+Hall, riding out during the day for fresh air and to see the city, and
+enjoying their roast beef and _chickabobboo_; the interpreter laid up,
+as described, and Mr. Rankin labouring to promote, and preparing for,
+an event that was to give greater notoriety to himself and his party,
+and ensure more splendid success through the kingdom, as the sequel
+will show.
+
+My opposition to his views in promoting the marriage of this love-sick
+pair afforded him the suitable occasion of calling on me one morning
+and advising me of a course which "he had been, he said, recommended
+by many of his friends to pursue, which was, that (as he had now heard
+me lecture on the modes of the Indians until the subject had become
+sufficiently familiar to him to enable him to give the lectures well
+enough himself) he could promote his own interest much better by
+taking the Indians to the provincial towns, meeting all the expenses,
+and taking all the receipts, instead of sharing with a second person,
+which his friends thought was a great pity he should any longer do."
+He represented that by such a course he could afford to do better by
+the Indians, and he thought it would be decidedly for the interest of
+both, and he had resolved to do it. I said to him that it was, to be
+sure, a resolve which he could easily make, as we were under no other
+than a verbal agreement, and entirely confidential, so that, if his
+interest urged it sufficiently strong, there was no doubt that he could
+do as he pleased, and that, under any circumstances, I should have but
+one anxiety, and that would be for the welfare of the Indians under
+his charge. I had so far done all I could to introduce them and him
+properly. I had added my collection to their exhibition, to give it
+additional interest. I had devoted my best efforts in lecturing on them
+and their customs, and had succeeded (after lying still with them for
+a month in London) in getting for them an audience of the Queen. By
+these means I had rendered him and them a service, for which I wanted
+no other return than the assurance that, wherever he went with them, he
+should take good care of and protect them.
+
+He said he had made up his mind to take them on his own hands in that
+manner after an exhibition for ten days longer in the Egyptian Hall,
+when he was to leave London on a tour to the provincial towns; and
+he wished me to advertise these exhibitions positively to close on a
+certain day. I then informed him that I should do so, and should freely
+yield to his proposition to sever in the manner he had proposed, on
+account of the accomplishment of the marriage, which he had assured me
+was just at hand, and in the responsibility of which I was determined
+to take no part. This I told him was an argument sufficiently strong,
+without further comment, to incline me to meet his proposition without
+the slightest objection.
+
+I therefore advertised, as he had suggested, that the Indians could
+only be seen in London that number of days; and from night to night
+announced the same thing from the platform when giving my lecture;
+and to the last day, at his request, stated that the Indians were
+positively to leave London at that time. The next morning after we
+had made this final close, and I had announced it as such to the
+audience, advertisements appeared in the papers that "he had rented
+the adjoining room to Mr. Catlin's, and on the same floor, for two
+months--a much finer room, where ladies and others would be much better
+accommodated; where the lectures in future would be given by Mr.
+Rankin, _himself_, who had _lived all his life among the Indians_." And
+in his advertisements, a few days after, he had the imprudence to state
+that "_hereafter the beautiful and interesting bride of the 'Strong
+Wind,' the interpreter, will make her appearance on the platform with
+the Indians, and preside at the piano_."
+
+This extraordinary advertisement, which of course was after the
+consummation of the marriage, was inserted in all the London daily
+journals, and was at once a key to all the absurd and disgusting
+efforts that had been used to create an excitement on the occasion of
+the wedding. It had been carefully announced that the wedding was to
+take place at a certain hour in the day in St. Martin's church, that
+ten thousand people might be waiting there for a chance to see the
+novel spectacle of a beautiful London girl married to an Indian from
+the wilds of America, and then to trumpet it through the city and
+through the land where they were going, that the shillings might the
+more abundantly pour in for a sight of the extraordinary pair that
+were united in St. Martin's church in London, and the "beautiful and
+interesting bride who was to preside at the piano" while the Indians
+danced.
+
+To make this affair more exciting, and its disgusting humbug more
+complete, several omnibuses and coaches, drawn by four-in-hand,
+were employed to convey the "beautiful and interesting bride" and
+bridegroom, and Mr. Rankin and his attendants, through the streets
+to and from the church where the ceremony took place. Each of these
+splendid affairs was decorated with evergreens, ribands, &c.; and on
+their tops, bands of music playing through the streets, and other
+attendants, covered with belts and ribands, waving flags of various and
+brilliant colours. These carriages were directed to be driven through
+the principal thoroughfares of London, that the excitement and hubbub
+might be the more complete, and that the greater number of shillings
+might be turned into the exhibition-room.
+
+The scheme, as a business one, was not without some ingenuity, but,
+most unluckily for its projector, it did not exactly succeed. There
+was too much sagacity in the London people and the London press not to
+detect the object of the scheme, and too much good taste to countenance
+and patronise it. The result was, and deservedly so, that it was
+condemned by the press, and the project and its projectors held up to
+public view in the light that they deserved.
+
+The next day after his advertisement that "the beautiful and
+interesting bride was to appear and preside at the piano," he put forth
+another advertisement, stating that the bride _would not_ appear, as
+announced the day before, owing to objections raised by some of her
+friends, &c. These friends were nearly all the press in London, as well
+as her father and her husband, who had never been consulted on the
+subject, who were indignant at the step he had taken, and ordered him
+to countermand his advertisement.
+
+He then commenced his exhibition of the Indians in his new quarters,
+and under the new auspices, necessarily without the additional
+attraction of the new and beautiful bride, and also without the aid of
+his interpreter Cadotte, whom he had turned out of his employment, and
+to whom he had refused admission to the house to see his fellow Indians
+or to hold any communication with them. Cadotte was thus driven to his
+father-in-law's house, where he took up his residence, and Mr. Rankin
+proceeded with his exhibitions, himself lecturing on their customs and
+_interpreting_ their speeches to the audience, and all the various
+communications of the audiences and the public to them, wherever they
+went, without knowing five words of their language.
+
+The extraordinary announcement which he had put in the papers of the
+appearance of the "beautiful and interesting bride upon the platform"
+had drawn a great crowd together at his first exhibition under the
+new arrangement, and, from the odd mixture of people it had brought
+together, begat some very amusing incidents worth recording. On
+ascending the platform for his first lecture, amidst a room densely
+packed, chiefly with working men and working women, whose application
+to their tasks during the day had prevented them from getting a glimpse
+of the beautiful bride of the "_Strong Wind_," and had now handed in
+their hard-earned shillings, he soon found himself in the midst of
+difficulties which it would seem that he had not anticipated.
+
+In such a city as London there are always enough who do not read the
+_contradictions_ of announcements (with those who won't believe them
+if they do read them) to fill a room; and of such was his room chiefly
+filled on this occasion--all impatient to see the beautiful bride of
+the Indian, and full of expectation, though his second advertisement
+had announced that "she would not appear." One can easily imagine the
+difficulties with which he was surrounded, and the perplexing materials
+with which he was about to contend in presenting himself as the
+expounder of Indian modes, and that in the absence of the "beautiful
+bride."
+
+Curiosity to hear him give his first lecture on the customs of the
+Indians, "who had spent all his life amongst them," led me into the
+crowd, where I caught the following amusing incidents, which are given
+as nearly as I could hear them amidst the confusion that soon took
+place. Mr. Rankin had proceeded but a few sentences in his elucidations
+when a voice from a distant part of the room called out, "Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin!" "Well," inquired the lecturer, "what's wanted of Mr. Rankin?"
+"Why, Sir, Mr. Rankin is advertised to lecture, and we expect to hear
+him." "My name is Rankin--I am Mr. Rankin, Sir." "No, you are not Mr.
+Rankin neither: why do you tell us that nonsense? Come now, _Arthur_;
+you know me, old fellow: don't set yourself up for Mr. Rankin here;
+you'll get yourself into trouble if you do." (Uproar, and cries of
+"Turn him out, turn him out.") The voice continues, "Mr. Rankin! Mr.
+Rankin! what has lived all his life with the Indians!" (Uproar.) "I
+am Mr. Rankin, Sir: what do you want?" "You are _not_ Mr. Rankin; are
+Mr. Arthur Jones, or was so when I knew you in New York." (Cries of
+"Turn him out--shame, shame! the bride, the bride!" and hisses.) The
+lecturer here advanced to the front of the platform and endeavoured
+to frown the crowd into silence, but got nothing in return but "The
+bride, the bride!" and hisses from various quarters. One of the men
+in his employment unluckily at that moment seized hold of a little
+square-shouldered working-man, standing just before me, who was
+hissing, and was hauling him towards the door. The little man gathered
+himself up, and brought his antagonist to a halt before he was half way
+to the door. While grasping each other by the collar, the little man,
+who was nearly lost sight of in the crowd, demanded the cause of this
+violence on his person. "Why, Sir, you was hissing the lecturer, and I
+was ordered to put you out of the room--that was all."
+
+"So I did iss im, Sir, hand I'll iss again, hif I choose----ands hoff!
+hif you please!" "You must go out, Sir." "Hout, Sir! [in a tremendous
+voice.] I'll hax this haudience hif I am to go hout, or whether they
+would prefer to ear the hobservations I hintend to make." There was a
+general uproar here for a few moments, and the friends of the little
+man seemed to predominate as they were gathering around him, and the
+cry of "Hands off!" freed him from the difficulties with which he had
+been beset, and encouraged him to demand an audience for a moment,
+which was carried by acclamation all around the room. By stepping on to
+the end of a bench near by, he become conspicuous above the heads of
+the audience, and continued:--
+
+  "Ladies hand Gentlemen, I opes I ave your haprobation?" (Shouts of
+  approbation from all parts of the room; the Indians seated on the
+  platform, and Mr. Rankin allowing the little working gentleman to
+  proceed.)
+
+  "My friends, I am a poor and to speak, and I did not hanticipate an
+  event hov this sort. I came ere, like the rest of you, an ard-working
+  man, to spend my shilling, hand for wot? To be umbugged, gentlemen?
+  (Great applause.) To be oaxed, gentlemen? I calls it an impudent
+  oax! I olds in my and the adwertisement of that gentleman haxing us
+  to pay our shillings to see the bride of the Hindian wot was married
+  yesterday; and we are now told that she is not to be ere, and that
+  this is ol nothink.--I say it is _somethink_, gentlemen. (Great
+  applause.) Wen it was said that this couldn't be elped, I issed im,
+  and ee _hought_ to be issed, for I saw we was oaxed: I was then
+  dragged by the andkerchief in a wiolent manner, but I hescaped unurt,
+  and I am thankful that my woice can now be eard.
+
+  "Hif this gentleman is really Mr. Rankin, or hif ee is not, its hol
+  the same--wot's the hods? he as inwited us ere, to inale the ot
+  hatmosphere of the Hegyptian All, to see the 'beautiful bride,' oom
+  ee as been hinstrumental in leading up to the halter of Ymen, after
+  making a great ubbub about it; and I esitate not to pronounce it
+  an underanded business, that umbles a man in my hestimation, and I
+  think it would ave been better for im to ave ushed up the wole think
+  holtogether. (Applause.)
+
+  "Gentlemen, I am appy to see that I ave your haprobation. Wen I
+  look around me, I see that you are all working men like myself, and
+  able to hunderstand me. You all know it's werry ard to be oaxed out
+  of our shillings--wen prowisions is igh--wen work is scarce--wen
+  we ave little to heat, and hobliged to lie hidle." (Applause, and
+  Hear, hear.) A voice. "Mr. Rankin! Mr. Rankin!" A hundred voices!
+  "The bride! the bride!--Turn him out!--Bagh!--The Indians! the
+  Indians!--The workee! hear him out!--Mr. Rankin!--The Indians! the
+  Indians! Police! the police!--Turn him out!--The bride! the bride!
+  the bride! the bride!" &c. &c.
+
+In the midst of all the din and confusion which it seemed now
+impossible to suppress, the sudden expedient of Mr. Rankin succeeded,
+and was probably the only one that could have done it. He thought of
+his Indians, who were quietly seated on the platform, and prepared for
+the war-dance; and the signal given, and "Sound trumpets, sound!" they
+all sprang upon their feet and soon drowned the din and confusion in
+the screams and yells of the war-dance.
+
+By the time the brandishing of tomahawks and spears and war-clubs and
+scalping-knives of this noisy affair was done, the attention of the
+visitors had become so much engrossed with the spirit and novelty of
+the scene, that they seemed generally disposed to dispense peaceably
+with the expected treat of seeing the beautiful bride, and were quiet.
+The little pugnacious working-man, however, arose again, as soon as
+silence was restored, to resume his speech; and, asking "if he should
+go hon," the response from every part of the house was, "No! no!" to
+which he pertinaciously replied, "Well, then, I'll go ome, and see if I
+can hearn hanother shilling in the place hov the one I ave given to see
+those ill-looking wild hanimals, the Hindians."
+
+The reader can easily understand why Mr. Rankin's stay with the Indians
+in London after this was very short. Of his career and theirs in the
+provincial towns, other historians will probably give some account,
+and I refer the reader to them, being unable to give more than a very
+imperfect account of it myself.
+
+This sudden break-up of our establishment at the Egyptian Hall, just at
+the commencement of the fashionable season, when considerable outlay
+had been made, and the receipts daily increasing, was disastrous to
+all parties, and particularly so to me, who had the Hall, at a heavy
+rent, for three months longer, left on my hands. The excitement of
+the exhibition being thus removed, my Indian collection, which had
+already been three years in the same building, scarcely drew visitors
+enough to meet its expenses, and I left its management entirely to my
+faithful man Daniel, while I devoted my time, in an adjoining room, to
+getting out my second book, shortly after published at the Egyptian
+Hall--a large illustrated work, entitled '_Catlin's Hunting Scenes
+and Amusements of the North American Indians_.' Several months being
+necessary for the completion of this work, I resolved to hold my
+collection in the Hall, as it was, until the expiration of my lease,
+and then pack it up and return to the United States.
+
+I was then, for a while, free again from the yells and stamps of the
+Indians, and the excitements and anxieties attending their exhibitions;
+and my exhibition room became a quiet and pleasant salon in which
+to meet my friends, who frequently called, and I found were glad to
+see me, even though I had no Indians with me. My work was advancing
+fast, and I devoted my whole time to it, excepting when old friends
+or persons of distinction called, when I endeavoured to be with them,
+leaving the management of the room and entertainment of visitors
+mostly to Daniel, who by this time was a perfect key to everything
+in the room, provided he was turned the right way. He had all sorts
+of visitors however--those who came for useful information, and
+others merely to hear the war-whoop, and see the war-dance, supposing
+the Indians to be still there. These, feeling provoked at their
+disappointment, often took revenge on poor Daniel, by torturing him
+with questions about the Yankees, repeal, &c., which would lead at last
+to most exciting discussions on slavery, poor-laws and poorhouses,
+United States Bank, national debt, annexation, wars in Afghanistan,
+the Oregon question, the income-tax, and repudiation. As I have before
+said, Daniel, with a strong mind, and well fortified with the facts
+and dates relative to these subjects, was quite able to surprise his
+assailants with his information on all these points, and of course to
+provoke them in return. The consequence was that these debates often
+ran too high, and, as soon as they arrived at a pitch of indiscretion,
+I generally heard something of them in the adjoining room, and, leaving
+my work, showed myself in the exhibition, which brought them to an
+amicable issue.
+
+There were others, again, who came to talk and learn more about the
+Indians, whom they knew had gone away. Among such was one day the
+"jolly fat dame," who stepped in merely to have a little chat with
+Daniel; and, as will be seen, she was lucky in finding him alone, and
+just in the humour to talk with her. There happened to be no cart
+or carriage passing at the moment, to prevent me from healing her
+melodious voice, as she entered, and rolled along, with her parasol
+swinging in her hand.--"Well, Daniel" (who happened to be at the
+farther end of the room), "I am so lucky to find you all alone for
+once, for you always have such a possee around you! Daniel, you know
+you and I have always agreed very well." "Yes, madam, I don't know
+why you and I should have a falling-out." "Ah, well, we'll drop that,
+Daniel--I believe I'll take a chair, I am so fatigued with those plaguy
+stairs. Well, oh, but what a wonderful collection this is--Ha? what a
+curiosity that man is--Mr. Catlin, I mean--what a life he _has_ led, to
+be sure! Don't you think he has been married to some of those little
+squaws? I'll be bound he has." "No, madam, I should doubt whether he
+has. I think Mr. Catlin went into the Indian country, determined to
+make this collection and to immortalize himself; and I have many a time
+heard him say that he resolved never to get into any difficulty with
+them about their women; and I think it was one reason why he succeeded,
+and was everywhere treated with friendship." "Ah, well! may be so. But,
+look ye, Daniel; that's been a sad affair with poor Cadotte, has it
+not? what a foolish man, ha!"
+
+"Why, I don't see that it was so foolish on his part as on that of the
+girl."
+
+"Oh, tush! but she's a silly little thing. She's pretty enough; but
+what's that to such a man as Cadotte? She's no substance. He's a giant,
+almost--what a grip!--I never felt the like in my life! Ah, well, I am
+sorry--I felt quite an interest in Cadotte."
+
+"I feel more sorry for the foolish girl," said Daniel, "for falling in
+love with him--it was all her doing--she would have him, and wouldn't
+take 'No' for an answer. I never saw the like in my life. She seemed
+crazy for him; and they both cried like children about it for weeks,
+and he was good for nothing else. She has got him now; and, as I said
+before, I pity her, for she don't know what country she is going to,
+nor what society she will have instead of that of her parents, and
+sisters, and friends in London. The girl don't know what she will come
+to, and therefore I pity her."
+
+"Well, _I_ don't pity her a bit. Ah, yes, I am sorry she has been so
+silly; but I pity _him_ the most. I care nothing about her; or--that
+is--she ought to know better; but she's, as I told you, a silly little
+thing. Ah, well, I have only been one night to see them since they left
+Mr. Catlin. What a foolish thing that was! It will be the ruin of them
+all. I am afraid they will come to want, poor things! I have only been
+there one night! Cadotte was not there."
+
+"No, madam, he won't join them any more. Rankin has turned him out of
+the house, and out of his employ, because he wouldn't let his wife
+appear in the exhibition and play the piano, as he had advertised."
+
+"Noble fellow! I like him for that. Isn't that a fine spirit? I knew he
+had it. But that little silly thing, she can't play. What do the public
+care about a foolish girl's playing upon the piano?--Ridiculous! Well,
+they have all gone, I suppose?"
+
+"All but Cadotte and his wife, madam; they have not gone."
+
+"What! you don't say so? Cadotte has not gone?"
+
+"No; they are living together with the girl's father. Rankin has left
+him, without anything but his wife, to get home to his own country in
+the best way he can."
+
+"Well, there's a brute for you; is'nt he--that Rankin? I always hated
+his looks, d'ye see. Not gone, ha? What is he to do here? Will he stay
+in London? Can't Mr. Catlin do something for him? He'd be just a good
+hand now, to help you here, Daniel--to explain: you can't always be
+here--there should be two of you. He comes here occasionally?"
+
+"Oh, yes, he's here every day."
+
+"Well, look ye, Daniel, I'll call again and see Mr. Catlin about it.
+Something should be done. Mr. Catlin is a good fellow I know. I want a
+long talk with him; he shall know my whole mind on this affair. I can't
+stay now--I must go; but what a pity--ha, Daniel! Good day."
+
+"Good day."
+
+She was very near discovering me as she turned round and passed my
+door; but Daniel smiled after she had gone out, and said he was quite
+sure she had not seen me, as he had kept her conversation directed to
+him, so that she should not turn her face round suddenly on me.
+
+I was sorry that I had overheard this dialogue; but, as it had fallen
+thus into my possession, I resolved to make the most prudent use of it,
+believing it to contain the sum total of all she wished to say in her
+"long talk" with me; and I directed Daniel, when she should call to see
+me, to announce me "out of town," and himself to engross all that she
+had to say, saving me from entering again upon an unpleasant subject,
+which I considered now at an end.
+
+Thus continued my labours and Daniel's, each one in his department, for
+three months or more after the Indians had left, by which time my large
+work was ready for publication (like the first one, "to be published by
+the Author, at the Egyptian Hall, price five guineas in printed tints,
+and eight guineas coloured), with a subscription-list headed by the
+illustrious names of--
+
+                  HER GRACIOUS MAJESTY THE QUEEN,
+                  LOUIS PHILIPPE, KING OF THE FRENCH,
+                         THE EMPEROR OF RUSSIA,
+                       THE KING OF THE BELGIANS,
+                     H.R.H. THE DUKE OF CAMBRIDGE,
+               AND MANY OF THE NOBILITY OF ENGLAND.
+
+The Emperor of Russia was at this time paying his visit to the Queen
+of England; and my dear wife and myself took the occasion of the
+grand pageant when the Emperor, with Prince Albert and the Duke of
+Wellington, reviewed 10,000 troops at Windsor, to obtain a view of his
+Imperial Majesty, which we did during the review, and, still more to
+our satisfaction, after it was over, from behind the post of the gate
+opening into the great park, where we had stationed ourselves, and
+where his Imperial Majesty passed within reach of us. When the Emperor
+and suite had passed by, I suddenly perceived in the passing throng J.
+W. Webb, Esq., editor of the 'New York Inquirer,' and endeavoured, but
+unsuccessfully, to overtake him.
+
+A few days after this, the Honourable Mr. Murray was kind enough to
+deliver to the Emperor the copy of my work subscribed for by his
+Majesty; and, in a few weeks after that, sent me the following very
+flattering communication:--
+
+                                    "Buckingham Palace, June 14th, 1844.
+
+  "Dear Sir,
+
+  "The Emperor of Russia, having inspected your PORTFOLIO OF
+  INDIAN HUNTING AND OTHER SCENES, was so much pleased with their
+  spirit and execution, that he desired Count Orloff to send me a
+  gold snuff-box, to be presented to you as a mark of his Majesty's
+  gratification derived from the efforts of your pencil.
+
+  "I acquit myself of this agreeable commission by sending you herewith
+  a Russian box of gold and blue enamel, set in pearls, which will, I
+  trust, prove to you a gratifying reminiscence of the Emperor's visit
+  to England.
+
+                                  "I am, my dear Sir,
+                                       "Very faithfully yours,
+                                                         "C. A. MURRAY.
+
+  "_To Geo. Catlin, Esq._"
+
+This most gratifying testimony of the Emperor's satisfaction with my
+work was unexpected by me; and future pages will show that I received
+evidences equally flattering from their Majesties the King of the
+French and the King of the Belgians.
+
+My large work being now published in London, and, like my former one,
+kindly noticed and highly approved by the press, I felt as if my
+labours in England were coming near to a close; and, having a little
+leisure, I was drawing my little children (of whom I now had four)
+nearer to me than ever, and with my dear Clara was endeavouring to
+see the remainder of the sights of London before our departure for
+our native land. This desired event was yet to be delayed a little,
+however, by a circumstance that I must here narrate, not to leave the
+reader in the dark as to the curious incidents and impulses of this
+transatlantic part of my chequered life.
+
+About this period occurred an unparalleled destruction of life at sea:
+the "Solway" and other noble vessels striking on sunken rocks, and
+going down in smooth water in sight of land, and hundreds of human
+beings sinking with them to eternity. Human invention, roused by human
+sympathy, was everywhere labouring to devise means for the preservation
+of life in such cases; and my brain, like the brains of hundreds of
+others, was busy in the same cause, when a plan suddenly suggested
+itself, which appeared more practicable the more I contemplated it. I
+deliberated on it much, and threw in my own way all the arguments I
+could possibly raise against it; and amongst them, as the strongest,
+the blind and deaf enthusiasm, which leads too many inventors to ruin.
+No objections that I then raised or can yet raise, however, have
+created in my mind a doubt of the feasibility of my plan, or of its
+immense and never-ending importance to the human race. And, as the
+sequel will show, I give the following information concerning it to
+the world, not on my own account, but for those who may possibly be
+benefited by it, or whom it may in any way concern.
+
+On mature deliberation I decided, like other inventors, to avail myself
+of a patent for my discovery; and, with that view, called upon a
+patent-agent, who had been recommended to me by the highest authority.
+On stating to him the object of my visit, I was invited to a private
+room, where he stated that it was necessary that he should hear a
+distinct description of my invention before he could tell whether it
+was new, and whether it was a fitting subject of a patent. I replied
+as follows:--"I believe, Sir, that there is but one effectual way of
+saving the lives of the greater number of persons on board steamers
+and other vessels sinking or burning at sea, and that an invention
+applicable, for such a purpose, to all vessels (as there is never to be
+an end to the increase of vessels and exposure of life on the ocean)
+would be of the greatest importance to mankind, and would most richly
+repay the inventor. A plan has suggested itself to me which I think
+will have this effect; and if, after hearing it explained, you should
+decide that it is new and of sufficient consideration, I beg you to
+procure me a patent for it as soon as it can be obtained."
+
+I then proceeded--"The patent I should ask for would be for
+'_disengaging and floating quarter-decks of steamers and other
+vessels for the purpose of saving human lives at sea_.' These I would
+propose to build of solid timber or other material, resting upon and
+answering all the purposes of quarter-decks; and, in case of the
+sinking of a vessel, to be disengaged by means which I would set forth
+in the specification, and capable of floating, as rafts, with all
+the passengers and crew upon them. These rafts might easily be made
+of sufficient strength to resist the force of the most violent sea;
+and their shape being such as to prevent them from capsizing, there
+would be little difficulty in preserving life for many days upon them.
+They might be made to contain within them waterproof cases of sheet
+iron or tin, to carry provisions and liquors, and also rockets for
+signals, valuable papers, money, &c.; and, when driven on shore, would
+float safely over a reef, where vessels and life-boats go to pieces
+and the greatest loss of life generally takes place. In case of a
+vessel on fire at sea, when it should be found that all exertions to
+extinguish the flames were unavailing, all hands might retreat to the
+quarter-deck, and the vessel be scuttled and sunk by slinging a gun
+and firing a shot through her bottom, or by other means; and as she
+goes down the flames of course are extinguished, and her passengers and
+crew, and valuables, might be saved on the raft, as I have described."
+
+When I had thus explained the nature of my invention, I asked the agent
+whether he considered it new, and fit to be patented, to which he at
+once replied, "You may rely on it, Sir, it is entirely new: nothing of
+the kind has been patented; and it is a subject for which I think I can
+get you what we call a 'clean patent.'" Upon this I at once authorized
+him to proceed and procure the patent in the quickest manner possible,
+saying that the money required for it should be ready as fast as he
+should call for it. After this, and in further conversation about it,
+he said, "I think remarkably well of the invention, and, though I am
+not in the habit of giving encouragement to my employers, I say to you,
+frankly, that I believe that when we have obtained the patent, the
+Admiralty will buy it out of your hands and give it for the benefit of
+the world at large."
+
+Being thus authorized, he proceeded, and the patent was obtained in
+the space of two months, and for which I paid him the sum of 130_l._
+After I had received my patent, I met a friend, Mr. R----, to whom I
+explained the nature of my invention; and, when I had got through, he
+asked me who had been my agent in the business, and I told him; to
+which he replied that it was very strange, as he believed that a friend
+of his, a Captain Oldmixon, had procured a patent, in London, for a
+similar thing, some five or six years before. He said he was quite
+confident that it was the same thing, for he had heard him say a great
+deal about it, and recollected his having advertised and performed an
+experiment on a vessel in the river below the city; and advised me to
+call on my agent and put the question to him. I did so, and he referred
+to the published lists of patents for ten or twelve years back, and
+assured me that no such name was on the list of patentees, and that I
+might rest satisfied that no such patent had ever been taken out.
+
+I then returned to my friend Mr. R----, and informed him of this,
+telling him that he _must_ be mistaken. To which he replied, "No; since
+you have been absent I have recollected more. I have found the address
+of Captain Oldmixon's attorney who procured the patent for him, which I
+give you; and I wish you would call on him, and he will correct me if I
+am wrong."
+
+I took the address and called on the attorney, whom I found in his
+office. I asked him if he had taken out a patent for Captain Oldmixon
+five or six years ago, and he replied that he had. I asked him if he
+would be kind enough to tell me the nature of it, and he instantly
+replied that it was for "disengaging and floating quarter-decks for
+saving life." I then asked him if he had completed his patent by
+putting in his specification, and he replied that he had, and that if I
+would ask for it in a registry of patents in Chancery-lane I could see
+it. I then inquired if it had been published in the manner that the law
+requires, and he assured me it had. He further stated that he had been
+for several years, and still was, engaged with it for Captain Oldmixon
+before the Committee on Shipwrecks, with a prospect of getting the
+Admiralty to take it up. With this information I returned immediately
+to my agent, and, having explained it to him, he accompanied me to
+the registry in Chancery-lane, where, on being asked if they had the
+specification of a patent in the name of Captain Oldmixon, one of the
+clerks instantly replied "Yes," and unrolled it upon the counter.
+
+I read it over, and, finding it almost word for word like my own, and
+the invention exactly the same, I said to my agent, "I have nothing
+more to say or to do, but to go home and attend to my business." Nor
+have I ever taken further pains about it. My agent, at a subsequent
+period, wrote me a letter, expressing his regret that such a thing
+should have happened, and enclosing a 10_l._ note, the amount, he said,
+of his fees; stating that the rest had all been paid into different
+offices, for which there was no remedy.
+
+I have mentioned the above circumstance, as forming one of the many
+instances of ill luck that have been curiously mixed with the incidents
+of my life; and also to show the world how much circumspection and
+caution are necessary in guarding one's interest, even amidst the
+well-regulated rules and formalities of this great and glorious country.
+
+Captain Oldmixon has my hearty wishes for the success of his invention;
+and I hope that my allusion to it in the above manner will do him no
+injury, but may be the cause of turning the attention of the world
+towards it as a means of benefiting the human race.
+
+I have informed the reader already that, just before completing the
+above adventure, the Ojibbeways having left London, and my large work
+being published to the world, I was turning my eyes to my native
+country again, where, with my little ones and my collection, I was
+preparing to go; but even this _was not to be_ as we had designed it,
+for it was announced, just then, that another party of fourteen Indians
+had arrived in Liverpool, and were on their way to the metropolis!
+Life has its chapters, like the chapters of a book; and our days are
+like the leaves we turn in reading it. We peruse one page ignorant of
+what is contained in the next; and, as the chapters of life are often
+suddenly cut short, so this chapter of my book must end here; and the
+reader will start with me afresh, in a second volume, which commences
+with a new enterprise.
+
+
+
+
+                               APPENDIX.
+
+
+
+
+                            APPENDIX.--(A.)
+
+                         OPINIONS OF THE PRESS
+
+                                   ON
+
+                 CATLIN'S NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN MUSEUM.
+
+
+    The following are a few of the very numerous eulogiums which the
+    Press has passed upon the merits of this Collection, in England,
+    France, and the United States, where it has been exhibited.
+
+
+                             LONDON PRESS.
+
+
+                         THE QUARTERLY REVIEW.
+
+Mr. Catlin's object in visiting England with his Indian Gallery, it
+would seem, is to sell his collection to our Government, and we most
+sincerely hope that his reliance on the magnanimity of the British
+people will not be disappointed. As a man of science, of enterprise,
+and of true philanthropy, he is justly entitled to be considered as a
+citizen of the world; and, although he reflects especial honour upon
+the intelligent nation to which he is so proud to declare that he owes
+his birth, yet, for that very reason, we are confident, a generous
+feeling will universally exist to receive him with liberality here.
+
+But, leaving the worthy artist's own interests completely out of the
+question, and in the cause of science casting aside all party feeling,
+we submit to Lord Melbourne, to Sir Robert Peel, to Lord Lansdowne,
+to Sir R. Inglis, and to all who are deservedly distinguished among
+us as the liberal patrons of the fine arts, that Mr. Catlin's Indian
+collection is worthy to be retained in this country as the record of
+a race of our fellow-creatures whom we shall very shortly have swept
+from the face of the globe. Before that catastrophe shall have arrived,
+it is true, a few of our countrymen may occasionally travel among
+them; but it cannot be expected that any artist of note should again
+voluntarily reside among them for seven years, as competent as Mr.
+Catlin, whose slight, active, sinewy frame has peculiarly fitted him
+for the physical difficulties attendant upon such an exertion.
+
+Considering the melancholy fate which has befallen the Indian race, and
+which overhangs the remnant of these victims to our power, it would
+surely be discreditable that the civilized world should, with heartless
+apathy, decline to preserve and to transmit to posterity Mr. Catlin's
+graphic delineation of them; and if any nation on earth should evince a
+desire to preserve such a lasting monument, there can be no doubt that
+there exists none better entitled to do so than the British people; for
+with feelings of melancholy satisfaction, we do not hesitate to assert
+that throughout our possessions on the continent of America, we have,
+from the first moment of our acquaintance with them to the present
+hour, invariably maintained their rights, and at a very great expense
+have honestly continued to pay them their annual presents, for which
+we have received from them, in times of war as well as of peace, the
+most unequivocal marks of their indelible gratitude. Their respect for
+our flag is unsullied by a reproach--their attachment to our sovereign
+is second only in their breasts to the veneration with which they
+regard their "Great Spirit"--while the names of Lord Dalhousie, of
+Sir Peregrine Maitland, and of Sir John Colborne, who for many years
+respectively acted towards them as their father and as their friend,
+will be affectionately repeated by them in our colonies until the
+Indian heart has ceased to beat there, and until the Red Man's language
+has ceased to vibrate in the British "wilderness of this world."
+Although European diseases, and the introduction of ardent spirits,
+have produced the lamentable effects we have described, and although
+as a nation we are not faultless, yet we may fairly assert and proudly
+feel that the English government has at least made every possible
+exertion to do its duty towards the Indians; and that there has existed
+no colonial secretary of state who has not evinced that anxiety to
+befriend them which, it is our duty to say, particularly characterized
+the administration of the amiable and humane Lord Glenelg.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         THE LITERARY GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall._--We have now to announce
+the opening of this exhibition, from visits to which every class of
+the community, old as well as young, will reap much instruction and
+gratification. Having recently described, from an American journal, Mr.
+Catlin's seven or eight years' sojourn among the red races of North
+America, we need now only say that his representation of them, their
+country, their costumes, their sports, their religious ceremonies,
+and in short their manners and customs, so as to enable us to form a
+complete idea of them, is deserving of the utmost praise. There are
+above 500 subjects in these spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child's
+rattle; and everything belonging to the various Indian tribes are
+before the spectator in their actual condition and integrity. There
+are, besides, a multitude of portraits of the leading warriors, &c.
+&c., and other pictures of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting;
+and the whole supplying by far the most ample and accurate history of
+them that has ever been published to the world. No book of travels
+can approach these realities; and after all we had read of the red
+men, we confess we are astonished at the many new and important points
+connected with them which this Gallery impressed upon us. We saw more
+distinctly the links of resemblance between them and other early and
+distant people; and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of
+matters affecting the progress of mankind all over the earth, and alike
+illustrated by similitudes and dissimilitudes. Indeed the philosophical
+inquirer will be delighted with this exhibition, whilst the curious
+child of seven years of age will enjoy it with present amusement and
+lasting instruction.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE ATHENAEUM.
+
+_The Indian Gallery._--This is the collection mentioned heretofore by
+our American correspondent (No. 609), and a most interesting one it is.
+It contains more than 300 portraits of distinguished Indians, men and
+women of different tribes, all painted from life; and in many instances
+the identical dress, weapons, &c. are exhibited which they wore when
+their portraits were taken; and 200 other paintings, representing
+Indian customs, games, hunting-scenes, religious ceremonies, dances,
+villages, and said to contain above 3000 figures: in brief, it is a
+pictorial history of this interesting and fast-perishing race. It
+includes, too, a series of views of the Indian country; and we have
+seen nothing more curious than some of the scenes on the Upper Missouri
+and Mississippi, the general accuracy of which is beyond question. Mr.
+Catlin has spent seven years in wandering among the various tribes,
+for the sole purpose of perfecting this collection. As he observes,
+"it has been gathered, and every painting has been made from nature,
+by my own hand; and that, too, when I have been paddling my canoe or
+leading my packhorse over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of
+life. The world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them as they have been intended, as true and fac-simile traces
+of individual and historical facts, and forgive me for their present
+unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art."
+
+The value of this collection is increased by the fact that the red men
+are fast perishing, and will probably, before many years have passed,
+be an extinct race. If proof of this were wanting, we have it in the
+facts recorded in the catalogue, of the devastation which the smallpox
+has lately spread among them. Of one tribe, the hospitable and friendly
+Mandans, as Mr. Catlin calls them, 2000 in number when he visited
+them and painted their pictures, living in two permanent villages on
+the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi, not
+one now exists! In 1837 the smallpox broke out among them, and only
+thirty-five were left alive; these were subsequently destroyed by a
+hostile tribe, which took possession of their villages: and thus,
+within a few months, the race became extinct--not a human being is
+believed to have escaped.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE ART-UNION.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Indian Gallery._--Circumstances have hitherto prevented
+our noticing this most admirable exhibition; but we have examined it
+in all its parts with very minute attention, and have been highly
+gratified, as well as much informed, by doing so. Mr. Catlin's
+collection is by no means to be classed among the ephemeral amusements
+of the day; it is a work of deep and permanent interest. Perceiving
+that the rapid destruction of the aboriginal tribes by war, disease,
+and the baneful influence of spirituous liquors, would soon cause all
+traces of the red men to be lost, Mr. Catlin determined on proceeding
+through their still untrodden wildernesses, for the purpose of gaining
+an intimate acquaintance with their manners and customs, and of
+procuring an exact delineation of their persons, features, ceremonies,
+&c., all which he has faithfully and perfectly accomplished at no
+small hazard of life and limb. It was not a common mind that could
+have conceived so bold a project, nor is he a common man who has so
+thoroughly accomplished it.
+
+The arms, dresses, domestic implements, &c. &c. collected by the
+industry of this most energetic of explorers are precisely as they
+have been manufactured and used by their Indian owners, and form
+a collection which every succeeding year will render more and
+more valuable. The portraits of distinguished warriors, &c., the
+representations of religious ceremonies, war-dances, buffalo-hunts,
+&c. &c., are depicted by Mr. Catlin himself, and that with a force and
+evident truth that bring the whole detail of Indian life in eloquent
+reality before the eyes of the spectator. We have no hesitation in
+saying that this gallery supplies the most effective and valuable means
+for acquiring an exact acquaintance with the great American continent
+that has ever been offered to the hunger and thirst after knowledge,
+go prevailing a characteristic of the age. Mr. Catlin is about to
+publish the details of his eight years' sojourn among the interesting
+people with whom his portraitures have made us so familiar; and we
+have no doubt that this work will render the stores of information he
+has opened to us in his gallery entire and complete. As works of art
+their merit depends chiefly on their accuracy, of which no doubt can be
+entertained.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          LA BELLE ASSEMBLEE.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Gallery of North American Indians._--Of all the
+exhibitions that have been brought forward for the amusement of the
+public, we must give this of Mr. Catlin the preference in every point
+of view; it possesses not only present but future interest, for perhaps
+not many generations may flourish and fade before nearly the whole of
+the aboriginal tribes will be wholly extirpated. Wherever the imprint
+of the white man's foot has flattened the grass of the prairie, it may
+be looked upon as an ominous token to the unsuspecting native. The
+broad lands of the owners of the soil are daily passing into the hands
+of the stranger, and desolation comes where lowly comfort dwelt.
+
+As historical records, these pictures, from the faithful pencil of Mr.
+Catlin, are invaluable, inasmuch as they may be considered, in all
+probability, the last and almost the only authentic remains of ancient
+tribes, that are slowly but surely leaving nothing but a name behind.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                               THE TIMES.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's North American Indian Gallery._--A very curious
+exhibition is opened in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly. It consists
+of above 500 portraits, landscapes, views of combats, religious
+ceremonies, costumes, and many other things illustrative of the
+manners and customs, and modes of living and of battle, &c. of the
+different tribes of North American Indians. Some of these pictures
+are exceedingly interesting, and form a vast field for the researches
+of the antiquary, the naturalist, and the philosopher. The numerous
+portraits are full of character; they exhibit an almost endless variety
+of feature, though all bearing a generical resemblance to each other.
+The views of combats are very full of spirit, and exhibit modes of
+warfare and destruction horribly illustrative of savage life. The
+method of attacking buffaloes and other monsters of the plains and
+forests are all interesting; the puny process of a fox-chace sinks into
+insignificance when compared with the tremendous excitement occasioned
+by the grappling of a bear or the butting of a bison. These scenes are
+all accurately depicted, not in the finished style of modern art, but
+with a vigour and fidelity of outline, which arises from the painter
+having actually beheld what he transmits to canvas. The most curious
+portion of this exhibition is, however, the representations of the
+horrible religious ceremonies of several of the Indian tribes, and
+the probationary trials of those who aspire to be the leaders amongst
+them. These representations disclose the most abhorrent and execrable
+cruelties. They show to what atrocities human nature can arrive where
+the presence of religious knowledge is not interposed to prevent its
+career. The exhibition also contains tents, weapons, dresses, &c.
+of the various tribes visited by Mr. Catlin. These are curious, but
+of secondary importance. The catalogue, which is to be had at the
+exhibition-room, is a very interesting _brochure_, and will afford a
+great deal of novel but important information.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           MORNING CHRONICLE.
+
+_The Aboriginal Tribes of North America._--A pictorial exhibition of a
+singularly interesting description has just been opened in the Egyptian
+Hall, Piccadilly. It consists of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and
+other representations of the persons, manners, and customs of the North
+American Indians, painted by Mr. Catlin, an American artist, during
+eight years' travel amongst their various tribes.
+
+On Monday a numerous assemblage, comprising many distinguished
+members of the fashionable as well as the literary world, visited
+this extraordinary collection, and listened with the utmost curiosity
+and interest to the details and explanations given by Mr. Catlin in
+illustration of some of its most remarkable objects.
+
+Mr. Catlin modestly apologizes for the unfinished character of his
+pictures, considered as works of art. They are sketches rapidly and
+roughly executed, as might be expected from the circumstances under
+which they were made: but they are freely drawn with a strong tone of
+colour; and being drawn and coloured immediately from nature, there
+is a graphic truthfulness about them which places, as it were, the
+very objects themselves before the eye of the spectator, and fills
+the imagination with images of these ancient lords of the western
+continent, now reduced to scattered remnants and fast disappearing
+from the earth, a thousand times more distinct and vivid than could be
+produced by volumes of description.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE MORNING POST.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This is a very extraordinary collection,
+consisting of an immense number of portraits, landscapes, costumes,
+and representations of the manners and customs of the North American
+Indians, among whom the artist-collector travelled for eight years,
+extending his researches through forty-eight tribes, the majority of
+whom speak different languages. The long room on the groundfloor of
+the Egyptian Hall is covered from the roof to the floor, and nearly
+the floor itself, by some thousands of specimens, real as well as
+pictorial, of these interesting races, many of whom are now, alas!
+nearly extinguished, under the civilizing influences of fire-water,
+smallpox, and the exterminating policy of the government of the United
+States, in which treachery has recently played a counterpart to the
+most gratuitous despotism. "I have seen them in their own villages,"
+says Mr. Catlin, "have carried my canvas and colours the whole way, and
+painted my portraits, &c. from the life, as they now stand and are seen
+in the gallery."
+
+The collection contains 310 portraits of distinguished men and women
+of the different tribes in the British, United States, and Mexican
+territories; and 200 other paintings descriptive of river, mountain,
+forest, and prairie scenes; the village games, festivals, and peculiar
+customs and superstitions of the natives, exhibiting in all above 3000
+figures; all, Mr. Catlin assures us, were taken from nature, and all by
+his own hand! a truly Herculean undertaking, and evidently sustained
+by an enthusiastic spirit, as well as a share of unconquerable
+perseverance, such as falls to the lot of few artists in any country to
+boast of.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE MORNING POST.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This valuable collection of portraits,
+landscapes, scenes from savage life, weapons, costumes, and an endless
+variety of illustrations of Indian life, real as well as pictorial,
+continues to attract crowds of spectators. We are happy to find our
+prediction fully borne out by fact, that the exhibition only required
+to be fully made known to the public to be properly appreciated. The
+most pleasing attention is paid by Mr. Catlin and his assistants
+to gratify the curiosity of visitors, to point out to notice the
+peculiarities of the various subjects through which they wander, and
+to explain everything which strikes the eye and attracts the observer
+to inquire into its use or meaning. During our visit on Saturday
+the company were startled by a yell, and shortly afterwards by the
+appearance of a stately chief of the Crow Indians stalking silently
+through the room, armed to the teeth and painted to the temples,
+wrapped up in a buffalo robe, on which all his battles were depicted,
+and wearing a tasteful coronet of war-eagle's quills. This personation
+was volunteered by the nephew of Mr. Catlin, who has seen the red
+man in his native wilds, and presents the most proud and picturesque
+similitude that can be conceived of the savage warrior. His war-whoop,
+his warlike appearance and dignified movements seem to impress the
+assemblage more strikingly with a feeling of the character of the
+North American Indian than all the other evidences which crowded the
+walls. Subsequently he appeared in another splendid costume, worn by
+the braves of the Mandan tribe, also remarkable for its costly and
+magnificent head-dress, in which we see "the horns of power" assume a
+conspicuous place. The crowds that gathered around him on each occasion
+were so dense that Mr. Catlin could scarcely find space to explain the
+particulars of the costumes; but we are glad to find he is preparing
+a central stage where all may enjoy a full and fair sight of "the
+Red Man" as he issues from his wigwam, clad in the peculiar robe and
+ornaments of his tribe, to fight, hunt, smoke, or join in the dances,
+festivals, and amusements peculiar to each nation.
+
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.
+
+_Indian Knowledge of English Affairs._--Mr. Catlin, in one of his
+lectures on the manners and customs of the North American Indians,
+during the last week, related a very curious occurrence, which excited
+a great deal of surprise and some considerable mirth amongst his highly
+respectable and numerous audience. Whilst speaking of the great and
+warlike tribe of Sioux or Dahcotas, of 40,000 or 50,000, he stated
+that many of this tribe, as well as of several others, although living
+entirely in the territory of the United States, and several hundred
+miles south of her Majesty's possessions, were found cherishing a
+lasting friendship for the English, whom they denominate Saganosh. And
+in very many instances they are to be seen wearing about their necks
+large silver medals, with the portrait of George III. in bold relief
+upon them. These medals were given to them as badges of merit during
+the last war with the United States, when these warriors were employed
+in the British service.
+
+The lecturer said that whenever the word Saganosh was used, it seemed
+to rouse them at once; that on several occasions when Englishmen had
+been in his company as fellow-travellers, they had marked attentions
+paid them by these Indians as Saganoshes. And on one occasion,
+in one of his last rambles in that country, where he had painted
+several portraits in a small village of Dahcotas, the chief of the
+band positively refused to sit, alleging as his objection that the
+Pale-faces, who were not to be trusted, might do some injury to his
+portrait, and his health or his life might be affected by it. The
+painter, as he was about to saddle his horse for his departure, told
+the Indian that he was a Saganosh, and was going across the Big Salt
+Lake, and was very sorry that he could not carry the picture of so
+distinguished a man. At this intelligence the Indian advanced, and
+after a hearty grip of the hand, very carefully and deliberately
+withdrew from his bosom, and next to his naked breast, a large silver
+medal, and turning his face to the painter, pronounced with great
+vehemence and emphasis the word Sag-a-nosh! The artist, supposing that
+he had thus gained his point with the Indian Sagamore, was making
+preparation to proceed with his work, when the Indian still firmly
+denied him the privilege--holding up the face of his Majesty (which had
+got a superlative brightness by having been worn for years against his
+naked breast), he made this singular and significant speech:--"When you
+cross the Big Salt Lake, tell my Great Father that you saw his face,
+and it was bright!" To this the painter replied, "I can never see your
+Great Father, he is dead!" The poor Indian recoiled in silence, and
+returning his medal to his bosom, entered his wigwam, at a few paces
+distant, where he seated himself amidst his family around his fire, and
+deliberately lighting his pipe, passed it around in silence.
+
+When it was smoked out he told them the news he had heard, and in a
+few moments returned to the traveller again, who was preparing with
+his party to mount their horses, and inquired whether the Saganoshes
+had no chief. The artist replied in the affirmative, saying that the
+present chief of the Saganoshes is a young and very beautiful woman.
+The Sagamore expressed great surprise and some incredulity at this
+unaccountable information; and being fully assured by the companions of
+the artist that his assertion was true, the Indian returned again quite
+hastily to his wigwam, called his own and the neighbouring families
+into his presence, lit and smoked another pipe, and then communicated
+the intelligence to them, to their great surprise and amusement; after
+which he walked out to the party about to start off, and advancing to
+the painter (or Great Medicine, as they called him) with a sarcastic
+smile on his face, in due form, and with much grace and effect, he
+carefully withdrew again from his bosom the polished silver medal, and
+turning the face of it to the painter, said, "Tell my Great Mother
+that you saw our Great Father, and that we keep his face bright!"
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        THE GLOBE AND TRAVELLER.
+
+_North American Indians._--An exhibition has been opened consisting
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, implements of war, articles of
+commerce, and a variety of curiosities, illustrating the manners,
+habits, and customs of forty-eight different tribes of the North
+American Indians. The collection, which must prove highly interesting
+to all who take an interest in the various modes of life existing among
+our fellow-creatures in the different states and stages of savage life,
+or comparative civilization, consists of 310 portraits of distinguished
+men and women of the different Indian tribes, and 200 other paintings
+descriptive of Indian countries, villages, sports, and pastimes; the
+whole of which were painted by Mr. Catlin during a residence of eight
+years among the different tribes. An additional interest is given to
+the paintings by the various implements used by the natives, such as
+bows, arrows, tomahawks, and scalping knives. There are even human
+scalps, which illustrate one of the paintings representing the scalp
+dance, in which the victors of one tribe exhibit, in one of their war
+dances, the scalps of another whom they have vanquished. Among the
+most spirited of the paintings, as works of art, may be enumerated
+those of the voluntarily inflicted torments to which some of the tribes
+subject themselves as proofs of their courage; those of the buffalo
+hunts, buffalo fights, and of the prairies, which are all highly
+characteristic productions. In speaking of the different items of
+interest in this exhibition, Mr. Catlin and the cicerone should not be
+forgotten, as they amuse the visitors with many of those interesting
+personal anecdotes which travellers always abound in.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE SPECTATOR.
+
+Catlin's Indian Gallery, at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, is a museum
+of the various tribes of North American Indians.
+
+Mr. Catlin is an enterprising American artist, who has devoted eight
+years to the delineation of scenes and persons, and the collection
+of objects to form a permanent record of the characteristic features
+and customs of the different tribes of Indians in North America,
+now fast becoming extinct by the combined operation of smallpox,
+spirit-drinking, and war. The walls of a room 106 feet in length are
+entirely covered with portraits of Indian men, women, and children, in
+their respective costumes, some small whole-lengths, others busts the
+life-size, to the number of 310; and 200 views of landscape scenery,
+native villages, games, customs, and hunting-scenes, all painted on the
+spot. Besides the pictures, the dresses worn by several tribes, and a
+numerous collection of weapons, pipes, ornaments, &c., are arranged
+round the room; and in the centre is set up a wigwam of the "Crow"
+tribe, a conical tent twenty-five feet high, made of buffalo-skins,
+dressed and painted, supported by thirty poles meeting at the top, and
+capable of sheltering eighty persons.
+
+To attempt anything like a detailed description of the contents of such
+a museum would require a volume; to characterize it generally in our
+limited space is difficult. It would require hours of attentive study
+to become fully acquainted with the multifarious articles. The several
+tribes are distinguished in the catalogue: the dresses are all so
+fantastic, and the physiognomies so varied, that it would be difficult
+to class them.
+
+The dances and other amusements appear anything but gamesome; and the
+religious ceremonies of the Mandans, of which there are four scenes,
+are horrible in the extreme. It is their annual custom to assemble
+the young men in the "Medicine" or "Mystery" Lodge--the medicine-men
+are a sort of mixture of the doctor, priest, and sorcerer--and after
+being starved for four days and nights, they are tortured in the most
+cruel manner to test their powers of endurance. The animal character,
+sharpened and sometimes ennobled by the influence of moral qualities,
+is strongly expressed in all the heads.
+
+The scenery on the Missouri and Mississippi is remarkable for the
+mixture of beauty and desolation, and an appearance of cultivation in
+the wildest parts. Mr. Catlin's views bear the impress of fidelity
+that belongs to pictures painted on the spot; and their freshness and
+characteristic spirit more than atone for any defects of execution.
+The scenes of buffalo-hunting are full of movement and energy; and the
+groups of Indians are sketched with so much life and action, that the
+scene appears to pass before you. Numerous certificates attest the
+accuracy of the portraits and views. The robes and the tent covering
+exhibit come curious specimens of the pictorial skill of the Indians,
+which reminds one of the Egyptian and Mexican paintings; the outline
+being strongly defined, and with attention to the characteristic
+points. The dresses are very tastefully decorated with beads, feathers,
+and skins; and the pipes, war-clubs, lances, bows, quivers, and shields
+are profusely ornamented: the cradles are really beautiful.
+
+Mr. Catlin is about to publish an account of his expedition, in which
+the various objects in his museum will be more fully explained than in
+the catalogue; previously to which he intends giving a sort of lecture
+in the room descriptive of the people. In the mean time, a visit to
+this "Indian gallery" will give a more lively and distinct idea of the
+aborigines of North America, than a whole course of reading.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE CONSERVATIVE JOURNAL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This is, we believe, the first time that
+the British public have had a fair opportunity, upon an extensive
+scale, of making themselves acquainted with the personal appearance of
+the various tribes of North American Indians, once constituting the
+noblest race of savages that are mentioned in history, but of late
+years sinking into all the depravity which the wicked race of white
+traders has inflicted on them. These manly natives of the woods and
+prairies of America, "the red men," as they are properly denominated,
+are sinking fast in character, and gradually fading from human
+existence, through the sordid and base traffic of the "pale-faces,"
+who drive an infamous trade by bartering the execrable "fire-waters"
+(rum and whisky) amongst these children of the wood, for the furs and
+other produce of their hunting expeditions. Once these vile poisons
+are swallowed by the aborigines, they lose all their manly and martial
+energies, become sottish, feeble, and enervated in mind and body, and
+appear as if conscious of their self-debasement.
+
+With respect to the subjects of exhibition, they are chiefly portraits
+of the most noted chiefs of the various tribes that formerly roamed
+at large over the vast territory of which they were the natural
+proprietors. There are also some of the females of note and others in
+early life, who display attractions of feature and expression which
+would not discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs
+of greatest notoriety here is the celebrated chief "Black Hawk," on
+whose keen eye and determined brow "no compromise" is plainly written
+by the hand of nature. The eldest and second sons of this chief are
+here also, and are worthy of the sire from whom they sprung. There
+are also several other distinguished warriors of this tribe, which is
+denominated the Sacs (Sauskies). There also are distinguished chiefs
+and warriors of the following nations: the Konzas, Osages, Camanchees,
+Pawneepicts, Sioux, Missouries, Mandans, Black Feet, A's-sin-ne-boins,
+Delawares, Choctaws, Cherokees, &c., amounting to some hundred
+portraits; besides views of fine scenery, buffalo-hunting, war and
+other dances; a variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a wigwam, &c.
+We hope soon to give a few interesting details.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                                 ATLAS.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall._--A room 106 feet in length
+and of proportionate breadth and height, is occupied exclusively with
+this most interesting exhibition. Its pictorial portion consists of a
+vast series of portraits of the chiefs, the braves, the medicine-men,
+and squaws of the numerous tribes and nations of Indians--the
+aborigines of North America. Another lengthened series consists of
+landscape views of scenery, the rivers, mountains, and prairies--the
+homes and hunting-grounds of the Red Men. Illustrations of manners
+and customs, including some of the most curious and valuable portions
+of the gallery, form a third series of pictures, and these efforts of
+the pencil extend to upwards of 500. They are not offered as specimens
+of the art, although in that light they are by no means unworthy of
+attention, but as a pictorial history of nations about to be swept by
+the tide of civilization from the surface of the earth. As these bold
+sketches were executed in the wigwam, in the tent, in the steam-boat,
+in the forest, in the canoe, in storm and sunshine, amid strife and
+smoke, and every possible variety of interruption and annoyance, their
+existence is a miracle, and the artist may be proud of the fire and
+spirit, the truth and energy, yes, and the freedom and power with which
+he has, under such circumstances conveyed to canvas the vivid impress
+of the ancient nobles of the forest and the prairie.
+
+In eight years Mr. Catlin visited 48 tribes, including 300,000 Indians;
+has painted 310 portraits from life, and all the scenic accounts we
+have noticed. For the sake of the pictures, of the exhibition itself,
+which is intensely interesting, and yet more for the important lesson
+it teaches, we earnestly recommend the Indian Gallery to the attention
+of the reader.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE BRITANNIA.
+
+_Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly._--The suite of apartments composing
+this unique building has been opened for the exhibition of Catlin's
+Gallery of North American Indians, which comprises a museum of the
+various articles used in domestic life and in war by the aborigines
+who inhabit the Texas and adjoining country. Besides the articles
+of dress and ornament, the instruments of chace and warfare, the
+walls of the apartment are hung with a collection of 500 paintings,
+which represent the figures of living Indian chiefs, their battles,
+festivities, and domestic habits, as well as the scenery of the country
+in the "far west," and the animals which inhabit it, being a faithful
+representation of those distant regions.
+
+At the farther end of the room is a wigwam of buffalo-hide, pitched
+in the manner in which the natives arrange it; namely, in the form
+of a tent, but somewhat more conical. The owner of this interesting
+exhibition, Mr. Catlin, spent several years among the Pawnee, Sioux,
+Crow, and other tribes, for the purpose of taking accurate delineations
+of the noble races of Indians who still wander through the extensive
+prairies in all their primary freedom and independence. The exhibition
+will amuse the mere lounger as much as it will interest the curious and
+reflecting.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         EAST INDIA CHRONICLE.
+
+_North American Indians._--Of late years Cooper's American novels, and
+various works of travels; and, more recently, the Hon. Mr. Murray's
+and Captain Marryat's attractive volumes, have deeply interested us
+respecting the Red Indians of North America, their derivation, manners,
+customs, &c. Mr. Catlin, however, who has devoted eight years of his
+life to these miscalled savage people, who are now rapidly fading
+away from the face of the earth, sad victims of oppression, European
+vice and European disease, is enlightening us still further upon the
+subject. He has opened an exhibition at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+in which are assembled (all of his own painting) about 500 portraits
+of Indian chiefs, warriors, squaws, &c.; landscapes and other scenes,
+illustrating their warlike and religious ceremonies, their customs,
+dances, buffalo hunts, &c. The portraits, many of them valuable even
+as works of art, excite a strong and vivid interest from the almost
+exhaustless variety and force of character which they display. Many
+of the heads are bold and highly intellectual, and remarkable for
+their phrenological developments. Several of the young squaws, too,
+have considerable pretensions to beauty, with abundance of archness,
+vivacity, and good humour. Then again there is an immense collection
+of their weapons, pipes, musical instruments, dresses, &c.; amongst
+them a child's cradle, or whatever it may be termed, in which the women
+carry their children at their backs. It is impossible for persons of
+any age to find themselves otherwise than instructed and gratified by
+this exhibition. Besides what we have mentioned, Mr. Catlin lectures
+thrice a week in the evening, with the assistance of living figures for
+additional illustrations.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                             THE JOHN BULL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--Mr. Catlin is an American artist, who,
+after eight years' toilsome travel, during which he visited forty-eight
+tribes of the aborigines of his native land, and traversed many
+thousands of miles, appearing to have crossed in nearly every direction
+the vast plains which lie between the semi-civilized border and the
+Rocky Mountains, has succeeded in forming a collection which he truly
+terms "unique," and which ought to be so secured by the purchase of
+some Government or other, as to be rendered what he fondly calls it,
+"imperishable." He thus explains the motives which induced him to
+undertake this labour:--"Having some years since become fully convinced
+of the rapid decline and certain extinction of the numerous tribes of
+the North American Indians, and seeing also the vast importance and
+value which a full pictorial history of these interesting but dying
+people might be to future ages, I set out alone, unaided and unadvised,
+resolved (if my life should be spared), by the aid of my brush and
+my pen, to rescue from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and
+customs as the industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could
+accomplish, and set them up in a gallery, unique and imperishable, for
+the use and benefit of future ages."
+
+A proof of the utility of his undertaking is the fact that one of the
+most singularly interesting tribes which he visited, the Mandans, who
+numbered 2000 souls in 1834, have been since wholly destroyed, not
+a remnant of their race left--name, and line, and language utterly
+extinct. Of the other tribes, too, many thousands have perished
+since the period of his visit by the smallpox, which deadly disease
+sweeps them off by wholesale; by the ardent spirits, still deadlier,
+introduced among them by the traders, and by war. The red man seems
+doomed to inevitable destruction; and despite the philanthropist, no
+long period of time, it is to be feared, will elapse before he will
+exist only by the aid of the "brush and pen."
+
+Mr. Catlin has made 310 portraits of distinguished individuals of the
+various tribes, and 200 other paintings illustrative of their manners,
+games, religious and other customs, as well as portraying some of
+the most remarkable scenery of the prairies and wilderness. They are
+roughly executed, but are the more valuable as being evidently faithful
+transcripts from the life. They occupy the entire of the large room of
+the Egyptian Hall, covering the walls on either side, whilst in the
+centre a long table is covered with Indian habiliments and weapons,
+which likewise hang with bears' and other skins in profusion from the
+ceiling, whilst the whole is crowned by a wigwam, a veritable wigwam,
+brought from the foot of the Rocky Mountains. Will or can any one with
+a spark of curiosity, not to name enthusiasm, in his composition,
+begrudge a shilling for the sight?
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE COURT JOURNAL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We must confess that, after the many
+failures of exhibitions analogous to this, we did not go to it prepared
+either to be pleased or to glean from it any novelty of information;
+but we were most agreeably disappointed, and can assure our readers
+that a more attractive exercise for the mind could not well have been
+devised. We may, without hesitation, describe this immense collection
+of portraits, landscapes, costumes, and representations of manners and
+customs, as embracing a view of all the North American Indian tribes
+(resident in the British and Mexican territories, and those of the
+United States) now unexterminated! Out of the entire nations swept away
+by whiskey, smallpox, and the aggressions of the whites, about 300,000
+souls remain; and of these the numbers become every year more and more
+reduced, so that ultimately we may calculate with certainty that they
+will
+
+          "Leave not a wreck behind."
+
+Under this impression Mr. Catlin has done well and wisely to "devote
+more than eight years of his life to the accomplishment of so great a
+design" as that of creating their pictorial history.
+
+Mr. Catlin states that every painting has been made from nature, and
+by his own hand, many of them in the intervals of paddling a canoe, or
+leading a packhorse through trackless wilds, at the hazard of his life;
+that he has visited these people in their own villages, and painted
+their portraits (certificated by the United States authorities) on the
+spot.
+
+The room in which this exhibition takes place is on the ground-floor
+of the Egyptian Hall, and is 106 feet in length. In the centre is a
+very handsome "Crow lodge or wigwam," brought from the foot of the
+Rocky Mountains. It is made of buffalo-skins garnished and painted.
+The pine-poles are thirty in number, and the interior will hold eighty
+persons. On a table near this tent are lances, calumets, tomahawks,
+scalping-knives, and scalps; and above, men's and women's dresses,
+bows, spears, shields, moccasins, war-clubs, drums, &c. Around are
+hung the numerous paintings in oil, comprising portraits, landscapes,
+ceremonies, games, manual occupations, hunting excursions, councils,
+and feasts.
+
+The portraits are very characteristic, the men being for the most
+part tidy, with one or two striking exceptions, and the young women
+remarkably handsome. The landscapes are clearly painted, and the
+ceremonies are very amusing in some instances and very horrible in
+others. Those which please us most are the hunting and travelling
+sketches, and one or two of "the fury of the fight!" For instance, No.
+486, "Bogard, Batiste, and I, chasing a herd of buffalo in high grass,
+on a Missouri bottom," is one of the most spirited things that can be
+imagined; and so also is No. 471, "A Camanchee warrior lancing an Osage
+at full speed."
+
+The great merit of these oil sketches is their manifest correctness,
+not to a line or the mere making out of a horse's head or some portion
+of dress, but to the action and the scene. Not only the portraits, but
+the landscapes and groups, have a certificate of identity.
+
+We recommend to all the "Descriptive Catalogue," which is very amusing,
+and is necessary to the elucidation of customs and localities. At the
+private view to which we were invited on Tuesday there was a very
+numerous assemblage of persons of distinction.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           NEW COURT GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This interesting exhibition consists
+chiefly of portraits of the most distinguished warriors and chiefs of
+the various tribes, besides views of fine scenery, buffalo hunting, war
+and other dances; a vast variety of weapons, dresses, some scalps, a
+wigwam, &c. The collection also contains some of the females of note,
+who display attractions of feature and expression which would not
+discredit the most civilized people. Amongst the chiefs of greatest
+notoriety here is the celebrated chief "Black Hawk." The eldest and
+second sons of this chief are here also, and are worthy of the sire
+from whom they sprung. There are several other distinguished warriors
+of this tribe and others, amounting to some hundred portraits. We can
+strongly recommend our readers to attend; they will then, for the first
+time, become acquainted with the real manners and customs of these
+"before-misrepresented people," who are fast sinking from the face of
+the earth.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                        LONDON SATURDAY JOURNAL.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Indian Gallery._--In visiting it, indeed, the town-bred
+admirer of the freedom and grandeur of "savage life" might find
+somewhat, at first sight, to feed his sentimental fancies. Round the
+room, on the walls, are portraits of Indians, remarkable specimens
+of the true animal man; arrayed in their holiday dresses, tricked
+out in all the variety of savage fancy, and many of them as evidently
+and consciously "sitting for their portraits," as the most pedantic
+and affected superficialist of civilization. With these we have many
+glimpses of the scenery and state of existence connected with "life
+in the wilds." The far stretching prairie; the noble river and its
+"reaches," and "bluffs," and waterfloods; the shaggy bison, whose
+tremendous aspect makes him fearful, even in the stillness of a
+picture; the more terrible grisly bear; the Indian "at home," and the
+the Indian "abroad," with stirring hunting scenes, enough to rouse
+one's blood, and to make an unfledged adventurer long to dash away, and
+try one's skill and courage in an encounter with horned monsters, or
+even that "ugly creature" before whom the "strongest bull goes down."
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         KIDD'S LONDON JOURNAL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery, Egyptian Hall._--By a visit to this
+exhibition, every class of the community, old as well as young, will
+derive much instruction and gratification. Mr. Catlin's representation
+of the red races of North America, their country, their costumes,
+their sports, their religious ceremonies, and, in short, their manners
+and customs, so as to enable us to form a complete idea of them, is
+deserving of the utmost praise. There are above 500 subjects in these
+spacious rooms, from a wigwam to a child's rattle; and everything
+belonging to the various Indian tribes are before the spectator in
+their actual condition and integrity. There are, besides, a multitude
+of portraits of the leading warriors, &c., &c., and other pictures
+of dances, ball-play, ambuscading, fighting; the whole supplying
+by far the most ample and accurate history of them that has ever
+been published to the world. No book of travels can approach these
+realities; and after all we had read of the red men, we confess we
+are astonished at the many new and important points connected with
+them which this gallery impressed upon us. We saw more distinctly the
+links of resemblance between them and other early and distant people;
+and we had comparisons suggested of a multitude of matters affecting
+the progress of mankind all over the earth, alike illustrated by
+similitudes and dissimilitudes.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          SCOTSMAN--EDINBURGH.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Lectures on the North American Indians._--Numbers of
+fashionable persons still continue to attend the Rotunda to inspect
+the varied curiosities belonging to this interesting tribe. We have
+much pleasure in publishing the following testimonial from a gentleman
+well qualified to pronounce an opinion, on the remarkable fidelity and
+effect of Mr. Catlin's interesting and instructive exhibition:--
+
+                                 "Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843.
+  "DEAR SIR,--I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your
+  lectures at the Waterloo Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the
+  Indian character, the display of beautiful costumes, and the native
+  Indian manners, true to the life, realised to my mind and view,
+  scenes I had so often witnessed in the parts of the Indian countries
+  where I had been; and for twenty years' peregrinations in those
+  parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave River north, and from the
+  shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky Mountains, to the mouth of
+  the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean, west, I had opportunities
+  of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition have afforded me great
+  pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you all that success
+  which you so eminently deserve, for the rich treat which you have
+  afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific metropolis.
+
+                     "I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,
+                                                "JOHN HALDANE."
+  "To George Catlin, Esq."
+
+The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson's Bay
+Company, dated New York Factory, Hudson's Bay, 10th December, 1842:--
+
+  "Should you happen to fall in with 'Catlin's Letters on the North
+  American Indians,' I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin's sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character."
+
+
+                          UNITED STATES PRESS.
+
+
+                       THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--The conception and plan of this gallery
+are in a high degree ingenious and philosophical. While it seems to
+the careless victor to be only a very animated representation of
+some of the most striking incidents in Indian life, it is in fact so
+contrived as to contain an intelligent and profound exposition of all
+that characterizes the savage in mind, in memory, and in manners; a
+revelation of the form and qualities of his understanding, of the
+shape and temper of his passions, of his religious impressions and the
+traditions which have given them their hue, and of the mingled ferocity
+and fun, barbarity and _bonhomie_, which streak his character. These
+are the matters that are brought out by a study of these pictures;
+and they show, on the part of the originator of this museum, a
+comprehension and reach of understanding which of themselves merit the
+name of genius. The execution is as happy as the purpose is judicious.
+No artist in this country possesses a readier or more graphic pencil;
+perhaps no one, since Hogarth, has had in so high a degree the faculty
+of seizing at a moment the true impression of a scene before his eyes,
+and transferring it to the canvas. And as a refined and finished
+portrait-painter, his large picture of Osceola alone sets him on a
+level with the most accomplished professors in any part of the States,
+and shows what eminence and what emolument might have been achieved
+by him had he devoted himself to that narrower branch of his art. The
+great and unshared merit of these sketches lies in the circumstance
+that there is nothing either in the grouping or the detail in anywise
+imaginary, but that every scene which his collection contains was
+copied by him from life, while the original was before him. Of the
+tribes thus represented, some have already, in the interval since these
+drawings, been entirely swept away from the earth, and it is plain that
+others, who escape that fate, will, as they are more nearly approached
+by the whites, lose much that is distinctive in their character and
+habits, and in a few, probably a very few years, the only memorial of
+the bravery, the sufferings, the toils, sports, customs, dresses, and
+decorations of the Indians, will be Catlin's Gallery.
+
+We feel great pride in stating that Mr. Catlin is a native of
+Pennsylvania. His birthplace, we are informed, is the valley of the
+Wyoming. There, probably, he acquired that fondness for the free wild
+life of the huntsman and forester that has led him so far from the
+tame continuance of cities, and has made the privations of that remote
+existence tolerable. There, too, he must have imbibed in early youth
+that love of the chace, and that sympathy with its noble excitements,
+which has made him out of sight the best exhibitor of the sports of
+the West that ever yet employed pen or pencil in illustration of the
+magnificent diversions that gave a dash of sublimity to the occupation
+of those dwellers by the sources of the Father of Waters. We, too, have
+seen something of that stirring Western life, and have had a taste of
+its delights and dangers, though we pretend not to a tithe of the lore
+here brought out. We know, perhaps, enough to judge of what is well
+done in this department, and we can testify strongly to the prodigious
+superiority of Mr. Catlin in the conception of the hunting-scenes,
+in the appreciation and selection of its strongest points and most
+interesting moments, and in the vigour and power with which the whole
+is presented, over Mr. Irving. Mr. Irving's style is, at all times,
+nicer and more fastidious than suits our taste; certainly it is too
+dainty to be capable of expressing the roughness and energy of those
+exhibitions. It may be that we ought not to have Indian life at all,
+but if we are to have it, let us have something of the heartiness
+and strength which make it what it is, and let there be some harmony
+between the subject and the manner. In Irving's dialect there are no
+terms for the utterance of what is most peculiar on those occasions;
+the harp-like gentleness of his tones and regularity of his pauses
+cannot present the hurry, helter-skelter dash and drive of those
+impetuous onsets and those breathless contests. His descriptions of
+the buffalo-hunt remind us of Finden's engraving of a ragged peasant,
+wherein the ravelled coat seems fringed with lace, and the cap seems
+tasselled with flakes of the ermine. Catlin brings forward the scene in
+all the rudeness and the raciness of reality.
+
+Upon the whole, Mr. Catlin has accomplished a work which will for ever
+associate his name in the highest rank of honour, with a subject that
+will interest the civilized world every year more and more through all
+coming time. We have learned with great regret that he will certainly
+take his museum to England in the course of a few weeks. We know too
+well how it will be valued there, to imagine that it will ever be
+permitted to come back.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We cannot notice this collection too often.
+It is one of those productions which illustrate, in an eminent degree,
+the observation of Playfair, that when the proper time has arrived
+for some great work to be performed, some individual is raised up by
+Providence whose position and character and capacity precisely fit him
+for accomplishing the design. For reasons that will be appreciated
+by the philosopher, the philanthropist, and the theologian, as well
+as considerations that address themselves to the curiosity of the
+man of general knowledge, it was particularly desirable that a full
+and authentic record should be given to the world of the national
+characteristics of a race whose history is so peculiar, whose condition
+is so curious, and whose speedy extinguishment is so certain, as
+those of the North American Indians. Accordingly, when it is plain
+that the moment has arrived beyond which the portraiture of their
+state cannot any longer be delayed, if it would be known that they
+are in that native predicament which has been in nowise modified by
+European intercourse, a man appears whose birth in a spot of which
+the traditions are so strongly interfused with the memory of the
+Indian (the Wyoming Valley), has caused his imagination to be deeply
+impressed, even from his earliest youth, by the character and actions
+of this people; who is endowed by nature with the hand and eye of
+a painter, and who passes through a professional education which
+advances his talent to the skill of an accomplished artist, and who has
+inherited a fortitude of spirit, an elevation of purpose, and a vigour
+of limb, which render him competent to encounter the dangers, the
+discouragements, and the difficulties which of necessity lie along the
+path to the object in question. The man is willing to devote the best
+years of his life to the task of working out a great picture of those
+tribes of savages which are separated by 2000 miles from the farthest
+settlement of his nation.
+
+One of the most remarkable tribes which has yet been found on this
+continent was that of the Mandans. They were more advanced in the
+knowledge of domestic comforts, and were distinguished for more
+intelligence and a higher sense of honour than any of their brethren.
+They possessed certain very extraordinary and interesting annual
+religious celebrations, which were in part a commemoration of the
+Deluge, and contained, amongst other things, an allusion to the twig
+which the dove brought back from Noah to the earth. Mr. Catlin was the
+first white man who was ever admitted to inspect these ceremonies in
+the sacred hall in which they were performed for four days. He made
+several large and very copious paintings of the scenes which were
+presented to him; and he sketched almost all that was striking in the
+character of this tribe. The next year the whole of this nation was
+swept away by the smallpox; not an individual man, woman, or child
+survives; and the world possesses no other knowledge of this people or
+their traditions than is contained in these pictures in the gallery of
+Catlin. Fortunately they present us with as full and satisfactory a
+representation as could be desired.
+
+We believe that all who have visited this collection have formed but
+one opinion as to its interest and excellence. We would remind our
+readers that this gallery will remain open for their inspection but a
+short time longer before its final removal to England.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Gallery of Indian Paintings._--We congratulate our
+citizens on the opportunity they have now presented to them of
+witnessing the results of Mr. Catlin's labours and travels among the
+tribes of Aborigines inhabiting the Rocky Mountains and the prairies
+of "the far West." Mr. Catlin spent many years among these tribes, at
+the imminent risk of his life, and at an incalculable cost of comfort,
+solely with the view of taking likenesses and sketches from life and
+nature, and of representing these "children of the forest" in their own
+peculiar costumes, and as he found them in their own native wilds.
+
+Of the accuracy of his likenesses we have the most undoubted testimony;
+and of the sketches of scenery, dances, hunting parties, &c., we may
+venture to say they are graphic, bold, and free. We know of nothing
+from which one who has never seen the Indian in his untamed character
+can derive so accurate a knowledge of these fast-disappearing natives
+of the soil as from this gallery.
+
+We would throw in a word in favour of the young--let them by all means
+see this gallery.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                   THE PHILADELPHIA WEEKLY MESSENGER.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--Mr. Catlin's gallery of Indian pictures
+and curiosities has recently been opened at the Arcade for the
+inspection of the citizens of Philadelphia. In common with other
+lovers of amusement, we have visited this collection, and have found
+that it fully justifies whatever has been said by those who visited
+it in Boston and New York, and described it as the most surprising,
+entertaining, and instructive exhibition which the efforts of American
+genius have ever brought before the country....
+
+In this stage of human knowledge Catlin resolved to devote the labours
+of his life to exploring the condition, customs, character, and conduct
+of this people, and to bring home a record of their being, which should
+be to the world a possession for ever. He has fulfilled this purpose.
+He has lifted the veil on which was written "ignorance," and he has
+shown to his countrymen the peculiarities of a life which is competent
+to instruct philosophy with conclusions that it has never dreamt of,
+and entertain curiosity beyond the compass of the wildest fables.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                     THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING POST.
+
+The subjects of Mr. Catlin's pencil, his histories and delineations,
+are of a noble race. The Camanchees, the Mandans, the Pawnees, the
+Blackfeet, Sioux, Crows, Assiniboins, Omahaws, &c. &c., who have not
+yet sunk beneath the withering associations of white people, who on
+their native prairies stalk with noble pride and independence, who
+manufacture their own dresses from the skins of the mountain sheep
+and buffalo, and use their spears, bows and arrows, in preference to
+fire-arms, and with courtly pride and hospitality welcomed the artist,
+and honoured him for his talents of delineation, as a nobleman of
+nature, infinitely superior to the mercenary race of traders and Indian
+agents, who plunder and cheat them when opportunity offers.
+
+The Indian is truly fortunate in having so faithful and industrious
+a champion, historian, and painter as Mr. Catlin, who will no doubt
+rescue their name from the mass of trading libellers that have so long
+corrupted and then slandered them. With a remarkable assiduity and
+perseverance he has devoted many years of his life, and much pecuniary
+means, in preparing a magnificent collection of their dresses,
+instruments, ornaments, portraits, &c. For ourselves, we anticipate
+one of the most original and curious works that has been issued from
+the press for many years, for Mr. Catlin has struck out a new path to
+fame and fortune, and while he leaves a memorial of the true Indian
+uncorrupted native character, he makes a lasting name for himself.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE NEW YORK EVENING STAR.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We would remind those who have not yet
+visited this extraordinary collection, that it will be closed after the
+lapse of a single week, and that it will never again be exhibited in
+America. There will never be presented to our citizens an opportunity
+of inspecting one of the most remarkable and entertaining works that
+the genius and labour of an individual has created in this age and
+country; and those who neglect this occasion of examining this most
+curious monument of talent and enterprise will have missed for ever one
+of the noblest spectacles at which patriotism can refresh its pride,
+or reason can inform its curiosity. Mr. Catlin has received permission
+from the English Chancellor of the Exchequer to import his museum into
+England free from duty, a saving to him of about two thousand dollars.
+He will sail for that country in the course of the summer, and the
+indifference of America will have surrendered to her rival what the
+labour of an American had created for herself.
+
+In our opinion nothing could redound more to the patriotism, national
+pride, and honour of our country, than the purchase by Congress of
+this rare collection of aboriginal curiosities, to enrich a national
+museum at Washington. Such an object is by no means unworthy the
+attention of the nation; and as in the lapse of a few more years all
+traces of this interesting people will have passed away, or but a small
+remnant of them remain in their wilderness asylum almost beyond the
+ken of civilized man, such a depository of the relics peculiar to this
+wonderful people would possess an interest which would be immeasurably
+enhanced when their existence as a nation was for ever blotted out, as
+from present indications it inevitably must be. Located at the capital,
+members of Congress and public-spirited citizens of the far West
+could from time to time contribute to the common stock, until, in the
+course of a few years, a national museum of Indian curiosities would
+be formed to perpetuate their manners, customs, and costumes, that
+would be a monument to the taste and public spirit of the nation to the
+latest generation. The facilities possessed by the Government for the
+successful prosecution of so noble a design commends it forcibly to the
+consideration of Congress. And as it is not yet too late, we trust, to
+secure the co-operation of Mr. Catlin in furtherance of an object so
+congenial with his views, and which would at the same time ensure him
+a just reward for his enthusiastic devotion to this noble enterprise,
+without being compelled to seek it in a foreign land, we would fain
+hope that his stay among us would be prolonged until measures were
+taken to call the attention of Congress to the subject. Should this
+suggestion be favourably received, and it be found that the engagements
+of Mr. Catlin do not preclude its being carried out, we trust the
+project will enlist warmly the interest of our public-spirited and
+patriotic citizens at an early day.
+
+We have already spoken once or twice at some length of the value and
+interest of this exhibition. It addresses itself to the feelings of the
+rudest observer, and engages the imagination of the idlest visitor,
+by revealing, with amazing copiousness, the whole interior life and
+customs of a people singular and striking beyond the speculations
+of romance, and so separated by position, by distrust, and enmity,
+that no one has ever before seen what this man has sketched. To the
+philosopher, the philanthropist, the moralist, and the man of science,
+it presents matter equally attractive and important, in those higher
+regards with which they are conversant, with that which amuses the
+fancy of the rude. By all it will be found a storehouse of wonders,
+which will surprise the mind in present observation, and gratify the
+thoughts in all future recollection.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--I am grieved to see that this noble product
+of American genius is in a few days to leave its native soil, without
+any effective efforts having been made to ensure its permanent return.
+
+I did hope that individual disposition would be matured into common
+action, and that at any price a treasure so honourably, so peculiarly
+American, would be kept from passing into European hands.
+
+Is it _yet_ too late to avert such a result? Cannot we yet prevent such
+a spot upon our city's bright escutcheon?
+
+With what feelings will our descendants enter some department of the
+British Museum, or some _Palais_ or _Musee_ in the city of Bourbons,
+to see a treasure thus surrendered by their fathers? Can they boast
+of Catlin's _powers_ as a national glory? Others can point to the
+possession of the _fruits_ of them as our national disgrace.
+
+Whether in justice or in wrong, our treatment of the Indian nations has
+been a reproach to us through the world. Let it not be in a stranger's
+power to show how noble and how elevated a race we are thus accused of
+having injured.
+
+Let it not be said that while America has extirpated them from
+existence, France or England has preserved the only memorial of what
+they were.
+
+It is at all events yet in the power of each to _visit_ the collection
+in his own country. Let no man who bears the honoured name of an
+American fail to do so. He has no idea of what the rude forefathers
+of his forests were. He has never had Indian existence in its varied
+forms presented to him in such life-like reality, never before so much
+relating to this people so systematically brought together. In the
+labours of Catlin's hand and in the achievements of his pencil, we and
+our descendants must now look for the history of our national ancestry.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         THE AMERICAN SENTINEL.
+
+_Catlin's Gallery._--Mr. Catlin's extraordinary exhibition of Indian
+curiosities and paintings will be closed, as we learn from his
+advertisement, in the course of a few days. This is the last exhibition
+that will be made of this wonderful collection in the United States, as
+it will be taken to England at once and there be disposed of. We trust
+that every one who has a spark of rational curiosity or national pride
+will visit a work which, above every other that we are acquainted with,
+is fitted to gratify both.
+
+We do not think that, all the circumstances being taken together,
+there has been produced in this age any work more wonderful or more
+valuable. The hardy enterprise of the forest-born adventurer must unite
+with the tact and skill a very accomplished diplomatist to carry a man
+through the scenes which Catlin has visited; and the observation of a
+philosophical genius must be joined to the ready skill of a thoroughly
+furnished artist, to bring back from those scenes of savage life such
+illustrations as Catlin now presents. This age will send forth no such
+man; and should such appear at any future period, he will be too late
+for the performance of this task.
+
+This museum possesses in itself more to amaze and delight than any work
+to which we can point. The very spirit of savage existence is unsphered
+before us as we contemplate these graphic sketches. We feel the freedom
+and enthusiasm which mark the life of the hunter and the warrior of
+the west, fascinating above all the attractions of civilized being. We
+are pleased, astonished, charmed by the variety and strangeness of the
+spectacles brought before us.
+
+No parent should suffer himself to feel that he has done justice to his
+children until he has taken them to view this gallery, which will never
+again be open to their inspection. No citizen should suffer it to leave
+the country until he has fully possessed himself of all that it reveals
+respecting the aborigines of his country.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE UNITED STATES GAZETTE.
+
+_Mr. Catlin's Views of the Far West._--There can be no mistake or
+exaggeration in pronouncing the exhibition of these views of the
+scenery and natural history of the western country the most important
+and interesting object for public attention which has ever been offered
+to the eastern division of the United States.
+
+It has been with a fascinating degree of feeling and adventure that
+Mr. Catlin has gone over the immense plains of the west, and employed
+himself with pallet and pencil among all the scenes he could select
+of landscape and natural history, and with the western natives, and
+to sketch people, views, and objects which have formed so much of its
+distinctive character, by which he may rescue and retain the almost
+incredible appearances and habits of a race of men and animals now fast
+disappearing in the march of civilization, upon the remembrance and
+record of history.
+
+The collection of Portraits, made of upwards of 300 persons, forms
+a representation from forty-eight Indian nations, chiefly between
+the settled part of our country and the Rocky Mountains, among which
+are the Sacs, Osage, Pawnee, Camanchee, Sioux, Mandans, Blackfeet,
+Shawnee, Cher-o-kee, Seneca, and Seminoles; and of these, the portraits
+of Osceola, Micanopeah, Keokuk, Black Hawk, Io-way, Red Jacket,
+Co-ee-ha-jo, King Philip, John Ross, with several of their wives and
+children, will always be prominent in the references of American
+history.
+
+In addition to these important objects of personal consideration, the
+peculiar and correct representations and appearances of the general
+western country are prominent, and are all of a highly novel and
+beautiful character.
+
+The views of rivers, towns, settlements, mountains, prairies, and
+waterfalls, and animals, are generally those which have never been
+before presented to us. They have been taken in upwards of 200 oil
+paintings coloured to nature, and consist of the most important
+localities reaching to the Rocky Mountains, finished on the spot
+with a fidelity of delineation and picturesque effect which would
+be creditable to an artist of very high attainments with all the
+"appliances and means" afforded by the best accommodation and leisure.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                   THE PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY COURIER.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--In a late number we took notice of the
+vast and wonderful assemblage of pictures and curiosities by which
+Mr. Catlin has contrived to bring before our eyes the fullness of the
+life of the Western Indians. We would again urge upon our citizens, as
+Americans, and as valuing curious information and refined pleasure, to
+give this gallery a visit. There is not in our land, nor in any part of
+Europe which we have visited, anything of the kind more extraordinary
+or more interesting. The galleries illustrative of national character
+and antiquities which are to be found in London, Paris, Florence, and
+other cities, have been collected by the power of great kings; and
+the outlay of immense treasure, and the apparatus of negotiations,
+and special ministers, and resident consuls, and agents innumerable,
+have been requisite to their completion. This is the work of a single
+individual, a man without fortune and without patronage, who created it
+with his own mind and hand, without aid and even against countenance;
+and who sustained the lonely toils of eight years in a region fearful
+and forbidding beyond the conceptions of civilized life, in order to
+present his countrymen with a work which he knew they would one day
+value as the most remarkable thing they owned, and which he was assured
+that no spirit and no skill but his own could accomplish. He may point
+to his magnificent collection, which now receives the admiration
+of every eye, and may say with honest pride, "Alone I did it!" But
+without the abatement of a reference to the circumstances of the case
+and without any qualification of any sort, we declare that if this
+museum is less gorgeous and less stately than those imperial galleries
+which give fame even to the capitals of England and France, it is not
+less instructive or entertaining than the greatest of them. Of the
+enterprise, the free genius, the noble self-dependence, the stern
+endurance, and indomitable perseverance which our republican system
+glories in inspiring and cherishing, there is no nobler, and there will
+be no more abiding monument, than Catlin's Indian Gallery.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      PHILADELPHIA SATURDAY NEWS.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We have visited it repeatedly, and have
+studied its contents with close attention, as the best exposition of
+savage character and life that has ever been given to the world; and
+the result of our impressions is, that whether we regard the historical
+and philosophic value of this museum, its strangeness and interest as
+matter of entertainment, or the wonderful toil and difficulty that
+must have attended its formation, there is not in our country a work
+more honourable to its author, or more deserving of the esteem and
+admiration of the community. The hardships of Indian existence are
+brought before us with a bold effect; the few refinements by which
+it is comforted are impressively presented; the labours by which it
+is sustained are shown; and the romance which makes it charming is
+brilliantly and copiously exhibited. The gallery is a complete and
+fascinating panorama of savage life; and all who have the smallest
+interest in the wild and stirring existence of the Indian hunter should
+hasten to contemplate this splendid picture. No man has tasted these
+scenes of daring and peril with half the sympathy and understanding of
+Mr. Catlin; and neither in the delicate touches of Irving, nor the more
+vigorous drawings of Hoffman, is there anything like the intelligence
+and interest of these animated sketches. Whoever would know to what
+sounds of glee and exultation the northern forests, even at this hour,
+are echoing, or with what spectacles of merriment or toil the flatness
+of the prairie is enlivened, must view and ponder over this collection.
+
+Mr. Catlin intends to remove this museum to England very soon, and from
+that country it will probably never return. This, therefore, is the
+last opportunity which Americans will have of ever inspecting this most
+curious assemblage. We exhort every one who is a lover either of rare
+entertainment or strange knowledge to lose no time in visiting this
+gallery.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                     THE AMERICAN DAILY ADVERTISER.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--The collection embraces a wonderful extent
+and variety of national history, likewise an exact and discriminating
+range throughout the different tribes. They are all classed with the
+method and arrangement of a philosopher, developed and associated with
+the vivacity of a dramatist, and personated, defined, and coloured with
+the eye and hand of a painter. Rarely, indeed, would one man be found
+who could do all this; still more rarely a man, who to these various
+offices and talents would add the courage, the patience, and the taste
+to become an eye-witness of his subjects, and above all, would possess
+the industry and the veracity to represent them to others, and thus to
+command credibility and admiration.
+
+I hope my fellow-citizens will give this exhibition their repeated
+attention. They will find in it much more than has ever been combined
+before. It will greatly abridge their labours in reading, nay, it
+will tell them what books do not teach; and it will impress upon
+their senses and upon their memories the living portraits of a race,
+distinguished by inextinguishable ardour, unbounded ingenuity, and
+indomitable determination--a race now fast eluding the projects of
+the politician, the researches of the curious, and soon to cease from
+demanding even the sympathies of the humane and conscientious.
+
+We learn that Mr. Catlin is soon to embark for England, where
+encouragement is offered to his remarkable talents and energy, and
+we sincerely wish him the rewards due to native genius, exemplary
+diligence, and moral integrity and refinement.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                         PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER.
+
+_Catlin's Gallery._--We called the attention of our readers some days
+ago to Catlin's Indian Gallery, now exhibiting in this city. This
+collection is in every respect so remarkable and interesting, that we
+again bring it before the notice of the community.
+
+Mr. Catlin visited nearly fifty different tribes of Indians, and
+resided familiarly among them for several years. He made their habits
+and character his exclusive study. With the eye of a poet, the
+judgment of a man of rare sagacity, and the hand of an accomplished
+artist, he saw and scrutinized, and sketched the forms, the feats,
+the entire style of life of the varied nations with whom he had made
+his home. The general features of this strange and most interesting
+people are presented to us in this collection with a copiousness
+and variety which could only be attained by one who had devoted the
+enthusiasm of years to a task, to which he had, in the first instance,
+brought extraordinary talents. Whatever met his watchful glance that
+was striking or peculiar in the religious ceremonies, the warlike
+demonstrations, the festive celebrations of peace and leisure, the
+separate acts and social habits of the wanderers of the distant wilds
+of the west, was instantly transferred to his canvas, and fixed in
+living colours on the very spot where the scene was shown. Accordingly
+we have here illustrations of the mode in which almost every thing,
+which is common or curious, usual or occasional, among the tribes
+is performed. The chace, which there has no meaner object than the
+"stately buffalo," is before us in full and numerous portraiture; the
+rousing of the herd in the centre of some endless prairie, the reckless
+vehemence of the pursuit by the wild horse and the wilder hunter, the
+mad dashing of the fearless sportsman into the midst of the monstrous
+throng, with nothing but bow and knife; the unhorsing of some, who roll
+trampled under foot, and of others who are tossed high into the air;
+the final capture and death of the huge victim of the sport, all these
+are presented to us in the freshness and freedom of the very scenes
+themselves of this magnificent excitement. Then there are dances
+of an art and an intricacy that might instruct Almack's itself; the
+bear dance, in which, clothed in skins, they imitate the postures and
+movements of that animal; the buffalo dance, in which they are masked
+in the skulls which they have taken in the hunt; the eagle dance, which
+mimics the attitude of that bird; the dance on the snow in peculiar
+shoes; and the numerous dances of war. Then we have bold and admirable
+sketches of the scenery of the prairies and the hills 2000 miles above
+St. Louis, presenting a richness and brilliance of verdure of which the
+Atlantic resident has never formed a conception. In short, it would
+be difficult to point out a single particular in which the sketches
+of this ardent and able painter do not furnish the fullest and most
+valuable information about the western continent and its inhabitants.
+There are portraits, likewise, of all the remarkable persons whom the
+artist encountered in his rambles, painted on the spot, in their actual
+dresses and natural positions, certified as rigidly accurate, in every
+instance, by officers of the United States, who were present at the
+time.
+
+But sketches are not all that this unique collection consists of.
+There is a large number of the dresses of the chiefs and women, rich
+and curious to a very great degree, implements of war and of social
+life--articles by which friendship is promoted and leisure is amused.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                   PHILADELPHIA HERALD AND SENTINEL.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery_ is one of the most curious and interesting
+collections ever brought before the public. The portraits of the chiefs
+and warriors constitute perhaps the least striking portion of the
+gallery; although the natural freedom and boldness of the attitudes,
+and the life-like variety and expression of the countenances,
+caught with a rare felicity by the accomplished artist, render them
+immeasurably superior in attraction and value to anything of that kind
+ever before presented to the community. They were all sketched on the
+spots of their residence, and in the characteristic attire of their
+tribes; and the certificates of different United States officers,
+attached to the back of each picture, testify to the accuracy and
+completeness of each individual portraiture. The largest and by far the
+most engaging and peculiar part of the collection, consists of sketches
+of groups occupied in the various games, sports, and diversions, by
+which the monotony of savage life is amused.
+
+Mr. Catlin visited forty-eight different tribes, and was domesticated
+amongst them for eight years; and whenever any spectacle of merriment,
+or business, or religion was got up, the painter drew apart from the
+company, and producing the canvas which was always in readiness, seized
+with an Hogarthian quickness and spirit the outlines and the impression
+of the scene before him, and has perpetuated for the gratification
+of posterity the faithful and vivid likenesses of some of the most
+extraordinary acts and incidents which the history of man can exhibit.
+Sketched with a distinctness and a particularity which indicate an
+uncommon degree of talent and skill on the part of the artist, we
+find among these paintings almost everything that is characteristic
+in the life and conduct of the Indian: the energetic dance, marked
+by a science and a significance, unknown to the amusements of more
+cultivated nations,--the hunt of the buffalo, with its impressive
+incidents of danger and daring--the religious rite--the military
+council--the game--the fight--the voluntary torture by which the
+"Stoic of the woods" displays his hardihood of nerve and spirit--and
+the grotesque gaiety which marks the occasional mirthfulness of a
+nature usually so much restrained. All these are brought before us
+with a fidelity of delineation attested by the certificates of the
+most competent and reputable witnesses, and animation and interest
+acknowledged by all who have approached them.
+
+This collection is not only unique, as it concerns the particular
+people whose state and character it illustrates; but, as throwing light
+upon a grade and condition of the human race of which little has ever
+been known, it possesses an importance novel and unparticipated: for it
+has never happened, in the history of the world, that a savage people
+has been approached and depicted with this intelligent completeness.
+He who would learn what are the dispositions and the faculties which
+belong to the mind and heart of man, in the mere rudeness of his
+natural state, will find more satisfactory sources of information in
+this Indian gallery than in the fullest descriptions of travellers or
+the astutest schemes of metaphysicians.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--It is a remarkable circumstance, and one
+very characteristic of the energy of this age, that the same year
+and almost the same month should have witnessed the completion of
+three independent collections, each of which, after its way, gives
+us a complete portraiture of the nation to which it refers. What
+Mr. Dunn's figures have accomplished for China, and Mr. Wilkinson's
+drawings have done for Egypt, Mr. Catlin's paintings have performed for
+the Indian tribes. The first of these has excited the admiration of
+America, the second has won the applause of Europe; if the last is less
+brilliant than the one, it is more lively than the other, and it is
+not less complete than either. It is not merely a minute and thorough
+description of a nation whose situation and history render everything
+that relates to it in the highest degree curious and personal to
+Americans, but it addresses itself to the admiration and instruction
+of every philosophic mind as an encyclopaedia picture of the savage
+state. While no histories present us with such copious information of
+the characteristics of those particular tribes, which are intimately
+and eternally connected with our annals, no speculative treatises
+contain anything like the knowledge here garnered of the qualities and
+attributes of that condition which is called the state of nature. The
+eye of childhood and the mind of age are alike astonished and informed
+by the spectacles here strikingly presented by this unrivalled work.
+
+Mr. Catlin is a native of Pennsylvania, and has therefore peculiar
+claims upon the attention of Philadelphians. We know and are persuaded
+that when this Museum, after the very few days allotted to its
+continuance here, is closed and removed for ever from our land, it will
+be a matter of deep and permanent regret to all who now fail to visit
+it, that they have lost the sight.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                     THE PHILADELPHIA EVENING STAR.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--This interesting museum of curiosities,
+collected by Mr. Catlin, during a residence of more than eight years
+among forty tribes of Indians, and of sketches painted by him,
+illustrative of their habits and customs, is now exhibited at the
+Arcade in this city. It is an eloquent and illustrious witness of
+the genius, disinterestedness, and toil of the person who brought it
+together. Those productions of Mr. Catlin's pencil, which were given
+to the world many years since, evinced his ability to rank, at some
+day, with the first artists of this country; but instead of devoting
+himself to those lucrative branches of his profession, which would
+have gained him a sure return of wealth, he resolved, at the bidding
+of an enthusiasm, perhaps inspired by the legends of his native valley
+of Wyoming, to dedicate his life to the great and generous purpose of
+presenting to his countrymen a satisfactory portraiture of a nation
+which had so interesting a connexion with their own history, and
+whose condition has always produced so strong an impression upon the
+imagination of Americans. Alone and unsupported, save by a dauntless
+spirit, he turned towards the western forests to seek the Indian in his
+boundless home.
+
+          "The general garden, where all steps may roam,
+          Whose nature owns a nation for her child,
+          Exulting in the enjoyment of the wild."
+
+The perils of more than a Ulyssean voyage were encountered before the
+artist could feel that his object was accomplished, and before he would
+permit himself to return to his family and friends.
+
+We have devoted much time and a close attention to the sketches which
+Mr. Catlin has brought back; and we are convinced that, severe as were
+the labours and privations to which he was subject, they were less
+than the value of this collection. Whoever will study the numerous and
+varied representations here given of savage life, and will reflect how
+complete a picture is presented of a most peculiar and unknown race,
+will be persuaded, we think, that no greater accession has been made
+to the sum of human knowledge and human entertainment, in this age and
+country, than is produced by this Museum. The philosophy of Indian
+character is revealed with curious distinctness by one portion of
+the paintings, while another class presents the picturesque of that
+existence with singular spirit. Many striking suggestions for the
+history of civility, and many valuable metaphysical considerations, are
+prompted by a survey of these illustrations of the intelligence and
+the instincts of this people; and any man who would taste the poetry
+of this wild life, will find enough to satisfy him in the animated
+exhibitions of the hunt, the march, and the fight, which are here
+brought before his eyes. In Mr. Irving's very graphic descriptions
+of the amusements of the prairie, there is nothing half so bold and
+stirring as the noble pictures which here bring the adventures of the
+buffalo-hunt before us, or the terrors of the fight with the grisly
+bear.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           THE PENNSYLVANIAN.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We alluded briefly a few days since
+to Catlin's Indian Gallery, now open in the saloon at the Arcade,
+and we again call attention to it as one of the most gratifying
+exhibitions of the day, to all who feel the slightest interest in the
+aborigines of our country, or desire to become acquainted with the
+topographical features of the great western wild. This collection
+is the result of years of toil and privation, sustained by a rare
+and commendable enthusiasm. Mr. Catlin, who is an artist of much
+ability, and is likewise in other respects well fitted for the task
+which he voluntarily assumed, devoted himself to a study of the
+Indian character, and steadily followed out his great object for a
+considerable length of time. He has visited many of the tribes who yet
+roam in their native wildness, and he became as it were domesticated
+among them to study their habits and dispositions, encountering all
+the perils and privations which necessarily attend an enterprise of
+this nature. In the course of his rambles, he made paintings of every
+thing calculated to give a vivid impression to others of the persons,
+events, and scenes which fell under his notice, and the result is a
+magnificent collection of portraits and views of the most interesting
+character, made still more attractive by an immense variety of Indian
+dresses, arms, and utensils of many kinds, which, with the illustrative
+scenes, give a clear idea of aboriginal characteristics, and form a
+pleasing evidence of the results which can be achieved by the untiring
+perseverance of a single man. Mr. Catlin has in this way made a
+contribution to American history which must gain for him an enduring
+fame. It should form the nucleus of a national museum, that posterity
+may have some relics of a people doomed to speedy destruction, as much
+by their own inflexible nature as by the rolling tide of civilization.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       THE PHILADELPHIA GAZETTE.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--We could scarcely recommend a more pleasing
+and instructive collection than this to the notice of the community.
+It is what only a Catlin, with his enthusiasm and perseverance, could
+have accomplished. To him the study of nature is most appropriate in
+her great hall or cathedral:--
+
+          "That vast cathedral, boundless as our wonder,
+            Whose quenchless lamps the sun and moon supply;
+          Its choir the winds and waves; its organ thunder;
+                          Its dome the sky."
+
+The boundless woods have been his home, and dwellers of the wilderness
+the sitters for his art. So far as Indian life is concerned, the reader
+will find a little of every thing in Catlin's gallery; not of faces
+merely, but of grand western life and scene.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                               THE WORLD.
+
+_Catlin's Indian Gallery._--I visited this collection with expectations
+very highly excited by the strong and renewed expressions of admiration
+which it had received from the press in New York and Boston; but my
+anticipations had fallen below the reality in degree as much as they
+had differed from it in kind. I had supposed that it was merely an
+assemblage of the portraits of distinguished Indian chieftains, instead
+of being, as we find that it is, a very complete and curious tableau
+of the life and habits of the strange and interesting races which once
+inhabited the soil we now possess. Mr. Catlin's advertisement does no
+justice to the character of his collection. He does not state himself.
+He is a person of lofty genius and disinterested ambition, and he has
+abhorred to tarnish the purity of his self-respect by even claiming his
+own.
+
+Mr. Catlin spent eight years in the most intimate intercourse with the
+tribes which occupy the territory lying 2000 miles above St. Louis.
+His only purpose in visiting these remote and secluded nations was
+to transfer to his canvas faithful representations of those scenes
+of conduct which were most characteristic of that people, and those
+personal traits which would best transmit the memory of the savage
+to times which would no longer witness his existence. This design
+he fulfilled by copying on the spot pictures of the sports, fights,
+business, and religious ceremonies which passed before his sight; and
+the gallery which he now opens to the community, revives before the
+gaze of refinement, the whole condition and qualities of the wild
+and far-roaming occupants of the prairies and forests. An attentive
+examination of his museum has led us to the opinion that this is one
+of the most striking triumphs that the pencil has ever achieved; for
+while the brush of Lawrence preserves the likeness of an individual,
+that of Catlin has perpetuated the portraits of a nation. Let every
+American visit this exhibition; let every one who would be informed or
+entertained give it his protracted study. The more it is examined the
+more it will gratify.
+
+
+                             FRENCH PRESS.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      CONSTITUTIONNEL du 22 Juin.
+
+Le musee Catlin est une des collections les plus curieuses qu'on ait
+vues a Paris, tant a cause du caractere naif de la peinture, qu'a cause
+de l'originalite des sujets qu'elle represente.
+
+M. Catlin a donc rapporte de son voyage aux Montagnes Rocheuses quatre
+a cinq cents toiles, portraits ou paysages, tous peints d'apres
+nature. Parmi ces portraits, il y a des figures d'une beaute, d'une
+elegance superbes. Il y a des profils, le croirait-on, qui rappellent
+le type grec ou l'Antinoues. Bien plus, dans les scenes de danse ou
+de combat, dans les fetes ou les assemblees de tribus, on remarque
+tres souvent des personnages dont la pose, l'attitude, le geste,
+ressemblent tout-a-fait a l'antique. Cela n'est pas, d'ailleurs, si
+surprenant pour qui veut reflechir au caractere de la beaute antique.
+Qu'est-ce donc qui distingue l'art grec entre tous les arts? n'est-ce
+pas la simplicite et le naturel? Les artistes grecs avaient le bonheur
+de trouver d'abord autour d'eux toutes les conditions premieres de
+race, de climat, de civilisation, qui favorisent le developpement
+de la beaute; et secondement, ils laissaient faire la nature et ne
+torturaient jamais le mouvement de leur modele. Il n'y a dans toute la
+statuaire grecque que cinq ou six poses peut-etre qui sont le type de
+tous les autres mouvemens. Les hommes rapproches de la nature ne se
+tortillent pas comme les civilises. Le calme est d'ordre naturel; et
+c'est la un des premiers elemens de la beaute antique qu'on retrouve
+dans la _beaute sauvage_.
+
+Les paysagistes pourraient bien aussi etudier avec profit la peinture
+facile et vraie de M. Catlin qui n'est pourtant initie a aucun des
+procedes scabreux de l'art civilise. M. Catlin peint tranquillement du
+premier coup, en mettant un ton juste et franc a cote d'un autre, et il
+ne parait pas qu'il revienne jamais ni par glacis ni par empatement.
+Mais son sentiment est si vif et en quelque sorte si sincere, son
+execution si naive et si spontanee, que l'effet, vu juste, est rendu
+juste. Il a fait ainsi des ciels d'une transparence et d'une lumiere
+bien difficile a obtenir, meme pour les praticiens les plus habiles
+des lointains d'une finesse rare et bien balances entre la terre et
+le ciel. En presence de cette nature toute nouvelle, de ces formes
+singulieres du pays, de cette couleur du ciel et des arbres, si
+originale, un peintre de profession se serait bien tourmente pour
+exprimer toutes ces belles choses, et il y aurait sans doute mis
+beaucoup trop de ses prejuges et de sa personnalite civilisee. Il est
+tres heureux que M. Catlin ait ete seulement assez peintre pour faire
+tout bonnement sur la toile ce qu'il voyait, sans parti pris d'avance
+et sans convention europeenne. Nous avons ainsi des steppes dont nous
+ne nous faisions pas une image, des buffles prodigieux, des chasses
+fantastiques, et une foule d'aspects et de scenes plus interessantes
+l'une que l'autre. Ici, c'est un marais vert tendre, entoure d'arbres
+sveltes et legers. La, c'est la plaine infinie avec ses grandes herbes
+mouvantes comme les vagues d'une mer sans repos, et l'on apercoit une
+course diabolique de quelques animaux dont on a peine a distinguer
+la forme et qui fendent l'immensite. C'est un buffle poursuivi par un
+cavalier penche sur la criniere de son cheval sauvage; mais au-dessus
+des herbes profondes, on ne voit que les epaules bossues du buffle
+et les oreilles dressees du cheval. Quel drame! Ou vont-ils? ou
+s'arreteront-ils? Quelques autres tableaux presentent les aventures
+de la navigation et de la guerre, des chasses ou les hommes, couverts
+de peaux de loup, s'avancent a quatre pattes pour surprendre les
+buffles, ou les chevaux sauvages sont enveloppes de lacets perfides,
+des ceremonies religieuses ou de volontaires martyrs se font pendre et
+torturer en l'honneur du Grand Esprit.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                       LE CHARIVARI, Paris, 1845.
+
+Il y avait la une magnifique collection, un musee rare, que dis-je?
+unique et precieux, amasse a grands frais, a grand' peine, par un
+artiste passionne et patient, par M. Catlin, voyageur aussi intrepide
+que peintre naif et que sincere historien. Ce musee est a la fois une
+collection d'objets d'art et un recueil de notes scientifiques sur une
+classe d'hommes qui diminue de jour en jour devant les empietemens de
+la civilisation, et qui dans cinquante ans aura completement disparu du
+globe. C'est le portrait aussi fidele que possible, le daguerreotype
+d'un monde qu'on ne retrouvera plus, et le gouvernement l'a laisse
+partir, l'a laisse perdre; il n'a pas meme senti la necessite de
+l'acquerir. Il n'a fait ni une offre ni un prix a l'artiste qu'il eut
+recompense ainsi qu'il devait l'etre de dix ans d'etudes et d'efforts.
+Tout le monde y aurait gagne: le peintre qui craint devoir eparpiller
+un jour le resultat de tant de peines et de travaux, eut ete heureux
+de le voir conserve, concentre, consacre a jamais, en lieu sur, a la
+science et a l'art.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                      L'OBSERVATEUR, Oct. 9, 1845.
+
+_Le Musee-Indien de M. Catlin._--Lorsque la civilisation recule partout
+les bornes de son horison et resserre dans un etroit espace les
+peuplades nomades et sauvages qui se refusent au joug de la domination
+europeenne, ce n'est pas sans un certain interet qu'on visite le Musee
+Indien de M. Catlin. En voyant la collection du celebre touriste,
+l'esprit se refuse a croire que ce soit la l'oeuvre d'un seul homme.
+Et cependant, rien n'est plus vrai. Explorateur hardi, M. Catlin a
+passe huit annees de sa vie a parcourir les Montagnes Rocheuses et
+les parties les plus reculees de l'Amerique septentrionale; artiste
+enthousiaste, il a brave les dangers, supporte les fatigues et les
+privations de toutes sortes pour mener a bonne fin son audacieuse
+entreprise. Il a visite les Indiens dans leurs wig-wams; il les a
+suivis dans leurs chasses; il a etudie leurs moeurs, leurs coutumes,
+ne se laissant arreter par aucun obstacle, tenant quelquefois son
+pinceau d'une main, tandis qu'il conduisait son canot de l'autre.
+Aussi, ne nous montrerons nous pas d'une grande severite a l'egard de
+ses tableaux; ce n'est, pour la plupart, que des esquisses faites a
+grands traits et dont le merite consiste dans la verite des costumes
+et des sites et dans la ressemblance parfaite des portraits, ainsi
+que l'attestent les certificats les plus flatteurs delivres au hardi
+voyageur, sur les lieux memes, par des personnes dont la veracite et la
+competence ne sauraient etre mises en doute.
+
+La collection que M. Catlin a rapportee de ses excursions est d'autant
+plus curieuse qu'elle est unique en son genre. Elle se compose de plus
+de cinq cents tableaux representant des portraits, des paysages, et des
+scenes de moeurs qui sont comme une histoire descriptive de ces races
+primitives, que la guerre et la chasse deciment chaque jour, et qui
+disparaitront sans doute bientot de la surface du globe.
+
+Quant a M. Catlin, nous devrons a ses explorations et a sa collection
+de ne pas voir tomber dans l'oubli les moeurs, les costumes, et
+la physionomie de ces races, qui dans quelques siecles n'existeront
+peut-etre plus qu'a l'etat de souvenir.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          MONITEUR DE L'ARMEE.
+
+M. Catlin, c'est le nom de cet artiste plein de resolution et de
+perseverance, a passe huit annees au milieu des villages Indiens et sur
+la prairie; il a connu tous les chefs des tribus et les guerriers les
+plus renommes; il a assiste aux chasses dangereuses, aux jeux amines
+et quelquefois sanglans des sauvages; il a observe leurs coutumes et
+leurs superstitions; il a recueilli leurs traditions orales, et tout
+ce qu'il a vu, sous les yeux des Indiens, ses hotes, et souvent au
+peril de sa vie, il l'a represente sur la toile, ecrivant ainsi d'apres
+nature toute l'histoire de populations que la guerre, et surtout les
+liqueurs fortes et la petite verole, font decroitre d'annee en annee
+dans une progression si rapide, que l'on peut prevoir que d'ici a
+cinquante ans, la civilisation les pressant d'ailleurs et les refoulant
+vers les montagnes, il ne restera peut-etre plus d'elles que de tres
+petits groupes ou des individus isoles destines a disparaitre bientot
+de la terre. Les peaux ronges ne pouvant laisser aucune trace durable
+de leur passage sur le globe,--car si quelques tribus out des cabanes
+de terre, aucune n'a eleve de monumens qui puissent temoigner de leur
+existence aupres des generations a venir--les resultats que M. Catlin a
+si heureusement obtenus dans une entreprise si hasardeuse ne sauraient
+etre trop apprecies par les amis de la science, les ethnographes et les
+artistes.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                          QUOTIDIENNE, Paris.
+
+M. Catlin est un peintre plein de conscience et de talent, et un
+voyageur aussi intrepide qu'intelligent, qui a passe huit ans de sa vie
+a explorer les tribus sauvages du nord de l'Amerique et les rives du
+Missouri. Les efforts et les travaux de cet Americain meritent qu'on
+les examine avec attention, et qu'on les recommande a l'appreciation
+des artistes et des savans.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                            GALIGNANI, 1845.
+
+_The Catlin Museum._--The utter strangeness of this remarkable
+exhibition--displaying, it may be said, a living _tableau_ of the
+customs and habitudes of a race who, while the march of time has
+been effecting the most extraordinary changes in the great family
+of mankind, still remain in a primitive state of nature--at first
+misunderstood by the Parisian public, has now become an object of
+general and intense curiosity. Mr. Catlin's collection of the arms
+and utensils of the various tribes, with their wigwams, the identical
+habitations which have ere now sheltered them from the tempest in the
+depths of some North American forest, they carry back the mind, as it
+were, to the infancy of the human species, "when wild in woods the
+noble savage ran." The illusion, for it nearly amounts to that, is
+wonderfully aided by an examination of Catlin's sketches, taken upon
+the spot, and often in the midst of the dangers he has depicted with
+spirited fidelity. These paintings, boldly and rapidly thrown off,
+are illustrative of every phase of savage existence. We have to thank
+Mr. Catlin for an insight into the lives and history of this most
+interesting race, which has all the charms of the wildest romance, but
+which books can never supply.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                           GAZETTE DE FRANCE.
+
+Grace a M. Catlin, l'aneantissement de ces interessantes peuplades
+n'est plus possible: leurs moeurs, leurs coutumes, leurs usages,
+seront sans doute de sa part l'objet d'un travail consciencieux et
+approfondi, en meme temps que ces pinceaux conserveront les traits
+et la physionomie de ces Peaux Rouges, que deja le celebre romancier
+Americain nous avait fait connaitre. Non content d'avoir transporte en
+Europe les armes, les costumes, les tentes, et tous les instrumens qui
+servent a l'usage des Indiens, et qui forment un singulier contraste
+avec notre civilisation, M. Catlin a voulu que des monumens plus
+durables conservassent le souvenir de ces sauvages de l'Amerique
+du Nord; il a dessine lui-meme les portraits des Indiens les plus
+remarquables, leurs danses, leur maniere de fare la chasse, et leurs
+expeditions guerrieres.
+
+On ne peut assez admirer comment un homme a pu tracer tant de figures
+et de paysages, pris sur les lieux memes, dans des courses souvent
+tres longues et tres fatigantes. C'est la un prodige de la science.
+Assis au milieu des sauvages, M. Catlin employait son temps a retracer
+sur la toile tout ce qu'il voyait. Aussi peut-on etre assure d'avoir
+sous les yeux la representation exacte des costumes des sauvages
+du Nouveau-Monde. Si quelques-uns de ces portraits ne sont pas des
+oeuvres d'art, du moins les savans leur doivent-ils l'histoire
+d'une tribu sauvage, detruite entierement par les ravages de la
+petite-verole. Sans M. Catlin, on ne saurait plus maintenant si elle a
+existe, et son pinceau l'a sauvee de l'oubli.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                            L'ILLUSTRATION.
+
+La presence a Paris des Indiens Y-o-Ways donne de l'apropos au compte
+rendu suivant d'un voyage chez les Indiens de l'Amerique du Nord,
+voyage du a M. Geo. Catlin, auquel un sejour de huit annees parmi ces
+diverses peuplades a permis de s'initier d'une maniere complete a
+leurs moeurs et a leurs habitudes. Dans un livre plein d'interet,
+de faits curieux, de revelations si extraordinaires qu'on croit rever
+en les lisant, il a consigne les resultats de ses investigations et
+des observations qu'il a recueillies sur une race d'hommes qui va
+s'eteignant de jour en jour, et dont, sur l'affirmation de l'auteur,
+il ne restera plus vestiges d'ici a peu d'annees. Au charme de
+ces recits, M. Geo. Catlin a ajoute des dessins d'une scrupuleuse
+exactitude, des portraits des principaux chefs de tribus, dans leurs
+riches costumes que nous aurons occasion de decrire, des paysages d'un
+effet saisissant, des esquisses de jeux, de chasses, de ceremonies
+religieuses, de combats, etc., etc. On peut donc dire que le livre
+de M. Catlin est ecrit aussi bien pour les hommes serieux que pour
+les grands enfants qui aiment tent les images, comme nous avouons les
+aimer, et qui s'amuseront de la bizarrerie des costumes de tous ces
+bons sauvages.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                            REVUE DE PARIS.
+
+_Galerie Indienne de M. Catlin._--La salle Valentino, transformee en
+une sorte de Musee Indien, au moyen des cinq a six cents peintures
+et esquisses, executees toutes, d'apres nature, par M. Catlin, cet
+energique et courageux voyageur, durant une peregrination de huit
+annees, a travers l'immense territoire qui s'etend des Montagnes
+Rocheuses aux derniers etablissemens Americains ou Mexicains,--cette
+salle offrait deja un spectacle fort interessant. M. Catlin a visite,
+en bravant mille obstacles et souvent au peril de sa vie, quarante-huit
+des tribus qui resident dans la prairie, ou elles vivent dans un etat
+de guerre perpetuel. Installe sous le wigwam de l'Indien Corbeau ou
+du Mandan, dans la cabane du Cherokee ou de l'Ariccara, il a execute
+chacun des tableaux de cette immense collection ayant la nature
+sous les yeux; aussi les presente-t-il au public plutot comme des
+_fac-similes_ identiques de la vie Indienne que comme des oeuvres
+d'art. Ces _fac-similes_ sont on ne peut plus expressifs et curieux.
+
+La collection des peintures de M. Catlin se compose de trois cent dix
+portraits de chefs Indiens et de personnages de distinction, hommes ou
+femmes de differentes tribus, et de deux cents esquisses representant
+les sites les plus remarquables des contrees qu'il a visitees, les
+danses et les ceremonies des peuplades qui les habitent, et des scenes
+de guerre et de chasse. C'est donc a la fois une representation fidele
+de la physionomie du pays et des moeurs et coutumes de ses habitans,
+representation d'autant plus precieuse qu'elle a pour objet une race
+qui s'eteint (_dying people_), et qui s'eteint avec une rapidite qui
+tient du prodige.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+                  MONITEUR INDUSTRIEL, Nov. 16, 1845.
+
+Parmi tous les voyageurs qui ont explore l'Amerique du Nord, aucun
+ne s'est occupe des races Indiennes autant que M. Catlin. Presque
+seul dans un canot d'ecorce, il a suivi tout le cours du Missouri, et
+pendant huit annees il en a parcouru en tous sens l'immense bassin,
+s'en allant de tribu en tribu, comme autrefois Herodote, le pere
+de l'histoire, s'en allait de ville en ville, de region en region,
+s'enquerant des moeurs, des traditions et des idees des populations
+lointaines.
+
+M. Catlin est encore dans la force de l'age, mais ses traits palis
+portent l'empreinte d'une vie deja longuement et peniblement eprouvee.
+Son abord est froidement poli, son visage severe et pensif, comme celui
+d'un homme qui a vu beaucoup de choses. Toute sa personne revele une
+indomptable energie. En public, il parle l'Anglais avec une remarquable
+puissance; il y a dans son accentuation quelque chose du magnifique
+enthousiasme d'un poete.
+
+Le grand ouvrage de M. Catlin est un beau monument eleve a la science;
+il faut esperer qu'on songera a en donner une traduction Francaise.
+Chemin fesant, M. Catlin a dessine et peint une etrange collection de
+vues, de scenes naturelles, de portraits d'indigenes et de scenes de
+moeurs. Cette nombreuse collection de toiles doit necessairement
+se sentir de la rapidite forcee du travail, et des circonstances
+difficiles d'execution ou s'est trouve l'artiste dans un voyage a
+travers les deserts de l'Ouest. On demeure, au contraire, etonne que le
+courageux explorateur ait pu mettre dans de telles peintures autant de
+mouvement et de verite. Ici, c'est un troupeau de bisons surpris par
+des chasseurs qui se trainent en rampant, couverts de peaux trompeuses;
+la, c'est un guerrier a cheval, poursuivant son ennemi dans une
+course, sans hyperbole, vraiment echevelee; plus loin, c'est une danse
+frenetique, excitation a la volupte ou au carnage; ou bien des scenes
+de tortures qui semblent copiees dans l'enfer.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+             INDEPENDANCE, BRUSSELS, JAN. 4, 1846.
+
+ _Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the
+     North American Indians_, by G. Catlin (Lettres et Notes sur les
+     Moeurs, les Coutumes, et l'Etat Social des Indiens du Nord
+     de l'Amerique, par George Catlin). 2 vol. ornes de plusieurs
+     centaines de planches.
+
+Fils d'un homme de loi, eleve lui-meme pour figurer au barreau, devenu
+enfin avocat, M. Catlin aimait trop le grand air et les voyages pour
+se laisser claquemurer dans l'antre de la chicane. Deux passions
+d'ailleurs se partageaient sa vie: la peche et la peinture. Quand
+il n'etait pas au bord d'une riviere, il etait devant une toile, et
+vice-versa. Il apprit la peinture sans maitre, y devint habile apres
+trois ou quatre ans d'etudes, et se demandait a quel but il devouerait
+son existence, et l'esprit un peu enthousiaste qui l'animait,
+lorsqu'arriverent a Washington, des pays bien loin a l'Ouest, une
+douzaine d'Indiens au port noble et majestueux, accoutres de leurs
+vetements bizarres, mais pittoresques, la tete ornee de leur casque,
+le bras charge de leur bouclier, le corps ceint de la tunique de peau
+d'antilope, les epaules couvertes du manteau de buffle.
+
+Ces braves gens firent l'admiration des gamins et du beau monde de
+Washington et donnerent beaucoup a reflechir a notre peintre. Il se
+dit que les vetements de la civilisation ne servaient pas seulement a
+voiler, mais a gater la grace et la beaute naturelles, que l'homme non
+garrotte dans les liens de l'art, devait offrir a l'artiste le plus
+magnifique modele, et que l'histoire et les coutumes des peuplades
+sauvages etaient des sujets dignes d'occuper la vie d'un homme.
+
+Ces reflexions etaient a peine achevees que M. Catlin prit son parti.
+Il consulta bien pour la forme quelques amis qui essayerent de le
+detourner de son projet; ils lui representerent les dangers auxquels
+il allait s'exposer, les fatigues inouies qu'il aurait a supporter
+et bien d'autres arguments auxquels il fut insensible. M. Catlin fit
+ses paquets qui n'etaient pas lourds, et qui se composaient de toiles
+roulees, de brosses, de couleurs, de papier et de crayons; il mit
+sa carabine en bandouliere; et le baton blanc a la main il partit
+pour l'Ouest en quete d'aventures, de Peaux-Rouges, de buffles et de
+prairies.
+
+Mais au train dont marchent les Yankees, il avait long a aller avant
+d'atteindre les vastes solitudes ou sont encore disseminees les
+peuplades sauvages. La civilisation le poursuivait partout; la ou
+il esperait voyager en canot, il etait force de prendre le bateau a
+vapeur; la ou il se croyait au milieu des sauvages, il se trouvait
+avec des compatriotes; l'Ouest, but de son voyage, semblait le fuir a
+mesure qu'il en approchait. Il maudissait les pionniers qui avec leur
+beche et leur marteau ont implante la civilisation dans les parties
+les plus reculees de l'Amerique, et il desesperait de rencontrer les
+Peaux-Rouges qui devenaient un mythe pour lui, lorsqu'il tomba au
+milieu d'un village Mandan. Sa joie fut un peu calmee en apercevant
+que la civilisation avait encore passe par la sous la forme d'un agent
+de la compagnie des fourrures du Missouri. Mais il restait assez de
+sauvagerie dans la localite pour le satisfaire provisoirement. Quand
+il eut bien vu et bien observe, quand il eut bien fume le calumet de
+paix; bien vecu sur un quartier de buffle braise, bien dormi sous le
+wigwam hospitalier, et "pourtraicte" le chef Mandan, revetu de son
+grand costume de guerre, depuis les cornes de buffle dont il s'orne le
+front jusqu'a ses mocassins brodes de paille, y compris la longue bande
+de plumes d'aigle qui descend depuis le derriere de la tete jusqu'aux
+talons, M. Catlin reprit sa course vers les regions inconnues, en
+s'arretant en route chaque fois qu'un site ou quelques aventures ou des
+figures d'Indiens fournissaient des sujets a son pinceau.
+
+M. Catlin est reste huit ans en voyage; il a visite quarante-huit
+tribus dont la population totale s'elevaient a plusieurs centaines
+de mille individus. Il a rapporte chez lui 350 portraits a l'huile
+d'Indiens, 200 tableaux representant des vues de leurs villages, leurs
+wigwams, leurs jeux, et leurs ceremonies religieuses, leurs danses,
+leurs chasses, des paysages admirables, et enfin une nombreuse et
+tres-curieuse collection de leurs costumes et vetements, et d'autres
+objets de leur fabrique, depuis une de leurs maisons jusqu'a de petits
+riens qui leur servent de jouets.
+
+Toute cette collection avec les portraits et les tableaux figurent
+au Louvre ou le Roi Louis-Philippe leur a fait donner une place. La
+galerie Indienne de l'Amerique du Nord, de M. Catlin, est bien connue
+et montre le resultat auquel peut arriver un homme entreprenant,
+patient et ferme qu'inspirent le gout de l'art et une certaine dose
+d'enthousiasme.
+
+C'est l'histoire de cet interessant voyage que M. Catlin a ecrite dans
+une serie de lettres au nombre de 58, et accompagnees de 310 gravures
+au trait et de cartes geographiques. Ces lettres etaient ecrites sur
+les lieux et envoyees par des Indiens jusqu'aux bureaus de postes
+places par cette maudite civilisation jusqu'aux frontieres les plus
+reculees de l'Ouest.
+
+Peu de livres ont plus d'interet que celui de M. Catlin. On lit cet
+ouvrage avec le plaisir que l'on prendrait a la lecture d'un bon roman,
+s'il y avait encore de bons romans pour servir de point de comparaison.
+On suit M. Catlin dans ses courses vagabondes, on aime avec lui ces
+Indiens qu'il a toujours trouves francs et hospitaliers, genereux
+et dignes. Ces Indiens si meconnus ont, quoique sauvages, toutes
+les qualites qui distinguent l'epicier le plus civilise de la rue
+Saint-Denis, caporal de la garde nationale; comme celui-ci, ils sont
+bons peres, bons epoux, amis devoues; la seule difference entr'eux,
+c'est qu'ils ne payent pas tres-exactement leurs contributions par
+la raison qu'on ne leur en demande pas, et qu'ils ne montent pas
+assidument leur garde, par l'autre raison qu'on ne connait pas les
+guerites dans ce pays.
+
+Une Odyssee de huit ans a fait apprecier a M. Catlin les merites et les
+vertus des sauvages; et, apres avoir lu son livre, j'ai fini par croire
+avec Jean-Jacques Rousseau que l'homme, tel que nous avons le malheur
+de le connaitre, est un animal deprave par la civilisation.
+
+Rien de plus touchant que l'apologie des Indiens faite par M. Catlin,
+dans sa neuvieme lettre; partout ou il peut mettre en saillie la
+noblesse de leur caractere, M. Catlin le fait avec bonheur; il se
+souvient du bon temps passe au milieu d'eux, des marques d'affection
+qu'ils lui out donnees, et il les venge du mepris que les civilises
+deversent sur ces pauvres et braves gens, contents de leur sort, sans
+regret du passe, sans souci de l'avenir, sans autres lois que celles de
+l'honneur qui est tout puissant chez eux.
+
+Tous ceux qui ont lu les admirables romans de Cooper retrouvent dans
+l'ouvrage de M. Catlin les scenes, mais cette fois vraies, animees,
+vivantes, decrites avec tant de talent par le fecond romancier
+Americain. M. Catlin a decrit aussi l'embrasement des prairies, et
+pouvait dire: _Quorum pars magna fui_; car il ne dut qu'a la vitesse de
+son "pony" Indien d'echapper a la flamme immense qui courait sur lui
+avec plus de rapidite qu'une locomotive lancee a fond de train. J'etais
+en surete, dit-il, que je tremblais encore. Une autre fois, plus de
+2000 buffles se jettent a l'eau pour atteindre le canot dans lequel
+il nageait, et c'est a grand'peine qu'il se sauve et que le canot ne
+chavire pas, souleve par le dos d'un de ces animaux; une autre fois
+encore, il se rencontre nez a nez avec une ourse grise accompagnee de
+ses deux petits, bete enorme de la taille d'un rhinoceros et qui vous
+depece un homme en un tour de main, a l'aide de ses ongles longs d'un
+decimetre et larges a la base de cinq centimetres pour finir par la
+pointe la plus aigue.
+
+Un des plus agreables episodes de ce voyage, c'est la rencontre que
+fait M. Catlin, dans un immense desert et au detour d'un bois, d'un
+trappeur Canadien qui sifflait entre ses levres un vaudeville Francais
+du temps de Louis XIV. et se mit a entrer en conversation avec M.
+Catlin, moyennant un langage dans lequel le Francais, l'Anglais et
+l'Indien entraient chacun pour un tiers. L'honnete Baptiste, descendant
+d'un de ces hommes que les racoleurs allaient _presser_ sur le quai
+de la Ferraille pour en faire des colons _volontaires_ destines a
+peupler le Canada, devint le compagnon de voyage de M. Catlin, le
+Vendredi devoue de ce nouveau Robinson de terre ferme, et n'est pas le
+personnage le moins interessant de la relation.
+
+M. Catlin, independamment de son merite d'ecrivain et de dessinateur,
+aura celui d'avoir donne l'histoire la plus complete des moeurs de
+ces peuplades que la civilisation balaye devant elle et qu'elle tue
+avec de l'eau-de-vie et la variole. Ces peuplades, autrefois maitresses
+du grand continent du nord de l'Amerique, s'eteignent rapidement;
+leur memoire s'eteindrait meme si de hardis voyageurs n'allaient pas
+recueillir parmi elles les renseignements qui peuvent la preserver
+de l'oubli. Au nombre de ces voyageurs il faut citer au premier rang
+l'honorable M. Catlin, qui a rectifie bien des idees erronnees et fait
+connaitre bien des faits jusqu'ici ignores.
+
+
+
+
+                             APPENDIX--(B).
+
+                           MUSEUM OF HISTORY.
+
+                        _Established 1844._
+
+
+This institution is intended to illustrate the History of Man by means
+of popular Lectures, aided and enforced by scenery, maps, and national
+costumes, adding every scenic attraction to the higher views of
+instruction, and combining art, history, philology, and geography; the
+audience, as it were, being thus transported to the sites themselves.
+
+It is also in contemplation to add _gradually_, as funds shall
+accumulate--
+
+     1. Models and coloured portraits of the races of man.
+
+     2. A gallery of architectural models.
+
+     3. A cabinet of coins and inscriptions.
+
+     4. Collection of views and drawings.
+
+     5. Collection of objects illustrative of the arts, sciences,
+     navigation, commerce, agriculture, amusements, and domestic
+     economy of ancient and modern nations.
+
+     6. Specimens of manufactures.
+
+     7. A library and reading-room, to contain the principal British
+     and foreign periodicals and newspapers, and without distinction of
+     party; as also the latest publications on subjects connected with
+     the objects of the institution.
+
+The transactions of the institution will be published.
+
+Illustrated lectures will be given on ancient and modern history, as
+also on New Zealand and Australia, embracing the modern settlements,
+and their capabilities for the colonist or emigrant.
+
+Amongst the illustrated lectures to be given will be the following:--
+
+          On the Grecians.
+          On the Byzantines.
+          On the Modern Greeks.
+          On the Egyptians.
+          On the Arabians.
+          On the Romans.
+          On Russia and Siberia.
+          On New Zealand.
+          On Japan.
+          On the Ruined Cities of America.
+
+With the aid of transparent maps (on a scale never before attempted)
+the spectator can follow the historian or traveller step by step, and
+with the advantages and beauties of scenery combined, is enabled to
+locate, classify, define, and retain the knowledge thus acquired.
+
+The scenery and machinery have been so constructed, that whilst one
+series is used in London, others may be speedily sent to Edinburgh and
+elsewhere, where branch societies will be formed.
+
+The management of the institution to be vested in a council elected by
+the subscribers, two of whom to retire annually, who may however be
+eligible for re-election.
+
+
+                            TERMS.
+
+For permanently reserved places at the lectures, five guineas per annum.
+
+Ordinary subscribers, two guineas per annum.
+
+Authors, artists, ladies, members of learned societies, and foreigners,
+one guinea per annum.
+
+Ambassadors, foreign ministers, consuls, and secretaries of learned
+societies _only_ can become honorary members.
+
+Admission to the public, two shillings for reserved places at the
+lectures; one shilling for ordinary visitors.
+
+Subscribers to possess the right to be present at all lectures.
+
+Subscribers to meet annually.
+
+Trustees and auditors to be chosen by the subscribers.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+All communications may be addressed to W. H. SHIPPARD, Esq.,
+Turnham Green.
+
+  _Museum of History,
+           28th April, 1845._
+
+
+
+
+                        A DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE
+                                   OF
+                      CATLIN'S INDIAN COLLECTION;
+
+                               CONTAINING
+                 PORTRAITS, LANDSCAPES, COSTUMES, ETC.,
+
+                                  AND
+               REPRESENTATIONS OF THE MANNERS AND CUSTOMS
+                     OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS.
+
+             COLLECTED AND PAINTED ENTIRELY BY MR. CATLIN,
+ DURING EIGHT YEARS' TRAVEL AMONGST FORTY-EIGHT TRIBES, MOSTLY SPEAKING
+                          DIFFERENT LANGUAGES.
+
+_Exhibited three years, with great success, in the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly,
+                              London._
+
+
+I wish to inform the visitors to my Collection that, having some
+years since become fully convinced of the rapid decline and certain
+extinction of the numerous tribes of the North American Indians;
+and seeing also the vast importance and value which a full _pictorial
+history_ of these interesting but dying people might be to future
+ages--I sat out alone, unaided and unadvised, resolved (if my life
+should be spared), by the aid of my brush and my pen, to rescue
+from oblivion so much of their primitive looks and customs as the
+industry and ardent enthusiasm of one lifetime could accomplish,
+and set them up in a _Gallery unique and imperishable_, for the use
+and benefit of future ages.
+
+I devoted eight years of my life exclusively to the accomplishment
+of my design, and that with more than expected success.
+
+I visited with great difficulty, and some hazard to life, forty-eight
+tribes (residing within the United States, British, and
+Mexican Territories), containing about half a million of souls. I
+have seen them in their own villages, have carried my canvas and
+colours the whole way, and painted my portraits, &c., from the life,
+as they now stand and are seen in the Gallery.
+
+The collection contains (besides an immense number of costumes
+and other manufactures) near six hundred paintings, 350 of which
+are _Portraits_ of distinguished men and women of the different
+tribes, and 250 _other Paintings_, descriptive of _Indian Countries_,
+their _Villages_, _Games_, and _Customs_; containing in all above 3000
+figures.
+
+As this immense collection has been gathered, and _every painting
+has been made from nature_, BY MY OWN HAND--and that too
+when I have been paddling my canoe, or leading my pack-horse
+over and through trackless wilds, at the hazard of my life--the
+world will surely be kind and indulgent enough to receive and
+estimate them, as they have been intended, as _true and fac-simile
+traces of individual life and historical facts_, and forgive me for
+their present unfinished and unstudied condition as works of art.
+
+                                                   GEO. CATLIN.
+
+
+
+
+                           INDIAN PORTRAITS.
+
+
+                             CERTIFICATES.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+I hereby certify that the persons whose signatures are affixed to the certificates
+used below, by Mr. Catlin, are officers in the service of the United States,
+as herein set forth: and that their opinions of the accuracy of the likenesses, and
+correctness of the views, &c., exhibited by him in his "Indian Gallery," are
+entitled to full credit,
+
+                  J. E. POINSETT, Secretary of War, Washington.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+With regard to the gentlemen whose names are affixed to certificates
+below, I am fully warranted in saying, that no individuals have had
+better opportunities of acquiring a knowledge of the persons, habits,
+costumes, and sports of the Indian tribes, or possess stronger claims
+upon the public confidence in the statements they make respecting the
+correctness of delineations, &c., of Mr. Catlin's "Indian Gallery;" and
+I may add my own testimony, with regard to many of those Indians whom
+I have seen, and whose likenesses are in the collection, and sketched
+with fidelity and correctness.
+
+      C. A. HARRIS, Commissioner of Indian Affairs, Washington.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+I have seen Mr. Catlin's collection of Portraits of Indians, many of
+which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence; and, as far
+as they have included Indians of my acquaintance, the _likenesses_
+are easily recognised, bearing the most striking resemblance to the
+originals, as well as faithful representations of their costumes.
+
+         W. CLARK, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, St. Louis.
+                               ----*----
+
+I have examined Mr. Catlin's collection of the Upper Missouri Indians
+to the Rocky Mountains, all of which I am acquainted with, and indeed
+most of them were painted when I was present, and I do not hesitate to
+pronounce them correct likenesses, and readily to be recognised. And
+I consider the _costumes_, as painted by him, to be the _only correct
+representations_ I have ever seen.
+
+                                 JOHN F. A. SANFORD,
+
+                 U. SS. Indian Agent for Mandans, Rickarees, Minatarees,
+                      Crows, Knisteneaux, Assinneboins, Blackfeet, &c.
+                               ----*----
+
+Having examined Mr. Catlin's collection of Portraits of Indians of the
+Missouri and Rocky Mountains, I have no hesitation in pronouncing them,
+so far as I am acquainted with the individuals, to be the best I have
+ever seen, both as regards the expression of countenance and the exact
+and complete manner in which the costume has been painted by him.
+
+                       J. L. BEAN, S. Agent for Indian Affairs.
+                               ----*----
+
+I have been for many years past in familiar acquaintance with the
+Indian tribes of the Upper Missouri and the Rocky Mountains, and
+also with the landscape and other scenes represented in Mr. Catlin's
+collection, and it gives me great pleasure to assure the world that, on
+looking them over, I found the likenesses of my old friends easily to
+be recognised, and his sketches of Manners and Customs to be portrayed
+with singular truth and correctness.
+
+                  J. PILCHER, Agent for Upper Missouri Indians.
+                               ----*----
+
+It gives me great pleasure in being enabled to add my name to the list
+of those who have spontaneously expressed their approbation of Mr.
+Catlin's collection of Indian Paintings. His collection of materials
+places it in his power to throw much light on the Indian character;
+and his portraits, so far as I have seen them, are drawn with great
+fidelity as to character and likeness.
+
+          H. SCHOOLCRAFT, Indian Agent for Wisconsin Territory.
+                               ----*----
+
+Having lived and dealt with the Black feet Indians for five years
+past, I was enabled to recognise _every one_ of the portraits of those
+people, and of the Crows also, which Mr. Catlin has in his collection,
+from the faithful likenesses they bore to the originals.
+
+_St. Louis_, 1835.
+                                                       J. E. BRAZEAU.
+                               ----*----
+
+Having spent sixteen years in the continual acquaintance with the
+Indians of the several tribes of the Missouri represented in Mr.
+Catlin's Gallery of Indian Paintings, I was enabled to judge of the
+correctness of the likenesses, and I _instantly recognised every one of
+them_, when I looked them over, from the striking resemblance they bore
+to the originals; so also of the landscapes on the Missouri.
+
+                                                HONORE PICOTTE.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+The portraits in the possession of Mr. Catlin of Pawnee Picts, Kioways,
+Camanches, Wecos, and Osages, were painted by him _from life_, when
+on a tour to their country with the United States Dragoons. The
+_likenesses_ are good, very easily to be recognised, and the _costumes_
+faithfully represented.
+
+                                        HENRY DODGE, Col. of Drag.
+                                        R. H. MASON, Major of ditto.
+                                        D. HUNTER, Capt. of ditto.
+                                        D. PERKINS, Capt. of Drag.
+                                        M. DUNCAN, ditto.
+                                        T. B. WHEELOCK, Lieut, ditto.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+We have seen Mr. Catlin's Portraits of Indians east of the Rocky
+Mountains, many of which are familiar to us: the likenesses are easily
+recognised, bearing a strong resemblance to the originals, as well as a
+faithful representation of their costumes.
+
+                                        J. DOUGHERTY, Indian Agent.
+                                        J. GANTT.
+
+_November 27th, 1837._
+
+                               ----*----
+
+We hereby certify that the portraits of the Grand Pawnees, Republican
+Pawnees, Pawnee Loups, Tappage Pawnees, Otoes, Omahaws, and Missouries,
+which are in Mr. Catlin's Indian Gallery, were painted from life by
+Mr. George Catlin, and that the individuals sat to him in the costumes
+precisely in which they are painted.
+
+                J. DOUGHERTY, I. A. for Pawnees, Omahaws, and Otoes.
+                J. GANTT.
+_New York, 1837._
+
+                               ----*----
+
+I have seen Mr. Catlin's collection of Indian Portraits, many of which
+were familiar to me, and painted in my presence at their own villages.
+I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes and
+individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce them
+correct likenesses, and easily recognised; also his sketches of their
+_manners_ and _customs_, I think, are excellent; and the _landscape
+views_ on the Missouri and Mississippi are correct representations.
+
+        K. M'KENZIE, of the Am. Fur Co., Mouth of Yellow Stone.
+
+                               ----*----
+
+We hereby certify that the portraits of Seminoles and Euchees, named in
+this catalogue, were painted by George Catlin, from the life, at Fort
+Moultrie; that the Indians sat or stood in the costumes precisely in
+which they are painted, and that the likenesses are remarkably good.
+
+                              P. MORRISON, Capt. 4th Inft.
+                              J. S. HATHAWAY, 2nd Lieut. 1st Art.
+                              H. WHARTON, 2nd Lieut. 6th Inft.
+                              F. WEEDON, Assistant-Surgeon.
+
+  _Fort Moultrie, Jan. 26, 1838._
+
+                               ----*----
+
+In addition to the above certificates, nearly every portrait has
+inseparably attached to its back an _individual_ certificate, signed by
+Indian agents, officers of the army, or other persons, who were present
+when the picture was painted. The form of these certificates is as
+follows:--
+
+          No. 131, BLACKFOOT, PE-TOH-PE-KISS (THE EAGLE-RIBS).
+
+I hereby certify that this portrait was painted from the life, at Fort
+Union, mouth of Yellow Stone, in the year 1832, by George Catlin, and
+that the Indian sat in the costume in which it is painted.
+
+                JOHN F. A. SANFORD, United States Indian Agent.
+
+                    _Legation des Etats Unis, Paris, Dec. 8, 1841._
+
+DEAR SIR,
+
+No man can appreciate better than myself the admirable fidelity of
+your drawings and book which I have lately received. They are equally
+spirited and accurate--they are true to nature. Things that _are_ are
+not sacrificed, as they too often are by the painter, to things as in
+his judgment they should be.
+
+During eighteen years of my life I was Superintendent of Indian Affairs
+in the north-western territory of the United States; and during more
+than five I was Secretary of War, to which department belongs the
+general control of Indian concerns. I know the Indians thoroughly--I
+have spent many a month in their camps, council-houses, villages,
+and hunting-grounds--I have fought with them and against them--and I
+have negotiated seventeen treaties of peace or of cession with them.
+I mention these circumstances to show you that I have a good right
+to speak confidently upon the subject of your drawings. Among them I
+recognise many of my old acquaintances, and everywhere I am struck with
+the vivid representations of them and their customs, of their peculiar
+features, and of their costumes. Unfortunately they are receding before
+the advancing tide of our population, and are probably destined, at no
+distant day, wholly to disappear; but your collection will preserve
+them, as far as human art can do, and will form the most perfect
+monument of an extinguished race that the world has ever seen.
+
+                                                    LEWIS CASS.
+_To George Catlin._
+
+                               ----*----
+                           _Cottage, Haddington, 15th April, 1843._
+DEAR SIR,
+
+I have enjoyed much pleasure in attending your lectures at the Waterloo
+Rooms in Edinburgh. Your delineations of the Indian character, the
+display of beautiful costumes, and the native Indian manners, true to
+the life, realised to my mind and view scenes I had so often witnessed
+in the parts of the Indian countries where I had been; and for twenty
+years' peregrinations in those parts, from Montreal to the Great Slave
+River north, and from the shores of the Atlantic, crossing the Rocky
+Mountains, to the mouth of the Columbia River, on the Pacific Ocean,
+west, I had opportunities of seeing much. Your lectures and exhibition
+have afforded me great pleasure and satisfaction, and I shall wish you
+all that success which you so eminently deserve for the rich treat
+which you have afforded in our enlightened, literary, and scientific
+metropolis.
+
+                     I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly,
+                                                 JOHN HALDANE.
+_To George Catlin, Esq._
+
+The following is an extract of a letter received some days since by a
+gentleman in Edinburgh, from Mr. James Hargrave, of the Hudson's Bay
+Company, dated York Factory, Hudson's Bay, 10th December, 1842:--
+
+  "Should you happen to fall in with Catlin's Letters on the North
+  American Indians, I would strongly recommend a perusal of them for
+  the purpose of acquiring a knowledge of the habits and customs of
+  those tribes among whom he was placed. Catlin's sketches are true
+  to life, and are powerfully descriptive of their appearance and
+  character."
+
+
+
+
+
+                       CATLIN'S INDIAN COLLECTION
+
+                           INDIAN PORTRAITS.
+
+
+                            SACS (SAU-KIES).
+
+    A Tribe of Indians residing on the Upper Mississippi and Desmoines
+    rivers. Present number (in 1840) about 5000. The smallpox carried
+    off half their population a few years since; and a considerable
+    number were destroyed in the "Black Hawk War" in 1832-3. This tribe
+    shave the head, leaving only a small tuft of hair on the top, which
+    is called the "scalplock."
+
+[The _acute accent_ is used in the spelling of the Indian names merely
+to denote the emphasis.]
+
+ 1. _Kee-o-kuk_, the Running Fox; present Chief of the Tribe.
+        Shield on his arm and staff of office (sceptre) in his hand;
+        necklace of grisly bear's claws, over the skin of a white
+        wolf, on his neck.
+
+    This man, during the Black Hawk War, kept two-thirds of the
+    warriors of the tribe neutral, and was therefore appointed chief by
+    General Scott, in treaty, with the consent of the nation.
+
+ 2. _Muk-a-tah-mish-o-kah-kaik_, the Black Hawk; in his war dress
+        and paint. Strings of wampum in his ears and on his neck, and
+        his _medicine-bag_ (the skin of the black hawk) on his arm.
+
+    This is the man famed as the conductor of the Black Hawk War.
+    Painted at the close of the war, while he was a prisoner at
+    Jefferson Barracks, in 1832.
+
+ 3. _Nah-se-us-kuk_, the Whirling Thunder; eldest son of Black
+        Hawk.
+
+    A very handsome man. He distinguished himself in the Black Hawk War.
+
+ 4. _Wa-saw-me-saw_, the Roaring Thunder; youngest son of Black
+        Hawk.
+
+    Painted while a prisoner of war.
+
+ 5. ( ), wife of Kee-o-kuk (No. 1); in a dress of civilized
+        manufacture, ornamented with silver brooches.
+
+    This woman is the eldest of seven wives whom I saw in his lodge,
+    and, being the mother of his favourite son, the most valued one. To
+    her alone would he allow the distinguished honour of being painted
+    and hung up with the chiefs.
+
+ 6. _Me-sou-wahk_, the Deer's Hair; the favourite son of
+        Kee-o-kuk, and by him designated to be his successor.
+
+ 7. _Wah-pe-kee-suck_, White Cloud, called the "Prophet;" one of
+        Black Hawk's principal warriors and advisers.
+
+    Was a prisoner of war with Black Hawk, and travelled with him
+    through the Eastern States.
+
+ 8. _Nah-pope_, the Soup; another of Black Hawk's principal
+        advisers; and travelled with him, when he was a prisoner of
+        war, to the Eastern cities.
+
+    He desired to be painted with a white flag in his hand.
+
+ 9. _Ah-mou-a_, the Whale, one of Kee-o-kuk's principal braves;
+        holding a handsome war-club in his hand.
+
+ 10. _Wa-quoth-e-qua_, the Buck's Wife, or Female Deer; the wife
+        of Ah-mou-a.
+
+ 11. _Pash-ee-pa-ho_, the Little Stabbing Chief; holding his staff
+        of office in his hand, shield and pipe.
+
+    A very venerable old man, who has been for many years the first
+    civil chief of the Sacs and Foxes.
+
+ 12. _I-o-way_, the Ioway; one of Black Hawk's principal warriors;
+        his body curiously ornamented with his "war-paint."
+
+ 13. _Pam-a-ho_, the Swimmer; one of Black Hawk's warriors.
+
+    Very distinguished.
+
+ 14. _No-kuk-qua_, the Bear's Fat.
+
+ 15. _Pash-ee-pa-ho_, the Little Stabbing Chief (the younger); one
+        of Black Hawk's braves.
+
+ 16. _Wah-pa-ko-las-kuk_, the Bear's Track.
+
+
+                                 FOXES.
+
+        On the Desmoines River; present number (in 1840), 1500.
+
+ 17. _Aih-no-wa_, the Fire; a doctor or _"medicine" man_; one half
+        of his body painted red, and the other yellow.
+
+ 18. _Wee-sheet_, the Sturgeon's Head; one of Black Hawk's
+        principal warriors; his body most singularly ornamented with
+        his _war-paint_.
+
+    This man held a spear in his hand, with which, he assured me, he
+    killed four white men during the war.
+
+ 19, 20, 21. Three in a group; names not known.
+
+
+                                KON-ZAS.
+
+A tribe of 1560 souls, residing on the Konza river, sixty or eighty
+miles west of the Missouri. Uncivilized remains of a powerful and warlike
+tribe. One-half died with the smallpox a few years since. This tribe
+shave the head like the Osages, Sacs, and Foxes.
+
+22. _Sho-me-kos-see_, the Wolf; one of the Chiefs; his head curiously
+ornamented, and numerous strings of wampum on his
+neck.
+
+23. _Jee-he-o-ho-shah_, He who cannot be thrown down; a warrior.
+
+24. _Wa-hon-ga-shee_, No Fool; a very great fop.
+
+Used half the day in painting his face, preparing to sit for his picture.
+
+25. _Meach-o-shin-gaw_, Little White Bear; a spirited and distinguished
+brave, with a scalping-knife grasped in his hand.
+
+26. _O-ron-gas-see_, the Bear-catcher; a celebrated warrior.
+
+27. _Chesh-oo-hong-ha_, the Man of Good Sense; a handsome
+young warrior; style of his head-dress like the Grecian
+helmet.
+
+28. _Hon-je-a-put-o_, a woman; wife of O-ron-gas-see.
+
+
+                    O-SAGE, OR WA-SAW-SEE.
+
+    A tribe in their primitive state, inhabiting the head-waters of
+    the Arkansas and Neosho or Grand Rivers, 700 miles west of the
+    Mississippi. Present number of the tribe, 5200; residing in three
+    villages; wigwams built of barks and flags, or reeds. The Osages
+    are the tallest men on the continent, the most of them being over
+    six feet in stature, and many of them seven. This tribe shave the
+    head, leaving a small tuft on the top, called the "scalp-lock."
+
+ 29. _Cler-mont_, ----; first Chief of the tribe; with his
+        war-club in his hand, and his leggins fringed with
+        scalp-locks taken from his enemies' heads.
+
+    This man is the son of an old and celebrated chief of that name,
+    who died a few years since.
+
+ 30. _Wah-chee-te_, ----; woman and child; wife of Cler-mont.
+
+ 31. _Tchong-tas-sab-bee_, the Black Dog; second Chief of the
+        Osages; with his pipe in one hand and tomahawk in the other;
+        head shaved, and ornamented with a crest made of the deer's
+        tail, coloured red.
+
+    This is the largest man in the Osage nation, and blind in his left
+    eye.
+
+ 32. _Tal-lee_,----; an Osage warrior of distinction; with his
+        shield, bow, and quiver.
+
+ 33. _Wa-ho-beck-ee_,----; a brave; said to be the handsomest
+        man in the nation; with a profusion of wampum on
+        his neck, and a fan in his hand made of the eagle's
+        tail. 34. _Mun-ne-pus-kee_, He who is not afraid. }
+        } 35. _Ko-ha-tunk-a_, the Big Crow. } group. } 36.
+        _Nah-com-ee-shee_, Man of the Bed. }
+
+    Three distinguished young warriors, who desired to be painted on
+    one canvas.
+
+ 37. _Moi-een-e-shee_, the Constant Walker.
+
+38. _Wa-mash-ee-sheek_, He who takes away. }
+                                           }
+39. _Wa-chesh-uk_, War.                    } group.
+                                           }
+40. _Mink-chesk_,----.                     }
+
+    Three distinguished young men, full length.
+
+ 41. _Tcha-to-ga_, Mad Buffalo; bow and quiver on his back.
+
+    This man was tried and convicted for the murder of two white men,
+    under Mr. Adams's administration, and was afterwards pardoned, but
+    is held in disgrace in his tribe since.
+
+ 42. _Wash-im-pe-shee_, the Madman; a distinguished warrior; full
+        length.
+
+ 43. _Pa-hu-sha_, White Hair; the younger; with lance and quiver.
+        Chief of a band, and rival of Cler-mont.
+
+ 44. _Shin-ga-was-sa_, the Handsome Bird; a splendid-looking
+        fellow, six feet eight inches high; with war-club and quiver.
+
+ 45. _Cah-he-ga-shin-ga_, the Little Chief; full-length, with bow
+        and quiver.
+
+
+                             CA-MAN-CHEES.
+
+    One of the most powerful and hostile tribes in North America,
+    inhabiting the western parts of Texas and the Mexican provinces,
+    and the south-western part of the territory of the United States
+    near the Rocky Mountains; entirely wild and predatory in their
+    habits; the most expert and effective lancers and horsemen on the
+    continent. Numbering some 25,000 or 30,000; living in skin lodges
+    or wigwams; well mounted on wild horses; continually at war with
+    the Mexicans, Texians, and Indian tribes of the north-west.
+
+ 46. _Ee-shah-ko-nee_, the Bow and Quiver; first Chief of the
+        tribe. Boar's tusk on his breast, and rich shells in his ears.
+
+ 47. _Ta-wah-que-nah_, the Mountain of Rocks; second Chief of the
+        tribe, and largest man in the nation.
+
+    This man received the United States Regiment of Dragoons with great
+    kindness at his village, which was beautifully situated at the base
+    of a huge spur of the Rocky Mountains: he has decidedly African
+    features, and a beard of two inches in length on his chin.
+
+ 48. _Ish-a-ro-yeh_, He who carries a Wolf; a distinguished
+        brave; so called from the circumstance of his carrying a
+        _medicine-bag_ made of the skin of a wolf: he holds a whip in
+        his hand.
+
+    This man piloted the dragoons to the Camanchee village, and
+    received a handsome rifle from Colonel Dodge for so doing.
+
+ 49. _Kots-o-ko-ro-ko_, the Hair of the Bull's Neck; third grade
+        Chief; shield on his arm and gun in his hand.
+
+ 50. _Is-sa-wah-tam-ah_, the Wolf tied with Hair; a Chief, third
+        rate: pipe in his hand.
+
+ 51. _His-oo-san-chees_, the Little Spaniard; a brave of the
+        highest order in his tribe; armed as a warrior, with shield,
+        bow and quiver, lance fourteen feet long, and war-knife.
+
+    This was the first of the Camanchees who daringly left his own
+    war-party and came to the regiment of dragoons, and spoke with
+    our interpreter, inviting us to go to their village. A man of
+    low stature, but of the most remarkable strength and daring
+    courage.--See him approaching the dragoons on horseback, No. 489.
+
+ 52. _Hah-nee_, the Beaver; a warrior of terrible aspect.
+
+ 53-54. Two Camanchee Girls (sisters), showing the wigwam of the
+        Chief, his dogs, and his five children.
+
+
+                    PAW-NEE PICTS (['T]OW-EE-AHGE).
+
+    A wild and hostile tribe, numbering about 6000, adjoining the
+    Camanchees on the north. This tribe and the Camanchees are in
+    league with each other, joining in war and in the chase.
+
+ 55. _Wee-ta-ra-sha-ro_,----; head Chief; an old and very
+        venerable man.
+
+    This man embraced Colonel Dodge, and others of the dragoon officers
+    in council, in his village, and otherwise treated them with great
+    kindness, theirs being the first visit ever made to them by white
+    people.
+
+ 56. _Sky-se-ro-ka_,----; second Chief of the tribe.
+
+    A fine-looking and remarkably shrewd and intelligent man.
+
+ 57. _Kid-a-day_,----; a brave of distinction.
+
+ 58. _Kah-kee-tsee_, the Thighs. } } 59. _She-de-ah_, Wild Sage. }
+
+    Both of these women were prisoners amongst the Osages; they were
+    purchased by the Indian Commissioner, and sent home to the nation
+    by the dragoons.
+
+ 60. _A[h']-sho-cole_, Rotten Foot; a noted warrior.
+
+ 61. _A[h']-re-ka[h']-na-co-chee_, the Mad Elk; a great warrior.
+
+
+                                KI-O-WA.
+
+    Also a wild and predatory tribe of 5000 or 6000, living on the west
+    of the Pawnee Picts and Camanchees, and also in alliance with those
+    warlike and powerful tribes. They inhabit the base of, and extend
+    their wars and hunts through a great extent of the Rocky Mountains:
+    and, like the Camanchees, are expert and wonderful horsemen.
+
+ 62. _Teh-toot-sah_,----, first Chief.
+
+    This man treated the dragoons with great kindness in his country,
+    and came in with us to Fort Gibson; his hair was very long,
+    extending down as low as his knees, and put up in clubs, and
+    ornamented with silver brooches.
+
+ 63. _Kotz-a-to-ah_, the Smoked Shield; a distinguished warrior;
+        full-length.
+
+ 64. _Bon-son-gee_, New Fire; Chief of a band; boar's tusk and
+        war-whistle on his breast.
+
+ 65. _Quay-ham-kay_, the Stone Shell; a brave, and a good specimen
+        of the wild untutored savage.
+
+ 66. _Tunk-aht-oh-ye_ the Thunderer (boy).
+
+ 67. _Wun-pan-to-mee_, the White Weasel (girl).
+
+    This boy and girl, who had been for several years prisoners amongst
+    the Osages, were purchased by the Indian Commissioner; the girl was
+    sent home to her nation by the dragoons, and the boy was killed by
+    a ram the day before we started. They were brother and sister.
+
+
+                                WEE-CO.
+
+    A small tribe, living near to, and under the protection of, the
+    Pawnee Picts, speaking an unknown language; probably the remnant of
+    a tribe conquered and enslaved by the Pawnee Picts.
+
+ 68. _U'sh-ee-kitz_, He who fights with a Feather. Chief of the
+        tribe.
+
+    This man came into Fort Gibson with the dragoons; he was famous for
+    a custom he observed after all his speeches, of _embracing_ the
+    officers and chiefs in council.
+
+
+                           SIOUX (DAH-CO-TA).
+
+    This is one of the most numerous and powerful tribes at present
+    existing on the continent, numbering, undoubtedly, some 40,000,
+    occupying a vast tract of country on the upper waters of the
+    Mississippi and Missouri rivers, and extending quite to the base of
+    the Rocky Mountains. They live in skin lodges, and move them about
+    the prairies, without any permanent residence. This tribe lost
+    about 8000 by smallpox a few years since.
+
+ 69. _Ha-won-je-tah_, the One Horn; first Chief of the tribe;
+        _Mee-ne-cow-e-gee_ band, Upper Missouri; hair tied on his
+        head in form of a turban, and filled with glue and red earth,
+        or vermilion.
+
+    The Sioux have forty-one bands; every band has a chief, and this
+    man was head of all: he has been recently killed by a buffalo-bull.
+    #/
+
+ 70. _Wa-nah-de-tunk-ah_, the Big Eagle, or Black Dog;
+        at the Falls of St. Anthony. Chief of the
+        _O-hah-has-ka-toh-y-an-te_, or _Long Avenue_ band.
+
+ 71. _Tchan-dee_, Tobacco; second Chief of the nation, of the
+        _O-gla-la_ band, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 72. _Wan-ee-ton_, ----; Chief of the _Sus-se-ton_ band, Upper
+        Missouri; full-length, in a splendid dress; head-dress of
+        war-eagle's quills and ermine, and painted robe.
+
+    One of the most noted and dignified, as well as graceful chiefs of
+    the Sioux tribe.
+
+ 73. _Toh-to-wah-kon-da-pee_, the Blue Medicine; a noted
+        "medicine-man," or doctor, at the St. Peter's, of the
+        _Ting-ta-to-ah_ band; with his _medicine_ or mystery drum and
+        rattle in his hands, his looking-glass on his breast, his
+        rattle of antelope's hoofs, and drum of deer-skins.
+
+    These "_medicine-men_" are conjurers as well as physicians,
+    paying their dernier visits to the sick, with their _mysteries_,
+    endeavouring and pretending to cure by a charm.
+
+  74. _Ah-no-je-nahge_, He who stands on both Sides; and
+
+  75. _We-chush-ta-doo-ta_, the Red Man; the two most distinguished
+     ball-players of the Sioux tribe, in their ball-play dress, with
+     their ball-sticks in their hands.
+
+    In this beautiful and favourite game, each player is adorned with
+    an embroidered belt, and a tail of beautiful quills or horse-hair;
+    the arms, legs, and feet are always naked, and curiously painted.
+    (See two paintings of ball-plays, and further description of the
+    game, under _Amusements_, Nos. 428, 429, 430, and the ball-sticks
+    among the manufactures.)
+
+ 76. _Ka-pes-ka-da_, the Shell; a brave of the _O-gla-la_ band.
+
+ 77. _Tah-zee-keh-da-cha_, the Torn Belly; a very distinguished
+        brave of the _Yank-ton_ band, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 78. _Wuk-mi-ser_, Corn; a warrior of distinction, of the
+        _Ne-caw-ee-gee_ band.
+
+ 79. _Cha-tee-wah-nee-che_, No Heart; a very noted Indian. Chief
+        of the _Wah-ne-watch-to-nee-nah_ band.
+
+ 80. _Ee-ah-sa-pa_, the Black Rock; Chief of the _Nee-caw-wee-gee_
+        band; a very dignified chief, in a beautiful dress, full
+        length, head-dress of eagles' quills and ermine, and horns
+        of the buffalo; lance in his hand, and battles of his life
+        emblazoned on his robe.
+
+ 81. _Wi-looh-tah-eeh-tchah-ta-mah-nee_, the Red Thing that
+        touches in Marching; a young girl; and the daughter of _Black
+        Rock_ (No. 80), by her side--her dress of deer-skin, and
+        ornamented with brass buttons and beads.
+
+ 82. _Toh-ki-e-to_, the Stone with Horns. Chief of the Yank-ton
+        band, and principal orator of the nation; his body curiously
+        tattooed.
+
+ 83. _Mah-to-rah-rish-nee-eeh-ee-rah_, the Grisly Bear that runs
+        without Regard; a brave of the _Onc-pah-pa_ band.
+
+ 84. _Mah-to-che-ga_, the Little Bear; a distinguished brave.
+
+ 85. _Shon-ka_, the Dog; Chief of the _Bad Arrow Points_ band.
+
+ 86. _Tah-teck-a-da-hair_, the Steep Wind; a Brave of the
+        _Ca-za-zhee-ta_ (or Bad Arrow Points) band.
+
+    These three distinguished men were all killed in a private quarrel
+    (while I was in the country), occasioned by my painting only _one
+    half_ of the face of the first (No. 84); ridicule followed, and
+    resort to fire-arms, in which that side of the face which I had
+    left out was blown off in a few moments after I had finished the
+    portrait; and sudden and violent revenge for the offence soon laid
+    the other two in the dust, and imminently endangered my own life.
+    (For a full account of this strange transaction, see Catlin's
+    'Letters and Notes on North American Indians.')
+
+ 87. _Heh-hah-ra-pah_, the Elk's Head; Chief of the
+        _Ee-ta-sip-shov_ band, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 88. _Mah-to-een-nah-pa_, the White Bear that goes out; Chief of
+        the _Black Foot Sioux_ band.
+
+ 89. _Tchon-su-mons-ka_, the Sand Bar; woman of the _Te-ton_ band,
+        with a beautiful head of hair; her dress almost literally
+        covered with brass buttons, which are highly valued by the
+        women, to adorn their dresses.
+
+ 90. _Wa-be-shaw_, the Leaf; Upper Mississippi, Chief of a band,
+        blind in one eye; a very distinguished man, since dead.
+
+ 91. _Shon-ga-ton-ga-chesh-en-day_, the Horse-dung; Chief of a
+        band; a great conjurer and magician.
+
+ 92. _Tah-ton-ga-mo-nee_, the Walking Buffalo; Red Wing's son.
+
+ 93. _Muz-za_, the Iron; St. Peters; a brave of distinction, and a
+        very handsome fellow.
+
+ 94. _Te-o-kun-ko_, the Swift.
+
+    An ill-visaged and ill-natured fellow, though reputed a desperate
+    warrior. #/
+
+
+                                PUN-CAH.
+
+    A small tribe residing on the west bank of the Missouri River, 900
+    in number, reduced one-half by the smallpox in 1824-5.
+
+ 95. _Shoo-de-ga-cha_, the Smoke; Chief of the Tribe.
+
+    A very philosophical and dignified man.
+
+ 96. _Hee-lah-dee_, the Pure Fountain; wife of Shoo-de-ga-cha (No.
+        95).
+
+ 97. _Hongs-kay-dee_, the Great Chief; son of the Chief.
+
+    This young fellow, about 18 years of age, glowing red with
+    vermilion, signalised himself by marrying _four wives in one day_,
+    whilst I was in his village! He took them all at once to his
+    wigwam, where I saw them, and painted one of them.
+
+ 98. _Mong-shong-sha_, the Bending Willow; one of the four wives
+        of Hongs-kay-dee (No. 97), about 13 years old, and wrapped in
+        a buffalo robe, prettily garnished.
+
+
+                   PAW-NEES,--OF THE PLATTE.
+
+    A wild and very warlike tribe of 12,000, occupying the country
+    watered by the river Platte, from the Missouri to the Rocky
+    Mountains. This once very powerful tribe lost one-half of their
+    numbers by the small-pox in 1823: they are entirely distinct from
+    the Pawnee Picts, both in language and customs, and live 1000 miles
+    from them. This tribe shave the head like the Sacs and Foxes.
+
+
+                 FIRST BAND.--GRAND PA'WNEES.
+
+ 99. _Shon-ka-ki-he-ga_, the Horse Chief; head Chief of the tribe.
+
+    This chief, and a number of his braves, visited Washington in 1837.
+
+ 100. _La-doo-ke-a_, the Buffalo Bull; his _medicine_ or _totem_
+        (the head of a buffalo bull) painted on his face and breast,
+        his bow and arrow in his hands.
+
+ 101. _Ah-shaw-wah-rooks-te_, the Medicine Horse; a brave, or
+        soldier.
+
+              SECOND BAND.--TAP-PA'HGE PA'WNEES.
+
+102. _La-kee-too-wi-ra-sha_, the Little Chief; a great warrior.
+
+103. _Loo-ra-wee-re-coo_, the Bird that goes to War.
+
+               THIRD BAND.--REPUBLICAN PA'WNEES.
+
+ 104. _A'h-sha-la-coots-ah_, the Mole in the Forehead; Chief of his
+        band; a very distinguished warrior.
+
+ 105. _La-shah-le-staw-hix_, the Man Chief.
+
+ 106. _La-wee-re-coo-re-shaw-wee_, the War Chief.
+
+ 107. _Te-ah'-ke-ra-lee-re-coo_, the Chayenne; a fine-looking
+        fellow, with a pipe in one hand and his whip in the other.
+
+                 FOURTH BAND.--WOLF PA'WNEES.
+
+ 108. _Le-shaw-loo-lah-le-hoo_, the Big Elk; Chief of the band.
+
+ 109. _Lo-loch-to-hoo-lah_, the Big Chief; a very celebrated man.
+
+ 110. _La-wah-he-coots-la-shaw-no_, the Brave Chief; impressions of
+        hands painted on his breast.
+
+ 111. _L'har-e-tar-rushe_, the Ill-natured Man; a great warrior.
+
+
+                               O-MA-HAS.
+
+    The remains of a numerous tribe, nearly destroyed by the small-pox
+    in 1823, now living under the protection of the Pawnees: their
+    numbers, about 1500.
+
+ 112. _Man-sha-qui-ta_, the Little Soldier; a brave.
+
+ 113. _Ki-ho-ga-waw-shu-shee_, the Brave Chief; Chief of the tribe.
+
+ 114. _Om-pah-ton-ga_, the Big Elk; a famous warrior, his tomahawk
+        in his hand, and face painted black, for war.
+
+ 115. _Shaw-da-mon-nee_, There he goes; a brave.
+
+ 116. _Nom-ba-mon-nee_, the Double Walker; a brave.
+
+
+                               OTE-TOES.
+
+    These are also the remains of a large tribe, two-thirds of which
+    were destroyed by small-pox in 1823: they are neighbours and
+    friends of the Pawnees, numbering about 600.
+
+ 117. _Wah-ro-nee-sah_, the Surrounder; Chief of the tribe, quite
+        an old man; his shirt made of the skin of a grisly bear, with
+        the claws on.
+
+ 118. _Non-je-ning-a_, No Heart; a distinguished brave.
+
+ 119. _No-way-ke-sug-gah_, He who Strikes Two at Once. Sketch quite
+        unfinished; beautiful dress, trimmed with a profusion of
+        scalp-locks and eagles' quills; pipe in his hand, and
+        necklace of grisly bears' claws.
+
+ 120. _Raw-no-way-woh-krah_, the Loose Pipe-stem; a brave (full
+        length); eagle head-dress, shirt of grisly bear's skin.
+
+ 121. _Wee-ke-ru-law_, He who Exchanges; beautiful pipe in his hand.
+
+
+                             MIS-SOU-RIES.
+
+    Once a very numerous and powerful nation, occupying the States of
+    Illinois and Indiana. Reduced in wars with Sacs and Foxes, and
+    lastly by the small-pox in 1823; now merged into the Pawnee tribe.
+    Numbers at present, 400; twenty years ago, 18,000.
+
+ 122. _Haw-che-he-sug-ga_, He who kills the Osages; Chief of the
+        tribe; an old man, necklace of grisly bears' claws, and a
+        handsome carved pipe in his hand.
+
+
+                              RIC-CA-EEES.
+
+    A small but very hostile tribe of 2500, on the west bank of the
+    Missouri, 1600 miles above its junction with the Mississippi;
+    living in one village of earth-covered lodges.
+
+ 123. _Stan-au-pat_, the Bloody Hand; Chief of the tribe. His face
+        painted red with vermilion, scalping-knife in his hand;
+        wearing a beautiful dress.
+
+ 124. _Kah-beck-a_, the Twin; wife of the Chief (No. 123).
+
+ 125. _Pshan-shaw_, the Sweet-scented Grass; a girl of twelve years
+        old, daughter of the Chief (No. 123), full length, in a
+        beautiful dress of the mountain-sheep skin, neatly garnished,
+        and robe of the young buffalo.
+
+ 126. _Pah-too-ca-ra_, He who Strikes; a distinguished brave.
+
+
+                               MAN-DANS,
+   (SEE-PO'HS-KA-NU-MA'H-KA'-KEE,) PEOPLE OF THE PHEASANTS.
+
+    A small tribe of 2000 souls, living in two permanent villages on
+    the Missouri, 1800 miles above its junction with the Mississippi.
+    Earth-covered lodges; villages fortified by strong piquets,
+    eighteen feet high, and a ditch. [_This friendly and interesting
+    tribe all perished by the small-pox and suicide in 1837 (three
+    years after I lived amongst them), excepting about forty, who have
+    since been destroyed by their enemy, rendering the tribe entirely
+    extinct, and their language lost, in the short space of a few
+    months!_ The disease was carried amongst them by the traders, which
+    destroyed in six months, of different tribes, 25,000!]
+
+ 127. _Ha-na-ta-nu-mauk_, the Wolf Chief; head of the tribe, in
+        a splendid dress, head-dress of raven-quills, and two
+        _calumets_ or pipes of peace in his hand.
+
+ 128. _Mah-to-toh-pa_, the Four Bears; second Chief, but the
+        favourite and popular man of the nation; costume splendid,
+        head-dress of war-eagles' quills and ermine, extending quite
+        to the ground, surmounted by the horns of the buffalo and
+        skin of the magpie.
+
+ 129. _Mah-to-he-ha_, the Old Bear; a very distinguished brave; but
+        here represented in the character of a _Medicine Man_ or
+        Doctor, with his _medicine_ or _mystery_ pipes in his hands,
+        and foxes' tails tied to his heels, prepared to make his last
+        visit to his patient, to cure him, if possible, by _hocus
+        pocus_ and magic.
+
+ 130. _Mah-tahp-ta-a_, He who rushes through the Middle; a brave,
+        son of the former Chief, called "the Four Men." Necklace of
+        bears' claws.
+
+ 131. _Mah-to-toh-pa_, the Four Bears; in _undress_, being in
+        mourning, with a few locks of his hair cut off. His hair put
+        up in plaits or slabs, with glue and red paint, a custom of
+        the tribe.
+
+    The scars on his breast, arms, and legs, show that he has
+    several times in his life submitted to the propitiatory tortures
+    represented in four paintings, Nos. 505, 506, 507, 508.
+
+ 132. _Seehk-hee-da_, the Mouse-coloured Feather, or "_White
+        Eyebrows_;" a very noted brave, with a beautiful pipe in his
+        hand; his hair quite yellow.
+
+    This man was killed by the Sioux, and scalped, two years after I
+    painted his portrait: his scalp lies on the table, No. 10.
+
+ 133. _Mi-neek-ee-sunk-te-ka_, the Mink; a beautiful Mandan
+        girl, in mountain-sheep skin dress, ornamented with
+        porcupine-quills, beads, and elk's teeth.
+
+ 134. _Sha-ko-ka_, Mint.
+
+    A very pretty and modest girl, twelve years of age, with _grey
+    hair! peculiar to the Mandans_. This unaccountable peculiarity
+    belongs to the Mandans alone, and about one in twelve, of both
+    sexes and of all ages, have the hair of a bright silvery grey, and
+    exceedingly coarse and harsh, somewhat like a horse's mane.
+
+ 135. _[U']n-ka-hah-hon-shee-kow_, the Long Finger-nails; a brave.
+
+ 136. _Mah-ta[h']p-ta-hah_, the One who rushes through the Middle.
+
+ 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142. _San-ja-ka-ko-koh_, the Deceiving
+        Wolf; and five others, in a group; names not preserved.
+
+
+                               SHI-ENNE.
+
+    A small but very valiant tribe of 3000, neighbours of the Sioux, on
+    the west, between the Black Hills and the Rocky Mountains: a very
+    tall race of men, second in stature to the Osages.
+
+ 143. _Ne-hee-o-ee-woo-tis_, the Wolf on the Hill; Chief of the
+        tribe; a noble and fine-looking fellow: this man has been
+        known to own 100 horses at one time.
+
+ 144. _Tis-se-woo-na-tis_, She who bathes her Knees; Wife of the
+        Chief (No. 143); her hair in braid.
+
+
+                       FLAT HEADS, or NEZ PERCES.
+
+    On the head-waters of the Columbia, west of the Rocky Mountains.
+
+ 145. _Hee-oh'ks-te-kin_, the Rabbit's Skin Leggins; a brave, in a
+        very beautiful dress.
+
+ 146. _H'co-a-h'co-a-h'cotes-min_, No Horns on his Head; a brave, a
+        very handsome man, in a beautiful dress.
+
+ 147. ( ) Woman and Child; showing the manner in which the heads of
+        the children are flattened.
+
+
+                               CHIN-OOK.
+
+    On the lower parts of the Columbia, near the Pacific Ocean.
+
+ 148. _Hee-doh'ge-ats_, ----; a young man, eighteen years of age.
+
+
+                              BLACK FEET.
+
+    A very warlike and hostile tribe of 50,000, including the _Peagans
+    Cotonnes_ and _Gros-ventres de Prairies_, occupying the head-waters
+    of the Missouri, extending a great way into the British territory
+    on the north, and into the Rocky Mountains on the west. Rather low
+    in stature, broad chested, square shouldered, richly clad, and well
+    armed, living in skin lodges. 12,000 of them destroyed by smallpox
+    within the year 1838!
+
+ 149. _Stu-mick-o-sucks_, the Buffalo's Black Fat; Chief of the
+        tribe, in a splendid costume, richly garnished with
+        porcupine-quills, and fringed with scalp-locks.
+
+ 150. _Eeh-nis-kim_, the Crystal Stone; wife of the Chief (No. 149).
+
+ 151. _In-ne-o-cose_, the Buffalo's Child; a warrior, full-length,
+        with _medicine-bag_ of otter-skin.
+
+ 152. _Peh-to-pe-kiss_, the Eagle's Ribs; Chief of the "_Blood
+        Band_," full-length, in splendid dress; head-dress of horns
+        of the buffalo and ermines' tails; lance in his hand and two
+        _medicine-bags_.
+
+ 153. _Mix-ke-mote-skin-na_, the Iron Horn; warrior, in a splendid
+        dress.
+
+ 154. _Pek-no-mah-kan_, He who runs down the Hill.
+
+ 155. _Ah'-kay-ee-pix-en_, the Woman who Strikes Many; full-length;
+        dress of mountain-sheep skin.
+
+ 156. _Meh-toom_, the Hill.
+
+ 157. _Tcha-des-sa-ko-mah-pee_, the Bear's Child, with war-club.
+
+ 158. _Wun-nes-tou_, the White Buffalo; a _medicine-man_ or
+        _doctor_, with his _medicine_ or _mystery_ shield.
+
+ 159. _Tcha-aes-ka-ding_, ----; boy, four years old, wearing his
+        robe made of the skin of a racoon: this boy is grandson of
+        the Chief, and is expected to be his successor.
+
+ 160. _Peh-to-pe-kiss_, the Eagle's Ribs; Chief of the Blood Band;
+        splendid dress.
+
+    This man boasted to me that he had killed eight white men
+    (trappers) in his country; he said that they had repeatedly told
+    the traders that they should not catch the beaver in their country,
+    and if they continued to do it they would kill them.
+
+     161. ( ) ----, a _medicine-man_, or _doctor_, performing his
+     _medicines_ or _mysteries_ over a dying man, with the skin of a
+     yellow bear and other curious articles of dress thrown over him;
+     with his mystery rattle and mystery spear, which, he supposes,
+     possess a supernatural power in the art of healing and curing the
+     sick.
+
+
+                         CROWS (BEL-ANT-SE-A.)
+
+    A tribe of 7000, on the head-waters of the Yellow Stone
+    River, extending their hunts and their wars into the Rocky
+    Mountains--inveterate enemies of the Black Feet; tall, fine-limbed
+    men, graceful and gentlemanly in deportment, and the most richly
+    and tastefully clad of any Indians on the continent. Skin lodges,
+    many of which are tastefully ornamented and painted like the one
+    standing in the room.
+
+ 162. _Chah-ee-chopes_, the Four Wolves; a Chief, a fine-looking
+        fellow; his hair reaching the ground; his _medicine_
+        (mystery) _bag_ of the skin of the ermine.
+
+    This man was in mourning, having some of his locks cut off.
+
+ 163. _Ee-hee-a-duck-cee-a_, He who ties his Hair before; a man of
+        six feet stature, whose natural hair drags on the ground as
+        he walks.
+
+ 164. _Pa-ris-ka-roo-pa_, the Two Crows; Chief of a band; his hair
+        sweeps the ground; his head-dress made of the eagle's
+        skin entire; he holds in his hand his lance and two
+        _medicine_-bags, the one of his own instituting, the other
+        taken from his enemy, whom he had killed in battle.
+
+ 165. _Ho-ra-to-a_, ----; a brave, wrapped in his robe, and his
+        hair reaching to the ground; his spear in his hand, and bow
+        and quiver slung.
+
+ 166. _Oo-je-en-a-he-a_, the Woman who lives in the Bear's Den; her
+        hair cut off, she being in mourning.
+
+ 167. _Duhk-gits-o-o-see_, the Red Bear.
+
+ 168. _Pa-ris-ka-roo-pa_, the Two Crows (the younger), called the
+        "Philosopher."
+
+    A young man distinguished as an orator and wise man, though the
+    character of his face and head would almost appear like a deformity.
+
+ 169. _Bi-eets-ee-cure_, the Very Sweet Man.
+
+ 170. _Ba-da-ah-chon-du_, He who jumps over Every One; on a wild
+        horse, with war-eagle head-dress on his horse's and his own
+        head; with shield, bow, quiver, and lance; his long hair
+        floating in the wind.
+
+
+                              GROS-VENTRES
+
+           (MIN-A-TAR-REES), PEOPLE OF THE WILLOWS.
+
+    A small tribe, near neighbours and friends of the Mandans, speaking
+    the Crow language, and probably have, at a former period, strayed
+    away from them; numbering about 1100.
+
+ 171. _Eh-toh'k-pah-she-pee-shah_, the Black Mocassin; Chief; over
+        a hundred years old; sits in his lodge, smoking a handsome
+        pipe; his arms and ornaments hanging on a post by the side of
+        his bed. (Since dead.)
+
+ 172. _E'e-a-chin-che-a_, the Red Thunder; the son of the Black
+        Mocassin (No. 171), represented in the costume of a warrior.
+
+ 173. _Pa-ris-ka-roo-pa_, the Two Crows; with a handsome shirt,
+        ornamented with ermine, and necklace of grisly bears' claws.
+
+    This man is now the head Chief of the tribe.
+
+ 174. ( ), ----; woman, the wife of the Two Crows (No. 173).
+
+ 175. _Seet-se-be-a_, the Mid-day Sun; a pretty girl, in
+        mountain-sheep skin dress, and fan of the eagle's tail in her
+        hand.
+
+
+                         CREES (KNIS-TE-NEUX).
+
+    A small tribe of 4000, in _Her Majesty's dominions_, neighbours of
+    the Black Feet, and always at war with them; desperate warriors;
+    small and light in stature. Half of them have recently died of the
+    smallpox since I was amongst them.
+
+ 176. _Eeh-tow-wees-ka-zeet_, He who has Eyes behind him; one of
+        the foremost braves of the tribe, in a handsome dress.
+
+    This man visited Washington with the Indian agent, Major Sanford, a
+    few years since.
+
+ 177. _Tsee-mount_, a Great Wonder; woman carrying her Infant in
+        her robe.
+
+ 178. _Tow-ee-ka-wet_, ----; woman.
+
+
+                    AS-SIN-NE-BOINS (STONE BOILERS).
+
+    A tribe of 8000, occupying the country from the mouth of the Yellow
+    Stone River to Lake Winnepeg, in her _British Majesty's dominions_,
+    speaking the Sioux or Dahcota language, ranging about, like them,
+    in skin lodges, and no doubt a severed band of that great nation.
+    4000 of these people destroyed by the smallpox in 1838, since I was
+    amongst them.
+
+ 179. _Wi-jun-jon_, the Pigeon's Egg Head; one of the most
+        distinguished young warriors of the tribe.
+
+    He was taken to Washington in 1832 by Major Sanford, the Indian
+    agent; after he went home he was condemned as a liar, and killed,
+    in consequence of the _incredible stories_ which he told of the
+    whites.--(See him on _his way to, and returning from_, Washington,
+    No. 475.)
+
+ 180. _Chin-cha-pee_, the Fire Bug that creeps; wife of Wi-jun-jon
+        (No. 179); her face painted red, and in her hand a stick,
+        used by the women in those regions for digging the "pomme
+        blanche," or prairie turnip.
+
+ 181. ( ); woman and child, in beautiful skin dresses.
+
+
+                       CHIP-PE-WAYS (OJIBBEWAYS).
+
+A very numerous tribe, of some 15,000 or 20,000, inhabiting a vast tract
+of country on the southern shores of Lake Superior, Lake of the Woods,
+and the Athabasca, extending a great way into the British territory; residing
+in skin and bark lodges.
+
+182. _Sha-co-pay_, the Six; Chief of the Ojibbeways living north
+of the mouth of Yellow Stone River; in a rich dress, with
+his battles emblazoned on it.
+
+183. _Kay-a-gis-gis_, ----; a beautiful young woman pulling
+her hair out of braid.
+
+184. _Hah-je-day-ah'-shee_, the Meeting Birds; a brave, with his
+war-club in his hand.
+
+185. _Kay-ee-qua-da-kum-ee-gish-kum_, He who tries the Ground
+with his Foot.
+
+186. _Ju-ah-kis-gaw_, ----; woman, with her child in a
+cradle or "crib."
+
+187. _Cah-be-mub-bee_, He who sits everywhere; a brave.
+
+188. _O-ta-wah_, the Ottaway; a distinguished warrior.
+
+189. _Ka-bes-hunk_, He who travels everywhere; a desperate
+warrior; his war-club in his left hand and a handsome pipe
+in his right; strikes with his left hand; eight quills in his
+head stand for eight scalps he had taken from the heads of
+the Sioux, his enemies.
+
+190. _Ohj-ka-tchee-kum_, He who walks on the Sea.
+
+191. _Gitch-ee-gaw-ga-osh_, the Point that remains for ever; a
+very old and respectable Chief. (Since dead.)
+
+192. _Gaw-zaw que-dung_, He who halloos. Civilized.
+
+193. _O'n-daig_, the Crow; a beau or dandy in full array, called
+by the Ojibbeways, _sha-wiz-zee-shah-go-tay-a_, a _harmless
+man_.
+
+194. _I-an-be-w'ah-dick_, the Male Carabou; a brave, with a war-club
+in his hand.
+
+195. ( ), ----; woman.
+
+
+                              I-RO-QUOIS.
+
+    A small remnant of a tribe who were once very numerous and warlike,
+    inhabiting the northern part of New York; only a few scattered
+    individuals now living, who are merged in the neighbouring tribes.
+
+ 196. _Not-to-way_, a Chief, a temperate and excellent man, with a
+        beautiful head-dress on.
+
+ 197. _Chee-ah-ka-tchee_, ----; woman, wife of Not-to-way (No. 196).
+
+
+                               OT-TA-WAS.
+
+     A subdued and half-civilized tribe of 5500, speaking the
+     Ojibbeway language, on the eastern shore of Lake Michigan.
+     Agricultural and dissipated.
+
+ 198. _Shin-gos-se-moon_, the Big Sail; a Chief, blind in one eye.
+
+    The effects of whisky and civilization are plainly discernible in
+    this instance.
+
+
+                            WIN-NE-BA-GOES.
+
+    A very fierce and warlike tribe, on the western shores of Lake
+    Michigan, greatly reduced of late years by repeated attacks of the
+    smallpox and the dissipated vices of civilized neighbours; number
+    at this time 4400.
+
+ 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206. _Du-cor-re-a_, ----; Chief
+        of the tribe, and his family; a group of eight.
+
+ 207. _Wah-chee-hahs-ka_, the Man who puts all out of Doors, called
+        the "Boxer;" the largest man of the Winnebagoes; war-club in
+        his hand, and rattle-snake skins on his arms.
+
+ 208. _Won-de-tow-a_, the Wonder.
+
+ 209. _Naw-kaw_, Wood; formerly the head Chief, with his war-club
+        on his arm. (Dead.)
+
+ 210. _Kaw-kaw-ne-choo-a_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 211. _Wa-kon-chash-kaw_, He who comes on the Thunder.
+
+ 212. _Naw-naw-pay-ee_, the Soldier.
+
+ 213. _Wah-kon-ze-kaw_, the Snake.
+
+ 214. _Span-e-o-nee-kaw_, the Spaniard.
+
+ 215. _Hoo-w'a-ne-kaw_, the Little Elk.
+
+ 216. _No-ak-choo-she-kaw_, He who breaks the Bushes.
+
+ 217. _Naugh-haigh-hee-kaw_, He who moistens the Wood.
+
+
+                             ME-NOM-O-NIES.
+
+    Like the Winnebagoes, mostly destroyed by whisky and smallpox, and
+    now numbering about 3500, and in a miserable state of dependence;
+    on the western side of Lake Michigan.
+
+ 218. _Mah-kee-mee-teuv_, the Grisly Bear; Chief of the nation, and
+        chief of a delegation to Washington city in 1829 (since
+        dead); handsome pipe in his hand, and wampum on his neck.
+
+ 219. _Mee-cheet-e-neuh_, the Wounded Bear's Shoulder; wife of the
+        Chief (No. 218).
+
+ 220. _Chee-me-nah-na-quet_, the Great Cloud; son of the Chief (No.
+        218), a great rascal.
+
+ 221. _Ko-man-i-kin-o-haw_, the Little Whale; a brave, with his
+        _medicine-wand_, his looking-glass, and scissors.
+
+ 222. _Sha-wa-no_, the South; a noted warrior.
+
+ 223. _Mash-kee-wet_, ----; a great beau, or dandy.
+
+ 224. _Pah-shee-nau-shaw_, ----; a warrior.
+
+ 225. _Tcha-kauks-o-ko-maugh_, the Great Chief (boy).
+
+ 226. _Au nah-kwet-to-hau-pay-o_, the One sitting in the Clouds; a
+        fine boy.
+
+ 227. _Auh-ka-nah-paw-wah_, Earth Standing; an old and very valiant
+        warrior.
+
+ 228. _Ko-man-i-kin_, the Big Wave, called the "Philosopher;" a
+        very old and distinguished Chief.
+
+ 229. _O-ho-pah-sha_, the Small Whoop; a hard-visaged warrior, of
+        most remarkable distinction.
+
+ 230. _Ah-yaw-ne-tah-car-ron_, ----; a warrior.
+
+ 231. _Au-wah-shew-kew_, the Female Bear; wife of the above (No.
+        230).
+
+ 232. _Coo-coo-coo_, the Owl; a very old and emaciated Chief; sits
+        smoking a handsome pipe.
+
+ 233. _Wah-chees_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 234. _Chesh-ko-tong_, He who sings the War-Song.
+
+ 235, 236. Two in a group, names not known; one with his war-club,
+        and the other with his lute at his mouth.
+
+
+                            POT-O-WAT-O-MIE.
+
+    Once a numerous tribe, now numbering about 2700, reduced by
+    smallpox and whisky--recently removed from the state of Indiana to
+    the western shores of the Missouri: semi-civilized.
+
+ 237. _On-saw-kie_, the Sac; in the act of praying; his prayer
+        written in characters on a maple stick.
+
+ 238. _Na-pow-sa_, the Bear Travelling in the Night; one of the
+        most influential Chiefs of the tribe.
+
+ 239. _Kee-se_, ----; a woman.
+
+
+                              KICK-A-POO.
+
+    On the frontier settlements; semi-civilized; number about 600;
+    greatly reduced by smallpox and whisky.
+
+ 240. _Kee-an-ne-kuk_, the Foremost Man, called the "_Prophet_."
+        Chief of the tribe, in the attitude of prayer.
+
+    This very shrewd fellow engraved on a maple stick, in characters,
+    a prayer which was taught him by a Methodist Missionary; and by
+    introducing it into the hands of every one of his tribe, who are
+    enjoined to read it over every morning and evening as service, has
+    acquired great celebrity and respect in his tribe, as well as a
+    good store of their worldly goods, as he manufactures them all, and
+    gets well paid for them. #/
+
+ 241. _Ah-ton-we-tuck_, the Cock Turkey; repeating his prayer from
+        the stick in his hand, described above.
+
+ 242. _Ma-shee-na_, the Elk's Horns; a Sub-Chief, in the act of
+        prayer, as above described.
+
+ 243. _Ke-chim-qua_, the Big Bear; wampum on his neck, and red flag
+        in his hand, the symbol of war or "blood."
+
+ 244. _A'h-tee-wat-o-mee_, ----; woman, with wampum and silver
+        brooches in profusion on her neck.
+
+ 245. _Shee-nah-wee_, ----.
+
+
+                              KAS-KAS-KIA.
+
+    Once famed, numerous, and warlike, on the frontier, but now reduced
+    to a few individuals by smallpox and whisky.
+
+ 246. _Kee-mon-saw_, the Little Chief; Chief; Semi-civilized.
+
+ 247. _Wah-pe-seh-see_, ----; a very aged woman, mother of the
+        above.
+
+
+                                WEE-AH.
+
+Remnant of a tribe on the frontier; semi-civilized; reduced by whisky
+and disease; present number 200.
+
+248. _Go-to-kow-pah-ah_, He who Stands by Himself; a brave of
+distinction, with his hatchet in his hand.
+
+249. _Wah-pon-jee-a_, the Swan; a warrior; fine-looking fellow,
+with an European countenance.
+
+250. _Wah-pe-say_, the White.
+
+
+                               PE-O-RI-A.
+
+    Also a small remnant of a tribe on the frontier, reduced by the
+    same causes as above; present number about 200.
+
+ 251. _Pah-mee-cow-ee-tah_, the Man who tracks; a Chief; remarkably
+        fine head.
+
+    This man would never drink whisky.
+
+ 252. _Wap-sha-ka-nah_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 253. _Kee-mo-ra-nia_, No English; a beau; his face curiously
+        painted, and looking-glass in his hand.
+
+
+                             PI-AN-KE-SHAW.
+
+    A frontier tribe, reduced, as _above_; present number 170.
+
+ 254. _Ni-a-co-mo_, to Fix with the Foot; a brave.
+
+ 255. _Men-son-se-ah_, the Left Hand; a fierce-looking warrior,
+        with a stone hatchet in his hand.
+
+
+                                I-O-WAY.
+
+    A small tribe on the frontier, reduced by smallpox and their
+    enemies; living on the Missouri; number about 1400. Uncivilized
+    fine-looking men.
+
+ 256. _Notch-ee-ning-a_, No Heart, called "White Cloud;" Chief of
+        the tribe; necklace of grisly bears' claws, and shield, bow
+        and arrows in his hand.
+
+ 257. _Pah-ta-coo-chee_, the Shooting Cedar; a brave, with war-club
+        on his arm.
+
+ 258. _No-o-mun-nee_, He who walks in the Rain; warrior, with his
+        pipe and tobacco-pouch in his hand.
+
+ 259. _W'y-ee-yogh_, the Man of Sense; a brave, with a handsome
+        pipe in his hand, and bears' claw necklace on his neck.
+
+ 260. _Wos-com-mun_, the Busy Man; a brave.
+
+ 262. _Mun-ne-o-ye_, ----; woman.
+
+
+                               SEN-E-CAS.
+
+    Near Lake Erie, State of New York. 1200, semi-civilized and
+    agricultural. One of the tribes composing the great compact called
+    the "Six Nations."
+
+ 263. _Red Jacket_, Head Chief of the tribe; full-length, life
+        size, standing on the "Table Rock," Niagara Falls.
+
+    This man was chief for many years, and so remained until his death,
+    in 1831. Perhaps no Indian Sachem has ever lived on our frontier
+    whose name and history are better known, or whose talents have been
+    more generally admitted, than those of Red Jacket: he was, as a
+    savage, very great in _council_ and in _war_.
+
+ 264. (      ), Deep Lake; an old Chief.
+
+ 265. (      ), Round Island; warrior, half-blood.
+
+    A very handsome fellow.
+
+ 266. (      ), Hard Hickory; a very ferocious-looking, but a mild and
+        amiable man.
+
+ 267. (      ), Good Hunter; a warrior.
+
+ 268. (      ), ---- String; a warrior, renowned.
+
+ 269. (      ), Seneca Steele; a great libertine. Hatchet in his hand.
+
+
+                               O-NEI-DA.
+
+    Remnant of a tribe, State of New York, one of the "Six Nations;"
+    present number, 600.
+
+ 270. (      ), Bread; the Chief, half-blood, civilized.
+
+    A fine-looking and an excellent man.
+
+
+                             TUS-KA-RO-RA.
+
+    New York, remnant of a numerous tribe, one of the confederacy of
+    the "Six Nations;" present number, 500; semi-civilized.
+
+ 271. _Cu-sick_, ----; son of the Chief. Civilized and
+        Christianized.
+
+    This man is a Baptist preacher, and quite an eloquent man.
+
+
+              MO-HEE-CON-NEU, or "MO-HE-GAN," THE GOOD
+                             CANOEMEN.
+
+    Now living near Green Bay; numbers, 400 or 500; formerly of
+    Massachusetts; a band of the famous tribe of Pequots; now
+    semi-civilized.
+
+ 272. _Ee-tow-o-kaum_, Both Sides of the River; Chief of the tribe,
+        with a psalm-book in one hand, and a cane in the other.
+        _Christianized._
+
+ 273. _Waun-naw-con_, the Dish (John W. Quinney); missionary
+        preacher. _Civilized._
+
+
+                              DEL-A-WARES.
+
+    Remains of a bold, daring, and numerous tribe, formerly of the
+    States of Pennsylvania and Delaware, and the terror of all the
+    eastern tribes. Gradually wasted away by wars, removals, small-pox,
+    and whisky; now living on the western borders of Missouri, and
+    number only 824; lost by small-pox, at different times, 10,000.
+
+ 274. _Bod-a-sin_, ----; the Chief; a distinguished man.
+
+ 275. _Ni-co-man_, the Answer; the second Chief, with bow and
+        arrows in his hand.
+
+ 276. _Non-on-da-gon_, ----; a Chief, with a ring in his nose. #/
+
+
+                         SHA-WA-NO (SHAW-NEE).
+
+    Remains of a numerous tribe, formerly inhabiting part of
+    Pennsylvania, afterwards Ohio, and recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi River. Number at present about 1200; lost one-half by
+    small-pox at different times. Semi-civilized; intemperate.
+
+ 277. _Lay-law-she-kaw_, He who goes up the River; a very aged man,
+        Chief of the tribe; his ears slit and elongated by wearing
+        weights in them, according to the custom of the tribe, and
+        his hair whitened with age.
+
+ 278. _Ka-te-quaw_, the Female Eagle; a fine-looking girl, daughter
+        of the above Chief.
+
+ 279. _Tea-squat-a-way_, the Open Door; called the "Shawnee
+        Prophet," brother of Tecumsch; blind in one eye, holding his
+        _medicine_ or mystery fire in one hand, and his "_sacred
+        string of beans_" in the other; a great _mystery-man_.
+
+ 280. _Pah-te-coo-saw_, the Straight Man. Semi-civilized.
+
+ 281. _Lay-loo-ah-pee-ai-shee-kaw_, Grass, Bush, and Blossom. Half
+        civil, and _more than half_ drunk.
+
+ 282. _Coo-ps-saw-quay-te_, ----; woman (the Indescribable).
+
+
+                              CHER-O-KEES.
+
+    Formerly of the State of Georgia, recently removed west of the
+    Mississippi to the head-waters of the Arkansas. This tribe are
+    mostly civilized and agriculturists; number, 22,000.
+
+ 283. _John Ross_, a civilized and well-educated man, head Chief of
+        the nation.
+
+ 284. _Tuch-ee_, called "Dutch;" first War-chief of the Cherokees;
+        a fine-looking fellow, with a turbaned head.
+
+    I travelled and hunted with this man some months, when he guided
+    the regiment of dragoons to the Camanchee and Pawnee villages: he
+    is a great warrior and a remarkable hunter.
+
+ 285. _Col-lee_, ----; Chief of a band of the Cherokees. (Since
+        dead.)
+
+ 286. _Teh-ke-neh-kee_, the Black Coat; a Chief, also of
+        considerable standing.
+
+ 287. _Ah-hee-te-wah-chee_, ----; a very pretty woman, in civilized
+        dress, her hair falling over her shoulders.
+
+
+                          MUS-KO-GEE (CREEK).
+
+    Recently removed from Georgia and Alabama to the Arkansas,
+    700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present number, 21,000;
+    semi-civilized and agricultural.
+
+ 288. _Steeh-tcha-ko-me-co_, the Great King, called, "Ben
+        Perryman;" one of the Chiefs of the tribe.
+
+ 289. _Hol-te-mal-te-tez-te-neek-ee_, ----, "Sam Perryman;" brother
+        of the Chief above, and a jolly companionable man.
+
+ 290. _Wat-al-le-go_, ----, a brave.
+
+ 291. _Hose-put-o-kaw-gee_, ----; a brave.
+
+ 292. _Tchow-ee-put-o-kaw_, ----; woman.
+
+ 293. _Tel-maz-ha-za_, ----; a warrior of great distinction.
+
+
+                               CHOC-TAW.
+
+    Recently removed by Government from the States of Georgia and
+    Alabama to the Arkansas, 700 miles west of the Mississippi. Present
+    number, 15,000; semi-civilized.
+
+ 294. _Mo-sho-la-tub-bee_, He who puts out and kills; first Chief
+        of the tribe.
+
+    A gentlemanly-looking man (died recently of small-pox).
+
+ 295. _Kut-tee-o-tub-bee_, How did he kill? A noted brave.
+
+ 296. _Ha-tchoo-tuc-knee_, the Snapping Turtle; half-bred and
+        well-educated man.
+
+ 297. ----, woman; hair in braid; remarkable expression.
+
+ 298. _Tul-lock-chish-ko_, He who drinks the Juice of the Stone.
+
+ 299. _Tul-lock-chish-ko_, Full-length, in the dress and attitude
+        of a ball-player, with ball-sticks in his hand, and tail,
+        made of white horse-hair, attached to his belt.
+
+
+                     SEM-I-NO-LEE (RUNAWAY); 3000.
+
+    Occupying the peninsula of Florida; semi-civilized, partly
+    agricultural. The Government have succeeded in removing about
+    one-half of them to the Arkansas, during the last four years, at
+    the expense of 32,000,000 dollars, the lives of 28 or 30 officers,
+    and 600 soldiers.
+
+ 300. _Mick-e-no-pah_, ----; first Chief of the tribe; full-length,
+        sitting cross-legged.
+
+    This man owned 100 negroes when the war broke out, and was raising
+    large and valuable crops of corn and cotton. #/
+
+ 301. _Os-ce-o-la_, the Black Drink; a warrior of very great
+        distinction.
+
+    Painted only five days before his death, while he was a prisoner
+    of war at Fort Moultrie. This remarkable man, though not a
+    chief, took the lead in the war, and was evidently (at the time
+    he was captured) followed by the chiefs, and looked upon as the
+    _master-spirit_ of the war.
+
+ 302. _Ee-mat-la_, King Philip; an old man, second Chief.
+
+    Like Osceola, he died while a prisoner, soon after I painted him.
+
+ 303. _Ye-how-lo-gee_, the Cloud; a Chief who distinguished himself
+        in the war.
+
+ 304. _Co-ee-ha-jo_, ----; a Chief, very conspicuous in the present
+        war.
+
+ 305. _Lah-shee_, the Licker; a half-breed warrior, called "Creek
+        Billey."
+
+ 306. _How-ee-da-hee_; ----. a Seminolee woman.
+
+ 307. ( ) ----; a Seminolee woman.
+
+ 308. _Os-ce-o-la_, the Black Drink. Full-length, with his rifle
+        in his hand, calico dress, and trinkets, exactly as he was
+        dressed and stood to be painted five days before his death.
+
+
+                                EU-CHEE.
+
+    Remnant of a powerful tribe who once occupied the southern part
+    of the peninsula of Florida, were overrun by the Creeks and
+    Seminolees, the remnant of them merging into the Seminolee tribe,
+    and living with them now as a part of their nation. Present number,
+    150.
+
+ 309. _Etch-ee-fix-e-co_, the Deer without a Heart, called "_Euchee
+        Jack_;" a Chief of considerable renown.
+
+ 310. _Chee-a-ex-e-co_, ----; quite a modest and pretty girl,
+        daughter of the above Chief.
+
+
+
+
+                 LANDSCAPES, SPORTING SCENES, MANNERS,
+                              AND CUSTOMS.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+                             CERTIFICATES.
+
+The Landscapes, Buffalo-hunting Scenes, &c., above mentioned, I have
+seen, and, although it has been thirty years since I travelled over
+that country, yet a considerable number of them I recognised as
+faithful representations, and the remainder of them are so much in the
+peculiar character of that country as to seem entirely familiar to me.
+
+                   WM. CLARK, Superintendent of Indian Affairs.
+
+The Landscape Views on the Missouri, Buffalo Hunts, and other scenes,
+taken by my friend Mr. Catlin, are correct delineations of the scenes
+they profess to represent, as I am perfectly well acquainted with the
+country, having passed through it more than a dozen times. And further
+I know that they were taken on the spot, from nature, as I was present
+when Mr. Catlin visited that country.
+
+                       JOHN F. A. SANFORD, U. SS. Indian Agent.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+
+It gives me great pleasure to be able to pronounce the Landscape Views,
+Views of Hunting, and other scenes taken on the Upper Missouri, by
+Mr. Catlin, to be correct delineations of the scenery they profess to
+represent; and although I was not present when they were taken in the
+field, I was able to identify almost every one between St. Louis and
+the grand bend of the Missouri.
+
+                        J. L. BEAN, S. Agent of Indian Affairs.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+I have seen Mr. Catlin's collection of _Indian Portraits_, many
+of which were familiar to me, and painted in my presence in their
+villages. I have spent the greater part of my life amongst the tribes
+and individuals he has represented, and I do not hesitate to pronounce
+them correct likenesses and easily recognised; also the sketches of
+their _Manners_ and _Customs_ I think are excellent, and the _Landscape
+Views_ on the _Missouri_ and _Mississippi_ are correct representations.
+
+    K. M'KENZIE, of the Am. Fur Company, Mouth of Yellow Stone.
+
+                              ----*----
+
+I have examined a series of paintings by Mr. Catlin, representing
+_Indian Buffalo Hunts, Landscapes, &c._; and from an acquaintance
+of twenty-seven years with such scenes as are represented, I feel
+qualified to judge them, and do unhesitatingly pronounce them good and
+unexaggerated representations.
+
+   JNO. DOUGHERTY, Indian Agent for Pawnees, Omahas, and Otoes.
+
+
+                              LANDSCAPES.
+
+ 311. St. Louis (from the river below, in 1836), a town on the
+        Mississippi, with 25,000 inhabitants.
+
+ 312. View on Upper Mississippi, beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        everywhere covered with a green turf.
+
+ 313. "Bad Axe" battle-ground, where Black Hawk was defeated by
+        General Atkinson, above Prairie du Chien. Indians making
+        defence and swimming the river.
+
+ 314. Chippeways gathering wild rice near the source of St.
+        Peter's; shelling their rice into their bark canoes, by
+        bending it over, and whipping it with sticks.
+
+ 315. View near "Prairie la Crosse," beautiful prairie bluffs,
+        above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 316. "Cap o'lail" (garlic cape), a bold and picturesque promontory
+        on Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 317. Picturesque Bluffs above Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 318. "Pike's Tent," the highest bluff on the river, Upper
+        Mississippi.
+
+ 319. View of the "Cornice Rocks," and "Pike's Tent," in distance,
+        750 miles above St. Louis, on Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 320. "Lover's Leap," on Lake Pepin, Upper Mississippi, a rock 500
+        feet high, where an Indian girl threw herself off a few years
+        since, to avoid marrying the man to whom she was given by her
+        father.
+
+ 321. Falls of St. Anthony, 900 miles above St. Louis;
+        perpendicular fall eighteen feel: Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 322. Madame Ferrebault's Prairie from the river above; the author
+        and his companion descending the river in a bark canoe, above
+        Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; beautiful grass-covered
+        bluffs.
+
+ 323. "Little Falls," near the Falls of St. Anthony, on a small
+        stream.
+
+ 324. "La Montaigne que tremps l'Eau," Mississippi, above Prairie
+        du Chien.
+
+ 325. Cassville, below Prairie du Chien, Upper Mississippi; a small
+        village just commenced, in 1835.
+
+ 326. Dubuque, a town in the lead-mining country.
+
+ 327. Galena, a small town on Upper Mississippi, in the lead-mining
+        district.
+
+ 328. Rock Island, United States Garrison, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 329. Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, ditto.
+
+ 330. Dubuque's Grave, ditto.
+
+    Dubuque was the first miner in the lead-mines under the Spanish
+    grant. He built his own sepulchre, and raised a cross over it, on a
+    beautiful bluff, overlooking the river, forty years ago, where it
+    now stands.
+
+ 331. River Bluffs, magnificent view, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 332. Fort Snelling, at the mouth of St. Peter's, U. S. Garrison,
+        seven miles below the Falls of St. Anthony, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 333. Prairie du Chien, 500 miles above St. Louis, Upper
+        Mississippi, United States Garrison.
+
+ 334. Chippeway Village and Dog Feast at the Falls of St. Anthony;
+        lodges built with birch-bark: Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 335. Sioux Village, Lake Calhoun, near Fort Snelling; lodges built
+        with poles.
+
+ 336. "Coteau des Prairies," head-waters of St. Peter's. My
+        companion, Indian guide, and myself encamping at sunset,
+        cooking by our fire, made of buffalo-dung.
+
+ 337. "Pipestone Quarry," on the Coteau des Prairies, 300 miles N.
+        W. from the Falls of St. Anthony, on the divide between the
+        St. Peter's and Missouri.
+
+    The place where the Indians get the stone for all their red pipes.
+    The mineral, _red steatite_, variety differing from any other known
+    locality--wall of solid, compact quartz, grey and rose colour,
+    highly polished as if vitrified; the wall is two miles in length
+    and thirty feet high, with a beautiful cascade leaping from its top
+    into a basin. On the prairie, at the base of the wall, the pipeclay
+    (steatite) is dug up at two and three feet depth. There are seen
+    five immense granite boulders, under which there are two squaws,
+    according to their tradition, who eternally dwell there--the
+    guardian spirits of the place--and must be consulted before the
+    pipestone can be dug up.
+
+ 338. Sault de St. Mary's--Indians catching white fish in the
+        rapids at the outlet of Lake Superior, by dipping their scoop
+        nets.
+
+ 339. Sault de St. Mary's from the Canadian Shore, Lake Superior,
+        showing the United States Garrison in the distance.
+
+ 340. View on the St. Peter's River, twenty miles above Fort
+        Snelling.
+
+ 341. View on the St. Peter's--Sioux Indians pursuing a Stag in
+        their canoes.
+
+ 342. Salt Meadows on the Upper Missouri, and great herds of
+        buffalo--incrustation of salt, which looks like snow.
+
+    Salt water flows over the prairie in the spring, and, evaporating
+    during the summer, leaves the ground covered with muriate as white
+    as snow.
+
+ 343. Pawnee Village in Texas, at the base of a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains--lodges thatched with prairie-grass.
+
+ 344. View on the Canadian, in Texas.
+
+ 345. View of the junction of Red River with the False Washitta, in
+        Texas.
+
+ 346. Camanchee Village, in Texas, showing a spur of the Rocky
+        Mountains in the distance--lodges made of buffalo-skins.
+        Women dressing robes and drying meat.
+
+ 347. View on the Wisconsin--Winnebagoes shooting ducks, in bark
+        canoe.
+
+ 348. Lac du Cygne (Swan Lake), near the Coteau des Prairies.
+
+    A famous place, where myriads of white swans lay their eggs and
+    hatch their young. #/
+
+ 349. Beautiful Savannah in the pine-woods of Florida.
+
+    One of thousands of small lakes which have been gradually filled in
+    with vegetation.
+
+ 350. View on Lake St. Croix, Upper Mississippi.
+
+ 351. View on the Canadian--Dragoons crossing, 1834.
+
+ 352. Ta-wa-que-nah, or Rocky Mountain, near the Camanchee Village,
+        Texas.
+
+ 353. Camanchee Village, and Dragoons approaching it, showing
+        the hospitable manner in which they were received by the
+        Camanchees. Camanchee warriors all riding out and forming in
+        a line, with a white flag, to receive the Dragoons.
+
+ 354. White Sand Bluffs, on Santa Rosa Island; and Seminoles drying
+        fish, near Pensacola, on the Gulf of Florida.
+
+ 355. View of the "Stone Man Medicine," Coteau des Prairies.
+
+    A human figure of some rods in length, made on the top of a high
+    bluff, by laying flat stones on the grass. A great _mystery_ or
+    _medicine_ place of the Sioux.
+
+ 356. Fort Winnebago, on the head of Fox River, an United States
+        outpost.
+
+ 357. Fort Howard, Green Bay, an U. S. outpost.
+
+ 358. Fort Gibson, Arkansas, an U. S. outpost, 700 miles west of
+        Mississippi river.
+
+ 359. The "Short Tower," Wisconsin.
+
+ 360. Passing the "Grand Chute" with bark canoe, Fox River.
+
+ 361. View of Mackinaw, Lake Michigan, an U. S. outpost.
+
+ 362. View in the "Cross Timbers," where General Leavenworth died
+        on the Mexican borders.
+
+ 363. View on Lower Missouri--alluvial banks falling in, with their
+        huge cotton-woods, forming raft and snags, 600 miles above
+        St. Louis.
+
+ 364. View on Upper Missouri--the "Blackbird's Grave."
+
+    Where "Blackbird," Chief of the Omahas, was buried on his favourite
+    war-horse, which was alive; 1100 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 365. View on Upper Missouri--"Blackbird's Grave," a back view;
+        prairies enamelled with wild flowers.
+
+ 366. View on Upper Missouri--"Brick Kilns," volcanic remains, clay
+        bluffs, 200 feet, supporting large masses of red pumice, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 367. View on Upper Missouri--Foot war-party on the march,
+        beautiful prairie--spies and scouts in advance.
+
+ 368. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Bluffs at sunrising, near
+        mouth of Yellow Stone.
+
+ 369. View on Upper Missouri--Mouth of the Platte; its junction
+        with the Missouri, 900 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 370. View on Upper Missouri--Magnificent Clay Bluffs, 1800 miles
+        above St. Louis; stupendous domes and ramparts, resembling
+        some ancient ruins; streak of coal near the water's edge; and
+        my little canoe, with myself and two men, Bogard and Batiste,
+        descending the river.
+
+ 371. View on Upper Missouri--Cabane's trading-house; Fur Company's
+        establishment: 930 miles above St. Louis, showing a great
+        avalanche of the bluffs.
+
+ 372. View on Upper Missouri--View in the Grand Detour, 1900
+        miles above St. Louis. Magnificent clay bluffs, with red
+        pumice-stone resting on their tops, and a party of Indians
+        approaching buffalo.
+
+ 373. View on Upper Missouri--Beautiful Grassy Bluffs, 110 miles
+        above St Louis.
+
+ 374. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Meadows burning, and a party
+        of Indians running from it in grass eight or ten feet high.
+
+    These scenes are terrific and hazardous in the extreme when the
+    wind is blowing a gale.
+
+ 375. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Bluffs burning.
+
+ 376. View on Upper Missouri--"Floyd's Grave," where Lewis and
+        Clarke buried Serjeant Floyd thirty-three years since; a
+        cedar post and sign over the grave.
+
+ 377. View on Upper Missouri--Sioux encamped, dressing
+        buffalo-meat, and robes.
+
+ 378. View on Upper Missouri--"The Tower," 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.
+
+ 379. View on upper Missouri--Distant view of the Mandan Village,
+        1800 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 380. View on Upper Missouri--Picturesque Clay Bluff, 1700 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 381. View on Upper Missouri--"Belle Vue"--Indian Agency of Major
+        Dougherty, 870 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 382. View on Upper Missouri--Beautiful Clay Bluffs, 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 383. View on Upper Missouri--Minatarree Village, earth-covered
+        lodges, on Knife River, 1810 miles above St. Louis. Batiste,
+        Bogard, and myself ferried across the river by an Indian
+        woman, in a skin canoe, and Indians bathing in the stream.
+
+ 384. View on Upper Missouri--Fort Pierre, Mouth of Teton
+        River--Fur Company's trading-post, 1200 miles above St.
+        Louis, with 600 lodges of Sioux Indians encamped about it, in
+        skin lodges.
+
+ 385. View on Upper Missouri--Nishnabottana Bluffs, 1070 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 386. View on Upper Missouri--Riccaree Village, with earth-covered
+        lodges, 1600 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 387. View on Upper Missouri--South side of "Buffalo Island,"
+        showing the beautiful buffalo-bush, with its blue leaves, and
+        bending down with fruit.
+
+ 388. View on Upper Missouri--Mouth of Yellow Stone--Fur Company's
+        Fort, their principal post, 2000 miles above St. Louis, and a
+        large party of Knisteneux encamped about it.
+
+ 389. View on Upper Missouri--the "Iron Bluff," 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis, a beautiful subject for a landscape.
+
+ 390. View on Upper Missouri--View in the "Big Bend," 1900 miles
+        above St. Louis; showing the manner in which the conical
+        bluffs on that river are formed; table-lands in distance,
+        rising several hundred feet above the summit level of the
+        prairie.
+
+ 391. View on Upper Missouri--View in the "Big Bend"--magnificent
+        clay bluffs, with high table-land in the distance.
+
+ 392. View on Upper Missouri--Back view of the Mandan Village,
+        showing their mode of depositing their dead, on scaffolds,
+        enveloped in skins, and of preserving and feeding the skulls;
+        1800 miles above St. Louis. Women feeding the skulls of their
+        relatives with dishes of meat.
+
+ 393. View on Upper Missouri--Prairie Buffs, 1100 miles above St.
+        Louis.
+
+ 394. View on Upper Missouri--"The Three Domes," 15 miles above
+        Mandans. A singular group of clay bluffs, like immense domes,
+        with skylights.
+
+ 395. View on Upper Missouri--the "Square Hills," 1200 miles above
+        St. Louis.
+
+ 396. View on Upper Missouri--River Bluffs and White Wolves in the
+        foreground.
+
+ 397. View on Upper Missouri--Beautiful Prairie Bluffs, above the
+        Puncahs, 1050 miles above St. Louis.
+
+ 398. View on Upper Missouri--Look from Floyd's Grave. 1300 miles
+        above St. Louis.
+
+ 399. View on Upper Missouri--River Bluffs, 1320 miles above St.
+        Louis.
+
+ 400. View on Upper Missouri--Buffalo herds crossing the river.
+        Batiste, Bogard, and I, passing them in our bark canoe, with
+        some danger to our lives. A buffalo scene in their _running
+        season_.
+
+ 401. View on Upper Missouri--Clay Bluffs, 20 miles above the
+        Mandans.
+
+ 402. View on Upper Missouri--Nishnabottana Bluffs.
+
+ 403. View on Upper Missouri--Indians encamping at sunset.
+
+
+                            SPORTING SCENES.
+
+ 404. Buffalo Bull, grazing on the prairie in his native state.
+
+ 405. Buffalo Cow, grazing on the prairie in her native state.
+
+ 406. Wounded Buffalo, strewing his blood over the prairies.
+
+ 407. Dying Buffalo, shot with an arrow, sinking down on his
+        haunches.
+
+ 408. Buffalo Chase--single death; an Indian just drawing his arrow
+        to its head.
+
+ 409. Buffalo Chase--surround; where I saw 300 killed in a few
+        minutes by the Minatarrees, with arrows and lances only.
+
+ 410. Buffalo Chase--numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.
+
+ 411. Buffalo Chase--numerous group; chasing with bows and lances.
+
+ 412. Buffalo Chase--Cow and Calf; the bull protecting by attacking
+        the assailants.
+
+ 413. Buffalo Chase--Bulls making battle with men and horses.
+
+ 414. Buffalo Hunt under the wolf-skin mask.
+
+ 415. Buffalo Chase, Mouth of Yellow Stone; animals dying on the
+        ground passed over; and my man Batiste swamped in crossing a
+        creek.
+
+ 416. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes.
+
+ 417. Buffalo Chase in snow drift, with snow shoes; killing them
+        for their robes, in great numbers.
+
+ 418. Attack of the Bear (Grisly); Indians attacking with lances on
+        horseback.
+
+ 419. Antelope Shooting--decoyed up.
+
+ 420. Sioux taking Musk-rats, near the St. Peter's; killing them
+        with spears. Women and dogs encamped.
+
+ 421. Batiste and I, running Buffalo; Mouth of Yellow Stone; a
+        frog's leap.
+
+ 422. "My turn now;" Batiste and I, and a Buffalo Bull, Upper
+        Missouri.
+
+ 423. Dying Bull in a snow drift.
+
+ 424. Buffalo Bulls fighting, in _running season_, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 425. Buffalo Bulls in their "_wallow_;" origin of the "_fairie
+        circles_" on the prairie.
+
+ 426. Grouse shooting--on the Missouri prairies.
+
+
+                        AMUSEMENTS AND CUSTOMS.
+
+ 427. Ball-play Dance, Choctaw.--Men and women dance around their
+        respective stakes, at intervals, during the night preceding
+        the play--four conjurors sit all night and smoke to the Great
+        Spirit, at the point where the ball is to be started--and
+        stakeholders guard the goods staked.
+
+ 428. Ball-play of the Choctaws--_ball up_--one party painted
+        white; each has two sticks with a web at their ends, in which
+        they catch the ball and throw it--they all have tails of
+        horse-hair or quills attached to their girdles or belts.
+
+    Each party has a limit or bye, beyond which it is their object to
+    force the ball, which, if done, counts them one for game.
+
+ 429. Ball-play--same as 428, excepting that the ball is _down_,
+        which changes the scene.
+
+ 430. Ball-play of the women, Prairie du Chien.--Calicoes and other
+        presents are placed on a pole by the men--the women choose
+        sides and play for them, to the great amusement of the men.
+
+    In this play there are two balls attached to the ends of a string
+    eighteen inches in length: the women have a stick in each hand, on
+    which they catch the string and throw it. #/
+
+ 431. Game of "_Tchung-kee_" of the Mandans, the principal and most
+        valued game of that tribe.
+
+    A beautiful athletic exercise, and one on which they often bet and
+    risk all their personal goods and chattels.
+
+ 432. Horse-Racing, Mandan, on a Race-Course back of the Village,
+        in use on every fair-day.
+
+ 433. Foot-Race, Mandans, on the same ground, and as often run.
+
+ 434. Canoe-Race--Chippeways in Bark Canoes, near the Sault de St.
+        Mary's; an Indian _Regatta_, a thrilling scene.
+
+ 435. Archery of the Mandans.
+
+    The strife is to prove who can get the greatest number of arrows
+    flying in the air at a time, before the first one reaches the
+    ground. The most of these are _portraits_ closely studied from
+    nature. I have seen some of them get eight arrows in the air at one
+    time.
+
+ 436. Dance of the Chiefs, Sioux.
+
+    A very unusual thing, as the dancing is generally left to the young
+    men; given to me expressly as a compliment by the chiefs, that I
+    might make a painting of it.
+
+ 437. Dog Dance, Sioux.
+
+    The dog's liver and heart are taken raw and bleeding, and placed
+    upon a crotch; and, being cut into slips, each man dances up to it,
+    bites off and swallows a piece of it, boasting, at the same time,
+    that he has thus swallowed a piece of the heart of his enemy, whom
+    he has slain in battle.
+
+ 438. Scalp Dance, Sioux--Women in the centre, holding the scalps
+        on poles, and warriors dancing around, brandishing their
+        war-weapons in the most frightful manner, and yelping as loud
+        as they can scream.
+
+ 439. Begging Dance, Sacs and Foxes, danced for the purpose of
+        getting presents from the spectators.
+
+ 440. Buffalo Dance, Mandans, with the mask of the buffalo on.
+
+    Danced to make buffalo come, when they are like to starve for want
+    of food. Song to the Great Spirit, imploring him to send them
+    buffalo, and they will cook the best of it for him.
+
+ 441. Ball-play Dance, Choctaws.
+
+ 442. Dance to the Berdash, Sac and Fox.
+
+    An unaccountable and ludicrous custom amongst the Sacs and Foxes,
+    which admits not of an entire explanation.
+
+ 443. Beggars' Dance, (Sioux,) for presents.
+
+ 444. Dance to the Medicine Bag of the Brave, Sacs and Foxes.
+
+    Warriors returned from battle, with scalps, dance in front of the
+    widow's lodge, whose husband has been killed. They sing to his
+    medicine-bag, which is hung on a bush, and throw presents to the
+    widow.
+
+ 445. Braves' Dance, Boasting, &c., Sioux.
+
+ 446. Green Corn Dance, Minnatarree--Sacrificing the first kettle
+        to the Great Spirit. #/
+
+    Four medicine men, whose bodies are painted with white clay, dance
+    around the kettle until the corn is well boiled; and they then burn
+    it to cinders, as an offering to the Great Spirit. The fire is then
+    destroyed, and _new fire_ created by rubbing two sticks together,
+    with which the corn for their own feast is cooked.
+
+ 447. Bear Dance, Sioux--Preparing for a Bear Hunt--Song to the
+        Great Spirit, praying for success.
+
+ 448. Discovery Dance, Sacs and Foxes--A Pantomime; pretending to
+        discover game, or an enemy.
+
+    A very picturesque and pleasing dance.
+
+ 449. Eagle Dance, Choctaw--Holding the eagle's tail in the hand,
+        and bodies painted white.
+
+    Given in honour of that valiant bird.
+
+ 450. Slave Dance, Sacs and Foxes.
+
+    A society of young men, who volunteer to be slaves for two years,
+    and elect their chief or master; they are then exempt from slavish
+    duties during the remainder of their lives, and are allowed to go
+    on war-parties.
+
+ 451. Snow-shoe Dance, Ojibbeway--danced at the first fall of snow,
+        with snow shoes on the feet.
+
+    Song of thanks to the Great Spirit.
+
+ 452. Brave's Dance, Ojibbeway--bragging and boasting.
+
+ 453. Pipe Dance, Assineboins.
+
+    Each dancer is "_smoked_" by the chief, who sits smoking his pipe,
+    and then _pulled_ up into the dance.
+
+ 454. Straw Dance, Sioux.
+
+    Children made to dance with burning straws tied to their bodies, to
+    make them tough and brave.
+
+ 455. Sham Fight, Mandan Boys--School of practice every morning at
+        sunrise, back of the village--instructed in it by the chiefs
+        and braves.
+
+ 456. Sham Scalp Dance, by the Mandan Boys--danced in the village
+        when they come in, in honour of a sham victory.
+
+ 457. War Dance of the Sioux.
+
+    Each warrior, in turn, jumps through the fire, and then advances
+    shouting and boasting, and taking his oath, as he "strikes the
+    _reddened post_."
+
+ 458. Foot War Party in Council, Mandan.
+
+    Stopping to rest and take a smoke; chief with a war-eagle
+    head-dress on; their shields and weapons lying on the ground behind
+    them.
+
+ 459. Camanchee War Party--the Chief discovering the enemy and
+        urging on his men, at sunrise.
+
+ 460. Religious Ceremony; a Sioux, with splints through his flesh,
+        and his body hanging to a pole, with his medicine-bag in his
+        hand, looks at the sun from its rising to its setting. #/
+
+    A voluntary cruel self-torture, which entitles him to great respect
+    for the remainder of his life, as a _medicine_ or _mystery_ man.
+
+ 461. Dragoons on the March, and a band of Buffalo breaking through
+        their ranks, in Texas, 1835.
+
+ 462. Prairie Dog Village.
+
+    Myriads of these curious little animals sometimes are found in one
+    village, which will extend several miles. The animals are about
+    twice the size of a rat, and not unlike it in appearance and many
+    of their habits. They dig holes in the ground, and the dirt which
+    is thrown up makes a little mound, on which they sit and bark when
+    danger approaches. They feed upon the grass, which is their only
+    food.
+
+ 463. "Smoking Horses," a curious custom of the Sacs and Foxes.
+
+    Foxes, going to war, come to the Sacs, to beg for horses; they sit
+    in a circle and smoke, and the young men ride around them, and
+    cut their shoulders with their whips until the blood runs, then
+    dismount and present a horse.
+
+ 464. Mandans attacking a party of Riccarees, whom they had driven
+        into a ravine, near the Mandan village, where they killed the
+        whole number.
+
+ 465. Chippeways making the portage around the Falls of St.
+        Anthony, with two hundred bark canoes, in 1835.
+
+ 466. Camanchees moving, and Dog Fight--dogs as well as horses drag
+        the lodge-poles with packs upon them.
+
+    These fights generally begin with the dogs, and end in desperate
+    battle; amongst the squaws, to the great amusement of the men.
+
+ 467. White Wolves attacking a Buffalo Bull.
+
+ 468. Ditto, ditto--a parley.
+
+ 469. _My horse "Charley" and I_, at sunrise, near the Neosho, on
+        an extensive prairie, encamping on the grass; my saddle for
+        a pillow, two buffalo-skins for my bed, my gun in my arms;
+        a coffee-pot and tin cup, a fire made of buffalo-dung, and
+        Charley (a Camanchee clay-bank mustang) picketed near me.
+
+    With him alone I crossed the prairie from Fort Gibson, on the
+    Arkansas, to St. Louis, 550 miles.
+
+ 470. _Sioux worshipping at the Red Boulders._ A large boulder and
+        two small ones, bearing some resemblance to a buffalo cow and
+        two calves, painted red by the Indians, and regarded by them
+        with superstitious reverence, near the "Coteau des Prairies."
+
+ 471. _Camanchee Warrior lancing an Osage_, at full speed.
+
+ 472. _Camanchees giving the Arrows to the Medicine Rock._
+
+    A curious superstition of the Camanchees: going to war, they have
+    no faith in their success, unless they pass a celebrated painted
+    rock, where they appease the spirit of war (who resides there), by
+    riding by it at full gallop, and sacrificing their best arrow by
+    throwing it against the side of the ledge.
+
+ 473. _"Batiste, Bogard, and I" approaching Buffalo_, on the
+        Missouri.
+
+ 474. _Wi-jun-jon (an Assinneboin Chief), going to and returning
+        from Washington._
+
+    This man was taken to that city in 1832, in a beautiful Indian
+    dress, by Major Sanford, the Indian agent, and returned to his
+    country the next spring, in a Colonel's uniform. He lectured a
+    while to his people on the customs of the whites, when he was
+    denounced by them for telling lies, which he had learned of the
+    whites, and was, by his own people, put to death at the mouth of
+    the Yellow Stone.
+
+ 475. "_Butte de Mort_," Upper Missouri, a great burial-place of
+        the Sioux, called by the French "_Butte de Mort_," Hill of
+        Death.
+
+    Regarded by the Indians with great dread and superstition. There
+    are several thousand buffalo and human skulls, perfectly bleached
+    and curiously arranged about it.
+
+ 476. "_Rain-making_," amongst the Mandans, a very curious custom.
+        Medicine-men performing their mysteries inside of the lodge,
+        and young men volunteer to stand upon the lodge from sunrise
+        until sundown, in turn, commanding it to rain.
+
+    Each one has to hazard the disgrace which attaches (when he
+    descends at sundown) to a fruitless attempt; and he who succeeds
+    acquires a lasting reputation as a _Mystery or Medicine man_. _They
+    never fail to make it rain!_ as this ceremony continues from day to
+    day until rain comes.
+
+ 477. "Smoking the Shield." A young warrior, making his shield,
+        invites his friends to a carouse and a feast, who dance
+        around his shield as it is smoking and hardening over a fire
+        built in the ground.
+
+ 478. "_The Thunder's Nest_" (Nid du Tonnerre), and a party of
+        Indians cautiously approaching it, Coteau des Prairies.
+
+    Tradition of the Sioux is that in this little bunch of bushes the
+    thunders are hatched out by quite a small bird, about as large (say
+    their _Medicine-men_, who profess to have seen it) as the end of a
+    man's thumb. She sits on her eggs, and they hatch out in claps of
+    thunder. No one approaches within several rods of the place.
+
+ 479. _Sac and Fox Indians sailing in canoes_, by holding up their
+        blankets.
+
+ 480. _Grand Tournament of the Camanchees_, and a Sham Fight in a
+        large encampment, on the borders of Texas.
+
+ 481. _Bogard, Batiste, and I, travelling_ through a Missouri
+        bottom, grass ten feet high.
+
+ 482. _Band of Sioux_, moving.
+
+ 483. _Bogard, Batiste, and I_, descending the Missouri River.
+
+ 484. _Bogard, Batiste, and I_, eating our breakfast on a pile of
+        drift wood, Upper Missouri.
+
+ 485. _Medicine Buffalo_ of the Sioux, the figure of a buffalo cut
+        out of the turf on the prairie, and visited by the Indians
+        going on a buffalo-hunt.
+
+ 486. _Bogard, Batiste, and I_, chasing a herd of buffalo in high
+        grass, on a Missouri bottom.
+
+ 487. Feats of Horsemanship.
+
+    Camanchees throwing themselves on the side of their horses, while
+    at full speed, to evade their enemies' arrows--a most wonderful
+    feat.
+
+ 488. Camanchee War Party meeting the Dragoons; and one of their
+        bravest men advancing to shake hands with Colonel Dodge, with
+        a piece of white buffalo-skin on the point of his lance. On
+        the Mexican frontier, 1835.
+
+ 489. An Indian Wedding, Assinneboin--young man making presents to
+        the father of the girl.
+
+ 490. Crow at his Toilette, oiling his long hair with bear's grease.
+
+ 491. Crow Lodge, of twenty-five buffalo-skins, beautifully
+        ornamented.
+
+    This splendid lodge, with all its poles and furniture, was brought
+    from the foot of the Rocky Mountains.
+
+ 492. Pawnee Lodge, thatched with prairie grass, in form of a straw
+        beehive.
+
+ 493. Camanchee Lodge, of buffalo-skins.
+
+ 494. Dog Feast, Sioux; a religious feast.
+
+    Given to Mr. Sanford (Indian agent), Mr. Chouteau, Mr. M'Kenzie,
+    and myself, in a Sioux village, 1400 miles above St. Louis, 1833.
+    The only food was dog's meat, and this is the highest honour they
+    can confer on a stranger.
+
+ 495. An Indian Council, Sioux--Chiefs in profound deliberation.
+
+ 496. Camanchee War Party, mounted on wild horses, armed with
+        shields, bows, and lances.
+
+ 497. Scalping, Sioux; showing the mode of taking the scalp.
+
+ 498. Scalping, Mandans--"Conqueror conquered."
+
+    From a story of the Mandans--took place in front of the Mandan
+    village.
+
+ 499. Wild Horses at Play, Texas, of all colours, like a kennel of
+        hounds.
+
+ 500. Throwing the Laso, with a noose, which falls over the horse's
+        neck.
+
+ 501. Breaking down the Wild Horse, with hobbles on his fore feet,
+        and the laso around his under jaw.
+
+ 502. _A Bird's-Eye View_ of the _Mandan_ Village, 1800 miles above
+        St. Louis, on the west bank of the Missouri River.
+
+    The lodges are covered with earth, and so compactly fixed by long
+    use, that men, women, and children recline and play upon their tops
+    in pleasant weather.
+
+    These lodges vary in size from forty to fifty feet in diameter,
+    and are all of a circular form. The village is protected in front
+    by the river, with a bank forty feet high, and on the back part by
+    a piquet of timber set firmly in the ground. Back of the village,
+    on the prairie, are seen the scaffolds on which their dead bodies
+    are laid to decay, being wrapped in several skins of buffalo, and
+    tightly bandaged.
+
+    In the middle of the village is an open area of 150 feet in
+    diameter, in which their public games and festivals are held. In
+    the centre of that is their "Big Canoe," a curb made of planks,
+    which is an object of religious veneration. Over the Medicine
+    (or mystery) Lodge are seen hanging on the tops of poles several
+    sacrifices to the Great Spirit of blue and black cloth, which have
+    been bought at great prices, and there left to hang and decay.
+
+ 503. The _Interior of a Mandan Lodge_, showing the manner in which
+        it is constructed of poles, and covered with dirt. The Chief
+        is seen smoking his pipe, and his family grouped around him.
+
+    At the head of each warrior's bed is seen a post with his ornaments
+    hanging on it, and also his _buffalo-mask_, which every man _keeps
+    to dance_ the buffalo-dance. Some of these lodges contain thirty or
+    forty persons, and the beds are seen extending around the side of
+    the lodge, all with _sacking bottoms_, made of a buffalo-skin, and
+    the frames of the bed covered with dressed skins.
+
+    *** Reader, the hospitable and friendly Mandans, who were about
+    2000 in number when I was amongst them and painted these pictures,
+    have recently been destroyed by the small-pox. It is a melancholy
+    fact, that only thirty-one were left of the number, and these have
+    been destroyed by their enemy, so that their tribe is extinct, and
+    they hold nowhere an existence on earth.
+
+    Nearly twenty of their portraits can be seen on the walls, and
+    several other paintings of their games and amusements.
+
+
+                      MANDAN RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES.
+
+                              CERTIFICATE.
+
+We hereby certify that we witnessed, in company with Mr. Catlin, in
+the Mandan village, the ceremonies represented in the four paintings
+to which this certificate refers, and that he has therein faithfully
+represented those scenes as we saw them transacted, without any
+addition or exaggeration.
+
+                             J. KIP, Agent Amer. Fur Company.
+                             L. CRAWFORD, Clerk.
+                             ABRAHAM BOGARD.
+
+_Mandan Village, July 20th, 1833._
+
+ 504. Interior View of the _Medicine_ (or _Mystery_) Lodge of
+        Mandans, during the first three days of an _Annual Ceremony_.
+
+    This ceremony continues four days and nights in succession, in
+    commemoration of the subsiding of the _flood_; and also for
+    the purpose of conducting all the young men, as they arrive at
+    manhood, through an ordeal of _voluntary torture_, which, when
+    endured, entitles them to the respect of the chiefs, and also to
+    the privileges of going on war-parties, and gaining reputation in
+    war. The floor and sides of the lodge are ornamented with green
+    willow-boughs. The young men who are to do penance, by being
+    tortured, are seen lying around the sides of the lodge, their
+    bodies covered with clay of different colours, and their respective
+    shields and weapons hanging over their heads. In the middle of the
+    lodge lies the old _Medicine-man_, who has charge of the lodge: he
+    cries to the Great Spirit all the time, and watches these young
+    men, who are here to fast and thirst for four days and nights,
+    preparatory to the torture. Behind him, on the floor, is seen a
+    scalping-knife and a bunch of splints, which are to be passed
+    through the flesh; and over their heads are seen also the cords let
+    down from the top of the lodge, with which they are to be hung up
+    by the flesh.
+
+    On the ground, and in front of the picture, are four sacks
+    (containing several gallons each of water), made of the skin of the
+    buffalo's neck, in form of a large tortoise, lying on its back.
+    These are objects of veneration, and have the appearance of great
+    antiquity.
+
+    By the side of them are two _she-she-quoi_, or rattles, which are
+    used, as well as the others, as a part of the music for the dance
+    in the next picture.
+
+ 505. This picture, which is a continuation of the ceremonies, is
+        a representation of the Buffalo Dance, which they call
+        _Bel-lohck-nah-pick_ (the Bull Dance).
+
+    To the strict observance of which they attribute the coming of
+    Buffalo to supply them with food during the season. This scene is
+    exceedingly grotesque, and takes place several times in each day
+    outside the lodge, and around the curb, or "Big Canoe," whilst the
+    young men still remain in the lodge, as seen in the other picture.
+    For this dance, however, the four sacks of water are brought out
+    and beat upon, and the old _medicine-man_ comes out and leans
+    against the "Big Canoe" with his medicine-pipe in his hand, and
+    cries. The principal actors in this scene are eight men dancing
+    the Buffalo Dance, with the skins of buffalo on them, and a bunch
+    of green willows on their backs. There are many other figures,
+    whose offices are very curious and interesting, but which must be
+    left for my _Lectures_ or _Notes_ to describe. The black figure on
+    the left they call _O-kee-hee de_ (the Evil Spirit), who enters
+    the village from the prairie, alarming the women, who cry for
+    assistance, and are relieved by the old _medicine-man_; and the
+    Evil Spirit is at length disarmed of his lance, which is broken by
+    the women, and he is driven by them in disgrace out of the village.
+    The whole nation are present on this occasion as spectators and
+    actors in these strange scenes.
+
+ 506. Represents what they call Pohk-hong (the Cutting Scene). It
+        shows the inside of the Medicine Lodge, the same as is seen
+        in the first picture (505).
+
+    This is on the fourth day of the ceremonies, in the afternoon.
+    A number of the young men are seen reclining and fasting, as in
+    the first picture; others of them have been operated upon by the
+    torturers, and taken out of the lodge; and others yet are seen in
+    the midst of those horrid cruelties. One is seen smiling whilst the
+    knife and the splints are passing through his flesh. One is seen
+    hanging by the splints run through the flesh on his shoulders, and
+    drawn up by men on the top of the lodge. Another is seen hung up by
+    the pectoral muscles, with four buffalo-skulls attached to splints
+    through the flesh on his arms and legs; and each is turned round by
+    another, with a pole, until he faints, and then he is let down. One
+    is seen as he is lowered to the ground; and another, who has been
+    let down and got strength enough to crawl to the front part of the
+    lodge, where he is offering to the Great Spirit the little finger
+    of the left hand, by laying it on a buffalo-skull, where another
+    chops it off with a hatchet. In the right of the picture are all
+    the chiefs and dignitaries of the tribe looking on.
+
+ 507. Represents what they call the "Last Race."
+
+    After they have all been tortured in the lodge in the above manner,
+    they are led out of it with the weights, buffalo-skulls, &c.
+    hanging to their flesh. Around the "Big Canoe" is a circle of young
+    men formed, who hold a wreath of willow-boughs between them, and
+    run round with all possible violence, yelling as loud as they can.
+
+    The young fellows who have been tortured are then led forward,
+    and each one has two athletic and fresh young men (their bodies
+    singularly painted), who step up to him, one on each side, and
+    take him by a leathern strap, tied round the wrist, and run round,
+    outside of the other circle, with all possible speed, forcing him
+    forward till he faints, and then drag him with his face in the dirt
+    until the weights are all disengaged from him, by tearing the flesh
+    out, when they drop him, and he lies (to all appearance a _corpse_)
+    until the Great Spirit gives him strength to rise and walk home to
+    his lodge.
+
+    In this scene also the _medicine-man_ leans against the "Big Canoe"
+    and cries, and all the nation are spectators. Many pages would be
+    required to give to the world a just description of these strange
+    scenes; and they require to be described minutely in all their
+    parts in order to be fully appreciated and understood. (A full
+    account of these in my _Notes and Letters_.)
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+                            NINE OJIBBEWAYS,
+                      WHO VISITED LONDON IN 1845.
+
+ 508. _Ah-quee-we-zaints_, the Boy Chief; a venerable man of 72
+        years.
+
+ 509. _Pat-au-a-quot-a-wee-be_, the Driving-Cloud; a war-chief.
+
+ 510. _Wee-nish-ka-wee-be_, the Flying Gull; a medicine-man.
+
+ 511. _Sah-mah_, Tobacco.
+
+ 512. _Gish-ee-gosh-e-gee_, the Moonlight Night.
+
+ 513. _Not-een-a-akm_, the Strong Wind.
+
+ 514. _Wos-see-ab-e-neuh-qua_; a woman.
+
+ 515. _Nib-nab-ee-qua_; a young girl.
+
+ 516. _Ne-bet-neuh-quat_; a woman.
+
+
+                            FOURTEEN IOWAYS,
+             WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.
+
+ 517. _Mew-hew-she-kaw_, the White Cloud; first Chief of the nation.
+
+ 518. _Neu-mon-ya_, the Walking Rain; War-chief.
+
+ 519. _Se-non-ti-yah_, the Blistered Feet; a medicine-man.
+
+ 520. _Wash-ka-mon-ya_, the Fast Dancer; a warrior.
+
+ 521. _Shon-ta-yi-ga_, the Little Wolf; a famous warrior.
+
+ 522. _No-ho-mun-ya_, One who gives no Attention.
+
+ 523. _Wa-ton-ye_, the Foremost Man.
+
+ 524. _Wa-ta-wee-buck-a-na_, the Commanding General.
+
+
+                                 WOMEN.
+
+ 525. _Ru-ton-ye-wee-ma_, the Strutting Pigeon; wife of White Cloud.
+
+ 526. _Ru-ton-wee-me_, Pigeon on the Wing.
+
+ 527. _O-kee-wee-me_, Female Bear that walks on the Back of another.
+
+ 528. _Koon-za-ya-me_, Female War Eagle.
+
+ 529. _Ta-pa-ta~me_, Wisdom; girl.
+
+ 530. _Corsair_; a pappoose.
+
+
+                           TWELVE OJIBBEWAYS,
+             WHO VISITED LONDON AND PARIS IN 1845 AND 1846.
+
+ 531. _Maun-gua-daus_, a Great Hero; Chief, 41 years old.
+
+ 532. _Say-say-gon_, the Hail Storm; 31 years old.
+
+ 533. _Kee-che-us-sin_, the Strong Rock; 27 years old.
+
+ 534. _Mush-ee-mong_, King of the Loons; 25 years old.
+
+ 535. _Au-nim-muck-kwa-um_, the Tempest Bird; 20 years old.
+
+ 536. _A-wun-ne-wa-be_, the Bird of Thunder; 19 years old.
+
+ 537. _Wa-bud-dick_, the Elk; 18 years old.
+
+ 538. _Ud-je-jock_, the Pelican; 10 years old.
+
+ 539. _Noo-din-no-kay_, the Furious Storm; 4 years old.
+
+ 540. _Min-nis-sin-noo_, a Brave Warrior; 3 years old.
+
+ 541. _Uh-wus-sig-gee-zigh-gook-kway_, the Woman of the Upper
+        World; 38 years old.
+
+ 542. Pappoose, born in Salle Valentino, Paris.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+ 543. _Death of the White Buffalo._ A feat of the Mandan Chiefs.
+
+ 544. _A Sioux War Council._ The Chief Waneton speaking, and asking
+        of the head Chief a war-party to go against the Sacs and
+        Foxes.
+
+ 545. _Battle between the Sioux and Sacs and Foxes._ The Sioux
+        Chief killed and scalped on his horse's back. An historical
+        fact.
+
+ 546. _The Death of Ha-wan-je-tah_, the One Horn; head Chief of the
+        Sioux.
+
+    Having been the accidental cause of the death of his only son, he
+    threw himself in the way of a buffalo-bull. (See Catlin's _Notes_,
+    vol. ii., for a full account.)
+
+ 547. _The Long Speech._
+
+    It is an invariable rule amongst Indians, that while any one speaks
+    in council no one can rise. _See-non-ty-a_ (the Blistered Feet), a
+    great _medicine-man_, made his favourite boast, that when he once
+    rose in an Ioway council of war it happened unfortunately for the
+    council that "he began to speak just as it began to snow."
+
+ 548. _Battle of the Buffalo Bulls._
+
+ 549. _Buffaloes crossing a Ravine in a snow-drift._
+
+ 550. _Buffaloes crossing the Missouri on the ice._
+
+ 551. _Grisly Bears attacking a Buffalo Bull._
+
+ 552. _Indians spearing Salmon at Night by Torchlight._
+
+ 553. _Deer-hunting by Moonlight._
+
+ 554. _Deer-hunting by Torchlight, in bark canoes._
+
+ 555. _War Party attacked in their Camp at Night._
+
+
+                  INDIAN CURIOSITIES AND MANUFACTURES.
+
+Amongst this most extensive and valuable collection of them in
+existence, a few of the most remarkable are
+
+
+                        A CROW LODGE, OR WIGWAM.
+
+A very splendid thing, brought from the foot of the Rocky
+Mountains, twenty-five feet in height, made of buffalo-skins, garnished
+and painted. The poles (thirty in number) of pine, cut in
+the Rocky Mountains, have been long in use, were purchased with
+the lodge, and brought the whole distance. This _wigwam_ stands
+in the middle of the gallery, and will shelter eighty or more
+persons.
+
+_Indian Cradles_, for carrying their pappooses. _Lances_, _Calumets_
+or _Pipes of Peace_, _Ordinary Pipes_, _Tomahawks_, _Scalping
+Knives_, and _Scalps_.
+
+A very full and valuable collection of _Men and Women's Dresses_
+from the different tribes, garnished and fringed with scalp-locks
+from their enemies' heads, _Bows_, _Quivers_, _Spears_, _Shields_, _War-Eagle
+and Raven Head-dresses_, _Necklaces_, _Mocassins_, _Belts_,
+_Pouches_, _War-Clubs_, _Robes_, _Mantles_, _Tobacco-Sacks_, _Wampums_,
+_Whistles_, _Rattles_, _Drums_, _Indian Saddles_, _Masks for their
+Mystery Dances_, _&c. &c._
+
+Amongst the immense collection of Indian curiosities, &c., too
+numerous to be described in the catalogue, there are Skulls from
+different tribes, of very great interest; and particularly several
+from the _Flat-heads_, showing perfectly the character of this unaccountable
+custom, and also the Flat-head cradles, illustrating the
+process by which these artificial distortions are produced.
+
+_Indian Cloths_, _Robes_, &c., manufactured by the Indians from
+the mountain sheep's wool, and from wild dogs' hair, beautifully
+spun, coloured, and woven.
+
+
+                             END OF VOL. I.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Notes
+
+Hyphenation of compound words follows the text. If a hyphenation
+occurred on a line or page break, the most common variant was followed.
+Suspect spellings are noted, but are retained. The modern word 'grizzly'
+is spelled as 'grizly' or 'grisly'.
+
+On p. 273, the numbered list of prints is missing #261.
+
+On p. 291, the asterism (three asterisks forming a triangle) is
+represented simply three asterisks.
+
+The following table describes how a variety of textual issues, and
+resolution. Where variants were most likely printer's errors, they
+have been corrected, otherwise merely noted.
+
+p.  89 visit[e]rs                                   _sic._
+
+p. 135 nonplused                                    _sic._
+
+p. 161 _chickababbo_                                _sic._
+
+p. 185 [t/T]he wedding in St. Martin's church       Corrected.
+
+p. 195 "Oh, yes, he's here every day[,/.]"          Corrected.
+
+p. 196 The Emperor of Russ[s]ia,                    Removed.
+
+p. 213 tribes of the North American Indians[.]      Added.
+
+p. 217 land[s]capes and other scenes                Removed.
+
+p. 219 presented to us[.]                           Added.
+
+p. 252 opportunit[it]ies                            Removed.
+
+p. 255 Mississip[p]i                                Added.
+       leggins                                      _sic._
+
+p. 276 made of whi[l/t]e horse-hair                 Corrected.
+
+p. 278 delineatio[u/n]s                             Inverted.
+       lik[e]nesses                                 Added.
+
+p. 279 [5/3]28. Rock Island                         Corrected.
+
+p. 283  the ["]Big Bend["]                          Added for
+                                                     consistency.
+
+p. 284  Miss[i]ouri                                 Removed.
+
+p. 290  sp[l]endid                                  Added.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Adventures of the Ojibbeway and Ioway
+Indians in England, France, and Belgium; Vol. I (of 2), by George Catlin
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OJIBBEWAY, IOWAY IN ENGLAND, VOL I ***
+
+***** This file should be named 44776.txt or 44776.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/7/7/44776/
+
+Produced by KD Weeks, Steven Gibbs, The Internet Archive:
+American Libraries and the Online Distributed Proofreading
+Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/44776.zip b/old/44776.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4da8168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/44776.zip